MASTER 
NEGATIVE 
NO. 92-81119-2 





MICROFILMED 1993 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES/NEW YORK 


| as part of the , | 
”Foundations of Western Civilization Preservation Project” 


Funded by the 
NATIONAL ENDOWMENT FOR THE HUMANITIES 


Reproductions may not be made without permission from. 
Columbia University Library 





COPYRIGHT STATEMENT 


The copyright law of the United States - Title 17, United 
States Code - concerns the making of photocopies or 
other reproductions of copyrighted material. 


Under certain conditions specified in the law, libraries and 
archives are authorized to furnish a photocopy or other 
reproduction. One of these specified conditions is that the 
photocopy or other reproduction is not to be "used for any 
purpose other than private study, scholarship, or 
research." If a user makes a request for, or later uses, a 
photocopy or reproduction for purposes in excess of "fair 
use, that user may be liable for copyright infringement. 


This institution reserves the right to refuse to accept a 
copy order if, in its judgement, fulfillment of the order 
would involve violation of the copyright law. 





ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ 


| ‘TITLE: 


THE ANABASIS OF XENO- 


PHON, WITH COPIOUS... 


PLACE: 


NEW YORK 


DATE: 


1878 





Master Negative # 


AD -BAVA-2 


COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 
PRESERVATION DEPARTMENT 


BIBLIOGRAPHIC MICROFORM TARGET 











Original Material as Filmed - Existing Bibliographic Record 








- ee 


Xenophon. 


| IE78 ; 
The Anabasis of Xenophon, with copious notes, ine | 
troduction..eand a full and complete lexicon, for 


the use of school and college, by Alpheus Crosbyeece | 
New York, Potter, 1878. 


xvii, 268, 153, 26, viii, 152, 7, 4 Ὁ. map, 193cm. 





i 





7 











Restrictions on Use: 


TECHNICAL MICROFORM DATA 


REDUCTION RATIO: Ac 





Lal ie na JAS ot 
BRIDGE, 
































Association for Information a 


nd Image Management 
venue, Suite 1100 


301/587-8202 


Centimeter 


ἢ} ἢ} 12 . AS | eee 


9 


2 


l 


2.5 


28 


2.2 


1.8 


16 





—— 


ΕΞ 


[6 
w Wes 


Was 


10 


14 


125 


MANUFACTURED TO AIIM STANDARDS 





BY APPLIED IMAGE, INC. 


== το ee a 


3 ‘ Palak cg mm τὸν ‘ τορτν οι 
φὰς eres: Wt or ae ἫΝ “aang! 4 | : τ 9558 vy ἢ 
ΝᾺ ᾿ : χ . 


ΠΝ ΕΝ 


we mat 
Coa ae 
pe am 


ehh 


Ab eS» Seg ἐν 
τος 
δ ΕΟ, 


fe stat aut 
ee var mnt 


a ee 1 
eS He WAH =" tinh 
eg a TO ΤΟΣ 

τ Ν Ng ἀάλην, 

















8&8 XM IE78 


Columbia University 
Library 


feury Livingston Chomas 
BORN 1835-DIED 1903 


ad 
“> 


FOR THIRTY YEARS CHIEF TRANSLATOR 
DEPARTMENT OF STATE, WASHINGTON, D. C. 
LOVER OF LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 
HIS LIBRARY WAS GIVEN AS A MEMORIAL 
BY HIS SON WILLIAM S. THOMAS, M. D. 
TO COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 
A. 0. 1905 














ΧΩ = - nt 4 eh 


ΞΕ 
ne Me ene 
-— -ε.--. 





—_— 


i} 


| 


“ἘΠῚ 
— 


coe ee Seg Pires 
= 


= 


—————— 


“\s 














᾿ Γι" 


. νι 
ei 





ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 





COPIOUS NOTES, INTRODUCTION, MAP OF THE EXPEDITION AND 
RETREAT OF THE TEN THOUSAND, AND A FULL. 
AND COMPLETE LEXICON, 





FOR THE USE OF SCHOOL: AND COLLEGE.x 


BY 





ALPHEUS CROSBY, 


LATE PROFESSOR EMERITUS OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE > 
IN DARTMOUTH COLLEGR. ' 


Ἶ 
᾿ | 
Ὶ ᾿ 
᾿ a 
4 W 
" ᾿ 
‘a> eee hy 
ἡ i it i 
er 
ΝΣ. 
Ἧ A 
¢ Pi 
᾿ 
ἷ 
Vs 
ἃ 
he 
‘Med 
" 
] , 
WW Ὶ 
as) | 
i‘. 
" 
ἃ 
) 


4 
8 
N 


4 


- 


τὴς ς κε OS 
τ ἐν» 


NEW YORK AND CHICAGO: 
POTTER, AINSWORTH, AND COMPANY. 
1878. 





THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


With copious Notes, Introduction, Map of the Expedition, and Retreat of 
the Ten Thousand, and a full and complete Lexicon. For the use of . | |e 
Schools and Colleges. By ALPHEUS CrosByY, late Professor Emeritus νυ © A P R B K Δ Mi E 
of the Greek Language and Literature in Dartmouth College. Edited 
from Professor Crosby’s MSS., by J. A. Spencer, 8. T. D., Professor of 
the Greek Language and Literature in the College of the City of 


New York. 











a 


THE present volume is issued under somewhat peculiar 
circumstances. The distinguished and lamented scholar, 


For the convenience of students and teachers, Crosby’s Anabasis is fur- 
whose name appears on the title-page, had, for several 





nished to‘them as follows : — ΠΕΣ 
Ϊ by Ὶ Ι ea μὴ » ᾿. I Ml i 
1. The Anabasis complete, Seven Books (as above). 1 vol. 12mo. Price, ΟΝ ᾿ aa pam, been poe ina: to publish an. edition of the 
1 Anabasis, with Notes, Lexicon, and whatever else might 


$ 2.25. 
2. The Anabasis, First Four Books, with Notes, Lexicon, etc. 1 vol. be desired to illustrate a favorite classic. “Hé was spared. 


Price, $2.00. { 4 | eo long enough to complete th i i 

ἂν Fhe Greek Text.of the Seven Books, with Summary of Contents, Map, ἡ ἢ ὃς pir 4 bigs ᾿ ἣν e Lexicon to the Anabasis, and 

Sete, “I vol. Price,'$1,.25, ΠῚ oe 3 ΤῊΣ lisp Tanuinay ane other <works to the 
| Ν highest point of the advanced scholarship of the “present 


ae ‘& The Lexicon to the Seven Books, the Notes, Introduction, Map, etc. | th : 
ee? lvol. “Price, $1.25. ©. .".; : day; but he was removed from the scene of all earthly 


i ν᾿ 


fi | Ὶ nr j labors ere he could complete. his plans: and pyrposes in 





iw * - ἕω. 


respect to the edition of thé Anabasis, which was an-. 

nounced last year as nearly‘ ready for. the ress. =. 

On Professor Crosby’s death,-in the spring of the present . 

year, the undersigned was asked by Mrs. Crosby to under- 
take the putting into shape for. the printers, and seeing my 

Ἶ ΕἾΝ β αι, ΕΣ through the press, the work as left by the deceased.” All 

2 lo ee the manuscripts and material for the purpose -were placed 

: in the undersigned’s hands; and although thé task has been 

a delicate as well as difficult one, he has endeavored ie 

discharge the duty of an Editor, under these circum- 


stances, with a conscientious regard to what is due to the 


390105 





Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1874, 
| ‘BY MARTHA: K. CROSBY, 
in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 





University Press: Wetcn, Bicetow, ἃ Co., 
CAMBRIDGE. 





AV PREFACE. 


reputation of one of the foremost of American scholars as 
well as to a warm-hearted and most estimable friend. 

It was found on examination that the notes on the 
first four books were in a tolerable state of completeness, 
although not yet quite fitted for publication. The fifth 
and sixth books had also been annotated to a considerable 
extent.* In a number of instances Professor Crosby 
seems not to have determined finally upon critical points, 
whether as to readings or interpretation, but to have held 
in reserve various matters for a last revision of his manu- 
script, before sending it to the printers. It became conse- 
quently the duty of the undersigned to exercise his best 
judgment, and to use whatever discretion he possesses, in 
dealing with all matters of the kind. He has scrupulously 
refrained from altering or attempting to improve upon 
Professor Crosby’s notes and criticisms; only here and 
there, as need required, a palpable oversight or mistake has 
been corrected ; and he has felt more and more deeply, the 
more he has looked into the work of the departed, how 
profoundly to be regretted by all lovers of ancient lore is 
the loss of one who was so thorough and accomplished a 
student and so enthusiastic an admirer of Xenophon’s 
writings. 

In getting the volume ready for the press, the additions 
made have been simply in accordance with what is known 


* It seems proper to state here, in regard to the edition containing notes 
on all the books of the Anabasis, that the undersigned is to be held respon- 
sible for those on the last three books. He has added to the matter con- 
tained in Professor Crosby's manuscript on the fifth and sixth books, and 
has supplied the accompanying notes on the seventh book. He trusts that 
what he has done will be found to be in harmony with, and similar in char- 
acter to, Professor Crosby’s own work in the notes on the first four books. 





PREFACE. Vv 


to have been Professor Crosby’s wish, namely, to make it as 
useful as possible in every respect, and such material as he 
had prepared for this part of his work has been here intro- 
duced. These additions are, a Map (taken from Macmi- 
chael’s Anabasis); an enlarged Introduction ; a Record of 
the Marches, etc., during the Anabasis and Katabasis of 
the Greeks; together with headings to the books and 
chapters, and some valuable geographical matter in the 
Appendix. It would hardly be worth while to make this 
statement here, were it not that evident propriety demands 
that Professor Crosby be not held responsible for matter 
which has been supplied by another hand. 

In concluding this Preface, the undersigned. may be » 
allowed to express the conviction, arising from an exami- 
nation of the notes and papers of Professor Crosby, that 
the present work will be found to be a real and posi- 
tive addition to the several excellent editions of the Anab- 
asis already in print. The notes are full (especially on 
the first four books), as the author held that they ought 
to be, in a work such as the Anabasis is; they are, too, _ 
thoroughly analytical, and continually refer to the’ gram- 
mar for exact and complete information on philological 
points; they are also very instructive, particularly in the 
occasional paragraphs of enlarged comment and criticism, 
such as young students need and appreciate, as well 
towards rendering the author's meaning more clear as 
towards impressing the valuable lessons taught by this, 
and in fact all history, ancient and modern. 

It deserves further to be stated, that the Lexicon to 
the Anabasis by Professor Crosby is by far the most full 
and complete of any in the English language, and evi- 


‘ dences the patient care, thorough scholarship, and supe- 























i PREFACE. 


rior judgment and skill of the lamented author. The 
Lexicon for the first four books was prepared by the 
author, and is the same in all respects with the full Lexi- 
con, except in the omission of words and names which 
occur only in the last three books. The Table of Citations 
from the Anabasis, contained in Crosby’s Greek Grammar, 
was prepared expressly for this edition, and will be found 


to be of great service to the student who possesses and 
uses that admirable work. 
J. A. SPENCER, 
College of the City of New York. 


November 25th, 1874. 


INTRODUCTION. 


ee pm 


XENoPHON was the son of Gryllus, an Athenian of the tribe 
ZEgeis, the demus or subdivision Erchea, and the order of 
Knights. The date of his birth is unsettled. Some place it as 
early as B. c. 444. The probabilities are, however, that he was 
born some fourteen or fifteen years later, i.e., about B. c. 430. 
He lived to a very advanced age, being, it is said, ninety years 


‘old when he died. 


He was remarkable for the singular attractiveness of his per- 
sonal appearance ; and one day in early life, as he was meeting 
Socrates in a narrow lane of the city, the philosopher, who had 
a keen eye for natural as well as intellectual and moral beauty, 
was so much struck with his fine form and expressive features, 
that he put out his staff across the pass and stopped him for 
conversation. He began, after his peculiar method, by asking 
the youth where he would purchase the various articles required 
for the sustenance of the body. The questions were answered 
with intelligence and promptness. ‘ And where,” continued the 
sage, turning the conversation, as he was wont to do, from the 
natural to the moral, — “where do men become honorable and 
virtuous? (Ποῦ δὲ καλοὶ κἀγαθοὶ γίγνονται ἄνθρωποι;)" The youth 
hesitated. It was a new question to him. “Follow me, then,” 
said the philosopher, “and learn (Ἕπου τοίνυν καὶ padvOave).” 
From that hour, Xenophon became the companion, disciple, and 
bosom friend of Socrates. 

An anecdote is related by Strabo and Diogenes Laértius which 


1 would fain believe to be essentially true, although I am one of 





























Vill INTRODUCTION. 


those who cannot admit that Xenophon was born early enough 
for the occurrence of the incident where they place it, at the 
battle of Delium (Β. c. 424). No one, it seems to me, can read 
carefully the history of the Expedition of Cyrus, without the 
conviction that the author was at that time in the bloom of 
early manhood. The anecdote is this. The youthful Xenophon 
fought in the battle on horseback. His teacher, poorer in 
worldly goods, served among the footmen, where he showed 
himself no less a hero than a philosopher. The Athenians are 
defeated ; and, as they are flying, Socrates sees his young friend, 
thrown from his horse, and lying disabled upon the ground. 
He snatches him up, and, heroically protecting him from all 
pursuers, bears him upon his shoulders from the battle-field.* 
From the society of Socrates, and the refined leisure of Athens, 
Xenophon was called away by a letter from an intimate friend 
(ξένος ἀρχαῖος), Proxenus the Boeotian, who had attached himself 
to the fortunes of the younger Cyrus. He urged Xenophon to 
come and join him, assuring him that he would make him a 
friend of Cyrus, whose friendship he regarded as worth more to 
himself than anything he could obtain in his native land. Xeno- 
phon, having read the letter, conferred with Socrates respecting 
its contents. The prudent philosopher, apprehensive that he 
would incur the displeasure of his fellow-citizens by joining a 
prince who had so zealously assisted the Spartans against them, 
and yet, as it would seem, not wishing to oppose directly the 
adventurous ardor of his young friend, advised him to consult 
the oracle at Delphi in regard to the measure. Xenophon went 
to the prophetic shrine, but simply asked to which of the gods 
he should sacrifice and pray, in order that he might accomplish 
most honorably and successfully the enterprise which he was 
proposing, and return safe with the acquisition of glory. He 


* Plutarch (A Icibiade#7) tells the story of Socrates having saved the life of 
Alcibiades at Potidea. He also relates that Alcibiades on his part protected 
Socrates in the retreat after the defeat at Delium. If Plutarch is to be relied 
on, the strongest argument in favor of B. c. 444 for Xenophon’s birth is taken 
away. Curtius, Hist. of Greece, v. 156, adopts B. ο. 431 as the date of 


Xenophon’s birth. 


XENOPHON. | ix 


received an answer to his inquiry, being directed to sacrificé 
especially to “Zeus the King.” On returning to Socrates, he 
was blamed by his teacher for deciding himself the great ques- 
tion whether he should go or remain at home, and merely refer- 
ring a minor point to the wisdom of Apollo. ‘‘ But since,” said 
he, “you so inquired, you must follow the directions of the 
god.” Having sacrificed accordingly, he set sail, and found 
Proxenus and Cyrus at Sardis, on the point of setting forth upon 
their fatal expedition. Cyrus himself united with Proxenus in 
urging him to accompany them, informing him that the expe- 
dition was against the Pisidians, and assuring him that, as soon 
as it was over, he would send him home. Xenophon was per- 
suaded, and joined the army rather as the friend of Proxenus 
than as holding any definite military rank. | 

Of the Expedition itself and the Retreat of the Ten Thousand 
it is not necessary here to speak. The Anabasis will probably 
always retain the high estimate which both the ancients and 
succeeding generations have placed upon it as a memorial of 
Xenophon’s skill and ability as a soldier and a writer. His 
subsequent history may be briefly told. After handing over the 
army to the Spartan general Thibron, Β. c. 399 (Anab. vii. 6. 1 ; 
8. 24), it is supposed by some that he returned to Athens for’a 
short period ; by others it is stated, with more probability, that, 
as he was about to return home, a decree of banishment was 
passed against him at Athens because of his having joined Cyrus 
and fought against Artaxerxes, who was at that date considered 
to be a friend of Kenophon’s native city. However this may be, 
as to his visiting Athens at this time, he seems not long after to 
have entered the army again, and to have served under Dercyll- 
das (B. c. 398), and then under Agesilaus, whom he greatly ad- 
mired (8. c. 396). Two years later he returned with Agesilaus 
from Asia, and was present (though probably not a combatant) at 
the battle of Coronea. Xenophon next settled himself at Scillus, 
in Elis, near Olympia (B.c. 393 or 392), and for some twenty years 
or more occupied himself in literary and congenial pursuits. He 






































Χ INTRODUCTION. 


was compelled to leave his pleasant home at Scillus after the 
battle of Leuctra (Β. c. 371), and took up his residence in Corinth, 
The decree of banishment against him was, about the year B.c. 369, 
repealed, and it is supposed by Grote and others that he returned 
to Athens, and spent some of the remaining years of his life in the 
home of his youth. This is certainly not improbable; at the 
same time it is every way likely that Diogenes Laértius is correct 
in his statement that Xenophon died at Corinth. 

Beside the Anabasis, which, according to the view here main- 
tained, was written out and published during his residence at 
Scillus, Xenophon wrote numerous other works. Among these 
may be mentioned, (1) “ The Memorabilia of Socrates,” in four 
books, a defence of his revered master and friend against the 
wicked charges under which he was compelled to drink the cup 
of hemlock ; (2) “The Cyropedia,” in eight books, which pro- 
fesses to give an account of the education and training of Cyrus 
the Elder, but is in reality little more than a political and moral 
romance ; (3) “The Hellenica,” or “ Historia Greca,” in seven 
books, covering a space of forty-eight years, from the time when 
the history of Thucydides ends to the battle of Mantinea, B. c. 
362. It is not, however, regarded by critics as a work of much 
merit... Passing by, for the present, his minor works, a word 
or two deserves to be said as to Xenophon’s style as a writer. 
It has uniformly been praised by critics, ancient and modern. 
Diogenes Laértius, in speaking of him, says, ἐκαλεῖτο δὲ καὶ ᾿Αττικὴ 
Μοῦσα, γλυκύτητι τῆς ἑρμηνείας, and more recent judges have been 
equally lavish in commendation. So that, without claiming for 
him the lofty genius of Plato, or the keen, critical insight of 
Thucydides, it may safely be affirmed that, among the writings of 
antiquity which have come down to us, there are none which are 
more valuable, all things considered, than those of Xenophon.* 


The PERSIANS were raised to the dominion of Western Asia, by 
the military and political talents of the great Cyrus (B. ©. 559), 


* See under Ξενοφῶν, Lexicon at the end of the volume. 





PERSIAN HISTORY. xi 


seconded by their native valor and hereditary discipline. Cros- 
sus, the rich and powerful monarch of Lydia, was defeated and 
taken prisoner, according to the chronology of Clinton, 546 years 
before Christ ; Babylon, the magnificent capital of the luxurious 
Labynetus, in sacred history Belshazzar, was taken, notwith- 
standing its impregnable walls, by a diversion of the Euphrates, 
p. c. 538; and in the year 536 Cyrus succeeded his uncle 
Cyaxares, in sacred history Darius the Mede, upon the throne 
of the Medo-Persian empire, the sovereignty thus passing from 
the more refined Medes to the more energetic Persians. 

Cyrus, who was slain in Scythia, was succeeded, B. c. 529, by 
his son CamBysEs, who added Egypt and Libya to his before 
vast empire. After his death by an accident, B. c. 522, the 
Magian usurper who claimed tu be Smerpis, the younger son of 
Cyrus, reigned for seven months. He was detected in his im- 
posture, and was slain by a conspiracy of seven Persian noble- 
men, one of whom, Darivs, the son of Hystaspes, was raised to 
the throne, according to an agreement among themselves, by the 
first neighing of his horse, Β. c. 521. This able monarch, not- 
withstanding his want of success against the Greeks and the 
Scythians, both greatly extended and strengthened the empire 
during his long reign, and left it at the acme of.its power and 
prosperity to his son XERxEs, who was probably the Ahasuerus 
of the Book of Esther, B. ο. 485. 

The accession of Xerxes to the throne formed a precedent in 
regard to the law of descent, which served as a pretext for the 
ambitious claims and enterprise of the younger Cyrus. Two 
sons of Darius had preferred claims to their father to be ap- 
pointed his successor: Artabazanes, his oldest son, born while 
the father was yet in a private station; and Xerxes, the first- 
born after his accession to the throne, and the son of Atossa, the 
daughter of Cyrus. Through the entire ,influence which this. 
princess exercised over her husband, Xerxes was appointed suc- 
cessor, upon the pretext, that, although Artabazanes was the 
first-born of Darius the man, yet Xerxes was the. first-born of. 


























ΧΙ INTRODUCTION. 


Darius the king, and that sovereignty could not be transmitted 
by birth before it was possessed. 

The disastrous expedition of Xerxes ‘against Greece was the 
chief event in the reign of this effeminate monarch. He was 
assassinated, B. c. 465, by Artabanus, the commander of the 
royal guard, who for his own ambitious purposes raised to the 
throne a younger son of the murdered king, ARTAXERXES, sur- 
named Longimanus (Gr. Maxpéxep), from the unusual length of 
one or.both arms. This prince secured himself upon the throne 
by putting Artabanus to death, and during his long reign dis- 
played many good qualities, but was not able to prevent the in- 
cipient decline of the empire. Upon his death, B. c. 425, he left 
the sceptre to his only legitimate son, Xerxes the Second, who 
was murdered, after reigning forty-five days, by his bastard 
brother SogpiaNvus. 

He, in turn, after a reign of six months, was slain by Ocuvs, 
another illegitimate son of Artaxerxes, who ascended the throne, 
B. c. 424, under the name of Darius, to which historians add, 
for distinction, the surname Nothus (νόθος, bastard). Darius the 
Second married his half-sister, the artful, ambitious, and cruel 
Parysatis, by whom he had two sons conspicuous in history, 
Artaxerxes, the eldest, who succeeded him, and Cyrus, the 
second, but the first-born after the accession of his father to the 
throne. Plutarch mentions two other sons, Ostanes and Oxa- 
thres. Artaxerxes was a prince of mild and amiable disposition, 
but of no great strength either of intellect or of character. He 
was chiefly remarkable for his great memory, on account of which 
he has been surnamed, by historians, Mnemon (μνήμων, having 
a good memory). His mother’s favorite was the active, spirited, 
ambitious Cyrus, who, with her encouragement, early conceived 
hopes that, as the first-born of Darius the king, he might, after 
the example of Xerxeg, succeed his father upon the throne. 


At the early age of sixteen, B. c. 407, Cyrus was appointed, 
through his mother’s influence, to the command, both civil and 














LIFE OF CYRUS. Xiil. 


military, of the richest and most important provinces of Asia’ 
Minor (ef. i. 1. 2, Note), and intrusted with the charge of co- 
operating with the Lacedemonians against the Athenians. In 
this co-operation, he deserted the astute and prudent policy of 
his predecessors in command, who had aimed to hold the balance 
of power, and so to assist either party as to sustain the protracted 
strife which was weakening both. His object was not so much 
to protect the interests of Persia as to bring the Lacedzmonians, 
whose assistance would be the most valuable to him, under the 
greatest possible obligation to aid him in his ambitious designs, 
He assured Lysander and the Spartan ambassadors, that he 
would leave nothing undone in their behalf; that he had brought 
with him five hundred talents for their aid; that if this sum 
should prove insufficient, he would add his own private revenue ; 
and that, if that should fail, he would cut up the very throne 
upon which he was sitting, and which was of massive gold and 
silver. 

At the same time he assumed the state which belonged to the 
heir of the throne; and even put to death two of his cousins, 
sons of his father’s sister, because upon meeting him they did 
not observe a point of etiquette in regard to the covering of the 
hand with the sleeve, which was enforced only in the presence 
of the king. Upon the complaint of their parents, Darius 
recalled him, after two years’ absence, the rather that the state 
of his own health warned him that he must make preparation 
for leaving his kingdom to a successor. Before his departure, 
Cyrus sent for Lysander, the Spartan admiral, gave him all the 
money which he had above the sum required for his journey, 
and placed at his disposal all the revenue of the province which 
belonged to himself personally ; charging him to remember how 
deep a friendship he had borne, both to the Spartan state and to 
Lysander individually. 

During his residence in Asia Minor, Cyrus held his court 
chiefly at Sardis; and an anecdote is related by Xenophon in 
his (Economicus (iv. 20), upon the authority of Lysander, which 























xiv INTRODUCTION. . 

gives so pleasing a view of his habits of life while there, and 
such a relief in the midst of scenes of blood and projects of crim- 
inal ambition, that I cannot withhold it. Cyrus was showing 
Lysander his park ; and the Spartan, admiring the beauty of the 
trees, the symmetry of the plan, the exactness of the lines and 
angles, and the rich combinations of odors which met the de- 
lighted sense, said to his host, ‘ Much as I admire these beau- 
ties, 1 admire yet more the artist that devised and arranged 
them for you.” “But,” replied Cyrus, gratified with the com- 
pliment unintentionally paid him, “1 have been my own gar- 
dener ; the plan is all mine; and I can show you some of the 
trees which I planted with my own hands.” Lysander gazed 
upon the beauty of his perfumed robes, upon the magnificence 
of his jewelled wreaths and bracelets, and upon his other 
princely ornaments, and exclaimed with astonishment, ‘ What 
do you say, Cyrus? Did you really plant any of these trees 
with your own hands?” “ Does this excite your surprise, Ly- 
sander?” replied the prince; “1 protest to you, by Mithras, 


that, when in health, I never dine till I have drawn forth the 


sweat by some military or gymnastic exercise, or by some work 
of husbandry.” The Spartan grasped his hand, and warmly 
congratulated him upon the possession of habits so favorable to 
virtue and true happiness. 

Cyrus returned to be present at his father’s death, Β. ο. 405, 
and to witness the sceptre, which had glittered before his young 
imaginings, transferred to the hand of his elder brother. The 
last words of Darius deserve to be remembered. Artaxerxes, 
having received the sceptre, approached the bedside of his dying 
father, that he might obtain from his quivering lips the great 
secret upon which the stability of the throne depended. “ By 
what observance,” was his question, “have you maintained 
through life your power and prosperity? Tell me, that I may 
follow your example.” ‘‘ By observing the dictates of justice 
and religion,” was the reply of the expiring monarch, whose 
reign: had not been greatly inconsistent with these words, except 














LIFE OF CYRUS. xe 


as he had been misled by his unprincipled queen and by in- 
triguing favorites, ΄ 

Cyrus was simply appointed satrap of Lydia and of the ad- 
jacent provinces which he had before governed. Disappointed 
that his mother’s influence, and his own superiority to his brother. 
in every kingly attribute, had not won for him the crown, it was 
with no cordial feelings that he accompanied his brother to Pa- 
sargade, the royal city and the burial-place of the great Cyrus, 
for the coronation. Among the peculiar ceremonies of the coro- 
nation, Plutarch, in his life of Artaxerxes, mentions the new 
monarch’s putting off his own robe and putting on that of the 
great Cyrus, and his partaking of figs, turpentine, and sour milk, 
— rites designed perhaps to teach him that he must put on the 
virtues of the founder of the empire, and that sovereignty blends 
with the sweet, the bitter, and the sour. , 

These ceremonies were on the point of commencing, when 
Tissaphernes, the wily and ynscrupulous satrap of Caria, whose 
ambitious plans Cyrus stood in the way of, and whom Cyrus 
had taken with him upon his journey to his father, more, as it 
would seem, because he was unwilling to leave him behind, than 
because there was any real friendship between them, brought to 
Artaxerxes a Magian who had been a teacher of Cyrus. This 
man accused the young prince of designing to assassinate his 
brother at the moment when he was taking off his own robe and 
putting on that of the founder of the empire. The ambition οὗ 
Cyrus, although excessive, appears to have been of too elevated 
and open a character to allow us to give much credit to the 
charge. Yet his well-known disappointment, the utterly unprin- 
cipled character of his mother, and the past history of the Per- 
sian court, gave so much color to it, that Artaxerxes apprehended 
him with the design of putting him to death. As the sentence 
was on the point of being executed, Parysatis rushed frantic to 
her favorite, clasped him in her arms, threw about him her long 
tresses, and so entwined his neck with her own, that the same 
blow must sever both. She then, by her prayers and tears, pre- 














ΧΥῚ INTRODUCTION. 


vailed upon her elder son to spare his life, and to send him back 
to his remote government in Asia Minor. 

Cyrus returned, feeling that he owed his life to his mother’s 
tears, and not to his brother’s confidence ; and stimulated by a 
sense of danger, as well as of disappointment and disgrace, he 
determined to wrest, if possible, the sceptre from his brother's 
hands. The expedition which he undertook for this purpose, 
after three years of preparation, B. c. 401, and the return of the 
Greeks who served in his army, form the subjects of the his- 
tory before us, which was written by an eye-witness and an im- 
portant actor in the scenes which he describes. ‘‘ This expedi- 
tion, taken in all its parts,” says Major Rennell, “is perhaps the 
most splendid of all the military events that have been recorded 
in ancient pjstory ; and it has been rendered no less interesting 
and impressive, in the description, by the happy mode of relat- 
ing it.” | 

What would have been the effect-upon the subsequent history 
of Greece and Persia, and indirectly, though in an important 
degree of the civilized world, had Cyrus been successful in de- 
throning and killing his brother, must of course be a matter of 
pure conjecture. However much our natural sympathies might 
incline us to lean towards the high-spirited and able prince, we 
can hardly think that the effect of his success would have been 
for good; and we agree in general with the summing up of 
Grote, “that Hellas, as a whole, had no cause to regret the fall 
of Cyrus at Cunaxa. Had he dethroned his brother and become 
king, the Persian empire would have acquired under his hand 
such a degree of strength as might probably have enabled him 
to forestall the work afterwards performed by the Macedonian 
kings, and to make the Greeks in Europe as well as those in 

.Asia his dependants. He would have employed Grecian mili- 
tary organization against Grecian independence, as Philip and 
Alexander did after him. His money would have enabled him 
to hire an overwhelming force of Grecian officers and soldiers, 
who would (to use the expression of Proxenus, as recorded by 














CHARACTER OF CYRUS. ΧΥΪ 


Xenophon, Anab. iii. 1. 5) have thought him a better friend to 
them than their own country. It would have enabled him also 
to take advantage of dissension and venality in the interior of 
each Grecian city, and thus to weaken their means of defence 
while he strengthened his own means of attack. This was a 
policy which none of the Persian kings, from Darius, son of 
Hystapes, down to Darius Codomannus, had ability or perse- 
verance enough to follow out: none of them knew either the 
true value of Grecian instruments, or how to employ them with 
effect. The whole conduct of Cyrus, in reference to this memo- 
rable expedition, manifests a superior intelligence, competent to 
use the resources which victory would have put in his hands; 
and an ambition likely to use them against the Greeks, in aven- 


ging the humiliations of Marathon, Salamis, and the peace of 
Kallias.” * ΠΝ 


* Grote’s ‘‘ History of Greece,” Chap. LXIX. Part IT, 














THE GREEK PROBLEM. 


“Wnuart the inhabitants of the small city of Athens achieved 
in philosophy, in poetry, in art, in science, in politics, is known 
to all of us; and our admiration for them increases tenfold if, 
by a study of other literatures, such as the literatures of India, 
Persia, and China, we are enabled to compare their achieve- 
ments with those of other nafions of antiquity. The rudiments 
of almost everything, with the exception of religion, we, the 
people of Europe, the heirs to a fortune accumulated during 
twenty or thirty centuries of intellectual toil, owe to the Greeks ; 
and, strange as ‘it may sound, but few, I think, would gainsay 
it, that to the present day the achievements of these our distant 
ancestors and earliest masters, the songs of Homer, the dialogues 
of Plato, the speeches of Demosthenes, and the statues of Phidias, 
stand, if not unrivalled, at least unsurpassed by anything that 
has been achieved by their descendants and pupils. 

“How the Greeks came to be what they were, and how, alone 
of all other nations, they opened almost every mine of thought 
that has since been worked by mankind ;-how they invented and 

ected almost every style of poetry and prose which has since 
been cultivated by the greatest minds of our race ; how they laid 
the lasting foundation of the principal arts and sciences, and in 
some of them achieved triumphs never since equalled, is a PROB- 
LEM which neither historian nor philosopher has as yet been able 
to solve. Like their own goddess Athene, the people of Athens 
seem to spring full-armed into the arena of history; and we look 
in vain to Egypt, Syria, or India for more than a few of the 
seeds that burst into such marvellous growth on the soil of At- 
tica.” — Lectures on the Science of Language, by Max MiuLier, 
Professor in the University of Oxford, Second Series. 


ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ 


ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABAZLELZ A. 


ΘΑ»... 


AAPEIO? καὶ Παρυσάτιδος γίγνονται παῖδες δύο, πρεσ- 
βύτερος μὲν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 
ἠσθένει Δαρεῖος καὶ ὑπώπτευε τελευτὴν τοῦ βίου, ἐβού- 
Aero τὼ παῖδε ἀμφοτέρω παρεῖναι. 2. ‘O μὲν οὖν 
πρεσβύτερος παρὼν ἐτύγχανε: Κῦρον δὲ μεταπέμπεται 
ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἧς αὐτὸν σατράπην ἐποίησε" καὶ στῥατη- 
γὸν δὲ αὐτὸν ἀπέδειξε πάντων, ὅσοι εἰς Καστωλοῦ πεδίον 
ἀθροίζονται. ᾿Αναβαίνει οὖν ὁ Κῦρος, λαβὼν Τισσαφέρ- 
νην ὡς φίλον" καὶ τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων δὲ ἔχων ὁπλίτας ἀνέβη 
τριακοσίους, ἄρχοντα δὲ αὐτῶν Ἐενίαν Παῤῥάσιον. 

3. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος, καὶ κατέστη εἰς τὴν 
βασιλείαν ᾿Αρταξέῤξης, Τισσαφέρνης διαβώλλει τὸν Κῦρον 


πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν, ws ἐπιβουλεύοι αὐτῷ: “O δὲ πείθεταί 


τε καὶ συλλαμβάνει Κῦρον ὡς ἀποκτενῶν" ἡ δὲ μήτηρ 


᾽ / 2 I | “Ἢ " ΔΛ Ν᾿ ‘ > / 
εξαιτησαμένη αὑτὸν ἀποπέμπει πάλιν ert τὴν ἀρχῆν. 


4. Ὁ δ᾽ ὡς ἀπῆλθε κινδυνεύσας καὶ ἀτιμασθεὶς, βουλεύ- | 


ἴ ν ν MMM, a ᾽ a 3 ? ᾿ 
‘erat, ὅπως μήποτε. ἔτι ἔσται ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, ἀλλ᾽, -ἣν 


1 














2 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ it 1. 4-- 8, 


δύνηται, βασιλεύσει ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνου. Παρύσατις μὲν δὴ ἡ 
μήτηρ ὑπῆρχε τῷ Κύρῳ, φιλοῦσα αὐτὸν μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν 
βασιλεύοντα ᾿Αρταξέρξην. δ. Ὅστις δ᾽ ἀφικνεῖτο τῶν 
. Thea 2 , “ ae 
mapa βασιλέως πρὸς αὑτὸν, TuvTas οὕτω διατιθεὶς artre- 
πέμπετο, ὥστε αὐτῷ μᾶλλον φίλους εἶναι ἢ βασιλεῖ. 
Καὶ τῶν παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ δὲ βαρβάρων ἐπεμελεῖτο, ὡς πολε- 
μεῖν τε ἱκανοὶ εἴησαν, καὶ εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχοιεν αὐτῷ. 

6. Τὴν δὲ ᾿Ελληνικὴν δύναμιν ἤθροιζεν ὡς μάλιστα 
ἐδύνατο ἐπικρυπτόμενος, ὅπως OTL ἀπαρασκευαστότατον 
λάβοι βασιλέα. ἴΏδε οὖν ἐποιεῖτο τὴν συλλογήν" ὁπόσας 
εἶχε φυλακὰς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι, παρήγγειλε τοῖς φρουράρ- 
yous ἑκάστοις, λαμβάνειν ἄνδρας Πελοποννησίους ὅτι 
πλείστους καὶ βελτίστους, ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοντος Τισσαφέρ- 
νους ταῖς πόλεσι. Καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν αἱ ᾿Ιωνικαὶ πόλεις Τισ- 
σαφέρνους τὸ ἀρχαῖον, ἐκ βασιλέως δεδομέναι" τότε δ᾽ 
ἀφεστήκεσαν πρὸς Κῦρον πᾶσαι, πλὴν Μιλήτου. 7. Ἔν 
Μιλήτῳ δὲ Τισσαφέρνης, προαισθόμενος τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα 
βουλευομένους, (ἀποστῆναι πρὸς Kupov,) τοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν 
ὠπέκτεινε, τοὺς δ᾽ ἐξέβαλεν. ὋὉ δὲ Κῦρος ὑπολαβὼν 
τοὺς φεύγοντας, συλλέξας στράτευμα, ἐπολιόρκει Μίλητον 
καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, καὶ ἐπειρᾶτο κατάγειν 
τοὺς ἐκπεπτωκότας. Καὶ αὕτη αὖ ἄλλη πρόφασις ἦν 
αὐτῷ τοῦ ἀθροίζειν στράτευμα. jes. Πρὸς δὲ βασιλέα 
πέμπων ἠξίου, ἀδελφὸς ὧν αὐτοῦ, δοθῆναί οἱ ταύτας τὰς 
πόλεις μᾶλλον. ἢ Τισσαφέρνην ἄρχειν αὐτῶν'᾽ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ 
συνέπραττεν αὐτῷ ταῦτα" ὥστε βασιλεὺς τῆς μὲν πρὸς 
ἑαυτὸν ἐπιβουλῆς οὐκ ἠσθάνετο, Τισσαφέρνει δὲ ἐνόμιζε 


» ψΝ > ‘ ‘ ἢ ὃ val og 
πολεμοῦντα avTov adi Ta στρατευματα CaTavay’ ὥστε 














L1.s-1.] KYPOT ANABASI2. 3 


iar ¥ id ΄ SM, e A . 
οὐδὲν ἤχθετο αὐτῶν πολεμούντων" καὶ yap ὁ Κῦρος ἀπέ- 


“ ‘ \ - , “ é 
πεμπε TOUS γυγνομενους δασμους βασιλεῖ ἐκ τὼν πόλεων, 
e / ANA Ν 
ὧν Τισσαφέρνης ετύγχανεν ἔχων. 

Ν ‘ / 7 a , > νυ. ᾽ὔ 
9. ἔάλλο δὲ στράτευμα αὐτῷ συνέλεγετο ev Χερρονήσῳ 
A ' > / , "» “Ἢ ᾽ 
τῇ καταντιπέρας ᾿Αβύδου τόνδε τὸν τρόπον. Κλέαρχος 

/ Ἀ 9 4 A e a 
Λακεδαιμόνιος φυγὰς ἣν" τούτῳ συγγενόμενος oO Κῦρος, 
b] / 2’ ‘ | 5) » , ᾽ὔ 
ἠγάσθη τε αὐτὸν, καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτῷ μυρίους δαρεικοὺς. 
¢ ‘ Ν ‘ / 7 > s , 
Ο δὲ λαβὼν τὸ χρυσίον, στράτευμα συνελεξεν ἀπὸ τοῦ- 

“ ὕ) a > ἥ ? ba i ἡ , 
TOV TOV χρημάτων, καὶ ἐπολέμει, EK Xeppovncov ὁρμω- 

“ Ἀ »Ἢ φ Ν , 7 a Ν 
μενος, τοῖς Θρᾳξὶ τοῖς ὑπερ ᾿Ελλήσποντον οἰκοῦσι, Kat 
? “ ‘ ΥΩ Γ 4 ι Λ 
ὠφέλει τοὺς “Ελληνας" ὥστε καὶ χρήματα συνεβαάλλοντο 

b ral ᾽ Ν Ν “ al ¢ ‘E Ἀ 
aUT@ εἰς τὴν τροφην τῶν στρατιωτῶν αἱ λλησποντίακαι 
Λ la) “ > > / / b , 
πόλεις ἑκοῦσαι. Τοῦτο δ᾽ αὖ οὕτω τρεφόμενον ἐλάνθανεν 
| “a % ἢ 
αὐτῷ τὸ στρατευμα. 
> ἢ ‘ ~ / 5 ᾽ 
10. ᾿Αρίστιππος δε ὁ Θετταλὸς ἕενος ὧν ἐτύγχανεν 
᾿᾽ ΠῚ » / |) a Ν ᾽ “a 
αὐτῷ, καὶ πιεζομενος ὑπὸ τῶν οἴκοι ἀντηστασιωτῶν, ἔρχε- 
‘ ΝΥ - Ν ᾽ a Ἄν 9 / / 
ται πρὸς tov Κῦρον, καὶ αἰτεῖ αὐτὸν εἰς δισχιλίους ἕενους © 
᾿ς nr a 4 ε Φ ͵ a a wi 
καὶ τριῶν μηνῶν μισθὸν, ws οὕτω περιγενόμενος ἂν τῶν 
> Ὁ“ ¢ Ἀ b a , 
ἀντιστασιωτῶν. Ὃ δὲ Κῦρος δίδωσιν αὐτῷ εἰς τετρα- 
/ Ν A ry / ‘ a , a " 
κισχιλίους καὶ ἕξ μηνῶν μισθὸν" Kat δεῖται αὐτοῦ, μὴ 
’ A A Ν , vf Ν 
πρόσθεν καταλῦσαι πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιστασιωτας, πριν ἂν 
NN ᾽ a \ 2 ‘ > 
αὐτῷ συμβουλεύσητα. Οὕτω δὲ av τὸ ev Θετταλίᾳ 
> , ,ν» ᾽ὔ , , 
ἐλάνθανεν αὐτῷ τρεφόμενον στράτευμα. 11]. Πρόξενον 
Ν Ν , ’ Ν  »"» κα / Ν 
δὲ τὸν Βοιώτιον, ἕένον ὄντα αὐτῷ, ἐκέλευσε λαβοντα ἂν- 
ν / , b ἤ , 
Spas ὅτι πλείστους παραγενέσθαι, ὡς εἰς Πεισιδας βουλο- 
, r - 
μενος στρατεύεσθαι, ὡς πρώγματα παρεχόντων Πεισιδῶν 
Aa " “A ἤ b \ , ~ 
τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χώρᾳ. Σοφαίνετον δὲ τὸν Στυμφαλίιον, καὶ 


μ᾿ ᾿) ‘ > \ “ ν ‘ / > 
ὠκρώτην tov Ayaov, Eevovs οντας καὶ TOUTOUS, εκε- 

















ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [1.1]. 1.--3..8. 


i ¥ ἢ 3 a Ψ) / € ‘ 
λευσεν ἄνδρας λαβόντας ἐλθεῖν ὅτι πλείστους, ὡς πολεμή- 
/ ‘ » a“ / ‘ 

cov Τισσαφέρνει σὺν τοῖς φυγάσι τῶν Μιλησίων. Kai 


Ε] / ef Φ 
€7TOLOUY OUTWS OUTOL. 


CAP. | ¥ a oa 


" | fe AE \ i 
κι᾽" 
᾽ Ν » νυ» "ον vl ¥ 
1. Eres δ᾽ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ ἤδη πορεύεσθαι ἄνω, τὴν μὲν 
πρόφασιν ἐποιεῖτο, ὡς Πεισίδας βουλόμενος ἐκβαλεῖν παν- 
ἤ > ~ ἤ I + / ἐξ b | ‘ ᾽ , 
τάπασιν ex τῆς χωρας" Kat ἀθροίζει, ws ἐπὶ τούτους, τό TE 


A » ~ ¢ “ ᾽ » 
βαρβαρικὸν καὶ to ᾿Ελληνικὸον ἐνταῦθα aad καὶ 


ποραγγέλλει τῷ τε Κλεώρχῳ λαβόντι ἥκειν ὅσον ἦν αὐτῷ. 


"ὡμμμν καὶ τῷ ᾿Αριστέππῳ, sured ayer πρὸς τοὺς 
οἴκοι, ἀποπέμψαι πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ὃ εἶχε στράτευμα" καὶ 
Ἐενίᾳ τῷ ᾿Αρκάώδι, ὃς αὐτῷ προεστήκει τοῦ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι 
ξενικοῦ, ἥκειν παραγγέλλει, λαβόντα τοὺς ἄνδρας, πλὴν 
ὁπόσοι ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν τὰς ἀκροπόλεις φυλώττειν. 2. ᾿Εκά- 
λεσε δὲ καὶ τοὺς Μίλητον ἌΝ "ἢ τοὺς φυγά- 


~ δας ἐκέλευσε σὺν αὐτῷ ol ram ὑποσ μενος αὑτοῖς, 
Bef EY 


εἰ % a caranpdgeité ἐφ᾽" ἃ ἐστρατεύετο, μὴ πρόσθεν 


, 


Gavetic0a “πρὶν αὐτοὺς καταγάγοι οἴκαδε. Οἱ δὲ ἡδέως 
ἐπείθοντο (ἐπίστευον γὰρ αὐτῷ), καὶ λαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα, 
παρῆσαν εἰς Σάρδεις. 

3. Hevias μὲν δὴ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων λαβὼν παρεγέ- 
vero εἰς Σάρδεις, ὁπλίτας εἰς τετρακισχιλίους" Πρόξενος 
δὲ παρῆν, ἔχων ὁπλίτας μὲν εἰς πεντακοσίους καὶ χιλίους, 
γυμνῆτας δὲ πεντακοσίους: Σοφαίνετος δὲ ὁ Στυμφάλιος, 
ὁπλίτας ἔχων χιλίους" Σωκράτης δὲ ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς, ὁπλέτας 


¥ ¢ / / * ¢ Ἁ " φ 
ἔχων ὡς πεντακοσίους" Πασίων δὲ ὁ Μεγαρευς εἰς ἔἐπτα- 


- 
ΑΓ πα 


L2.3-8]- ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 


σι 
rset 


i 


/ ¥ ¥ ὃ “ Φ Ν 3, e 1 κ ἴω 
κοσίους ἔχων avopas παρεγένετο" ἣν δὲ καὶ οὗτος καὶ ὁ ἦν 
47...“ 
Heenan; τῶν ss Μίλητον στρατευομένων. 4. Οὗτοι 
py ee a yw va \Ber 


μὲν εἰς Σώρδεις αὐτῷ ἀφίκοντο. Τισσαφερενι, δε, κατα- 


2 
ss. 
ἐ “ἢ 


- 


- 


, 
νοήσας ταῦτα, καὶ μείζονα ἡγησώμενος εἶναι ἢ ὡς ἐπὶ 


ΞΡ. 


" ‘ ‘ / € 4 Φ Mlb 

Πεισίδας τὴν Taper ee, eapivercs ws βασιλέα ῃ εδυ- 

\ 

mie SANIT ἱππέας ew ὡς πεντακοσίους. 5. Kat 
Aha 


Baawreus” μὲν δὴ, ἐπεὶ ἤκουσε παρὰ Ticonttenen τὸν 


Κύρου στόλον, aut yay equsuatere, Dal a 


των 
ak Up φς be, ἔ ἔχε ods. εἴρηκα, ὡρμᾷτο gre, Zapbewy: καὶ 
fhe διὰ τῆς Avdias σταύμους ἢ ΤΡ, πάραδώγγας 
εἴκοσι καὶ δύο, ἐπὶ τὸν Μαίανδρον ποταμόν. Τούτου τὸ 
εὖρος δύο πλέθρα" γέφυρα δὲ ἐπῆν ἐξευγμένη πλοίοις 
a Ν > “ Ἁ 
ἑπτά. 6. Τοῦτον διαβὰς ἐξελαύνει διὰ Φρυγίας σταθμὸν 
“ , > Ν ᾽ ‘ /. ? / 
ἕνα, Tapacayyas oxtw, εἰς ολοσσας, πολιν οἰκουμενην, 
᾽ , ‘ Λ ᾽ Wl ¥ εκ. ε ,ὔ 
εὐδαίμονα καὶ μεγάλην. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἔμεινεν nuepas ἑπτά" 
/ / H 
καὶ ἧκε Μένων ὁ Θετταλὸς, ὁπλίτας ἔχων χιλίους, καὶ 
Ν / , Ν ᾿ al “x 
πελταστὰς πεντακοσίους, Δολοπας καὶ Aiavas καὶ 
3 
Ολυυθίους. 
a ἢ Ὁ ' ' " 
7. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς, πὰρασάγγας ἢ 
¥ ’ ν A δι Mae 
εἰκοσιν, εἰς Kedawas, τῆς Φρυγίας πόλιν οἰκουμένην, 
μην» καὶ εὐδαίμονα. ᾿Ενταῦθα Κύρῳ βασίλεια ἦν 
καὶ srapatinnas μέγας ὀγρίων θηρίων πλήρης, ἃ ἐκεῖνος 
ἐθήρενεν ἀπὸ ἵππου, ὁπότε γυμνάσαι βούλδιὴο ἑαυτόν τε 
φ 


καὶ τοὺς ἵππους. Διὰ μέσου δὲ τοῦ παραδείσου ῥεῖ 


Μ rl 5 ἤ “- » ‘ b | ~ ᾽ > “ | 
atavopos ποταμὸς" at δὲ THya αύυτου εἰσὶν EK τῶν. 


βασιλείων" ῥεῖ δὲ καὶ διὰ τῆς Κελαινῶν πόλεως. 8. "E FTL, sf 
mt MF *-Gr ' 
δὲ καὶ μεγάλου βασιλέως βασίλεια ἐν Κελαιναῖς ερύμνα, 


> e »" , Yay | 
ἐπὶ ταῖς πηγαῖς τοῦ Μαρσύου ποταμοῦ, ὑπὸ τῇ ἀκροπόλει" ms, 


1* 


ᾧ 




















ο΄ ΞΒΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [I. 2. 8-- 1. 
νιν 


anf’ 


et Se " δὲ οδτὸς διὸ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ cena εἰς τὸν 


πυυδριν. τοῦ δὲ Μαρσύου τὸ εὗρός ἐστιν εἴκοσι, καὶ. 


DP May 
πέντε ποδῶν. ᾿Ενταῦθα λέγεται * Andddeo endeipal ap- 
/ 
σύαν, νικήσας ἐρίζοντά οἱ περὶ σοφίας, καὶ τὸ δέρμα κρε- 
, ᾽ »“» Ν “ « ᾿ Ν ἣν “ € 
paca ἐν τῷ ἄντρῳ, ὅθεν at πηγαί" δια δὲ τοῦτο ὁ ToTa- 
+ 4 
Ν a / 3 - hot ¢/ > “ 
μὸς καλεῖται Mapovas. 9.8 Ενταῦθα Ξέρξης, ore ἐκ τῆς 
, ¢ N . , "9 , / . mn 
“Erdados ἡττηθεὶς τῇ μάχη ἀπεχωρει, λέγεται οἰκοδομῆ- 
a ἃ " ‘ \ - a > , 
σαι ταῦτά te τὰ βασίλεια, καὶ τὴν Κελαινῶν ἀκρόπολιν. 
> e ¥ aed ἐ ὦ “ κα κ / 
Ἐνταῦθα euewe Κῦρος ἡμέρας τριάκοντα" καὶ ἧκε Kre- 
¢ f ‘ ¥ ¢ ἢ / \ 
ἄρχος ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος φυγας, ἔχων ὁπλίτας χιλίους, καὶ 
Ν » 7 f Ν ‘ r OU 
πελταστὰς Θρᾷκας ὀκτακοσίους, καὶ τοξότας Κρῆτας δια- 
/ Ld ἣν Ν " A ¢ / ¥ 
κοσίους. “Awa δὲ καὶ Σῶσις παρῆν ὁ Συρακόσιος, ἔχων 
μ 
¢ I / Ν / cn Ν Ν ¢ / 
ὁπλίτας τριακοσίους, Kat Σοφαίνετος ὁ ApxKas, ἔχων oTXI- 
ρ ᾽ 
” > “ > ale ϑω ᾽ν 3 Ν 
τας χιλίους. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος εξετασιν καὶ ἀριθμὸν 
ne 
Cal ? e + ἡ € 
τῶν Ελλήνων ἐποίησεν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ. καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ 
7) ἐποίησεν Γ] ρ + 
~ ᾿ / | / 4 Ν 
σύμπαντες, ὁπλῖται μὲν μύριοι καὶ χίλιοι, πελτασται δε 
> ‘ hy, / Ψ 
ἀμφὶ τοὺς δισχιλίους. 
3 »“ ᾿ / Ν , , 
10. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺυς δύο, παρασάγγας 
/ ᾽ ri γ / 3 an? Νν 
δέκα, εἰς Πέλτας, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. Ἐνταῦθ εμεινεν 


? Φ / ¢ F ‘ ‘ ᾽ ΝΜ 
ἡμέρας rs ἐν ats dps 0 ~— ta Λύκαια aes, 





ΨΥ war 





ἐθεώρει δὲ τὸν ἀγῶνα καὶ Κῦρος. ᾿Εντεῦθεν. ἐξελαύνει 
ἢ 
σταθμοὺς δύο, παρασάγγας δώδεκα, εἰς Κεραμῶν ἀγο- 
Ν / ? ἢ > ’ ἣν a M / / 
pay, πόλιν οἰκουμένην, ἐσχάτην πρὸς τῇ Μυσίᾳ χωρᾳ. 
- > “ 5) , ‘ . , " 
11. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμους τρεῖς, παρασαγγας 
9 » " Ἵ ᾿ > 
τριάκοντα, εἰς Καὕστρου πεδίον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. Ἐν- 
as »-»ν 4 ἢ / ᾽ν -" / 2 / 
ταῦθ᾽ ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας πέντε" καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ὠφεί- 


Ν r | A “ Ὁ Ν ᾽ 7 
eto μισθὸς πλεον ἢ τριῶν μηνῶν" καὶ πολλάκις LOVTES 


L211-16.) ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 


Ν ’ ᾽ ἢν a 
ἐπὶ tas θύρας ἀπήτουν. Ὃὧ δὲ ἐλπίδας λέγων διῆγε, καὶ 
a“ > Ν “ 
δῆλος ἦν ἀνιώμενος" οὐ yap ἦν πρὸς τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου, 
ἔχοντα μὴ ἀποδιδόναι. 
12. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἀφικνεῖται ᾿Επύαξα, ἡ Σνεννέσιος γυνὴ, 
ἴω » / ‘ a 
τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως, παρὰ Κῦρον" καὶ ἐλέγετο Κύρῳ 
» " , ag? ν A i .» 
δοῦναι χρήματα πολλα. Τῇ ὃ οὖν στρατιᾷ τότε ἀπέδωκε 
Κῦρος μισθὸν τεττώρων μηνῶν. Εἶχε δὲ ἡ Κίλισσα καὶ 


φύλακας περὶ αὑτὴν Κίλικας καὶ ᾿Ασπενδίους" ἐλέγετο δὲ 


καὶ συγγενέσθαι Κῦρον τῇ Κιλίσσῃ.:[15. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δὲ 


/ τ ‘\ 4 ‘ / 
ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο, παρασάγγὰς δέκα, εἰς Θύμβριον, 
, , ᾽ ? a 9 \ ‘ ear , ς 
πόλιν οἰκουμένην. Ἐνταῦθα ἦν παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν κρήνη ἡ 
Μίδου καλουμένη, τοῦ fam: βασιλέως" a ἣ λέγεται 
Midas τὸν Σάτυρον θηρεῦσαι, οἴνῳ κεράσας αὑτήν. 
14. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο, παρασάγγας 
δέκα, εἰς Τυριαῖον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην" ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν 
a > alll’ “Ἢ a | 
ἡμέρας τρεῖς. Kai λέγεται δεηθῆναι ἡ Κίλισσα Kupov, — 
> » a 
ἐπιδεῖξαι τὸ στράτευμα αὐτῇ. Βουλόμενος οὖν ἐπιδεῖξαι, 
3 “ a a “Ὁ 
ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ τῶν ᾿ Ελλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρ- 
" ᾽ ‘ ‘ 
Bupov.. 15. ᾿Εκέλευσε δὲ τοὺς “Ἕλληνας, ws νόμος. av- 
val b | f ‘4 “A a 
τοῖς εἰς μάχην, οὕτω ταχθῆναι καὶ στῆναι, συντάξαι δὲ 
Ψ ‘ ε A > ’ ΕῚ i'm , 
ἕκαστον τοὺς eavtov. Ετώάχθησαν οὖν emi τεττάρων " 
> ™ ® * Δ 
εἶχε δὲ τὸ μὲν δεξιὸν Μένων καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὸ δ᾽ εὐώ- 
χω Κ Ν 
νυμον Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου, τὸ δὲ μέσον οἱ ἄλλοι 
/ > , 9 e ~ a ‘ \ 
στρατηγοί. 16. ᾿Εθεωρει οὖν ὁ Κῦρος πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς 
" Ἵ 
βαρβάρους (οἱ δὲ παρήλαυνον τεταγμένοι κατ᾽ ἴλας καὶ 
Ν ᾽ν. 
κατὰ τάξεις), εἶτα δὲ τοὺς “Ἕλληνας, παρελαύνων ἐφ᾽ ἅρ- 
7 on Ν, 
ματος, καὶ ἡ Κίλισσα ἐφ᾽ ἁρμαμάξης. Εἶχον δὲ πάντες 
/ a a a ef 
κράνη χαλκᾶ, καὶ χιτῶνας φοινικοῦς, Kat κνημῖδας, καὶ 




















8 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [I. 2. 16-20. 


᾽ ᾿, Ν ᾽Ὅ 
ry τὰς ἀσπίδας ἐκκεκαθαρμένας. 17. ᾿᾽Επειδηὴ δὲ πάντας 


παρήλασε, στήσας τὸ ἅρμα πρὸ τῆς φάλαγγος. πέμψας 
Πίγρητα τὸν ἑρμηνέα πὰρὰ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλη- 
νων, ἐκέλευσε προβαλέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ ἐπιχωρῆσαι ὅλην 
τὴν ψάλαγγα. Οἱ δὲ ταῦτα προεῖπον τοῖς σερυτιωταν᾽ 
καὶ ἐπεὶ coanwuyte, mpoBarhopevor τὰ ὅπλα ἐπήεσαν. 
Ἔκ δὲ τούτου θᾶττον προϊόντων σὺν κραυγῇ, ἀπὸ τοῦ 
αὐτομάτου δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐπὶ τὰς σκη- 
vas. 18. Τῶν δὲ βαρβάρων, φόβος πολὺς καὶ ἄλλοις, 
καὶ ἥ τε Κίλισσα epuyey ἐκ τῆς ἁρμαμάξης, καὶ οἱ ἐκ τῆς 
ἀγορᾶς, καταλιπόντες τὰ ὦνια, ἔφυγον" οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες 
σὺν γέλωτι ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνὰς ἦλθον. Ἢ δὲ Κίλισσα, 
ἰδοῦσα τὴν λαμπρότητα καὶ τὴν τάξιν τοῦ στρατεύματος, 
ἐθαύμασε. Κῦρος δὲ ἥσθη, τὸν ἐκ τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰς τοὺς 
βαρβάρους φόβον ἰδών. 

19. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τροῖν, νὰν μήν, ἐμ 
εἴκοσιν, εἰς ᾿Ικόνιον, τῆς Φρυγίας πόλιν ἐσχάτην. Ἔν- 
ταῦθα ἔμεινε τρεῖς ἡμέρας. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς 
Δυκαονίας σταθμοὺς πέντε, παρασάγγας τριάκοντα. Ταύ- 
THY τὴν χορ ἐπέτρεψε διαρπάσαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν. ὡς 
πολεμίαν οὖσαν. ¥90. ᾿Εντεῦθεν Κῦρος τὴν Κίλισσαν εἰς 
τὴν Κιλικίαν ἀποπέμπει τὴν ταχίστην ὁδόν" καὶ συνέ- 
πεμψεν αὐτῇ orpatuarar, ols Μένων εἶχε, καὶ αὐτόν. 
Αὔρος δὲ pete τῶν ἄλλων δα διὰ Καππαδοκίας 
σταθμοὺς τέτταρας, παρασάγγας εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε, πρὸς 
Δάναν, πόλιν οἰκουμένην, μεγάλην καὶ tarpon. *Ev- 
ταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς" ἐν ᾧ Κῦρος ἀπέκτεινεν “ἢν 
Πέρσην, Μεγαφέρνην, φοινικιστὴν βασίλειον, καὶ ἕτερόν 








lM, iN, 


Ι, 2,20-95.] KYPOYT ANABAXIY. 9 


τινα τῶν ὑπάρχων δυνάτην, αἰτιασάμενος ἐπιβουλεύειν 
αὐτῷ. 

21. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπειρῶντο εἰσβάλλειν εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν" 
ἡ δὲ εἰσβολὴ ἦν ὁδὸς ἁμαξιτὸς, ὀρθία ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ ἀμήχα- 
νος εἰσελθεῖν στρατεύματι, εἴ τις ἐκώλυεν. ᾿Ελέγετο δὲ 
καὶ Συέννεσις εἶναι ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων, φυλάττων τὴν εἰσβο- 
Any: δ ὃ ἔμεινεν ἡμόσαν ἐν τῷ "ον Τῇ δ᾽ noreeaee 
ἧκεν ΡΟΝ Raed ὅτι λον δι εἴη > πέσυνν τὰ 7 
ener ho Ber 
εἴσω TOV “ὁρέων, καὶ ὅτι τριήρεις ἤκουε “νον, ἀπὸ 
᾿Ιωνέίας εἰς. Κιλικίαν Ταμὼν ἔχοντα, τὰς “Λακεδαιμονίων 
καὶ αὐτοῦ Κύρου. 22. Κῦρος δ᾽ οὖν ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, 
οὐδενὸς κωλύοντος, καὶ εἶδε τὰς σκηνὰς, οὗ οἱ Κίλικες 


2 3 ral 
ἐφύλαττον. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δὲ κατέβαινεν εἰς πεδίον μέγα καὶ 


‘ ? νυν ‘ / a ¥ hs 
καλὸν, ἐπίρῥυτον, καὶ δένδρων παντοδαπῶν ἔμπλεων καὶ 


> t Mt, ‘ , \ 7 . wo Pita, 
ἀμπέλων" πολὺ δὲ καὶ σήσαμον Kat μελίνην καὶ κέγχρον 


x ‘ ‘ ¥ > 2 | ᾽ 
καὶ πυροὺς καὶ κριθαφ φέρε. ρος δ᾽ αὐτὸ περιέχει 
᾽ a i, 
ὀχυρὸν καὶ ὑψηλὸν πάντη ἐκ θαλάττης εἰς θάλατταν. 

” Ν Ν Ν / a 7 ‘ 
23. KaraBas Se διὰ τούτου τοῦ πεδίου ἤλασε atabmous 
, / Ν b] i, 
τέτταρας, παρασάγγας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν, εἰς Ταρσους, τῆς 
il 4. , ‘ “ ϑ “ 
Κιλικίας πόλιν μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἦσαν 
Ν ᾽ Λ a ν" , 
τὰ Συεννέσιος βασίλεια, τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως" διὰ 
“ »» a ᾽» Ν . ¥ > 
μέσης Se τῆς πόλεως ῥεῖ ποταμὸς, Κύδνος ὄνομα, evpos 
νυ " ’ὔ’ , 3 
δύο πλέθρων. 24. Ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον οἱ ἐνου- 
a ‘ ᾿ > f a x .» ®t 
κουντες μετα Συεννέσιος εἰς χωρίον oyupov ἐπὶ τὰ Opn, 
ἣν “ ‘ a ¥ ¥ ᾿ Ν i Ἂ * 
πλὴν οἱ τὰ καπηλεῖα ἔχοντες" ἐμειναν δὲ καὶ οἱ Tapa τὴν 
4 ? a 3 oo γ᾿ > 
θάλατταν οἰκοῦντες ev Σόλοις καὶ ev Ioaois.X 25. ᾿Επύ- 
δὲ ¢ ᾽ ‘ il rl a i ‘ 
aka δε, ἡ Συεννέσιος γυνὴ, προτέρα Κύρου πέντε ἡμέραις 
᾽ Ν > / 
ets Ταρσους ἀφίκετο. 














| 


| 








10 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ  [L 2.25-3.2, 


> ¢ a AN » b “ ’ ; 
Ev δὲ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ορῶν τῶν εἰς TO πεδίον, δύο 
a 4 4 ᾽ " e ‘ ν 
λόχοι τοῦ Μένωνος στρατεύματος ἀπώλοντο" οἱ μὲν εφα- 
e , ᾽ »" ,Χ a r / € ‘ 
σαν, ἁρπάζοντας Te κατακοπῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν Κιλίκων, οἱ δε, 
al / ‘ > / ¢ “ Ν Υ. , 
ὑπολειφθέντας καὶ οὐ δυναμένους εὑρεῖν TO ἄλλο στρα- 
Ia’ ‘ φ Ν / 3 ’ = 
τευμα οὐδὲ τὰς ὁδοὺς, εἶτα πλανωμένους ἀπολεσθαι" ἦσαν 
ν᾿ > ? ¢ Ν ¢ » c > Ν ᾽ Ν 
δ᾽ οὖν οὗτοι ἑκατὸν ὁπλῖται. 26. Οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι επειδὴ 
e / Λ ‘ ‘ / ‘ Ν 
ἧκον, τήν τε πόλιν τοὺς Ταρσοὺς διήρπασαν, δια τὸν 
3. al “ > ἢ x ‘ Λ 
ὄλεθρον τῶν συστρατιωτῶν οργιξόμενοι, καὶ τὰ βασίλεια 
Ν > ? » re ‘ ᾽ Ν᾿, 9 ΔΛ | ‘ / * 
τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ. ΑΚῦρος Se επεὶ εἰσήλασεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, 
’ ᾿ / ~ ¢ / ξ > ¥ , 
μετεπέμπετο τὸν Συέννεσιν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν" ὁ ὃ οὔτε Tpo- 
3 / / ¢ »" , a b a Ν 
τερον οὐδενί πω κρείττονι εαυτοὺ εἰς χείρας ελθειν edn, 
Ν / Ku 7 0 ‘ ἐ ᾽ν νν" Ν ‘ 
οὔτε τότε Κύρῳ evar ἤθελε, πρὶν ἡ γυνὴ avTov ἔπεισε, Kat 
ἤ ». \ ‘ a » “ é 
πίστεις ἔλαβε. 27. Mera Se ταῦτα eres συνεγένοντο 
? μ , i Ty .- ’ \ ? 
ἀλλήλοις, Συέννεσις μὲν ἔδωκε Κύρῳ χρηματα πολλὰ εἰς 


Ν > ? “ A / Ν 
τὴν στρατιὰν, Κῦρος δ᾽ ἐκείνῳ δῶρα, ἃ νομίζεται παρα 


, a “ i , Ἀ Ν a 
s - βασιλεῖ τίμια, ὑτΟν χρυσοχάλενον Kab OT PET TOV χρυσουν 


“ / “ Ν ~ “ 
καὶ ψέλλια καὶ ἀκινάκην χρυσοῦν καὶ στολὴν Περσικὴν, 
‘ ἢν ᾽ ᾽ > Ld hin. ‘ il é 
καὶ τὴν χώραν μηκέτι ἀφαρπάζεσθαι" τὰ Se ἡρπασμενα 


ἀνδράποδα, ἤν που ἐντυγχάνωσιν, ἀπολαμβάνειν. 


OAP. TIL. 


1. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἔμεινε Κῦρος καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ ἡμέρας εἴκο- 
σιν" οἱ γὰρ στρατιῶται οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι τοῦ πρόδω" 
ὑπώπτευον γὰρ ἤδη ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἰέναι" μισθωθῆναι δὲ 
οὐκ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἔφασαν. Πρῶτος δὲ Κλέαρχος τοὺς αὑτοῦ 
στρατιώτας ἐβιάζετο ἰέναι" οἱ δὲ αὐτόν τε ἔβαλλον καὶ 


‘ ae / 
τὰ ὑποζύγια τὰ ἐκείνου, ἐπεὶ ἤρξατο προΐεναι. 2. Κλε- 


L3.2-6] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 11 


‘ , ‘ Ν Φω} in | Ἃ Γ »"ἭΝ 
apyos δὲ τότε μὲν μικρὸν ἐξεφυγε τὸ μὴ καταπετρωθῆναι" 
Ψ “5ϑιἅιυνυν ef > , f , 
ὕστερον δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἔγνω, ὅτι οὐ δυνήσεται βιάσασθαι, συνη- 

> / Γι “~ ἴω »- 
γαγεν ἐκκλησίαν τῶν αὑτοῦ στρατιωτῶν" καὶ πρῶτον μὲν 
94 \ , ry r a κ᾿ κα» 3 , Ἢ 
ἐδάκρυε πολὺν χρόνον ἕστως (οἱ δὲ ὁρῶντες ἐθαύμαζον καὶ 
᾽ “ “μμῳ “ 
ἐσιώπων" εἶτα δὲ ἔλεξε τοιάδε" 

Ν a is ld “~ 
3. “Avdpes στρατιῶται, μη θαυμάαξετε, ὅτε χαλεπῶς 
/ a “ Ἵ > Ν Ν « / 
φέρω τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασιν. Ἐμοὶ yap Κῦρος ἕενος 
ANIA ’ 4 ? a U ἤ Ν. 
ἐγένετο, καί με, φεύγοντα ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος, Ta τε ἄλλα 
A ‘ , ” ’ ο'' »"»» . ᾽ 
ἐτίμησε, καὶ μυρίους ἔδωκε δαρεικοὺς" ous eyo λαβὼν, οὐκ 
? nN / ? ‘ 3 ᾽ Ia’ / 
εἰς τὸ ἴδιον κατεθέμην ἐμοὶ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ καθηδυπάθησα, adr 
ν ἡ » 3 ‘ \ a ". Ν Ἂ a 
εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐδαπάνων. 4. Kai πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς τους Opa- 
? / . (40880 »ὄἪ ὄ “4 / 3 4 > 
Kas ἐπολέμησα, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς ᾿Ελλάδος ετιμωρούμην μεθ 
ee 3 a >¢ , > I, ? é ’ 
ὑμῶν, ἐκ τῆς Χεῤῥονήσου αὑτοὺς εξελαύνων, βουλομένους 
? a ‘ > ~ Υ͂ “ 
ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας “ EXAnvas τὴν γῆν. ᾽Επειδὴ 
‘ - 3 ᾽ x a 2 
δὲ Kopos ἐκάλει, λαβὼν ὑμᾶς ἐπορευόμην, iva, εἴ τι δέοιτο, 
> ͵ >s > pn? @ om AM 
ὠφελοίην αὐτὸν, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ev ἔπαθον ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνου. 5. ᾿Επεὶ 
\ ξ ral > ’ 4 ae 
δὲ ὑμεῖς ov βούλεσθε συμπορεύεσθαι, ἀνάγκη δή μοι, 7 
ee , a 4 / “ bs ? a 
ὑμᾶς προδόντα τῇ Κύρου φιλίᾳ χρῆσθαι, ἢ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον 
/ 2 |e a 3 Ἃ Ἂ rd a 
ψευσάμενον μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἷναι. Εἰ μὲν δὴ δίκαια ποιήσω, 
> > ἡ ? 9 ς» ν ‘ 
οὐκ οἶδα" αἱρήσομαι δ᾽ οὖν ὑμᾶς, καὶ σὺν ὑμῖν, ὅ τι ἂν 
/ / Ν ν ᾽ a ᾽ A > / 
δέῃ, πείσομαι. Καὶ οὔποτε ἐρεῖ οὐδεὶς, ws eyo “Ελληνας 
> by, > Ν / ™ ‘ ted ~ 
ἀγαγὼν εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους, προδοὺς tous EdAnvas, την 
a / Ἵ e 3 > 3 * 
τῶν βαρβάρων φιλίαν εἱλόμην. 6. ANN ἐπεὶ ὑμεῖς ἐμοὶ 
3 / / ch) συ 2) ‘ - 
οὐ θέλετε πείθεσθαι οὐδὲ ἕπεσθαι, ἐγὼ σὺν ὑμῖν ἕψομαι, 
καὶ, ὅ τι ἂν δέ 'σο Νομίζω γὰρ, ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ εἶ 
. En, πείσομαι. ομίζω yap, ὑμᾶς ἐμοῖ εἶναι 
‘ 4 Ν ἣ by. ’ ‘ ‘ MN ca Wl 
καὶ πατρίδα Kat φίλους Kal συμμάχους, καὶ GUY ὑμῖν μεν 
bal 9 9 ἢ iA Ἁ 9 a , # ? 
ἂν οἶμαι εἶναι τίμιος, ὅπου ἂν ὦ" ὑμῶν δὲ ἔρημος ὧν, οὐκ 


bal ε Ν ‘oll AMT Λ 3 a ‘lll: AIM 
ἂν ἱκανὸς εἶναι οἶμαι, οὔτ᾽ av φίλον ὠφελῆσαι, οὔτ ἂν 









































ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [I. 3. 6-11. 


᾽ “ 4. ων ε 3 a 9 9 ef a . ᾽ν " 
ἐχθρὸν ἀλέξᾶσθαι. ‘Ms ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος, ὅπη ἂν καὶ ὑμεις, 
/ ‘ / Ν 
οὕτω THY γνώμην ἔχετε. 
A 9 ¢ ot - “ AE cA ARE 
ἡ. Ταῦτα εἶπεν" οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται, οἱ TE αὑτοὺ εκείνου 
Ν “ν » b / ΄“ ᾽ ᾿ “ / 
καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι, ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες, ὅτι ov φαίη Tapa βασίλεα 
᾿ > ’ ‘ Ν — I ‘ " 
πορεύεσθαι, ἐπήνεσαν" παρὰ δὲ Ἐενίου καὶ Ilaciwvos 
“a” Λ / ᾽ν f Ν ‘ / 
πλείους ἢ δισχίλιοι, λαβόντες Ta ὅπλα Kat Ta σκευοφορα, 
> / Ν / Sake * / 
ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο παρὰ Κλεάρχῳ. 8. Kupos δε, τοὺ- 
i > a Ν ‘ / “ we ἢ 
Tous ἀπορῶν τε Kat λυπούμενος, μετεπέμπετο τὸν K eEap- 
ν Ψη Ν ᾽ yy / ‘ ~ ~ 
nov: ὁ δὲ ἱέναι μὲν οὐκ ἤθελε, λάθρα Se τῶν στρατιωτῶν 
/ . »» x er 6 2¢ «a € / 
πέμπων αὐτῷ ἄγγελον, ἔλεγε θαρῥεῖν, ws καταστησομένων 
‘ γ ‘ “ / MINA il ἢ ll ἡ 
τούτων εἰς To δέον" μεταπέμπεσθαι δ᾽ ἐκέλευεν αὑτόν" 
| ἢν ? ¥ 7. ‘ ‘ “ Ν 
αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκ ἔφη ἱέναι. 9. Mera δε ταῦτα συναγαγων 
‘ ? € a , Ν ‘ / a 
τούς θ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ στρατιώτας καὶ τοὺς προσέλθοντας αὐτῷ 
la) Ν ἣν / ». / 
καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Tov βουλόμενον. ἔλεξε τοιάδε" 
” - » » » ald “ Ψ “ 
Ανδρες στρατιῶται, τὰ μὲν dn Κύρου δῆλον ὅτι οὕτως 
ν ‘ ¢ ΓΟ ff ‘ ¢ i Ν ᾿ »“ yy Ν 
ἔχει πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ὥσπερ TA ἡμέτερα πρὸς ἐκεῖνον" οὔτε yap 
φ Lal > / ¥ ‘al ba / ? / ? a 
ἡμεῖς ἐκείνου ἔτι στρατιῶται (ἐπεί γε ov συνεπόμεθα αὐτῷ), 
Ν > »-»Ὕ Ν ἵν / [ἡ / > a 
οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἔτι ἡμῖν μισθοδότης. 10. “Ore μέντοι αδικεῖ- 
, “ν᾿»ν»" Py er ‘ , 
σθαι νομίζει ὑφ ἡμῶν, οἶδα" ὡστε, καὶ μεταπεμπομένου 
᾽ a ? 9. ’ - ν κ " > , 
αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἐθέλω ἐλθεῖν, TO μεν μέγιστον, αἰσχυνόμενος, 
Cd / 3 a ‘ > / > / ΝΜ ‘ 
ὅτι σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ πάντα ἐψευσμένος αὑτὸν" ἔπειτα δὲ 
"» ‘ ; , ᾽ Pn / ma I, a 
καὶ δεδιὼς, μὴ λαβὼν με δίκην ἐπιθῇ, ὧν νομίζεε ὑπ ἐμοῦ 
᾽ ᾿ Φ »-» " , 9 .-’3»-ν 
ἠδικῆσθαι. 11. ᾿Εμοὶ οὖν δοκεῖ οὐχ ὥρα εἶναι. ἡμιν κα- 
ἥ 19 » “ |e rN κ“" ? ‘ / “ 
θεύδειν, οὐδ᾽ ἀμελεῖν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ βουλεύεσθαι δ᾽ τι 
Ν a b / “al lll / ? “ 
χρὴ ποιεῖν ἐκ τούτων. Kat ἕως ye μένομεν αὐτοῦ, σκεπ- 
f “ 3 Ld ᾽ / f Ν 
τέον μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, ὅπως ἀσφαλέστατα μενωμεν" εἰ TE 
Ν " 2 / “ ? / ¥ i A, 
ἤδη δοκεῖ amievat, ὅπως ἀσφαλέστατα ἄπιμεν, καὶ ὅπως 


* P| / id Ν ἣν / ¥ “ 
Ta ἐπιτήδεια ἕξομεν" ἄνευ yap τούτων, οὔτε στρατηγοῦ 


1.3.11-15.] KYTPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 13 


¥ ? , 7 In? ¢ » AM ll Ἀ 
οὔτε ἰδιώτου ὄφελος οὐδεν. 12. Ὃ δ᾽ ἀνὴρ πολλοῦ μὲν 
Μ Λ ¢ ἃ ᾿ κα ν»" ‘ en 
ἄξιος φίλος, ᾧ ἂν φίλος n° χαλεπώτατος ὃ exOpos, ὦ ἂν 

4 > ¥ Ν wl ‘ ‘ ill bs x 

πολέμιος ἢ" ἔχει Se δύναμιν καὶ πεζὴν καὶ ὑππίκὴν Kat 
‘ A f ¢ / ee / » 7 / 

ναυτικὴν, ἣν πάντες ὁμοίως ὁρῶμέν τε καὶ ἐπιστάμεθα (καὶ 

᾿ Ia eve “Ὁ , - > a " A a 
yap οὐδὲ πόῤῥω δοκοῦμέν μοὶ αὐτοῦ καθῆσθαι): ὥστε wpa 

" eo r ¥ = a A 3. 
λέγειν, ὅ τι τις γιγνώσκει ἄριστον εἶναι. Ταῦτ εἰπῶν, 
᾽ rd 
ἐπαύσατο. 

3 ‘ ΄ >? AM 3 da ; 
13. Ex δε τούτου ανίσταντο, οἱ μεν εκ τοῦ αὐτομαάτοῦ 

͵ Pa A és A ᾽ Α 
λέξοντες ἃ ἐγίγνωσκον, οἱ δε καὶ UT ἐκείνου ἐγκελευστοι, 
+ ΄ e ¥” “- » / ¥ a , ᾿ 
ἐπιδεικνύντες, οἵα εἴη ἡ ἀπορία, avev τῆς Κύρου γνωμης, 

\ ΄ ν 5 / @ Ν Ν 3 rd 
καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀπιέναι. 14. Eis δὲ δη εἶπε, προσποιοῦ- 

rd / ? Mie € ἤ 
μενος σπεύδειν ὡς τάχιστα πορεύεσθαι εἰς τὴν ᾿Ελλαδα, 
‘ ‘ .. Κ᾽ Ν 4 ἤ 3 hia dl 
στρατηγοὺς μὲν ἑλέσθαι ἄλλους ὡς τάχιστα, εἰ μὴ Bov- 
’ > > ᾽ 
Aerar Κλέαρχος ἀπάγειν: τὰ δ᾽ ἐπιτήδεια ἀγοράξεσθαι 

" x | | 9 3 “Ὁ B B Cal 4 * 

(ἡ δ᾽ ἀγορὰ hv ἐν τῷ βαρβαρικῷ στρατεύματι), καὶ συ- 


“ἢ 3 Mal ᾽ν »"»ἅ > a ~ > 
omeatan' ἐλθόντας δὲ Κῦρον αἰτεῖν πλοῖα, ὡς ἀπο- 


πλέοιεν" ἐὰν 2 κας νος τ ταῦτα, ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν Ki ὕριν 
ὅστις διὰ bint ξ tis xeon ἀπάξει" ἐὰν δὲ μηδὲ ἡγεμόνᾳ 


διδῷ, συντάττεσθαι τὴν ταχίστην, πέμψαι δὲ καὶ προκατα- 
ληψομένους τὰ ἄκρα, ὅπως μὴ φθάσωσι μήτε ὁ Κῦρος μήτε 
i. ᾿- Ἁ 
οἱ Κίλικες καταλαβόντες, ὧν πολλοὺς καὶ πολλὰ χρήματα 
ἔχομεν ἀνηρπακότες. Οὗτος μὲν. δὴ τοιαῦτα εἶπε" μετὰ 
δὲ τοῦτον Κὶ λέαρχος εἶπε ioe ὁσοῦτον' 
15. ‘Qs μὲν στρατηγήσοντα ἐμὲ ταύτην τὴν στρατη- 
/ 4 6 a / “ Ν 3 a 2.) s Ν 
yiav, μηδεὶς ὑμῶν λεγέτω (πολλὰ γὰρ ἐνορῶ, δὲ ἃ ἐμοὶ 
a > ‘ ¢ Ν a ᾽ ᾿, enw ef. / 
τοῦτο ov ποιητέον)" ὡς δὲ τῷ ἀνδρὶ, ὦ av ἕλησθε, πείσο- 
φ ‘ / “ Inn A bl A Al 
μαι ἡ δυνατὸν μάλιστα" ἵνα εἰδῆτε, ὅτε καὶ ἄρχεσθαι ἐπί» 


σταμαι, ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος μάλιστα ἀνθρώπων. 


























ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [I 3. 16-20. 


Ν , κΥΚΥῇ > ," ἣν ‘ 
1G. Μετὰ τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέστη, emiderxvus μὲν τὴν 
"ἡ “~ Ν »“ " “ ral e i Ν 
εὐήθειαν τοῦ τα πλοια ALTELY κέλευοντος, ὥσπερ παλιν τὸν 
Λ vd ‘ / b | ὃ ‘A δὲ ¢ Ν θ 
στόλον Κύρου μὴ ποιουμένου" ἐπιδεικνὺς ὃς, ὡς εὔηθες 
" “~ ‘ Yl φ ᾿. A 
εἴη, ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν Tapa τούτου, shoo, τὴν πρᾶ- 
> δὲ * ~ ¢ ri il e Δ Ko 
Ew. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τῷ ἡγεμόνι πιστεύσομεν, ᾧ ἂν «υρος 
“-“ / “ 
διδῷ, τί κωλύει καὶ τὰ ἄκρα ἡμῖν “κελεύειν Κῦρον προκατα- 
" / ᾽ν “A 3 4 “ 
λαμβάνειν; 17. ᾿Εγὼ γὰρ ὀκνοίην μεν ἂν εἰς τὰ πλοία 
“" “ ν᾿ "Ν ᾽ a a , 
ἐμβαίνειν, ἃ ἡμῖν Soin, μὴ ἡμᾶς avtais ταῖς τριήρεσι KaTa- 
a / “ ἣν 
δύση" γνν δ᾽ ἂν τῷ ΠΥ ᾧ δοίη, ἕπεσθαι, μη 
_ avery ὅθεν οὐχ οἷόν τε ἔσται Ἄν» pena 
δ᾽ ἂν, ἄκοντος ἀπιὼν Κύρου, λαθεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελθών" ὃ οὐ 
3 " , ἢ Ἵ “ » / 
δυνατόν ἐστιν. ὁ 18. ᾿Αλλ ἐγὼ φημι, ταῦτα μεν φλυαρίας 
“ ry yy ’ ἤ » ”m “ 
εἶναι" δοκεῖ δέ μοι, ἄνδρας ἐλθόντας πρὸς Kupov, οἵτινες 
‘ . ᾽ a ? » , ἢ A 
ἐπιτήδειοι, σὺν Κλεάρχῳ, ἐρωτᾶν εκεῖνον, ti βούλεται nuw 
»“" I, ‘ ¢ a Ω ’ “ Ν 
χρῆσθαι" Ka cay μεν ἢ πρᾶξις ἢ παραπλησία, οίἰᾳπερ καὶ 
᾽ »Ἥ » ’ “ ‘ δι» ‘ ‘ 
πρόσθεν ἐχρῆτο τοῖς ἕενοις, ἕπεσθαι καὶ ἡμᾶς, καὶ μὴ 
/ 3 a ’ ν , " 3" 
κακίους εἶναι τῶν πρόσθεν τούτῳ συναναβάντων" 19. εαν 
‘ / ἐ a a / ἢ . Ψ᾿ 
δὲ μείζων ἡ πρᾶξις τῆς πρόσθεν φαίνηται, καὶ ἐπιπονω- 
> ’ ᾽ .» a / TA A 
τέρα, καὶ ἐπικινδυνοτέρα, ἀξιοῦν, ἢ πείσαντα ἡμᾶς ἄγειν, 
> / d Ν Ν κ᾿ / 
ἢ πεισθέντα πρὸς φιλίαν ἀφιέναι" οὕτω yap Kat ἐπόμενου 
a / ~~ / b 
ἂν φίλοι αὐτῷ καὶ πρόθυμοι ἑποίμεθα, καὶ ἀπίοντες acha- 
» / 7, ἃ Ν ἊἪ / » “ 
λῶς ἂν ἀν οιμεν" ὁ τι ὃ ἂν iy ταῦτα λεγῃ, ἀναγγειλαι 
δεῦρο" ἡμᾶς δ᾽ ἀκούσαντας πρὸς ταῦτα βουλεύεσθαι. 
20. aide φάῦτα, καὶ ἄνδρας ἑλόμενοι σὺν K λεάρχῳ 
πέμπουσιν, δὲ ἠρώτων Κῦρον τὰ δόξαντα τῇ στρατιᾷ. 
/ ef ν᾿ ᾽ > / ν ν Ν 
ὋὉ δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο, ὅτι ἀκούει ᾿Αβροκόμαν, ἐχθρον ἄνδρα, 
iN a > / ” 3 , κα , 
ἐπὶ τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ εἶναι, ἀπέχοντα δώδεκα σταθ- 


a 3 -“ " 
μούς" πρὸς τοῦτον οὖν ἔφη βούλεσθαι ελθεῖν" κἂν μὲν 


Ι. 83, 90--4.37] ΚΥΡΟΥ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 18 
φ a hy, ᾽ ? a a 
ἦ ἐκεῖ, τὴν δίκην ἔφη xpntew ἐπιθεῖναι αὐτῷ" ἣν δὲ φεύ- 
γῇ, ἡμεῖς ἐκεῖ πρὸς ταῦτα βουλευσόμεθα. Ὑ.21. ᾿Ακού- 
σαντες δὲ ταῦτα οἱ αἱρετοὶ, ἀνογγέλλουσι τοῖς στρατιώ- 
- Ν εκ / ᾽ν 2 Ψ Ν) ",. e 
ταις" τοῖς δὲ ὑποψία μεν ἦν, ort ἄγει πρὸς βασίλέα, Ὁμως 
δὲ ἐδόκει ἕπεσθαι. ΙΠροσαιτοῦσι δὲ μισθόν" ὁ δὲ Κῦρος 
¢ ” ¢ I ‘and , @ , ΝΜ 
ὑπισχνεῖται ἡμιόλιον πᾶσι δώσειν, οὗ πρότερον εφερον, 
ἀντὶ δαρεικοῦ τρία ἡμιδαρεικὰ τοῦ μηνὸς τῷ στρατιώτῃ" 
Γ 3 Ὰ Ἵ Ν γα 2 “ il | | ¥ 
ὅτι δὲ ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἄγοι, οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἤκουσεν οὐδεὶς ἐν ye 


τῷ φανερῷ. 
GAP: ἘΥ. 


3 > ; ‘ , , 
1. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο, παρασάγγας δέκα, 
1) " ἣν e 9. 3-9 " ͵ 
ἐπὶ τὸν Ψάρον ποταμὸν, ov ἦν' τὸ evpos τρία πλέθρα. 
᾽ “Ὁ >? ἤ x «ἡ ’ , » Mina 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμὸν ἕνα, παρασάγγας πέντε, ἐπὶ 
* / * φ Ν > al > a 
tov Πύραμον ποταμὸν, ov to evpos στάδιον. ᾿Εντεῦθεν 


3 / ‘ / ’ 
ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο, ὌΝ πεντεκαίδεκα, εἰς 


᾿Ισσοὺς, τῆς “Κιλικίας ἐσχάτην πόλιν ἐπὶ τῇ bane 


οἰκουμένην, pana καὶ εὐδαίμονα. 2. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἔβῤειναν. 
ἡμέρας τρεῖς" καὶ Κύρῳ παρῆσαν αἱ ἐκ Πελοποννήσου 


A“ / ‘ Ἵ ΝΟ Κ᾿ > a 4 
νῆες, TPLAKOVTG καὶ TEVTE, καὶ ET αὑταῖς ναύαρχος Πυθα- 


γόρας Λακεδαιμόνιος. et Pn δ᾽ αὐτῶν, 7 ς 
OM body 


Wa 


4 ἐκ φέσου ἔχων ναὺς — “Bapov πέντ᾽ κ 
αἷς ἐπολιόρκει Μίλητον, ὅτε Τισσαφέρνει φίλη ἦν, καὶ 
συνεπολέμει Κύρῳ πρὸς αὐτόν. 3. Παρῆν δὲ Καὶ i Χειρί. 


σοφος ὁ cee sean ἐπὶ τῶν — μετάπεμπυῶι ὑπὸ 
Κύρου, ἑπτακοσίους ἔχων ὁπλίτας, ὧν ἐστρατήγει παρὰ 


Κύρῳ. Αἱ δὲ νῆες ὥρμουν παρὰ τὴν Κύρου σκηνήν. 


᾿Ενταῦθα καὶ οἱ παρ᾽ ᾿Αβροκόμα μισθοφόροι “Ἕλληνες 


δ 


\ 


Xf 


"ὟΝ 








her 


























16 ͵.ς es ΦΩΝΤΟΣ (I. 4. 3-- 7 


ἀποστάντες ἦλθὸν πφβὰ Κῦρον, τετρακόσιοι ὁπλῖται, καὶ 
συνεστρατεύοντο βασιλέα. 

σταθμὸν ἕνα, παρασάγγας πέντε, 

ἽΚυλικίας καὶ τῆς Συρίας. ἮΗσαν δὲ ταῦτα 

καὶ τὸ μὲν ἔσωθεν πρὸ τῆς Κιλικίας Συέννεσις 

Αιλίκων φυλακή" τὸ δὲ ἔξω τὸ ™ po τῇς Συρίας 

Pee ἕως ἐλέγετο ῥυλοκη aati Ava’ fiecou δὲ ῥεῖ 

τ των ποταμὸς, Tape ὄνομα, εὖρος πλέθρου. ἅπαν ὃ δὲ 


G Meco Τῶν Eine ΠΣ me T εἰς" ka παρεχδεῖν 
ρ 


οὐκ ἣν la: nv ῃ Ἢ πάροδος ¢ στε αἱ ic τείχη εἰς τὴν 
θάλατταν καθήκοντα, ὕπερθεν δ᾽ ἦσαν πέτραι ἠλίβατοι" 
νὰ ‘ o / > ‘ > , / 
ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς τείχεσιν ἀμφοτεροις εφειστήκεσαν πύλαι. 
/ ef a“ , me 4 “ r 
5. Ταύτης ἕνεκα τῆς παρόδου Κῦρος tas ναῦς μετεπεμ- 
id ¢ / ᾽ / 4 ν. "ν a 
Ψψατο, ὁπως οπλέτας ἀποβιβασειεν εἰσω καὶ ἔξω τῶν 
“ ‘ ‘ / > 
πυλῶν, καὶ βιασάμενοι τοὺς πολεμίους παρέλθοιεν, εἰ 
ἤ lll. - / / 4 ¥ , ¢ 
φυλάττοιεν ἐπὶ ταῖς Συρίαις πύλαις" ὅπερ ETO ποιήσειν ὁ 
ω > ἢ) Ν hy / > 
Κῦρος τὸν ᾿Αβροκόμαν, ἔχοντα πολὺ στράτευμα. A po- 
, ᾽ν > “Ν᾿ / 3 " Κ “ἢ al > 
κόμας Se ov τοῦτ εποίησεν, αλλ ἐπεὶ ἤκουσε Kupov ev 
/ > / 2 , « / , 
Αιλικίᾳ ὄντα, ἀναστρέψας ἐκ Φοινίκης mapa βασίλεα awn- 
' »” € a ἢ / / a 
λαυϑνεν, ἔχων, ws ἐλέγετο, τριάκοντα μυριάδας στρατιᾶς. 
᾽ a 3 " ‘ “ ᾿» / 
6. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει δια Συρίας σταθμὸν eva, παρα- 
, , > / , , / sly, 
σάγγας πέντε, εἰς Μυρίανδρον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην ὕπο Φοι- 
ἢ ca el , ; , > φ . / ᾿ 
νίκων ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ" ἐμπόριον ὃ ἦν τὸ χωρίον, καὶ 
σ , ἡ ¢ f ‘ > ay? ¥ ᾽ 
ὥρμουν αὐτόθι ὁλκάδες πολλαί. 7. ᾿Ενταῦθ᾽ ἔμειναν ἡμε- 
¢ / ‘ =~ / ε9 ‘ ᾽ν Ν mit ε 
pas ἑπτά" καὶ Ἐξνίας ὁ Apxas στρατηγὸς καὶ Πασίων ὁ 
. ᾽ ’ ᾿ Ἴ “ ‘ Ν , ? 
Μεγαρεὺς, ἐμβάντες εἰς πλοῖον, καὶ τὰ πλείστου ἄξια ἐν- 
ἢ " ‘ “a Ll b 
θέμενοι, ἀπέπλευσαν, ws μεν τοῖς πλείστοις ἐδόκουν, φιλο- 


‘ “ ‘ / ee . , 
tipnOevres, ὁτὲ τοὺς στρατιωτας αὐτῶν, Tapa Κλεαρχον 





L4.7-10.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. il 


3 ᾽ ᾽ ‘ ' 
ἀπελθόντας. ὡς ἀπιόντας eis τὴν Ελλάδα πάλιν καὶ ov 
/ ¥ π “ ~ " 
πρὸς βασιλέα, εἰα Kupos τον Καὶ λέαρχον ἔχειν. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ 
»" » d ᾿, - 
ἦσαν ἀφανεῖς, διῆλθε λόγος, ὅτε διώκει αὐτοὺς Kupos τριή- 


Ἁ “ ‘ ¥ ¢ / ¥ a 
ρεσι" καὶ οἱ μὲν εὔχοντο, ws δολίους ὄντας αὐτοὺς ληφθῆ- 


¢ »»ν Φ μι ἢ ᾿ 
ναι" οἱ δ᾽ @KTELpoV, εἰ ἁλωώσοιντο, “14 
- ὦ 


a bt / ‘ A ων 
»ὰ 8.. Kupos δε, συγκαλεσας τοὺς στρατήγους,. εἴπεν" 


3 ᾿ » ᾿ Ἀ ᾿ ᾽ 
Απολελοίπασιν ἡμᾶς Ἐενίας καὶ Πασίων: ἀλλ᾽ εὖ " μέν- 
τοι ἐπιστάσθωσαν, ὅτι οὔτε ἀποδοδράκασνῃ, οἶδα γὰρ ὅπη 
οἴχονται ., οὔτε ἀποπεφεύγασιν, ἔχω γὰρ τρεήρειας ὥστε 
ἑλεῖν τὸ ἐκείνων πλοῖον. ᾿Αλλὰ, μὰ τοὺς θεοὺς, οὐκ ἔγωγε 
" χὰ , oF AM A να» ε »μν»ν Ψ . ἃ Mm 
αὐτοὺς διωξω" οὐδ᾽ ἐρεῖ ovdeis, ὡς eyw, ἕως μεν -ἂν παρῇ 
“-“ 3 a ‘ 5] ͵ Vd 
τις, χρῶμαι" ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἀπιέναι βούληται, συλλαβὼν καὶ 
> Ἀ »" -“ ᾿ 4 ri 3 Ὁ" 
QUTOUS KAKWS ποίω, καὶ τὰ χρηματα αποσυλω. ᾿Αλλὰ 
", γι ef , li! ν lM ai) ἡ » 4 
ἐόντων, εἰδότες OTL κακίους εἰσὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς, ἢ ἡμεῖς περὶ 
᾿ / / A 7 im ‘ / iy ἴω 
ἐκείνους. ιαίτοι ἔχω γε αὑτὼν καὶ τέκνα καὶ γυνᾳικᾶς, 


᾽ " ΄ Ων. a 
ev Τράλλεσι φρουρούμενα" adr οὐδὲ τούτων i aera 


GAN ἀπολήψονται τῆς τος & ἕνεκα περὶ “" ἀρετῆς. 
“Ὄ. Kai ὁ μὲν ταῦτα εἶπεν" οἵ δὲ ewes, εἴ τις καὶ 


ἀθυμότερος ἦν πρὸς τὴν ἀνάβασιν, ἀκούοντξς #90 Αύρου 
ἀρετὴν, ἥδιον καὶ προθυμότερον συνεπορεύοντο. 

Μετὰ ταῦτα Κύροξ ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τέτταρας, παρα- 
σάγγας εἴκοσιν, ἐπὶ τὸν Xadov ποταμὸν, ὄντα τὸ εὖρος 
πλέθρου, πλήρη δ᾽ ἰχθύων μεγάλων καὶ πραέων, ods οἱ 
Σύροι θεοὺς ἐνόμιζον, καὶ ἀδικεῖν οὐκ εἴων), οὐδὲ τὰς περι- 
στεράς. Αἱ δὲ κῶμαι, ἐν αἷς ἐσκήνουν, Παρυσάτιδος ἦσαν, 
εἰς ζώνην δεδομέναι. ΤΌ. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς 


᾿ , ͵ » ἃ ἢ ᾿ a 7 
πέντε, παρασαγγας τριάκοντα, ἐπὶ Tas πηγας τοῦ Aapon- 


»Ὁ» φ ‘ > if  ] a 
τος ποταμοῦ, ov τὸ evpos πλέθρου. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἦσαν τὰ 


τ 












































18 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [L 4. 10-- 14. 


ul Λ “ / ¥ | Γ᾿ 
Βελέσυος βασίλεια, τοῦ Συρίας ἄρξαντος, καὶ παράδεισος 
ἤ ’ ‘ by » ' Γ φΦ rl 
πάνυ μέγας καὶ καλὸς, ἔχων πάντα ὅσα ὡραι φύουσι. 
> > > Ll Ν 4 Λ , 
Κῦρος δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐξέκοψε, καὶ τὰ βασίλεια κατέκαυσεν. 
b a 5 ri ‘ a , 
11. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺυς τρεῖς, παρασαγγας 
, SA ‘ ? , ‘ ¥ ‘ 9 
πεντεκαίδεκα, ἐπὶ tov Evdparny ποταμὸν, ovta τὸ evpos 
, / ‘ / ? / ? »" λ ‘ 
τεττάρων σταδίων" καὶ πόλις αὐτόθι ῳκεῖτο μεγάλη καὶ 
Ὁ ἡ , ν}ν bus - ¥ »ν 
εὐδαίμων, Θάψακος ὀνόματι. Dx Ἐνταῦθα ἐμειναν ἡμέρας 
’ % rn ἢ Ἂ A » 
πέντε" καὶ Κῦρος μεταπεμψάμενος Tous στρατηγους τῶν 
“" / δ a ¢ tar ¥ ‘ ἥ 
Ἑλλήνων ἔλεγεν, ὅτε ἡ ὁδὸς ἔσοιτο πρὸς βασιλέα μέγαν 
, “ ‘ “Ἢ > ~ / a “ 
εἰς Βαβυλῶνα" καὶ κέλευει avTous λέγειν TavTa τοις στρα- 
“ x 3 f “ c ' ᾽ 
τιώταις, καὶ ἀναπείθειν ἕπεσθαι. 12. Οἱ δὲ ποιήσαντες 
3 , ? ἤ -“ ε Ν “" ᾽ / 
ἐκκλησίαν, απηγγέλλον TavTa* οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ὙΠ 
παινον τοῖς γὐνμμν;.. Αγ: καὶ αν ον αὐτοὺς πάλαι ταῦτ᾽ 


εἰδότας κρύπτειν" καὶ οὐκ é Beer ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις αὐτοῖς 


{ν “χρήματα διδῷ," ὥσπερ καὶ τοῖς προτέροις μετὰ Κύρου 


ἀναβᾶσι παρὰ τὸν «πατέρα τοῦ Κύρου" καὶ ταῦτα, οὐκ 


᾿ ἐπὶ μάχην vr al ἀλλὰ, καλοῦντος TOU πατρὸς Κ' ρὸν. 


18. Ταῦτα οἱ στρατηγοὶ. "Κύρῳ Pht ee ὁ δ᾽ ὑπέ- 
Γ: TT ν « 


axer ae ἑκάστῳ δώδειν Sp. ἀργυρίου vas, erav εἰς 
or agg a ἥκωσ!, καὶ τὸν μισθὸν apres μέχρι ἂν κατα- 
στήσῃ τοὺς Ελληνας εἰς ᾿Ιωνίαν πάλω ; To | δὲν δὴ πόλὺυ 

_M ἕγων δὲ, πρὶν δῆλον 
εἶναι, τί ποιήσουσὶν οἱ ἄλλοι δρρατιῷτᾶι, πότεῤδν, ἕψονται 


Κύρῳ ἢ of ᾿σνυνέμεξε τὸ αὑτοῦ στράτευμα ywpis τῶν 


ἄλλων, καὶ ἔλεξε τάδε" 


τοῦ Pree οὕτως ἐπείσθη." 


Ν 2 “ ¥ / ¥ 
14. "Avdpes, ἐάν μοι πεισθῆτε, οὔτε κινδυνεύσαντες οὔτε 

, al Νν x x ᾽ / θ a 
πονήσαντες, TOV ἄλλων πλέον προτιμήσεσθε στρατιωτῶν 


/ > / “a “ a fs 
ὑπὸ Κύρου. Ti οὖν κελεύω ποιῆσαι; Nov δεῖται Κῦρος 








1. 4. 14--197] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 19 


᾿ , i ’ ᾿ς 3 a 

ἕπεσθαι τοὺς Έλληνας ἐπὶ βασιλέα" ἐγὼ οὖν φημι, ὑμᾶς 
a a Ν ? , ~ ‘ a 

χρῆναι διαβῆναι τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμὸν, πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι, 

Ψ / 3 a 

ὅ τι οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες ὠποκρινοῦνται Κύρῳ. X15. Ἢν 
‘ ‘ / ‘A ἕ “Ὁ “ y¥ 

μὲν yap ψηφίσωνται ἕπεσθαι, ὑμεῖς δόξετε αἴτιοι εἶναι, 

Ν a wilt i MAI / 9 δ.» 

ἄρξαντες Tov διαβαίνειν" καὶ ὡς «προθυμοτάτοις οὖσιν ὑμῖν 
’ ¥ A MAT 3 ay “AMA » ᾽ν »ν 

χάριν εἴσεται Kipos καὶ ἀποδώσει (ἐπίσταται δ᾽, εἴ τις 
. ¥ ry AM, / © »¥ ¥ ‘ 

καὶ ἄλλος)" ἢν ὃ ἀποψηφίσωνξαι .ot ἄλλοι, ἄπιμεν μεν 

of > ¥ nal x ς , " 

ἅπαντες εἰς τοὐμπαλιν" ὑμῖν Se, ὡς μόνοις πειθομένοις, 

/ ͵ ‘ γ 4 Ν Ἵ 

πιστοτάτοις χρήσεται καὶ εἰς φρούρια καὶ εἰς λοχαγίας" 

A, e A , of 

καὶ ἄλλου οὗτινος ἂν δέησθε, οἶδα, ὅτι ὡς φίλοι τεύξεσθε 


Κύρου. 


ΧΡ 16. ᾿Ακούσαντες ταῦτα ἐπείθοντο καὶ διέβησαν, πρὶν 


τοὺς ἄλλους ἀποαρένοσθαι. Κῦρος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἤσθετο διαβε- 


βηκότας, ἥσθη τε, καὶ τῷ στρονύμοτι πέμψας Πλοῦν 
εἶπεν" be μὲν, ὦ dvd ges, ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐπαινῶ" ὅπως δὲ καὶ 


ν ἐν ἐ “it μεγάλαι 
Oo αὐτὸν δ x 
oii ΜῊ ον 
er etna αὐτῷ ἅπ, 
ἀμὸν ἡ Κον εβρε ΤῊ mn 
8, Οἱ δὲ Soy 
Wes Eves 2 


κατέκαυσεν, Wd μὴ Ko ὕῤοξ, δέ θη. ᾿Εδόκει δὴ θεῖον εἶναι, 
καὶ σαφῶς ὑποχωρῆσαι τὸν ποταμὸν Κύρῳ, ὡς βασιλεύ- 
σοντι. 19. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Συρίας σταθμοὺς 


ἐννέα, παρᾶσ ἀγγαΐξ πεντήκοντ. a, καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται πρὸς τὸν 


t 








ΠῚ 
if 


ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ ἐπαιμέσετε ελ ‘ Ν 
2 b ° a ut Ne 
log re es ᾽ ἘΣ ἢ 
























































20 ΞΕΝΘΦΦΩΝΤΩ͂Σ [I. 4. 19-5. 4. 


val ἴω ‘ ‘ 
᾿Ενταῦθα ἦσαν κῶμαι πολλαι, μεσταὶ 


᾿Αράξην ποταμόν. 
᾿Ενταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ 


Ν Ν 
σίτου καὶ οἴνου. 


/ 
ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 


‘i ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς ‘ApeBias, τὸν Εὐφρώτην 
πατωμὼν ἐν δεξιᾷ τς ρῆμα ἐρήμους πέντε, Tapa- 
€ 


oayyas Ἰτριάκοντω καὶ tevte, ᾿Εν τούτῳ δὲ τῷ τόπῳ ἦν 
μὲν ἡ γῆ πεδίον ἅπαν ὁμαλὸν ὥσπερ θάλαττα, at 
τ δὲ πλῆρες εἰ δέ τι καὶ ἄλλο ἐνὴν ὕλης ἢ καλάμου, ἅπαντα 
ἦφον εὐώδη, ὥσπερ ἀρώματα" δένδρον δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐνῆν. 
FQ. Θηρία δὲ παντοῖα, πλεῖστοι μὲν ὄνοι ἄγριοι; οὐκ ὀλέγϑι 
δὲ στραυθοὶ οἱ peyarer ἐνῆσαν δὲ καὶ ὠτίδες καὶ δορκά- 


,, ε 
me 2 ταῦτα ee τὰ θηρία οἱ ἱππεῖς ayers ἐδίωκον. sn οἱ 


τῶν ἵππων. grpexe” darter), καὶ ἂν ε 


‘i 


οἱ ἵπποι, ταὐτὸν ἐπρί iourg ap 
‘a ta ἱππεῖς θηρῴώενι. διαδὲ ενοβ. τοῖς ἢ WTO. 
| | be Rial . ae 
"TOY ἀλισκομένων ἦν παραπλήσια τοῖς ἐλαφείοις, 


ὡπαλώτερα, δέ. 3. Στρονθὸν δὲ outers € Laer, 0 ot δὲ Sets 


καὶ οὐκ ἦν 


. 
Eavtes TOV Hl 1 ταχὺ ἐπαύοντο . ἡ πολὺ τ ΤΣ Ee 


. er gd Τοῖς μὰν τὰ ποσὶ y bag AR pee hy ἡ (εἴρου- 
he oa) ὥ ὥσπερ, ἱστίῳ χρωμένη. δὲ, ὧτι τίδας, αν. τὰν" 


ἀνιστῇ, ect, λαμβΆᾶανειν" πέτονται γὰρ Ὡραχὺ, ὥσπερ 


τω soa καὶ ταχὺ ἀπαγορεύουσι. Τὰ δὲ κρέα αὐτῶν 


ἥδιστα ἦν. 
Ἀ i, | rl »ἅἍ»ἬἌ ᾽ 3 al 
4. Πορευόμενοι δὲ διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας ἀφικνοῦνται 
> » ᾽ “ 
ἐπὶ τὸν Μάσκαν “ποταμὸν, τὸ evpos πλεθριαῖον. ᾿Ἐνταῦθα 





Ι, ὅ.4-8] ΚΥΡΘΥ ANABASIY. 21 


qv πόλις ἐρήμη, μεγάλη, ὄνομα δ᾽ αὐτῇ Kopowtn: περι- 


fo δ᾽ αὕτη ὑπὸ τοῦ Μάσκα κύκλῳ. ᾿Ενταῦθ᾽ ἔμειναν 
ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 4 5. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει 
σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους ἰὴ καὶ δέκα, παρασύηγνε ἐνενήκοντα, 
τὸν ἀπυῤράσον ποταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχων, καὶ ἀφικνεῖται ἐπὶ 
Πύλας. | | 


ἀπώλετο ὑπὸ λιμοῦ" ov γὰρ ἦν χόρτος, οὐδὲ ἄλλο οὐδὲν 


"Ev τούτοις τοῖς “σταθμοῖς πολλὰ τῶν ὑποζυγίων 


/ 3 a mn I od ¢ / ε se a 
δένδρον, ἀλλὰ ψιλὴ ἦν ἅπασα ἡ χώρα" οἱ δὲ ἐνοικοῦντες, 
Ν 3 / h ~*~ Ν Ἴ "al Ἵ x a 
ὄνους ἀλετας Tapa τὸν ποταμὸν ὀρύττοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες, 

3 - 9 a » . Wd a 
eis Βαβυλῶνα ἦγον καὶ ἐπώλουν, καὶ ἀνταγοράζοντες σῖτον 
» Ν. ᾽ν ῇ); va lM κ᾿ Υ 
eCov. 6. Τὸ δὲ στράτευμα ὁ citos ἐπέλιπε, καὶ πρίασθαι 

b 9 7 ~ | “ f b » 2 - "αἰ »" 
οὐκ ἢν, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῇ Δυδίᾳ ἀγορᾷ, ἐν τῷ Κύρου βαρβαρικῷ, 


Ν / 3 if » 5 Υ͂ / € 
τὴν καπίθην ἀλεύρων ἢ ἀλφίτων τεττάρων σίγλων. Ὁ δὲ 
ὄν... eee Lox Wd 





f ’ ¢ " »" hy m4 QO’? ? 
σίγλος δύναται ἑπτὰ ὀβολοὺς καὶ ἡμιοβόλιον ᾿Αττικούς - 








ἡ δὲ καπίθη δύο χοίνικας ᾿Αττικὰς ἐχώρε. Ἀρέα οὖν 
ἐσθίοντες οἱ σηγονδην. διεγέγνοντο. 
~ 7. Ἦν δὲ τούτων τῶν σταθμῶν, οὗς πάνυ Rann 
pravvev, ὁπότε ἢ πρὸς ὕδωρ βούλοιτο διατελέσα ἢ πρὸς 
ΞΖ Ke i δή ποτε στόμια καὶ πηλοῦ ses ταῖς 
duatars ἐνοπορούγου, ὦ ἐπέστη ὁ Kv nse σὺν τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸν 
ἀρίστοις καὶ εὐδαιμόνεστάτοις. καὶ ἔταξε Τλοῦν καὶ Πέ- 
γρητα, λαβόντας τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ τ τ γι συνεκβιβάζειν 
τὰς ἁμάξας. 8. ’Erei. δ᾽ ὥρμουν αὐτῷ φχολαίως sae 
ὥσπερ ὀργῇ ἐκέλευσε τοὺς sto avtov Πέρσας τοὺς κρατί- 


στους, συνεπισ, po, ps Tas auetag.. "Evoa δῇ μέρος τι τῆς : \ a 


εὐταξίας 7; Ba θεάσασθαι. Ῥίψαντεὶ τ τοὺς Ὕ 5 


δράμοι tis περὶ νίκης, καὶ μάλα κατὰ πβανοῦς γήλοφου, 


κάνδυς, ὅπου νέκυν ἕκαστος ἑστηκὼς. tev. 


ἡ Ν, 


ΠΛ we 


tl 


᾿ 







































































ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [1 ὅ. 8-11. 


rede 


€) οντες τούτους τε τοὺς wohurensiy rae καὶ τὰς a 


a 
we ava upibas ἔνιοι δὲ Kat “στον περὶ τοῖς τραχή: 
λοις, la περὶ ταῖς χερσίν" εὐθὺς δὲ σὺν τούτοις 


πη ὙΠ ς εἰς τὸν πηλὸν, θᾶττον ἢ ὥς τις ἂν ᾧετο, 

ment ous ἐξεκόμισαν τὰς ἁμάξας. 9. Τὸ δὲ σύμπαν, δῆ- 
λος ἦν Κῦρος ὡς σπεύδων πᾶσαν αὐ ὁδὸν, καὶ οὐ Svar pe 
Bov, ὅπου μὴ ἐπισιτισμοῦ ἕνεκα ἤ τινος ἄλλου ἀναγκαίου 
ἐκαθέζετο". νομίζων, ὅσῳ μὲν [ἂν] θᾶττον ἔλθοι, τοσούτῳ 
ἀπαρασκευαστοτέρῳ βασιλεῖ μαχεῖσθαι, ὅσῳ δὲ σχεῖν 
τερον, τοσούτῳ πλέον σνυνογηρεσθοι βασιλεῖ στράτενμα. 
Kat συνιδεῖν δ᾽ ἦν τῷ προσέχοντι τὸν νοῦν ἡ βασιλέως 
ἀρχῆ, πλήθει μὲν χώρας καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἰσχυρὰ οὖσα, τοῖς 
δὲ pees τῶν ὁδῶν καὶ τῷ διεσπάσθαι τὰς δυνάμεις ἀσθε- 
νὴς, εἴ τις διὰ ταχέων τὸν πόλεμον ποιοῖτο. 

10. Πέραν δὲ τοῦ Εὐφράτου ποταμοῦ κατὰ τοὺς ἐρή- 
μους σταθμοὺς ἦν πόλις εὐδαίμων καὶ μεγάλη, ὄνομα δὲ 
Χαρμαάνδη. Ἔκ ταύτης οἱ στρατιῶται ἠγόραξον τὰ ἐπιτή» 
δεια, age διαβαίνοντες ὧδε. ι«4 φθέραι, ἃς εἶχον 
στεγάσματᾶ, wipe haan χόρτου κηύφου, εἶτα συνῆγον 
καὶ συνέσπων, ὡς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι τῆς Kaphns τὸ ἣν» Eni 
TOUTWY διέβαινρι " καὶ ἐλάμβανον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, οἷνόν τε ἐκ 
τῆς βαλάνδυ "πεποιημένον τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ Φοίνικος, καὶ σἵτον 


ἔνης" τοῦτο γὰρ ἦν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ πλεῖστον. 
+ 11. ᾿Αμφιλεξάντων δέ τι ἐνταῦθα τῶν τε τοῦ Μένωνος 


στρατιωτῶν καὶ τῶν τοῦ Κλεάρχου, ὁ Κλέαρχος κρίνας 


ἀδικεῖν τὸν τοῦ Μένωνος, πληγὰς ἐνέβολαν. ὁ δὲ ἐλθὼν 


pos τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα, ἔλεγεν" ἀκούσαντες δ᾽ οἱ 


ΝΜ μέν. ον καὶ one. ἰσχυρῶς τῷ Kne- 





1. ὅ. 11-6] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 23 


apyw. 12. Ty δὲ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ Κλέαρχος, ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὴν 
διάβασιν τοῦ ποταμοῦ, καὶ ἐκεῖ κατασκεψάμενος τὴν ayo- 
pav, ἀφιππεύει ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν διὰ τοῦ Μένωνος 
στρατεύματος σὺν ὀλίγοις τοῖς περὶ αὐτόν" Κῦρος δὲ 
οὔπω ἧκεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι προσήλαυνε" τῶν δὲ Μένωνος στρα- 
Tuer EE σχέζων τις, ὡς εἶδε τὸν Καὶ eri! διελαύ- 
vovta, ἵησι τῇ ἀξίνη Kai οὗτος μὲν αὐτοῦ ἥμαρτεν" 
ἄλλος δὲ Bs Ae | καὶ ἄλλος, εἶτα πολλοὶ, K αυγῆς γενο- 
τς = 

\ / 

13. Ὃ δὲ κατοϑούγε οἱ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα, καὶ 
εὐθυς παραγγελλει εἰς τὰ ὅπλα" καὶ τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας 
αὐτοῦ ἐκέλευσε μεῖναι, τὰς ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ γόνατα 

/ 
ne αὐτὸν OF, λαβὼν τοὺς Θρᾷκας, καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας, 
δὲ σαν αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι πλείους ἢ τετταράκοντα 
(τούτων δὲ οἱ πλεῖστοι Θρᾷκες), ἤλαυνεν ἐπὶ τοὺς Μένω- 
Por, ὥστ᾽ ἐκείνους ἐκπεπλῆχθαι καὶ αὐτὸν «Μένωνα, καὶ 
τρέχειν ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα. Oi δὲ καὶ ἕστασαν wes TO | 
πράγματι. 14. Ὁ δὲ Πρόξενος (ἔτυχε γὰρ ὕστέρος προ-᾿ 
σιὼν, καὶ τάξις αὐτῷ ἑπομένη τῶν ὁπλιτῶν), εὐθὺς οὖν εἰς 
τὸ μέσον ἀμφοτέρων ἄγων, ἔθετο τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ ἐδεῖτο τοῦ 
Κλεάρχου, "μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦται,͵ ‘O δ᾽ ἐχαλέπαινεν, ὅτι, 
αὐτοῦ ὀλίγου δεήσαντος καταλευσθῆναι, πράως λέγοι τὸ 
αὐτοῦ πάθος" ἐκέλευέ τε αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ μέσου foarte 
15. ᾿Εν τούτῳ δὲ ἐπῇει Kat Kv ἔρον καὶ ἐπύθετο τὸ 
πρᾶγμα" εὐθὺς δ᾽ ἔλαβε τὰ Fanta εἰς τὰς πόρον, καὶ σὺν 
τοῖς παροῦσι τῶν πιστῶν ἧκεν ἐλαύνων εἰς τὸ μέσον, καὶ 
λέγει τάδε" 

16. Κλέαρχε καὶ Πρόξενε, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι οἱ παρόντες 


δ 

































































24 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [[.5.16--Ὁ. 3. 


“ » »κν Ψ » Ἵ , ᾽ , 
Ἕλληνες, οὐκ ἴστε, ὃ τι ποιεῖτε. Εἰ yap τινα αλληλοις 
/ ‘ / ? ” “il αὶ al Me 
μάχην συνάψετε, νομίζετε, ἐν THOE τῇ ἡμέρᾳ EME τε κατα- 
/ Ν ¢ Ἂ ᾿᾽ ‘ * Δ a a Ν 
κεκόψεσθαι, καὶ ὑμᾶς οὐ πολυ ἐμου ὕστερον" κακῶς γὰρ 
a ¢€ / ol MII / φ ἃ lt / 
τῶν NMETEPOV ἐχόντων, TAVTES οὗτοι, OVS OPATE, BapBa- 
/ ¢ “ »ν » Ν ~ ν 
pol πολεμιωτεροῖ ἡμῖν ETOVTaL τῶν Tapa βασιλεῖ ὄντων. 
’ / a ¢ / > 4 “ »", ἢ Ν 
17. ‘Axoveas ταῦτα ὁ Κλεαρχος, ev εαυτῳ ἐγένετο" Kat 


/ ? / * , Ν ‘| 
παυσάμενοι ἀμφότεροι, κατὰ χωραν εθεντο Ta ὅπλα. 


CAP. VI. 


᾽ a al ᾽ / Μ “ ἣν 
1. “Evrevdev “τ 1 i ἐχνια ἵππὼν καὶ 
κόπρος" εἰκάζετο δὲ εἶναι ὁ στίβος ὡς δισχιλίων ἵ ἵππων. 
Οὗτοι προϊόντες ἔκαιον καὶ χιλὸν. καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλῃ χρήσιμον 
ἦν. ᾿Ορόντης δὲ, Πέρσης ἀνὴρ, γένει τε πρόσημον βασι- 
λεῖ, καὶ τὰ πολέμια λγήνσα ἐν τοῖς ἀρίστοις Περσῶν, 
ἐπιβουλεύει Κύρῳ, καὶ πρόσθεν πολεμήσας, καταλλαγεὶς 
δέω 4.2. Οὗτος Κύρῳ εἶπεν, εἰ αὐτῷ δοίη ἑππέας χιλίους, 
ὅτι τοὺς προκατακαίοντας ἱππέας ἢ κατακάνοι ἂν ἐνεδρεύ. 
σας, ἢ ξῶντας πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἕλοι, καὶ κωλύσειε τοῦ καί- 
ew ἐπιόντας, καὶ ποιήσειεν, ὥστε μήποτε δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς, 
Io ἡ Ν / “ Ὁ» a ᾽ν 
ἰδόντας τὸ Κύρου στράτευμα, βασιλεῖ διαγγειλαι. Τῷ δε 
ν᾿ ᾽ / a Ins ae ΓῚ ν δ᾿ 
Κύρῳ ἀκούσαντι ταῦτα edoxes ὠφέλιμα εἷναι" καὶ εἐκελευ- 
linn / il ἣ “nM " ἡ ἢ a ε / 
σεν αὑτὸν λαμβάνειν Epos Tap ἐκαστου τῶν ἡγεμόνων. 
ε » / / ΄ / φ .ὦ ᾿ 
3. Ὃ δ᾽ Opovrns, νομίσας ετοίμους εἰναι αὐτῷ TOUS 
“ s ’ ? ‘ ‘ Ἶ “ e/ ¥ 
ππεας, γράφει ἐπιστολὴν Tapa Bacirea, οτε ἥξοι ἔχων 
e / c “a / ‘ | Ν ͵ » e 
ἱππέας ws av δύνηται πλείστους" αλλα pacar τοῖς εαυ- 
“κῃ - > ἡ ¢ Λ “aM, e ’ 
τοῦ ἱππεῦσιν ἐκέλευεν, ὡς φίλιον. avTOV ὑποδέχεσθαι. 


᾿Ενῆν δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ καὶ τῆς πρόσθεν φιλίας ὑπομνή- 


L6.3-7] KYPOY ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 25 


‘ / , ἣν , ‘ / 
ner καὶ πίστεως. Ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν —— lor 
ιν ἀνδρὶ. ἧς wero" ὁ δὲ λαβὼν, Κύρῳ δίδωσιν. | A, 2; 
" eeenaieanle a sgt - 
δὲ ex 1 Κῦρος, συλλαμβάνει Ορόντην, καὶ ἐνγαλὸ 
εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν Περσῶν τοὺς ἀρίστους τῶν περὶ 
+ Alli. ¢ i Ἁ Ἁ a € vd H 3 
αὑτὸν ἐπτα" Kat τοὺς τῶν ἰλλήνων στρατηγους ἐκέλευεν 
e / > a 4 ‘ 4 Ν Ψ 4 ~*~ 
ὁπλίτας ἀγαγεῖν, τούτους Se θέσθαι ta ὅπλα περὶ τὴν 
3 a ἢ " Ἃ “ 3 
αὐτοῦ σκηνήν. Οἱ δε ταῦτα ἐποίησαν, ἀγαγόντες ὡς τρισ- 
/ Ἢ Ν 
χιλίους ὁπλίτας. 5. Κλέαρχον δὲ καὶ εἴσω παρεκάλεσε 
ἤ β x Ψ \  "» Ἂ a Ins 
σύμβουλον, ὃς γε καὶ αὑτῷ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐδόκει, προτιμη- 


θῆναι μάλιστα τῶν Ἄλλων. ᾿Ιπεὶ δ᾽ ἐξῆλθεν, ἐξήγ- 


- al τοῖς φίλοις THY κρίσιν σοῦ Dower, ὡς ἐγέδετο: οὐ 


γὰρ ἀπόῤῥητον ἦν. "φῆ δὲ, Κῦρον ἄρχειν τοῦ λόγου 
ὧδε" ΄ 


“et 


/ ra ¥ Λ Ψ \ a 
6. Παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς, avdpes φίλοι, ὅπως σὺν ὑμῖν Bov- 
/ “ / “ > “, Ν a 
λευόμενος, ὃ TL δίκαιὸν ἐστι καὶ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώ- 
ἊὉ ν᾿ Υ a 
πων, τοῦτο πράξω περὶ Operrey τουτουί. Τοῦτον we 
a Ν e 

πρῶτον μὲν ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ἔδωκεν ὑπήκοον εἶναι ἐμοί, 
᾿Επεὶ δὲ ταχθεὶ 

Mme. δὲ ταχθεὶς, ὡς ἔφη αὐτὸς, ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, 

e ᾽ , 810 A ‘ ᾽ ’ 
OUTOS ἐπολέμησεν ἐμοί, ἔχων τὴν εν Σάρδεσιν ἀκρόπολιν, 

Ν ae 2) a 3 / 
καὶ ἐγὼ αὑτὸν προσπολεμῶν ἐποίησα, ὥστε δόξαι τούτῳ 

A Ν »» / " ἣν Ν -“-" i 
Tov πρὸς ἐμὲ πολέμου παύσασθαι, καὶ δεξιαν ἔλαβον Kat 
» 
ἔδωκα. ΄ 7. Mera, ταῦτα, eps ὦ Deter, 8 ἐστιν γὅ TL σε 
ΑΝ ΜΝ 
ἠδίκησα; Ὃὧ ae αποκρίσα το, ὅτι αὖ.. πόλων Ὦ 6 Ka “pre 
ΕῚ ἤ 
ἠρώτα" Οὐκοῦν ὕστερον, ὡς αὐτὸς σὺ ὁμολογεῖς, οὐδὲν ὑπ᾽. 
> a ἰδ / b Ms b | Ν a > ᾽ » . 
ἐμοὺ αδικούμενος, ἀποστὰς εἰς Mucous, κακῶς εποίεις ate 
3 ν , oe In 7 Ν ¢ 2 / 
ἐμὴν χώραν, 6 τι ἐδύνω; “Eno ᾿Ορόντης. ᾿ Οὐκοῦν, ἔφη { , 
t Ko ¢ ,ν Φ»ν iy ἴω 7 be 
ὁ Κῦρος, oot av ἔγνως τὴν σεαυτοῦ δύναμιν, ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ a 


‘ a > Ud ‘ 
τὸν τῆς Aptéusdos βωμὸν, μεταμέλειν τέ σοι ἔφησθα, καὶ 
















































































Ι 


ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [I. 6. 7-11. 


πείσας ἐμὲ, πιστὰ πάλιν ἔδωκάς μοι, καὶ ἔλαβες παρ᾽ 
ἐμοῦ; Kai ταῦθ᾽ ΩΝ ὁ ᾿θρόντην. 8. Τί οὖν, ἔφη 
ὁ Κῦρος, ἀδικηθεὶς ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, νῦν τὸ τρίτον ἐπιβουλεύων 
μοι φανερὸς γέγονας; Εἰπόντος δὲ τοῦ ᾽Ορόντου, ὅτι οὐ- 
δὲν ἀδικηθεὶς, ἠρώτησεν ὁ Κῦρος αὐτόν" ὋὉμολογεῖς οὖν, 
περὶ ἐμὲ ἄδικος γεγενῆσθαι ; Ἦ γὰρ ἀνάγκη, ἔφη ὁ 
ὌΝ. Ἔκ τούτου πάλιν ἠρώτησεν ὁ Κῦρος" "Er 
οὖν ἂν γένοιο τῷ ἐμῷ eins πολέμιος, ἐμοὶ δὲ wn καὶ 
πιστός; ‘O δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο, ὅτι οὐδ᾽, εἰ γενοίμην, ὦ Κῦρε, 
σοί γ᾽ ἄν ποτε ἔτι δόξαιμι. 

9. Πρὸς ταῦτα Κῦρος εἶπε τοῖς "Ν᾽ ‘O μὲν ἀνὴρ 
τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε, τοιαῦτα δὲ al ὑμῶν δὲ σὺ πρῶ- 
τος, ὦ Kneapxe, ἀπόφηναι γνώμην, ὅ τι σοι δοκεῖ. Κλέ- 
apyos δὲ εἶπε τάδε: Συμβουλεύω ἐγω, τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον 
ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖσθαι ὡς yer ws μηκέτι δέῃ τοῦτον 
φυλάττεσθαι, ἀλλὰ σχολὴ ἢ ἡμῖν, τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι, 
τοὺς ἐθελοντὰς μων τούτους εὖ ποιεῖν. Hi0. Ταύτῃ δὲ 
τῇ γνώμῃ ἔφη καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους προσθέσθαι. Μετὰ ταῦτα, 
κελεύοντος Κύρου, ἔλαβον τῆς ζωνης τὸν accel ἐπὶ 
θανάτῳ, ἅπαντες ἀναστάντες, καὶ οἱ συγγενεῖς" εἶτα δὲ 


hand αὐτὸν, οἷς προσετάχθη. ᾿Σπεὶ δὲ εἶδον αὐτὸν, 


οἵπερ τεῦ προσεκύνουν, καὶ τότε προσεκύνησαν, καί- 
περ εἰδότες, ὅτι ἐπὶ θανάτῳ ἄγουτο. 11. Bret δὲ εἰς τὴν 
Αρτάπάτου σκηνὴν εἰσηνέχθη, τοῦ πιστοτάτου τῶν Kupov 
iain μετὰ ταῦτα οὔτε ζῶντα ᾿᾽Ορόντην οὔτε τεθνη- 
κότα οὐδεὶς εἶδε πώποτε, οὐδ᾽ ὅπων cols agg οὐδεὶς εἰδὼς 


ἔλεγεν" εἴκαζον δὲ ἄλλοι ἄλλως" τάφος δὲ οὐδεὶς πώποτε 


3 ~ 2 / 
αὑτοῦ εφανη. 


ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 
ὃς 


£7 τ..Ὁ] 


CAR. | Vik. 


j > A 3 al Ν a “Ἢ 4 
(1. “EvrevOe ἐξελαύνει δια τῆς Βαβυλωνίας σταθμους 
“ " , > \ a f ra) 
τρεῖς, παρασάγγας Swoexa. Ev δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ σταθμῷ 
“ “ a Ἃ al 
Κῦρος ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖται τῶν ᾿ Ελλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων 
᾽ a / Ν / / In? ‘ ? Ν b A 
ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ περὶ μέσας νύκτας (ἐδόκει yap, εἰς THY ἐπιοῦ- 
Ψ ed , Ἃ »"» ’ / 
σαν ἕω ἥξειν βασιλέα σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι μαχούμενον)" 
A a“ “« / “Ὁ 
καὶ ἐκέλευε Κλέαρχον μὲν τοῦ δεξιοῦ κέρως ἡγεῖσθαι, Me- 
i MA Ν ~ ? / Ali ‘ Ν ¢ a 
vova δὲ τὸν Θετταλὸν Tov εὐωνύμου" αὑτὸς δὲ τοὺς εαυτοῦ 
/ Ν i" “| ᾽ὔ / 
διέταξε. 2. Mera δὲ τὴν ἐξέτασιν, ἅμα τῇ ἐπιούση ἡμερᾳ 
Ad " , ᾽ 
ἥκοντες αὐτόμολοι παρὰ μεγάλου βασίλέως ἀπήγγελλον 
~ Ν 
Κύρῳ περὲ τῆς βασιλέως στραριᾶς. Κῦρος δὲ, συγκαλέ- 
σας τοὺς si ala et καὶ λάχαγον: τῶν EF λλήνων, συνε- 


βουλεύετο τε, πῶς ἂν τὴν μάχην ποιοῖτο, καὶ αὐτὸς παρῇήνει 


θαῤῥύνων τοιάδε" \ A 
ye nif 


ἃ, "2 apes 'EAnves, οὐκ ἀνθρώπων saa Bop 
aus σύμμάχοῦδι ὑμᾶς ἄγω, ἀλλὰ νομίζων, ἀμείνονας καὶ 
κρείττους πολλῶν βαρῶν ὑμᾶς εἶναι, διὰ τοῦτο προσέ- 
λαβον. “Ὅπως οὖν ἔσεσθε pe ἄξιοι τῆς Gs ae ἧς 
κέκτησθε, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἧς ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ εὐδαιμονίζω. Ed γὰρ 
ἴστε, ὅτε τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἑλοίμην ἂν, ἀντὶ ὧν ἔχω πάντων 
καὶ ἄλλων πολλαπλασίων. Θ᾽ Ὅπως δὲ καὶ εἰδῆτε, εἰς 
οἷον ἔρχεσθε a ans ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς εἰδὼς διδάξαι Τὸ μὲν γὰρ 
πλῆθος πολὺ, καὶ κραυγῇ πολλῇ eriacw* ἂν δὲ ταῦτα 


3 


— τὰ ἄλλα καὶ αἰσχύνεσθαί μοι δοκῶ οἵους ἡμῖν 
γ 


: ly ᾽ a , y Υ̓ ᾽ ἢ a 
σεσθε τοὺς ev τῇ χώρᾳ ὄντας ἀνθρώπους. Ὑμῶν δὲ 
? eT \ τ κΥ i" a x 
ἀνδρῶν ὄντων, καὶ es γενομένων, ἐγὼ ὑμῶν τὸν μὲν 
¥ , , , a ¥ 
οἰκαδε βουλόμενον ἀπιέναι τοῖς οἶκοι ζηλωτὸν ποιήσω. 


ἜΗΝ 


















































28 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ I. 7. 4--.9. 


ἀπελθεῖν" πολλοὺς δὲ οἶμαι ποιήσειν τὰ παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ ἑλέσθαι 
ἀντὶ τῶν οἴκοιδ i 

δ... ᾿πνταῦθα ΓΤαυλίτης sin φυγὰς Σάμιος, πιστὸς 
δὲ Kipw, εἶπε" Kai μὴν, ὦ Κῦρε, λέγουσί τινες, ὅτι 
πολλὰ ὑπισχνῇ νῦν, διὰ τὸ ἐν τοιούτῳ εἶναι τοῦ κινδύνου 

A \ 9 / / ᾽ - / / 
προσιόντος" ἂν δὲ εὖ γένηταί τι, ov μεμνῆσθαι σὲ φασιν' 
ἔνιοι δὲ, οὐδ᾽, εἰ μεμνῷόδ τε καὶ βούλοιο, δύνασθαι ἂν ἀπο- 
δοῦναι, ὅσα ὑπισχνῇ. : 

6. ᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα ἔλεξεν ὁ Κῦρος" ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔστι μὲν 
ἡμῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἡ ἀρχὴ ἡ πατρῴα, πρὸς μὲν μεσημβρίαν, 
μέχρι οὗ διὰ καῦμα οὐ δύνανται οἰκεῖν ἄνθρωποι" πρὸς δὲ 
ἄρκτον, μέχρι οὗ διὰ χειμῶνα" τὰ δ᾽ ἐν μέσῳ τούτων 
πάντα σατραπεύουσιν οἱ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ φίλοι. 7. Ἢν 
δ᾽ ἡμεῖς νικήσωμεν, ἡμᾶς δεῖ τοὺς ἡμετέρους φίλους τούτων 
pala ποιῆσαι. “Ὥστε ov τοῦτο δέδοικα, μὴ οὐκ ἔχω 
ὅ τι δῶ “Ἂν τῶν φίλων, ἂν εὖ γένηται, ἀλλὰ μὴ οὐκ 
ἔχω ἱκανοὺς, οἷς δῶ. Ὑμῶν δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ στέφα- 
νον ἑκάστῳ χρυσοῦν δώσω. 

8. Οἱ δὲ ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες, αὐτοί τε ἦσαν πολὺ προθυ- 
μότεροι, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐξήγγελλον. Εἰσήεσαν δὲ παρ᾽ 
αὐτὸν οἵ τε στρατηγοὶ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων τινὲς, 
ἀξιοῦντες εἰδέναι, Ti σφισιν ἔσται, ἐὰν κρατήσωσιν. Ὁ 
δὲ ἐμπιπλὰς πάντων τὴν γνώμην ἀπέπεμπε. 9. Παρε- 
κελεύοντο δὲ αὐτῷ πάντες, ὅσοιπερ διελέγοντο, μὴ μάχε- 
σθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ὄπισθεν ἑαυτῶν τάττεσθαι. ᾿Εν δὲ τῷ καιρῷ 
τούτῳ eee ὧδέ πως ἤρετο τὸν Κῦρον" Οἴει γάρ σοι 
θα, ὃ ὦ Κῦρε, τὸν ἀδελφόν ; Νὴ Ai’, ἔφη ὁ Ki προς 
εἴπερ γε Δαρείου καὶ Παρυσάτιδος ἐστι παῖς, ἐμὸς δὲ 
ἀδελφὸς, οὐκ ἀμαχεὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ λήψομαι. 


τ προ oC iil Ny " 


1.7.10-15] KYPOYT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 29 


10. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὴ ἐ ἐν τῇ κε ἐξοπλισίᾳ ἀριθμὸς ἐγένετο, τῶν 
μὲν ᾿Ελλήνων ἀσπὶξ μύρια ‘Kal hips es. πελτασταὶ δὲ 
δισχίλιοι καὶ πεντακόσιοι" ΟΝ δε her Κύρου tanner 

Lk UA 


δέκα μυριάδες, Kat ἅρματα ᾿ξἀπανηφόρα ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴκοσι. 


11. Τῶν δὲ πολεμίων ἐλέγοντο εἶναι ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι 


ΜΆ ΘΝ, καὶ δρμάτα peers 4.8 Siandets, "Arrow δὲ 


ἦσαν ἑξακισχίλιοι ἱππεῖς, ὧν ᾿Αρταγέρσης ἦρχεν" οὗτοι 
δ᾽ αὖ πρὸ αὐτοῦ βασιλέως τετωγμένοι ἦσαν. 12. Τοῦ δὲ 
βασιλέως στρατεύματος ἦσαν ἄρχοντες καὶ στρατηγοὶ καὶ 
“ / / ld , ") σ I 3 / 
ἡγεμόνες τέτταρες, τριάκοντα μυριάδων ἕκαστος, ARpoKo- 
μας, Τισσούδένν, Γ. adh ai ᾿Αρβάκης. Τούτων δὲ παρε- 
γένοντο ἐν τῇ may ἐνενήκοντα μυριάδες, καὶ αὐμηνα 
δρεπανηφόρα ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα" ᾿Αβροκόμας δὲ ὑστέ 
pnoe τῆς μώχης ἡμέραις πέντε, ἐκ Φοινίκης ἐλαύνων. 
13. Ταῦτα δὲ ἤγγελλον πρὸς Κῦρον οἱ αὐτομολήσαντες 
> ΓΙῚ | “ rd / a A , 
εκ τῶν πολεμίων Tapa μεγάλου βασίλεως πρὸ τῆς pa- 
bt Ν ᾽ν. “Ἢ ad 2, “Ἢ ad 
XNS* καὶ μετὰ THY μάχην, δὲ ὕστερον ἐλήφθησαν τῶν 
’ AA A 
πολεμίων, TAVTA ἤγγελλον. 

14. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δὲ Κῦρος ἐξελαύνε; σταθμὸν ἕνα, παρα- 
σάγγας τρεῖς, συντεταγμένῳ τῷ στρατεύματι παντὶ, καὶ 
“, ᾿ a a al ‘ ° 
τῷ ᾿Ελληνικῷ καὶ τῷ ΜΝ’ ῴετο γάρ, ταύτῃ Τῇ 
ἡμέρᾳ nexsighar rte K FY. σα μέσον τὸν σταθμὸν . 
Fo Ror 

τοῦτον ἜΡΙΝ ἦν δρυκτὴ Babeia τὸ μὲν εὖρος ὀργυιαὶ 
πέντε, τὸ δὲ βάθος ὀργυιαὶ τρεῖς. 5. Παρετέτατο δὲ ἡ 

/ ¥ A a / Ἄχ Ἅ y , 
τάφρος ἄνω δια tov πεδίου ἐπὶ δώδεκα παρασάγγας μέχρι 
τοῦ Μηδίας τείχους. ἜἜνθα δή εἰσιν αἱ διώρυχες, ἀπὸ 
τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ ῥέουσαι" εἰσὶ δὲ τέτταρες, τὸ μὲν 


» ra a Ak a “ sal 
εὖρος πλεθριαῖαι, βαθεῖαι δὲ ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ πλοῖα πλεῖ ἐν 





























90 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [I. 7. 15-20. 


αὐταῖς σιταγωγά: εἰσβώλλουσι δὲ εἰς τὸν Εὐφράτην, δια- 
λείπουσι δ᾽ ἑκάστη παρασάγγην; γίόνραι δ᾽ ἔπεισιν. Ἦν 
δὲ παρὰ τὸν Εὐφράτν πώροδος στενὴ μοτοῖν τοῦ ποταμοῦ 
καὶ τῆς τάφρου, 16. Ταύτην 


δὲ τὴν τάφρον βασιλεὺς μέγας ποιεῖ ἀντὶ ἐρύματος, ἐπειδὴ 
Ταύτην δὴ τὴν τὴν 


ὡς εἴκοσι ποδῶν τὸ εὖρος. 


πυνθώνεται Κῦρον προσελαύνοντα. 
δον Κῦρός τε καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ mapa, καὶ eyevorro εἴσω 
τῆς τάφρου. 17. Ταύτῃ μὲν οὖν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὐκ maxes 
σατο βασιλεὺς, ἀλλ᾽ ὑποχυροίντων φανερὰ ἦσαν καὶ 
ἕππων καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἴχνη πολλά. 

18. ᾿Ενταῦθα Kipos, Σιλανὸν καλέσας, τὸν ἱωρών 
κιώτην paste, ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δαρεικοὺς τρισχιλίους, ὅτι τῇ 
ἑνδεκάτῃ ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης vi ἡμέρας πρότερον θυόμενος, εἶπεν 
αὐτῷ, ὅτι βασιλεὺς οὐ μαχεῖται δέκα ἌΝ Kipos δ᾽ 
εἶπεν, Οὐκ ἄρα ἔτι μαχεῖται, εἰ ἐν ταύταις οὐ μαχεῖται 
ταῖς ἡμέραις" ἐὰν δ᾽ ἀληθεύσῃς, ὑπισχνοῦμαί σοι δέκα 
Τοῦτο τὸ χρυσίον τότε ἀπέδωκεν, ἐπεὶ weep 
Gov ai δέκα ἡμέραι. 19. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ τάφρῳ οὐκ 
ἐκώλυε βασιλεὺς τὸ Κύρου στράτευμα διαβαίνειν, ἔδοξε 
καὶ Κύρῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀπεγνωκέναι τοῦ μάχεσθαι" 
ὥστε τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄν ἐπορεύετο ἠμελημένως neon. 
20. Tn δὲ τρίτῃ ἐπί τε τοῦ ἅρματος καθήμενος τὴν πορείαν 


ἐποιεῖτο, καὶ ὀλέγους ἐν τάξει Ἂν πρὸ αὑτοῦ" τὸ δὲ πολὺ 


τάλαντα. 


αὐτῷ ἀνατεταραγμένον ἐπορεύετο, καὶ τῶν ὅπλων τοῖς 


στρατιώταις πολλὰ ἐπὶ ἁμαξῶν ἤγοντο καὶ ὑποζυγίων. 


ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 


( ΗΝ at 
CxP! VEE 


L 8. 1-7.] 


1. Kai ἤδη τε ἦν ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήθουσαν, καὶ πλησίον 
ἣν 6 σταθμὸς ἔνθα ἔμελλε καταλύειν, ἡνίκα Πατηγύας, 
ἀνὴρ Πέρσης τῶν ἀμφὶ Κῦρον πιστῶν, προφαίνεται ἐλαύ- 
νων ἀνὰ κρώτος ἱδροῦντε τῷ ἵππῳ καὶ εὐθὺς πᾶσιν, οἷς 
ἐνετύγχανεν, ἐβόα καὶ βαρβαρικῶς καὶ ᾿Ελληνικῶς, ὅτι 
βασιλεὺς σὺν στρατεύματι πολλῷ προσέρχεται, ὡς εἰς 
μάχην παρεσκευασμένος. 2. Ἔνθα δὴ πολὺς τάραχος 
Ἰωμ αὶ αὐτίκα γὰρ ἐδόκουν οἱ “Ελληνες καὶ πάντες δε, 


wt om, 


ἀτάκτοις σφίσιν ἐπιπεσεῖσθαι. 3. Ko Upos TE καταπηδή- 


σας ὠπὸ τοῦ ὅρματου, τὸν θώρακα ἐνέδυ, καὶ ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ 
“ 
τὸν ἵππον, τὰ παλτὰ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ἔλαβε, τοῖς τε ἄλλοις 
πᾶσι παρήγγελλεν ἐξοπλέζεσθαι, καὶ καθίστασθαι εἰς τὴν 
ἑαυτοῦ τάξιν ἕκαστον. 
Ν ‘ \ a “ / -». 
4. Ἔνθα δὴ σὺν πολλῇ σπουδῇ καθίσταντο, ἴζλέαρχος 
ὲν Ta δεξιὰ οὔ é, »ν ‘ a Ev , a 
μὲν τὰ ἃ τοῦ κέρατος ἔχων, πρὸς τῷ Ευφρατῃ ποταμῷ, 
| ‘ 3 ἤ i > = Ν “Ὁ 
Πρόξενος δὲ ἐχόμενος, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι μετὰ τοῦτον: Μένων 
Ν ἈΝ Ν , ~ nn 
δὲ [καὶ τὸ στράτευμα] τὸ εὐωνυμον κέρας ἔσχε τοῦ Ἑλλη- 
“ “ ~ ° 
νικοῦ. 5. Tov δὲ βαρβαρικοῦ ἱππεῖς μὲν Παφλαγόνες εἰς 
Γι 

/ ‘ at / Ν b a a ~ ~ x 

χιλίους παρὰ Κλέαρχον ἔστησαν ἐν τῷ δεξιῳ, καὶ To Ed- 
Ν / ᾽ Ν a ? / ? a? 

ληνικὸν πελταστικόν' ev δὲ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ Apvaios τε ὁ 


6. Κῦρος δὲ 


καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς τούτου ὅσον ἑξακόσιοι, ὡπλισμένοι θώραξι 





» ff Ν 
Kaper Umapxos καὶ τὸ ἄλλο βαρβαρικόν. 


μὲν αὐτοὶ καὶ παραμηριδίοις καὶ κράνεσι, πώντες πλὴν 





# 


“t 


Wat 


t% 


LS» 


ὍΝ wi \ 


μὲ 


» : 


Ny 


Ki ὕρου. Κῦρος δε, ψιλὴν ἔχων τὴν κε ANY, εἰς τὴν δ δος 


μάχην καθίστατο. [Λέγεται δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Πέρσας 


ψιλαῖς ταῖς κεφαλαῖς ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ διακινδυνεύειν. 7. Οἱ 





Ι. 8.12--18]Ζ ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΆΒΑΣΙΣ. 38 


92 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [I. 8. 7-- 13. 


yf 2 A ‘ 4 “a »"»νἝ»νοενν a 
πολεμίων, OTL EKEL βασίλευς δ" κἂν TOUT, edn, VLKW MEV, 


a ἵπποι πάντες οἱ μετὰ Kiugoy εἶχον καὶ προυεταπ δια 


ω; 


oad c καὶ mpootepvidia* εἶχον δὲ καὶ μαχαίρας οἱ ἱππεῖς ᾿Ελλη- 


a eam 





Arka ἡμῖν πεποίηται. 13. Ὁρῶν δὲ ὁ Κλέαρχος τὸ 





, | 
νίκας. aA μέσον στῖφος, Kat ἀκούων sisi ἔξω ὄντα τοῦ ᾿ Ελληνικοῦ 


> 


8. Kai ἤδη τε ἦν μέσον ἡμέραν, καὶ οὔπω καταφανεῖς εὐωνύμου βασιλέα rn yap πλήθει aril βασιλεὺς, 


λγῶστε monet τὸ ἑαυτοῦ Ἄν" τοῦ Ἀνρωον εὐωνύμαυ ἔξω nv), 


jieas οἱ πολέμιοι" ἡνίκα δὲ δείλη mes ἐφώνη Ἐπ. ᾿ 
Ant 


Ν 














λυ" τὸς, ὥσπερ νεφέλη λευκὴ, χρόνῳ δὲ συχνῷ ὕστερον ὥσπερ Ἵ Mm ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ὁ Καὶ λέαρχος οὐκ ἤθελεν ἀποσπάσαι ὠπὸ τοῦ 


4 


μελανία τις ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἐπὶ πολι Ὅτε δὲ ν" 
eyvyvorro, wax δὴ καὶ χαλκὸς τις ᾧστῥαπτε, καὶ αἱ rey: 
yat καὶ αἱ τάξεις καταφανεῖς ἐγίγνοντο. 9. Καὶ ἦσαν 
ἱππεῖς μὲν λευκοθώρακες ἐπὶ τοῦ εὐωνύμου τῶν πολεμίων 
(Τισσαφέρνης ἐλέγετο τούτων ἄρχειν)" ἐχόμενοι δὲ τού- 
τῶν γεῤῥοφόροι" ἐχόμενοι δὲ ὁπλῖται σὺν ποδήρεσι ξυλί- 





vais ἀσπίσιν (Αἰγύπτιοι δ᾽ οὗτοι ἐλέγοντο εἶναι)" ἄλλοι 
δ᾽ ἱππεῖς, ἄλλοι τοξόται. Πάντες δὲ οὗτοι κατὰ ἔθνη, ἐν 
πλαισίῳ πλήρει ἀνθρώπων ἕκαστον τὸ ἔθνος ἐπορεύετο. 
10. Πρὸ δὲ αὐτῶν ἅρματα διαλείποντα συχνὸν ἀπ᾽ ἀλλή- 
λων, τὰ δὴ δρεπανηφόρα καλούμενα" εἶχον δὲ τὰ δρέπανα 
ἐκ τῶν ἀξόνων εἰς πλάγιον ἀποτεταμένα, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῖς 
δίφροις εἰς γῆν βλέποντα, ὡς διακόπτειν, ὅτῳ ἐντυγχά- 
νοιεν. Ἢ δὲ γνώμη ἦν, ὡς εἰς τὰς τάξεις τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων 
ἐλῶντα καὶ διακόψοντα. 11. Ὃ μέντοι Κῦρος εἶπεν, 
ὅτε καλέσας παρεκελεύετο τοῖς “Ελλησι τὴν κρουγὴν τῶν 
βαρβάρων _seexeo bas, a τοῦτο" οὐ yap κραυγῇ, 
ἀλλὰ συγῇ ὡς. ἀνυστὸν καὶ ἡσυχῇ ἐν ἴσῳ καὶ βραδέως 
προσήεσαν. ὁ 

12. Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ Κῦρος, "ταρελαύνων αὐτὸς σὺν Πί- 
γρητε τῷ ἑρμηνεῖ καὶ ἄλλοις τρισὶν ἢ τέτταρσι, τῷ Κλε- 


, + | a Ν Ν s Ν / b a 
apxX@ εβοα, ἄγειν TO στράτευμα κατὰ μέσον TO τῶν 





ποταμοῦ τὸ cyOes κερας, φοβούμενος μὴ κυκλωθείη ἑκατέ- 
a ‘ all ? / Ψ , » Λ Ψ 
wbev: τῷ δὲ Kvpw ὠπεκρίνατο, ὅτε αὐτῷ μέλοι, ὅπως 
ρ ‘ P¢ 4 
“Ὁ ¥ 
καλως ἔχοι. 

11. Kai ἐν τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ, τὸ μὲν ἐφ ee orp 
ἢ τδυμᾳ. ὁμαλῶς porter τὸ δὲ ᾿Ελληνικὸν, ἔτι ἐν TO αὐτῷ 
μένον, συνετάττετο ἐκ τῶν ἔτι προσιόντων. Καὶ ὁ Ko υρος, 

/ ? , ‘ 3 a a - “ 
παρελαύνων οὐ Tavu πρὸς αὑτῳ TO στρατεύματι, κατεθεᾶτο 
¢ / > Ἵ Ν ‘ / ‘ 
EXATEPWCE, ἀποβλέπων εἰς TE TOUS πολεμίους καὶ τοὺς 

ip, | 1 “ “ a 

φίλους. 15. ᾿Ιδὼν “δὲ αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ Nae Ξενοφῶν 

᾿Αθηναῖος, ὑπελάσας. ὡς Seana ἤρετο, εἴ Te παραγ- 
--- πε. 

γέλλοι" ὁ δ᾽ ἐπιστήσας, εἶπε, καὶ λέγειν ἐκέλευε πᾶσιν, 

Ψ Ἂ . κ᾿ ᾿ Ν ἣν x s A 
ὅτε καὶ Ta ἱερὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ σφάγια καλά. 16. Ταῦτα 
δὲ ‘ θ , y¥ ὃ ‘ val , call ‘ 

ε Aeywv, θορύβου ἤκουσε δια τῶν ταξεων LOVTOS, καὶ 
ΝΜ / ε , ¥ ‘ a > 
ἤρετο, τίς ὁ θόρυβος ein. ‘O δὲ [Ἐενοφῶν] εἶπεν, ὅτε τὸ 

4 / “Ἢ Ν Ν αὶ 3 "" / 
σύνθημα παρέρχεται δεύτερον ἤδη. Kai ὃς ἐθαύμασε, tis 

4 ιν " ~ rs ᾽ > 
παραγγέλλει, καὶ ἤρετο, ὅ TL εἴη TO σύνθημα. ‘O δ᾽ ἀπε- 

/ d ‘ 
κρίνατο, ὅτι ZETS ΣΩΤΗΡ KAI ΝΙΚΗ. 17. ‘O δε 
‘ol 3 a > Ν f Ἢ ¥ ‘al ¥ 
Κῦρος ἀκούσας, ᾿Αλλὰ δέχομαί te, ἔφη, καὶ τοῦτο ἔστω. 
ἡ ἡ; “ δ᾽ γ ‘ b ‘ 4 al / Ν᾿ ἡ i, 
auTa εἰπὼν, εἰς την εαυὐτου χωραν' ἀπήλαυνε" Kat 

3 / , A , / “Ἢ " Λ bo 
OVKETL τρία ἢ τέτταρα στάδια SvevyeTHY TW φαλαγγε aT 
3 Λ A ? / ᾿ εν "Ἂν 
ἀλλήλων, ἡνίκα ἐπαιάνιζον te οἱ Εἥλληνες, καὶ ἤρχοντο 
3 / | val " ‘ al 9 
ἀντίοι ἰέναι τοῖς πολεμίοις. 18. Ms de πορευομένων ἐξε:- 


8 





ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [I. 8. 18 -- 23. 


κύμαινέ τι τῆς φάλαγγος, τὸ ἐπιλειπόμενον ἤρξατο δρόμῳ 
θεῖν: καὶ ἅμα ἐφθέχξαντο πάντες, οἵἷονπερ τῷ ᾿Ενυαλίῳ 


ver —— καὶ πάντες δὲ ἔθεον. ἕν. δέ τινες, ὡς καὶ 























ois ἵπποις. 19. Πρὲν δὲ τόξευμα ἐξικνεῖσθαι, ἐκκλίνου- 
σιν οἱ Raphiepes καὶ φεύγουσι. Kai ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἐδίωκον 
μὲν κατὰ κράτος οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἐβόων δὲ ἀλλήλοις, μὴ θεῖν 
δρόμῳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τάξει ἕπεσθαι. 20. Τὰ δ᾽ ἄρματα ἐφέ- 
ροντο, τὰ μὲν δ᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν πολεμίων, τὰ δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν 
Ἄλληνων, κενὰ ene. Οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ προΐδοιεν, διΐσταντο" 
ἔστι δ᾽ ὅστις καὶ κανεληίθη, ὁ ὥσπερ ἐν ἱπποδρόμῳ, ἐκπλα- 
γείς " καὶ οὐδὲν μέντοι οὐδὲ τοῦτον παθεῖν ἔφασαν" οὐδ᾽ 
ἄλλος δὲ τῶν Ἄλλνων ἐν ταὕτῃ τῇ μάχῃ ἔπαθεν οὐδεὶς 
οὐδὲν, πλὴν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ τοξευθῆναί τις ἐλέγετο. 

9]. sista δ᾽ ὁρῶν τοὺς “Ἕλληνας νικῶντας τὸ καθ᾽ 
αὑτοὺς καὶ διώκοντας, ἡδόμενος καὶ προσευνούμενος ἤδη ὡς 
βασιλεὺς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀμφ αὐτὸν, οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἐξήχθη διώκειν" 
ἀλλὰ συνεσπειραμένην ἔχη» τὴν τῶν σὺν ἑαυτῷ ἑξακοσίων 
ἱππέων water,  iaarranlied ὅ τι ποιήσει βασιλεύς. Kat 
yap node αὐτὸν, ὅτι μέσον ἔχοι τοῦ Προ στρατεύματος. 
992. Kai πώντες δ᾽ οἱ τῶν βοῤβώρων. ἄρχονται μέσον 
ἔχοντες τὸ αὑτῶν “andar νομίζοντες, οὕτω καὶ ἐν eater 
λεστάτῳ εἶναι, ἣν ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν ἑκατέρωθεν ἢ ἢ, καὶ, εἴ τι 
""» χρῇζοιεν, ἡμίσει ἂν χρόνῳ αἰσθάνεσθαι τὸ 
στράτευμα. 23. Kai βασιλεὺς δὴ τότε, μέσον ἦχον τῆς 
αὑτοῦ στρατιᾶς, ὅμως ἔξω eyevero τοῦ Ἄνρον εὐωνύμου 
κέρατος. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ οὐδεὶς αὐτῷ ἐμάχετο ἐκ τοῦ ἀντίου, 


οὐδὲ τοῖς αὐτοῦ τεταγμένοις ἔμπροσθεν, ἀπέκαρπαμ, ὡς εἰς 
J 


AJ Ys οἱ me 


1 8.93-29.] KYPOYT ANABAXIY. 35 


ot] Ν a / ~*~ ar 
κύκλωσιν. 24. "EvOa δὴ Κῦρος, δείσας, μη ὄπισθεν γενό- 
i ‘ 3 " ? , 
μενος κατακύψῃ τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν, ἐλαύνει ἀντίος" καὶ ἐμβα- 
» ᾽ a * "νν 

λὼν σὺν τοῖς ἑξακοσίοις, νικᾳ τοὺς προ βασιλέως τεταγ- 

, Ν > ‘ ¥ hy ς / Ν 
μένους, καὶ εἰς φυγὴν ἔτρεψε τοὺς εξακισχιλίους" καὶ 

, ἃ a “ Ὁ 3 ’ὔ 
ἀποκτεῖναι λέγεται αὑτὸς τῇ εαυτοῦυ χειρὶ ᾿Αρταγέρσην, 
τὸν ἄρχοντα αὐτῶν. 
᾿ 3 
25. “Ὡς 8 ἡ τροπή ἐγένετο, διασπείρονται καὶ ob 


a | 
Κύρου ἑξακόσιοι, εἰς τὸ διώκειν pn a caren πλὴν πάνυ 


ὀλίγοι ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν mavereipOnaay, σχεδομλοὶ ὁμοτράπεζοι; μι : 
whl hy uel 


καλούμενοι. 26. Σὺν τούτοις δὲ ὧν, ἙΘῊΣ Boars α καὶ 
ν, 
τὸ ἀμφ᾽ ἐκεῖνον στῖφος" καὶ εὐθὺς οὐκ ἠνέδχετο, ἀλλ᾽ 


Ἄν Δι Ν ἊΨ" || ae >| "» ? if ‘ / ," “ 
εἴπων, Tov ἄνδρα ὁρῶ, ἱετὸ ἐπ᾿ αὐτον" καὶ παίει Κατὰ TO 


/ Ν , ‘ a , / , 
cream καὶ τιτρώσκει δια τοῦ nape: as φησι Κτησίας “ -. 


ὁ ἰα τρὸς, καὶ sedges αὐτὸς τὸ τρϑϑ μὲ es 27. Ilaiovra | 


δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀϊοῦτί <b τίς αλτῷ 9 ὑπὸ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν βιαίως" 


καὶ ἐνταῦθα μαχόμενοι καὶ βασιλεὺς καὶ Κῦρος καὶ οἱ 
3 > ? ‘ sl € / “ / is Ὁ > 
ἀμφ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ ἑκατέρου, ὁπόσοι μὲν τῶν ἀμφὶ βασιλέα 
a, , , "» ν ἢ ».» A 
ἀπέθνησκον, Κτησίας λέγει (παρ᾽ ἐκείνῳ yap ἦν). Κῦρος 
δὲ 3 > / » 5 ἣν ΨΚ “ » > 
€ αὐτός Te ἀπέθανε, καὶ ὀκτὼ οἱ ἄριστοι τῶν περὶ αὑτὸν 
¥ OA TTA AR "» 3 ͵ a 
ἔκειντο er αὐτῷ: 28. ᾿Αρταπάτης δ᾽, ὁ πιστότατος αὐτῷ 


a ͵ ἢ ἤ b | », εν 
τῶν σκηπτούχων θεράπων, λέγεται, ἐπειδὴ πεπτωκότα εἶδε 


Ks ὃ , »"» PN » lM Ν PM 
upov, KaTaTTY σας ajo Tov ππου TEPLTTET ELV auT@. wy wl 


᾽ν. « ᾽’ ’ὔ “ ΠΤ 
29. Καὶ οἱ μὲν fn βασιλέα κελεῦσαί τινα ἐπισφάξαι, 


Ni 
auTov eat οἱ Se, ἑαυτὸν “σφαξοσθδι, σπασάμενον" 


τὸν ἀκινάκην" εἶχε γὰρ amen καὶ στρεπτὸν δὲ ἐφόρει 


καὶ ψέλλια καὶ τἄλλα, ὥσπερ οἱ ἄριστοι Περσῶν" ἐτετέ- 


\ δ ν / 3 ΝΜ ‘ “ 
nto yap ὑπὸ Κύρου δι εὐνοιάν τε καὶ πιστοτητα. 











ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ Π. 9. 1-7, 


ΠΑΡ. Τὰ, 


Ἂ ‘ Φ oe . ᾽ Cn Δ a 
1. Κῦρος μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἐτελεύτησεν, avnp wv Περσῶν 
a " A bp > a Ἢ “ / 
τῶν peta Κῦρον τὸν ἀρχαῖον γενομένων βασιλικωτατὸς τε 
vi ᾽ ᾿ ἊΝ ͵ ξ “ a 
καὶ ἄρχειν ἀξιώτατος, ὡς Tapa πάντων ὁμολογεῖται τῶν 
᾽ὕ / ᾽ ᾽ / a Ν ‘ 
Κύρου δοκούντων ev πείρᾳ γενέσθαι. 2. Πρῶτον μεν yap 
»Ὕ) n A Ψ , “ ‘ ‘ a > a 4 Ν 
ἔτι παῖς ὧν, ὅτε ἐπαιδεύετο καὶ σὺν τῷ ἀδελφῷ καὶ συν 
“- ”. ‘ t / , ᾽ / 
τοῖς ἄλλοις παισὶ, πάντων πάντα κράτιστος ενομίξετο. 


3. Πώντες γὰρ οἱ τῶν ἀρίστων Περσῶν παῖδες ἐπὶ ταῖς 


βασιλέως θύραις παιδεύονται" ἔνθα πολλὴν μὲν σωφροσύ-᾽ 


͵ Ν Ἵ Ν ᾽ Ia’ a a bil, 
νὴν καταμάθοι av τις, αἰσχρὸν ὃ οὐδὲν οὔτ ἀκοῦσαι οὔτ 
> “ Ν “ ? lal ‘ ‘ ‘ 
ἰδεῖν ἔστι. 4. Θεῶνται δ᾽ οἱ παῖδες καὶ τους τιμωμένους 
Ἂν.» / ἣν > ; νΝ 3 tA 
ὕπο βασιλέως καὶ ἀκούουσι, καὶ ἄλλους αἀτιμαζομένους" 
ef 27% n ¥ , ¥ Ν 
ὥστε εὐθὺς παῖδες ὄντες μανθάνουσιν. ἄρχειν TE Kab 
ΝΜ 
ἄρχεσθαι. 
Ν a “ / ‘ Ἂ " € 
5. Ἔνθα Κῦρος αἰδημονέστατος μὲν πρῶτον τῶν nAs- 
» , f » r % a“ 4 A“ 
κιωτῶν ἐδόκει εἶναι, τοῖς τε νὴ" καὶ τῶν εαυτοῦ 
ὑνεδιστέρων μᾶλλον πείθεσθαι" ἔπειτα δὲ ψλιαπόνοτοι, 
καὶ τοῖς ἵπποις ἄριστα χρῆσθαι. “Expwov δ᾽ αὐτὸν καὶ 


a > b 4 ΜΝ a ν 2 / 
τῶν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἔργων, τοξικῆς TE καὶ AKOVTITEWS, 


L97-4] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ἈΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 37 


Λυδίας τε καὶ Φρυγίας τῆς μεγάλης καὶ Καππαδοκίας, ῳ 


στρατηγὸς δὲ καὶ πάντων ἀπεδείχθη, οἷς καθήκει εἰς Κα- 
“Ὁ “ ~ 9 / ‘ 

στωλοῦ πεδίον ἀθροίζεσθαι, πρῶτον μὰ ered αὑτὸν, 

ὅτε περὶ πλείστου ποιοῖτο, εἴ τῳ σπείσοιτο, καὶ εἴ τῳ συν- 


rt wv . 
inl 


θοῖτο, καὶ εἴ τῳ ὑποσχθον rk μηδεν portation, 8. Kai 


> / 
yap οὖν ἐπίστευον μὲν αὐτῷ αἱ πόλεις ἐπιτρεπόμεναι, €T l= Ἵ 


> a ‘ Ν / / 
στευον 5 οἱ “ἡ καὶ εἰ τις πολέμιος ἐγένετο, σπεισα- 
μένου Κύρου, ἐπίστευε μηδὲν ἂν παρὰ τὰς σπονδὰς παθεῖν. 
9. "Τοιγαροῦν ἐπεὶ Τισσαφέρνει ἐπολέμησε, πᾶσαι αἱ πό- 
λεις ἑκοῦσαι Κῦρον εἵλοντο ἀντὶ Τισσαφέρνους, πλὴν 
/ "4 ν κ᾿ > x Ἀ " | 
Μιλησίων - οὗτοι δὲ, ὅτε οὐκ ἤθελε tous φεύγοντας προ- 
A ᾽ ἢ ‘ Ν »” > | 
éxOat, ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν. 10. Καὶ yap ἔργῳ ἐπεδείκνυτο 
yt d 2 ¥ “ 3 »ν ἕξ ny 2 
καὶ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι οὐκ av ποτε προοιτο, ἐπεὶ ἅπαξ φίλος av 


“ > / Ia? 7 = Ν / / ¥ Ν “ 
τοῖς ἐγένετο, OVS εἰ ETL μὲν μείους γένοιντο, ETL δὲ κάκιον 


μι / 
πράξειαν. 11. Pavepos δ᾽ ἦν, καὶ εἰ τίς τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ 


"ἡ , "ἢν Ἂ ἤ | 3 ‘ , 
κακὸν ποιήσειεν αὐτὸν, νικᾶν πειρώμενος" καὶ εὐχὴν δὲ 





ri ny Ce mM ¢ ΜΝ “ | a 
τίνες αὐτοῦ ἐξέφερον, ws εὔχοιτο, τοσοῦτον χρόνον ζῆν, 
Ν ἤ Ν \ 9 a | \ a a 3 ’ 
ἔστε νικῴη καὶ τοὺς εὖ καὶ τοὺς κακῶς ποιοῦντας ἀλεξό- 

Ὗ Ὗ ᾶ a κ AM , ? Ν 
μενος. 12. Καὶ γὰρ οὖν πλεῖστοι δὴ αὐτῷ, ἑνί γε ἀνδρὲ 


a 4Υ καὶ “ ? / X , x / ‘ A 
τῶν eh ἡμῶν, ἐπεθύμησαν καὶ χρήματα καὶ πόλεις καὶ τὰ 





x7 y 


? : 
φιλομαθέστατον εἶναι καὶ μελετηρότατον. 6. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἑαυτῶν σώματα προΐέσ θαι.“ smal . 
aati | 


τῇ ἡλικίᾳ ἔπρεπε, καὶ φιλοθηρότατος ἦν, καὶ πρὸς τὰ 18. Οὐ μὲν δὴ. οὐδὲ τοῦτ᾽ ἂν τις εἴποι, ὡς τοὺς κακούρε" ἀν 


ϑυρία μέντοι φιλοκινδυνότατος. Καὶ ἄῤκτον ποτὲ emipe- * aig καὶ ὶ ἀδίκους. εἴα aan iar ann ἀφειδέσ TATA πάντων.“ art 
" ' (A ws) 
M yy Les ll yy, ay & 


/ ᾽ \ Ν al ? Ν 
ῥορένην οὐκ €T D, ἀλλὰ συμπεσὼν κατεσπάσθη ἀπὸ 


” 
A λύων ὑὰ ᾿ 


ὁδοὺς, καὶ ποδῶν καὶ χορῶν καὶ slayer στερομένους 


“ % ‘ Ν ca ‘ ἣν Aout 
TOU ἵππου" καὶ Ta cL ἔπαθεν, ων Kat τας @TEL ας φανε- , 


“8. εἶχε, τέλος δὲ κατέκανε" καὶ τὸν πρῶτον μέντοι βοηθή- | ἀνθρώπους) ‘ ὥστ᾽ ἐν τῇ Κύρου ἀρχῇ ἐγένετο καὶ Ἕλληνι 


/ y | a “ / 
. ) καὶ βαρβάρῳ, μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντι, ἀδεῶς πορεύεσθαι ὅποι τις 


σαντα πολλοῖς μακαριστὸν ἐποίησεν. 
> 
14. Τούς ye μέντοι aya- 


‘ , ΝὟ dl Ψ / 
“7. Ἐπεὶ δὲ κατεπέμφθη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς σατράπης ἤθελεν, ἔχοντι O TL προχωροίη. 

















38 | ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ (I. 9. 14 -- 19. 


‘ ᾽ Λ e ᾽ “ “ ‘ 
θοὺς εἰς πόλεμον ὡμολόγητο διαφερόντως τιμᾶν. Kat 
a ἃ φ ᾽ " Λ “ / ‘ f 
πρῶτον μὲν ἣν αὐτῷ πόλεμος πρὸς Πεισίδας και Μυσοὺς" 

/ > | _ P ὔ ‘ , \ 
στρατευόμενος οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς εἰς ταύτας τὰς χώρας, οὺς 
4 ἡ ᾽ ἢ / Ν ν᾿ / 
ἑώρα ἐθέλοντας κινδυνεύειν, τούτους καὶ ἄρχοντας ἐποίει 

eta, 

ΓῚ , , Υ͂ ‘ , ¥ , > ἡ 
ἧς κατεστρέφετο χώρας, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἀλλῃ δώροις ἐτίμα" 
? HANAN ‘ ‘ ? Ν ? , 

15. ὥστε φαίνεσθαι τοὺς μὲν ἀγαθοὺς εὐδαιμονεστατους, 
ι σ΄ 0 ae / ’ A > in 
τοὺς δὲ κακοὺς δούλους τούτων αξιοῦν εἶναι. Τοιγαροῦν 
νὝ. ν᾿ ᾽ a a / / f 
πολλὴ ἦν ἀφθονία τῶν θελόντων κινδυνεύειν, ὅπου τις 


οἴοιτο Κῦρον αἰσθήσεσθαι. 


ory 


᾿ 


> Ἂ Ι Ν » 
16. Εἴς γε μὴν δικαιοσύνην, εἴ τις αὐτῷ φανερὸς γέ- 


> / / Ν ln b | a / 
vOLTO ἐπιδείκνυσθαι βουλόμενος, περὶ παντὸς ἐποίειτο͵, του- 


ἊΝ whe Filly »" “~ > ~ > ’ r ‘ Pe 

τους πλουσιωτέρους ποιεῖν τῶν EK TOV ἀδίκου φιλοκερδὸϑὺν- 

‘ \ 9 ¥ » ν " 

των. 17. Καὶ γὰρ οὖν ἄλλα τε πολλὰ δικαίως αὐτῷ 

Ν / > a 2 , 

διεχειρίζετο, καὶ στρατεύματι ἀληβινῷ ἐχρήσατο. Καὶ 

Ν x . Ν > \86 " / ‘ 

yap στρατηγοι καὶ λοχαγοι (οὐ) χρημάτων ἕνεκα πρὸς 
deb ¥ ee ae ut - 

ἐκεῖνον ἔπλευσαν, αλλ ἐπεὶ εγνωσαν κερδαλεώτερον 
Φ / a “ A Ν a a ἢ 

εἶναι, Κύρῳ καλως πειθαρχεῖν, ἢ τὸ κατὰ μηνα κέρδος. 

3 Ν ly Ν / / > “ Υ͂ al 

18. ᾿Αλλα μὴν εἰ TIS YE TL αὐτῷ προσταξαντι καλὼς 


¢ i b ‘ V4 > / Ν ‘ 
υπηρετήσειεν, οὐδενὶ πώποτε ἀχάριστον εἰασεὲ τὴν προθυ- 
saat pwr . μιν 


ΠΠ a , ν ἢ , ‘ ¥ 
μίαν. Τοιγαροῦν κράτιστοι δὴ ὑπηρέται παντὸς ἔργου 
/ / ’ / / ‘ 
Κύρῳ ἐλέχθησαν γενεσθαι. 19. Εἰ δὲ τινα ὁρῴη δεινὸν 
Ν ᾽ ’ > a ¢ / ‘ , ᾿ Φ 
ὄντα οἰκονόμον ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου, καὶ κατασκευαζοντά τε ἧς 
i” ἢ lal 207 Δ ἤῇ) 
ἄρχοι χώρας, καὶ προσόδους ποιοῦντα, οὐδενα ἂν πώποτε 
." Λ > ν᾿» / / , ,. νων 
ἀφείλετο, ἀλλ ἀεὶ πλείω προσεδίδου: ὥστε καὶ ἡδεως 


4 , Ν γε / > a 0A ν" ἢ 9 
€TeVOUY, Kat θαρραλέως ἐκτῶντο, καὶ ἃ ἐπέπατο αὖ TIS, 


-» ᾽ ” ν᾿ ὦ yi e a 
ἥκιστα Κῦρον ἔκρυπτεν" οὐ. γὰρ φθονῶν τοῖς φανερῶς 


“ | / | ‘ νυν. ”~ “ “ 
πλουτοῦσιν ἐφαίνετο, ἀλλα πειρώβενος χρῆσθαι τοῖς τῶν 


ἀποκρυπτομένων χρήμασι. 





Ι. 9.20-27.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 99 


i ᾿ ~ Ψ , Ν ΝΜ , 
20. Φίλους ye μὴν ὅσους ποιήσαιτο, Kat evvous γνοίη 
‘ / ii 9 iA , 
ὄντας, καὶ ἱκανοὺς κρίνειε συνεργοὺς εἶναι, ὃ τε τυγχάνοι 
7 e » ‘ ‘ / 
βουλόμενος κατεργάζεσθαι εἶται πρὸς πάντων Kpa- 
‘ f / + Ν Ν | a 
τιστος δὴ γενέσθαι θεραπεύει. 8121. Kas yap αὐτο τοῦτο, 
φ κι.» tA / ¥ ὃ “ θ e hy Ν 
οὗπερ αὐτὸς ἕνεκα φίλων φετο δεισθαι, ὡς συνεργοὺς ἐχου, 
> a ~ " " )» 4 
καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπειρᾶτο συνεργὸς τοῖς φίλοις κράτιστος εἰναι 
/ ef ¢ ? θ “ ? 6 a 
τούτου, ὅτου ἕκαστον αἰσθάνοιτο ἐπιθυμουντα. 
a ‘ - Ἀ ΓῚ Φ A »»" -.- Ψ 
22, Δῶρα δὲ πλεῖστα μεν, οἶμαι, εἷς γε ὧν avnp, ἐλαμ- 
‘ a ‘ , . , ul Λ 
βανε διὰ πολλά" ταῦτα δὲ πάντων δη μαλέστα τοις φίλοις 
/ Ν bys / ae a in νυν 
διεδίδου, πρὸς τοὺς τρόπους εκάστου σκοπῶωὼν, καὶ OTOU 
/ ͵ ¥ / “»᾿» “" “ 
μάλιστα ὁρῴη ἕκαστον δεόμενον. 23. Kat ὅσα τῷ σωματι 
SA t / ἂ ε ? " ἃ κυ μ᾿ 
αὐτοῦ κόσμον πέμποι TLS, ἢ ὡς εἰς πόλεμον ἢ ὡς εἰς καλ- 
Ν ᾿ ‘ ἤ “ > Ν A “x 
λωπίισμον, καὶ περὶ τούτων λέγειν aUTOV εφασαν, OTt τὸ 
Ἃ ¢ a e ᾿ Kv / 4 a a 
μὲν ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο τούτοις πᾶσι κοσμηθῆναι, 
Λ Ν a ' / / , > ‘ 
φίλους δὲ καλῶς κεκοσμημένους μέγιστον KOT MOV ἀνδρι 
/ 
νομίζοι. 
σιν ᾿ ‘ ‘ Λ a ‘ 9 
24. Kai τὸ μὲν τὰ μεγάλα νικᾶν Tous φίλους εὖ που- 
- γὼ ᾿ ? ’ Ν , 9 
οὗντα, οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν, ἐπειδή ye καὶ δυνατώτερος ἣν" 
τὸ δὲ “ λ / - “ ἵ, ‘ il" θ al 
τῇ ἐπιμελείᾳ περιεῖναε τῶν φίλων, καὶ τῷ προθυμευ- 
/ nm ΝΜ “a a @ ‘ 9 
σθαι χαρίζεσθαι, ταῦτα ἔμοιγε μᾶλλον δοκεῖ ἀγαστα εἶναι. 
ren Ν ¥ / Ν -“ , 
25. Kupos yap ἔπεμπε Bixovs οἴνου ἡμιδεεῖς πολλάκις, 
ee ; ea’ t / Ψ ¥ ‘ a , 
ὁπότε πάνυ ἡδὺν λάβοι, λέγων, ὅτε οὕπω Sy πολλοῦ χρο- 
’;Ὅ tal ΝΥ 3 wt “ Φ ¥ 
νου τούτου ἡδίονι οἴνῳ ἐπιτύχοι" τοῦτον οὖν σοι ἔπεμψε, 
Ν 5 ’ , a 2 a \ @ " 
καὶ δεῖταί σου, τήμερον. τοῦτον ἐκπιεῖν συν οἷς μαλιστα 
n / Ν a ε M4 ¥ ‘ 
φιλεῖς. 26. Πολλάκις δὲ χῆνας ἡμιβρώτους ἔπεμπε, Kat 
μ᾿ ΓΒ ἡ ν.» a ? / / ‘ 
ἄρτων ἡμίσεα, καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, ἐπιλέγειν κελευων TOV 
, s Ψ a ͵ ΓῚ Ὗ 5 4 
φέροντα" Τούτοις ἥσθη Kupos: βούλεται οὖν καὶ σε Tov- 


4 e “ Ν 
των γεύσασθαι. 427. “Ὅπου de ὄχι σπάνιος πάνυ εἴη, 


























40 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [I. 9. 27-31. 


Hl AMM ; ‘ ‘ . κν 
αὑτὸς ὃ ἐδύνατο παρασκευάσασθαι διὰ τὸ πολλοὺς ἔχειν 
ξ , Ν | Ἂ 3 ᾽ν + | Λ Ν 
ὑπηρέτας καὶ dia τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, διαπέμπων ἐκέλευε τοὺς 
tacitly, 

Λ Ὁ ‘ € “Ὁ “ Ν Ld , Λ 
φίλους τοῖς τα εαυτῶν σωματα ἄγουσιν imo, ἐμβάλλειν 

A ‘ Ν ε Ν lad ‘ ¢ a J 
τοῦτον τὸν χίλον, ὡς μὴ πεινῶντες TOUS ἑαυτοῦ φίλους 
ΝΜ mM 9 Ν , ; Ν “ 4 
ἄγωσιν. 28. Ex δὲ δὴ ποτε πορεύοιτο καὶ πλεῖστοι μέλ- 

Ν a ‘ Λ ᾽ “ 
λοιεν ὄψεσθαι, προσκαλῶν τοῦς φίλους ἐσπουδαιολογεῖτο, 
ς / A a ¢/ Ν 3 e > 4 αι ἡ 
ὡς δηλοίη ous τιμᾷ. “More ἔγωγε, ἐξ ὧν ἀκούω, οὐδένα 

/ ¢ Ν Ἵ“ “ » ¢ “ ν 
κρίνω ὑπὸ πλειόνων πεφιλῆσθαι οὔτε ᾿ Ελλήνων οὔτε βαρ- 

: 
βάρωνφᾳ 

29 TT ἢ δὲ ’ in, "ὃ . Ν My Ko 

). Τεκμήριον δε τούτου καὶ τόδε" παρὰ μεν Kupov, 

ΝΜ 3 Ν ? | | 7 Ν > 
δούλου ὄντος, οὐδεὶς ἀπῇει πρὸς βασιλέα, πλὴν Ορόντης 
? / ‘ © * \ 4 / ε 5 ‘ 
ἐπεχείρησε" Kat οὗτος δη, ὃν meTO πιστόν οἱ εἶναι, ταχὺ 

| ® ΄ ͵ ae A ‘ ‘ 
αὑτὸν εὕρε Kupw φιλαίτερον, ἢ ἑαυτῷ" παρὰ δὲ βασιλέως 

᾿ Ν _ 2) ᾽ ‘ ἢ ? , 
πολλοὶ πρὸς Κῦρον ἀπῆλθον, ἐπειδὴ πολέμιοι ἀλλήλοις 
ai N ? ’ ᾿ Λ ¢| 9 > ia , 
ἐγένοντο, καὶ OUTOL μέντοι οἱ μάλεστα UT αὐτοῦ ἀγαπώ- 
/ ‘ » f ν > ‘ > / A 
μενοι, νομίζοντες, mapa Kup ὄντες ἀγαθοὶ ἀξιωτέρας ἂν 
A ἥ Δ Ν “ ᾽ ᾿,, 
τιμῆς τυγχάνειν ἢ παρα βασιλεῖ. 80. Μέγα δὲ τεκμῆ- 
Ν ‘ b “ Δ Ἂ / 2 a «4 
ριον καὶ τὸ ἐν τῇ τέλευτῃ τοῦ βίου αὑτῷ γενόμενον, ὅτι 

Ν᾿, A > 3 Ν Ν ’ . a In 7 ‘ 

καὶ αὑτὸς ἣν ἀγαθὸς, καὶ κρίνειν ὀρθῶς ἐδύνατο τοὺς 
᾿. ᾿ς Ν by | Γ᾿ > / 
πίστους Kat evvouvs καὶ βεβαίους. 31. ᾿Αποθνήσκοντος 

Ν ) a ᾿ e , A " Ν / 
yap αὐτου, πάντες οἱ παρ αὑτὸν φίλοι καὶ συντράπεζοι 
> / , ty, vd . > / e 
ἀπέθανον μαχόμενοι ὑπερ Κύρου, πλὴν Ἀριαίου" οὗτος 
ἢ, Υ αὶ, nt. a 3 ’ “Ἵ «€ ' “ 
δὲ τεταγμένος ἐτύγχανεν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ, τοῦ ὑππικοῦ 
¥ ‘ > » on te , ¥ ¥ 
ἄρχων" ὡς δ᾽ ἤσθετο Κῦρον πεπτωκότα, ἔφυγεν, ἔχων 


Ν ‘ ’ A φ ¢ “ 
Kat TO στράτευμα Tav, Ov ὨΎΞΕΙΤΟ, 


1.10.1-Ὁ] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 


CAP. X. 


A vn fi | ola ᾽ ’ N Ἢ ‘ 

1. Ἐνταῦθα δὴ Κύρου ἀποτέμνεται ἡ κεφαλὴ καὶ χεὶρ 

ἡ δεξιά. Βασιλεὺς δὲ καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ διώκων εἰσπίπτει 
εἰς τὸ Κυρεῖον στρατόπεδον" καὶ οἱ μὲν μετὰ ᾿Αριαίου 
οὐκέτι ἵστανται, ἀλλὰ φεύγουσι διὰ τοῦ αὑτῶν στρατοπέ- 


is Te ov ἔνθεν ὥ . χέτταρες δ᾽ ἐλέγοντο 
δου εἰς τὸν σταθμὸν ἔνθεν ὥρμηντο" τέτταρ γ 


/ 9 = ¢ “Ὁ ᾽ν. δὲ ‘ ς » 
“παρασάγγαι evar τὴς ὁδοῦ. 2. Βασιλεὺυς ὃε καὶ οἱ συν 


ὑτῷ τά a z ὃ te ai τὴν Pwxaida 
αὐτῷ τά Te ἄλλα πολλὰ διαρπάζουσι, K n Ἶ 
[1 
Ἢ ͵ bt Ν ‘ Ν 
τὴν Κύρου παλλακίδα, THY σοφην καὶ καλην λεγομένην 
‘ / ε “ r 
εἶναι, λαμβάνει. 3. “H δε Midrnova, ἡ νεωτερα, ληφθεῖσα 
al / 3 / ‘ ~ a ς ld 
ὑπὸ τῶν ἀμφὶ βασίλέα, ἐκφεύγει γυμνὴ πρὸς τῶν Ελλη»- 
a / Ψ μ4 . ol 7 
νων dt ἔτυχον ἐν τοῖς σκευοφόροις ὅπλα ἔχοντες" καὶ ἄντυ- 
ly," ~ “~ ͵ γ᾽ / ¢ ‘ 
ταχθέντες, πολλοὺς μὲν τῶν ἁρπαζόντων ἀπέκτειναν, οἱ δὲ 
‘ “~ > * »ν / 3 * x ’ 
καὶ αὐτῶν ἀπέθανον" οὐ μὴν ἐφυγὸν γε, ἀλλα καὶ ταύτην 
, ᾽ Ν 2) i, v 2 
ἔσωσαν, καὶ ἄλλα ὁπόσα ἐντὸς αὐτῶν καὶ χρήματα καὶ 
Ν AN Υ ¥ 
ἄνθρωποι ἐγένοντο, πάντα ἐσωσαν. 
a / ? Λ , U We MATE 
4. ᾿Ενταῦθα διέσχον ἀλλήλων βασιλεύς τε καὶ οἱ EX- 
" / / i e ‘ ὃ ἤ ᾽ν θ᾽ 
ληνες ὡς τριάκοντα στάδια, οἱ μὲν διώκοντες τοὺς κα 
“ Ἂ " A a ς ΠΝ ς ᾿) ᾿ “Ay 
EQUTOUS, ὡς πάντας νικῶντες" Ob ὡρπάζοντες, ὡς ἤδη 
a > ‘ 2) | ¢ ἢν ¢/ 
πάντες νικῶντες. 5. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἤσθοντο οἱ μὲν Ελληνες, 
b aA , > a ’ Ν 
ὅτι βασιλεὺς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι ἐν τοῖς σκευοφόροις εἰη, 
Ν ἤ ¢ . @ 
βασιλεὺς δ᾽ αὖ ἤκουσε Τισσαφέρνους, ote ot EndaAnves 
a N ᾽ ν te Ν , MWS, " 
νικῷεν τὸ καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς, καὶ εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν οἴχονται διώκον- 
2 a ‘ ‘ ᾽ν > / ἣν ς a αἱ 
τες, ἐνταῦθα δὴ βασιλεὺς μεν αθροίζει τε τους EavTOU K 
Ἵ δὲ λέ : ) Πρό καλέ- 
συντάττεται" ὁ δὲ λεαρχος ἐβουλεύετο, ρόξενον 
/ ‘ 4 3 / U Kx Ul 
σας (πλησιαίτατος yap ἦν), εἰ πέμποιὲν τινας, ἢ πᾶντες 


yy b Ν ͵ " / 
ἰοιεν ἐπὶ TO στρατόπεδον ἀρήξοντες. 
































42 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [I. 10. 6-- 19. 


3 / ‘ * A > ‘ 
6. Ev τούτῳ καὶ βασίλευς δῆλος ἦν προσιὼν πάλιν, 
ξ 25 / yy 6 ~~ “¢ i, e/ / 
ὡς edoxet, ὁπισθεν. Kat ot μὲν Ελληνες otpadertes 
’ὔ ¢ ᾿ς / ‘ 
παρεσκευάζοντο, ws ταύτῃ προσιόντος καὶ δεξόμενοι" ὁ δὲ 
βασιλεὶ ’ ‘ ? > ? δὲ a“ ¥ ~ > 
Us ταύτῃ μὲν οὐκ ἦγεν, ἢ δε παρῆλθεν ἔξω TOU εὐω- 
/ ἤ ἥ ‘ b " b | ‘ 
νύμου κέρατος, ταύτη καὶ ἀπήγαγεν, ἀναλαβὼν Kai τοὺς ἐν 
“ / »ν ‘ ¢/ > / ‘ 
Τῇ μαχῇ KATA TOUS Ελληνας αὐτομολήσαντας. καὶ Τισσα- 
/ Ν Ἀ Ἂ , “ ¢ ‘ / b a 
φερνην kat τοὺς συν αὐτῳ 7. O yap Τισσαφέρνης ev τῇ 
Ἅ ἤ 3 ¥ > Ν ' 
πρωτῃ συνόδῳ οὐκ εἐφυγεν, ἀλλὰ διήλασε παρὰ τὸν ποτα- 
Ν Ν ‘ ¢/ ‘ 
μὸν κατὰ τοὺς ᾿Ελληνας πελταστάς" διελαύνων δὲ κατέ- 
i, 3 ἤ ἢ ‘ 
kave μὲν οὐδένα, διαστάντες δὲ οἱ “Ἕλληνες ἔπαιον καὶ 
᾿᾽ ᾿ > / ᾽ / » 2 
ἠκόντιζον αὐτοὺς" Ἐπισθενης δὲ Αμφιπολίτης ἦρχε τῶν 
Ὁ 1 a / 
πελταστῶν, καὶ ἐλέγετο φρόνιμος γενέσθαι. 8. Ὁ δ᾽ οὖν 
“ ᾿ a Ν ᾽ ἢ Ν 
Τισσαφερνης ὡς μείον ἔχων ἀπηλλάγη, πάλιν μὲν οὐκ 
> / ͵ δὲ Ν ᾽ " ‘ nw 
ἀναστρέφει, εἰς δὲ TO στρατόπεδον udixopevos τὸ τῶν 
c Λ ? - / a ¢ “ 
Ελλήνων, exer συντυγχάνει βασιλεῖ, καὶ ὁμοῦ δὴ πάλιν 
" 9 ‘ 
συνταξάμενοι ἐπορεύοντο. 
> \ "ῳ ‘ \ AN o 
9. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἦσαν κατὰ τὸ εὐώνυμον τῶν ᾿ Ελλήνων κέ- 
Ν εν Ν / 
pas, ἐδεισαν ot EdAnves, μὴ προσάγοιεν πρὸς τὸ κέρας, καὶ 
/ ? / , \ 
περιπτύξαντες ἀμφοτέρωθεν αὑτοὺς κατακόψειαν" καὶ ἐδό- 
᾽ » ? ri \ / 
Kel αὑτοῖς ἀναπτύσσειν TO κέρας, καὶ ποιήσασθαι ὄπισθεν 
Ν / - ? ? ‘ a 
Tov ποταμον. 10. Ev ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἐβουλεύοντο, καὶ δὴ 
‘ / > \ , ἃ a 
βασιλεὺς παραμειψάμενος εἰς TO αὐτὸ σχῆμα κατέστησεν 
> / Ν , (v4 y " 
ἀντίαν τὴν φάλαγγα, ὥσπερ τὸ πρῶτον μαχούμενος συνήει. 
ε ν " ἐῷ ’ , x” Ἵ 
Ὥς δε εἶδον οἱ “Εἴλληνες ἐγγύς τε ὄντας καὶ παρατεταγμέ- 
9 / » ἡ 
νους, αὖθις παιανίσαντες ἐπήεσαν πολὺ ἔτι προθυμότερον, 
A \ / € ? 9 / > » 
ἢ τὸ πρόσθεν. 11. Οἱ δ᾽ av βάρβαροι οὐκ ἐδέχοντο, ἀλλ᾽ 
? / A \ / Ν 
ἐκ πλέονος ἢ τὸ πρόσθεν εφευγον" οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεδίωκον μέχρι 


κώμης τινός. 12. ᾿Ενταῦθα δ᾽ ἔστησαν οἱ ἽἙλληνες" 


m "il ih 


1. 10. 12--18] KTPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 48 


ὑπὲρ γὰρ τῆς κώμης γήλοφος ἦν, ἐφ᾽ οὗ ἀνεστράφησαν οἱ 


. “ ᾿" om » MAI f ¢ , 
ἀμφὶ βασιλέα, πεζοὶ μεν οὐκετι, τῶν δὲ ἡππεων ὁ λόφος 


᾽ , (ed "μ᾿ / » , reallly ‘ 
ἐνεπλήσθη, ὥστε TO ποιούμενον μὴ γιγνώσκειν. Kati το. 
a! “ Ν 3 / -“ > 4 
βασίλειον σημεῖον ὁρᾶν εφασαν, ἀετὸν τινα χρυσοὺυν ETL 
/ > "᾿ ᾿ς > ᾽ 
πέλτης ἐπὶ ξυλου ἀνατετάμενον. 
ἣν . » ᾽ν» “ «ὦ / 
13. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἐχωρουν ot ἔλληνες, λείπουσι 
‘ “ κ »“ 3 Ἃ ν 3 " ᾽ >) a 
δὴ καὶ Tov λόφον οἱ ὑππεῖς" οὐ μὴν ETL αθροοι, αλλ ἄλλοι 
» > 6 / Ὁ € / r ‘ Ἀ 
ἄλλοθεν: ἐψιλοῦτο δ᾽ ὁ λόφος τῶν ἑππεων" τέλος δὲ καὶ 
> al " > — ἤ 3 | ri 
πάντες ἀπεχωρησαν. 14. Ὃ οὖν λεαρχος οὐκ ἀνεβι- 
Ν ™~ / 3 » ¢ Ἂ i’ Ἵ .» ᾽ 
βαζεν ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον, αλλ ὑπὸ αὑτὸν στῆσας τὸ στρα- 
᾽ὔ “ Ν / ,. ¥ + ALIN hy, Ἂ 
τευμα, πέμπει Δύκιον TOV Συρακόσιον καὶ ἄλλον ἐπι. TOV 
Ν ’ , » εν a , ’ 
λόφον, καὶ κελεύει, κατιδόντας τὰ ὕπερ τοῦ λόφου, TL 
> ? rn | 9 / ¥ ͵ \ 
ἐστιν, atayyeiAa. 19. Kai ὁ Δύκιος ἤλασε τε, καὶ 
In ᾽ , / / γν , Ny ? 
ἰδὼν ἀπαγγέλλει, ὅτε φεύγουσιν ava KpaTos. Σχεδὸν ὃ 
“ " > », τ. 7a ἡ 
ὅτε ταῦτα ἦν, καὶ ἥλιος εδύετο. 
> A 7. = εν Ἁ / 4 
16. ᾿Ενταῦθα δ᾽ ἔστησαν ot “Ελληνες, καὶ θεμενοι τὰ 
“ > , i MUNIN ἣν ᾽ / A ? a 
ὅπλα ἀνεπαύοντο: καὶ dua μὲν ἐθαύμαζον, ὅτι οὐδαμοῦ 
>A , ὦ» ¥ »» “AA δ ἃ ἢ ᾽ 
Κῦρος φαίνοιτο, οὐδ᾽ ἄλλος ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς παρείη" ov 
ΙΝ Υ ,“ν , gt MH Κὶ Δ , 
yap ἤδεσαν αὐτὸν τεθνηκότα, addr εἰκαζον, ἢ διώκοντα 
¥ x / / ᾿ rk 
οἴχεσθαι, ἢ καταληψόμενον τι TpoeAndaxevat. 17. Και 
» κα. , Ἴ » » / \ ’ Ω 
αὐτοὶ ἐβουλεύοντο, εἰ αὐτοῦ μείναντες τὰ σκευοφορα εν- 
“ A * > / » ΔΝ ~ ᾽ δ 
ταῦθα ἄγοιντο, ἢ ἀπίοιεν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. ᾿Εδοξεν 
9 "ν»ν αὶ ἢ . ? A ne, , i > \ 
οὖν αὐτοῖς ἀπιέναι" καὶ αφικνοῦνταν appl δόρπηστον emt 
‘ ’ , ‘ > a ς ἢ A N 
τὰς oxnvas. 18. Ταύτης μὲν οὖν τῆς ἡμέρας τοῦτο TO 
᾽’ ν ἡ / Ἂ a +. V4 
τέλος eyeveto, Καταλαμβανουσι δὲ τῶν τε ἄλλων χρημα- 
Ἀ a ,ὔ Ne / vA ἢν - 
των τὰ πλεῖστα διηρπασμένα, καὶ εἰ TL σιτίον ἢ TOTOV ἢν" 
Ν Ἁ 4 ἢ ‘ bi ᾽ x‘ 4 A , 
καὶ τὰς ὁμάξας μεστὰς ἀλεύρων Kat οἰνου, as παρεσκευα- 


a Ν ‘ Ν / 
σατο Κῦρος, iva, εἴ mote σφοδρα τὸ στρατόπεδον λάβοι 





41 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [I. 10. 18, 19. 


Ν ῇ vl > ᾽ 

ἐνδεια, διαδοίη τοῖς “Ελλησιν (ἦσαν δ᾽ αὗται τετρακόσιαι, 

¢ a ἡ e/ \ / / ¢ Ν a 

ὡς ἐλέγοντο, ἅμαξαι), καὶ ταύτας τότε οἱ σὺν βασιλεῖ 
᾿ ῇὝ ¥ > - a 

διήρπασαν. 19. “Ὥστε ἄδειπνοι ἦσαν οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν 


᾿Ἑλλήνων" ἦσαν δὲ καὶ ἀνάριστοι" πρὶν γὰρ δὴ καταλῦσαι ἊΡ 
d ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ 


Ν i. Νν ᾿: 
τὸ στράτευμα πρὸς ἄριστον, βασιλεὺς ἐφάνη. Ταύτην μὲν 








9 Ν “ e/ / 
οὖν THY νύκτα οὕτω διεγένοντο. 


KYPOT ANABAZES SP. 





CAs) 2 


ς Ἃ ’ f ~ « a Ψ΄ ἃ Α, 
ὯΣ μὲν οὖν ἠθροίσθη Κύρῳ τὸ ᾿Ελληνικὸν, ὅτε ἐπὶ τὸν 


3 " “ 3 ν᾽ καὶ 
ἀδελφὸν ᾿Αρταξέρξην ἐστρατεύετο, καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῇ ἀνόδῳ 


3 / ‘ ξ ¢ , a ‘ "ἢ a 3 " 
ἐπράχθη, καὶ ὡς ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο, καὶ ὡς Kupos ετελεύ- 
Ν 3 3. Ἵ Εν 
τησε, καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐλθόντες οἱ “ἔλληνες 
3 i, en Ν / A » “ a » 
ἐκοιμήθησαν, οἰόμενοι τὰ πάντα νικᾶν, καὶ Kupov ζῆν, ἐν 
a , , ad Χ AMM A 
τῷ ἐμπροσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. 2. “Aya Se τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 

’ ¢ ᾽ ΄" , a ¥ 
συνελθόντες οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐθαύμαζον, ὅτι Κῦρος οὔτε ἄλλον 
, a Ψ . a ¥ “ale / 
πέμποι σημανοῦντα, G TL χρὴ ποιεῖν, οὔτε αὐτὸς φαίνοιτο. 
¥ 3 ᾿...Ὁ ΄ A 9 ’ 
Edogev οὖν αὐτοῖς, συσκευασαμένοις ἃ εἶχον, καὶ ἐξοπλι- 
σαμένοις, προϊέναι εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν. ἕως Κύ f 
μ » προΐεναι εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν, ἕως Kupw συμμιξειαν. 
Ν . » ς a ed , All 9 
3. Ηδὴ δε ἐν ὁρμῇ ὄντων, ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνίσχοντι ἦλθε 
A ε ͵ ¥ x x « , 
Προκλῆς, ὁ TevOpavias ἄρχων, yeyovws ἀπὸ Aauapatov 


a / Ν la) 7) 
τοῦ Λάκωνος, καὶ Γλοῦς ὁ Ταμώ. Οὗτοι ἔλεγον, ὅτι Κῦ- 





hy. / “ a“ a Ν 
ρος μὲν τέθνηκεν, ᾿Αριαῖος δὲ πεφευγὼς ἐν τῷ σταθμῷ εἴη, 
| in, “ »” 4 “ a / e tal " 
μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων βαρβαρων, ὅθεν τῇ προτεραίᾳ ὡρμῶντο 


Ν , Ψ ᾽ὔ Ἀ Ν ει. / Ἃ 3 
Kat λέγου, OTL TAUTTV μὲν Tv μεραν περιμεινείεν αν αὖ- 





" > Λ / A . ἔν" ᾽ / / A 
Tous, εἰ μέλλοιεν ἥκειν" TH δὲ ἀλλῃ aTLEevae φαίη ἐπὶ 





ei aE umn 00 mamma 








46 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [Il 1. 8 --8. 


a ᾽ ἤ ¢ ᾿ 
᾿Ιωνίας, ὅθενπερ ἦλθε. 4. Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ στρατηγοὶ 
/ / / ¥ 
καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι “EddAnves [πυνθανόμενοι] βαρέως ἔφερον. 
iy, > > Ν i mo a 
Κλέαρχος δὲ τάδε εἶπεν: ᾿Αλλ where μὲν Kupos ζην" 
3 ‘ Ν if > Λ > / Ψ ¢ al 
ἐπεὶ δὲ τετελεύτηκεν, ἀπαγγέλλετε Apiaiw, ὃτι ἡμεὶς γε 
a“ / / Ν e HW 2 Ν ν ee ἤ 
νικῶμέν τε βασιλέα, καὶ, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, οὐδεὶς ETL ἡμῖν μάχεται" 
‘ 7 Ν "} “Ὁ Ν 2 / A _) νΝ / 
καὶ εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν emi βασιλεα. 
3 / ial AT / as ᾽ Ν. > Ν 
Ἐπαγγελλόμεθα δὲ ᾿Αριαίῳ, ἐὰν. ἐνθάδε ελθῃ, εἰς Tov 
ἡ ‘ A. a 3 ἢ a \ ἤ ἤ 
θρόνον τὸν βασίλειον καθιεῖν αὑτὸν" τῶν γὰρ μάχῃ νικὼν- 
pM > s 
των καὶ TO ἀρχεὶν εστί. 
a 2 ν᾿ ‘ 9 Λ μ᾿ ᾿. 7 « 
5. Ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἀποστέλλει Tous ἀγγέλους, καὶ σὺν av- 
» ͵ ‘ ‘ ͵ ‘ , 
τοῖς Χειρίσοφον tov Λάκωνα, καὶ Μένωνα tov Θετταλον" 
" Ν ν᾿» [4 ‘ H ‘al 
καὶ yap αὐτὸς Μένων ἐβούλετο, ἦν γὰρ φίλος καὶ ἕένος 
3 / e ἣν Ν γ΄. ͵ ‘ / 
Apiaiov. 6. Οἱ μὲν wyovto, Κλέαρχος δὲ περιέμενε. 
x ‘ , > γω - oe In 7 ? - 
To δὲ στράτευμα ἐπορίζετο σῖτον, ὅπως ἐδύνατο, Ex τῶν 
/ Ν “ Ν Ν ᾿ 3 
ὑποζυγίων, κόπτοντες τοὺς βοῦς καὶ ὄνους" ξύλοις ὃ 


“ "" 7. “ /. φ , 
ἐχρῶντο, μικρὸν προϊόντες ἀπὸ τῆς pudayyos, ov ἡ μαχήη 


> ‘ “ 3 »“" “" 9 A > / ε 
ἐγένετο, TALS TE οἰστοις πολλοῖς οὖσιν, οὺς ἠναγκαζον οἱ 


ν b ‘ ? “ \ ‘ 
Ελληνες ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς αὐτομολοῦντας παρὰ βασιίλεως, 
i, a on ¢ \ “~ / 3 / » " ld 
καὶ τοῖς γέρῥοις, καὶ ταῖς ξυλίναις ἀσπίσι ταῖς Αιγυπτιαις" 

4 Λ Aa 9 , ¥ 
πολλαὶ δὲ καὶ πέλται καὶ ἅμαξαι ἦσαν φέρεσθαι ἐρημοι" 
φ a“ ἢ / a Ν θ > / ‘ 
ois πᾶσι χρώμενοι, κρέα ἕψοντες ἤσθιον εκείνην τὴν 

¢ al 
ἡμέραν. 
UE > ‘ , ᾽ ‘ \ ¥ 
7. Kai ἤδη τε ἦν περὶ πλήθουσαν ayopay, Kat ἔρχονται 
4 Ν / ἤ € li Ν 
παρὰ βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους κήρυκες" οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι 
9 > 3 ΠῚ »“» φΦ « ἃ | ἤ 
βάρβαροι, ἦν ὃ αὐτῶν Parivos εἷς Ελλην, ὃς ἐτύγχανε 
‘ / if A A 7 / ¥ ‘ \ 
παρὰ Τισσαφέρνει ὧν, καὶ ἐντίμως ἔχων" καὶ Yap προσε- 
- ? " ΓῚ a ? \ " νε 
ποιεῖτο ἐπιστήμων εἶναι τῶν ἀμφὶ τάξεις τε Kal ὁπλομα- 


Ψ , ‘ 
χίαν. 8. Ovto δὲ προσελθόντες καὶ καλέσαντες τοὺς 


IL 1.8-12] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 47 


τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἄρχοντας, λέγουσιν, ὅτι βασιλεὺς κελεύει 
τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἐπεὶ νικῶν τυγχώνει καὶ Κῦρον ἀπέκτονε, 
παραδόντας τὰ ὅπλα, ἰόντας ἐπὶ τὰς βασιλέως θύρας evpi- 
σκεσθαι ἄν τι δύνωνται ἀγαθόν. 9. Ταῦτα μὲν εἶπον ot 
βασιλέως κήρυκες" οἱ δὲ “Ελληνες βαρέως μὲν ἤκουσαν, 
ὅμως δὲ Κλέαρχος τοσοῦτον εἶπεν, ὅτι οὐ τῶν νικώντων 
εἴη τὰ ὅπλα παραδιδόναι" adr, ἔφη, ὑμεῖς μὲν, ὦ ἄνδρες 


hy, rd 2 / θ tv dl Λ Ν 
στρατηγοι, τούτοις αποκρινᾶσῦε, ὁ TL καλλιστὸν TE καὶ 


Ν Ν > ‘ ae cd μ᾿ , “ 

ἄριστον ἔχετε" ἐγω δὲ αὐτίκα ἥξω. Εκάλεσε γὰρ τις 
all AM » ¢ " ῦΨ Υ i MA AU A " ” 
QUTOV τῶν UTTNPETWV, OTWS Looe Ta ἱερα ἐξηρημένα" ETUYE 


Ἃ / 
yap θυόμενος. 
¥ ‘ > / σ. , ᾿ ιν» Ἷ 
10. Ἔνθα δὴ ἀπεκρίνατο Κλεανωρ μὲν ὁ Apkxas, 
, x e / A 3 / Ἃ "νυ 
πρεσβύτατος ὧν, ὅτε πρόσθεν ἂν ἀποθάνοιεν, ἢ τα ὅπλα 
/ t mh a ᾽ " AA »ν 
παραδοίησαν. Πρόξενος δε ὁ Θηβαῖος, Arr eyo, edn, 
9 - , ¢ a ἢ. * a ‘ 
ὦ Parive, θαυμάζω, πότερα ws κρατῶν βασιλεὺς αἰτεῖ Ta 
, va \ / a " " . ς a , 
ὅπλα, ἢ ὡς διὰ φιλίαν δῶρα. Et μὲν yap ὡς κρατῶν, τί 
“ AL " »“ "ἢ 2 “Ὁ > / 2 » / 7 
δεῖ αὐτὸν αἰτεῖν, καὶ ov λαβεῖν ἐλθόντα ; εἰ δὲ πείσας Bov- 
νι val Ἵ εκ" “ ἤ oA > “ 
λεται λαβεῖν, λεγέτω, TL ETTAL τοῖς στρατιωταῖς, ἐεαν αὐτῷ 
“Ὁ / x‘ ~ ow ® 
ταῦτα χαρίσωνται. 11. Πρὸς ταῦτα Padivos εἶπε' Ba- 
Ν a ¢ r b Ν ΟῚ ᾽ / / ‘ »» 
σιλεὺς νικᾶν ἡγεῖται, ἐπεὶ Κῦρον απέκτονε" τίς yap αὑτῷ 
3 Ψ a“ ? a > “ . / Ν᾿ να "» 
ἐστιν ὅστις τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀντιποιεῖται; Νομίζει de καὶ ὑμᾶς 
¢ “ 9 ν 3 | a vl ἴω ‘A ~ e 
ἑαυτοῦ εἶναι, ἔχων ἐν μέσῃ τῇ εαυτοῦ χώρᾳ, καὶ ποταμὼν 
᾽ Ν > , Ν “ > »υ} A“ 
ἐντὸς ἀδιαβάτων, καὶ πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς δυνά- 
> a rd In? ? , vl » / bal 
μενος ἀγαγεῖν, ὅσον οὐδ᾽, εἰ παρέχοι ὑμῖν, δύναισθε ἂν 
> Λ 
ἀποκτεῖναι. 
ζ hn, a a > a) 9 5 »" 
12. Μετὰ τοῦτον Ἐενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος εἶπε" “11 Φαλινε, 
“ ¢ "᾿ Mill lll cog Ν᾿ νν» b ἤ ν᾿ ᾽ Ν Ν 3 ᾽ν 
νυν, ὡς σὺ Opas, ἡμὶν οὐδὲν ἐστιν ἀγαθον arAo, εἰ μὴ 


Ψ . 3 , “ Ν . ν ᾿"" ‘a x 
ὅπλα καὶ ἀρετή. “Omda μὲν οὖν ἔχοντες, οἰόμεθα av καὶ 





48 ΞΕΝΟΦΩ͂ΝΤΟΣ [11.19- 18, 


τῇ ἀρετῇ χρῆσθαι: »-- δ᾽ ἂν ταῦτα, καὶ τῶν 
σωμάτων στερηθῆναι. Μὴ οὖν οἴου, τὰ μόνα ἀγαθὰ ἡ ἡμῖν 
ὄντα ὑμῖν παραδώσειν: ἀλλὰ σὺν τούτοις καὶ περὶ τῶν 
ὑμετέρων ἀγαθῶν ραν. 18. ᾿Ακούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ 
Φαλῖνος ἐγέλασε καὶ εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ ῥελοννὴῳ μὲν ἔοικας, 
ὦ νεανίσκε, καὶ λέγεις οὐκ ἀχώριστα. ἔσθι μέντοι ἀνόητος 
ὧν, εἰ οἴει, τὴν ὑμ- τέραν ἀρετὴν περιγενέσθαι ἃ ἂν τῆς βασι- 
λέως δυνώμεως. 14. ἔάλλους δέ τινας ὅφοσαν λέγειν ὑ ὑπο- 
μαλακιζομένους, ὦ ὡς καὶ Κύρῳ πιστοὶ ἐγένοντο, καὶ βασιλεῖ 
ἂν πολλοῦ ἄξιοι γένοιντο, εἰ βούλοιτο φίλος γενέσθαι" 
καὶ εἴτε ἄλλο τι θέλοι χρσῦν. εἴτ᾽ ἐπ᾿ Αἴγυπτον στρα- 
τεύειν, ouyeatactpeypawt ἂν αὐτῷ. 

15. Ἔν τούτῳ καὶ λέαρχος ἧκε, καὶ ἦρόσυνων, εἰ ἤδη 
crowexpysivos elev, Φαλῖνος δὲ ὑπολαβὼν εἶπεν: Οὗτοι 
μὲν, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἄλλος ἄλλα λέγει" σὺ δ᾽ ἡμῖν εἰπὲ, τί 
λέγεις, 16. Ὁ δ᾽ εἶπεν" ἴων σε, ὦ Φαλῖνε, ἄσμενος 
δρυσα, οἶμαι δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες" σύ τε γὰρ “Ἕλλην 
εἶ, καὶ ἡμεῖς, τοσοῦτοι ὄντες ὕσους σὺ ὁρᾷς" ἐν τοιούτοις 
δὲ ὄντες πράγμασι euntiotnentnete σοι, τί χρὴ ποιεῖν 
περὶ ὧν λέγεις. 17. Σὺ οὖν, πρὸς θεῶν, συμβούλευσον 
ἡμῖν, ὅ τι σοι δοκεῖ κάλλιστον καὶ ἄριστον εἶναι, καὶ ὕ σοι 
τιμὴν οἴσει εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον, ἀναλεγόμενον, ὅτι Φαλῖ- 
νὸς ποτε, πεμφθεὶς παρὰ βασιλέως κελεύσων τοὺς ἽἝλλη- 
vas τὰ ὅπλα παραδοῦναι, συμβουλευομένους συνεβούλευσεν 
αὐτοῖς τάδε. Οἶσθα δὲ, ὅτι ἀνάγκη λέγεσθαι ἐν τῇ Ed- 
λάδι, ἃ ἂν συμβουλεύσης. 

18. ‘O & Κλέαρχος ταῦτα ὑπήγετο, βουλόμενος καὶ 


αὐτὸν τὸν παρὰ βασιλέως πρεσβεύοντα συμβουλεῦσαι, μὴ 





Il. 1. 18--93] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIY. 49 


παραδοῦναι τὰ ὅπλα, ὅπως εὐέλπιδες μᾶλλον εἶεν οἱ “Ελ- 
Anves. Φαλῖνος δὲ ὑποστρέψας, παρὰ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 
εἶπεν: 19. ᾿Εγὼ, εἰ μὲν τῶν μυρίων ἐλπίδων μία τις 
ὑμῖν ἐστι, σωθῆναι πολεμοῦντας βασιλεῖ, συμβουλεύω, μὴ 
παραδιδόναι τὰ ὅπλα" εἰ δέ τοι μηδεμία σωτηρίας ἐστὶν 
ἐλπὶς ἄκοντος βασιλέως, συμβουλεύω σώξεσθαι ὑμῖν ὅπη 
δυνατόν. 20. Κλέαρχος δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ 
ταῦτα μὲν δὴ σὺ λέγεις" παρ ἡμῶν δὲ ἀπάγγελλε τάδε, 
ὅτι ἡμεῖς οἰόμεθα, εἰ μὲν δέοι βασιλεῖ φίλους εἶναι, πλεί- 


" ba Ν 2 Λ + wil AM Xx / 
ovos av ἄξιοι εἶναι φίλοι ἔχοντες Ta ὅπλα, ἢ παραδόντες 


Ν 3 Ἂ / ra] ΜΝ xX Ὁ, » 
ἄλλῳ" εἰ δὲ δέοι πολεμεῖν, ἄμεινον ἂν πολεμεῖν ἔχοντες 
Ἂ ‘A A ¥ / 
Ta ὅπλα, ἢ ἄλλῳ παραδόντες. 
ΓΙ ‘ a 9 a ‘ i, 3 A 
21. Ὃ δὲ Φαλῖνος εἶπε: Ταῦτα μὲν dn απαγγελοῦμεν" 
> ‘ Ἀ " con ᾽ a AM \ ¢ , 
ἀλλὰ καὶ τάδε υμιὶν ELTTELY ἐκέλευσε βασιλευς. OTL μενουσι 
‘ a > a \ 4 Ann ᾿ . » A 
μὲν ὑμῖν αὐτοῦ σπονδαὶ εἴησαν, προϊοῦσι δὲ καὶ απιοῦσε 
Λ ¥ 3 Ἂ 3, ᾽ “ “ 
πόλεμος.  Evrate οὖν καὶ περὶ τούτου, πότερα μενεῖτε 
\ 29 Ἄν , ¥ 1) . 
καὶ σπονδαί εἰσιν, ἢ ὡς πολέμου ὄντος παρ ὑμῶν ἀπαγ- 
“ν . | » ΨΚ > , / 3, 
γελῶ. 22. Αλεαρχος δ᾽ ἐλεξεν" Απαγγελλε τοίνυν καὶ 
Ν Ἢ A Ν AN My ~ νυν Ν »" 
περὶ τούτου, OTL καὶ ἡμίν ταῦτα δοκεῖ, ἅπερ καὶ βασιλεῖ, 
Qe eI AAA ¥ a > , , 
Ti οὖν ταῦτα ἐστιν; edn ὁ Φαλῖνος. Απεκρίνατο K Xe- 
a ~ ’ὔ ᾽ ? “a » ‘ ων 
αρχος" “Hv μεν μενωμεν, σπονδαί" απιοῦσι δὲ καὶ προῖ- 
a , ξ Ἅ v > “ ‘ A 
οῦσι πόλεμος. 23. ‘O δὲ πάλιν ἠρωτησε' Σπονδας ἢ 
3 a / bin AN / 3 / 
πόλεμον ἀπαγγελῶ; Kreapxos δὲ tavta πάλιν ἀπεκρί- 
Ν ‘ / ? a“ Ν Ἁ .-ὦΨἍΨ 
vato* Σπονδαὶ μὲν μένουσιν, ἀπιοῦσι Se ἢ προϊοῦσι 


πόλεμος. Ὅ τι δὲ ποιήσοι, οὐ διεσήμηνε. 























ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [IL 3. 1-- δ. 


CAP. II. 


1. Φαλῖνος μὲν δὴ ᾧ ἔχεν, καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, Οἱ δὲ πυρὰ 

᾿Αριαίου ἣ ἧκον, ἜΤΟΣ καὶ en Μένων δὲ αὐτοῦ 
ἔμενε “<> ᾿Αριαίῳ" οὗτοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτε πολλοὺς φαίη 
᾿Αριαῖος εἶναι Πέρσας ἑαυτοῦ βελτίους, ods οὐκ ἂν ἀνα- 
σχέσθαι αὐτοῦ βασιλεύοντος" ἀλλ᾽ εἰ βούλεσθε συναπιέ- 
ναι, ἥκειν ἤδη κελεύει τῆς νυκτός εἰ δὲ μὴ, αὐτὸς πρωὶ 
ἀπιέναι φησιν. 2. ‘O δὲ HXeapyos εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὕτω 
χρὴ ποιεῖν, ἐὰν μὲν ἥκωμεν, ὥσπερ λέγετε" εἰ δὲ μὴ, 
πράττετε, ὁποῖον ἄν τι ὑμῖν οἴησθε μάλιστα συμφέρειν. 
Ὅ τι δὲ ποιήσοι, οὐδὲ τούτοις εἶπε. 3. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, 
ἤδη ἡλίου δύνοντος, ἡ eared τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ 
λοχαγοὺς. ἔλεξε τοιάδε: ᾿Εμοὶ, ὦ ἄνδρες, θυομένῳ ἰέναι 
ἐπὶ βασιλέα. οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερά. Kal εἰκότως ἄρα οὐκ 
ἐγίγνετο. ‘Qs γὰρ ἐγὼ νῦν πυνθάνομαι, ἐν μέσῳ ἡμῶν 
καὶ βασιλέως ὁ Τίγρης ποταμός ἐστι cay ep ca ὃν οὐκ 
ἂν δυναίμεθα ἄνευ πλοίων ‘ness eed Trova δὲ ἡμεῖς οὐκ 
ἔχομεν. Οὐ μὲν δὴ αὐτοῦ γε μένειν οἷόν τε" τὰ γὰρ ἐπι- 
τήδεια οὐκ ἔστιν “nee ἰέναι δὲ παρὰ τοὺς mane φίλους, 
πάνυ καλὰ ἡμῖν τὰ ἱερὰ ἦν. 4. ὯΩδε οὖν χρὴ ποιεῖν" 
ἀπιόντας δειπνεῖν, ὅ τι τις ἔχει" ἐπειδὰν δὲ σημήνῃ τῷ 
κέρατι, ὡς ἀναπαύεσθαι, συσκευάξεσθε᾽ ἐπειδὰν δὲ τὸ 
δεύτερον, ἀνατίθεσθε ἐπὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια" ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ, 
ἕπεσθε τῷ ἡγουμένῳ, τὰ μὲν ὑποζύγια ἔχοντες πρὸς τοῦ 
ποταμοῦ, τὰ δὲ ὅπλα ἔξω. 

5. Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ orparayes καὶ ΑἸ ΔΝ" ἀπῆλ- 


θον, κα : 
, καὶ ἐποίουν οὕτω" καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν ὁ μὲν ἦρχεν, οἱ δὲ 


I. 3.5-1.} ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 51 
tl ul ᾿ ι ἥ 
ζω g ὶ Rs * 
> 9 ᾽ ει ν λλὰὴ  .» “ / 3 / 
ἐπείθοντο, οὐχ ἑλόμενοι, ἀλλὰ ὁρῶντες, OTL μόνος Eppovel, 
φ bin ¥ > ? 
οἷα ἔδει Tov ἄρχοντα, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄπειροι Hoav.( 6. Apib- 
A e a > + ‘ A 7 , ἢ 
pos δὲ τῆς ὁδοῦ, ἣν ἦλθον εξ Εφεσου τῆς Iwvias μέχρι 
“Ἵ - ν᾿ , ‘ 
τῆς μάχης, σταθμοὶ τρεῖς καὶ ενενήκοντα, Tapacayyat 
" / ’ 
πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα καὶ πεντακόσιοι, στάδιοι πεντήκοντα 
ip MINN Λ ‘ / FAM i: \ a“ , 3 ΥΚὺ0ὶ 
καὶ ἑξακισχίλιοι καὶ μύριοι" ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς μάχης ἐλέγοντο 
3 | val ¢ ᾽ν 
εἶναι εἰς Βαβυλῶνα στάδιοι ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριακόσιοι, 
? a > ~ / > / / ' ‘ e 
7. ᾿Εντεῦθεν, ἐπεὶ σκότος ἐγένετο, Μιλτοκύθης μὲν ὁ 
Δ ν ᾽ ξ ry » ye a“ " “4 
Θράξ, ἔχων τούς τε ἱππέας τοὺς μεθ εαυτοῦ εἰς τετταρᾶ- 
“ »“"ἅ “Ὁ il / ᾽ /. 
κοντα, kat τῶν πεζῶν Θρᾳκῶν ws τριακοσίους, ηυτομόλησε 
Ν / / Ν ta yf ς a Ν 
προς βασιλεα. ὃ. λεαρχος δὲ τοῖς αἀλλοις ἤγειτο κατὰ 
‘ / ¢ > “ "" > » ν᾿ ἢν 
τὰ παρηγγεέλμεένα, οἱ δ᾽ εἵποντο" καὶ αφικνουνται εἰς TOV 
» « > ἴω ‘ > r | * 
πρῶτον σταθμὸν παρὰ Ap.aiov καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου στρατιὰν, 
>? ’ Ἂ / , a “ 
ἀμφὶ μέσας νύκτας" καὶ ἐν τάξει θέμενοι τὰ ὁπλα, ξυνὴλ- 
Ἴ ‘A “ , ",» 
θον οἱ ᾿στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ τῶν Ελλήνων παρὰ Api- 
- Ν 4 3 a Ν a 
aiov’ καὶ ὥμοσαν οἵ τε Ελληνες, καὶ ὁ ᾿Αριαῖος, Kat τῶν 
Ν ᾽ “ e ie ral ὃ “ 3 “ i 
συν AVT@ Ol KPATLOTOL, μητε προδωσεῖὶν ἀαλληλους, συμμα- 
/ ¥ ¢ \ / 4 ‘ 4 “ 
you τε ἐσεσθαι" οἱ Se βαρβαροι προσωμοσαν, καὶ ἡγησε- 
᾿ a > ¥ , A Ν 
σθαι αδόλως. 9. Ταῦτα & wpocav, σφαξαντες tavpov Kat 
/ ' | Ν " >? “ oo 
λύκον καὶ καπρον καὶ KpLOV εἰς ἀσπίδα, οἱ wev Ελληνες 
/ , © ‘ " 
βάπτοντες ξίφος, οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι λόγχην. 
? ‘ \ Ν by " ἢ 5 ¢ , 
10. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ τὰ πιστὰ ἐγένετο, εἶπεν ὁ λεαρχος" 


Ν i MA A - ᾽ , ς »ν va λ > ‘ ‘ 
Aye dn, @ Apia, ἐπείπερ ὁ AUTOS υμιν στολος ἐστι καὶ 


6 ~ _ \ / / Ν A a / / 
ἡμῖν, εἰπε, τίνα γνωμὴν EXELS περὶ τῆς πορείας" πότερον 
sll d ¥ A \ 3 , e 
ἄπιμεν ἥνπερ ἤλθομεν, ἢ ἄλλην τινὰ ἐννενοηκεναι δοκεῖς 
Ἂ, / ¢. > TI \ \ ¥ 3 “ 
ὁδὸν κρείττω; 11. Ὃ δ᾽ εἶπεν: “Ἣν pev ἤλθομεν ἀπιον- 
Ἂ A . | ~~ ͵ ¢ / A “ 
TES, παντελῶς ἂν ὑπὸ λιμοῦ απολοίμεθα" ὑπάρχει yap vUV 


"“" “ | ‘ e 
ἡμῖν οὐδὲν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. ‘Emtaxaidexa yap σταθμῶν 

















§2 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [II. 2. 11-16, 


τῶν ἐγγυτάτω, οὐδὲ δεῦρο ἰόντες, ἐκ τῆς χώρας οὐδὲν εἴχο- 
μεν λαμβάνειν" ἔνθα δ᾽ εἴ τι ἦν, ἡμεῖς διαπορευόμενοι 
κατεδαπανήσαμεν. Νῦν δ᾽ ἐπινοοῦμεν πορεύεσθαι μακρο- 
τέραν μὲν, τῶν δ᾽ ἐπιτηδείων οὐκ ἀπορήσομεν. 12. Πο- 
ρευτέον δ᾽ ἡμῖν τοὺς πρώτους σταθμοὺς ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα 
μακροτάτους, ἵνα ὡς πλεῖστον ἀποσπασθῶμεν τοῦ βασιλι- 
κοῦ στρατεύματος" ἣν γὰρ ἅπαξ δύο ἢ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν 
ἀπόσχωμεν, οὐκέτε μὴ δύνηται βασιλεὺς ἡμᾶς καταλαβεῖν. 
Ολίγῳ μὲν γὰρ στρατεύματι οὐ τολμήσει ἐφέπεσθαι" 
πολὺν δ᾽ ἔχων στόλον, οὐ δυνήσεται ταχέως πορεύεσθαι" 
ἴσως δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων σπανιεῖ. Ταύτην, ἔφη, τὴν 
γνώμην ἔχω ἔγωγε. 

13. Ἦν δὲ αὕτη ἡ ἜΗΝ οὐδὲν ἄλλο δυναμένη, ἢ 
ἀποδρᾶναι ἣ ἢ ἐνοθνγεῖν. ἡ δὲ Tox ἐστρατήγησε κάλλιον. 
᾿Επεὶ γὰρ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, ewopetorro, ἐν διξιᾷ ἐ exowres τὸν 
ἥλιον, Rappers ἥξειν ἅμα ἡλίῳ δύνοντι εἰς κώμας τῆς 
Βαβυλωνίας χώρας. Kai τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἐψεύσθησαν. 
14. Ἔτι δὲ ἀμφὶ δείλην ἔδοξαν πολεμίους ὁρᾶν ἱππέας" 
καὶ τῶν τε ᾿ Ελλήνων, od μὴ ἔτυχον ἐν ταῖς τάξεσιν ὄντες, 
εἰς τὰς τάξεις ἔθεον, καὶ ᾽Αριαῖος (ἐτύγχανε γὰρ ἐφ᾽ dua- 
Ens πορευόμενος, διότι ἐτέτρωτο) καταβὰς ἐθωρακίζετο, 

. 
καὶ οἱ σὺν auto. 15. Eve ᾧ δὲ ὠπλέζοντο, ἧ ἧκον λέγέντο: 
οἱ ἩνΝηννμνμνμννωι σκοποὶ, ὅτι οὐχ ἱππεῖς ὅσο, ἀλλὰ ὑπο- 
ζύγια véwowro, Kai εὐθὺς ἔ apna πάντες, ὅτι ἐγγύς 
που covparowedevera βασιλεύς" καὶ yap καὶ καπνὸς ἐφαί- 
VETO ἐν κώμαις οὐ πρόσω. 
156..ψ“356ψ4β [λξαῤχος δὲ ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πολεμίους οὐκ ἦγεν (pe 


yap καὶ ἀπειρηκότας τοὺς σ τρατιώτας, καὶ ἀσ ἔτους ὄντας, 


IL. 2.16-2.] KYPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 53 


ἤδη δὲ καὶ owe ἦν)" οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ ἀπέκλινε, ham 
μένος μ μὴ δοκοίη φεύγειν" ἀλλ᾽ εὐθύωρον ἄγων, ἅμα τῷ 
ἡλίῳ δυομένῳ. εἰς τὰς er κώμας, τοὺς πρώτους 


ἔχων, κατεσκήνωσεν, ἐξ ὧν Serene ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ 


“μι Ν μι καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν ξύλα. 17. Οἱ 


μὲν οὖν πρῶτοι ὅμως τρόπῳ τινὶ donpavowsenraren οἱ δὲ 
ὕστεροι σκοταῖοι mpoawovres, ὡς ΜΝ ΝΟ ἕκαστοι, ηὐλί- 
ζοντο, καὶ κραυγὴν πολλὴν ἐποίουν καλοῦντες ἀλλήλους, 
“ὥστε καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἀκούειν" ὥστε οἱ μὲν ἐγγύτατα 
τῶν πολεμίων καὶ ἔφυγον ἐκ τῶν σκηνωμάτων. 18. 4η- 
oi “ +) / > “ ¥ Ν ,1 Υ͂ Ν 
λον δὲ τοῦτο τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐγένετο" οὔτε Yup ὑποζύγιον ἔτι 
Νν ;ὔ Ν' "" > a 
οὐδὲν ἐφάνη, οὔτε στρατόπεδον, οὔτε καπνος οὐδαμοῦ πλη- 
3 “Ἢ Ν e Ν ‘ ‘ a > , 
ciov. ᾿Εξεπλάγη δὲ, ws ἔοικε, καὶ βασιλεὺς τῇ εφόδῳ 
a ὕ Ὁ ἢ x - Φ .“ ᾿ 
τοῦ στρατεύματος" ἐδήλωσε δὲ τοῦτο οἷς τῇ υστεραίᾷ 
»ν 
ἔπραττε. 
men / a “ Pf ‘ | ae 
19. Προϊούσης μέντοι τῆς νυκτὸς ταύτης, καὶ τοις Ελ- 
, > ͵ ‘ , x mu > 2 
λησι φόβος ἐμπίπτει, καὶ θόρυβος Kav δοῦπος ἦν, οἷον 
Ni, , 3 / / / ‘ 
εἰκὸς φόβου ἐμπεσόντος γίγνεσθαι. 20. Kreapxos δὲ 
fy x ὃ "Hx a A ey »ν  κΚ - rl 
ολμίδην εἴον, ὃν ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων παρ εαυτῷ, κηρυκα 
Ν r / a 2 4 ‘ 
ἄριστον τῶν τότε, τοῦτον ἀνευπεῖν ἐκέλευσε; σύγην κατα- 
᾽ὔ rd Ἢ ΒΝ ἃ Ἅ Wi 
κηρύξαντα, OTL προαγορεύουσιν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὃς ἂν TOV 
oe ‘ ¥ 4 .»Ψ ᾿ o , Ν 
ἀφέντα τὸν ὄνον εἰς τὰ ὅπλα μηνύσῃ, ὅτε λήψεται psc Gov 
fh > > ‘ ‘ a > “ »” 
τάλαντον ἀργυρίου. 21. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ταῦτα ἐκηρύχθη, ἐγνω- 
€ a cd Ν Ν ,ὔ ν ᾽ν εν 
σαν οἱ στρατιῶται, ὅτε κενὸς ὁ φόβος εἴη, Kat OL ἄρχοντες 
ἔν ψ ἣν κῃ , ¢ / ? , 
cao. “Awa δὲ ὄρθρῳ παρήγγειλεν ὁ Κλέαρχος, εἰς τάξιν 
ll / lc A al 9 Ψ“ 9 ¢ 
τὰ ὅπλα τίθεσθαι tovs Ελληνας, nrep εἶχον ote ἣν ἢ 


μάχη. 











ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΠΙΙ. 8. 1--Ἶ, 


ΠΑ, 11]. 


1. Ὃ δὲ δὴ ἔγραψα, ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἐξεπλάγη τῇ ἐφόδῳ, 
τῷδε δῆλον ἦν" τῇ μὲν γὰρ πρόσθεν ἡμέρᾳ πέμπων, τὰ 
ὅπλα παραδιδόναι ἐκέλευε, τότε δὲ ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνατέλλοντι 


’ὔ | “ ἢν “ὦ, ~ Ν 
κήρυκας ἔπεμψε περὶ σπονδῶν. 2. Οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἦλθον 


Ἵ 3 “ > ~ , ᾽ " 
τάξεις ἐπισκοπῶν. εἶπε τοῖς προφύυλαξι, κελεύειν τοὺς 


Kn υκᾶς TTEDL ἕνειν ᾶ b av σ ολάσ 3 ᾿Επεὶ δὲ κατε: 
1p ριμένειν, ἄχρι ἂν σχολάσῃ. 8. 





» , ¢/ Ὁ Ν ~~ , 
στὴησε TO TTpuTEvpa, ὥστε καλὼς ἔχειν ορᾶσθαι πάντη 
" δ Δ Ν 7 / ~ ‘a 
φαλαγγα πυκνην, τῶν δὲ αὐπλων μηδένα καταφανὴ εἶναι, 

,ν wins, 11]!!! Ν AE a 4 
ἐκάλεσε τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ αὑτὸς τε προῆλθε τούς τε 
, ἤ ¥ 1 > ἢ a * ¢ » 
EVOTTAOTUTOUS ἔχων καὶ εὐειδεστατους τῶν αὑτοῦ στρατιω- 
~ Ν »Ἥ » ἊΝ ᾽ ~ = 
τῶν, καὶ τοις ἄλλοις στρατηγοις ταὐτὰ εφρασεν. 
> Ν Ν > ‘ "» ? Λ 3 "“ / ᾽ 
4. Ἐπεὶ δε ἦν πρὸς τοῖς ἀγγέλοις, ἀνηρώτα τί βού- 
ε »ν» ν A Ν a / ¥ 
AowTo Οἱ ὃ ἔλεγον, OTL περὶ σπονδῶν ἥκοιεν, ἄνδρες, 
" i 1 2 “ \ / »“.ῳ 
οἰτινες LKaVOL ἔσονται, Tu τε παρὰ βασίλέως τοῖς EXAnow 
3 r ‘ ‘ Ν » € , Lal c 
ἀπαγγεῖλαι, Kat Ta Tapa τῶν Ελλήνων βασιλεῖ. 5. Ὁ 
‘ 3 / ? Λ | ? a A , 
δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο «Απαγγέλλετε τοίνυν QuT@, OTL μαχῆς 
~ ~ Ν “ 3 Ν Ia ¢ / 
δεῖ πρῶτον" ἄριστον γὰρ οὐκ ἐστιν, οὐδὲ ὁ τολμήσων 
iy, a / a ΥΩ ‘ / Ν 
περὶ σπονδῶν λέγειν τοῖς “ἔλλησι, μὴ πορίσας ἀριστον. 
" “- ᾽ " ᾿ i ᾽ Λ Σ κε 
6. Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ ἀγγέλοι ἀπήλαυνον, καὶ ἧκον 
/ φΦ ‘ a > ¢/ 2 4 ‘ > A 
ταχὺ (ῳ καὶ δῆλον ἦν, ὅτε ἐγγύς mov βασιλεὺς ἦν, ἢ 
Ν “ MMM / a ἢ ν ee 
ἄλλος TLS, ῳ ἐπετέτακτο ταῦτα πράττειν)" ἔλεγον δε, OTe 
᾽ / o ἡ “ , a ¢ / Ν 
εἰκότα δοκοῖεν λέγειν βασιλεῖ, καὶ ἥκοιεν nyeHovas ἐχοντες, 
ἃ 3 ‘ ἊΝ \ f Ν Ν Υ͂. \ 
ol avtous, €av σπονδαὶ γένωνται, ἄξουσιν ἔνθεν ἕξουσι τὰ 


3 / c ‘ » i " » » , i "Ἢ 
ἐπιτήδεια. 7. O δὲ ἠρώτα, εἰ αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι σπέν- 


ΤΠ. 3.1-1}}]} ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΆΒΑΣΙΣ. δῦ 


a “ ἃ - Ν. Ν 
δοιτο ἰοῦσι καὶ ἀπιοῦσιν, ἢ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐσοιντο σπον- 
‘ / Ν / Δ “Ὁ ᾽ν > 
Sai. Οἱ δὲ, Δπασιν, edacav, μέχρι av βασιλεῖ τὰ παρ 
ὑμῶν διαγγελθῇ. 
Ν ~ 9 i 3 ‘ € 
8, Eres δὲ ταῦτα εἶπον, μεταστησάμενος αὑτοὺς 0 
᾽ ‘ 3 / Ν 4 »" 
K λέαρχος, ἐβουλεύετο" καὶ ἐδόκει τὰς σπονδὰς ποιεῖσθαι 
3 “ μι. ‘ > 7 ‘ 
ταχὺ, καὶ καθ᾽ ἡσυχίαν ἐλθεῖν τε ἐπὶ τὰ επιτήδεια καὶ 
Ἃ ΄σ. 9 a ‘ > x a υ 
λαβεῖν. 9. Ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος εἶπε" Δοκεῖ μὲν καμοὶ ταῦτα 
a 3 Ν il Ν 3 Δ 
οὐ μέντοι ταχύ γε ἀπαγγελῶ, ἀλλα διατρίψω, ἐστ ἂν 
ο»Σν Ν 9 / e »" Ἃ Ἃ mH 
ὀκνήσωσιν οἱ ἄγγελοι, μὴ ἀποδοξῃ ἡμίν Tas σπονδὰς ποιὴ 
vy Ἢ Νν Ν “Ὁ ¢ i | 
σασθαι" οἶμαί ye μέντοι, edn, καὶ τοῖς ἡμετέροις στρατιώω- 
> », ‘ > / ™, 
ταις Tov αὐτὸν φόβον παρέσεσθαι. Eres δὲ ἐδόκει καιρὸς 
3 / / \ My ¢ tal ᾽ ie 
εἶναι, ἀπήγγελλεν OTL σπένδοιτο, καὶ εὐθυς ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκε- 
‘ > / 
λευε πρὸς ταπιτήδεια. 
᾿ σἂ e ‘ ς a »- ἢ / 3 ᾿ 
10. Kai οἱ μὲν ἡγοῦντο, KXeapyos μέντοι ἐπορεύετο, 
‘ rf ~ ‘ ἤ ¥ 3 
τὰς μὲν σπονδὰς ποιησάμενος, τὸ δὲ στράτευμα EY@V ἐν 
Ml ‘ 3 / ἕ 
τάξει" καὶ αὐτὸς ὠπισθοφυλάκει. Kat ἐνετύγχανον τα- 
“ a c ‘ ͵ 
φροις καὶ αὐλῶσιν ὕδατος πλήρεσιν, ὡς μὴ δύνασθαι δια- 
Ν rt b | > ? » ἥ » a 
βαίνειν ἄνευ γεφυρῶν" adr ἐποιοῦντο διαβάσεις ex τῶν 
ἢ / | ? / \ \ . "ἡ 
φοινίκων, ol ἦσαν ἐκπεπτωκότες, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐξέκοπτον. 
“ν 9 A 3 νι. 4 a mM , 
11. Kat ἐνταῦθα ἣν Κλέαρχον καταμαθειν, ws ἐπεστατει, 


ly a a ‘ , Ν > Ν a a 
ἐν μὲν τῇ ἀριστερᾷ χειρὶ τὸ δόρυ exov, ἐν δὲ τῇ δεξιᾷ 





——_ 7 


ry in bY A “ a 
βακτηρίαν" Kat €b τις avT@ δοκοίη των προς TOUTO TETG- 





" s ᾽ ᾿ ν ? 4 / Ἅ 
γμεένων βλακεύειν, εκλεγόμενος TOV ΕἸ bT7) €LOV ETTALCEV QD, 


)» 4 “Ἂν > ᾽ν Ὗ > / 
kat Gua αὐτὸς προσελάμβανεν, εἰς Tov πηλὸν ἐμβαι- 





Ψ A ᾽ / 93 Ν ih ei 
»ων" @WOTE Taciv αὐσχυνὴην €lvat, μή OU συσπου ἀζειν. 





\, ᾽ ᾽ mn wy 9 A ¢ r ἮΝ 
12. Ka ἐτάχθησαν μεν πρὸς αὑτοῦ οἱ τριακοντὰ ETH 
"» cv / 
γεγονότες: ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ Κλέαρχον ἑώρων σπουδάζοντα, 


προσελώμβανον καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. 18. Πολὺ δὲ μᾶλ- 


] 
᾿ 


| 
































ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [1]. 8. 18 -- 18. 


¢ / ν ¢ ἤ ‘ 7 / e 
λον ὁ λεαρχος ἐσπευδεν, ὑποπτεύων μὴ ἀεὶ οὕτω πλή- 
2 Ἃ / ef ? Ν > Ψ “ ‘ 
pets εἶναι tas tappous ὕδατος (ov yap ἦν ὥρα, οἵα τὸ 
f ἮΝ ? > dl Ν .“» 
πεδίον ἄρδειν)" ἀλλ΄, ἵνα ἤδη πολλὰ Tpodaivoito τοῖς 
“ ‘ > Ν ’ ᾽, 
Ελλησι δεινὰ εἰς τὴν πορείαν, τούτου ἕνεκα βασιλέα ὑπώ- 
of i / ~~ a P| , 
MTEVEV ETL TO πεδίον TO ὕδωρ ἀφεικέναι. 
4 +e ᾽ ἢ ¢ > " 
14. Πορευόμενοι δε ἀφίκοντο εἰς κώμας, ὅθεν ἀπέδειξαν 
ee 
e 6 / “i \ ? / ? a a 
ot ἡγέμονες λαμβάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ᾿Ενὴν δὲ σῖτος 
‘ ‘ 9 ἢ Ν ΝΜ a 
πολυς, καὶ οἶνος φοινίκων, καὶ ὄξος ἑψητὸν ἀπὸ τῶν av- 
a 2 ‘ ‘ « i “ 4 
τῶν. 15, Avrat de αἱ βάλανοι τῶν φοινίκων, οἵας μὲν ἐν 
| oF γ Ν In A a ἡ > / 
τοις Eddnow ἐστιν ἰδεῖν, τοῖς οἰκέταις ἀπέκειντο" αἱ δὲ 
“Ὁ ὃ / > ͵ 9 > " ἤ 
τοῖς δεσπόταις αἀποκείμεναι ἦσαν ΤῊΝ θαυμάσιαι 
Ν ἡ Ἃ ῃ,. ᾽ € Ν » 
τὸ κάλλος καὶ τὸ μέγεθος" ἡ δὲ ὅ Ἰλέκτρουμμοὐδὲν διέ- 
i ‘ 5 ’ , Aye Li 7, ͵ 
φερε" tas δὲ τινας ξηραίνοντες p57; ata απετίθεσαν. 
\ 9 ‘ Ν / to’ \ 
Kat ἣν καὶ παρὰ πότον nov μὲν, κεφαλαλγὲς δέ. 16. Ev- 
ry Ν ‘ > | cal / “Ἢ Ν e 
ταῦθα Kat τὸν ἐγκέφαλον τοῦ φοίνικος πρῶτον εφαγον Ob 


a“ ‘ c 5 ῳᾧ , ᾽ 9 x » 
στρατιῶται, καὶ οἱ πολλοὶ ἐθαύμασαν τὸ τε εἶδος, καὶ τὴν 





’ ry A ¢ Ἂ i, Sapa, eee 
ἰδιότητα τῆς ἡδονῆς. ἮΝν δὲ σφόδρα. καὶ τοῦτο κεφα- 
Aaryes. Ὁ 8 φοίνιξ, ὅθεν ἐξαιρεθείη ὁ ἐγκέφαλος, ὅλος 


deme 





e&nvaivero. 
» “ 4 
17. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς" Kai παρὰ μεγάλου 
x Cal / 
βασιλέως ἧκε Τισσαφέρνης, καὶ ὁ τῆς βασιλέως γυναικὸς 
Ν a a 
ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἄλλοι Πέρσαι τρεῖς " δοῦλοι δὲ πολλοὶ 
εἵποντο. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἀπήντησαν αὐτοῖς οἱ τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
᾿ \ Ν a“ / > ξ / 
στρατηγοὶ, ἔλεγε πρῶτος Τισσαφέρνης δὲ ἑρμηνέως 
τοιώδε" 
/ os a 
18. ᾿Εγὼ, ὦ ἄνδρες Βλληνες, γείτων οἰκῶ τῇ ‘EXE: 
A I »"» 9 > . ‘ 8 ἡ > 

καὶ ἐπεὶ ὑμᾶς εἶδον εἰς πολλὰ κακᾶ καὶ ἀμήχανα ἐμπεπτω- 


ἡ ef ? ἢ Ν / ‘ / 
KOTaS, εὕρημα ἐποιησώμην, εἰ πὼς δυναίμην παρὰ βασίλεως 





ΤΙ. 3.18-23.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 57 


a ? 4 > “ ᾿ “A ? » ς / 
αἰτήσασθαι, δοῦναι ἐμοὶ ἀποσῶσαι ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν ᾿Ελλάδα. 
2 ᾿ν A ? 3 / of, ΝΜ ‘ oA » 
Οἶμαι yap ἂν ove ἀχαρίστως pot ἕξειν, οὔτε προς ὑμῶν, 

“A / “ Ν Ν 
οὔτε πρὸς τῆς “Ελλάδος ἁπάσης. 19. Ταῦτα δὲ γνους, 
᾽ “ / / WN lH / ” / 
ῃτούμην βασιλέα, λέγων αὑτῷ, ὅτι δικαίως av μοι χαρί- 

Δ “ ’ > Ἢ a » 
ζουτο, ὅτι αὐτῷ Kupov τε ἐπιστρατεύοντα πρῶτος ἤγγειλα, 

¥ / A 3 “ 3 , \ / 
καὶ βοήθειαν ἔχων ἅμα τῇ ἀγγελίᾳ ἀφικόμην" καὶ μόνος 
a \ ν “ ) » > Ἀ 
τῶν κατὰ τοὺς ᾿ Ελληνας τεταγμένων οὐκ ἔφυγον, adda 
rl Ν / Ὁ 3 a | / 
διήλασα, καὶ συνέμιξα βασιλεῖ ev TO martial oT pato- 
πέδῳ, ἔνθα βασιλεὺς ἀφίκετο, ἐπεὶ Κῦρον ἀπέκτεινε" καὶ 
τοὺς ὃν Κύρῳ βαρβορενι νῷ σὺν τοῖσδε τοῖς παροῦσι 
νῦν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, οἵπερ αὐτῷ εἰσι πιστότατοι. 20. Kai περὶ 
Ν ᾽ / "Ἢ > / , 
μὲν τούτων ὑπέσχετό μοι βουλεύσασθαι" ἐρέσθαι δέ με 
ie κ᾿ 3 / / Ψ 3 vd call 
ὑμᾶς ἐκέλευσεν ἐλθόντα, Tivos ἕνεκεν ἐστρατεύσατε ET 
, ἡ \ / ¢ «a ᾽ > / “ 
αὑτὸν. Kai συμβουλεύω ὑμῖν μετρίως ἀποκρίνασθαι, ἵνα 
> , Φ a “ > Ν ee >? 
μοι εὐπρακτότερον ἢ, ἐάν TL δύνωμαι ἀγαθὸν ὑμῖν παρ 
> A“ ᾽ 
αὑτοῦ διαπραξασθαι. 
Ν a ἢ ἐν 3 4 
21. Προς ταῦτα μεταστάντες οἱ Eddnves ἐβουλεύοντο, 
> ἢ / ? ». e Ὁ Ν 
καὶ ἀπεκρίναντο (Κλέαρχος δ᾽ ἔλεγεν)" Ἡμεῖς οὔτε 
be " “ , Ψ ᾿ 3 / 
συνήλθομεν ws βασιλεῖ πολεμήσοντες. οὔτ᾽ ἐπορευόμεθα 
ANN, / ? ‘ ‘ , A ef 
ἐπὶ βασιλέα" adda πολλὰς προφάσεις Κῦρος εὕρισκεν, 
e 5 κ5»"» νυν “ Coa ᾽ , 7 
ὡς καὶ σὺ εὖ οἶσθα, ἵνα ὑμᾶς τε ἀπαρασκευάστους λάβοι, 
\ A ῃ ͵ ᾽ ᾽ , +” my 
καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐνθάδε ἀναγώγοι. 22. ᾿Επεὶ μέντοι ἤδη αὐτὸν 
¢ a 3 a ¥ + , \ i " , 
εἐωρῶμεν ev δεινῷ ὄντα, ἡσχύνθημεν καὶ θεοὺς καὶ ἀνθρώ- 
A >, ? κα ’ , G | 
Tous προδοῦναι αὑτὸν, ev τῷ πρόσθεν χρόνῳ παρέχοντες 
ἥ | 3 \ a > ‘ a “ 
ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς εὖ ποιεῖν. 23. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ Κῦρος τέθνηκεν, 
4 a > - A b A ae (A 
οὔτε βασιλεῖ ἀντιποιούμεθα τῆς ἀρχῆς, οὔτ ἐστιν ὅτου 
ν > ὰ Ἃ ’ ῇ)» “a n 
ἕνεκα βουλοίμεθ᾽ ἂν τὴν βασιλέως χώραν κακῶς ποιεῖν" 


In? »» > » A 3Δ ἢ , θ Δ᾽ mi 
οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι ἂν εθέλοιμεν, πορευοίμεθα av 












































58 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [ΓΙ]. 3. 38 -- 99. 


οἴκαδε, εἴ τις ἡμᾶς μὴ λυποίη" ἀδικοῦντα μέντοι πειρασό- 
ais σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς apuvaatas: ἐὰν μέντοι τις ἡμᾶς Kal 
εὖ ποιῶν ὑπάρχη:, καὶ τούτου εἴς ve δύναμιν οὐχ ἡττησό- 
μεθα εὖ ποιοῦντες. Ὃ μὲν οὕτως εἶπεν. " 

24. ᾿Ακούσας δὲ ὁ Τισσαφέρνης ὄψη. Ταῦτα ey 
“ΩΣ βασιλεῖ, καὶ ὑμῖν πάλιν τὰ παρ ἐκείνου" μέχρι 
δ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ ἥκω, αἱ σπονδαὶ μενόντων" ayer δὲ ἡμεῖς 
ΝΜ ἡνΉρΝ 25. Kai εἰς μὲν τὴν “"“- οὐχ ἧκεν" 

ὥσθ᾽ οἱ ἽἙλληνες "μη. τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ ἥκων ἔλεγεν, 
ὅτι διαπεπραγμένος ἥκοι ΚΩ͂ βασιλέως, δοθῆναι αὐτῷ 
σώζειν τοὺς “Ελληνας" καύπερ πάνυ πολλῶν ἀντιλεγὸν- 
των, ὡς οὐκ ἄξιον εἴη βασιλεῖ, ἀφεῖναι τοὺς ἐφ ἑαυτὸν 
στρατευσαμένους. 26. Τέλος δὲ εἶπε" (Καὶ νῦν ἔξεστιν 
ὑμῖν πιστὰ λαβεῖν παρ ἡμῶν, ἢ μὴν φιλίαν παρέξειν ὑμῖν 
τὴν χώραν, καὶ ἀδόλως ἀπάξειν εἰς τὴν «Ελλάδα, ἀγορῶν 


ν΄ ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν μὴ ἢ ἢ ἢ πρίασθαι, λαμβάνειν ὑμᾶς 


/ c a > 9 
ἐκ τῆς χώρας wears τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 27. Ὑμᾶς ὃ av 
ἡμῖν δεήσει ὀμόσαι. ἦ μὴν πορεύεσθαι ὡς διὰ φιλίας ἀσι- 
νῶς, σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ λαμβάνοντας, ὁπόταν μὴ ἀγορὰν παρέ. 


é : ous ἕξειν τὰ 
χωμεν" ἢν δὲ παρεχώμεν ἀγορὰν; ὠνουμένους ἕξ 


ἐπιτήδεια. ". ν 
98. Ταῦτα ἔδοξε" καὶ ὥμοσαν, καὶ δεξιας ἔδοσαν Τισ- 


σαφέρνης καὶ ὁ τῆς βασιλέως γυναικὸς ἀδελφὸς τοῖς τῶν 
«Ελλήνων στρατηγοῖς καὶ λοχαγοῖς, καὶ ἔλαβον παρὰ τῶν 
«Εχλήνων. 29. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Τισσαφέρνης εἶπε' 
Νῦν μὲν δὴ ἄπειμι ὡς βασιλέα" ἐπειδὰν δὲ διαπράξωμαι 
ἃ δέομαι, ἥξω συσκευασάμενος, ὡς ἀπάξων ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν 


«Ελλάδα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ ἀρχήν. 


Π. 41-5] KYPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 


CAP. IV. 


a a / / ¢/ f 
1. Μετὰ ταῦτα περιέμενον Τισσαφερνὴν ot te“ Ελληνες 
9 a > Ἀ > 4 3 ἥ oe 
t Apvatos, eyyus ἀλλήλων ἐστρατοπεδευμένοι, ἡμέρας 
/ AN 3 x / 3 A . » 
πλείους ἢ εἰκοσιν. Ev δε ταύταις αφικνοῦνται πρὸς Αρι- 
a \ ¢ > Ν \ _ = > al Ν Ν x 
avov Kat οἱ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ Ob ἄλλοι ἀναγκαῖοι, καὶ ππρος TOUS 
‘ 3 / “ ri “ Ν Ν 
σὺν ἐκείνῳ Περσῶν τινες, παραθαρσύνοντες τε, καὶ δεξιας 
¥ Ν / / ln. “ / 
eviot Tapa βασίλεως φεροντες, μη μνησικακήσειν βασιλεα 
ΤΡ a \ Ku > , δ) ¥ x 5 ‘ 
αὑτοῖς τῆς συν Kupw επιστρατείας, μηὸε ἄλλου μηϑδενος 
a / ἤ ἢν ’ Μ 
τῶν παρῳχημένων. 2. Τούτων δὲε γυγνομένων, ἐνδηλοι 
9 4 ν » “ φ / a @ "ἡ 
ἤσαν οἱ περὶ Aptaiov ἧττον προσέχοντες τοὺς Ελλῆησι tov 
Ἂ f ~ ‘ a al ‘ “ “Ὁ ε A 
νοῦν" ὥστε Kat διὰ τοῦτο τοῖς μὲν πολλοῖς τῶν Ελλήνων 
᾽ ΝΜ 3 ᾿ 7 A / Ν. a 
οὐκ ἥρεσκον, ἄλλα προσιόντες τῷ Kdeapyw ἔλεγον Kat 
al Ν » 
τοις ἄλλοις στρατηγοις" 
/ / KA > ? , Cd b, “᾿ν» 
3. Τί μένομεν ; ἢ οὐκ ἐπιστάμεθα, ὅτε βασίλευς ἡμᾶς 
Ἵ ’ “A Ν Ν " ᾽ὔ “ Ν a ¥. 
ἀπολέσαι ἂν περὶ TWAVTOS ποιήσαιτο, LWA καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις 
σ Ν AMT ν ’ / / \ 
Ελλησι φόβος en ἐπὶ βασίλεα peyav στρατεύειν ; Kat 
a ‘ δ,» ς ᾽ / ‘ Ν , 7) “ 
νυν μὲν ἡμας υπάγεταν MEVELY, δια τὸ διεσπάρθαι αὐτῷ τὸ 
ry 3 ἈΝ Ν Λ ¢ a b a 5 Ν > 
στράτευμα" ἐπὰν Se πάλιν ἀλισθῇ αὐτῷ ἡ oTpaTia, οὐκ 
Ν Ψ ? ? , econ Ν , a 
ἔστιν ὅπως οὐκ ἐπιθήσεται ἡμῖν. 4. Ισως Se που ἢ 
? V4 Ἄν / ς ¥ oy Aa Al ? 
ἀποσκάπτει TL ἢ ἀποτειχίζει, ὡς ἄπορος ein ἡ Od0s. Ov 
ἤ ¢ ἢ B / " “~ -r6 ’ 3 Wi 
yap ποτε exwv ye βουλήσεται, ἡμᾶς ελθοντας εἰς τὴν 
ς / > ἡ » / a > a 
Ελλάδα ἀπαγγεῖλαι, ws ἡμεῖς, τοσοίδε ὄντες, εἐνικῶμεν 
᾽ν / νν a 4 3 a ". / 
tov βασίλεα ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις αὐτου, καὶ καταγέλασαντες 
? / 
ἀπήλθομεν. 
/ Ν > ᾽ a ἤ 
5. Κλέαρχος δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο τοῖς ταῦτα λεγουσιν" 
’ io A a ‘ » a ῇ 3 ~ ».΄λυνυν ? 
ἔγω ev@upovpar μεν καὶ ταῦτα TavTa* ἐννοῶ δ΄ ὅτι, εἰ 


a Ν / Ἂν 4 > / ἣν 4 th 
νῦν ἄπιμεν, δόξομεν ἐπὶ πολέμῳ ἀπίεναι, καὶ παρᾶ TAS 












































60 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [Il. 4. 5-11. 


4, “ νΝ a ‘ > Ν ᾽ 4 
σπονδὰς ποιεῖν. Ἔπειτα, πρῶτον μὲν aryopay οὐδεὶς 
/ ra Ia’ , > / 9 HA / 
παρέξει ἡμῖν, οὐδὲ ὅθεν ἐπισιτιούμεθα" αὖθις δὲ ὁ ἡγησό- 
> ‘ Νν νυν “- / ξ a a 
μενος οὐδεὶς ἔσται" καὶ ἅμα ταῦτα ποιούντων ἡμῶν εὐθὺς 
» ᾽ / ef Λ | ? Ν , 
᾿Αριαῖος adeotnger ὥστε φίλος ἡμίν οὐδεὶς λελείψεται, 
>? Ἁ ‘ ¢ / ΝΜ / c ν» ν 
ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ πρόσθεν ὄντες, πολέμιος ἡμῖν ἔσονται. 
‘ > γ / ν an + ς΄» > 
6. Ποταμὸς δ᾽ εἰ μέν tis καὶ ἄλλος apa ἡμῖν ἐστι διαβα- 
/ ? 3 ‘ > 9 > ‘ Ν ψΨ γο / 
τέος, οὐκ οἶδα" τὸν ὃ οὖν Ευφρατην ἐσμεν ὅτι αδύνατον 
a / / ) * ‘ a ͵ / 
διαβῆναι, κωλυόντων πολεμίων. Ov μεν Sn, ἂν μάχεσθαι 
ἤ ξ “ γι i ἢ a ‘ / 
ye Sen, ἱππεῖς εἰσιν nuiv ξυμμαχοι' τῶν δὲ πολεμίων 
« ω ? ¢ »“Ἤ ‘ ͵ ΕΥ̓ Ψ "» 
ἱππεῖς εἰσιν οἱ πλείστοι καὶ πλείστου ἄξιοι" ὥστε νικων- 
Ν / Ἅ 3 / ¢ / δὲ δέ 
τες μὲν, τίνα ἂν ἀποκτείναιμεν ; ἡττωμένων OE, οὐδένα 
" 3 Ν * > / @ e 
οἷόν τε σωθῆναι. 7. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα (ῳ οὕτω 
oo Ν / Ν ly ΙΝ > 
πολλὰ ἐστι TA σύμμαχα, εὐπερ προθυμειται ἡμᾶς ἀπο- 
val tll. ᾽ / ‘ ‘ a 
λέσαι) οὐκ οἶδα, ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν Omocat, καὶ δεξιαν δοῦναι, 
“a ‘ Ν ς a 1 = ~ 
καὶ θεοὺς ἐπιορκῆσαι, καὶ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ πιστὰ ἄπιστα TOLN- 
’ , . a IM 
σαι Ελλησί τε καὶ βαρβάρσις. Τοιαυτα πολλα eheyev. 
e " ἢ ν Ν ξ a 
8. "Ev Se τούτῳ ἧκε Τισσαφέρνης, ἔχων τὴν €avTou 
ἤ ¢ , 4 b Ν 1, 2 ἤ ᾽ν ε a δύ 
δύναμιν, ὡς εἰς οἶκον ἀπιὼν, καὶ Opovtas την εαυτοὺ δυνα- 
‘ Ἀ ,, / ‘ / Ni ἢ 
μιν" ἦγε δὲ καὶ τὴν θυγατερα THY βασίλεως ἐπὶ γάμῳ. 
i ¥ , ¢ , κυ N 
9. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δὲ ἤδη, Τισσαφέρνους ἡγουμένου καὶ ayopav 
/ by / γ ἢ δὲ Ν ἾΑ “ ~ 
παρέχοντος, ἐπορεύοντο" ἐπορεύετο ὃὲε Kat Apiatos, τὸ 


all Ν / 4 ‘ \ 
Κύρου βαρβαρικὸν ἔχων στρατευμα; ἅμα Τισσαφέρνει καὶ 


" hn 4 / € ‘ 
*Opovra, καὶ ξυνεστρατοπεδεύετο σὺν ἐκείνοις, 10. Οἱ de 


¢/ ¢ ἴω / b ll AA a > ᾽ 
Ελληνες, vpopwvtes τούτους, αὕτοι ep εαυτῶν ἐχώρουν, 
¢ / ” > " δὲ ee ee 
ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες. Εστρατοπεδεύοντο δὲ ἑκάστοτε ἅπε- 
᾿ Ν Ὁ» > / ‘ 
NOVTES ἀλλήλων παρασαγγην; καὶ μείον" εφυλάττοντο δὲ 
3 / ~ Ps Wi a 
ἀμφότεροι ὥσπερ πολεμίους αλληλους., και εὐθυς τοῦτο 
»" 3 ‘ ᾽ν > A 
ὑποψίαν παρεῖχεν. 11. Ἐνίοτε 5¢ και ξυλιζομενοι ἐκ Tov 


a 
an 
——" 


"i ι 


Ἂς, 





Il. 4.11-16] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΊῚΣ. 61 


᾽ al \ , Yo “ ἢ i," 
αὐτου, καὶ χόρτον καὶ ἄλλα τοιαυτα ξυλλεγοντες, πληγας 
, ἢ 3 / wd is, a M” ral 
EVETELVOV AAANAOLS* WOTE καὶ τοῦτο εχθραν παρεῖχε. 

i" ᾿ ‘ “~ Ἂ ᾿ ἤ a A 

12. Διελθόντες Se τρεῖς σταθμους, ἀφίκοντο πρὸς τὸ 

® 
/ / val ‘x A yy b] ry 
Μηδίας καλούμενον τεῖχος, Kat παρῆλθον εἰσω αὐὑτοῦ. 
> ‘ " / | , ἴω ᾽ ᾽ if , 
"Hy δε ῳκοδομημενον πλίνθοις οπταῖς, EV ἀσφάλτῳ κειμε- 
2 Υ mn Ψ . Κ᾽ / A »"".» 

vals, εὖρος εἰκοσι ποδῶν, ὕψος δὲ ἑκατὸν" μῆκος ὃ ἐλέγετο 

9 Ν a > / ‘ a > / 
εἶναι εἴκοσι παρασαγγῶν" ἀπέχει Se Βαβυλῶνος ov πολύ. 

> a 2» / ‘ t , ‘ 
13. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμους δύο, rapacayyas 
> iy, ‘\ / ᾿ς / ᾽ν » μ᾿ hy, ἤ 
ὀκτὼ (καὶ διέβησαν διώρυχας ὃνό, τὴν μὲν ἐπὶ γεφύρας, 

‘ ".»» ᾿ / ς " Φ » 4 ‘| a 
τὴν δ᾽ ἐζευγμένην πλοίοις ἕπτα" αὗται ὃ ἦσαν ἀπὸ τοῦ 

| “ / . r | > “ Ἀ 
Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ" κατετέτμηντο δὲ εξ αὐτῶν καὶ τάφροι 
ee, ‘ “ e ‘ a / Ν "ω / 
ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν, αἱ μὲν πρῶται μεγάλαι, ἔπειτα ὃ ελάτ- 

᾿ ‘ \ 9 / ᾽ κα , 2.8 
Tous, τέλος δὲ καὶ μικροὶ ὀχετοὶ, ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ ᾿“Ελλαδὶ ἐπὶ 

4 Ν > A γ ἃ A "| ἤ 

Tas μελίνας)" καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμὸν" 
Ν Φ h. ΓῚ / / hol ITT, 
πρὸς ᾧ πόλις ἦν μεγάλη καὶ πολυάνθρωπος, ἢ ὄνομα 

/ P| | a a / 
Σιττάκη, ἀπέχουσα Tov ποταμοῦ σταδίους πεντεκαίδεκα. 
ξ ‘ > ¢/ > hy. > / 3 © 
14. Oc μὲν οὖν λληνες παρ αὑτὴν ἐσκήνησαν, eyyus 
/ / ἡ. a ‘ 4 / ‘ 
παραδείσου μεγάλου καὶ καλοῦ καὶ δασέος παντοίων δεν- 
¢ ‘ / / " 
Spwv: οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι, διαβεβηκότες τὸν Τίγρητα, οὐ 

/ "“" 
μέντοι καταφανεῖς ἦσαν. 

r » ‘ “ al ΝὟ 3 ’ ὟΝ A 
15. Mera δε ro δεῖπνον ἐτυχον ev περιπάτῳ ὄντες προ 

a ad / a 
τῶν ὅπλων Πρόξενος καὶ Ἐενοφῶν" καὶ προσελθὼν ἄνθρω- 

/ Υ ᾿". ἢ "" a Α ” 

Tos Tis ἠρώτησε τοὺς προφύλακας, ποῦ av ἴδοι Πρόξενον 

Ἃ , / Ν ᾽ ᾽ a > 

ἢ Κλέαρχον. Μένωνα δὲ οὐκ ἐζήτει, καὶ ταῦτα παρ 

> ’ ry A , 3 : 

Apiaiov ὧν, τοῦ Μένωνος ξένου. 16. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ Πρό- 
> Ψ all Υ̓͂ ? rat Lal > ae 

Eevos εἶπεν, ὅτι Αὐτὸς εἰμι, Ov ζητεῖς, εἶπεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος 

/ Ν / ? tal » κ᾿ ἢ) "ὃν 
τάδε" Ἐπεμψὲ με Ἀριαῖος καὶ Αρταοΐζος, πιστοί ὄντες 


; ee > " "a ἤ Ν ᾿ 
Κύρῳ καὶ ὑμῖν εὖνοι, καὶ κελεύουσι φυλάττεσθαι, μη υμῖν 





























62 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [II. 4. 16-22. 


> a “ Ν ¢ / ν ‘ ͵ 
ἐπιθῶνται τῆς νυκτὸς οἱ βάρβαροι" ἔστι δὲ στράτευμα 
‘ > a“ / f Ν ‘ ‘ 
πολὺ ἐν τῷ πλησίον παραδείσῳ: 17. Kat παρὰ την 
ral / “- / / 
γέφυραν tov Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ πέμψαι κελεύουσι φυλα- 
᾿ ε pa ᾽ν - , a N 
Knv, ὡς διανοεῖται αὑτὴν λῦσαι Τισσαφέρνης τῆς νυκτος, 
ΨΝἉΝ ¢ ‘ » ᾽ > 3 / " ~ 
ἐὰν δύνηται, ὡς μὴ διαβῆτε, ary ev μέσῳ ἀποληφθῆτε 
» ~ Ν Ἂ Ul 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς διωρυχος. 
> ᾽ “ " χν bs / 
18, ᾿Ακούσαντες ταῦτα ayovow avtov Tapa tov Κλε- 
Ν “ rat “ ε * 
apyov, καὶ φράζουσιν, ἃ λέγει. Ὃ δὲ Κλέαρχος axov- 
᾽ ’ / 5 ἢ "» / / 
σας ἐταράχθη σφόδρα καὶ ἐφοβεῖτο. 19. Νεανίσκος δὲ 
“ Ud 2 id 3 ε ? ln Ν 
τις τῶν παρόντων ἐννοήσας εἶπεν, ὡς οὐκ ἀκόλουθα εἰη, 
3 / Ν 4 ~ i ~ 
τό τε ἐπιθήσεσθαι Kai λύσειν THY γέφυραν. 4ῆλον yap, 
Γ 3 Ἵ "Ὁ “~ ~ ἡ > \ XA ¢ "Ἢ 
ὅτι ἐπιτιθεμένους ἢ νικᾶν δεήσει αὑτοὺς, ἢ ηττᾶσθαι. 
ae * ‘ 3 .- / a 3 ‘ V4 ‘ ͵ 
Ἐὰν μὲν οὖν νικῶσι, ti δεῖ avtous λύειν τὴν γέφυραν; 
Ia’ ‘ Ε Ν / > Νν λ Ld 
οὐδὲ yap, ἂν πολλαὶ γέφυραι wow, ἔχοιμεν ἂν, OTOL 
~ Δ i. Δ 9 \ ‘ ¢ it [2] 
φυγόντες ἡμεῖς σωθεῖμεν. 20. Eav δὲ ηἡμεις νικῶμεν, 
‘ “ ΄ ? e/ ϑ ΝΜ ψ / 
λελυμένης τῆς γεφύρας, οὐχ ἕξουσιν εκείνοι, ὁποι φύγω- 
Ἀ Ν “ “~ Μ f b | ‘ 
σιν" οὐδὲ μὴν βοηθῆσαι, πολλῶν ὄντων πέραν, οὐδεὶς 
> - ’ / ~ f 
αὐτοῖς δυνήσεται, λελυμένης τῆς γεφυρας. 
5 ἥ x ἤ “ » b. ΝΜ 
21. ᾿Ακούσας δε ὁ Κλέαρχος ταῦτα, ἤρετο τὸν ἄγγελον, 
, y , “᾿᾿Ἁ,, / a / ‘ me , 
πόση τις εἴη χώρα ἡ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Τίγρητος καὶ τῆς διὼ- 
e Ν 3 “ ‘ Ν " Ν , 
puxyos. ‘O Se εἶπεν, ὅτε πολλη, καὶ κώμαι εἐνείσι Kab 
a ‘ 0 ὡν i, ‘ i, > “Ἢ 
πόλεις πολλαὶ καὶ μεγάλαι. 22. Τότε δὴ καὶ εἐγνωσθη, 
“ ¢ 4 Ν μ ¢ / , a 
ὅτε ot βάρβαροι tov avOpwrov ὑποπέμψαιεν, ὀκνουντες, 
Ἂ εν / hi / / > a 
μὴ οἱ “λληνες, διελόντες τὴν γεφυραν, μένοιεν ev τῇ 
; » ἢ Ν Ν \ Ν / ν \ 
νήσῳ, ἐρύματα ἔχοντες, evOev μὲν τὸν Τίγρητα, evOev δὲ 
» Ν ᾽ ~ ἮΝ ‘ lal 3 / ? / 
πολλῆς καὶ ἀγαθῆς οὔσης. καὶ τῶν ἐργασομεένων ἐνόντων * 


9) A Ν | ‘ / Ν " ΓΚ 
εἶτα δὲ καὶ ἀποστροφὴ γένοιτο, εἰ τις βούλοιτο βασιλέα 


IL 4.2-97] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIY. 63 


κακῶς ποιεῖν. 23. Mera ταῦτα ἀνεπαύοντο" ἐπὶ μέντοι 
τὴν γέφυραν ὅμως φυλακὴν ἔπεμψαν. Kai οὔτε ἐπέθετο 
οὐδεὶς οὐδαμόθεν, οὔτε πρὸς τὴν γέφυραν οὐδεὶς ἦλθε τῶν 
πολεμίων, ὡς οἱ φυλάττοντες ἀπήγγελλον. 24. ᾿Επει- 
δὴ δὲ ἕως ἐγένετο, διέβαινον τὴν γέφυραν, ἐζευγμένην 
πλοίοις τριάκοντα καὶ ἑπτὰ, ὡς οἷον τε μάλιστα πε- 
φυλαγμένως " ἐξήγγελλον γάρ τίνες τῶν παρὰ Τισσα- 
φέρνους Ελλήνων, ὡς διαβαινόντων μέλλοιεν ἐπιθήσεσθαι. 
᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ψευδῆ ἦν" διαβαινόντων μέντοι, ὁ Τ᾿λοῦς 
αὐτοῖς ἐπεφάνη μετ᾽ ἄλλων, σκοπῶν, εἰ διαβαίνοιεν τὸν 
ποταμόν" ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδεν, @YETO ἀπελαύνων. 

25. ᾿Απὸ δὲ τοῦ Τίγρητος ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τέτ- 
Tapas, παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν, ἐπὶ τὸν Φύσκον ποταμὸν, τὸ 
εὖρος πλέθρου: ἐπῆν δὲ γέφυρα. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα φκεῖτο 


/ Λ | 4 Ν ἃ » ν᾽ a 
πόλις μεγάλη, ἢ ὄνομα- 4)πις" πρὸς ἣν ἀπήντησε τοῖς 


Ἕλλησιν ὁ Κύρου καὶ ᾿Αρταξέρξου νόθος ἀδελφὸς, ἀπὸ 


᾽ ‘ ‘ 
ούσων καὶ ᾿Εκβατάνων στρατιὰν πολλὴν ἄγων, ὡς Bon- 
θ “ % ng ‘ | / ho. “ Ἂ "4 
nowy βασιλεῖ’ καὶ ἐπιστήσας TO EavTOU στράτευμα, 
σ 2 ἡ » 
παρερχομένους τοὺς “Ελληνας ἐθεώρει. 26. Ὁ δὲ Κ' λέ- 
δ »" "" " ’ ᾽ / a  »" 
apxos ἡγεῖτο μὲν εἰς δύο, ἐπορεύετο δὲ ἄλλοτε καὶ ἄλλοτε 
> " ¢/ ‘ a , ‘ . Ἷ a 
ἐφιστώμενο. Ὅσον δὲ [ἂν] χρόνον τὸ ἡγούμενον τοῦ 
/ > , A 9 2) ἢ, / ? 
στρατεύματος ἐπιστήσειε, τοσοῦτον ἦν ἀνάγκη χρόνον δὲ 
id " “ ‘ 3 / Ὁ 
ὅλου τοῦ στρατεύματος γίγνεσθαι τὴν ἐπίστασιν" ὥστε 
Ν ᾽ 3 ‘did van / ’ 
τὸ στράτευμα καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς ᾿Ελλησι δόξαν πάμπολυ 
» Ν ᾽ν. , > a a“ 
εἶναι, καὶ τὸν Πέρσην ἐκπεπλῆχθαι θεωροῦντα. 
> a ? , Ἃ, al “ 
27. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δὲ ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ τῆς Μηδίας σταθ- 
ν. 3. ἡ A , , ᾽ ,ν ,) 
μοὺς ἐρήμους ἕξ, παρασάγγας τριώκοντα, εἰς tas Παρυσα- 


τιδος κώμας, τῆς Κύρου καὶ βασιλέως μητρός. Ταύτας 



































64 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [Il 4.27-5.5 


/ ᾽ 3 ,"» ἢ “ v 
Τισσαφέρνης Κύρῳ ἐπεγγελῶν διαρπάσαι τοῖς “Ελλησιν 
2 Ν > a“ ‘ “ i, 
ἐπέτρεψε, πλὴν ἀνδραπόδων. LHvnv δὲ σῖτος πολυύς, καὶ 

, > a » ᾽ 
πρόβατα, καὶ ἄλλα χρήματα. 28. Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύ- 

Ἁ > ” 
θησαν σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τέτταρας, παρασάγγας εἴκοσι, 
᾿, / “ ? ᾿ a fl 2 x a 
tov Τίγρητα ποταμὸν ev ἀρίστερᾳ ἔχοντες. Ev. δὲ τῷ 
/ ,“ ἢ A a“ / > “ 
πρώτῳ σταθμῷ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ πόλις @KELTO μεγάλη 
al > e A 

καὶ εὐδαίμων, ὄνομα Kawai, ἐξ ἧς οἱ βάρβαροι διῆγον ἐπὶ 


Ἁ 
σχεδίαις διφθερίναις ἄρτους, τυρους, οἶνον, 


ΠΝ Ὑ, 


bh’ ? "Ἢ "νὰ , Ν 
1. Μετὰ ταῦτα αφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν Ζαπαταν ποόταμον, 
,." » , ͵ »“υ» “- # eA 
τὸ εὖρος τεττάρων πλέθρων. Kai ἐνταῦθα ἐμειναν ἡμέρας 
Ὁ" ? ‘ ἢ Ἂ 9 Ν 3 
τρεῖς. ᾿Εν δὲ ταύταις ὑποψίαι μεν ἦσαν, φανερὰ δὲ οὐδε- 
> ¥ 9 a 
pia ἐφαίνετο ἐπιβουλή. 2. Hdoke ow τῴ K λεώρχῳ 
" a / oe / a 
ξυγγενέσθαι τῷ Τισσαφέρνει, καὶ εἰ mas δύναιτο, παῦσαι 
‘ ¢ / ‘ 3 A 4 / HMO 
τὰς ὑποψίας, πρὶν ἐξ αὐτῶν πόλεμον γενεσθαι" καὶ ἔπεμ- 
᾽ ᾽ val ἢ ? al ἢ ε hy. 
ψέ τινα ἐροῦντα, ὅτι ξυγγενέσθαι αὑτῷ χρῇξοι. O δε 
3 Λ > ἣν ‘ a“ / 
ἑτοίμως ἐκέλευεν ἥκειν. 3. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ξυνῆλθον, λέγει 
/ 
ὁ Καέαρχος τάδε" 
? ‘ > / ᾽ν ll . “ 
γὼ, ὦ Τισσαφέρνη, οἶδα μὲν ἡμῖν ὅρκους γεγενημε- 
3 / 
vous, καὶ δεξιὰς δεδομένας, μὴ ἀδικήσειν ἀλλήλους: φυλατ- 
/ Ν ͵ ei ¢ / κα ᾽ν. “ » 
τόμενον δὲ σὲ TE ὁρῶ ὡς πολεμίους ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἡμεῖς, 
“ “ b > ‘ ᾿ “ 
ὁρῶντες ταῦτα, ἀντιφυλαττόμεθα. 4. ἔπει δὲ σκοπῶν 
? , ¥ Ά νι / ἤ ΒΕ» a“ 
ov δύναμαι οὔτε ce αἰσθεσθαι πειρώμενον ἡμᾶς KaKws 
lad 3 Lh m 9 Ψ ¢ “ lh sc lll a 
ποιεῖν, eyo τε σαφῶς οἶδα, OTL ἡμεῖς γε οὐδ᾽ ἐπινοοῦμεν 
“ Ἁ | 7 ri ν᾽ "“ / ? 
τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν, ἔδοξέ μοι εἰς λόγους σοι ελθειν, ὅπως, εἰ 


δυναίμεθα, ἐξέλοιμεν ἀλλήλων τὴν ἀπιστίαν. 5. Καὶ γὰρ 


IL 5.5-10] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 65 


᾽ , + ‘ \ 3 et ‘ Ν Ν, 
οἶδα ἀνθρώπους ἤδη, τοὺς μὲν ἐκ διαβολῆς, τοὺς δὲ καὶ 
/ ἢ εν" ἣ Ἵ "4 
ἐξ ὑποψίας, δὲ φοβηθέντες ἀλλήλους, φθάσαι βουλόμενοι 
. .» ? " ANA ‘ ‘ ¥ 4 
πρὶν παθεῖν, ἐποίησαν ἀνήκεστα κακά TOUS οὔτε μεὰλ- 
/ “Ὁ ᾽ὕ rd "ἢ > 
λοντας οὔτ᾽ av βουλομένους τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν. 6. Tas οὖν 
᾽ / " " et 
τοιαύτας ἀγνωμοσύνας νομίζων συνουσίαις μάλιστα ἂν 
/ / ~ ͵ if € in, ᾿ ν 
παύεσθαι, ἥκω, καὶ διδάσκειν σε βούλομαι, ὡς ov ἡμῖν 
᾽ > ἴω 3 Ὁ 
οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἀπιστεῖς. 
a Ν A i," ͵ ε al ξ A red 
7. Πρῶτον μὲν yap καὶ μέγιστον, ot θεῶν ἡμᾶς ὅρκοι 
Υ͂ / 9 > / » ‘ 4 
κωλύουσι πολεμίους εἶναι αλληλοῖις " ὅστις δὲ τούτων 
4 5 e tad x Nag tal > > bf ἃ "ὃ 
σύνοιδεν αὑτῷ παρημεέληκως, τοῦτον ἐγὼ οὔποτ ἂν ευδαυ- 


" Ν N - " ᾽ ΓῚ eA AM A ly 
μονίσαιμι. Tov yap θεῶν πόλεμον οὐκ οἶδα οὐτ ἀπὸ 


“ Δ , Ν A ¥ if > 7 
ποίου ἂν ταχοὺυς [οὗτε ὅποι ἂν] τις φεύγων ἀποφύγοι, 


AN ? “ Δ / ? / Ss Hal a ? 
οὔτ᾽ εἰς ποῖον av σκότος atrodpain, οὐδ ὅπως ἂν εἰς 
? » / > / ἤ ~ , Γ᾿ “ 
ἐχυρὸν χωρίον ἀποσταίη. Ilavtn yap πάντα Tow θεοῖς 
“Ὁ Ν “ 
ὕποχα, καὶ πανταχῆ πάντων ἴσον οἱ θεοὶ κρατοῦσι. 
‘ x ae a ‘ “ df [4 
8. Περὶ μὲν δὴ τῶν θεῶν τε καὶ τῶν ὅρκων οὕτω 
ἤ 3 @ ἡ “ ἣν / / 
γιγνώσκω, Tap οἷς ἡμεῖς THY φιλίαν συνθέμενοι κατε- 
͵ , > > , . κ᾿ ᾽ a , 
θέμεθα' τῶν ὃ ἀνθρωπίνων σὲ ἔγωγε ev τῷ παρόντι 
/ / > ie b θ ,ὔ Σὺ Ἁ ‘ Nina 
νομίζω μέγιστον εἶναι ἡμῖν ἀγαθὸν. 9. Suv μὲν yap σοι 
A ‘ eas Ν a ‘ a “ “ 
πᾶσα μὲν ὁδὸς εὔπορος, πᾶς δὲ ποταμὸς διαβατος, τῶν 
3 > / > ᾽ / Ν Ν A A \ | 
δ᾽ ἐπιτηδείων ove ἀπορία: ἄνευ δὲ σοῦ πᾶσα μεν διὰ 
/ c +) δὲ ᾿, 3 A ᾽ ἤ θ a Se 
σκότους ἡ ὁδὸς (οὐδὲν yap αὐτῆς ἐπιστάμεθα), πᾶς δὲ 
᾿", v A x ν x ἢ) 
ποταμὸς δύσπορος, πᾶς δὲ ὄχλος φοβερος, φοβερωτατον 
᾽ 3 “Ἢ “A > > “ ᾽ 
ὃ ἐρημία" μεστὴ γὰρ TONANS ἀπορίας ἐστίν. 10. Εἰ 
» \ \ “ CA aA Ἁ i 
Se δὴ καὶ μανέντες σε κατακτείναιμεν, ἄλλο TL ἂν ἢ, TOV 
᾽ / / ‘ / Ν / 
εὐεργέτην κατακτείναντες, πρὸς βασίλεα Tov μέγιστον 
y “ d ‘ Ν ‘ “ Δ ?. / 
ἔφεδρον ἀγωνιζοίμεθα; “Οσων δὲ δὴ καὶ οίων ἂν ελπί- 
3 ,. ν / Ν 3 , 
δων ἐμαυτὸν στερήσαιμι, εἰ σὲ TL κακὸν επιχειρήσαιμε 


5 









































aA em gr — 


66 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ (II. 5. 10-16. 


» a 4 > Ν ‘ ὙἊ 3 i , 
ποιεῖν, ταῦτα λέξω. 11. Eyo yap Κῦρον ἐπεθύμησα 
Λ / / a | [2 ’ 3 
μοι φίλον γενέσθαι, νομίζων τῶν τότε ἱκανώτατον εἶναι 
> » A / ‘ ~ ¢ ~ / et 
ev ποιεῖν, Ov βούλοιτο. Xe de νῦν ὁρῶ τὴν τε Κύρου 
" \ , ¥ ‘ Ν -- 5» ‘ ; 
δύναμιν καὶ χωραν ἔχοντα, καὶ τὴν σεαυτοῦ ἀρχὴν σω- 
Ν ‘ / fr ° rn if b “~ 
fovra, τὴν δὲ βασίλέως δύναμιν, ἢ Κῦρος πολεμίᾳ ἐχρῆτο, 
Ν / / > ζ " ‘ / 
σοὶ ταύτην ξύμμαχον οὖσαν. 12. Τούτων δὲ τοιούτων 
¥ / ¢ ἢ Ψ 3 / / Λ 
ὄντων, τὶς οὕτω μαίνεται, ὅστις οὐ βούλεταί σοι φίλος 
. 
εἶναι ; 
> "Ἢ . 9) am ‘ ‘ a ᾽ » Ν ᾽ , 
Adda nv, — ἐρῶ yap καὶ ταῦτα, ἐξ ὧν exw ελπίδας, 
Ν " ͵ , ᾽» 9 IK 5 \ 
καὶ ae βουλήσεσθαι φίλον nuw εἶναι" ---- 18. οἶδα μεν 
Ν , » ‘ ‘ ΝΜ a / a ‘ a 
yap ὑμῖν Mucous AuvTnpous ὄντας, ous. νομίζω ἂν συν τῇ 
ri ᾽ Ν δι.» a 9 , ‘ 
παρούσῃ δυνάμει ταπεινοὺς ὑμῖν παρασχεῖν" οἶδα δὲ καὶ 
᾿ ᾿ " ‘  » Ν " - ΓῚ 
Πεισίδας" ἀκούω δὲ καὶ ἄλλα εἐθνη πολλὰ τοιαῦτα εἶναι, 
ἁ Ψ A a 2 x “ ill a / δ ; 
ἃ οἶμαι ἂν παῦσαι ενοχλοῦντα ἀεὶ τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ εὐδαιμονίᾳ. 
γ ΠῚ Ἂ Φ ἢ ¢ a “a ἤ 
Αἰγυπτίους δε, οἷς μάλιστα ὑμᾶς νῦν γυγνώσκω τεθυμω- 
4 >? “ | / / / ~ 
μένους, οὐχ ὁρῶ, ποίᾳ δυνάμει συμμάχῳ χρησάμενοι μᾶλ- 
" , a a ‘ Se. ¥ a ‘ 
λον ἂν κολάσεσθε τῆς νῦν συν ἐμοὶ οὔσης. 14. ἄλλα 
‘ 4 a / > a \ > ‘ / , Λ 
μὴν ἐν γε τοῖς περιξ οἰκοῦσι, συ, εἰ μεν βούλοιο τῳ φίλος 
3 € ͵ Δ Ν ᾽ “ ᾽ / ς / 
εἶναι, ὡς μέγιστος ἂν εἴης" εἰ δὲ τίς σε λυποίη, ὡς δεσπό- 
, / Ν δ,» ¢ / Ν ᾽ Ἃ A 
τῆς ἀαναστρεφοίο, ἔχων ἡμᾶς ὑπηρέτας, OL GOL οὐκ ἂν τοῦ 
»Νκ αὶ / 4 a > Ν Ν a , 
μισθοῦ ἕνεκα μόνον ὑπηρετοίμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς YapiTos, 
Φ ᾿ cA ny n ν ὰ Νν / Κ 3 Ν 
ἧς σωθέντες ὑπὸ σοῦ σοὶ ἂν ἔχοιμεν δικαίως. 15. Ἐμοὶ 
. . a / ᾽ , e n ‘ 
μὲν δὴ ταῦτα πάντα ἐνθυμουμένῳ οὕτω δοκεῖ θαυμαστὸν 
9 » ‘ Ce ? ” e + > ἃ 3 rl 
εἶναι TO GE ἡμῖν ἀπιστειν, ὥστε καὶ ἥδιστ ἂν ἀκούσαιμι 
‘ ¥ i e 2 Ν Ν / ψΨ ey 
TO ὄνομα, Tis οὕτως ἐστὶ δεινος λέγειν, ὥστε σε πεῖσαι 
, ε 0 . 3 » / ‘ 9 
λέγων, ws ἡμεῖς σοὶ εἐπιβουλεύομεν. KXeapyos μεν οὖν 
“ > / ~~ > " 
τοσαῦτα εἶπε. Τισσαφέρνης Se ὧδε ἀπημείφθη" 


16. “AAN ἥδομαι μὲν, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἀκούων σου φρονί- 


ΠῚ 5.16-22.] ΚΥΡΘΥ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 67 


μους agape ταῦτα γὰρ pone, εἴ τι ἐμοὶ κακὸν Bov- 
Aevous, ἅμα ἄν μοι δοκεῖς καὶ σαυτῷ κακόνους εἶναι. “Ms 
δ᾽ ἂν μάθης, ὅτι οὐδ᾽ ἂν ὑμεῖς δικαίως οὔτε βασιλεῖ οὔτ᾽ 
ἐμοὶ ἀπιστοίητε, ἀντάκουσον. 17. Εἰ yap ὑμᾶς ἐβουλό- 
μεθα ἀπολέσαι, πότερά σοι δοσπόμεν ὁ ἱππέων πλήθους ἀπο- 
~ ἢ πεζῶν. ἢ ἢ ὁπλίσεως, ἐν ἢ ὑμᾶς μὲν βλάπτειν ἃ ἱκανοὶ 
εἴημεν ἂν, ἀντιπάσχοιν δὲ οὐδεὶς κίνδυνος; 18. ᾿Αλλὰ 
χωρίων ἐπιτηδείων ὑμῖν ἐπιτίθεσθαι “δ ἄν σοι δοκοῦ- 
μεν ; @v τοσαῦτα μὲν πεδία ἡμῖν fone ὄντα σὺν πολλῷ 
πόνῳ διασύρανοθαὶ ; τοσαῦτα δὲ ὄρη ὑμῖν opens ὄντα 
wept, ἃ ἡμῖν ΜΗ ἩΝΝΝΗΝ μμημημαμμη ἄπορα ὑμῖν 
παρέχειν" τοσοῦτοι δ᾽ εἰσὶ ποταμοὶ, ἐφ᾽ ὧν ἔξεστιν ned 
ταμιεύεσθαι, ὁ ὁπόσοις ἂν ὑμῶν βουλώμεθα ππωλμήμι: εἰσὶ 
δ᾽ αὐτῶν, ods οὐδ᾽ ἂν παντάπασι διαβαίητε, εἰ μὴ ἡμεῖς 
ὑμᾶς διαπορεύοιμεν. 19. Εἰ δ᾽ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις ἡττώ- 
μεθα, ἀλλὰ τό γέ τοι πῦρ κρεῖττον τοῦ καρποῦ ἐστιν" ὃν 
muets δυναίμεθ᾽ ἂν κατακαύσαντες λιμὸν ὑμῖν ἀντιτάξαι, 
ᾧ ὑμεῖς οὐδ᾽, εἰ πάνυ os i εἴητε, patyeaas ὁ ἂν δύναισθε. 

2@. Πῶς ἂν οὖν, on τοσούτους πόρους τ τὸ 
ὑμῖν πολεμεῖν, καὶ τούτων μηδένα ἡμῖν a ἔπειτα 
ἐκ τούτων πάντων τοῦτον ἂν τὸν τρόπον ἐξέλοίμεθα, ὃς 

. . Pees aie ν᾽ 5 | a 
»-"- μὲν πρὸς θεῶν ἀσεβης, μονος δὲ πρὸς ἀνθρωπων 
aloes 5 ; 2). Παντάπασι δὲ ἀπόρων ἐστὶ καὶ mainte 
καὶ ἀνάγκῃ νυν, καὶ τούτων ΝΗ μη οἵτινες ἐθέ. 
λουσι 8: ἐπιορκίας τε πρὸς θεοὺς, καὶ ἀπιστίας πρὸς 


ἀνθρώπους, πράττειν τι. Οὐχ οὕτως ἡμεῖς, ὦ Knreapye, 


PTI, ᾿ ͵ ἣν 
οὔτε ἀλόγιστοι οὔτε ἠλίθιοί ἐσμεν. 22. ᾿άλλα τί δη, 


A | AAG, 8 a ΝΜ ΦΥ 
ὑμᾶς ἐξὸν ἀπολέσαι, οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἤλθομεν; Ev ἰσθι, 






































ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [IL 5. 99 -- 98, 


« 


Ψ ψ νυ. κν " ” x “ὦ ᾿" ᾿ 
OTL O ἐμὸς ἔρως τούτου αἰτιος TO τοῖς Βλλησιν ἐμὲ πιστὸν 
| a @ ν» ἢ > f “~ 
γενέσθαι, καὶ w Kuvpos ἀνέβη ἕξενικῷ διὰ μισθοδοσίας 
ra ᾽ > XN “ ᾽ > / 7 ἢ 
πιστεύων, τούτῳ ἐμὲ καταβῆναι δὲ εὐεργεσίας ἰσχυρόν. 
‘ [ / » ΝΜ nl 
23. “Ὅσα δέ μοι ὑμεῖς χρήσιμοι ἔσεσθε, τὰ μὲν καὶ ov 
5 Ν . , »ν" > Ν " Ν All a 
εἶπες, τὸ δὲ μέγιστον ἐγὼ οἶδα" τὴν μὲν yap ἐπὶ TH 
a , al / » ? Ἃ 
κεφαλῇ τιάραν βασιλεῖ μόνῳ ἔξεστιν ὀρθὴν ἔχειν, τὴν δ᾽ 
, Χ a / Ν a ¢ a / Ν εἰ a 
ἐπὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ Lows ἂν ὑμῶν παρόντων καὶ ἕτερος εὐπετῶς 
ἮΝ 
ἔχοι. 
͵ “ > ‘ Ν a , a ~ ’ 
24. Ταῦτα εἰπὼν εδοξε τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ἀληθῆ λέγειν" 
. υ »» ¥ “ ᾽ ma ’ / 
καὶ εἶπεν " Ουκοῦν, edn, οἵτινες, τοιούτων ἡμῖν εἰς φιλίαν 
c Γ᾿ “ Λ Ἂ ὴ 
ὑπαρχόντων, πειρῶνται διαβάλλοντες ποιῆσαι πολεμίους 
,“»» ¥ » " »κν a Or 90 “ 
ἡμᾶς, ἄξιοί εἰσι τὰ ἔσχατα παθεῖν; 25. Kai ἐγὼ μέν 
ἮΝ ill f 2 Λ ‘ of « 
ye, bn ὁ Τισσαφέρνης, εἰ βούλεσθε μοι, οἱ τε στρατηγοὶ 
᾽ν ¢ » > ~ > Δ ᾽ »“ / \ Ν 
καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ, ελθεῖν ἐν τῷ εμφανεῖ, λέξω τοὺς πρὸς 
.»» ’ ε ῳ 4 ͵ \ a ‘ > \ 
ἐμὲ λέγοντας, ws σὺ ἐμοὶ εἐπιβουλεύεις καὶ TH σὺν ἐμοὶ 
Ὁ | ᾿ ‘ ¥ e ΄. / Ν 
otpatia. 26. ἔγω δε, εφη ὁ λέαρχος, ἄξω πάντας" 
᾿, ‘ > ἤ Ψ Ἶ ν "» ἴω > ‘al 
kat cot av δηλώσω, ὅθεν eyw TEpt σοῦ ἀκούω. 
> ᾿ ‘ a ἤ 4 / 
27. Ex τούτων dy τῶν λόγων, ὁ Τισσαφέρνης φιλο- 
/ / ᾽ν / » * " κ ‘ 
φρονούμενος τότε μεν μένειν τε αὑτὸν ἐκέλευσε καὶ σύν- 
᾽ / a“ ‘ ¢ / ¢ / ? ‘ 
δειπνον ἐποιήσατο" τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Kndeapyos, ἐλθὼν 
A ‘ ; Pa νυ , a »" 
ἐπὶ TO στρατόπεδον, δῆλος T ἣν Tavy φιλικῶς οἰόμενος 
a“ a“ / Ν a 3 “ 3 / 
διακεῖσθαι τῷ Τισσαφέρνει, καὶ, ἃ ἔλεγεν ἐκεῖνος, ἀπήγ- 
” ~ "" ‘ / A " ἡ 
γελλεν" edn τε χρῆναι ἱέναι παρα Τισσαφέρνην, ovs ἐκέ- 
A OA ? a“ Λ a ε 
λευσε, καὶ δὲ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι διαβάλλοντες τῶν ᾿ Ελλήνων, 
¢ t ᾽ iy ). / i A il ¥ 
ως προδότας αὑτοὺς καὶ κακόνους τοῖς Βλλησιν ὄντας 
pa , " Φ /. 
τιμωρηθῆναι. 28. Ὕπωπτευε Se, εἶναι τὸν διαβάλλοντα 
/ ΔΝ ms Ν , / 
Μένωνα, εἰδὼς avtov καὶ συγγεγενημένον Τισσαφέρνει 


Ι x ? ry 3 ᾽ 
μετ Αριαίου, καὶ στασιάζοντα αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπιβουλεύοντα, 


IL. ὅ. 98-.-.35] KTPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 69 


ed bt ¢€ ᾿ ‘ 9 

ὅπως τὸ στράτευμα ἅπαν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν λαβὼν, φίλος ἢ 
" ε / Ψ 

Τισσαφέρνει. 29. ᾿βούλετο δὲ καὶ ὁ λεαρχος ἅπαν 

by » ‘ , » x 

τὸ στρώτευμα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην, καὶ τοὺς 


a 3 ‘ 9 ΤΩ δὲ “Ὁ > ’ 
παραλυπουντας €K7T οδων εἰναΐ. ων θοεσ τρατιώῶτων αντε- 


᾽ν ν᾿ 


“Ἢ > A , , ", » ἣν 
λεγον τινες αὐτῷ, μὴ leval παντὰας τοὺς λοχαάγους καὶ 


στρατηγοὺς, μηδὲ πιστεύειν Τισσαφέρνε. 80. Ὁ δὲ 


A / ΝΜ / / ‘ 
᾿ Κλέαρχος ἰσχυρῶς κατέτεινεν, ἔστε διεπράξατο πέντε μεν 


Ν 3 wv Ν / / 
στρατηγοὺς ἱέναι, εἰκοσι δὲ λοχαγοὺς" συνηκολούθησαν 
‘ * Ἂ Ν al ξ 
δὲ, ὡς εἰς ἀγορὰν, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν ὡς δια- 
KOTLOL. 
’ a / 
31. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις ταῖς Τισσαφέρνους, 
/ Ν , , 
οἱ μὲν στρατηγοὶ παρεκλήθησαν εἰσω, Πρόξενος Βοιωτιος, 
? “ 3 ‘ / ἤ 
Μένων Θετταλὺς. Αγιας Apxas, λεαρχος Λάκων, Σω- 
4 > ἢ e ‘ | > “ θύ Μ 
xpatns ᾿Αχαιός: οἱ δὲ λοχαγοὶ ἐπὶ ταὺς θύραις ἔμενον. 
2 a i MM A “ ? a f > 
32. Ov πολλῷ Se ὕστερον, ἀπὸ τοῦ avTov σημείου, © τ 
» cv ἤ ‘ ~ 
ἔνδον ξυνελαμβάνοντο, καὶ οἱ ἔξω κατεκόπησαν. Mera de 
a a ¢ / ‘ a / 3 ᾽ 
ταῦτα τῶν βαρβάρων τινὲς ἵππεων, δια τοῦ πεδίου ἐλαὺ- 
@ Ἶ / “ Ἢ , | a ᾽ 
νοντες, ᾧτινι ἐντυγχάνοιεν “ Ελληνι, ἢ δούλῳ ἢ ἐλευθέρῳ, 
> or / ¢ / 
πάντας ἔκτεινον. 33. Οἱ δὲ Ελληνες τὴν τε ὑππασίαν 
»Ἥ" , + A , eon . 
αὐτῶν eOavpatov, ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου ὁρῶντες, καὶ, ὃ TL 
/ / \ ᾿ ? ‘ e ὔ 
ἐποίουν, ἠμφιγνόουν, πριν Νίκαρχος ἄρκας ἧκε φεύγων, 
᾽ Χ , MLN, ea ? A 4 
τετρωμένος εἰς τὴν γαστέρα, καὶ τὰ ἐντερᾶ EV ταῖς χερσίν 
/ ‘ / 3 / 
ἔχων, καὶ εἶπε πάντα τὰ γεγενημένα. 34. Ex τούτου 
3 in” σ “ ψ ἤ 
δὴ οἱ “EdAnves ἔθεον ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα πάντες, ἐκπεπληγμε- 
‘ / "» κ᾽ e 3 ‘ Nl bh , 
vot, Kat νομίζοντες αὐτίκα ἥξειν αὑτοὺς ἐπὶ TO στρατο- 
πεδον. 
‘ , x ᾽ ς 3 A ‘ “ 
35. Οἱ δὲ πάντες μὲν οὐκ ἦλθον, ᾿Αριαῖος δὲ καὶ 


xl ᾽ 
"Aprdotes καὶ Μιθριδώτης, ov ἦσαν Kupw πιστοτατοι" 
































ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ (II. 5. 36 -- 40. 


ὁ δὲ τῶν “Ελλήνων ἑρμηνεὺς ἔφη καὶ τὸν Τισσαφέρνους 
ἀδελφὸν σὺν αὐτοῖς ὁρᾶν καὶ γιγνώσκειν" ξυνηκολούθουν 
δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι Περσῶν τεθωρακισμένοι εἰς τριακοσίους. 
36. Οὗτοι, ἐπεὶ ἐγγὺς ἦσαν, προσελθεῖν ἐκέλευον, εἴ τις 
εἴη τῶν Ελλήνων ἢ στρατηγὸς ἢ λοχαγὸς, ἵνα ἀπαγγεί- 
λωσι τὰ παρὰ βασιλέως. 37. Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξῆλθον 
φυλαττόμενοι τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων στρατηγοὶ μὲν Bisdenp 
᾿᾽Ορχομένιος καὶ πούμοντο, τγηαων, ξὺν αὐτοῖς δὲ 
Ξενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος, ὅπως μάθοι τὰ περὶ Προξένου " 
Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ ἐτύγχανεν ἀπὼν ἐν κώμῃ τινὶ ξὺν ἄλλοις, 
ἐπισιτιζόμενος. 

38, ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἔστησαν εἰς ἐπήκοον, εἶπεν ᾿Αριαῖος τάδε" 
Κλέαρχος μὲν, ὦ ἄνδρες “Eddnves, ἐπεὶ ἐπιορκῶν τε 
ἐφάνη καὶ τὰς σπονδὰς λύων, ἔχει τὴν δίκην καὶ τέθνηκε" 
Πρόξενος δὲ καὶ Μένων, ὅτι πον αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπι- 
βουλὴν, ἐν ΔΝ, τιμῇ εἰσιν" was δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τὰ 
ὅπλα ἀπαιτεῖ" ἑαυτοῦ γὰρ εἶναί φησιν, ἐπείπερ Κύρου 
ἦσαν τοῦ ἐκείνου Sovrov. 39. Πρὸς ταῦτα ἀπεκρίναντο 
οἱ Errnves (ἔλεγε δὲ Α΄ reawanp ὁ "Opyopaonor)* ἮἾὮ Ka- 
KLOTE «γϑρώνων ‘Aooma, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ὅσοι ἦτε ἥν. 
frm οὐκ mengeserte οὔτε θεοὺς οὔτ᾽ ἀνθρώπους, οἵτινες, 
ὀμόσαντες ἡμῖν τοὺς αὐτοὺς φίλους καὶ ἐχθροὺς ΝΗ 


προδόντες ἡμᾶς σὺν Τισσαφέρνει τῷ ἀθεωτάτῳ τε καὶ 


πανουργοτάτῳ, τούς τε ἄνδρας αὐτοὺς, οἷς ὥμνυτε, [ὡς] 


ἀπολωλέκατε, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἡμᾶς προδεδωκότες, ξὺν 
τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἔρχεσθε; 
40. Ὁ δὲ ᾿Αριαῖος εἶπε: Κλέαρχος γὰρ πρόσθεν ἐπι- 


/ / Hl MIN 
βουλεύων φανερὸς ἐγένετο Τισσαφέρνει te καὶ ᾿Ορόντᾳ, 


IL 5.40-6.4.] KYPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 71 


4 “~ .) »“ Ν r 
καὶ πᾶσιν ἡμῖν τοῖς Evy τούτοις. 41. Emi τούτοις Bevo- 
“Ὁ , > vr. ἢ \ ᾽ 
φῶν τώδε εἶπε' λεαρχος μὲν τοίνυν, εἰ παρὰ τοὺς 
/ ¥ \ ‘ ‘ , ¥ , ‘ 
ὅρκους ἔλυε τὰς σπονδὰς, τὴν δίκην ἔχει" δίκαιον yap, 
3 / ly. 9 a 
ἀπόλλυσθαι τοὺς ἐπιορκοῦντας. Πρόξενος δὲ καὶ Μένων 
? / "» ν " ἢ \ ᾽ / / 
ἐπείπερ εἰσὶν ὑμέτεροι μὲν εὐεργέται, ἡμέτεροι δὲ στρατη- 
Ν / ? ‘ a a \ 
yol, πέμψατε αὐτοὺς δεῦρο: δῆλον yap, ὅτι, φίλοι γε 
Ν > , " ν᾿» .“" ὃ» Ν ᾿ 
ὄντες ἀμφοτέροις, πειράσονται καὶ ὑμῖν καὶ ἡμῖν τα βελ- 
/ ~ a 
τιστα ξυμβουλεύειν. 42. Πρὸς ταῦτα οἱ βάρβαροι, 
᾿» / / ? , HU ? 
πολὺν χρόνον διαλεχθέντες ἀλλήλοις, ἀπῆλθον οὐδὲν ἀπο- 


κριναμενοι. 


CAP. VI. 


Ψ \ ἢν ‘ [ ᾽’ 3 
1. Οἱ μὲν δὴ στρατηγοὶ οὕτω ληφθέντες, ἀνήχθησαν ὡς 
β λέ ‘ b | θι \ ‘ > / @ 
ασίλεα, καὶ ἀποτμήθεντες Tas κεφαλας ετελευτησαν" εἰς 
\ 2) K / ¢ / ? raf a 
μὲν αὐτῶν, λεαρχος, ὁμολογουμένως εκ πάντων τῶν 
᾽ / SAA “3 ἡ / / al Ἢ 
ἐμπείρως αὑτοῦ ἐχόντων, δόξας γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ καὶ πολεμι- 
‘ b / 3 “all 
Kos Kat φιλοπόλεμος ἐσχατως. 
P pe Σ “" \ , 9 ᾿ 
2. Kai γὰρ δὴ, ἕως μὲν πόλεμος ἦν τοῖς Aaxedatpoviors 
. hy > / ἤ 3 ἣν \ 
πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Αθηναίους, παρέμενεν" ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰρήνη ἐγένετο, 
/ ᾽ν Ἢ »»Ἤ Λ ¢ ¢ i “~ 
πείσας THY αὑτοῦ πόλιν, ὡς οἱ Θρᾷκες ἀδικοῦσι τοὺς “Ελ- 
‘ / 4 bd a 
Anvas, καὶ διαπραξάμενος ws ἐδύνατο Tapa τῶν ᾿Εφόρων, 
ϑωω " ἡ“ La ¢ Ἁ 2 
ἐξέπλει ws πολεμήσων τοῖς ὑπὲρ Χεῤῥονήσου καὶ Περίν- 
" > ἣν \ " »” 
θου Opakiv. 3. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ μεταγνόντες mas οἱ φοροι, 
Ν y+ ν » a > / 3 A 
ἤδη ἔξω ὄντος αὐτοῦ, ἀποστρέφειν αὐτὸν ἐπειρῶντο ἐξ 
3 a > “Ὁ , ἡ / 3 > + / 
Ισθμοῦ, ἐνταῦθα οὐκέτι πείθεται, ἀλλ᾽ ᾧχετο πλέων εἰς 
ς ᾽ 9 / ‘ I a 
Ἑλλήσποντον. 4. Ex τούτου καὶ ἐθανατώθη ὑπὸ τῶν 
> “Ὁ / a e 2 a Ν ‘ 
ἐν τῇ Σπάρτῃ τελῶν, ὡς ἀπειθῶν. "Ἤδη δὲ φυγὰς ὧν, 


¥ . a HN ἢ \ ἢ Υ na 
ἔρχεται πρὸς Kupov, καὶ ὁποίοις μὲν λόγοις ἔπεισε Κῦρον 


























ΞΕΝΟΦΩ͂ΝΤΟΣ [116.4-10. 


ἄλλῃ γέγραπται" δίδωσι δὲ αὐτῷ Κῦρος μυρίους δαρει- 
kovs. 5. 2 λαβὼν, οὐκ ἐπὶ ῥᾳθυμίαν ἐ ἐτράπετο, ἀλλ᾽ 
ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν χρημέτων “λα στράτευμα, ἐπολέμει 
τοῖς Spat καὶ μόχῃ τε ἐνίκησε, καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου δὴ ἔφερε 
καὶ ἦγε τούτους" καὶ πολεμῶν διεγένετο, μέχρι Κῦρος 
ἐδεήθη τοῦ στρατεύματος" τότε δὲ ἀπῆλθεν, ὡς ξὺν ἐκείνῳ 
αὖ πολεμήσων. Ι 

6. Tatra οὖν φιλοπολέμου μοι δοκεῖ ἀνδρὸς ἔ ἔργα εἶναι, 
ὅστις, ἐξὸν μὲν εἰρήνην ἔχειν ἄνευ αἰσχύνης καὶ βλάβης 
αἱρεῖται πολεμεῖν" ἐξὸν δὲ ῥᾳθυμεῖν, βούλεται πονεῖν Sore 
πολεμεῖν" ἐξὸν δὲ χρήματα ἔχειν snatines aipeiras πο- 
λεμῶν μενα ταῦτα ποιεῖν. ᾿Εκεῖνος δὲ, ὅσον εἰς παι- 
δικὰ ἢ εἰς ἄλλην τινὰ ἡδονὴν, ἤθελε δαπανᾷν εἰς wenipen. 
Οὕτω μὲν ὑλυσόμμο ἢ nv. 7. Πολεμικὸς δὲ αὖ ταύτῃ 
ἐδόκει εἶναι, ὅτι φιλοκίνδυνός τε ἦν, καὶ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς 
ἄγων ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, καὶ ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς φρόνιμος, ὦ 
οἱ mapeores wavreged πάντες opoddéyoun, 

8. Kai συν δ᾽ ἐλέγετο εἶναι, ὡς δυνατὸν ἐκ τοῦ 
τοιούτου ἤν". οἷον καὶ ἐκεῖνος axe ἱκανὸς μὲν γὰρ, 
ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος, φροντίζειν ἦν, ὅπως ἔχοι ἡ στρατιὰ 
αὐτοῦ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, καὶ mupaicmenatise ταῦτα" ἱκανὸς δὲ 
καὶ ἐμποιῆσαι τοῖς wapovow, ὡς πειστέον εἴη Heaney. 
9. Τοῦτο δ᾽ ἐποίει ἐκ τοῦ χαλεπὸς εἶναι" καὶ γὰρ ὁρᾶν 
" ἦν, καὶ τῇ iat Tpaxus: ἐκόλαξέ τε ἀεὶ ἰσχυρῶς, 
καὶ ὀργῇ ἐνίοτε, ὥστε καὶ αὐτῷ μεταμέλειν ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε. 
Hat γνώμῃ δ᾽ ἐκόλαζεν: ἀκολάστου γὰρ στρατεύματος 
οὐδὲν ere ὄφελον εἶναι. 10. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ λέγειν αὐτὸν 


ἔφασαν, ὡς “δέοι τὸν στρατιώτην φοβεῖσθαι μᾶλλον τὸν 








IL. 610-17.) ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 73 


¥ A ‘ / > Λ ἃ i rd 
ἄρχοντα ἢ Tous πολεμίους, εἰ μέλλοι ἢ φυλακὰς φυλάξειν, 
" χων rt ᾽ " 27 ἣν ‘ 
φίλων αφέξεσθαι, ἢ ἀπροφασίστως ἰέναι πρὸς TOUS 
» b 9 Ὁ »"Ἥ y 3 
πολεμίους. 11. ᾽ν μὲν οὖν τοῖς δεινοῖς ἤθελον αὑτοῦ 
> 4 / \, > Ν. 4 “ ec “Ὁ 
ἀκούειν σφόδρα, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλον ἤρουντο οὐ στρατιωταῖ. 
x‘ iy, | 3 a“ 3 ἴω Ν 
Kai γὰρ τὸ στυγνὸν τότε φαιδρον αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς [ἄλλονε] 
“ “ 72 ¢ 
syetomen ἔφασαν φαίνεσθαι, καὶ τὸ ee ἐρῥωρμώσαν 
πρὸ τοὺς πολεμίους ἐδόκει εἶναι" ὥστε σωτήριον καὶ 
οὐκέτι χαλεπὸν ἐφαίνετο. 12. Ὅτε δ᾽ ἔξω τοῦ δεινοῦ 
/ “ > r Ν +. ? ld 
γένοιντο, καὶ ἐξείη πρὸς ἄλλους ἀρχομένους ἀπιέναι, TOA- 
‘ + lll i 2 A Ν ‘ > / > 9 > > 7 
λοὶ αὑτὸν ἀπέλειπον" TO yap ἐπίχαρι οὐκ ELXEV, ἀλλ, ἀεὶ 
᾿, > ν » ᾿ Py , Ν ᾽ν € 
χαλεπὸς ἦν καὶ ὠμὸς" ὥστε διέκειντο πρὸς αὑτὸν οἱ στρα- 
“ al ‘ ὔ Ν » 
τιῶται, ὥσπερ παῖδες πρὸς διδάσκαλον. 13. Kai yap 
Φ / Wu hs 2 / ¢ / In ἢ 9 Ψ 
οὖν φιλίᾳ μὲν καὶ εὐνοίᾳ ἑπομένους οὐδέποτε εἶχεν" οἰτινες 
Ἃ A , “ ΠΥ x A a | ae 
δὲ ἢ ὑπὸ πόλεως τεταγμένοι, ἢ ὕπο τοῦ δεῖσθαι, ἢ AAXr 
ἢ γμένοι, ἢ ἢ ἀλλ, 
‘ > " / ( ? “ 
τινὶ ἀνάγκῃ κατεχόμενοι παρείησαν αὐτῷ, σφόδρα πειθο- 
ὔ > > ‘ ‘AA Ψ a \ > 
μένοις ἐχρῆτο. 14. ᾿Επεὶ Se ἤρξαντο νικᾶν Ev αὐτῷ 
‘ ’ ¥ ᾿ , > \ ’ a 
TOUS πολεμίους, ἤδη μεγάλα ἣν τὰ χρησίμους ποιουντα 
> ‘ \ UMN / / ‘ ‘ ἣν 
εἷναι tous Evy αὐτῷ στρατιώτας" τὸ TE yap προς τοὺς 
/ ὃν / ” a x “ x » Κ᾿ , 
πολεμίους θαρραλεως ἔχειν παρην, καὶ TO τὴν Tap εκείνου 
, o ᾽ ‘ a ἡ 3 ’ 
τιμωρίαν φοβεῖσθαι αὑτοὺς εὐτάκτους ἐποίει. 15. Του- 
a Ἀ ” > ¥ ‘ x > " 
οὔτος μὲν δὴ ἄρχων ἦν" ἄρχεσθαι δὲ ὑπὸ ἄλλων οὐ μάλα 
"γα ἡ »., ἡ 3 . ν ᾽ ἤ 3 4 , 
ἐθέλειν ἐλέγετο. “Hy δε, ὅτε ετελεύτα, ἀμφὶ τὰ πεντή- 
κοντα ἔτη. 
, ‘ , +s Was ,» x 
16. Πρόξενος δὲ ὁ Βοιώτιος evOus μὲν μειράκιον wv 
> , , νν ‘ " ἤ ε , 4 
ἐπεθύμει γενεσθαι avnp Ta μεγάλα πράττειν tKavos* Kat 
5 \ 4 ‘ b θ / 25 rT / ? , -" 
ta ταύτην τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν edwmxe Lopyia ἀργύριον τῷ 
3 ‘ ἢν " 3 / e ~ / 
Acovrivw. 17. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ συνεγένετο ἐκείνῳ, txavos vopi- 


σας ἤδη εἶναι καὶ ἄρχειν, καὶ, φίλος ὧν τοῖς πρώτοις, μὴ 





























74 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [II. 6. 17-23. 


¢ a ? » 4 ᾽ / Ν ‘ rf 
ἡττᾶσθαι εὐεργετῶν, ἦλθεν εἰς ταῦτας tas συν Κύρῳ 


/ Ν ν / ? rl Ν / ‘ 
πράξεις" καὶ WETO κτήσεσθαι εκ τουτων ονομῶ μέγα, Kab 


"Ἢ Λ ‘ ἢ / » 
δύναμιν μεγάλην, καὶ χρήματα πολλα. 18. Τοσούτων ὃ 
> me , ” 9 ‘ a 9 Ψ , 
ἐπιθυμῶν, σφόδρα ἔνδηλον αὖ καὶ τοῦτο εἶχεν, OTL τούτων 

ον ΕἾ ᾽ » | 9 / 3 Ἁ Ν “ “ 
οὐδὲν ἂν θέλοι κτᾶσθαι μετὰ ἀδικίας, αλλὰ σὺν τῷ δικαίῳ 

4 a“ ” “ A ἤ νΝ ». ὔ / 
καὶ καλῷ weto δεῖν τούτων τυγχάνειν, ἄνευ δὲ τούτων μή. 

Υἦ ‘ a ‘ iA n Ν 9 ? 
19. Ap yew δε καλῶν μὲν Kal ἀγαθῶν δυνατὸς ἦν" οὐ 

/ νΥ " Ἂ ~ / ¢ “~ ΝΜ / 
μέντοι OUT αἰδῶ τοῖς στρατιωταις ἑαυτοῦ οὔτε φοβον 
ε ‘ > “~ > Ds ‘ ᾽ ri “~ Ν 
ἱκανὸς ἐμποιῆσαι, ἀλλα καὶ ἤσχυνετο μάλλον TOUS στρα- 

, a ei ;  »"» Ν , a 
τιώτας, ἢ οἱ ἀρχόμενοι ἐκεῖνον: καὶ φοβούμενος μᾶλλον 
> Ν i ll, , - Υ ἂ ¢ 
ἦν φανερὸς τὸ ἀπεχθάνεσθαι τοῖς oTpaTLWTaLs, ἢ οἱ στρα- 

Ἁ Ν > "Ὁ 3 / ν Υ "᾿ ΤΩ “ b 
τιῶται TO ἀπιστεῖν exeivw. 20. Mero de ἀρκεῖν πρὸς τὸ 

~ *) o ~ Ν “~ “~ " re) 
ἀρχικὸν εἶναι καὶ δοκεῖν, τὸν μεν καλῶς ποιοῦντα επαινεὶν, 

Ν .» 9 ~ Ν ? ἴω ~ > “ ¢ ‘ 
τὸν δὲ ἀδικοῦντα μὴ ἐπαινεῖν. Touyapovy αὑτῷ οἱ μεν 

ἢ "» Ν ~ , > > εξ δὲ ἊΣ 
καλοί τε κἀγαθοὶ τῶν συνόντων εὕνοι ἤσαν, οὐ OE AdLKOL 

-» , ¢ 9 / Ν od Ν P| / 
ἔπεβούλευον, ὡς εὐμεταχειρίστῳ ὄντι. “Ore δὲ ἀπεθνη- 

> Γι Ὃ ἤ 
σκεν, ἦν ἐτῶν ὡς τριάκοντα. 
͵ ‘ ‘ a > . a ‘ 
21. Μένων δὲ ὁ Θετταλὸς δῆλος ἦν επιθυμῶν μεν 
» " a » n ‘ Ν vd / 
πλουτεῖν ἰσχυρως, ἐπιθυμῶν δὲ ἄρχειν, ὅπως πλείω λαμ» 
2 a ‘ » ted ry / ἡ 
βώνοι, ἐπιθυμῶν δὲ τιμᾶσθαι, ἵνα πλείω κερδαίνοι" φίλος 
᾽ rf 3 »“"Ἢ / | ed 5 “ ‘ 
τε ἐβούλετο εἶναι τοῖς μέγιστα δυναμενοῖς, wa αδικὼν μὴ 
/ ‘ ? ‘ ‘ Ν , @ ? 
διδοίη δίκην. 22. "Emi δὲ τὸ κατεργάζεσθαι ὧν επιθυ- 

“ " Νν Ν 3 Ν ~ . rl 
poin, συντομωτάτην weTo ὁδὸν εἶναι δια τοῦ ἐπιορκεῖν τε 

Ν ἤ Ν ν᾿ “~ »" "» » by “ > Ν 
καὶ ψεύδεσθαι καὶ ἐξαπατᾶν" τὸ δ᾽ ἁπλοῦν καὶ τὸ ἄληθες 
° / ‘ ν a > / iy l ᾿ 
ἐνόμιζε τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ ἠλιθίῳ εἶναι. 23. Στέργων δὲ φανε- 
,". ‘ > γα) / ‘ / Λ 3 / Ἂ 
pos μὲν ἦν ovdeva, ὅτῳ Se φαίη φίλος εἶναι, τούτῳ ἔνδηλος 
3 ἡ b ἢ χνΝ ͵ \ 9 “ 
ἐγίγνετο ἐπιβουλεύων. Kat πολεμίου μεν οὐδενὸς κατε- 


, » ‘ , / ξ -» ,»"» / 
γέλα, τῶν δὲ συνόντων πάντων ὡς καταγελῶν ἀεὶ διελε- 








IL. 6. 93--99] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 75 


» ~ ‘ »“ “ ἤὔ 3 
γετο. 24. Καὶ τοῖς μὲν τῶν πολεμίων κτήμασιν οὐκ 
᾽ ’ ,» \ Ν i Ν n 
ἐπεβούλευε: χαλεπὸν yap weTo εἶναι, Ta τῶν φυλαττο- 

| “ ᾿ ‘ a / Ν "Ὥ}᾿ 
μένων λαμβώνειν: τὰ δὲ τῶν φίλων μόνος weETO εἰδέναι 
a A > / ᾽ ἊΨ ἢν Δ 
ῥᾷστον ὃν ἀφύλακτα λαμβάνειν. 25. Και ὅσους μεν [ἂν] 
9 /, > / ‘1 Δ᾽ e -  « ἤ ,’ 
αἰσθάνοιτο ἐπιόρκους καὶ adixous, ὡς εὖ ὡπλισμένους εφο- 
a ry > κ᾿ / 3 ““ 3 ip nl 3 Υ̓͂ 
βεῖτο" τοῖς δ᾽ ὁσίοις καὶ ἀλήθειαν ἀσκοῦσιν ὡς ἀνάνδροις 
> A A A "A 3 " r | Ἀ 
ἐπειρᾶτο χρῆσθαι. 26. “Ὥσπερ δὲ τις ἀγάλλεται ems 
/ ~ > ἤ ‘ / / ἥ Λ 
θεοσεβείᾳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ καὶ δικαιοτητι; οὕτω Μενων ἠγαλ- 
a ry “ "Ἵ “a f a a 
Aero τῷ ἐξαπατᾶν δύνασθαι, τῷ πλάσασθαι ψευδῆ, τῷ 
Λ Ἂ ‘ ‘ i A a > / 
φίλους διαγελᾶν " τὸν δὲ μὴ πανουργον τῶν ἀπαιδεύτων 
mas, AA 9 “» » ν, 3 / , 
ἀεὶ ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι. Kat παρ οἷς μεν ἐπεχείρει πρωτεύειν 
/ Λ i, “ 4 y a , 
φιλίᾳ, διαβάλλων τοὺς πρώτους, τούτους meto δεῖν κτή- 
Ν / ‘ “ἢ ᾽ 
σᾳσθαι. 27. To δὲ πειθομένους tous στρατιωτας παρε- 
> “~ »" 3 al ᾽ “A ~ 
χεσθαι εκ τοῦ συναδικεῖν αὐτοῖς ἐμηχανᾶτο. Τιμᾶσθαι 
Ιν Ν ᾽ Υ > / al 
δὲ καὶ θεραπεύεσθαι ἠξίου, ἐπιδεικνύμενος, ὅτι πλεῖστα 
/ MIME lle Ta x > n ? / \ "ἰ 
δύναιτο καὶ εθελοι ἂν ἀδικεῖν. ΕἘυεργεσίαν δὲ κατέλεγεν, 
-“ ᾽ si 0 a od , A 3 " » 
ὁπότε TIS αὑτοῦ ἀφίστατο, ὅτε χρώμενος αὑτῷ οὐκ ἀπω- 
[1 
> 
λεσεν αὑτόν. 
Ν " \ ἣν > ΑΝ Ν ? , 
28. Kai ta μὲν δὴ ἀφανῆ ἔξεστι περὶ αὐτοῦ Ψψεὺ- 
A at , ” >> 
δεσθαι" ἃ δὲ πάντες tcact, τάδ᾽ ἐστί. Παρὰ ᾿Αριστίππῳ 
," ¥ .1 a A a ἢ) a / 
μὲν, ETL ὡραῖος ὧν, στρατηγεῖν διεπράξατο τῶν ἕενων" 
3 / Ἁ rd Ἂ il , Ὁ ὩΨ 
Αριαίῳ δε, βαρβάρῳ ὃντι, OTe μειρακίοις καλοῖς ἥδετο, 
᾽ / ¥ a ml " ἢ “Ml: ‘ . 9 
οἰκειότατος ETL ὡραῖος ὧν ἐγένετο" αὑτὸς δὲ παιδικα εἶχε 
/ 2 καὶ XK “ 3 
Θαρύπαν, ἀγένειος ὧν γενειῶντα. 29. Αποθνησκόντων 
δὲ “ a oe > , Aly, ᾽ ‘ 
€ τῶν συστρατηγῶν, OTL ἐστράτευσαν ἔπι βασίλεα ξυν 
sul > s χ > " ἢ'ὶ δὰ ἃ A 
Κύρῳ, ταὐτὰ πεποιηκὼς οὐκ ἀπέθανε" peta δὲ Tov τῶν 
Ν / al ‘ ie) ᾽ ᾽ 
ἄλλων θανατον στρατήγων, τιμωρηθεὶς ὑπὸ βασιλέως ἀπέ- 


3 ted 
Gavev, οὐχ ὥσπερ Κ΄ λέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ 






































76 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [II. 6. 29, 30. 


\ ef , , 

ἀποτμηθέντες τὰς κεφαλὰς (ὅσπερ τάχιστος θάνατος 

a 7 Ν > Ν ξ i, 

δοκεῖ εἶναι), ἀλλὰ ζῶν αἰκισθεὶς ἐνιαυτὸν, ὡς πονήηρος, 

λέγεται τῆς τελευτῆς τυχεῖν. 

> " " a, ‘ \ > , e ᾽ 4 ΝΝ ‘ 

30. ’Aytas δὲ ὁ ‘“Apwas, καὶ Σωκράτης ὁ ἄχαιος, Kat 

hy, +A? « ᾽ / ων 

τούτω ἀπεθανέτην. Τούτων δε οὔθ᾽ ὡς ἐν πολέμῳ κακὼν 
ν»: ᾿ ? . AL | 

οὐδεὶς κατεγέλα, our ἐς φιλίαν αὑτοὺς ἐμέμφετο" ἤστην 


‘ / ‘ / ¥ Ὅν a 
δὲ ἄμφω ἀμφὶ τὰ πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα ETH ἀπὸ γενεᾶς, 


ΞΕΝΟΦΩ͂ΝΤΟΣ 


ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABALEAS FF, 


Oe ied © 


"Osa μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου οἱ “En 
Anves ἔπραξαν μέχρι τῆς μάχης, καὶ ὅσα, ἐπεὶ Kipos 
ἐτελεύτησεν, ἐγένετο, ἀπιόντων τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων σὺν Τισσα- 
φέρνει ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. 
2. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ of τε στρατηγοὶ συνειλημμένοι ἦσαν, καὶ τῶν 
λοχαγῶν καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἱ συνεπόμενοι ἀπολώλεσαν, 
ἐν πολλῇ δὴ ἀπορίᾳ ἦσαν οἱ “Ελληνες, ἐννοούμενοι μὲν, 
ὅτε ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως θύραις ἦσαν, κύκλῳ δὲ αὐτοῖς 
πάντη πολλὰ καὶ ἔθνη καὶ πόλεις πολέμιαι ἦσαν, ἀγορὰν 
δὲ οὐδεὶς ἔτε παρέξειν ἔμελλεν, ἀπεῖχον δὲ τῆς ᾿Ελλάδος 


οὐ μεῖον ἢ μύρια στάδια, ἡγεμὼν δ᾽ οὐδεὶς τῆς ὁδοῦ ἦν, 


ποταμοὶ δὲ διεῖργον ἀδιάβατοι ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ, 


᾽ , Ν ? ‘ fa ‘ / > / "ἡ 
προυδεδωκεσαν δὲ αὐτοὺς καὶ οἱ σὺν Κύρῳ ἀναβάντες βαρ- 
, Ἂ 4 9 an” ε , > al 
Bapot, μόνοι δὲ καταλελειμμένοι ἦσαν, οὐδὲ ἵππεα οὐδένα 
νἱ ¥ PN 5 Ψ An . ᾽ 
σύμμαχον ἔχοντες" WOT εὔδηλον ἦν, OTL νικῶντες μεν οὐ- 


, A / ς ’ ᾿ 2 ᾽ Ά 
δένα ἂν κατακάνοιεν, ἡττηθέντων δὲ αὐτῶν οὐδεὶς ἂν 





“ A Vd Ἂν 
λειφθείη. 3. Ταῦτα ἐννοούμενοι, καὶ ἀθύμως ἔχοντες, 
































78 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [1Π|. 1. 8 --8. 


᾿, / Ν 3. a ᾽ Ὗ c “ / 3 / » / 
ὀλίγοι μεν αὐτῶν εἰς THY ἐσπέραν σίτου εγεύσαντο, ολίγοι 
Ν “~ > / Ni, ‘ ‘ f Ν ᾽ 9 r 
δὲ πῦρ ἀνέκαυσαν, ἐπὶ δὲ τὰ ὅπλα πολλοὶ οὐκ ἦλθον ταύ- 
Ἂ ΄, ? , ‘ Υ Υ ἢ Wd ᾽ 
την τὴν νύκτα, ἀνεπαύοντο δὲ ὅπου ετύγχανεν ἕκαστος, οὐ 
; ͵ “ν»ν " ‘ / / 
δυνάμενοι καθεύδειν ὑπὸ λύπης καὶ πόθου πατρίδων, γο- 
" a / ra Ν ᾽ a, ¥ ¥ 
νέων, γυναικῶν, παίδων, οὺς οὔποτ᾽ evouilov ETL ὄψεσθαι. 
“ ἢν ᾽ν / , ᾽ / 
Οὕτω μεν δὴ διακείμενοι πάντες ἀνεπαύοντο. 
᾿ ἤ 3 on bh a > » A\ 
4. Ἦν δέ τις ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ Ἐενοφῶν Αἰθηναῖος, os 
¥ ‘ # Ν Υ̓ , "Ἢ 
οὔτε στρατηγὸς οὔτε λοχαγὸς οὔτε στρατιωτῆς WY συνη- 
é b b | / > ™ " Ν 
κολούθει, ἀλλὰ Προξενος αὑτὸν μετεπέμψατο οἰκοθεν, 
t rt ᾽ - ς » ‘ "»"» | Λ 
ξένος ὧν ἀρχαῖος" ὑπισχνεῖτο δὲ [αὐτῷ], εἰ ἔλθοι, φίλον 
iy Ku , a »»ν" Ν " ξ a ͵ 
αὐτὸν Κύρῳ ποιήσειν" ὃν αὑτὸς ἐφη κρείττω εαὐυτῷ νομίὲ- 
Ἂ / Κ ¢ / — “ > ‘ ᾿ 
few τῆς πατρίδος. 5. O μέντοι Ξενοφῶν, avayvous τὴν 
3 Ν > “ ἤ ΝΥ / he’ » 
ἐπιστολὴν, ἀνακοινοῦται Σωκρατει τῷ AOnvaiw περι τῆς 
ἤ om * ll / ς "il / “ » 
πορείας. Καὶ ὁ Σωκράτης, ὑποπτεύσας, μὴ τι πρὸς τῆς 
πόλεώς οἱ ἐπαίτιον εἴη Κύρῳ φίλον γενέσθαι (ὅτι ἐδόκει 
re dil / > ‘ lw, > ἤ 
ὁ Κῦρος προθύμως τοῖς “Λακεδαιμονίοις ἐπὶ tas Αθηνας 
"“ rd “ — a 3 / γ 
συμπολεμῆσαι), συμβουλεύει τῷ Ἐενοφωντι, ἐλθόντα εἰς 
‘ ? ~ aA “ Ἂ “~ f 
Δελφοὺς ἀνακοινῶσαι τῷ θεῷ περι τῆς πορείας. 
~ > / Ν > / / Δ 
6. ᾿Ελθὼν δ᾽ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐπήρετο τὸν Απολλω, τίνι ἂν 
“ > / i Ν » 3Ὺ Ν 
θεῶν θύων καὶ εὐχόμενος κάλλιστα καὶ ἄριστα ἔλθοι THY 
al a ἤ / »ν" > a 
ὁδὸν, ἣν ἐπινοεῖ, καὶ καλῶς πράξας σωθείη. Kai ἀνεῖλεν 
Lal " φ Ν wl ? ‘ Ν Λ 
αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Απόλλων θεοις οἷς ἔδει θύειν. 7. ΕἘπει δε πάλιν 
Ν / a ὔ 4 > > Υ͂ 
ἦλθε, λέγει την μαντείαν τῷ Σωκρατει. Ὁ δ᾽ ἀκούσας 
Ἂὦ .). ff 7 ἊὉ / > / / a 
NTLATO αὐτὸν, OTL οὐ τοῦτο πρότερον ἤρωτα, πότερον λῷον 
¥ ,) » ΄, PY J > > Allin / ν᾿ 
εἴη αὐτῷ πορεύεσθαι, ἢ μένειν, ἀλλ᾽ αὑτὸς κρίνας ἰτέον 
> 3 Ψ Ἅ “i / 
εἶναι, tour ἐπυνθάνετο, ὅπως ἂν κάλλιστα πορευθείη. 
> Ν ‘ / » »“» ¥ ‘ ral d € 
Επεὶ μέντοι οὕτως ἤρου, ταῦτ΄, Eby, χρὴ ποιεῖν, ὅσα oO 


Ν Ν »». a / / 
θεὸς ἐκέλευσεν. 8. ‘O μὲν δὴ Ἐενοφῶν, οὕτω θυσάμενος 


Ill. 1.8-13.] KYPOT ANABAXIY. 79 


οἷς ἀνεῖλεν ὁ θεὸς, ἐξέπλει, καὶ καταλαμβάνει ἐν Σάρδεσι 


Πρόξενον καὶ Κῦρον, μέλλοντας ἤδη ὁρμᾶν τὴν ἄνω ὁδόν", 


καὶ συνεστάθη Κύρῳ. 9. Προθυμουμένου δὲ τοῦ Προξέ- 


‘ ¢ > Δ] > “ “ > ᾿ 93 4 
νου, καὶ ὁ Kupos συμπρουθυμεῖτο μεῖναι αὐτὸν" εἶπε δε, 


ὅτι, ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα ἡ στρατεία λήξη, εὐθὺς ἀποπέμψειν 
᾽ > 


2 > if 9 ᾽ 
αὐτόν. ᾿Ελέγετο δὲ ὁ στόλος εἶναι εἰς Πεισίδας. 
" Ν ~ ‘A 3 Ν Wi 
710. Εστρατεύετο μὲν δη, οὕτως ἐξαπατηθεὶς" οὐχ ὕπο 
Ν ~ 9 3, ~ ‘ 
Προξένου, ov yap ἤδει τὴν ἐπὶ βασιλέα ὁρμὴν, οὐδὲ ἄλλος 


οὐδεὶς τῶν ᾿ΒἙλλήνων, πλὴν Κλεώρχου: ἐπεὶ μέντοι εἰς ) 


ν- / 9 Ν a A Ὁ ἡ Φ 
Κιλικίαν ἦλθον, σαφὲς πᾶσιν ἤδη ἐδόκει εἶναι, ὅτι ὁ στό- 
Yd ALA ‘ ‘ eat 
Nos εἴη ἐπὶ βασιλέα. Φοβούμενοι Se τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ ἄκοντες, 
Tessie 
/ ¢ Ν »] I " by, 3 Λ ἃ 
ὅμως οἱ πολλοὶ δι αἰσχύνην καὶ ἀλληλων καὶ Κύρου 
νί Φ @ a > 
συνηκολούθησαν" ὧν εἷς καὶ Ἐενοφῶν ἦν. 11. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 
>  . ; a Ἀ \ “ἷχτν 
ἀπορία Hv, ἐλυπεῖτο μὲν σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις, καὶ οὐκ ἐδύνατο 
4 Ν > ἢ Ν > 
καθεύδειν" μικρὸν δ᾽ ὕπνον λαχὼν, εἶδεν ὄναρ. "Εδοξεν 
> A a / ~ “ " 
αὐτῷ, βροντῆς γενομένης, σκηπτὸς πεσεῖν εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν 
TM | , ᾿ a ; 
οἰκίαν, καὶ ἐκ τούτου λάμπεσθαι πᾶσαν. 12. Περίφοβος 
δ᾽ εὐθὺς ἀνηγέρθη, καὶ τὸ ὄναρ πῆ μὲν ἔ ἀγαθὸν, & 
ηγέρθη, ρ πῆ μεν ἐκρινεν. ἀγαθὸν, ὅτε, 
? , λ \ ΄ n na n 
ἐν πόνοις ὧν Kal κινδύνοις, φῶς μέγα ἐκ Διὸς ἰδεῖν ἔδοξε" 
A Ν Ν 3 “~ Γ μ᾿ ‘ x by 
πῆ δὲ καὶ ἐφοβεῖτο (ὅτε ἀπὸ Διὸς μὲν βασιλέως τὸ ὄναρ 
In ἡ > « 3 / ce Υ͂ ἢ» a“ * 
ἐδόκει αὐτῷ εἶναι, κύκλῳ δὲ ἐδόκει λάμπεσθαι TO πῦρ), μὴ 
> δύ > a , > » “. ᾽ὔ I 7 Ν 
οὐ δύναιτο ex τῆς χωρας ἐξελθεῖν τῆς βασιλέως, αλλ εἰρ- 
/ ξ /, a 
yorto πάντοθεν vTo τινων ἀποριῶν. 
ε os / > ‘ “ a tad 
13. ‘“Orrotev τι μέντοι ἐστὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον ὄναρ ἰδεῖν, 
¥ A > a Υ ‘ 1 Ψν / 
ἔξεστι σκοπεῖν ex τῶν συμβάντων μετὰ TO ὄναρ. Γίγνεται 
Ν (ὃ > Ν 3 lise > / “ Ν > 
yap tade: evOus, ἐπειδὴ ἀνηγέρθη, πρῶτον μεν evvora 
9000 , / , ¢ \ ᾽ν / ed 
αὐτῷ ἐμπίπτει" Tt κατάκειμαι; ἡ δε νυξ προβαίνει" ἅμα 
“ε͵εἅσι͵ι κι... 


‘ “ ¢ ἢ »Ν ‘ / e ‘ i" 
δὲ Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ELKOS TOUS πολεμίους ἥξειν. Εἰ δὲ γενησό- 























80 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ (III. 1. 18 -- 19. 


" Ὁ » / ? δὰ Ν " ἊΝ il ,,. Ν 
μεθα ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ, τί ἐμποδων, μὴ ovyt, TavTa μὲν τὰ 


, 3 / / ‘ ἣν , 
χαλεπωτᾶτα emidovtas, πάντα δὲ ta δεινότατα παθόντας, 


» , Υ̓͂ ᾽ ᾽ ra 
ὑ ριζομένους ἀποθανεῖν; 14. Ὅπως δ᾽ ἀμυνούμεθα, οὐ- 


᾽ b Ν ? Cal > ‘ / 
Seis παρασκευαζεται οὐδὲ επιμελεῖται, αλλὰ κατακείμεθα, 
ev ων ¢ / ¥ > Ν 9 ," ᾽ / 4 
ὥσπερ ἐξὸν ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν. Eyow οὖν tov ἐκ ποίας o- 
‘ ~ “ 7 ἢ  Υ 
λεως στρατηγον προσδοκῶ ταῦτα πράξειν ; ποίαν ὃ ηλι- 
͵ ᾽ »"ν"» » ᾽ ᾽ ᾽ Ν ΝΜ " ν μη 
κία»- ἐμαυτῷ ελθεῖν ἀναμένω ; οὐ γὰρ ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι πρεσβύ- 
Υ aN ᾽ - λν» x a , 
TEPOS ἔσομαι, εᾶν τήμερον προδῶ ἐμαυτὸν τοῖς πολεμίοις. 
᾽ / ? / “ ‘ ᾽ 
15. “Ex τούτου ἀνίσταται, καὶ συγκαλεῖ τους Προξένου 
a / 3 ‘ ‘ “ Ν. 
πρῶτον λοχαγούς. Ere: δὲ συνῆλθον, ἔλεξεν" 
> ‘ 9 ¥ ‘ ¥ , ΄ 
Eyo, ὦ ἄνδρες λοχαγοὶ, οὔτε καθεύδειν δύναμαι 
σ 9 7a e€ “ Ν » Ν δ Ν 2 
(ὥσπερ, οἶμαι, οὐδ᾽ ὑμεῖς), οὔτε κατακεῖσθαι ἔτι, ὁρῶν ἐν 
“ 2 , ¢ ᾽ν Ν , A . ? / 
οίοις ἐσμεν. 16. Ov μεν yap πολέμιοι δῆλον ὅτι ov πρό- 
Ν ¢ ~ * Λ ᾽ ? « ᾽ ’ὔ 
τερον πρὸς ἡμᾶς τὸν πόλεμον εξέφηναν, πρὶν ενόμισαν, 
a Ν ψ “" , ¢ a“ > > \ 7”, 
καλῶς τὰ ἑαυτῶν παρεσκευασθαι" ἡμῶν δ᾽ οὐδεὶς ovder 
Ἴ mn ς " ᾽ ᾽ ΄νΝ 
ἀντεπιμελεῖται, ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα αγωνιούμεθα. 17. Kai 
‘ 9 , ny." Δ / / 2 
μὴν εἰ ὑφησόμεθα καὶ ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ γενησόμεθα, τὶ οἰόμεθα 
A * a t / ‘ ¢ , δ. 
πείσεσθαι; ὃς καὶ τοῦ ὁμομητρίου καὶ ομοπατρίου ἀδελ- 
“ 3 * | | Ν ‘ 
gov καὶ τεθνηκότος ἤδη ἀποτεμὼν τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὴν 
- ᾽ , “ιν ‘ e 5 ‘ ‘ δ \ , 
χεῖρα ἀνεσταύρωσεν" ἡμᾶς δε, οἷς κηδεμὼν MEV οὐδεὶς Tu- 
2 ἢ ν᾿» ν» € § “ ? ᾽ν 
ρεστιν, ἐστρατεύσαμεν δὲ ἐπ avtov, ὡς δοῦλον ἀντὶ βασι- 
/ ’ Ν > a > ὃ ᾽ θ “allt 
λέως ποιήσοντες, Kal αποκτενοῦντες, εἰ δυναίμεθα, TL av 
"ἢ " “ΙΝ ων ἡ ἃ a, al lian e 
οἰόμεθα παθεῖν; 18. "Ap οὐκ ἂν ἐπὶ πᾶν ἔλθοι, ὡς, 
| a ‘ ν ᾽ ἢ va > θ , ᾽ 
ἡμᾶς τὰ ἔσχατα αἰκισώμενος, πᾶσιν avOpwros φοβον 
ld a a / > » 3 / + | 7 a 
mapacyot τοῦ στρατεῦσαί ποτε em αὑτὸν; AXA ὅπως 
i “3, / / / 
TOL μὴ eT ἐκείνῳ γενησόμεθα, πάντα ποιητέον. 
3 Ny ‘ 9 ¥ » ε Φ ¥ 
19. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν οὖν, ἔστε μὲν αἱ σπονδαὶ ἦσαν, οὕποτε 


3 / * \ , ͵ , ‘ Ν Ἂ ‘ 
ETAVOUNVY ἡμᾶς MEV οἰκτείρων, Bactrea δὲ Kat Tous συν 


νον 








Ill. 1.19-25.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 81 


᾽ a / , Me Ψ Ἅ ἤ i, 

αὐτῷ μακαρίζων, διαθεωμενος αὐτῶν, ὅσην μὲν χώραν καὶ 

¢ ΝΜ i Ν ΝΜ \ 3 i ΄ Ἂ “ 

οἵαν ἔχοιεν, ὡς Se ἀφθονα τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ὅσους δὲ θερά- 

‘ Ν > a 

movtas, ὅσα δὲ κτήνη, χρυσὸν δὲ, ἐσθῆτα δέ. 20. Ta δ᾽ 
9 n a nA ᾽ ᾿ Ψ a x ? 

av TOV στρατιωτῶν ὁπότε ἐνθυμοίμην, OTL τῶν μὲν ἀγα- 

a ; 2 Ν i / ? » / [«4 > 

θῶν πάντων οὐδενὸς ἡμῖν μετείη, εἰ μὴ πριαίμεθα, ὅτου ὃ 

ΝΥ Ν ba / ἊΝ 
ὠνησόμεθα, ἤδειν ETL ολίγους ἔχοντας, ἄλλως δέ πως Topi- 
᾽ » , ἃ » / Ψ ¥ " 
ἕεσθαι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἢ ὠνουμένους, ὅρκους ἤδη κατέχοντας 
~ a ? 9 ae a 

ἡμᾶς" ταῦτ᾽ οὖν λογιζόμενος, ἐνίοτε τὰς σπονδὰς μᾶλλον 
rd a Ν » Ἵ 3 A 

ἐφοβούμην, ἢ νῦν tov πόλεμον. 21. ᾿Επεὶ μέντοι ἐκεῖνοι 


Ν. \ ‘ ᾽ » Ν ᾿ 3 ᾽ 
ἔλυσαν tas σπονδὰς, λελύσθαι μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ἡ ἐκείνων 


{ ν. ἡ ͵ ς , > καὶ ‘ να. “: 
ὕβρις, καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα ὑποψία. Ev μέσῳ yap on κεῖται 
A ‘|| ‘ > ς , A ei Ν 3 f 
ταῦτα τὰ wya0a, ἄθλα ὁπότεροι ἂν ἡμῶν ἄνδρες ἀμείνονες 
9 ᾽ ᾿" ? ε ᾽ὔ > ὁ ν ᾿ς.» ε ᾿, 
ὦσιν" ἀγωνοθέται δ᾽ οἱ θεοί εἰσιν, ob σὺν ἡμῖν, ὡς τὸ 
valle ¥ φ ‘ \ > Ν 3 “ 
εἰκος, ἔσονται. 22, Οὕτοι μεν γὰρ αὑτους ἐπιωρκηήκασιν" 
ἔ “Ὁ Ν \ ξ en b | ‘ γε» > a > ll 
ἥμεις δε, πολλὰ OP@VTES ἀγαθα, TTEQQWS αὐτῶν ἀπεῖχο- 
“ ‘ ~ ~ Ψ Γ ᾽ Ὁ“ / “ 
μεθα δια τοὺς τῶν θεῶν ὅρκους" ὥστε ἐξεῖναί μοι δοκεῖ 
"ΜΗ 2 ‘ ? nr Ἂ ‘ Ν , / KA v4 
leval ἐπὶ TOV ἀγώνα πολυ σὺν φρονήματι μείζονι, ἢ τοὺ- 
Ν » ae “ ¢ " rl ᾿.. 
τοις. 28. Ἔτι ὃ ἔχομεν σώματα ἱκανώτερα τούτων καὶ 
΄ ᾿ Γ, ‘ , " yy ‘ x Χ 
ψύχη καὶ Gury καὶ πόνους φέρειν " ἔχομεν δὲ καὶ ψυχας 


Ἃ a ra ᾽ , ¢e ‘ Ν a ‘ A 
συν τοῖς θεοῖς ἀμείνονας" οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες καὶ τρωτοὶ καὶ 


Ν a 90 A ¢ me Ν / / 
θνητοὶ, μᾶλλον ἡμῶν, ἣν οἱ θεοὶ, ὥσπερ τὸ πρόσθεν, νίκην 


ἡμῖν διδῶσιν. 
? ? a a Ν 
24. ᾿Αλλ᾽, ἴσως γὰρ καὶ ἄλλοι ταῦτ᾽ ἐνθυμοῦνται, πρὸς 
“ “ ‘ 3 a “ 
τῶν θεῶν, μὴ ἀναμένωμεν ἄλλους ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐλθεῖν, παρα- 
καλοῦντας ἐπὶ τὰ κάλλιστα ἔργα, GAN ἡμεῖς ἄρξωμεν τοῦ 
? A 4 ‘ ¥ »ν»ν . ᾽ ’ , a 
ἐξορμῆσαι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρετήν. Φάνητε τῶν 
λοχαγῶν ἄριστοι, καὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν ἀξιοστρατηγότεροι. 
25. Καγὼ δὲ, εἰ μὲν ὑμεῖς ἐθέλετε ἐξορμᾶν ἐπὶ ταῦτα, 


- 6 























82 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ Τ[Π1Π. !. 96-- 30. 


Ψ ᾽ν» " ae a »"» , , on 
ἕπεσθαι ὑμῖν βούλομαι" εἰ δ᾽ ὑμεῖς τάττετέ με ἡγεῖσθαι, 
Ia’ / My ¢ / > Ν Ἅ, > »" 
οὐδὲν προφασίζομαι τὴν ἡλικίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀκμάζειν ἡγοῦ- 
ψΨ rd ἢ + ~ ‘ ᾽ 
μαι, ἐρύκειν am ἐμαυτοῦ τὰ κακά. 
¢ lh a 53 Ἂν. ε ‘ \ > “Ἢ 
26. O μὲν ταῦτ ἐλεξεν, οἱ δὲ λοχαγοὶ, ἀκούσαντες 
“ ¢ “ 9 Λ , Ὺ > 
ταῦτα, ἡγεισθαι ἐκέλευον πάντες" πλὴν Απολλωνίδης τις 
9 , -» [οὶ Φ ᾽ 2 σ 
ἦν, βοιωτιαζων τῇ φωνῇ, οὗτος δ᾽ εἶπεν, ὅτι φλυαροίη, 
Od / Ν / Δ nw 
ὅστις λέγοι, ἄλλως Tas σωτηρίας ἂν τυχεῖν, ἢ βασιλέα 
/ i, ὃ ᾿ Ν ¢ ν My in > / 
πείσας, εἰ δυναιτο" καὶ ἅμα ἤρχετο λέγειν τὰς ἀπορίας. 
ς ΄ — a A καὶ Ν ᾿ φ 
27. O μέντοι Ξενοφῶν μεταξυ ὑπολαβὼν, ἔλεξεν ὧδε" 
i ἥ ” , me ν» ὦ , 
42 θαυμασιώτατε ἄνθρωπε, σύ γε οὐδὲ ὁρῶν γιγνώσκεις, 
δὲ 9 vi ’ ᾿ Ἕ > a / > r 
οὐδὲ ἀκούων μεμνησαὶ. vy ταυτῷ γε μέντοι ἧσθα τού- 
“ ‘ i 4 > alan) b 
τοις, ore βασιλεὺς, ἐπεὶ Κῦρος ἀπέθανε, μέγα φρονή- 
ν» ri / 3 Α / i ¢ 
σας ἐπὶ τούτῳ, πέμπων ἐκέλευε παραδιδόναι τὰ ὅπλα. 
᾽ \ ‘ ¢ ~ > ἢ ᾽ > > 
28. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμεῖς ov παραδόντες, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξωπλισμένοι 
b ) θ / / b | ~ / > ᾽ / / 
ἐλθόντες παρεσκηνήσαμεν αὐτῷ, TL οὐκ ἐποίησε πρέσβεις 
/ ‘ Ny. ᾽ν ᾽ ‘ by 
πέμπων, καὶ σπονδὰς αἰτῶν, καὶ παρέχων τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, 
Ν a ¥ ᾽ " ᾽ > ¢ 
ἔστε σπονδῶν ἔτυχεν; 29. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ αὖ οἱ στρατηγοὶ 
hy, Ν ef ‘ ἅ ? “Ἵ 3 al ¥ 
καὶ λοχαγοὶ, ὥσπερ Sn σὺ κελεύεις, εἰς λόγους αὑτοῖς ἄνευ 


eo > ᾽ ~ » ᾽ “ > »“" 
ὅπλων ἦλθον, πιστεύσαντες ταῖς σπονδαῖς, οὐ νῦν ἐκεῖνοι 


, / \ μιν @ 3» " ΠῚ 
τλήμονες δύνανται (καὶ μάλ᾽, οἷμαι, ἐρῶντες τούτου); “A 
᾿ " ΩΝ Ν ᾽ν "» κ(ύὶ ’ -“» 
συ πάντα εἰδως, τοὺς μὲν ἀμύνεσθαι κελεύοντας φλυαρεῖν 
hw / » / , hall 3 Ν jis NA 
dys, πείθειν Se πάλιν κελεύεις ἰόντας; 30. ᾿Εμοὶ δὲ, ὦ 


Ν Ὁ Ἂ Ν “ ἢ / 9 
ἄνδρες, δοκεῖ, τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον μήτε προσίεσθαι εἰς 


»ν  » ᾽ a 3 Ld ‘ / ’ 
ταυτὸ ἡμίν αὐτοῖς, αφελομένους TE την λοχαγίαν,. σκευὴ 


᾽ , ε sf “ ? ‘ ‘ ‘ 

ἀναθέντας, ὡς τοιούτῳ χρῆσθαι. Οὗτος yap καὶ τὴν πα- 
" » ἢ a ‘ ς , Ψ “ 

τρίδα καταισχύνει, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ᾿Ελλαδα, ὅτι Ἑλλην 


A re κ᾽ > 
ων τοιοῦτος ἐστίν. 








ΤΠ. 1. 31--36] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. i 


tal Ν 3 “ λ 4 
31. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ὑπολαβὼν ᾿Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος εἶπεν" 
ΕῚ ‘ / Μ a“ / / Oe Ν 
Αλλα τούτῳ γε οὔτε τῆς Βοιωτίας προσήκει οὐδεν, οὔτε 
“Ἵ"Ὕ»" ; , HAMA κν ἃ» Hl ἴδ 7 
τῆς Ἑ λλαδος παντάπασιν" ἐπεὶ eyw αὑτὸν εἶδον, ὥσπερ 
Ν > / / | / ‘ 3 ee 
Λυδὸν, ἀμφότερα Ta ὦτα τετρυπήημένον. Kai εἶχεν οὕτως. 
- ". "ἡ" € ‘aN \ \ 
32. Τοῦτον μὲν οὖν ἀπήλασαν" οἱ δε ἄλλοι, Tapa τας 
‘ Ν a Ν Ν 
τάξεις ἰόντες, ὅπου μὲν στρατηγὸς σῶος είη, τὸν στρατη- 
‘ Ν Ἅ e ἤ 
γὸν παρεκάλουν" ὅπόθεν δὲ οἴχοιτο, Tov ὑποστρατηγον" 
a Ν » / 3 ‘ 
ὅπου δ᾽ av λοχαγὸς σῶος εἴη, τὸν λοχαγὸν. 33. Ere 
‘ A 3 "" / ° A 2 / 
δὲ πάντες συνῆλθον, εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν τῶν ὅπλων ἐκαθέ- 
’ Ν Ν ‘ 
ζοντο" καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ συνέλθοόντες στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ 
‘ a 2. Ν / 5 
ἀμφὶ tous ἑκατόν. “Ore δὲ ταῦτα ἦν, σχεδὸν μέσαι ἦσαν 
a ) > a / 
νύκτες. 34. ᾿Ενταῦθα ‘Iepwvvpos Ηλεῖος, πρεσβύτατος 
- " Cal ἮΝ / φ € a > 
av τῶν Προξένου λοχαγῶν, ἤρχετο λέγειν ὧδε: Ἡμῖν, ὦ 
¥ ‘ ip. ec iw Ν rs 
ἄνδρες στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ, ὁρῶσι τὰ παρόντα ἐδοξε 
Ἂ > » ad ΝΕ.» id Ψ 
καὶ αὑτοῖς συνελθεῖν, καὶ ὑμᾶς παρακαλέσαι, ὅπως βουλευ- 
/ > Ἵ > "ΝΜ ‘ Ἁ 
σαίμεθα εἴ τι δυναίμεθα ἀγαθόν. . AcEov δ΄, edn, καὶ συ, 
“Ὁ ‘ ‘ eee > / v 
ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, ἅπερ καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς. 35. Ex τούτου λέγει 
τάδε Ἐενοφῶν" 
a Ν , 3 " e Ny 
᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ πάντες ἐπιστάμεθα, ort Bacideus 
i ‘ 7 , ’ δ ν 
καὶ Τισσαφέρνης ovs μὲν ἐδυνήθησαν συνειλήφασιν ἡμῶν" 
“" A ed > , ε aA / 
τοῖς δ᾽ ἄλλοις δῆλον ὅτι ἐπιβουλεύουσιν, ws, ἢν δύνωνται, 
’ f ς a , ΓῚ V4 U e , 
ἀπολέσωσιν. Ἡμῖν δὲ ye οἶμαι πάντα ποιητέα, ws μή- 
a ‘ / > In al A ἤ 
mot ἐπὶ τοῖς βαρβάροις γενώμεθα, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον, ἢν δυνώ- 
»" > a > / > / “ 
μεθα, ἐκεῖνοι ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν. 36. Εὖ τοίνυν ἐπίστασθε, ὅτι 
¢ a i Ν d a 4) / 
UMELS, TOTOVTOL ὄντες, OTOL VvUY συνεληλύθατε, μεγιστον 
val e “ Ν ic A 
ἔχετε καιρόν. Οἱ yap στρατιῶται οὗτοι πάντες πρὸς ὑμῶς 
/ »Ἅ tal 3 / ‘ 
βλέπουσι" κἂν μὲν ὑμᾶς ὁρῶσιν ἀθύμους, πάντες κακοὶ 


¥ “a nM, a mT ,ὔ ᾿ ’ ‘ 
ἔσονται" ἣν δὲ ὑμεῖς autos Te παρασκευαζομενοι φανεροί 














"uM 


testinal his 


84 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ 


[1Π|. 1. 86 -- 42. 


+ s & ‘ / ‘ \ ΝΜ “A 
NTE ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους παρακαλῆτε, 
ἌΝ “ “ δ »ν \ V4 a 
εὖ ἴστε, OTL ἕψονται ὑμῖν, Kat πειράσονται μιμεῖσθαι. 
Ν t Ἀ " mii man ᾿ 
37. Ἴσως δέ τοι καὶ δίκαιον ἐστιν ὑμᾶς διαφέρειν τῷ Tov 
¢ a ἢ » : Ν ¢ Lal / Ἢ 
των. Ὑμεῖς γὰρ eote στρατηγοί, ὑμεῖς ταξίαρχοι καὶ 
͵ Ν [ γι / » ς “ Ν / Ν »“ 
Aoyayoi* καὶ, OTE εἰρήνη ἣν, ὑμεῖς καὶ χρήμασι καὶ τιμαῖς 
/ 9 ~ * “ / ? Ν λ / " 
τούτων ἐπλεονεκτεῖτε'" καὶ νῦν τοίνυν, ἐπεὶ πόλεμος ἐστιν, 
, » m € “" | Ν | / a , > Ν 
ἀξιοῦν δεῖ ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀμείνους τε τοῦ πλήθους εἶναι, καὶ 
᾽ / ‘ »“ Ν , 
προβουλεύειν τούτων καὶ προπονεῖν, ἣν που Sen. 
mrt nw “ ‘ Ν Ἅ “ Ν / >, «A 
38. Kai νῦν πρῶτον μεν οἴομαι ἂν ὑμᾶς μέγα ονῆσαι 
᾿. ἤ ? 3 / ef | Ν ~ > 
τὸ aTputevpa, εἰ ἐπιμεληθείητε, OTwWS ἀντὶ τῶν ἀπολω- 
/ ¢ / ~ ~ ‘ » 

AOTWY WS τάχιστα στρατηγοί Kat AOYaYOL ἀντικαταστα- 
» Ν % > ᾿ In’ “a Ν'᾽ ‘ Ν 
θῶσιν. ᾿Ανευ γὰρ ἀρχόντων οὐδὲν ἂν οὔτε καλὸν οὔτε 
᾽ Ν. / "ἢ ‘ , 7 » 3 “~ a Ἀ 
ἀγαθὸν γένοιτο, ὡς μὲν συνελόντι εἰπεῖν, οὐδαμοῦ" εν δὲ 
Ἂ "» »" ri 4 ‘ Ν 3 / , 
δὴ τοῖς πολεμικοῖς παντάπασιν. Ἢ μεν yap εὐταξία σω- 

» ly ‘ > ἢ bs, ν 3 ἢ 
tew δοκεῖ, ἡ δὲ ἀταξία πολλοὺς ἤδη ἀπολώλεκεν. 
, ᾿ Ν , ‘ Ν ed 
39. ᾿Επειδὰν δὲ καταστήσησθε τους apyovTas, σους 
“ A Ν il ἤ ‘ 
δεῖ, ἣν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους στρατιωτας συλλεγητε Kat 
s « ¢ ~ / 9 ~ ~ 
παραθαρσύνητε, οἶμαι ἂν ὑμᾶς πάνυ ἐν καιρῳ ποιῆσαι. 
“~ “ “ Ν ‘ 4 ἴω ᾽ ᾽ ξ ᾿Ὶ / 
40. Nov μὲν yap ἴσως καὶ ὑμεῖς αἰσθάνεσθε, ws αθύμως 
‘ > .»νυ Δ᾽ x Ν ‘ , 
μὲν ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα, aOvuws Se πρὸς τὰς φυλακὰς" 
ef ef »»ν ἡ ᾽ 25 ¢/ ¥ / 
ὥστε, οὕτω γ᾽ ἐχόντων, οὐκ οἶδα, ὁ τι ἂν TIS χρήσαιτο 
Ἵ - Υ ‘ / Ν ν. »νΗ / ry 
αὐτοῖς, εἴτε νυκτὸς δέοι τι, este καὶ ἡμέρας. 4]. Ἢν 
/ >.) “ Ν , ¢ ‘ “ 
δέ τις αὐτῶν τρέψῃ Tas γνώμας, ὡς μὴ τοῦτο μονον 
> a ͵ ͵ > ‘ Ν , ’ ‘ 
ἐννοῶνται, τί πείσονται, αλλὰ καὶ TL ποιήσουσι, πολὺ 
᾽ ἢ Ν > / ‘ , vA 
εὐθυμότεροι ἔσοντα. 42. Ἐπίστασθε yap δήπου, OTL 
¥ “~ / > »¥ 3 ‘ ¢ > “ / ‘ 
οὔτε πλῆθος ἐστιν οὔτε ἰσχυς ἡ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ TAS 
‘ ~ > > \¢ Ll “A x “ "»" al 
νίκας ποιοῦσα" ἀλλ ὁπότεροι ἂν συν τοῖς θεοῖς ταὶς ψυ- 


“ see / 


” ty, \ , , 
NAS EPPWMEVETTEPOL LWOLY ETL TOUS πολεμίους, τούτους 


aR) HHH RR nmi gM wi 


ΠῚ. 1.42-47.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 88 


9 / / 
ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ οἱ ἀντίοι ov δέχονται. 43. ᾿Εντεθύμημαι 


> ¥ > ν Ν Ἂ ¢ ε / ᾽ν / 
ὃ eywye, ὦ ἄνδρες, καὶ τοῦτο, OTL, ὁπόσοι μὲν μαστευουσι 


» / , »"» ol Φ “ ᾿ A 
ζην ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου εν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς, OUTOL μεν KAKWS 


"" γ -“ € Ty Ν » > “ € / 
τε καὶ αἰσχρῶς WS ἐπὶ TO πολυ ὠποθνησκουσὶν" ὁπόσοι 
. ἃ \ , ’ , a ἈΝ > . » 
δὲ τὸν μὲν θάνατον ἐγνώκασι πᾶσι κοινὸν εἶναι καὶ ἀναγ- 
al | “ » ~ “ Ὁ > / > ri 
καῖον ἀνθρώποις, περὶ δὲ τοῦ καλὼς ἀποθνήσκειν ἀγωνί- 
»"» “A ἤ ν] ~ “ b | 
ἕονται, τούτους ὁρῶ μᾶλλόν πως εἰς TO γῆρας αφικνου- 
‘ Ν e/ A “~ δ f i ὃ , 
μένους, Kal, ἕως ἂν ζῶσιν, εὐδαιμονέστερον διωγοντας. 
“A “ “ / ᾽ 4 4 
44.°A καὶ ἡμᾶς δεῖ νῦν καταμαθόντας (ἐν τοιούτῳ yap 
a > > / ¥ ὃ ? 6 ‘ > ‘, ‘\ 
καιρῷ ἐσμεν), αὐτούς τε ἄνδρας ἀγαθους εἶναι, καὶ TOUS 
Ν al ε ἈΝ »“Υ | Ἀ P| 7 
ἄλλους Tapakanew. Ο μεν ταὺτ εὐπων, ἐπαύσατο. 
‘ ‘ “ 3 / 2 Ν / 
45. Mera δὲ τοῦτον εἶπε Χειρίσοφος" “Adda πρόσθεν 
Ν Φ ~_— ry a / " Υὶ Ψ 
μὲν, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, τοσοῦτον μόνον σε εγίγνωσκον, ὅσον 
> “ 7 ‘ > a 9 .F Φ 
ἤκουον ᾿Αθηναῖον εἶναι" νῦν δὲ καὶ ἐπαινῶ σε ep οἷς 
/ ‘ ri ἈΝ / Δ ¢ / 
λέγεις TE καὶ TPUTTELS, καὶ βουλοίμην ἂν ott πλείστους 
ν ᾿ ‘ aA Ν ‘ ΕῚ 
εἶναι τοιούτους " κοινὸν yap av ein τὸ ἀγαθόν. 46. Kai 
a ¥ x > TE | ἢ ” 
viv, ἔφη, μὴ μέλλωμεν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἀλλ ἀπελθόντες ἤδη 
, » ς i] ” . UA ef ᾽ Ν 
αἱρεῖσθε οἱ δεόμενοι ἄρχοντας, καὶ ἐλόμενοι ἥκετε εἰς TO 
“ »-» Λ ‘ ls. e / Ν Ν ᾽ 
μέσον τοῦ στρατοπέδου, καὶ τοὺς αἱρεθέντας ἄγετε" ἐπεῖτ 
> a) a ‘ Ν ἤ / > 
ExeL συγκαλουμεν TOUS ἄλλους στρατιωτας" παρέστω ὃ 
, » Ἂ / « “" ‘ A ~ 2 
ἡμῖν, ἔφη, καὶ Τολμίδης ὁ κηρυξ. 47. Kat ἅμα ταὺτ 
᾽ "" » κ᾿ c ~ " 3 ἈΝ / in 
εἰπὼν ἀνέστη, WS μὴ μεέλλοιτο, ἀλλα περαίνοιτο τὰ 
/ > ᾽ 4 ἣ Ν > iy, 
δέοντα. Ex τούτου ἠρέθησαν ἄρχοντες, ἀντὶ μὲν Κλε- 
, r ‘4 > ‘ ~ 
ρχου Τιμασίων Aapdaveus, ἀντὶ δὲ Σωκράτους Ἐανθικλῆς 
᾽ κ Me. AA A / ? , , ’ / 
Ayatos, αντὶ de Αγίου [᾿Αρκάδος] λεωανωρ Ορχομενιος, 
9 Ν ‘ / ᾽ > * 3 . ‘ | 
ἀντὶ δὲ Μένωνος Φιλήσιος ᾿Αχαιὸς, ἀντὲ de Προξένου 
Cool “ > »" 
Ξενοφῶν Αθηναίος. 




















ἘΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [ΠΠ|. 2. 1 --ὅ. 


CAP, J. 


b Ν μὰ ¢ / Ν ¢ 4. Ν > 
1. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἥρηντο, ἡμέρα τε σχεδὸν ὑπέφᾶινε, καὶ εἰς 
ἣν , e εομ“ἷ᾿ν aI » a ,΄ 
τὸ μέσον ἧκον οἱ ἄρχοντες, καὶ ἐδοξεν avTois, προφύλακας 
“ ᾿. ᾿ > ‘ * 
καταστήσαντας, συγκαλεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας. Ee de 
| « Ν "“ “ ᾽ / “ ‘ 
Kat ol ἄλλοι στρατιωται συνῆλθον, ἀνέστη πρῶτον μεν 
" e / fa @ 5 ” 
Χειρίσοφος ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε. 2. M2 av- 
~ Ν ἣν \ / / > ‘al 
Spes στρατιῶται, χαλεπὰ μὲν τὰ παρόντα, ὁπότε ἀνδρῶν 
“ - / Ν val ‘ 
στρατηγῶν τοιούτων στερόμεθα καὶ λοχαγῶν καὶ στρατιω- 
al Ν > Μ ἣν € ? oo “ ¢ / 4 
τῶν" πρὸς δ᾽ ἔτι καὶ οἱ ἀμφὶ ᾿Αριαῖον, οἱ πρόσθεν σύμ- 
Ν / ¢ “ ‘ ¢ ‘ n > 
payor ὄντες, προδεδώκασιν ἡμᾶς. 3. “Ὅμως de δεῖ εκ 
~ / ν 3 / > » Ν Ν φ / 
τῶν παρόντων ἄνδρας ἀγαθούς τε ἐλθεῖν, Kat μὴ ὑφίεσθαι, 
> ‘ ~ ff ἃ Ν ri » » 
ἀλλὰ πειρᾶσθαι ὅπως, ἢν μὲν δυνώμεθα, καλῶς νικώντες 
/ γ δ ‘ ᾽ Ν al , / ¢ 
σωζώμεθα" εἰ δὲ μὴ, ἀλλὰ καλῶς ye ἀποθνήσκωμεν, ὑπο- 
/ ‘, ᾿ ἤ »"“ » ἤ 
χείριον δὲ μηδέποτε. γενώμεθα ζῶντες τοῖς πολεμίοις. 
» i, * e “ ἴω Cl @ Ἃ > ν ¢ 
Οἴομαι yap ἂν ἡμᾶς τοιαῦτα παθεῖν, ola Tous ἐχθρους οἱ 
Ἅ ᾿ 
θεοὶ ποιήσειαν. 
᾽ ν " Ὑ΄ ἢ > / ν᾿ i ae 
4. Em τούτῳ Krcavwp Opxopevios ἀνέστη, Kat ἔλεξεν 
> > “- ‘ Φ»ν . / ? / 
ὧδε" ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὁρᾶτε μὲν, ὦ ἄνδρες, τὴν βασιλέως ἐπιορκίαν 
ν. ν»ὶ ἡ ¢ «A Ν ᾿ / 3 / e/ 
καὶ ἀσέβειαν" ὁρᾶτε de τὴν Τισσαφέρνους ἀπιστίαν, ooTis 
Ν “ « , Ν ‘ / 
λέγων, ὡς γείτων τε εἴη τῆς Ελλάδος, καὶ περι πλειστου 
’ὔ ‘al ᾿ ~ ‘ > / ν 7 / 
ἂν ποιήσαιτο σῶσαι ἡμᾶς, καὶ ETL τούτοις AUTOS ὁμοόσας 
“" ‘ Ν Mi > / Λ * 
ἡμῖν, αὐτὸς δεξιὰς Sous, αὐτὸς ἐξαπατήσας συνελαβε Tous 
Ν ,.. In / ewe I / ᾽ Ὗ ya / 
στρατηγοὺς, καὶ οὐδὲ Δία Ἐένιον ῃδέσθη, ἀλλα Κλεαρχῳ 
ry > “ ra ? / 
καὶ ὁμοτράπεζος γενόμενος, αὑτοῖς τοὕτοις ἐξαπατήσας 
% ¥ > 4 > »“" ‘ A ¢ Δ ᾽ / 
τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀπολώλεκεν. 5. Apiaios δε, ὃν ἡμεις ἦθε- 
, ᾿ " "ἡ ν κα, 
λομεν βασιλέα καθιστάναι, καὶ ἐδώκαμεν καὶ ἐλάβομεν 


A ἣν ‘il ? , Ν φ Ν Ν θ ‘ 
πιστα, μὴ προδωσειν ἀλλήλους, καὶ οὗτος, οὔτε TOUS ὕεους 





IIL. 2.5-9] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 87 


/ ΝΜ a ~ I 3 4 
δείσας, οὔτε Κῦρον τὸν τεθνηκότα αἰδεσθεὶς, τιμώμενος 
Λ ¢ * all ~ ~ Ν Ny. 3 "Ἢ > ὔ 
μάλιστα ὗπο Κύρου ζῶντος, νῦν πρὸς τοὺς ἐκείνου ἐεχθι- 
3 ‘ ¢ a“ | vl Λ »Ἅ) -“ 
στους ἀποστας, ἡμᾶς tous Kupov φίλους κακῶς ποιεῖν 
a“ > \ ᾽ ‘ « ‘ 3 / 
πειρᾶται. 6. Adda τούτους μὲν ot θεοὶ ἀποτίσαιντο" 
i ‘ »“»“ a e) Ν / ? a ¥ lle! 
ἡμᾶς δὲ δεῖ ταῦτα ὁρῶντας, μήποτε ἐξαπατηθῆναι ἐτι ὑπὸ 
΄ > 4 / e ry , , 
TOUTMV, αλλὰ μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κρατιστα, 
"Ἢ “ Δ a r Lal “ 
τοῦτο, ὃ τι ἂν δοκῇ τοῖς θεοῖς, πασχειν. 
> ᾽ “Ὁ ey 3 dh ᾽ 
7. "Ex τούτου Ἐενοφῶν ἀνίσταται, ἐσταλμένος ἐπὶ πό- 
ς Ia ἡ Λ / Υ / a € 
λεμον ws ἐδύνατο κάλλιστα (νομίζων, εἰτε νίκην διδοῖεν οἱ 
Ν Ἂ f. ἢ) a Ἂ “ ΝΥ 
θεοὶ, τὸν κάλλιστον κοσμον τῷ νίκαν πρεπεῖν" εἰτε τελευ- 


“ ὃ ᾽ " ἊὉ »ν “ / 4 ~ ᾽ ἤ 
τᾶν δέοι, ορθῶς ἔχειν, τῶν καλλίστων εαὑτὸν ἀξιωσαντα, 


> ͵ a a“ ’ a ‘ i ¥ 
εν TOUTOLS τῆς τελευτῆς τυγχάνειν)" τοῦ δε λόγου ἤρχετο 
᾿, 


φ ‘ bs 5 , ’ / ? 
ὧδε: 8. Τὴν μὲν τῶν βαρβαρων ἐπιορκίαν τε Kat ἀπι- 
/ / ~ rd > / x ἈΝ , ἢ al 
στίαν λέγει μὲν KrXeuvwp, ἐπίστασθε δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς, οἶμαι. 
’ \ a ’ " ν » 4 ’ b 
Ei μὲν οὖν βουλευόμεθα πάλιν αὑτοῖς dia φιλίας ἱέναι, 
| Υ͂ ¢ “a ‘ > / ΜΝ i b Ἂν 
ἀνάγκη ἡμᾶς πολλὴν ἀθυμίαν ἔχειν, ὁρῶντας καὶ τοὺς 
ἃ A “ / ? a ς * > / 
στρατηγους, ot dua πίστεως αὑτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς ἐνεχείρισαν, 
Φ ᾽ θ ? / / ‘ a ¢ 
οἷα πεπόνθασιν" εἰ μέντοι διανοούμεθα συν τοῖς ὅπλοις 
@ , , > m i \ ἣν Ν 
ὧν τε πεποιήκασι δίκην επιθεῖναινι αὑτοῖς. καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν 
ὃ \ Hp ’ ? a 7/7 iy, a a a 
ia παντὸς πολέμου αὑτοῖς ἰέναι, σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς πολλαὶ 
¢ « i, + κα / lll 
ἡμῖν καὶ καλαὶ ἐλπίδες εἰσὶ σωτηρίας. 
“Ἢ i Ἢ > a“ , / > / 
9. Τοῦτο δὲ λέγοντος αὑτοῦ, πτάρνυταί τις" ἀκοῦσαν- 
> ς a ἤ a ~ ἤ 
τες δ᾽ οἱ στρατιῶται, πάντες μιᾷ ὁρμῇ προσεκύνησαν τὸν 
/ ~ ΓῚ “ > A 3 b 
Geov. Kai Ἐενοφῶν εἶπε' Aoxet μοι, ὦ ἄνδρες, ere, 
Ν " ¢ ἢ " | a x‘ a “Ἢ 
περὶ σωτηρίας ἡμῶν λεγόντων, οἰωνὸς τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ Σωτῆ- 
3 / Ν a a ’ / ᾽ Ψ 
ρος εφάνη, εὔξασθαι τῷ θεῷ τούτῳ θύσειν σωτηρια, ὅπου. 
S| a ? / / 3 al / 
av πρῶτον εἰς φιλίαν ywopav ἀφικωμεθα" συνεπεύξασθαι 


᾽ν Ν Ὁ ¥. a / ‘ ’ oe 
δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις θεοῖς θύσειν κατὰ δύναμιν. Kai ὅτῳ 
































88 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΣΙ, 2. 9-13. 


a "."» νυν ᾽ , ‘ a χκν νὴ 
δοκεῖ ταῦτ΄, εφη, avatewatw τὴν χεῖρα. Kai ἀνέτειναν 
e > / ΝΜ ν»" “ > ‘ Ν 
ἅπαντες. Ex τούτου evéavto καὶ ἐπαιωνισαν. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 
Ν a " »" 2 Μ , Φ 
τὰ τῶν θεῶν καλῶς εἶχον, ἤρχετο πάλιν ὧδε" 
> ἤ / ¥ \ ‘ Ν ᾽ ᾽ 
10. ᾿Ετύγχανον λέγων, ὅτε πολλαὶ καὶ καλαὶ ἐλπίδες 
¢ 9 / Ὁ» i, Ν e Ὁ x > a 
ἡμίν elev σωτηρίας. IIpwrov μεν yap ἡμεῖς μὲν ἐμπεδοῦ- 
\ » “ ¢ γ c ‘ / > ’ i 
μεν Tous τῶν θεῶν opKous, οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἐπιωρκήκασί τε, 
Ἀ Ἂ ‘ ‘ ‘ “ / 4 ᾽ 
καὶ τὰς σπονδὰς καὶ τοὺς Ὁρκοὺυς λελύκασιν. Οὕτω ὃ 
"ἡ > % a ‘ / ᾽ , > ‘ 
ἐχόντων, εἰκὸς, τοις MEV πολεμίοις ἐναντίους εἶναι τοὺς 
\ «(| ‘ , “ ¢ ,» Ν " ; 
θεους, ἡμῖν δὲ συμμάχους, οἵπερ ἱκανοί εἰσι καὶ τοὺς μεγά- 
‘ Ν a Ν Ἂ ‘ A 3 al 
Aous ταχὺ μικροὺς ποιεῖν, καὶ τοὺς μίκρους, κἂν ἐν δεινοῖς 
9 " " a a / 
wot, cwlew εὐπετῶς, ὁταν βούλωνται. 
y Χ ᾽ " ‘ hl Ν ‘ a 
11. “πειτα d¢,— ἀναμνήσω yap ὑμᾶς καὶ τοὺς τῶν 
᾽ al i / / Led IAA I ᾽ val 
προγόνων τῶν ἡμετέρων κινδύνους, ἵνα εἰδῆτε, ws ἀγαθοῖς 
» / > , / ‘ "“ a a 
TE ὑμῖν προσήκει εἶναι, σωζονταὶ τε συν τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ 
᾽ , a ¢ b ͵ > / ‘ Ν “ 
ex πάνυ δεινῶν οἱ ἀγαθοί" ---- ελθόντων μὲν yap Περσῶν 
Ν Cal ‘ 3 a »“ Λ ¢ 3 / 
καὶ τῶν σὺν αὑτοῖς παμπληθεῖ στόλῳ, ὡς αφανιούντων 
> Ν ? " ¢ a“ 2 “ 3 a , 
αὖθις tas ᾿Αθήνας, ὑποστῆναι αὑτοῖς Αθηναῖοι τολμή- 
> ἡ ᾽ “ να ? 4 oo ’ 
σαντες, ἐνίκησαν αὐτοὺς. 12. Kai εὐξάμενοι τῇ ᾿Αρτέ. 
/ A / a / / 
jdt, ὁπόσους ἂν κατακάνοιεν τῶν πολεμίων, τοσαύτας 
" ἢ “ "“ > Ν ᾽ 3 ‘ ς a 
χιμαίρας καταθύσειν TH θεῷ, Emel οὐκ εἶχον ἱκανὰς εὑρεῖν, 
Ἂ » » " P| ‘ / / Ν » 
ἐδοξεν αὐτοῖς, κατ ἐνιαυτὸν πεντακοσίας θύειν" καὶ ἔτι 
‘ a“ ᾽ ’ Ν ¢/ »ε"} e 
καὶ νῦν atro@vovew. 13. Ἐπειτα ore Ξέρξης ὕστερον 
"ἡ ν᾿ ᾿ a.) a a i " 
ἀγείρας τὴν ἀναρίθμητον στρατιὰν ἦλθεν ἐπὶ THY ᾿Ελλαδα, 
‘ , A εὐ» ᾿ ‘ ; , 
καὶ τότε EVIKWY OL ἡμέτεροι πρόγονοι TOUS τούτων προγό- 
Ν ‘ a b Ν / ¢ ¥ ‘ 
vous, Kat κατα γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν. ὥν ἔστι μὲν 
ἢ ¢ by / , be / ie 
τεκμήρια ὁρᾶν Ta τρόπαια, μέγιστον δὲ μαρτύριον ἡ ἐλευ- 
/ cal h. > @ ¢ “ ANT in IMT ld 
θερία τῶν πόλεων, ἐν ais ὑμεις ἐγένεσθε Kai ἐτράφητε" 
In’ ‘ Ν , b 4 Ν ‘ 
οὐδένα yap ἄνθρωπον δεσπότην, adda Tous θεοὺς προσκυ- 


a / “ > ἢ 
verte. Τοιούτων μὲν ἐστε προγόνων. 





III. 2.14-19.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 89 


i > ‘ Ν nA »» e ς .“ " 
14. Ou μεν δὴ τοῦτο γε ἐρω, ὡς ὑμεῖς καταισχύνετε 
? " ᾽ » κν 0000 ἡ »ε} -Ὸὄ » , 
αὑτοὺς" αλλ οὕπω πολλαί ἡμέραι, ap ov ἀντιταξωμενοι 
᾽ Ὁ > ἥ ν᾿ / ‘ " »"» 3 
TOUTOLS τοῖς ἐκείνων EKYOVOLS, πολλαπλασίους ὑμῶν αὖ- 
“ 3 Ἂ ,.. " al “Ὁ Ν / “ ᾿ A 
τῶν evicate συν τοῖς θεοῖς. 15. Kau tote μεν δὴ περὶ 
a νυ» / Ν = > , a > τιν 
τῆς Κύρου βασιλείας avdpes ἦτε ἀγαθοί" νῦν δ΄, ὁπότε 
‘ a ¢ , / e) ἢ» ἢ Ν , 
περὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὁ ἄγων ἐστι, πολυ δήπου 
a , Ν ? / Ν / 95 
ὑμᾶς προσήκει καὶ ἀμείνονας καὶ προθυμοτέρους εἰναι. 
| ἢ ‘ Ν Ὗ 7 ‘ a / ΓῚ Ν 
16. “ἄλλα μην καὶ θαρῥαλεωτέρους νυν πρέπει εἰναι προς 
‘ " " ν ” Ν AA , 
Tous πολεμίους. Tote μὲν yap ἄπειροι ὄντες αὑτῶν, To 
“ Ν ea “ > “ ‘ “ 
τε πλῆθος ἄμετρον ὁρῶντες, ὅμως ἐτολμήσατε συν τῳ 
/ / γ > > “ “ ἢν Ψ / i Ν 
πατρῴῳ φρονήματι ἰέναι εἰς αὑτούς" νῦν δε, ὁπότε καὶ 
re Ν Ν 1 , Λ Ν ’ 
πεῖραν ἤδη ἔχετε αὐτῶν, ὅτι θέλουσι καὶ πολλαπλάσιοι 
Μ ‘ / " “ / Ν eae “Ἢ ¢ 
OVTES μὴ δέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς, TL ETL ὑμῖν προσήκει τούτους 
"“" ‘ ‘ ~ Lal " Ἅ 
φοβεῖσθαι; 17. Μηδε μέντοι τοῦτο μεῖον δόξητε ἔχειν, 
? e » a | ‘ c / a > ’ 
εἰ ot Κυρεῖοι, πρόσθεν συν ἡμῖν ταττόμενοι, νῦν ἀφεστή- 
Μ Ν e / / 2 a ele e “Ἵ ᾿ 
κασιν" ετὸ Yap οὗτοι κακίονες εἰσὶ τῶν Up ἡμῶν NTTH- 
/ Ν “ ~ ? ἤ ; ¢ “a 
μένων" edevyov γοῦν πρὸς ἐκείνους, καταλύποντες ὑμᾶς. 
he a Λ “Ὁ Ν ‘ »Ἥ Ἃ »“ 
Tous δὲ θέλοντας φυγῆς ἄρχειν πολὺ κρεῖττον σὺν τοῖς 
x i ͵ “Δ > “ κ᾿ Yi ἢ» ee 
πολεμίοις ταττομένους, ἢ EV TH ὑμετέρᾳ τάξει, ορᾶν. 
18 Εἰ 5 “ 9 ς a 10 o of ον» ‘ ᾽ boli, 
. Lt 0€ τις av ὑμῶν ἀθύμει, OTL ἡμιν μεν οὐκ εἰσιν 
€ a " \ / s , > ᾿ "4 
ἱππεῖς, τοῖς δὲ πολεμίοις πολλοὶ πάρεισιν, ἐνθυμήθητε, ὅτι 
4 4 ¢ n as Ν ih ie / " ΝΜ ll, 
Ol μυριοι LITTrELs οὐδὲν ἀλλο ἢ μυριοι εἰσιν ἀνθρωποι" UTTO 
ἐν γὰρ ἵππου ἐ Ἵ ὑδεὶ ) ὕτε δηχθεὶς ov 
μεν Yap bt εν μαχῃ οὐδεὶς πώποτε οὔτε δηχθεῖς οὔτε 
Ν ᾽ / € ν a »» ς a rd 
λακτισθεὶς ἀπέθανεν" οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες εἰσὶν οἱ ποιοῦντες, ὅ τι 


“Δ ᾽ ad f / ᾽ ~ “Ὁ Ἂ il 
av ev ταῖς μαχαίς γίγνηται. 19. Οὐκοῦν τῶν ye ἑππέων 


Ν ¢ Ἂ  » 3 ν " V4 3 ς ‘ 
πολυ ἡμεῖς ἐπ ἀσφαλεστερου οχήματος ἐσμεν; OL μεν 
Ν .» Γ᾿ / / > ee | 
yap eh ἱππων κρέμανται, φοβούμενοι οὐχ ἡμᾶς μονον, 
3 Ν . * »Ἥ e “ ΡΝ» ἊἋ a / 
ἄλλα καὶ τὸ καταπεσεῖν" ἡμεῖς ὃ emt τῆς γῆς βεβηκοτες, 



































90 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [IIL 2. 19-23. 


Ἁ ᾽ν ? ’ ΝΜ / ᾽ν 
πολυ μεν ἰσχυρότερον παίσομεν, ἣν τις προσίη, πολὺ δὲ 
A Ψ A " / ε 
μᾶλλον, ὅτου ἂν βουλωμεθα, τευξόμεθα. “Evi μόνῳ προ- 
/ ¢ Li e I ἤ b » ᾽ 
ἐχουσιν oF ἱππεῖς ἡμᾶς" φεύγειν αὐτοῖς ἀσφαλέστερον 
3 Δ  » 
ἐστιν, ἢ ημῖν. 
“" ? \ Ν ‘ ‘ / lll a f ‘ 
20. Ev de δὴ tas μὲν μάχας θαῤῥεῖτε, ὅτι δὲ οὐκέτι 
ec »ν» / ¢ 1 In’ ‘ 
ὑμῖν Τισσαφέρνης ἡγήσεται οὐδὲ βασιλεὺς ἀγορὰν παρέ- 
»ἉἭ » / | a 
fer; τοῦτο ἄχθεσθε, σκέψασθε, πότερον κρεῖττον Τισσα- 
᾽ c / yi ἃ 2 “μ᾿ dl ll i / > 
φεέερνην ἡγεμόνα ἔχειν, ὃς ἐπιβουλεύων ἡμῖν φανερὸς ἐστιν, 
δ ἃ ἊἋ ¢ a ¥ , ξ a 
ἢ οὖς ἂν ἡμεῖς avdpas λαβόντες ἡγεῖσθαι κελεύωμεν" ch 
” ¢ Μ | ἣν ἥν ", 
εἰσονται, OTL, ἣν TL περὶ ἡμᾶς ἁμαρτανωσι, περὶ τὰς ἑαυ- 
al ‘ bs, f ξ / i \ Ν > ᾽ 
τῶν ψυχὰς καὶ σώματα ἁμαρτάνουσι. 21. Ta δὲ ἐπιτη- 
/ b ~ »" > “~ “~ 
deca πότερον ὠνεῖσθαι κρεῖττον ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς, ἧς οὗτοι 
"»" ‘ / - > / ‘ a 
TAPELYOV, μικρὰ μετρα πολλοῦ ἀργυρίου, unde τοῦτο ἔτι 
Ν a h ‘ / Ν tal / 
ἐχοντας, ἢ avtous λαμβάνειν, ἤνπερ κρατῶμεν, μέτρῳ χρω- 
/ ¢ , Δ “ wi 
μένους, ὁπόσῳ ἂν ἕκαστος βούληται. 
ue , Ν ~ ᾿,, ff " 
22. Ei δὲ ταῦτα μεν γιγνώσκετε ὅτι κρείττονα, τοὺς δὲ 
i. ΝΜ / 4 Ν Λ ¢ “~ " 
ποταμοὺς ἄπορον νομίζετε εἶναι, καὶ μεγάλως ἡγείσθε ἐξα- 
“ / ἢ ᾿, “ 
πατηθῆναι διαβάντες, σκέψασθε, εἰ ἄρα τοῦτο καὶ μωρό- 
/ ¢ / ‘al Ν ν᾿ ¢ 
τατον πεποιήκασιν ot βάρβαροι. Ilavtes μεν yap οἱ πο- 
‘ A ‘ / ω “ ¥ > oe 
ταμοι, ἢν καὶ πρόσω τῶν πηγῶν ἀποροῖ ὦσι, προϊοῦσι 
᾽ν» \ \ ‘ ᾿ Ia’ ‘ , , 
πρὸς tas πηγᾶς διαβατοὶ γίγνονται, οὐδὲ τὸ γόνυ Bpe- 
rc » ‘ Δ} ¢€ ‘ / 
χοντες. 23. Et δὲ μήθ οἱ ποταμοὶ διοίσουσιν, ἡγεμὼν 
Ν “ΜΝ ~ γι A co >| / 
τε poets ἡμῖν φανεῖται, ovd ὡς ἡμῖν ye ἀθυμητέον. ᾿᾽Επι- 
/ \ ‘ \ 3 Δ ee 
στάμεθα yap Mvaous, ovs οὐκ ἂν ἡμῶν φαίημεν βελτίους 
Ψ ‘\ / Ν > “ / 
εἶναι, ot, βασίλεως ἄκοντος, ev TH βασίλεως χώρᾳ πολλάς 
Ν "ἃ / x a / ᾽ al 3 " 
TE καὶ εὐδαίμονας καὶ μεγάλας πόλεις οἰκουσιν" ἐπιστω- 
Ν» / ¢ / , 
μεθα Se Πεισίδας ὡσαύτως" Aveaovas δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἴδο- 
a 9 lal δί ~ ἢ \ / \,.. rl 
HEV, OTL, EV τοῖς πεδίοις Ta ἐερυμνὰ καταλαβόντες, THY τού- 


/ “~ 
TOV X@wpav KapTro υνταιί. 





Ill. 2.24-28] KYPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 91 


A "ἃ ν᾽ ¥ a ’ Ν 
24. Kai ἡμᾶς δ᾽ ἂν ἔφην ἔγωγε χρῆναι μήπω havepous 
> Ν e r > | / θ 4 3 ,» 
εἶναι οἴκαδε WPUNMEVOUS, ἀλλα κατασκευαζεσ αι ὡς αυτοῦυ 
7 “ἢ a Ἀ 
που οἰκήσοντας. Οἶδα yap, ὅτι καὶ Muaois βασιλευς 
‘ ω “ Δ / ‘ 3 ἃ ¢ , ° 
πολλοὺς μὲν ἡγεμόνας ἂν Soin, πολλοὺς δ᾽ ἂν ὁμήρους τοῦ 
2 / , ᾽ \ ξ , ᾽ b Ἅ > δι. Ἁ, νὴ 
ἀδόλως ἐκπέμψειν, καὶ ὁδοποιήσειε Ὑ ἂν αὑτοῖς, καὶ εἰ 
‘ / , > / d σ΄ , » Δ 420. 
συν τεθρίπποις βούλοιντο ἀπιέναι. Kat nuw y ἂν οἷὸ 
᾽ a r , ἤ ty er c “ / 
OTL τρισώσμενος ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίει, εἰ EWPA ἡμᾶς μένειν παρα- 
᾽ > » Ν / ἢν A (A 
σκευαζομένους. 25. ᾿Αλλὰ yap δεδοικα, μη, av ἅπαξ 
f > Ν a“ X > > / 4 ha / 
μάθωμεν ἀργοὶ ζῆν, καὶ ev ἀφθόνοις βιοτεύειν, Kav Μηδων 
‘ * »“ ~ Ν ἤ Ν A θέ 
δὲκαὶ IT ερσὼν καλαῖς καὶ μεγάλαις γυναιξί καὶ παρθένοις 
Ὁ“ νι A 4 , > , A Ν 
ὁμιλεῖν, μη, ὥσπερ οἱ λωτοφάγοι, ἐπιλαθώμεθα τῆς οἴκαδε 
~ . “ "ΔΝ ‘ f 9 al 
ὁδοῦ. 26. Δοκεῖ οὖν μοι εἰκὸς καὶ δίκαιον εἶναι, πρῶτον 
3 ἣν Ν Ν \ ? / a“ ? “ 
εἰς τὴν ᾿Ελλαδα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους πειρᾶσθαι αφικνεῖ- 
». tad ~ «a ed ee ‘al 
σθαι, καὶ ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῖς “ Ελλησιν, ote exovTes TEvovTat, 
aa ᾽ » Ν »ΝἭἍἝ ΝΜ " / ᾽ (ὃ 
efov αὑτοῖς, τους νῦν OLKOL ἀκλήρους πολιτεύοντας, ἐνθαδε 
f A 5 Ν 4 5 Ν 
κομίσαμενους, πλουσίους ὁρᾶν. ἄλλα yap, ὦ ἄνδρες, 
ἢ a ll " Ν a“ vA e ld > / 
πάντα ταῦτα τάγαθα δῆλον ὁτι τῶν κρατούντων εστί. 
a ‘ " ᾽ A Δ ‘dl / € 
27. Τοῦτο δὴ δεῖ λέγειν, πῶς Gv πορευοίμεθά τε ὡς 
> / Ν " " ᾿ 4 ἢ) / 
ἀσφαλέστατα, καὶ, εἰ μάχεσθαι Seot, ὡς κράτιστα paxol- 
“ * / Ν Ὁ “ ~ 
μεθα. Πρῶτον μεν τοίνυν, edn, δοκεῖ; wot κατακαῦσαι Tas 
¢ " A Ν vd Ν Ν “ ¢ rn nm > Ν 
ἅμαξας. ἃς ἔχομεν" wa pn τὰ ζεύγη ἡμῶν στρατηγῆ, ἀλλα 
il vA Ὁ “ ~ ἢ ¥ ‘ Ν 
πορευώμεθα, on ἂν τῇ στρατιᾷ συμφερῃ" ἔπειτα καὶ τὰς 
‘ a φΦ Ν + ~ A 
σκηνὰς συγκατακαῦσαι. AvTat yap av ὄχλον μεν παρε- 


i “ al P| Ἂ Mal 
χουσιν ἄγειν, συνωφελοῦσι δ᾽ οὐδὲν οὔτε εἰς TO μάχεσθαι, 


* 
r ‘ Ν ‘ ‘ “Ἢ 
οὔτ᾽ εἰς τὸ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἔχειν. 28. Ere δὲ καὶ τῶν 


Ν A ‘ 5 MI / vo V4 

ἄλλων σκευῶν Ta περιττὰ ἀπαλλάξωμεν, πλὴν OTA πολε- 
e/ Δ / A MTA “ ε a ‘ 

μου ἕνεκεν ἢ σίτων ἢ ποτῶν ἔχομεν" WA ὡς TAELOTOL μεν 


¢ “ ? al Led 9 hal | ἢ δὲ “Ὁ 
ἡμῶὼν EV TOLS OTTADLS ὦσιν, ὡς ἐλαχίστοι OE σκευοφορωσι. 






































92 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [1ΠΠ|.. 2. 28-34. 


, Ἂ Ν ᾽ Υ̓ ἢ > / A 
Κρατουμένων μὲν yap ἐπίστασθε ors πάντα ἀλλοτρια" ἢν 
‘ ~ ‘ / “ / ¢ / 
δὲ κρατῶμεν, καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους δεῖ σκευοφόρους ἡμετε- 
ρους νομίζειν. 


/ » ω e ᾿ν / / 9 
29. Aourov μοι εἰπεῖν, ὁπερ καὶ μέγιστον νομίζω εἶναι. 


e ~ ‘ Ν Ν | ef > ͵ " a 
Oparte yap Kat τοὺς πολεμίους, OTL OU πρόσθεν ἐξενεγκεῖν 


μ᾿ / ‘ 4 a é Ν I ‘ 
ἐτόλμησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς πόλεμον, πρὶν τοὺ; στρατηγοὺς 
 "» / / ΝΜ » a > ,ὔ ‘ 
ἡμῶν συνέλαβον, νομίζοντες, OVT@Y μεν τῶν ἀρχόντων, Kat 
e a ‘ ᾿ ‘ 5 ec a“ / a“ 
ἡμῶν πειθομένων, ἱκανοὺς εἶναι ἡμᾶς περιγενεσθαι τῷ 
e ἘΠῚ Bo δὲ AE ᾽ i 1 » 
πολέμῳ" λαβόντες δὲ τοὺς ἄρχοντας, ἀναρχίᾳ ἂν καὶ aTa- 
/ 3 / ¢€ »"» " / ~ 9 “ » 
ξίᾳ ἐνόμιζον ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσθαι. 30. Met οὖν πολυ μὲν 
» Ν » / / Ν ~ “ , 
τους ἄρχοντας ἐπιμελεστέρους γενεσθαι τους νῦν τῶν πρὸ- 
Ν \ ᾿. P| / > r Ν 
σθεν, πολυ δὲ τοὺς ἀρχομένους εὐτακτοτέρους καὶ πειθο- 
a » Ν a“ A , » / 
μένους μᾶλλον τοῖς ἄρχουσι νῦν ἢ πρόσθεν. 31. “Hy de 
3 - A / Ν νΝ κα a ᾽ / ‘ 
τις ἀπειθῃ, ἢν ψηφίσησθε τὸν acti ὑμῶν ἐντυγχάνοντα συν 
Ἂ Ν 7 τ e λέ > “ > 
τῷ ἄρχοντι κολάζειν, οὕτως οἱ πολέμιοι πλεῖστον ἐψευ- 
rl Ν “ Ν “ Ε ἡ / Μ ? > 
σμένοι ἔσονται" THE γὰρ TH ἡμέρᾳ μυρίους ὄψονται av 
eX , \ 98/40 09 , r na 9 
ἐνὸς Κλεαρχους, tous οὐδ ἐνὶ ἐπιτρέψοντας κακῷ εἶναι. 
᾽ ‘ ‘ Ἢ , ¥ / ” ‘ ¢ 
32. Αλλα yap καὶ περαίνειν ἤδη ὥρα" Lows yap οἱ 
ἥ 2 ἡ ἢ LA 9 a a“ a 
πολέμιοι αὐτίκα παρέσονται. ᾿ Ὅτῳ οὖν ταῦτα δοκεῖ καλῶς 
Μ ? / ¢ / “f Ν / b 
ἔχειν, ETLKUPWOATW WS τάχιστα, Wa ἔργῳ περαίνηται. Εἰ 
, ” ͵ a f , , ’ ’ / 
δὲ Te ἄλλο βέλτιον ἢ ταύτῃ, τολμάτω καὶ ὁ ἰδιωτης διδά- 
/ \ “ / 
σκειν" πάντες yap κοινῆς σωτηρίας δεόμεθα. 
\ a) / > 3 » » / 
33. Mera ταῦτα Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν’ AXA εἰ μὲν τινος 
Ν a x / Φ / a \ A 
ἄλλου δεῖ πρὸς τούτοις, οἷς λέγει Ξενοφῶν, καὶ αὐτίκα 
Sant a 4 es a ” " ε , 
ἐξέσται ποιεῖν" ἃ δὲ νῦν εἰρηκε, δοκεῖ μοι ὡς τάχιστα 
/ Ν 4 oo val a > 
ψηφίσασθαι ἄριστον εἶναι" καὶ ὁτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀνατει- 
͵ . a "»» ἢ of 
νάτω τὴν χείρα. AveTeway ἅπαντες. 


‘ a ? 
34. ᾿Αναστὰς δὲ πάλιν εἶπε Ἐενοφῶν" ἾΏ ἄνδρες, 





Ill. 2.34-39.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 99 


ἀκούσατε ὧν προσδεῖν δοκεῖ μοι. «Δῆλον ore πορεύεσθαι 
ξ A “ κῃ e/ ~ 2 ἢ > / \ ‘dl al 
ἡμᾶς δεῖ, ὁπου ἕξομεν Ta ἐπιτήδεια. ᾿Ακούω δε, κωμας εἶ- 
‘ 3 “~ ν “Ἢ > ‘ 2 
ναι καλὰς, οὐ πλεῖον εἰκοσι σταδίων απεχουσας. 35. Οὐκ 
Δ 9 / ? ε / Lid € Ν "ὶ 
ἂν οὖν θαυμάζοιμι, εἰ οἱ πολέμιοι, ὥσπερ οἱ δείλοι κύνες 
‘ \ " ᾿ Ν , ry , 
Tous μὲν παριόντας διωκουσί τε καὶ Saxvovow, ἢν δύνων- 
Ἃ \ ' ἢ 9 x > ‘ ee 3 “Ὁ 
tat, τοὺς δὲ διώκοντας φεύγουσιν, εἰ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡμῖν απιοῦ- 
? a Υ ΕῚ ᾽ , εκ» 
σιν ἐπακολουθοιεν. 36. Ισως οὖν ἀασφαλεστερον ἡμῖν, 
/ / , a vd ¢ ‘ 
πορεύεσθαι πλαίσιον ποιησαμένους τῶν OTAWY, Wa τὰ 
/ ‘ Ν Ε > > “ ¥ 3 
σκευοφόρα καὶ ὁ πολὺς ὄχλος ἐν ἀσφαλεστέρῳ ein. Εἰ 
5 “ > " ἤ SAE ἡ a ᾽ Ὗ 
οὖν νῦν ἀποδειχθείη, τίνα χρὴ ἡγείσθαι τοῦ πλαισίου καὶ 
Ν "Ἢ » Ν cA “ Cal € “ 
τὰ πρόσθεν κοσμεῖν, καὶ τίνας ἐπὶ τῶν πλευρῶν EKATEPwY 
9 , ν» a » ἃ AMA ε , 
εἶναι, τίνας ὃ οπισθοφυλακεῖν, οὐκ ἂν, ὅποτε οἱ TOAEMLOL 
Μ΄ / fh / ? ‘ / > xv 77% 
ἔλθοιεν, βουλεύεσθαι ἡμᾶς Seor, ἀλλὰ χρῴμεθ᾽ ἂν εὐθὺς 
pa ͵ AM, > » , e 
τοῖς τεταγμένοις. 37. Et μὲν οὖν ἄλλος τις βελτιον opa, 
Ν > / > ‘ » / A € / > Ν 
ἄλλως ἐχέτω" εἰ δὲ μη, Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγείσθω, ἐπειδὴ 
‘ / / > a x “A ς ’ὔ f 
καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιος ἐστι" τῶν δὲ πλευρῶν ἑκατέρων δύο 
“" i 3 / 3 f 
τῶν πρεσβυτάτων στρατηγοὶ ἐπιμελείσθων" ὁπισθοφυλα- 
“-“ δ᾽ ἱ “Ὁ ᾿ A 3 ἢν / Ν a 
κῶμεν ὃ ημεῖς οἱ VewTaToL, ἐγὼ τε καὶ Τιμασίων, τὸ νῦν 
> Ν x Ν 4 - a “ 
εἶναι. 38. To δε λοιπὸν, πειρώμενοι ταύτης τῆς τάξεως, 
/ “ bt "ly , a 9 3 4 
βουλευσόμεθα, ὃ τι ἂν act κράτιστον δοκῇ εἶναι. Εἰ de 
Υ ea Λ , > et Io 5 ? Λ 
τις ἄλλο ὁρᾷ βέλτιον, λεξάτω. ᾿Επεὶ δε οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγεν, 
3 ¢/ a“ a > / )" » ε 
εἶπεν: ᾿Οτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα. ᾿Εδοξε 
ταῦτα. 
a r y¥ ᾽ , Ψ. al by | / 
39. Nov τοίνυν, ἔφη, ἀπιόντας ποιεῖν δεῖ ta δεδογμένα" 
»ν i.) ‘ b / ᾽ a? a / 
καὶ ὅστις TE ὑμῶν τοὺς οἰκείους ἐπιθυμεῖ ἰδεῖν, μεμνήσθω 
Ἂν ᾽ ἈΝ 9 ? ‘ ¥ x “ vip 
ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς εἶναι" ov yap ἐστιν ἄλλως τούτου τυχεῖν" 
σ »“" ? a ἢ A a ‘ ‘ r 
ὅστις τε ζῆν ἐπιθυμεῖ, πειράσθω νικᾶν" τῶν μεν Yap ViKwY- 


I, y a "ἡ / ~~) / 3 / 
τῶν TO κατακαίνειν, τῶν δὲ ἡττωμένων TO ἀποθνήσκειν ἐστί. 
































94 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [IIL 2.39-3.5. 


2 “ ω / “ 
Kai εἴ τις δὲ χρημάτων ἐπιθυμεῖ, κρατεῖν πειράσθω" τῶν 


‘ ef 3 Ν Ν ¢ ~ / » » “ ¢ 
γὰρ νικωντῶων ECTL, καὶ TA εαὐυτῶν σωζειν, καὶ Τὰ Τῶν ἢτ- 


“ ἤ 
τωμένων λαμβωνειν. 


CAP. III. 


, > "ἡ . 9 , » 
1. Τούτων λεχθέντων, ἀνέστησαν, καὶ ἀπέλθοντες κατὰ 
‘ , "Ὁ ‘ “Ὁ e/ 
καιον τὰς ἁμάξας Kai Tas σκηνάς" τῶν δὲ περιττῶν, ὅτου 
/ 3 λ ‘ Ν ν 7 
μὲν δέοιτό τις, μετεδίδοσαν ἀλλήλοις, Ta δὲ ἄλλα εἰς 
" Al Ὁ ral » a 
τὸ πῦρ ἐῤῥίπτουν. Ταῦτα ποιήσαντες ἠριστοποιοῦντο. 
/ Ν > » » r A 
᾿Αριστοποιουμένων δὲ αὐτῶν, ἔρχεται Μιθριδάτης συν 
~ ἤ Ἁ / A \ 
ἱππεῦσιν WS τριάκοντα, Kal καλεσάμενος TOUS στρατηγοὺς 
Ψ ? Ν > » [ἡ Ἂ 
εἰς ἐπήκοον, λέγει ὧδε: 2. ᾿Εγὼ, ὦ avdpes ἔλληνες, καὶ 
͵ ‘ > 4 ¢€ »“" 3 / θ x “ | » ¥ . 
Κύρῳ πιστὸς ἦν, ὡς ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε, καὶ vuv ὑμῖν εὔνους 
» " »νΝ ‘ a ͵ “ ? 9 ¢ / 
καὶ ἐνθάδε εἰμὶ σὺν πολλῷ φόβῳ διάγων. Εἰ οὖν opwnv 
A a / / f Ν. fa x ἣν ea 
ὑμᾶς σωτήριον τι βουλευομένους, ἔλθοιμι ἂν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, 
4 ‘ / rd ¥ A , Φ / 
καὶ τοὺς θεράποντας παντας ἔχων. ἔξατε οὖν πρὸς με, 
‘ ¥ Ἂ / 
τί ἐν νῷ ἔχετε, ws φίλον Te καὶ εὔνουν, καὶ βουλόμενον 
a“ Ν ie ie * / ~ θ 
κοινῇ συν ὑμῖν τον στολον ποιεισῦαι. 
»" » ν 3 / 
3. Βουλευομένοις τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἔδοξεν ἀποκρίνασθαι 
/ . » / ’ a a a , IA 
τάδε (Kat ἔλεγε Χειρίσοφος)" μιν δοκεῖ, ἢν μὲν τις ἐᾷ 
ΙΝ " ν ὃ “ θ ~ ἢ ε A 
ἡμᾶς ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε, διαπορεύεσθαι τὴν χωραν ws av 
i 3 / A / ᾿ ΡΝ “ “ὃ a“ 3 λύ 
δυνώμεθα ἀσινέστατα" ἢν δὲ τις ἡμᾶς τῆς OOo ἀποκωλνῇ, 
a “ ε N ῇ / 3 
διαπολεμεῖν τούτῳ, ὡς ἂν δυνωμεθα κράτιστα. 4. Εκ 
a“ / , e Ν Ν 
τούτου ἐπειρᾶτο Μιθριδάτης διδάσκειν, ὡς ἄπορον evn, 
“ ν "" > , “Ψ 
βασιλέως ἄκοντος, σωθῆναι. Ενθα δὴ ἐγιγνώσκετο, ὅτι 
¢ / Ν ἢ Ν (al / " "ἢ 
ὑπόπεμπτος εἰη" καὶ γὰρ τῶν Τισσαφέρνους τις οἰκείων 


7) 1 A "» ’ Ins 
παρηκολούθει πίστεως ἕνεκα. 5. Kat ex τούτου ἐδόκει 


1Π.3.6-0}] ΚΥΡΟΥ ἈΝΆΒΑΣΙΣ. 98 


" a t ΓῚ ’ , ‘ 7 
τοῖς στρατηγοις βέλτιον εἶναι δόγμα ποιήσασθαι, τὸν To- 
x > ᾽ > ΝΜ ἢ ω "ἢ ri > . ὃ / a 
λεμον ἀκήρυκτον εἶναι, ἐστ᾽ ἐν TH πολεμίᾳ εἶεν" διέφθειρον 

ἈΝ / li ἢ ‘ A ‘ 
yap προσιόντες τοὺς στρατιωτας, καὶ ἕνα γε λοχαγὸν 

/ / > f ‘ Ν ᾽ Ν a 
διέφθειραν, Νίκαρχον Apxuda* καὶ wyeTo ἀπιὼν νυκτὸς 

Χ > , e of 
συν ἀνθρωποις ws εἰκοσι. 

N n > , Ἁ , ὟΝ 
6. Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀριστήσαντες., καὶ διαβαντες τὸν Za- 
bp, > ri a ‘ 
πάταν ποταμὸν, ἐπορεύοντο τεταγμένοι, τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ 
‘ Μ 3 / ΝΜ > Ι x \ 7 
TOV OXAOV EV μέσῳ ἔχοντες. Ou πολυ δε προεληλυθότων 

3, « ᾿ ᾿ , € l ς ¥ 

αὐτῶν, ἐπιφαίνεται πάλιν ὁ Μιθριδάτης, ἱππέας ἔχων ὡς 
rl ἈΝ ‘ ἢ € / 
διακοσίους, καὶ τοξότας καὶ adevdovntas ws τετρακοσίους, 

, 3 \ A 7an Ν ‘ ‘ ¢ 4 
para ἐλαῴφρους καὶ evCwvous* καὶ προσῇει μεν, ὡς φίλος 
a Ν . α ) N 9 ᾿ ,,κΚ 
ὧν, πρὸς τοὺς Ελληνας. 7. Ere δ᾽ eyyus ἐγένοντο, 
" / ¢ ‘ ΜΝ , ἡ ν᾿ “ Ν Ν € > 
ἐξαπίνης οἱ μεν αὑτῶν etokevov, καὶ ἱππεῖς καὶ πεζοὶ, οἱ ὃ 
3 ‘ , ς ‘ 3 / 
ἐσφενδόονων καὶ etitpwaoxov. Οἱ δὲ οπισθοφύλακες τῶν 
€ , Ν \ - > / 5 Pe “ 
Ελλήνων ἔπασχον μεν κακῶς, ἀντεποίουν δ᾽ οὐδέν" οἵ τε 

᾿ » i »Ἥ a 3 
yap Κρῆτες βραχύτερα τῶν Περσῶν ἐτόξευον, καὶ ἅμα 

 » ¥ a td V4 id 9 
Ψίλοι ovTes εἰσω τῶν OTAWV KATEKEKAELYTO* OL TE AKOV- 

\ ΄ ’ ἂ ε 3 a a 
τισταὶ βραχύτερα ἠκοντιζον, ἢ ws ἐξικνεῖσθαι τῶν σφενδο- 
νητῶν. 

3 ᾽ ἊὉ 3 “ 4 

8. Ex τούτου Ἐενοφῶντι ἐδόκει διωκτέον εἶναι" καὶ 
9.) “ ᾿ a ‘ a a ἃ Ν 
ἐδίωκον τῶν τε OTALT@V καὶ τῶν πελταστῶν. Ob ετυχον 

Ν. > A tr ~ “ ‘ 3 | 
συν αὐτῷ οπισθοφυλακοῦντες" διώκοντες δὲ οὐδένα κατε- 

/ “ | Ν \ ¢ a 9 ef 
λάμβανον τῶν πολεμίων. 9. Oute yap ἱππεῖς ἦσαν τοῖς 
σ ¥ . ς Ν ‘ ‘ 9 aA 4 
Ελλησιν, οὔτε ot πεζοὶ τοὺς mefous ex πολλοῦ φεύγοντας 
δύ x / ? ψι ἡ if " Aw ‘ 2 
εὐύναντο καταλαμβάνειν ἐν ολέίγῳ χωρίῳ" πολὺ yap οὐχ 
φ, 9 9) n~ ’ , ε 
olov τε ἣν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄλλου στρατεύματος διωκειν. 10. Οἱ 
δὲ , e a Ν ἢ / ee , 
Εε βαρβαροι ἱππεῖς καὶ φεύγοντες ἅμα ετίτρωσκον, εἰς 


» ἤ ly a “ e / ‘ 4 
τοὔπισθεν τοξεύοντες απὸ τῶν ἵππων" ὁπόσον δὲ προδιω- 

















96 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΠΠ]. 8. 10 -- 17. 


ς Ἕ a rd b a , 
ξειαν οἱ EdAnves, τοσοῦτον πάλιν ETAVAYWPELY μαχομε- 
ΝΜ ¢/ » καὶ γ a“ 
vous ἔδει. 1]. “Ὥστε τῆς ἡμέρας ὅλης διῆλθον ov πλέον 
ἤ Ν » / > Ν Λ > / 7 x 
πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι σταδίων, αλλὰ δείλης αφίκοντο εἰς τας 
; ” ‘ , ᾽ ͵ > Ν 
κωμας. ἔνθα δὴ πάλιν ἀθυμία ἦν. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος καὶ 
ε / “~ a “ “ 
ou πρεσβύτατοι τῶν στρατηγῶν Ἐξενοφῶντα ἡτιῶντο, ὅτι 
3 ἤ ? hy, ~ Λ ‘ ’ 
ἐδίωκεν ἀπὸ τῆς φώλαγγος, καὶ αὐτός τε ἐκινδύνευε, καὶ 
Ἁ / Ian “ In ἢ 
TOUS πολεμίους οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐδύνατο βλάπτειν. 
3 / , »᾿ ‘a ¥ ν ω »" 
12. Ακουσας δε Ξενοφῶν ἔλεγεν, ὅτε ὀρθῶς ἡἠτιῶντο, 
Ν  ν in ν > » / > 
καὶ αὐτὸ TO ἔργον αὑτοῖς paptupoin. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐγὼ, ἔφη, 
9 ἤ Θ ὃ / 3 ὃ Ἃ δ ἢ 4 “ ᾿ » , 
ἡναγκασθην διώκειν, ἐπειδὴ EWpwY ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ μένειν 
~ Ν / » ~ ν ? 
KakWS μὲν πάσχοντας, αἀντιποιεῖν δὲ οὐ δυναμένους. 
Ω > ‘ Ν ν ἤ 3 A » » 
13. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐδιώκομεν, ἀληθῆ, edn, ὑμεῖς λέγετε" 
“ Ν ".. ἴω Ia’ A | / ‘ 

KAKWS μὲν yap ποιεῖν οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐδυνώμεθα τοὺς πολε- 
ἤ > ~ ‘ ῇ »" "»" »-»" 
μίους, ἀνεχωροῦμεν Se πάνυ χαλεπῶς. 14. Τοῖς οὖν θεοῖς 

4 Ψ ᾽ Ν -» ee > ‘ Ν γω ἢ 
χάρις, OTL οὐ σὺν πολλῃ ρωμῃ, adrAG συν ολίγοις ἦλθον" 
cf , Ν Ν Λ a . ὼ 
ὥστε βλαψαι μὲν μὴ μεγάλα, δηλῶσαι δὲ ὧν δεόμεθα. 
a 4 4 Ν / / ~ “ 
15. Νῦν yap ot μὲν πολέμιοι τοξεύουσι καὶ σφενδονῶσιν, 
Lid ΝΜ i “~ > / | »” “, 
ῦσον οὔτε οἱ Κρῆτες ἀντιτοξεύειν δύνανται, οὔτε οἱ ἐκ χει- 
Ν ‘ > co a \ 3 ‘ 
pos βαλλοντες εξικνεῖσθαι" ὅταν δὲ αὐτοὺς διώκωμεν, 
Ν , > er / AMI a / , 
πολυ μὲν οὐχ οἷον TE χωρίον ἀπὺ τοῦ στρατεύματος διώ- 
> γ / ‘ Iw | ‘ y ~ 
κείν, ev ὀλίγῳ Se οὐδ, εἰ ταχὺς εἴη, πεζὸς πεζὸν ἂν διώκων 
" > / ev 
καταλάβοι ex τόξου puyatos. 
“ Ἥ » > > / / ¥ A ‘ 
16. Ἤμεις οὖν εἰ μέλλομεν τούτους εἴργειν ὥστε μὴ 
"Ἢ ἤ € a ra tal 
δύνασθαι βλάπτειν ἡμᾶς πορευομένους, σφενδονητῶν τε 
‘ i , ὃ “ ~~ κ᾿ / > ἢ ? > > a 
τὴν ταχίστην δέει καὶ ἱππεων. Axovw ὃ εἶναι ἐν τῷ 
,  "“»“ ε / e ᾽ν , 
στρατεύματι ἡμῶν Ῥοδίους, ὧν τοὺς πολλούς φασιν ἐπί- 
»ἤ Ν Ν / > a 
στασθαι odevdovay, καὶ τὸ βέλος αὐτῶν καὶ διπλάσιον 


/ “ “ a a 
φέρεσθαι τῶν Περσικῶν σφενδονῶν. 17. ᾿Εκεῖναι γὰρ, 


Ill. 3.17-4.2] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 97 


Ν al a Υ * Ἃ 
διὰ τὸ χειροπληθέσι τοῖς λίθοις σφενδονᾶν, ἐπὶ βραχὺ 


a x »“ 3 
ἐξικνοῦνται" οἱ δὲ ἱΡόδιοι καὶ ταῖς μολυβδίσιν ἐπίστανται 


a a 3 / 
χρῆσθαι. 18. Ἢν οὖν αὐτῶν ἐπισκεψώμεθα tives πέ- 


| Ν - ‘ a > “ > r 
πανται σφενδόνας, καὶ τούτῳ μὲν δῶμεν αὐτῶν ἀργύριον, 
a | 3 Λ Ν. ? / “ \ 
τῳ δὲ ἄλλας πλέκειν ἐθέλοντι ἄλλο ἀργύριον τελῶμεν, καὶ 
»" "» “~ “Ἵ > Λ Ν. Ἁ b / 
τῷ σφενδονᾶν ev τῷ τεταγμένῳ ἐθέλοντι ἄλλην τινὰ ατέ- 
δ rl Ν Ἃ a“ Ἂ ᾿,. " Ὁ 3 
λείαν εὑρίσκωμεν, ἰσως τινες φανουνται ἱκανοί ἡμᾶς ὠφε- 
» a ‘ , wv » ᾽ “a v 
λεῖν. 19. ‘Op@ Se καὶ ἵππους ὄντας ev τῷ στρατεύματι, 
‘\ ‘ > b | . » δὲ A r | 
Tous μὲν τινας παρ ἐμοί, Tous ὃε τῷ Κλεάρχῳ καταλε- 
‘ ‘ ic INN > , 
λειμμένους, πολλοὺς SE καὶ ἄλλους αἰχμαλωτοὺυς σκευοφο- 
“a / / 3 / / 
ροῦντας. “Av οὖν τούτους πάντας ἐκλέξαντες, σκευοφόρα 
᾽ν ᾿ » ‘ || > € / / 
μὲν αντιδῶμεν, Tous δὲ ἵππους εἰς LITTEAS κατασκευάσωμεν, 
Ν Ν @ , Ἂ Fa > , 
LOWS καὶ OVTOL TL TOUS φεύγοντας ἀνιασουσιν. 
ΜΝ al Ν , a ~ ~ 
20. Εδοξε ταῦτα" καὶ ταύτης τῆς νυκτὸς σφενδονῆται 
Ν > / 3 “ “/ Ν hs ε “~ 3 rf 
μὲν εἰς διακοσίους ἐγένοντο, ἵπποι δὲ καὶ ἱππεῖς εἐδοκιμώ- 
“ κΥ Ul ᾽ ᾽ Ἂ ἢ x , 
σθησαν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ εἰς πεντήκοντα, καὶ στολάδες καὶ θώ- 
> ~ 3 ’ hi, “ \ a Ἵ 
puxes αὑτοῖς ἐπορίσθησαν" καὶ ἵππαρχος δὲ επεστάθη 


Δύκιος ὁ Πολυστράτου ᾿Αθηναῖος. 


CAP. τὺ. 


, ‘ , ‘ mA a νυ ᾽ ᾿ 
1. Μείναντες δὲ ταυτὴην τὴν ἡμερᾶν, TH ἄλλῃ επορεῦ- 
ων ἢ 3 / Me Ἂ > \ Υ 
οντο πρωϊαίτερον ἀναστάντες" Yapadpay γὰρ αὑτοὺς ἔδει 
a a oe 2 a ‘ b a ᾽ »Ἥ 
διαβῆναι, ep ῃ ἐφοβοῦντο μὴ ἐπιθοῖντο αὑτοῖς διαβαίνου- 
, Ἀ + « 
σιν οἱ πολέμιοι. 2. Διαβεβηκόσι δὲ αὐτοῖς πάλιν daive- 
͵ Μ e " / , . \ 
tat ὁ Μιθριδάτης, ἔχων ἱππέας χιλίους, τοξότας δὲ καὶ 
" / rl Ν » 
σφενδονήτας εἰς τετρακισχιλίους" τοσούτους γὰρ ἤτησε 
/ ”. / XK κ / 
Τισσαφέρνην καὶ ἔλαβεν, ὑποσχόμενος, ἂν τούτους λάβῃ, 


7 














98 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΠΠ. 4. 4--9. 


r > «A ins / f ? » 
παραδωσειν αὑτῷ τοὺς EdAnvas, καταφρονήσας, ὅτι ἐν τῇ 
/ e > / ν Ν ‘ 
πρόσθεν προσβολῇ, ολίγους ἔχων, ἔπαθε μὲν οὐδὲν, πολλὰ 
‘ i > / » > ‘ ¥ 
δὲ κακὰ ἐνόμισε ποιῆσαι. 3. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ οἱ ErXdAnves διαβε- 
’ 3 ~ ~ i Ψ ba ‘ / i 
βηκότες ἀπεῖχον τῆς χαράδρας ὅσον ὀκτὼ σταδίους, διέ- 
“ Ν 
βαινε καὶ ὁ Μιθριδάτης, ἔχων τὴν δύναμιν. Παρήγγελτο 
δὲ “ ἴω ἃ Ν ἤ Ν ca ¢ a 
€, τῶν τε πελταστῶν οὕς EdEL OLWKELY, καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, 


~ 


‘ aoe a P| 39 f 3 
καὶ τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν εἴρητο θαρῥοῦσι διώκειν, ὡς εφεψομένης 


ἱκανῆς δυνάμεως. 4. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ὁ Μιθριδάτης κατειλήφει, 


Ν "ὃ ὃ ’ Ν 3 lal 3 / “ 
καὶ ἤδη σφενδόναι καὶ τοξεύματα e€txvovuvTo, ἐσήμηνε τοῖς 
e a " ν + ths ¥ γ᾿ @ 

Ελλησι τῇ σάλπιγγι, καὶ εὐθυς εθεον ὁμόσε, οἷς εἴρητο, 

Ν < ¢ ~ ν Ψ Ν 3 ᾽ / 
καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς ἤλαυνον" ot δὲ οὐκ ἐδέξαντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἔφευγον 

+ Ally » ᾽ b / “ / » / 
emt τὴν χαράδραν. 5. Ev ταύτῃ τῇ διώξει τοῖς BapBa- 

“ o 3 / ‘ Ν “ 4 ͵ | “ 
pos τὼν τε πεζῶν ἀπέθανον πολλοι, καὶ τῶν ἱππέων ἐν TH 


bo 3 ‘ 
χαράδρᾳ ζωοὶ ἐλήφθησαν ws ὀκτωκαίδεκα" τοὺς δὲ ἀποθα- 


‘ ) Λ “ὦ ἡ 
vovtas αὑτοκέλευστοι οἱ ᾿ Ελληνες ἠκίσαντο, ws ὅτι φοβε- 


ρώτατον τοῖς πολεμίοις εἴη ὁρᾶν. 

6. Καὶ οἱ μὲν πολέμιοι οὕτω πράξαντες ἀπῆλθον" οἱ 
δὲ Ἕλληνες ἀσφαλῶς πορευόμενοι τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας, 
ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμόν. 7. ᾿Ενταῦθα πόλις 
ἣν ἐρήμη μεγώλη, ὄνομα δ᾽ αὐτῇ ἦν Λάρισσα" ὦκουν δ᾽ 
αὐτὴν τὸ παλαιὸν Μῆδοι" τοῦ δὲ τείχους ἦν αὐτῆς τὸ 
εὖρος πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι πόδες, ὕψος δ᾽ ἑκατόν" τοῦ δὲ κύ- 
κλου ἡ περίοδος δύο παρασάγγαι" ὠκοδόμητο δὲ πλένθοις 
κεραμίαις" κρηπὶς δ᾽ ὑπῆν λιθίνη, τὸ ὕψος εἴκοσι ποδῶν. 
8. Ταύτην βασιλεὺς ὁ Περσῶν, ὅτε παρὰ Μήδων τὴν 
ἀρχὴν ἐλάμβανον Πέρσαι, πολιορκῶν, οὐδενὶ τρόπῳ ἐδύ- 
νατο ἑλεῖν" ἥλιον δὲ νεφέλη προκαλύψασα ἠφάνισε, μέχρι 


Pa ἃ Εν ᾽ν / 
ἐξέλεπον οἱ avOpwrot, καὶ οὕτως ἑάλω. 9. Παρὰ ταύτην 





ΠῚ. 4.9-15] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 99 


, Ὗ \ 9 en , 
τὴν πόλιν ἦν πυραμὶς λιθίνη, τὸ μὲν εὖρος ἐνὸς πλέθρου, 
4 > ᾽ ‘ a“ 
τὸ δὲ ὕψος δύο πλέθρων. “Emi ταύτης πολλοὶ τῶν Bap- 
“ , a 3 “ 
βάώρων ἧσαν, ἐκ τῶν πλησίον κωμῶν ἀποπεφευγοτες. 
»Ἤ al Ν ll / 
10. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμὸν ἕνα, παρασάγγας 
»Ἥ Ν / “ “~ / / 
ἕξ, πρὸς τεῖχος ἔρημον μέγα, προς [τῇ} πόλει κείμενον" 
re a 3 3 ἡ 
ὄνομα δὲ ἦν τῇ πόλει Μέσπιλα: Μῆδοι δ᾽ αὐτὴν ποτε 
Ν 3 Ν ¢ ‘ Ν ry 4 “ rl 
ὥκουν. Hv δὲ ἡ μὲν κρηπὶς λίθου ξεστοῦ κογχυλιάτου, 
," 9 " - Ν ν υ ’ 
τὸ εὖρος πεντήκοντα ποδῶν, καὶ TO ὕψος πεντήκοντα. 
> . Ν / ? ᾿ ᾿ a Ὗ \ 
11. ‘Emi δὲ ταύτῃ ἐπῳκοδόμητο πλίνθινον τεῖχος, TO μεν 
> ἤ “Ἂ ‘ δὲ @ “ / N a δὲ rl 
εὖρος πεντήκοντα ποδῶν, TO OE ὕψος EKaTOV* TOU OE KU- 
3 tal dl ᾽ 
κλου ἡ περίοδος ἐξ παρασάγγαι. ᾿Ενταῦθα λέγεται Μη- 
Ν a“ ῳ 2 “ ~ 3 ‘ 
Seva γυνὴ βασιλέως καταφυγειν, OTE ἀπώλεσαν τὴν ἀρχην 
“ ~ x ~ / 
ὑπὸ Περσῶν Μῆδοι. 12. Ταύτην δὲ τὴν πόλιν πολιορ- 
a a ‘ ᾽ Ian ἡ Ν ¢. a 
κῶν ὁ Περσῶν βασιλεὺς, οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὔτε χρόνῳ ελεῖν 
Ν ἤ ᾿. > 3 ᾽ raf | ) “A 
oute Bias Zeus δ᾽ εἐμβροντήτους moves τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας; 
᾽ν ed lll 
καὶ οὕτως εαλω. 
a “c “ 
18. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμὸν ἕνα, Tapacay- 
“ ‘ 7 
γας τέτταρας. Εἰς τοῦτον δὲ τὸν σταθμὸν Τισσαφέρνης 
᾽ὔ » ‘ ἣν 3 / 
ἐπεφάνη, οὕς τε αὐτὸς ἱππέας ἦλθεν ἔχων, καὶ THY Opov- 
, A ‘ , / ¥ a 
του δύναμιν, τοῦ τὴν βασίλεως θυγατέρα ἔχοντος, Kat ous 
“ » , κ΄ ᾽ i, A e “Ἢ 3 
Κῦρος ἔχων aveBn βαρβάρους, και οὺς ὁ βασιλεως ἀδελ- 
val 3 ‘\ ~ - Ψ 
dos ἔχων βασιλεῖ ἐβοήθει, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ὅσους βασι- 
‘ Ν » » d ‘ / ἣ 2 / 
λεὺς ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ" ὥστε TO στράτευμα πάμπολυ εφανη. 
9 / Ν ‘ »“ἢ ri 9 
14. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἐγένετο, tas μὲν τών τάξεων εἶχεν 
Ν ‘ τ, ‘ ‘i ‘* 
ὄπισθεν καταστήσας, τὰς δὲ εἰς Ta πλάγια Tapayayov 
ν᾿ 7 rs / 
ἐμβάλλειν μὲν οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν, οὐδ᾽ ἐβούλετο διακινδυνεύ- 
a i i 2 . οἱ 
εἰν" σφενδονᾶν δὲ παρήγγειλε καὶ τοξεύειν. 15. Ene: δε 


διαταχθέντες οἱ ἹΡόδιοι ἐσφενδόνησαν, καὶ οἱ Σκύθαι τοξό- 























ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ (IIT. 4. 15-20. 


9 , ᾽ν > Ν ¢ ἢ ᾽ ‘ Ja ‘ ᾽ 
ται ἐτόξευσαν, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἡμάρτανεν ἀνδρὸς (οὐδὲ γὰρ, εἰ 
᾽ “ ul > ¢ 
πάνυ προθυμοῖτο, padiov ἦν), καὶ ὁ Τισσαφέρνης μάλα 
/ Ν - ᾽ / 
ταχέως ἔξω βελῶν ἀπεχώρει, καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι τάξεις ἀπεχώ- 
‘ Ν Ν “ a e \ > / 
pnoav. 16. Καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας οἱ μεν ἐπορεύοντο, 


¢ ᾽ tr Ν AN ἡ ε a“ 7 
οἱ δ᾽ εἴποντο" καὶ οὐκέτι εἐσίνοντο οἱ βαρβαροι ΤΏ Τότε 


᾽ / / ‘ ef “ a 
ἀκροβολίσει" μακρότερον γὰρ οἵ τε ἱῬόδιοι τῶν Περσῶν 
.» 


᾽ ἢ Ν ω / “ 
ἐσφενδόνων καὶ τῶν πλείστων τοξοτων. 17. Μεγάλα δὲ 
Ὶ Ν , Ν ‘alld Md / 9 ¢ Ul 
καὶ ta τόξα ta Περσικὰ ἐστιν" ὥστε χρήσιμα Hv, ὁπόσα 
ἢ a / a / 
ἁλίσκοιτο τῶν τοξευμάτων, τοῖς Κρησί: καὶ διετέλουν 
/ “~ “Ὁ / ᾽ > 
χρώμενοι τοῖς τῶν πολεμίων τοξεύμασι, καὶ ἐμελέτων το- 
᾽ ” cs , PU \ ‘ a % 
ξεύειν ἄνω ἱέντες waxpav. Evpicneto δε καὶ νεῦρα πολλὰ 
᾿ »“ " ‘ " “ “ ᾽ ‘ 
ἐν ταῖς κώμαις καὶ μόλυβδος: ὥστε χρῆσθαι εἰς τὰς 
᾽ὔ 
σφενδονας. 
‘ / δ ἣν ; , 
18. Kat ravtn μὲν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ; ἐπεὶ κατεστρατοπεδεύ- 
"»»ἦνλΣ.ν-ν f b | / , ~ ¢ ἢ 
ovto οἱ Ἕλληνες κώμαις ἐπιτυχόντες, «πῆλθον οἱ βαρβα- 
a Ν b m / ᾽ / Ν >) a 
pot, μεῖον ἔχοντες ἐν TH τότε ἀκροβολίσει" τὴν ὃ ἐπιοῦσαν 
mon ν᾿ «ὦ . ἃ ᾿ 9 Ν 
ἡμέραν ἔμειναν οἱ Ελληνες, καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο" ἣν yap 
Ν » , al ἤ Ἂ | «© / > ’ 
πολὺς σῖτος ἐν ταῖς κώμαις. Τῇ ὃ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐπορεύοντο 
‘ a“ / \ ͵ “ ᾽ 
διὰ τοῦ πεδίου, καὶ Τισσαφερνης εἰπετο ἀκροβολιζόμενος. 
Ν ‘ ed Ν Cid / » 
19. Ἔνθα δὴ οἱ Ελληνες ἔγνωσαν, ὅτε πλαίσιον ἰσόπλευ- 
᾿ ἢ Ν / c / b / f 
pov πονηρὰ τάξις ein, πολεμίων ἐπομένων. AvayKn yap 
᾿ Δ ‘ ͵ ν , a ἢ A νὰ " 
ἐστιν, ἣν μὲν συγκύπτῃη τὰ κέρατα τοῦ πλαισίου, ἢ ὁδοῦ 
᾿ ” PN ᾽ ἢ A , ᾽ 
στενωτερας οὔσης, ἢ ὁρέων ἀναγκαζόντων ἢ γεφύρας, ἐκ- 
; ‘ / ‘ / 
θλίβεσθαι τοὺς ὁπλίτας, καὶ πορεύεσθαι πονήρως, ἅμα 
\ / ψΨ ‘ Ν / Ψ / 
μὲν πιεζομένους, ἅμα δὲ καὶ ταραττομένους" ὥστε δυσχρή- 
> A AMT ¥ / 
στους εἶναι ἀνάγκη, ἀτάκτους ὄντας. 20). Ὅταν δ᾽ αὖ 
“ 4 r b | / ~ \ 
διασχῇ τὰ κέρατα, ἀνάγκη διασπᾶσθαι τοὺς τότε ἐκθλιβο- 


᾽ Ν ‘ / “ / a , 
μένους, καὶ κενὸν γίγνεσθαι τὸ μέσον τῶν κεράτων, καὶ 


IIL. 4. 90--26] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 101 


-»"Ἢ Ἀ a / “ / ξ / 
ἀθυμεῖν τοὺς ταῦτα πάσχοντας, τῶν πολεμίων ἐπομενῶν. 
, ’ ἂν Ny , 
Καὶ ὁπότε δέοι γέφυραν διαβαίνειν ἢ ἄλλην τινὰ διάβασιν, 
Ἷ ,ὔ “- ‘ ᾽ ὔ 
ἔσπευδεν ἕκαστος, βουλόμενος φθάσαι πρῶτος" και εὑεπί- 
> » “ 4 
θετον ἦν ἐνταῦθα τοῖς πολεμίοις. 
> ‘ in ‘a ¥ e ~ 3 
91. ᾿Επεὶ δε ταῦτα ἔγνωσαν οἱ στρατηγοί, ἐποιήσαντο 
a / Ny ¢ Ν Ν ‘ iy 3 / 
ἕξ λόχους ava ἐκατον ἄνδρας, καὶ λοχαγοὺς ἐπέστησαν, 
a ‘| ae 3 ψ φΦ 
καὶ ἄλλους πεντηκοντηρας, καὶ ἄλλους ενωμοτᾶρχας. Ov- 
ἢ ᾿ν ¢ / iy, “ἢ ᾿, 
τοι δὲ πορευόμενοι οἱ λοχαγοῖ, ὁπότε μὲν συγκύπτοι τὰ 
, φ oe Ν 3 »ἭἬἍ -“ , 
κέρατα, ὑπέμενον ὕστεροι, ὥστε μη ἐνοχλεῖν τοις κέρασι" 
“A » al / ξ / in 
τότε δὲ παρῆγον ἔξωθεν τῶν κεράτων. 22. Οπότε δε 
, e ‘ a , ‘ ᾽ ᾽ , 
διώσχοιεν αἱ πλευραὶ τοῦ πλαισίου, TO μέσον ἀνεξεπὶμ- 
> Ν ᾽ ν ~ , ‘ / » 
πλασαν, εἰ μὲν στενώτερον εἴη τὸ διέχον, κατὰ λοχους" εἰ 
‘ 4 . “A > ‘ “Ἢ Ἂ » 
δὲ πλατύτερον, κατὰ πεντηκοστῦς" εἰ δὲ πάνυ πλατυ, κατ 
/ ef AL A 3 ν ’ ," «rt 
ἐνωμοτίας" ὥστε ἀεὶ ἔκπλεων εἶναι TO μέσον. 23. Ee δὲ 
x , Ν , , Ά ᾿ ? ? , 
καὶ διαβαίνειν τινὰ δέοι διάβασιν ἢ γέφυραν, οὐκ εταρατ- 
᾽ . » a ’ e \ / AANA 
TOVTO, GAN ἐν τῷ μέρει OF λοχαγοὶ διέβαινον" καὶ εἰ πον 
ὃ / a Xr 3 a e π' “ Δ “ 
ἔοι τε τῆς φάλαγγος, ἐπιίπαρησαν οὕτοι. οὕτῳ τῷ τρο- 
3 ᾽ ᾿.. dl 
πῳ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τέτταρας. 
ε / ἣν Ν / 2 / 3 / 
94. Ἡνίκα δὲ tov πέμπτον ἐπορεύοντο, εἶδον βασί- 
, N al ᾿ ᾿ ,ὔ eas ‘ 
λειόν τι, Kar περὶ αὑτὸ κωμας πολλας" τὴν TE δον πρὸς 
Ν / ΠῚ * / . “Ὁ / ‘\ 
TO χωρίον τοῦτο διὰ γηλόφων ὑψηλὼν γιγνομενην, ob 
A ‘An ~ aa e , 1 ν ‘ 
καθῆκον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, Up w ἦν ἡ κώμη. Καὶ εἶδον μεν 
‘\ / ¥ ea ε »ν" a 
Tous γηλόφους ἄσμενοι οἱ EAXnves, ws εἰκος, τῶν πολε- 
/ ¥ 4 3 \ ‘ ’ὔ 3 a 
μίων ὄντων ἱππέων. 25. Επει δὲ πορευόμενοι ἐκ τοῦ 
,ὔ ᾽ dl aa Ν Ὁ rt A / 
πεδίου ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πρῶτον γήλοφον, καὶ κατεβαινον 
ε » κυ ἣν oe ᾽ , > a ? J ε 
ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀναβαίνειν, ἐνταῦθα ἐπιγίγνονται οἱ 
, ‘ >) a ie a , ip. Ν tl 
βάρβαροι, καὶ απὸ τοῦ ὑψήλου εἰς TO Tpaves ἐβαλλον, 


| 
ἐσφενδόνων, ἐτόξευον ὑπὸ μαστίγων. 26. Καὶ πολλοὺς 











102 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ τ[1Π.4.96- 39. 


’ Ι ~ b , a € , , 
KATETLTPWOKOV, καὶ ἐκράτησαν τῶν Ελλήνων γυμνήτων, 


, / ᾽ ", ν “- [ἡ ΥΩ / 
καὶ κατέκλεισαν AUTOUS εἰσω τῶν OTAWVY* ὥστε παντάπασι 

" ‘ ἡ Υ̓ 9 ’ ".ν Μ \ 
ταύτην THY ἡμέραν ἄχρηστοι ἦσαν, ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ ὄντες, καὶ 

6 ~ Ἁ ᾿ / 
ob σφενδονῆται καὶ οἱ τοξόται. 
9 \ ‘ , ΕΝ 3 , 
27. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πιεζόμενοι οἱ “Ελληνες ἐπεχείρησαν διώ- 
~ Ἃ 3 4, Ν ν > “~ ¢ Ὁ“ y 

KEL, σχολῃ μὲν ἐπὶ TO ακρον αφικνοῦνται, OTALTaL OVTES* 
" Λ ‘ ¢ / 
28. Πάλιν δὲ, ὁπότε 


> / Ν ᾿, ν “ > ‘ ¥ Ν > ‘ 
ἀπίοιεν προς TO AXXO ili i TauTa sian καὶ ἐπί 


¢ ~ ᾽ " b ἢ 
οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ταχὺ ἀπεπήδων. 


τοῦ δευτέρου γηλόφου ταὐτὰ ἐγέγνετο" ὥστε ἀπὸ τοῦ τρί- 
του γηλόφου ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς μὴ κινεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας, πρὶν 
ἀπὸ 7 ya πλευρᾶς τοῦ πλαισίου γον πελταστὰς 
πρὸς τὸ ὄρος. 29. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ οὗτοι ἐγένοντο ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπο- 
μένων πολεμίων, οὐκέτι ἐπετίθεντο οἱ πολέμιοι τοῖς κατα- 
βαίνουσι; δεδοικότες μὴ ἀποτμηθείησαν, καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν 
αὐτῶν γδωντο οἱ πολέμιοι. 80. Οὕτω τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς 
ἡμέρας Ημ μήν οἱ μὲν τῇ ὁδῷ κατὰ τοὺς γηλόφους, 
οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὸ ὄρος ἐπεπαριόντες, ἀφίκοντο εἰς τὰς κώμας" 
καὶ ἰατροὺς κατέστησαν ὀκτὼ, πολλοὶ γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ τετρω- 
μένοι. 

31. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας ape καὶ τῶν TeTpapse- 
νων ἕνεκα, καὶ ἅμα ἐπιτήδεια πολλὰ εἶχον, ἄλευρα. οἶνον, 
καὶ κριθὰς ἵπποις συμβεβλημένας πολλάς. Ταῦτα δὲ 
συνενηνεγμένα ἦν τῷ σατραπεύοντι τῆς χώρας. Τετάώρτῃ 
82. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 


κατέλαβον αὐτοὺς Τισσαφέρνης σὺν τῇ δυνάμει, ἐδίδαξεν 


δ᾽ ¢ / / 9 Ν " 
ἡμέρᾳ καταβαίνουσιν εἰς τὸ πεδίον. 


αὐτοὺς ῇ ἀνάγκη κατασκηνῆσαι, οὗ πρῶτον εἶδον κώμην, 
καὶ μὴ πορεύεσθαι ἔ ETL μαχομένους" πολλοὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ἀπό- 


« " Ν e > / " ‘ ¢ » 
μάχοι, Ol TETPWUMEVOL, Kat Ol ἐκείνους φεροντες, Kat Ol Τῶν 


————— 


ude hte ee ἍΨΨ{|δ ι΄ τς 


ΠῚ. 4.32-37.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 


108 
φερόντων τὰ ὅπλα δεξάμενοι. 88. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ κατεσκήνη- 
σαν, καὶ ss masa αὐτοῖς ἀκροβολίζεσθαι ot βάρβαροι 
πρὸς τὴν κώμην προσιόντες, πολὺ περιῆσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες" 
πολὺ γὰρ διέφερον ἐκ χώραν ὁρμῶντες ἀλέξασθαι, ἢ πο- 
ρευόμενοι ἐπιοῦσι τοῖς πολεμίοις μάχεσθαι, 

34, Ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν ἤδη δείλη, ὥρα ἦν ἀπιέναι τοῖς πολε- 
μίοις" οὔποτε γὰρ μεῖον ἀπεστρατοπεδεύοντο οἱ βάρβαροι 
τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ ἑξήκοντα σταδίων, φοβούμενοι μὴ τῆς νυκ- 
99. Hoar γὰρ 


Οἵ τε γὰρ ἵπποι αὖ- 


tos οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐπιθῶνται αὑτοῖς. 
νυκτός ἐστι στράτευμα Περσικόν. 
τοῖς δέδενται, καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ πεποδισμένοι εἰσὶ, τοῦ 
μὴ φεύγειν ἕνεκα εἰ λυθείησαν" ἐάν τέ τις θορυῆον yr 
ται, δεῖ ἐπισάξαι tov ἵππον Πέρσῃ ἀνδρὶ, καὶ χολανῆσα 
δεῖ, καὶ θωρακισθέντα ἀναβῆναι ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον" τοῦτα δὲ 
πάντα χαλεπὰ νύκτωρ καὶ θορύβου ὄντος. Τούτου ἕνεκα 
πόῤῥω ἀπεσκήνουν τῶν “Ἑλλήνων. : 
36. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἐγίγνωσκον αὐτοὺς οἱ “Έλληνες βουλομέ- 
νους ἀπιέναι καὶ διαγγελλομένους, ἐκήρυξε τοῖς Ἕλλησι 
συσκευάξεσθαι, ἀκουόντων τῶν πολεμίων. Καὶ χρόνον 
4 ἐπέ ” 4 i Bu - ἐπειδὴ δὲ 
μέν τινα ἔπέσχον τῆς πορείας οἱ βαρβαροι" ἐπειδη 
ὑψὲ ἐγίγνετο, ἀπήεσαν" ov γὰρ ἐδόκει λυσιτελεῖν αὐτοῖς 
νυκτὸς πορεύεσθαι καὶ κατάγεσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 
37. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ σαφῶς ἀπιόντας ἤδη ἑώρων οἱ “Ἕλληνες, 
ἐπορεύοντο καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀναζεύξαντες, καὶ διῆλθον ὅσον ἑξή- 
κοντα σταδίους". καὶ γίγνεται τοσοῦτον μεταξὺ τῶν στρα; 
τευμάτων, ὥστε τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ οὐκ ἐφάνησαν οἱ πολέμιοι, 
οὐδὲ τῇ τρίτῃ" τῇ δὲ τετάρτῃ, νυκτὸς προελθόντες, κατα- 


ἢ € , cll € 
λαμβάνουσι χωρίον ὑπερδέξιον οἱ βάρβαροι, ἢ ἐμέλλον Ob 

















104 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [Π|.. 4. 37 -- 43, 


@ / ? / ¥ δ. ἃ 6 , 
Ελληνες παριέναι, ἀκρωνυχίαν ὄρους, ὑφ᾽ ἣν ἡ κατάβασις 
? > ᾽ν / 
ἣν εἰς TO πεδίον. 

> b ‘ or ἢ ͵ 
38. Ἐπειδὴ δε ἑωρα Χειρίσοφος προκατειλημμένην τὴν 
᾽ ἢ oh “~ ᾽ Ν » 3 “Ἢ 4 4 
ἀκρωνυχίαν, Kade Kevohwvta amo τῆς οὐρᾶς, καὶ κελεύει 
, ‘ . , 4 Ν , 
λαβόντα τοὺς πελταστὰς παραγενέσθαι εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν. 
rd ‘ “~ \ » | \ > 

39. Ὃ δε Ἐενοφῶν τοὺς μὲν πελταστὰς οὐκ ἦγεν" ἐπι- 

, ᾽ν ee / ‘ Ν V4 a 
φαινόμενον γὰρ ewpa Τισσαφέρνην, καὶ τὸ στρατευμα πᾶν" 
+ nL x ld b ἢ / a ¢ ‘ / 
αὑτὸς δὲ mpoceducas ἠρώτα' Ti καλεῖς; ‘O δὲ λέγει 
3 wl of  » . Λ Ν δ᾽}ῥἮ » ΓΙ ¢ ‘ 
αὐτῷ ἕεστιν ὁρᾶν" προκατείληπται yap ἡμῖν ὁ ὑπερ 
~ , / i. 2 »¥ o > Ν ᾽ 
τῆς καταβάσεως λόφος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι παρελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ τού- 

᾽ / 3 Ν ’ ᾽ oy ᾽ν 

τοὺς ἀποκόψομεν. Adda TL οὐκ ἦγες τοὺς πελταστάς ; 

¢ » Υ͂ Ψ 3 Io ἡ ll ll » ‘ 

40. Ὃ δε λέγει, ὅτε οὐκ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ ἔρημα καταλιπεῖν τὰ 
Ν᾿ " > / > 7 
ὄπισθεν, πολεμίων ἐπιφαινομένων. Adda μὴν ὥρα γ᾽, 
») ’ ἴω Ν Ν > “ Ψ Ν “ 
ἔφη, βουλεύεσθαι, πῶς τις τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀπέλᾳ ἀπὸ τοῦ 

, » “ ee a ¢ a a“ »” | 
Aogov. 41. Ἐνταῦθα Ἐενοφῶν ὁρᾷ τοῦ ὄρους τὴν κορυ- 
Ἃ Ν > “ | « a 4 φΦ x > 
φην ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἑαυτῶν στρατεύματος οὖσαν, καὶ ἀπὸ 

, ¥ ? Ν / ¥ >. ε 
ταύτης epodov ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον ἔνθα ἦσαν οἱ πολέμιοι, καὶ 
/ “ ΟῚ / ee " ¢ / 
λέγει" Κρατιστον, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἡμῖν ἰεσθαι ws τάχιστα 

a 4a \ a , ? , ͵ 

ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον" ἢν γὰρ τοῦτο λάβωμεν, οὐ δυνήσονται μέ. 


[4] 


¢ ¢ ‘ » »" > Ν ᾽ a / iy. 
vey οἱ ὕπερ τῆς ὁδοῦ. ᾿Αλλὰ, εἰ βούλει, μένε ἐπὶ τῷ 


[1 


‘ , > ‘ 
στρατεύματι, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐθέλω πορεύεσθαι" εἰ δὲ ypntes, 


’ > b Ν a > a > 
πορεύου ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος, ἐγὼ δὲ μενῶ αὐτοῦ. 42. ᾿Αλλὰ. 


/ | / / “~ ἡ 
δίδωμί σοι, ἔφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, ὁπότερον βούλει, ἑλέσθαι. 
SN fc or a Ψ , " ᾽ Mey, , 
Εἰπὼν ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, ὅτε νεώτερός ἐστιν, αἱρεῖται πορεύ- 
| ae c ᾽ γ᾿ ‘ Ἂ / ¥ 
εσθαι" κελεύει δέ οἱ συμπέμψαι ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος ἄν- 
Ν Ἢ oA a ἊΝ - ‘ 
δρας" μακρὸν γὰρ ἦν ἀπὸ τῆς οὐρᾶς. λαβεῖν. 43. Kai ὁ 
” / ἢ ᾿. 2. a“ / ‘al 
Χειρίσοφος συμπέμπει τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος πελταστάς" 


Ἂ Ν a 
ἔλαβε δὲ τοὺς κατὰ μέσον τοῦ πλαισίου. Συνέπεσθαι δ᾽ 


fil. 4.43-49.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 105 


ἐκέλευσεν αὐτῷ καὶ τοὺς τριακοσίους, oUs αὐτὸς εἶχε τῶν 
ἐπιλέκτων ἐπὶ τῷ στόματι τοῦ πλαισίου. 

44, ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο ὡς ἐδύναντο τάχιστα. Οἱ δ᾽ 
ἐπὶ τοῦ λόφου πολέμιοι, ὡς ἐνόησαν αὐτῶν τὴν πορείαν 
ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον, εὐθὺς καὶ αὐτοὶ ὥρμησαν ἁμιλλᾶσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ 
ἄκρον. 48. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα πολλὴ μὲν κραυγὴ ἦν τοῦ ᾿Ελ- 
ληνικοῦ στρατεύματος διακελευομένων τοῖς ἑαυτῶν, πολλὴ 
δὲ κραυγὴ τῶν ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην τοῖς ἑαυτῶν διακελευο- 
μένων. 46. Ἐενοφῶν δὲ παρελαύνων ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου πα- 
ρεκελεύετο" Ανδρες, νῦν ἐπὶ τὴν Ελλάδα νομίζετε ἀμιλ- 
λᾶσθαι, νῦν πρὸς τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας, νῦν ὀλίγον 
πονήσαντες [χρόνον]; ἀμαχεὶ τὴν λοιπὴν πορευσόμεθα. 
47. Σωτηρίδης δὲ ὁ Σικυώνιος εἶπεν" Οὐκ ἐξ ἴσου, ὦ 
Ξενοφῶν, ἐσμέν" σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἵππου ὀχῆ, ἐγὼ δὲ χαλε- 
πῶς κάμνω τὴν ἀσπίδα φέρων. 48. Καὶ ὃς ἀκούσας 

, vs) Syiiatiioetiie aye ἐς al ae 
ταῦτα, καταπηδήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἕππου, ὠθεῖται αὑτὸν EK τῆς 
τάξεως, καὶ τὴν ἀσπίδα ἀφελόμενος, ὡς ἐδύνατο τάχιστα 
ἔχων ἐπορεύετο. ᾿Ετύγχανε δὲ καὶ θώρακα ἔχων τὸν 
ἱππικόν" ὥστε ἐπιέζξετο. Καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἔμπροσθεν ὑπάγειν 

᾽ a ‘ ΝΜ , " ie “ 
παρεκελεύετο, τοῖς Se ὄπισθεν παριέναι, modus ἐπομένοις. 
49. Οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι στρατιῶται παίουσι καὶ βάλλουσι καὶ 
λοιδοροῦσι τὸν Σωτηρίδην, ἔστε ἠνάγκασαν λαβόντα τὴν 
ἀσπίδα πορεύεσθαι. ‘O δὲ ἀναβὰς, ἕως μὲν βάσιμα ἦν, 
ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου ἦγεν" ἐπεὶ δὲ ἄβατα ἦν, καταλιπὼν τὸν 
ἵππον, ἔσπευδε πεζῇ. Καὶ φθάνουσιν ἐπὶ τῷ ἄκρῳ γενό- 


‘ / 
μενοι TOUS πολεμίους. 











ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ (Ill. ὅ. 1-6. 


CAP.) Ὑ. 


1. Ἔνθα δὴ οἱ μὲν βάρβαροι στραφέντες ἔφευγον, 7 
ἕκαστος ἐδύνατο" οἱ δ᾽ “Ελληνες ὄχον τὸ την Οἱ δὲ 
ἀμφὶ Τιυσσοϑέρνην καὶ ᾿Αριαῖον ἀποτραπόμενοι ἄλλην 
ὁδὸν ὥχοντο" οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον καταβάντες [eis τὸ 
seamed ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο ἐν κώμῃ μεστῇ πολλῶν ἀγα- 
θῶν. ἮΗσαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλαι κῶμαι πολλαὶ πλήρεις πολλῶν 
ἀγαθῶν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ πεδίῳ, Tapa τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμόν. 
2, Ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν δείλη, ἐξαπίνης οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπιφαίνονται 
ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατέκοψαν τίνας τῶν 
ἐσκεδασμένων ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ καθ᾽ ἁρπαγήν" καὶ 7% νομαὶ 
πολλαὶ βοσκημάτων, διαβιβαζόμεναι εἰς τὸ πέραν τοῦ 
ποταμοῦ, κατελήφθησαν. 


3, Ἐνταῦθα Τισσαφέρνης καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ καίειν 


ἐπεχείρησαν τὰς κώμας. Καὶ τῶν Ἕχληνων μώλα Ov 


μησᾶν τινες, ἐννοούμενοι, μὴ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, εἰ καίοιεν, οὐκ 
ἔχοιεν ὁπόθεν rape Beiverer. 4. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἀμφὶ Χει- 
ρίσοφον ἀπήεσαν ἐκ τῆς βοηθείας" ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἐπεὶ 
κατέβη, reptlatree ras τάξεις, ἡνίκα ἀπὸ τῆς sappabie 
ἀπήντησαν οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἔλεγεν" 5. Ὅν" ὦ ἄνδρες 
Έλληνες, ὑφιέντας τὴν χώραν ἤδη ἡμετέραν εἶναι; ἃ 
γὰρ, ὅτε ἐσπένδοντο, ΜΝΝΝΝ ΜΝΝΝημηψηλ; μὴ καίειν τὴν βασι- 
λέως χώραν, νῦν αὐτοὶ καίουσιν ὡς ἀλλοτρίαν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ 
ἐάν που καταλείπωσί sy αὑτοῖς τὰ sen ae ὄψονται καὶ 
ἡμᾶς ἐνταῦθα πορενομένονς. 6. "AAN, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἔφη, 
δοκεῖ μοι βοηθεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς καίοντας, ὡς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡμετέρας. 
‘O δὲ Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν: Οὔκουν ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ " ἀλλὰ καὶ 


ἡμεῖς, ἔφη, καίωμεν, καὶ οὕτω θᾶττον παύσονται. 





ΤΠ. 5.7-13] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 107 


> by x‘ "ν"ν “ ~ > »“-Ο 
7. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνὰς ἀπῆλθον, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι 
Ἁ ‘ b , > ‘ ‘ in ‘ 
περὶ Ta ἐπιτήδεια ἤσαν, στρατηγοὶ δὲ καὶ λοχαγοὶ 
a Ν 3 “ "" 
συνῆλθον. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα πολλη ἀπορία ἦν. ἜἜνθεν μὲν 
Ἢ Ν 9 ς “Ἢ ¥ 6 δὲ Ψ lp a x 
yap ὄρη ἦν ὑπερύψηλα, ἔνθεν δὲ ὁ ποταμὸς τοσοῦτος TO 
/ ς Ἀ ‘ ἢ ¢ 4 ᾽ ΄-,; 
βάθος, ὡς μηδὲ τὰ δόρατα ὑπερέχειν πειρωμένοις TOV 
> / Ν 3 “ , 
βάθους. 8. ᾿Απορουμένοις δὲ αὐτοῖς προσελθὼν τις ἀνὴρ 
« / 9 3 i Λ be MIMI ral 
Ρόδιος εἶπεν: ᾿Εγὼ θέλω, ὦ ἄνδρες, διαβιβάσαι ὑμᾶς 
\ / 6 / Kv 3 ‘ e / ¢ 
KATA τετρακισχιλίους ὁπλίτας, ἂν ἐμοι, ὧν δέομαι, ὑπηρε- 
, b| , Yet | 3 Υ 
τήσητε, καὶ τάλαντον μισθὸν πορίσητε. 9. Epwrwpevos 
Ν ed / > “ ¥ / 
δὲ, ὅτου δέοιτο, ᾿Ασκῶν, ἔφη, δισχιλίων δεήσομαι" πολλὰ 
δ᾽ ¢ “~ “~ ’ 4 3 ip, “~ “ΙΗ A 
ὁρῶ ταῦτα πρόβατα, καὶ αἶγας, καὶ βοῦς, και ὄνους, ἃ 
᾽ , ἈΝ , e , a , " ’ 
ἀποδαρέντα καὶ φυσηθέντα ῥᾳδίως ἂν παρέχοι τὴν δια- 
i ‘ Ν al a A 
Bacw. ΤΌ. δεήσομαι δὲ καὶ τῶν δεσμῶν, οἷς χρῆσθε 
Ν ie vd " ’ὔ Ν ? ‘ “ > ᾽ 
περὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια" τούτοις CevEas τους ἀσκοὺς προς ἀλλη- 
et "“ Υ͂ ? ‘ ᾽ 
λους (ὁρμίσας ἕκαστον ἀσκον, λίθους ἀρτήσας καὶ ἀφεὶς 
“ 3 " ᾽ .νἍ ἃ ᾿ SU ’ 
ὥσπερ ἀγκύρας εἰς τὸ ὕδωρῚ, διαγαγὼν καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν 
ὃ / > B x eae i, a b ,ὔ ad Ν 
noas, ἐπιβαλῶ ὕλην καὶ γῆν ἐπιφορήσω. 11. Ore μεν 
> > δύ θ > “Ἢ Δ Ν a“ ‘ > * 
οὖν ov καταδύσεσθε, αὐτίκα μάλα εἰσεσθε" πᾶς yap ἀσκὸς 
’ ¥ ed “ Ἃ “ [τὰ 
δύο ἄνδρας ἕξει τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι" ὥστε δὲ μὴ ὀλισθώνειν, 
cm A ¢ “Ὁ / 
ἢ VAN Kal ἢ YN σχήσει. 
> ’ a a“ a 
12. ᾿Ακούσασι ταῦτα τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τὸ μὲν ἐνθύμημα 
/ γω ἡ 3 κ ἊΨ 
χαρίεν ἐδόκει εἶναι, τὸ δ᾽ ἔργον ἀδύνατον" ἦσαν γὰρ οἱ 
» / ν ὁ - A “ἙΝ a 
κωλύσοντες πέραν ToAXoL ἱππεῖς, Ob εὐθυς τοῖς πρώτοις 
Ios A > " , a “" ἣν 
ovdey ἂν ἐπέτρεπον τούτων tow. 13. ᾿Ενταῦθα την 
bs ¢ / ? , ᾽ Ν 
μεν ὑστεραίαν ἐπανεχωρουν εἰς τουμπαλιεν [ἢ] πρὸς Βαβυ- 
a b Ν 3 / , 
Nova, εἰς τὰς ἀκαύστους κώμας, κατακαύσαντες ἔνθεν ἐξήε- 
id e / > a 
Gav WOTE οἱ πολέμιοι OV προσήλαυνον, ἀλλὰ ἐθεῶντο, 
καὶ ὅμοιοι ἢ θ , δ' € τρέ' has 
μοίοι ἦσαν θαυμάζειν, ὅποι ποτε τρεέψονται οὐ ἘΕλλη- 


Ν ran a 
VES, και Tb ἐν νῷ eX OLEV. 








108 ΞΕΝΟΦΏΝΤΟΣ [ΠΠ]. 5. 14 -- 18, 


9 4 iy. Ν. »“ > ly. , > 
14. ᾿Ενταῦθα οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι στρατιῶται ἀμφὶ τὰ ἐἔπι- 
, > ¢ ‘ ‘ ‘ ς Ν ᾿ 
τήδεια ἦσαν" οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ πάλιν 
“ ‘ / ᾿ 4 / Μ 
συνῆλθον, καὶ συναγαγόντες τοὺς εαλωκότας, ἤλεγχον 
‘ " κι , ’ , " ΝΥ 
τὴν κύκλῳ πᾶσαν χώραν, τίς ἑκάστη εἴη. 15. Οἱ δ᾽ 
gy, Ψ Ν Ν Ν | a lly “ 
ἔλεγον, ὅτε Ta μὲν πρὸς μεσημβρίαν τῆς επὶ Βαβυλῶνα 
¥ ‘ / + φ ¢ ς ‘ Ν ef A, 
ein καὶ Μηδίαν, δὲ ἧσπερ ἥκοιεν" ἢ δὲ πρὸς ἕω emi 
“ > ἢ ͵ ¥ Ἃ > / 
Σοῦσά te καὶ ‘ExButava φέροι, ἔνθα θερίζειν καὶ éapi- 
“Ἢ / ¢ Ν Ν ~*~ 
few, λέγεται βασιλεὺς" ἡ δὲ διαβάντι τὸν ποταμὸν πρὸς 
3 / ‘ 3 / c ‘ ‘ "“ 
ἑσπέραν ἐπὶ Δυδίαν καὶ ᾿Ιωνίαν φέροι" ἡ δὲ διὰ τῶν 
" ͵ | Ν ν ‘ ΓΙ ν / 
ὁρέων καὶ πρὸς ἄρκτον τετραμμένη, OTL εἰς Kapdovyous 
Ν ἢ »»ν»ν ’ ° - ‘ Μ 
ἄγοι. 16. Τούτους δ᾽ ἔφασαν οἰκεῖν ava τὰ ὅρη, καὶ 
‘ > Ν / b > ᾽ 3 | ‘ 
πολεμίκους εἶναι. καὶ βασιλέως οὐκ ἀκούειν" addrAa καὶ 
> tad b 3 \ Ν . ἃ / 
ἐμβαλεῖν ποτε εἰς αὑτους - βασιλικὴν otpatiav, δωδεκα 
/ il Ν > / > ~ ‘ ~ 
μυριάδας" τούτων δὲ οὐδένα ἀπονοστῆσαι δια την δυσχω- 
Ν ᾽ν / ~ > a / 
ρίαν" ὁπότε μέντοι πρὸς τὸν σατράπην τὸν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ 
f Ν ᾽ ry “ Ν >? i 
σπείσαιντο, καὶ ἐπιμιγνύναι σφῶν TE πρὸς EKELVOUS, καὶ 
? , ‘ / 
ἐκείνων πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς. 
? a ς ν AT ν 
17. ᾿Ακούσαντες ταῦτα οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐκάθισαν χωρὶς 
Ν e , / " / Ia’ a / 
τοὺς ἑκασταχόσε φάσκοντας εἰδέναι, οὐδὲν δῆλον ποιή- 
“all / ΝΜ 3 , ‘ a 
σαντες, ὅποι πορεύεσθαι ἐμελλον. Edoxer δὲ τοῖς otpa- 
"»" I ra ‘ a > / ? if 
τηγοῖς ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι, διὰ τῶν ὀρέων εἰς Καρδούχους 
| ” ᾿ “ * b | 
ἐμβαλεῖν" τούτους yap διελθόντας ἔφασαν εἰς Appeviav 
e/ @ > Υ > Cal ‘ ? > a 
ἥξειν, ἧς Opovtas ἦρχε πολλῆς καὶ εὐδαίμονος. ᾿Εντεῦ- 
» ¥ Ἂ 9 tv > Λ ͵ 
θεν δ᾽ εὔπορον ἐφασαν εἶναι, ὅποι Tis ἐθέλοι, πορεύεσθαι. 
᾽ ‘ / > ᾽ “ ¢ / a," / “a 
18. Emi τούτοις εθύσαντο, ὅπως, ὁπηνίκα καὶ δοκοίη τῆς 
oe Ν / a Ν \ ¢ ‘ a »" ἡ 
ὥρας, τὴν πορείαν ποιοῖντο (τὴν γὰρ ὑπερβολὴν τῶν ὀρέων 
>? f Ν / ‘ ? 
ἐδεδοίκεσαν, μὴ προκαταληφθείη)" καὶ παρήγγειλαν, ἐπει- 
Ν “" / / ? / 
bn δειπνήσαιεν, συνεσκευασμένους πάντας ἀναπαύεσθαι, 


ἃ ν . ΤΥ Na Λ 
καὶ ἕπεσθαι, Wik ἂν τις παραγγελλῇ. 








ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ 


ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABAZELZ 4. 


ΠΙΆ, 1; 


ὍΣΑ μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει ἐγένετο μέχρι τῆς μάχης, 
καὶ ὅσα μετὰ τὴν μάχην ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς, ἃς βασιλεὺς καὶ 
οἱ σὺν Κύρῳ ἀναβάντες Ἕλληνες ἐσπείσαντο, καὶ ὅσα, 
παραβάντος τὰς σπονδὰς βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους, 
ἐπολεμήθη πρὸς τοὺς “λληνας, ἐπακολουθοῦντος τοῦ 
Περσικοῦ στρατεύματος, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. 
2. Emei δὲ ἀφίκοντο, ἔνθα ὁ μὲν Τίγρης ποταμὸς παντά- 
πασιν ἄπορος ἦν διὰ τὸ βάθος καὶ μέγεθος, πάροδος δὲ 
οὐκ ἦν, ἀλλὰ τὰ Καρδούχια ὄρη ἀπότομα ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ 
ποταμοῦ ἐκρέματο, ἐδόκει δὴ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς, διὰ τῶν 
ὀρέων πορευτέον εἶναι. 3. Ἤκουον γὰρ τῶν ἁλισκομέ- 
νων, ὅτι, εἰ διέλθοιεν τὰ Καρδούχια ὄρη, ἐν τῇ Appevia 
τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ, ἣν μὲν βούλωνται, δια- 
βήσονται" ἣν δὲ μὴ βούλωνται, περιΐασι. Καὶ τοῦ Ev- 
φράτου τε τὰς πηγὰς ἐλέγετο οὐ πρόσω τοῦ Τίγρητος 
εἶναι" καὶ ἔστιν οὕτω στενόν. 

4. Τὴν δ᾽ εἰς τοὺς Καρδούχους ἐμβολὴν ὧδε ποιοῦνται, 











110 ΞΕΝΟΦΏΩΝΤΟΣ [IV. 1. 4-10. 


ω Ν » / τ | ᾽ Ν \ 
ἅμα μὲν λαθεῖν πειρώμενοι, ἅμα δὲ φθάσαι, πρὶν τους 
“ » | Ν 9 ‘ » , | " " 
πολεμίους καταλαβεῖν τὰ ἄκρα. ὃ. Ἐπειδὴ ἣν αμφι την 
, ‘ ν " / - Ν “Ψ / 
τελευταίαν φυλακὴν, καὶ ἐλείπετο τῆς νυκτὸς ὁσον TKOTAL- 
“~ Ν / “ ? / > ‘ 
ovs διελθεῖν τὸ πεδίον, τηνικαῦτα ἀνασταντες ἀπὸ Tapay- 
rl / 9 ~ e/ “a € / ᾿, ,, 
γέλσεως πορευόμενοι ἀφικνοῦνται ἅμα τῃ ἡμέρᾳ προς TO 
Ν ων Ἀ ) ‘ ξ val a , 
ὄρος. 6. Ἔνθα δὴ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγεῖτο Tov στρατεύ- 
| Ν Ν 3 » ll lin. Ν ‘ A , 
patos, λαβὼν τὸ ἀμφ αὑτον καὶ τοὺς γυμνῆτας πάντας" 
a » Ἂ "-»" “ ¢ / “ 3 
Ἐενοφῶν δὲ σὺν τοῖς οπισθοφύλαξιν ὁπλίταις εἰπετο, ουὅ- 
/ »” A ? Ν ‘ / 3 / 9 ᾽ 
δένα ἔχων γυμνῆτα" οὐδεὶς yap κίνδυνος ἐδόκει εἶναι, μὴ 
» il 3 ἊΨ 3 , I 
τις, ἄνω πορευομένων, ἐκ τοῦ ὄπισθεν ἐπίσποιτο. 7. Καὶ 
HA MUA .“»ν» > / / / ? ’ 
ἐπὶ μὲν τὸ ἄκρον ἀναβαίνει Χειρίσοφος, πρίν τινα αἰσθε- 
a) / ΝΜ > Ἢ “ 3 / as > | 
σθαι τῶν πολεμίων" ἔπειτα 5 ὑφηγειτο" εφείπετο O€ ἀεὶ 
ν. εκ Λ a , > \ , \ 3 
τὸ ὑπερβάλλον τοῦ στρατεύματος εἰς τὰς κωμας τᾶς εν 
Ὁ“ y / Ν »“ ~ » ἤ 
τοῖς ἄγκεσί τε καὶ μυχοῖς τῶν οὀρεων. 
» ‘ € ‘ - > " N AN 
8. Ἔνθα δὴ οἱ μὲν Kapdovyou, exdurovtes Tas οἰκίας, 
ἊἫ» ‘ ~ ‘ Δ y 3 Ν Ν Ν ‘ 
ἔχοντες Kal γυναῖκας καὶ Taidas, Epevyov em τὰ Opn’ τὰ 
1 3 , ν Φ , 5 ν N , 
δὲ ἐπιτήδεια πολλὰ ἦν λαμβάνειν, ἦσαν Se καὶ χαλκωμασι 
᾿ , OANA AN e νυ iar ¢ 
παμπόλλοις κατεσκευασμέναι al οἰκίαι, ὧν οὐδὲν εφερον οἱ 
Ia’ Ν > ἢ ta ἡ A /, 
Ελληνες" οὐδὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐδίωκον, vrodedopevor, 
Ν 3 " ᾿ a nT 3 Ν ie ‘ 
εἴ πως ἐθελήσειαν ot Καρδοῦχοι διΐεναι αὑτοὺς ὡς δια 
/ "Ὁ / ? / a , > - Ν 
φιλίας τῆς χώρας, ἐπείπερ βασιλεῖ πολέμιοι ἦσαν. 9. Ta 
/ 3 " ef ? / "ἡ" , " 
μέντοι ἐπιτήδεια, ὅτῳ τις ἐπιτυγχάνοι, ἐλάμβανον" avayKn 
‘ > e ΝῊ ~ Μ ri ¢ “/ ΚΝ 
γὰρ ἦν. Οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι οὔτε καλούντων ὑπήκουον, οὔτε 
Ψ Ν Ia’ ᾿ ᾿ > ν δ" ε - 
ἄλλο φιλικὸν οὐδὲν ἐποίουν. 10. Επεὶ δὲ ot τελευταῖοι 
“ € ἢ / " * ’ > Ἃ “~ Ν 
τῶν «Ελλήνων κατέβαινον εἰς Tas κωμας ἀπὸ TOU ἄκρου 
ν ,» Ν Ν Ν Ν 3 Ν rar Ὁ. » 
ἤδη σκοταῖοι (διὰ yap TO στενὴν εἶναι THY ὁδον, ὅλην τὴν 
hal rl δ ? “ ᾽ »" ? ἤ Ν / / 
ἡμέραν ἡ ἀνάβασις αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο καὶ κατάβασις), τότε 


‘ | " Ν »Ἅ A »“" / 3 ᾽ 
δὴ συλλεγέντες Τινες των Καρδούχων τοῖς τελευταίοις ETTE- 











IV. 1. 10--16] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 111 


. ᾽ / , ‘ f ~ ' 
Gevro, καὶ ἀπέκτεινάν τινας, καὶ λίθοις καὶ τοξεύμασι 
/ ta * ¥ ? 2 “ x > 
κατέτρωσαν, ὀλίγοι τινες ὄντες" εξ ἀπροσδοκήτου γὰρ av- 
Ὁ 3 0 ~ κα ἤ ᾿ ‘ , 
τοῖς ἐπέπεσε τὸ Ἑλληνικόν. 11. Εἰ μέντοι τότε πλείους 
> / a a ‘ a 
συνελέγησαν, ἐκινδύνευσεν av διαφθαρῆναι πολυ τοῦ στρα- 
vl Ν 4 ‘ ~ "al ed 3 " Υ 
τεύματος. Καὶ ταύτην μεν τὴν νύκτα οὕτως ἐν ταῖς κω- 
i ς ᾿ν - ἊΝ Mt Υ 
was ηὐλίσθησαν: οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι πυρὰ πολλὰ éxatov 
/ 3 ", »"» , , by , 3 / 
κύκλῳ ἐπὶ τῶν OpEwWY, καὶ συνεωρων αἀαλληλους. 
fed ‘ “ κ᾿ ’ a »" al Ἀ 
12. “Apa δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συνελθοῦσι τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ 
al a € ἤ »» “ ᾿ ἢ > 
λυχαγοῖς τῶν Ελληνων ἔδοξε, τῶν τε ὑποζυγίων τὰ avay- 
» Ν ‘ , “Ἢ ¥ 
xaia καὶ τὰ δυνατώτατα πορεύεσθαι ἔχοντας, καταλιπόντας 
3 ν A ἡ > HMMA " > , 3 a 
γἄλλα, καὶ ὁπόσα ἦν νεωστὶ αἰχμάλωτα ἀνδράποδα ἐν TH 
Ἂς > “ / ᾽ν 3 / Ν 
στρατιᾷ, πάντα ἀφεῖναι. 13. Σχολαίαν yap ἐποίουν την 
/ MA me ’ ‘ ν᾿ ᾽ ἡ 
πορείαν πολλα ὄντα τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ TA αἰχμαλωτα" πολ- 
ν ᾿Ξ tt aM , ¥ A 9 3) 
λοὶ δὲ οἱ ἐπὶ τούτοις ὄντες ἀπόμαχοι ἦσαν" διπλασιά τε 
‘ 3 / ΝΜ / Ν , ‘al 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἔδει πορίζεσθαι καὶ φέρεσθαι, πολλῶν τῶν 
b 6 ἢ »” / n al a a e/ r 
ἀνθρώπων ὄντων. Δόξαν Se ταῦτα, ἐκηρυξαν οὕτω ποιεὶν. 
> Ν N > ’ 3 ΄ ς ὔ ᾽ 
14. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἀριστήσαντες ἐπορεύοντο, ὑποστάντες ἐν 
a ᾿ ἢν Ν e ὔ lal ? ' ~ 
στενῷ οἱ στρατηγοὶ, εἰ TL εὑρίσκοιεν τῶν εἰρημένων μὴ 
> "| 3 » ἡ ᾽ > / Ἅ Ν ἤ 
ἀφειμένον, ἀφηροῦντο" οἱ δ επείθοντο, πλὴν εἰ τίς τι 
¥ Φ " ν ; ’ 4 "" a 2 
ἔκλεψεν, οἷον ἢ παιδὸς ἐπιθυμησας ἢ γυναικὸς τῶν εὑπρε- 
a ᾿, ’ὔ Ν Hy ¢ Ἵ τ 9 / 
πῶν. Καὶ ταύτην μὲν τὴν ἡἥμεραν οὕτως ἐπορεύθησαν, 
‘ ͵ / x Ν ‘ μ᾿ | 
τὰ μὲν TL μαχόμενοι, Ta δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι. 
> x ‘ ς ij ‘ Ν Ν 2 
15. Εἰς δὲ τὴν ὑστεραίαν γίγνεται χειμὼν Tous, ἀναγ- 
n 2 . ΄ ? δ 9 ε ᾿ ν, 3 , 
καῖον δ᾽ ἦν πορεύεσθαι" οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἱκανα τὰ επιτηδεια. 


Καὶ ἡγεῖτο μὲν Χειρίσοφος, ὠπισθοφυλάκει δὲ Ἐενοφῶν. 


‘ e ’ ᾽ a 3 Ι Ἀ a 
16. Καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι ἰσχυρῶς ἐπετίθεντο, καὶ, στενῶν 


¥ a / bd hy / AN ν ἢ 
ὄντων τῶν χωρίων, ἐγγυς προδιοντες ἐτόξευον καὶ ἐσφεν- 


, e/ " .ν 2 “ 
δόνων" ὥστε ἠναγκάζοντο οἱ “EdAnves ἐπιδιώκοντες καὶ 














112 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [1Υ.1. 16--59. 


I ’ ’ a s Ὗ θ \ , 
πάλιν ἀναχαζοντες σχολῃ πορεύεσθαι" Kat θαμινα ππαρηγ- 
ral Ψ ε “ 2 “ ? 
γελλεν ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ὑπομένειν, ὅτε οἱ πολέμιοι ἰσχυρῶς ἐπι- 
¥ * σ 
κέοιντος. 17. Ἔνθα ὁ Χειρίσοφος ἄλλοτε μεν, ὅτε παρεγ- 
A “κ᾿ , ‘ ? 8 ae ͵ 
γυῷτο, ὑπέμενε, τότε δὲ οὐχ ὑπέμενεν, AAN NYE τάχεως, 
‘4 » 9 A “ / 
καὶ παρηγγύα ἕπεσθαι: ὥστε δῆλον ἣν, OTL πρᾶγμά τι 
"» ~*~ Ν “ 
εἴη: σχολὴ δ᾽ οὐκ ἦν ἰδεῖν παρελθόντι τὸ αἴτιον τῆς σπου- 
] a ne al I 
δῆς" ὥστε ἡ πορεία ὁμοία φυγῇ eyiyvero τοῖς ὁπισθο- 
" ull. ? Ἂ ? 6 / mi ? θὲ Δ4 
φύλαξι. 18. Kai ἐνταῦθα αποθνήσκει ἀνὴρ ἀγαθος Aa- 
Ν ᾽ ‘ Ν “ > 5 ‘ a 
κωνικὸς Κλεώνυμος, τοξευθεὶς Sia τῆς ἀσπίδος καὶ τῆς 
‘ ‘ / ? ‘ ‘ 
στολάδος εἰς Tas πλευρὰς, καὶ Βασίας Apxas, διαμπερες 
5 ‘ " 
εἰς τὴν κεφαλῆην. 
> ‘ ‘ 3 Γ᾿ > ™* θ Ν Ou ¢ 9 
19. ᾿Επει de adixovro emt σταῦμον, εὐθυς ὥσπερ εἴχεν, 
“ / > a ty Ψ 
ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐλθὼν πρὸς τὸν Χειρίσοφον, ἡτιᾶτο αὑτὸν, ὅτι 
" Ψ ; 
οὐχ ὑπέμεινεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἠναγκάζοντο φεύγοντες ἅμα μάχεσθαι. 
»Ἤ in Ν , ‘ ΝΜ 
Kai νῦν δύο καλώ τε κἀγαθὼ ἄνδρε τέθνατον, καὶ οὔτε 
, Ἔ b / ? / 
ἀνελέσθαι οὔτε θάψαι [αὐτὼ] ἐδυνάμεθα. 20. ᾿Αποκρί- 
ν Ν ν ν᾿» 
νεται ὁ Χειρίσοφος: Βλέψον, ἔφη, πρὸς τὰ ὄρη, καὶ ιδε, 
ἂ, / / ‘ / ‘ ἃ ,» > a 
ὡς ἄβατα πάντὰ ἐστί. Mia δὲ αὕτη ὁδὸς, ἣν ὁρᾷς, ορθία 
~ Ν “ 
καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ ἀνθρώπων ὁρᾶν ἔξεστί σοι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον, 
/ ¥ alll 
δὲ κατειληφότες φυλάττουσι τὴν ἔκβασιν. 21. Ταῦτ 
ae eer \ ‘ Pony ai etna 4 
ἐγὼ ἔσπευδον, καὶ δια τοῦτό σε οὐχ ὑπέμενον, εἰ TOS 
/ ‘ a Ν ¢ / ¢ > 
δυναίμην φθάσαι, πρὶν κατειλῆφθαι τὴν ὑπερβολήν" οἱ ὃ 
ἃ μὰ ἐφ ἡ ε 
ἡγεμόνες, OVS ἔχομεν, οὔ φασιν εἶναι ἄλλην ὁδόν. 22.. Ὁ 
“ / 2 3 ν Ἂν Ἂ > 4 
δὲ Ξενοφῶν reyes: “AN ἐγὼ ἔχω δύο ἄνδρας. Ἐπεὶ 
Ὁ “ ᾽ r ag ἡ Δ 
γὰρ ἡμῖν πράγματα παρεῖχον, ἐνηδρεύσαμεν (ὅπερ ἡμᾶς 


? a ? , ‘ > / ͵ » "ἡ 
καὶ avaTrvevoat ἐποίησε), και απεκτεινᾶαμεν τινας αὐυτων, 


a " n | a“ / a 
Kar ζῶντας προὐθυμήθημεν λαβεῖν, αὐτοῦ τούτου ἕνεκεν, 


ὅπως ἡγεμόσιν εἰδόσι τὴν χώραν χρησαίμεθα. 


IV. 1.93--23.1] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABAXIY. 118 


> ᾿ > r \ b | ἤ 
28. Καὶ εὐθὺς ἀγαγόντες τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἤλεγχον δια- 
Ν Ὁ. A ” Ἃ 
λαβόντες, εἴ τινα εἰδεῖεν ἄλλην ὁδὸν ἢ THY davepav. ‘O 
» 9 / ᾽ Μ Ν 4 a 
μὲν οὖν ἕτερος οὐκ edn, καὶ μάλα πολλῶν φόβων προσα- 
/ , ‘ ‘ Ia > rd ¥. a a 
γομένων" ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐδὲν ὠφέλιμον ἔλεγεν, ὁρῶντος τοῦ 
i / r ς ‘ A ». 
etepov κατεσφαγη. 24. Ὁ δε λοιπὸς ἔλεξεν, ὅτε οὗτος 
\ ‘ “" ᾽ “ὧν Ψ "AMA , , 
μεν διὰ ταῦτα ov φαίη εἰδέναι, ὅτε αὐτῷ τυγχάνει θυγάτηρ 
3 “ ? ᾽ » » AL Ὗ ? 
ἐκεῖ Tap ἀνδρὶ ἐκδεδομένη" αὑτὸς ὃ ἔφη ἡγήσεσθαι δυνα- 
‘ , 3 
τὴν καὶ ὑποζυγίοις πορεύεσθαι ὁδόν. 25. ’Hpwrapevos 
§’ ΨΚ ? 3. » ὃ “ / ¥ + ¥ 
, εἰ εἴη TL EV αὑτῇ δυσπάριτον χωρίον, ἔφη, εἶναι ἄκρον, 
“A > / ἢ ᾽ ¥ a 
ὃ εἰ μὴ τίς προκαταλήψοιτο, ἀδύνατον ἔσεσθαι παρελθεῖν. 
> al > / “ ". A 
26. EvravOa edoxer, συγκαλεέσαντας λοχαγοὺς καὶ πελ- 
᾿ a Ὁ 
ταστὰς καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, λέγειν τε τὰ παρόντα, καὶ ἐρω- 
a ¥ »» ¥ Ψ ly ᾽ Ν »κ ὁ ἃ 
τᾶν, εἰ τις αὑτῶν ἐστιν, ὅστις ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς εθέλοι ἂν 
\ ? ‘ / 
γενέσθαι, καὶ ὑποστὰς ἐθελοντὴς πορεύεσθαι. 27. ‘Tdi- 
“Ὁ a > ἥ in > ~ 
oTata τῶν μὲν ὁπλιτῶν ᾿Αριστώνυμος Μεθυδριεὺς ’ ApKas 
x 2 ? ‘ ? “ Ν > 
καὶ Ayacias Στυμφάλιος Apxas, ἀντιστασιάξων δὲ αὐτοῖς 
/ / > / Ν φ ΜΝ ba Vd 
Καλλίμαχος Παῤῥάσιος *"Apxas: καὶ οὗτος ἔφη ἐθέλειν 
‘ ? ‘ > bine a 
πορεύεσθαι, προσλαβὼν εθελοντὰς Ex παντὸς τοῦ στρα- 
/ > ‘ \ Ψ od a a 
τεύματος. Eyw yap, ἔφη, οἶδα ὅτι ἕψονται πολλοὶ τῶν 
ἤ + | “ ¢ al > ἢ > a Ν 
νεων, ἐμοῦ ἡγουμένουι 28. Hk τούτου ἐρωτῶσιν, εἰ τις 
a / ? δ ‘al ε rf 
καὶ τῶν γυμνήτων ταξιάρχων ἐθέλοι συμπορεύεσθαι. ὝὙφί- 
? dl a A “Ὁ “Ὁ ¥ 
oratat Apicreas Χίος, ὃς πολλαχοῦ πολλοῦ ἄξιος τῇ 


A r Ν a | / 
GT patria εἰς Ta τοίαυτα Εγένετο, 


CAP. 3%. 


1. Καὶ ἦν μὲν δείλη ἤδη, οἱ δ᾽ ἐκέλευον αὐτοὺς ἐμφα- 


γόντας πορεύεσθαι. Kai τὸν ἡγεμόνα δήσαντες πιαραδιδό- 

















ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [IV. 8.1--ἃ 


> “~ a / Ν Ν ri ἃ / 
ασιν αὐτοῖς" καὶ συντίθενται, τὴν μὲν νύκτα, ἢν λάβωσι 
3, Ν ‘ " ,ὔ ef δὲ “a ¢ / “ Λ 
TO ἄκρον, τὸ χωρίον φυλάττειν" ἅμα OE TH ἡμέρᾳ TH σαλ- 
᾿ Ἃ ‘ x »ν ν i ", » 
πιγγι σημαίνειν, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄνω ὄντας ἱέναι ETL τοὺς 
͵ὔ Ν. ‘ Ν 3 Ν ᾿» ri 
κατέχοντας τὴν havepav ἔκβασιν, avtot δε συμβοηθήσειν 
μ᾿ ͵ € A / / 
exBaivovtes ws av δύνωνται τάχιστα. 
, »“»ὉὍἭ f € Ν > / “ ¢ 
2. Ταῦτα συνθέμενοι, ot μὲν ἐπορεύοντο, πλῆθος ws 
ἡ ‘ / ‘ Φ 3 ? Lal oe - by 
δισχίλιοι (καὶ ὕδωρ πολὺ ἦν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ)" Ἐξνοφῶν δὲ, 
¥ ‘ " ἤ ξ » ‘ Ν Ν Μ 
ἔχων tous ὁπισθοφύλακας, ἡγεῖτο πρὸς τὴν φανερὰν ἔκβα- 
“ “ a ta “a ¢ ‘ " ᾿ς “-“" 
σιν, ὅπως ταύτῃ τῇ ὁδῷ οἱ πολέμιοι προσέχοιεν τὸν νοῦν, 
ν ε , , ¢ "»᾽ ‘ ? » μ᾿». 
καὶ ὡς μάλιστα λαάθοιεν οἱ περιΐοντες. 8. Επεὶ δὲ ἦσαν 
AM s “» " Ἢ y , x ‘ 
ἐπὶ yapadpa οἱ ὀπισθοφύλακες, ἣν ἔδει διαβάντας πρὸς TO 
¥ > / nm ’ ͵ ¢ , ¢ 
ὄρθιον ἐκβαίνειν, τηνικαῦτα ἐκυλίνδουν οἱ βάρβαροι ὅλοι- 
, e , κ , . ἃ ἡ) Al " 
τρόχους apakiaious καὶ μείζους καὶ ἐλάττους, δὲ φερόμενοι 
~ Ν " | » Ν ly 
πρὸς Tas πέτρας πταίοντες διεσφενδονῶντο' καὶ παντά- 
In , @s > 9 “~ 7 / ' Ν ᾿, 
πασιν οὐδὲ πελάσαι οἷον ‘tT ἦν τῇ εἰσόδῳ. 4. Ἔνιοι δὲ 
τῶν ἃ ὃν, εἰ μὴ ταύτῃ δύ ἄλλῃ ἐπειρῶντο" καὶ 
oxXayov, εἰ μη ταύτῃ δύναιντο, ἄλλῃ ἐπειρῶντο" καὶ 
“ 3 / / / 3 , Ν Ν Ν 
ταυτα ἐποίουν, μέχρε σκότος ἐγένετο. Επεὶ δὲ ῴοντο 
> a9 3 / , A! ? ‘ a > 
ἀφανεῖς εἶναι atriovtes, τότε ἀπῆλθον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον " ετὺγ- 
δὲ ‘ » ry ν ᾽ a“ ¢ " rol 
Xavov o€ καὶ ἀνάριστοι ὄντες αὑτῶν οἱ ὀπισθοφυλακή- 
. / / ᾽ / In* 
σαντες. Οἱ μέντοι πολέμιοι [φοβούμενοι δηλονότι] οὐδὲν 
> - > = “ Ν “ ‘ ,ὔ 
ἐπαύσαντο δι ὅλης τῆς νυκτὸς κυλινδοῦντες τοὺς λίθους " 
/ » * “ i 
τεκμαίρεσθαι δ᾽ ἦν τῷ ψόφῳ. 
¢ >) | a Ν ¢ , / aol 
5. Οἱ δ᾽ ἔχοντες τὸν ἡγεμόνα, κύκλῳ περιϊόντες, κατα- 
/ ‘ / ? Ἀ a / ‘ Ν 
λαμβάνουσι tous φύλακας audi πὺρ καθημένους " καὶ τοὺς 
Ἂ / Ν Ν ἢ 3 ‘ > ay? 
μὲν κατακανόντες, tous δὲ καταδιωξαντες, αὐτοὶ ἐνταῦθ 
» ξ .»"ν , ᾿ ων» ? a 
ἔμενον, WS TO ἄκρον κατέχοντες. 6. Οἱ δ᾽ ov κατεῖχον, 
3 Ν Ν ® Aly 7 κ»  ὰ > ¢ ἐμ 7 
ἄλλα μαστὸς ἣν ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν, Tap ὃν ἦν ἡ στενὴ αὕτη 


bs  .) » Γ Ν 
ὁδὸς, ἐφ᾽ ἢ ἐκάθηντο οἱ φύλακες. Εφοδος μέντοι αὐτόθεν 


IV.2.6-12] ΚΥΡΟΥ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 115 


» ἤ 9 2 a A ¢ a 3 ἤ 
ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἦν, ob ἐπὶ τῇ φανερᾷ ὁδῷ ἐκάθηντο. 
᾿, 3 »“» / + | ls 3 Ἵ Ἵ 
7. Kai τὴν μὲν νύκτα ἐνταῦθα διήγαγον. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἡμέρα 
ad if »» ‘ 
ὑπέφαινεν, ἐπορεύοντο σιγῇ συντεταγμένοι ἐπὶ TOUS πολε- 
/ Ν Ν e / 3 if “Ψ mw”, θ μ᾿ ‘ 
μίους " καὶ yap ὀμίχλη ἐγένετο, wate ἔλαθον eyyus προσ- 
᾽ ν " ? / / /. 2 / 
ἐλθόντες. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ εἶδον ἀλλήλους, ἥ τε σάλπιγξ ἐφθένγ- 
/ e/ ,ν ᾿. 3 
ξατο, καὶ ἀλαλάξαντες [οἱ Ἕλληνες] teVTO ἐπι TOUS av- 
Ν > ? \ , x eas 
θρώπους" οἱ δὲ οὐκ ἐδέξαντο, ἀλλὰ λιπόντες τὴν ὁδὸν, 
, “ ᾽ / tod Ν 9 
φεύγοντες ολίγον ἀπέθνησκον" εὔζωνοι γὰρ ἦσαν. 
» Ἵ 3 ri A Λ 
8. Οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον, ἀκούσαντες τῆς σάλπιγγος, 
\ ‘ ‘ , Ν ‘ a 
εὐθὺς ἵεντο ἄνω κατὰ τὴν φανεραν odov* ἄλλοι δὲ τῶν 
a ‘ > “ “ ‘ 3 ἡ ὌΝ “ 
στρατηγῶν κατὰ ατριβεῖς ὁδοὺς ἐπορεύοντο, ἢ ἔτυχον ἕκα- 
, , 4 > ᾽ > , 
στοι ὄντες, καὶ ἀναβάντες ὡς ἐδύναντο, ἀνίμων ἀλλήλους 
r »ν δ @ ral / ral 
τοῖς δόρασι. 9. Kui οὗτοι πρῶτοι συνέμιξαν τοῖς προ- 
“~ a , “A Ἃ » “Ὁ > 
καταλαβοῦσι τὸ χωρίον. Ἐξενοφῶν δε, ἔχων τῶν ὀπισθο- 


, \ e / 3 4 @ € ‘ e / 
φυλάκων τοὺς ἡμίσεις, ἐπορεύετο, ἤπερ OL τὸν ἡγεμόνα 


¥ ’ ἤ ᾿ 9 val ε , , \ i δ 
ἔχοντες" εὐοδωτάτη yap nv τοις ὑποζυγίοις" τοὺς δὲ ἡμί- 


“ / ¥ 
σεις ὄπισθεν τῶν ὑποζυγίων εταξε. 
, MIN Υ͂ 'd ee A ὃ A 
10. Πορευομενοι ὃ ἐντυγχάνουσι λόφῳ ὑπερ τῆς οδοῦ 
4 i) a / ἃ Δ 3 ,ὔ 9 
κατειλημμένῳ ὕπο τῶν πολεμίων, OVS ἢ ἀποκοψαι HV 
a Hl cal Ν ε ad rll 
ἀνάγκη, ἢ διεξεῦχθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων Βλληνων. Kai 
Ma ¢ ΞΟ Κ » ill - 
αὐτοὶ μὲν av ἐπορεύθησαν. περ οἱ ἄλλοι" τὰ δε ὑποζύγια 
Ψ ? a Ν Ν 
οὐκ ἣν ἄλλῃ ἢ ταύτῃ ἐκβῆναι. 11. Ἔνθα dn παρακελευ- 
, ἢ im, Ν , i / 
σώμενοι ἀλλήλοις, προσβαλλουσι πρὸς τον λοῴφον ορθίοις 
᾽ > b , ww ad 
τοῖς λόχοις, οὐ κύκλῳ, ἀλλὰ καταλιπόντες ἄφοδον τοῖς 
’ 3 " vl NN / ‘ ? 
πολεμίοις, εἰ βούλοιντο φεύγειν. 12. Kai Tews μεν av- 
Ἃ , "ἢ o ¢ , 
τοὺς ἀναβαίνοντας, ὅπη ἐδύναντο ἕκαστος, οἱ βάρβαροι 
3 x 3 ‘ 9 3 / 3 ‘ “ 
ἐτόξευον καὶ ἔβαλλον, eyyus 5 οὐ προσίεντο, ἀλλα φυγῇ 


/ / ‘ van MMII / € 
λείπουσι τὸ χωρίον. Kai τοῦτόν τε παρεληλύθεσαν οἵ 



































ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΠΥ. 3.19- 18. 


“ ν "᾿ῳ a ¥ / 
Ελληνες, καὶ ἕτερον ὁρῶσιν eum poo Gev Aodov κατεχόμε- 
? “ “" > 
νον" ἐπὶ τοῦτον αὖθις ἐδόκει πορεύεσθαι. 13. ᾿Εννοήσας 
b ’ “ Ν ? Ν ἤ ip, ἢ 
5 ὁ Ἐενοφῶν εἰ ἔρημον καταλείποι τὸν NAWKOTA Xo- 
> βῆ; ρημ 7) 
Ν ἤ ἤ c / > al »"» ¢ 
pov, καὶ πάλιν λαβόντες οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπιθοῖντο τοῖς ὑπο- 
" a 0% ‘ 3 Ψ Ν “ ’ ted ἈΝ 
ξυγίοις παριοῦσιν (ἐπὶ πολὺ δ᾽ ἦν τὰ ὑποζύγια, ἅτε διὰ 
“ “ [ “ Γ᾿ Ἵ > ‘ a li 
στενῆς τῆς ὁδοῦ πορευόμενα), καταλείπει ἐπὶ τοῦ λόφου 
λοχαγοὺς Κηφισόδωρον Κηφισοφῶντος Αθηναΐον, καὶ ᾽Α4μ- 
i 9 ᾽ " wo ry > " 
φικράτην Αμφιδήμου ᾿Αθηναῖον, καὶ Apyayopav Apyeiov 
f Ally Ν Ν "»" ω 3 / , ἃ ᾿» ᾽ 
φυγαδα" αὐτὸς δὲ σὺν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἐπορεύετο επὶ TOV δεὺ- 
a > a », A c a 
τερον λόφον, καὶ τῷ αὑτῷ τρόπῳ καὶ τοῦτον αἱροῦσιν. 
¥ 3 > 6 Ν Ν 9 » 5 “ 
14. “Eri δ᾽ αὑτοῖς τρίτος μαστὸς λοιπὸς ἦν πολὺ ορθιω- 
"ἢ, a Lolli. .»“ Ν / a 
τατος, ὁ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐπὶ τῷ Tupt καταληφθείσης φυλακῆς 
A Ν Ν a b a > Ν !, Ἂ ᾽ 
τῆς νυκτὸς ὑπο τῶν ἐθελοντῶν. 15. ᾿Επεὶ ὃ eyyus εγέ- 
.ν ἤ « Ἢ ᾽ i ‘ 
vovto ot Ελληνες, λείπουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι ἀμαχητὶ τὸν 
/ LA Ν “ ~ © “ 
μαστὸν" ὥστε θαυμαστὸν πᾶσι γενέσθαι, καὶ ὑπώπτευον, 
/ 3 \ Ν / “ ᾽ 
δείσαντας αὐτοὺς, μὴ κυκλωθέντες πολιορκοῖντο, ἀπολι- 
» e b | Ν ΡΝ » ν “~ + a 
mew. Ov δ᾽ ἄρα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου καθορῶντες τὰ ὄπισθεν 
. / alll » > " ᾽ V4 
γίγνομενα, πᾶντες emt τοὺς ὁπισθοφύλακας ἐχώρουν. 
“ἊΝ " Ν Ν Ἂ Υ Ἶ καὶ > 
16. Kat Ἐενοφῶν μὲν σὺν τοῖς νεωτάτοις ἀνέβαινεν ἐπὶ 
Ν Ν ‘ Ν ¥ 3 Λ ll / Ld € 
TO ἄκρον, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους ἐκέλευσεν ὑπάγειν, ὅπως οἱ 
-» " ᾿ 4 , 4 4 
τελευταίοι λόχοι προσμίξειαν" καὶ προέλθοντας κατὰ τὴν 
tas b “ “ rl ~~ Ψ > 
ὁδὸν ἐν τῷ ὁμαλῷ θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα εἶπε. 
i MMIII: / a / Ψ > / .» 
17. Kat ev τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ ἦλθεν ᾿Αρχαγόρας ὁ Ap- 
~ ‘ ‘ / e ? , , " a V4 
γείος πεφευγως, καὶ λέγει, ὡς ἀπεκόπησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ πρω- 
s Sn Ἂ - / ἂν ἢ 
του λόφου, καὶ ὅτι τεθνᾶσι Κηφισόδωρος καὶ Audixparns 
\ ¥ o ‘0 " \ a ᾿ Ν ᾿ 
καὶ ἄλλοι, ὅσοι μὴ ἄλλομενοι κατὰ τῆς TETPAS προς Tous 
he / ’ / a ‘ , 
ὁπισθοφύλακας ἀφίκοντο. 18. Ταῦτα δὲ διαπραξάμενοι 


¢ , φ hl NE NI, / / a Δ ν κ" 
οἱ βαρβαροι, ἧκον ἐπ ἀντέπορον λοῴον τῷ μαστῷ" καὶ ὁ 


IV. 2.18-2.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 117 


mi ? > ε , Ny rn ᾿ 
Ξενοφῶν διελέγετο αὑτοῖς St ἑρμηνέως περὶ σπονδῶν, καὶ 
‘ 5 / e δ» > ἢ ae 
TOUS vexpous ἀπῇτει. 19. Ou δε epacav ἀποδωσειν, ed w 
/ a Cc — a 

μὴ Kalew τὰς κώμας. Συνωμολοόγει TavTa ὁ Ἐενοφῶν. 

4 rf ς A aA 
Ἔν ᾧ δὲ τὸ μὲν ἄλλο στράτευμα Tape, οἱ Se ταῦτα διε- 

4 
, / a / bal 

λέγοντο, “πάντες οἱ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ τόπου συνερρύησαν. 

a ε , . » .»ν 
᾿Ενταῦθα ἵσταντο οἱ πολέμιοι. 20. Kai ἐπεὶ ἡρξαντο 
“ > Ἂ a A by hy Ν » θ ἣν 
καταβαίνειν ἀπὸ τοῦ μαστοῦ προς τοὺς ἄλλους, ἐνθα τὰ 
id ‘ e / a , ‘ 
ὅπλα ἔκειντο, ἵεντο δὴ οἱ πολέμιοι πολλῳ πλήθει Kat 
> , 3 Ἀ A a a ͵ A 
θορύβῳ" καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τῆς κορυφῆς τοῦ μαστοῦ, 

& 

»Ἥ / > rl . ~ εν 
ἀφ᾽ οὗ Ἐενοφῶν κατέβαινεν, ἐκυλίνδουν πέτρας" καὶ ἑνὸς 
3 / ~ r _— a δὲ e ξ Ν 
μὲν κατέεαξαν τὸ σκέλος, Ξενοφῶντα δὲ ὁ ὑπασπιστῆς, 
ξ ἣν ἀσπί ὑπε Εὐρύλ δὲ Μουσιεὺς 

ἔχων τὴν ἀσπίδα, ἀπέλιπεν" 21. Εὐρύλοχος δε 
A > A ¢ Ἵ \ Ν > “ 
᾿Αρκὰς προσέδραμεν αὐτῷ ὁπλίτης, καὶ πρὸ ἀμφοῖν προ- 
νι ἂν " ‘ ’ 
βεβλημένος ἀπεχώρει, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πρὸς τοὺς συντεταγμέ- 
> A 
vous ἀπῆλθον. 
“ A“ bl , ~ © ΄". 
22. ᾿Εκ δὲ τούτου πᾶν ὁμοῦ ἐγένετο τὸ ᾿ λληνικὸν, 
aA »" ᾿, a by * 
καὶ ἐσκήνησαν αὐτοῦ ἐν πολλαῖς καὶ καλαῖς οἰκίαις, καὶ 
HE, 2 Ὁ ὰ , 
ἐπιτηδείοις δαψιλέσι" καὶ Yap οἶνος πολὺς NV, ὃν ἐν AaK- 
» Ὁ — al Ἀ Ν / 
κοις κονιατοῖς εἶχον. 23. Ξενοφῶν δὲ καὶ Χειρίσοφος 


᾽ να ἢ x \ > Ὁ by 
Sverpakavto, ὥστε λαβόντες τοὺς νεκρους ἀποδοῦναι τὸν 


"" , A | “ 
ἡγεμόνα" καὶ πάντα ἐποίησαν TOL ἀποθανοῦσιν EK τῶῶωὼν 


δυνατῶν, ὥσπερ νομίζεται ἀνδράσιν ἀγαθοῖς. 

24. Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄνευ ἡγεμόνος ἐπορεύοντο" μαχό- 
μενοι δ᾽ οἱ πολέμιοι, καὶ ὅπη εἴη στενὸν χωρίον προκατα- 
λαμβάνοντες, ἐκώλυον τὰς παρόδους. 25. ὋὉπότε μὲν 
οὖν τοὺς πρώτους κωλύοιεν, Ἐενοφῶν ὄπισθεν ἐκβαίνων 
πρὸς τὰ Opn, ἔλυε τὴν ἀπόφραξιν τῆς παρόδου τοῖς πρώ- 


“ / a / 
τοις, ἀνωτέρω πειρώμενος γίγνεσθαι τῶν κωλυοντων. 




















118 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ _ [Iv.2.26-3.2, 


26. πότε δὲ τοῖς ὄπισθεν ἐπιθοῖντο, Χειρίσοφος ἐκβαί- 
νων, καὶ πειρώμενος ἀνωτέρω γέγνεσθαι τῶν κωλυόντων, 
ἔλυε τὴν ἀπόφραξιν τῆς παρόδου τοῖς ὄπισθεν. Καὶ ἀεὶ 
οὕτως ἐβοήθουν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἰσχυρῶς ἀλλήλων ἐπεμέ- 
λοντο. 27, Ἢν δὲ καὶ ὁπότε αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀναβᾶσι πολλὰ 
πράγματα ἡγμγφη οἱ βάρβαροι πάλιν καταβαίνουσιν» 
ἐλαφροὶ γὰρ ἦσαν, ὥστε καὶ in φεύγοντες ἀπο- 
φεύγειν" οὐδὲν γὰρ εἶχον ἄλλο ἢ τόξα καὶ operlaves. 
28. Ἄνστα δὲ. καὶ τοξόται ἦσαν' εἶχον δὲ τόξα errs 
TPUT χη, τὰ δὲ τοξεύματα πλέον ἡ ἢ δα ΧΗ] εἷλκον δὲ τὰς 
νευρᾶς, ὁπότε τοξεύοιεν, πρὸς τὸ κάτω τοῦ τόξου τῷ ἀρι- 
στερῷ ποδὶ προσβαίνοντες. Τὰ δὲ τοξεύματα ¢ ἐχώρει διὰ 
τῶν ἀσπίδων καὶ διὰ τῶν θωράκων. ἐχρῶντο δὲ αὐτοῖς οἱ 
Ἕλληνες, ἐπεὶ λάβοιεν, ἀκοντίοις, Θαγκυλῶντες. Ἔν 
τούτοις τοῖς χωρίοις οἱ Κρῆτες χρησιμώτατοι ἐγένοντο " 
ἦρχε δὲ αὐτῶν Στραϊοκλῆς Κρής. 


ΓΑ ΤΕΥ 


1. Ταύτην δ᾽ αὖ τὴν ἡμέραν ηὐλέσθησαν ¢ ἐν ταῖς κώμαις 
ταῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ πεδίου τοῦ πάρα τὸν Κεντρίτην ποτορὸν; 
εὖρος ὡς δίπλεθρον, ὃ ὃς ὀρέζει τὴν ᾿Αρμενίαν καὶ τὴν τῶν 
Ἀαρδούχων χώραν" καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐνταῦθα ἀνεπαύσαντο 
ἄσμενοι ἰδόντες πεδίον" ἀπεῖχε δὲ τῶν ὀρέων ὁ ποταμὸς 
ὡς ἕξ ἢ ἑπτὰ στάδια τῶν Καρδούχων. 2. Τότε μὲν οὖν 
ηὐλίσθησαν μάλα ἡδέως, καὶ τἀπιτήδεια ἔ ἔχοντες, καὶ πολ- 
λὰ τῶν πνΝ ΜΝ ΝΜ Ιυυηἅ!υηἡἁ πόνων μνημονεύοντες. Ἑπτὰ γὰρ 


ἡμέρας, ὅσασπερ ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ τῶν Καρδούχων, πώσας 


ΤΥ. 3.9--8] KTPOY ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 119 


; L ἔ a, O poe TA σύ 
μαχόμενοι διετέλεσαν, καὶ ἔπαθον Kaka, ὅσα οὐδὲ τὰ σὺμ- 
Ν / ¢ 9 > " 
παντα ὑπὸ βασίλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους. “Qs οὖν ἀπηλ 
/ ’ ὃ / 3 6 ν 
λαγμένου τούτων, NOEWS εἐκοιμηθησαν. 
᾿ € τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὁρῶ ἱππεῖς που πέραν τοῦ πο- 
3. “Apa Se τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὁρῶσιν ὑππεῖς T ᾿ ἐρ ; 
Ἴ .Ψ 
ταμοῦ ἐξωπλισμένους, ὡς κωλύσοντας διαβαίνειν" πεζοὺς 
/ Ν “ “ἢ / ς 
δ᾽ ἐπὶ ταῖς ὄχθαις παρατεταγμένους ἄνω τῶν ἵππέων, ὡς 
‘ ᾽ 3 / 3S > 
κωλύσοντας εἰς τὴν ᾿Αρμενίαν ἐκβαίνειν. 4. Ἦσαν ὃ 
/ 3 / hy" / 
οὗτοι ᾽Ορόντου καὶ ᾿Αρτούχου, Αρμένιοι καὶ Μαρδονιοι 
> / Ν € » 
καὶ Χαλδαῖοι μισθοφόροι. ᾿Ελέγοντο δὲ οἱ Χαλδαῖοι 
Xf Ψ > 4 de 
ἐλεύθεροί τε καὶ ἄλκιμοι εἶναι" ὅπλα ὃ “Ἐν γερρα 
ἐὺ ¥ e ἢ 
μακρὰ καὶ λόγχας. 5. Ai δὲ ὄχθαι αὗται, ἐφ᾽ ὧν. παρα 
ε ὗ ἢ ya ἢ τέ πλέθρα ἀπὸ τοῦ 
τεταγμένοι οὗτοι ἦσαν, τρία ἢ τετταρα ρ 
er \ Ν / OM ri 9 Ν ¥ 
ποταμοῦ ἀπεῖχον" ὁδὸς δὲ μία ἡ ὁρωμένη ἦν ἄγουσα ἄνω, 
/ 2 “ ἤ εν i 
ὥσπερ χειροποίητος" ταύτῃ επειρῶντο διαβαίνειν οἱ EX 
Ν / ᾽ da | | a 
Anves. 6. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ πειρωμένοις τὸ τε ὕδωρ ὕπερ τῶν 
“ ‘ » ¢ Ἃ Λ J 
μαστῶν ἐφαίνετο, καὶ τραχὺυς ἣν ὁ ποταμὸς μεγαλοὶς μι 
" Ν lll 2 call Mi e/ 
Bows καὶ ὀλισθηροῖς, καὶ ovT ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἢν 
/ 2 / ~ 
Ε i δὲ μὴ, 7 ᾿ ὃς" ἐπί τε τῆς κεφα- 
.-- matev ὁ ποταμὸς 
ἔχειν εἰ δὲ μη, ἣρ ζ per) ee 
λῆς Ta ὅπλα εἴ Tis φέροι, γυμνοῖ εγύγνοντο πρός 
᾽ b i 3 » » 
τοξεύματα καὶ τἄλλα βέλη: — ἀνεχωρησαν οὗν, καὶ αὐτου 
‘ ‘ ld 
ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο Tapa τὸν ποταμον. a 
ἤ Φ a 
7. Ἔνθα δὲ αὐτοὶ τὴν πρόσθεν νύκτα σαν, emt τοῦ 
| ᾽ν / > 
aa ὃ 
ὄρους ἑώρων τοὺς Kapéovyous πολλοὺς TUVELAEYMEVOUS εν 


Ν ‘ > / 3 .»ν if 
τοῖς ὅπλοις. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὴ πολλὴ ἀθυμία nv tos Ελλη 


{μι ΙΝ Ν "" 
5 é D υ ν, ὁρῶσι SE TOUS 
σιν, ὁρῶσι μὲν τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὴν δυσπορίαν, Op 


»ἭἬἍ Ms Ὁ / P| " 
SiaBaivew κωλύσοντας, ὁρῶσι δὲ τοῖς διαβαίνουσιν Emer 


, x 2 
Ν 
σομένους τοὺς Καρδούχους ὄπισθεν. 8. Ταύτην μεν οὖν 


ἊΡ > a ? / Μ 
τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὴν νύκτα ἔμειναν ἐν πολλῇ ἀπορίᾳ ὄντες. 


























120 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [IV. 3. 8-13. 


Ξενοφῶν δὲ ὄναρ εἶδεν" ἔδοξεν ἐν πέδαις δεδέσθαι, 


4 | ἤ 
νειν, ὁπόσον εβούλετο. 


καὶ διηγεῖται αὐτῷ τὸ ἄν. ἃ. Ὁ, δὲ ἥδετό τε, καὶ ὡς 


/ ef ᾿ς" As , 4 ς 
Ταχιστα EWS ὑπέφαινεν, εθύοντο Ταντες WapovTes Ol στρα- 


’ Ν ν» \ ho MAN a Was ‘ll hy, - f 
THY" καὶ Ta épa kara nv εὐθὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ πρωτου. 
᾽ Ἢ ‘ ᾽ 
ρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ παρὴγ- 
i” a 3 ω 
γέελλον τῇ στρατίᾳ ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι. 


> 


r ~ “ ~ ἤ ᾽’ 
20. Kai ἀριστωντι τῷ Ξενοφῶντι προσετρεχον δύο 


/ " τὰν Ν , Ψ ? / ee x > 
νεανίσκω" ἤδεσαν γάρ πάντες, ὅτι ἐξείη αὐτῷ καὶ api 
~ Ν ~ ~ 
στωντι καὶ δειπνοῦντι προσελθεῖν 


Ν 9 ἤ > ͵ὔ 
καὶ εἰ καθεύδοι, ἐπειγεί. 
" 
> ral 
βαντα εἰπεῖν, 


» “ Ν % / 

EX° των πρὸς Tov πόλεμον. 
ἤ / 

τυγχάνοιεν φρύγανα συλλέ. 


ε ν᾿" n ¥ / > » ‘ ᾽ ‘ 
yovrTes ως ἐπι Tup, Καήπειτα κατίδοιεν εν T@ περαν Εν πε- 


11. Kaéi τόνε ἔλεγον, ὅτ 


Ι / IM »» Ν Ν , , ‘ 
Tpats καθηκούσαις ΕἾ autor TOV ποταμον γέροντα TE Kat 


€P μαρσίπους ἱματίων κατα. 
τιθεμένους ἐν πέτρᾳ ἀντρώδει. 12. ᾿Ιδοῦσι δέ σφισι δό. 
fat ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι διαβῆναι" 
ἱππεῦσι προσβατὸν εἶναι κατὰ 
σαν ἔχοντες τὰ ἐγχειρίδια, 
βαίνειν" πορευόμενοι δε, 
τὰ aidoia: καὶ διαβάντες 


ef 
NKELY, 


" Ν / ¥ 
γυναίκα καὶ παιδίσκας, Sow 


οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῖς πολεμίοις 
τοῦτο. ᾿Εκδύντες δ᾽ ἔφα- 
γυμνοὶ ὡς νευσούμενοι, δια.- 
πρόσθεν διαβῆναι, πρὶν βρέξαι 
καὶ λαβόντες τὰ ἱμάτια, πάλιν 


\ Ν , | ᾿ Ν > 
καὶ Ta λοιπὰ ἀγαθὰ ἐπιτε- 


> Ν / ‘ x 
Ὁ Ve Tous νεανίσκους παρὰ Toy 








Φ 
auTat 
δὲ  » a 9 « id x θη ‘ ὃ β 

€ QUT@ αὑὐτομαται περιρρυηναι, ὥστε λυ ναι Kat διαβαΐ. 
᾿Επεὶ δὲ ὄρθρος ἦν. & ἃ 

Tet O€ ὄρθρος ἢν, ἔρχεται πρὸς 
‘ i, / ‘cd > / ¥ val ¥ 
TOV Χειρίσοφον, καὶ λέγει, ὅτι ἐλπίδας ἔχει KAXWS ἔσεσθαι" 


IV. 3.13-20.] ΚΥΡΟΥ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 121 


hI 
Ἴ ὑτά ᾿Ακούσας δὲ καὶ 
Χειρίσοφον" καὶ διηγοῦνται ταυτά. 14. ᾿Ακούσας sala 
, é, τοῖς μὲν 
) somos σπονδὰς ἐποίει. Σπείσαντες δὲ, τοῖς μ 
βαρ τα ag 4 ὑτοὶ δὲ συγκαλέ- 
ἄλλοις παρήγγελλον συσκευάζεσθαι, αὐτοὶ ἡ 
mie : Us € ) ὅπως ἂν κάλλιστα 
vs στρατηγοὺς ἐβουλεύοντο, ὃ 
σαντες τοὺς oTpaTny ; ἡρόσυκις i 
‘i i τούς τε ἔμπροσθεν νικῷεν καὶ ὑπὸ 
διαβαῖεν, καὶ ' = koe 
σθεν μηδὲν πάσχοιεν κακόν. 15. Kai € - 
ti i : é tov 
Χειρίσοφον μὲν ἡγεῖσθαι καὶ διαβαίνειν ἔχοντα τὸ hu 
‘ 
5, ὃ δ᾽ 4 ἔτι ὑπομένειν σὺν Ἐξενο- 
Uv στρατεύματος, τὸ δ᾽ ἥμισυ ἔτι ; ι 
ἤδι ᾽ / 
ov ὅ ια- 
φῶντι" τὰ δὲ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὸν ὄχλον ἐν μέσῳ τοῦδ 
ὥντι" ! | 
4 υ vTO 
βαίνειν. 16. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ καλῶς ταῦτα εἶχεν, ἐπορεύο ' 
α ν " . i 
ἐν ἃ Le ον ποταμὸν 
ἡγοῦντο δ᾽ οἱ νεανίσκοι, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔχοντες ἡ μ 
. ’ DS TE be 
ὁδὸς δὲ ἦν ἐπὶ τὴν διάβασιν ws τέτταρες στάδιο | 
ὃν, a } ἱ τῶν 
17. Πορευομένων δ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἀντιπαρήεσαν αἱ ων " 
| a τῇ j tL τὰς 
ἱππέων. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἦσαν κατὰ τὴν διάβασιν κα 
ἑππεων. ‘ii 
D io πρῶτος 
ὄχθας τοῦ ποταμοῦ, ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα, μ" ΠΝ ρ ; 
‘ > 
ἀμβανε τὰ 
Χειρίσοφος στεφανωσάμενος καὶ ἀποδὺυς Γ μβ 
wal τοῖς ἃ Aol παρήγγελλε" καὶ τοὺς λοχα- 
ὅπλα, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσ | i 
; 3 / dpe 
Us ἐκέ ἄγειν τοὺς λόχους ὀρθίους, τοὺς μὲν ἐν ap 
yous exeXevev ay ' pape pea 
ἢ, τοὺς δ᾽ ev δεξιᾷ ἑαυτοῦ. 18. Katou p 
ὍΡΩΝ PT ae δὲ πολέμιοι ἐτέξευόν τε 
ἐσφαγιάζοντο εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν" οἱ δὲ sacra 
, IAX οὔ ἐξικνοῦντος 19. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 
καὶ ἐσφενδόνων: ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω ἐξι ' ; 
i eT aL WTES οἱ στρατιῶται καὶ 
λὰ ἦν τὰ σφαγια, ἐπαιανιζον πα , 
pre ) δὲ καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες ἅπασαι". 
ἀνηλάλαζον: συνωλόλυξζον δὲ καὶ " 
, : ἐν τῷ ατι. 
πολλαὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ἑταῖραι ἐν τῷ ΜΉ ssi) 
eve κείνῳ" 
20. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἐνέβαινε καὶ οἱ ΜΠ! ε Ρ 
L ? y WVvoTa- 
ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν, τῶν ὀπισθοφυλώκων λαβὼν τους eve "Ὁ" 
wii ee Ἵ ἐπὶ τὸν πόρον τὸν κατὰ τὴν 
τους, ἔθει ἀνὰ κράτος πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ ρ 
᾽ 


rf 
. 9 ων Oo, προσποιουμενὸς 
if ἣν εἰς τὰ τῶν ᾿Αρμενίων ὄρη, Tp 
ἐκβασιν τὴν εἰς 



































ined " " νννννν)ὦνιιςιςιοιιιι,...,.,.,.. 


122 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΠΗ͂. 8. 20-96, 


/ \ > / ᾽ν 4 * Ν ᾿ " 
ταύτῃ διαβὰς ἀποκλείσειν τοὺς Tapa τὸν ποταμὸν ἱππεῖς. 
¢ ‘ / » ‘ ᾽ν 3 Ν / 
21. Os δὲ πολέμιοι, ὁρῶντες μὲν τοὺς aug. Χειρίσοφον 
> an ‘ of - , » ‘ ‘ ᾽ Ν — 
εὐπετὼς τὸ ὕδωρ περῶντας, ὁρῶντες δὲ τοὺς ἀμφὶ Ξενο- 
“ μ᾿ ΝΜ / ἢν 3 / 
φώντα θέοντας eis τουύμπαλιν, δείσαντες μὴ ἀποκλεισθείη- 
͵ »ῳ ,ὔ ε ‘ ‘ TA A on 
σαν, φεύγουσιν ava xpatos ws πρὸς THY ἀπὸ TOU ποταμοῦ 
Ν ¥ ᾽ \ ‘ \ ‘ ear AN ¥ 
ἔκβασιν ἄνω. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐγένοντο, ἔτεινον 
ν Ν " ν Ὡς ra y ‘ / ν a“ 
νὼ πρὸς τὸ ὅρος. 22. Λύκιος δ᾽ ὁ τὴν τάξιν ἔχων τῶν 
4 / © ’ / ὁ ‘ , ¥ “~ o 
immewy, καὶ Δισχίνης ὁ τὴν τάξιν ἔχων τῶν πελταστῶν 
a > \ / ᾽ ν Μη ᾽ν» ͵ ΄ 
τῶν audi Χειρίσοφον, ἐπεὶ εωρῶν ava κράτος φεύγοντας, 
"“ € ᾿. “ > / \ 3 / ; Ν 
€LTOVTO* οἱ δὲ oTpatiwras ἐβόων μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι, ἀλλὰ 
͵ "κα ME "» , ᾽ ν᾿ Α 
συνεκβαίνειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὅρος. 23. Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ αὖ, ἐπεὶ 
᾽ Ν ‘ ¢ ‘ b In ἡ In Ν Ν ᾽ν 
διέβη, τοὺς μὲν ἱππέας οὐκ ἐδίωκεν, εὐθὺς δὲ κατὰ τὰς 
v4 ν ν Ν Ν 76, ἡ "νὰ ‘ 
προσηκούσας ὄχθας ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἐξέβαινεν ἐπὶ τοὺς 
¥ A ς A ae x Ν ς a 
av@ πολεμίους. Οἱ δὲ ἄνω, ορωντες μὲν τοὺς ἑαυτῶν 
¢ f " , » 3 ¢ / / 3 f 
imméas φεύγοντας, ὁρῶντες δ᾽ ὁπλίτας σφίσιν επιόντας, 
3 ͵ Ν ¢ ‘ “ a ν 
ἐκλείπουσι τὰ ὑπὲρ του ποταμοὺ ἄκρα. 
“- - ν » ν \ f male a ὔ 
24. Ξενοφῶν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ τὰ πέραν εωρα καλῶς γιγνόμενα, 
b ra x / Ν ‘ “ i 
ἀπέχωρει THY ταχίστην πρὸς τὸ διαβαῖνον στρατευμα" 
᾿ ,. ¢ a Ν ν > ’ Ν ᾽ 
Καὶ yap οἱ Καρδοῦχοι φανεροὶ ἤδη ἦσαν εἰς τὸ πεδίον 
/ ¢ a / »" / ‘ 
καταβαίνοντες, ws εἐπιθησόμενοι τοῖς τελευταίοις. 25. Kai 
xX ἤ Ν Ν ν a) i ‘ i," 9 r 
εἰρίσοῴφος μὲν τὰ ἄνω κατειχε, Δύκιος δὲ σὺν ολέγοις 
3 / > “ 3 "“ / ‘ il 
εἐπιχειρησας ἐπιδιῶξαι, ἔλαβε τῶν σκευοφόρων τὰ ὑπολει- 
, \ ‘ , ᾽ ». »ν ‘ . ν , 
TOMEVA, καὶ μετὰ τούτων ἐσθῆτά Te καλὴν καὶ ἐκπωματα. 
"ull Ν ‘ / ~ 4 ᾽ Ν « + 
26. Kat ta μὲν axevohopa τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ ὁ ὄχλος 
? Ν ry — "“ ‘ / ~ \ - “Ἢ 
ἄκμην διέβαινε" Ἐενοφῶν δὲ στρέψας πρὸς τοὺς Καρδού- 
3 / ἂν ΝΜ Ν | “ val 
χοὺυς ἀντία ta ὅπλα ἔθετο" καὶ παρηγγεῖλε τοῖς λοχαγοῖς, 
> t ἤ / o ‘ ¢ “ ‘ 
κατ ενωμοτίας ποίησασθαι ἕκαστον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λόχον, 


᾽ ν᾿ / / b, ? / ν Λ 
παρ ἀσπίδας παραγαάγοντας τὴν ἐνωμοτίαν ἐπὶ φαλαγγος" 








IV. 8. 396-31] KTPOYT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 128 


καὶ τοὺς μὲν λοχαγοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἐνωμοτώρχας πρὸς τῶν 
Kapdovywv ἰέναι, οὐραγοὺς δὲ καταστήσασθαι πρὸς τοῦ 
ποταμοῦ. 

i δὲ Kapdod ὡς ἕω Us ὀπισθοφύλακας 

27. Οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι, ὡς ἑώρων τοὺς ὀπισθοφ 

τοῦ ὄχλου ψιλουμένους, καὶ ὀλίγους ἤδη φαινομένους, θᾶτ- 
τον δὴ ἐπήεσαν, ὠδώς τινας ἄδοντες. ὋὉ δὲ Χειρίσοφος, 
ἐπεὶ τὰ Tap αὐτῷ ἀσφαλῶς εἶχε, πέμπει παρὰ Piste 
φῶντα τοὺς πελταστὰς καὶ σφενδονήτας Kai τοξότας, καὶ 
κελεύει ποιεῖν, ὅ τι ἂν παραγγέλλῃ. 28. ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ ἀντονν 
διαβαίνοντας ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, πέμψας ἄγγελον, κελεύει, αὐτοῦ 
μεῖναι ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ μὴ διαβάντας" ὅταν δ᾽ napa 
αὐτοὶ διαβαίνειν, ἐναντίους ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν σφῶν ἐιβαίννον 
ὡς διαβησομένους, διηγκυλωμένους τοὺς ἀκοντιστὰς, κα 
ἐπιβεβλημένους τοὺς τοξότας" μὴ πρόσω δὲ τοῦ μή; 
προβαίνειν. 29. Τοῖς δὲ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ ssi ves: ETT EL- 
Sav σφενδόνη ἐξικνῆται, καὶ ἀσπὶς ψοφῇ, ΝΝΝΝΝΜΜΜΜΜΝμ ἡ! 10. 
θεῖν εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους" ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἀναστρέψωσιν οἱ sah 
λέμιοι, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ὁ σαλπιγκτῆς σμήνη " 
πολεμικὸν, ἀναστρέψαντας ἐπὶ δόρυ ἡγεῖσθαι με ν 
οὐραγοὺς, θεῖν δὲ πάντας καὶ διαβαίνειν ὅτι τάχιστα, 7 


ω- , ? , ν 
ἕκαστος τὴν τάξιν εἶχεν, ὡς μὴ ἐμποδίζειν ἀλλήλους" ὅτι 


οὗτος ἄριστος ἔσοιτο, ὃς ἂν πρῶτος ἐν τῷ wipes γένηται. 
30. Οἱ δὲ KapSodyou, ὁρῶντες ὀλίγους Ἦν TOUS nae 
Tous (πολλοὶ γὰρ καὶ τῶν μένειν τοσγμόνην PXOVTO — 
μελησόμενοι οἱ μὲν ὑποζυγίων, οἱ δὲ σκευῶν, οἱ 8 ἕται- 
ρῶν), ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἐπέκειντο θρασέως, καὶ ἤρχοντο αφνϑο. 
31. Οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες παιανίσαντες 


» ’ 

νᾶν καὶ τοξεύειν. se 
» > > / . 

ὥρμησαν δρόμῳ ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς" οἱ δὲ οὐκ ἐδέξαντο" καὶ γὰρ 



































124 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ  [Iv.3.31-43. 


ΓῚ ¢ “ ¢ ‘ γ᾽ »Μ»ν 6 a ‘ Ν 
ἦσαν ὡπλισμένοι, WS μὲν ἐν τοῖς OPETLY, ἱκανῶς πρὸς τὸ 
9 a N ͵ \ x Ν ᾽ a ‘ 
ἐπιδραμεῖν καὶ φεύγειν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ εἰς χεῖρας δέχεσθαι 
3 ¢ “ b ἤ ἠ ¢ , ἣν 
οὐχ ἱκανῶς. 32. Εν τούτῳ σημαίνει ὁ σαλπιγκτῆς" καὶ 
‘ / Ν "ν᾿ a ¢ νυν 
οἱ μὲν πολέμιοι epevyov πολυ ete θᾶττον, οἱ δ᾽ “Ελληνες 
? / ’ ¥ Ν a “ol Ψν , 
Tavavtia στρέψαντες ἔφευγον διὰ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ὅτι τά- 
A Ν | ¢ , > , 
χίσταις. 33. Τῶν δὲ πολεμίων οἱ μὲν τινες αἰσθόμενοι 
Λ Ν b | ‘ * * ‘ ri γ / 
πάλιν ἔδραμον. ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν, καὶ τοξεύοντες ὀλίγους 
¥ e ‘ Ν ‘ / ν “Ὁ rd 
ἐτρωσαν" οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ, καὶ πέραν ὄντων τῶν Ελλήνων, 
¥ ν 9 ΄ ¢ . ο , 
ἐτε φανεροὶ ἦσαν φεύγοντες. 34. Οἱ δὲ ὑπαντήσαντες, 
> / Ν / “ “ awk od 
ἀνδριξόμενοι καὶ προσωτέρω TOU καιροῦ προϊόντες, ὕστερον 
Ἂ Ν "Ὁ / Λ Ν » ἤ | 
τῶν μετὰ Ἐενοφῶντος διέβησαν πάλιν" καὶ εἐτρωθησών 


Ν 4 
τινὲς καὶ τοῦτων. 


ΕΠ, LY. 


3 \ Ni 
1. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ διέβησαν, συνταξώμενοι ἀμφὶ μέσον ἡμέ:- 
9 / “~ b / 
pas, ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ τῆς ᾿Αρμενίας πεδίον ἅπαν καὶ 
x , x , , a Δ ᾿ , ᾽ ἢ 
εἰους γηλόφους, οὐ μεῖον ἢ πέντε παρασάγγας" οὐ γὰρ 
3 ᾿», “ “ “ ‘ 
ἦσαν ἐγγὺς τοῦ ποταμοῦ κῶμαι διὰ τοὺς πολέμους τοὺς 
ἣν Ν > Fa " \ 
πρὸς tous Kapdovyous. 2. Eis δὲ ἣν ἀφίκοντο κώμην, 
Λ Φ \ Λ > a , a 
μεγάλη τε ἦν, καὶ βασίλειον εἶχε τῷ σατράπῃ, καὶ ἐπὶ 
Ἵ »"» κ᾽ / b Ἂ by ἢ) b 3 
ταῖς πλείσταις οἰκίαις τύρσεις ἐπῆσαν, ἐπιτήδεια δ᾽ ἦν 
“ > “ ᾽ 
δαψιλῆ. 8. ντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς δύο, 
ἢ) / ~ ᾽ν Ν “a Υ͂ 
παρασάγγας δέκα, μέχρι ὑπερῆλθον τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Τίγρη- 
. “Ἅ 
τος ποταμοῦ. 
"E 70 [ἢ ,ὔ 50 6 ‘ vad il 
ντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τρεῖς, παρασάγγας 
ly, 
πεντεκαίδεκα, ἐπὶ τὸν Τηλεβόαν ποταμόν. Οὗτος δ᾽ ἦν 


Ν | / b | Ν a ‘ 
καλὸς μεν, μέγας ὃ οὗ" κῶμαι δὲ πολλαὶ περὶ τὸν ποτα» 


IV.4.3-11.] KTPOT ΑΝΑΒΑ͂ΣΙΣ. 125 


Ἃ ; φ ? / > a 
pov ἦσαν. 4. Ὁ δὲ τῦπος οὗτος Ἀρμενία ἐκαλεῖτο ἡ 
/ σ AMM 2 / € ‘ 
πρὸς ἑσπέραν. Ὕπαρχος δ᾽ ἦν αυτῆς Τιρίβαζος, ὁ καὶ 
» J / Ν ¢ Lf / > b, " Ν'΄. 
βασιλεῖ φίλος γεένομενος" καὶ ποτε παρείη, οὐδεὶς ἄλλος 
7 AM © 
βασιλέα ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον ἀνέβαλλεν. 5. Οὗτος προσήλα- 
¢ / ¥ ‘ “ ¢ 4 9 rd rd 
σεν ἱππέας ἔχων, καὶ προπέμψας ἕρμηνεα εἶπεν, ὅτι Bov- 
A “ Ν “ ‘ »“ » 
λοιτο διαλεχθῆναι τοῖς ἄρχουσι. Τοῖς δὲ στρατηγοῖς ἔδο- 
“~ Ν / > 3 ’ὔ ἤ ᾽ 
ἕεν ἀκοῦσαι" καὶ προσελθόντες εἰς ἐπήκοον ἠρώτων, τί 
/ ς ᾿»" 3 “al / ‘al nee AM 
θέλοι. 6. O δε εἶπεν, Ors σπείσασθαι βούλοιτο, eb ᾧ 
’ “AN. Wl Ψ 3 a , 3 / / 
pntre avtos τους Ελληνας ἀδικεῖν, ponte εκείνους καίειν 
Ν ". ἡ , ᾽ , “ / ἮΝ 
τὰς οἰκίας, λαμβάνειν τε τωὠπιτηδεια, ὅσων δέοιντο. ᾿Εδοξε 
vn yn » .» , A, , 
ταῦτα TOLS στρατηγοῖς, καὶ ἐσπείσαντο ETL TOUTOLS. 
> a >? , ‘ »" , 
7.: Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τρεῖς διὰ πεδίου, 
, ᾽ν. ᾽ ἤ 
παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα" καὶ Τιρίβαζος παρηκολούθει 
ΝΜ) ‘ ¢ a“ / ? , 4 / / ᾽ν. 
ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, ἀπέχων ὡς δεκα σταδίους" καὶ 
᾽ , " ‘ / , Ἁ a 
ἀφίκοντο εἰς βασίλεια καὶ κώμας περιξ πολλᾶς, πολλῶν 
a ? / " ‘dl > a. 
τῶν ἐπιτηδείων pectas. 8. Στρατοπεδευομενων δ᾽ αὑτῶν, 
/ ~ ‘ ~ ᾽ Ἂ “ δ 
γίγνεται τῆς νυκτὸς χιὼν πολλὴ" καὶ ἕωθεν, ἐδοξε διασκη- 
a \ ’ "" ‘ \ ‘ ‘ , 
νῆσαι τὰς τάξεις καὶ Tous στρατηγοὺυς κατὰ Tas κωμας" 
᾽ Ἁ , , 2a/ ‘(9 \ γα) > 
οὐ γὰρ ἑώρων πολέμιον οὐδένα, καὶ ἀσφαλες ἐδόκει εἶναι 
‘ A ~ “~ / > ~ 3 ἤ i | 
διὰ TO πλῆθος τῆς χιόνος. 9. ᾿Ενταῦθα εἶχον πάντα ta 
? , ¢ 3 % ᾽ ‘ e a “Ὁ Ν 
ἐπιτήδεια ὅσα ἐστὶν ἀγαθὰ, ἱερεῖα, συιτον, οἰνους παλαι- 
Ν AN , ¥ , a ‘a 
ous εὐώδεις, ἀσταφίδας, ὄσπρια παντοδαπά. Τῶν δε 
3 ᾽ ‘ Ae “ / ¥. 
ἀποσκεδαννυμένων τινὲς ἀπὸ τοῦ στρατοπέδου ἔλεγον, 
ef / " κ , \ » , 
OTL κατίδοιεν στράτευμα, καὶ νύκτωρ πολλὰ πυρὰ φαΐ- 
> , ‘ “ a IE a 
νοιτο. 10. Edoxe δη τοῖς στρατηγοῖς οὐκ ἀσφαλες εἶναι 
a a Ν i Λ 3 
διασκηνοῦν, ἀλλὰ συναγαγεῖν τὸ στράτευμα πώλεν. Ep 
Ὁ a » 3. ἢ ἤ 
τεῦθεν συνῆλθον" καὶ γὰρ ἐδόκει διαιθριάξειν. 


/ > A a ? a ? ῇ i 
11. Νυκτερευόντων δ᾽ αὑτῶν ενταῦθα, ἐπιπίπτει χιὼν 








120 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΠΙΥ͂. 4. 11 -- 18, 


ἄπλετος, ὥστε ἀπέκρυψε καὶ τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τοὺς dO parrouis 
κατακειμένους" καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια συνεπόδισεν ἡ χιών" καὶ 


πολὺς ὄκνος ἦν ἀνίστασθαι" κατακειμένων yap; ἀλεεινὸν 


12. ᾿Επεὶ 


ἦν ἡ χιὼν ἐπιπεπτωκυῖα, ὅτῳ μὴ παραῤῥυείη. 
δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἐτόλμησε yupves ἀναστὰς σχίζειν ξύλα, τάχα 
ἀναστὰς τις καὶ aout ἐκείνου eepedaperen coxutev. es 


ovro. 13. Πολὺ yap ἐνταῦθα εὑρίσκετο χρίσμα, @ 
ἐχρῶντο ἀντ᾽ ἐλαίου, σύειον καὶ σησάμινον καὶ ἀμυγδά- 
λινον (ee TOV muxpéiv) καὶ τερεβίνθινον. Ἔκ δὲ τῶν 
αὐτῶν τούτων καὶ μύρον εὑρίσκετο. 


14. Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐδόκει πάλιν διασκηνητέον εἶναι εἰς 


τὰς κώμας εἰς Saye "Evda δὴ οἱ “ν σὺν 


πολλῇ ΝΜΜΜΗ καὶ ἡδονῇ ἤεσαν ἐπὶ τὰς στέγας καὶ τὰ 
ἐπιτήδεια" ὅσοι δὲ, ὅτε τὸ πρότερον ἀπῇεσαν, τὰς οἰκίας 


ἐδίδοσαν κακῶς σκη- 
ἐνέπρησαν, ὑπὸ τῆς αἰθρίας δέκην € 


yoovres. 15. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπεμψὸν νυκτὸς Δημοκράτην 
Τεμενίτην, ἄνδρας δόντες, ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, ἔνθα ἔφασαν οἱ 
ἀποσκεδαννύμενοι καθορᾶν τὰ πυρά" οὗτος rep ἐδόκει Kat 
πρότερον. πολλὰ ἤδη ἀληθεῦσαι. τοιαῦτα, τὰ ὄντα " ὡς 
ὄντα, καὶ τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς οὐκ ὄντα. 16. Biapaiis δε, 
τὰ μὲν πυρὰ οὐκ ἔφη ἰδεῖν, ἄνδρα δὲ συλλαβὼν ἧκεν ἄγων, 
ἔχοντα τς Περσικὸν, καὶ φαρέτραν, καὶ σάγαριν, ovav- 
περ καὶ αἱ ᾿Αμαζόνες acon”. 17. ᾿Ερωτώμενος δὲ, 
ποδαπὺς εἴη, Πέρσης μὲν ἔφη εἶναι, πορεύεσθαι δ᾽ ἀπὸ 
τοῦ Τιριβάζου στρονεύματου, ὕπως ἐπιτήδεια rabies. οι 


δ᾽ ἠρώτων αὐτὸν τὸ στράτευμα, ὁπόσον τε εἴη, καὶ ἐπὶ 
τίνι συνειλεγμένον. 18. Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὅτι Τιρίβαζος εἴη 





ΙΥ͂. 4. 18-ὅ.1] ΚΥΡΟΥ ANABASIY. 127 


¥ , ς - ᾽ Ν : ,ὔ λ 
ἔχων τὴν τε εαυτοῦ δύναμιν, καὶ μισθοφόρους XadvBas 
᾽ν / / Ν ll ie ¥ € A a 
καὶ Taoyous: παρεσκευάσθαι δὲ αὑτὸν ἔφη, ws ἐπὶ TH 
ς a A ν . -» a Φ Ὁ ¥ 
ὑπερβολῇ TOU οροὺυς ἐν τοῖς στενοῖς, ἥπερ μοναχῇ εἴη 
ἤ ᾽ a ? / ul NN ef 
πορεία, ἐνταῦθα ἐπιθησόμενον τοῖς ᾿ Ελλησιν. 
> rd a “ a Ν Ν ἤ 
19. Axovoact τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ταῦτα edoke τὸ στρά- 
» 4 3 \ vr / i, 
τευμα συναγαγειν" Kat εὐθυς, φύλακας καταλίποντες KAL 
‘ ,ν a ͵ ᾿" " 
στρατηγὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς μένουσι Σοφαίνετον Στυμφάλιον, 
> vl ¥ ¢ il » i ‘ Νν 
ἐπορεύοντο ἔχοντες ἡγεμόνα τὸν ἄλοντα ἄνθρωπον. 
9 x ‘ ξ 7 ‘| e ἣν ἐν 
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὑπερέβαλλον τὰ Opn, οὐ πελτασται “προϊ- 
᾿ ‘ i \ 3 y ‘ 
ὄντες καὶ KaTLOOVTES TO στρατόπεδον, οὐκ ἔμειναν τοὺς 
᾿ " > ᾽ > , Μ TM ‘ ͵ 
ὁπλίτας, αλλ ἀνακραγόντες ἔθεον ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 
| ¢ «at / ’ s ‘ " 2 -υ 
21. Οἱ δε βάρβαροι ἀκούσαντες τὸν θόρυβον, οὐχ ὑπέμει- 
’ ‘a f ‘ ν AA ἡ / a 
vav, αλλ, εἐφευγον " ὅμως δὲ καὶ ἀπέθανον τινες τῶν βαρ- 
͵ ν᾿ e/ b ¥ Ν ξ ly! e 
Bapwv: Kat ἵπποι ἥλωσαν εἰς εἰκοσι, καὶ ἢ σκηνὴ ἢ 
" oe Ν 3  νΝ / > “ x 
Τιριβαζοῳ €arw, καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ κλίναι ἀργυρόποδες, καὶ 
᾽ r . ee χω t Ν ? t r 5 
ἐκπτωματαῦ καὶ οἱ APTOKOTTOL καὶ οἰνοχόον φάσκοντες εἶναι. 
b | Ν ‘ 3 - ΠῚ ¢ “ ¢ al 
22. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἐπύθοντο ταῦτα οἱ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν στρατη- 
Ν Ins ? a ? f ‘ / AMM Ν , 
γοί, εδόκει αὑτοῖς ἀπιέναι τὴν ταχίστην ETL TO στρατό- 
᾽ Ἵ / " “ man 
πεδον, μὴ τις επίθεσις γένοιτο τοις καταλελειμμεένοις. 
\ > ‘ > / a Λ 3 / / 
Kai evOus avaxadecapevot τῇ σαλπιγγι amnecav, καὶ 


3 " 3 Ἃ ty | / 
ἀφίκοντο αὐθημερὸν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 


CAP. VY. 


a 5 ἃ / In ἡ" / 9 “ "ἱ 
1. T7 8 ὑστεραίᾳ ἐδόκει πορευτέον εἶναι, ὅπη δύναιντο 
/ “ “A »" Ν ᾽ὔ " ie 
τάχιστα, πριν ἢ συλλεγῆναι TO στράτευμα παλιν, Kat 
“ ‘ ‘il , > te Wi 3 
καταλαβεῖν τὰ στενά. Συσκευασάμενοι δ᾽ εὐθὺς ἐπο- 


4 Ν A κι ᾿ 
ρεύοντο διὰ χιόνος πολλῆς, ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες πολλούς" 





198 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ IV. 5.1-8] 


καὶ αὐθημερὸν ὑπερβαλόντες τὸ ἄκρον, ep ᾧ ἔμελλεν 
ἐπιτίθεσθαι Τιρίβαζος, κατεστρατοπεδεύσαντος. 2. Ἔν- 
τεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τρεῖς, παρασάγγας 
πεντεκαίδεκα, ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμὸν, καὶ διέβαινον 
αὐτὸν βρεχόμενοι πρὸς τὸν ὀμφαλόν. ᾿Ελέγοντο δὲ αὐτοῦ 
αἱ πηγαὶ οὐ πρόσω εἶναι. 

8. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο διὰ χιόνος πολλῆς καὶ πε- 
δίου σταθμοὺς τρεῖς, παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα. Ὁ δὲ 
τρίτος ““π χολανός, καὶ ἄνεμος βοῤῥᾶς ἐ ἐναντίος ἔπνει, 
παντώπασιν ἀποκαίων πάντα, καὶ ways τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. 
4. Ἔνθα δὴ τῶν μάντεών τις εἶπε σφαγιάσασθαι τῷ 
ἀνέμῳ " καὶ σφαγιάζεται " καὶ πᾶσι δὴ περιφανῶς ἔδοξε 
λῆξαι τὸ χαλεπὸν τοῦ πνεύματος. ἮΝ δὲ τῆς χιόνος τὸ 
βάθος ὀργυιώ: ὥστε καὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων καὶ τῶν φόρο. 
πόδων πολλὰ ἀπώλετο, καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὡς τριάκοντα. 
5. Διεγένοντο δὲ τὴν νύκτα πῦρ καίοντες " ξύλα δ᾽ ἦν ἐν 
τῷ “οὐ πολλά" οἱ δὲ oye pentane ξύλα οὐκ el yon. 
Οἱ οὖν Tura ἥκοντες καὶ τὸ Νὐκή καίοντες οὐ προσίεσαν 
pos τὸ sual τοὺς ὀψίζοντας, εἰ μὴ μεταδοῖεν αὐτοῖς πυροὺς 
ἢ ἄλλο τι, εἴ τι Ὑ-: βρωτόν. 6. Ἔνθα δὴ μετεδίδοσαν 
ἀλλήλοις, ὧν εἶχον ἕκαστοι. Ἔνθα δὲ τὺ πῦρ ἐἑκαΐετο, 
Csarquopeone τῆς xioves, βόθροι ἐγίγνοντο “μεγάλοι ἔστε 
ἐπὶ τὸ δάπεδον" οὗ δὴ παρῆν μετρεῖν τὸ βάθος τῆς 
χίονος. 

7. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ὅλην ἐπορεύοντο 
διὰ χιόνος, καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐβουλιμίασαν. Ξενο- 
φῶν δὲ ὀπισθοφυλακῶν, καὶ καταλαμβάνων τοὺς πίπτοντας 


| b | , ~ , > 
τῶν ἀνθρωπων, ἠγνόει, 6 τι TO πάθος εἴη. 8. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ 





ΤΥ. 5.8-14] KTPOT ANABASIY. 129 


9 / 2 A a > , a a nf + 
εἶπέ τις αὐτῷ τῶν ἐμπείρων, OTL σαφῶς βουλιμιῶσι, κἂν 
oo™ i. hi φ ἤ Ν 
τι φάγωσιν, ἀναστήσονται, περιΐων περὶ ta ὑποζύγια, εἴ 
Ν RY ἣν / \ ᾿ 
πού τι ὁρῴη βρωτὸν [ἢ ποτὸν], διεδίδου, καὶ διέπεμπε 
“ / 4 a“ a 
διδόντας τοὺς δυναμένους παρατρέχειν τοῖς βουλιμιῶσιν. 
, κ A » 4 
᾿Επειδὴ δέ τι ἐμφάγοιεν, ανίσταντο καὶ ἐπορεύοντο. 
\ , \ 3 Ν , ‘ 
9. Πορευομένων δε, Χειρίσοφος μὲν audi κνέφας πρὸς 
, P| »Ἥ Ν ¢ », 3 A , Ν ' 
κώμην ἀφικνεῖται, καὶ ὑδροφορούσας ἐκ τῆς κώμης πρὸς 
a ~ ἃ ’ / » A 
τῇ κρήνῃ γυναίκας καὶ Kopas καταλαμβᾶνει ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ 
‘ t 
Φ vi > \ / @ € x 
ἐρύματος. 10. Autat ἠρώτων αὐτοὺς, tives εἶεν. ‘O δὲ 
ξ x > Ν e Ν | 4 
epunveus εἶπε Περσιστι, ὅτι hs βασιλέως saa tai 
/ 
πρὸς τὸν een At δὲ camps ey ὅτι οὐκ ἐνταῦθα 
εἴη. ἀλλ᾽ amen ὅσον παρασάγγην. Οἱ δ᾽, ἐπεὶ ὀψὲ ἦν, 
P| a yy Ν “ 
πρὸς τὸν κωμάρχην συνεισέρχονται εἰς τὸ ἔρυμα συν ταῖς 
/ 
ὑδροφόροις. 
his 9 Ν ν 3 , a 
aa. Χειρίσοφος μὲν οὖν, καὶ ὅσοι ἐδυνήθησαν τοῦ 
| > a > ’ Ml fe δ᾽ ΝΜ 
στρατεύματος, ἐνταῦθα ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο" τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων 
a ξ » / ͵ ‘ tas > r 
στρατιωτῶν οἱ μὴ δυνάμενοι διατέλέσαι τὴν OdoV, ἐνυκτέ- 
Ν . Ψ , ιν» 50 , TTA 
ρευσαν ἄσιτοι καὶ ἄνευ πυρὸς " Kat ἐνταῦθα τινες aTwWAOVTO 
a a ' ἣν "“" / 
τῶν στρατιωτῶν. 12. ᾿Εφείποντο δὲ τῶν πολεμίων συνει- 
᾽ 4 ‘ Ν ὃ ͵ “Ὁ ¢ t ͵ d 
λεγμένοι τίνες, καὶ τὰ μὴ δυνάμενα τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἧἥρπα- 
᾽ x Ἄν» > / y, 
Cov, καὶ ἀλλήλοις ἐμάχοντο mept αὐτῶν. Ἐλείποντο δὲ 
| “ a “ , “ὦχν᾽᾽ν a , 
καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ot τε διεφθαρμένοι ὑπὸ τῆς χιόνος 
i ey | a ͵ A " 
τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, οἵ τε ὑπὸ τοῦ ψύχους τοὺς δακτύλους 
»“ “ > ἢ 9 \ » Ἃ " 
τῶν ποδῶν ἀποσεσηπότεςς. 13. Ἢν δὲ τοῖς μεν οφθαλ- 
“ 3 / a / Ν fh Ν Ν 
MoUs ἐπικούρημα τῆς χίονος, εἰ TIS μέλαν TL ἔχων προ 
Ἂ “Ὁ a ‘ a Ν al 
τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν πορεύοιτο" τῶν δὲ ποδῶν, εἴ τις κινοῖτο, 
" » \ b | x / [ἢ 
καὶ μηδέποτε ἡσυχίαν ἔχοι, καὶ εἰ τὴν VUKTA ὑπολύοιτο. 
᾽ / > Ὁ b i ᾽ nc 
14. “Ὅσοι δὲ ὑποδεδεμένοι ἐκοιμῶντο, εἰσεδύοντο εἰς" TOUS 


9 





130 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ  [tv.5. 14-20, 


πόδας οἱ ἱμάντες, καὶ τὰ ὑποδήματα περιεπήγνυντο" καὶ 


γὰρ ἦσαν, ἐπειδὴ ἐπέλιπε τὰ ἀρχαῖα ὑποδήματα, καρβά- 


Twat αὐτοῖς πεποιημέναι ἐκ τῶν “ν-- βοῶν. 

15. Διὰ τὰς τοιαύτας οὖν ἀνάγκας ὑπελείποντό τινες 
τῶν στρατιωτῶν" καὶ ἰδόντες μέλαν τι χωρίον, διὰ τὸ 
ἐκλελοιπέναι αὐτόθι τὴν χιόνα, “πεῖν τετηκέναι" καὶ 
τετήκει διὰ κρήνην τινὰ, ἣ πλησίον ἦν ἀτμίζουσα ἐ ἐν varrn. 
᾿Ενταῦθ᾽ ἐκτραπόμενοι ἐκάθηντο, καὶ οὐκ ἔφασαν πορεύ- 
ec0ar. 16. ‘O 8é none a ὀπισθοφύλακας ὡς 
ἤσθετο, ἐδεῖτο αὐτῶν πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ μηχανῇ μὴ ἀπολεί. 
πεσθαι λέγων, ὅτι ἕπονται πολλοὶ πολέμιοι συνειλεγμέ- 
νοι" καὶ τελευτῶν ἐχαλέπαινεν. Οἱ δὲ σφάττειν ἐκέλευον" 
οὐ γὰρ ἂν δύνασθαι ρόδα. 17. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἔδοξε 
κράτιστον εἶναι, τοὺς ἑπομένους πολεμίους Popijoas, 
εἴ τις δύναιτο, μὴ ἐπίοιεν τοῖς κάμνουσι. Καὶ ἦν μὲν 
σκότος ἤδη, οἱ δὲ προσήεσαν πολλῷ θορύβῳ ἀμφὶ ὧν 
εἶχον διαφερόμενοι. 18. Ἔνθα δὴ οἱ μὲν ὀπισθοφύλακες, 


ἅτε ὑγιαίνοντες, ἐξαναστάντες Spapay εἰς τοὺς ϑολημίους" 


4." , 
οἱ δὲ κάμνοντες, ἀνακραγόντες ὅσον ἠδύναντο μέγιστον, τὰς 
ἀσπέδας πρὸς τὰ δόρατα ἔκρουσαν. Οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι δεί- 


σαντες ἧκαν ἑαυτοὺς κατὰ τῆς 


οὐδεὶς ἔτι οὐδαμοῦ ἐφθέγξατο. 


χιόνος εἰς τὴν νάπην, καὶ 


19. Kai πωνῥὸν μὲν καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, εἰπόντες τοῖς 
ἀσθενοῦσιν, ὅτι τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἥξουσί τινες ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς, πο- 
ρευόμενοι, πρὶν τέτταρα στάδια διελθεῖν, ἐ ἐντυγχάνουσιν ἐν 
τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναπαυομένοις ἐπὶ τῆς χιόνος τοῖς στρατιώταις 
ἐγκεκαλυμμένοις, καὶ οὐδὲ φυλακὴ οὐδεμία καθειστήκει" 


καὶ ἀνίστασαν αὐτούς. 20. Oi & ἔλεγον, ὅτι οἱ ἔμπρο- 





ΠΥ͂. 5.20-2. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 181 


σθεν οὐχ ὑποχωροῖεν. Ὃ δὲ παριὼν, καὶ παραπέμνων 
τῶν πελταστῶν τοὺς ἰσχυροτάτους, ἐκέλευε σκέψασθαι, 
τί εἴη τὸ κωλῦον. Οἱ δὲ ἀπήγγελλον, ὅτι ὅλον ies 
ἀναπαύοιτο τὸ στράτευμα. 21. ᾿Ενταῦθα καὶ οἱ ἀμφὶ 
Ξενοφῶντα ηὐλίσθησαν αὐτοῦ ἄνευ πυρὸς mals 
φυλακὰς, οἵας ἐδύναντο, καταστησάμενοι. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ πρὸς 
ἡμέραν ἦν, ὁ μὲν Ἐενοφῶν, πέμψας πρὸς τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 
τοὺς νεωτώτους, ἀναστήσαντας ἐκέλευσεν ἀναγκάζειν προ- 
iévar, 22. ᾽Εν δὲ τούτῳ Χειρίσοφος πέμπει τῶν ἐκ 78 
κώμης σκεψομένους, πῶς ἔχοιεν οἱ τελευταῖοι. ϑι δὲ 
ἄσμενοι ἰδόντες, τοὺς μὲν ἀσθενοῦντας τούτοις παρέδοσαν 
‘A ‘ ἢ ᾽ Ν Ἁ > » . Ν 
κομίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, αὐτοὶ δὲ ΜΝ aps: ess 
πρὶν εἴκοσι στάδια διεληλυθέναι, ἤν Ὁ" τῇ <n ΤῊΝ 
Χειρίσοφος ηὐλίζετο. 28. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ συνεγένοντο ens 
ἔδοξε κατὰ τὰς κώμας ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι τὰς τάξεις σκηνοῦν. 
Καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν αὐτοῦ ἔμενεν, οἱ δὲ ahi site 
χόντες ἃς ἑώρων κώμας, ἐπορεύοντο, ἕκαστοι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν 
ἔχοντες. "ι.. ͵ ἢ 
94. Ἔνθα δὴ Πολυκράτης ᾿Αθηναῖος λοχαγὸς ὩΣ ὯΝ 
ἀφιέναι ἑαυτόν: καὶ λαβὼν τοὺς εὐζώνους, θέων ic την 
κώμην ἣν εἰλήχει Ἐενοφῶν, καταλαμβάνει hee aan 
τοὺς κωμήτας Kal τὸν κωμάρχην᾽ καὶ sich εἰς ἜΧΕΝ 
βασιλεῖ τρεφομένους ἑπτακαίδεκα" καὶ - ore Kise 
κωμάρχου. ἐνάτην ἡμέραν γεγαμημένην" ὃ ane nen 
Aayws ᾧχετο Onpacwv, καὶ οὐχ » ν" sae, — 
25. Ai δ᾽ οἰκίαι ἦσαν κατάγειοι, τὸ μὲν στόμα er 
φρέατος, κάτω δ᾽ εὐρεῖαι" at δὲ εἴσοδοι τοῖς μὲν ὑποζυγίοις 


lt, οἱ δὲ ἃ : ἐπὶ κλίμακος. Ἔν δὲ 
ὀρυκταὶ, οἱ δὲ ἄνθρωποι κατέβαινον ἐπ μ 





ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [IV. 5. 25 -- 39, 


ταῖς οἰκέαις ἦσαν αἶγες, οἷες, βόες, ὄρνιθες, καὶ τὰ ἔκγονα 
τούτων: τὰ δὲ κτήνη πάντα χιλῷ ἔνδον apttanen 
26. Ἦσαν δὲ καὶ πυροὶ καὶ κριθαὶ καὶ ὄσπρια καὶ οἶνος 
κρέθινος ἐν Ἔν" ἐνῆσαν δὲ καὶ αὐταὶ αἱ ante 
ἰσοχειλεῖς " καὶ κάλαμοι ἐνέκειντο, οἱ μὲν μείζους, οἱ δε 
ἐλάττους, γόνατα οὐκ ἔχοντεν. 27. Τούτους δ᾽ ἔδει, 
ὁπότε τις διψῴη, λαβόντα εἰς τὸ στόμα μύζειν. Καὶ πώνυ 
ἄκρατος ἦν, εἰ μή τις ὕδωρ ἐ ἐπεχέον" καὶ πώνυ ἡδὺ συμμα- 


θόντε τὸ πόμα ἦν. 


28. Ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν τὸν μὲν ἄρχοντα τῆς κώμης ταύτης 
σύνδειπνον ἐποιήσατο, καὶ θαῤῥεῖν αὐτὸν ἐκέλευε, λέγων, 
ὅτι οὔτε τῶν τέκνων στερήσοιτο, THY τε οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ cp 
τεμπλήσαντες τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἀπίασιν, ἢ » mye τί τῷ 
στρατεύματι ἐξηγησάμενος φαίνηται, ἔστ᾽ ἂν ἐν ἄλλῳ 
ἔθνει γένωνται. 29. Ὁ δὲ ταῦτα ὑπισχνεῖτο, καὶ φιλο- 
ΝΜ ΜΝ αν ων οἶνον ἔφρασεν, ἔνθα ἦν caTopepurypérer. Tav- 
THY μὲν οὖν τὴν νύκτα διασκηνήσαντες οὕτως ἐκοιμήθησαν 
ἐν πᾶσιν ἀφθόνοις πάντες οἱ ΗΝ ημμημάμμμα" ἐν φυλακῇ 
ἔχοντες τὸν κωμάρχην καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ ὁμοῦ ev ὀφθαλ- 
μοΐῖς. 

90. Τῇ δ᾽ ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ ansaid λαβὼν τὸν pail 
χην πρὸς Χειρίσοφον ἐ emopevero’ ὅπου δὲ παρίοι κώμην, 
ἐτρέπετο πρὸς τοὺς ἐν ταῖς κώμαις, καὶ κατελάμβανε 
πανταχοῦ εὐωχουμένους καὶ εὐθυμουμένους, καὶ οὐδαμόθεν 
ἀφίεσαν, πρὶν παραθεῖναι αὐτοῖς ἄριστον. 31. Οὐκ ἦν δ᾽ 
ὅπου οὐ παρετίθεσαν ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν τράπεξαν κρέα ἄρνεια, 
ἐρέίφεια, χοίρεια, μ μόσχεια, ὀρνίθεια, σὺν πολλοῖς ἄρτοις, 
τοῖς μὲν πυρίνοις, τοῖς δὲ κριθίνοις. 32. Ὁπότε δέ τις 





IV. ὅ. 39.-86] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ἈΝΑΒΆΣΙΣ. 133 


dirodpovovpevos τῳ βούλοιτο ment si - τὸν 
κρατῆρα" ἔνθεν ἐπικύψαντα ἔδει poperrs ae sii 
βοῦν. Καὶ τῷ xwpapyn ἐδίδοσαν λαμβώνειν, ὅ τι Bov- 
λοιτο. ὋὉ δὲ ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν ἐδέχετο" ὅπου δέ τινα τῶν 
συγγενῶν ἴδοι, πτρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀεὶ ἐλάμβανεν. , 

33, ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἦλθον πρὸς Χειρίσοφον, κα ΛΑ ΡΟΝ 
κἀκείνους σκηνοῦντας, ἐστεφανωμένους τοῦ ἔηρον none 
στεφώνοις, καὶ διακονοῦντας Αρυσένε πόθεὶ ἡ! ταῖς 
βαρβαρικαῖς στολαῖς" τοῖς δὲ παισιν hesscgihitss sie 4 
éveots, 6 τι δέοι ποιεῖν. 34. ᾿Επεὶ ὃ ΔΆΧΏΝΗΝ re 
φρονήσαντο Χειρίσοφος καὶ πη aiid δὴ eres 
Tov κωμάρχην διὰ τοῦ περσίζοντος ἑρμηνέως, Tis εἴη ἡ 
χώρα. ὋὉ δ᾽ ἔλεγεν, ὅτε Appevia. Καὶ πάλιν ἠρώτων, 
rive οἱ ἵπποι tpepowro. ὋὉ δ᾽ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι βῃΝ 
δασμός" τὴν δὲ πλησίον χώραν ὅν εἶναι cores καὶ 
τὴν ὁδὸν ἔφραζεν, ἣ εἴη. 35. Καὶ αὐτὸν τότε μὲν ὄχ 
ἄγων ὁ Ξενοφῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ ϑιασταν, 45 ἵπατον ὃν 
εἰλήφει παλαίτερον, δίδωσι τῷ meDHapry is ie Os 
καταθῦσαι, ὅτι ἤκουσεν, αὐτὸν ἱερὸν εἶναι τοῦ πνεῖν 
(δεδιὼς, μὴ ἀποθάνῃ, ἐκεκάκωτο γὰρ ὑπὸ τῆς wopereny: 
autos δὲ τῶν πώλων λαμβάνει, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων στρατηγῶν 


a 5 >? 4 
καὶ λοχαγῶν ἔδωκεν ἑκάστῳ πῶλον. 36. Ἦσαν δ᾽ οἱ 


a 7 ‘ 

ταύτῃ ἵπποι μείονες μὲν τῶν Περσικῶν, θυμοειδέστεροι de 
, / ς ὔ Ν ‘ 
πολύ. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὴ καὶ διδάσκει ὁ κωμάρχης περι Tous 


-» ς ὔ ‘i 
πόδας τῶν ἵππων καὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων σακία περίιείλειν, 


a» A "Ὁ / ε- 
ὅταν διὰ τῆς χιόνος ἄγωσιν: ἄνευ γὰρ τῶν σακίων κατ 


δύοντο μέχρι τῆς γαστρος. 








ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΠΥ͂. 6. 1.-- 6. 


Ae. eR, 


> ‘ "εν ν 5 ’ " ‘ Ν ς ᾽ , 
1. Ἔπει ὃ ἡμέρα ἦν ὀγδόη, τὸν μὲν ἤγεμονα παραδί- 
ὃ bd / Ν Ml 7 , / λ / - -“ / 
wot Χειρισόφῳ, τοὺς ὃ οἰκέτας καταλείπει τῷ κωμάρχῃ, 
Ν “ , » ~~» ¢ / “ lle / 
πλὴν Tov υἱοῦ τοῦ aptt nBucKovtos. Τοῦτον δ᾽ ᾿Επισθέ- 
> " / , id b a 
vee Αμφιπολίτῃ παραδίδωσι φυλώττειν, Stas, εἰ καλῶς 
yA Ν \ a »» \ > ‘ WA 
ἡγήσαιτο, ἔχων καὶ τοῦτον ἀπίοι. Καὶ eis τὴν οἰκίαν 
2 “" γ " ¢ In ἡ κα Ν » " 
αὐτου εἰσεφόρησαν ὡς ἐδύναντο πλεῖστα, καὶ ἀναζεύξαντες 
᾽ ΄ὕ | ¢ n 5) » A ͵ " 
ἐπορεύοντο. 2. Ἠγεῖτο ὃ αὑτοῖς ὁ κωμάρχης λελυμένος 
\ , "νυ 9 ’ a , A ἣν 
διὰ χιόνος. Καὶ ἤδη τε ἦν ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ σταθμῷ, καὶ 
/ 3 A 3 oa, Ψ 3 ᾽ , > 
Χειρίσοφος αὐτῷ ἐχαλεπάνθη, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κώμας ἤγεν. 
e 3 » ad b 3 ᾽ “Ἢ / ’ € Ἂ 
Ο ὃ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι οὐκ εἶεν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ. ‘O δὲ 
/ AT ia ¥ Ν Ν 3 Ν b Ν 
Χειρίσοφος αὐτὸν ἔπαισε μὲν, ἔδησε δ᾽ ov. 3. Ex δὲ 
’ὔ , » κι Ν ? \ y Ν ‘ 
TOUTOU EKELVOS τῆς νυκτὸς ἀποδρὰς WYETO, καταλιπὼν τὸν 
ΓΗ “ rl ‘ / xX a“ /, ἥ 
υἱὸν. Τοῦτο γε δὴ Χειρισόφῳ καὶ Ξενοφῶντι μόνον διώ- 
> a / IN ¢ wal i / 4 )» 
Popov ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ ἐγένετο, ἡ τοῦ ἤγεμονος κώκωσις καὶ 
> Λ > / Ν ~ “ ~ bf 
ἀμέλεια. ᾿Επισθενης δὲ npucOn te τοῦ παιδὸς καὶ οἴκαδε 
/ ἢ > ~ 
κομίσας πιστοτάτῳ ἐχρῆτο. 
‘ ~ ᾽ / ¢ ‘ * ih, ff 
4. Mera τοῦτο ἐπορεύθησαν ἑπτὰ σταθμοὺς. ava πέντε 
, “., «ιἽ αὶ ἡ ‘ Ν A ‘ 3 
παρασάγγας τῆς ἡμέρας, Tapa τὸν Φᾶσιν ποταμὸν, εὖρος 
ω Ι > ~ 9 ν᾽ Ν ” 
πλεθριαῖον. 5. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς δύω, 
, " AN, ‘ a MAM ᾿ ¢ a 
παρασάγγας δέκα" ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ εἰς τὸ πεδίον ὑπερβολῇ 
> ἡ 2 ~ , ‘ , \ , 
ἀπήντησαν autos XudvBes καὶ Tuoyor καὶ Paciavoi. 
| > 3 ‘ Cal ‘ / A iby - 
6. Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ κατεῖδε τοὺς πολεμίους ἐπὶ τῇ 
¢ “ > ᾽ / | / ν ἢ 
ὑπερβολῇ, ἐπαύσατο πορευόμενος, ἀπέχων εἰς τριάκοντα 
/ " Ν | / Ν “ ~ / 
σταδίους, iva μὴ κατὰ κέρας ἄγων πλησιάσῃ τοις πολεμί- 
᾽ ‘ ν a Ν ‘ ,ὔ 
οἱς" παρηγγειλε δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Tapuyew τοὺς λόχους, 


Ψ γν , , Ν , 
ὅπως ἔπι φωλαγγος γένοιτο τὸ στρατευμα. 








ΤΥ. 6.1.4] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣῚΣ.. 135 


€ bay - “ ‘ 
7. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἦλθον οἱ ὀπισθοφύλακες, συνεκάλεσε τοὺς 
᾿ se »" φ 4 Ν ‘ 
στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς, Kai ἔλεξεν ὧδε: Οἱ μὲν πολέ- 
ll. if ty, id ᾿ “ἽΝ id Wn 
μίοι, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, κατέχουσι Tas ὑπερβολὰς TOU ὄρους " ὥρα δὲ 
€ ᾿ > “ ? ‘ 
βουλεύεσθαι, ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα ἀγωνιούμεθα. 8. ᾿Εμοὶ 
Ἀ val - Ν ? r r 
μὲν οὖν δοκεῖ παραγγεῖλαι μὲν ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι τοῖς στρα- 
᾿ ᾿ » Ν ΄, Ν ᾿ Υ̓ y 
τιώταῖς, ἡμᾶς δὲ βουλεύεσθαι, εἴτε τήμερον εἴτε αὔριον 
" Ν ¥ ? \ / ¥ φ 
δοκεῖ ὑπερβάλλειν τὸ -ὄρος. 9. ᾿Εμοὶ δέ γε, ἔφη ὁ 
/ “ 3 ‘ ᾽ > / 3 / 
Κλεάνωρ, δοκεῖ, eway τάχιστα ἀριστήσωμεν, ἐξοπλισαμέ- 
e ἢ ,, mA \ ἊΝ > Ἢ 
yous ὡς τάχιστα ἱέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς avdpas. Ex γὰρ διατρί- 
Ν “ 4 ted a “ al aT 
Youev THY τήμερον ἡμέραν, οὐ TE νὺν ἡμᾶς ορῶντες 
/ »« ἤ »ν , a i ᾽ 
πολέμιοι θαῤῥαλεωτεροι ἔσονται, καὶ ἄλλους εἰκὸς, τούτων 
7¢ / / ‘ “Ὁ 
θαρῥούντων, πλείους προσγενέσθαι. 10. Μετὰ τοῦτον 
- 9 
Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν" 
4 a a ’ AA AA WAN 4 ͵ θ 
Ἐγω ὃ οὕτω γιγνωσκω" εἰ μὲν ἀνάγκη ἐστὶ μάχεσθαι, 
a a ᾽ oe ¢ r , 
τοῦτο δει παρασκευάσασθαι, ὅπως ὡς κράτιστα μαχού- 
η 1 en x Λ a , 
μεθα" et δὲ βουλόμεθα ws ῥᾷστα ὑπερβάλλειν, τοῦτό μοι 
- ͵ > ef Me ‘ ΄ 
δοκεῖ σκεπτέον εἶναι, ὅπως ἐλάχιστα μὲν τραύματα 
, », ν᾿ a > ΔΛ 
λάβωμεν, ὡς ἐλάχιστα δὲ σώματα ἀνδρῶν ἀποβάλωμεν. 
‘ ‘ | Ν Ν Ρ “ / | |e “ 
11. Τὸ μὲν οὖν ὄρος ἐστὶ τὸ ὁρώμενον πλέον ἢ ἐφ᾽ ἑξή- 
/ » > “a , ᾿" ~ ᾽ 
κοντα στάδια, ἄνδρες δ᾽ οὐδαμοῦ φυλάττοντες ἡμᾶς φανεροί 
‘ ’ » > γῆι tal 
εἰσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν ὁδόν" πολὺ οὖν κρεῖττον, τοῦ 
3 ᾽ a ἤ). Ν 
ἐρήμου ὄρους καὶ κλέψαι τι πειρᾶσθαι λαθόντας καὶ 
/ ? / a aA “ 3 Ν 
ἁρπάσαι φθάσαντας, εἰ δυναίμεθα, μᾶλλον ἢ πρὸς ἰσχυρὰ 


χωρία καὶ ἄνδρας παρεσκευασμένους μάχεσθαι. 12. Πολὺ 


A ’ . »ε aii  -" .» 
γὰρ ῥᾷον, ὄρθιον ἀμαχεὶ ἱέναι, ἢ ὁμαλες ενθεν καὶ ἔνθεν 


" Ν) ᾿, ΄ > 4 a ΓῚ A ‘ 
πολεμίων ὄντων" καὶ νύκτωρ ἀμαχεὶ μαλλον ἂν τὰ προ 
Υ al 


ποδῶν ὁρῴη τις, ἢ μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν μαχόμενος" καὶ ἡ τραχεῖ 


» Ν > ΝΙΝ » > ᾿ ἃ ὃ ε ὌΝ μ᾿ 
TOUS ποσὶν ἀμαχεὶ ἰουσιν εὐμενεστέρα, ἢ ἢ ὁμαλὴ τας 





136 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [ITV. 6. 19 -- 18. 


Ν ᾽ * , > > ’ / 
κεφαλας βαλλομένοις. 13. Kat κλέψαι ove ἀδύνατον 
»“ 4 Ion ‘ 0 ». ς » κ᾿ » Ie 
μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, ἐξὸν μὲν νυκτὸς ἱέναι, ὡς μὴ ὁρᾶσθαι" εξὸν 
‘ » ~ ~ Γ ᾿ ν ἤ ~ 
de ἀπελθειν τοσοῦτον, ws μὴ αἰσθησιν παρέχειν. Aoxovpev 
> w= ἤ / | 3 / 
ὃ ἂν μοι, ταύτῃ προσποιούμενοι προσβάλλειν, ἐρημοτέρῳ 
Pal a arr Ν “A θ ω al \ ? “ a 
ἂν τῷ ἄλλῳ ὄρει χρῆσθαι' μένοιεν yap αὑτοῦ μᾶλλον 
, ἢ 4 / 
ἀθρόοι οἱ πολέμιοι. 
| ᾽ ‘ PO A \ a / ¢ a 
14. Arap ti eyw περὶ κλοπῆς συμβάλλομαι; Tyas 
‘ Ν Φ / b / Ν Υ͂ Ψ 
yap ἔγωγε, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἀκούω τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους, ὅσοι 
Ἃ »" ¢ / b Ἃ > / ‘ » 4 
ἐστε τῶν ὁμοίων, εὐθὺς ἐκ παίδων κλέπτειν μελετᾶν" καὶ 
᾽ ᾽ ‘ 9 > ‘ ‘ / Ψ χ , 
οὐκ αἰσχρον εἰναι. ἀλλα καλον, KAETTEW, ὁσα μὴ κωλύει 
¢ by ᾽ / ‘ a 
νόμος. 15. Omws δε ws κράτιστα κλέπτητε καὶ πειρᾶσθε 
‘ , ” ea , Pht a , 
λανθανειν. νομίμον Apa ULV ἐστιν, εαν ληφθῆτε κλέπτοντες, 
“ “ > / / > b | / 
μαστιγοῦσθαι. Νῦν οὖν μάλα σοι καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξα- 
bs, f bh ἢ / ‘ a 
σθαι τὴν παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξασθαι μέντοι, μὴ ληφθῶμεν 
/ aw ξ΄ Ἂ ‘ ‘ / 
κλέπτοντες TOU ρους, ὡς μὴ πολλὰς πληγὰς λαβωμεν. 
> * / » ¢ é > ‘ ¢ “ 
16. AddrAa pevta, efn ὁ Χειρίσοφος, “ Kayo ὑμᾶς 
. » " ᾽ ,ὕ ‘ > , ‘ , 
tous Αθηναίους ἀκούω Seivous εἶναι κλέπτειν τὰ δημόσια 
᾿. / ν “ ~ i Δ / « 
(καὶ μᾶλα ὄντος δεινοῦ τοῦ κινδύνου τῷ κλέπτοντᾳ), καὶ 
‘ / / ᾿ ν el ¢ , 
TOUS κρατίστους μέντοι μάλιστα, εἴπερ ὑμῖν οἱ κρατιστοι 
wy > a oe ted \ », 3 ᾿ ἢν 
ἄρχειν ἀξιοῦνται" ὥστε wpa καὶ σοὶ ἐπιδείκνυσθαι τὴν 
ys > ~ ‘ ’ ΝΜ ξ a ν ἢ 
παιδείαν. 17. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν, ἕτοιμός 
9 ~ » Λ »ν ᾽ A ᾽ 
εἰμί, τους οπισθοφύλακας ἔχων, ἐπειδὰν δειπνήσωμεν, 
vl / i MN, li Ν ‘ κ᾿ / ε 
levat καταληψόμενος τὸ Opes. ἔχω δὲ καὶ ἡγεμόνας" οἱ 
Ν “ ἴω ᾽ / ΄ ν a ᾿,, ly 
yap γυμνητες τὼν εφεπομένων ἡμῖν κλωπῶν ἔλαβον τινας 
> ὃ " ‘ sal / Ψ 3 Ν / 
ἐνεὸρεύσαντες" καὶ τούτων πυυθάνομαι, OTL ove ἀβατὸν 
᾽ +) | ᾽ ‘ ‘ Pe Ν / e/ > F 
ἐστι TO Opos, adda νεμεται aki καὶ βουσίν" ὥστε, ἐάνπερ 
oe ‘ / ~~ ‘ ‘ a ¢ / 
ἅπαξ λαβωμεν τι τοῦ ρους, Bata Kai Tos ὑποζυγίοις 


mv > / Ν ly Ἁ al 
ἔσται. 18. ᾿Ελπίζω δὲ, οὐδὲ τοὺς πολεμίους μενεῖν ἔτι, 





IV. 6. 18--.6] KTPOY ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 137 


ἐπειδὰν ἴδωσιν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων" οὐδὲ 
γὰρ νῦν ἐθέλουσι καταβαίνειν ἡμῖν εἰς τὸ ἴσον. 19. ‘O 
δὲ Χειρίσοφος εἶπε" Καὶ τί δεῖ σὲ ἰέναι, καὶ λιπεῖν τὴν 
ὀπισθοφυλακίαν; ἀλλὰ ἄλλους πέμψον, ἂν μή τινες 


3 " > ἤ 
ἐθελούσιοκ. φαίνωνται. 20. Ex τούτου ᾿Αριστώνυμος 


ξ Νν > | “ 
Μεθυδριεὺς ἔρχεται ὁπλίτας ἔχων, καὶ ᾿Αριστέας Χῖος 


a Ν / ᾽ “ a ᾽ν 4 
γυμνῆτας, καὶ Νικόμαχος Οιταῖος γυμνῆτας" καὶ σύνθημα 
᾽ ἢ ¢ f ” ‘ A \ / / 
ἐποιήσαντο, ὅποτε EXOLEY TA ἄκρα, πυρα καίειν πολλά. 

a / b / > ‘ “~ 3 / ’ 

21. Ταῦτα συνθέμενοι ἠρίστων" ex δὲ τοῦ ἀρίστου προή- 
Uy r ‘ / “ € δέ δί 

γαγεν ὁ Χειρίσοφος τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν ὡς δεκα σταδίους 
“ ‘ / ef ¢ ͵ , " 

προς τοὺς πολεμίους, ὅπως ὡς μαλιστα δοκοίη ταυτῃ 

/ 
προσάξειν. 

" 3 ἢν * > / Ν ‘ ν γ΄ e ‘ 

22. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἐδείπνησαν, καὶ νυξ eyevero, οἱ μὲν 
/ Ν Ἃ ἤ |e ς Ν 
τάχθεντες ᾧχοντο, καὶ καταλαμβάνουσι τὸ ὄρος" οἱ δὲ 
᾽ “ ᾽ " € ‘ ΄ > i‘ Ν 
ἄλλοι αὐτοῦ ἀνεπαύοντο. Οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι, ἐπεὶ ἤσθοντο 
3 Υ͂ ‘ Ν | / ‘|| oe Ν , 
ἐχόμενον TO OPOS, ἐγρηγόρεσαν, Kal εκαίον πυρὰ πολλα 
Ν > ns ‘ ᾿ "» κὶ / 
διὰ νυκτὸς. 23. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, Χειρίσοφος 
‘ , 9 \ ‘ ἦν , ¢ 5 . καὶ 
μὲν θυσάμενος ἦγε κατα τὴν οδον, οἱ δὲ TO OPOS καταλα- 
Ἵ x |) = > r al > 9 / 
Bovtes κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα ἐπήεσαν. 24. Τῶν ὃ av πολεμίων 
Ν Ἢ .» + AMIN hye a ¢ Mand a ms / 
TO μὲν πολυ ἐμενεν ἐπὶ TH ὑπερβολῇ TOU ὄρους, μέρος 
) > a 9 / ἴω Ν Ν Ν Ν δὲ ς “Ὁ 
δ αὐτῶν ἀπήντα τοῖς κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα. Πρὶν δὲ ὁμοῦ 
> ‘ Ν > 4 » ¢ ‘ ‘ 
εἰναι TOUS ToAAOUS, GAANAOLS συμμίγνυασιν OL κατα Ta 
¥ ‘ m Pi ᾿ " > 
ἄκρα, καὶ νικῶσιν οἱ “Ελληνες καὶ διωκουσιν. 25. Ep 
\ ‘ ς ‘| Ὁ / . Ν ‘ ° 
τούτῳ δὲ καὶ οἱ ἐκ TOU πεδίου, οἱ μὲν πελτασταὶ τῶν 
ς , , ¥ ‘ ἈΝ " 
Ελλήνων δρόμῳ εθεον πρὸς τοὺς παρατεταγμένους, Χει- 
, \ / it IM / hy a ς / 
ρίσοφος δὲ βάδην ταχυ ἐφείπετο σὺν τοῖς ὁπλίταις. 
κ ‘ ‘ > “ ¢ “a ᾽ Ν i, yy dn ἡ 
26. Οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι οἱ ἐν TH ὁδῷ, ἐπειδὴ TO ἄνω ἑώρων 


ἡ ἤ “ ‘ 3 A \ ? A a m 
ἡττώμενον, φεύγουσι" καὶ ἀπέθανον μὲν οὐ πολλοὶ αὑτῶν, 














58 BENOSQNTOS _[IV. 6. 26-7. 4. 


εν 


rh ‘ , 00m A - 
γέρῥα δὲ πάμπολλα ἐλήφθη" ἃ οἱ “Ἕλληνες ταῖς μαχαί- 
/ ᾽ ~ 9 / on 4 > > “Ἢ 
pais κόπτοντες ἀχρεία ἐποίουν. 27. Qs δ᾽ ἀνέβησαν, 
" \ , ; , ᾽ x 
θύσαντες Kat τρόπαιον στησάμενοι, κατεβησαν εἰς τὸ 
/ Ἂ > "Ἢ Cal ‘ > “ ᾽ 
πεδίον, καὶ εἰς κωμας πολλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν γεμούσας 
ΧΩ 
ἦλθον. 


Ak. Ved 


b | ‘ ᾽ 3 ri > | ~ 
1. Ex δε τούτων ἐπορεύθησαν eis Taoyous, σταθμοὺς 
/ r ἤ » i," b | 9 / 
TEVTE, παρασάγγας τριάκοντα καὶ Ta ἐπιτήδεια ἐπέλιπε" 
, ‘ ¥ ᾿ Ν Cy , b @ ‘ | 2 , 
χωρία γὰρ wxovy ἰσχυρὰ οἱ Tuoyot, ev οἷς καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
‘ Φ ᾽ / ¢ > ‘ > 3 / ‘ 
TavTa εἶχον ἀνακεκομισμένοι. 2. ἔπει δ᾽ udixovto προς 
/ A / ‘ ? 5 > > b / / 
χωρίον, ὃ πόλιν μεν οὐκ εἶχεν οὐδ᾽ οἰκίας, συνεληλυθότες 
νυ ,» ‘a \ a ‘ , Ν 
δ᾽ ἦσαν avtoce καὶ ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ κτηνὴ πολλα, 
" ‘ Ν »" “ 3 \ / 
Χειρίσοφος μεν πρὸς τοῦτο προσεβαλλεν evOus ἥκων" 
᾽ Ν » “ , > / Ν / ᾿ 
ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ πρωτὴ τάξις ἀπέκαμνεν, ἄλλη προσηει, καὶ 
> Ν ? ‘ > ’ , a > \ ‘ 
αὖθις ἀλλη" οὐ yap ἣν αθροοις περίστηναι, ἀλλὰ ποταμος 
> , ͵ > ‘ ‘ a 3 Ν val " 
ἣν κύκλῳ. 3. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἦλθε σὺν τοῖς ὀπισθο- 
Λ Ν ~ \ ¢ / > ~ ™ 
φύλαξι, καὶ πελτασταῖς καὶ ὁπλίταις, ἐνταῦθα δὴ λέγει 
/ ’ Ν / ‘ ‘ / ¢ / 
Χειρίσοφος" Eis καλὸν ἥκετε" τὸ γὰρ χωρίον αἱρετεον" 
“ Ν ΠῚ ᾽ Ν Ν 3 ἢ γ ἣν / 
ΤΏ γὰρ OTpaTia οὐκ ἔστι Ta επιτήδεια, εἰ μὴ ληψόμεθα 
Ν / 
TO χωρίον. 
> o ‘ ~ 9 ’ A ~ —_ 
4. Ἐνταῦθα δὴ κοινῇ ἐβουλεύοντο: καὶ tov Hevo- 
ω > ἴω / Ν Ἂ Ν P| a 3 “ 
PwvTos ἐρωτῶντος, τί τὸ κωλῦον εἴη εἰσελθεῖν, εἶπεν ὁ 
V4 ᾽ ‘ / / , / ? \ ¢ on 
Χειρίσοφος" [᾿Αλλὰ] μία αὕτη παροδὸς ἐστιν, ἣν ὁρᾷς" 
ov / / ω / nm ‘ 
ὅταν δὲ τις ταυτῃ πειρᾶται παριέναι, κυλινδοῦσι λέθους 
hy / ~ ¢ ie / ἃ 7 ἡ 
ὑπὲρ TAUTNS THS ὑυπερεχούσης πέτρας" ὃς ὃ ἂν καταληφθῇ. 


é ἡ ) / 
οὕτω διατίθεται. “Apa δ᾽ ἔδειξε συντετριμμένους ἀνθρώ- 





IV. 7.4-10.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 139 


a Α x il vA i ‘ ᾿ 
πους καὶ σκέλη καὶ mrevpas. 5. Ἢν δὲ τοὺς λίθους 
Ν ¢ “ Ν Ἃ Ia ᾽ 
ἀναλώσωσιν, ἐφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, ἄλλο τι ἢ οὐδὲν κωλύει 
᾽ Ν ν RR »», 3 / Εν > ae 
παριέναι ; οὐ yap δὴ εκ τοῦ ἐναντίου ὁρῶμεν, εἰ μὴ ὀλέγους 
, > " \ " » ΔΑ » e , 
τούτους ἀνθρώπους, καὶ τούτων δύο ἢ τρεῖς ὡπλισμένους. 
Ν / "} ‘ ‘ ill ta Ν / 4 / ’ 
6. Τὸ δὲ χωρίον, ὡς καὶ σὺ ὁρᾷς, σχεδὸν τρία ἡμίπλεθρά 
ἢ a ‘ Ὁ Ἢ » ‘A A 
ἐστιν, ὃ δεῖ βαλλομένους διελθεῖν. Τούτου δὲ ὅσον πλέ- 
Ν / al Λ > 7 = ¢ 
Gpov δασυ πίτυσι διαλειπούσαις μεγάλαις, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ἑστη- 
/ ¥ “lt “ ὌΝ a / ᾿ 
KOTES ἄνδρες TL ἂν πάσχοιεν ἢ ὑπὸ τῶν φερομένων λίθων 
Δ ον "»" / ‘ ‘ 3 Ν / "καὶ 
ἢ ὑπο τῶν κυλινδουμένων ; τὸ λοιπὸν οὖν ἤδη γίγνεται ὡς 
δὴ tal a ¢ / “ 
ἡμίπλεθρον, ὃ Set, ὅταν λωφήσωσιν οἱ λίθοι, παραδραμεῖν. 
γω > > > x Ν € / 3 Ν ? ᾽ ᾽ 
7. Addr εὐθυς, ἐφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, ἐπειδὰν ἀρξώμεθα εἰς 
\ / / ς , νὰ 
τὸ δασὺ προσιέναι, φέρονται οἱ λέθοι πολλοί. Αὐτὸ ἂν, 
Ν , ΝΜ a ‘ ? ἤ ‘ / 
ἔφη, τὸ δέον εἴη" θᾶττον yap ἀναλωσουσι τοὺς λίθους. 
3 Ν " Ν ᾽ν» , a 
ἄλλα πορευωμεθα, evOev ἡμῖν. μικρόν τε παραδραμεῖν 
ἢ nn PAM Ka / 
ἔσται, ἢν δυνώμεθα, καὶ ἀπελθεῖν padiov, ἢν βουλώμεθα. 
r n ? v4 / ‘ “ Ν 
8. Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο Χειρίσοφος καὶ Ἐενοφῶν καὶ 
» ) / id * 4} 
Καλλίμαχος Παρῥάσιος λοχαγὸς" τούτου yup ἢ ἤγεμο- 
, 9 a ) 6 , λ n a SP eer 
via nv τῶν οπισθοφυλάκων λοχαγῶν εκείνῃ TH ἡμέρᾳ 
\ ΝΜ > a 3 “Ὁ % “ 
οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι λοχαγοὶ ἔμενον ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ. Μετὰ τοῦτο 
> WA ἣν ‘ , Υ̓ ¢ ς , 
οὖν ἀπῆλθον ὑπὸ τὰ δένδρα ἄνθρωποι ὡς ἑβδομήκοντα, 
> > \ > f Ψ ἤ € 
οὐκ ἀθρόοι, ἀλλὰ καθ᾽ ἕνα, ἕκαστος φυλαττόμενος ὡς 
> / I | 7 ‘ I) ©) 3. τ 
ἐδύνατο. 9. Ayacias δὲ ὁ Στυμφάλιος καὶ ᾿Αριστώωώνυ- 
\ @ » 5 ’ x 
μος Μεθυδριευς, καὶ οὗτοι τῶν ὀπισθοφυλάκων λοχαγοὶ 
Ν ν 7 / ¥ ral / ? ‘ 
ὄντες, καὶ ἄλλοι δὲ ἐφέστασαν ἔξω τῶν δένδρων" οὐ γὰρ 
5 ’ ’ rn ς / a ey ‘ “ 
ἣν ἀσφαλὲς ἐν τοῖς δένδροις ἑστάναι πλεῖον ἢ τὸν ἕνα 


λόχον. 


10. Ἔνθα δὴ Καλλίμαχος μηχανᾶταΐ τι" προέτρεχεν 


ally: a / (1/0 a ll Ni " Ἀ / / . 
απὸ τοῦ δένδρου, ὑφ @ ἣν avTos, δύο ἢ τρια βηματα 




















140 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [IV. 7. 10-16. 


> ‘ « i b | 3 a 9 _ κ᾿ ἤ Ἵ 
ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ λίθοι φέροιντο, ἀνεχάξζετο εὐπετῶς" Eh εκαστης 
‘ “ / Δ ’ a7 “ ᾽ “ 
δὲ προδρομῆς πλέον ἢ δέκα ἅμαξαι πετρῶν ανηλίσκοντο. 
ν » a “ / A ? / 
11. ‘O δὲ Ayacias, ὡς ὁρᾷ τον Καλλίμαχον, Qa ἐποίει, 
4 ἢ a V4 7 ‘ > a 
καὶ TO στράτευμα πᾶν θεώμενον, δείσας, μὴ οὐ πρῶτος 
" ᾽ Ν / ¥ ‘ > ἤ / 
παραδραμοι εἰς TO χωρίον, οὔτε τὸν Αριστωνυμον πλησίον 
» / y » ,ὔ Ν / ¢ / 
ὄντα παρακαλέσας, οὔτε Ευρύλοχον tov Λουσιεέεα, €Talpous 
νΝ ” Ν P| ἤ - ly, ‘ / 
ὄντας, οὔτε ἄλλον οὐδένα, χωρεῖ αὐτὸς, καὶ παρέρχεται 
“ ¢ i, " € Cl »νν ͵ 
“πάντας. 12. Ὁ δε Καλλίμαχος, ὡς €wpa avTov παρίιοντα, 
> | s b a a y > ‘ »ὔ 9 
ἐπιλαμβάνεται αὐτοῦ τῆς ἴτυος" ἐν δὲ τούτῳ παρέθει 
) ᾿, ? ἢ Ἀ Ἀ ‘ a b ᾽ 
αὐτοὺς Αριστωνυμος Μεθυδριεὺς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Εὐρύ- 
/ " \ Φ > a ? A 
Aoyos Δουσιεὺς" πάντες yap οὕτοι ἀντεποιοῦντο ἀρετῆς, 
᾿ , ᾿, > Ἵ Ν oe NE 
Kab διηγωνίζοντο προς αλλήλους" καὶ οὕτως ἐρίζοντες 


᾿ » Ν , ς ‘ Ψ ν ἡ ϑων 
aipovat τὸ χωρίον. 4ὃς yap ἅπαξ εἰσέδραμον, οὐδεὶς 


ἔτι πέτρος ἄνωθεν ἠνέχθη. 13. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὴ δεινὸν ἣν 


, ¢ Ν »Ἤ / \ 
θέαμα" ai yap yuvatxes, ῥίπτουσαι ta παιδία, εἶτα καὶ 
¢ \ b Jer Ν ¢ Ν ¢ / ¥ 
εαυτας ἐπικατερῥίπτουν" καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες ὡσαύτως. Evéa 
‘ . » / Λ \ "» ἢ 
δὴ καὶ Αἰνείας Σ τυμφαλιος λοχαγὸς, ἰδὼν τινα θέοντα ὡς 
“vs ¢ ‘ ‘ » Ν » ‘ ξ 
ρίψοντα εαυτον, στολὴν ἔχοντα καλην, εἐπιλαμβᾶανεται ως 
ἢ € ‘ > ~ > ~ b / 
κωλυσων. 14. O δε αὐτὸν ἐπισπᾶται, καὶ ἀμφότεροι 
Νν 4 ~ “ ἢ ᾿ > / > 
ὥχοντο κατὰ τῶν πετρῶν φερόμενοι, Kai ἀπέθανον. ’ Ev- 
~ » Ν ἢ » / ᾽ ᾽ i, “ 
τεῦθεν ἀνθρωποι μὲν πάνυ ολέίγοι ἐληφθησαν, βόες δὲ καὶ 
Ν Ν 
ὄνοι πολλοὶ καὶ πρόβατα. 
» ~ P| ' \ , \ 
15. Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ Χαλύβων σταθμους 
“ | ἢ Γ᾿ φ φ “~ 
ἐπτὰ, Tapacuyyas πεντήκοντα. Οὗτοι ἦσαν ὧν διῆλθον, 
’ , ᾿ ᾽ " Ν > " " 
αλκιμωτατοι, καὶ εἰς χείρας ἤεσαν. Εἶχον δὲ θώρακας 
“ ,ὔ “ + > ‘ ‘ » / r 
Awovs μέχρι τοῦ ἤτρου, ἀντὶ δὲ τῶν πτερύγων σπάρτα 
‘ > / " 3 Ν ‘ »“Ἥ 
πυκνὰ ἐστράμμενα. 16. Εἶχον δὲ καὶ κνημῖδας καὶ 


κρώνη, καὶ παρὰ τὴν ξώνην μαχαίριον, ὅσον ξυήλην 





IV. 7.16-21.] ΚΥΡΟΥ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 141 


Ν  ν φ - / Ν > 
Aaxwvixny, @ eopattov, ὧν κρατεῖν δύναιντο" καὶ ἀπο- 
, Ἃ Ἀ \ ¥ > / ‘(oe 
τέμνοντες ἂν TAS κεφαλας, ἔχοντες ἐπορεύοντο" καὶ ἦδον, 
.,α ἡ AE ε ͵ ,ν. αὶ ¥ 
καὶ ἐχόρευον, ὁπότε οἱ πολέμιοι αὑτοὺς ὄψεσθαι ἔμελλον. 
Ν ‘A / ς / al 
Εἶχον δὲ καὶ δόρυ ws πεντεκαίδεκα πηχῶν, μίαν λόγχην 
Μ "" ᾿ Κ΄ 2 a / > ἣν \ 
ἔχον. 17. Οὗτοι evewevov ἐν τοῖς πολέσμασιν" ἐπεὶ δὲ 
/ ει “Ὕ γν / ¥ 
παρελθοιεν οἱ EAXnves, εἵποντο ἀεὶ μαχόμενοι. ᾿(ικουν 
Ν > val ᾿ Ὁ ‘ Ἁ 3 / μι 4 > 
δὲ ἐν τοῖς οχυροις" καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐν τούτοις ἀνακε- 
/ 9 cf ᾽ν ᾽ὔ » κ" Ἂ 
κομίσμενον ἦσαν" ὥστε μηδὲν λαμβάνειν αὐτόθεν τοὺς 
“ 3 \ / a , A > a 
ἔλληνας, ἀλλα διετράφησαν τοῖς κτήνεσιν, ἃ ἐκ τῶν 
Ἵ ». 
Taoywv €raBov. 
3 , ea ll WN i MATA AT ἡ 
18. Ex τούτου οἱ Ελληνες ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ tov' Apracov 
* 9 / / 3 a ? / 
ποτάμον, εὕρος τεττάρων πλεθρων. ᾿Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύ- 
,. “ Ν ᾽ 
θησαν δια Σκυθινῶν σταθμοὺς τέτταρας, παρασάγγας 
BY A ’ Ἵ ᾿ 3 yA “ὺ rn 
εἰκοσι, δια πεδίου εἰς κώμας" ἐν αἷς ἔμειναν ἡμέρας πρεῖς, 
> Ἂ ‘ > Ἂ 
καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 19. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δὲ ἦλθον σταθμοὺς 
‘ / Ν ἣν , Ul Ν 
τέτταρας, παρασάγγας εἰκοσι, πρὸς πόλιν μεγάλην καὶ 
2 / ‘ » / ἂν “ / ? ; 
εὐδαίμονα καὶ οἰκουμένην, ἣ ἐκαλεῖτο Γυμνίας. ᾿Εκ rav- 
¢ “ “ Ν » “ER ¢ / / 
τῆς O τῆς χωρας ἄρχων τοῖς λλησιν ἡγέμονα πέμπει, 
“ \ A ¢ a / / ¥ ? ἢ 
ὅπως δια τῆς ἑαυτῶν πολεμίας χώρας ἄγοι αὐτούς. 
3 ~ >| 2 a / , ΝΜ ᾽ N v e a 
20. ᾿Ελθων δ᾽ exeivos λέγει, ὅτι ἄξει αὐτοὺς πέντε ἡμερῶν 
> s , ¥ , > ‘ x , 
εἰς χωρίον, ὅθεν ὄψονται θάλατταν" εἰ δὲ μὴ, τεθνάναι 
3 ᾽ ᾿, e ᾽ , Ν ἡ " ‘ 
ἐπηγγέλλετο. Καὶ ἡγούμενος, ἐπειδὴ ενέβαλεν εἰς τὴν 
¢ - / / ¥ Ά θ / is 
εαυτοὺς πολεμίαν, παρεκελεύετο αἴθειν καὶ φθείρειν τὴν 
, @ \ - WMA ef , “ ¥. 3 
χωραν" ᾧ καὶ δῆλον ἔγενετο, ὅτε τούτου ἕνεκα ἔλθοι, οὐ 
a a c , 3 ᾽ὔ 
τῆς τῶν Ελλήνων εὐνοίας. 
Κ ‘ b | a b ‘ | y “A / © , . 
21. Καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸ opos τῇ πέμπτη ἡμέρᾳ 
” \ a ΓῚ , > ‘ ‘ ς a 
ὄνομα δὲ τῷ oper ἦν Onyns. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ οἱ πρῶτοι 


ἢ } κυ ~ mM \ - i / ἣν 
ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τοῦ ρους, καὶ κατεῖδον τὴν θάλατταν, κραυγὴ 














142 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [IV. 7. 21-27. 


Ἀ > ruil Ν ral 4 € 

TOAAN ἐγένετο. 22. ᾿Ακούσας δὲ ὁ Ξενοφῶν καὶ οἱ 
Ν ¥ 2 / 

ὀπισθοφύλακες, φήθησαν ἄλλους ἔμπροσθεν ἐπιτίθεσθαι 


os Ν Ν νΝ ᾽ “~ “ 
πολεμίους" εἵποντο γὰρ καὶ ὄπισθεν οἱ ἐκ τῆς καιομένης 


ἤ Ν 3 - 7 il ᾽ Ἢ ἤ / 
χώρας" καὶ αὐτῶν οἱ ὁπισθοφύλακες ἀπέκτεινών TE τινας, 


‘ ? ᾽ P| / / / cz e 
καὶ ἐζώγρησαν ἐνέδραν ποιησάμενοι" καὶ γέῤῥα ἔλαβον 
"Ὁ lal > " ᾽ ly. ‘ Ν ζ 
δασειῶν βοῶν ὠμοβόεια ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴκοσιν. 23. ᾿Επειδὴ 
Ἃ Ν Ν ᾽ rl \ ¢ AM 
δὲ Bon πλείων τε ἐγέγνετο καὶ ἐγγύτερον, καὶ οἱ ae 
? Ν Ν 7s “ “ - 
ἐπιόντες ἔθεον δρόμῳ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀεὶ βοῶντας, καὶ πολλῷ 
. Ψ . , AA Ins 
μείζων ἐγίγνετο ἡ Bon, ὅσῳ δὴ πλείους ἐγέγνοντο, ἐδόκει 
" » ΓῸ “ n " Ν > ‘ b > 
δὴ μεῖζον te εἶναι τῷ Ξενοφῶντι. 24. Καὶ ἀναβὰς ep 
" ‘ ‘ ἐ | ᾽ ‘ , 
ἵππον, καὶ Avxiov καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας ἀναλαβὼν, παρεβοήθει" 
‘ ἤ Ν > f ἢ ὮΝ »“ Θ Λ 
καὶ τάχα δὴ ἀκούουσι βοώντων τῶν στρατιωτῶν, Θάλαττα, 
, Ν \ ¥ / ‘ 
Ourarta, καὶ παρεγγυώντων. Ἔνθα δὴ ἔθεον ἅπαντες καὶ 
e 9 , ‘ +e / ? rd ᾽ν εν 
οἱ ὁπισθοφύλακες, καὶ Ta ὑποζύγια ἠλαύνετο. καὶ οἱ ἵπποι. 
He ‘ ‘ ene ᾿ γ» « ν. νυν ᾽ a 
25. Eme δὲ αφίκοντο πάντες ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον, ἐνταῦθᾳ 
‘ / ? / ‘ Ν ‘ 
δὴ περιέβαλλον «αλλήλους καὶ στρατηγους καὶ λοχαγοῦυς, 
ἤ Ν 3 / Ψ Ν / e 
δακρύοντες. Καὶ ἐξαπίνης, ὅτου δὴ παρεγγυήσαντος, οἱ 
Ὁ» / / Ν » Ν / 
στρατιῶται φέρουσι ALGous, Kai ποιοῦσι κολωνὸν μεγαν. 
“Ὁ ,᾿ 3 a“ > / / a > 
26. Ἐνταῦθα ἀνετίθεσαν δερμάτων πλῆθος ὠμοβοείων, 
Ν / Ν Ν ? , γον Ν κ᾿, 4 ‘ 
καὶ βακτηρίας, καὶ Ta αἰχμάλωτα Yyéppa, καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν 
9 Ν val Ν ᾽ 
αὐτὸς τε κατέτεμνε τὰ ὑμέων καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις διεκελεύετο. 
¥ b / 

27. Mera ταῦτα τὸν ἡγεμόνα οἱ Ελληνες ἀποπέμπουσὶ, 
~ / 9 A ~ “ ᾿, Λ 3 “ % 
δῶρα δόντες ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, ἵππον, καὶ φιώλην ἀργυρᾶν, καὶ 
Ν Ν Ν ᾽ὔ ν ‘ Λ 
σκευὴν Περσικὴν, καὶ δαρεικοὺς δέκα" ἥτει δὲ μάλιστα 
Ν / i hy, ‘ ral “" 
tous δακτυλίους, καὶ ἔλαβε πολλοὺς παρα τῶν στρατιωτων. 
r Ν / ᾽ a ® , Ν Ἀ Ν A 
Κωμην δε δείξας αὑτοῖς, ov σκηνήσουσι, καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν, ἣν 
al Y | M ͵ὔ > Ν ¢ / 3 / » 
πορεύσονται εἰς Maxpwvas, ewes ἑσπέρα ἐγένετο, @yeTo 


> 


Ἂ ‘ / 
τῆς νυκτὸς «πίων. 





ΤΥ. 8.1-] ΚΥΡΟΥ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 


CAP. Wiit, 


1. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν οἱ Ἕλληνες διὰ ον. 
νων σταθμοὺς apes ιν δέκα. Τῇ πρώτῃ δὲ 
ἡμέρᾳ apéwavro ἐ ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν, ὃς ὥριζε τὴν τῶν Μακρώ- 
νων καὶ τὴν τῶν Σκυθινῶν. 2. Εἶχον δ᾽ ὑπερδέξιον 
xuplse οἷον χαλεπώτατον, καὶ ἐξ δρισψερὰς ἄλλον ποταμὸν, 
εἰς ὃν ἐνέβαλλεν ὁ ὁρίζων δι᾿ οὗ ἔδει διαβῆνα. "Hy δὲ 
οὗτος δασὺς δένδρεσι, παχέσι μὲν od, πυκνοῖς δέ. Ταῦτα, 
ἐπεὶ προσῆλθον οἱ “Ελληνες, ἔκοπτον, σπεύδοντες ἐκ τοῦ 
enna ὡς τάχιστα ἐξελθεῖν. 3, Οἱ δὲ Muxpoves, ἔχον- 
τες γέρῥα καὶ λόγχας καὶ τριχίνους aeons καταντιπέ- 
pas τῆς διαβάσεως παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν, καὶ ἀλλήλοις 
διεκελεύοντο, καὶ λίθους εἰς τὸν ποταπὸν ἐῤῥίπτουν" ἐξικ- 
νοῦντο δὲ οὗ, οὐδ᾽ ἔβλαπτον οὐδέν. 

4. ἜἜνθα δὴ προσέρχεται τῷ Ξενοφῶντι τῶν πελταστῶν 
τις ἀνὴρ, ᾿Αθήνῃσι φάσκων δεδουλευκέναι. λέγων, ὅτι 
γιγνώσκοι τὴν φωνὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Καὶ οἶμαι. ἔφη, 
ἐμὴν ταύτην πατρίδα εἶναι" «αἱ, εἰ μή τι κωλύει, ἐθέλω 
αὑτοῖς διαλεχθῆναι. 5. ᾿Αλλ οὐδὲν κωλύει, ἔφη" ἀλλὰ 
διαλέγου, καὶ μάθε πρῶτον αὐτῶν, τίνες εἰσί. Οἱ δ᾽ 
om cperioarcon, ὅτι όκρυνας Ἔρωτα τοίνυν, ἔφη, 
αὐτοὺς, τί pile satis, καὶ χρήξουσιν ἡμῖν whee 
eiva. 6. Of δ᾽ ἀπεκρίναντο" “Ort καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ τὴν 
ἡμετέραν χώραν ἔρχεσθε. Aéyew ἐκέλευον οἱ στρατηγοὶ, 
ὅτι οὐ κακῶς γε ποιήσοντες, ἀλλὰ βασιλεῖ πολεμήσαντες, 
ἀπερχόμεθα εἰς τὴν Ελλάδα, καὶ ἐπὶ θάλατταν βουλο- 


» / ᾽ »“" “ 
μεθα αφικέσθαι. 7. ᾿Ηρώτων ἐκεῖνοι, εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων 


























hi 
ii 
WW}! 

| it 
i "8 


w iW 
" \ \ 





144 RENO®QNTOX  fiv.8.7-19 


\ " ¢ > ¥ Ν a ‘ a ᾽ 
τὰ πιστὰ. Οἱ δ᾽ ἔφασαν, καὶ δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν ἐθέλειν. 
᾽ - ἤ ξ , ‘ ᾿ ml 
Ἐντεῦθεν διδόασιν οἱ 'Μώκρωνες βαρβαρικὴν λόγχην τοῖς 
. ε ,@ 3 / ε » 4 
Ελλησιν, οἱ δὲ Ελληνες ἐκείνοις ἘΕλληνικήν" ταῦτα γὰρ 
» “ 2 \ ‘ > 4 > ᾽ 
εῴφασαν πιστὰ εἶναι" θεοὺυς δὲ ἐπεμαρτύραντο ἀμφότεροι. 
Ν ‘ ‘ > ‘ ¢ / ‘ 
8. Mera δὲ τὰ πιστὰ εὐθυς οἱ Maxpwves Ta δένδρα 
/ / iy ¢ / e 
συνεξεκοπτον, τὴν τε ὁδὸν ὡδοποίουν, ὡς διαβιβάσοντες, 
> , > / » ¢ ‘ b ‘ Ψ 
εν μεσοις ἀναμεμιγμένοι τοῖς Ελλησι" καὶ ayopav, οἵαν 
᾽ rd “ ‘ > 4 ’ 
ἐδύναντο, παρεῖχον" καὶ παρήγαγον ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις, 
Ψ nt, 4 a / Ψ / MAUI 
€WS ἐπι Ta τῶν Κολχων Opla κατέστησαν τους Ελληνας. 
᾿ > a Ν s a ‘ ΄, 
9. Ἐνταῦθα ἦν ὄρος Heya, προσβατον δέ" καὶ ἐπὶ τούτου 
ε Λ / > . » ‘ mm ¢ 
οἱ Κόλχοι παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν. Καὶ τὸ HEV πρῶτον οἱ 
[ν᾿ 9 ἢ Ἀ 
ἔλληνες ἀντιπαρετάξαντο κατὰ φάλαγγα, ὡς οὕτως ἄξον- 
᾿ + ¥ . ν “" a 
Tes προς TO ὅρος" ἔπειτα δὲ ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατηγοῖς βου- 
, a Ψ ¢ Λ ’ a 
λεύσασθαι συλλεγεισιν, ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα ἀγωνιουνται. 
, ¥ 9 a of a v4 
10. ᾿Ελεξεν οὖν Ξενοφῶν, oTt δοκεῖ, παύσαντας τὴν 
Λ / > / ~ ξ Ν ‘ 
φαλαγγα, λόχους ὀρθίους ποιῆσαι" ἢ μὲν γὰρ φάλαγξ 
᾽ b ᾿ ~ ‘ ‘ Ν ~ Ἀ y 
διασπασθήσεται εὐθὺς" τῇ μὲν yap ἄνοδον, Τῇ δὲ εὔοδον 
0 bs Mi \ 9 4 Wy “ ᾽ / / “ 
εὑρήσομεν TO ὄρος" καὶ εὐθὺς τοῦτο ἀθυμίαν ποιήσει, ὅταν 
΄ ? " " “- 
τεταγμένοι εἰς φαλαγγα, ταύτην διεσπασμένην ὁρῶσιν. 
ν A ‘ ν"» Ἃ / " 

11. ἔπειτα, ἣν μὲν ἐπὶ πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι προσάγωμεν, 
γὼ ¢ ~ ¢ / ~ al 
περιττευσουσιν ἡμῶν οἱ πολέμιοι, καὶ τοῖς περιττοῖς χρή- 

¢ “A rl ly Ν 3 _ , γ ‘ 
σονται, 0 tt av βούλωνται" ἐὰν δὲ ἐπ ολέγων τεταγμένοι 
Ν Ia A y ‘ , ry ie ¢ 
ἰωμεν, οὐδὲν ἂν εἴη θαυμαστὸν, εἰ διακοπείη ἡμῶν ἡ 
Λ ¢ ‘ » i, | a Ν > ἢ »Ἅ 
φαλαγξ ὑπὸ ἀθρόων καὶ βελῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων πολλῶν 
᾿ , > / a Μ ὦ , ‘ 
εμπεσοντων" εἰ δέ πη τοῦτο ἔσται, τῇ ὅλῃ φαλαγγι κακὸν 
ἊΝ > / ~ > / 4 

ἐσ 12. Ἀλλὰ μοι δοκεῖ, ὀρθίους τους λόχους Tot- 
- “ / “ / »ἭἬ 
ἤσαμενους, τοσοῦτον χωρίον κατασχεῖν διαλείποντας τοῖς 


’ σ »ν Ν ᾽ ἢ / f “ 
λόχοις, σον ἔξω τους ἐσχατοὺυς λόχους yeverOar των 








IV.8.12-17.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 145 


Ἂ ef 3 / ~ a " 

πολεμίων κεράτων" καὶ οὕτως ἐσόμεθα τῆς τε τῶν πολε 
/ x 2 / ¥ 

μίων φάλαγγος ἔξω οἱ ἔσχατοι λόχοι, Kat ορθίους ἄγοντες, 


a e / ᾿ bY ¥ Φ 
οἱ κράτιστοι ἡμῶν πρώτοι προσίασιν, 7) TE av εὔοδον 75 


ταύτῃ ἕκαστος ἄξει ὁ λόχος. 13. Kai eis τε τὸ hance 
ov paditov ἔσται τοῖς πολεμίους εἰσελθεῖν, νῶν Kal a 
λόχων ὄντων, διακόψαι te ov padiov ἔσται λόχον orion 
προσιόντα. ᾿Εάν τέ τις πιέζηται τῶν tiie β τ 
βοηθήσει" ἤν τε εἷς πη δυνηθῇ τῶν λόχων ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον 
ἀναβῆναι, οὐδεὶς μηκέτι μείνη τῶν πολεμίων. ' 

14. Ταῦτα ἔδοξε, καὶ ἐποίουν ὀρθίους τοὺς λόχους. 
Ξενοφῶν δὲ ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον ἀπὸ me epee 
ἔλεγε τοῖς στρατιώταις" "Avdpes, οὗτοί “ὌΝ sii 
μόνοι ἔτει ἡμῖν ἐμποδὼν τοῦ μὴ ἤδη εἶναι, cote oun 
ἐσπεύδομεν" τούτους, nv πως δυνώμεθα, καὶ aponei ae 
καταφαγεῖν. 15. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἐν ταῖς χώραις eating ye 
νοντο, καὶ τοὺς λόχους ὀρθίους ἐποιήσαντο, ayers ane 
λόχοι τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ἀμφὶ Tous ὀγδοήκοντα, ὁ δὲ Nene 
ἕκαστος σχεδὸν εἰς τοὺς ἑκατόν" τοὺς δὲ ΗΝ μμη καὶ 
τοὺς τοξότας τριχῆ ἐποιήσαντο, τοὺς μὲν ae maine 
ἔξω, tous Se τοῦ δεξιοῦ, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ μέσον, σχεδὸν 
ἑξακοσίους ἑκάστους. Lib 

16. ᾽Εκ τούτου παρηγγύησαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ “Ἄν 
εὐξάμενοι δὲ καὶ παιανίσαντες ἐπορεύοντο. Καὶ Kena 
φος μὲν καὶ Ἐενοφῶν καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς νν τῆς nae 
πολεμίων φάλαγγος ἔξω γενόμενοι ἐπορεύοντο. 17. θι 
δὲ πολέμιοι ὡς εἶδον αὐτοὺς, ἀντιπαραθέοντες οἱ μὲν ae 
τὸ δεξιὸν, of δὲ ἐπὶ .τὸ εὐώνυμον ΜΝ γεν καὶ 
πολὺ τῆς αὑτῶν φάλαγγος ἐν τῷ μέσῳ κενὸν ἐποίησαν. 


10 




















140 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [IV. 8. 18-24, 


18. ᾿Ιδόντες δὲ αὐτοὺς διαχάξζοντας οἱ κατὰ τὸ ᾿Αρκαδικὸν 


, φΦ φ " , ᾽ν» ‘ / 
πελτασταί, wy ἦρχεν Δισχινης ὁ Axapvav, νομίσαντες 


᾽ὔ > , Ν \ φ a AM, ‘ 
φεύγειν, avaxpayovtes εθεον' καὶ οὗτοι πρῶτοι ἐπὶ TO 


Ν , “ Ν » 5 
ὄρος ἀναβαίνουσι" συνεφείπετο δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ ᾿Αρκαδι- 
Ν ‘ φ 9 , nal / ε 
κὸν ὁπλιτικὸν, ὧν ἦρχε Κλεάνωρ ὁ ᾿Ορχομένιος. 19. Οἱ 
‘ a, »" ¥ . \ a 
δὲ πολέμιοι, ws ἤρξαντο θεῖν, οὐκέτι ἔστησαν, ἀλλὰ φυγῇ 
᾽ Ν “ b , » 
ἄλλος ἄλλῃ ἐτρώπετο. Οἱ δε Ελληνες ἀναβάντες ἐστρα- 
᾿ ~ / Ἂ > | / Ν 
τοπεδεύοντο ἐν πολλαῖς κώμαις καὶ τἀπιτήδεια πολλὰ 
᾽ / 
ἐχούσαις. 
" Ν Ia 9 ff ‘ 3 - 
20. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα, οὐδὲν ἦν, 6 τι καὶ ἐθαύμασαν" 
\ ‘ , 3 ? / ‘ “ ἢ ΝΜ 
τὰ δὲ σμήνη πολλὰ ἣν αὐτοθι, καὶ τῶν κηρίων ὅσοι εφαγον 
~ n / ᾽ / Ν ν 
τῶν στρατιωτῶν, πάντες ἄφρονές τε ἐγίγνοντο, καὶ ἤμουν, 
Ν , " "“Ἵ > ral ‘ ? Ν > ‘ > 4 ed 
kat κάτω ‘dveywper αὑτοῖς, καὶ ὀρθὸς ovdeis ἠδύνατο ἵστα- 
3 ᾽ Ν > / " " / / 
σθαι" arr οἱ μὲν ὀλίγον ἐδηδοκότες, σφόδρα μεθύουσιν 
ἡ ¢ ‘ ‘ / ¢ Ν ᾿, > r 
ἐῴκεσαν" οἱ δὲ πολυ, μαινομένοις " οἱ δὲ καὶ ὠποθνήσκου- 
" Ν ‘ / Ν ἡ Ἂ 
σιν. 21. Exewro δὲ οὕτω πολλοὶ, ὥσπερ τροπῆς γεγε- 
᾿ Ν ν φ ᾽ / a ὦ» 
νημένης, καὶ πολλὴ ἣν ἀθυμία. Ty δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπέθανε 
Ν > Ν ? ‘ ‘ Ν ’ , “4 3 / / 
μεν οὐδεὶς, ἀμφὶ Se τὴν αὐτὴν που ὥραν ἀνεφρόνουν" τρίτῃ 
‘ ‘ , AM / 2 / 
δὲ καὶ τετάρτῃ ἀνίσταντο ὥσπερ ἐκ φαρμακοποσίας. 
"i > ~ ’ ᾽ ᾽ ᾽ Ν 
22. Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν δύο σταθμοὺς, παρα- 
/ ¢ ‘ , Φ ἊΝ ᾿ γ fol 
auyyas ἐπτα, Kat ἦλθον ἐπὶ θάλατταν, εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα, 
/ e / ᾽ / > a > 
πόλιν Ελληνίδα οἰκουμένην ev τῷ Εὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ, St 
νωπέων a αν ἐν τῇ Kor ' ᾿Ενταῦθα ἔ 
πεων «ἀποικίαν ev τῇ Κόλχων χωρᾳ. νταῦθα ἐμειναν 
6 / ᾽ by, ‘ > » “ / / 
ἡμέρας audt Tas τριίκοντα, ev ταῖς τῶν Κόλχων κώμαις. 
na ’ a ? Vi ‘ 
23. Καντεῦθεν ὁρμώμενοι ἐληΐζοντο τὴν Κολχίδα. ᾿4γο- 
\ ‘ re “ ‘ / i, 3 / 
pav δὲ παρεῖχον τῷ στρατοπέδῳ Τραπεζούντιοι, καὶ ἐδέ- 
/ i MNT / Ν a 
Eavto te tous Ελληνας καὶ ξένια ἔδοσαν, βοῦς καὶ ἄλφιτα 


ν 4 | , ‘ ᾽ν mt / 
καὶ οἶνον. 24. Συνδιεπράττοντο δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν πλησίον 





i lil ΜΝΔΩΜΗΝΝἩἩΝΏΙημηηἡὺηὼ 


IV. 8. 24-28.] KYPOT ANABASIY. 147 


Λ ~ > “ / 4. > ἤ 

Κόλχων, τῶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ μάλιστα οἰκούντων" καὶ ξένια 
Ν A AUT 5 ‘ 

καὶ Tap ἐκείνων ἦλθον, [τὸ Teor | βόες. 25. Mera δὲ 
“ ‘ / \ Ν 

τοῦτο τὴν θυσίαν, ἣν εὔξαντο, παρεσκευώζοντο. ἮΗΛλθον 


a 


δὲ αὐτοῖς ἱκανοὶ βόες ἀποθῦσαι τῷ Διὶ τῷ Σωτῆρι καὶ τῷ 
Ἡρακλεῖ ἡγεμόσυνα, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις δὲ θεοῖς ἃ εὔξαντο. 
; , er a ἘΠ EE HS 

Erotnoay δὲ Kai ἀγῶνα γυμνικὸν ἐν τῷ ὄρει, ἔνθαπερ 
ἐσκήνουν" εἵλοντο δὲ Δρακόντιον Σπαρτιάτην (ὃς ἔφυγε 
παῖς ὧν οἴκοθεν, παῖδα ἄκων κατακτανῶὼν, ξυήλῃ πατάξας), 
δρόμου τ᾿ ἐπιμεληθῆναι καὶ τοῦ ἀγῶνος προστατῆσαι. 

26. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἡ θυσία ἐγένετο, τὰ δέρματα παρέδοσαν 
τῷ Apaxovtiw, καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον, ὅπου τὸν δρόμον 
πεποιηκὼς εἴη. ὋὉ δὲ δείξας, οὗπερ ἑστηκότες ἐτύγχανον, 
Οὗτος ὁ λόφος, ἔφη, κάλλιστος τρέχειν; ὅπου ἄν τις βού- 
ληται. Πῶς οὖν, ἔφασαν, δυνήσονται παλαίειν ἐν σκληρῷ 
καὶ δασεῖ οὕτως; ‘O δ᾽ εἶπε: Μᾶλλόν τι ἀνιάσεται ὁ 
καταπεσών. 27. ᾿Ηγωνίζοντο δὲ παῖδες μὲν στάδιον τῶν 
αἰχμαλώτων οἱ πλεῖστοι, δόλιχον δὲ Κρῆτες πλείους ἢ 
ἑξήκοντα ἔθεον" πάλην δὲ, καὶ πυγμὴν, καὶ παγκράτιον 
ἕτεροι. Καὶ καλὴ θέα ἐγένετο" πολλοὶ γὰρ κατέβησαν, 
καὶ, ἅτε θεωμένων τῶν ἑταίρων, πολλὴ φιλονεικία ἐγέγνετο. 
28: ἜἜθεον δὲ καὶ ἵπποι" καὶ ἔδει αὐτοὺς, κατὰ τοῦ πρα- 
νοῦς ἐλάσαντας, ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ ἀναστρέψαντας πάλιν ἄνω 
πρὸς τὸν βωμὸν ἄγειν. Καὶ κάτω μὲν οἱ πολλοὶ ἐκυλιν- 
δοῦντο" ἄνω δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἰσχυρῶς ὄρθιον μόλις βάδην 
ἐπορεύοντο οἱ ἵπποι. ἤΕνθα πολλὴ κραυγὴ καὶ γέλως καὶ 


᾿ ᾽ 3 »ἭἨ 
παρακέλευσις ἐγίγνετο αὐτῶν. 





aii 





























ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ 


Rar Or AV 424220 5 Σ΄ 


CAR. ἢ 


ὍΣΑ μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου ἔπραξαν 
οἱ “Ἕλληνες, καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ τῇ μέχρι ἐπὶ θάλατταν 
τὴν ἐν τῷ Εὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ, καὶ ὡς εἰς Ι μνήμη πόλιν 
᾿Ελληνίδα, ἀφίκοντο, καὶ ὡς ἀπέθυσαν, ἃ εὔξαντο omripes 
θύσειν, ἔνθα πρῶτον εἰς φιλίαν γῆν ἀφίκοιντο, ἐν τῷ 


πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. 


2. "Ex δὲ τούτου ξυνελθόντες ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ τῆς 


sprinini πορείας. ᾿Ανέστη δὲ πρῶτος ᾿Αντιλέων Θούριος, 
καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε" ᾿Εγὼ μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη, ὦ ἄνδρες, ὦ “ἝΝ 
ἤδη ξυσκευαζόμενος, καὶ βαδίζων, καὶ τρέχων, καὶ τὰ 
ὅπλα φέρων, καὶ ἐν τάξει ἰὼν, καὶ φυλακὰς φυλάττων, καὶ 


μαχόμενος" ἐπιθυμῶ δὲ ἤδη, παυσάμενος τούτων τῶν 


᾿ ᾽ } θ , Ν va ‘ ‘ mi ' 
TOV@V, €7TE αλατταν CY OMEV, σλειν TO oe Kat €KTaA- 


θεὶς, ὥσπερ ᾿Οδυσσεὺς, καθεύδων ἀφικέσθαι εἰς τὴν λ- 
λαδα. 3. Ταῦτα ἁ ἀκούσαντες οἱ στρατιῶται ἀνεθορύβησαν, 
ὡς εὖ λέγοι" καὶ ἄλλος ταὐτὰ eheye, καὶ πάντες οἱ πα- 


ρόντες. Επειτα δὲ Χειρίσοφος ἀνέστη καὶ εἶπεν ὧδε. 








V.14+0)]) ETPOT) ANAR ARIS. 149 


ΨΥ > / “- "ν Ν 
4. Φίλος μοί ἐστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ᾿Αναξίβιος, ναυαρχῶν δὲ καὶ 
7 ’ ¥ “Δ ᾽ “» Ν 
τυγχάνει. “Hv οὖν πέμψητέ με, οἴομαι ἂν ἐλθεῖν καὶ 
"A by, € a y 4 ~ Ν 
τριήρεις ἔχων καὶ πλοῖα τὰ ἡμᾶς ἄξοντα. Ὑμεῖς δὲ, 
| -“ , , ν AN MMA ec θ "Ἕν 
εἴπερ πλεῖν βούλεσθε, περιμένετε, ἐστ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ ἔλθω" ἥξω 
“ € Ὁ “ ; 
δὲ ταχέως. ᾿Ακούσαντες ταῦτα οἱ στρατιῶται ἥσθησαν τε 
al Ν᾿." φ / 
καὶ ἐψηφίσαντο, πλεῖν αὑτὸν ὡς τάχιστα. 
A 7 AU |) ia φΦ 
5. Μετὰ τοῦτον Ἐενοφῶν ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε: Χει- 
‘ »“ ἤ φ “Ὁ ™ 3 A“ 
ρίσοφος μὲν δὴ ἐπὶ πλοῖα στέλλεται, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀναμενοῦμεν. 
"“"Ἵ ‘ S a 3 a a A 
Ὅσα μοι οὖν δοκεῖ καιρὸς εἶναι ποιεῖν ἐν τῇ μονῇ, ταῦτα 
ae a ‘ ‘ 3 "ὃ ὃ “ / θ 3 A 
ἐρῶ. 6. Πρῶτον μεν ta ἐπιτήδεια δεῖ πορίζεσθαι ex τῆς 
F " ᾿ ) . ῃ i! cane ae ’ , 
πολεμίας" οὔτε γὰρ ἀγορὰ ἐστιν ἱκανή, οὔτε ὅτου ὠνησό- 
᾽ ͵ b ~ > r | rl " "ἢ δὲ ' x ᾿ " 
μεθα εὐπορία, εἰ μὴ ολίγοις τισίν" ἡ δὲ χώρα πολεμία 
, hb KA > “Ὁ \ > 
κίνδυνος οὖν πολλοὺς ἀπόλλυσθαι, ἣν ἀμελῶς TE Kal αφυ- 
1) 5 ,ὔ 3 , . » 
λάκτως πορεύησθε ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 7. "AAG μοι δοκεῖ 
A / ᾿ 3 " ” \ \ 
σὺν προνομαῖς λαμβάνειν ta επιτήδεια, ἄλλως δὲ μὴ 
A ἤ al a“ ἣν rl > ~ 
πλανᾶσθαι, ws σωζξησθε" ἡμᾶς δὲ τούτων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι. 
ν a 
Εδοξε ταῦτα. 
, καῇ ‘ ’ 3 \ ͵ ᾿ 
8. Ἔτι τοίνυν ἀκούσατε καὶ τάδε. Ἐπι λείαν yap 
a Ν 9 4 3 
ὑμῶν ἐκπορεύσονταί τινες. Οἴομαι οὖν βέλτιστον εἶναι, 
ἴω rl “ I 3 / ἤ ἢν »»Ψῃ “ 
ἡμῖν εἰπεῖν τὸν μέλλοντα ἐξιεναι, φραζειν δὲ καὶ ὅποι, ἵνα 
Ν Ν “ 2 “ ἊΝ > / ‘ “Ὁ / Ν 
καὶ τὸ πλῆθος εἰδῶμεν τῶν ἐξιόντων καὶ τῶν μενόντων, καὶ 
/ 3 νΥΓ / XA a / 
. σαί τισι και- 
ξυμπαρασκευάζξωμεν, ἐάν τι Sen κἂν βοηθῆσα 
i fi; IQA “ , = Ml a 
pos 7, εἰδῶμεν ὅποι δεήσει βοηθεῖν" καὶ ἐάν τις τῶν ἀπει- 
/ + ” ’ὔ , ide 
βοτέερων εγχειρῃ ποι, ξυμβουλεύωμεν πειρώμενοι εἰδέναι 
'ν “ιν ἃ. ἈΚ Ν \ - 
τὴν δύναμιν, ἐφ᾽ ods ἂν ἴωσιν. Esokée καὶ ταῦτα. 
> »" ‘ Ν / ¥ Ἄ a ἢ 
9. Hvvoeite δὲ καὶ τόδε, ἔφη. Σ᾽ χολὴ τοῖς πολεμίοις 
of / δ» > , Υ "ν 
ληϊξεσθαι" καὶ δικαίως ἡμῖν ἐπιβουλεύουσιν, ἔχομεν yap 
᾽ν > ou al i ra “ 
τὰ ἐκείνων" ὑπερκάθηνται δ᾽ ἡμῶν. Φύλακας δή μοι δοκεῖ 





























150 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [V. 1. 9-15, 


~ Ν Ν Vi > δ" 2 Ν ᾽ 
δεῖν περὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον εἶναι" ἐὰν οὖν κατὰ μέρος 
/ / ‘ “ e Ἃ δύ 
[μερισθέντες | φυλάττωμεν καὶ σκοπῶμεν, ἧττον ἂν δύναιντο 
¢ ~ “~ ¢ / Ν Υ / ᾿ ¢ ~ 
ἡμᾶς θηρᾶν ot πολέμιοι. 10. "Ere τοίνυν τάδε ὁρᾶτε. 
3 Ν / “~ ff ‘4 ~ “ 
Li μὲν ἠπιστώμεθα σαφῶς, ὅτι ἥξει πλοῖα Χειρίσοφος 
Ν ¢ ‘ Io A ΨΩ e / ͵ a “AMAA: A, 
ἄγων ixava, οὐδὲν ἂν ἔδει, ὧν μέλλω λέγειν" νῦν O, ἐπεὶ 
~ ΝΜ » ~ » ἤ 
τοῦτο ἄδηλον, δοκεῖ μοι πειρᾶσθαι πλοῖα συμπαρασκευά- 
Ν ᾽ Δ Ν Ἂ wy. ¢ r > ν 
ἕξειν καὶ αὐτόθεν. ἪΝν μὲν γὰρ ἔλθῃ, ὑπαρχόντων ἐνθάδε, 
? > , / Ψ" Ν ‘ yw ~ ἢ v 
ev ἀαφθονωτέροις πλευσούμεθα- ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἄγῃ, τοῖς ἐνθάδε 
“ “ ce ll My » s / 
χρησόμεθα. 11. ‘Opa δὲ €y@ πλοία πολλάκις παραπλε- 
> 9 ? s Ν / ‘ 
ovTa* εἰ οὖν αἰτησάμενοι παρὰ Τραπεζουντίων μακρὰ 
~ / Ν / > ‘ ‘ ld 
πλοια, καταγοίμεν καὶ φυλαττοιμεν αὐτὰ, Ta πηδάλια 
΄“ A ¢ 4 ‘ ν 4 Ν Ἃ 
παραλυόμενοι, ἕως ἂν ἱκανὰ τὰ ἄξοντα γένηται, tows ἂν 
3 ? / a“ Cd f ¥ \ 
οὐκ ἀπορησαιμεν κομιδῆς, οἵας δεόμεθα. 12. “Edoke καὶ 
ταῦτα. 
Iv , > ¥ ᾽ Ἦν ‘ / Ay a A 
ννοησατε δ᾽, ἔφη. εἰ εἰκὸς καὶ τρέφειν ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, οὺς 
A » of Δ , “ν»ν “ / » a 
ἂν κατάγωμεν, ὁσον ἂν χρόνον ἡμῶν ἕνεκεν μένωσι, καὶ ναῦ- 
/ Ψ ? a ‘ » A Ν 
λον συνθέσθαι, ὅπως ὠφελοῦντες καὶ ὠφελώνται. ᾿Ηἶδοξε 
Ν A ͵ ω " ¥ A ¥ \ a 
kat ταυτα. 13. Δοκει τοίνυν μοι, edn, ἢν apa καὶ ταῦτα 
δ» » » / Ὁ 3 n “ ‘ ¢ " ἃ 
ἥμιν μὴ ἐκπεραίνηται ὥστε ἀρκεῖν πλοῖα, τὰς ὁδοὺς, ἃς 
’ ᾽ / ~ “ 4 , > r | 
δυσπόρους ἀκούομεν εἶναι, ταῖς παρὰ θάλατταν οἰκουμέ- 
᾿ ᾽ Λ ¢ » / ‘ ‘ 
vats πόλεσιν εντείλασθαι ὁδοποιεῖν - πείσονται yup, Kat 
\ Ν a 4 % ‘ " a 
dua τὸ φοβεῖσθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ βούλεσθαι ἡμῶν ἀπαλλα- 
γῆναι. 
᾽ fa ‘ AM ν“ ε ? / ς a 
14. Evraida δὲ avexpayov, ws οὐ δεοι ὁδοιπορεῖν. 
e ‘ ¢ 4 ‘ b / "» » 2 “ Ιν 
Ο δε, ὡς ἔγνω τὴν ἀφροσύνην αὐτῶν, ἐπεψήφισε μὲν 
ἩΝμ \ \ Λ ¢ / ¥ -» / sd 
οὐδὲν, τὰς δὲ πόλεις ἑκούσας ἔπεισεν ὁδοποιεῖν" λέγων, OTe 
»" , / A Ν / ς / 
θᾶττον ἀπαάλλαξονται, ἢν εὔποροι Yev@vTat αἱ ὁδοί. 


¥ \ ᾽ν Ὁ 
18. EraBov δὲ καὶ πεντηκόντορον παρὰ τῶν Τραπεζουν- 


RH 


V.1.15-2.2] KYTPOT ANABASIQ. 151 


ἐπέ : Aa περίοικον. Οὗτος 
τίων, 7 ἐπέστησαν 4εξιππον Auxwva περίοικον. 
lll 


ἀμελήσας τοῦ ξυλλέγειν πλοῖα. sabia exere ἣν τοῦ 
Πόντου, ἔχων τὴν ναῦν. Οὗτος μὲν οὖν δίκαια ἔπαθεν 
ὕστερον" ἐν Θράκῃ γὰρ παρὰ Σεύθη πολυπραγμονῶν " 
ἀπέθανεν ὑπὸ Νικάνδρου τοῦ Adkwvos. 16. Ἔλαβον δὲ 
καὶ τριακόντορον, n ἐπεστώθη Πολυκρώτης ᾿Αθηναῖος" ὃς, 
ὁπόσα λαμβώνοι πλοῖα, κατῆγεν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 
Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀγώγιμα, εἴ τι ἦγον, ἐξαιρούμενοι, φύλακας 
καθίστασαν, ὅπως σῶα εἴη" τοῖς δὲ πλοίοις ἐχρήσαντο 
εἰς παραγωγήν. 17. Ἔν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα mp, ἐπὶ λείαν 
ἐξήεσαν οἱ Ελληνες" καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐλάμβανον, οἱ δὲ καὶ οὔ. 
‘eau. " € ? i Tov € D καὶ ἄλλον λόχον 
Κλεαίνετος ὃ ἐξαγαγὼν καὶ Tov εαυτοῦ καὶ a χ 
πρὸς χωρίον χαλεπὸν, αὐτός τε ἀπέθανε καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ 


" ‘ > A 
των συν AUTO. 


fe AE 2 


1. Fret δὲ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια οὐκέτι ἦν λαμβάνειν, ὥστε 
2 ’ + a Ν “ > “Ἢ Ἂ = 
atravOnpepiveu ἐπὶ TO στράτευμα, εκ τούτου λαβων —_ 
φῶν ἡγεμόνας τῶν Τραπεζουντίων, ἐξώγει εἰς Apidas τὸ 
ἥμισυ τοῦ στρατεύματος, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ κατέλιπε φυλάττειν 
τὸ στρατόπεδον" οἱ γὰρ Κόλχοι, ἅτε ἐκπεπτωκότες τῶν 
οἰκιῶν, πολλοὶ ἦσαν ἀθρόοι, καὶ ὑπερεκώθηντο ἐπὶ τῶν 
ἄκρων. 2. Οἱ δὲ Τραπεζούντιοι, ὁπόθεν μὲν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
ῥάδιον ἦν λαβεῖν. οὐκ ἦγον" φίλοι γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἦσαν" εἰς 
τοὺς Δρίλας δὲ προθύμως ἦγον, ὑφ᾽ ὧν κακῶς ἔπασχον, 
εἰς χωρία τε ὀρεινὰ καὶ δύσβατα, καὶ ἀνθρώπους πολεμι- 


‘Al “ 3 “ / 
κωτατους τῶν ev τῷ Πόντῳ. 























152 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ 


9 ‘ ‘ ᾽ a , 7] a 
3. Ere δὲ ἦσαν ev τῇ ἄνω χώρᾳ οἱ “Ελληνες, ὁποῖα 
- / κ᾿ " ¢ / 9 In ἡ ? , 
τῶν χωρίων τοῖς Aptrais ἁλώσιμα εἶναι ἐδόκει, ἐμπιπράν- 
? / \ Ia Φ ’ > ee Ἅ “ A 
τες ἀπῆεσαν" καὶ οὐδὲν Hv λαμβάνειν, εἰ μὴ ὗς ἢ βοῦς, ἢ 
¥ a ‘ a , A nA / 
ἄλλο TL κτῆνος TO πῦρ διαπεφευγός. “Ev δὲ ἦν χωρίον, 
᾽; ᾽ ~ 9 ~ ἢ » ‘ 
μητρόπολις αὐτῶν" εἰς τοῦτο πάντες ξυνεῤῥυήκεσαν'" περι 
Ἂ "“ Φ ᾽ » a" ΄ sili % / 
δε τοῦτο ἦν χαράδρα ἰσχυρῶς βαθεῖα, καὶ πρόσοδοι χαλε- 
Ν Ν Ν / ¢ i, ᾿ / 
Tat πρὸς τὸ χωρίον. 4. Οἱ δὲ πελτασταὶ, προδραμοντες 
’ ἃ ἃ - mn ἢ . , 
στάδια πέντε ἢ ἐξ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, διωβώντες Τὴν χαράδραν, 
- , \ , , 
ὁρῶντες πρόβατα πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα χρήματα, προσέβαλλον 
‘ Ν ἥ »" , ‘ ‘ , A δ 
προς τὸ χωρίον. Ἐυνείποντο δὲ καὶ δορυφόροι πολλοὶ, οἱ 
2) |) Ν ᾽ / > / φ 3 / ς ’ 
ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐξωρμημένοι" ὥστε ἐγένοντο οἱ διαβώντες 
/ * i, > / 9 υ- x Ἢ 
πλείους, ἢ εἰς δισχιλίους ἀνθρώπους. 5. "Ere δὲ μα- 
, > a / a “ ’ ‘ \ ͵ 
χόμενοι οὐκ ἐδύναντο λαβεῖν τὸ χώριον (καὶ γὰρ τάφρος 
> ‘ νυ , » ᾽ / Λ Aly A 
ἣν TWept αὑτὸ εὑρεία ἀναβεβλημένη, καὶ σκόλοπες ἐπὶ τῆς 
᾽ -“» Ν / ‘ 4 / ? rd 
αναβολῆς, Kat τύρσεις πυκναὶ ξύλιναι πεποιημέναι), ἀπιέ- 
ν e ν ἡ ἡ en M . 
vat δὴ ἐπεχείρουν: οἱ δὲ ἐπέκειντο αὐτοῖς. 6. Ὥς δὲ 
> γυ 7 ᾽ ’ 9 ‘ A A A εν ¢ , 
οὐκ εδύναντο ἀποτρέχειν (nv yap eh ἑνὸς ἡ κατάβασις 
᾽ » / > ν / ‘ — 
εκ τοὺ χωρίου εἰς THY Yapadpay), πέμπουσι πρὸς Bevo- 
» \ ¢ “ ἴω ¢ f > ᾽ 
Pwvta, ὃς ἡγεῖτο τοῖς ὁπλίταις. 7. Ὁ δ᾽ ἐλθὼν λέγει, 
Γ > Ν " / rn , A y 
OTL ἐστί χωρίον χρημάτων πολλῶν. μεστὸν" τοῦτο οὔτε 
- " 9 Ν " | ν 3 “ ἤ 
λαβεῖν δυνάμεθα. ἰσχυρὸν yap ἐστιν" οὔτε ἀπελθεῖν ῥᾷδιον, 
/ ‘ > , Ν re 
μάχονται yap ἐπεξεληλυθότες, καὶ ἡ ἄφοδος χαλεπή. 
> "Ι ~ ¢ fl a“ Ν ‘~ ‘ 
8. Axoveas ταῦτα ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, προσαγαγὼν πρὸς τὴν 
/ ‘ ‘ ᾿ / / ve ‘ f 
χαράδραν, τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας θέσθαι ἐκέλευσε ta ὅπλα" 
ν ἅ ‘ ‘ a “ ᾿ “ , Ν 
autos δὲ διαβὰς σὺν τοῖς λοχαγοῖς ἐσκοπεῖτο, πότερον εἴη 
» 9 , “ " , A \ ‘ v 
κρειττον ἀπάγειν καὶ Tous διαβεβηκότας, ἢ καὶ τοὺς ὁπλί- 
" "| e ¢ / A A / 3 
τας διαβιβάζειν, ὡς ἁλόντος ἂν τοῦ χωρίουι 9. ᾿Εδόκει 


" Ν ‘ > ἢ 3 .} Ν “ a ¢ “ 
yap το μὲν aTrayelv οὐκ εἶναι avev πολλῶν νέκρων, ee 





KfTPOT ANABASIY. 153 


‘\ bs / Ν Φδ' "»-Ἅ “ 
δ᾽ ἂν ᾧοντο. καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ TO χωρίον" Kai ὁ Ἐενοφῶν 
‘ 


e € a ru ¢ ‘ / > 
ξυνεχώρησε, τοῖς ἱεροις πιστεύσας" οἱ γὰρ μάντεις ἀποδε- 


δειγμένοι ἦσαν, ὅτι μάχη μὲν ἔσται, τὸ δὲ τέλος καλὸν 
τῆς ἐξόδους 10. «Καὶ τοὺς μὲν λοχαγοὺς ἔπεμπε δια- 
βιβάσοντας τοὺς ὁπλίτας, αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἔμενεν" ἀναχωρίσας 
ἅπαντας τοὺς πελταστὰς, καὶ οὐδένα εἴα ἀκροβολίζεσθαι. 
11. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἧκον οἱ ὁπλῖται, ἐκέλευσε τὸν λόχον ἕκαστον 
ποιῆσαι τῶν λοχαγῶν, ὡς ἂν κράτιστα οἴηται ἀγωνιεῖσθαι" 
ἦσαν γὰρ οἱ λοχαγοὶ πλησίον ἀλλήλων, ot πάντα τὸν χρὅ- 
νον ἀλλήλοις περὶ ἀνδραγαθίας ἀντεποιοῦντος 12. Καὶ 
οἱ μὲν ταῦτα ἐποίουν" ὁ δὲ τοῖς πελτασταῖς πᾶσι παρήγ- 
γελλε διηγκυλωμένους ἰέναι, ὡς, ὁπόταν σημήνῃ. ἀκοντί- 
tev δεῆσον" καὶ τοὺς τοξότας ἐπιβεβλῆσθαι ἐπὶ ταῖς 
νευραῖς, ὡς, ὁπόταν σημήνῃ, τοξεύειν δεῆσον" καὶ τοὺς 
γυμνῆτας λίθων ἔχειν μεστὰς τὰς διφθέρας" καὶ τοὺς 
ἐπιτηδείους ἔπεμψε τούτων ἐπιμεληθῆναι. 

13. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ πάντα παρεσκεύαστο, καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ καὶ 
οἱ ὑπολοχαγοὶ καὶ οἱ ἀξιοῦντες τούτων μὴ χείρους εἶναι 
πάντες παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν, καὶ ἀλλήλους μὲ ν δὴ ξυνεώ- 
ρων (μηνοειδὴς γὰρ διὰ τὸ χωρίον ἡ τάξις ἦν)" 14. ἐπεὶ 
δ᾽ ἐπαιάνισαν, καὶ ἡ σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο, ἅμα τε τῷ 
᾽ " Pa . ¥ ἢ ΨΚ » mh 
Ἐνυαλίῳ ἠλάλαξαν καὶ ἔθεον δρόμῳ οἱ omAtTat, καὶ Ta 
βέλη ὁμοῦ ἐφέρετο. λόγχαι, τοξεύματα. σφενδόναι, καὶ 
πλεῖστοι δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν λίθοι" ἦσαν δὲ σὲ καὶ πῦρ 
προσέφερον. 15. Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν βελῶν ἔλιπον 
οἱ πολέμιοι τά τε σταυρώματα καὶ τὰς τύρσεις" ὥστε 
᾿Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος καὶ Φιλόξενος Πελληνεὺς, καταθέ- 


| a / A ἢ a or »¥ 
μενοι Ta ὅπλα, ἐν χίτωνι μονον ἀνεβησαν, καὶ ἄλλος ἄλλον 



































154 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [V. 2. 15-22, 


εἷλκε, καὶ ἄλλος ἀναβεβήκει, καὶ ἡλώκει τὸ χωρίον, ὡς 
ἐδόκει. 16. Καὶ οἱ μὲν πελτασταὶ καὶ οἱ ψιλοὶ εἰσδρα- 
μόντες ἥρπαζον, ὅ ὅ Te ἕκαστος ἐδύνατο" ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν στὰς 
κατὰ τὰς πύλας, ὁπόσους ἐδύνατο, κατεκώλυε τῶν ὁπλιτῶν 
ἔξω" πολέμιοι γὰρ ἄλλοι ἐφαίνοντο ἐ er ἄκροις τισὶν ἰσχυ- 
pots. 17. Οὐ πολλοῦ δὲ χρόνου μεταξὺ γυν" ery 
τε ἐγίγνετο ἔνδον, καὶ νυν οἱ μὲν καὶ éxovres ἃ ἔλα- 
βον, τάχα δέ τις καὶ retpaperes καὶ πολὺς ἦν ὠθισμὸς 
ang Ta Super pa. Kai ἐρωτώμενοι οἱ ἐκπίπτοντες, λεγο. 
ὅτι ἄκρα τε ἔστιν ἔνδον, καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι, πολλοὶ, ob παίου- 
σιν ἐκδεδραμηκότες τοὺς ἔνδον ἀνθρώπους. 

18. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἀνειπεῖν ἐκέλευσε Τολμίδην τὸν κήρυκα, 
ἱέναι εἴσω τὸν ἤυάμονν Tt λαμβάνειν. Kai ἵεντο πολ- 
Aoi εἴσω, καὶ νικῶσι τοὺς ἐκπίπτοντας οἱ εἴσω ὠθούμενοι, 
καὶ κατακλείουσι τοὺς πολεμίους πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἄκραν. 
19. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἔξω τῆς ἄκραν πάντα διηρπάσθη, καὶ 
ἐξεκομίσαντο οἱ “Ἕλληνες ot δὲ ὁπλῖται ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα, 
οἱ μὲν περὶ τὰ σταυρώματα, οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν ἐπὶ 
τὴν ἄκραν ahaa 20. ‘O δὲ Ξενοφῶν καὶ oi Aoxaryas 
ἐσκόπουν, εἰ οἷόν τε εἴη τὴν ἄκραν λαβεῖν" ἢ ἦν γὰρ οὕτω 
σωτηρία ἀσφαλὴς, ἄλλως δὲ πάνυ χαλεπὸν ἐδόκει εἶναι 
ἀπελθεῖν" σκοπουμένοις δὲ αὐτοῖς ἔδοξε παντάπασιν ἀνώ- 
λωτον εἶναι τὸ χωρίον. 21. ᾿Ενταῦθα wapeoxevatovro 
τὴν ἄφοδον, καὶ τοὺς μὲν σταυροὺς ἕκαστοι τοὺς καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς 
διήρουν, καὶ τοὺς ἀχρείους καὶ φορτία ἔχοντας ἐξεπέμποντο 
καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸ πλῆθος " κατέλιπον δὲ οἱ λοχαγοὶ, οἷς 


ἕκαστος ἐπίστευεν. 


22. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἤρξαντο ἀποχωρεῖν, ἐπεξέθεον ἔνδοθεν 





Υ. 2.2-2.] KTPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 155 


πολλοὶ, γέῤῥα Kat λόγχας ἔχοντες, καὶ κνημίδας. καὶ «pine 
I] αφλαγονικάώ" καὶ ἄλλοι ἐπὶ τὰς οἰκίας ἀνέβαινον ‘a ἔνθεν 
καὶ ἔνθεν τῆς εἰς τὴν ἄκραν φερούσης ὁδοῦ. 23. Ὥστε 
οὐδὲ διώκειν ἀσφαλὲς ἦν κατὰ τὰς πύλας τὰς εἰς τὴν ἄκραν 


͵ Ν \ Ἢ if 3 ae ΝΜ θεν ὥστε 
φερούσας " καὶ yap ξύλα μεγαλα ἐπερρίπτουν ἄνωθεν, 


lin ‘ 
ὃν 7 b μέ i ἀπιέναι" καὶ ἡ ν οβερα 
χαλεπὸν ἦν καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀπιέναι" καὶ ἢ υξ φοβερ 


ἦν ἐπιοῦσα. 24. Μαχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ απορονμόνωνι 
θεῶν τις αὐτοῖς μηχανὴν σωτηρίας δίδωσιν. Ἐξοπίνης 
γὰρ ἀνέλαμψεν οἰκία τῶν ἐν δεξιᾷ, ὅτου δὴ ἀνάψανεψα, 
'ῆς δ᾽ αὕτη ξυνέπιπτεν, ἔφευγον οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν δεξιᾷ “μόνα, 
25. Ὥς δὲ ἔμαθεν ὁ Ἐενοφῶν τοῦτο παρὰ τῆς τύχης, ἐνά- 
πτειν ἐκέλευε καὶ τὰς ἐν ἀριστερᾷ οἰκίας " av ξύλιναι ἧσαν, 
ὥστε καὶ ταχὺ ἐκαίοντο. "Edevyov οὖν καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τοντῶν 
τῶν οἰκιῶν. 26. Οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὸ στόμα δὴ ἔτι μόνοι ἐλύ- 
‘ ‘ 

πουν, καὶ δῆλοι ἦσαν, OTL ἐπικείσονται ἐν TH εξοὸψ τε καὶ 
καταβάσει. ᾿Ενὐταῦθα παραγγέλλει φέρειν ξύλα, ὅσοι 
ἐτύγχανον ἔξω ὄντες τῶν βελῶν, εἰς τὸ μέσον ἑαυτῶν καὶ 
τῶν πολεμίων. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἱκανὰ ἤδη ἦν, ἐνῆψαν " ἐνῆπτον 
δὲ καὶ τὰς Tap αὐτὸ τὸ χαράκωμα οἰκίας, ὅπως οἱ πολέμει 
ἀμφὶ ταῦτα ἔχοιεν. 27. Οὕτω μόλις ἀπῆλθον ane τοῦ 
χωρίου, πῦρ ἐν μέσῳ ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῶν πολεμίων st iis ii 
Καὶ κατεκαύθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις καὶ αἱ οἰκίαι καὶ αἱ τύρσεις 
καὶ τὰ σταυρώματα καὶ τἄλλα πάντα, πλὴν τῆς ἄκρας. , 
28. Tn δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπήεσαν οἱ “Eddnves, ἔχοντες ΤΆ. 
ἐπιτήδεια. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὴν κατάβασιν ἐφοβοῦντο τὰ εἰς 
Τραπεζοῦντα (πρανὴς γὰρ ἦν καὶ στενὴ), ἀμ νη 
ἐποιήσαντο. 29. Kat ἀνὴρ, Μυσὸς τὸ γένος, καὶ τοὔνομα 


» bs / Ν 3 / 
τοῦτο ἔχων, τῶν Κρητῶν λαβὼν δέκα, ἐμενεν ἐν λασίῳ 





























ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ 


/ ‘ ~ ‘ / a , 
χωρίῳ, καὶ προσεποιίειτο τοὺς πολεμίους πειρᾶσθαι λανθώ- 
e ‘ ἡὴ > ~ y Ν y / 
νειν" αἱ δὲ πέλται αὐτῶν ἄλλοτε καὶ ἄλλοτε διεφαίνοντο, 
» ἣΝ 4 Ν 9 / » “ 
χαλκαι οὖσαι. 30). Οἱ μεν οὖν πολεμίοι, ταῦτα διορῶντες, 
? a ¢ AH 2 ¢ Ν . κα ΄, " 
εφοβοῦντο ὡς evedpav οὖσαν" ἡ δὲ στρατιὰ ἐν τούτῳ κατέ- 
᾽ . δ' ω ἡ ¥ ¢ ν ε f a “ 
βαινεν. Ener δε ἐδόκει ἤδη ἱκανὸν ὑπεληλύυθεέεναι, τῷ Μυσῴῷ 
“AIA " 9% , νὰ 2 ih / ν 
ἐσήμηνε φευγειν ava Kputos* καὶ ὃς ἐξαναστὰς φεύγει καὶ 
ξ \ » ν» ‘ ‘ τ χω Ψ' a / 
οἱ σὺν avtT@. 3). Kai ot wed ἄλλοι Κρῆτες (ἁλίσκεσθαι 
\ ¥ - " ᾽ , ? i) 1 
yap ehacav τῷ δρόμῳ), ἐκπεσόντες ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ, εἰς ὕλην 


\ Ν | ᾽ Υ ‘ ¢ | 
κατὰ Tas νώπας κυλινδούμενοι ἐσώθησαν: 32. ὁ Μυσος 


‘ » Ν tas ἤ > / 0 ν ἢ / 
δε, κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν φεύγων, εβοα βοηθεῖν - καὶ ἐβοήθησαν 
᾽ Ὁ i, 3 Λ / ™~ > ᾿ > Ν / 

auT@, καὶ ἀνέλαβον τετρωμένον. Kai αὐτοὶ ἐπὶ πόδα 

b / ¢ ἢ) Ν b 4 , 

ἀνεχώρουν βαλλόμενοι οἱ βοηθησαντες, καὶ ἀντιτοξεύοντέὲς 
“»Ἅ vr “ ἕ ? / > b,. ᾽ν / 

τινες τῶν ρητῶν. Οὕτως ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον 


, “ Νν 
TUVTES GWOL OVTES. 


ΟΝ, iO 


> ‘ ‘ ¥ / e ¥ ” ¢ ἊΨ 

1. “ἔπει δε οὔτε Χειρίσοφος ἧκεν, οὔτε πλοῖα ἱκανὰ ἦν, 
Μ bul κ᾿ / > , Ν a0 ἡ 3 , > 

οὔτε Ta ἐπιτήδεια ἦν λαμβάνειν ἔτι, ἐδόκει ἀπιτέον εἶναι. 
- Ns i, ‘ | “ a ? a ᾽ ry ‘ 
Kat εἰς μεν τὰ πλοῖα τούς τε ἀσθενοῦντας ἐνεβέβασαν, καὶ 
\ ee, / Ν Ν »“" Ν ld ‘ 
τοὺς ὕπερ τετταράκοντα ETH, καὶ Taidas καὶ γυναῖκας, καὶ 
" “ of ‘ b ” > v Ν “ ‘ 
τῶν σκευων ὅσα μὴ ἀναγκὴ HY ἔχειν" καὶ Φιλήσιον καὶ 
/ * i » ΕΟ > , 
Σοφαίνετον τοὺς πρεσβυτάτους τῶν στρατηγῶν εἰσβιβά- 


ἤ "ἡ ᾽ “- ¢ i MM ᾽ 
σαντες, τούτων ἐκέλευον εἐπιμελείσθαι" οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι ἐπο- 


“Ἢ Ν Ι ΘΝ e a“ 
pevovto* ἡ δὲ ὁδὸς ὡδοπεποιημένη ἦν. 2. Καὶ ἀφικνοῦν- 


, 9 ων mi a } ε " 
Tat πορευόμενοι εἰς Kepacovyta’ τριταῖοι, πόλιν ᾿Ελληνίδα 
2 ‘ / ‘ Μ 7 » ἥν sf ἤ 
emt θαλάττῃ, Σινωπέων ἄποικον ἐν τῇ Korxid: χωρᾳ. 


" - Ν ¢ / / b' > r | > al 
3. Ἐνταῦθα euewav ἡμέρας δέκα" καὶ ἐξέτασις ἐν τοῖς 





γ.3.3-8] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 157 


ὅπλοις ἐγίγνετο καὶ ἀριθμὸς, καὶ ἐγένοντο ὀκτακισχίλιοι 
καὶ ἑξακύσιοι. Οὗτοι ἐσώθησαν ἐκ τῶν ἀμφὶ τοὺς μυρίους . 
οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι ἀπώλοντο ὑπό τε τῶν πολεμίων καὶ χιόνος, καὶ 
εἴ τις νόσῳ. 

4. ᾿Ενταῦθα καὶ διαλαμβάνουσι τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώ- 
των ἀργύριον γενόμενον " καὶ τὴν δεκάτην, ἣν τῷ ᾿Απὸλ- 
λωνι ἐξεῖλον καὶ τῇ ᾿Κῴεσίᾳ ᾿Αρτέμιδι, διέλαβον οἱ στρα- 
τηγοὶ, τὸ μέρος ἕκαστος, φυλάττειν τοῖς θεοῖς " ἀντὶ ἦν 
Χειρισόφου Νέων ὁ ᾿Ασιναῖος ἔλαβε. 5. Ἐενοφῶν οὖν re 
μὲν τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος ἀνάθημα ποιησάμενος ἀνατίθησιν εἰς 
τὸν ἐν Δελφοῖς τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων θησαυρὸν, καὶ ἐπέγραψε τό 
τε αὑτοῦ ὄνομα καὶ τὸ Προξέμου, ὃς σὺν Κλεώρχῳ are- 
θανε" ξένος γὰρ ἣν αὐτοῦ. 6. To δὲ τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος τῆς 
᾿Εφεσίας, ὅτε anne. σὺν ᾿Αγησιλάῳ ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας τὴν εἰς 
Βοιωτοὺς ὁδὸν, καταλείπει παρὰ Μεγαβύξῳ τῷ τῆς ᾿Αρτέ- 
μίδος νεωκόρῳ, ὅτι αὐτὸς κινδυνεύσων ἐδόκει ἰέναι [μετὰ 
᾿Αγησιλάου ἐν Κορωνείᾳ" καὶ ἐπέστειλεν, ἣν μὲν αὐτὸς 
σωθῇ, αὐτῷ ἀποδοῦναι" ἢν δέ τι πάθῃ, ἀναθεῖναι ποιησά" 
μενον τῇ ᾿Αρτέμιδι, ὅ τι οἴοιτο χαριεῖσθαι τῇ θεῷ. 

7. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἔφευγεν ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, κατοικοῦντος ἤδη αὐτοῦ 
ἐν Σκιλλοῦντι (ὑπὸ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων οἰκισθέντος)) παρὰ 
τὴν ᾿Ολυμπίαν, ἀφικνεῖται Μεγάβυζος εἰς ᾽᾿Ολυμπίαν θεω- 
ρήσων, καὶ ἀποδίδωσι τὴν παρακαταθήκην αὐτῷ. iii 
dav δὲ λαβὼν, χωρίον ὠνεῖται τῇ θεῷ, ὅπου ἀνεῖλεν ὁ θεός. 
8. "“Eruye δὲ διὰ μέσου ῥέων τοῦ χωρίου ποταμὸς Σελι- 
νοῦς. Kal ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ δὲ παρὰ τὸν τῆς Αρτέμιδος νεὼν 

. ‘ 7 "ἢ / ‘ > > / 
Σελινοῦς ποταμὸς παραῤῥεῖ. καὶ ἐχθύες δὲ ev audortepors 


"ἡ ||| - ἡ hy a 
ἔνεισι καὶ κόγχαι" ἐν δὲ τῷ ἐν Σκιλλοῦντι χωρίῳ καὶ θῆραι 





























ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [V. 3. 8-13, 


/ 6 / > Ν ’ ’ if ? / b 
πάντων, ὁπόσα ἐστιν aypevoueva θηρία. 9. ᾿ ποίησε δὲ 
ν “ Ν Ν b Ν “»ν "“" b | / . “ ᾿, 
kat βωμὸν καὶ ναὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀργυρίου" καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν 
‘ 2% i Ν 3 “ ? ~ ¢ ~ ͵ ᾽ / A 
δὲ ἀεὶ δεκατεύων τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ὡραῖα, θυσίαν ἐποίει τῇ 

“~ Ν ἤ ¢ “ Ν ¢ / » 
θεώ" καὶ πάντες οἱ πολῖται καὶ οἱ πρόσχωροι ἀνδρες καὶ 
~ Ὁ“ ~ ἢ ~ »“ \ ¢ Ν “ 
γυναῖκες μετεῖχον τῆς εορτῆς. Παρεῖχε δε ἡ θεὸς τοῖς σκη- 
~ Ν Ψ ᾿ , ‘ ἴω / 
νωσιν ἄλφιτα, aptous, οἶνον, τραγήματα, καὶ τῶν θυομένων 
» Ν ~ € ~ ~ ‘ ‘ » ΠῚ] / " 
ἀπὸ τῆς ἱερᾶς νομῆς λαχος. καὶ τῶν θηρενομένων δέ. 10. 
\ ‘ , > “ ? Ν ¢ Ν ef ~_ a 
Kai yap θήραν ἐποιοῦντο εἰς τὴν ἑορτὴν οἵ Te Ξενοφῶντος 
» ‘ « a“ Ν “ ¢ ‘ ἢ 
παῖδες καὶ οἱ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν" οἱ δὲ βουλόμενοι καὶ 
» ᾽ by, ¢ / Ν Ν ᾽ > “~ me ~ 
ἄνδρες ξυνεθήρων" καὶ ἡλίσκετο Ta μὲν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 
ἤ Ν Ν | ~ / , ‘ ιν ν᾿» 
χώρου, τὰ δε καὶ εκ τῆς Φολοης, σύες καὶ δορκάδες καὶ ἔλαφοι. 
¥ SA ; | ||% / ν»} / 
11. “ἔστι δε ἡ ywpa, ἢ ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος εἰς ᾿Ολυμπίαν 
, ¢ Ν , 3 Ν ~ > ? / Ν 
πορεύονται, ὡς ELKOTL TTUOLOL ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν Ολυμπίᾳ Διος 
¢€ ~ "3 5 ? “ "" “ , Ν . ‘ ., = ‘ 
Lepou. ve ὃ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ χωρῳ [καὶ ειμων] Kat adon καὶ 
ν / νΝ ¢ Ν " ~ \ 3 ‘ “~ ἢ 
opn δένδρων μεστὰ, ἱκανὰ καὶ σῦς καὶ αἶγας καὶ βοῦς τρέφειν 
\ @ 4 ‘ ‘ ~ 7 ‘ ¢ Ν ny ¢ “ 
καὶ LTTOUS, ὥστε καὶ τὰ τῶν εἰς τὴν ἑορτὴν ἰόντων ὑποζύ- 
> - i ‘ ‘ »ν ᾿ Ν Ν 5 ᾿" 
για εὐωχεῖσθαι. 12. Περι δὲ αὑτὸν τὸν ναὸν ἄλσος ἡμέ- 
/ > , / ST SHA » ᾽ 
ρων δένδρων ἐφυτεύθη, ὅσα ἐστὶ τρωκτὰ ὡραῖα. ὋὉὧ δὲ 
‘ ¢ ‘ | , “ > > / ΝΜ Ν ‘ 
ναος, ὡς μικρὸς μεγάλῳ, τῷ ev Ἐφέσῳ εἰκασται" καὶ τὸ 
E / ν κα ¢ i . » ΡΣ Ὁ ? ἪἜ " 
Oavov ἔοικεν, ὡς κυπαρίττινον χρυσῳ ovTL, τῷ Ev Ἐφέσῳ. 
" Ν , ef ‘ Ν Ν ἤ ν 
13. Kas στήλη ἕστηκε παρὰ τὸν vaov, γράμματα ἔχουσα" 
IEPOS O ΧΩΡΟΣ 
THS APTEMIAOS. 
TON AE EXONTA KAI KAPILOYMENON, 
THN MEN AEKATHN 
KATAOYEIN EKASTOY ETOYS, 
EK AE TOY IEPITTOY 
TON NAON ETITISKEYAZEIN. 


AN AE ΤΙΣ MH ΠΙΗ͂Ι TAYTA, 
THI @EQI MEAHSEI. 





Υ. 4.1-1}}] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 


CAR. ΤΥ, 


9 a ‘ ἊΝ " ‘ ᾽ , 
1. Ἐκ Κερασοῦντος δὲ κατὰ θάλατταν μὲν ἐκομίζοντο, 
᾿ Ma Ν Ν ἊὉ ᾽ ᾽ 
οἵπερ καὶ πρόσθεν, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι κατὰ γὴν ἐπορεύοντο. 
Ν δ “ Ἵ ¢€ / ‘al 
9. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ τοῖς Μοσσυνοίκων ὁρίοις, πέμπουσιν 
" Ν ΄, ’ ¥ 
εἰς αὐτοὺς Τιμησίθεον tov Τραπεζούντιον, πρόξενον ὄντα 
- / 3 “ / € ὃ " λί A 
τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων, ἐρωτῶντες, πότερον ws Ova φιλίας, ἢ 
Ν "ll a ἤ ᾿ » 3 
ὡς διὰ πολεμίας πορεύσονται τῆς χώρας. Οἱ δε εἶπον, 
Ψ ? , A " . » ͵ 3 Ἔ a 
Sr. ov διήσοιεν" ἐπίστευον yap τοῖς χωρίοις. 3. Evtev- 
¢ Ἵ «4 “ il 7 7 tal ,ἢ ᾽ 
θεν λέγει ὁ Τιμησίθεος, ὅτι πολεμιοί εἰσιν αὑτοῖς οἱ ἐκ 
a“ In ἡ" ‘ ᾽ i γ / 
τοῦ ἐπέκεινα. Καὶ ἐδόκει καλέσαι εκείνους, εἰ βούλοιντο 


Ὗ \ ς / ς 
συμμαχίαν ποιήσασθαι" καὶ πεμφθεὶς ὁ Τιμησίθεος, ἧκεν 


Ν 90 A WIM, 
ἄγων τοὺς ἄρχοντας. 4. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο, συνῆλθον οἱ 


τε τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων ἄρχοντες καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ τῶν ᾿Ελ- 
λήνων" καὶ ἔλεγε μὲν Ξενοφῶν, ἡρμήνευε δὲ Τιμησίθεος" 
5. ἾὮ ἄνδρες Μοσσύνοικοι, ἡμεῖς βουλόμεθα διασωθῆναι 
πρὸς τὴν Ἑλλάδα πεζῇ" πλοῖα γὰρ οὐκ ἔχομεν" κωλύουσι 
δὲ οὗτοι ἡμᾶς, ods ἀκούομεν ὑμῖν πολεμίους εἶναι. 6. Εἰ 
οὖν βούλεσθε, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν ἡμᾶς λαβεῖν ξυμμάχους, καὶ 
τιμωρήσασθαι, εἴ τί ποτε ὑμᾶς οὗτοι ἠδικήκασι, καὶ τὸ 
λοιπὸν ὑμῶν ὑπηκόους εἶναι τούτους. 7. Εἰ δὲ ἡμᾶς ἀφή- 
σετε, σκέψασθε, πόθεν αὖθις ἂν τοσαύτην δύναμιν λάβοιτε 
ξύμμαχον. 8. Π ρὸς ταῦτα ἀπεκρίνατο ὁ ἄρχων τῶν Μοσ- 
συνοίκων, ὅτι καὶ βούλοιντο ταῦτα, καὶ δέχοιντο τὴν ξυμ- 
μαχίαν. 9. “Ayere δὴ, ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, τί ἡμῶν δεήσεσθε 
χρήσασθαι, ἂν ξύμμαχοι ὑμῶν γενώμεθα; καὶ ὑμεῖς τί 
οἷοί τε ἔσεσθε ἡμῖν ξυμπρᾶξαι περὶ τῆς διόδου; 10. Οἱ 


ἦν > , Ν UA > , 2 
δὲ εἶπον, ὅτε ἱκανοί ἐσμεν εἰς τὴν χωραν εἰσβάλλειν, ἐκ 




















ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [V. 4. 10 -- 16. 


eM ͵ ‘ a eon AE , 4 
τοῦ em. θάτερα, τὴν τῶν ὑμῖν τε καὶ ἡμῖν πολεμίων. καὶ 
“ ee / a Ν “ ΄ ν 
δεῦρο ὑμῖν πέμψαι ναῦς τε καὶ ἄνδρας, οἵτινες ὑμῖν ξυμμα- 
lal i Ν / eas ¢ / 
χουνταί τε Kat THY ὁδὸν ἡγήσονται. 
᾽ Ν rd Ν / Ν Ἢ ν 
11. Em τούτοις πιστὰ δόντες καὶ λαβόντες ὥχοντο" 
ν @ ale / Ν / x “ / λ 
καὶ ἧκον TH ὑστεραίᾳ ἄγοντες τριακόσια πλοῖα μονόξυλα, 
ν ee “ ¥ φ ¢ ‘ Ν ? , ? 
καὶ ev ἑκάστῳ τρεῖς avdpas: ὧν οἱ μὲν δυο ἐκβάντες. εἰς 
, Ν Ν / ¢ ". ® » \ ¢ ‘ 
ταξιν ἔθεντο ta ὅπλα, ὁ δὲ εἷς ἔμενε. 12. Καὶ οἱ μὲν 
“ Ν - > / ε Ν / > , 
λαβόντες Ta πλοῖα ἀπέπλευσαν" οἱ δὲ μένοντες eferuEavto 
es ¥ A ξ Ν Ψ Λ ν. ν 
woe. Εστησαν ava éxatov, ὥσπερ μάλιστα χοροὶ ἀντι- 
~ ? / y fae / “ » 
στοίχουντες ἀλλήλοις, ἔχοντες γέρρα TravTes λευκῶν βοῶν 
/ | é “ἅμ , " Ν a A . 
δασέα, εἰκασμένα κιττοῦ πετίλῳ" ἐν δὲ τῇ δεξιᾷ παλτὸν 
¢ "Ἢ ἤ Ν θ ‘ 4 ἤ ν ν 6 " δὲ 3 a“ 
ws ἐξαπηχυ, ἔμπροσθεν μεν λόγχην ὄχον, ὄπισθεν δὲ αὐτοῦ 
~ / / ‘ / Ἂ ᾽ / 
tov ξυλου σφαιροειδὲς. 13. Χιτωνίσκους δὲ ἐνεδεδύκεσαν 
¢ ‘ / "Ἢ € “~ A > ~ taal 
ὑπὲρ γονάτων, πάχος ὡς ALOU στρωματοδέσμου" ἐπὶ TH 
a ‘ , " @r Ν Ν , 
κεφαλῃ δὲ κρανὴ σκύτινα, Ola TEP Ta Παφλαγονικὰ, κρω- 
» Ν f ? / Ἂ Φ Ν 
βυλον ἔχοντα κατὰ μέσον, ἐγγύτατα τιαροειδῆ" εἶχον δὲ 
Ἃ , “ > a Inn ‘ »» 
καὶ σαάγαρεις σιδηρᾶς. 14. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξῆρχε μὲν αὐτῶν 
Φ €  - , ? / Ν > e “ Ἂ 
εἷς, οἱ δε ἄλλοι πώντες ἐπορεύοντο ἄδοντες ἐν ῥυθμῷ, καὶ 
, ‘ “~ ἢ Ν Ν “~ Ψ “Ὁ ε | 
διελθόντες διὰ τῶν τάξεων καὶ διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων 
᾽ y | ‘ , / "» ἃ "Ἢ Ὁ Ὁ 
ἐπορεύοντο εὐθὺς πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους, ἐπὶ χωρίον, 0 εδόκει 
3 Ἂ c > ~ Ν »“» Ν “ 
ἐπιμαχωτατον εἰναι. 15. 4λικεῖτο δὲ τοῦτο πρὸ τῆς πό- 
A / / > a te ἢ ‘ 
AEWS, τῆς μητροπόλεως καλουμένης αὑτοῖς. Kat ἐχούσης τὸ 
? / ~ / a Ν \ / ¢ Λ 
ἀκρότατον τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων. Kai περι τούτου ὁ πόλεμος 
> ¢ Ν ᾽ν a A IM In / > “ 4 ‘ 
ἣν" ob yap ἀεὶ TOUT ἔχοντες ἐδόκουν ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι καὶ 
ἢ ἤ Ν » "| ? / 
πάντων Μοσσυνοίκων" καὶ ἔφασαν τούτους ov δικαίως 
ΝΜ Ἂ > ‘ ‘ A / Δ 
ἐχεὶν τοῦτο. ἀλλα κοινὸν ὃν καταλαβόντας πλεονεκτεῖν. 
re ef ᾽ 3 “ Ν a ξ , ‘ > 
16. Evrovro δ᾽ αὐτοῖς καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τινὲς, οὐ 


͵ ¢ Ν “ a > > ¢ a ¢ i 
tayGevtes ὑπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν, ἀλλ᾿ ἁρπαγῆς ἕνεκεν. Ot 


v.4.16-22] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 161 


‘ “ / / Ν il , ἕξ ᾿ ᾽ Ἁ δ᾽ 

δὲ πολέμιοι, προσιόντων, τέως μὲν ἡσυχαξον" επεὶ 
ἐγγὺς ἐγένοντο τοῦ χωρίου, ἐκδραμόντες τρέπονται αὐτούς" 
καὶ ἀπέκτειναν συχνοὺς τῶν βαρβάρων, καὶ τῶν ξυνανα- 
βάντων Ἑλλήνων τινὰς, καὶ ἐδίωκον, μέχρι οὗ εἶδον τοὺς 
“Βλληνας βοηθοῦντας. 17. Εἶτα δὲ ἀποτραπόμενοι ῴχοντο" 
καὶ ἀποτεμόντες τὰς κεφαλὰς τῶν νεκρῶν, ἐπεδείκνυσαν 
τοῖς τε Ελλησι καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτῶν πολεμίοις, καὶ ἅμα ἐχό- 
ρευον, νόμῳ τινὶ ἄδοντες. Ἦν és δὲ Meee μὰ 
ἤχθοντο, ὅτι τούς τε πολεμίους ΝΗ μυμι ἡ ἀμ μη, 
ρους, καὶ ὅτι οἱ ἐξελθόντες “Ελληνες σὺν αὑτοῖς ἐπεφεύγε- 
σαν, μάλα ὄντες συχνοί" ὃ οὔπω πρόσθεν ἐπεποιήκεσαν ἐν 
τῇ στρατείᾳ. 

19. Ξενοφῶν δὲ ξυγκαλέσας τοὺς “Ελληνας εἶπεν" 
"Ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, μηδεν ἀθυμήσητε ἕνεκα τῶν γεγενη- 
μένων" ἴστε γὰρ, ὅτε καὶ ἀγαθὸν οὐ μεῖον τοῦ κακοῦ γεγέ- 
νηται. 20. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἐπίστασθε, ὅτι οἱ μέλλοντες 
ἡμῖν ἡγήσεσθαι τῷ ὄντι πολέμιοί εἰσιν, οἷσπερ καὶ ἡμᾶς 
ἀνάγκη " ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν Ελλήνων οἱ ἀφροντιστήσανενν 
τῆς ξὺν ἡμῖν τάξεως, καὶ ἱκανοὶ ἡγησάμενοι εἶναι Evy va 
βαρβάροις ταὐτὰ πράττειν, ἅπερ ξὺν ἡμῖν, δίκην δεδώκα- 
cw: ὥστε αὖθις ἧττον τῆς ἡμετέρας τάξεως ἀπολείψονται. 
21. ᾿Αλλ’ ὑμᾶς δεῖ παρασκευάζεσθαι, ὅπως καὶ τοῖς φίλοις 
οὖσι τῶν βαρβάρων δόξητε κρείττους αὐτῶν εἶναι, καὶ τοῖς 
πολεμίοις δηλώσητε, ὅτε οὐχ ὁμοίοις ἀνδράσι μαχοῦνται 
νῦν τε καὶ ὅτε τοῖς ἀτάκτοις ἐμάχοντο. ' 

22. Ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν οὕτως ἔμειναν" τῇ ὃ 
ὑστεραίᾳ θύσαντες. ἐπεὶ ἐκαλλιερήσαντο, αριστηδανενι, 
ὀρθίους τοὺς λόχους ποιησάμενοι, καὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους emt 


ha 




















162 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [V. 4. 99 -- 98. 


τὸ εὐώνυμον κατὰ ταὐτὰ ταξώμενοι, ἐπορεύοντο, τοὺς τοξότας 
μεταξὺ τῶν λόχων [ὀρθίων ὄντων ἔ ἔχοντες, ὑπολειπομένους 
δὲ μικρὸν τοῦ στόματος τῶν ὁπλιτῶν. 93, Ἦσαν γὰρ τῶν 
" δ ; “ Μ 
πολεμίων, ob εὔζωνοι κατατρέχοντες τοῖς λίθοις ἐβαλλον" 

/ 5 AA ¢ / . ᾿ ¢ o 
τουτοὺυς οὖν ἀνεστελλον οἱ τοξόται Kai πελτασταί. Οἱ ὃ 
ἄλλοι βάδην ἐπορεύοντο. πρῶτον μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ Xwpion, ἀφ᾽ 
οὗ τῇ προτεραίᾳ οἱ βάρβαροι ἐτρέφθησαν καὶ οἱ ξὺν αὐτοῖς" 
ἐνταῦθα γὰρ οἱ πολέμιοι ἦσαν «ἀντιτεταγμένοι. 24, Τοὺς 
μὲν οὖν πελταστὰς ἐδέξαντο οἱ βάρβαροι καὶ ἐμώχοντο" 
ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐ ἐγγὺς ἦσαν οἱ ὁπλῖται. ἐτρώποντο. Kaz οἱ μὲν 
πελτασταὶ εὐθὺς εἵποντο. διώκοντες ἄνω πρὸς τὴν μητρό- 
πολιν" οἱ δὲ ὁπλῖται ἐν τάξει εἵποντο. 25, ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἄνω 

γ / b | » Ν ς 
ἦσαν πρὸς ταῖς τῆς μητροπόλεως οἰκίαις, ἐνταῦθα δὴ οἱ 
" ¢ “Ὁ Ν , ’ "| Hy / 
πολέμιοι ὁμοῦ δὴ πώντες γενόμενοι ἐμάχοντο, καὶ εξηκοντι- 
ζον τοῖς παλτοῖς" καὶ ἄλλα δόρατα ἢ ἔχοντες παχέα μακρὰ, 
ὅσα ἀνὴρ ἂν φέροι μόλις, τούτοις ἐπειρῶντο ἀμύνεσθαι ἐκ 

χειρός. 

26. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ οὐχ ὑφίεντο οἱ Ελληνες, ἀλλ᾽ ὁμόσε ἐχώ- 
pn, ἐφυγον οἱ βώρβαροι καὶ ἐντεῦθεν, ἅπαντες λιπόντες 
τὸ χορίον. Ὃ δὲ βασιλεὺς αὐτῶν, ὁ ἐν τῷ μόσσυνι τῷ 

» 
ἐπ᾿ ἄκρου Φκοδομημένῳ, ὃν τρέφουσι πάντες κοινῇ αὐτοῦ 
μένοντα καὶ φυλάττουσιν. οὐκ ἤθελεν ἐξελθεῖν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἐν 
τῷ πρότερον αἱρεθέντι χωρίῳ, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοῦ σὺν τοῖς μοσσύ- 

, “ ς ν ͵ \ 

vows κατεκαύθησαν. 27. Oi δὲ Ἕλληνες, διαρπάζοντες τὰ 
/ , ‘ | - "“ΠΙ Ν / 

χωρία, εὕρισκον θησαυροὺς ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις ἄρτων νενημένων 
“ ¢ ν ¢ / Ν Ν / » 

πατρίους, ὡς epacav οἱ Μοσσύνοικοι" tov δὲ νέον σιτον 

‘ . f ᾽ , 9 ‘ x ¢ rn 
Evy τῇ Kahan ἀποκείμενον" ἦσαν δὲ feat ai πλεῖσται. 


Ν / , b > “ ¢ / 
28. Καὶ δελφίνων τεμάχη ἐν ἀμφορεῦσιν εὑρίσκετο τετα- 


γ. 4.9ς8-34] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 163 


δελφίνων ᾧ ἐγρῶντο OL 
ριχευμένα, καὶ στέαρ ἐν τεύχοσι τῶν δελφίνων, ᾧ Exp 


20, Κάρυα 


Μοσσύνοικοι,͵ καθώπερ οἱ EdAnves τῷ ἐλαίῳ. 
δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνωγαίων ἦν πολλὰ τὰ πλατέα, οὐκ ἔχοντα 
ε 


rl ‘ ‘al Ἵ 3 “ 
διαφυὴν οὐδεμίαν. Τούτῳ καὶ πλείστῳ σίτῳ ἐχρῶντο 


ἕψοντες καὶ ἄρτους OTT@VTES. 
ἄκρατος μὲν, ὀξὺς ΜΝ εἶναι ὑπὸ τῆς αὐστηρότητος 


3 \ 
Oivos δὲ vp ὃς 


κερασθεὶς δὲ, εὐώδης τε καὶ ἡδύς. 
40. Οἱ μὲν δὴ “Ἕλληνες ἀριστήσαννον ἐνταῦθα. ἐπο- 


ρεύοντο εἰς τὸ πρόσω, παραδόντες τὸ χωρίον τοῖς ξυμμα- 


ε “ ‘ ἊΨ “ 
εσαν 
χήσασι τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων. 'Ὁποσα δε καὶ adda παρῇ 


ΧΟΡ τῶν ξὺν τοῖς πολεμίοις ὄντων, τὰ εὐπροσοδώτατα 
οἱ μὲν ἔλειπον, οἱ δὲ ἑκόντες προσεχώρουν. 91. Τὰ δὲ 
πλεῖστα τοιάδε ἣν τῶν χωρίων" ἀπεῖχον αι banca ill 
ἀλλήλων στάδια ὀγδοήκοντα; αἱ δὲ ial “ δὲ penne? 
ἀναβοώντων “δὲ ἀλλήλων ξυνήκουον εἰς τὴν ἡμέ εκ τὴ: 
ἱτέρας πόλεως" οὕτως ὑψηλή τε καὶ κοίλη ἡ ΧΑΡᾺ ἣν. 
32. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ πορευόμενοι ἐν τοῖς φίλοις ἤσαν “ 
σαν αὐτοῖς παῖδας τῶν εὐδαιμόνων ΠΝ μι i a 
vous καρύοις ἐφθοῖς, ἁπαλοὺς καὶ λευκοὺς σφόδρα, καὶ ov 


Ν vo “ » i 4 " wie 
πολλοῦ δέοντας ἴσους TO μῆκος καὶ TO TAATOS εἰναι" TOLKL 


; 
Nous δὲ τὰ νῶτα, καὶ τὰ ἔμπροσθεν πάντα ἡ ἀκ arate 
ἀνθέμιον. 33. ᾿Εζήτουν δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἑταίραις, "ἡ, ἮΝ 4 
Ἕλληνες, ἐμφανῶς ξυγγίγνεσθαι" νόμος 986 nv ovres 
σφισι. Δευκοὶ δὲ πώντες οἱ ἄνδρες καὶ αἱ qu 
34. Τούτους ἔλεγον οἱ στρατευσάμενοι βαρ ΑΜ ΜΓ 
διελθεῖν, καὶ πλεῖστον τῶν ᾿Ελληνικῶν μων ἡ μήν 
νους. Ἔν τε γὰρ ὄχλῳ ὄντες ἐποίουν, ἅπερ ἂν ἀνθρωποι 


»ν ‘ >? Xx val ᾿ / € 
ἐν ἐρημίᾳ ποιήσειαν, ἄλλως δε οὐκ ἂν τολμῳεν" μόνοι T 
{ 




















164 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ  [v.4.34-5. δ. 


Ν Ψ ¥ ef A AMUN ¥ / 
OVTES OMOLA ἔπραττον, ἅπερ ἂν μετ ἄλλων ὄντες" διελε. 
γοντό τε ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγέλων ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ὠρχοῦντο, 


ἐφιστάμενοι, ὃ ὅπου τύχοιεν, ὥσπερ ἄλλοις ἐπιδεικνύμενοι. 


CAP. ῪΥ. 


1. Διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας οἱ Ἕλληνες, Sid τε τῆς πολε- 
μίας καὶ ἐμ! φιλίας, ἐπορεύθησαν ὀκτὼ σταθμοὺς, καὶ 
ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς Χάλυβας. Οὗτοι ὀλίγοι ἦσαν καὶ ὑπήκοοι 
τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων" καὶ 6 βίος ἦν τοῖς πλείστοις αὐτῶν 
ἀπὸ σιδηρείας. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς Τιβαρηνούς. 
2. Ἧ δὲ τῶν Τιβαρηνῶν xepa πολὺ ἦν πεδινωτέρα, καὶ 
Xwpia εἶχεν ἐπὶ τ ἢ ἧττον ἐρυμνά. Kai οἱ στρατη- 
γοὶ ἔχρῃξζον - τὰ χωρία προβόνω. καὶ τὴν eee 
ὀνηθῆναί τι" καὶ τὰ ξένια, ἃ ἧκε παρὰ Τιβαρηνῶν, οὐκ 
ἐδέχοντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιμεῖναι κελεύσαντες, ἔ ἔστε βουλεύσαιντο, 
ἐθύοντο: 3. Καὶ πολλὰ earabvcavren, τέλος ἀπεδείξαντο 
οἱ μάντεις πάντες γνώμην, ὅτε οὐδαμῆ προσίοιντο οἱ θεοὶ 
τὸν πόλεμον. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δὴ τὰ ξένια ἐδέξαντο" καὶ ὡς διὰ 
φιλίας πορευόμενοι δύο ἡμέρας, ἀφίκοντο εἰς Κοτύωρα, 
πόλιν “Ἑλληνίδα, Σινωπέων ἀποίκους οἰκοῦντας ἐν τῇ Τι- 
βαρηνῶν χώρᾳ. 

4, Μέχρι ἐνταῦθα ἑπέξευσεν ἡ ἡ στρατιά. νὴ τῆς 
καταβάσεως τῆς ὁδοῦ aro τῆς ἐν Βαβυλῶνι μάχης ἄχρι 
εἰς arene obeivertis ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι δύο, παρασάγγαι ἕξα- 
κόσιοι καὶ εἴκοσι, στάδιοι μύριοι καὶ ὀκτακισχίλιοι καὶ 
ἑξακύσιοι" χρόνου πλῆθος ὀκτὼ μῆνες. 5. ᾿Ενταῦθα 


/ Ψ Ν ra » 
ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τετταράκοντα πέντε. Ev δὲ ταύταις πρῶ- 








Vv.5.5-12] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 165 


. 
τον μὲν τοῖς θεοῖς ἔθυσαν, καὶ πομπὰς renee ii 
ἔθνος ἕκαστοι τῶν Ελλήνων, καὶ ἀγῶνας ee 6. = 
δ᾽ ἐπιτήδεια ἐλάμβανον, τὰ μὲν ἐκ τῆς ΝΜ ΜΝ μα, τον 
ἐκ τῶν χωρίων τῶν Kotuwpitav: οὐ rp παρεῖχον ἀγορᾶν, 
οὐδ᾽ εἰς τὸ τεῖχος τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας εδέχοντο. ' 
Ἔν τούτῳ ἔρχονται ἐκ Σινώπης πρέσβεις, ΜΝ 
yo. περὶ τῶν Καοτυωριτῶν 7S TE -- ιν yap “Ὁ 
καὶ φόρον ἐκείνοις ἔφερον). καὶ περὶ τῆς χωρας, OTL ἤκουον 


‘ > , > ἢ» / ὃ en 
πεὸον ἔλεγον 
δηουμένην. αἱ ἔελθοντες €S τὸ στρατο Y 
‘ 


is / 3 / 
‘ / " , ε- 
(προηγόρει δὲ ‘Exatwvupos, δεινὸς νομιζόμενος εἰναι r 


a ¢ ἴω 
“ os AA al 
ev). 8. Ἔπεμψεν ἡμᾶς, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἢ τῶν 
Y | ".. > / / δ ΣΝ A ἂτε ἽἝλλη- 
Σινωπέων πόλις. ἐπαινέσοντὰς τε ὑμᾶς. OTL νικ 
wl ν \ , Ψ 
ves ὄντες βαρβάρους. ἐπειτα δε καὶ ξυνησθησομένους. ὅτι 
val c 6 a " / ’ 
διὰ πολλῶν τε καὶ δεινῶν (ὡς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν) πραγμάτων 
᾿ 4 } ῦμεν δὲ. Ελληνες ὄντες καὶ 
σεσωσμένοι πάρεστε. 9. Δξιοὺμεν ὃε, ηνες 
| , ? ‘a / / 
αὐτοὶ, up ὑμῶν ὄντων ᾿Ελλήνων ἀγαθὸν μὲν TL πάσχειν, 
ἶ , " “ 
ὃν δὲ ἵν. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς οὐδὲν πώποτε ὑπὴρ- 
. οὐδὲ ya εἰς ὑμᾶς OU 
κακὸν δὲ μηδὲν yap mb , : eit 
ἕαμεν κακῶς ποιοῦντες. 10. Kotuwpitas o€ ov ᾿ 
‘ ‘ Υ͂ i lal > a UT ν 
μὲν ἡμέτεροι ἄποικοι" καὶ τὴν χώραν ἡμεῖς ἩΝΗΝ τα 
4 , ) . διὰ δασμὸν 
παραδεδώκαμεν, βαρβάρους ἀφελομενοι διὸ "" μ ᾿ 
Ν 
"μὲ : ὗὑ Ἴ καὶ Kepacovytiot Kat 
ταγμένον ρ 
ἡμῖν φερουσιν οὗτοι τεταγμ ' i 
> i 
Τραπεζούντιοι ὡσαύτως" ὥστε ὅ TL ἂν τούτους κακον ποιή 
3 ; ’ . Nov δε 
onte, ἡ Σινωπέων πόλις νομίζει πάσχειν. 1] τ 
/ 
at , Ἵ , νίου 
ἀκούομεν, ὑμᾶς εἴς τε τὴν πόλιν βιᾳ mapedyudorar € iy 
ἢ ἶ ὶ ἐκ τῶ f νειν, ὧν 
σκηνοῦν ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις, καὶ EK τῶν χωρίων λαμβάνειν, | 
‘ a? 9 ? ’ a ὶ 
εν" εὖ 
ἂν Sénobe, οὐ πείθοντας. 12. Ταὺτ οὖν οὐκ ngs 
γ» ἡ ιν» Ν ve / a Xa- 
δὲ ταῦτα ποιήσετε, ἀνάγκη ἡμῖν, καὶ Κορύλαν Kat Παφ 


Υ͂ λ a 
yovas, καὶ ἄλλον ὅντινα ἂν δυνώμεθα φίλον ποιεῖσθαι. 
































166 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [V. 5. 13--90. 


‘ Ν “.): > b “ “ἢ ᾿, “ 

13. ρος ταῦτα ἀναστὰς Ξενοφῶν ὕπερ τῶν στρατιω- 
~ 3 ¢ ” \ > νΝ ἴω e > ~ 
τῶν εἶπεν" Ἡμεῖς de, ὦ ἄνδρες Σινωπεῖς, ἥκομεν ἀγαπῶν- 

cf * , " ᾿ ‘ I > ‘ >? 
τες, ὅτε Ta σώματα διεσωσάμεθα Kai τὰ ὅπλα" οὐ γὰρ ἦν 
‘ f / Ν ‘ / \ o 
δυνατὸν, dua τε χρήματα ἄγειν καὶ φέρειν, καὶ τοῖς πολε- 
/ / 
μίοις μάχεσθαι. 14. Kai viv, ἐπεὶ εἰς τὰς “ErXAnvibdas 
Λ Νν > a 
πόλεις ἤλθομεν, ev Τραπεζοῦντι μὲν, παρεῖχον γὰρ ἡμῖν 
> mt ; , ov Aa , ν » νων > 
ἀγοράν, ὠνούμενοι εἴχομεν Ta ἐπιτήδεια, καὶ ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ἐτίμη- 
i ‘ , »” a a b n > 
σαν ἡμᾶς καὶ ξένια ἔδωκαν τῇ στρατιᾷ, ἀντετιμῶμεν av- 
Vi] ᾿ Ν > a " 9 a " , 
τους" Kat εἰ τις αὑτοῖς φίλος ἣν τῶν βαρβαρων, τούτων 
>? / Ἁ Ν y 3 a "ων A 3 ‘ ιν a 
ὠπειχομεθα" τοὺς δὲ πολεμίους αὐτῶν, ἐφ᾽ ods αὐτοὶ ἡγοῖν- 
“ ᾽ “Ὁ “ γ ἢ "“ 9 “ Ν 
το, κάκως ἐποιοῦμεν, ὅσον ἐδυνάμεθα. 15. ᾿Ερωτᾶτε δὲ 
? ᾽ν ¢ / “ ¢ “ Ν , ‘ ? , 
QUTOUS, ὁποίων τινῶν ἡμῶν ἔτυχον" πάρεισι γὰρ ἐνθώδε, 
il ῇ » ξ / Ν / ¢ / f . 
ous ἡμῖν ἡγεμόνας διὰ φιλίαν ἡ πόλις ξυνέπεμψεν. 16. 
¢/ ἃ ᾽ / ’ Ν  - Ν γ ; 
Οποι ὃ ἂν ἐλθόντες ἀγορὰν μὴ eennen, av TE εἰς raphe 
pov γῆν, av te εἰς ᾿Ελληνίδα, οὐχ ὕβρει ἀλλὰ anny 
λαμβώνομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 17. Καὶ Καρδούχους καὶ 
/ ᾽ 
Ταόχους καὶ Χαλδαίους. καίπερ βασιλέως οὐχ ὑπηκόους 
ΨΜ “ ‘ / ‘ Ν / ? ’ 
ὄντας, ὁμως, καὶ μάλα φοβεροὺς ὄντας, πολεμίους ἐκτησά- 
Ν “ 9 , ” ἢ Ν 3 / 3 ᾿. 
μεθα, διὰ τὸ ἀνώγκην εἶναι λαμβάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἐπεὶ 
7 ‘ ᾽ a " ͵ Ν ie , 
ayopav ov παρεῖχον. 18. Maxpwvas δε, καίπερ BapBu- 
»¥ ? \ > Ν “ In 7 ω Λ 
pous ὄντας, ἐπεὶ ἀγορᾶν, οἰαν εδύναντο, παρεῖχον, φίλους 
᾽ ᾿ ΓῚ ‘ ᾿ γεν » , a A 
τε ἐνομίζομεν εἶναι. καὶ Bia οὐδεν ἐλαμβάνομεν τῶν ἐκείνων. 
᾿ A ‘ \ ς , mA ML Ν ᾽ 
19. Kotuwpitas δε, ods ὑμετέρους φατὲ εἶναι, εἴ τι ave 
m 0 SAA 9 ᾽ \ . / 
τῶν εἰληφαμεν, αὐτοὶ αἰτιοί εἰσιν" οὐ yap ὡς φίλοι προσε- 
, eo > Ν / ‘ / Ν Ν 7a ἡ 
φέροντο ἡμῖν, adda κλείσαντες τὰς πυλας, οὔτε εἰσω εδε- 
Ν ν " Ν »” > » Ν “ > 
χοντο, οὔτε ἔξω ἀγορὰν ἔπεμπον" ἡτιῶντο δὲ τὸν παρ 
c a ν ral Ν > me \ Ν 
ὑμῶν ἑρμοστὴν τούτων αἴτιον εἶναι, 20. Ὃ δὲ λέγεις, 


/ ἤ ~ ¢ “ > ~ ἂν 7 
Bia παρελθόντας σκηνοῦν, ἡμεῖς ἠξιοῦμεν, τοὺς κάμνοντας 


ΓᾺΡ ΓΓΓέΕΠΨΠΕΨΨΨΕΕΕΨΠΝ 


γ. ὅ. 20--25}] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 167 


* 


εἰς Tas στέγας δέξασθαι, ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἀνέῳγον τὰς πύλας, 
ἧ ἡμᾶς ἐδέχετο αὐτὸ τὸ χωρίον, ταύτῃ εἰσελθόντες, ἄλλο 
μὲν οὐδὲν βίαιον ἐποιήσαμεν" σκηνοῦσι δ᾽ ἐν ταῖς στέγαις 
οἱ κάμνοντες, τὰ ἑαυτὼν δαπανῶντες " καὶ τὰς πύλας sat 
ροῦμεν, ὅπως μὴ ἐπὶ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ὡρμοστῇ ὦσιν οἱ κώμνον- 
τες ἡμῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν ἢ κομίσασθαι, ὅ ὅταν βουλώμεθα. 
91. Οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, σκηνοῦμεν ὑπαίθριοι ἐν τῇ 
τάξει, παρεσκευασμένοι, ἂν μέν τις εὖ ποιῇ, ἀντευποιειν" 
ἄν δὲ κακῶς, ἀλέξασθαι. 

92, °A δὲ ἠπείλησας, ὡς, ἣν ὑμῖν δοκῇ, Μορύλαν καὶ 
Παφλαγόνας, ξυμμάχους ποιήσεσθε ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς δε, ἢ ἢν 
μὲν ἀνάγκη ἢ, πολεμήσομεν καὶ ἀμφοτέροις, ἤδη γὰρ καὶ 
ἄλλοις πολλαπλασίοις ὑμῶν ἐπολεμήσαμεν" ἂν δὲ δοκῇ 

HF > , 
ἡμῖν, καὶ φίλον ποιήσομεν τὸν Παφλαγόνα. 23. aia 
μεν δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμεῖν τῆς ὑμετέρας πόλεως, {|| χω- 
ρίων τῶν ἐπιθαλαττίων. Πειρασόμεθα οὖν, συμπρωττον- 
τες αὐτῷ ὧν ἐπιθυμεῖ, φίλοι γίγνεσθαι. 

24. Ἔκ τούτου μάλα μὲν δῆλοι ἦσαν οἱ al dts 
τῷ ΕἙκοτωνύμῳ scans ΗΝ τοῖς εἰρημένοις. Liana 
δ᾽ αὐτῶν ἄλλος εἶπεν, ὅτι ov πόλεμον ποιησόμενοι ἥκοιεν, 
ἀλλὰ ἐπιδείξοντες ὅτε φίλοι εἰσί. Kai ἕενίοις, ἣν μεν 
ἔλθητε πρὸς τὴν Σινωπέων πόλιν, ἐκεῖ δεξομεξα: νῦν Ν 
τοὺς ἐνθώδε κελεύσομεν διδόναι, ἃ δύνανται" opens γὴν 
πάντα ἀληθῆ ὄντα, ἃ λέγετε. 25. "Ex τούγου, ΓΝ τε 
ἔπεμπον οἱ Κοτυωρίται, καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἫΝ a 
ἐξένιζον τοὺς τῶν Σινωπέων πρέσβεις" καὶ πρὸς ἀαλληλους 


πολλώ τε καὶ ἐπιτήδεια διελέγοντο, τώ τε ἄλλα, καὶ περὶ 


j ἐδέοντο. 
τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας ἐπυνθώνοντο, καὶ ὧν ἑκάτεροι ε 





ΕἘΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [V. 6. 1. -- 6. 


Car.) ve. 


1. Ταύτῃ μὲν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἐγένετο. Τῇ 
δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ξυνίέλεξαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας, καὶ 
9 
ἐδόκει αὐτοῖς περὶ τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας, παρακαλέσαντας 
τοὺς Σινωπέας, βουλεύεσθαι. Εἴτε γὰρ πεξῇ δέοι πορεύε- 
σθαι, χρήσιμοι ἂν ἐδόκουν εἶναι οἱ Σινωπεῖς ἡγούμενοι, 
ἔμπειροι γὰρ ἦσαν τῆς Παφλαγονίας" εἴτε κατὰ θώλατ- 
ταν, προσδεῖν ἐδόκει Σινωπέων: μόνοι γὰρ ἂν ἐδόκουν ἱκα- 
νοὶ εἶναι πλοῖα παρασχεῖν ἀρκοῦντα τῇ στρατιᾷ. 2. Ka- 
λέσαντες οὖν τοὺς πρέσβεις ξυνεβουλεύοντο, καὶ ἠξίουν, 
“ 
ἔλληνας ὄντας “Ελλησι τούτῳ πρῶτον καλῶς δέχεσθαι, 
τῷ εὔνους τε εἶναι καὶ τὰ βέλτιστα ξυμβουλεύειν. 3. Ava- 
στὰς δὲ ‘Exatwvupos, πρῶτον μὲν ἀπελογήσατο περὶ οὗ 
εἶπεν, ὡς τὸν Παφλαγόνα φίλον ποιήσοιντο, ὅτι οὐχ. ὡς 
τοῖς Ἕλλησι πολεμησόντων σφῶν, εἴποι, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι, ἐξὸν 
τοῖς βαρβώροις φίλους εἶναι, τοὺς “Ελληνας αἱρήσονται. 
᾿Επεὶ δὲ ξυμβουλεύειν ἐκέλευον, ἐπευξώμενος ὧδε εἶπεν" 

4. Εἰ μὲν ξυμβουλεύοιμι, ἃ βέλτιστά μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, 
πολλώ μοι κἀγαθὰ γένοιτο" εἰ δὲ μὴ, τἀναντία. Αὕτη 
γὰρ ἡ ἱερὰ ξυμβουλὴ λεγομένη εἶναι δοκεῖ μοι παρεῖναι" 
νῦν γὰρ δὴ, ἂν μὲν εὖ ξυμβουλεύσας φανῶ, πολλοὶ ἔσεσθε 
οἱ ἐπαινοῦντές με" ἂν δὲ κακῶς, πολλοὶ ἔσεσθε οἱ καταρώ- 
μενοι. 5. Πράώγματα μὲν οὖν of8 ὅτι πολὺ πλείω ἕξομεν, 
ἐὰν κατὰ θώλατταν κομίξησθε:" ἡμᾶς γὰρ δεήσει τὰ πλοῖα 
πορίζειν: ἢν δὲ κατὰ γῆν στέλλησθε, ὑμᾶς δεήσει τοὺς 
μαχομένους εἶνα. 6. Ὅμως δὲ λεκτέα, ἃ γιγνώσκω" 


x / ’ Ν 7 , - Ν 
ἐμπείρος Yap εἰμὲ καὶ τῆς χωρας τῶν Παφλαγόνων, Kab 


V.6.6-10.] KTPOT ἈΝΆΒΑΣΙΣ. 169 


“- , ν ," ¢ ἤ | , Ἀ Ul 
τῆς δυνάμεως. [Ἔχει yap [ἡ χώρα] audotepa, καὶ πεδία 
, "»ν ς ὔ \ a ‘ ΓῚ 
κάλλιστα καὶ ὄρη ὑψηλότατα. 7. Καὶ πρῶτον μεν οἶδα 

"ἊΝ Ψ ᾿» ᾽ ‘ ? , a > "" Ν 
εὐθὺς, ἢ τὴν εἰσβολὴν ἀνώγκη ποιεῖσθαι" ov γὰρ ἔστιν 
Ν xa @ , | / “ ΝΜ ~ ¢ ” b c ἤ , 
ἄλλῃ, ἢ ἡ τὰ κέρατα τοῦ ὄρους τῆς ὁδοῦ καθ ἑκάτερα 
3 " t a li ͵ ‘ / tI / , 
ἐστιν ὑψηλώ: ἃ κρατεῖν κατέχοντες καὶ πάνυ Ολίγοι δυ- 
» io ἤ Ἃ / In? A ¢ , ¥ 
vawT ἄν" τούτων δε κατεχομένων, ovd ἂν ot πάντες avOpw- 
ry "» ἃ - “- x . ; Δ 4 
ποι δύναιντ᾽ ἂν διελθεῖν. Ταῦτα δὲ καὶ δείξαιμι av, εἰ 
/ 4 / ” ‘ 3 ,, 
μοί τινα βούλοισθε ξυμπέμψαι. 8. Erecta δε οἷδα καὶ 
/ ¥ hy IN, / aA ? Ν e " J 
πεδία ὄντα καὶ ἵππείαν, ἣν αὐτοὶ ot βαρβαροι νομίζουσι 
/ > ¢ “ “ / ¢ " ‘ a“ 
κρείττω εἶναι ἁπάσης τῆς βασιλεως ἱππείας. Και vuv 
φ 3 / al A ᾽ *, Cal 
οὗτοι ov παρεγένοντο βασιλεῖ καλοῦντι" adda perfor 
“»“ ¢ Ν 3 a 
φρονεῖ 0 ἄρχων αὑτων. 
> Ν Ν a“ , Ν ͵ Ἃ / 
9. Ei δὲ καὶ δυνηθεῖτε τά τε Opn κλέψαι, ἢ φθάσαι 
/ Ν ᾽ »" / ω , / 
λαβόντες, Kal ἐν TH πεδίῳ κρατῆσαι μαχόμενοι τοὺς TE 
ξ » / ᾽ν a l . “ av ῇ Ὡ 
ἱππεῖς τούτων καὶ πεζῶν μυριάδας πλεῖον ἢ δωδεκα, ἥξετε 
4 ‘ rl »" * hi, ’ 5 
ἐπὶ τοὺς ποταμούς" πρῶτον μὲν τὸν Θερμώδοντα, evpos 
a ἃ \ 5 ’ Υ 
τρίιων πλέθρων, ον χαλεπον οἶμαι διαβαίνειν, adrws τε 
a ‘ ν »Μ - i, 
καὶ πολεμίων πολλῶν μεν ἐμπροσθεν ὄντων, πολλων δὲ 
’ “ »υ / ς ͵ 
ὄπισθεν ἑπομένων" δεύτερον δ᾽ ᾿Ιριν, τρίπλεθρον ὡσαύτως" 
»ν ? a “ f \ 2 x / 
τρίτον δ᾽ Αλυν, ov μεῖον δυοῖν σταδίοιν, ὃν οὐκ ἂν δύναι- 
/ tal ~ ‘ / ¥ e r 
σθε ἄνευ πλοίων διαβῆναι" πλοῖα δε Tis ἐσται ὁ παρέχων ; 
> " Ν χω" ὰ "ἡ a 
ὡς δ᾽ αὔτως καὶ ὁ Παρθένιος ἄβατος" ep ov ἔλθοιτε ἂν, 
’ e/ / > Ν ‘ 9 > ‘ 
εἰ τὸν Aduv διαβαίητε. 10. Eyo μεν οὖν ov χαλεπην 
ei ΓῚ / ‘ / 3 Ν f ou 
ὑμῖν εἶναι νομίζω THY πορείαν. ἀλλα παντάπασιν ἀδύνατον. 
a ‘ , Ν ν al Ἢ ᾽ , Ht 
Av δὲ πλέητε, ἔστιν evOevde μὲν εἰς Σινώπην παραπλεὺυ- 
ry Ἁ γ € / 3 . y Ἁ Ν 
σαι, ἐκ Σινώπης δὲ eis Ηράκλειαν: ἐξ ᾿Πρακλείας de οὔτε 
a ” ‘ Λ ’ ᾿ ν χ Ν “ 
metn, οὔτε κατα θάλατταν ἀπορία" πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ πλοίω 


? > «ε / 
ἐστιν ev Ἡρακλείᾳ. 








ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [V. 6. 11-16. 


11. "Bre δὲ ταῦτα ἔλεξεν, οἱ μὲν ὑπώπτευον, φιλίας 
ἕνεκα τῆς Κορύλα λέγειν (καὶ γάρ ἦν πρόξενος αὐτῷ)" οἱ 
δὲ καὶ, ὡς δῶρα λυ γλνσοον διὰ τὴν ξυμβουλὴν ταύτην" οἱ 
δὲ ὑπώπτευον, καὶ τούτου ἕνεκα λέγειν, ὡς μὴ πεζῇ ἰόντες 
τὴν Σινωπέων χώραν κακόν τι ἐργάζοιντο. Οἱ δ᾽ οὖν “Ελ- 
ληνες ἐψηφίσαντο, κατὰ θάλατταν τὴν πορείαν ποιεῖσθαι. 
12. Μετὰ ταῦτα Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν" ἾΩ Σινωπεῖς, οἱ μὲν ἄν- 
Spes ἥρηνται πορείαν, ἣν ὑμεῖς ξυμβουλεύετε" οὕτω δὲ 
ἔχει" εἰ μὲν πλοῖα ἔσεσθαι μέλλει ἱκανὰ ἀριθμῷ, ὡς ἕνα 
μὴ καταλείπεσθαι ἐνθάδε. ἡμεῖς ἂν πλέοιμεν" εἰ δὲ μέλ- 
λοίμεν οἱ μὲν καταλείψεσθαι, οἱ δὲ πλεύσεσθαι, οὐκ ἂν 
ἐμβαίημεν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα. 13. Γ ἱγνώσκομεν γὰρ, ὅτι, ὅπου 
μὲν ἂν ποῦν δυναίμεθ᾽ ἂν καὶ σώξεσθαι καὶ τὰ ἐπι- 
τήδεια ἔχειν: εἰ δέ που ἥττους τῶν πολεμίων ληφθη- 
σόμεθα, εὔδηλον δὴ, ὅτι ἐν ἀνδραπόδων χώρᾳ ἐσόμεθα. 
14. ᾿Ακούσαντες ταῦτα οἱ πρέσβεις, ἐκέλευον πέμπειν 
πρέσβεις. Καὶ πέμπουσι Καλλίμαχον ’ Αρκάδα καὶ ᾿Αρέ- 
στωνα ᾿Αθηναῖον καὶ Σαμόλαν ᾿Αχαιόν. Καὶ οἱ μὲν 
ὥχοντο. 

15. ᾽Εν δὲ τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ Ἐενοφῶντι, ὁρῶντι μὲν 
ὁπλίτας πολλοὺς τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων, ὁρῶντι δὲ καὶ πελταστὰς 
πολλοὺς καὶ τοξότας καὶ ahandoantar, καὶ ἱππεῖς δὲ, καὶ 
μάλα ἤδη διὰ τὴν τριβὴν ἱκανοὺς, ὄντας δ᾽ ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ, 
ἔνθα οὐκ ἂν ἀπ᾽ ὀλέγων χρημάτων τοσαύτη δύναμις παρε- 
σκευάσθη. --- καλὸν αὐτῷ ἐδόκει εἶναι, καὶ χώραν καὶ δύνα- 
μὲν τῇ Ἑλλάδι προσκτήσασθαι, πόλιν κατοικίσαντας. 
16. Καὶ γενέσθαι ἂν αὐτῷ ἐδόκει peyurn, καταλογιξομένῳ 


TO τε αὐτῶν πλῆθος, καὶ τοὺς περιοικοῦντας τὸν Πόντον, 


Υ. 6.16-21.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 171 


> / / b | »ἭἪ * wn 
Kai ἐπὶ τούτοις εθύετο, πρὶν τινι ELTEW των στρατιώτων, 


, ‘ ψ / , ‘ 
Σιλανὸν παρακαλέσας, tov Kupov μάντιν γενόμενον, τὸν 


᾿Αμβρακιώτην. 17. Ὁ δὲ Σιλανὸς, δεδιὼς, μὴ γένηται 


a \ ἢ ε me am , 5) ᾿ ἢ 
ταῦτα, καὶ καταμείνῃ που ἡ στρατιὰ, ἐκῴφερει εἰς τὸ στρά- 
/ ἕ — a | a ‘ 
τευμα λόγον, OTL Revopwv βούλεται καταμεῖναι τὴν στρα- 

i, / | ἢ Ν ξ | a Ν ᾽ 
τιὰν, καὶ πόλιν οἰκίσαι, καὶ ἑαυτῷ ὄνομα καὶ δύναμιν περι- 
3» " ε ᾽ν 3 / fh 4 
ποιήσασθαι. 18. Αὐτὸς ὃ ὁ Σίλανος εβούλετο ὅτε τά- 
᾽ ν e ’ὔ > Ἵ \ Ν » rad 
χίστα εἰς τὴν ᾿Ελλάδα ἀφικέσθαι" ovs yap παρὰ Κύρου 
f Ν , ,» / Al ἡ , 
ἔλαβε τρισχιλίους δαρεικους, OTE τὰς δέκα ἡμέρας ἠλήθευσε 
~? ‘al 
θυόμενος Κύρῳ, διεσεσωκει. 
a ‘ a ? \ ¥ a \ Ins 
19. Τῶν δὲ στρατιωτῶν, ἐπεὶ ἤκουσαν, τοῖς μὲν ἐδόκει 
" > - “δὴ a , 
βέλτιστον εἶναι καταμεῖναι, τοῖς δὲ πολλοῖς οὐ. Τιμασίων 
᾿ e A a / ¢ ¥ Ν > / 
δὲ ὁ Aapdavevs, καὶ Θωραξ ὁ Βοιώτιος, πρὸς ἐμπόρους 
Ν “ a " ἴω i dl ᾽ 
τινὰς παρόντας τῶν ᾿Ηρακλεωτῶν καὶ Σινωπέων λέγουσιν, 
“ ? ‘ 3 ‘on a “ θὲ Ψ Ν \ 
ὅτι, εἰ μὴ ἐκποριοῦσι TH στρατιᾳ μισθὸν, ὥστε ἔχειν τὰ 
3 ΙΓ, > , τ - “ ra δύ 
ἐπιτήδεια ἐκπλέοντας, ὅτι κινδυνεύσει μεῖναι τοσαύτη δύνα- 
a / ἣν αν a \ a. 
pus ev τῷ Πόντῳ" βουλεύεται yap Ἐενοφῶν, καὶ ἡμᾶς 
»“» b ] b Mw. Ν »" , »] “ b / 
παρακαλεῖ, ἐπειδὰν ἔλθη Ta πλοία, τοτε εἰπεῖν εξαιφνης 


A “" or ν - Ν 1d aa Υ ? “ 
τῇ στρατιᾷ" 20. ᾿Ανδρες, νῦν μεν ὁρῶμεν ἡμᾶς απο- 


ν Ἅ 3 a“ 9 / ¥ ‘ b | ‘5 ‘ 
βους ovTas, καὶ ἐν To ἀποόοπλῳ EX ELV Τὰ €TLTIJOELA, και 


¥ b A κ.» / Ν y 3 ‘ / 
ὡς οἴκαδε ἀπελθόντας ὀνῆσαΐ τι τοὺς οἰκοι" εἰ δὲ βού- 
θ a ’ , \ ‘ lig. b / 
λεσθε τῆς κύκλῳ χωρας πέρι TOV οντον οἰκουμένης 
b | , ‘4 A / “ ty, ~ ‘ 
exreFupevot, ὅπη av βούλησθε, κατασχεῖν, καὶ TOV μεν 
17 κα > / ¥ , Ν 9 s 3 A 
ἐθέλοντα, ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε, Tov δὲ ἐθέλοντα, μένειν αὐτοῦ, 
a 9 ᾽ν» ὔ cd d Ἅ / 3 ᾽ 
πλοῖα ὃ ὑμῖν TUPETTW, ὥστε, OTN ἂν βούλησθε, εξαι- 
A > , 
guns av επιπέεσοιτε. 
> / “ 4 ¥ 3 Vd “ 
21. ᾿Ακούσαντες ταῦτα οἱ ἐμπορού ἀπήγγελλον ταῖς 


a ya » / 
πόλεσι" ξυνέπεμψε δ᾽ αὐτοῖς Τιμασίων ὁ Aapdavevs Epv- 








172 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤῸΣ [V. 6. 91 -- 97. 


ἤ ‘ r ἤ Ν ἢ) 
μαχὸν τε τὸν Aapduvea, καὶ Θώρακα τὸν Βοιώτιον, τὰ 
> ly. ~ ? “~ “ ‘ 4 »"» 
αὑτὰ ταῦτα ἐροῦντας. Σινωπεῖς δὲ καὶ ᾿Ἡρακλεῶται 
a“ 9 / / 
ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες πέμπουσι πρὸς τὸν Τιμασίωνα, καὶ 
/ “ / , “ ? 
κελεύουσι προστατεῦσαι, λαβοντα χρήματα, ὅπως ἐκ- 
/ ¢ if - ς * Ν / 
πλεύση ἡ otpatia. 22. O Se ἄσμενος ἀκούσας, ἐν ξυλ- 
» “ Ν a 
λόγῳ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὄντων, λέγει τάδε" Ov δεῖ προσέ- 
a a > ΝΜ Ie ~ 
χέιν τῇ μονῇ. ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐδὲ τῆς “ErXados οὐδὲν περὶ 
- > / / 
πλείονος ποιεῖσθαι. ᾿Ακούω δέ twas θύεσθαι ἐπὶ τούτῳ, 
Iw ec / “Ἂ ¢ ε ~ ‘ r 
ovo ULV λεγοντας. 23. ὑπισχνοῦμαι δὲ ὑμῖν, ἂν ἐκ- 
é 2) / Ν / A 
πλέητε, ἀπὸ νουμηνίας μισθοφοραν παρέξειν κυξικηνὸν 
wl ἡ a / i I. es 9 Ν / Ν 
ἐκάστῳ τοῦ μηνὸς" καὶ ἄξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Τρῳάδα, ἔνθεν 
‘ Hh " A A .» WA UA ll t A 
καὶ ent φυγας" καὶ ὑπάρξει ὑμῖν ἢ ἐμὴ πόλις" exovTes 
" ‘ 3 
γάρ με δέξονται. 24. Ηγήσομαι δὲ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ, ἔνθεν 
᾿ / / ¥ / " »ἅ.Ἅ 
πολλα χρήματα λήψεσθε. “ἔμπειρος δὲ εἰμι τῆς Αἰολί. 
Ν »"Ὕ / »" “ , 
Sos καὶ τῆς Φρυγίας καὶ τῆς Τρῳάδος καὶ τῆς Φαρναβάζου 
? ΠῚ ἤ Ἀ ‘ Ν Ν, > “ 93 4 ‘ 4 ‘ 
ἀρχῆς πάσης, Ta μεν διὰ τὸ εκεῖθεν εἶναι, τὰ δὲ διὰ τὸ 
a“ ᾽ > » Ν 
ξυνεστρατεῦσθαι ev αὑτῇ συν Κλεάρχῳ τε καὶ Δερκυλλίδᾳ. 
ἐ 
» > % ‘ 2 r Mi 
25. Avacras δε αὖθις Θωραξ ὁ Βοιώτιος (ὃς ἀεὶ περὶ 
ἤ — “ ᾽ / ΝΜ ,, “a 
στρατηγίας Ξενοφῶντι ewayeto) edn, εἰ ἐξέλθοιεν ἐκ τοῦ 
,ὔ » ᾽ ~ ,e 
Πόντου, ἔσεσθαι αὑτοῖς Χερῥόνησον, χώραν καλὴν καὶ 
» / Γ . Ἂ ‘ 9 ~ “Ὁ 3, 
εὐδαίμονα" ὥστε τῷ βουλομένῳ, ἐνοικεῖν, τῷ δὲ μὴ βου- 
λομένῳ, ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε" γελοῖον δὲ εἶ ν τῇ “Edda 
μένῳ, καδε" γελοίον δὲ εἶναι, ev τῇ ᾿Ελλάδι 
¥ ἢ -" ‘ 3 ᾽ » 
ovens χωρας πολλῆς καὶ ἀφθόνου, ἐν τῇ βαρβάρων μα- 
΄ ” at) | Bie 
στεύειν. 26. ἔστε δ᾽ ἂν, ἔφη, ἐκεῖ γένησθε, κἀγὼ, καθά- 
" ἡ, ἢ Ψ “~ 1 I i x "Ἢ “ 
περ Lipaciwv, ὑπισχνοῦμαι ὑμῖν THY μισθοφοραν. Ταῦτα 
ν κα var A , - 
δε ἔλεγεν, εἰδὼς, ἃ Τιμασίωνι οἱ ἩΗρακλεῶται καὶ οἱ Σ᾿- 
~ “Ὁ ‘A “ ‘ “ 
νωπεῖς ὑπισχνοῦντο, ὥστε ἐκπλεῖν. 27. Ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν 


3 


᾽ Υ ἡ > Ν Ν 
ἐν τούτῳ ἐσίγα. Avactas δὲ Φιλήσιος καὶ Δύκων, οἱ 


. 


V. 6.27-32.] KYPOY ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 178 


‘a ¢ b Ν a/ ἐν »: a , 
᾿Αχαιοὶ, ἔλεγον, ws δεινὸν ein, ἰδίᾳ μεν Ἐενοφῶντα πείθειν 
, A Ἢ ¢ Ἁ ~ “~ Ν ᾽ 
τε καταμένειν, καὶ θύεσθαι ὑπερ τῆς μονῆς, μὴ κοινούυμενον 
a a > ‘ Ν ᾿, ‘ μι " bY " 
τῇ στρατιᾳ" εἰς δὲ τὸ κοινὸν μηδεν ayopevely περι τουτων" 
σ΄ ᾽ / fa td —_ a Ψ ΄“"ἜΙ ‘ ? “ Ἂν . 
ὥστε ἠἡναγκασθὴ oO Ξενοφὼν ἀναστηναι καὶ εἰπεῖν Tade 
> ‘ »ν "Ἢ ‘ e ei e , 4 
28. ᾿Εγὼ, ὦ ἄνδρες, θύομαι μεν, ws ὁρᾶτε, ὁπόσα δύνα- 
“ ¢ ᾿. εξ »Ἤ.Ἤ Ν ¢ Ν 3 A Γ » 
μαι, καὶ ὑπερ ὕυὑμωὼων καὶ ὑπερ εἐμαῦυτου, OTWS TaUTa τυγ- 
ἢ Ν / | ~ ‘ “ ¢ Ὁ 4, 
χάνω καὶ λέγων καὶ νοῶν καὶ πράττων, οποία μελλει 
ν» , a - yy A 3 ,ὔ} Ἂ a 
uly TE καλλιστα καὶ apLoTa ἔσεσθαι καὶ epot. Και νῦν 
᾽ " ‘ ᾽ a / > or ¥ »¥ θ / 
eOvounv περὶ avTou τούτου, εἰ ἄμεινον εἴη ἄρχεσθαι λέγειν 
A Ν , Ν / aA “ ‘ 
εἰς ὑμᾶς καὶ πράττειν περὶ τούτων, ἢ παντάπασι μηδὲ 
/ “ , , Ἂ , " ¢ / 
ἅπτεσθαι τοῦ πράγματος. 29. Ziravos δὲ pot ὁ μάντις 
᾽ / ᾽ν Ἃ V4 ". ε Ν ν ν᾿ a Ἀ 
ὠπεκρίνατο, TO μὲν μέγιστον, Ta LEepa Kaa εἰναι (7 ει yap 
‘ NN > ΝΜ ΝΜ “ Ν ΡΝ a Ὁ . »“"Ἢ 
καὶ ἐμὲ οὐκ ATTELPOV ὄντα, διὰ τὸ ἀεὶ παρεῖναι τοῖς ἱεροῖς )" 
νὴ, Ἁ fl 3 al « a f “ /. 6 ~ 
ἔλεξε δε, ὅτι ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς φαίνοιτο τις δόλος καὶ ἐπιβουλὴ 
3 Ν ε Ν oe .» 3 , / 
ἐμοί, ὡς apa γιγνώσκων, ὅτι αὑτὸς ἐπεβούλευε διαβαλλειν 
Ν ce > , * Ἃ if e all My “ 
pe πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Ἐξηνεγκε yap τὸν λόγον, ὡς eyw πρατ- 
» / Ν ? / ξ »Ὁ» 
τειν ταῦτα διανοοίμην ἤδη. οὐ πείσας υμᾶς. 
> x \ 2 Ἁ ἡ ᾽ a δ A “ΙΑ. 
90. Eyo dé, εἰ μὲν EWPWY ἀποροῦντας ὑμᾶς, TOUT ἂν 
> | / Ψ ‘dl ξ ν» Λ 
ἐσκόπουν, ἀφ οὐ ἂν YEVOLTO, ὥστε λαβόντας ὑμᾶς πολιν, 
. 4 / > »“ Μ ~ \ ‘ , 
Tov μεν βουλόμενον, ἀποπλεῖν non, τὸν δὲ μη βουλόμενον, 
3 ly, , “ἢ ‘ Ψ % ‘ ¢ a ? / > A 
ἐπεὶ κτήσαιτο ἱκανὰ, ὥστε καὶ τους εαυτοὺ οἰκείους WHEAN- 
\ “ κ᾿ ‘ n e , 
cai τι. 31. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ὁρῶ ὑμῖν καὶ Ta πλοία πέμποντας 


t , ᾿ a Ψ ᾽ - " aM 
Ἡρακλεώτας καὶ Σινωπεῖς, ὥστε ἐκπλεῖν, καὶ μισθὸν 


¢ / AN ν» Ν Ay, / / ὃ 
ὑπισχνουμένους ὑμῖν avdpas ἀπὸ νουμηνίας, καλὸν μοι ὃο- 
» ᾽ ¥ / ~ / 
κεῖ εἶναι, σωζομένους ἔνθα βουλόμεθα, μισθον τῆς πορείας 


Ἁ ,, Καὶ , 3 Al a / 
AapBavew* καὶ αὐτός τε παύομαι εκείνης τῆς διανοίας, 


Ν ,) “ “ll rd ἢ ε hal “a 
καὶ ὁπόσοι πρὸς ἐμὲ προσήεσαν, λέγοντες WS χρὴ ταῦτα 


πράττειν, ἀναπαύσασθαί φημι χρῆναι. 32. Οὕτω γὰρ 


























174 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [V. 6. 32-37. 


ἢ φ - \ ¥ Ν ΕΥ̓ Ν Ν 
γυιγνωσκω" ὁμοῦ MEV ὄντες πολλοί, ὥσπερ νυνὶ, δοκειτε ἂν 
\ = > + Ν ? , > ‘ a 
μοι καὶ ἐνέιμοι εἶναι, καὶ Exel Ta επιτήδεια (ἐν γὰρ τῷ 
4 
~ 9 ,,,. ν f \ - ᾿ 
κρατεῖν ἐστι καὶ τὸ λαμβανειν Ta τῶν ἡττόνων)" διασπα- 
, ν ἃ Ν \ Ν , a / 
σθέντες 5 ἂν, καὶ κατὰ μικρὰ γενομένης τῆς δυνάμεως, 
ν» ἃ ‘ , , ¥ , 
ovr ἂν τροφὴν δυναισθε λαμβάνειν, ovte χαίροντες ἂν 
᾽ ͵ - > 7 en ? 
ἀπαλλάξαιτε. 33. Δοκεῖ οὖν μοι, ἅπερ ὑμῖν, ἐκπορεύε- 
᾽ ‘ ᾿ , ν ἣν ἤ A > / 
σθαι εἰς τὴν Ελλάδα" καὶ ἐὰν τις μείνῃ, ἢ ἀπολίπὼν 
~ | b > ἴω 93 “~ bs , 
[τινα] ληφθῇῃ. πρὶν ev ἀσφαλεῖ εἶναι πᾶν τὸ στρώτευμα, 
᾽ ων». 4 b ~ ~ ~ Ν “ 
κρίνεσθαι αὑτὸν ws ἀδικοῦντα. Kai ὅτῳ δοκεῖ, ἔφη, ταῦτα, 
᾽ ͵ ‘ a b ἢ ted 
ἀράτω τὴν yelpa. ἄννετειναν ἅπαντες. 
ξ Ν Ν ᾽ , + MA " / ry " 
94. O δε Σίλανὸς eBoa, καὶ ἐπεχείρει λέγειν, ὡς δί- 
Ν ᾽ , ‘ f ¢ Ν - > 
Katov εἰ ἀπιέναι τὸν βουλόμενον. Or δε στρατιῶται οὐκ 
b / ᾽ 3 ᾽ Λ ᾽ A td b , ’ 
ἠνείχοντο, ἀλλ ἠπείλουν αὐτῳ, OTL, εἰ ANYovTaL ἀποδι- 
͵ » / ᾽ / ᾽ a 
δράσκοντα, τὴν δίκην ἐπιθήσοιεν. 35. ᾿Εντεῦθεν, ἐπεὶ 
Ν ΑΗ ra) eo bl os / Ν 
ἔγνωσαν οἱ Ἡρακλεῶται, ὅτι ἐκπλεῖν δεδογμένον εἴη, καὶ 
»- ,» AN hl, μ᾿ Ν wv ‘ ‘ » / 
Ξενοφὼν autos ἐπεψηφικὼς εἴη, Ta μὲν πλοῖα πέμπουσι, 
‘ δὲ ’ A ¢ / / by, , 
Ta ὃε χρηματα, ἃ ὑπέσχοντο Τιμασίωνι καὶ Θώρακι, 
3 ᾽ > ~ ~ " ri > | ~ > 
ἐψευσμένοι ἤσαν τῆς μισθοφορᾶς. 36. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὲ éx- 
Xx / > Ν 3 / Ν ᾿ ξ bh 
πεπληγμένοι ἧσαν καὶ ἐδεδοίκεσαν τὴν στρατιὰν οἱ τὴν 
‘ ¢ , / > Φ * 
μισθοφορὰν ὑπεσχημένο. Παραλαβόντες οὖν οὗτοι καὶ 
mL + ‘ ? > | ἤ A / 
Tous ἄλλους στρατηγους, οἷς ἀνεκεκοίνωντο ἃ πρόσθεν 
» , » 4 ν ἢ a? ἃ 
ἔπραττον (πάντες δ᾽ ἦσαν, πλὴν Νέωνος τοῦ ᾿Ασιναίου, ὃς 
/ il / / ‘ Ν val 
Χειρισόφῳ ὑπεστρατήγει, Χειρίσοφος δὲ οὔπω παρῆν), 
» Ν — a ‘ / oe ik 
EpXovTat πρὸς Ἐενοῴφωντα, καὶ λέγουσιν, ὅτε μεταμέλοι 
? ~ Ν " ἢ 9 »Ἤ ? “ 3 
αὑτοις, καὶ δοκοίη κράτιστον εἶναι πλεῖν εἰς Φᾶσιν, ἐπεὶ 
λ ~ ” “ “~ ~ “~ ’ 
πλοια ἔστι, Kat Katacyew τὴν Paciavav ywpav. 37. 
bl ‘ ¢ ἴω κ΄ / > a “ 
Aujrov δὲ υἱδοῦς ετύγχανε βασιλεύων αὐτῶν. Ξενοφῶν 


δι ’ / “ δ) Δ sf Ν ᾽ ‘ 
€ aTreKptvaTo, OTL QUOEV ὧν TOUT@Y €ELTOL ELS Τὴν στρα- 


V. 6. 37-ἰ. 6] ΚΥΡΟΥ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 


a ' ¥ > if i 
τιάν: ὑμεῖς Se ξυλλέξαντες, epn, εἰ βούλεσθε, λέγετε. 
» / e Ν , 
᾿Ενταῦθα ἀποδείκνυται Τιμασίων ὁ Aapdavevs γνώμην, 


᾽ 3 , >? | i, Ε “ d ‘ 
οὐκ ἐκκλησιάζειν, ἀλλα τοὺς αὐτου ἕκαστον oyYaryouUS 


»“ “A J ‘ 3 / “ΙΝ κ᾿ 
πρῶτον πειρᾶσθαι πείθειν. Καὶ ἀπελθόντες ταῦτ ἐποίουν. 


CAT. Vix. 


a 9 ε Ὁ > ᾽ ᾽ν , 
1. Ταῦτα οὖν οἱ στρατιῶται ἀνεπύθοντο [ta] πραττό- 
/ a ? ‘ ni 
μενα. Kat ὁ Νέων λέγει, ws Ξενοφῶν, ἀναπεπεικὼς τοὺς 
» i, “Ὁ ¥ ~ ἤ 3 
ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς, διανοεῖται ἄγειν τους στρατιώτας ἐξα- 
“ γ ~ ? 7 2 « 
πατήσας πώλιν εἰς Φᾶσιν. 2. ᾿Ακούσαντες 5 οἱ στρα- 
» “ ν » v7, 3 / \ 
TLWTAL YANETTWS epepov* και ξυλλογοι ἐγίγνοντο, καὶ 
‘il / ‘ / ‘| Ν 4 
κύκλοι ξυνίσταντο" καὶ para φοβεροι ἦσαν, μὴ ποιησειαν, 
®@ hy a h 4 ? / i ‘ 3 
οἷα καὶ τους τῶν Κολχων κήρυκας ἐποίησαν, καὶ τοὺς ἀγο- 
’ d Ν ‘ 9 \ ἡ " 
ρανόμους " ὅσοι γὰρ μὴ εἰς τὴν θάλατταν κατεφυγον, κατε- 
3, ν᾽ ἤὔ — ΤΩ »y > “a 
λεύσθησαν. 3. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ noOaveto Ἐενοφῶν, edofev αὐτῷ 
»" 3 “~ 3 Ιγι, a Ν 3A 
ὡς τάχιστα ξυναγαγεῖν αὐτῶν ayopav, καὶ μη ἐᾶσαι Evd- 
a 3 , ᾿ ,» ἡ Ν ‘di λλέ 
λεγῆναι αὐτομάτους" καὶ ἐκέλευσε TOV κηρυκα ξυλλεγειν 
> n / yy , 
ἀγορών. 4. Οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ τοῦ κήρυκος ἤκουσαν, ξυνεδρα- 
> “ — lal “~ ‘ 
pov καὶ μάλα ἑτοίμως. ᾿Ενταῦθα Revopwv τῶν μεν 
a > , Ψ 9 6 ™~ ἈΝ Xx / 
στρατηγῶν οὐ κατηγορεῖ, oT ἦλθον πρὸς avToV, AEyeEt 
ν 
δὲ ὧδε" 
3 / Ν f. > wv 3 νΝ ¢ Ng Ν) 
5. ᾿Ακούω τινὰ διαβάλλειν, ὦ ἄνδρες, EME, ὡς ἔγω apa 
a Ul ν iy nw 3 7 9 
ἐξαπατήσας ὑμᾶς μέλλω ἄγειν εἰς Φᾶσιν. ᾿Ακούσατε οὖν 
a 9\ ‘ STA , ᾽ a ? 
μου, πρὸς θεῶν" καὶ eav μὲν ἐγὼ φαίνωμαι αδικεῖν, OV 
| > al A A »-Ώ / “Δ ς “ 
χρή με ἐνθένδε ἀπελθεῖν, πρὶν ἂν δῶ δίκην" ἂν δ᾽ ὑμῖν 
n > % , τ vy 
φαίνωνται ἀδικεῖν ot ἐμὲ διαβάλλοντες, οὕτως avVTOLS 


χρῆσθε, ὥσπερ ἄξιον. 6. Ὑμεῖς δ᾽, ἔφη, ἴστε δήπου, 














176 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [V. 7. 6--10, 


ef ef. lA ἃν » MN r\ , 
ὅθεν ἥλιος ἀνίσχει, καὶ ὅπου δύεται" καὶ ὅτι, ἐὰν μὲν τις 
9 1 ͵ y; he ‘ ξ , κι ᾽ 
εἰς τὴν Ελλάδα μέλλῃ ἱέναι, πρὸς ἑσπέραν δεῖ πορεύεσθαι" 
a , ᾽ ᾽ Ν / ¥ ‘ 
ἣν δὲ tis βούληται εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους, τοὔμπαλιν προς 
og Ν 9 Ψ “ A ᾽ ¢ o 3 “ 
ew. ἔστιν οὖν ὅστις τοῦτο ἂν δύναιτο ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατῆσαι, 
¢ oe y ‘ ‘*1 " . 7 κι Μ χ 
ὡς ἥλιος, ἔνθεν μὲν ἀνίσχει, δύεται δὲ ἐνταῦθα, ἔνθα δὲ 
ἢ > 2 » > ~ > \ ‘ ‘ A , 
δύεται, ἀνίσχει ὃ ἐντεῦθεν; 7. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοῦτό γε 
μ᾿ I ΓΙ ͵ Ν MM “~ , P| Ἃ « 
ἐπίστασθε, ὅτι βορέας μὲν ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς την Ἐλ- 
/ / , ‘ Ν ᾽ “Ἢ ‘ / / 
Aada φέρει, νότος δὲ εἴσω εἰς Φᾶσιν" καὶ λέγετε, ὅταν 
Fra / 4 Ν “ > | ‘ ¢ ἢ ~ 
Boppas ven, ὡς καλοὶ πλοῖ εἰσιν εἰς τὴν Ελλάδα. Τοῦτο 
> ¥ Ψ A i ων ? il “¢ > / 
οὖν ἐστιν, ὅπως TLS ἂν ὑμᾶς εξαπατησαι, ὥστε ἐμβαίνειν, 
ὑπ τ ἢ “ " 8 *AdXa Ν [ὑ - 7 e , 
ὁπόταν νότος mvEn; ἱ α γὰρ |vuas|, ὁπόταν γα- 
“ i ol MIMI ~ > “-“" ET i ‘ ? ψν , , 
ληνὴ ἢ, ἐμβιβῶ. Οὐκοῦν ἐγὼ μὲν ev ἑνὶ πλοίῳ πλεὺύσο- 
ς a ‘ > / 3 ξ ὔ a Ἃ Φ Σιν ἃ 
μαι, ὑμείς δε τουλάχιστον ἐν ἑκατόν; Πῶς ἂν οὖν εγὼ ἢ 
t toa \ Ay - ‘ , eM, 
βιασαίμην ὑμᾶς ξὺν ἐμοὶ πλεῖν, μὴ βουλομένους, ἢ εξἕαπα- 
/ ¥ a » «€ “ 9 ᾽ Ἂ 
τησας ayout; 9. Ποιῶ ὃ ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατηθέντας καὶ κατα- 
/ AM »» “ ὦ ’ a ‘ ‘ ν 9» 
γοητευθεντας ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἥκειν εἰς Φᾶσιν" καὶ δὴ καὶ ἀπο- 
; ᾽ ‘ ὔ ͵ , Ψ > 2 a 
βαίνομεν εἰς τὴν χώραν. Γνώσεσθε δήπου, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῇ 
" / 3 Γ᾿ + » ‘ * Ν ον» ᾿, φΦ ¢ ”~ 
Ελλαδι ἐστέ" καὶ ἐγὼ μὲν ἔσομαι ὁ ἐξηπατηκὼς εἷς, ὑμεῖς 
Χ ΒΕ» , > ‘ / ΝΜ “ “ Ἃ 
δε οἱ ἐξηπατημένοι eyyus μυρίων, ἔχοντες ὅπλα. Πῶς ἂν 
> e iy » , / XA d ‘ ¢ a 
οὖν [eis] ἀνὴρ μᾶλλον δοίη δίκην, ἢ οὕτω περὶ αὑτοῦ τε 
ΝΥ “~ , 
καὶ ὑμῶν βουλευόμενος ; 
᾽ » φ / ᾽ ¢ / b ΠῚ ‘ ᾽ / 9 
10. Addr οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λόγοι ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἠλιθίων Ka- 
‘ / ad ᾽ Ν € 23 ¢ “ a I ᾽ 
por φθονούντων, ὅτε ἐγὼ ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν τιμῶμαι. Καίτοι οὐ 
/ 7 oe a , \ a a " Ν ᾽ 
δικαίως γ᾽ ἄν μοι φθονοῖεν. Τίνα yap αὐτῶν eyw κωλύω 
A / Ν / 3 Ν ‘ > δ» A , 
ἢ λέγειν, εἰ τίς Te ἀγαθὸν δύναται ἐν ὑμῖν, ἢ μάχεσθαι, 
Ν 3 Δ Ma “ν "  » ‘ 4 “ a / 
εἰ τις ἐθέλει, ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἑαυτοῦ, ἢ eypnyopevat 
‘ A ¢ ἢ b / I / ᾽ ‘al 
Tepe τῆς vpeTepas ἀσφαλείας ἐπιμελόμενον; Ti yup; 


¥ ¢ e i “ ? / > i ᾽ 
ἄρχοντας αἱρουμένων ὑμῶν, eyw τινι ἐμποδὼν εἰμι; Πα- 


Υ͂. 1.10-16] ΚΥΡΟΥ ἈΝΑΒΆΣΙΣ. 


/ 3 f a em , 
pint, ἀρχέτω" μόνον ἀγαθόν τι ποιῶν ὑμᾶς φαινέσθω. 
Ἀ 3 in, > a ‘ / ‘ ? ‘al 
11. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ ἐμοὶ μὲν ἀρκεῖ περὶ τούτων τὰ εἰρημένα" 
Ἵ / . Ὁ Xx ill ? An A ΝΜ ΠῚ A 
εἰ δὲ τις ὑμῶν ἢ αὐτὸς e~atraTnOnvar ἂν οἰεται ταῦτα, ἢ 
a a / , “ 
ἄλλον ἐξαπατῆσαι ταῦτα, λέγων διδασκέτω. 12. ὍὍταν 
‘ , ed. ¥ Ν 3 ra θ Ν A 9 / 
δὲ τούτων ἅλις ἔχητε, μὴ ἀπελθητε, πρὶν ἂν ἀκούσητε, 
ye a ". Ml , a PMMA 
οἷον ὁρῶ ἐν TH στρατιᾷ ἀρχόμενον πρᾶγμα" ὃ εἰ ἔπεισι, 
/ Ὁ iil UN / es 
καὶ ἔσται οἷον ὑποδείκνυσιν, ὥρα ἡμῖν βουλεύεσθαι ὑπὲρ 
a a ‘ / / il, Υ Υ̓ ᾽ 
ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, μὴ κάκιστοί τε καὶ αἴσχιστοι ἄνδρες ἀπὸο- 
" “Ὁ "νι iy b ἡ Ν Λ 
φαινώμεθα καὶ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων καὶ φίλων 
rf ᾽ν. “ 
καὶ πολεμίων, καὶ καταφρονηθῶμεν. 
‘ - ε A ? / , 
13. ᾿Ακούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα οἱ στρατιῶται, ἐθαύμασαν 
/ 7 ἡ 3 Ἵ ” 
τε, ὅ τι εἴη, καὶ λέγειν ἐκέλευον. ᾿Εκ τούτου ἄρχεται 
I , Ψ) ,μν»ν aan 
πάλιν" ᾿Επίστασθε που, ὅτι χωρία ἦν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι Bap- 
‘ a / c / ᾿» 
βαρικὰ, φίλια τοῖς Κερασουντίοις. ὅθεν κατιόντες τινὲς 
" “" jl . κα hy g a U 
καὶ ἱερεια ἐπώλουν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἄλλα ὧν εἶχον" δοκοῦσι dé 
ν᾿ a 4 ν ἢ / / , δλθο 
μοι καὶ ὑμῶν τινες, εἰς TO εγγυτάτω χωρίον τουτῶν ελθον- 
/ ἥ 3 »“ a 
τες, ayopdcavtes τι, πάλιν ἐλθεῖν. 14. Τοῦτο καταμα- 
Ν ~ , ξ a e ‘ bh," » Ν > ' | 
θων Kreupetos ὁ λοχαγὸς, OTL καὶ μικρὸν εἰη Kat adv- 
/ > + . » ᾽ ‘ 
λακτον διὰ τὸ φίλιον νομίζειν εἷναι. EpyeTas Ew αὑτοὺς 
“ , > » κΚ ἴω > “ " 
τῆς νυκτὸς, ὡς πορθήσων, οὐδενὶ ἡμῶν εἰπων. 15. 4ιενε 
» / )». / 3 x ‘ | 
vonto Se, εἰ λάβοι τόδε TO χωρίον, εἰς μεν TO στράτευμα 
a 9 ‘ ‘ > a > e " κὶ . 
μηκέτι ἐλθεῖν, ἐμβὰς δὲ εἰς πλοῖον, ἐν @ ETLYYAVOY οἱ 
~ / HU / ¥ ΄, 
σύσκηνοι αὐτοῦ παραπλέοντες, καὶ ἐνθέμενος, εἰ TL λάβοι, 


“ 3 “ 
ἀποπλέων οἴχεσθαι ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου. Καὶ ταῦτα ξυνω- 


3 » “ ἢ a , v e iy a 
μολόγησαν QUT@ οἱ ἐκ TOV TAOLOV συσκηνοι, ὡς EY@ νὺν 


᾿ 9 all U4 ¥ 
αἰσθάνομαι. 16. Παρακαλέσας οὖν, ὁπόσους ἔπειθεν, 
9 3,» ἣν , ’ Wy hs θ , ς Ps Ἢ 
nyev ἔπε τὸ χωρίον. Πορευόμενον ὃ αὑτὸν φθανει nuep 


, yy ea A | r / 
γενομένη, καὶ ξυστώντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀπὸ ἰσχυρῶν τόπων 

















ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΤΥ.7. 16- 99. 


" by / / , ? / 
βάλλοντες καὶ παίοντες, tov te Κλεώρετον ἀποκτείνουσι 
‘ “ Ν ἤ ¢ / ‘ | » 
καὶ τῶν ἄλλων συχνοὺς" οἱ δὲ τινες καὶ εἰς Κερασοῦντα 

> » ᾽ a “ 9 > 3 a 6 ie Φ 
αὑὐτὼν ἀποχωροῦσι. 17. Ταῦτα 5 ἦν ev τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἢ 
¢ “ “~ 3 a a“ a ‘ / ΝνΝ . 
ἡμεῖς δεῦρο ἐξωρμῶμεν πεζῆ. Τῶν δὲ πλεόντων ἔτι τινὲς 
9 > a ¥ ᾽ ᾿ 
ἤσαν ἐν Κερασοῦντι, οὕπω ανηγμένοι. 
a 7 / 3 A 
Mera τοῦτο, ws οἱ Κερασούντιοι λέγουσιν, ἀφικνοῦν- 
a“ 3 “~ / “ ΝΜ Ὁ Ud ~ 
ται τῶν EK TOU χωρίου τρεῖς ἄνδρες τῶν γεραιτέρων, πρὸς 
‘ - τι " ᾽ ο ᾽ 4 > 
TO κοινὸν TO ἡμέτερον χρήζοντες ἐλθεῖν. 18. ᾿Επεὶ ὃ 
δ ν 2 4. Ν ‘ / ΜΝ. Ψ 
ἡμᾶς οὐ κατέλαβον, πρὸς tous Κερασουντίους ἔλεγον, ὅτι 
" ᾽ε"ε"εν a ,»νν ᾽ , > ‘ 
θαυμάζοιεν, τί ἡμῖν δόξειεν ἐλθεῖν ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς. ᾿Επεὶ 
ἥ Cad / »¥ ¢ > > * “~ ἤ 
μέντοι odes λέγειν, Ehacay, OTL οὐκ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ γένοιτο 
‘ a al ᾽ ‘ ‘ " ? , a 
To πρᾶγμα, ἥδεσθαί τε αὐτοὺς καὶ μέλλειν evOude πλεῖν, 
. ¢ ~ / bs / Ν b ‘ ’ > 
ὡς ἡμῖν λέξαι Ta γενόμενα, Kat τοὺς νέκρους κέλευειν αὖ- 
‘ , ᾿. " ᾿ »“ 
tous θάπτειν λαβόντας τους τούτου δεομένους. 19. Τῶν 
> a / ‘ / Ν 
δ΄ ἀποφυγόντων τινὲς ᾿Ελλήνων ἔτυχον ἔτι ὄντες ἐν Κε- 
»» ᾽ / ‘ ‘ ‘al A ¥ > / 
ρασοῦντι" αἰσθόμενοι δὲ tous βαρβάρους, ὅποι ἴοιεν, αὐτοί 
"ἡ Λ a , a ¥ 
Te ἐτόλμησαν βάλλειν τοῖς λίθοις, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις παρε- 
᾽ Ν ¢ ν > vr a y¥ € 
xehevovto. Kai ot ἄνδρες ἀποθνήσκουσι, τρεῖς ὄντες, οἱ 
πρέσβεις, καταλευσθέντες. 
‘ ’ ον a .» Ν “ ¢ oa ς 
20. Ἐπεὶ δε τοῦτο ἐγένετο, ἔρχονται πρὸς ἡμᾶς οἱ Κε- 
᾽ ‘ io Ν ~ “ 
ρασούντιοι, καὶ λέγουσι TO πρᾶγμα" καὶ ἡμεῖς οἱ στρατη- 
᾽ i 9 / il ~ ᾽ Ν ᾽ 
γοὶ ἀκούσαντες ἠχθόμεθώ τε τοῖς γεγενημένοις, καὶ εβου- 
/ ἢν a ’ “ A / ¢ 
λευομεθα Evy τοῖς Κερασουντίοις, ὅπως ἂν ταφείησαν οἱ 
“Ἢ ¢ / r > “ 
τῶν Ελλήνων νεκροί. 21. Συγκαθήμενοι δ᾽ ἔξωθεν τῶν 
"ἡ 3 / > ¢ 4 a a“ » 
ὅπλων, ἐξαίφνης ἀκούομεν θορύβου πολλοῦ, Παῖε, παῖε, 
Λ / ἤ Ν a“ i 
Barre, βάλλε" καὶ τάχα δὴ ὁρῶμεν πολλοὺς προσθέοντας, 
, y ᾽ a Ἀ ‘ . ATA , 
λέθους ἔχοντας ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἀναιρουμένους. 


€ x / ~ 
22. Καὶ ot μὲν Κερασούντιοι, ὡς ἂν καὶ ἑωρακότες τὸ 


V. 1. 399-28] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 119 


“ / | lel x‘ ‘ a 
map ἑαυτοῖς πρᾶγμα, δείσαντες ἀποχωροῦσι πρὸς τὰ πλοῖα. 
ἃ ν" κα “ ΙΝ Ν ‘ 
Ἦσαν δὲ, vn Δία, καὶ ἡμῶν, ot ἐδεισαν. 23. ᾿Εγωγε μὴν 
> ‘ 4 , Ψ AEA Ὗ ml 
ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτοὺς, καὶ npwrwv, O τι ἐστὶ TO πρᾶγμα. 
" Ia ” “ ‘ / ᾿ 
Τῶν δὲ ἦσαν μὲν, ct οὐδὲν ἤδεσαν, ὅμως δὲ λίθους εἶχον 
? “ / ? % δὲ ἰὃ / \ 3 / / 
ἐν ταῖς χερσίν. Ene de εἰδότι τινὶ ἐπέτυχον, λέγει 
’ “ Ν 
μοι, ὅτε οἱ ἀγορανόμοι δεινότατα ποιοῦσι τὸ στράτευμα. 
¢ ’ ᾽ ν᾿ Ν 3 ’ὔ Z 44 a 
24. "Ev τούτῳ τις ὁρᾷ τὸν ἀγορανόμον Ζήλαρχον πρὸς 
‘ b ~ ln > ‘ € Ν « 
τὴν θάλατταν umoxywpouvta, καὶ ἀνέκραγεν" οἱ δε, ὡς 
ny ‘ 3 / Ἄ "» » Ϊ “ὕ 
ἤκουσαν, ὥσπερ ἢ συὸς ἀγρίου ἢ ἐλάφου φανέντος, ἵενται 
ε ᾽ > ᾽ e 9 ς “ 
er αὐτόν. 25. Οἱ δ᾽ αὖ Κερασούντιοι, ὡς εἶδον ὁρμῶν- 
> Ἁ “ / ATi a “ “Ἢ 
τας καθ᾽ avtous, σαφῶς νομίζοντες ἐπὶ σφᾶς ἵεσθαι, φεύ- 
, (| , 5 s , ah 
γουσι δρόμῳ, Kat ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν. ἔἘυνεισ- 


»“ 2 a ‘ > / Ψ a 
ἔπεσον δὲ καὶ ἡμῶν QUT@Y τινες, Kal eTVLYETO, οστις νειν 


Ἂ x "ἡ ὔ a 
μὴ ἐτύγχανεν ἐπιστώμενος. 26. Καὶ τούτους τὶ δοκεῖτε; 


ij ‘ 4 ed Ν 
᾿Ηδίκουν μὲν οὐδὲν, ἔδεισαν δε, μη λύττα τις ὥσπερ κυσὶν 
lt » > / 
MLV ἐμπεπτωκοι. 
a a ¥ / id ᾿ , 

Εἰ οὖν ταῦτα τοιαῦτα ἔσται, θεάσασθε, o1a ἡ καταστα- 
»Ὃ" » a Γι “7 “ Ἃ ᾿ 
σις ἡμίν ἔσται τῆς στρατιας. 27. ἔμεις μεν οἱ πιαντες 
9 Ν ἤ Ν 3 7) , ea am θ 
οὐκ ἔσεσθε κύριοι οὗτε ἀνελέσθαι πόλεμον, w ἂν βούλησθε, 

A Ia/ ~~ "4 ¥ / 3.» 

οὔτε καταλῦσαι" ἰδίᾳ δὲ ὁ βουλόμενος ἄξει στράτευμα, ep 

Ν᾽ "" δ. ” ’ a 

ὅ tt ἂν ἐθέλη. Kav tives πρὸς ὑμᾶς two. πρέσβεις ἢ 

[ 

i Ν , ’ ξ 

εἰρήνης δεόμενοι ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς, κατακτείναντες τούτους οἱ 

δ ~ “ , Ν > Ὁ vad 

βουλόμενοι, ποιήσουσιν ὑμᾶς τῶν λόγων μὴ ἀκοῦσαι τῶν 

a ¥ Ν ἃ ina A ξ a 

πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἰόντων. 28. Επειτα δε, ovs μὲν av vpeis 

if ἕλησθε a ἐν οὐδεμιᾷ χώρᾳ ἔσονται" ὅστις 

ἅπαντες ἕλησθε ἀρχοντας, Ev ουδεμιᾳ χωρᾳ 

~ Ν ? f, / , 

δ᾽ ἂν ἑαυτὸν ἕληται στρατηγον, Kat εθελῃ λέγειν, Βαλλε, 

{ Ν hy, ΝΜ »“" ~ 

βάλλε, οὗτος ἔσται ἱκανὸς καὶ ἄρχοντα κατακανεῖν Kat 
a Pa ἢ Ν Δ 9 wl / 

ἰδιώτην, ὃν ἂν ὑμῶν εθελῃ, ἄκριτον, ἢν ὥσιν OL πεισόμενοι 


> A ‘A ‘ ~ ? / 
αὐτῷ, ὥσπερ καὶ νῦν ἐγένετο. 


























180 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [V. 7. 29-34, 


2 A AL Ἀ " € ? " 
29. Οἷα δὲ ὑμῖν καὶ διαπεπράχασιν οἱ αὐθαίρετοι 
φ ‘ / , \ 4 “εὖ 
οὔτοι στρατηγοί, σκέψασθε. Ζήλαρχος μὲν γὰρ ὁ ἀγο- 
| by ‘ 3 ἴω ¢ a ¥ 3 ἢ > ,. 
ρανόμος, εἰ μὲν ἀδικεῖ ὑμᾶς, οίχεται ἀποπλέων, οὐ Sous 
c ir ᾽ ᾽ν bn Ἵ » / 3 a rl 
ὑμῖν δίκην" εἰ δὲ μη ἀδικεῖ, φεύγει ἐκ τοῦ στρατεύματος, 
/ ‘ ᾽ / Ν > ἡ m ¢ ‘ / 
δείσας, μὴ ἀδίκως ἄκριτος ἀποθάνῃ. 30. Ot δὲ καταλεύ- 
᾿, f ‘ ες ~ ἢ ‘ » 
σαντες τοὺς πρέσβεις διεπραξαντο, ὑμῖν μόνοις μὲν τῶν 
e ’ , a A . > ry ‘ ‘ 
Ελλήνων εἰς Kepacovvta μὴ ἀσφαλες εἶναι, ἂν μὴ σὺν 
> χι. > - ᾿, ‘ * A / b 3 e 
ἰσχύϊ, ἀφικνεῖσθαι" Tous δὲ vexpous, ovs πρόσθεν αὐτοὶ ot 
| 3 Λ “ ‘ / ‘ 
Kataxavovtes ἐκέλευον Outre, τούτους διεπράξαντο μηδὲ 
κ ἤ Ν ’ ‘ 9 » / | Ν ᾽ ἢ 
ξυν κηρυκίῳ ett ἀσφαλες εἶναι ἀνελέσθοι. Tis γὰρ εθελή- 
/ ἡ ’ ᾽ f - 3 3 ᾿ ad 
cet κηρυξ (ἰέναι, κηρυκας atrextovws; 93]. AAA ἡμεῖς 
͵ , > Ν ᾽ ᾽ 
Κερασουντίων θωψαι αὐτοὺς εδεήθημεν. 
9 ‘ > ~ “ ¥ ’ ΡΥ “ e 
Ei μὲν οὖν ταῦτα καλῶς ἔχει, δοξώτω ὑμῖν" iva, ὡς 
/ > f \ Ν 9 ‘ / Ν . 
τοιούτων ἐσομένων, καὶ φυλακὴν ἰδίᾳ ποιήση τις, καὶ τὰ 
᾽ , κε , “ Ν ~ .C | / 
ἐρυμνὰ ὑπερδέξια πειρᾶται ἔχων σκηνοῦν. 32. Εἰ μέντοι 
a -» " > κ᾿ ‘ > ’ > 4 a 
ὑμῖν δοκεῖ θηρίων, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀνθρώπων, εἶναι τὰ τοιαῦτα 
Ν “" - ’ ν » > \ ‘ ‘ ‘ 
ἔργα, σκοπεῖτε παῦλαν τινα αὑτῶν" εἰ δὲ μὴ, πρὸς Διὸς, 
» aA ~ / ¢ / a“ ¥ ? “ A 
πὼς ἢ θεοῖς θύσομεν ἡδέως, ποιοῦντες ἔργα ἀσεβῆ, ἣ 
͵ “ “ Δ 9 / / 
πολεμίοις πως μαχούμεθα, nv ἀλλήλους κατακαίνωμεν ; 
ne Λ δ / f ν᾽ “~ / f “A ξ ~ e 
33. Torus δὲ φιλία τίς ἡμᾶς δέξεται, ἥτις ἂν ὁρᾷ τοσαύ- 
? , ?  » ? Ν ‘ / ¥ Ifa 4 
την ἀνομίαν ἐν ἡμῖν; Aryopav δὲ τίς ἄξει θαῤῥῶν, ἣν 
A ͵ a ᾽ / ἢ φ 
περι τὰ μέγιστα τοιαῦτα εξαμαρτάνοντες φαινωμεθα; Οὗ 
‘ Ν / iol "il > / / A i Ὁ 
δὲ δὴ πάντων οἰόμεθα τεύξεσθαι ἐπαίνου, τίς ἂν ἡμᾶς 
ri Ν , ‘ ¢ »“» ‘ ‘ Qn? ὦ 
τοιούτους ὄντας ἐπαινέσειεν ; ἡμεῖς μὲν γὰρ O10 ὅτι πονη- 
᾿ “A / 9 ‘ ‘ -» i 
pous av φαίημεν εἶναι τους Ta τοιαῦτα ποιοῦντας. 
c ᾽ ͵ > , / Ν. ‘ ‘ 
34. Ex τούτου ἀνιστάμενοι πάντες ἔλεγον, τοὺς μὲν 
al Ν a / a ‘ a , b a 
τούτων ἄρξαντας δοῦναι δίκην, τοῦ δὲ λοιποῦ μηκέτι ἐξεῖναι 


? / Ν Ἦν ᾽ Ν ν ) ‘ 2) 
ανομιας ἀρξαι" ἐὰν δὲ τις ἄρξη, ἄγεσθαι @UTOUS επι 


V. 7.34--8. 568] ΚΥΡΟΥ ἈΝΑΒΆΣΙΣ. 181 


A ν᾿ / ‘ a 

θανάτῳ" τοὺς δὲ στρατηγοὺς εἰς δίκας πάντας καταστῆς 
Ν Ν Ν / 3 ᾽ Δ 

σαι" εἷναι δὲ δίκας καὶ εἰ TL ἄλλο τις ἠδίκητο, εξ οὗ Κῦρος 

4 ‘ Ν 2 , 
amebave: δικαστὰς δὲ τοὺς Aoyayous ἐποιήσαντο. 35. Πα- 
»“ ν» — ~ ‘ - ’ , 

ραινοῦντος δὲ Ξενοφῶντος, καὶ τῶν μάντεων συμβουλευον- 
Ψ “" Ν , ν ιΙΚ" ἃ 

των, ἔδοξε καὶ καθῆραι τὸ στράτευμα. Καὶ εγένετο 


καθαρμός. 


CAP; Wik. 


1. "ESoke δὲ καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς δίκην ὑποσχεῖν τοῦ 
Ν ‘ 9 
παρεληλυθότος χρόνους Καὶ διδόντων, Φιλήσιος μὲν ὦφλε 
Ν Μ»-- a“ “~ “~ “ “ / ‘ 
καὶ Ἐανθικλῆς τῆς φυλακῆς τῶν γαυλικὼν χρημάτων TO 
i Ν ἊὉ ἢ δὲ τ Ν ¢ θ A 
μείωμα, εἴκοσι μνᾶς" Σοφαίνετος δε, ὅτε ἄρχων αἱρεθεὶς 
/ ἊΝ ~ ᾽ν ἤ i 
κατημέλει, δέκα μνᾶς. Ἐενοφῶντος δὲ κατηγόρησων τινες, 


i " ie; > a \ ς ξ " ‘ 
φάσκοντες παίεσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὑτοῦ, Kal ὡς υβρίζοντος THY κα- 


/ 9 κι , ὁ "»» “- > κ᾿ " κἡὶ 
τηγορίαν ἐποιοῦντο. 2. Καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφὼν ἀναστὰς εκελευ- 


- a / “ ‘ > / ς ‘ 
σεν εἰπεῖν Tov πρῶτον λέξαντα, ποῦ Kat ἐπλήγη. O δε 
9 ff ‘ “ νη > / Ν Ν 
ἀποκρίνεται" “Ὅπου καὶ τῷ ῥίγει «ἁπωλλύμεθα, καὶ χιὼν 

A ἢ \ N ‘ ven 
πλείστη ἦν. ὃ. Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν καὶ χειμῶνος γε 
/ Ἂ ? , Ν ‘ > 
ὄντος οἵου λέγεις, σίτου δὲ ἐπιλελοίποτος, Lvov δὲ μηδ 
᾿, A Ν " “ 3 / 
ὀσφραίνεσθαι παρὸν, ὑπο δὲ πονων πολλῶν ἀπαγορεῦον- 
/ υ καὶ / a) ΄ a 
των, πολεμίων δὲ ἑπομένων, ---- εἰ EV τοιούτῳ καιρῷ ὕβρι- 
¢ “ Ν a y ¢ / ν᾿ . φ 
ζον, ὁμολογῶ Kat τὼν ὄνων ὑβριστότερος εἶναι" οἷς φασιν 
¢ a 3 3 Ἵ νι bin 
ὑπὸ τῆς ὕβρεως κόπον οὐκ ἐγγίγνεσθαι. 4. Ομως δὲ καὶ 
“ ΜΝ 9 / > / Π “ » / ᾿, 
AeEov, edn, ἐκ τίνος ETANYNS. OTEPOV NTOVY GE τι, καὶ, 
3 δ 3 > ? / ν᾿ x ‘ 
ἐπεί μοι οὐκ EdLOWS, ἔπαιον; Αλλ ἀπῇτουν; Adda περι 
val ? ‘ " ? / 1 ? ‘ 
παιδικῶν μαχόμενος, ἀλλὰ μεθύων ἐπαρῴνησα; 5. Ere 


‘ Ἢ Ja Υ > “ > | 7 e 4 
de τούτων οὐδὲν ednoev, ἐπήρετο avTOV, εἰ οπλιτεῦοι. 












































182 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [V. 8. 5-12 


᾽ Ν / > Ν “ 
Οὐκ edn. Πάλιν, εἰ πελτάζοι. Οὐδὲ τοῦτ᾽ ἔφη" ἀλλ᾽ 
¢ ᾽ > r | \ ξ b, “ ὕ 
ἡμίονον ἐλαύνειν, ταχθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν συσκήνων, ἐλεύθε- 
Ν 
pos wy. 
> » Ν > ἤ 
6. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὴ ἀναγιγνώσκει τε αὐτὸν, καὶ ἤρετο: Ἦ 
Ν > ¢ Ν 2 , Ν Ν »»ν Ν Ἂ 
συ εἰ ὁ τὸν κάμνοντα ἀπάγων; Ναὶ wa Ai, ἐφη" σὺ γὰρ 
> ; \ ‘ ~ > » , . 
ἠναγκαξες" ta δὲ τῶν ἐμῶν συσκήνων σκεύη διέρῥιψας. 
3 > ¢ ‘ cae ¥ ¢ a“ / 
7. Αλλ ἡ μεν διώρβῥιψις, edn ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, τοιαύτη τις 
> / Λ ν Μ Ν 
ἐγένετο. 4ιέδωκα ἄλλοις ἄγειν, καὶ ἐκέλευσα πρὸς ἐμὲ 
» δ, \ ᾽ Ν Ψ a SIA ’ 
aTayayew* καὶ ἀπολαβὼν ἅπαντα σῶα ἀπέδωκα σοι, 
> ‘ ‘ » 5 ‘ >| A ‘ ‘ ra) 
ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐμοὶ ἀπέδειξας τὸν ἄνδρα. Οἷον δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα 
» ἡ > ’ ΜΝ ‘ \ Υ̓ M Ν 
ἐγένετο, ἀκούσατε, edn’ καὶ γὰρ ἄξιον. 8. ᾿Ανὴρ κατε- 
“ \ Ν / " 
λείπετο Sia τὸ μηκέτι δύνασθαι πορεύεσθαι. Καὶ ἐγὼ 
Ν Ἃ Ν ~ > / 
Tov μὲν ἄνδρα τοσοῦτον ἐγίγνωσκον, ὅτι εἷς ἡμῶν εἴη" 
b , / a Ν 
nvayxaca δὲ σε τοῦτον ἄγειν, ὡς μὴ ἀπόλοιτο" καὶ γὰρ, 
9 > Ν cy , 4 ~ 3 , 
ὡς ἐγὼ οἶμαι, πολέμιοι ἡμῖν ἐφείποντος Σ᾽ υνέφη τοῦτο ὁ 
Ν 
ἄνθρωπος. 
> ~ Ν ΄ — “ b b, 

9. Ουκοῦν, edn ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ προὔπεμψά σε, κατα- 
᾿ > . a 9 " " " 
αν αὖθις, συν τοῖς ὀπισθοφύλαξι προσιὼν, βόθρον 

¢ f ~ ‘ 
ορύττοντα, ws κατορύξοντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον" καὶ ἐπιστὰς 
3 ἢ " > ‘ ‘ 
emnvouv oe. 10. Ἐπεὶ δὲ παρεστηκότων ἡμῶν συνε- 
Ν Λ φ 2.  ννΥ “ 
Kapyye TO σκέλος ὁ avnp, ἀνέκραγον οἱ παρόντες, ὅτι ζῇ ὁ 
> " . Ἃ > » € , ᾿ Ι 
ἀνὴρ' συ ὃ εἶπας'"ἡ ὋὉπόσα γε βούλεται, ὡς ἔγωγε αὐτὸν 
2 Ν 3 tal ν “ “Ἢ 
οὐκ ἄξω. Ἐνταῦθα ἔπαισά σε" ἀληθῆ λέγεις" ἔδοξας 
, γ.. 7 ? , Ψ ¥ 
yap μοι εἰδότι ἐοικέναι, ὅτι Ef. 11. Τί οὖν; edn, ἧττον 
΄ 3 ‘0 ᾽ ᾽ν > ἢ ? / ae ‘ ‘ 
t ἀπέθανεν, ἐπεὶ eyw σοι ἀπέδειξα αὑτὸν; Καὶ yap 
φ »“» Ν ¢ =| a ἤ)Ἅ ᾽ - ’ > 
ἡμεῖς, edn ὁ Ξενοφῶν, πᾶντες ἀποθανούμεθα" τούτου οὖν 
“ »" ¢ ~ a ~ a“ ‘ 
eveca ζῶντας ἡμᾶς Set κατορυχθῆναι; 12. Τοῦτον μὲν 


> / , ¢ " / / ¥ 
ἀνέκραγον πώντες ws ολίγας παίσειεν" ἄλλους δ᾽ ἐκέλευε 


v.8. 12-18] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 188 


\ ν > / 3 Ν ‘ ? , ἡ 
λέγειν, διὰ τέ ἕκαστος ἐπληγήη. Επεὶ δὲ οὐκ ανίσταντο, 
»ν Ν ». 
αὑτὸς ἐλεγεν" 
> ™ > wa “ a ral ‘ ΕΣ 
13. ᾽Ἔγω, ὦ ἄνδρες, ὁμολογῶ παῖσαι δὴ ἄνδρας πολ- 
‘ Ὡ“ 3 “ d ἥ ‘ Ν ν᾽.» > 
Nous ἕνεκεν ἀταξίας, ὅσοις σώζεσθαι μὲν ἤρκει δι ἡμᾶς, ἐν 
, LA ἡ ‘ / “ / 3 x ‘ ᾽ὔ 
τάξει τε ἰόντων καὶ μαχομένων, ὅπου δέοι" αὐτοὶ δὲ λιπον- 
Ν “ Υ ξ ‘al ΜΝ) la! - Ὁ 
τες τὰς τάξεις, προθέοντες ἁρπάζειν ἤθελον, καὶ ἡμῶν 
» > * “~ r | > “ cd Ἃ 
πλεονεκτεῖν. Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο πᾶντες ἐποιοῦμεν, ἅπαντες ἂν 
? / Ν ᾿ν» ἣν “ | ‘ 
ἀπωλόμεθα. 14. Ἤδη δὲ καὶ μαλακιζόμενον τινα, Kat 
᾽ > Λ , ἢ 3 x ae i “ 
οὐκ ἐθέλοντα ἀνίστασθαι, adda προΐεμενον αὑτὸν τοῖς 
/ Ν Ν ‘ > / / > 
πολεμίοις, καὶ ἔπαισα καὶ ἐβιασώμην πορεύεσθαι. Ev 
,᾿ 2 ~ a Ν > , > , in 
yap τῷ ἰσχυρῷ χειμῶνι καὶ αὑτὸς ποτε ἀναμένων τινὰς 
/ ᾽ ‘ “ 7 
συσκευαζομένους, καθεζόμενος συχνὸν χρόνον, κατέμαθον 
᾽ Ν " ᾿, ‘ Λ 9 / InN ? a 
ἀναστὰς μόλις, καὶ τὰ σκέλη ἐκτείνας. 15. Ev ἐμαυτῷ 
? » ὯΝ ᾽ / Ma vA Yo , 
οὖν πεῖραν λαβων, εκ τούτου Kal ἄλλον, ὁπότε ἐδοιμι καθη- 
Ν ’ + “ a -“"Ἔ ἣν 
μενον καὶ βλακεύοντα, ἤλαυνον: τὸ yap κινεῖσθαι καὶ 
3 / Ca / ™ ‘ © / ‘ ‘ 
ἀνδρίζεσθαι παρεῖχε θερμασίαν τινὰ καὶ ὑγρότητα" τὸ δὲ 
67 6 ‘ ¢ ᾽ὔ ν cr ξ i A A 
καθῆσθαι καὶ ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν Ewpwv ὑπουργον ὃν τῷ TE 
? , ‘ @ Ν a > , li a 
ἀποπήγνυσθαι TO αἷμα, καὶ τῷ ἀποσήηπεσθαι τοὺς τῶν 
a / f ‘ Pee al MM / 
ποδῶν δακτύλους" ἅπερ πολλοὺς καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐστε παθόντας. 
ἂν." il / ν ¢ ᾽ / Ν e “ 
16. ἄλλον δὲ ye vows ὑπολειπομενὸν που δια ῥᾳστωνην, 
‘ / ‘| « A ‘ / 4 κ A ᾿. » 
καὶ κωλύοντα καὶ ὑμᾶς τοὺς πρόσθεν καὶ ἡμᾶς τους ὁπισθεν 
’ ¥ ‘ “ ᾿ , ἐν» - 
πορεύεσθαι, ἔπαισα πυξ, ὅπως μὴ λογχῃ ὑπὸ τῶν πολε- 
/ r ‘\ i, > a ΝΜ 3 lal “ 
μίων παίοιτο. 17. Καὶ yap οὖν νῦν ἐξεστιν αὑτοὺς σωθεῖ- 
Ν ἌΝ Ν ‘, / ἢ " 
σιν, εἴ τι ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἔπαθον παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον, δίκην λαβεῖν. 
᾽ »"»»ν a / me / , Ἅ 4 ¥ 
Εἰ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐγένοντο, TL μεγα ἂν οὕτως ἐπᾶ- 
Υ͂ Υ x Ἵ , 
Gov, ὅτου δίκην av ἠξίουν λαμβωνειν ; 
ε a " e , ᾽ x 4 oii 
18. Amrdovs μοι, edn, 0 λογος. [ Eyo yap | εἰ μεν 


7 5 ? ~ , κ / ᾿ a ς / δί ν x 
επ ἀγαθῷ ἐκόλασά τινα, αξιῶ vTEXELVY OLKNV, OLAV καὶ 
























































184 ΞΕΝΟΦΩ͂ΝΤΟΣ [Υ. 8. 18- 96. 


~ ¢ «# 4 ἢ / \ ‘ ¢ ᾽ ‘ 
γονεῖς υἱοῖς καὶ διδάσκαλοι παισί. Kai yap οἱ ἰατροὶ 
‘ oA ἢ a ? ‘ / / 
καίουσι καὶ τέμνουσιν ex ἀγαθῷ. 19. Εἰ δὲ ὕβρει νομί. 
4 ~ / 9 / Ψ ~ > ‘ I¢a 
Cere μὲ ταῦτα πράττειν, ἐνθυμήθητε, ὅτε νῦν ἐγὼ θαῤῥῶ 
Ν ~ ~ ~ a / ‘ ᾽ / "» »“ A 
συν τοῖς θεοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ τότε, Kat θρασύτερος εἰμι νῦν ἢ 
’ Ν > / / 7 > wo b | / > 
τότε, καὶ οἶνον πλείω πίνω" ἀλλ ὅμως οὐδένα παίω" ἐν 
> / 4 φ ~ ¢ ~ or ef ‘ “ 9 Ν , 
εὐδίᾳ γὰρ ὁρῶ ὑμᾶς. 20. “Οταν δὲ χειμὼν ἢ, καὶ θάλαττα 
Λ ’ ᾽ ? ¢ ~ oe Ν / / 
μεγαλη emipepntat, οὐχ ορᾶτε, OTL καὶ νεύματος μόνου 
τ f ᾽ν Ν ω ᾽ ῇ , 
ἕνεκα χαλεπαίνει μὲν πρωρεὺς τοῖς ἐν πρώρᾳ, χαλεπαίνει 
Ν / o > ’ € Ν | > “ 4 
de κυβερνήτης τοῖς ἐν πρύμνῃ; Ixava yap ev τῷ τοιούτῳ 
* “ / ’ ~ cd 
καὶ μίκρα ἁμαρτηθεντα, Tuvta συνεπιτρῖψαι. 21. Ὅτι 
‘ Ν ᾽ i. x ¢ » ἤ ᾽ 
δὲ δικαίως ἔπαιον αὐτοὺς, καὶ ὑμεῖς κατεδικάσατε τότε" 
ν ‘ / ? ἤ ἢ Ν Fone ei 
ἔχοντες yap ξίφη, ov ψήφους, παρεστητε, καὶ e&nv ὑμῖν 
? tad ᾽ a 2 ἡ f ? Ν ‘ / Ν ᾿ 
ἐπικουρεῖν αὑτοῖς, εἰ εβούλεσθες Αλλὰα μα Δία οὔτε τού- 
> “ Ν ᾽ν > ‘ Ν ᾽ “ > / 
τοις ETTEKOUPELTE, οὔτε συν ἐμοὶ TOV ἀτακτοῦντα ἐπαίετε. 
" ΄»" b | / 3 “ - 3 “Ὁ 
22. Τοιγαροῦν ἐξουσίαν ἐποιήσατε τοῖς κακοῖς αὐτῶν, 
¢ ri In ? 4 9 Ν > 3. " 
uBpilew ewvtes αὐτούς. Oia yap, εἰ ἐθέλετε σκοπεῖν, 
Ν ᾽ ‘ ¢ ἢ Ν ri Υ ‘ ω ¢ 
TOUS αὑτοὺς εὑρήσετε καὶ τότε κακίστους, καὶ νῦν ὑὕβριστο- 
rf " ~ t rd ¢ Ν , 
τάτους. 23. Boicxos γοῦν ὁ πύκτης ὁ Θετταλὸς τότε 
Ν ¢ / ᾽ / Ἃ / a >? e 
μεν διεμάχετο, ws κάμνων, ἀσπίδα μὴ φέρειν" νῦν δ᾽, ὡς 
᾽ a \ Ν , ᾽ Ἂ 
ἀκούω, Κοτυωριτῶν πολλοὺς ἤδη ἀποδέδυκεν. 24. Ἢν 
> “ “ ᾽ / / xv ‘ ’ὔ 
οὖν σωφρονῆτε, τοῦτον ταναντία ποιήσετε, ἢ τοὺς κύνας 
» ‘ Ν 4 f ‘ \ Ν Ὗ ἥ "ΓΚ, 
ποιουσι" τοὺς μὲν yap κύνας TOUS χαλεποὺς τὰς μὲν ἡμερας 
ld Ν ‘ ἢ b “ ὯΝ ‘ Δ “ 
διδεασι, τὰς δὲ νύκτας αφιᾶσι" τοῦτον δε, ἢν σωφρονῆτε, 
Ν / ‘ ἤ Ν ᾿, ¢ / Ἵ 
τὴν νύκτα pev δησετε, τὴν δὲ ἡμεραν ἀφήσετε. 
᾽ \ ‘ ” ’ , > , Coa 
25. Adda yap, edn, θαυμαζω, ὅτι, εἰ μὲν τινε ὑμῶν 
> / / “ ? ΩΝ 7 ’ x 
ἀπηχθόμην, μέμνησθε, καὶ ov σιωπᾶτε" εἰ δέ τῳ ἢ χειμῶνα 
? ’ 4 , ν ἡ A ? ~ a » a 
ἐπεκούρησα, ἢ πολέμιον ἀπηρυξα, ἢ ασθενοῦντι ἢ αποροῦντι 


, , / ΣΝ ,ὔ In? ” 
συνεξεπόρισα Tt, τούτων οὐδεὶς μεμνηται" οὐδ᾽ εἴ τινα 


Vv. 8.25,2.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 188 


ra ra >? ’ Ae Υ ν ὃ Ν ᾽ θὲ 
καλῶς τι ποιοῦντα ἐπήνεσα, OVO εἰ τιν ἀνὸρα οντὰ ἄἀγαῦον 
ΘΛ / ’ “ 3 x 
ἐτίμησα, ὡς ἐδυνάμην, οὐδὲν τούτων μέμνησθε. 26. ἄλλα 


; i δί ὶ ὅ i ἥδιον, τῶν ἀγαθῶν 
μὴν καλὸν τε καὶ δίκαιον, καὶ ὅσιον καὶ ἥδιον, γ 


K a a a ? / \ δὴ 5 γ 
μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν KAKWV μεμνῆσθαι. Ex τούτου μεν δὴ avi- 


᾽ν ἤ τ ry 
OTAVTO καὶ ἀνεμίμνησκον" καὶ περίεγενετο, ὥστε KANWS 


Ν 
EXE bv. 



































ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ 


ΠΥΡΟΥ͂ ΦΝΥΒΥΣΒΟΣ gl 


Cee.) Be 


"EK τούτου δὲ ἐν τῇ διατριβῇ of μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγορᾶς 
ἔζων, οἱ δὲ καὶ ληϊζόμενοι ἐκ τῆς Παφλαγονίας. ᾿Εκλώ- 
πευον δὲ καὶ οἱ Παφλαγόνες εὖ μάλα τοὺς ἀποσκεδαννυμέ- 
νους, καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς τοὺς πρόσω σκηνοῦντας ἐπειρῶντο 
κακουργεῖν" καὶ πολεμικώτατα πρὸς ἀλλήλους εἶχον ἐκ 
τούτων. 2. Ὁ δὲ Κορύλας, ὃς ἐτύγχανε τότε Παφλαγο- 
νίας ἄρχων, πέμπει παρὰ τοὺς Ελληνας πρέσβεις, ἔχον- 
τας ἵππους καὶ στολὰς καλὰς, λέγοντας, ὅτι Κορύλας 
ἕτοιμος εἴη, τοὺς Έλληνας μήτε ἀδικεῖν, μήτε ἀδικεῖσθαι. 
3. Οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἀπεκρίναντο, ὅτι περὶ μὲν τούτων σὺν 
τῇ στρατιᾷ βουλεύσοιντο, ἐπὶ ξενίᾳ δὲ ἐδέχοντο αὐτούς" 
παρεκώλεσαν δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνδρῶν, ovs ἐδόκουν Si 
καιοτάτους εἶναι. 4. Θύσαντες δὲ βοῦς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων 
καὶ ἄλλα ἱερεῖα, εὐωχίαν μὲν ἀρκοῦσαν παρεῖχον, κατα- 
κείμενοι δὲ ἐν σκίμποσιν ἐδείπνουν, καὶ ἔπινον ἐς κερα- 

/ ’ ᾿ ᾽ A ἤ 
τίνων ποτηρίων, οἷς ἐνετύγχανον ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ. 


3 Ν Ἂ ’ὔ > b / ‘ b , > 2 
5. Eme δὲ σπονδαί τ ἐγένοντο καὶ ἐπαιώνισαν, ἀνέ- 


VL 1.65-1.] ΚΥΡΟΥ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 187 


Ὁ i, A ~ ~ wa.) I , 
στησαν πρῶτον μὲν Θρᾷκες, καὶ πρὸς avdov ὠρχήσαντο 
‘ e tv Ν ψ. i ᾿ ‘A / ἣν 
σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις, καὶ NAAOVTO UYNAG TE Kab κούφως, καὶ 
᾽ - Λ Ἰυ  "ν ht od 
ταῖς μαχαίραις ἐχρῶντο" τέλος δὲ ὁ ἕτερος τὸν ἕτερον 
" ‘e ~ 3 / " i, Ν ὃ " e 3 » 
παίει, ὡς πᾶσιν ἐδόκει πεπληγέναι τὸν ἀνδρα" ὁ ὃ ἔπεσε 
“ ‘ 3 "ul ¢ ’ "Ὁ 
τεχνικῶς πως. 6. Καὶ ἀνέκραγον οἱ Παφλαγόνες. Καὶ 
" ‘ ᾽ὔ , - “a ¢ il ee iD ‘ > 
ὁ μὲν σκυλεύσας τὰ ὅπλα TOU ετέρου, ἐξῃει adwY TOV Σὲ- 
" Ν Ὰ a a ns μι 9g. ἢ € 
rurxav' ἄλλοι δὲ τῶν Θρᾳκῶν tov ἕτερον ἐξέφερον ws 
‘ Ia , Ἅ a >? 
τεθνηκότα" ἦν δὲ οὐδὲν πεπονθώς. 7. Meta τοῦτο Ai- 
A AN i.) a ling ἢ 
νιᾶνες καὶ Μάγνητες ἀνέστησαν, δὲ ὠρχοῦντο τὴν καρπαίαν 
᾽ a ¢/ ς i 4 A > “ 
καλουμένην ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις. 8. Ὃ δὲ τρόπος τῆς οὀρχή- 
* d bu ¢ “ A 
σεως ἦν [ode]* ὁ μὲν παραθέμενος τὰ ὅπλα σπείρει καὶ 
al ᾽ν ’ ¢ B “ . λ "" 
ζευγηλατεί, πυκνὰ μεταστρεφομενος ὡς φοβούμενος" Ay 
‘ ᾽ ς 3 > ~ mi | ΔΑ 
στὴς δὲ προσέρχεται" ὁ δ᾽ επειδὰν προϊδηται, ἀπαντᾷ 
/ Ὗ Ἅ ἣν - , : \ 
ἁρπάσας Ta ὅπλα, καὶ μάχεται πρὸ τοῦ ζεύγους (καὶ 
φ » ΝΕ ν ἢ / 3 ς a ‘ Ν᾿, or Ἵ ᾿ ‘ ‘Xo 
οὗτοι ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίουν ἐν ῥυθμῷ πρὸς Tov αὐλόν") καὶ τέλος 
᾿ ‘ a 3 , a 
ὁ ληστὴς δήσας τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τὸ ζεῦγος ἀπάγει" ἐνίοτε 
( i ᾿ 
‘ , Ν, ’ " A A 
δὲ καὶ ὁ ξευγηλάτης τὸν λῃστὴν" εἶτα Tapa τοὺς βοῦς 
Or » χεῖρε δεδεμένον ἐλαύνει. 
ξεύξας, ὀπίσω τὼ χεῖρε δεδεμένον ehav 
“Ὁ "" γ a 3 “ il Δ Ν 
9. Μετὰ τοῦτο Μυσὸς εἰσῆλθεν, ev ἑκατέρᾳ τῇ χειρί 
‘ ¢ | > ᾽ ᾽ 
ἔχων πέλτην" καὶ τοτὲ μὲν ὡς δύο ἀντιταττομένων μιμοῦ- 
b I, Ν td ? a “ 
μενος ὠρχεῖτο, τοτε δὲ ὡς πρὸς Eva ἐχρῆτο ταῖς πέλταις, 
ma 9 ᾽ Ν) Ν λ " cd 
τοτὲ δ᾽ ἐδινεῖτο καὶ ἐξεκυβίστα ἔχων Tas πέλτας" ὥστε 
Λ ‘ “ ‘ 3 
ὄψιν καλὴν φαίνεαθαι. 10. Τέλος δὲ τὸ Περσικὸν ὡρ- 
4 Ν ν Ν 2 “ . 
χεῖτο, κρούων τὰς πέλτας" καὶ ὠκλαξε καὶ ἐξανίστατο 
Ἂ 3 a > r ‘ Ν 9 , 
καὶ ταῦτα πάντα ἐν ῥυθμῷ εποίει πρὸς Tov αὕλον. 
J al ‘ »¥. ‘ 
11. "Emi δὲ τούτῳ ἐπιόντες οἱ Μαντινεῖς, καὶ ἄλλοι τινες 
ἂν Ἵ Ἵ f é 4 ὃς ἐδύναντο 
τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων ἀνασταντες, ἐξοπλισαμενον ὡς 


3 ¢ αὶ * Ν» , νὰ Ἃ 
κάλλιστα, ἤεσάν τε ἐν ῥυθμῷ, πρὸς τὸν ἐνόπλιον ῥυθμὸν 
























































188 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VL 1. 11-17, 


3 ff ν 5 ἤ ‘ by / Ν 2 “ 
αὐυλούμενοι, Kat ἐπαιωνίσαν καὶ ὠὡρχήσαντο, ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς 
Ν ᾿ ᾿ / « n \ ¢ / 
πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς προσόδοις. «Ὁρῶντες δὲ οἱ Παφλαγόνες, 
‘ ᾽ "Ὁ ‘ > / ? “ > 
δεινὰ ἐποιοῦντο, πάσας τὰς ὀρχήσεις ἐν ὕπλοις εἶναι. 
᾿ 3 / a ‘ ? / b ‘ 
12. “Emi τούτοις ὁρῶν ὁ Μυσὺς ἐκπεπληγμένους αὐτοὺς, 
a » / | Ἢ | / ν ’ 
πείσας τῶν Αρκάδων τινὰ πεπαμένον ὀρχηστρίδα, εἰσάγει, 

’ > ἤ ἢ Ν »] Ν , 
σκευάσας ws ἐδύνατο κάλλιστα, καὶ ἀσπίδα δοὺς κούφην 
7 « Ρ Ν ν᾿ ᾽ 7¢ 3 a > 
αὐτῃ. Ἢ δὲ ὠρχήσατο πυῤῥίχην ἐλαφρῶς. 13. ’Ev- 
pe 5 ᾿ ἃ ε " y ’ 
ταῦθα κρότος ἦν πολύς" καὶ οἱ Παφλαγόνες ἤροντο, εἰ 
4 » > »Ἥ ¢ > ». Ψ hf 
καὶ γυναικες συνεμάχοντο αὐτοῖς. Οἱ δ᾽ ἔλεγον, ὅτι αὗται 
¢ , 2  » a ' 
καὶ ai τρεψέάμεναι elev. βασιλέα ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου. Τῇ 
‘ 9 " ΄ a Ν Λ , ἡ 
μεν οὖν νυκτί ταύτῃ τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἐγένετο. 
14 Tn Se 6 / “ ᾽ ᾿, ty Ν 4 
ἢ. 17 0€ ὑστεραίᾳ προσῆγον αὑτοὺς εἰς TO στρά- 
Ν a , / 2 ~ 
τευμα" καὶ ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατιώταις, μήτε ἀδικεῖν Παφλα- 
/ 7 “ » “ ἢ ‘ / 
yovas, μήτε ἀδικεῖσθαι. Mera τοῦτο οἱ μὲν πρέσβεις 
Ν ¢ λιν » ~ “ ¢ Ν » “ 
ὠχοντο" οἱ de ἔλληνες, ἐπειδὴ πλοῖα ἱκανὰ ἐδόκει παρεῖ- 
b , »ν ¢ il ‘ ’ / “ 
vat, avaBurtes ἔπλεον ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα πνεύματι Karo, 
? » a w il Ν / mn 
ev uptotepa ἔχοντες τὴν Παφλαγονίαν. 15. Τῇ δ᾽ ἄλλῃ 
3 “ " / Ν ¢ / b | Ἢ / ~ 
ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς Σινώπην, καὶ ὡρμίσαντο eis Apunvnv τῆς 
, “Ὁ ‘ 7 Ὁ ‘ > a ~ 
Σινώπης. Σινωπεῖς δὲ οἰκοῦσι μὲν ἐν τῇ Παφλαγονικῇ, 
/ ‘a PAN e . , 

Μιλησίων δὲ ἀποικοί εἰσιν. Οὗτοι δὲ ξένια πέμπουσι 
~ by / ‘ ἢ νΝ 
tots Βλλησιν, arditwv μὲν μεδέμνους τρισχιλίους, οἰνου 

᾿ , Λ by / + ‘ / 
δὲ κερώμια χίλια καὶ πεντακόσια. 16. Kai Χειρίσοφος 
5) a 9 " ¥ ν. ε ‘ δι 
ἐνταῦθα ἦλθε τριήρη ἔχων. Καὶ οἱ μὲν στρατιῶται προσ- 
ὃ f ” ἢ ͵ og ¢ > > ~ > Ν > ἤ 
εοόκῶν, ἄγοντα τι σφισιν ἥκειν" «ὁ 8 ἦγε μὲν οὐδὲν, anrny- 
» / 7 f 3 ‘ > f 
γελλε Se, ὅτι ἐπαινοίη αὑτοὺς καὶ Αναξίβιος ὁ ναύαρχος 
ν.ν ἐν " Ψ ¢ a > ᾿ A a 
Kat οἱ ἄλλοι, καὶ OTL ὑπισχνεῖτο AvakiBios, εἰ αφικνοίντο 
»” “ / ‘ 3 “ 
ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου, μισθοφορὰν αὐτοῖς ἔσεσθαι. 


“ ? 4 ~ e¢ / ¥ ¢ “ 
17. Kat ev TavTn TH Δρμηνῃ ἐμειναν Ob στρατιωται 


VL 1.17-2.] KTPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙῚΣ. 189 


ἡμέρας πέντε. “Ms δὲ τῆς ᾿Ελλάδος εδύκουν ἐγγὺς aja 
σθαι, ἤδη μᾶλλον ἢ πρόσθεν εἰδήει αὐτοὺς, ὅπως ἂν καὶ 
t Ν ahi € ἢ > 3 ν 
ἔχοντές τι οἴκαδε ἀφίκωνται. 18. ᾿γήσαντο οὖν, εἰ ἕνα 
ἕλοιντο ἄρχοντα, μᾶλλον ἂν ἢ πολυαρχίας οὔσης δύνασθαι 
τὸν ἕνα χρῆσθαι τῷ στρατεύματι καὶ νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας" 
καὶ εἴ τι δέοι λανθάνειν, μᾶλλον ἂν κρύπτεσθαι" καὶ εἴ τι 
Ἅ» μὰ ᾿ id ᾽ Ν A / 
αὖ δέοι φθώνειν, ἧττον av ὑστερίζειν: ov yap ἂν λόγων 
δεῖν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἀλλὰ τὸ δόξαν τῷ ἑνὶ περαίνεσθαι ἄν" 
τὸν δ᾽ ἔμπροσθεν χρόνον ἐκ τῆς νικώσης ἔπραττον πάντα 
οἱ στρατηγοί. 19. ‘Qs δὲ ταῦτα διενοοῦντο, ἐτράποντο 
ἐπὶ τὸν Ἐενοφῶντα" καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἔλεγον προσιόντες 
αὐτῷ, ὅτι ἡ στρατιὰ οὕτω γιγνώσκει" καὶ εὔνοιαν ἐνδεικνύ- 
μενος ἕκαστος ἔπειθεν αὐτὸν ὑποστῆναι τὴν ἀρχήν. 20. Ὃ 
δὲ Ξενοφῶν πῇ μὲν ἐβούλετο ταῦτα, νομίζων καὶ τὴν τιμὴν 
μείζω οὕτως ἑαυτῷ γίγνεσθαι, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς φίλους καὶ 
εἰς τὴν πόλιν τοὔνομα μεῖζον ἀφίξεσθαι αὑτοῦ" τυχὸν δὲ 
καὶ ἀγαθοῦ τινος ἂν αἴτιος τῇ στρατιᾷ γενέσθαι. Wii 
21. Ta μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτα ἐνθυμήματα ἐπῆρεν αὐτὸν ἐπι- 
θυμεῖν αὐτοκράτορα γενέσθαι ἄρχοντα. ὍὋὉπότε δ᾽ αὖ 
ἐνθυμοῖτο, ὅτι ἄδηλον μὲν παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ, ὅπη τὸ μέλλον 
ἕξει, διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ κίνδυνος εἴη καὶ τὴν προειργασμένην 
δόξαν ἀποβαλεῖν, ἠπορεῖτο. 22. Διαπορουμένῳ δὲ αὐτῷ 


Ν ἤ) 9 val »“ 3 “ . 
διακρῖναι ἔδοξε κρατιίιστον eltval, Τοῖς θεοῖς avakoltvwo at 


καὶ παραστησάμενος δύο ἱερεῖα, ἐθύετο τῷ wield: peice. 
ὅσπερ αὐτῷ μαντευτὸς ἦν ex Δελφῶν" καὶ τὸ ὄναρ On ἀπὸ 
τούτου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνόμιζεν ἑωρακέναι, ὃ εἶδεν, ὅτε ἤρχετο ἐπὶ 
τὸ συνεπιμελεῖσθαι τῆς στρατιᾶς καθίστασθαι. 28. Καὶ 


Ν e "“ / / 7 ἡ 
ὅτε ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου δὲ ὡρμᾶτο Κύρῳ συσταθησόμενος, ἀετὸν 
































ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [V1 1. 23-29. 


ἀνεμειμνήσκετο ἑαυτῷ δεξιὸν φθεγγόμενον, caliper μέντοι, 
ὥσπερ ὁ μώντις ὁ προπέμπων αὐτὸν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι μέγας μὲν 
οἰωνὸς εἴη καὶ οὐκ ἰδιωτικὸς, καὶ ἔνδοξος, ἐπίπονος μέντοι" 
τὰ γὰρ ὄρνεα μάλιστα ἐπιτίθεσθαι τῷ ἀετῷ καθημένῳ" 
οὐ μέντοι χρηματιστικὸν εἶναι τὸν οἰωνόν" τὸν γὰρ ἀετὸν 

ετόμενον μᾶλλον λαμβάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 24. Οὕτω δὴ 
ill αὐτῷ διαφανῶς ὁ θεὸς σημαίνει, μήτε προσδεῖσθαι 
τῆς ἀρχῆς, μήτε, εἰ αἱροῖντο, ἀποδέχεσθαι. Τοῦτο μὲν δὴ 
οὕτως arsare, 25. Ἢ δὲ στρατιὰ συνῆλθε, καὶ πάντες 
ad ad ἕνα αἱρεῖσθαι" καὶ ἐπεὶ τοῦτο ets προεβώλλοντο 
αὐτόν. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἐδόκει δῆλον εἶναι, ὅτι αἱρήσονται αὐτὸν, 
εἴ τις ἐπιψηφίζοι, ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξε τάδε" 

26. ᾿Εγὼ, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἥδομαι μὲν ὑπὸ ὑμῶν τιμώμενος, 
“περ ὄνους εἰ εἰμε, καὶ χάριν ἔχω, καὶ εὔχομαι δοῦναί μοι 
τοὺς θεοὺς αἴτιόν τινος ὑμῖν ἀγαθοῦ γενέσθαι" τὸ μέντοι 
ἐμὲ ν-" ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν ἄρχοντα, “Μακεδαιμονίου σνδρὸς 
mapeares, οὔτε ὑμῖν μοι δοκεῖ συμφέρον εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἣν" 
ἂν διὰ- τοῦτο τυγχώνειν, εἴ τι δέοισθε, παρ᾽ αὐτῶν" ἐμοί 
τε αὖ οὐ πάνυ τι νομίζω ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι τοῦτο. 27. ‘Opa 
yap, ὅτι καὶ τῇ πατρίδι μου οὐ πρόσθεν ἐπαύσαντο πολε- 
μοῦντες, πρὶν ἐποίησαν πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν ὁμολογεῖν, Aaxe- 
δαιμονίους καὶ αὐτῶν ἡγεμόνας εἶναι. 28. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ τοῦτο 
ὡμολόγησαν, εὐθὺς ἐπαύσαντο πολεμοῦντες, καὶ οὐκέτι 
πέρα ἐπολιόρκησαν τὴν πόλιν. Εἰ οὖν ταῦτα ὁρῶν ἴων 
δοκοίην, & ὅπου Sumas, ἐνταῦθ᾽ ail ποιεῖν TO ἐκείνων 
ἀξίωμα, ἐκεῖνο ἐννοῶ, μὴ λίαν ἂν ταχὺ “ρον, 


Α 
29. Ὃ δὲ ὑμεῖς EVVOELTE, ὅτι ἧττον ἂν στάσις εἴ, ἑνὸς ἄρ- 
{) Ῥ 


χοντος, ἢ πολλῶν, εὖ ἴστε, ὅτε ἄλλον μὲν ἑλόμενοι οὐχ 


VI. 1.29-33.] ΚΥΡΟΥ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 


/ / ᾽ν Ψ > / 
εὑρήσετε ἐμὲ στασιάζοντα" νομίζω yap, ὅστις ἐν πολέμῳ 


dv στασιάζει πρὸς ἄρχοντα, τοῦτον πρὺς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σωτη- 
ρίαν στασιάζειν" ἐὰν δ᾽ ἐμὲ ἕλησθε, οὐκ ἂν θαυμάσαιμι, 
εἴ τινα εὕροιτε καὶ ὑμῖν καὶ ἐμοὶ ἀχθόμενον. 

30, Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα εἶπε, πολὺ πλείονες ἐξανίσταντο, 
λέγοντες, ὡς δέοι αὐτὸν ἄρχειν. ᾿Αγασίας δὲ Στυμφάλιος 
εἶπεν, ὅτι γελοῖον εἴη. εἰ οὕτως ἔχοι, εἰ ὀργιοῦνται asd 
δαιμόνιοι, καὶ ἐὰν σύνδειπνοι συνελθόντες μὴ spiibein123 
νιον συμποσίαρχον αἱρῶνται. ᾿Επεὶ εἰ οὕτω γε re 
ἔχει, ἔφη, οὐδὲ λοχαγεῖν ἡμῖν ἔξεστιν, ὡς κο. ὅτι Ἂν 
κώδες ἐσμέν. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὴ, ὡς εὖ εἰπόντος τοῦ γον 
ἀνεθορύβησαν. 31. Καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ ἑώρα whereas 
ἐνδέον, παρελθὼν εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἔφη, os sinc 

6 Ἂ ‘dl ‘ v > ὼ 
εἰδῆτε, ὀμνύω ὑμῖν θεοὺς παντας καὶ πόσοι, ἢ μ» eyo, 
ἐπεὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν γνώμην ἠσθανόμην, ἐθνόμην, εἰ βόσων 
εἴη ὑμῖν τε, ἐμοὶ ἐπιτρέψαι ταύτην τὴν ἀρχῆν, a EMOL, 
ὑποστῆναι" καί pot οἱ θεοὶ οὕτως εν τοῖς LEpoLs ἐσήμαναν, 
ὥστε καὶ ἰδιώτην ἂν γνῶναι, ὅτι ταύτης τῆς μοναρχίας 
ἀπέχεσθαί με δεῖ. ' 

32. Οὕτω δὴ Χειρίσοφον αἱροῦνται. Hepionge ὃ 
ἐπεὶ ἡρέθη. παρελθὼν εἶπεν" Gans ὦ ἄνδρα, τοῦτο Με 
ἴστε, ὅτι οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἔγωγε ἐστασίαζον. εἰ ἄλλον εἵλεσθε. Fe- 
νοφῶντα μέντοι, Edn, ὠνήσατε, οὐχ ἑλόμενοι" ὡς καὶ νῦν 
Δέξιππος ἤδη διέβαλλεν αὐτὸν πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον, ὅ O TL ati 
νατο, καὶ μάλα ἐμοῦ αὐτὸν συγάζοντος. ( O εἰ ἔφη νομί- 
ἕξειν, αὐτον Τιμασίωνι μᾶλλον συνάρχειν cena Aapit- 
νεῖ ὄντι, τοῦ Κλεάρχου στρατεύματος, ἢ ἑαυτῷ, Δώκωνι 


‘ ef. Ν ‘ 2 
ὄντι.) 33. ᾿Επεὶ μέντοι ἐμὲ εἵλεσθε, εφη, καὶ ἐγώ Tél 






































HENOSNQNTOS ΤΥ11.388-2.4 


ἤ ied A / ee > ἈΝ a \ 
puroua, ὁ Te ἂν δύνωμαι, ὑμᾶς ἀγαθὸν ποιεῖν. Καὶ 
΄ a er / 4 ν ὃν » 5 > 
umes οὕτω παρασκευάζεσθε, ws αὔριον, ἐὰν πλοῦς ἦ, ἀνα- 

/ ¢ \ ~ Ν 9 ¢ 
Fouevors ὁ δὲ πλοῦς ἔσται εἰς Ηρώκλειαν: ἅπαντας οὖν 

~ % ~ ~ ~ ‘ > b ‘ “ 
δεῖ ἐκεῖσε πειρᾶσθαι κατασχεῖν" τὼ δ᾽ ἄλλα, ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖσε 
¥ , 
ελθωμεν, βουλευσόμεθα. 


CAP. II. 


1. ᾿Εντεῦθεν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀναγόμενοι πνεύματι ἔπλεον 
καλῷ ἡμέρας δύο παρὰ γῆν. Καὶ παραπλέοντες ἐθεώρουν 
τήν t ᾿Ιασονίαν ἀκτὴν. ἔνθα ἡ ῇ ᾿Αργὼ neyeras ὁρμίσασθαι, 
καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν τὰ στόματα: πρῶτον μὲν τοῦ Θερμώ- 


ae 


δοντος, ἔπειτα δὲ τοῦ Ἴριος, ἔπειτα δὲ τοῦ Anvos, μετὰ δὲ 


τοῦτον τοῦ Παρθενίου" τοῦτον δὲ παραπλεύσαντες, ἀφί- 
KOVTO εἰς “Hpandevay, πόλιν ᾿ Ἑλληνίδα, Μεγαρέων ἄποι- 


κον, οὖσαν δ᾽ ἐν τῇ Μαριανδυνῶν χώρᾳ. 


2. Καὶ ὡρμέ. 
σαντο me τῇ ᾿Αχερουσιάδι Χεῤῥονήσφ. ἔνθα λέγεται ὁ 
Ἡρακλῆς ἐπὶ τὸν Κέρβερον κύνα νατάθηναι ἢ νῦν τὰ 
σημεῖα δεικνύουσι τῆς καταβάσεως, To βάθος πλέον ἢ ἐπὶ 
δύο στάδια. 3. ᾿Ενταῦθα τοῖς Ἕλλησιν οἱ ἥπνλῦσα 
ξένια πέμπουσιν, ἀλφίτων μεδέμνονι ἀμ μηιβίμια, καὶ οἴνου 
κεράμια δισχίλια, καὶ βοῦς εἴκοσι, καὶ οἷς ἑκατόν. Ἔν. 
ταῦθα διὰ τοῦ πεδίου ῥεῖ ποταμὸς, Λύκος ὄνομα, εὖρος ὡς 
δύο πλέθρων. 

4. Οἱ δὲ ΤῊΝ ὕλην ἐβουλεύοντο, τὴν 
λοιπὴν “»" πότερον κατὰ γῆν ἢ κατὰ θάλατταν χρὴ 
mpereer's ex τοῦ Πόντου. ᾿Αναστὰς δὲ Λύκων ‘Axaiin 


εἶπε: Θαυμάζω μὲν, ὦ ἄνδρες, τῶν στρατηγῶν, ὅτι οὐ 


ΥἹ. 2.4-10] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 93 


» / / , ‘ Ἂ A / 
πειρῶνται ἡμῖν ἐκπορίζειν σιτηρέσιον" τὰ μεν yap ἕξενια 
Ἂ ~ “ x Ὁ / . ¢ / 
οὐ μὴ γένηται TH στρατιᾷ τριὼν ἡμερῶν σιτία ὁπόθεν ὃ 
z ) 1K € ει "Epo. οὖν 
ἐπισιτισάμενοι πορευσόμεθα, οὐκ ἐστιν, Edy. μ 
, . κ᾿ Δ ; 
δοκεῖ, αἰτεῖν τοὺς ᾿Ηρακλεώτας μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ τρισχιλίους 
" 3 iy, Ν, Ν Mw. MI 
κυξικηνούς. 5. "Andros δ᾽ εἶπε, [μηνὸς μισθὸν, | μὴ ἐλατ 
/ / ἡ " ¢ a 
τον ἢ μυρίους" καὶ ἑλομένους πρέσβεις αὐτίκα para, ἡμῶν 
‘ . , « aw? ¢/ xX 
καθημένων, πέμπειν πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ εἰδέναι ὁ TL ἂν 
~ “ 3 “ 
ἀπαγγέλλωσι, καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα βουλεύεσθαι. 6. Εντεῦθεν 
a ‘ ᾽ὔ [ἡ Ν 
προὐβάλλοντο πρέσβεις, πρῶτον μεν Χειρίσοφον, ort ap 
? Ἀ . . ¢ A a 
χων ὥρητο" ἔστι ὃ cb καὶ Ξενοφῶντα. Οἱ δε ἰσχυρῶς 
Ἷ al “ > hb’ > r x > ἢ 
ἀπεμάχοντο" ἀμφοῖν γὰρ ταῦτα εδόκει, μὴ ἀναγκάζειν 
lho / d ᾽ν ? ~ ν᾿ / 
πόλιν ᾿Ελληνίδα καὶ φιλίαν, 0 TL μὴ AVTOL ἐθέλοντες δὲ- 
᾿ i δ᾽ οὖν οὗ ἐδό Ἰπρόθ εἶναι 
δοῖεν. 7. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὖν οὗτοι ἐδόκουν ἀπροθύυμοι εἰναι, 
ΨΥ 


Ν Ν 
πέμπουσι Μύκωνα ᾿Αχαιὸν, καὶ Καλλιμαχον Παρράσιον, 


φ 2 / Ν \ 

καὶ ᾿Αγασίαν Στυμφάλιον. Οὕτοι ἐλθόντες ἐλεγον τὰ 

. ? a > Ν 

δεδογμένα" τὸν δὲ Δύκωνα ἔφασαν καὶ επαπειλεῖν, εἰ μὴ 
> “ κ᾿ a 

ποιήσοιεν ταῦτα. 8. Axovoavtes ὃ ot Ηρακλεῶται, βου- 


\ Ps / “ 3 a > tal 
λεύσεσθαι ἔφασαν" καὶ evOus Ta TE χρηματα EK τῶν ἀγρὼν 


7 i χὴν ἀγορὰν εἴ i } it at πύλαι 
συνῆγον, καὶ THY ἀγορὰν εἰσω ἀνεσκεύασαν, Kal 


ἐκέκλειντο, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τειχῶν ὅπλα ἐφαίνετο. 

Ἔκ τούτου οἱ ταράξαντες ταῦτα τοὺς στρατηγοὺς 
ἡτιῶντο διαφθείρειν τὴν πρᾶξιν" καὶ συνίσταντο οἱ Ap- 
κάδες καὶ οἱ ᾿Αχαιοί: προειστήκει δὲ μάλιστα αὐτῶν Καλ- 
λίμαχός τε ὁ Παῤῥάσιος καὶ Λύκων ὁ ᾿Αχαιός. 10. Ὁ 
δὲ λόγοι ἦσαν αὐτοῖς, ὡς αἰσχρὸν εἴη ἄρχειν ἕνα ᾿Αθηναῖον 
Πελοποννησίων καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων, μηδεμίαν δύναμιν πα- 
ρεχόμενον εἰς τὴν στρατιών" καὶ τοὺς μὲν πόνους ΣΝ 
ἔχειν, τὰ δὲ κέρδη ἄλλους, καὶ ταῦτα τὴν σωτηρίαν σφῶν 


13 





.-..---- aaa 








<P τ- 
jae 





























194 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VI. 2. 10-16. 


" ΓῚ " ᾿ 4 Γ 
κατειργασμένων" εἶναι yap Tous κατειργασμένους ᾿Αρκάδας 
bn ‘ Ν ᾽ ¥ , Ia > 
καὶ Αχαιους, τὸ ὃ ἄλλο στρώτευμα οὐδὲν εἶναι. (Καὶ 
> Ἂ »" 9 ᾽ ξ ‘ ted “ σ΄. ll 
nv δὲ τῇ adnOeia ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ τοῦ ὅλου στρατεύματος 
> ME / 3 > iy © 
Ἀρκάδες καὶ ᾿Αχαιοί) 11. Εἰ οὖν σωφρονοῖεν οὕτοι, 
ry Ν ‘ ¢ / ¢ “~ > ¢ » 
συσταντες καὶ στρατηγοὺυς ἐλόμενοι ἑαυτῶν, καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς 
Δ iy / “~ Ν “ > ' , 
ἂν τὴν πορείαν TovowrTo, καὶ πειρῷντο ἀγαθόν τι νν»" 
νειν. 12. Ταῦτ᾽ ὅδοξε: καὶ ἀπολιπόντες Χειρίσοφον, εἴ 
τινες ἦσαν παρ᾽ αὐτῷ ᾿Αρκάδες ἣ ᾿Αχαιοὶ, καὶ Ἐενοφῶντα, 
/ ‘ ¢ ΩΣ ξ ral / F 
συνέστησαν" καὶ στρατηγοὺς αἱροῦνται ἑαυτῶν δέκα" Tov- 
‘ 9 / > ~ ’ ee 7 ~ 
tous δὲ ἐψηφίσαντο ἐκ τῆς viKwons, ὅ τι δοκοίη, τοῦτο 
a € ‘ 9 »“"Ἅ Ν wil Ν / 9 a“ 
move. Η μεν οὖν tov παντὸς ἀρχὴ Χειρισόφῳ ἐνταῦθα 
va ¢ / eo Ὁ κ᾿ | ‘oil lly. | 4 
κατελύθη, ἡμέρᾳ ἕκτῃ ἢ ἐβδομῃ ad ἧς ἡρέθη. 
» ᾽ ᾽ Λ “ > 3 ~ ~ 
13. Ξενοφῶν μέντοι ἐβούλετο ΚοΟινΏ μετ αὐτῶν τὴν πο- 
penne ποιεῖσθαι. νομίζων, οὕτως ἐσφαλεστέραν εἶναι, ἢ ἰδίᾳ 
ἕκαστον στέλλεσθαι" ἀλλὰ Νέων ἔπειθεν αὐτὸν καθ᾽ αὑτὸν 
πορεύεσθαι, ἀκούσας τοῦ Χειρισόφου, ὅτι Κλέανδρος ὁ ἐν 
“ € ἢν / ἤ » Cd b Λ 
Βυζαντίῳ ἁρμοστὴς φαίη, τριήρεις ἔχων ἥξειν εἰς Καλπης 
/ / 9 es ἤ 4 > 
λιμένα. 14. “Ὅπως οὖν μηδεὶς μετασχοι, αλλ, αὐτοὶ καὶ 
¢ 3 ~ ~ > ᾽ > »“ Ν 
Ol QUTWY στρατιῶται ἐκπλεύσειαν ἐπὶ τῶν τριήρων, διὰ 
“ 4 4 / / “ 
ταῦτα συνεβούλευε. Kai ὌΝ ἅμα μὲν ἀθυμῶν 
τοῖς γεγενημένοις, ἅμα δὲ μισῶν ἐκ τούτου τὸ στράτευμα, 
ἐπιτρέπω αὐτῷ ποιεῖν & τι βούλεται. 15. Ξενοφῶν δὲ 
~ » “ 
ἔτι μὲν ἐπεχείρησεν ἀπαλλαγεὶς τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐκπλεῦσαι" 
θυομένῳ δὲ αὐτῷ τῷ Tpuies Ἡρακλεῖ, καὶ κοινουμένῳ, 
τιν" λῴον καὶ ἄμεινον εἴη si ceaniareg ἔχοντι TOUS πα- 
ραμείναντας τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ἢ ἀπαλλάττεσθαι, ἐ ἐσήμηνεν 
‘ “ ¢ va ’ ᾿ e/ / 
Geos τοῖς ἱεροῖς, συστρατεύεσθαι. 16. Οὕτω γίγνεται 


Ν , “~ 3 / ‘ Will x / A 
TO oTputevpa τριχῆ" ApKades μεν καὶ ᾽Αχαιοὶ πλείους ἢ 


VL 2.16-3.3] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 195 


/ Ψ »“"Ἢ ἤ M 
τετρακισχίλιοι [καὶ πιντακύσως ἢ οπλιται ππαντες Χειρι- 
σόφῳ δ᾽ ὁπλῖται μὲν εἰς πέτρα σνα καὶ χιλίους, πελτα- 
σταὶ δὲ εἰς ἑπτακοσίους, οἵ Κλεάρχου Θρᾷκες" Ἐενοφῶντι 


δὲ ὁπλῖται μὲν εἰς ἑπτακοσίους καὶ χιλίους, πελτασταὶ δὲ 


Ν " @ 9 > ‘ ὶ 
εἰς τρικκύσίους" ἱππικὸν δὲ μόνος οὗτος εἶχεν, aude TET 


ταράκοντα ἱππέας. 
17. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ᾿Αρκάδες, διαπραξάμενοι πλοῖα παρὰ 


τῶν Ἡρακλεωτῶν, πρῶτοι πλέουσιν, ὅπως ἐξαίφνης “aie 
πεσόντες τοῖς Βιθυνοῖς, λάβοιεν ὅτι πλεῖστα" καὶ aTrO- 
βαίνουσιν εἰς Κάλπης λιμένα, κατὰ μέσον πως τῆς Θρᾷκης. 
18. Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ εὐθὺς ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως τῶν pare 
τῶν ἀρξάμενος, πεζῇ 5g διὰ τῆς ag ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς 
τὴν Θράκην ἐνέβαλε, παρὰ τὴν θάλατταν ἤει" καὶ γὰρ ἤδη 
ἠσθένει. 19. Ξενοφῶν δὲ πλοῖα λαβὼν, ἀποβαίνει ἐπὶ 


τὰ ape τῆς Θρῴκης καὶ τῆς Ἡρακλεώτιδος, καὶ διὰ μεσο- 


γαίας ἐπορεύετο. 


CAP. EE. 


1. [Ὃν μὲν οὖν τρόπον ἣ τε Χειρισόφου ἀρχὴ τοῦ 
παντὺς κατελύθη, καὶ τῶν Ελλήνων τὸ ἡἠμυύδμων gas 
ἐν τοῖς ἐπάνω eipntat.| 2. "Ἔπραξαν δ᾽ Ὁ ποῖ 
τάδε. Οἱ ae ᾿Αρκάδεν, ὡς ἀπέβησαν νυκτὸς εἰς Καλπης 
λιμένα, wopevorras εἰς Tas πρώτας κώμας, στάδια ἀπὸ 
θαλώττης ὡς π" "Eres δὲ φῶς ἐγένστοι bigot 
ἕκαστος σηρότνγον τὸ αὑτοῦ λάχος ἐπὶ κώμην" ὁποία δὲ 
μείζων ἐδόκει εἶναι, σύνδυο roxous ἦγον οἱ στρατηγοί. 


3. Συνεβάλοντο δὲ καὶ λόφον, εἰς ὃν δέοι πάντας ἀλίζε- 





























190 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VI. 3. 3-9, 


‘ ef ᾽ , ᾽ " ᾽ ’ ἤ 
σθαι. Kai, ἅτε εξαιφνης ἐπιπεσόντες, ἀνδρωποδά τε 
Ν Ν. Ν / ‘ , 
πολλὰ ἔλαβον, καὶ πρόβατα πολλὰ περιεβαλοντο. 
¢ Ν a 9 / , " 4 ‘ 
4. Οἱ δὲ Θρᾷκες nOpoifovto οἱ διαφυγόντες" πολλοὶ δὲ 
ἤ " a ¢ / > b “ “ “ 
Svedpuyov, πελτασται ὄντες, ὁπλίτας εξ αὐτῶν τῶν χειρῶν. 
"E Ν δὲ λ if ΠῚ Ν »Ἥ.Ἤ " / xr / 
Tes O€ συνελέγησαν, TPWTOV μὲν TH Σμίκρητος λόχῳ, 
e ™ Ὁ > / ~ > / » ᾽ » / 
ενος των Αρκαδων στρατηγὼν, ἀπίοντι ἤδη εἰς τὸ TUYKEL= 
‘ ‘ / Ν ᾽ / Γ Ν 
μενον καὶ πολλὰ χρηματα ἄγοντι, ἐπιτίθενται. 5. Καὶ 
‘ ‘ b ’ ted ἢ ra > Ν Ἂ 
τεως μὲν ἐμάχοντο ἅμα πορευόμενοι οἱ EXXnves: ἐπὶ δὲ 
᾿ / / ᾽ , Ν ᾽ , ‘ 
διαβάσει χαράδρας TPETOVTAL QUTOUS, καὶ αὑτὸν TE τὸν 
Ἷ , ’ \ ᾽ν Ν , Ν 
Σμίκρητα αποκτιννυᾶασι, καὶ τους αλλους TruvTas. AAXOV 
Ν / ΠῚ / ~ | a rf > ‘ 
δὲ λόχου τῶν δέκα στρατηγῶν, τοῦ ᾿Ηγησάνδρου, ὀκτὼ 
/ 4 ‘ - ¢ ys ᾽ , ΙΝ ‘ 
μόνους κατελίπον" καὶ αὑτὸς Hynoavdpos ἐσωθη. 6. Kai 
᾿ = ᾿ Ν Ἂ ¢ Ν ™ ἤ ¢ 
ot ἄλλοι μεν λοχαγοι συνῆλθον, οἱ μεν συν πράγμασιν, οἱ 
.ν / e ‘ a > ‘ » »ν a 
δὲ ἄνευ πραγμάτων" οἱ δε Θράκες, ἐπεὶ εὐτυχησαν τοῦτο 
᾿. > ᾽’ / ) / / 
TO εὐτύχημα, συνεβοων τε ἀλλήλους. Kar συνελέγοντο 
én0 / Th TO K Ν d ¢ / ᾽ λ ‘ “ 
ρρωμενως τῆς VUKTOS. aL ἅμα ἡμέρᾳ κυκλῳ περὶ τὸν 
" Ἂ «ἡ ᾽ " ’ 
λόφον, ἐνθα οἱ Eddnves ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο, ἐτώττοντο καὶ 
¢ a Ν ᾿᾿ Ν Ν ν»ν / ‘ve 
ἱππεῖς πολλοὶ καὶ πελτασταί, καὶ ἀεὶ πλείονες συνερρεον. 
Ν / Ν ‘ ¢ ri | al ¢ ‘ 
7. Kat προσεβαλλον πρὸς τοὺς ὁπλίτας ἀσφαλως" οἱ μεν 
‘ 4 , > ¥ ? ‘ ¥ 
yap Ελληνες οὔτε τοξότην εἶχον οὔτε ἀκοντίιστὴν οὔτε 
€ sf ¢ ‘ / ‘ 4 eT 
ἱππεα" οἱ δε προσθέοντες καὶ προσελαυνοντες ἠκοντιζον" 
Uy / Ν ᾽ ” 3 / ¢ i ᾽ Ν , Ψ 
ὅποτε δὲ αὑτοις ἐπίοιεν, ῥᾳδίως ἀπέφευγον" ἄλλοι δὲ αλλῃ 
? / bs “~ ‘ Ν ᾽ “~ 
ἐπετίθεντο. 8. Kat τῶν μὲν πολλοὶ ἐτιτρώσκοντο, τῶν 
bn ᾽ / (vd a b 7 > a , 
Se οὐδείς" ὥστε κινηθῆναι οὐκ ἐδύναντο ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου, 
, ᾿, ~ Ν 0 “ e/ 9 ? ᾽ν | 
ara τελευτωντες καὶ απὸ TOU ὕδατος εἰργον αὐτοὺς οἱ 
a > ν δὰ » / . ὦ , ‘ 
Θρᾷκες. 9. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἀπορία πολλὴ ἦν, διελέγοντο περὶ 
ω Ν Ν ᾽ν Ν e Ud ᾽ ~ ¢ / 
σπονδῶν" καὶ Ta μεν ἄλλα ὡμολόγητο αὑτοῖς, ὁμήρους 


» » ΨΥ ἕ a 9 ᾽ »“"» ε "i 
Se οὐκ ἐδίδοσαν οἱ Θρᾷκες, αἰτούντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων" 


VL 3.9-156] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 107 


‘ ‘ i, a b ' ed 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τούτῳ iayeto, Ta μὲν Sn τῶν Αρκαδων οὕτως 
hf 
εἶχε. 

Ἀ > a ἤ \ 
10. Χειρίσοφος Se, ἀσφαλῶς πορευόμενος Tapa θαλατ- 
b ω > / / — a“ δὲ 5 Ἀ a 
ταν, ἀφικνεῖται εἰς Καλπης λιμένα. Ἐενοφωντι ὃὲ δια τῆς 
/ ᾿ κΚΥ al / ᾽ / 
μεσογαίας πορευομένῳ οἱ ἱππεις προκαταθέοντες ἐντυγχα- 

/ noc MIM » 
νουσι πρεσβύταις πορευομένοις ποι. Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἤχθησαν 

Ἀ h— al > “ ? * Ν ν θ 7rd, 
παρα Ξενοφῶντα, ἐρωτᾷ αὑτους, εἰ που ῃσθηνται ἄλλου 
e Ὁ ¢ Wind rl 
στρατεύματος ὄντος ᾿Ελληνικοῦ. 11. Οἱ de ἔλεγον πᾶντα 
‘ a "ἢ “Ἢ 3 Ν “ c ‘ 
τὰ γεγενημένα, καὶ νῦν ὅτι πολιορκοῦνται ἐπὶ λόφου, οἱ δε 
ΓΟ ͵ - 3 rl ᾽ ~ 
Θρᾷκες πάντες περικεκυκλωμένοι εἶεν αὐτοὺς. Ἐνταῦθα 
4 
. 4 b , ? a Ψ 
τοὺς μὲν ἀνθρώπους τούτους εφύλαττεν ἰσχυρώς, ὅπως 
‘ \ , / 
ἡγεμόνες εἶεν, ὅπου δέοι" σκοποὺς δὲ καταστήσας, συνέλεξε 
Ν ᾽ | Ψ . 
τοὺς oTpatiwtas καὶ ἐλεξεν 
a a 3 “ e Ἁ a 
12. "AvSpes στρατιῶται, τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων οἱ μὲν τεθνᾶ- 
“ ‘ Ἂ / 
σιν. οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ ἐπὶ λόφου τινὸς πολιορκοῦνται. Νομίζω 
a “~ Ia? I eu 3 > | 
δ᾽ ἔγωγε, εἰ ἐκεῖνοι ἀπολοῦνται, οὐδ᾽ ἡμῖν εἶναι οὐδεμίαν 
4 a Ν / d \ 
σωτηρίαν, οὕτω μὲν πολλῶν ὄντων πολεμίων, οὕτω δὲ 
᾽ 9 2  ΨΝ e “ 
τεθαῤῥηκότων. 18. Κρατιστον οὖν ἡμίν, ὡς τάχιστα 
"Ἢ a ᾽ td , wv i, A ‘ 3 
βοηθεῖν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, πως, εἰ ETL εἰσι σῶοι, σὺν εκείνοις 
/ / il ip ᾽ W 
μαχώμεθα, καὶ pn, μόνοι λειῴθεντες, μόνοι Kat κινδυνεύω 
i , ‘4 
μεν. 14. Nov μὲν οὖν στρατοπεδευώμεθα, προέλθοντες, 


δ᾽ ὰ 7 ὃς εἶ ἰς τὸ ὃ σθαι" ἕως δ᾽ 
ὅσον ἂν δοκῇ καιρὸς εἶναι εἰς TO δειπνοποίει 


/ ay ‘ € / / 
ἂν πορευώμεθα, Τιμασίων ἔχων Tous ἵππεᾶας προελαυνέτω, 


ἐφορῶν ἡμᾶς, καὶ σκοπείτω τὰ ἔμπροσθεν, ws μηδὲν. ἡμᾶς 
λάθῃ. 18. Παρέπεμψε δὲ καὶ τῶν γυμνήτων algunas 
εὐζώνους εἰς τὰ πλάγια Kal εἰς TA ἄκρα, ὅπως, εἰ TOU τί 
ποθεν καθορῷῴεν, σημαίνοιεν" ἐκέλευε δὲ καίειν ἅπαντα, ὅτῳ 


/ 
ἐντυγχάνοιεν καυσιμῳ. 



































198 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VI. 3. 16-21. 


¢ Ὁ Ν 3 vA 3 a 9 / 
16. Hyews yap arrodpainuev av οὐδαμοῦ ἐνθένδε" πολλη 
‘ ‘ Ν ’ rl , , > r ‘ Ν > 
μὲν yap, edn, εἰς Ηραωκλειαν πώλιν ἀπιέναι, πολλὴ δε εἰς 
ἤ a ¢ ἃ / / ᾽ , 
Χρυσόπολιν διελθεῖν: οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι πλησίον" εἰς Κάλ- 
Ν / Ν / 9 / i) b ᾽ὔ 
πῆς δὲ λιμένα, ἔνθα Χειρίσοφον εἰκάζομεν εἷναι, εἰ σέσω- 
3 / t ἤ > s ν᾿» ral ‘ Ν oll AM a 
σται, ἐλαχίστη ὁδὸς. ΑΑλλὰ δὴ ἐκεῖ μὲν οὔτε πλοῖά ἐστιν. 
Φ "᾿ sf / Ν 2 ΠῚ Ina’ “~ ¢ r 
ous ἀποπλευσούμεθα" μένουσι δὲ αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ μιᾶς ἡμέρας 
3 ᾿ Ν ᾽ / ~ ‘ / > 
ἐστὶ Ta ἐπιτήδεια. 17. Τῶν δὲ πολιορκουμένων ἀπολο- 
“ Ν a / / ’ ᾽ 
μένων, suv τοῖς Χειρισόφου μόνοις κάκιόν ἐστι διακινδυ- 
᾽ “A “a ᾽ὔ a ? "»ν» ᾽ / 
νεύειν, ἢ τῶνδε σωθέντων, πάντας εἰς ταὐτὸν ἐλθόντας 
“ » ry » > \ » , 
κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας ἔχεσθαι. ᾿Αλλὰ χρὴ παρασκευασαμέ. 
™ ἤ ἤ ¢ “ A ? “ “~ 
vous THY γνωμην πορεύεσθαι, ὡς νῦν ἢ εὐκλεῶς τελευτῆσαι 
¥ A / ¥ 3 ’ / V4 
ἐστιν, ἢ κάλλιστον Epyov ἐργάσασθαι," Ελληνας τοσούτους 
, “Ὁ ‘ ¢ ‘ yf Ν “ aA by 
owoavtas. 18. Καὶ .ὁ θεὸς ἴσως ἄγει οὕτως, ὃς τους 
/ ¢ ἤ » a r 
μεγαληγορήσαντας, ws πλέον φρονοῦντας, ταπεινῶσαι Bov- 
¢ ~ Ν i" > Ν “ » r > / 
λεται" ἡμᾶς δε, τοὺς ἀπὸ θεῶν ἀρχομένους, ἐντιμοτέρους 
3 " » > 7 ὦ Ν | ri 
ἐκείνων κατάστησαι. Αλλ ἕπεσθαι yon, Kai προσέχειν 
Ν A ξ A x ᾿ rd “ 
τον νοῦν, ὡς ἂν TO παραγγελλόμενον δύνησθε ποιεῖν. 
a ? 2 Ν ¢ ~ ¢ ye ~ “Ἢ 
19. Ταῦτ εἰπὼν ἤγειτο. Οἱ δ᾽ ἱππεῖς διασπειρόμενοι 
ων a > ” e sae a \ 
ep ὅσον καλῶς εἶχεν, ἔκαιον ἡ ἐβάδιζον": Kai οἱ πελτασταὶ 
γ , \ . ν Ν , / ͵΄ 
ἐπίπαρίοντες KATA τὰ ἄκρα, ἔκαιον πάντα, ὅσα καύσιμα 
er mi ‘ ‘ ” / ᾽ , 
εωρων" Kat ἡ στρατιὰ δε, εἴ τινε παραλειπομένῳ ἐντυγχά- 
ef “ ¢ / bd a ἡ Ν ‘ / 
voev ὥστε πᾶσα ἡ ywpa αἰθεσθαι εδόκει, Kai TO στράτευμα 
ν "» ᾽ ν hs ΓῚ ΄ 
πολυ εἰναι. 20. ἔπει δε wpa ἦν, κατεστρατοπεδεύσαντο 
mi , ᾽ , % ἤ a / »"ν "ν᾿, 
emt λοῴον ἐκβαντες, καὶ τά τε τῶν πολεμίων Tupa ἑωρων 
᾽ a Ν ς , / Ν ᾽ Ν ¢ 3 Yd 
(ἀπεῖχον δὲ ὡς τετταράκοντα σταδίους), καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡς ἐδύ- 
~ * » > ‘ * 3 ἤ 
ναντὸ πλείιστα πυρὰ εκαιον. 21. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἐδείπνησαν 
, Λ \ Ν ’ / 
τάχιστα, παρηγγελθὴ τὰ πυρὰ κατασβεννύναι πάντα, 


wm OC Ν Ν / ‘ , > r ΄ 
Καὶ τὴν μεν νύκτα φυλακὰς ποιησώμενοι ἐκάθευδον" ἅμα 


VL 3.21-2.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 199 


δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προσευξάμενοι τοῖς θεοῖς, καὶ συνταξάμενοι ὡς 
εἰς μάχην, ἐπορεύοντο ἡ ἐδύναντο τάχιστα. iii aii 
σίων δὲ καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς, ἔχοντες τοὺς ἡγεμόνας καὶ προελαύ- 
νοντες, ἐλάνθανον αὑτοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ λόφῳ γενόμενοι, nee 
ἐπολιορκοῦντο οἱ “Ελληνες. Καὶ οὐχ ὁρῶσιν οὔτε ῃ 
φίλιον στράτευμα οὔτε τὸ πολέμιον (καὶ ταῦτα sda itl 
λουσι πρὸς Tov Ξενοφῶντα καὶ τὸ στράτευμα), γραΐδια Ἷ 
καὶ γερόντια καὶ πρόβατα ὀλίγα καὶ βοῦς xarahehetnee 
vous. 23. Καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον θαῦμα ἦν, τί εἴη τὸ γεγε- 
νημένον" ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν καταλελειμμένων ἐπυνθάνοντο, 
ὅτι οἱ μὲν Θρᾷκες εὐθὺς ἀφ᾽ ἑσπέρας ᾧχοντο ἀβωντει 
ἕωθεν δὲ καὶ τοὺς Ελληνας ἔφασαν οἴχεσθαι" ὅπου δε, 
οὐκ εἰδέναι. 
 » Ν μ᾿ a ᾽ A 

94, Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ audi Ξενοφωντα, emer ἡρίστη- 
σαν, συσκευασάμενοι ἐπορεύοντο, βουλόμενοι ws sec ini 
συμμίξαι τοῖς ἄλλοις εἰς Κάλπης λιμένα. Καὶ πορένομο, 
νοι ἑώρων τὸν στέβον τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν κατὰ τὴν 
ἐπὶ Κάλπης ὁδόν. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ, ἄσμε- 
νοί τε εἶδον ἀλλήλους, καὶ ἠσπάζοντο ὥσπερ ἀδελφούς. 
25. Καὶ ἐπυνθάνοντο οἱ ᾿Αρκάδες τῶν περὶ Ἠρνοψέσαν. 
τί τὰ πυρὰ κατασβέσειαν.Ό Ἡμεῖς μὲν γ»». ἔφασαν, 
ὠόμεθα ὑμᾶς τὸ μὲν πρῶτον, ἐπειδὴ τὰ πυρὰ οὐχ ἑωρῶμεν, 


Ἃ / ‘ € “ lh 
τῆς νυκτὸς ἥξειν ἐπὶ TOUS πολεμίους" καὶ OL πολεμίοι δε, 


a ‘ ? al : Ν | 
ὥς γε ἡμῖν ἐδόκουν, τοῦτο δείσαντες ἀπῆλθον" σχεδὸν yap 


ἀμφὶ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἀπήεσαν. 26. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἀφί- 
κεσθε, ὁ δὲ χρόνος ἐξῆκεν, ὠόμεθα ὑμᾶς πυθομένους τὰ 
παρ᾽ ἡμῖν, φοβηθέντας οὔχεσθαι ἀποδράντας ἐπὶ ona 
ταν" Kab ἐδόκει ἡμῖν, μὴ ἀπολιπέσθαι ὑμῶν. Οὕτως οὖν 


καὶ ἡμεῖς δεῦρο ἐπορεύθημεν. 
































ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VI. 4. 1-5. 


CAR. a ¥. 


᾽ ‘ > ‘ ¢ / > “ 3 / Al a 
1. Ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν αὐτοῦ ηὐλίζοντο ἐπὶ τοῦ 
ν} »ἅ Ν »" 7 Ν ᾿. ἢ a a “ 
αἰγιαλοῦ πρὸς τῷ λιμένι. To δε χωρίον τοῦτο, ὃ καλεῖται 
᾿ Ἃ »” ‘ > “ ᾽ὔ Δ 3 “ Υ / " 
Κάλπης λιμὴν, ἐστε μὲν ἐν τῇ Θράκῃ τῇ ἐν τῇ Acia 
᾽ / il MINN i / φ > \ AMIN “ , A 
ἀρξαμένη Se ἡ Opaxn αὕτη ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ 
’ s ε / TA \ > N , 
TIovrov μέχρε Ἡρακλείας, ἐπὶ δεξιὰ εἰς τὸν Πόντον 
b ‘ ᾽ > b ε , > 
εἰσπλέοντι. 2. Kai τριήρει μέν ἐστιν εἰς Hpuxrevav ἐκ 
Βυξζαωντί ἡμέ in as πλοῦς" ev δὲ τῷ 
αντίου κωπαιῖς ἡμέρας μάλα μακρᾶς s' € τῷ 
4 ¥ ‘ ? / ΝΜ / ΝΜ ¢ ‘ 
μέσῳ ἄλλη μὲν πόλις οὐδεμία οὔτε φιλία οὔτε Ελληνὶς, 
7 Ν Cal ἢ ‘ \ Ἅ ἤ “ € ᾽ 
ἀλλα Θρᾷκες Βιθυνοῖ" καὶ ods ἂν λάβωσι τῶν ᾿Βλλήνων 
Ἃ »} / _ Ν ξ / , ‘ 
ἢ ἐκπίπτοντας ἢ ἄλλως πως, δεινὰ ὑβρίζειν λέγονται τοὺς 
Ψ 
Ελληνας. 
ς Ἃ Λ * > ,ὔ x “ ¢ / 
3. Ὃ δε Καλπης λέμὴν ἐν μέσῳ μεν κεῖται ἐκατέρωθεν 
, Sas γῳ / \ , SAN » 
πλεόντων εξ Ἡρακλείας καὶ Βυζαντίου" ἔστι δ᾽ ἐν τῇ 
, / / ~ ‘ > ‘ Λ 
θαλάττῃ προκείμενον χωρίον, τὸ μὲν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν 
“~ 3 »" / 3 7% 
καθῆκον αὐτοῦ, πέτρα “ὌΝ ὕψος, ὅπη ἐλάχιστον, οὐ 
“ Ν > - ¢ 
μεῖον εἰκοσιν ὀργυιῶν" ὁ δὲ αὐχὴν, ὁ εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀνήκων 
. ~ / ἢ) ri / 
Tov χωρίου, μάλιστα τεττάρων πλέθρων τὸ εὖρος" τὸ δ᾽ 
> * “ > / ἢ e Ν “ 
ἐντὸς τοῦ αὐχένος Xeptov ἐκᾶνον puplon ἀνθρώποις οἰκῆ- 
gu, 14. Aue δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ αὐτῇ Τῇ πέτρᾳ, τὸ πρὸς ἀστέρα 
αὐγιαλὸν ἔχων. Κρήνη δὲ ἡδέος ὕδατος καὶ ἄφθονος ῥέουσα 
ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ τῇ fakarny, 3 ὑπὸ TH ἐπικρατείᾳ τοῦ χωρίου. Ξύλα 
δὲ, πολλὰ pe καὶ ἄλλα, πάνυ δὲ πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ Ὑ- 
γήσιμα ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ τῇ Gadarerg, 5. To δὲ ὅ ἫΝ τὸ ἐν τῷ 
λιμένι εἰς ταί μαηνι μὲν ἀνήκει ὅσον ἐπὶ εἴκοσι σταδίους, 
καὶ τοῦτο γεῶδες καὶ ἄλιθον" τὸ δὲ παρὰ θάλατταν, πλέον 


FMM, ¥ / ‘ “ ‘ a 
ἢ ἐπὶ εἰκοσι σταδίους, δασὺ πολλοῖς καὶ παντοδαποῖς καὶ 


vi.4.5-10.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 201 


μεγάλοις ξύλοις. 6. ‘H δὲ ἄλλη χώρα καλὴ καὶ πολλή, 
καὶ κῶμαι ἐν αὐτῇ εἰσι πολλαὶ καὶ εὖ οἰκούμεναι" φέρει 
γὰρ ἡ γῆ καὶ κριθὰς καὶ πυροὺς καὶ come pies” Sect καὶ 
μελένας καὶ σήσαμα καὶ σῦκα ἀρκοῦντα, καὶ ἀμπέλους 
πολλὰς καὶ ἡδυοίνους, καὶ τἄλλα πάντα πλὴν ἐλαιῶν. 
Ἢ μὲν χώρα ἦν τοιαύτη. 

7. ᾿Εσκήνουν δὲ ἐν τῷ αἰγιαλῷ πρὸς τῇ θαλάττῃ" εἰς. 
δὲ τὸ πόλισμα ἂν γενόμενον οὐκ ἐβούλοντο στρατοπε- 
δεύεσθαι" ἀλλὰ ἐδόκει καὶ τὸ ἐλθεῖν ἐνταῦθα ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς 
Py , a , , oe \ 
εἶναι, βουλομένων τινῶν κατοικίσαι πόλιν. 8. Τῶν yap 

" ε " 9 2 , rae , 
στρατιωτῶν οἱ πλεῖστοι ἦσαν οὐ σπάνει βίου ἐκπεπλευκο- 
τες ἐπὶ ταύτην τὴν μισθοφορὰν, ἀλλὰ τὴν Κύρου ἀρετὴν 
ἀκούοντες, οἱ μὲν καὶ ἄνδρας ἄγοντες, οἱ δὲ καὶ προσανη- 
λωκότες χρήματα, καὶ τούτων ἕτεροι ἀποδεδρακότες πατέ- 
pas καὶ μητέρας, οἱ δὲ καὶ τέκνα καταλιπόντες, ὡς, χρή- 
wat αὐτοῖς κτησάμενοι, ἥξοντες πάλιν, ἀκούοντες καὶ τοὺς 
ἄλλους τοὺς παρὰ Κύρῳ πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαθὰ πράττειν. 
Τοιοῦτοι οὖν ὄντες, ἐπόθουν εἰς τὴν Ελλάδα σώζεσθαι. 

9, ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ὑστέρα ἡμέρα ἐγένετο τῆς εἰς ταὐτὸν 
συνόδου, ἐπ᾽ ἐξόδῳ ἐθύετο Ἐξενοφῶν" ἀνάγκη γὰρ ἦν ἐπὶ 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐξάγειν" ἐπενόει δὲ καὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς θάπτειν. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ ἐγένετο, εἵποντο καὶ οἵ ᾿Αρκάδες, 
καὶ τοὺς μὲν νεκροὺς τοὺς πλείστους ἔνθαπερ ἔπεσον ἐκά- 
στους ἔθαψαν (ἤδη γὰρ ἦσαν πεμπταῖοι, καὶ οὐχ οἷον τε 
ἀναιρεῖν ἔτι ἦν)" ἐνίους δὲ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ὁδῶν συνενεγκὸν- 
τες, ἔθαψαν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ὡς ἐδύναντο oreo! 
ous δὲ μὴ εὕρισκον, κενοτάφιον αὐτοῖς ἐποίησαν μέγα, [ καὶ 


10. Ταῦτα δὲ 


“ 3 ’ 
πυρὰν μεγάλην, καὶ στεφάνους ἐπέθεσαν. 









































202 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VI. 4. 10-16, 


, ᾽ , A ‘ / | \ , 
ποιήσαντες ἀνεχωρησαν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. Kai τότε 
Ν i” 3 ᾽ » ν» κΥ / al 
μὲν δειπνήσαντες ἐκοιμήθησαν. Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ συνῆλθον 
ς a , a ‘ ᾿ \ , > 
οἱ ατρατιῶται πάντες (συνῆγε δὲ [αὐτοὺς] μάλιστα Aya- 
, , Ν + ε ᾿ > a 
σίας τε Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς, καὶ ‘Iepwvupos ᾿Ηλεῖος 
Ν ‘ ¢ Ν. ¢€ er ~ > / 
Aoxaryos, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι οἱ πρεσβύτατοι τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων)": 
᾿.. / 3 ἤ ἡ “ »" a 
11. καὶ δόγμα ἐποιήσαντο, ἐών τις τοῦ λοιποῦ μνησθῃ 
͵ ‘ 4 “" / > *~ » Ν 
δίχα τὸ στράτευμα ποιεῖν, θανάτῳ αὐτὸν ζημιοῦσθαι" καὶ 
i > / ¢ / 3 Ν , 
κατὰ χώραν ἀπιέναι, ἥπερ πρόσθεν εἶχε τὸ στράτευμα, 
x Ν ‘ / ’ bo / 
καὶ ἄρχειν τους πρόσθεν στρατηγούς. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος 
" ” , , bp, , “ > 
μὲν ἤδη τετελευτήκει, φώρμακον πιὼν, πυρέττων" τὰ ὃ 
3 ἢ / > »" Λ 
ἐκείνου Νέων ὁ ᾿Ασιναῖος παρέλαβε. 
Ν Ν - » Ν a 9 Ν 
12. Mera δε ταῦτα ἀναστὰς εἶπε Ξενοφῶν" Ὧ ἄνδρες 
“ * ‘ / ¢ »ν »" »ἉἭἍ 
στρατιώται, τὴν μὲν πορείαν, ὡς ἔοικε, δῆλον ὅτι πεζῇ 
" ᾽ 4 Ν a A . , ¥ 
ποιητέον, ov yap ἔστε πλοία" ἀνάγκη δὲ πορεύεσθαι ἤδη. 
? 4 Ν ὔ ? , ra a ‘ > y 
οὐ yap ἔστι μένουσι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν, ἔφη, 
/ ¢ ~ ‘ o i 
θυσόμεθα" ὑμᾶς δὲ δεῖ παρασκευάζεσθαι ws μαχουμένους, 
ν | Ν. ¢ Ν / > νη 
εἰ ποτε καὶ ἄλλοτε" OF γὰρ πολέμιοι ανατεθαρῥήκασιν. 
᾽ " ΔΛ ὴ ¢ ‘ a 
13. Ex τούτου εθύοντο οἱ στρατηγοὶ, μάντις δὲ παρῆν 
3 if 3 , ¢ ‘ Ν . 2 , 
Apnfiwv Αρκας" ὁ δὲ Σιλανὸς ὁ Αμβρακιωτης ἤδη ἀπο- 
᾽ὔ “ ' > / 
δεδράκει, πλοῖον picOwoupevos, ἐξ Ἡρακλείας. Θυομέ. 
Ν ν᾿ Ν ~ bi 3 , ἤ Ν 
vous δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφόδῳ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ iepd. 14. Ταύτην 
᾽ν 9 ‘ ἡ ᾽ 4 / ll ἡ Md 
μεν οὖν THY ἡμέραν ἐπαύσαντο. Kai tives ἐτόλμων λέγειν, 
¢ ¢ | “ / ~ r "» / ͵ 
ὡς ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, βουλόμενος τὸ χωρίον οἰκίσαι, πέπεικε 
ἣν / ¢ Ν e ‘ ? / AR th > , 
τὸν μάντιν λέγειν, WS τὰ ἱερὰ οὐ γίγνεται ἐπὶ udodw. 
+ | » ᾽ a Ν "“ + hy. ᾽ν / 
15. Εντεῦθεν κηρύξας, τῇ αὔριον παρεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν θυσίαν 
‘ / 4 , Ν Ν Λ - 
τὸν βουλόμενον, καὶ, μάντις εἰ τις εἴη, παραγγείλας παρεῖ- 
Ν > » ~ 
vat ὡς συνθεασόμενον τὰ ἱερὰ, ἔθυε" καὶ ἐνταῦθα παρῆσαν 


πολλοί. 16. Θυομένων δὲ πάλιν εἰς τρὶς ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφόδῳ, 


VI. 4.16-22.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 208 


“ »" 9 " 
οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερά. ‘Ex τούτου χαλεπῶς εἶχον οἱ στρα- 
ν κα A ¥ 9 
τιῶται" καὶ yap τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐπέλιπεν, ἃ ἔχοντες ἦλθον, 
a N δ ᾿ a 
καὶ ἀγορὰ οὐδεμία παρῆν. 
17. "Ex τούτου ξυνέλθοντων, εἶπε πάλιν Ξενοφων 
‘ a / e Qe ~ |e Ν Ν / ‘i 
ἄνδρες, ἐπὶ μὲν τῇ πορείᾳ, WS ὁρᾶτε, TA ἱερὰ οὕπω γίγνε 
a / SE TE SH ᾿ ape oat 9 
ται" τῶν δ᾽ ἐπιτηδείων ὁρῶ ὑμᾶς δεομένους" avayxn οὖν 
Ὁ» "". 3 A 4 > Ν 
μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, θύεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου. 18. Avacras 
3 Ν ΙΝ" 3 / 4 e 4" 
δέ τις εἶπε' Καὶ εἰκότως apa ἡμῖν οὐ γίγνεται Ta ἱερὰ 
a , Ws gd / 
ὡς yap ἐγὼ, ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου χθὲς ἥκοντος πλοίου, 
΄ ες 5 “ 4 ‘ 
ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτε Κλέανδρος ὁ ex Βυζαντίου appoorys 
» Ν Ν) > 4 
μέλλει ἥξειν, πλοῖα καὶ τριήρεις ἔχων. 19. Εκ τούτου 
“ > © ‘ ~, > " 3 
δὲ ἀναμένειν μὲν πᾶσιν ἐδόκει" ἐπὶ δὲ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἀναγ- 
, Λ λ’ 3 \ 
καῖον ἣν ἐξιέναι. Kai ἐπὶ τούτῳ πάλιν εθύετο εἰς τρὶς, 
“μ᾿ ν ᾽Υὺ » ἡ 
καὶ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερά. Καὶ ἤδη καὶ ἐπι σκηνὴν ἰόντες 
3 Ν ν " . al ? 
τὴν Ἐενοφῶντος, ἔλεγον, ὅτε οὐκ ἔχοιεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" ὁ ὃ 
“ in / va! ε a 
οὐκ ἂν ἔφη ἐξαγαγεῖν, μὴ γιγνομένων τῶν ἱερῶν. 
a > / ~ / A 
90. Kat πάλιν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐθύετο, καὶ σχεδὸν τι πᾶσα 
" “ ? a x me ae 
ἡ στρατιὰ, διὰ TO μέλειν ἅπασιν, ἐκυκλοῦντο πέρι TA ἱερᾶ 
Ἃ e ᾿ν Ἂ > “a by 
τὰ δὲ θύματα ἐπιλελοίπει. Οἱ δὲ otpatnyor εξῆγον μεν 
ὺ 4 . i by ὁ Ἐενοφῶν" Ἴσως ot 
οὗ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ, 21. Εἶπεν οὖν o Hevo 
9% ν. 23 ἢ / " Φ 
πολεμίοι συνειλεγμένοι εἰσὶ, καὶ ἀνάγκη μάχεσθαι" εἰ οὖν, 
Ν ᾽ ? snl a ω / ᾿ > / 
καταλιπόντες TA σκεύη EV τῷ ἐρυμνῳ χωρίῳ, ὡς ELS μαχὴν 
Ν rN ν. «νυν a 
παρεσκευασμένοι ἴοιμεν, Lows ἂν Ta ἱερα μαλλον προχω- 
> ε lal 2 
poin ἡμῖν. 22. ᾿Ακούσαντες δ᾽ οἱ στρατιῶται ἀνεκρᾶγον, 
e , ΝΜ b ] A r e ᾽ " 
ὡς οὐδὲν δέον εἰς τὸ χωρίον ἄγειν, ἀλλὰ θύεσθαι ὡς τάχι 
i πρὸ ἐν οὐκέτι ἦ ὃς δὲ ὑπὸ ἁμάξης 
στα. Καὶ πρόβατα μεν οὐκετι ἣν, βοὺς oe μ 
- / 3 “ a 
πριάμενοι ἐθύοντο" καὶ Ἐενοφῶν Κλεάνορος ἐδεήθη τοῦ 
? , “ Ν ᾽ “ Ν ᾿Αλλ οὐδ᾽ ὡς 
Apxados προθυμεῖσθαι, εἰ τι ἐν τουτῷ εἰ. 


> , | v 
eyeveTto [τὰ ἱερα]. 





























204 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VI. 4. 93 -- 97. 


, " " \ ‘ s ‘ ’ 
23. Νέων δὲ ἦν μὲν στρατηγὸς κατὰ τὸ Χειρισόφου 
f Ἀν ἂν εὖ Ν ᾽ ; ¢ > a A 
μέρος" ἐπεὶ δὲ ἑωρα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ws εἶχον δεινῶς τῇ 
3 / f ? o i ‘I " ¥ 
ἐνδείᾳ, βουλόμενος αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι, εὐρων τινα ἀνθρω- 
e ἥ A ¥ / ? ‘ > ’ a Ν 
πον ᾿Ηρακλεωτην, ὃς ἔφη κώμας εγγυς εἰδέναι, ὅθεν εἴη 
Ὁ" :, f γ / “ ’ 78 > Ἁ 
λαβειν ta ἐπιτήδεια, ἐκήρυξε, τὸν βουλόμενον ἰέναι ἐπὶ τὰ 
3 ’ ¢ e / ᾽ ᾽ > / ‘ ‘ 
ἐπιτήδεια, ὡς ἡγεμόνος ἐσομένου. Ἐξέρχονται δὴ σὺν 
, " 3 a ‘ , “Ἂν ᾽ , Ἴ 
δορατίοις καὶ ἀσκοῖς καὶ θυλάκοις καὶ ἄλλοις ἀγγείοις, εἰς 
/ ᾽ , ᾽ Sa ὦ > a 
δισχιλίους ἀνθρώπους. 24. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἤσαν ἐν ταῖς κώ- 
Ν i ¢ Ll li A | 3 / 
pats, καὶ διεσπείροντο ws ἐπὶ τὸ λαμβάνειν, ἐπιπίπτουσιν 
3 “ ¢ / ¢ va a / \ 
αὐτοῖς οἱ PapvaBalov ἱππεῖς πρῶτοι" βεβοηθηκότες yap 
> “ ad ri i, “ “ 
ἦσαν τοῖς Βιθυνοῖς, βουλόμενοι σὺν τοῖς Bibvvois, εἰ 
al ᾽ ~ ‘ Υ̓͂ is, 3 “ γ * 
δύναιντο, ἀποκωλῦσαι τοὺς EdAnvas μὴ ελθεῖν εἰς την 
i ? κ᾿ » > / “ > a > 
Φρυγίαν. Οὗτοι οἱ ἱππεῖς ἀποκτείνουσι τῶν ἀνδρῶν οὐ 
γῆι / ¢ \ WAM bn MINE 
μειον πεντακοσίους" οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος ἀνεφυγον. 
b | ‘ ν᾿ Λ “)Ἅ al 3 
25. Ex τούτου ἀπαγγέλλει τις ταῦτα τῶν αἀποπεφευ- 
ἢ " b, ἢ | ¢ πος »“ > ‘ > 
γότων εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον. Καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, ἐπειδὴ οὐκ 
> / 1 ¢ \ / a ¢ / x Ba “ ¢ »® ξ΄ / 
ἐγεγένητο Ta Lepa ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, λαβὼν βοῦν ὑπὸ ἁμάξης 
? \ > ¥ ς “- , > 
(ov yap ἦν ἄλλα ἱερεῖα), σφαγιασάμενος ἐβοήθει, καὶ οἱ 
Ν ¢ ᾽ὔ / Le. / 
ἄλλοι OL μέχρι τριάκοντα ἐτῶν ἅπαντες. 26. Καὶ ἀναλα- 
, \ Ν ¥ 4 ‘ , ᾽ A 
Bovtes τοὺς λοιποὺς ἄνδρας, εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον ἀφικνοῦν- 
.»ν»ν Ἁ ? ν ψΨψ. ἡ \ , | 
tat. Kai dn μὲν ἀμφὶ ἡλίου δυσμὰς ἦν, καὶ οἱ Ελληνες 
ων » ri »¥ > “ b | / \ 
Har ἀθύμως ἔχοντες ἐδειπνοποιοῦντο" καὶ ἐξαπίνης διὰ 
rl / “ “ > | ad / 
τῶν λασίων τῶν Βιθυνῶν tives ἐπιγενόμενοι τοῖς προφύ- 
‘ ,," ἢ ‘ x ψ / ἤ " 
λαξι, τοὺς μὲν κατέκανον, τοὺς δὲ ἐδίωξαν μέχρι εἰς τὸ 
/ Ν ~ 
στρατόπεδον. 27. Kai Kpavyns γενομένης, εἰς τὰ ὅπλα 
/ »Ἥ" ed Ν | \ * “ ~ 
πάντες ἐδραμον οἱ Ελληνες" καὶ διώκειν μὲν καὶ κινεῖν τὸ 
" “ > ᾽ \ In ἡ" 9 / ‘ 
στρατόπεδον νυκτὸς οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ἐδόκει εἶναι, δασέα yap 
> \ / | \ “ Ψ ᾽ / ἢ; 
ἣν τὰ χωρία" εν δὲ τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐνυκτέρενον, φυλαττόμενοι 


ἱκανοῖς φύλαξι. 


ΥἹΙ. ὅ.1-6] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 


CAF.) Υ, 


1. Τὴν μὲν νύκτα οὗτο διήγαγον: ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οἱ 
στρατηγοὶ εἰς τὸ ἐρυμνὸν χωρίον ἡγοῦντο" οἱ δὲ ἡόνψο 
ἀναλαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα καὶ σκεύη. Πρὶν δὲ ἀρίστου ὥραν 
εἶναι, ἀπετάφρευσαν, ἣ ἡ εἴσοδος ἦν εἰς τὸ χωρίον, “ἡ 
ἀπεσταύρωσαν ἅπαν, καταλιπόντες τρεῖς πύλας. Καὶ 
πλοῖον ἐξ Ἡρακλείας ἧκεν, ἄλφιτα ἄγον καὶ ἱερεῖα καὶ 
ἷ δ δ' ἃ 1s Ξενοφῶν ἐθύετο ἐπεξόδια, 
οἶνον. 2. Πρωΐϊ δ᾽ ἀναστας Ξενοφῶν ε 
καὶ γίγνεται τὰ ἱερὰ ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου iepetov. Καὶ ἤδη 

‘os exo: DY ἱερῶν, Opa ἀετὸν aL > μάντις ᾿Αρη- 
τέλος ἐχόντων τῶν ἱερῶν, ὁρᾷ ἀετὸν αἰσιον ὃ - ” 
Eiwv Παῤῥάσιος, καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι κέλευει τὸν ener 
3. Kai διαβώντες τὴν τάφρον, ta ὅπλα τίθενται, καὶ ἐκήν- 
ρυξαν, ἀριστήσαντας ἐξιέναι τοὺς στρατιώτας συν ne 
ὅπλοις, τὸν Se ὄχλον καὶ τὰ ἀνδράποδα αὐτοῦ acon 

4. Οἱ μὲν δὴ ἄλλοι πάντες ἐξήεσαν, Νέων δὲ οὔ" a 
yap κάλλιστον εἷναι, τοῦτον φύλακα parameter siya 
τοῦ στρατοπέδουι ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ οἱ λοχαγοὶ καὶ οἱ one 
ἀπέλειπον αὐτοὺς; αἰσχυνόμενοι μὴ ἕπεσθαι, τῶν ὄν 

ς ‘ 
ἐξιόντων, κατέλιπον αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὑπὲρ πέντε sate ideas 4 
κοντα ἔτη. Kat οὗτοι μὲν ἔμενον, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι sash ΝΜ] 
5. Πρὶν δὲ πεντεκαίδεκα στάδια διεληλυθέναι, ἐνέτυχον 
ἤδη νεκροῖς" καὶ τὴν οὐρὰν τοῦ κέρατος πυσηνί μεν des 
τοὺς πρώτους φανέντας vexpous, ἔθαπτον πάντας, ὁπόσους 


Ἂ Ν Ν 
ἐπελάμβανε τὸ κέρας. 6. ᾿Επεὶ δε tous πρώτους εθαψαν, 


‘ Ἂ 
> ‘ 9 , ov 
προαγαγόντες, καὶ THY οὐρὰν αὖθις ποιησάμενοι “ΜΠ ς 
‘ “oA Mi / ᾿ 
πρώτους τῶν ἀτάφων, ἔθαπτον τὸν αὑτον τρόπον, OTOTOUS 


3 . ὧν "ἃ ‘ ats || . 
ἐπελάμβανεν ἡ στρατιά, ᾿Επεὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν ὁδὸν ἧκον τὴν. 


























206 ΞΕΝΟΦΩ͂ΝΤΟΣ  [VL5.6-12 


> “ κι ¥ Ν ᾽ ᾿ , > ᾿ 
ex τῶν κωμῶν, ἔνθα ἔκειντο ἀθρόοι, συνενεγκόντες αὐτοὺς 
ν 
εθαψαν. 
Υ ‘ , , - ea ’ 
7. Hén δὲ πέρα μεσούσης τῆς ἡμέρας προαγαγόντες 


Ν , ΝΜ “ ΠῚ 3 / ‘ 3 / ed 
TO oTputeupa ew τῶν κωμῶν, ἐλάμβανον Ta ἐπιτήδεια, ὃ 


" ᾽ ‘ »" / > / ¢ a 
TL TLS ὁρῴη ἐντὸς τῆς φάλαγγος. Καὶ ἐξαίφνης ὁρῶσι 
\ , " " " , ‘ ? a 
τοὺς πολεμίους ὑπερβάλλοντας κατὰ λόφους τινὰς ἐκ τοῦ 
? / by / e / Ν 
ἐναντίου, τεταγμένους ἐπὶ hurayyos, ἱππέας τε πολλοὺς 
Ν - Ν | " ν ἢ e * 
καὶ πεζοὺς" καὶ yap Σπιθριδώτης καὶ ‘Paivns ἧκον παρὰ 
iv »ν ᾽ “" > Ν Ν “~ Ἂ 
Φαρναβαζου ἔχοντες δύναμιν. 8. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ κατεῖδον τοὺς 
x μ 
a « / ΝΜ γ / ᾽ ἴω «Ψ 
Ελληνας οἱ πολέμιοι, ἔστησαν ἀπέχοντες αὐτῶν ὅσον 
/ "“ " “ἥν > e 
πεντεκαίδεκα σταδίους. ᾿Εκ τούτου εὐθὺς ᾿Αρηξίων ὁ 
, ἴω € / \ > b, ~ 
μαντις τῶν Ελλήνων σφαγιαζεται, Kat ἐγένετο ΕἾ. TOU 
, ‘ \ , Υ ᾿ a / 
πρώτου kara τὰ σφάγια. 9. ἔνθα δὴ Ἐενοφῶν λέγει" 
7 ) 7 
~ > y ‘ 3 “ 
Δοκεῖ μοι, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατηγοὶ, ἐπιτάξασθαι τῇ φάλαγγι 
’ ΄, “ a / 3 vA: , 
λόχους φύλακας. wa, av που den, ὦσιν ot ἐπιβοηθήσοντες 
» Λ ‘ ie ’ 4 > ἤ 
τῇ φάλαγγι, καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι τεταραγμένοι ἐμπίπτωσιν εἰς 
Ν ? / 5 ~ “ 
τεταγμένους καὶ ἀκεραίους. 10. Συνεδόκει ταῦτα πᾶσιν. 
« a ‘ / Ν » Ν Ν Ἂ > 
Ὑμεῖς μὲν τοίνυν, edn, προηγείσθε τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἐναν- 
/ ¢ » ῳᾳ ᾽ Ν \ ” ‘ 
TLOUS, WS μὴ σηησμαν, ἐπεὶ ὥφθημεν καὶ εἴδομεν τοὺς 
ΗΝ “ye δὲ ἥξω, τοὺς τελευταίους λόχους καταχω- 
ρίσας, ἧπερ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ. 
‘ / ”~ ᾽ν “ 
11. ‘Ex τούτου οἱ μὲν ἥσυχοι προῆγον" ὁ δὲ, τρεῖς 
? Ν Ν ᾽ , | Ἀ Ν 
ἀφελων tas τελευταίας τάξεις, ἀνὰ διακοσίους ἄνδρας, τὴν 
Ν ᾽ ‘ ~ “ ᾽ , 7 
μὲν ert τὸ δεξιὸν ἐπέτρεψεν ἐφέπεσθαι, ὠπολίπόντας ὡς 
τον {τανε Αχαιὸς ταύτης ἦρχε τῆς τάξεως), τὴν 
a νὴ 
ἐπὶ τῷ μέσῳ ἐχώρισεν ἕπεσθαι (IIuppias ᾿Αρκὰς ταύτης 
ἦρχε). τὴν δὲ μίαν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ (Φρασίας ᾿Αθηναῖος 


ff 3 ἢ i ,.» Ν 
TQUT? εφειστηκει). ἘΦ, Προϊόντες δε, ἐπεὶ ἐγένοντο ot 


VI. 5.12-18.] KTPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 207 


ll ll. “ /. ᾽ν / ¥ ? " 
ἡγούμενοι ἐπὶ νάπει μεγάλῳ καὶ δυσπόρῳ, ἔστησαν, ay 


νοοῦντες, εἰ διαβατέον εἴη τὸ νάπος" καὶ παρεγγυῶσι 
στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς παριέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ἡγούμενον. 
13. Καὶ ὁ ἡενούανι θαυμάσας ὅ τε τὸ ἴσχον εἴη τὴν πο- 
ens καὶ ταχὺ ἀκούων THY παρεγγυῆν, ἐλαύνει 9 ἐδύνατο 
τάχιστα. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον, λέγει Σοψαίνστουν πρεσβὺ.- 
τατος ὧν τῶν στρατηγῶν, ὅτι βουλῆς οὐκ ἄξιον εἴη εἰ δια- 
βατέον ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον ὃν τὸ νάπος. 14. Καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν 
σπουδῇ ὑπολαβὼν ἔλεξεν" 

"Ar ἔστε μέν με, ὦ ἄνδρες. οὐδένα πω κίνδυνον προξε- 

ὑμῖν ἐ . οὐ ya ὁρῶ δεομένο 

νήσαντα ὑμῖν ἐθελούσιον' οὐ yap δόξης ορῶ ομένους 
ὑμᾶς εἰς epee, ἀλλὰ sian 15. Νῦν δὲ οὕτως 
ἔχει" samen μὲν ἐνθένδε οὐκ ἔστιν ἀπελθεῖν" ἣν yap μὴ 
ἡμεῖς ἴωμεν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, οὗτοι ἡμῖν, ὁπόταν ἀπίω- 
μεν, scale καὶ ἐπιπεσοῦνται. 16. Ὁρᾶτε δὴ, πότερον 
Ὄπ Ὶ ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρόρνο πρυβυλλθμένονν τὰ ὅπλα, 
ἣ μεταβαλλομένους ὄπισθεν ἡ ἡμῶν ἐπιόντας τοὺς πολημίονς 
θεᾶσθαι. 17. Ἴστε γε μέντοι, ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἀπιέναι ἀπὸ 
πολεμίων οὐδενὶ καλῷ ἔοικε" τὸ δὲ ἐφέπεσθαι aa τοις 
κακίοσι eee ἐμποιεῖ. ᾿Εγὼ γοῦν ἥδιον ἂν σὺν ΝΜ μῶν 
ἑποίμην, ἢ σὺν διπλασίοις ἀποχωροίην. Καὶ τούτους οἷδ 
ὅτι. ἐπιόντων μὲν ἡμῶν, οὐδ᾽ ὑμεῖς ἐλπίζετε αὐτοὺς δέξα- 
σθαι ἡμᾶς" ἀπιόντων δὲ, πάντες ἐπιστάμεθα, ὅτι τολμή- 
σουσιν ἐφέπεσθαι. ᾿ | 

18. To δὲ διαβάντας ὄπισθεν νάπος χαλεπὸν ποιήῆσα- 
σθαι, μέλλοντας μάχεσθαι, ἄρ᾽ οὐχὶ καὶ “π΄ si 
Τοῖς μὲν yap πολεμίοις ayers βουλοίμην av pe 


: ἀπὸ TOU 
πάντα φαίνεσθαι, ὥστε ἀποχωρεῖν ἡμᾶς δὲ καὶ ἀπ 
































208 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VI. 5. 18 .- 


“ / ν ᾽ » a 
χωρίου δεῖ διδάσκεσθαι, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι μὴ νικῶσι σωτηρία. 
/ > oe ᾽ν / ω “ 
19. Θαυμαΐζω δ᾽ ἔγωγε καὶ τὸ νάπος τοῦτο εἴ τις μᾶλλον 
Ἂ , .] rl Ν φΦ / 
φοβερον νομίζει εἶναι τῶν ἄλλων ὧν διαπεπορεύμεθα χω- 
cil ~ Ἂ ,' ‘ ‘ γ 
prov. Πῶς μεν yap διαβατὸν τὸ πεδίον, εἰ μὴ νικήσομεν 
Ν ¢ / a δὲ Δ / ¥ A Ν 
τους immeas; πῶς δε, ἃ διεληλύθαμεν opn, ἣν πελτασταίιί 
͵ » | / *< Ν Ν » »“» 
τοσοίδε εφέπωνται; 20. Ἢν δὲ δὴ καὶ σωθῶμεν ἐπὶ 
/ / ἢ Ἴκ ἢ »* a 
θάλατταν, πόσον τι νώπος ὁ Πόντος; ἔνθα οὔτε πλοῖα 
ν Ν , ri ΝΜ “ φ 
ἐστι Ta ἀπάξοντα, οὔτε σῖτος, ᾧ θρεψόμεθα μένοντες" 
/ ‘ Δ - “ Ἵ Ὁ 
δεήσει δὲ, ἣν θᾶττον ἐκεῖ γενώμεθα, θᾶττον πάλιν ἐξιέναι 
Ally i 4 ς ᾽ nm a “ ᾽ / 
ἐπὶ Ta ἐπιτήηδειαβ. 21. Οὐκοῦν νῦν κρεῖττον ἠριστηκότας 
θ “A Ν ’ , Ν ᾽ e a ν» 
μάχεσθαι, ἢ avpiov avapiotous; Ανδρες, Ta τε ἱερὰ ἡμῖν 
Me “ > % Υ ‘ / / ¥ 
Kau, οἱ TE οἰωνοί αἰσίοι, τὰ TE σφάγια κάλλιστα. ‘Iwpev 
> Ν ‘ y b ἊΨ / Ἂ 
emt τοὺς ἄνδρας. Οὐ δεῖ ἔτι τούτους, ἐπεὶ ἡμᾶς πάντως 
δ (al a Ia? dl “ 
εἶδον, ἡδέως δειπνῆσαι, οὐδ᾽ ὅπου ἂν θέλωσι σκηνῆσαι. 
‘ > “ ¢ we a ἢ 
22. Ἐντεῦθεν οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον, καὶ οὐδεὶς 
3 | νὰ ¢ “ I 
arenes: Kai os Ἦν mera διαβαίνειν, 7 ἕκα- 
στος every gave τοῦ vatrous wv: θᾶττον rap ἂν ἀθρόον 
ἐδόκει οὕτω πέραν γενέσθαι τὸ στράτευμα, ἢ εἰ κατὰ τὴν 
γέφυραν, ἣ ἐπὶ τῷ νάπει ἦν, ἐξεμηρύοντο. 23. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 
διέβησαν, <n Tapa τὴν φάλαγγα ἔλεγεν" ἄν» 
ἀναμιμνήσκεσθε, ὅσας δὴ μάχας σὺ τοῖς θεοῖς ὁμόσε ἰόντες 
νενικήκατε, καὶ οἷα πο ν οἱ πολεμίους φεύγοντες" 
καὶ τοῦτο ἐννοήσατε, ὅτι ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις τῆς “Ελλάδος 
» oe 
ἐσμέν. 
μὲν. 94. ᾽Αλλ᾽ Srecbe ὁ ἡγεμόνι τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ, καὶ ἀλλή- 
-» ba / ¢ / ? ” 
λους ρυϑλᾶπ ὀνομαστί. δύ τοι, wad τι καὶ 
καλὸν νῦν εἰπόντα καὶ ποιήσαντα, μνήμην, ἐν οἷς ἐθέλει, 


παρέχειν €a υτοῦ. 


Ld ». »ὝἭ 
25. Ταῦτα παρελαύνων ἔλεγε, καὶ ἅμα ὑφηγεῖτο ἐπὶ 


VI. ὕ. 956-30] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 209 


Gamayyer, καὶ τοὺς πελταστὰς ἑκατέρωθεν ποιησάμενοι 
ἐπορεύοντο ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους. πόδ δὲ, τὰ 
μὲν δόρατα ἐπὶ τὸν δεξιὸν ὦμον ἔχειν, ἕως σημαίνοι τῇ 
σάλπιγγι" ἔπειτα δὲ εἰς προβολὴν καθέντας ἕπεσθαι 
Balen, καὶ μηδένα δρόμῳ διώκειν. Ἔκ τούτου σύνθημα 
παρήει, ZETS ΣΩΤΉΡ, ἩΡΑΚΛΗ͂Σ ἭΓΕΜΩΝ. 26. Οἱ 
δὲ πολέμιοι ὑπέμενον, νομίζοντες καλὸν ἔχειν τὸ χωρίον. 
᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἐπλησίαζον, ἀλαλάξαντες οἱ Ελληνες πελτασταὶ 
ἔθεον ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμέους. =" τινα κελεύειν" οἱ δὲ πολέ- 
jot ἀντίοι ὄρρνησαν οἵ θ᾽ ἱππεῖς καὶ τὸ στῖφος τῶν 
Βιθυνῶν: καὶ τρέπονται τοὺς πελταστώςς. 27. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ 
ὑπηντίαζεν ἡ φάλαγξ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ταχὺ πορευομένη, καὶ 
ἅμα ἡ σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο. καὶ ἐπαιώνιζον., καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 
ἠλάλαζον, καὶ ἅμα τὰ δόρατα καθίεσαν, ἐνταῦθα οὐκέτι 
ἐδέξαντο οἱ πολέμιοι, ἀλλὰ sis 

98. Καὶ Τιμασίων μὲν ἔχων τοὺς ἱππεῖς ἐφείπετο, καὶ 
ἀπεκτίννυσαν, ὅσουσπερ ἐδύναντο ὡς ὀλίγοι ὄντες. Τῶν 
δὲ πολεμίων τὸ μὲν εὐώνυμον εὐθὺς διεσπάρη, καθ᾽ ὃ οἱ 
Έλληνες ἱππεῖς δον. τὸ δὲ δεξιὸν, ἅτε οὐ “pape διωκό- 
μενον, ἐπὶ δον συνέστη. 29. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ εἶδον οἱ Ελληνες 
ὑπομένοντα αὐτοὺς, ἐδόκει ῥᾷστόν τε καὶ ἀκινδυνότατον 
εἶναι, ἰέναι [ἤδη] ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς. Παιανίσαντες οὖν εὐθὺς 
ἐπέκειντο" οἱ δ᾽ οὐχ ὑπέμειναν. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα οἱ πέλτα- 
σταὶ ἐδίωκον, μέχρι τὸ δεξιὸν αὖ διεσπάρη" ἀπέθανον δὲ 
ὠμῶν τὸ γὰρ ἱππικὸν φόβον mapeiye τὸ TOV πολεμίων, 
πολὺ ὄν. 30. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ εἶδον οἱ Ἕλληνες τό τε ΩΝ! 


βάζου ἱππικὸν ἔτι συνεστηκὸς. καὶ τοὺς Βιθυνοὺς ἱππέας 


“ v Ν μ᾿ bp. / Ν 
πρὸς τοῦτο συναθροιζομένους, Kat πὸ λόφου Tivos κατα- 


14 



































210 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [ΥΙ.ὅ.30- 6. 4. 


/ ~ / > , bs ῳ 3 > / 
θεωμένους τὰ γίγνομενα, ἀπειρήκεσαν μεν, ὅμως δ᾽ ἐδόκει 
\ " al A Φ ud Ψ ΄ ¢ ν 
καὶ ἐπὶ τούτους ἰτέον εἶναι οὕτως ὅπως δύναιντο, ὡς μὴ 

7 / 2 / / Ἂ, ᾿ 
τεθαρῥηκότες ἀναπαύσαιντο. Συνταξάμενοι δὴ πορεύον- 
, 9 a ¢ , ξ “- 7 \ ΝᾺ 
ται. 31. ᾿Εντεῦθεν οἱ πολέμιοι ἱππεῖς φεύγουσι κατὰ τοῦ 

~ ¢ ἢ ef ¢ ¢ Ν 4 / / ἢ) 
πρανους, ὁμοίως WOTEP οἱ ὑπὸ ἱππέων διωκόμενοι" νάπος 
Ν > ‘ ξ / ‘\ 3 ν ᾽ν 3 ‘ 
yap αὑτοὺς ὑπεδέχετο, ὃ οὐκ ἤδεσαν οἱ Ελληνες, ἀλλὰ 

, , > ‘ \ > " 
προαπετράποντο διώκοντες" ove γὰρ ἦν. 32. ᾿Επανελ- 
/ Ν ») / y ‘ b / 

θοντες Se, ἔνθα ἡ TpwTn συμβολὴ ἐγένετο, στησώμενοι 
i ᾽ / tl, / ‘ e / ͵ , 
τρόπαιον, ἀπήεσαν ἐπὶ θάλατταν περὶ ἡλίου δυσμώς" στώ- 


»»ν ¢ Con ἡ ie, ‘ / 
dios δ᾽ ἦσαν ws ἑξήκοντα ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 


er.) Wk 


3 “ i My / 2 ᾽ Ν in ‘al “ ‘ 
1. ᾿Εντεῦθεν οἱ μὲν πολέμιοι εἶχον audi τα εαυτῶν, καὶ 
/ ‘ x > / ‘ Ν / “ In 7 
ἀπήγοντο καὶ τοὺς οἰκέτας καὶ τὰ χρήματα, ὅποι ἐδύναντο 
ld ¢ Ἂν / i ’ 
προσωτατω" οἱ δε " Ελληνες προσέμενον μὲν Κλεανδρον 
Ν ‘ / y," Ν ω ¢ / b ‘ 
Kat Tas opting! καὶ τὰ πλοία, ws nEovta: ἐξιόντες δὲ 
ἑκάστης ἡμέρας σὺν τοῖς ἡ μην καὶ τοῖς ἀνδραπόδοις, 
ἐφέροντο ἀδεῶς Tupous, κριθὰς, oivov, ὄσπρια, peréLvas, 
σῦκα" ἅπαντα yap ἀγαθὰ εἶχεν ἡ χώρα, πλὴν ἐλαίου. 
Ν ¢ ᾽ Ν / Ν ἢ 3 / 
2. Καὶ ὁπότε μὲν καταμένοι τὸ στράτευμα ἀναπαυόμενον, 
᾽ ~ 3 Ν / 77 \ P ἤ ¢ > / Ld 
ἐξὴν emt λείαν ἱέναι" καὶ ἐλάμβανον οἱ ἐξιόντες" ὁπότε δ᾽ 
3 / - Ν ᾽ yy Ν ? Ἂ / 
ἐξίοι πᾶν τὸ ““" εἰ τίς Ywpis ἀπελθων λάβοι τι, 
δημόσιον baker εἶναι. 3.”"H8n δὲ ἦν πολλὴ πάντων ἀφθο- 
via* καὶ γὰρ ἀγοραὶ πάντοθεν ὀψικνοῦντο ἐκ τῶν Dr 


νίδων πόλεων, καὶ οἱ wapawaorres ἄσμενοι κατῆγον, ἀκού- 


OVTES, ὡς οἰκέζουτο πόλις καὶ λιμὴν εἴη. 4. Ἔπεμπον δὲ 


‘ « / "ὃ ἃ ἤ ” My, — “ 
καὶ OL πολέμιον ἤδη, OL πλησίον @KOUV, πρὸς Ξενοῴφωντα, 


VI. 6.4-10.] KYPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 211 


ἀκούοντες, ὅτι οὗτος πολίζει τὸ χωρίον, ἐρωπῶνταν, ὅ τι 
δέοι ποιοῦντας φίλους εἶναι. ὋὉ δ᾽ ἐπεδείκνυεν αὐτοὺς τοῖς 
στρατιώταις. 

5. Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ Κλέανδρος apycvestan, δύο τριήρεις 
ἔχον. πλοῖον δ᾽ οὐδέν. ᾿Ετύγχανε δὲ τὸ στράτευμα ἔξω 
ὃν, ὅτε aati καὶ ἐπὶ λείαν τινὲς οὐἰχόμενοι ἄλλοι ἫΝ 
εἰς τὸ ὄρος" καὶ εἰλήφεσαν πρόβατα πολλά’ ὀκνοῦντες δε, 
μὴ ἀνάρόθεαα, τῷ Δεξίππῳ λέγουσιν (3s ἀπέδρα hu 
πεντηκόντορον “χν ἐκ Τραπεζοῦντος, καὶ κελεύουσι δια- 
σώσαντα αὐτοῖς τὰ πρόβατα, τὰ μὲν αὐτὸν λαβεῖν, τὰ δὲ 
σφίσιν ἀποδοῦναι. 6. Εὐθὺς δ᾽ ἐκεῖνος ἀπελαύνει τοὺς 
ἌΝ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, καὶ λέγοντας, ὅτι δημόσια 
ταῦτ᾽ εἴη" καὶ τῷ Κλεάνδρῳ ἐλθὼν λέγει, ὅτι ἁρπάξειν 
Ν᾿ μνώμι Ὃ δὲ κελεύει τὸν ἁρπάζοντα ἄγειν πρὸς 
αὑτῶν. Ἶ. Καὶ ὁ μὲν λαβὼν ἦγε τινα" περιτυχίῶν δ᾽ 
᾿Αγασίας ἀφαιρεῖται" καὶ a ἣν αὐτῷ ὁ ἀγόμενα λοχί- 
της. Οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι οἱ παρόντες τῶν arparierte ἐπιχει- 
ροῦσι βάλλειν τὸν Δέξιππον, ἀνακαλοῦντες τὸν προδότην. 
ἼΕδεισαν δὲ καὶ τῶν τριηριτῶν πολλοὶ, καὶ ἔφευγον εἰς τὴν 
θάλατταν" καὶ Κλϑανδρὺς δ᾽ ἔφευγε. 8. Ξενοφῶν δὲ καὶ 
οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ κατεκώλυόν TE καὶ τῷ Κλεάνδρῳ, ἔλε- 
γον, ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴη πρᾶγμα, ἀλλὰ τὸ δόγμα αἴτιον εἴη τὸ 
τοῦ στρατεύματος, ταῦτα γενέσθαι. 9. Ὃ δὲ Κλέανδρος, 
ὑπὸ τοῦ Δεξίππου τε ἀνερεθιζόμενος, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀχθεσθεὶς 
ὅτι ἐφοβήθη, ἀποπλευσεῖσθαι ἔφη καὶ κηρύξειν, μηδεμίαν 
πόλιν δέχεσθαι αὐτοὺς, ὡς πολεμίους. ἮΗρχον δὲ tote 
πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων οἱ Δακεδαιμόνιοι. 


a 707 q ra 
10. ᾿Ενταῦθα πονηρὸν τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐδόκει εἰναι τοις 
































ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VI. 6. 10-15. 


Ἕλλησι, καὶ ἐδέοντο, μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτα, ὋὉ δ᾽ οὐκ ἃ ἂν 
ἄλλως ἔφη γενέσθαι, εἰ μή τις ἐκδώσει τὸν ἄρξαντα Bax- 
Aew καὶ Tov ἀφελόμενον. 1]. Ἦν δὲ, ὃν ἐζήτει, Ayacias, 
διὰ τέλους φίλος τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι" ἐξ οὗ καὶ διέβαλεν αὐτὸν 

ὁ Δεξσεπος. Καὶ ἐντεῦθεν, "παδὴ ὁ aie ἣν, ies 5 set 
τὸ στράτευμα οἱ ἄρχοντες" καὶ ἔνιοι μὲν αὐτῶν μὰν ὁλέ. 
γον ἐποιοῦντο τὸν Κλέανδρον" τῷ δὲ Ξενοφῶντι οὐκ ἐδόκει 
φαῦλον εἶναι τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἀλλ᾽ ἀναστὰς ἔλεξεν" 

72 He ἄνδρες cupareeres, ἐμοὶ δὲ οὐ φυϑλον δοκεῖ 
εἶναι τὸ nena. εἰ ἡμῖν οὕτως ἂν» τὴν γόων» Κλέαν- 
Spos ἄπεισιν, ὥσπερ λέγει. Εἰσὶ μὲν γὰρ ἤδη ἐ ἐγγὺς αἱ 
᾿Ελληνέδες πόλεις" τῆς δὲ ᾿Ελλάδος Λακεδαιμόνιοι προε- 
στήκασιν" ἱκανοὶ δέ εἰσι καὶ εἷς ἕκαστος Λακεδαιμονίων 
ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν, ὅ τι βούλονται, διαπράττεσθαι. 13. Εἰ 
οὖν οὗτος πρῶτον" μὲν ἡμᾶς Βυζαντίου ἀποκλείσει, ἔ ἐπείτα 
δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἁρμοσταῖς παραγγελεῖ, εἰς τὰς πόλεις μὴ 
δέχεσθαι, ὡς ἀπιστοῦντας ΜΝΝΝΜΝΝΝΝΑΝΝμμ ΝΜ μη καὶ ἀνόμους 
ὄντας" ἔτι δὲ πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον τὸν ab Kase οὗτος ὁ λόγος 
περὶ ἡμῶν ἥξει" χὰ ἔσται καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀποπλεῖν" 
καὶ an ἐν τῇ γῇ ᾿ἄρχουσι Λακεδαιμόνιοι καὶ ἐν τῇ θα- 
“πῇ τὸν νῦν χρόνον. 14. Οὔκουν δεῖ οὔτε ἑνὸς ανδρὸς 
ἕνεκα οὔτε δυοῖν ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἄλλους τῆς Ελλάδος a ὅν 
oni, ἀλλὰ πειστέον, ὅ τι ἂν κελεύωσι" καὶ γὰρ αἱ πόλεις 
ἡμῶν, ὅθεν é ἐσμὲν, πείθονται αὐτοῖς. 

15. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν οὖν, ---- καὶ γὰρ ἀκούω, Δέξιππον λέγειν 
"" Κλέανδρον, ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἐποίησεν ᾿Αγασίας ταῦτα, εἰ 

μὴ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσα, ᾿Ἀ", μὲν οὖν ἀπολύω καὶ ὑμᾶς 


τῆς αἰτίας, καὶ ᾿Α4γασίαν, ἃ ἂν αὐτὸς ᾿Α4γασίας φήση ἐμέ τι 


VI. 6. 15-20.) ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 213 


Ν / 3 a »»»ν 700% 
τούτων αἴτιον εἶναι, καὶ καταδικαζω ἐμαυτοῦ, εἰ ἐγὼ TETP 
/ > f a > / ’ 
βολίας ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς βιαίου εἐξάρχω, τῆς ἐσχάτης pay 
‘ x Ὗ 
ἣν δί €, καὶ εἴ 
ἄξιος εἶναι, καὶ ὑφέξω τὴν δίκην. 16. Φημι de, : 
“" “ Ἂ “ 
τινα ἄλλον αἰτιᾶται, χρῆναι EavTOY παρασχεῖν Ἄνα po 
- 9 ¢ A TM 
ivat* οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ὑμεῖς ἀπολελυμένοι τῆς αἰτίας ELNTE. 
" oy ἔ ὃν. εἰ οἰόμενοι ἐν τῇ Ελλάδι καὶ 
Ὥς δὲ νῦν ἔχει, χαλεπὸν, εἰ οἱομ : 
) wrt δὲ τού οὐδ᾽ ὅμοιοι 
ἐπαίνου καὶ τιμῆς τεύξεσθαι, ἀντὶ ὃε τούτων 
Ψ 9 / b “a ξ ‘Sov 
τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐσόμεθα, adr εἰρξόμεθα ex τῶν Ελληνι 
πόλεων. ᾿ ἡ! , fe 
ts . 
17. Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀναστὰς εἶπεν Aryacias yo, 
| ἃς, ἢ μὴν μή Ξενοφῶντα 
ἄνδρες, ὄμνυμι θεοὺς καὶ θεὰς, ἦ μὴν μήτε we Revod , 
Ἂ ΝΜ “ Ν “ΙΝ ᾿ δένα" 
κελεῦσαι ἀφελέσθαι τὸν ἄνδρα, μήτε ἄλλον ὑμῶν μη 
Ν ᾽ ’ “a 3 “ Ov 
ἰδόντι δέ μοι ἄνδρα ἀγαθὸν ἀγόμενον τῶν ἐμὼν ΜΝ 
al / At U ov 
ὑπὸ Δεξίππου, ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε ὑμᾶς προδοντα, δειν 
i, ic Ὁ 
: ) pes αἱ υμεῖς 
ἔδοξεν εἶναι" καὶ ἀφειλόμην, ομολογώ. ᾿ 18. Κ μ 
: ἐγὼ δὲ € ὃν, ὥ Ξενοφῶν λέγει, 
μὲν μὴ ἐκδῶτέ με, ἐγὼ δὲ i ae I 
οἱ 
παρασχήσω npn Κλεάνδρῳ, ὅ τι ἂν βούληται, 7 r 


σαι" τούτου ἕνεκα μήτε πολεμεῖτε Λακεδαιμονίοις, σώ- 


9 


᾿ζοισθέ τε ἀσφαλῶς, ὅποι θέλει ἕκαστος. Συμπέμψατε 


x ‘ 7 
μέντοι μοι ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἑλόμενοι πρὸς Κλέανδρον, οἵτινες, 


ἤ 
Ν ἤ ¢ ‘ ? Ὁ αἱ πρά- 
av τι ἐγὼ παραλείπω, Kat λέξουσιν ὑπερ ἐμου καὶ Tp 


ἕξουσιν. sae Ἢ 
19. Ἔκ τούτου ἔδωκεν ἡ στρατιὰ οὕστινας βούλοιτο 


/ 
προελόμενον ievat. ῳὋὉ δὲ προείλετο τοὺς wh ahs μιν: 
Mera ταῦτα amaphoenes πρὸς eine Ayactas καὶ ob 
στράκηγον, καὶ ὁ ἀφαιρεθεὶς ἀνὴρ ὑπὸ pee καὶ ἔλε- 
γον οἱ στρατηγοί: 20. Llane didi, ἡμᾶς ἡ στρατιὰ mpos 


εἴτε πάντας αἰτιᾷ, Kpl- 
σε, ὦ Κλέανδρε, καὶ ἐκέλευσέ σε, 























[VI. 6. 90--96. 


214 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ 


vavTa σὲ αὐτὸν χρῆσθαι, § ὃ τι ἂν βούλῃ" εἴτε ἕνα τινὰ ἣ 
δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους αἰτιᾷ, τούτους ἀξιοῦσι ιν σοι 
ἑαυτοὺς εἰς apie. Εἴτε οὖν ἡμῶν τινα αἰτιᾷ, μα 
σοι ἡμεῖς" εἴτε δὲ ἄλλον τινὰ, φρώσον" οὐδεὶς γάρ σοι 
ἀπέσται, ὅστις ἂν ἡμῖν ἐθέλῃ πείθεσθαι. 

21. Μετὰ ταῦτα παρελθὼν ὁ ᾿Αγασίας εἶπεν" ᾿Εγώ 
ety, ὦ Basantpe, ὁ ὁ ἀφελόμενος Δεξίππου & ἄγοντος τοῦτον 
τὸν ἄνδρα, καὶ παίειν κελεύσας Δέξιππον. 22. Τοῦτον 
μὲν rep οἶδα ἄνδρα ἀγαθὸν ὄντα: 4 έξιππον δὲ οἶδα -" 
θέντα ὑπὸ τῆς στρατιᾶς ἄρχειν τῆς wevryeovrdpou, ἧς 
ητησώμεθα παρὰ Τραπεζουντίων, ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε πλοία συλλέ- 
yew, ὡς σωζοίμεθα" καὶ “νι Δέξιππον, καὶ “ie 
δόντα τοὺς oxperioren, μεθ᾽ ὧν ἐσώθη. 23. Καὶ τούς 
τε Τραπεζουντίους ἀπεστερήκαμεν τὴν συναίπννον, καὶ 
κακοὶ δοκοῦμεν εἶναι διὰ τοῦτον" αὐτοί τε, τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ 
“πολύλομεν [πάρτε]. Ἤκουε yap, ὥσπερ ἡμεῖς as 
ὥπορον εἴη, πεζῇ ἀπιόντας τοὺς ποταμούς τε δ. καὶ 
mations εἰς. τὴν Ἑλλάδα. Τοῦτον οὖν τοιοῦτον ὄντα 
apethounv. 24. Εἰ δὲ σὺ ἦγες, ἢ ἄλλος τις τῶν παρὰ 
σοῦ, καὶ μὴ τῶν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν “ποδράντων, εὖ ἔσθι, ὅτι οὐδὲν 
ἂν τούτων ἐποίησα. Νόμιζε δ᾽, ἐὰν ἐμὲ νῦν ἀποκτεί. 
vns, δι᾿ ἄνδρα δειλόν τε καὶ πονηρὸν ἄνδρα ἀγαθὸν ἀποκ- 
τείνων. 

25. ᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα ὁ Κλέανδρος stg ὅτι 4 εξυππον 
μὲν οὐκ ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ταῦτα πεποιηκὼς εἴη" οὐ μέντοι ἔφη 
νομέζειν, οὐδ᾽ εἰ παμπόνηρος ἦν Δέξιππος, βίαν χρῆναι 
πάσχειν αὐτὸν, ἀλλὰ κριθέντα (ὥσπερ καὶ ὑμεῖς νῦν 


ἀξιοῦτε ὺν μὲ 
if ) τῆς δέκης τυχεῖν. 26. Nov μὲν οὖν ἄπιτε, 


VI. 6. 296-33] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 215 


/ / Ν ¥ Ψ " Ἀν» ri 
καταλιπόντες τόνδε τὸν ἄνδρα" ὅταν 5 eyw κελεύσω, 
“Ἢ ‘ ‘ “Ἢ , “ Ν ΝΜ ‘ 
πάρεστε πρὸς τὴν κρίσιν. Διτιωώμαι δὲ οὔτε THY στρα- 
‘ Ν Ν 3 / Ν 3 / φ > »* e “ 
τιὰν οὔτε ἄλλον οὐδένα ETL, ἐπεί γε οὗτος AUTOS ὁμολογεῖ 
ἀφελέσθαι τὸν ἄνδρα. 
27. ‘O δ᾽ ἀφαιρεθεὶς εἶπεν" Ἐν" ὦ Κλέανδρε, εἰ. καὶ 
y 
οἴει με ἀδικοῦντώ τι ἄγεσθαι, οὔτε ἔπαιον οὐδένα οὔτε 
Ν > > ‘4 y Ν ‘ 
ἔβαλλον, ἀλλ᾽ εἶπον, ὅτι δημόσια εἴη Ta προβατα" ἦν yap 
a al ᾽ “ἡ / e ‘ ϑω Ia’ 
τῶν στρατιωτῶν δόγμα, εἰ TLS, ὁπότε ἡ στρατιὰ εξίοι, ἰδίᾳ 
be ole es “ “' Ὁ 
ληΐζοιτο, δημόσια εἶναι τὰ ληφθέντα. 28. Ταῦτα εἶπον". 
% > / iy e 9 tv A νη, f 
καὶ ἐκ τούτου με λαβὼν οὗτος ἦγεν, ἵνα μὴ φθεγγοιτο 
4 > > » ν Ν ‘ / Ἵ Lad 
μηδεὶς, GAN avTos, λαβὼν τὸ μέρος, Siacwoere τοῖς AN- 
Ν ΠῚ 
σταῖς παρὰ τὴν ῥήτραν τὰ χρήματα. IIpos ταῦτα ὁ 


Κλιανέροι εἶπεν: ᾿Επεὶ τοίνυν τοιοῦτος εἶ, κατάμενε, ἵνα 


καὶ περὶ σοῦ βουλευσώμεθα. 

29. Ἔκ τούτου οἱ μὲν ἀμφὶ Κλεανδῥον ἠρίστων" τὴν 
δὲ στρατιὰν συνήγαγε Ἐενοφῶν, καὶ συνεβούλευε πέμψαι 
ἄνδρας πρὸς Κλέανδρον παροτησομένουν περὶ τῶν ἀν- 
Spar 30. Ἔκ τούτου ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, πέμψαντας “Ὄ 
γοὺς καὶ ρον καὶ ἀρουόσεον τὸν Σπαρτιάτην, καὶ 


τῶν ἄλλων ‘cl ἐδόκουν ἐπιτήδειοι εἶναι, δεῖσθαι δον 


κατὰ πάντα τρόπον, ἀφεῖναι τὼ msi 31. ᾿Ελθὼν οὖν 


ὁ Ἐενοφῶν vida Ἔχεις μὲν, ὦ Κλέανδρε, τοὺς chen, 
καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ σοι ὑφεῖτο, ὅ τι ἐβούλου, ποιῆσαι καὶ περὶ 


τούτων καὶ περὶ ἑαυτῶν ὡπάντων" νῦν δέ σε αἰτοῦνται 
καὶ δέονται, δοῦναι σφίσι τὼ ἄνδρε, καὶ μὴ κατακαίνειν" 


πολλὰ γὰρ ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσθεν χρόνῳ περὶ τὴν ἰν μυω 


ἀσχϑυπάτην. 32. Ταῦτα δέ σου FUNOUTe, ὑπ ραννυνν 


σοι ἀντὶ τούτων, ἢν βούλῃ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτῶν, καὶ ἣν οἱ θεοὶ 






































216 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VI. 6. 32-38, 


ἵλεῳ ὦσιν, ἐπιδείξειν σοι, καὶ ὡς κόσμιοί εἶσι, καὶ ὡς 
ἱκανοὶ, τῷ ἄρχοντι πειθόμενοι, τοὺς πολεμίους σὺν τοῖς 
θεοῖς μὴ φοβεῖσθαι. 33. Δέονται δέ σου καὶ τοῦτο, 
γον καὶ ἄρξαντα ἑαυτῶν one λαβεῖν καὶ 
Δεξίππου καὶ σφῶν τῶν ἄλλων, οἷος ἕκαστός ἐστι, καὶ 
τὴν ἀξίαν ἑκάστοις νεῖμαι. 

34. ᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα ὁ Κλέανδρος, ᾿Αλλὰ ναὶ τὼ Siw, 
ἔφη, ταχύ τοι ὑμῖν ἀποκρινοῦμαι. Καὶ τώ τε ἄνδρε ὑμῖν 
δίδωμε, καὶ αὐτὸς παρέσομαι" καὶ, ἣν οἱ θεοὶ ὙΜΉΝ ΝΜ μένα, 
ἐξηγήσομαι εἰς τὴν ‘EAAdSa. Καὶ πολὺ οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι 
ἀντίοι εἰσὶν, ἢ ods “" περὶ ὑμῶν ἐνίων :ἤκουον, ὡς τὸ 
στράτευμα ἀφίστατε ἀπὸ Αακεδοιμονίων. 

35. “Ex τούτου οἱ μὲν ἐπαινοῦντες “πόλλ ὃ ἔχοντες 
τὼ ἄνδρε" Κλέανδρος δὲ ἐθύετο ἐπὶ τῇ πορείᾳ, καὶ ξυνὴν 
Ξενοφῶντι γν. καὶ ξενίαν EvveBarovro. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 
καὶ ape αὐτοὺς τὸ παραγγελλόμενον εὐτώκτως ποιοῦν- 
τας, καὶ pane ἔτι ἐπεθύμει με μη ee αὐτῶν. 
36. ᾿Επεὶ μέντοι θυομένῳ αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τρεῖς κι οὐκ 
ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερὰ, συγκαλέσας τοὺς onperayors εἶπεν" 
᾿Εμοὶ μὲν οὐκ ἐθέλει γον τὰ ἱερὰ σγαν. ὑμεῖς μέν- 
TOL μὴ ἀθυμεῖτε τούτου ἕνεκα" ὑμῖν γὰρ, ὡς ἔοικε, δέδοται 
ἐκκομίσαι τοὺς τίνα: ἀλλὰ -“ Ἡμεῖς δὲ ὑμᾶς, 
ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖσε ἥκητε, δεξόμεθα ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κάλλιστα. 

37. ‘Ex τούτου ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατιώταις, δοῦναι αὐτῷ τὰ 
δημόσια πρόβατα. ὁ δὲ δεξάμενος, πάλιν αὐτοῖς ἀπέδωκε. 
Καὶ οὗτος μὲν ἀπέπλει" οἱ δὲ ΗΝ μκηνημάάμ penis Tov 
σῖτον ὃν ἦσαν συγκεκομισμένοι, καὶ τἄλλα ἃ εἰλήφεσαν, 


ἐξεπορεύοντο διὰ τῶν Βιθυνῶν. 38. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ οὐδενὶ 


VI. 6. 38.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂. ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 217 


Ν " ". ears ed yy ’ > 
ἐνέτυχον πορευόμενοι τὴν ὀρθὴν odor, ὥστε ἔχοντες τι οἰς 
3 Γι ¥ ¢ fl 
τὴν φιλίαν διεξελθεῖν, ἔδοξεν αὑτοῖς, τοὐύμπαλιν νποστρε 
-“ “ e 7 Ν / 
ψαντας ἐλθεῖν μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα. ' ' 
Ν Ν 3 , . 
σαντες. ἔλαβον πολλὰ καὶ ἀνδρώποδα καὶ προβατα" Kat 
? 


/ Ν 
/ A 
ἀφίκοντο ἑκταῖοι eis Χρυσόπολιν τῆς Χαλκηδονίας, καὶ 


a , 
Τοῦτο δὲ ποιή- 


/ ς \ “ ᾿ 
ἐκεῖ ἔμειναν ἡμέρας ἐπτὰ λαφυροπωλουντες. 

















ΞΕΝΟΦΩ͂ΝΤΟΣ 


ror ΝΥΒΥΣΕΩΥΣ Ὁ" 


A Th an B 


ὍΣΑ μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου ἔπραξαν 
λληνες μέχρι τῆς μάχης, καὶ ὅσα, ἐπεὶ Κῦρος ἐτελεύ- 
τήσεν, ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ, μέχρι εἰς τὸν Πόντον ἀφίκοντο, καὶ 
ὅσα ἐκ τοῦ Πόντου πεξῇ ἐξιόντες καὶ ἐκπλέοντες ἐποίουν, 
μέχρι fe τοῦ στόματος ἐγένοντο ἐν Xpvoorore τῆς 
᾿Ασίας, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. 

2. “Ex τούτου δὲ Φαρναβαζος, φοβούμενος τὸ on 
τευμα, μὴ ἐπὶ THY αὑτοῦ χώραν πη" πέμψας πρὸς 
᾿Αναξίβιον τὸν γούαρχον (ὁ δ᾽ ἔτυχεν ἐν Βυζαντίῳ ὧν), 


ἐδεῖτο διαβιβάσαι τὸ στράτευμα ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας, καὶ ὑπι- 


οἱ 


σχνεῖτο πώντα ποιήσειν αὐτῷ, ὅσα δέοι. 3. Καὶ ᾿Αναξί. 
βιος ΝΜ μην τοὺς ““" καὶ Aoxaryous τῶν 
στρατιωτῶν εἰς Βυζάντιον, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖτο, εἰ διαβαῖεν, 
μισθοφορὰν ἔσεσθαι τοῖς στρατιώταις. 4. Οἱ μὲν δὴ 
ἄλλοι ἐφασαν βουλευσάμενοι ὑνογγελεῖν. Ξενοφῶν δὲ 
εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὅτι ἀπαλλάξοιτο ἤδη ἀπὸ τῆς στρατιᾶς, καὶ 
βούλοιτο ἀποπλεῖν. ὋὉ δὲ ᾿Αναξίβιος ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν, 


VIL. 1.4-10.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 219 


᾽ / ᾿ > 
συνδιαβάντα, ἔπειτα οὕτως ἀπαλλάττεσθα. Edn ov 
“ “ 
ταῦτα ποιήσειν. ᾿ ΠΝ 
ἑ ὁ Θρᾷξ πέ οσάδην, καὶ κελεύει 
5. Σεύθης δὲ ὁ Θρᾷξ πέμπει Μηδ ἥν, , 
al ‘al cn μι 
Ξενοφῶντα συμπροθυμεῖσθαι, ὅπως διαβῇ τὸ στράτευμα, 
ec 3 ἤ 
καὶ ἔφη αὐτῷ ταῦτα συμπροθυμηθεντι, ὃτι ov μεταμελήσει. 
é : : : 
6. Ὁ δ᾽ εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ τὸ μὲν στράτευμα διαβησεται 
, é ITE ἐμοὶ, μήτε A δενί" 
τούτου ἕνεκα μηδὲν τελείτω μήτε ἐμοὶ, μητε ἄλλῳ μηδὲν 
7, ἐγὼ μὲν a Ἵ ὃς δὲ τοὺς 
: w δὲ εν ἀπαλλάξομαι, προς 
ἐπειδὰν δὲ diaByn, eyo μ 4 ἕ sine 
Ν / ᾿ 
διαμένοντας καὶ ἐπικαιρίους ὄντας προσφερεσθω, ὡς 
αὐτῷ δοκῇ ἀσφαλές. 
ἡ. Ἔκ τούτου διαβαίνουσι πάντες εἰς Βυζάντιον οἱ 
στρατιῶται. Καὶ μισθὸν μὲν οὐκ ἐδίδου ὁ ᾿Αναξίβιος 
w- 
ἐκήρυξε Se, λαβόντας τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ σκεύη τοὺς angen 
οιήσων. 
τας ἐξιέναι, ὡς ἀποπέμψων τε "ων καὶ ὀριθμαν ποιὴ 
ν 
᾿Ενταῦθα οἱ is sonia meres ὅτι οὐκ εἶχον ἀργύριον 
ευά- 
ἐπισιτίζεσθαι εἰς τὴν πορείαν, καὶ ὀκνηρῶς συνεσκ 
ζοντο. 


8. Καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, Κλεάνδρῳ τῷ dppoory ξένος γεγε- 
νημένος, T προσελθὼν ἠσπάζετο αὐτὸν, ὡς ἀποπλευσούμενος 


ἤδη. ὋὉ δὲ αὐτῷ mayer Mn ποιήσῃς ταῦτα" εἰ δὲ Ν᾿ 
ἔφη, αἰτίαν ἕξεις" ἐπεὶ καὶ νῦν τινὲς ἤδη σὲ — ile 
ov ταχὺ ἐξέρπει τὸ onpereaee 9. Ὁ δ᾽ εἶπεν us 
αἴτιος μὲν ἔγωγε οὐκ εἰμὶ τούτου, οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται av a ; 
ἐπισιτισμοῦ δεόμενοι, [ καὶ οὐκ exovres, | διὰ τοῦτο αθυ- 
μοῦσι πρὸς τὴν ἔξοδον. 10. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως, ἔφη, pe " 
συμβουλεύω, δεν μὲν ὡς re ἐπει oo 
ἔξω γένηται τὸ στράτευμα, τότε ἀπαλλάττεσθαι. 


τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, ἐλθόντες πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον δια- 
3 























220 ZENOSQNTOS [vit 1. 10-17, 


πραξόμεθα. Οὕτως ἐλθόντες ἔλεγον ταῦτα. 1]. Ὁ δὲ 
ἐκέλευσεν οὕτω γον, καὶ ἐξιέναι ᾽ν ταχίστην συνε- 
σκευασμένους, καὶ προσανειπεῖν, ὃς ἂν μὴ maph εἰς τὴν 
ἐξέτασιν καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀριθμὸν, ὅ ὅτε αὐτὸς αὑτὸν αἰτιάσεται. 
12. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξήεσαν οἵ τε στρατηγοὶ πρῶτον, καὶ οἱ 
ἄλλοι. Καὶ ἄρδην πάντες πλὴν ὀλίγων ἔξω ἦσαν, καὶ 
᾿Ετεόνικος εἱστήκει παρὰ τὰς πύλας, ὡς, ὁπότε ἔξω ye 
νοίντο πάντες, συγκλείσων τὰς πύλας, καὶ τὸν μοχλὸν 
ἐμβαλῶν. 

18. Ὃ δὲ ᾿Αναξίβιος, συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς 
καὶ τοὺς λοχαγοὺς, ἔλεξε: Τὰ μὲν ἐπιτήδεια, ἔφη, λαμβά- 
νετε ἐκ τῶν Θρᾳκίων κωμῶν" εἰσὶ δὲ αὐτόθι πολλαὶ apa 
καὶ πυροὶ, καὶ τἄλλα τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" λαβόντες δὲ πορεύε- 
σθε εἰς Χεῤῥόνησον, ἐκεῖ δὲ Κυνίσκος ὑμῖν μισθοδοτήσει. 
14. ᾿Επακούσαντες δέ τινες τῶν capenemnin ταῦτα, ἢ καὶ 
τῶν λοχαγῶν τις διαγγέλλει εἰς τὸ αἰ δήμῳ, Καὶ οἱ 
μὲν ered ἐπυνθάνοντο περὶ τοῦ Σεύθου, πότερα πολέ- 
Los εἴη ἢ φίλος, καὶ πότερα διὰ τοῦ “Ιεροῦ 6 ὄρους δέοι πο- 
ρεύεσθαι, ἢ κύκλῳ διὰ μέσης τῆς Opaens. 

15. "Ev ᾧ ῳ δὲ ταῦτα Steheyorro, οἱ συρόταναι ἀναρπά- 
σαντες τὰ ὅπλα θέουσι δρόμῳ πρὸς τὰς πύλας, ὡς πάλιν 
εἰς τὸ τεῖχος εἰσιόντες. ὋὉ δὲ ᾿Ετεόνικος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, 
ὡς εἶδον προσθέοντας τοὺς ὁπλίτας, συγκλείουσι τὰς πύ- 
λας, καὶ τὸν μοχλὸν ἐμβάλλουσιν. 16. Οἱ δὲ ee 
ἔκοπτόν TE τὰς πύλας, καὶ ἔλεγον, ὅ ὅτε ἀδικώτατα πόσχοιαν 
ἐκβαλλόμενοι εἰς τοὺς wohenious καὶ κατασχίσειν τὰς 


πύλας ἔφασαν, εἰ μὴ ἑκόντες ἀνοίξουσιν. 17. "άλλοι δὲ 


ἔθεον ἐπὶ θάλατταν, καὶ παρὰ τὴν χηλὴν τοῦ τείχους 


VIL. 1. 17-23] KTPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 221 


f is τῇ ἢ χ δὲ, ob ἐτύ ον ἔνδον 
ὑπερβαίνουσιν εἰς την πολιν" AAAOL ὃὲε, O ετυγχαν 
“Ὁ a < ¢ “ Ν᾿ “ ᾿ 7 a 
ὄντες τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ὡς ὁρῶσι τὰ ETL ταῖς πύλαις πράγ 
al > ἤ ‘ » > 
ματα, διακόπτοντες ταῖς αξίναις τὰ κλείθρα, ἀναπεταν- 
‘ ¢ > 9 ἤ 
νύουσι τὰς πύλας" οἱ δ᾽ εἰσπίπτουσιν. 
Ν a 3 ‘ 4 ,ὔ » 
18. ‘O δὲ Ἐενοφῶν, ὡς cide τὰ γιγνόμενα, δείσας, μὴ 
Υ͂ ‘ r | , bY 
ἐφ᾽ ἁρπαγὴν τρώποιτο τὸ στράτευμα, καὶ ἀνήκεστα κακὰ 
a Ἂ “ ν » iy 
γένοιτο τῇ πόλει καὶ ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς στρατιωταίῖς, εθει, καὶ 
ay Ν a λῶ Ἂ a Ff Lo 19 Οἱ δὲ 
συνεισπίπτει εἰσω τῶν πυλῶν συν τῷ ὄχλῳ. , 
3 » f / > / , 
Βυζωντιοι, ὡς εἶδον τὸ στράτευμα Bia εἰσπίπτον., φεύγου- 
wn . 9 ‘ a € * ” " eA 
σιν ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς, οἱ μὲν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα, οἱ δὲ οἰκαδε" ὅσοι 
i » x * ἣν 
δὲ ἔνδον ἐτύγχανον ὄντες, ἔξω ἔθεον" οἱ δὲ καθεῖλκον τὰς 
᾽ ~ ἤ i " , Ἅ Ν - 
τριήρεις, ὡς ἐν ταῖς τριήρεσι σωζοιντο" πάντες δὲ ῴοντο 
/ “~ Λ ς bill 7 
ἀπολωλέναι, ὡς ἑαλωκυίας τῆς πόλεως. 20. O δε ᾿Ετεο- 
‘ P| r € ae ἥ "" 
νίκος εἰς τὴν ἄκραν ἀποφεύγει. ὋὉ δὲ ᾿Αναξίβιος, κατα 
“A r ἤ “ 
δραμὼν ἐπὶ θάλατταν, ἐν ἁλιευτικῷ πλοίῳ περιέπλει εἰς 
Ar 7, 3 , 
τὴν ἀκρόπολιν, καὶ εὐθὺς μεταπέμπεται ἐκ Χαλκηδόνος 
3. ) > .-ν -. » " 
φρουρούς" οὐ γὰρ ἱκανοὶ ἐδόκουν εἶναι οἱ ἐν τῇ ἀκροπόλει 
a Ἃ »ν 
σχεῖν TOUS ἄνδρας. 
Φ Wa — a " 
21. Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ὡς εἶδον τὸν Ἐενοφῶντα, προσ 
»“ ¥y 
f TW i L λέγουσι" Νῦν σοὶ ἔξεστιν. 
πίπτουσιν αὐτῷ TOAXOL, is Y Tyas! sec 
r 
ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, ἀνδρὶ γενέσθαι. "“Exeus πόλιν, ἔχεις τριήρεις, 
é ) rs rt 5 Νῦν av, εἰ Bov- 
EYELS χρήματα. ἔχεις ἄνδρας τοσούτους. , 
. “~ , “ ¢ “ x r i 
λοιο, σύ TE ἡμᾶς ὀνήσαις, καὶ ἡμεῖς σε μέγαν ποιήσαιμεν. 
3 > 9 ὃ | “ 
ao. Ὁ Κ᾿ ἀπεκρίνατο, AXX εὖ τε λέγετε, καὶ ποιήσω 
iL δὲ τού : ite, θέσθε τὰ ὅπλα ἐν τάξει 
ταῦτα" εἰ δὲ τούτων ἐπιθυμεῖτε, θεσθε τα ὅπλα 
, b | ‘ y i 3 “ 
ὡς τάχιστα, βουλόμενος αὑτοὺς κατηρεμίσαι καὶ αὐτός 
A A * » > “ 
Te παρηγγύα ταῦτα. καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐκέλευσε παρεγγυᾶν 


ε Mu ? Ἂ Β."» ¢ al 
[καὶ] τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα. 23. Οἱ δὲ, αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν 


sal 






































222 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VII. 1. 23-28. 


| “ ¢ »“" | "» | ’ " " Ν 3 ’ 
ταττόμενοι, οἱ τε ὁπλίται ἐν OALYW χρόνῳ εἰς OKTW ἐγε- 
N ε AA A UL / (i 
vOVTO, καὶ οἱ πελτασταὶ ETL TO κέρας ἐκώτερον παραδεδρα- 
/ ‘\ Ν / @ / > , } 
μηκεσαν. 94. To de χωρίον οἵον καλλιστον ἐκταξασθαι 
" ‘ / ’ »ν ᾿ ~ Ν / 
ἐστι, τὸ Opaxiov καλούμενον, ἔρημον οἰκιῶν Kat πεδινον. 
? ν ἂν . a \ / a 
Eel δὲ ἔκειτο τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ κατηρεμίσθησαν, συγκαλεῖ 
~ bp, Ν ~ / , 
Ξενοφῶν τὴν otpatiav, Kat λέγει ταδε" 
a . "ἡ , eva a . ’ 
25. Ὅτι μὲν ὀργίζεσθε, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, καὶ νομί- 
‘ " ᾽ , > , Ἂ " 
Gere δεινὰ πάσχειν ἐξαπατωώμενοι, οὐ θαυμαζω. “Hv δε 
>» θυμῷ ζώμεθ i Λακεδαιμονίους τ 
τῷ θυμῷ χαριζωμεθα, καὶ μονίους TE τοὺς πα- 
i a ? f ἤ Ν ‘ , ‘ 
povtas τῆς εξαπατης τιμωρησωμεθα, καὶ τὴν πόλιν τὴν 
In fa , ? a A ? a 
οὐδὲν αἰτίαν διαρπάσωμεν, ἐνθυμεῖσθε, ἃ ἔσται ἐντεῦθεν. 
ἢ Ν ᾿ / > / / 
26. Πολέμιοι μεν ἐσόμεθα αποδεδευγμένοι Δακεδαιμονίοις 
Ἂ ~ “ Φ » κα Λ Δ / ᾽ ‘ 
καὶ τοις συμμάχοις" οἷος δ᾽ ὁ πόλεμος ἂν γένοιτο, εἰκάζειν 
Ν ’ ς ἤ ". " ͵ Ἀ a Ν 
δὴ πάρεστιν, ἑωρακότας καὶ ἀναμνησθέντας Ta νῦν ἤδη 
"7 " ξ »Ἥ \ «¢ 2 a P| r 5 
γεγενημένα. 27. Hyeis yap οἱ A@nvaios εἰσήλθομεν εἰς 
Ν , Ν Ν iy , ‘ ‘ 
TOV πόλεμον TOV πρὸς TOUS Δακεδαιμονίους καὶ τους συμ- 
, ¥ , ‘ ‘ ? "" ν MK 
μάχους, ἔχοντες τριήρεις, τας μὲν EV θαλάττῃ τὰς ὃ ἐν 
"»"» ᾿ 9 ᾽ / / ¢ ἢ ‘ 
τοῖς νεωρίοις, οὐκ ἐλάττους τριακοσίων, ὑπαρχόντων Se 
» , b " / ‘ / ¥ > 
πολλὼν χρημάτων ἐν TH πόλει, καὶ προσόδου οὔσης κατ 
> ~ > / ~ » | ἢ \ > ~ ¢ / > 
ἐνιαυτὸν, ATO TE τῶν ἐνδημων καὶ EK τῆς ὑπερορίας, οὐ 
™~ / ff ΝΜ / ~ / ~ 
μείον χίλιων ταλαντων" ἄρχοντες TE των νησων ἁπασῶν, 
Ν νΝ a 9 / b, νΝ ᾿ Ἂ b ~ ᾽ 
καὶ ev Te τῇ Agia πολλᾶς ἔχοντες πόλεις, καὶ EV τῇ Ευ- 
/ Ν Ν Ν ν “ Ν ἢ ‘4 
porn ἄλλας TE TOAXaS καὶ AUTO τοῦτο TO Bufurtiov, ὅπου 
a“ ν᾿ ¥ “ e/ € , 
νῦν ἐσμεν, ἔχοντες, κατεπολεμήθημεν οὕτως, ὡς παντες 
6 »} > / 
ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε. 
a ‘ ‘ a 2? a , 
28. Nov δὲ δὴ τὶ ἂν οἰόμεθα παθεῖν, Λακεδαιμονίων 
Ἃ Ν »ἭἍ "» » , ¢ / > rf 
μὲν καὶ τῶν Αχαιὼν συμμάχων ὑπαρχόντων, Αθηναίων 


Ν νυν  γΥ / 9 ’ f 
de, καὶ σοῦ EXELVOLS TOTE 7)0QaV Tuppayot, TAVT@V 7 pooye- 


VII. 1.28-33.] KTPOY ANABASIY. 


’ / ‘ ~ a + A “ 
γενημένων, Τισσαφέρνους δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ ἄλλων 
7 4 0) » Ν , ‘ 
βαρβάρων πάντων πολεμίων ἡμῖν ὄντων, πολεμιωτάτου δὲ 
b | “~ “~ »ν , ‘\ ΝΜ. b 
αὑτοῦ τοῦ ἄνω βασίλεως, ov ἤλθομεν ἀφαιρησόμενοί τε 
‘ > Ν Ν > ~ > / - ln 
τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ ἀποκτενοῦντες, εἰ δυναίμεθα; Τούτων δὴ 
" ς ‘anf Ν e/ ¥ Ψ 7 
πάντων OMOU ὄντων, ἐστι TIS οὕτως αφρων, ὅστις OLETAL 
A ¢ ~ / Ν ‘ ἊὉΝ ἤ 
ἂν ἡμᾶς περιγενέσθαι; 29. Mn, πρὸς θεῶν, μαινώμεθα, 


5° " a 7 / ͵ y+ Ν »“ ᾽ 
μηὸ αιἰσχρως ἀπολώμεθα, πολέμιοι OVTES καὶ TALS πατρίσι, 


Ν al 6 al > a , Ν ? / > ‘ 
Kal τοίς ἡμετέροις αὑτῶν φίλοις τε καὶ οἰκείοις. Ev yap 
. 


ταῖς πόλεσίν εἰσι πάντες ταῖς ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς στρατευσομέναις" 
καὶ δικαίως, εἰ βάρβαρον μὲν πόλιν οὐδεμίαν ἠθελήσαμεν 
κατασχεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα κρατοῦντες, ᾿Ελληνίδα δὲ εἰς ἣν 
πρώτην πόλιν ἤλθομεν, ταύτην ἐξαλαπάξομεν. 

30. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν τοίνυν εὔχομαι, πρὶν ταῦτα ἐπιδεῖν up 
ὑμῶν γενόμενα, μυρίας ἔμεγε κατὰ γῆς ὀργυιὰς γενέσθαι. 
Καὶ ὑμῖν δὲ συμβουλεύω, “Ελληνας ὄντας τοῖς τῶν ᾿Ελλή- 
νῶν προεστηκόσι πειθομένους πειρᾶσθαι τῶν δικαίων τυγ- 
χώνειν. ᾿Εὰν δὲ μὴ δύνησθε ταῦτα, ἡμᾶς δεῖ ἀδικουμένους 
τῆς γοῦν Ελλάδος μὴ στέρεσθαι. 31. Καὶ νῦν μοι δοκεῖ, 
πέμψαντας ᾿Αναξιβίῳ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐδὲν βίαιον ποιή- 
σοντες παρεληλύθαμεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἣν μὲν δυνώ- 
μεθα παρ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀγαθόν τι εὑρίσκεσθαι" εἰ δὲ μὴ, ἀλλὰ 
δηλώσοντες, ὅτε οὐκ ἐξαπατώμενοι, ἀλλὰ πειθόμενοι ἐξερ- 
χόμεθα. 32. Ταῦτα ἔδοξε" καὶ πέμπουσιν ‘Iepwvuper τε 
᾿Ηλεῖον ἐροῦντα ταῦτα, καὶ Εὐρύλοχον ᾿Αρκάδα, καὶ Φιλή- 
σιον ᾿Αχαιόν. Οἱ μὲν ταῦτα ᾧχοντο ἐροῦντες. 

33. Ἔτι δὲ καθημένων τῶν στρατιωτῶν, προσέρχεται 
Κοιρατάδης Θηβαῖος, ὃς οὐ φεύγων τὴν “Ελλάδα περιῇει, 


᾽ A “ 
ἀλλὰ στρατηγιῶν, καὶ ἐπαγγελλόμενος, εἴ τις ἢ πόλις 






































ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΤΥ͂Π.!. 338-39. 


Ἄν a , Ν ὔ ν Ν 
ἢ εθνος στρατηγοῦ δέοιτο. Καὶ τότε προσελθὼν ἔλεγεν, 
o “ Υ ’ « AA a > ‘ Λ / 

OTL ἔτοιμος En ἠγείσθαι αὑτοῖς εἰς TO Δέλτα καλούμενον 
“ / Ν ~ Ν ᾽ ‘ / Ν Δ 
τῆς Θρᾷκης, ενθα πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαθὰ λήψοιντο" ἔστε δ᾽ ἂν 
, > ? / / Ν Ν / Ν ᾽ 

μόλωσιν, εἰς ἀφθονίαν παρέξειν edn καὶ σιτία καὶ TroTd. 
2 / a “~ ry . Ν 4 
34. Axovovet ταῦτα τοῖς oTpaTiwTais, καὶ τὰ Tapa 
> / ¢ 9 / > ἤ \ / 
AvakiBiov ἅμα ἀπαγγελλομενα, ---- ἀπεκρίνατο yap, ὅτι 
’ > ‘ad ᾽ , ᾽ \ a Ν 
πειθομένοις αὑτοῖς οὐ μεταμελήσει, ἀλλὰ τοῖς τε οἴκοι 
Λ “ 3 ~ Ν Ἂν». ‘ ‘ 
τέλεσι TavTa ἀπαγγελει, καὶ autos βουλεύσοιτο περὶ 
"2 “ Ψ , | , Or ? ᾽ ¢ “~ 
αὑτῶν, ὃ τε δύναιτο ἀγαθὸν ---- 88. ἐκ τούτου οἱ στρατιῶ- 
᾽ / / Ν \ »ν a 
ται τὸν τε Κοιρατάδην δέχονται στρατηγὸν, καὶ ἔξω τοῦ 
/ > “~ ¢ ‘ / / ᾽ a 
τείχους ἀπῆλθον. O δὲ Κοιρατάδης συντίθεται αὐτοῖς 
> ‘ ¢ / Ἵ , ly. ‘ / » 
εἰς τὴν ὑστεραίαν παρέσεσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα, ἔχων 
ν κΥ “ \ “ Ν / ‘ ‘ a a 
καὶ ἱερεία Kal μάντιν, καὶ σιτία καὶ ποτὰ TH στρατιᾷ. 
> ᾽ν + Jee ᾽ / Ν ‘ ‘ 
36. Eme Se ἐξῆλθον, ὁ ᾿Αναξίβιος ἔκλεισε τὰς πύλας, 
Ἃ. Κ᾿ oe A  - »¥ KA “Ὁ “ “ 
καὶ ἐκήρυξεν, ὅστις ἂν ἁλῷ ἔνδον ὧν τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ὅτι 
“ a 7 κ᾿ / ¢ / ‘ νΝ 
πεπράσεται. 87. Τῇ 8 ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Κοιρατάδης μὲν ἔχων 
WMA a ‘ ‘ / ® Ws MAINE. / of 
τὰ lepela Kat TOV μάντιν ἧκε, Kat addita φέροντες εἵποντο 
>.) Ν Ν Ν > Ν ” ll a 
QUT@ εἰκοσιν ἄνδρες, καὶ οἷνον αἀλλοιῖ εἴκοσι, καὶ ελαιὼν 
Lal ‘ ὔ Φ ων», Ld Ia? / 
τρεις καὶ σκορόδων εἷς ἀνὴρ ὅσον ἐδύνατο μέγιστον φορ- 
f > = / “ * / YY ᾽ 4 
TLOV, καὶ ἄλλος κρομμύων. Ταῦτα de καταθέμενος ws ἐπὶ 
᾿ 3 ἢ 
δασμευσιν, ἐθύετο. 
“ ‘ / , me 
38. Ἐενοφῶν δὲ μεταπεμψώμενος Κλέανδρον ἐκέλευε 
“ eA ? ᾽ν »Ὕν ἡ ᾽ ΔΛ ν ἢ / 
διαπρᾶξαι, ows εἰς τὸ τεῖχός Te εἰσέλθοι, καὶ ἀποπλεύσαι 
᾽ ὔ ? ‘ AN " , , 
ex Βυζαντίου. 39. ᾿Ελθὼν δ᾽ ὁ Κλέανδρος, Mada μόλις, 
Ν / ff / ‘ ᾽ / a > 
epn, διαπραξάμενος ἥκω" λέγειν yap ᾿Αναξίβιον, ὅτι οὐκ 


> , Ν ‘ ‘ , , 5 a 
ἐπιτήδειον εἴη, TOUS μὲν στρατίωτας πλησίον εἶναι τοῦ 


a Ν ‘ ’ 
τείχους, Ἐενοφῶντα δὲ ἔνδον" τοὺς Βυζαντίους δὲ στασιά- 


“ ‘ 2 Ν ᾽ , oe > , 
eww καὶ πονηρους εἷναι πρὸς ἀλλήλους" ὅμως Se εἰσιέναι, 


VIL 1.39--2. 3] ΚΥΡΟΥ ANABASIS. 225 


> le I, Ἀ 3 “ 
ἔφη, ἐκέλευεν, εἰ μέλλοις σὺν αὑτῷ ἐκπλεῖν. 40. Ὁ μὲν 
‘ “ > I x , ¥ a 
bn Ξενοφῶν, ἀασπασώμενος tous στρατιωτας, εἰσω TOU τεί- 
AM Ἂ , ε ν a ν 
χοὺυς ἀπῇει συν Κλεάνδρῳ. “O δὲ Κοιρατάδης Τῇ μεν 
ἤ 6 / > > ᾽ δὲ ὃ ᾽’ Jar a 
πρωτῃ ἡμερᾷ οὐκ exaddteper, οὐδὲ διεμέτρησεν οὐδὲν τοῖς 
ἢ . “a >| ¢ v ua ᾽ν ¢ “ ᾿ / \ 
στρατιωταῖς" τῇ ὃ ὑστεραίᾳ τὰ μὲν ἱερεῖα εἱστήκει παρὰ 
Ν ‘ ‘ y > 
tov Bopov, καὶ Κοιρατώδης ἐστεφανωμένος, ws θύσων" 
Ν ω / \ e 
προσελθων δε Τιμασίων ὁ Aapdavevs καὶ Νέων 6 Ασιναῖος 
x ‘ © ® “il ἋΛ Ἢ * ra 
καὶ Κλεανωρ ὁ ᾿Ορχομένιος ἔλεγον Κοιρατάδῃ, μὴ θύειν, 
᾽ > 6 ᾽ὔ a Ἂ b x‘ 
ὡς OVX ἡγήσομενον TH στρατιᾷ, εἰ μὴ δώσει τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, 
e ‘ ’ a 3 lal ᾽ 
41. Ὁ δε κελεύει διαμετρεῖσθαι. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ πολλῶν ἐνέδει 
3 a τ e Ἢ “Ὁ ¢ “ il a 
αὐτῷ, ὥστε ἡμέρας σίτον ἐκάστῳ γενέσθαι τῶν στρατιω- 
a ᾽ ᾽ν Ν ε - » » 4 ‘ , 
τῶν, avaraBwv τὰ ἱερεῖα ἀπήει, καὶ τὴν στρατηγίαν 


᾽ , 
ATTELTT OV, 


CAR. (EL, 


1. Νέων δὲ ὁ ᾿Ασιναῖος καὶ Φρυνίσκος ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ 
Φιλήσιος ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ Ἐανθικλῆς ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ Τιμασίων 
ὁ Δαρδανεὺς ἐπέμενον ἐπὶ τῇ στρατιᾷ, καὶ εἰς κώμας τῶν 
Θρᾳκῶν προελθόντες τὰς κατὰ Βυξώντιον, ἐστρατοπε- 
δεύοντου 2. Καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐστασίαζον, Κλεάνωρ 
μὲν καὶ Φρυνίσκος πρὸς Σεύθην βουλόμενοι ἄγειν (ἔπειθε 
γὰρ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔδωκε τῷ μὲν ἵππον, τῷ δὲ γυναῖκα)" 
Νέων δὲ εἰς Χεῤῥόνησον, οἰόμενος, εἰ ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίοις 
γένοιντο, παντὸς ἂν προεστάναι τοῦ στρατεύματος" Τιμα- 
σίων δὲ προυθυμεῖτο πέραν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν πάλιν διαβῆναι, 
οἰόμενος ἂν οἴκαδε κατελθεῖν. Καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται ταὐτὰ 
ἐβούλοντο. 3. Διατριβομένου δὲ τοῦ χρόνου, πολλοὶ τῶν 

15 






































226 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VIL. 2. 3-8, 


- ς .  Ψ ᾽ ͵ ‘ . ; 
στρατιωτῶν, οἱ μὲν τὰ ὅπλα ἀποδιδόμενοι κατὰ τοὺς χώ- 
‘ ‘ 4 
ρους ἀπέπλεον ὡς ἐδύναντο, οἱ δὲ καὶ [διαδόντες τὰ ὅπλα 
‘ bs ἢ ᾽ Ν Λ wl > 
κατὰ τοὺς χώρους | εἰς Tas πόλεις κατεμιγνύοντο. 4.’ Ava- 
/ El » > / / ‘ / 
ξίβιος δ᾽ ἔχαιρε ταῦτα ἀκούων, διαφθειρόμενον τὸ στρά- 
‘ Uy Ν " 
τευμα" τούτων γὰρ γιγνομένων, ᾧετο μάλιστα χαρίζεσθαι 
Φαρναβάζῳ. 
᾽ 3 / a 
5. ᾿Αποπλέοντι δὲ ᾿Αναξιβίῳ ἐκ Butavriov συναντᾷ 
/ , / 
᾿Αρίσταρχος ἐν Κυξίκῳ, διάδοχος Κλεώνδρῳ, Βυζαντίου 
x ‘ " ) a 
ὡρμοστής" ἐλέγετο Se, ὅτε καὶ ναύαρχος διάδοχος. Πῶλος 
/ re + / 
ὅσον ov παρείη ἤδη εἰς ΕἙλλήσποντον. 6. Καὶ Αναξιίβιος 
a ν)} , 3 h ¢ / ba « 2 
τῷ μὲν Ἀριστάρχῳ ἐπιστέλλει, ὁπόσους ἂν εὕρῃ ἐν Βυξαν- 
4 “ ry "“" ¢ , 3 / 
τίῳ tov Κύρου στρατιωτῶν ὑπολελειμμένους, atrodoabau: 
Ἃ > / 3 > ‘ Ν ‘ “ 
ὁ δὲ Κλέανδρος οὐδένα εἐπεπράκει, ἀλλα καὶ TOUS καμνον- 
:9 ry 3 ἤ ‘ 3 (ἕ' I, / Se ec ba 
Tas ἐθεράπευεν, οἰκτείρων, καὶ ἀναγκάζων οἰκίᾳ δέχ be 
? 7 ? > ἢ 
Αρίσταρχος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἦλθε τάχιστα, οὐκ ἐλάττους τετρακο- 
> / ‘ - b 
σίων ἀπέδοτο. ἢ. ᾿Αναξίβιος δὲ παραπλεύσας εἰς Πώριον, 
‘ ἤ ‘ \ " > 
πέμπει παρὰ PapvaBatov κατὰ τὰ συγκείμενα. Ὁ ὃ 
᾽ “τ θ "A / / 4 hy B / ¢ 
emer ἤσθετο Αρισταρχὸν τε ἥκοντα εἰς Βυζάντιον dpyo- 
᾿ ᾽ν» A A > 
στην. καὶ Αναξιβιον οὐκέτι ναυαρχοῦντα, AvaliBiov μὲν 
ἠμέλησε, πρὸς ᾿Αρίσταρχον δὲ ὑπρόντονν τὰ αὐτὰ περὶ 
τοῦ Κυρείου στρατεύματος, ἅπερ καὶ πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον. 
8. ᾽Εκ τούτου δὴ ὁ ᾿Αναξίβιος, καλέσας Ἐενοφῶντα, 
, ’ ᾿ \ a a ιν" , 
κέλευει πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ μηχανῇ πλεῦσαι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα 
€ / é A bp. ἢ a 
ὡς τάχιστα, καὶ iar τε QUTO, Kal auwalpoitnw TOV 
διεσπαρμένων ὦ ὡς ἂν πλείστους δύνηται, καὶ "Ὁ" 
εἰς τὴν Πέρωθον, διαβιβάζειν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν ὅτι τάχιστα" 
καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτῷ τριακόντορον καὶ ἐπιστολὴν, καὶ ἄνδρα 


ἢ / | / " ry »-" 
συμπέεμπει, κελεύσοντα τοὺς Περινθίους ὡς τάχιστα ξενο- 


VIL 2.8-14.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIY. 227 


φῶντα προπέμψαι τοῖς ἵπποις ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα. 9. Καὶ 
ὁ μὲν Ἐενοφῶν διαπλεύσας ἀφικνεῖται ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα" 
οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἐδέξαντο ἡδέως, καὶ εὐθὺς εἵποντο ἄσμε- 
vot, ὡς διαβησόμενοι ἐκ τῆς Θράκης εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν. 

10. Ὁ δὲ Σεύθης, ἀκούσας ἥκοντα πάλιν [ΞενοφὠνταΊ, 
πέμψας πρὸ αὐτὸν κατὰ θάλατταν MnSocadny, ἐδεῖτο τὴν 
arn ἄγειν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, ὑπισχνούμενος — ὅ τι 
@eTO ad πείσειν. ‘O δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ, ὅτι οὐδὲν 
οἷον τε εἴη τούτων γενέσθαι. 11. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα ἀκού- 
σας ᾧχετο. Οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες ἐπεὶ ἀφίκοντο εἰς Π ἀήρ» 
Νέων μὲν ἀποσπάσας ἐστρατοπεδεύσατο χωρὶς, ἐῶν ὡς 
ὀκτακοσίους satpro’ τὸ δ᾽ ἄλλο στράτευμα πᾶν ἐν τῷ 
αὑτῷ παρὰ τὸ τεῖχος τὸ Περινθίων 7 (ἢ 

12. Μετὰ ταῦτα Ἐενοφῶν μὲν ἔπραττε περὶ πλοίων, 
ὅπως ὅτι τάχιστα διαβαῖεν [eis τὴν ᾿Ασίαν]. Ἔν δὲ 
τούτῳ ἀφικόμενος ᾿Αρίσταρχος ὁ ἐκ Βυζαντίου ἁρμοστῆς, 
ἔχων "δύο τριήρεις, πεπεισμένος ὑπὸ Φαρναβάζου, τοῖς τε 
ναυκλήροις ἀπεῖπε μὴ διάγειν, ἐλθών τε ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα, 
τοῖς στρατιώταις εἶπε μὴ μιν. ΝΜ μκηΝὐ γήμαι εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν. 
13. ‘O &€ Ξενοφῶν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ᾿Αναξίβιος ἐκέλευσε, καὶ 
ἐμὲ πρὸς τοῦτο erepiyer ἐνθάδε. Πάλιν δ᾽ ᾿Αρίσταρχος 
ἔλεξεν" ᾿Αναξίβιος μέν τοίνυν οὐκέτι a, ἐγὼ δὲ 
τῇδε ἁρμοστής" εἰ δέ τινα ὑμῶν ληγομαὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ, 
καταδύσω. Ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν, ὥχετο εἰς τὸ er 14. Τὴ δ᾽ 
ὑστεραίᾳ μεταπέμπεται τοὺς στρδτηγόνν καὶ λοχαγοὺς τοῦ 
στρατεύματος. Ἤδη δὲ ὄντων πρὸς τῷ τείχει, mike 
τίς τῷ συνῶ ὅτι, εἰ εἴσεισι, συλληφθήσεται, καὶ ἢ 


αὐτοῦ τι πείσεται, ἢ καὶ Φαρναβάξῳ παραδοθήσεται. ‘O 


























228 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VIL 2. 14-19. 


ν καὶ καὶ . ‘ ‘ ? 78 .» 
δε ἀκούσας ταῦτα, τοὺς μὲν προπέμπεται, αὐτὸς δὲ εἶπεν 
΄ »" / 
ὅτε θῦσαι τι βούλοιτο. 

, Ν f/f > n > € ᾽ν. 
15. Και ἀπελθὼν εθύετο, εἰ παρεῖεν αὐτῷ οἱ θεοὶ πευ- 

“ Ν / ΝΜ Ν Ἵ ΨΚ ‘ ΕΣ 
ρᾶσθαι πρὸς Σεύθην ἄγειν τὸ στράτευμα" ἑώρα γὰρ οὔτε 

/ ᾽ ᾽ν Δ , ¥ A ‘ 
διαβαίνειν ἀσφαλὲς ὃν, τριήρεις ἔχοντος τοῦ κωλύσοντος" 

"ἀφ, 7" > Ν a ᾽ “ἢ Ν 
οὔτ᾽ ἐπὶ Χεῤῥόνησον ἐλθὼν κατακλεισθῆναι ἐβούλετο, καὶ 

Ν f ᾽ “ / / ‘ ¥ ‘ 
TO στράτευμα ἐν TOAAN σπάνει πάντων γενέσθαι" ἔνθα δὴ 

‘0 θ hu ἢ a ? m~ ee a“ a“ δὲ > ὃ / 
πείθεσθαι μὲν ἀνάγκη τῷ Exel ἁρμοστῇ, τῶν δὲ ἐπιτηδείων 

Ia Ν 4 Ν / ~ ": Ν > ἃ 
οὐδὲν ἔμελλεν ἕξειν τὸ στράτευμα. 16. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ἀμφὶ 

role MI ¢ or ‘ ma κ“ ᾽ν Ψ » 
ταῦτ εἶχεν" οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἥκοντες παρὰ 
»» ἡ b / “ ~ ‘ 3 i uw 
tov Apiatapyou ἀπήγγελλον, ὅτε νῦν μὲν ἀπιέναι σφᾶς 
᾿ A / ‘ / » ‘ " »“» ᾽ / 
κελεύει, τῆς δείλης Se ἥκειν" ἔνθα καὶ δήλη μᾶλλον ἐδόκει 
¢ 3 / € 9 a 3 Ν 2a ἡ ν κἡ Ν 
ἢ επιβουλη. 17. O οὖν Ἐενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ ἐδόκει τὰ ἱερὰ 
\ 9 > “~ 3, »“ / b ~ “ / 
καλὰ εἰναι αὐτῷ Kal τῷ στρατεύματι ἀσφαλῶς προς Σ εὐ- 
γ} Ν , 7) a ‘ 
θην ἱέναι, παραλαβὼν Πολυκράτην τὸν ᾿Αθηναῖον λοχαγον, 
Ν \ a Ὁ» κῃ Ν ᾽ν ‘ 
καὶ παρὰ τῶν στρατηγῶν ἑκάστου ἄνδρα (πλὴν παρὰ 
Φ ff + r | Ν a Ν i % “ 
Newvos), ᾧ ἕκαστος ἐπίστευεν, wyeTo τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπὶ TO 
Ἤ / Ce ἢ / 
Σεύθου στράτευμα ἑξήκοντα στάδια. 
? Ν ᾽ b Ν > ? " 3 / a 
18. Ere δ᾽ eyyus ἦσαν αὐτοῦ, ἐπιτυγχάνει πυροῖς 
A, ‘ ‘ ‘ a 7 , 
ἐρήμοις. Καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον wero μετακεχωρηκέναι ποι 

Ν ἤ bs Ν Ν ᾽ M 
Tov Σεύθην" ἐπεὶ δὲ θορύβου te ἤσθετο καὶ σημαινόντων 
? a Ν / ἢ f / f Ν 
ἀλλήλοις τῶν περὶ Σεύθην, κατέμαθεν, ὅτι τούτου ἕνεκα τὰ 

Ν / Ν “~ ey 10 Ν a λ ἢ 
Tupa κεκαυμένα εἴη τῷ Σεύθη πρὸ τῶν νυκτοφυλάκων, 
Ὁ“ ¢ ᾿» oh ν "» > a / ΝΜ “ 
ὅπως οἱ μὲν φύλακες μὴ ὁρῷντο ἐν τῷ σκότει ὄντες, μήτε 
A , “ 9 TA , ‘ , 
ὁπόσοι μὴτε ὅπου εἶεν, οἱ Se προσιόντες μὴ λανθάνοιεν, 

᾽ \ ST - -" > > \ ‘a 
ara dia τὸ φῶς καταφανεῖς εἶεν. 19. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἤσθετο, 

" ‘ € ͵ a a Ν 4 Ὶ “ 
προπέμπει τὸν ἐρμηνέα, ὃν ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων, καὶ εἰπεῖν 


’ ; “" 
κελεύει Σεύθῃ, ὅτε Ἐενοφῶν πάρεστι βουλόμενος συγγενέ- 


VIL. 3.19-9256] KTPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙῚΣ. 229 


3 A e ~~ a Ν᾿ Mi, a 
σθαι αὐτῷ. Οἱ de ἤροντο, εἰ ὁ ᾿Αθηναῖος ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ στρα- 
᾿ » ἂν ae Ω 9 ᾽ 
τεύματος. 20. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἔφη οὗτος εἶναι, ἀναπηδήσαντες 
») ν γ / [ a "»"»ν 
ἐδίωκον" καὶ ολίγον ὕστερον παρῆσαν πελτασταὶ ὅσον δια- 
/ 4 F - tal x lb, ‘1 > aA 
κόσιοι, Kal παραλαβοντες Ξενοφῶντα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὑτῷ, 
Ν ’ ¢ ' = ? Υ͂ Λ 
ἦγον πρὸς Σεύθην. 21. Ὁ δ᾽ ἦν ἐν τύρσει μάλα φυλαττό- 
, ov iy, 3 ~ ἤ 3 , i, 
μενος, καὶ LTTOL περὶ αὑτὴν κύκλῳ εγκεχαλινωμένοι" διὰ 
‘ ~ / Ν ἢν ¢ ‘ . 5 Λ ‘ " Ν i 
yap tov φόβον tas μεν nuepas ἐχίλου Tous ἵππους, τὰς δὲ 
> | > al y 3 Ν 
νύκτας ἐγκεχαλινωμένοις εφυλαττετο. 22. Ἐλέγετο yap 
‘ ἢ ᾽ ς i / > 4 a ἤ 
καὶ πρόσθεν Τήρης ὁ τούτου πρόγονος, ἐν ταὐτῃ τῇ χωρᾷ, 
i ͵ εν “ a ᾽ “ ᾿ 
πόλυ ἔχων στράτευμα, ὑπὸ τούτων τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολλοὺς 
3 “ Ν \ / ? a Φ 
ἀπόλεσαι, καὶ τὰ σκευοφόρα ἀφαιρεθῆναι. ᾽Ησαν δ᾽ 
hl Ν ‘i ’ 3 Λ “" 
οὗτοι Θυνοῖ, πάντων λεγόμενοι εἶναι μάλιστα νυκτὸς πολε- 
ἤ 
μικωτατοι. 
3 ἊΝ AM \ > A 5 a 
23. Ere ὃ eyyus σαν, ἐκέλευσεν εἰσεέλθειν Ἐξενο- 
“ ») “a \ , > ‘ ἂν 
φῶντα, ἔχοντα δύο, ovs βούλοιτο. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἔνδον ἦσαν, 
, , " mn > , \ Ny ‘ " 
ἡσπαζοντο μὲν πρῶτον ἀλλήλους, καὶ κατὰ τὸν Θρᾷκιον 
/ / of tA a ‘ ‘ / 
νόμον -KepaTa οἴνου προύπινον" tapnv δὲ καὶ Μηδοσάδης 
Ὁ ᾽ / > “Ὁ Ν 
τῷ Σεύθῃ, ὅσπερ ἐπρέσβευεν αὐτῷ πάντοσε. 294. Ἔπειτα 
Ν “ » "4 Ν ᾿ A A 
de Ξενοφῶν ἤρχετο λέγειν: "Ἔπεμψας πρὸς ἐμὲ, ὦ Σεύθη, 
> nw ᾽ ~ r | 
εἰς Χαλκηδόνα πρῶτον Μηδοσάδην τουτονὶ, δεόμενός pou, 
“ ~ a , 3 “ 3 ͵ 
συμπροθυμηθῆναι διαβῆναι τὸ στράτευμα ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας, 
ν αὶ ’ " ᾽ a , 9 " 
καὶ ὑπισχνούμενος μοι, εἰ ταῦτα πράξαιμι, εὖ ποιήσειν, ὡς 
ΝΜ / “~ ᾽ Ν, > ~ 
edn Μηδοσάδης οὑτοσί. 25. Ταῦτα εἰπὼν, ἐπήρετο τὸν 
᾿ a a 9 ν ) νΝ > 
Μηδοσάδην, εἰ ἀληθῆ ταῦτ᾽ εἴη. Ὃ δ᾽ ἔφη. Αὖθις ἦλθε 
Φ ᾽ ᾽ν , at ‘ 
Μηδοσάδης οὗτος. ἐπεὶ ἐγὼ διέβην πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ στρά- 
2 / ς » >|) Ν “" 
τευμα ex Παρίου, ὑπισχνούμενος, εἰ ἄγοιμε τὸ στράτευμα 


᾿, Ἂ 9 ‘ Λ ἤ ~ ? a 
πρὸς σε, τάλλά τέ σε φίλῳ μοι χρήσεσθαι καὶ ἀδελφῷ, 


Ν ,, “ 6 x , / φ ὺ κρατ a ΝΜ, θ 
καὶ Ta Tapa a ΤΤΉ μοι χώρια, ων σ ρ εἰς, ἐσεσῦαι 






































iii ii il 


230 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΓΥ͂ΙΙ. 2. 25-33. 


“ > ‘ 7 Λ b , ‘ 
παρὰ σοῦ. 26. Emi τούτοις πάλιν ἐπήρετο tov Μηδο- 
? Ν. ta ε ‘ / Ν ω Ν 
σάδην, εἰ ἔλεγε ταῦτα. ὋὉ δὲ συνέφη καὶ ταῦτα. "TK 
- ¥ νυ ἡ ’ " > / ’ 
νυν, eon, αφήγησαι τούτῳ, Ti σοι ἀπεκρινάμην ev Χαλκη- 
» b ἤ / ‘ ἥ 
δόνε πρῶτον. 27. ᾿Απεκρίνω, ὅτι τὸ στράτευμα διαβή- 
᾽ , ‘ Ia ΄ὕ Ψ / a 
goto εἰς Βυΐζαντιον, καὶ οὐδὲν τούτου ἕνεκα δέοι τελεῖν 
» ν y > ™ ‘ > ‘ / 9 rf 
OUTE σοὶ οὔτε ἄλλῳ" αὐτὸς δὲ, ἐπεὶ SiaBains, ἀπιέναι 
»” ‘ 3 ἡ ef / ν "ΜΝ , 
ἐφησθα" καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως, ὥσπερ συ ἔλεγες. 28. Τί 
᾿ Ν ¥ 7] ‘ , ak > ” 
yap ἔλεγον, edn, ὅτε κατὰ Σηλυβρίαν ἀφίκου; Οὐκ ἔφη- 
ry 9 ? ||| , ᾽ , / 
σθα οἷόν τε εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς Πέρινθον ελθοντας διαβαίνειν 
hy ‘ 3 / ᾽ “ / » 4 val / 
εἰς τὴν Aciav. 29. Nouv τοίνυν, edn ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, παρειμι 
.ν ᾽ν \ φΦ " Φ » a 
καὶ eyo καὶ οὗτος Φρυνίσκος, εἷς τῶν στρατηγῶν, καὶ 
, φΦ Φ .- a MLM valli »»"» 
Πολυκράτης οὗτος, εἷς τῶν λοχαγῶν" καὶ ἔξω εἰσὶν ἀπὸ 
ρ ᾿ 
~ ΠῚ ᾽ ξ ͵ Ν al ~ 
τῶν στρατηγῶν ὁ πιστότατος ἑκάστῳ, πλὴν Νέωνος τοῦ 
a H ᾽ 9 / ΡῪ 
“Δακωνικοῦ. 30. Ev οὖν βούλει πιστοτέραν εἶναι τὴν 
»“» b | | Λ \ ‘ id 
πρᾶξιν, καὶ ἐκείνους κάλεσαι. Ta δὲ ὅπλα, ov ἐλθὼν 
? ‘\ > sf A 3 ‘ ’ ~ Ν ν 
ELITE, ὦ Πολύκρατες, OTL €y@ κελευω καταλίπειν" καὶ αὑτὸς 
, » ‘ Ν t ¥ ᾿ 9 , on 
exes καταλιπὼν THY payaipay εἰσιθι. 31. ᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα 
¢ , 5 _ ? a > > 
ὁ Σεύθης εἶπεν, ὅτι οὐδενὶ ἂν ἀπιστήσειεν ᾿Αθηναίων" καὶ 
᾿ Ψ a 5 m/s ‘ " Ν Ν 
yap, ὅτι συγγενεῖς εἶεν, εἰδέναι, καὶ φίλους εὔνους ἔφη 
/ \ » " ἢ Ν ᾽ Ἅ » 
νομίζειν. Mera ταῦτα δ᾽ επεὶ εἰσῆλθον, ovs ἔδει, περῶτον 
Ν ΠῚ P| i / Ψ ᾽ ~ a 
μὲν Ἐενοφῶν ἐπήρετο Σεύθην, ὅ τι δέοιτο χρῆσθαι τῇ 
a ae ie e 
στρατιᾷ. 32. O δε εἶπεν ὧδε" 
ἢ 9 , AT " ῳ ᾽ Ν 
Maicadns ἦν πατήρ μοι" ἐκείνου δὲ ἦν ἀρχὴ Μελαν- 
“ Ν ‘ x / > ’ “~ 
Strat, καὶ Θυνοὶ, καὶ Τρανίψαι. ᾿Εκ ταύτης οὖν τῆς χώ- 
3 Ἂ, Ν > ~ / 9 Ν 
pas, ἔπει τα Οδρυσῶν πράγματα ἐνόσησεν, ἐκπεσὼν ὁ 
Ν  νΝ ‘ ᾽ fa] / / " 3 hn, 8 > r 
πατήρ, αὑτὸς μεν ἀποθνήσκει νόσῳ" ἐγὼ εξετράφην 
> \ Ν , A “ “ ‘ 3 lp. ‘ 
oppavos παρα Μηδόκῳ τῷ viv βασιλεῖ. 33. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 


ἢ 3 ν᾽ ᾽ > / a“ " » ! , 
νεανίσκος EYEVOUNV, οὐκ εδυνώμην ζην εἰς ἀλλοτρίαν TPaTre- 


VIL 2. 33-38.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIY. 231 


᾽ ἤ 3 / >? a“ κ / 
tav ἀποβλέπων" καὶ ἐκαθεζόμην evdidpios αὐτῷ ἱκέτης, 
it "" Ν Ν ν ‘ Ἂ 
δοῦναί μοι, ὁπόσους δυνατὸς evn ἄνδρας, Ὁπως καὶ τοὺς 
᾽ t ma Υ / Ν " . , 
ἐκβαλόντας ἡμᾶς, εἰ τι δυναίμην, κακὸν ποιοίην, καὶ Cony, 
᾿ ᾽ ‘ > 7 , ? , ee ’ 
μὴ εἰς τὴν εκείνου τράπεζαν ἀποβλέπων ὥσπερ κύων. 
, iy Ν Ἂ ‘ od 
34. "Ex τούτου μοι δίδωσι τοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ τοὺς ἵππους, 
Ὁ ᾽ ~ " ᾽ , 4 “ 7 Ἃ, 
ovs ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε, ἐπειδὰν ἡμέρα γένηται. Καὶ νῦν ἐγὼ 
» ’ ΝΜ wate f hes 3 A ἤ ἢ 
ζῶ τούτους ἔχων, ληϊζομενος THY ἐμαυτοῦ πατρῴαν χώραν. 
» “ > Δ ‘ a 
Ei δέ μοι ὑμεῖς παραγένοισθε, οἶμαι ἂν σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς 
¢ / > a ~ 2 / Ml ᾽ Ἀ ἃ  » ic Ὁ 
ῥᾳδίως ἀπολαβεῖν τὴν ἀρχην. Ταῦτ ἐστὶν, ἃ ἐγὼ ὑμῶν 
δέομαι. 
"ἃ 9 ¥ a ‘ , > » 
35. Tu ἂν οὖν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, σὺ δύναιο, εἰ ἔλθοιμεν, 
A a ἢ ‘ ἴω “Ὁ ‘ »“ 
τῇ τε στρατιᾷ διδόναι καὶ τοῖς λοχαγοῖς καὶ τοῖς στρα- 
n , “ @ ἢ Λ ε \ 
τηγοῖς; Aefov, wa οὗτοι ἀπαγγέλλωσιν. 36. Ὁ de 
c ἢ a“ Ἃ ᾽ ys A * »“ 
ὑπέσχετο τῷ μὲν στρατιωτῃ κυζικηνον, τῷ δὲ λοχαγῷ 
A \ a r Ν “-ἦἴΟὄΓ. / 
διμοιρίαν, τῷ δὲ στρατηγῷ τετραμοιρίαν, καὶ γῆν ὁπόσην 
A " 4 ’ Ν / + li,” ἤ 
ἂν βούλωνται, καὶ ζεύγη, καὶ χωρίον ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ τετει- 
ol a ' 
χισμένον. 37. ᾿Εὰν δὲ, ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, ταῦτα πειρώ- 


μενοι μὴ διαπράξωμεν, ἀλλά τις φόβος ἀπὸ Μακεδαιμονίων 


? ὃ / > ‘ a 27 > ͵ / ‘ 
1). e&n εἰς την σεαυτου, EaY TLS ATTLEVAL βούληται παρα 


σέ; 38. Ὁ δ᾽ εἶπε' Καὶ ἀδελφούς γε ποιήσομαι, καὶ 


᾽ i ‘ ‘ e s φ Ἅ V4 a 
evouppious, καὶ κοινωνοὺς ἁπάντων, ὧν ἂν δυνώμεθα KTA- 
AA a Ν ’ , Wc ν 
σθαι. Σοὶ δε, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, καὶ θυγατέρα δώσω, καὶ εἴ τις 
»ν θ , ie Θ / , ‘ A B / 6 

σοι ἐστι θυγάτηρ, wvncopat Θρᾳκίῳ νομῳ" καὶ Βισανθην 

Υ / “ ᾽ Ν Π , > W, a lM 
οἰκησιν Swocw, OTEp ἐμοὶ καλλιστον χωρίον ἐστί τῶν ETL 

ἢ 
θαλαττῃ. 
[ 





























ΞΕΝΟΦΩ͂ΝΤΟΣ [ΥΠ.3.1-6. 


ΑΙ 112, 


1. ᾿Ακούσαντες ταῦτα, καὶ δεξιὰς δόντες καὶ λαβόντες, 
ἀπήλαυνον" καὶ ay ἡμέρας ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τῷ στρατοπέδῳ, 
καὶ πύγγηλαν ἕκαστοι τοῖς πέμψασιν. 2, ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 
ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, ὁ μὲν ᾿Αρίσταρχος πάλιν ἐκάλει τοὺς στρα- 
τηγοὺς καὶ ‘a, ohana τοῖς δ᾽ ae τὴν μὲν πρὸς ᾿Αρί- 
σταρχον ὁδὸν ἐᾶσαι, τὸ δὲ Se ΝΗ as συγκαλέσαι. Καὶ 
συνῆλθον πάντες, πλὴν οἱ Νέωνος" οὗτοι δὲ ἀπεῖχον ὡς 
δέκα στάδια. 

8. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον. ἀναστὰς Ξενοφῶν εἶπε τάδε" 
“Avbpes, διαπλεῖν ΜᾺ ἔνθα βουλόμεθα, ᾿Αρίσταρχος τριή- 
iy ἔχων κωλύει" ὥστε εἰς πλοῖα οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ἐμβαίνειν" 
οὗτος δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς κελεύει εἰς Χεῤῥόνησον Big διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 
ὄρους πορεύεσθαι. ἢ ἢν δὲ κροτήσαντει τούτου ἐκεῖσε ἔλθω- 
μεν, οὔτε πωλήσειν ἔτι acted ὑμᾶς ὥσπερ ἐν eats 
οὔτε ἐξαπατήσεσθαι ἔτι ὑμᾶς, ἀλλὰ λήψεσθαι μισθὸν, οὔτε 
περιόψεσθαι ἔτι, ὥσπερ νυνὶ, δεομένους τῶν το νὰν. 
4. Οὗτος μὲν ταῦτα λέγει: Σεύθης δέ φησιν, ἂν pes 
ἐκεῖνον inte, εὖ ποιήσειν ὑμᾶς. Nov οὖν σκέψασθε, TOTE- 
pov ἐνθάδε ity τοῦτο βουλεύσεσθε, ἢ cis τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
ἐπανελθόντες. . ᾿Εμοὶ μὲν οὖν πε ἐπεὶ ἐνθάδε οὔτε 
ἀργύριον exoue ὥστε ἀγοράζειν, οὔτε ἄνευ ἀργυρίου ἐῶσι 
λαμβάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἐπανελθόντας εἰς τὰς κώμας ὅθεν 
οἱ ἥττους ἐῶσι λαμβώνειν, ἐκεῖ ἔχοντας τὰ “τ τόδανα, ὁ ἀκού- 
ovTas ὅ τι τις ὑμῶν δεῖται, αἱρεῖσθαι ὅ τι ἂν ὑμῖν δοκῇ 
κράτιστον εἶναι. 6. Καὶ ὅτῳ, ἔφη, ταῦτα δοκεῖ, ἀράτω 


Ψ 3 ᾽ὔ / ¥ 
τὴν χεῖρα. ᾿Ανέτειναν ἅναντες. Ἄπιοντες τοίνυν, ἔφη, 


VII. 3.6-12] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 233 


/ 6 ‘ 3 δὰ Δ, e/ 6 a 
συσκευαζεσθε, καὶ emedav παραγγείλῃ τις, ἕπεσθε τῷ 
ἡγουμένῳ. 

“ ~ Ἃ 6 ΓΙ ε > ef 
7. Mera ταῦτα Ἐενοφῶν μὲν ἤγειτο, οἱ ὃ εἵποντο. 
‘ ν ν > if 
Νέων δὲ καὶ παρὰ ᾿Αριστάρχου ἄλλοι ἔπειθον ἀποτρε- 
ε ᾽ 7 ς ᾿ ᾽ \  ῳ ᾿ 
πεσθαι" οἱ δ᾽ οὐχ ὑπήκουον. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ὅσον τριάκοντα 
Ἴ a ΄ I ἐν" 
σταδίους προεληλύθεσαν, ἀπαντᾷ Σεύθης. Καὶ ὁ Ἐενο- 
a Ins »»ν , ANE, ¢ ef / 
dav ἰδὼν αὑτὸν προσέλασαι ἐκέλευσεν. ὅπως ὅτι πλείστων 
” »ν» ἃ dA t > Ὁ " 
ἀκουόντων εἴποι αὐτῷ, ἃ ἐδόκει συμφέρειν. 8. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 
a“ ~ ε ἡ} U ν Λ 
προσῆλθεν, εἶπε Ἐενοφῶν: “Ἡμεῖς πορευόμεθα, ὅπου μελ- 
ted ‘ / , 3 “ ? > 4 ᾿. a 
λει ἕξειν TO στράτευμα τροφήν" ἐκεῖ δ᾽ ἀκούοντες καὶ σοῦ 
Ν a a a“ ¢ / a ἃ / ὃ εἶμι 
καὶ τῶν τοῦ Λακωνικοῦ, αἱρησόμεθα ἃ ἂν κράτιστα δοκῇ 
3 Ἂ 9 Εν» ¢ , Ψ a ANI: b , 
εἶναι. “Hv οὖν ἡμῖν γήσῃ, ὅπου πλείστω ἐστιν ἐπιτή- 
a “ b ἢ ~ ¢ “, 
δεια, ὑπὸ σοῦ νομιοῦμεν ἐξενισθαι. 9. Καὶ ὁ Σεύθης 
@ A * i | / ‘ id ᾽ " 
εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ οἶδα κώμας πολλὰς ἀαθροας. καὶ πάντα ἐχου- 
) ᾽ δ »ν Ψ “ A 
σας τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἀπεχούσας ἡμῶν ὅσον διελθόντες ἂν 
΄ φ a ἤ » c¢ — al 
ἡδέως ἀριστῴητε. ᾿Ηγοῦ τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ξενοφῶν. 
" , > ~ “A 4. “~ 
10. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἀφίκοντο εἰς αὐτὰς τῆς δείλης, συνῆλθον 
“᾽ a > ᾿ , b » > ¥ 
ol στρατιῶται, καὶ εἶπε Σεύθης τοιάδε" Eyo, ὦ ἄνδρες, 


a "al ‘ 3 / ‘ ¢ “Ὁ 
δέομαι ὑμῶν στρατεύεσθαι σὺν ἐμοί" καὶ ὑπισχνοῦμαι 


eC A bh ἤ val “ Ν 
υμιν [τοῦ μηνὸς] δώσειν τοῖς στρατιωταῖς κυζξικηνον, λο- 


Ὁ“ ᾿;, Ν al ‘ / ». δὲ “Ἢ 
χαγοῖς Se καὶ στρατηγοῖς τὰ νομιζόμενα" ἔξω δὲ τούτων 
‘ A / lal Ν \ ‘ ec Ν “ 3 
τὸν ἄξιον τιμήσω. Zita δὲ καὶ ποτὰ, ὥσπερ καὶ νῦν, ἐκ 
~ σ. 6 / 3 \ €, “ 
τῆς χώρας λαμβάνοντες ἕξετε: ὁπόσα δ᾽ ἂν ἁλίσκηται, 
3 , φν x “ n ὃ θ s ee ‘ 
afiwow αὑτὸς ἔχειν, ἵνα ταῦτα διατιθέμενος ὑμῖν τὸν 
iy, 4 hy μι 
μισθὸν πορίζω. 11. Καὶ τὰ μὲν φεύγοντα καὶ ἀποδι- 
a ν » " Ἀ " 
δράσκοντα ἡμεῖς ἱκανοὶ ἐσόμεθα διώκειν καὶ μαστεύειν" 
‘ ee / “ 
av δέ τις ἀνθίστηται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι. 


"» ν.".ὄ νὰ ͵ ᾽ “ 
12. ᾿Επήρετο ὁ Ξενοφῶν: Πόσον δὲ ἀπὸ θαλάττης ἀξιώ- 

















“Ὁ ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΤΥΠ1.8.12-17. 


, , ‘ , ξ I: / 
σεις συνέπεσθαὶ cor τὸ στράτευμα; Ὃὧ δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο" 
3 ~ o~ ¢ Ν ~ n ‘ ~ 
Ovdapun πλεῖον ἑπτὰ ἡμερῶν, μεῖον δὲ πολλαχῆ. 
© Ν a“ > / a“ / 
13. Mera ταῦτα ἐδίδοτο λέγειν τῷ βουλομένῳ. Καὶ 
Υ. ‘ . 8 , ‘ Υ , , 
ἔλεγον πόλλοι κατὰ ταῦτα, OTL παντὸς ἄξια λέγοι Σεύθης" 
‘ “ y ἣν ΕΥ̓͂ ” > a A a 
χείμων yup εἴη, καὶ οὔτε οἰκαδε ἀποπλεῖν τῷ τοῦτο Bov- 
᾿ ~ Ν / ᾽ / > | @yr > 
λομένῳ δυνατὸν ein, διαγενέσθαι τε ἐν φιλίᾳ οὐχ οἷον τ 
Ν 2 ? / »"» > ‘ “ / / 
εἴη, εἰ δέοι ὠνουμένους ζῆν" ev δὲ τῇ πολεμίᾳ διατρίβειν 
\ " ’ , ‘ / Ἢ , Μ 
καὶ τρέφεσθαι ἀσφαλέστερον μετὰ Σεύθου, ἢ μόνους, ὄν- 
" nw f > ἊΝ Ν / ἕ 
των ἀγαθῶν τοσούτων. εἰ de μισθὸν προσληψοιντο, εὕρημα 
In / 2 > ‘ 7 > . ” 
ἐδόκει εἶναι. 14. "Emi τούτοις εἶπε Ξενοφῶν: Ei τις 
> " / ᾽ ‘ \ ᾽ . / a > \ 
ἀντίλεγει, λεγέτω" εἰ δὲ μη, ἐπιψηφιζέτω ταῦτα. ᾿Επεὶ 
‘ 2 \ 3 Λ ᾽ / bp » a ‘Aw hy 
δε οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγεν, ἐπεψήφισε, καὶ ἔδοξε ταῦτα. Εὐθὺς 
ἣν ἢ } “ Cd / > a 
de LevOn εἶπε ταῦτα, ὅτι συστρατεύσοιντο αὐτῷ. 
Ν ~ ¢ Ἃ ν Ἂ , ? / 
15. Mera τοῦτο οἱ μεν ἄλλοι κατὰ τάξεις ἐσκήνησαν" 
‘ ‘ Ν ‘ tl ω ᾽ 3 i 
στρατηγους δε καὶ λοχαγοὺς ἐπὶ δεῖπνον Σεύθης ἐκάλεσε, 
f / ¥ ν 3 Ν flo, il 9 
πλησίον κώμην ἔχων. 16. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ emi θύραις ἦσαν, ὡς 
7 ω / 9 € / / 
ἐπὶ δεῖπνον παριόντες, ἦν τις Ἡρακλείδης Mapwveirns: 
Φ Ν αν ἡ» a ¥ ¥ “" 
οὗτος προσιὼν Evi ἐκάστῳ, οὕστινας wETO ἔχειν TL δοῦναι 
Σεύθη, πρῶτον μὲν ὃς Παριανού as, ov σαν 
ἢ, Tp μεν πρὸς ριανους τινας, ol παρῆσα 
/ / Ν Ν > “ 
φιλίαν διαπραξόμενοι πρὸς Μήδοκον τὸν ᾿Οδρυσῶν βασι- 
εὐ / ‘ δῶ Ν > “ \ A \ ». [ἢ 
€a, καὶ δωρα ἄγοντες αὐτῷ τε καὶ τῇ γυναικὶ, ἔλεγεν, ὅτι 
᾽ ‘ νΝ Ν ξ “ b * / 
Μηδοκος μὲν ἄνω εἴη δώδεκα ἡμερῶν απὸ θαλάττης ὁδὸν" 
4 3 ᾽ \ Ἅ rl ~ Ν. Ἂν }» 
Σεύθης δ᾽, ἐπεὶ τὸ στράτευμα τοῦτο εὐληφεν, ἄρχων ἔσοιτο 
Ψ κα , ᾿ Φ ἃ ς , ν ΄ » 
ἐπὶ θαλάττη. 17. Γείτων οὖν ὧν, ἱκανώτατος ἔσται ὑμᾶς 
Ν > Ν ~ o “λ s ~ / ἢ 
καὶ εὖ καὶ Kaxws ποιεῖν. “Hv οὖν σωφρονῆτε, τούτῳ d0- 
||! A ¥ . ν᾿ con ᾿ eM 
σετε, ὁ TL ἂν ἄγητε" καὶ ἄμεινον ὑμῖν διακείσεται, ἢ ἐὰν 
/ “ / b | “ re / Ἂ ‘A 
Μηδόκῳ τῷ πρόσω οἰκοῦντι δῶτε. Τούτους μὲν οὕτως 


ἔπειθεν. 


VIL 3.18-23.] ΚΥΡΟΥ ANABASIY. 235 


‘ / a “ i, 2 x 
18. Αὖθις Se Τιμασίωνι τῷ AapSavet προσελθὼν, ἐπεὶ 
¥ m3] φ ". 3 ᾿ Ν ᾿ 
ἤκουσεν αὑτῷ εἶναι καὶ ἐκπώματα καὶ τάπιδας βαρβαρι- 
Ἢ ». Ω͂ / ¢ / ν ὃ - , 
Kas, ἔλεγεν, OTL νομίζοιτο, ὁπότε ἐπὶ δεῖπνον καλέσαιτο 
“"ν . > κα "] , φ + 4 
Σεύθης, δωρεῖσθαι αὐτῷ τοὺς κληθέντας" οὗτος δ᾽ ἣν 
, > , ᾽, ε \ x UT 
μέγας evOude γένηται, ἱκανὸς ἔσται σε καὶ οἴκαδε καταγα- 
» a ἤ “ “ | > “Ἢ 
γεῖν, καὶ ἐνθώδε πλούσιον ποιῆσαι. Τοιαῦτα προυμνᾶτο, 
ὔ »~ Ἀ Ἃ al 
ἑκάστῳ προσιών. 19. Προσελθὼν δὲ καὶ Ἐενοφῶντι, 
Bd ‘ Ν Λ / 3 ‘ \ / ‘ 
ἔλεγε" Xu καὶ πόλεως μεγίστης εἷ, καὶ παρὰ Σεύθῃ τὸ 
᾿ ¥ , a9 .} a a , ¥ > , 
σον ὄνομα μεγίιστὸν ἐστι" καὶ ἐν τῇδε τῇ χωρᾳ ἴσως ἀξιώ- 
Ν Ἵ / c/ || aN la ¢ ‘ 
σεις καὶ τείχη λαμβανειν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἄλλοι τῶν υμετερων 
¥ \ r ov 3 N , 
ἔλαβον, kat χωραν" ἄξιον οὖν σοι καὶ μεγαλοπρεπέστατα 
“A / _ Μ , A a > % 
τιμῆσαι Σεύθην. 20. Evvovs δέ σοι ὧν παραινῶ" εὖ οἶδα 
Ν id “ Ἃ / f “ ; ᾽ ὌΠ» 
γάρ, OTL, ὁσῳ ἂν μείζω τούτῳ δωρήσῃ. τοσούτῳ μείζω ὑπὸ 
/ 3 ‘ / ? / a“ c — “ ? / 
τούτου ἀγαθὰ πείσῃ. ἀκούων ταῦτα ὁ Ξενοφῶν ἠπόρει" 
’ » 5 f ’ ‘ a , ν 
ov yap διαβεβήκει ἔχων ἐκ Παρίου, εἰ μὴ παῖδα καὶ ὅσον 
3 
ἐφόδιον. 
A » Ν Ν Ὁ “Ὁ al 
21. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ εἰσῆλθον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον τῶν τε Θρᾳκῶν 
“ A " Ν i ἐ 
οἱ κρώτιστοι τῶν παρόντων, καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ λοχα- 
“" , ‘ Ν / A , Ν Λ 
you τῶν “Ελλήνων, καὶ εἴ τις πρεσβεία παρῆν ἀπὸ πόλεως, 
ὃ δεῖ ἐν ἢ θημέ ἤκλῳ" ἔπειτα δὲ τρίποδ 
τὸ δεῖπνον μεν ἣν καθημένοις κύκλῳ" ἔπειτα τρίποδες 
a e * φ a \ 
εἰσηνέχθησαν πᾶσιν" οὗτοι δ᾽ ἦσαν κρεῶν. μεστοὶ νενεμη- 
Ὁ ra 9 
μένων, καὶ ἄρτοι ξυμῖται μεγάλοι προσπεπερονημένοι ἧσαν 
al / Λ > ᾿ ld » 
πρὸς τοῖς κρέασι. 22. Μάλιστα δ᾽ αἱ τράπεζαι κατὰ 
‘ / ἊΝ Υ ἢ / ‘ > K ‘ a 
tous ξένους ἀεὶ ετίθεντο" νόμος yap ἦν. Kat πρῶτος 


a 3 / / 3 / by “ a 4 
τοῦτο ἐποίει Σεύθης" ἀνελόμενος τοὺς €aUT@ παρακειμε- 


»” , Ἀ ‘ ‘ Pa all @  κ"» 
vous ἄρτους, διέκλα κατὰ μικρὸν, καὶ διερῥίπτει, οἷς αὑτῷ 


Ins Ν \ "all κᾳὶ , rd , , θ ς - 
ἐδόκει" καὶ Τὰ KPEA ὠσαῦυτως, οσὸον μονον γευσασ at €avT@ 


il Ν ε Ν Nia \ al iy > ᾿ 
καταλίπων. 23. Καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι δὲ κατὰ ταῦτα ἐποίουν. 

















236 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VIL 3.23-29, 


καθ᾽ ods ai τράπεξαι ἔκειντο. ᾿Αρκὰς δέ τις, ᾿Αρύστας 
ὄνομα, φ γὴν δεινὸς, τὸ μὲν διαῤῥιπτεῖν εἴα χαίρειν, λα- 
βὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν χείρα ὅσον τριχοίνικον ἄρτον, καὶ on 
θέμενος ἐπὶ τὰ γόνατα, ἐδείπνει. 24. Κέρατα δὲ οἴνου 
περιέφερον, καὶ πάντες ἐδέχοντο" ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Αρύστας, ἐπεὶ 
παρ᾽ αὐτὸν φέρων τὸ κέρας ὁ οἰνοχόος ἧκεν, εἶπεν, ἰδὼν τὸν 
δ υϑδντα οὐκέτι δειπνοῦντα" ᾿Εκείνῳ, ἔφη, δός" χν 
ἕξει yap ἤδη, ἐγὼ δὲ ovderw. 25. ᾿Ακούσας ὁ Σεύθης τὴν 
φωνὴν, ἠρώτα τὸν οἰνοχόον, τί λέγοι. Ὃὧ δὲ οἰνοχόος 
εἶπεν" ἑλληνίζειν γὰρ ἠπίστατο. ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν δὴ γέλως 
ἐγένετο. 

26. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ μων ὁ πότος, εἰσῆλθεν a sad Θρᾷξ 
ἵππον xen λευκὸν, καὶ αθὼν κέρας μεστὸν εἶπε' ἔς: 
πίνω σοι, ὦ ζῶν, καὶ τὸν ἵππον τοῦτον δωροῦμαι, ἐφ᾽ οὗ 
καὶ διώκων, ὃν ἂν θέλῃς, aipnoes, καὶ ἀποχωρῶν οὐ ea 
δείσῃς τὸν πολέμιον. 27. “AdXos, παῖδα εἰσαγαγὼν, οὕ- 
τως ἐδωρήσατο προπίνων, καὶ ἄλλος ἱμάτια τῇ γυναικί. 
Καὶ Τιμασίων προπίνων ἐδωρήσατο φιώλην τε ἀργυρᾶν 
καὶ τάπιδα ἀξίαν δέκα μνῶν, 28. Γνήσιππος δέ τις 
᾿Αθηναῖος ἀ αναστὰς εἶπεν, ὅτι ἀρχαῖος εἴη νόμος κάλλιστος, 
τοὺς μὲν ἔχοντας διδόναι τῷ βασιλεῖ ΤῊΝ ἕνεκα, τοῖς δὲ 
μὴ ἔχουσι διδόναι τὸν βασιλέα" ἵνα καὶ ἐγὼ, ἔφη, σοὶ ἔχω 
δωρεῖσθαι καὶ τιμᾶν. 

29. Ὁ δὲ & avoir ἡπορεῖτο, ὅ τι ποιήσοι" καὶ γὰρ 
ἐτύγχανεν, ὡς τιμώμενος, ἐν τῷ πλησιαιτάτῳ Mbps δύνῃ 
καθήμενος. Ὁ δὲ ἩΗρακλείδης ἐκέλευσεν, αὐτῷ τὸ κέρας 
ὀρέξαι τὸν “τ ὋὉ δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν, ἤδη γὰρ ὑποπεπω- 


κὼς ἐτύγχανεν, ἀνέστη, θαῤῥαλέως δεξάμενος τὸ κέρας, καὶ 


VIL 3. 99--861 ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIY. 237 


εἶπεν. 30. ᾿Εγὼ δέ σοι, ὦ Σεύθη, δίδωμι ἐμαυτὸν καὶ 

Ἢ eG ΄ ue f * , a 
TOUS ἐμοὺς τούτους εταίρους, φίλους εἶναι πιστούς" καὶ 
οὐδένα ἄκοντα, ἀλλὰ πάντας μᾶλλον ἔτι ἐμοῦ σοι βουλο- 
μένους φίλους εἶνα. 31. Καὶ νῦν πάρεισιν οὐδέν σε 
προσαιτοῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ προϊέμενοι καὶ πονεῖν ὑπὲρ σοῦ 
καὶ προκινδυνεύειν ἐθέλοντες" μεθ᾽ ὧν, ἂν οἱ θεοὶ θέλωσι, 
πολλὴν χώραν τὴν μὲν ὠπολήψῃ πατρῴαν οὖσαν, τὴν δὲ 
κτήσῃ, πολλοὺς δὲ ἵππους, πολλοὺς δὲ ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖ- 


δ ? ἢ , 9 b ? ‘ , 
Kas καλὰς κτήση; ods ov ληΐζεσθαι δεήσει, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὶ φέ- 
[ 


7) a ‘ 3 Ἁ e 
povtes παρέσονται πρός σε Sapa. 32. Kai ἀναστὰς ὁ 


, ἤ x “ » 
Σεύθης συνεξέπιε καὶ συγκατεσκεδάσατο μετὰ τοῦτο τὸ 
Ν “ » a / “ “ , 
κέρας. Μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσῆλθον κέρασί τε, οἵοις σημαίνου- 
3 a % " " MN ¢ θ ἤ A 
σιν, αὐλοῦντες, καὶ σαλπιγξιν ὠὡμοβοῖναις, ρυθμοὺς τε Kat 
φ / ‘\ 7 - ᾽ 4, 
οἷον μαγώδι σαλπίζοντες. 33. Καὶ αὑτὸς Σεύθης ἀναστὰς 
δ ν ἡ c/ h. 
uvexpaye τε ToONEMLKOY, καὶ ἐξήλατο, ὥσπερ βέλος φυλατ- 
“Ὁ | / x A ἤ 
τόμενος, μάλα ἐλαφρῶς. Εἰσῇεσαν δὲ καὶ γελωτοποιοί, 
ιν a A γ εν 
34. ‘Qs δ᾽ ἦν ἥλιος ἐπὶ δυσμαῖς, ἀνέστησαν οἱ “Ελλη- 
/ 7 ἣν ΄ 
ves, καὶ εἶπον, ὅτι ὥρα νυκτοφύλακας καθιστάναι, καὶ σύν- 
3, 3 ΑΛ ad 
Onua παραδιδόναι. Kai Σεύθην ἐκέλευον παραγγεῖλαι, 
« r | by, “ nr 
ὅπως εἰς τὰ “EdXAnviKa στρατόπεδα μηδεὶς τῶν Θρᾳκῶν 
, | / Δ “Ἄγ, ν"» ee 
εἴσεισι νυκτός" οἵ τε γὰρ πολέμιοι Θρᾶκες ὑμῖν, καὶ ἡμῖν 
/ / e Υ͂ Far 
οἱ φίλοι. 35. ‘Qs δ᾽ ἐξήεσαν, συνανέστη ὁ Σεύθης, οὐδὲν 
Ν ὔ 3 , \ 2° 3 AA ‘ 
ert μεθύοντι eotxws. ΕἘξελθωὼν εἶπεν, αὑτοὺς TOUS 
9 Ν ς Ne ? 
στρατηγοὺς ἀποκαλέσας" £2 ἄνδρες, OL πολεμιοι ἡμῶν οὐκ 
/ / “Δ 5 5 all ME 
ἴσασί πω τὴν ἡμετέραν συμμαχίαν" ἢν οὖν ἔλθωμεν er 
' tw fl ~ aA A Al 
αὐτοὺς, πρὶν φυλάξασθαι ὥστε μὴ ληφθῆναι, ἢ παρασκευά 
Gove ὧν taser ἂν νώβοιμονν κὐν ἐν, 
σασθαι ὥστε ἀμύνασθαι, μάλιστα ἂν λάβοιμεν ρ 


/ a ee ‘ 
ποὺς καὶ χρήματα. 36. Συνεπήνουν ταῦτα οἱ στρατηγοὶ, 


























238 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΤΥΠ1ϑ8. 836-41. 


καὶ mpeetns ἐκέλευον. ‘O δ᾽ εἶπε" Παρασκευασώμενοι 
ἀναμένετε᾽ ἐγὼ δὲ, ὁπόταν καιρὸς ἢ, ἥξω πρὸς ὑμᾶς" καὶ 
τοὺς πελταστὰς καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀναλαβὼν, ἡγήσομαι σὺν τοῖς 
θεοῖς. 

37. Καὶ ὁ nevada εἶπε" Σκέψαι τοίνυν, “τῳ νυκτὸς 
ἈΝ ΝΜ νη εἰ ὁ ᾿“Ελληνικὸς νόμος κάλλιον ἔχει" μεθ᾽ 
ἡμέραν μιν γὰρ ἐν ταῖς πορείαις ἡγεῖται τοῦ στρατεύματος 
ὁποῖον ἂν ἀεὶ πρὸς τὴν χώραν συμφέρει, ἐάν τε omhareiin, 
ἐάν Te πελταστικὸν, ἐάν τε ἱππικόν" νύκτωρ δὲ νόμος τοῖς 
᾿διυνὺ ὁ ἐστιν ἡγέσθαι τὸ βραδύτατον. 38. Οὕτω γὰρ 
ἥκιστα διασπᾶται τὰ στρατεύματα, καὶ ἥκιστα λανθώνου- 
σιν ἀποδιδράσκοντες ἀλλήλους" οἱ δὲ διασπασθέντες πολ- 
AuKis καὶ περιπίπτουσιν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἀγνοοῦντες κακῶς 
ποιοῦσι καὶ πάσχουσιν. 39. Εἶπεν οὖν Σεύθης. ᾿Ορθῶς 
τε Mayers, καὶ ΄" τῷ νόμῳ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ πείσομαι. Καὶ 
ὑμῖν μὲν ἡγεμόνας δώσω, τῶν πρεσβυτάτων τοὺς ἐμπειρο- 
τάτους τῆς χώρας, αὐτὸς δ᾽ γορα τελευταῖος, τοὺς 
ἵππους “xe ταχὺ yap a abies: ἂν Sen, παρέσομαι. 
Σύνθημα δ᾽ εἶπον ᾿Αθηναίαν κατὰ τὴν συγγένειαν. Ταῦτ᾽ 
εἰπόντες ἀνεπαύοντο. 

40. Ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν ἀμφὶ μέσας νύκτας, παρῆν Σεύθης, 
ἔχων τοὺς ἱππέας τοθωρακεσμένους, καὶ τοὺς πελταστὰς 
σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις. Καὶ ἐπεὶ παρέδωκε τοὺς ἡγεμόνας, οἱ 
μὲν ὁπλῖται ἡγοῦντο, οἱ δὲ πελτασταὶ εἵποντο, οἱ δ᾽ ἱππεῖς 
“τοϑύνλάουν. 41. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἡμέρα ἦν, ὁ Σεύθης πα- 
ρηναυνον εἰς τὸ mpoater, καὶ ἐπήνεσε Tov "Ἑλληνικὸν 
νόμον. Πολλάκις γὰρ ἔφη νύκτωρ αὐτὸς, καὶ σὺν ὀλέγοις 


πορευόμενος, ἀποσπασθῆναι σὺν τοῖς ἵπποις ἀπὸ τῶν 


VII. 3.41-47.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 299 


»Ἥ » " ey “ | ἢ ec Ἂ ξ I 
πεζῶν" νῦν δ΄, ὥσπερ Ser, ἀθρόον πάντες ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 
‘x “~ ‘ ἡ ᾽ a ‘ > 
φαινόμεθα. ᾿Αλλὰ ὑμεῖς μὲν περιμένετε αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνα- 
/ ’ Ὅ a> ΣΝ 
παύεσθε: ἐγὼ δὲ σκεψάμενδς te ἥξω. 42. Ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν 
᾿ “ 3 \ > > " > 
ἤλαυνε δι᾽ ὄρους ὁδόν τινα λαβών. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἀφίκετο eis 
, Ἀ ᾽ ὔ ? » δ ? Ν Ν > 6 ty 
χίονα πόλλην, ἐσκέψατο [ἐν ΤΉ O φ], εὐ εἰη Lyvn ἀνθρω 
Δ / ¢ /  ᾿ / ἮἘἮΨΦ ν δὲ > BR rer 
πων ἢ πρόσω ἡγούμενα, ἢ ἐναντία. Te, δὲ ατριβῆ Ewpa 
Ν ‘ / Ἂν» Ν 
τὴν ὁδὸν, ἧκε ταχὺ πάλιν, καὶ ἔλεγεν. 48. ἔάνδρες, κα- 
-“" / i, Ν ᾽ c "A 
λῶς ἔσται, ἢν θεὸς θέλῃ" τοὺς yap ἀνθρώπους λήσομεν 
‘ ‘ ἔξ 4 »ν,ν Ψ 
ἐπιπεσόντες. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐγὼ μὲν ἡγήσομαι τοῖς ἵπποις, ὅπως, 
Ν / » “Ἢ ¢ “ 
av τινα ἴδωμεν, μὴ διαφυγὼν σημήνῃ τοῖς πολεμίοις" ὑμεῖς 
a a ᾿ a “ " 
δ᾽ ἕπεσθε" κἂν λειφθῆτε, τῷ στίβῳ τῶν ἵππων ἕπεσθε. 
a ἈΝ ΝΜ / ᾽ ἤ / ~ 
Ὑπερβάντες δὲ τὰ ὄρη, ἥξομεν εἰς κώμας πολλάς TE καὶ 
3 / 
εὐδαίμονας. | 
, rH ἡ yx 9 γ» rn 
44. Ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν μέσον ἡμέρας, ἤδη τε ἦν ἐπὶ τοῖς 
x ᾿ Φ > Ἵ ἣν ᾿ 
ἄκροις, καὶ κατιδὼν τὰς κώμας, ἧκεν ἐλαύνων πρὸς τοὺς 
᾽ » “ "" Ἂ ξ 
ὁπλίτας, καὶ ἔλεγεν: ᾿Αφήσω ἤδη καταθεῖν τοὺς μὲν ἱπ- 
~ ‘ ‘ - Ν ‘al 
πέας εἰς τὸ πεδίον, Tous δὲ πελταστὰς ἐπὶ τὰς κώμας. 
/ Υ͂ “ AM e 
᾿Αλλ᾽ ἕπεσθε ws ἂν δύνησθε τάχιστα, ὅπως, ἐάν τις bdr 
» A “ ¢ ad / 
στῆται, ἀλέξησθε. 45. ᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα ὁ Ἐενοφῶν κατέβη 
“ ᾽ > i, 
ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου. Καὶ ὃς npeto: Ti xataBaivers, ἐπεὶ 
ἴων δεῖ; Ole, Sin, δεν οὐκ 260) μένον Big το νν 
σπεύδειν δεῖ; Οἶδα, edn, ὅτι οὐκ ἐμοῦ μόνου Sen 
» “ a Ν tod + ng Ws IN Ai. > 
ὁπλῖται θᾶττον δραμοῦνται καὶ ἥδιον, ἐὰν καὶ ἐγὼ πεζὸς 
ἡγῶμαι. 
hy A Ν Ν , ᾿ 3 Ν 
46. Mera ταῦτα ᾧχετο, καὶ Τιμασίων pet αὑτου, ἔχων 


, pt ς , hen a x 
ἱππέας ws τετταρώκοντα τῶν Ἑλλήνων. Ξενοφῶν δὲ 


‘ 7 Ν , a My a , 

Tapnyyunce TOUS εἰς τριάκοντα €TN Tapleval ἀπὸ τῶν λο- 
Ἀ All, ‘ > / “ > , 

χων εὐζώνους. Καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ἐτρόχαζε, τούτους ἔχων 


Κλεάνωρ δ᾽ ἡγεῖτο τῶν ἄλλων ᾿Ελλήνων. 47. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ 





























240 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΤΥ]. 8. 47--4. 4. 


ἐν ταῖς κώμαις ἦσαν, Σεύθης, ἔ τὰν ὅσον τρόϑεννο ἱππέας, 
προσελάσος εἶπε. Τάδε δὴ, ὦ Ξενοφῶν, ἃ σὺ ἔλεγον: 
ἔχονται οἱ ἄνθρωποι" ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἔρημοι οἱ ἱππεῖς οἴχονταί 
μοι, ἄλλος ἄλλῃ διώκων" καὶ δέδοικα, μὴ συστάντες ἀθρόοι 
που κακὸν τι ἐργάσωνται οἱ πολέμιοι. Δεῖ δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς 
κώμαις καταμένειν τινὰς ἡμῶν" μεσταὶ γάρ εἰσιν tiga: 
mov, 48. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐγὼ μὲν, ἔφη ὁ Ξενοφῶν. σὺν οἷς ἔχω, 
τὰ ἄκρα καταλήψομαι: σὺ δὲ rine κέλευε διὰ τοῦ 
πεδίου τ - τὴν φάλαγγα παρὰ τὰς κώμας. ᾿Επεὶ 
δὲ ταῦτα ἐποίησαν, συνηλίσθησαν ἀνδράποδα μὲν ὡς 
χίλια, βόες δὲ δισχίλιοι, καὶ πρόβατα ἄλλα μύρια. Τότε 
μὲν δὴ αὐτοῦ ηὐλίσθησαν. 


Car, LV. 


1. Ty 8’ vorrepals κατακαύσας ὁ Σεύθης τὰς κώμας 
παντελῶς, καὶ οἰκίαν οὐδεμίαν λιπὼν (ὅπως φόβων ἐνθείη 
καὶ ἄλλοις, οἷα πείσονται, ἂν μὴ πείθωνται), ἀπήει πάλιν. 
2. Καὶ τὴν μὲν λείαν ὠπέπεμψε διατίθεσθαι Ἡρακλείδην 
εἰς “Πέρωθον, ὅ ὅπως ἂν μισθὸς γένοιτο τοῖς στρατιώταις: 
αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ οἱ Ελληνες ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἀνὰ τὸ Θυνῶν 
πεδίον. Οἱ δ᾽ ἐκλιπόντες ἐφευγον εἰς τὰ ὄρη. 

8. Ἦν δὲ , a πολλὴ, Kai ψῦχος οὕτως ὥστε To ὕδωρ, 
ὃ epépovro ἐπὶ δεῖπνον, ἐ ἐπήγνυτο, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ὁ ἐν τοῖς 
ἀγγείοις, καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων πολλῶν καὶ ing ἀπεκαίοντο 
καὶ ὦτα. 4. Καὶ τότε δῆλον ἐγένετο, οὗ ἕνεκα οἱ open 
Tas ἀλωπεκίδας ἐπὶ ταῖς κεφαλαῖς ψέρνσι καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶ, 


καὶ χιτῶνας οὐ μόνον περὶ τοῖς στέρνοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ 


VIL. 4.4-11.] KTPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΊΣ. 


" ‘ ’ a a ν ν a “ 
τοῖς μηροῖς" καὶ ἕειρας μέχρι τῶν ποδῶν ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων 
" 3 ly. Ν a 2 ’ 
ἔχουσιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ χλαμύδας. 5. ᾿Αφιεὶς δὲ τῶν αἰχμαλώ- 
7 ‘ » Ν ag μ᾿ ig r 
των ὁ YevOns εἰς τὰ ὄρη, ἔλεγεν, ὅτι, εἰ μὴ καταβήσονται 
φ Ἀ , | 
οἰκήσοντες καὶ πείσονται, OTL κατακαύσει καὶ τούτων τὰς 
-» ν ἃ a “ “ 2 iy 
κώμας καὶ τὸν σιτον, καὶ ἀπολουνται τῷ λιμῳ. Ex τοὺ 
»“ Ν “- i, ε Υ͂ 
του κατέβαινον καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ παῖδες καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτε- 
© wt " > "ὅ. ὧν ὔν , oH ζοντο 
ροι" οἱ δὲ νεώτεροι ἐν ταῖς ὑπο τὸ ρος κώμαις NUAL ‘ 
* > Λ Ἂ, — a Ὁ 
6. Καὶ ὁ Σεύθης καταμαθὼν, ἐκέλευσε τὸν Ἐενοφῶντα τῶν 
/ 4 A 
ὁπλιτῶν τοὺς νεωτάτους λαβόντα συνεπισπέσθαι. Καὶ 
“A Ν d A ic A a: Ν 
ἀναστάντες τῆς νυκτὸς, ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ παρῆσαν ἐπὶ τὰς 
"ν᾿ ¢ ‘ Cal | , " x / ὰ ἣν 
κωμας. Καὶ οἱ μεν πλεῖστοι εἐξεφυγον" πλησίον yap 7 
y i 3 “a 4 
τὸ ὄρος" ὅσους δὲ ἔλαβε, κατηκόντισεν ἀφειδῶς Σεύθης. 
"᾿ Ν ἃ 
7. ᾿Επισθένης δ᾽ ἦν τις ᾿Ολύνθιος παιδεραστῆὴς, ὃς 
ἰδὰ i ov nBa a » ἔχοντα, μέλ- 
ἰδὼν παῖδα καλὸν ἡβάσκοντα ἄρτι, πέλτην ἔχ +B 
~ — a t “ 
λοντα ἀποθνήσκειν, προσδραμὼν Ἐενοφῶντα ἱκέτευσε βοη- 
7) t D Kai ὃς προσελθὼν τῷ Σεύθη 
θῆσαι παιδὲ καλῷ:ἁ 8. Kat os mp é ? 


- ᾽ »“» Ν a iy a fo θέ υ 
δεῖται, μη αἸΤοΟνΝτΤείναὶλ TOV παῖδα" Kat TOV πισύενους 


σ / ἣν Λι 
διηγεῖται τὸν τρόπον, καὶ ὅτι λόχον ποτὲ συνελέξατο, 
Ν 2 “" ‘ Ν " 
σκοπῶν οὐδὲν ἄλλο, 7) εἴ τινες εἶεν καλοί" καὶ μετὰ τού- 
> / “ ‘ / + 9 Ν 
των ἦν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθός. 9. ὋὉ δὲ Σεύθης ἤρετο, “H καὶ 


/ ¢ * ra 3 “~ . € 
θέλοις ἂν, ὦ ᾿Ἐπίσθενες, ὑπερ τούτου ἀποθανεῖν; ὋὉ ὃ 


i “ 7 3 ΄ ε 

εἶπεν, ἀνατείνας τὸν τράχηλον: Παΐε, ἔφη, εἰ κελεύει ὁ 
᾿ / 3 ’ὔ “ “ 

παῖς, καὶ μέλλει χάριν εἰδέναι. 10. ᾿Επήρετο ὁ Σεύθης 

Ν > > 3 / 3 Ν e 

τὸν παῖδα, εἰ παίσειεν αὐτὸν ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνου. Οὐκ εἴα ὁ 

᾽ὔ 3 A ~ 

παῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἱκέτευε μηδέτερον κατακαίνειν. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὴ 

"“" 3 7 Ss 

ὁ ᾿Επισθένης, περιλαβὼν tov παῖδα, εἶπεν" Ὥρα σοι, ὦ 

a , 2 ᾿ , N 

Σεύθη, περὶ τοῦδέ μοι διαμάχεσθαι" ov yap μεθήσω τὸν 

t Ὃ δὲ Sev δ bra μὲν εἴα. "Ἐδοξε 

παῖδά. 11. ὋὉ δε Σεύθης γελῶν, ταῦτα μεν εἰα. 


16 



























































242 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΤΥΠ. 4. 1-15, 


δὲ αὐτῷ αὐτοῦ αὐλισθῆναι, ἵνα μὴ ἐκ τούτων τῶν κωμῶν 
οἱ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους τρέφοιντος Καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ 
ὑποκαταβὰς ἐσκήνου" ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν, ἔχων τοὺς ἐπιλέ. 
KTOUS, ἐν τῇ ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος ἀνωτάτω κώμῃ" καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι 
Ἅλληνες ἐν τοῖς ὀρεινοῖς καλουμένοις Θρᾳξὶ πλησίον 
κατεσκήνησαν. 

12. ᾿Εκ τούτου. ἡμέραι οὐ πολλαὶ διετρίβοντο, καὶ οἱ 
ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους Θρᾷκες, καταβαίνοντες πρὸς τὸν Σεύθην, περὶ 
σπονδῶν καὶ ὁμήρων διεπράττοντο. Καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐλθὼν 
shove τῷ τὰν ἢ ὅτι ἐν lin ey τόποις σκηνῴεν, καὶ πλη- 
σίον εἶεν οἱ πολέμιοι" ἥδιον τ᾿ ἂν ἔξω αὐλίζεσθαι pn ἐν 
ἐχυροῖς ἂν χωρίοις μᾶλλον, ἢ ἐν τοῖς sity. cg ὥστε ἀπο- 
λέσθαι. 13. Ὁ δὲ θαῤῥεῖν ἐκέλευε, καὶ ἔδειξεν ὁμήρους 
παρόντας αὐτῷ ᾿ἘΕδέοντο δὲ καὶ τοῦ Ξενοφῶντος κατα- 
βαίνοντές τινες τῶν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους, συμπρᾶξαί σφισι τὰς 
σπονδάς. ὋὉ δ᾽ ὡμολόγει, καὶ θαῤῥεῖν ἐκέλευε, καὶ ἢγ- 
γυᾶτο μηδὲν αὐτοὺς κακὸν πείσεσθαι πειθομένους Σεύθηῃ. 
Οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα ταῦτ᾽ ἔλεγον papa ἕνεκα. 

14. Ταῦτα μὲν τῆς ἡμέρας μη! εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦ- 
σαν νύκτα ἐπιτίθενται ἐλθόντες ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους οἱ Θυνοί. 
Καὶ ἡ dare μὲν ἦν ὁ σόν ὁ ἑκάστης τῆς οἰκίας" ΝΜ 
πὸν γὰρ ἦν ἄλλῳ τὰς οἰκίας, σκότους ὄντος. ἀνευρίσκειν ἐν 
ταῖς κώμαις" καὶ γὰρ αἱ οἰκίαι κύκλῳ περιεσταύρωντο 
μεγάλοι σταυροῖς τῶν προβάτων ἕνεκα. 15. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ 
ἐγένοντο κατὰ τὰς θύρας ἑκάστου τοῦ οἰκήματος, οἱ μὲν 
εἰσηκόντιζον, οἱ δὲ τοῖς σκυτάλοις ἔβαλλον, ἃ ἔχειν a 
ms, ὡς aronsyrorres τῶν δοράτων τὰς λόγχας" οἱ δ᾽ 


ἐνεπίμπρασαν, καὶ Ξενοφῶντα ὁ ονομαστὶ καλοῦντες, ἐξιόντα 


VIL. 4.15-21.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 248 


᾽ > = ἢ 
ἐκέλευον ἀποθνήσκειν, ἢ αὐτοῦ εφασαν κατακαυθήσεσθαι 
? / 
avTov. 
all lll / > / val ν᾿ 
16. Καὶ ἤδη τε διὰ τοῦ opodov εφαίνετο MUP, καὶ εντε- 
" ¥ 9 ᾽ / \ 
θωρακισμένοι οἱ περὶ Ἐενοφῶντα ἔνδον ἦσαν, ἀσπίδας καὶ 
| bY ff 
μαχαίρας καὶ κράνη ἔχοντες. Καὶ Σιλανὸς Μακέστιος, 
“ A XK rll “a Λ " ™ 
ἐτῶν ἤδη WS ὀκτωκαίδεκα ὧν, σημαίνει TH σάλπιγγι" καὶ 
" 7 ‘ " ν ἦν» A Ν 
εὐθὺς ἐκπηδῶσιν ἐσπασμένοι τὰ ξίφη, καὶ οἱ ἐκ τῶν ἄλ- 
¢ t » ‘ cf 
λων σκηνωμάτων. 17. Οἱ Se Θρᾷκες φεύγουσιν, ὥσπερ 
‘ al / Ν A " 
δὴ τρόπος ἦν αὐτοῖς, ὄπισθεν περιβαλλόμενοι τὰς πέλτας 
‘ ν "» ς , \ ‘ ΟὟ , 6 , 
καὶ GUTWY ὑπεραλλομεέενων τοὺς σταυρους εἐληφθησαᾶν τινες 
[δ »“ “ ~ ¢ 
κρεμασθέντες, ἐνεχομένων τῶν πελτῶν τοῖς σταυροῖς" οἱ 
ἂν 
δὲ καὶ ἀπέθανον, διαμαρτόντει τῶν ἐξόδων" οἱ δὲ “Ελληνες 
ἐδίωκον ἔξω τῆς κώμης. 18. Τῶν δὲ Θυνῶν ὑποστρα- 
a , ‘ / > bl 
φέντες τινὲς ἐν τῷ σκότει, TOUS παρατρέχοντας παρ οἰκίαν 
" ‘ “A > A“ ἢ . » 4 y 
καιομένην ἠκόντιζον εἰς TO φῶς Ex τοῦ σκότους" καὶ ἐτρω- 
» oe Ἃ, Ν ‘ 
σαν ‘Iepwvupov τε [καὶ] Evodéa λοχαγὸν, καὶ Θεογένην 
Ν , ee hn 15 / H θ ἢ 
Aoxpov λοχαγὸν" ἀπέθανε δὲ οὐδείς" κατεκαύθη μέντοι 
, , 1 @ , 
καὶ ἐσθής τινων καὶ σκεύη. 19. Σ᾿ εύθης δὲ ἧκε βοηθήσων 
Ν Ὁ» Ὁ" “Ἢ ᾿. ls, * yy 
σὺν ἑπτὰ ἱππεῦσι τοῖς πρώτοις, καὶ TOV TANTUYKTHY ἔχων 
. ν 7} / Ν “ / 2 A 
tov Opaxiov. Kai ἐπείπερ nodeto, ὅσονπερ χρόνον ἐβοή- 
Ι a ’ > / 2 a Ὁ “ i 
θει, τοσοῦτον καὶ τὸ κέρας ἐφθέγγετο αὐτῷ" ὥστε καὶ 
tal / “ / 3 ἈΝ > 9 
τοῦτο φόβον συμπαρέσχε τοῖς πολεμίοις. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἦλθεν, 
a “ ” ad ᾿. 
ἐδεξιοῦτό τε καὶ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι olotto τεθνεῶτας πολλοὺς 
il / 
εὑρήσειν. 
: yrov ὁ & av δεῖ ὺς ὁμή ε αὐτῷ 
20. Ex τούτου ὁ Ἐενοφῶν δεῖται τοὺς ὁμήρους T ( 
“~ ~~) oa ψ ᾽ ΄ " 
παραδοῦναι, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος, εἰ βούλεται, συστρατεύεσθαι 
N > IA A 5 r ’ / 
εἰ δὲ μὴ, αὐτὸν ἐᾶσαι. 21. Τῇ οὖν ὑστεραίᾳ παραδίδω- 


ξ / ¥ A ‘ 
σιν O° Σεύθης τοὺς ὁμήρους, πρεσβυτέρους ἄνδρας ἤδη, τοὺς 



























































244 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VIL 4. 91--ὅ. 3. 


κρατίστους, ὡς ἔφασαν, τῶν ὀρεινῶν" καὶ αὐτὸς ἔρχεται 
σὺν τῇ δυνάμει. Ἤδη δὲ εἶχε καὶ apenas δύναμιν 
ὁ Σεύθης" ἐκ γὰρ τῶν ᾿Οδρυσῶν, ἀκούοντες ἃ πράττοι ὁ 
Σεύθης, πολλοὶ κατέβαινον ΜΉΝ cxbdenciy cage 29. OF 
δὲ Θυνοὶ, ἐπεὶ εἶδον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους πολλοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας, 
πολλοὺς δὲ πελταστὰς, πολλοὺς δὲ ἱππεῖς, καταβάντες 
ἱκέτευον σπείσασθαι: καὶ πάντα ὡμολόγουν ποιήσειν, καὶ 
τὰ πιστὰ λαμβάνειν ἐκέλευον. 93. Ὁ δὲ Σεύθης. καλέ- 
σας τὸν enters, ἐπεδείκνυεν, ἃ λέγοιεν" καὶ οὐκ ἂν 
ἔφη σπείσασθαι, εἰ Ἐενοφῶν βούλοιτο τιμωρήσασθαι av- 
Tous τῆς ἐπιθέσεως. 94. Ὁ δ᾽ εἶπεν. ᾿Αλλ or ἱκανὴν 
νομίζω καὶ νῦν δίκην ἔ ἔχειν, εἰ οὗτοι δοῦλοι ἔσονται ἀντ᾽ 
ἐλευθέρων. Συμβουλεύειν μέντοι ἔφη αὐτῷ, τὸ λοιπὸν 
ὁμήρους λαμβάνειν τοὺς δυνατωτάτους κακόν τι ποιεῖν, 
τοὺς δὲ γέροντας οἴκοι ἐᾶν. Οἱ μὲν οὖν ταύτῃ πάντες δὴ 
προσωμολογουν. 


ΠΑΡ Υ͂, 


εν Ὑπερβάλλουσι δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ὑπὲρ Βυζαντίου ΘρΡ- 
κας, εἰς τὸ Δέλτα καλούμενον" αὕτη δ᾽ » οὐκέτι ἀρχὴ 
Μαισάδου, ἀλλὰ Τήρους τοῦ ᾿Οδρύσου, ἀρχαίου τινός. 
2. Καὶ ὁ Ἡρακλείδης ἐνταῦθα ἔ ἔχων τὴν τιμὴν τῆς λείας 
τὴν Καὶ Σεύθης, ἐξαγαγὼν ζεύγη ἡμιονικὰ τρία (οὐ 
γὰρ ἦν πλείω), τὰ δὲ ἄλλα βοεικὰ, καλέσας canbe sushi 
ἐκέλευε λαβεῖν, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα en τοῖς ch aca ήημν καὶ 
Aoxaryois. 9. Harogne δὲ εἶπεν" ᾿Εμοὶ μὲν τοίνυν ἀρκεῖ 


καὶ αὖθις λαβεῖν" τούτοις δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς δωροῦ, ot 


VIL ὅ.8-9] KYPOT ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙῚΣ. 248 


| a + "“ ral 
σὺν ἐμοὶ ἠκολούθησαν, καὶ λοχαγοῖς. 4. Kai τῶν ζευγῶν 
‘ | Ἁ \ Ἀ 
λαμβώνει ἕν μὲν Τιμασίων ὁ Δαρδανευς, ἕν δὲ Κλεάνωρ ὁ 
\ ‘ f 2 / ‘ νὴ “ 
Ὄρχομένιος, ἕν δὲ Φρυνίσκος ὁ ᾿Αχαιός" τὰ δὲ βοεικὰ 
“ »Ἥ / ‘ by, el ᾽ ᾽ 
ζεύγη τοῖς λοχαγοῖς κατεμερίσθη. Tov δὲ μισθὸν ἀποδί- 
’ Μ a Ν ν / 6 a 
δωσιν, ἐξεληλυθότος ἤδη τοῦ μηνὸς, εἴκοσι μόνον ἡμερῶν" 
¢ / f 3 a ᾿ 
ὁ γὰρ Ἡρακλείδης ἔλεγεν, ὅτε οὐ πλεῖον ἐμπολῆήσαι. 
»Ὁ»Ἤ > \ 9 3 “Ἢ 
5. Ὁ οὖν Ἐενοφῶν ἀχθεσθεὶς εἶπεν ἐπομόσας" Aoxeis 
᾽ ad rf ᾿ lh. 
μοι, ὦ Ηρακλείδη, οὐχ ws δεῖ κήδεσθαι Σεύθου" εἰ yap 
> , @ Δ “Ἢ “ ~ x | 
ἐκήδου, ἧκες ἂν φέρων πλήρη Tov μισθὸν, καὶ προσδανει- 
᾿ > i In ἢ . » , \ ce 
σώμενος, εἰ μὴ ἄλλως εἐδύνω, καὶ ἀποδόμενος τὰ σαυτοῦ 
ἱμώτια. 
~ Δ΄ » 
6. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ὁ ἙΗρακλείδης ἠχθέσθη τε, καὶ ἔδεισε μὴ 
a Mn " .»͵ὰ In 9 »»"» 
ἐκ τῆς Σεύθου φιλίας ἐκβληθείη" καὶ. ὅ τι ἐδύνατο, ἀπὸ 
a a Ν rd 
ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας Ἐενοφῶντα διέβαλλε πρὸς Σεύθην. 
»Ἥ fal 3 Λ il > 
7. Οἱ μὲν δὴ στρατιῶται Ἐενοφῶντι ἐνεκάλουν, ὅτι οὐκ 
a / ‘ "» "κυ" 3 , 
εἶχον τὸν μισθόν: Σεύθης δὲ ἤχθετο αὑτῷ, ὅτι ἐντόνως 
al , 3 ’ὔ Ν / x ’ ᾽ν 
τοῖς στρατίωταις ἀπῇτει τὸν μισθὸν. 8. Καὶ τέως μεν 
᾽ ‘ Λ > 4. 
ἀεὶ ἐμέμνητο, ws, ἐπειδὰν ἐπὶ θάλατταν ἀπέλθη, παρα- 
a , ‘ , a 2% " 
δώσοι αὐτῷ Βισάνθην καὶ Γάνον καὶ Νέον τεῖχος" ἀπὸ δὲ 
4 »" ’ὔ > ~ "1 ’ 3 , ‘O ἂ 
τούτου τοῦ χρόνου οὐδενὸς ETL τούτων ἐμέμνητο. yap 
‘ A ’ " 3 | Ἅ Ν 
Ἡρακλείδης καὶ τοῦτο διεβεβλήκει, ὡς οὐκ ἀσῴφαλες evn, 
“ “ > Ἀ ’ i 
τείχη Tapadidovar avdpi δύναμιν ἔχοντι. 
“Ὁ 3 7 / , A 
9. Ex τούτου ὁ μὲν Ἐενοφῶν ἐβουλεύετο, τί χρὴ ποιεῖν 


a ; 3 « / ᾽ 
περὶ τοῦ ἔτι ἄνω στρατεύεσθαι’ ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Ηρακλείδης, εἰσαγα- 


᾿. x “ “Ἢ > ‘ 

γὼν Tous ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς πρὸς Σεύθην, λέγειν τε ἐκέ- 
> Ν rd Ia’ A @ ΠῚ 3 “ » 

λευεν auTous, ὅτε οὐδὲν ἂν ἧττον σφεῖς ἀγάγοιεν τὴν 
Ν Ἅ pom a ’ὔ Ν ¢ a » Ὁ 
στρατιὰν ἢ Ἐενοφῶν, τόν τε μισθὸν ὑπισχνεῖτο αὐτοῖς 


᾽ » b / t “ ¥ id “ r 
ἐντὸς OALYwV ἡμερῶν ἐκπλεων παρέσεσθαι δυοῖν μηνοῖν" 

































































ΞΕΝΟΦΩ͂ΝΤΟΣ Τ[ΥΠ|.δ.9-16. 


καὶ συστρατεύεσθαι ἐκέλευε. 10. Καὶ ὁ Τιμασίων εἶπεν" 
᾿Εγὼ μὲν τοένυν, οὐδ᾽ ἂν πέντε μηνῶν μισθὸς μέλλῃ εἶναι, 
στρατευσαίμην ἂν ἄνευ Ἐενοφῶντος. Καὶ ὁ Φρυνίσκος 
καὶ ὁ Κλεάνωρ συνωμολόγουν Τιμασίωνι. 

11. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ὁ Σεύθης ἐλοιδόρει τὸν ᾿Ηρακλείδην, ὅτι 
οὐ παρεκάλει καὶ Ξενοφῶντα. ᾿Εκ δὲ τούτου παρακαλοῦ- 
σιν αὐτὸν μόνον. Ὃὧ δὲ γνοὺς τοῦ Ηρακλείδου τὴν πα- 
νουργίαν, ὅτε βούλοιτο αὐτὸν διαβάλλειν πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους 
ΠΝ παρέρχεται λαβὼν τούς τε στρ πάν- 
τας καὶ τοὺς λοχαγούς. 12. Καὶ ἐπεὶ πάντες ἐπείσθη- 
σαν, συνεστρατεύοντο, καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται, ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχοντες 
τὸν Horror, Sia τῶν Medwoduywv καλουμένων Θρᾳκῶν, 
εἰς Tov Σαλμυδησσόν. Ἔνθα τῶν εἰς τὸν Πῦντον πλεου- 
σῶν νεῶν ποχλαὶ ὀκέλλουσι καὶ ἐκπίπτουσι" reves ep 
ἐστιν ἐπὶ πάμπολυ τῆς θαλώττης. 13. Καὶ οἱ Θρᾷκες οἱ 
κατὰ ταῦτα οἰκοῦντες, στήλας ὁρισάμενοι, τὰ καθ᾽ αὑὕτους 
ἐκπίπτοντα ἕκαστοι ληΐζονται" τέως δὲ ἔλεγον, πρὶν ὁρί- 
σασθαι, ἁρπάζοντας πολλοὺς ὑπ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἀποθνήσκειν. 
14. ᾿Ενταῦθα εὑρίσκοντο πολλαὶ μὲν κλῖναι, πολλὰ δὲ 
κιβώτια, πολλαὶ δὲ βίβλοι γεγραμμέναι, καὶ τἄλλα 
πολλὰ, ὅσα ἐν ξυλίνοις τεύχεσι ναύκληροι ἄγουσιν. ᾿᾽Εν- 
τεῦθεν ταῦτα καταστρεψάμενοι ἀπήεσαν πάλιν. 

15. Ἔνθα δὴ Σεύθης εἶχε στρώτευμα ἤδη πλέον τοῦ 
Ἑλληνικοῦ" ἔκ τε yap ᾿Οδρυσῶν πολὺ ἔτι πλείους κατα- 
βεβήκεσαν, καὶ οἱ ἀεὶ πειθόμενοι συνεστρατεύοντο. Κα- 
τηυλίσθησαν δ᾽ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ὑπὲρ Σηλυβρίας, ὅσον 
τριώκοντα σταδίους ἀπέχοντες τῆς θαλάττης. 16. Καὶ 


Ἂ P| / ‘ Ἅ Ν “ 
μισθὸς μὲν οὐδείς πω ἐφαίνετο: πρὸς δὲ τὸν Ξενοφῶντα 


VIL ὅ. 16--6. 4] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 247 


a , 9 Ψ ; My 

οἵ τε στρατιῶται παγχαλέπως εἶχον, ὅ τε Σεύθης οὐκέτι 
ἢ 3 " κα ᾽ 3 a , 

οἰκείως διέκειτο, ἀλλ᾽ ὁπότε συγγενέσθαι αὐτῷ βουλόμενος 


ἔλθοι, πολλαὶ ἤδη ἀσχολίαι ἐφαίνοντο. 


CAP. VI. 


3 . ’ A , .κὶ , we 24 
1. Ev δὲ τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ, σχεδὸν ἤδη δύο μηνῶν ov 
? ° "ou MA 4h e A ὕ Ν Π λύ ‘ 
των, ἀφικνεῖται Χαρμίνος te ὁ Aaxwy καὶ Πολύνικος παρὰ 
ὔ » 
Θίβρωνος" καὶ λέγουσιν, ὅτε Λακεδαιμονίοις δοκεῖ στρα- 
/ cM, 4 ᾽ν Θί 3 , x € 
τεύεσθαι ἐπὶ Τισσαφέρνην, καὶ Θίβρων ἐκπέπλευκεν ὡς 
a ᾽ a a x / 
πολεμήσων" καὶ δεῖται ταύτης τῆς στρατιᾶς, καὶ λέγει, 
Ν ~ ~ Ν Ὁ 
ὅτι δαρεικὸς ἑκάστῳ ἔσται μισθὸς τοῦ μηνὸς, καὶ τοῖς λο- 
»" ᾿ "»" i, a ’ > A 
χαγοῖς διμοιρία, τοῖς δὲ στρατηγοῖς τετραμοιρία. 2.’ Ered 
ΔΝ ε / id 
δ᾽ ἦλθον οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, εὐθὺς 6 Ηρακλείδης, πυθόμενος 
f / a / 4 Λ 
ὅτι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα ἥκουσι, λέγει τῷ Σεύθῃ, ὅτι κάλλι- 
‘ ᾽ “ "“ 
στον γεγένηται" ot μὲν γὰρ Λακεδαιμόνιοι δέονται τοῦ 
᾽ ~ Ἀ MIN δ ᾽ὔ " > ὃ ὃ bl δὲ ‘ , 
στρατεύματος, au δὲ οὐκέτι δέῃ" ἀποδιδοὺς δὲ τὸ στρά- 
a! a ‘ , il 9 - Ν Ν., 
τευμα χαριεῖ αὐτοῖς, σὲ δὲ οὐκέτι ἀπαιτήσουσι τὸν μισθὸν, 
3 “a , 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀπαλλάξονται ἐκ τῆς χώρας. 
» ‘ , , ‘ in, 
3. ᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα ὁ Σεύθης κελεύει παράγειν" καὶ 
ἐπεὶ εἶ ὅτε ἐπὶ τὸ [ ἥ ἔλεγεν, OTL τὸ 
ἐπεὶ εἶπον, OTL ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα ἥκουσιν, ἔλεγεν, ὃ 
ΐ ἵποδιί, [ ὶ σύ ος εἶναι. βού- 
στράτευμα αποδιδωσι, φίλος τε καὶ σύμμαχος 
»" 4 Ν ν ἡ / " ν al cl 
λεται. Καλεῖ te αὐτοὺς emt ξενίᾳ" καὶ ἐξένιζε μεγαλο 
a 3 3 " Io as ΝΜ 
πρεπῶς. Ἐξνοφῶντα δὲ οὐκ ἐκάλει, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων 


> ᾽ ἤ ‘ “~ " 
στρατηγῶν οὐδένα. 4. ᾿Ερωτώντων δὲ τῶν Aaxedaipo 


“ by " Ψ Ν ‘ ¥ 
νίων, τίς ἀνὴρ εἴη Ἐενοφῶν, ἀπεκρίνατο, ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα 
, , ld ‘ in tal ia 
εἴη ov κακὸς, φιλοστρατιώτης δέ" καὶ διὰ τοῦτο χεῖρόν 


> ~ |e Ay 
ἐστιν auto. Καὶ ot εἶπον" “ANN ἦ δημαγωγεῖ ὁ ἀνὴρ 





























248 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VIL 6. 4-10. 


4 
‘ Ν ᾽ν ἤ ‘ 
τοὺς ἄνδρας; Καὶ ὁ Ἡρακλείδης, Πάνυ μὲν οὖν, ἔφη. 


Φ ᾽ > ΜΝ ‘ mp0 » > r \ a 
5. Ap ovv, ἔφασαν, μὴ καὶ ἡμῖν ἐναντιώσεται περὶ τῆς 
b ~ 3 > “A ¢ “ Νν ξ « ἢ 
ἀπαγωγῆς; Αλλ ἣν ὑμεῖς, ἔφη ὁ Ἡρακλείδης, συλ- 
λ / » ‘ ¢ / θ ᾽ν θὲ a ἡ ? / 
efavtes avtovs ὑπόσχησθε τὸν μισ ον, ολίγον ἐκείνῳ 
/ ? “ ᾽ al » -» a 9 
προσχόντες ἀποδραμοῦνται σὺν ὑμῖν. 6. Πῶς ἂν οὖν, 
» ¢ “~ “ ¥ ¢ “ Ν ᾽ν κ᾿ 
εφασαν, nu. συλλεγειεν; Αὔριον ὑμᾶς, edn o Ἡρακλεί- 
».ν " ᾽ , .νΨν ” Ψ > ‘ 
ns, πρωΐ ἄξομεν πρὸς αὐτούς" καὶ οἶδα, edn, ὅτι, ἐπειδὰν 
¢ Ἂ Ν Ν “ e ἢν , ΝΥ / 
ὑμᾶς ἰδωσιν, ἄσμενοι συνδραμοῦνται. Αὕτη μεν ἡ ἡμέρα 
“ ” 
οὕτως εληξε. 
7 Tn 5’ ¢ ᾿ Ν ally, Ν "Ἢ ‘ A ’ 
- 470 ὑστεραίᾳ ἄγουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα τοὺς Aa- 
/ ~ καὶ / ‘ 
κωνας Σεύθης τε καὶ Ἡρακλείδης, καὶ συλλέγεται ἡ στρα- 
" ‘ ‘ ᾽ > , of " a 
Tia" τῶ δὲ Aaxwve ἐλεγέτην, ὅτε Λακεδαιμονίοις δοκεῖ 
x »“ T , “ a τὸ ; M A > ΝΥ 
πολέμειν Liccadepver, τῷ ὑμᾶς ἀδικήσαντι" ἣν οὖν inte 
‘ co“ f ᾽ lis / Ν Ν ¢ 
συν ἡμῖν, Tov τε ἐχθρὸν τιμωρήσεσθε, καὶ δαρεικὸν ἕκαστος 
Ν ~ ‘ ¢ ~ Ν Ν ‘ “ ‘ 
οίσει TOV μηνος ὑμῶν" λοχαγὸς δὲ τὸ διπλοῦν" στρατηγὸς 
Ν Ν “ x ¢ “ Ν / 
de τὸ τετραπλοῦν. 8. Kai οἱ στρατιῶται ἄσμενοί TE 
ν ‘ Φαλ ἡ / » > / - =| 
ἤκουσαν, καὶ evOus aviotatai τις τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων, τοῦ Bevo- 
»ἅ ᾽’ ~ A Ν / / 
φώντος κατηγορήσων. Παρῆν δὲ καὶ YevOns, βουλόμενος 
»ω , 7 Ἢ ᾽ > ’ ε , ¥ 
εἰδέναι τί πραχθήσεται, καὶ ἐν ἐπηκοῳ εἱστήκει ἔχων 
ε , , ‘ ‘ "» ε \ a 
ἐρμηνέα" ξυνίει δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς Ἑλληνιστὶ τὰ πλεῖστα. 
¥ ‘ / ea / > A a ᾽ν > 
9. ἔνθα δὴ λέγει ὁ ᾿Αρκώς" "AX ἡμεῖς μεν, ὦ Aaxedat- 
, ‘ , A > νυε» ? wi rn - » 
Movie, καὶ πάλαι ἂν nuev Tap ὑμῖν, εἰ μὴ Ἐενοφῶν ἡμᾶς 
“ ’ 3 ἢ » ~~ Le “ Ν ~ ‘ 
δεῦρο πείσας ἀπήγαγεν" ἔνθα δὴ ἡμεῖς μὲν τὸν δεινὸν χει- 
~ “ / © ¢ / > i, ! 
μῶνα στρατευόμενοι Kat νύκτα καὶ ἥμεραν οὐδὲν πεπαύ- 
€ Ν ‘ 4 / / ¥ \ ’ὔ 3 a 
μεθα" ὁ δὲ τοὺς ἡμετέρους πόνους ἔχει" καὶ Σ᾿ εύθης ἐκεῖνον 
hy, "» / / ¢ ~ ‘ 3 ~ A ἤ 
μὲν ἰδίᾳ πεπλούτικεν, ἡμᾶς δὲ ἀποστερεῖ τὸν μισθόν" 
LA Ψ a Ἃ Ul TT i. ‘ "> a iS 
10. wore ὅ γε πρῶτος λέγων ἐγὼ μὲν, εἰ τοῦτον i OLput 


͵ Ν / / e ¢ ~ ~ bt x 
καταλευσθέντα καὶ δόντα δίκην ὧν ἡμᾶς περιεΐλκε, καὶ τὸν 


VIL. 6.10-15.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙῚΣ. 249 


x ww a A ny ΝΜ "»" " 
μισθὸν av μοι δοκῶ ἔχειν, καὶ οὐδὲν ἔτι τοῖς πεπονημένοις 
“" ¥ SA ¢ , Aa 
ἄχθεσθαι. Μετὰ τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέστη ὁμοίως καὶ ἄλλος. 
“ 3. e 
Ἔκ δὲ τούτου Ἐενοφῶν ἔλεξεν ὧδε" 
9 \ “ i ¥ Ν ΝΜ a 
11. ἄλλα πάντα μὲν apa avOpwrov ὄντα προσδοκᾶν 
a e , ΚΝ» a ee »υ a 7 ee > > Φ x , 
δεῖ, ὁπότε ye καὶ eyw νῦν up υμῶν αἰτίας ἔχω, ἐν ᾧ THEl- 
" ᾽ a a ’ " . α 
στην προθυμίαν ἐμαυτῷ γε δοκῶ συνειδέναι περὶ ὑμᾶς 
/ > / / “ay Νν ὃ e 
παρεσχημένος. ΑΑπετραπόμην μὲν ye ἤδη οἴκαδε wpun- 
" | ᾽ ‘ / ΝΜ θ / HN 4 , 
μένος, ov wa τὸν Ata, οὔτοι πυνθανόμενος ὑμᾶς εὖ πράτ- 
᾽ ‘ » > / ᾽ 3 / 5 ¢ 2 / 
τειν, ἄλλα μάλλον ἀκούων EV ἀπόροις εἶναι, ὡς ὠφελήσων 
? iM δὲ ὦ 4 ΟὟ, 
εἴ te δυναίμην. 12. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἦλθον, Σεύθου τουτουὶ πολ- 
᾿ ὰ aA ͵ Ν ν κυ 
λους ἀγγέλους προς ἐμὲ πέμποντος, καὶ πολλα υὑπισχνου- 
/ i / Ἢ ἴω ~ > 3 θ ~ a * 
μένου μοι, εἰ πείσαιμι ὑμᾶς πρὸς αὑτὸν ελθεῖν, τοῦτο μὲν 
Ἵ ad ς 3 ‘ ¢ tal b ‘ > 
οὐκ ἐπεχείρησα ποιεῖν, WS αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε" ἦγον 
Ν “ "» ἃ “.ἌΨν > ‘ > / a“ 
Se, ὅθεν ὠόμην τάχιστ᾽ ἂν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν διαβῆναι. 
nr ‘ ἢ ὯΝ φΦ ‘ Ὁ ΝΜ» 
Ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ βέλτιστα ἐνόμιζον ὑμῖν εἶναι, καὶ ὑμᾶς 
Yo Ud 
noeww βουλομένους. 
" > NY \ , " 
13. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ᾿Αρίσταρχος, ἐλθὼν σὺν τριήρεσιν, ἐκώλυε 
a “ 3 " A ill My 4 > Λ 
διαπλεῖν ἡμᾶς, ἐκ τούτου (ὅπερ εἰκὸς δήπου ἦν) συνέλεξα 
“A ἤ d Ν » 3 “ 
ὑμᾶς, ὅπως βουλευσαίμεθα, 6 τι χρὴ ποιεῖν. 14. Οὐκοῦν 
Ὁ > “ > 4 ce > 
ὑμεῖς ἀκούοντες μὲν ᾿Αριστάρχου ἐπιτάττοντος ὑμῖν εἰς 
3 f ‘ / if 
Χεῤῥόνησον πορεύεσθαι, ἀκούοντες δὲ Σεύθου πείθοντος 
A , ᾿ ν A \ ͵ 
ἑαυτῷ συστρατεύεσθαι, πώντες μὲν ἐλέγετε σὺν Σεύθη 
a / 9 + Hal Mb 3 a 
ἰέναι, πάντες δ᾽ ἐψηφίσασθε ταῦτα; Ti οὖν ἐγὼ ἐνταῦθα 
‘ ~ y ~ e a 3 / > ͵ 
ἠδίκησα, ἀγαγὼν ὑμᾶς, ἔνθα πᾶσιν ὑμῖν ἐδόκει; 15. ᾿Επεί 
Ν / Ν .θ \ “ θ nw 7 Ν 
γε μὴν ψεύδεσθαι ἤρξατο Σεύθης περὶ τοῦ μισθοῦ, εἰ μὲν 
“ \ " a ‘ "»“" " 2 
ἐπαινῶ αὐτὸν, δικαίως ἄν με καὶ αἰτιῷσθε καὶ μισοῖτε" εἰ 
a " / Λ “Δ a“ / 
δὲ πρόσθεν αὐτῷ παντων μάλιστα φίλος ὧν, νυν TavT@V 


/ Ἵ a DY A Ἵ “ Ν td ᾽ 
διαφορώτατος εἰμι, πῶς ἂν ἔτι δικαίως, ὑμᾶς αἱρούμενος 











50 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΤΥΠ.6.15- 99. 


ἀντὶ Σεύθου, ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν αἰτίαν ἔχοιμι περὶ ὧν πρὸς τοῦτον 
διαφέρομαει; 

16. ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἴποιτε ἂν, ὅτι ἔξεστι, καὶ τὰ ὑμέτερα ἔχοντα 
τ" Σεύθου, τεχνάζειν. Οὐκοῦν δῆλον τοῦτό γε, ὅτι, 
“Ὁ ἐμοὶ ἐτέλει τι Σεύθης, oN οὕτως ἐτέλει δήπου, ὡς 
ὧν τε ἐμοὶ δοίη στέροιτο, καὶ ἄλλα ὑμῖν ἀποτίσειεν ; 
᾿Αλλ᾽, οἶμαι, εἰ ἐδίδου, ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἂν ἐδίδου, ὅπως ἐμοὶ 
δοὺς μεῖον, μὴ ἀποδοίη ὑμῖν τὸ πλεῖον. 17. Εἰ τοίνυν 
οὕτως ἔχειν οἴεσθε, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν αὐτίκα μάλα ματαίαν 
ταύτην τὴν πρᾶξιν ἀμφοτέροις ἡμῖν ποιῆσαι. ἐὰν πρέττητε 
αὐτὸν τὰ Xpnuara. Δῆλον γάρ, ὅτε Σεύθης, εἰ ἔχω τι 
τ αὐτοῦ, ἀπαιτήσει με, καὶ capita μέντοι δικαίως. 
ἐὰν μὴ βεβαιῶ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτῷ, ἐφ᾽ 7 ἡ ἐδωροδόκουν. 

18. ᾿Αλλὰ πολλοῦ μοι δοκῶ δεῖν τὰ ὑμέτερα aan: 
ὀμνύω r4p ὑμιν θεοὺς ἅπαντας καὶ πάσας, μηδ᾽, ἃ ἐμοὶ 
ἰδίᾳ ὑπέσχετο Σεύθης, ἔ ἐμ} πάρεστι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς, καὶ 
ἀκούων σύνοιδέ μοι, εἰ ennai 19. “Iva δὲ μᾶλλον 
θαυμάσητε, συνοπόμνυμε, unde, ἃ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ ἔλα- 
βον, eednpevas, μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ ὅσα τῶν αν ἔνιοι. 
20. Καὶ τί δὴ ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίουν; ἴΩιμην, ὦ ἄνδρες, ὅσῳ 
μᾶλλον συμφέροιμι τούτῳ τὴν τότε πενίαν, τοσούτῳ μᾶλ- 
λον αὐτὸν φίλον ποιήσεσθαι, ὁπότε “υνασθοη. Ἐγὼ δὲ 
ἅμα τε αὐτὸν ὁρῶ εὖ πράττοντα, καὶ γηνώσεω δὴ αὐτοῦ 
τὴν γνώμην. 21. Εἴποι δή τις ἄν" Οὐκοῦν αἰσχύνῃ οὕτω 
Salat ἐξαπατώμενος; Ναὶ μὰ Δία ἠσχυνόμην μέντοι, εἰ 
ὑπὸ wedajdoy γε ὄντος ἐξηψατήϑῳ». φίλῳ δὲ ὄντι ἐξαπα- 
τᾶν αἰσχιόν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ἢ ἐξαπατᾶσθαι. 22. ᾿Επεὶ, 


εἴ γε πρὸς φίλους ἐστὶ φυλακὴ, πᾶσαν οἶδα ἡμᾶς φυλαξα- 


VIL 6.22-27.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 251 


" e Ἂ “ , , / Ν 
μένους, ὡς μὴ παρασχεῖν τούτῳ πρόφασιν δικαίαν, μὴ 


? / ξ Ν “ΠΟΥ / ΝΜ Ν 5 ἢ a 
ἀποδιδόναι ἡμῖν ἃ UTEDXETO* οὔτε Yap ἠδικησαμεν τοῦτον 
Ia’ ΝΜ ἤ ‘ / + bt 5 
οὐδὲν, OUTE κατεβλακεύσαμεν TA τούτου, οὔτε μην κατεδει- 
, 7a, γον c a φ ” " 
λιάσαμεν οὐδεν, Ep ὃ TL ἡμᾶς οὗτος παρεκάλεσεν. 
- A y ἢ / / “ ς 
23. ᾿Αλλὰ, φαίητε av, ede τὰ ἐνέχυρα tote λαβεῖν, ὡς 
/ Io / Ἃ a ? A A 
μηδ᾽, εἰ ἐβούλετο, ἐδύνατο av ταῦτα ἐξαπατᾶν. Πρὸς 
UU SNA ᾿ Δ 9 ? Ν ΓῚ , 3 
ταῦτα δὲ ἀκούσατε, ἃ EYW οὐκ ἂν ποτε εἶπον τούτου εναν- 
, ? ᾿ ? a 3 a 
Tiov, εἰ μή μοι παντάπασιν ἀγνώμονες εδοκεῖτε εἶναι, ἢ 
μ᾿ if ᾽ ἤ Ν 3 | 
λίαν εἰς ἐμὲ ἀχώριστοι. 24. Αναμνησθητε yap, ἐν ποίοις 
4 Τὴ »ν ᾽ > φ c ἌᾺ > ~ 7 ἡ 
τισὶ πράγμασιν OVTES ἐτυγχάνετε, εξ ὧν υμᾶς ἐγὼ ἀνηγα- 
/ 3 ? ‘ U ~ / 
γον πρὸς Σεύθην. Οὐκ evs μεν Πέρινθον προσῇτε πόλιν; 
> ἤ ᾽ 4 A ς ’ὔ > Ν μ᾿ “ 
Αρίσταρχος δ᾽ ὑμᾶς ὁ Aaxedaipovios οὐκ εἰα εἰσιέναι, 
9 / ‘ ’ ς Ἵ νυν > 5 ᾽ 
ἀποκλείσας τὰς πύλας" ὑπαίθριοι 6 ἐξἕω ἐστρατοπεδεύετε" 
/ ‘ ἈΝ 9 μ᾿ “ δὲ 3 a“ θ ν Ἅ. 
μέσος δὲ χείμων ἣν" ayopa oe ἐἔχρῆσθε, σπανια μεν 
ΝΜ ‘ » / 5’ ν e/ 3 ’ὔ θ 
ὁρωντες TA ὥὦνια, σπάνια ἔχοντες, ὁτων ωὠνήσεσθε. 
i x ᾿ “AU, / , N 
25. ᾿Ανάγκη δὲ ἦν μένειν ἐπὶ Θρᾷκης (τριήρεις γὰρ 
ἢ a i ~ 2 a s ae 
εφορμουσαι εκωλυον διαπλεῖν)" εἰ δὲ μένοι τίς. ἐν πολε- 
ν Ἅ e “ > 3 “ 
μίᾳ εἷναι. ἔνθα πολλοὶ μὲν ὑππέεις ἤσαν ἐναντίοι, ππολλοι 
4 
Ν ra ν κΚὶ ‘ ‘ 9 hel IM , 
δὲ πελτασταί. 26. Ἡμῖν δὲ ὁπλιτικὸν μὲν ἦν, @ a€poot 
‘ ce AM, ‘ / / Δ 25 ,") θ a 
μεν LOVTES ETL TUS κωμας, LOWS ἂν εουναμεῦα σιτον λαμ- 
“ Io / Ν Ψ t "ἰ ἃ KA 3 4 
Bavew οὐδὲν te ἄφθονον" ὅτῳ δὲ διώκοντες av ἢ avdpa- 
Δ ’ ᾿ς ? 2 ce. . 5» ‘ 
Toba ἢ πρόβατα κατελαμβάνομεν, οὐκ ἣν ἡμῖν" οὔτε yap 
ε Ν Υ̓ ,ν Ν 2» ‘ Λ 
LTTLKOV οὔτε πελταστικοὸν ETL EYW συνεστήκος κατέλαβον 
A » 
Tap υμίν. 
? ? f 3 ΓἑΥ͂ Ἥν) ων + ν 
27. Ei οὖν, ἐν τοιαύτῃ ἀναγκῃ ὄντων ὑμῶν, μηδ᾽ ovti- 
ΝῚ ‘ , / / eo / 
ναοῦν μισθὸν προσαιτήσας, Σεύθην σύμμαχον ὑμῖν προσε- 
¥ ν 2 | ‘ Ἁ φΦ 6 r 
λαβον, EYOVTG καὶ LTTTTEAS καὶ πελταστας, ὧν ὑμεῖς προσε- 


"» a al “ ~ δ ων 
δεῖσθε, 7 κακῶς ἂν ἐδόκουν ὑμῖν βεβουλεῦσθαι πρὸ ὑμῶν; 














ΞΕΝΟΦΏΩΝΤΟΣ _ [VIL. 6. 938--38. 


28. Τούτων γὰρ δήπου κοινωνήσαντες, καὶ σῖτον ἀφθονώ- 
τερον ἐν ταῖς κώμαις εὑρίσκετε, διὰ τὸ ἀναγκάζεσθαι τοὺς 
Θρᾷκας κατὰ σπουδὴν μᾶλλον φεύγειν, καὶ προβώτων καὶ 
ἀνδραπόδων μετέσχεν. 29. Καὶ πολέμιον οὐκέτι οὐδένα 
ἑωρῶμεν, ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἱππικὸν ἡμῖν si νυνί! τέως δὲ 
θαῤῥαλέως ἡμῖν ἐφείποντο οἱ ΩΝ καὶ ἱππικῷ καὶ 
πελταστικῷ, κωλύοντες μηδαμῆ κατ᾽ ὀλίγους ἀποσκεδαν- 
νυμένους τὰ ἐπιτήδεια apGoverrepa ἡμᾶς πορίζεσθαι. 
30. Εἰ δὲ δὴ ὁ συμπαρέχων ὑμῖν ταύτην τὴν ἀσφάλειαν 
μὴ πάνυ πολὺν μισθὸν προσετέλει τῆς ἀσφαλείας, τοῦτο 
δὴ τὸ σχέτλιον πάθημα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδαμῇ οἴεσθε 
χρῆναι ζῶντα ἐμὲ ἐᾶν εἷναι; 

91. Nov δὲ δὴ πῶς utrepyea be : ὃν διοχϑιμέσαντον 
μὲν ἐν ἀφθόνοις τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις, περιττὸν δ᾽ ἔχοντες 
τοῦτο, εἴ TL ἐλάβετε παρὰ Σεύθου; Τὰ γὰρ τῶν πολε- 
μίων ἐδαπανᾶτε" καὶ ταῦτα νυ. οὔτε ἄνδρας ἐ ἐπεί- 
δετε ὑμῶν αὐτῶν awoBavérras, οὔτε ζῶντας ἀπεβάλετε. 
92. Εἰ δέ τι καλὸν por Tous ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ appr 
ἐπέπρακτο ὑμῖν, ov καὶ ἐκεῖνο σῶν ἔχετε, καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνοις 
νῦν ἄλλην εὔκλειαν προσειλήφατε, καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ Ευρώπῃ 
pgm. ἐφ᾽ ods ΜΠΜΗΝ ΗΜ μα. κρατήσαντες ; Eye μὲν 
ὑμᾶς φημι δικαίως ἂν, ὧν ἐμοὶ χαλεπαίνετε, τούτων τοῖς 
θεοῖς χάριν εἰδέναι ὡς ἀγαθῶν. 

33. Καὶ τὰ μὲν δὴ ὑμέτερα τοιαῦτα. "Ayere δὲ, πρὸς 
θεῶν, καὶ τὰ ἐμὰ oenpaatt, ὡς ἔχει. ᾿Εγὼ γὰρ, ὅτε μὲν 
τρύτερον ἀπῆρα oleate, ὅ ἔχων μὲν ἔπαινον πολὺν πρὸς 
ὑμῶν ἀπεπορευόμην, ἔχων δὲ δι᾿ ὑμᾶς καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων 


Ἑλλήνων εὔκλειαν" ἐπιστευόμην δὲ ὑπὸ Δακεδαιμονέων" 


VIL. 6. 383-38] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 209 


ov γὰρ ἄν με ἔπεμπον πάλιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 34. Νῦν δὲ 
ἀπέρχομαι, πρὸς μὲν “Λακεδαιμονίους ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν πη ιν: 
μένος, Σεύθῃ δὲ ἀπηχθημένος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ὃν ἤλπιζον εὖ 
ποιήσας μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν, ἀποστροφὴν καὶ ἐμοὶ καλὴν καὶ παι- 
ov, εἰ γένοιντο, καταθήσεσθαι. 35. Ὑμεῖς δ᾽, ὑπὲρ ὧν 
ἐγὼ ἀπήχθημαί τε πλεῖστα, καὶ ταῦτα πολὺ κρείττοσιν 
ἐμαυτοῦ, πραγματευόμενός τε οὐδὲ νῦν πω Νὐμῥφμῃι ὅ τι 
δύναμαι ἀγαθὸν ὑμῖν, τοιαύτην ἔχετε γνώμην ἡὔζωι nas 
36. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔχετε μέν με, οὔτε φεύγοντα λαβόντες, οὔτε 
? “ Ἃ » ἃ Υ͂ y Ψ 3 ὃ α 
ἀποδιδράσκοντα" ἢν δὲ ποιήσητε ἃ λέγετε, ἐστε, = av pe 
κατακανόντες ἔσεσθε πολλὰ μὲν δὴ πρὸ ὑμῶν ἀγρυπνή- 
σαντα, πολλὰ δὲ σὺν ὑμῖν πονήσαντα καὶ κινδυνεύσαντα, 
i ἐν τῷ μέ ὶ ὰ τὸ μέρος" θεῶν δ᾽ ἵλεων ὄντων, 
καὶ ἐν τῷ μέρει καὶ παρὰ τὸ μέρος ἀμ 
καὶ τρόπαια βαρβάρων πολλὰ δὴ σὺν ὑμῖν στησάμενον" 
ὅπως δέ γε μηδενὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων πολέμιοι γένοισθε, πᾶν, 


‘ | a ἤ 4 
ὅσον ἐγὼ ἐδυνάμην, πρὸς ὑμᾶς διατεινάμενον. 37. Kav 


ry 3 / ’ὔ e/ A 
yap οὖν νῦν ὑμῖν ἔξεστιν ἀνεπιλήπτως πορεύεσθαι, ὅπη ἂν 


3 ὶ ὰ γῆν καὶ a Our Ὑμεῖς Se, ὅτε 
ἕλησθε, καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν. μεῖς i 

πολλὴ ὑμῖν εὐπορία φαίνεται, καὶ πλεῖτε ἔνθα δὴ weiss 
μεῖτε πάλαι, δέονταί τε ὑμῶν οἱ μέγιστον δυνάμενοι, μισθὸς 
δὲ φαίνεται, ἡγεμόνες δὲ ἥκουσι Λακεδαιμόνιοι, οἵ paren 
νομιζόμενοι εἶναι, ----νῦν δὴ καιρὸς ὑμῖν δοκεῖ clot, ae 
χίστα ἐμὲ κατακανεῖν; 38. Οὐ μὴν, ὅτε γε ἐν τ ἐνὸς 
pos ἦμεν, ὦ πάντων μνημονικώτατοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ si εμε 
ἐκαλεῖτε, καὶ ἀεὶ ὡς εὐεργέτου μεμνῆσθαι ὑπισχνεῖσθε. 
Οὐ μέντοι ἀγνώμονες οὐδὲ οὗτοί εἰσιν, οἱ νῦν sacs ἐφ᾽ 

"ἱ ἴω 
ὑμᾶς" ὥστε, ὡς ἐγὼ οἶμαι, οὐδὲ τούτοις δοκεῖτε βελτίονες 


ΠῚ ~~ ἢ / al 7 x‘ ᾿ ri 
εἶναι, TOLOUTOL ὄντες Tepe εμε. Ταῦτα ELTT@Y ETAVCATO. 














54 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ  [VvIL6.39-43. 


39. Xapyivos δὲ ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος ἀναστὰς εἶπεν οὑτω- 


᾽ AN AA y 9 » > , - 
σιν" Αλλ, ἐμοὶ μέντοι, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐ δικαίως γε δοκεῖτε τῷ. 


> Ν » ͵ Ν " " “AMA ci 1 
ἀνδρὶ τούτῳ χαλεπαίνειν" ἔχω Yap Kal αὑτὸς αὐτῷ μαρτυ- 
a a ‘ > ~ > a“ ‘ / Ἂ 
ρῆσαι. RevOns γὰρ, ἐρωτωντος ἐμοῦ καὶ Πολυνίκου περὶ 
“ ͵ »ν Ν Ν Ἀ Jar > ’ 
Ξενοφῶντος, τίς ἀνὴρ εἰη, ἄλλο μεν οὐδεν εἶχε μέμψασθαι, 
¥ ι “ ¥ Al 5 Ν Ν » 
ἄγαν δὲ φιλοστρατιώτην ἔφη αὐτὸν εἶναι. Sid καὶ χεῖρον 
3 Γι 9 Ν ξ a a ‘ ‘ i 
αὐτῷ eval πρὸς ἡμὼν te τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ πρὸς 
᾽ “ > 2 / » ’ὔ 
αὐτου. 40. ᾿Αναστὰς ἐπὶ τθύτῳ Ἐυρύλοχος Λουσιάώτης 
> . > . “ ͵ ¥ / 
Apkas cies Καὶ δοκεῖ YE μοι, ἄνδρες Λακεδαιμόνιοι, 
“ A “ “ a ‘ / Cal 
τοῦτο ὑμᾶς πρῶτον ἡμῶν στρατηγήσαι, παρὰ Σεύθου ἡμῖν 
Ν ν ᾽ a PM ATE A ¥ \ ν , 
Tov μέσθον ἀναπρᾶξαι ἢ ἑκόντος ἢ ἄκοντος, καὶ μὴ πρότε- 
a“ b » 
ρον ἡμᾶς ἀπαγαγεῖν. 
’ . »ἦ - 9 ᾽ ν ἂν» 
41. Πολυκράτης δὲ ᾿Αθηναῖος εἶπεν ἀναστὰς ὕπερ Ἐε- 
a“ ¢ ~ ‘ ¥ 9 ¥ in AN / 
νοφῶντος" Ope ye μὴν, ἔφη, ὦ ἄνδρες, καὶ ᾿Ηρακλείδην 
? a " A ‘ ‘ ’ ἂ ε a 
ἐνταῦθα παρόντα" ὃς παραλαβὼν τὰ χρήματα, ἃ ἡμεῖς 
? ’ a ᾽ , ¥ ΄ AAA, ¥ 
ἐπρνήσαμεν, ταῦτα ἀποδόμενος, οὔτε Σ' εὐθῃ ἀπέδωκεν οὔτε 
cow “ " ᾽ > »ν»ν ͵ , Ἃ 
MAY τὰ γιγνόμενα, AAX αὑτὸς κλέψας Temata, ἪΝ οὖν 
a Ce ἡ 3 A > A Ν φ , Ψ 
σωφρονῶμεν, ἑξόμεθα αὐτοῦ- οὐ yap δὴ οὗτός γε, edn, 
a 3 3 νυ “ἊΨ b ral "Ἢ 
Θρᾷξ ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ Ελλην ὧν Ελληνας ἀδικεῖ, 42. Ταῦτα 
> , ‘ , ͵ > , ‘ 
ἀκούσας ὁ “Hpaxdeidns μάλα ἐξεπλάγη, καὶ προσελθὼν 
~ / “ ¢ ~ A “ ¥ ᾽ “ 
τῷ Σεύθῃ λέγει" Ἡμεῖς, ἣν σωφρονῶμεν, ἄπιμεν ἐντεῦθεν 
> a f > / , νι» , IN ‘ “ 
ἐκ τῆς τουτῶν ἐπικρατείας. Καὶ ᾿ἀναβάντες ἐπὶ τοὺς ζπ- 
Νν 3 yf ’ Ν ¢ “ / 
πους, ὥχοντο ἀπελαύνοντες εἰς TO ἑαυτῶν στρατόπεδον. 
i, 3 “ / ᾽ > / ~ 
43. Καὶ ἐντεῦθεν SevOns πέμπει Αβροζξελμην τὸν 
¢ » ¢ Ld ‘ awe “ ‘ ᾽ ν 
favTou épunvea προς Ἐενοφῶντα, καὶ κελεύει αὐτὸν κατα- 
“ me ow / ¢ / ν κῃ “Ὁ 
HEewal Tap εαυτῳ ἔχοντα χιλίους ὁπλίτας καὶ ὑπισχνεῖ- 
"ν » » " , ᾿ EA , ‘ 
Tat αὐτῷ ἀποδώσειν τά τε χωρία τὰ ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ, καὶ 


b | 


> / ¢ 
τἄλλα ἃ ὑπέσχετο. Καὶ ἐν ἀποῤῥήτῳ ποιησώμενος λέγει, 


VII. 6.43-7.4.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 256 


ὅτι ἀκήκοε Πολυνίκου, ws, εἰ ὑποχείριος ἔσται Anchen, 
viows, σαφῶς ἀποθανοῖτο ὑπὸ Θίβρωνος. at αὐ μιν i, 
λον δὲ ταῦτα καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ τῷ ess aii " atte 
βλημένος ein, καὶ φυλάττεσθαι Boma μι δὲ ere pas, 
δύο ἱερεῖα λαβὼν, ἐθύετο τῷ Aut ν᾿ peste pig 5 
λῷον καὶ ἄμεινον εἴη μένειν παρὰ Σεύθη, eh οἷς RevOns 


val / 3 a ‘ »» 
λέγει, ἢ ἀπιέναι σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι. Αναιρεῖ δὲ αὐτῷ 


, ἡ 
aT LEVaL. 


ΟΑΡ. WIT. 


1. ᾿Εντεῦθεν Σεύθης μὲν ἀπεστρατοπεδεύσατο Ὁ 
τέρω" οἱ δὲ Ελληνες ἐσκήνησαν εἰς manent ὅθιν νον 
πλεῖστα ἐπισιτισάμενοι ἐπὶ θάλατταν ἥξειν. Αἱ de κῶμοι 
αὗται ἦσαν δεδομέναι ὑπὸ Σεύθου Masonaty. 2. Opre 
οὖν ὁ Μηδοσάδης δαπανώμενα τὰ ἑαυτοῦ ev shag omnes 

A , ὡς Et . καὶ λαβὼν ἄνδρα 
ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων, χαλεπῶς εφερε" καὶ ᾿ ; 
᾿Οδρύσην, δυνατώτατον τῶν ἄνωθεν sare καὶ 
ἱππέας ὅσον τριάκοντα, ἔρχεται καὶ wpa ne 
φῶντα ex τοῦ ᾿ Ἑλληνικοῦ στρατεύματος. a ὃς, nate 
τινας τῶν λοχαγῶν Kai ἄλλους τῶν Ἡνῤμνμν. ᾿ὐγερ 
ται. ἃ. Ἔνθα δὴ λέγει Μηδοσάδης" Ahan ὦ --" 
φῶν, τὰς ἡμετέρας κώμας ἩΜΝμηΝη εν) ὰ ! ΡΥ wad 
ὑμῖν, ἐγώ τε ὑπὲρ Σεύθου. καὶ ῥδν ὁ nao mare μων 
ἥκων τοῦ ἄνω βασιλέως, ἀπιέναι ἐκ τῆς χώραν" ὦ a μῆ, 
οὐκ ἐπιτρέψομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν ποιῆτε κακῶς τὴν ἡμετε- 
ραν χώραν, ὡς πολεμίους ἀλεξησόμαθα. ‘ | 

4. Ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἀκούσας ταῦτα, εἶπεν" Αλλα σοι 


























256 ZENOGQNTOS [vit 7.4-11. 


" ry / be / / “ ? 
μεν τοιαυτα λέγοντι καὶ ἀποκρίνασθαι χαλεπὸν" τοῦδε ὃ 
μέ “ / / “> Inn * J ¢ a“ > i 
evexa Tov νεανίσκου λέξω, ἵν᾿ εἰδῇ, οἷοί τε UMELS ἐστε, καὶ 

φ 6 o~ ~ Ν ᾿, » ‘ ¢ ~ A 
οἷοι ἡμεις. 5. Ἡμεῖς μὲν γάρ, ἐφη, πρὶν ὑμῖν φίλοι γέ- 

/ > / ‘ ᾽ a ἢ ¢ > , 
ver Gar, ἐπορευόμεθα διὰ ταύτης τῆς χωρᾶς ὅποι ἐβουλό- 

A ‘ %7n7/ a \ , tae ff 
μεθα, ἣν μὲν ἐθέλοιμεν πορθοῦντες, ἣν δ᾽ ἐθέλοιμεν καίον- 
‘ ᾽ Ν Ἃ Ν ἢ 
τες. 6. Καὶ σὺ, ὁπότε προς ἡμᾶς ελθοις πρεσβεύων, 

30. ἢ > Ca 3...) ‘ a 
ηὐλίξζου παρ᾽ ἡμῖν, οὐδένα φοβούμενος τῶν πολεμίων. 
Yb a δὲ ᾽ Φ b , ὃ Ν ’ Δ Ν Ν θ 

μεὶς O€ οὐκ TE εἰς τήνδε τὴν χώραν, ἣ, εἴ ποτε ἔλ OLTE, 
¢ > / ἢ ᾽ / > / " 
ὡς ἐν κρειττόνων χωρᾳ ηὐλίζεσθε εγκεχαλινωμένοις τοῖς 
ch > ‘ ‘ a , καὶ a 
immo. 7. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμῖν φίλοι ἐγενεσθε, καὶ δι᾿ ἡμᾶς 

Ν ~ ΝΝ ᾽ὔ Ἃ , ~ * > va ¢ ~ 
συν θεοῖς ἔχετε THVOE τὴν χώραν, νῦν δὴ ἐξελαύνετε ἡμᾶς 
3 ~ “~ \ » « “ 3 / Ν 
ἐκ τῆσδε τῆς χώρας, ἣν Tap ἡμῶν, ἐχόντων κατὰ κράτος, 

, ς ‘ ly 9 ς , ? e ‘ 
παρελαβετε" ὡς yap autos οἶσθα, οἱ πολέμιοι οὐχ ἱκανοί 
> ~ b 3 ? Ψ a] Ν \ 
ἦσαν ἡμᾶς ἐξελαύνειν. 8. Ka) ovy ὅπως δῶρα δοὺς καὶ 
9 / >  ῳ᾿ῳ >) »ν ? “Ὁ , » > / 
εὖ ποιήσας, ἀνθ᾿ ὧν εὖ ἔπαθες. ἀξιοις ἡμᾶς ἀποπέμψα- 

’ ᾿, a Pini yn ee 
σθαι, arr aToTOpEevomevous ἡμᾶς οὐδ ἐναυλισθῆναι, ὅσον 

rl 3 ri ‘ “A / Ν ~ 
δύνασαι, ἐπιτρέπεις. 9. Καὶ ταῦτα λέγων οὔτε θεοὺς 
aio ri Ν / ὃ ‘ Ν ὃ ἃ “ " , ν λ 
ἰσχυνῃ οὔτε TovdE τὸν ἄνδρα, ὃς νῦν μέν σε opa πλου- 
~ Ἁ δὲ  » A il θ ἢ». “" ‘ 
TouvTa, πριν ὃὲ ἡμίν φίλον γενέσθαι, ἀπὸ λῃστείας τὸν 
᾿ Ν Aly, ¥ > ‘ , \ \ 
βίον ἔχοντα, ὡς αὐτὸς ἐφησθα. 10. Atap τί καὶ πρὸς 
"). “ , Ν ? Ν bd > ¥ ¥ b | ‘ 
ἐμὲ TavTa λέγεις; edn: ov γὰρ eywy Tt apyw, ἀλλα 
’ @ “ » , ‘ > 
“Δακεδαιμόνιοι, οἷς ὑμεῖς παρεδωκατε τὸ στρώτευμα ἀπα- 
al Ia’ " 4 / > I 
yayew, οὐδὲν ἐμὲ παρακαλέσαντες, @ θαυμαστότατοι, 
“ LA ? / > » “ bs ©) 9 
ὅπως, WoTEp ἀπηχθανόμην αὐτοῖς ὅτε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἦγον, 
ef Ν / a“ ᾽ / 
οὕτω καὶ χαρισαίμην νῦν ἀποδιδούς. 

? . a ? ’ ΓῚ 3 Ν 

11. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα ἤκουσεν ὁ Οδρύσης, εἶπεν" Ἐγω 
‘ > ἢ 4 a“ a ᾽ ,“»ν» a 

μεν, ὦ Μηδόσαδες, κατὰ τῆς γῆς καταδύομαι ὑπὸ τῆς 


" ᾽ > " ~ ‘ b ᾽ν | b / 
αἰσχυνὴς, akovwy tavta. Kai εἰ μεν πρόσθεν ηπιστάμην, 


VIL 7. 11-17.) ΚΎΡΟΥ ANABRASTS. 257 


. 
οὐδ᾽ ἂν συνηκολούθησά σοι" καὶ viv ἄπειμι" οὐδὲ ren av 
Μήδοκός με ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύμουμι TOUS eri 
γέτας. 12. Ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν, ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον see 
λαυνε, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ οἱ ἄλλοι ἱππεῖς πλὴν rertagae ἢ 
πέντε. Ὁ δὲ Μηδοσάδης, ἐλύπει γὰρ αὐτὸν ἡ χώρα πορ- 
θουμένη, ἐκέλευε τὸν Ξενοφῶντα καλέσαι ἮΝ Aa 
vio. 13. Kai ds, λαβὼν τοὺς ἐπιτηδειοτάτους, spore 
τῷ Χαρμίνῳ καὶ τῷ Πολυνίκῳ, καὶ ehh) ὅτι .“ὌΨ 
αὐτοὺς Μηδοσάδης, προερῶν ἅπερ αὐτῷ, ἀπιέναι Rais 
χώρας. 14. Οἶμαι ἂν οὖν, ἔφη, ὑμᾶς ὀπόλα ἐάν τῇ “-" 
τιᾷ τὸν ὀφειλόμενον μισθὸν, εἰ, εἴποιτε, ὅτε ἐδατεν ais! 
ἡ στρατιὰ συναναπρᾶξαι τὸν μισθὸν ἢ παρ waar ἢ Bs 
ἄκοντος Σεύθου" καὶ ὅτε τούτων τυχόντες, προθύμως av 


a / 
a "κῃ ἢ con 4 
συνέπεσθαι ὑμῖν φασι" καὶ ὅτι δικαια ὑμῖν δοκοῦσι λέ 


3 al ry > " “Ψ Wu 
yeu" καὶ ὅτι ὑπέσχεσθε - αὑτοῖς ΤΟΤΕ aTrleval, OTaAVY Ta 


δίκαια ἔχωσιν οἱ στρατιῶται. 4 pal 
15. ᾿Ακούσαντες οἱ Aaxwves, ταῦτα spacah: ae και 
ἄλλα ὁποῖα ἂν δύνωνται κράτιστα" καὶ εὐθὺς ἐπορεύοντο 
ἔχοντες πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαιρίους. Ἔλϑων δὲ ὅλοδε τ 
pivos: Εἰ μὲν σύ τι ἔχεις, ὦ Μηδόσαδες, Ἂ aii λέ- 
γειν" εἰ δὲ μὴ, ἡμεῖς πρὸς σε ἔχομεν. 10 ha ei “ων 
σάδης μάλα δὴ ὑφειμένως, Ar’ ἐγὼ μὲν Nay edn, -" 
Σεύθης τὰ αὐτὰ, ὅτι ἀξιοῦμεν, τοὺς φίλους ῬΎΜΗΙ 
νους μὴ κακῶς πάσχειν ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν" ὅ τι γὰρ ἂν ΗΜ. 
κακῶς ποιῆτε, ἡμᾶς ἤδη ποιεῖτε" μέτρο ap σὰ. 
17. Ἡμεῖς τοίνυν, ἔφασαν οἱ Λάκωνες, ἀπίοιμεν os omer 
τὸν μισθὸν ἔχοιεν οἱ ταῦτα ὑμῖν κονοπράξαπαν εἰ δὲ μη, 
ὶ , 4 6. 

ἐρχόμεθα μὲν καὶ νῦν βοηθήσοντες τούτοις, καὶ τιμωρησό 


17 
































258 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VII. 7. 17-24, 


μενοι ἄνδρας, ot δὲ τούτους mes τοὺς ὅρκους ἠδίκησαν" ἢ nv 


δὲ δὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς τοιοῦτοι ἦτε, ἐνθένδε ἀρξόμεθα τὰ δίκαια 


* 


λαμβώνειν. 

18. Ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν" ᾿Εθέλοιτε δ᾽ ἂν τούτοις, ὦ 
apretes, ἐπιτρέψαι (τοῦ pans ἔφατε εἶναι ὑμῖν, 
ἐν ὧν τῇ χώρᾳ ἐσμὲν, νέην ἂν ψηφίσωνται, εἴθ᾽ ὑμᾶς 
προσῆκεν ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἀπιέναι, εἴτε ἡμᾶς; 19. Ὁ δὲ 
ταῦτα μὲν οὐκ ἔφη" ἐκέλευε δὲ μάλιστα μὲν αὐτὼ ἐλθεῖν 
τὼ Δάκωνε παρὰ Σεύθην περὶ τοῦ penton καὶ οἴεσθαι ἂν 
Σεύθην πεῖσαι" εἰ δὲ μὴ, Ἐενοφῶντα σὺν αὐτῷ πέμποι, 
καὶ συμπράξειν nuagnsire: ἐδεῖτο δὲ τὰς κώμας μὴ 
ον. 20. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν πέμπουσι τὸν Ξενοφῶντα. καὶ σὺν 
αὐτῷ, ot ἐδόκουν ἐπιτηδειύτατοι elva., ὋὉ δὲ ἐλθὼν λέγει 
πρὸς τὸν Σεύθην" 

21. Οὐδὲν ἀπαιτήσων, ὦ Σεύθη, πάρειμι, ἀλλὰ διδώ. 
ἕξων, ἣν δύνωμαι, ὡς οὐ δικαίως μοι ἤχθέσθης, ὅ OTL vrep 
TOV ἩΝΗΜΜΝ ΝΜ ἀπήτουν σε προθύμως, ἃ ὑπέσχου αὐτοῖς" 
σοὶ rep “yore οὐχ ἧττον ἐνόμιζον εἶναι συμφέρον ἀποδοῦ- 
vat, ἢ ἐκείνοις ἀπολαβεῖν. 22. prem μὲν yap οἶδα 
μετὰ τοὺς θεοὺς εἰς τὸ pape σε τούτους καταστήσαν- 
τας, ἐπεΐ γε βασιλέα σε ἐποίησαν ΝΗ, χώρας καὶ πολ- 
λῶν πυϑρύπτων. ὅ ὥστε οὐχ οἷον τέ σοι λανθώνειν, οὔτε ἦν 
τί καλὸν, οὔτε ἤν τι αἰσχρὸν ποιήσῃς. 28. Τοιούτῳ δὲ 
ὄντι ἀνδρὶ μέγα μέν μοι ἐδόκει εἶναι, μὴ δοκεῖν a ἀχαρίστως 
ἀποπέμψασθαι ἄνδρας εὐεργέτας" μέγο δὲ, εὖ ἀκούειν ὑπὸ 
ἑξακισχιλίων ἀνθρώπων" τὸ δὲ μέγιστον, μηδαμῶς ἄπι- 
στον σαυτὸν καταστῆσαι, ὅ τι λέγοις. 


ea ε n \ a ‘ AMA / ‘i M4 
24. Ορῶ yap, τῶν μὲν ἀπίστων ματαίους καὶ aduva- 


VII. 7.24-30.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 259 


x i , . A 7A μι 
τους καὶ ἀτίωους τους Aoryous πλανωμενους" οἱ δ᾽ ἂν φανε 


Ν > / " tal / ¢ "Ἢ ΝΜ ‘ " 
poe ὦσιν ἀλήθειαν ἀσκοῦντες, τούτων οἱ λογοι, ἣν τι δεων 


ται, οὐδὲν μεῖον δύνανται ἀνύσασθαι, ἢ ἄλλων ἡ βία" Hv τέ 
twas σωφρονίζειν βούλωνται, γιγνώσκω τὰς τούτων ἀπει- 
Aas οὐχ ἧττον σωφρονιζούσας, ἢ ἄλλων τὸ ἤδη κολάζειν" 
ἤν τέ τῴ τι ὑπισχνῶνται οἱ τοιοῦτοι ἄνδρες, οὐδὲν pee 
διαπράττονται, ἢ ἄλλοι παραχρῆμα διδόντες. 25. aoe 
μνήσθητι δὲ καὶ σὺ, τί προτελέσας ἡμῖν συ ae ts πρὸς 
ἔλαβεςς Ola’, ὅτι οὐδέν: ἀλλὰ πιστευθεὶς ἀληθεύσειν, 
ἃ ἔλεγες, ἐπῆρας τοσούτους ἀνθρώπους συστρατόνα 
τε καὶ συγκατεργάσασθαί σοι ἀρχὴν, οὐ τριάκοντα μόνον 
ἀξίαν ταλάντων (dca οἴονται δεῖν οὗτοι νῦν ἀπολαβιώε), 
ἀλλὰ πολλαπλασίων. 26. Οὐκοῦν τοῦτο μὲν πρῶτον, τὸ 
πιστεύεσθαί σε, τὸ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν σοι κατεργασώμενον, 
τούτων τῶν χρημάτων ὑπὸ σοῦ πιπράσκεται; 

27. Ἴθι δὴ, ἀναμνήσθητι, πῶς μέγα ἡγοῦ τότε κατα- 

: 
πράξασθαι, ἃ νῦν καταστρεψάμενος ἔχεις. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν εὖ 
οἶδ᾽, ὅτε εὔξω ἂν, τὰ νῦν πεπραγμένα μᾶλλον σοι κατα- 
πραχθῆναι, ἢ 7) πολλαπλάσια τούτων τῶν XORAT I rene: 
σθαι. 28. ᾿Εμοὶ τοίνυν μεῖζον βλάβος καὶ αἴσχιον δοκεῖ 
εἶναι, τὸ ταῦτα νῦν μὴ κατασχεῖν, ἢ τότε μὴ λαβεῖν, ὅσῳ 
) ἐκ πλουσίου πένητα γενέσθαι, ἢ ἀρχὴν 

περ χαλεπώτερον EK T ' Hs 
μὴ πλουτῆσαι" καὶ ὅσῳ λυπηρότερον εκ βασιλεως ιδιωτην 
φανῆναι, ἢ ἀρχὴν μὴ βασιλεῦσαι. ity 

29. Οὐκοῦν ἐπίστασαι μὲν, ὅτι οἱ νῦν σοι ὑπήκοοι γον. 
μενοι οὐ φιλίᾳ τῇ σῇ ἐπείσθησαν ὑπὸ σοῦ ἄρχεσθαι, ἀλλ 
ἀνάγκῃ, καὶ ὅτι ἐπιχειροῖεν ἂν πάλιν ἐλεύθεροι Le ibe 
εἰ μή τις αὐτοὺς φόβος κατέχοι; 30. Ποτερως οὖν oes 









































200 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VII. 7. 30-35. 


μᾶλλον ἂν φοβήσθαι τε αὐτοὺς, καὶ σωφρονεῖν τὰ πρός 
σε, εἰ ὁρῷεν ὅοι τοὺς στρατιώτας οὕτω σδεωμένονν, ὡς 
νῦν τε μένοντας ἂν εἰ σὺ “ἔλενοις, αὖθίς τ᾽ ἂν ταχὺ ἐλθόν- 
τας εἰ δέοι, ἄλλους τε, τούτων περὶ σοῦ ἀκούοντας πολλὰ 
ἀγαθὰ, ταχὺ ἄν σοι, ὁπότε βούλοιο, παραγενέσθαι" ἢ εἰ 
καταδοξασειαν, μήτ᾽ ἂν ἄλλους σοι ἐλθεῖν δι᾽ ἀπιστίαν ἐκ 
τῶν νῦν γεγενημένων, τούτους τε αὐτοῖς εὐνουστέρους εἶναι 
ἢ got; 31. ᾿λλὰ μὴν οὐδὲν τινα γε ἡμῶν λειφθέντες 
ὑπεῖξών σοι, ἀλλὰ προστατῶν ἀπορίᾳ. Οὐκοῦν νῦν καὶ 
τοῦτο κίνδυνος, μὴ λάβωσι προστάτας αὑτῶν τινας τού- 
των, οἷ νομέξουσιν ὑ ὑπὸ σοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι, κα ἢ καὶ τούτων KpetT- 
Tovas τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους, ἐὰν of μὲν στρατιῶται ὑπι- 
σχνῶνται προθυμότερον αὐτοῖς συστρατεύεσθαι, ἂν τὰ 
παρὰ σοῦ νῦν ἀναπράξωσιν, οἱ δὲ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, διὰ 
τὸ δεῖσθαι 7s στρατιᾶς, συναινέσωσιν αὐτοῖς ταῦτα; 
32. Ὅτι γε μὴν οἱ νῦν ὑπό σοι Θρᾷκες γενόμενοι πολὺ 
ἂν προθυμότερον i ἴοιεν ἐπί σε ἢ σύν σοι, οὐκ ἄδηλον" σοῦ 
μὲν γὰρ κρατοῦντος, δουλεία ὑ ὑπάρχει αὐτοῖς" κρατουμένου 
δὲ σοῦ, ἐλευθερία. 

33. Εἰ δὲ καὶ sy χώρας προνοεῖσθαι ἤδη τι δεῖ ὡς 
_ avons, ποτέροι ἂν οἴει ἀπαθῆ κακῶν μᾶλλον αὐτὴν 
εἶναι, εἰ οὗτοι οἱ ΗΜ ΝΜ Μη μψμη “υυλαβύστο ἃ a ἐγκαλοῦσιν, 
εἰρήνην καταλιπόντες οἴχοιντο, ἢ εἰ οὗτοί τε μένοιεν ὡς ἐν 
πολεμίᾳ, σύ τε ἄλλους πειρῷο πλείονας τούτων ἔχων ἀντι- 
στρατόν δέεσθαι, δεομένους τῶν ἐπιτηδείων; 34. ‘Ap 
γύριον δὲ ποτέρως ἂν πλεῖον ἀναλωθείη, εἰ τούτοις τὸ 
ὀφειλόμενον ἀποδοθείη, ἢ εἰ ταῦτώ τε ὀφείλοιτο, ἄλλους τε 


κρείττονας τούτων δέοι σε μισθοῦσθαι; 35. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ 


ΨΠ.1. 95-42.) KTPOT ANABAZIZ. - ‘eon 


by + My > 4. ’ A a le 
ἩΗρακλείδη, ὡς πρὸς ἐμὲ ἐδήλου, πάμπολυ δοκεῖ τοῦτο τὸ 


ἀργύριον εἶναι. Ἦ μὴν πολύ γέ ἐστιν lied ss om 
καὶ λαβεῖν τοῦτο καὶ ἀποδοῦναι, ἢ, πρὶν ἡμᾶς ἐλθεῖν πρός 
σε, τὸ δέκατον τούτου μέρος. 36. Οὐ γὰρ ἀριθμός ἐστιν 
ἡ Ope ὃ ν καὶ TO OAL IAN ἡ δύναμις τοῦ τε 
ὁ ὁρίζων τὸ πολυ καὶ TO ολίγον, ἀλλ ἡ μ ἣμ 
ἀποδιδόντος καὶ τοῦ λαμβώνοντος" σοὶ δὲ νῦν ἡ κατ᾽ ἐνιαυ- 
τὸν πρόσοδος πλείων ἔσται, ἢ ἔμπροσθεν τὰ παρόντα 
πάντα ἃ ἐκέκτησο. 

87. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν, ὦ Σεύθη, ταῦτα ὡς φίλου ὄντος ane 
προενοούμην, ὅπως σύ τε ἄξιος δοκοίης εἶναι, ὧν οἱ ων 
σοι ἔδωκαν ἀγαθῶν, ἐγώ τε μὴ διαφθαρείην ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ. 
38. Εὖ γὰρ ἴσθι, ὅτι νῦν ἐγὼ οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐχθρὸν oun 
κακῶς ποιῆσαι δυνηθείην σὺν ταύτῃ τῇ στρατιᾷ, οὔτ᾽ ἂν, 
εἴ σοι πάλιν βουλοίμην βοηθῆσαι, ἱκανὸς ἂν γενοίμην" 
οὕτω γὰρ πρὸς ἐμὲ ἡ στρατιὰ διάκειται. 39. Haken 
αὐτόν σε μάρτυρα σὺν θεοῖς εἰδόσι ποιοῦμαι, ὅτι οὔτε ἔχω 

Ios ΝΜ y s 
παρὰ cov ἐπὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις οὐδεν, οὔτε rane en 
εἰς TO Lovey τὰ ἐκείνων, οὔτε ἃ ὑπέσχου μοι ἀπβτονα, 
40. ᾽Ὄμνυμι δέ σοι, μηδὲ ἀποδιδόντος δέξασθαι ἂν, εἰ μὴ 
καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται ἔμελλον τὰ ἑαυτῶν wattaiabapicser sis; 5° 
Αἰσχρὸν yap ἦν τὰ μὲν ἐμὰ διαπεπρᾶχθαι, τὰ ᾿ ate 
περιϊδεῖν ἐμὲ κακῶς ἔχοντα, ἄλλως τε καὶ dass sae ἠνὶ 
ἐκείνων. 41. Καίτοι Ηρακλείδῃ γε λῆρος Ἐὰν ea 
εἶναι πρὸς TO ἀργύριον ἔχειν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου" ici ὦ 
Σεύθη, οὐδὲν νομίζω ἀνδρὶ, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἄρχοντι, seep 
εἶναι κτῆμα οὐδὲ λαμπρότερον ἀρετῆς καὶ δικα ΗΟ Ἢ καὶ 
γενναιότητος. 42. Ὃ γὰρ ταῦτα ἔχων πλουτεῖ μεν ὄντων 


“a by ‘ ΝΜ / r 
φίλων πολλῶν, πλουτεῖ δὲ καὶ ἄλλων βουλομένων yeve- 














262 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ  [VIL7. 4- 48. 


9 ᾽ν , ΜΝ ‘ ri 7% 
σθαι" καὶ εὖ μὲν πράττων ἔχει tous συνησθησομένους, ἐὰν 
͵ “ > / Cel ry 
δέ τε σφαλῇ, ov σπανίζει τῶν βοηθησόντων. 
" “ Ν 9 / 3 al > “ » ‘al 
43. Adda yap, εἰ μήτε ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν ἔργων κατέμαθες, 
Γ 9 ~ ~ Λ > / > “ > “Ὁ , 
ὅτε σοι ex τῆς ψυχῆς φίλος ἦν, μήτε ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων 
rl “Ἢ tal 3 ‘ ᾽ν ἴω Ὁ“ / 
δύνασαι τοῦτο γνῶναι, ἄλλα τοὺς τῶν στρατιωτῶν λόγους 
/ / Ἂ \ ἊΝ a mw ς 
πάντως κατανόησον" παρῆσθα yap καὶ ἤκουες, ἃ ἔλεγον οἱ 
I ly ff ᾽ ᾽ν ἤ 
ψέγειν ἐμὲ βουλόμενοι. 44. Κατηγόρουν μὲν yap μου 
‘ t ε ‘ ‘ / ’ Δ 
πρὸς Δακεδαιμονίους, ὡς σὲ περὶ πλείονος ποιοίμην, ἢ 
, AAAI, >» ἡ 3 .. ε a Λ 
“Δακεδαιμονίους" αὐτοὶ δ᾽ ἐνεκάλουν ἐμοί, ὡς μαλλον μελοι 
Ψ i ‘ Ma Μ A of ‘ ¢ a Ν 
μοι, ὅπως τὰ σὰ καλῶς ἔχοι, ἢ ὅπως τὰ ἑαυτῶν" ἔφασαν 
᾿ ‘ a Ν ] ‘ a , ἢ a 
dé με καὶ δῶρα ἔχειν mapa σοῦ. 45. Καίτοι τὰ δῶρα 
Ὁ i Νν 9 » / ἢ > / 
ταυτα πότερον οἰει AUTOUS, κακονοίὰν τινα ἐνιδόντας μοι 
‘ ‘ 3 A , ¥ ‘ a a 7 
προς σε, αἰτιασθαί με ἔχειν παρὰ σοῦ, ἢ προθυμίαν πολ- 
‘ \, ‘ / 
Anv περὶ σε κατανοήσαντας ; 
" 9 Ν * > i ᾽ , r | ¥ 
46. Eyo μεν οἶμαι πάντας ἀνθρώπους νομίζειν. εὔνοιαν 
a ᾽ - / 9 κα μα a i / ἢν 
δεῖν ἀποκεῖσθαι τούτῳ, παρ οὗ ἂν δῶρά τις λαμβάνη. Σὺ 
Ν “ Ν € a“ / / + A i In ἡ Car | 
δε, πρὶν μὲν ὑπηρετῆσαί τί σοι ἐμὲ, edeEw ἡδέως καὶ ὄμ- 
” \ / A) er ΝΜ e ᾽ὔ 
μασι καὶ φωνῇ καὶ ἕενίοις, καὶ ὅσα ἔσοιτο ὑπισχνούμενος 
᾽ ? / 3 ἂν ον ’ Ἂν» ΄ ‘ 
οὐκ ἐνεπίιμπλασο" ἐπεὶ δὲ κατεπραξας ἃ εβούλου, καὶ γε- 
͵ rd | ' ᾽ ᾽ “ [ἡ ¥ 
γένησαι, σον Eyw εδυνάμην, μέγιστος, νῦν οὕτω με ἄτιμον 
»” PI ~ / “ “ > . 
ovTa ἐν τοῖς στρατιωταῖς τολμᾷς περιορᾷν; 47. ᾿Αλλὰ 
ν Ψ΄ ‘ ͵ ᾽ A s a , , 
μην, ort σοι δόξει ἀποδοῦναι, πιστεύω καὶ τὸν χρονον διδά- 
Ἂ 3 ἤ / ly, > / / “ 
ἕξειν σε, καὶ αὐτὸν γε σε οὐχὶ ἀνέξεσθαι, τοὺς σοι προεμέ- 
3 / , / ᾽ a“ ’ 3 a 
vous εὐεργεσίαν OpwuTa σοι ἐγκαλοῦντας. Δέομαι οὖν cov, 
¢/ b a a >) ‘ a , 
ὅταν ἀποδιδῷς, προθυμεῖσθαι ἐμὲ Tapa τοῖς στρατιωταῖς 
“ “~ er ‘ δ 
τοιοῦτον ποιῆσαι, οἷον περ καὶ παρέλαβες. 
" / Δ ¢ / ἢ “ Vy 
48. Ακούσας ταῦτα ὁ Σ᾿ εύθης κατηράσατο τῷ αἰτίῳ 


τοῦ μὴ πάλαι ἀποδεδόσθαι τὸν μισθόν (καὶ πάντες Ἧρα- 


VII. 7.48-55.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 208 


Ἵ Tro av εἶναι)" ᾿Εγὼ yap, ἔφη, οὔτε 
κλείδην τοῦτον ὑπωπτεὺυσ yo yap 
διενοήθην πώποτε ἀποστερῆσαι, ἀποδώσω τε. 49. ᾿᾽Εν- 
τεῦθεν πάλιν εἶπεν ὁ Ἐενοφῶν" ᾿Επεὶ τοίνυν διανοῇ ἀποδι- 
δόναι, νῦν ἐγώ σου δέομαι δι᾿ ἐμοῦ ἀποδιδόναι, καὶ μὴ 
περιϊδεῖν με διὰ σὲ ἀνομοίως ἔχοντα ἐν τῇ ΤΡ ad τ 
καὶ ὅτε πρὸς σὲ ἀφικόμεθα. 50. Ὁ δ᾽ εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ or 
ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις ἔσῃ δι᾿ ἐμὲ ἀτιμότερος" ἄν τε μένῃς 
παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ χιλίους μόνους ὁπλίτας ἔχων, ἐγώ σοι τά ks 
χωρία ἀποδώσω καὶ τἄλλα πάντα, ἃ ὑπεσχόμην. 51. τ 
δὲ πάλιν εἶπε" Ταῦτα μὲν ἔχειν οὕτως οὐχ οἷόν τε" ἀπό- 
πεμπε δὲ ἡμᾶς. Καὶ μὴν, ἔφη ὁ Σεύθης, καὶ ἀσφαλέστε- 
ρόν γέ σοι οἶδα ὃν, παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ μένειν, ἢ ἀπιέναι. 52. Ὁ 
δὲ πάλιν εἶπεν: ᾿Αλλὰ τὴν μὲν σὴν πρόνοιαν ἐπαινῶ" 
ἐμοὶ δὲ μέ ἡν οἷόν τε" ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ ἐντιμότερος ὦ, 
ἐμοὶ δὲ μένειν οὐχ οἷον τε" ὃ Y 
νόμιζε Kat σοὶ τοῦτο ἀγαθὸν ἔσεσθαι. 53. ᾿Εντεῦθεν 
λέγει Σεύθης" ᾿Αργύριον μὲν οὐκ ἔχω, GAN ἢ μικρόν τὸ 
καὶ τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι, τάλαντον" βοῦς δ᾽ ἑξακοσίους, καὶ 
πρόβατα εἰς τετρακισχίλια, καὶ ἀνδράποδα εἰς εἴκοσι καὶ 
ἑκατόν. Ταῦτα λαβὼν, καὶ τοὺς τῶν ἀδικησάντων σε ὁμή- 
ρους προσλαβὼν, ἄπιθι. 54. Γελάσας ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐνῶ 
ἪΝ οὖν μὴ ἐξικνῆται ταῦτα εἰς τὸν μισθὸν, τίνος μη! 
τον φήσω ἔχειν; ἾΑρ᾽ οὐκ, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐπικίνδυνον μοί 
ἐστιν, ἀπιόντα γε ἄμεινον φυλάττεσθαι τοὺς πέτρους; 
Ἤκουες δὲ τὰς ἀπειλάς: Τότε μὲν δὴ αὐτοῦ ἔμειναν. 

55. Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπέδωκέ τε αὐτοῖς ἃ ὑπέσχετο, ἀπὸ 
τοὺς ταῦτα ἐλάσοντας συνέπεμψεν. Οἱ δὲ i iaiduetsirs 
τέως μὲν ἔλεγον, ὡς ὁ Ἐενοφῶν οἴχοιτο ὡς Σεύθην οἰκή- 


? ‘ ‘ Ali 
i ἃ ume IT@ ἃ Ἵ . δὲ αὑτὸν 
σων, καὶ ἃ ὑπέσχετο αὑτῷ ἀποληψόμενος " ἐπεί 
































204 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VIL 7. 56.-.8. 4. 


Υ 9 ff / Q 
ἥκοντα εἶδον, ἥσθησών τε καὶ προσέθεον. 56. 


δ᾽ ἐπεὶ εἶδε “Χαρμῖνον καὶ Πολύνικον, Ταῦτα, 


ὑμῖν" ὑμεῖς δὲ διαθέμενοι διάδοτε τῇ στρατιᾷ. 


οὖν παραλαβόντες καὶ λοφυρονώλας καταστήσαντες, 


ἤει, ἀλλὰ parepos: ἡ ἦν οἴκαδε παρασκευαζόμενος" οὐ γάρ 
πω Ψῆφος αὐτῷ ἐπῆκτο ᾿Αθήνησι περὶ φυγῆς. Προσελ- 
θόντες δὲ αὐτῷ οἱ ἐπιτήδειοι ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ, ἐδέοντο 


μὴ ἀπελθεῖν, πρὶν [ἂν] ἀπαγάγοι τὸ στράτευμα καὶ 


Θέβρωνι παραδοίη. 


CAP. VIII. 


1. ᾿Εντεῦθεν διέπλευσαν εἰς Λάμψακον" καὶ ἀπαντᾷ 


τῷ potas Ἐυκλείδης μάντις Φλιάσιος, ὁ Κλεαγόρου 
υἱὸς τοῦ τὰ ἐνύπνια ἐν Δυκείῳ veypagoros. Οὗτος συνή- 


»»"» , 
δετο τῷ πυυδῦνν, ὁ ὅτι ἐσέσωστο" καὶ ἠρώτα αυτον, Tro- 


σον χρυσίον ἔχοι. 2. Ὁ δ᾽ αὐτῷ ἐπομόσας εἶπεν, ἡ μὴν 
ἔσεσθαι nate ee ἱκανὸν οἴκαδε ἀπιόντι, εἰ μὴ ἀπό- 


δοιτο τὸν ἵππον, καὶ ἃ ἀμφ᾽ αὑτὸν εἶχεν. Ὁ δ᾽ αὐτῷ οὐκ 


ἐπίστευεν. 3. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἔπεμψαν Λαμψακηνοὶ ξένια τῷ 
Ξενοφῶντι, καὶ ἔθυε τῷ ᾿Απόλλωνι, operant tov Ev- 
κλδιδην" ἰδὼν δὲ τὰ ἱερεῖα ὁ Εὐκλείδης εἶπεν, ὅτι πείθοιτο 
αὐτῷ μὴ εἶναι χρήματα. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οἶδα, ἔφη, ὃ ὅτι, κἂν μελλῃ 
ποτὲ ἔσεσθαι, φαίνεταί τι ἐμπόδιον, ἐὰν μηδὲν ἄλλο, σὺ 
σαυτῷ. σλν ταῦτα ὁ Ξενοφῶν. 4. Ὃ δὲ εἶπεν.» 


᾿Εμπόδιος γάρ σοι ὁ Ζεὺς ὁ Μειλίχιόδς ἐστι" καὶ ἐπήρετο, 


Ξενοφῶν 
ἔφη, καὶ 
σέσωσται du’ ὑμᾶς τῇ στρατιᾷ, καὶ παραδίδωμι αὐτὰ εγὼ 
Οἱ μὲν 


ἐπώ- 
oe καὶ πολλὴν Ἂν αἰτίαν. 57. Ξενοφῶν δὲ οὐ ΙΝ 


VIL 8. 4-10] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 265 


ν ¥ blll Ll iy I 
εἰ ἤδη ποτὲ θύσειεν, ὥσπερ OLKOL, ἔφη, εἰωθειν eyo iit 
€ 3 ᾽ » el ted μ᾿ ὃ a 
) to ti O δ᾽ οὐκ ἔφη. εξ ὅτου ἀπεδὴη 
Kat ολοκαυτειῖν. 
pane ) » θεῷ ὕλευσεν οὖν αὐτῷ 
unoe, τεθυκέναι τούτῳ τῷ θεῷ. Συνεβούλευ 
9 
θύεσθαι καθὰ εἰώθει, καὶ ἔφη συνοίσειν ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον. 
5. Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν προελθὼν εἰς ᾿Οφρύνιον 
' Ϊ / a / / ,, ων 
ἐθύετο, καὶ ὡλοκαὕὔτει χοίρους τῷ πατρίῳ νόμῳ π᾿ ε ' 
i ταύ ἢ ἡμέρᾳ a ται Βίων καὶ 
λιέρε. 6. Καὶ ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ αφικνει ; ͵ 
ἡ Δ . 
ἅμα Εὐκλείδης, χρήματα δώσοντες τῷ στρατεύματι" καὶ 
a Le A 7 Δ “ 
ὑνταί > & A mov, ov ev Δαμψάκῳ 
EVOPWVTL, καὶ ἵππον, 
ξενοῦνται τε τῷ Ξενοφ ᾿ ἥν ᾿ ey 
ἀπέδοτο weer ieerte oes, UTOTTEVOVTES αὖ 
Sevav πεπρακέναι, ὅτι ἤκουον αὐτὸν ἔεῦϑοι τῷ ἵππῳ, 
ολα- 
λυσώμενοι ἀπέδοσαν, καὶ τὴν τιμὴν οὐκ ἤθελον ἀπ 
βεῖν. | .. , aM» 
7. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο διὰ τῆς Τρῳάδος, καὶ ρ 
> »" » " 
βάντες τὴν Ἴδην, εἰς ᾿Αντανδρον αφικνοῦνται πρῶτον 
/ > , 
“ a 
εἶτα παρὰ θάλατταν πορευόμενοι τῆς Avitas εἰς Θηβὴης 
‘ U ἡ jou καὶ Κερτωνοῦ 
πεδίον. 8. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δι ᾿Ατραμυττίου 
ν . . | i : j 
παρ᾽ ᾿Αταρνέα eis Καΐκου πεδίον ἐλθόντες, Περγαμον 
a / 
καταλαμβάνουσι τῆς Μυσιας. Ki a 
Ν “~ al - 0 " 
᾿Ενταῦθα δὴ ἕενοῦται arene map Ελλαδι, τῇ Y 
ογγύ- 
γύλου τοῦ ᾿Ερετριέως γυναικὶ, καὶ Τ' seit καὶ I 17" 
T 
λου μητρί. 9. Αὕτη δ᾽ αὐτῷ φράζει, ὅτι ᾿Ασιδάτης al 
εἰ ἔλθοι 
ἐν τῷ f Πέρσης" τοῦτον ἔφη αὐτὸν, 
τῷ πεδίῳ, ἀνὴ ρ 
ae ; ; f ἰνδράσι, λαβεῖν ἂν καὶ αὐτὸν 
τῆς νυκτὸς σὺν τριακοσίοις ἀνὸρασι, ᾿ 
i t b mat i τὰ χρήματα" εἶναι δὲ πολλά. 
καὶ γυναῖκα καὶ παῖδας καὶ τὰ XP as) 
Ταῦτα Se καθηγησομένους ἔπεμψε τὸν τε αὑτῆς ont 
TT OLEL ων 
καὶ Δαφναγόραν, ὃν περὶ πλείστου ἐποιείτο. 10. Ey 


“ 
» « Δ 3 “ ‘ Bacias 
οὖν ὁ Ἐενοφῶν τούτους παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, ἐθύετο. Kav 



































266 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [VIL 8. 10-16. 


©? ~ , ν > / λ Υ ν᾿» 
ὁ Ηλείος μάντις παρὼν εἶπεν, ὅτε κάλλιστα εἴη τὰ ἱερὰ 
‘i a MAU AU li" au 4 , ΕῚ ᾽ 
QUT@, καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἄλωσιμος ein. 1]. 4Δειπνήσας οὖν ἐπο- 
᾿ / ‘ ‘ , Λ ‘ 
βευετο, Tous TE λοχαγοὺς Tous μάλιστα φίλους λαβὼν καὶ 
‘ " \ Ν / > , ? / 
πίστους γεγενημένους δια παντὸς, ὅπως εὖ ποιήσαι αὐτούς. 
| ‘ » “ ‘ Ν ᾿ / 7 ¢ 
Συνεξέρχονται δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ ἄλλοι βιασάμενοι εἰς ἕξακο- 
᾽ ¢ Ν Ν » Λ “ ‘ ~ “ ’ 
σίους" οἱ δὲ λοχαγοί ἀπήλαυνον, ἔνα μὴ μεταδοῖεν τὸ με- 
¢ ¢ / Ν , 
ρος, ὡς ετοίμων δὴ χρημάτων. 
“ 3 Ν ‘ b / 4 f ra Ν ‘ / 
12. Eve: δὲ ἀφίκοντο περὶ μέσας νύκτας, τὰ μεν πέριξ 
y , ᾿ » ΄ὕ \ , Ἢ a 
ὄντα ἀνδράποδα τῆς τύρσιος καὶ χρήματα τὰ πλεῖστα 
b | A > Ν » yl ‘ > , ny, 
ἀπέδρα αὐτοὺς παραμελοῦντας, ws τὸν Acidutnv αὑτὸν 
᾿ Ν Ν > ἥ ζ ~ Ν > 
λάβοιεν καὶ τὰ ἐκείνου. 13. Πυργομαχοῦντες δὲ ἐπεὶ 
᾽ In 7 » ‘ ΄ ¢ ‘ ‘ 5 ‘ 
οὐκ ἐδύναντο λαβεῖν τὴν τυρσιν (ὑψηλὴ yap ἢν, καὶ με- 
yarn, καὶ Ἡ ΜΝΜΗΕΝἩΠημμμ!, καὶ ἄνδρας πολλοὺς καὶ μαχίμους 
exouea), διορύττειν ὁ ἐπεχείρησαν τὸν Ἤν» 14. ‘O δὲ 
ν ᾿ ἢ 
τοῖχος ἦν ἐπ᾽ ὀκτὼ πλίνθων γηΐνων τὸ εὖρος. “Awa δὲ 
κ᾿ κΚ , . κῳ ᾿ a , ν ἡ 
Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ διωρώρυκτο" καὶ ὡς τὸ πρώτον διεφάνη, ἐπάτα- 
ξεν ἔνδοθεν βουπόρῳ τίς ὀβελίσκῳ Ὅν" τὸν μηρὸν 
τοῦ ἐγγυτάτω. τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν ἐκτοξεύοντες ἐποίουν μηδὲ 
τ" ἔτει ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι. 15. ἀμ δὲ αὐτῶν 
καὶ πυρσευόντων, ἐκβοηθοῦσιν ᾿Ιταβέλιος μὲν ἔχων τὴν 
ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, ἐκ Κομανίας δὲ ὁπλῖται ᾿Ασσύριοι καὶ 
4 / e “ ‘ e / ‘ 4 
ὕρκανιοι ἱππεῖς (καὶ οὗτοι βασιλέως μισθοφοροι), ὡς 
b | “ Ν Ν Ν > ν᾿ 
ογδοήκοντα, καὶ ἄλλοι πελτασταὶ εἰς οκτακοσίους, ἄλλοι 
} > ry Ν ᾽ ᾽ > / ‘ 3 “" 
δ ες Παρθενίου, ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἐξ ᾿Απολλωνίας καὶ ἐκ τῶν 
if / " ω 
πλησίον χωρίων καὶ ἱππεῖς. 
16. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὴ ὥ »ἭἍ ἦν σκοπεῖν, πῶς ἔσται ἡ ἄφοδοι' 
καὶ λαβόντες ὅσοι ἦσαν βόες καὶ τρόβον ἤλαυνον καὶ 


ἀνδράποδα, ἐντὸς πλαισίου ποιησώμενοι" οὐ τοῖς χρήμα- 


VIL 8.16-93] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 267 


. “Νὰ ΠΣ ae Ν 
σιν οὕτω προσέχοντες TOV νοῦν, ἀλλα μὴ φυγή μήν ῃ 7" 
Sos εἰ καταλιπόντες τὰ χρήματα ἀπίοιεν, καὶ οἵ τε sii 
μ" θρασύτεροι εἶεν καὶ οἱ ἩΝ ΝΜ μέ ἀϑυμύναρον. a δ 
ἀπήεσαν ὡς περὶ τῶν χρημάτων μοχούμενοι. 17. Ere 
δὲ φόρα Γογγύλος ὀλίγους μὲν τοὺς “Ελληνας, πολλοὺς δὲ 
τοὺς ἐπικειμένους, ἐξέρχεται καὶ αὐτὸς βίᾳ τῆς μητρὸς, 
ἵν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, βουλόμενος συμμετασχεῖν τοῦ 
ἔργου" συνεβοήθει δὲ καὶ Προκλῆς εξ ᾿Αλισάρνης καὶ Τευ- 
θρανίας, ὁ ἀπὸ Δαμαράτου. 18. Οἱ δὲ κυρ apiece 
ἐπεὶ πάνυ ἤδη ἐπιέζοντο ὑπὸ τῶν τοξευμάτων Kal satis 
νῶν, πορευόμενοι κύκλῳ, ὅπως τὰ ὅπλα ἔχοιεν ἡ τῶν 


τοξευμάτων, poe διαβαίνουσι tov Καΐκον ποταμὸν, τε- 


τρωμένοι ἐγγὺς οἱ ἡμίσεις. 19. ᾿Ενταῦθα καὶ ἴω ic 


Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς τιτρώσκεται, τὸν πάντα χρόνον μα- 


χόμενον πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους. Καὶ διασώζονται, avdpa- 


ποδα ὡς διακόσια 5, albu, καὶ γρίβοτα ὅσον θύματα. 
20. Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ἡμμμηήηι ὁ gin ike ἐξάγει 
νύκτωρ πᾶν τὸ σεράνενηαν, ὅπως ὅτι μακροτάτην ἔλθοι 
τῆς Avdias, εἰς τὸ μὴ διὰ τὸ ἐγγὺς εἶναι satiate ἀλλ᾽ 
ραν. 91. Ὁ δὲ ᾿Ασιδάτης ἀκούσας, ὅτι πάλιν ἐπ᾽ 
αὐτὸν τεθυμένος εἴη Ησοῶν, καὶ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι 
μῶν ἐξαυλίζεται εἰς κώμας ὑπὸ τὸ Παρθένιον πόλισην 
ἐχούσας. 22. ᾿Ενταῦθα οἵ περὶ Ξενοφῶντα συντυγχά- 
νουσιν αὐτῷ, καὶ λαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν καὶ a καὶ 


Ζ ἃ 
παῖδας καὶ τοὺς ἵππους καὶ πάντα τὰ ὄντα" καὶ οὔτ @ T 


ἄλιν ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς 
πρότερα ἱερὰ ἀπέβη. 23. Ἔπειτα π ip 


Πέργομον. ᾿ἘΕνταῦθα τὸν θεὸν οὐκ ἡτιάσατο ὁ Resopee 


weiss ll 
οἱ λοχαγοὶ, καὶ οἱ 
συνέπραττον γὰρ καὶ οἱ Λάκωνες καὶ χαγοί, 
































208 ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΙΣ,. [ΥἹΙ. 8. 98- 96. 


Ν ‘ Ν e “ Ld > 9 / | 
ἄλλοι στρατηγοι καί οἱ στρατιῶται, ὥστ ἐξαίρετα λαμβά- 
\o ‘ / Ἢ 3 ee ε ‘ > 
νεῖν, Kat ἔπποὺυς καὶ ζεύγη καὶ τἄλλα" ὥστε ἱκανὸν εἶναι 
\ ¥ 3 . 
καὶ ἄλλον ἤδη εὖ ποιεῖν. 
3 / / m / / Ν 
24. Ex τούτου Θίβρων" παραγενόμενος παρέλαβε τὸ 


| / Δ “~ I 
στράτευμα, καὶ συμμίξας τῷ ἄλλῳ ᾿Ἑλληνικῷ ἐπολέμει 


πρὸς Τισσαφέρνην καὶ Φαρνάβαζον. 
25. [ἄρχοντες δὲ οἵδε τῆς βασιλέως χώρας, ὅσην 


ἐπήλθομεν: Λυδίας, ᾿Αρτίμας Φρυγίας, ᾿Αρτακάμας" Av- 
καονίας καὶ Καππαδοκίας. Μιθριδάτης: Κιλικίας, Συέννε- 
σις" Φοινίκης καὶ ᾿Αραβίας, Δέρνης" Συρίας καὶ ᾿Ασσυ- 
ρίας, Βέλεσυς: Βαβυλῶνος, “Ρωπάρας" Μηδίας, ᾿Αρβά- 
κας" Φασιανῶν καὶ “Eorepitav, Τιρίβαζος" (Καρδοῦχοι 
δὲ, καὶ Χάλυβες, καὶ “Χαλδαῖοι, καὶ Maxpoves, καὶ Kod- 
χοι, καὶ Μοσσύνοικοι, καὶ Κοῖται, καὶ Τιβαρηνοὶ, αὐτόνο- 
μοι") Παφλαγονίας, Κορύλας-: Βιθυνῶν, Φαρνάβαζος" τῶν 
ἐν Εὐρώπῃ Θρᾳκῶν, Σεύθης. 26. ᾿Αριθμὸς δέ συμπάσης 
τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἀναβάσεως καὶ καταβάσεως, σταθμοὶ διακό- 
σιοι δεκαπέντε, παρασάγγαι χίλιοι ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα 
πέντε, στάδια τρισμύρια τετρακισχίλια ἑξακόσια πεντή- 
κοντα. Χρόνου πλῆθος τῆς ἀναβάσεως καὶ καταβάσεως, 


ἐνιαυτὸς καὶ τρεῖς μῆνες.] 
































ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE NOTES. 


Grammatical references, by numerals, are to Crosby’s Greek Grammar, 


revised edition (1871). 


abs., absolute. 

ace., accus., accusative. 

acc. to, according to. 

act., active. 

adj., adjective. 

adv., adverb, adverbial. 

sch., Zschylus. 

Ainsw., Ainsworth. 

Anab., Anabasis. 

*or., aorist. 

apost., apostrophe. 

appos., apposition. 

Ar., Aristophanes. 

Arr., Arrian; An., Anabasis 
of Alexander. 

art., article. 

asynd., asyndeton. 

attr., attraction, attracted. 

aug., augment. 


bef. , before. 
Born., Bornemann. 
Breit., Breitenbach. 


Cees., Cesar; B. C., Bellum 
Civile; B. G., Bellum Gal- 
licum. 

cf., confer, compare, consult. 

cog., cognate. 

comm,, common, -ly. 

complem., complementary. 

compos, , composition. 

cond., conditional, 

conj., conjunction. 

const. preg., constructio 
preegnans. 

contr., contracted. 

corresp., corresponding. 

Ctes., Ctesias, 

Curt., Curtius (Quintus). 

Cyr., Cyropeedia. 


dat., dative. 

dec., declension. 

dep., deponent. 

der., derivative. 

Dind., Dindorf. 

Diod., Diodorus Siculus. 
dir. , direct. 


e. g., exempli gratia, for ex- 
ample. 

ell., ellipsis. 

emph., emphatic. 

e-p., especially. 

“te., et cxetera, and 80 forth. 


eth., ethical. 

Eur., Euripides. 

exc., except, -ion. 

foll., following. 

fut., future; fut. pf, future 
perfect. 

fr., from. 


gen.,, genitive, 
gend., gender. 
gov., governed. 








| Hadt., Herodotus. 

Hel., Hellenica of Xenophon. 
|Hom., Homer; 1]., Iliad; 
Od., Odyssey. 
| Hor., Horace. 


impers., impersonal. 
i. e., id est, thud ts. 
impf., imperfect. 
imy., imperative. 
ind., indicative. 

| inf., infinitive, 

Ion., Ionic. 

ipf., imperfect. 





' Kith., Kiihner. 
| Kriig., Kruger. 


Lex., Lexicon to Anabasis 
(Crosby’s). 
| Liv., Livy. 
| Luer., Lucretius. 


Matt., Matthie., 
McMich., McMichael, 
MSS., Manuscripts. 


N., note. 

neg , negative. 
nom., nominative. 
numb., number. 








obj. , object. 

| obs., observe. 

| Econ., conomicus. 

| om., omitted, omission, 

| opp., opposed. 
opt., optative. 

| orig., originally. 

| Ov., Ovid. 


paron., paronomasia, 
; part., participle. 
| pass., passive 
| periph., periphrasis. 


| Pers., Persian, Persic. 
pers., person, -al, -ally. 
pf., perf., perfect. 
| pl., plur., plural. 
| pleon., pleonastically. 
plp., plup., pluperfect. 
Plut., Plutarch ; Artax., Ar- 
taxerxes; Apoph., Apoph- 
thegms: Lyc., Lycurgus. 
Polyb., Polybius, 
Pop., Poppo. 
pos., position. 
Poss., possessive. 
pred., predicate. 
pres., present. 
prep., preposition. 
pret., preteritive, -ly. 
prob., probably. 
pron., pronoun. 


prop., proper, -ly. 
α' V., quod vide, which see. 


refl., reflexive. 
Rehdz., Rehdantz. 
rel., relative. 


8., Sequens, and the following. 

Sans., Sanskrit. 

sup., superlative. 

8c., scilicet, namely, under- 
stand. 

Schn., Schneider. 

Soph., Sophocles. 

Stob., Stobeeus. 

subj., subjunctive. 

subj. ace_, subject accusative. 

sync., syncopated. 


Tac , Tacitus: Ann., Annals; 
Hist. , History. 

Thuc., Thucydides. 

trans., transitive, -ly. 


usu., usually. 


v. 1., varia lectio, various 
reading. 

Virg., Virgil; 2n., 2Eneid ; 
Ecl.,Eclogue; G.,Georgics. 

voe., vocative. 

Voll., Vollbrecht. 


w., with. 
wt., without. 





Xen., Xenophon. 





NOT 


Ξενοφῶντος Κύρου ᾿Αναβάσεως (434 c) A’ (= Λόγος Πρῶτος, or 


Βιβλίον Πρῶτον, 91 a). Xenophon’s Expedition of Cyrus (into the inte- 
rior of Asia; see Lex. ἀναβαίνω, ἀνάβασι:). é 
its name from the leading event, though six books of the seven are 
occupied with the return (κατάβασις, see Lex.) of the Greeks who 


The whole work takes 


took part in the Expedition. — The division of the Anabasis into 
books, and the summaries prefixed to most of them (see Book IL, 
IIL., etc.), are so old that they are referred to by Diogenes Laértius, 
about 200 a. D.; yet they are not believed to have been the work of 
Xenophon himself, but of some scholar who saw the need of such a 


division. 





BOOK I. 


EXPEDITION OF CYRUS AGAINST HIS BROTHER ARTAXERXES. 
— BATTLE OF CUNAXA.— DEATH OF CYRUS. 


CHAPTER I. 
CYRUS SECRETLY RAISES AN ARMY FOR THE EXPEDITION. 


Pace 1.—1. Δαρείου: for the case see 412; for the position, 719 6. 
— γίγνονται (719 §), historic present, esp. frequent in Greek, 609 a. Ob- 
serve the frequent interchange, in the narrative, of past tenses and the 
historic present: dvaBalver...dvéBn, § 2, ete. — παῖδες δύο, dual and plural, 
494. Only two of the children are here mentioned, as no others were 
related to the following history. According to Ctesias (Persica 49), who 
derived his information from Parysatis herself, there were in all thirteen, 
of whom only five survived infancy, — πρεσβύτερος [sc. wais], the older 
[child], partitive apposition, 393 d. The article is omitted in the com- 
parison of the two, 533 f, g; yet we might translate, an οἰ 67. --- ἠσθένει, 




















4 NOTES. 


pos. 719 ¢; tense 592 s. — τελευτήν (art. om. 533 c) τοῦ βίου, the termina- 
tion of his (530 e) life. — τὼ παῖδε, the two children, or sons, case 666. 

2. μὲν οὖν, pos. 720 a. — παρὼν ἐτύγχανε, 573 b, 658. 1, 677. —Kipov, 
pos. 719 @; art. om. 533 a, cf. ὁ Κῦρος below, 522 g. — μεταπέμπεται, 
voice 579. — ἧς, sc. ἀρχῆς, 505 a, 551 ¢; pos. of rel. clause 523 g. —oa- 
τράπην, predicate appos. 393 b, 480 a. For the extent of his satrapy, see 
i. 9, 7. — ἐποίησε, ἀπέδειξε, tense 605. 3, c. — καὶ στρατηγὸν (Lex. = κά- 
pavov) δέ (adv. 703 c), 480 a; in continuation of a rel. clause, 561 d, 562. 
Observe here, as below and elsewhere, the esp. emphatic word placed be- 
tween καί and δέ. So between καί and αὖ, i. 1. 7. — πάντων ὅσοι, of all 
[as many as] who, 550 ἃ, f. — εἰς, inasmuch as the mustering ia a plain 
implies the coming inéo it, 704 a.— Καστωλοῦ : The Plain of Castolus 
appears to have been the muster-ground of the imperial (as distinguished 
from the mere provincial) troops in the western part of Asia Minor (Xen. 
Hel. i. 4. 3). The command of these troops gave the youthful Cyrus pre- 
cedence over the neighboring satraps, and that general management of 
affairs along the Aigean and with Greece, which had before been committed 
to Tissaphernes (called στρατηγὸς τῶν κάτω, in Thuc., viii. 5). Discon- 
tent with this change has been supposed to have been the motive which 
incited the latter, while professing friendship to Cyrus, to seek his destrue- 
tion (ὃ 5). --- ἀθροίζονται, for annual review, before inspectors appointed 
by the king (Xen. (con, 4. 6). --- λαβὼν... ἔχων, tense 592. — ὡς φίλον, 
modal appos. 393 c. — τῶν Ελλήνων, of Greeks, art. 522 a (or of the Greeks 
in his service, 530); case 418, --- ὁπλίτας : these were doubtless before in 
the service of Cyrus, and were now taken by him as a special guard for his 
person ; since he had well learned the vast superiority of the Greeks to the 
Persians in valor, prowess, and integrity. — ἀνέβη : observe the change of 
_tense, and the chiastic arrangement (71 a) ; both of which are so common 
in Greek. — αὐτῶν, case 407. 

3. ἐτελεύτησε, in Babylon acc. to Ctesias (Pers. 57), had died (tense 
605 c). — κατέστη (577 Ὁ) εἰς (704 a) τὴν (530 c) βασιλείαν, was estab- 
lished in the kingdom, or on the throne. — Τισσαφέρνης διαβάλλει (Lex.) 
τὸν (522 g) Κῦρον πρὸς τὸν (530 6) ἀδελφὸν, ὡς (702 a) ἐπιβουλεύοι (opt., 
as following the historic pres., 643 a) αὐτῷ (505 a, 540 g). Tiss. mali- 
ciously accuses Cyrus to his brother [that he was plotting against him] of 
a design upon his life. Acc. to Plutarch (Artax. 3) the Persian rites of 
coronation were not complete till the new monarch had repaired to the 
ancient capital Pasargade, and had there learned the lesson of primitive 
simplicity by putting off in the temple of the goddess of war his own rich 
vesture and putting on the plain dress which the elder Cyrus wore before 
he became king, and by an humble repast of dried figs, turpentine, and 
sour milk. Tissaphernes here brought to Artaxerxes a priest who had 
been a tutor of Cyrus, and who accused the young prince of designing to 
hide himself in the temple and assassinate his brother during the exchange 
of garments. — αὐτῷ, case 455 f. —‘O δέ (518 4)... Κῦρον, order 718 n, 
720. — ὡς ἀποκτενῶν, apparent intention, 598 Ὁ, 680 a. — ἐξαιτησαμένη 


BOOK I. CHAP. I. 5 


(Lex.), acc. to Plut. (Artax. 3), by profuse tears and passionate entreaties, 
enfolding him in her arms, wrapping her tresses around him, and holding 
his neck to her own. — αὐτόν, double relation, 399 g. 

4. “Ὁ, the common subject of ἀπῆλθε and βουλεύεται. -- ὡς ἀπῆλθε, 
tense 605 c. — βουλεύεται ὅπως μήποτε (686 Ὁ) ἔσται (624 Ὁ) ἐπὶ (691) τῷ 
ἀδελφῷ, [considers how] resolves thut he will never in future be in the power 

2 of his brother. — fv δύνηται, βασιλεύσει (631 6, 633 a).— ἀντ᾽ (696) 

ἐκείνου (536 6), in his stead. — μήτηρ, direct appos. 393 a. — Κύρῳ, 

case 453. — φιλοῦσα, expressing cause, 674. — μᾶλλον ἢ (511) τὸν βασι- 

λεύοντα (525). Cyrus had evidently much more of his mother’s intellect, 
energy, and ambition, than the mild but weak Artaxerxes. 

5. “Ὅστις 5, order 718 0. — ἀφικνεῖτο, mode 641 e; tense of repeated 
action, 592. — τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως (533 Ὁ), [of those from the king, 527] 
Jrom the king’s court, referring esp. to the king’s envoys (oi ἔφοδοι, Cyr. viii. 
6. 16), sent annually, acc. to custom, to inspect the satrapies and report 
upon their condition and upon the spirit and conduct of the satraps, — 
πάντας, number 501. — ὥστε.. εἶναι, [as to be] that they were, 671 a, e. — 
αὐτῷ, case 456. — BapBapwv, case 474 c, 432 ἡ. -- εἴησαν, mode 624 ec. 
Both εἴησαν and εἶεν are freely used ; otherwise, this long form in -ἰησαν is 
rare, 293 a. — εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχοιεν (Lex.) 577 ἃ. For so young a prince Cyrus 
certainly showed great tact and shrewdness in making his preparations. 

6. ὡς... ἐπικρυπτόμενος, 553 c, 674 Ὁ. --- ὅτι ἀπαρασκευαστότατον, as un- 
prepared as possible, ὅτι πλείστους, 553 c. — ἐποιεῖτο (Lex.) τὴν συλλογήν, 
he made [the levy for himself] his levy. —6mrécas, whatever, complem. or 
rel. with an antecedent understood in the gen. governed by ¢povpdpxas. — 
πόλεσι : it appears from what follows that the Ionian cities were here esp. 
intended. So i. 2. 1. --- φρουράρχοις, case 452 a. — ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοντος 
Τισσαφ., 680 b. — Kal γάρ (Lex.), [and he would naturally so plot, for] 
Jor indeed, 709. 2. --- Τισσαφέρνους, case 443 a. — τὸ ἀρχαῖον, adv. 483 a. 
— ἐκ, νυ. agent of pass. 586d. ἐξ is not common in this use, but may be 
employed with verbs of giving, from the conception of the gift as passing 
from the giver. This gift to Tissaph. deprived Cyrus of his former ready 
access to the sea and communication with the Greeks. — Μιλήτου, case 
406 a; cf. 8.6. <A glance at the map will show that it was far more im- 
portant to this commercial city to be on good terms with the satrap of 
Caria than with that of Lydia ; and that it was under the easy control of 
the former. 

7. "Ev Μιλήτῳ : with this immediate emphatic repetition of the name 
after πλὴν M., compare i. 8. 6. — τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα (489 d) Povdevopévors 
[sc. τινάς, or αὐτούς with general reference to the citizens, 472 Ὁ], that 
some (or they) were meditating this same course (namely, ἀποστῆναι πρὸς K., 
though many regard this explanation as the marginal note of a gramma- 
rian, which at length crept into the text), 658. 1, 677. — τοὺς... ἐξέβαλεν, 
419 a, 518 d. —K. ὑπολαβών (674 a, d) τοὺς φεύγοντας (678), συλλέξας 
(605 a) στράτευμα, (Lat. exercitu collecto, 658 b) ἐπολιόρκει (595 a). — 
M. καὶ κατὰ γῆν (689 m)...xardyev, order 7181, m. Observe the parti- 























NOTES. 


ciples ὑπολαβών, συλλέξας, without an intervening conjunction, a frequent 
construction in Greek. Cf. i. 2. 17; 3. 5. — For φεύγω and ἐκπίπτω used 
as passives to ἐκβάλλω, see 575 a. —avry...mpddacrs (524 ὁ) ἣν αὐτῷ (459) 
τοῦ (664 a) ἀθροίζειν (444 Ὁ), this again was another pretext with hin 
(or he had as another pretext) for assembling. 

8. πέμπων ἠξίον, as not a single act. — dv ἀδελφὸς (without art.), since 
he was a brother of his, 674. — αὐτοῦ δοθῆναί of (586 c, 537. 2, Ὁ, 787 a) 
ταύτας τὰς (524 Ὁ) πόλεις (666). --- αὐτῷ, case 699 a, f. — πρὸς, 696. — 
éavrév, 505 a; dir. refl. 537 a. —émBovdfjs, case 432 b. — ἠσθάνετο, ἤχθετο, 
mode 671 ἃ. --- Τισσαφέρνει, case 455 f. — πολεμοῦντα, because at war, 674. 

a ir οὐδέν, stronger than ov (adv. acc. 483 a, 471). — αὐτῶν πολεμούν- 

τῶν (case 661 b), he was [as to nothing] not at all displeased [they 
being] with their being at war.—ral γάρ (Lex.), and the rather because, 
709. 2. — Sacpots: Hut. states (iii. 90, s) the tax which, acc. to the 
assignment of Darius Hystaspis, the imperial treasury drew from each 
province. The satrap also collected other sums for himself and for the 
provincial expenses. — βασιλεῖ, case 450 Ὁ. — ἐκ.. ἔχων, a deferred detail, 
modifying γιγνομένους, 719 d. — ὧν (Attic attr. 554 a) T. ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων, 
which T. (happened previously having] had previously possessed, the ipf. 
rather than the plf., to express continuance, 604 a. The idea of chance is 
expressed far oftener in Greek than in Eng. 

9. “Addo, without art. 523 ἢ, --- αὐτῷ (case 460). — συνελέγετο (tense 
592), was collecting for him. — ΣΧ εὐ. τῇ (523 a, 3) καταντιπέρας (526) ᾿Αβύ- 
δου (445 c) τόνδε τὸν (524 Ὁ) τρόπον (adv. acc. 483). — Κλέαρχος, τούτῳ. 
Asyndeton is less frequent in Greek than in Eng. In Xen., it occurs 
chiefly in connection with a demonstrative pron. or adv. — τούτῳ, αὐτόν, 
536 d, e; order 719 0, 718 k. — ἠγάσθη (as mid. 576 b, a), conceived an 
admiration for, came to admire him (592 d), esp. for his military talents 
and passion, which might be made so serviceable. —xal δίδωσιν: the 
change, in a sentence, from a past tense to the hist. pres. is more frequent 
than the reverse (as in i. 1. 2). — συνέλεξεν... ἐπολέμει, tense 592. — ἀπό, 
695. — τοῖς Θρᾳξὶ (accent 778 c) rots, 523 a, 2). --- ἑκοῦσαι, voluntarily, 
509 5 — ἐλάνθανεν, 677 ἴ. --- τὸ στράτευμα, supplied after its logical place, 
719 d. 

10. οἴκοι, 469 Ὁ, ὅ26. --- αὐτόν, case 480 c. —els δισχιλίους ξένους, as 
object of αἰτεῖ, 706. --- μηνῶν, case 445 a). — ὡς.. ἄν, 658 ἃ. --- τῶν ἀντι- 
στασιωτῶν, case 407. The history of rude Thessaly was strongly marked 
by such contests of aristocratic families. —Setra: αὐτοῦ, requests [of] him, 
434 a. —alret αὐτὸν (480 c) els δισχιλίους ξένους (706, cf. 8. 5) καὶ τριῶν 
μηνῶν (445 a) μισθόν : the readiest version here seems to be, asks him for 
two thousand mercenaries and three months’ pay for them, making els δισχι- 
Movs ξένους an object of αἰτεῖ, and translating in like manner the next 
sentence. But Cyrus, who was straining every nerve to increase his Greek 
force, could not have been willing to send back so large a force already 
levied into Greece and risk them in a Thessalian civil war. If then we 
thus translate, we must understand, by giving Aristippus four thousand 


BOOK I. CHAP. II. " 


troops, little more than granting him the privilege and means of levying 
them. That, indeed, he levied this number seems doubtful; for Cyrus 
does not appear to have received more than fifteen hundred troops from 
this source (i. 2. 6). Some therefore prefer to connect εἰς... ξένους with 
μισθόν, and to translate, asks of him pay for two thousand mercenaries and 
for three months. — μὴ πρόσϑεν katadioa....mply, not to [previously ] nuke 
peace, before, 108 ἃ, ζ. Cf. 1. 2. 2. — ἂν.. συμβουλεύσηται, subj. after, 
pres. δεῖται, 641 d, 619. 2, ἃ, i | 

11. εἰς Πεισίδας... στρατεύεσθαι, to make an expedition |into the land 
of the Pisidians (Lex. εἰς, xwpa)] against the Pisidians. — Πεισίδας, upon 
whom Cyrus had before warred (i. 9. 14). — ὡς βουλόμ., stating that he 
wished. — ὡς πράγματα παρεχόντων IT. (680 b) τῇ ἑαυτοῦ (538 f) χώρᾳ, 
on the ground that the P. were giving trouble to his own country. Cf. nego- 
tium facessere. — τούτους, 505b, 393 h. — πολεμήσων : observe with 4 
this verb the difference between the simple dative and the dative 
with σύν. --- οὕτως ουτοι, 719e, 544, 547. 


CHAPTER II. 


MARCH OF CYRUS AND HIS ARMY FROM SARDIS TO TARSUS IN CILICIA, 


1. ἐδόκει, subject 571 f. —avr@ (case 454), ἄνω, position 719 d. — μέν: 
the corresponding clause with δέ, stating the real object of the expedition, 
is not expressed, though it is implied in § 4 (Lex.). — ὡς.. βουλόμενος, [as 
if wishing], that he wished, 680 c. — ἐκ, 689 a. — ὡς ἐπὶ τούτους, ellipsis 
of verb, 711. — τὸ βαρβαρικόν, sc. στράτευμα, his barbarian force, 506 c. 
The τό is repeated before Ἑλληνικόν, because this refers to different persons 
from βαρβαρικόν, 534. 4. ὡς is often used before a prep. to express view or 
purpose, either real or pretended. Cf. 9. 23; iv. 3. 11, 21. — ἐνταῦθα 
καί, then...also, or thither...also (i. 6. to the place of rendezvous). The τὸ 
Ἑλληνικόν preceding refers to the Greek force in the dominions of Cyrus ; 
and Kiihner and many other editors express this by reading thus: καὶ τὸ 
Ἑλληνικόν ἐνταῦθα στράτευμα καὶ παραγγέλλει. —K. λαβόντι (having taken 
= with, 674 Ὁ), A. συναλλαγέντι, constructed acc. to 667 b; while λα- 
βόντα below, removed from Ἐξενίᾳ, agrees with a pronoun understood, acc. 
to 667 e. — ὅσον ἦν αὐτῷ στράτευμα = τοσοῦτον στράτευμα ὅσον ἦν 
αὐτῷ, [as large a force as he had], whatever troops he had, or his whole 
force, 551 ¢, f. — ἀποπέμψαι... στράτευμα, 551 c, 661 a. Aristippus sent, 
under the command of Menon, as many troops as he chose to spare, § 6: 
ii. 6. 28. — αὐτῷ, case 460. — ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι, position 523 a, 1. — ξενικοῦ, 
case 407, 699 f. — πλὴν [τοσούτων] ὁπόσοι, 551 f, 406. 

2. ᾿Ἐκάλεσε.. ἐκέλευσε, λαβόντα, chiasma 71 a. — pvydBas...orpareve- 
σθαι, 666 b. — ἐφ᾽ ἃ ἐστρατεύετο, (sc. τὰ πράγματα, or ταῦτα), the objects 
for which he was making war, taking the ficld. — παύσασθαι (some 








NOTES. 


iter hegepe nc ah 659 g, 660 d; but παύσασθαι is the com 
of the Mss.). — καταγάγοι, 641 b, d ὑτῷ : 
, | . , d. — aur, case 456. 
fe grounds of this confidence, see i. 9. 7, s. — Ht els Sap τ 7 
were present, having come t Tivec , ἴῃ 
τ 8 Ὁ, arrived αἱ}, came to S., const. preg., 
3. ᾿ » ” , ᾿ ‘ 
i hina ἐκ τῶν πόλεων λαβών πὸ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἐκ τῶν πόλεων 
oo er preg. 704 a.— ὁπλίτας, position 719 d. — εἰς τετρακισχι- 
lovs, adj. } 6. — γυμνῆτας, mostly, without doubt, targeteers (see Lex.) 
5 ae antias 711 ὃ. ἥς ἦν δέ, 168 Ὁ ; zeugma, 495, 497 b. — τῶν 
ove μένων, of those who were servi 78; vartiti 
RI te apie » of Ὁ were serving, 678 ; gen. partitive as 
" , * “Ψν" 
! Οὗτοι μέν : while others joined him at Οο]οββα, etc., 8 6,9. Cf. 1 
a ded Pui oe case 450 a. — Τισσαφέρνης : according to . 
Ss ccount by Ephorus (Diod. xiv. 11), the inf , 
lag noni é . Xiv. , the informant was Pharna- 
πο Ν" rg ἢ of Cyrus from Alcibiades, and, lest the 
1imself inform the king, put him to death M i. 8. 1 
il ΒΡ ΕΝ 8» put him to death. Cf. ii. 3. 19. — 
it ὩΣ ant than as [it would be] if against the P. (a 
all, | rarliike tribe), i. e. too great to be ain i at ‘ 
“oa ore great to be aimed at the P. mereli 
dtl en) βασιλέα, 711 0..- ἦ.. τάχιστα (Lex. ὅς), 553 ο. keira 
᾿ = with, 674 Ὁ) ὡς πεντακοσίους, order 719 ἃ 
i ἢ ΒΕῚ 6 ᾿ ο a 
Mind Ἣν οὺς ἄγημα, 551 ¢. — ὡρμᾶτο ἀπὸ Σ., 688: ἀπό, rather than ἐκ 
stl Υ ih was doubtless mainly encamped about the city, 689 a b. 
le * . ὦ π᾿ 5 10 ϊ i eb ! 
pgp i ἐξελαύνει, he [moves forth his army] advances or marches : 
wi ‘ auve τὴ» orpariay, Hdt. vii. 38, 577 c. Some supply ἵππον or Pe 
τῇ βρῇ ἐλαύνω. — διά, 689 a, — ἐπί, Lex. — σταθμούς, παρασάγγας dane 
ΠΣ ἦ -- on καὶ δύο, 242 ἃ. --- τὸν Μαίανδρον ποταμόν, 393, 525 i. ail 
on Me έθρα, 395 c. Observe how common asyndeton is in the itine- 
: ‘A 5 ig ἐνταῦθα and ἐντεῦθεν, § 6, 7. — ἐζευγμένη πλοίοις ἑπτά, 
ormed by the union of seven boats, 466 ; pe i 
sn | f seven boats, 5; a pontoon-bridge. For ἐξε : 
applied to the stream itself, see ii. 4. 13. So, in Lat. pontem j igpin 
amnem jungere. pager μη 
6. διαβά 5 a, 6 i Ι 
ἫΝ sisted τ nie in ai Cyrus commenced his march east- 
om Sardis, by the southern route through Colossz 10 Π 
same which Xerxes took in his Sarat Heen aa 
xe march against Greece (Hat. vii. 26 5) eig 
years before. An especial moti hi | tinct isd 
} ᾿ speci: tive to this was doubtless the desire 
up as long as possible the pretenc } tiles a 
P ssible the pretence that he was proceeding ins Ἴ 
sidians. It is also probable tl ‘t righ peg 
S ἢ ble that he had on this route, as agai 
troublesome neighbors, troops ay Aare een oe 
» neig 5, troops stationed and supplies deposited, whic 
may have wished to take with hin ἡ mack atten 
y have 1 10r put to present use. Such s 
and his princely residence at C Wess τὴν 
: sidence at Celene would also make that i 
ἜΝΙ οὐκ alsc a convenient 
aoe ΠῚ ong delay ‘ waiting for essential reinforcements. — πόλιν 5 
: + a. — ἔμεινεν, the aor. because a simple view is iy 
nae ἘΡΜῸΝ ba ple view is taken of the sta 
με; fer 591. i ἡμέρας, 482 a. The halt of so many days was loathed 
. : iP 16 arriv al of Menon, who came, we may suppose by the direct 
ute ἫΝ Ephesus to Colossw. — καὶ (= ἐν als, § 10) ἧκε ( for aor., which 
as only late, not then in use as aor. 603, c, β). --- Μένων (§ 1 x) ὅ (525) 


BOOK I. CHAP. IL. 9 


@. ὁπ. ἔχων (674 b). — Δόλοπας καὶ Αἰνιᾶνας, mentioned by Hom., 77). 
ix. 484; 11. 749. 

7. τῆς &., 522 g. — ἐνταῦθα.. πλήρης, 459, 504 a; order 719 0, A, μ. 
— βασίλεια, pl. 489 a. — ἣν, sing. 569. — θηρίων, case 414 a. — ἅ, not 
attr., because not limiting or defining the antecedent, 554 a; cf. οὖς, 4. 9. 
— ἐθήρενεν... βούλοιτο, sometimes called the iterative opt. See 5. 2; 641 
bh. —@md ὕππον (Lex.), his attacks being made from his position on the 
horse. Cf. ex equo pugnabat, Liv. i. 12. — διὰ μέσου δὲ τοῦ παραδείσου, 
and through the midst of the park, 508 ἃ. --- ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων, within the 
palace (flowing out of it), const. preg. 704 a. This situation of the palace 
secured a supply of water. — Kerawwav, 395 ¢, 446 N.. Apposition seems 
the harder of the two constructions, on account of τῆς, though the other is 
rather poetical. 

8. μεγάλον βασιλέως (Lex.), 533 b: the Persian empire was far greater 
in extent than any before presented in history. — οὗτος, position, 6 
719 5. — ἐμβάλλει, sc. ἑαυτόν (Lex.), 577 c. — εἴκοσι.. ποδῶν, sc. 
εὖρος, (a breadth of} twenty-jive fet, 395 ς, 440. ---λέγεται (578 8)... οἱ, 537. 
2, Ὁ, ὅ39 ἃ; case 465 f. See the account of Hdt. (vii. 26), who names the 
stream Καταῤῥάκτης (clashing stream, ef. CATARACT) ; and also Diod. iii. 59; 
Liv. xxxviii. 13. — ὅθεν (550 e) αἱ πηγαί, sc. εἰσιν, 572. 

9. τῇ μάχῃ, the famous battle of Salamis, Β. c. 480, at which Xerxes 
was present, 530 a. — ἔμεινε: Cyrus may have been detained not only by 
waiting for his yight arm, Clearchus, and others, but also by preparations 
required before leaving his Phrygian capital, esp. to check the incursions 
of the Pisidians. —@p@xas, Κρῆτας, adj. 506 f. — Σῶσις (gen. -ἰος, or, 
later, -td0s, 218. 1). Sosis is not again mentioned, and seems, therefore, 
not to have commanded as a general ; and Sophxnetus has been before 
mentioned as joining Cyrus with his one thousand hoplites at Sardis (ὃ 3). 
The most probable explanation here is perhaps this: It was essential to 
Cyrus to keep the landing at Ephesus secure, and the way through Colossz 
open for his reinforcements, and therefore to prevent the seizure of these 
cities by his dangerous neighbor Tissaphernes. Hence Xenias left Sasis at 
Ephesus with three hundred hoplites ; and Cyrus on his march left at Co- 
loss the old and trusted Sophenetus. But when Cyrus learned of the de- 
parture of Tissaphernes, and the arrival at Ephesus of the last force expected 
there,. he directed Sosis to accompany Clearchus to Colosse, and that So- 
phenetus should there join them. The second mention of the arrival of 
Sopheznetus led some copyist, who did not observe the repetition, to insert 

καὶ χίλιοι below, so that all the numbers mentioned might be included in 
the total. The removal of these words makes it easier to reconcile the 
numbers here with those in 7. 10, and elsewhere. The troops brought 
by Sosis would fall naturally into the division of Xenias. — Kipos...éroly- 
σεν, 475 a. — πελτασταί: Greek light-armed troops were sometimes in 
general called πελτασταί, from the predominant class. Yet the total here 
stated is made out without including the archers of Clearchus, or all the 


γυμνῆτες of Proxenus. The summary stands thus :— 





NOTES. 


Xenias, 4000 ὁπλῖταε, 

Proxenus, 1500 " 500 γυμνῆτες, 

Sophenetus, 1000 

Socrates, 500 

Pasion, 300 300 πελτασταί, 

Menon, 1000 500 " 

Clearchus, 1000 800 " 200 τοξόται, 
Bosis, 300 


ἘΠ ΠΠΠΠῚ 


Totals, 9600 ὁπλῖται, 2100 weAr.,etc., 200 τοξόται, = 11900 


As the enumeration is only given in round numbers, we cannot wonder 
that the sums do not agree precisely with the totals in thousands, as stated 
in the text. For a small body of cavalry in the division of Clearchus, see 
5. 13. — ἀμφὶ (692. 5) τοὺς (531 d) δισχιλίους, 706 a. 

10. Πέλτας. Having accomplished the objects of his visits to Celene, 
Cyrus turns back to the common, easier, and better supplied route from 
Surdis to Cilicia. Along this route he had doubtless stationed portions of 
his barbarian force, and deposited supplies, in part perhaps under the 
pretext that they were designed for action or protection against his ene- 
mies, the Mysians. This would explain the necessity of his visit to the 
Market of the Ceramians, the nearest city on the route to the Mysian ter- 
ritory, and hence an important military post. On his way thither he 
stopped three days at Peltz, probably to gratify the many Arcadians in 
his army through the celebration, on the neighboring plain, of their na- 
tional festival and games in honor of Lycran Jove. — τὰ Λύκαια ἔθυσε 
(Lex.), 478,507 ¢. This was an especial festival of the Arcadians, celebrated 
annually with sacrifices and games in honor of Lycwan Zeus and Pan, 
whom some regard as essentially the same deity, claimed as a native of 
Arcadia (born or reared on Mt. Lyceus). According to Plutarch, it was 
related to the Roman Lupercalia, the introduction of which into Italy has 
been ascribed to the Arcadian Evander. — στλεγγίδες, pred. appos., 393 Ὁ; 
on account of which ἦσαν is the rather plur. 569 a, 500. — καὶ Κῦρος, pos. 
7196. The especial antipathy of the Persians to idol-worship rendered this 
a greater compliment. — Κεραμῶν ᾿Αγοράν : Bornemann and others have 
conjectured Κεράμων (the mss. all accenting on the ultima), which might 
be translated Tile-market. (Cf. New-market. See postscript to Lex.) 
Cyrus here reached the great eastern imperial road; and, instead of remain- 
ing at this frontier place to make in person any arrangements that might 
be necessary during his absence, pushed forward with a rapidity nowhere 

else equalled on the march. So much of the army as could not keep up 
with him (perhaps all the heavy-armed troops and most of the baggage) 
had time for rejoining him during the five days’ halt at Caystri Campus. 
The motive to this extraordinary haste was probably the hope of meeting 
Epyaxa and receiving the supply of money expected from Cilicia before the 
Greek troops should be clamorous for their quarter’s pay. 

11 στρατιώταις, case 454 ἃ. — πλέον (= πλειόνων)... μηνῶν, for more 
than three months, 507 6. --- ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας, fo his door or quarters. — 


BOOK I. CHAP. II. 11 


ἐλπίδας (Lex. 479) λέγων (677) διῆγε (Lex.), 6177 ο, passed the time 7 
expressing hopes, was constantly feeding them on hope. — δῆλος qv pe 
ἀνιώμενος, 5738 ο, 677 δ. — πρός (Lex.), 696. — ἔχοντα, sc. αὐτόν, e, 
when he had the means. : 

12. ᾿Ενταῦθα... Κῦρον, 719 d, 393 ἢ. — Συεννέσιος, Ion. gen. 218. 2. 
Why hereditary king here, see Voll., note. — Κύρῳ δοῦναι χρήματα, or- 
der 718i. This money, we may suppose, had been promised by the politic 
Syennesis ; as Cyrus would have been insane to start on such an expedition 
with so little money, unless he had expected a supply by the way. His 
long detention at Celene appears to have prevented his meeting the queen 
as early and as near Cilicia as he had expected. —& οὖν, and accordingly, 
or, but at any rate, however that might be. δ᾽ οὖν, often used as here in 
passing from the questionable to the unquestionable (as to fact, in distine- 
tion from mere report or supposition), ef. § 22,25; 3. ὅ. --- στρατιᾷ, Greek 
army. — ἡ Κίλισσα, 56. γυνή or βασίλεια, 506 b. — συγγενέσθαι : refer- 
ence here to illicit intercourse is mere camp-scandal, we may hope. | If not 
so, it shows to what an extreme of complaisance the Cilician king and 
queen were ready to go to secure the favor of Cyrus. It was the policy of 
the Persians, in the extension of their empire, not to dethrone native 
princes, if they readily submitted and faithfully performed the duties of 
vassals. In this class were the kings of Cilicia ; and the present king was 
determined not to lose his throne, whichever of the rival brothers prevailed. 
He therefore sent his queen to meet Cyrus, from whom the danger was 
the nearest, with the large sum of money which this prince needed so 
much, and apparently with the charge to secure his favor, no matter by 
what means, and to learn his plans and resources. According to Diodorus 
(xiv. 20), he promised to assist Cyrus in the war, and sent one son and an 
armed force to serve with him; but secretly sent another son to the — 
with pledges of unswerving fidelity, information respecting ys ΜΝ ; 
forces, protestations that whatever he had himself done for ΤῊΝ na 
been done through compulsion, and assurances that he sues e 
first opportunity of deserting Cyrus and fighting on the side e ng : 

13. ᾿Εντεῦθεν. At Caystri Campus several important roads met Ἄνα 
Cyrus here took the great thoroughfare from the wen γιθν Ci te 
Henceforth he pressed on towards Babylon, without turning asi μον vol- 
untary delay. — παρὰ τὸν ὁδόν, the acc. rather than dat. from = sid 
tain’s flowing along the way, or the movement of the army hd t e eed 

tain. — κρήνη ἡ Μίδον καλουμένη, a fountain [that called Mi ory w a 

was called the fountain of Midas, 523 i. — τὸν Σάτυρον, THE Sy 1. — 

Sntyr, Silenus, 530 a. — οἴνῳ, case 450 a. Compare Virg. Hcl. vi. (Hing. 

idiom, wine with it.) Κεράννυμι implies closer union than the more gen- 

mest "beatae (576 Ὁ)... Ἐ ύρου, case 434 a: not merely for the ——— 
we must suppose, but also to display the strength of the. army : ᾿ ra 

Cyrus was, of course, glad to send a vivid impression of this strengt 

the Cilician king. There is a plain near Iighin adapted to the review 


of an army. — τῶν “EAA...Tev BapB., 534. 4. 


| 


a 








NOTES. 


15. ds vopos αὐτοῖς [sc. ἦν, or ἐστιν, since this is far oftener omitted 
than ἦν, 572] εἰς μάχην [τάττεσθαι], as their custom was Jor battle: 572, 
488. -- ἕκαστον ἰστρατηγὸ» τοὺς ἑαντοῦ, 506 a. — ἐπὶ (Lex.) τεττάρων, 
692. 5. A line eight deep was more common; οἵ, vii. 1. 23. — δεξιόν 
εὐώνυμον, μέσον, 506 ὁ. In this mere parade the first place was given to 
the ambitious Menon ; afterwards, in real service, to the older and abler 
Clearchus. The wings were more exposed than the centre ; hence the 
more reliable commanders and troops were placed upon them and they 
were accounted posts of honor. So, from the place of the shield, the right 
Was more exposed, and consequently more honorable, than the left, — 
ἐκείνου, for distinction from αὐτῷ above. | 
16. ᾿Εθεώρει, proceeded tosurvey. — κατ᾽ ἴλας καὶ κατὰ τάξεις, by troops 
(of horse) and battalions (of foot) ; cf. tarmatim et centuriatim. iin Ἐν 
νων. In this way their firm front of glistening metal was better shown ; 
and the small depth, which enabled them to make a greater display was 
less exposed, It is possible also that a compliment to the Grocka was 

8 designed. — καὶ τὰς ἀσπίδας ἐκκεκαθαρμένας (v. 1. ἐκκεκαλυμμένας 
see Lex.), and their shields burnished. 
47. ἐκέλευσε s, to show their manner of advancing upon a foe. — ἐπιχω- 
ρῆσαι -- ἐπιέναι. — ὅλην τὴν φάλαγγα, 523 ὁ. --- ἐπεὶ ἐσάλπιγξε, 571 b 
— ἐκ... προϊόντων, and upon this [they advancing] as they kept advancing 
more rapidly, 592. For the gen. abs. agreeing with αὐτῶν ae 
(675, 67 6 a, b; ef. 6. 1) the dat. agreeing with στρατιώταις could have been 
used. — ἀπὸ τοῦ avrop., 507 d. —Spdpos...crpatidrais, 459. — ἐπὶ τὰς 
σκηνάς, upon the camp (mostly occupied by barbarians), as if for attack 
and plunder. Within or close by was the camp-market. ' 
18. βαρβάρων, case 415. — φόβος, sc. éyevero or ἦν. — ἔφυγεν ἐκ τῆς 
app., fled from her curriage, as this slow vehicle, drawn by mules or ὁ μὴν 
would not take her quickly enough out of the reach of danger i ay 
tpvyov, const. preg. 704 ἃ. --- τὴν τάξιν τοῦ στρατεύματος 523 6. — ix 
τῶν 8, ἐκ less common than ἀπό. Cf. vii. 2, 37, where the ea fre uent 
sg used, and ex duce metus, Tac. Ann. i. 29. — φόβον (Lex ii 
May) χώραν, the object of both ἐπέτρεψε and διαρπάσαι, or of the latter 
20. τὴν Κιλικίαν, cf. § 21, 522 g, 533 a. — ὁδόν, 482 ἃ, or 479. --- αὐτῇ 
case 699 a. It suited the plans both of the queen and of Cyrus tl i ie 
should carry her report to the king before the arrival of Cyrus By ἀρᾷ 
ing the division of Menon as an escort, he not only provided for ii é 
and honor, but secured the introduction into Cilicia of a cnsiakai ἢ ble 
force, which might act, if necessary, in his favor. The shorte: oe 
’ avor. 2 er mountain 
route taken by Menon would have been very difficult for the whole arn 
encumbered by its baggage. Cyrus seems to have made the way from ] sn 
nium to Dana (or Tyana) longer than necessary, in order that he mi Ὧν 
himself accompany the Cilician queen to the foot of the mountain vl 
and perhaps that he might also give the army a better ra 
plundering Lycaonia. The delay at Dana allowed time for Menon to ene 


BOOK L CHAP. IL. 13 


the Cilician plain, and also for making the necessary preparations before 
attempting the Cilician pass. — στρατιώτας οὕς, agreeing with 554 ¢ in 
respect to the omission of the art. — καὶ αὐτόν, and Menon himself, 540 f. 
— μετά, see 2. 4. —év ᾧ, sc. χρόνῳ, in which (time), 506 a. — ἀπέκτεινεν, 
as ἃ man is said to do that which he causes others to do. Cyrus was un- 
hesitating in the infliction of punishment. Cf. 9. 13. — αἰτιασά- 9 
μένος ἐπιβουλεύειν, having charged [that they were plotting} them 

with plotting, 658. 1. 

21. εἰσβάλλειν εἰς, 699 c. — elo BSA, the Tauri Pyle of Cicero, Ad Ait. 
y. 20. 1. See Lex. Πύλαι. --- ἑμαξιτός. In some places the width for a 
carriage has only been gained by cutting into the rock. — toyvpa@s, 685, 
emph. position. — ἀμήχανος εἰσελθεῖν (663 g) στρατεύματι (453), dmprac- 
ticable for an army to enter = which it was impracticable to enter (ἣν ἀμή- 
χανον ἦν εἰσελθεῖν), the adj. agreeing with εἰσβολή by attraction instead of 
being in the neut. with εἰσελθεῖν. Cf. 573. — ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. This spot di- 
rectly in front of the pass is termed by Arrian, τὸ Κύρου τοῦ ξὺν Ξενοφῶντι 
στρατύπεδον, An. ii. 4. Alexander marvelled at his good fortune in mak- 
ing the passage here with like freedom from opposition. — ἐκώλνεν, tried 
to hinder. — λελοιπὼς εἴη, mode 643; form 317 a. We cannot sup- 
pose that Syennesis had any real design of defending the entrance ; but 
he wished to be able to claim, if necessary, that he had made the at- 
tempt. The arrival of Menon in his rear gave him the excuse which 
he desired for leaving the pass. — ἤσθετο.. ἦν, 657 a. Ἦν is used rather 
than εἴη, as expressing a perceived fact, 644 s. — ὀρέων, case 445 c. — 
καὶ ὅτι, and because. Ὅτι, like the Lat. quod, is both a complementary 
and a causal conjunction, 701 i, j. — τριήρεις, the obj. of ἔχοντα, as Ταμών 
of ἤκουε. For the order see 719d. Cf. ἔπεμψε δέκα τριήρεις ἔχοντα "Ered- 
νικον, Hel. ii. 5. — Hxove... Tapav ἔχοντα, he heard [of T. having] that 
T. had, 677 Ὁ. This use of the part. w. ἀκούω here implies certainty that 
the report heard was true, which the inf. would not ; 657 k; cf. 3. 20. 
For the arrival of this fleet see 4. 2. Some prefer to regard τριήρεις wept- 
πλεούσας as immediately depending upon ἤκονε, and Ταμὼν ἔχοντα as ἃ 
parenthesis similarly depending: he heard [οἵ triremes sailing round, of 
Tamos having such] that triremes were sailing round under the charge of 
Tamos. — τὰς Aax., sc. τριήρεις. --- αὐτοῦ, cf. vi. 3. 5. 

22. οὐδενὸς κωλύοντος, 675. — Tas σκηνάς : these may have been rather 
huts than movable tents; or the term may be a general one for a camp 
or post. This was probably over the pass, in a convenient place for crush- 
ing invaders with stones. The conjectural substitution of «tre for εἶδε by 
Muretus and others seems, therefore, groundless. — οὔ ot Κίλικες ἐφύλατ- 
τον, where the Cilicians were previously keeping guard, or had been keeping 
guard, 604 a. Cf. ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων, 1. 8. — εἰς πεδίον, 689 a, — δένδρων, 
ease 414 a. The plain of Cilicia is still remarkable for its fertility and 
beauty. —"Opos s: for the order see 719 d. This mountain defence con- 
sists of the united chains of the Taurus and the Amanus. See Map. 

23. Καταβὰς... Ταρσούς, and having descended he advanced through 














14 NOTES. 


this plain to Tarsus four stations, twenty-five parasangs (from the last 
stopping-place). This explanation is required, since, ace. to Ainsworth, 
the march on the plain itself would occupy only one day. — ἦσαν, plur. 
569 ἃ. --- μέσης δὲ τῆς πόλεως, 508 a, 523 Ὁ, 4. — ὄνομα, εὖρος, case 481 ; 
art. om. 533 c. — δύο, 240 c. — πλέθρων, modifying ποταμός, 440 a. 

24. Ταύτην τὴν (524 b) πόλιν ἐξέλιπον, 605. — εἰς [to go to], for. — χω- 
ρίον, identified by some with the Castle of Nimrud in the adjacent moun- 
tains. — ὄρη, accus. on account of the preceding verb of motion. — πλὴν 
...€xovres, these remaining for the profits of trade, and to take from the 
Cyreans the excuse of necessity for further plundering; doubtless by the 
command or with the consent of Syennesis. So the inhabitants of Issus ; 
and (with reference to the fleet) those of Soli. 

10 25. προτέρα Κύρου, 509 a, 408. — τῶν els τὸ πεδίον, sc. καθη- 

kovrwy (cf. 4. 4), reaching, or descending to the plain. Reiske and 
some others conjecture τῇ agreeing with ὑπερβολῇ. --- ὑπολειφθέντας, for 
plunder, probably. — καὶ οὐ.. οὐδέ (Lex.). — τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα, 508 a, 
523 ἴ. -- ἦσαν δ᾽ οὖν.. ὁπλῖται, but, however (they perished), these were 
one hundred hoplites lost to the army (these λόχοι being smaller than 
usual, or, as Kiih. thinks, not wholly destroyed). 

26. Οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι (721 b), the rest of Menon’s force. — διήρπασαν, seizing 
eagerly this pretext for plundering so wealthy a city before the arrival 
of their comrades ; and Menon, doubtless, encouraging and profiting most 
by the crime. See ii. 6. 27. — ὀργιζόμενοι, infuriated, in pretence. — τὰ 
ἐν αὐτῇ, sc. ὄντα, 523 a, 2, 526, 678 c. — μετεπέμπετο (as introductory, 
595 a) τὸν 2. [sc. léva:, 668 Ὁ] πρὸς ἑαυτόν, sent for S. to come to him, 583: 
ef. 579. — 6 δ᾽ οὔτε (οὐ joined with ἔφη, though prop. modifying ἐλθεῖν) 
πρότερον οὐδενί (713 a) ww κρείττονι ἑαυτοῦ (408) εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν ἔφη, 
οὔτε τότε Κύρῳ ἰέναι ἤθελε, but he both replied that he had never yet [αἴοτο- 
time] put himself into the hands of any one stronger than himself, and 
refused then to go to Cyrus [sc. els χεῖρας, to put himself into his hands]. 
Ἔρχομαι and εἶμε are comm. construed with prepositions, but with such 
expressions as εἰς χεῖρας, εἰς λόγους, may take a personal modifier in the 
dat., 450 b (cr the phrases taking the dat. acc. to 455, 452 a, or perhaps 
464). — ἔλαβε, sc. Συέννεσις, as the leading subject. 

27. ἀλλήλοις, 583. — ἃ νομίζεται (sing. 569) παρὰ βασιλεῖ τίμια, which 
are [accounted honorable] special marks of honor at the king's court, where 
the three gifts first mentioned were allowed to no one, unless presented 
by the king, Cyr. viii. 3. 8. Cyrus thus assumed royal state. — καὶ, καὶ, 
707 j. --- ἀκινάκην χρυσοῦν, a gilt poniard, as one simply of gold would be 
of very little service. — στολὴν Περσικήν, the candys (i. 5. 8), borrowed 
hy the Persians from the Medes; and, as a royal robe, of purple and em- 
broidered with gold. Compare the modern caftan. — τὴν χώραν μηκέτι 
ἐφαρπάζεσθαι, that the country should no longer (more) be pillaged, an 
object of ἔδωκε. --- ἀνδράποδα, ἤν πον ἐντυγχάνωσιν (for opt., 653 a, 633 a), 
ἀπολαμβάνειν, that they (the Cilicians) should recover their slaves, if they 
should anywhere find any. These inf. clauses are direct objects of ἔδωκε, 
understood with Κῦρος. 


BOOK I. CHAP. III. 


CHAPTER III. 


THE GREEK TROOPS, SUSPECTING THE REAL OBJECT OF THE EXPE- 
DITION, REFUSE TO ADVANCE; BUT ARE PERSUADED BY CYRUS, 
THROUGH CLEARCHUS, TO MARCH AS IF AGAINST ABROCAMAS ON 


THE EUPHRATES. 


1. ἔμεινε, zeugma 497 Ὁ. ---οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι (as fut. Lex.) τοῦ πρόσω, 
they said that they would not go any farther [for that which is farther on, 
430 8}, or they refused to go forward, 662 b, 686 i. —érl, 689 g. — μισθωθῆ- 
γαι, 588. From Tarsus Cyrus would of course march westward, if his 
expedition were against the Pisidians, as pretended. An attempt to march 
farther eastward would therefore naturally alarm the Greeks. The Greeks 
were familiar with the sea and seacoast ; but before this expedition, had a 
natural dread of the long and untried march into the interior of the great 
Asiatic continent and the mighty Persian empire. — πρῶτος, Jirst or Sore- 
most of the generals, since § 7 seems to imply that Xenias and Pasion se 
pleased their soldiers by a similar urgency. The ν. ἰ. πρῶτον would signify 
first or at first, in distinction from afterwards. See 509 f. — ἐβιάζετο, etc., 
tenses 594. This prompt resort to compulsion suited well the harsh nature 
of Clearchus (ii. 6. 9 s) ; while his subsequent tears might well have excited 
wonder. — αὐτόν te, both himself, re throwing distinctive emphasis upon 
αὐτόν, 540 f. 

2. μικρόν, [a short distance only] narrowly, the accus. of extent 11 
here passing into the adv. acc., 489. --- ξέφυγε, etc., tense 594.— μή, ' 
713 ἃ. --- δυνήσεται, 607 a, 648 ἢ. ---ἐκκλησίαν, an assembly duly called, in 
distinction from spontaneous gatherings (σύλλογοι ν. 7. 3). --- χρόνον, case 
482 ἃ. ---ἐδάκρνε.. ἑστώς [standing 46,320 dj, he stood and wept (674 d) tears, 
we mnay suppose, even more of policy than of chagrin. - τοιάδε [such things 
as the following], as follows, 547. Todde and τοιαῦτα, talia, do not claim 
as much exactness for the report as τάδε and ταῦτα, hec; yet they are 

sometimes interchanged with these: ef. § 7, 9, 12. Clearchus speaks 
throughout with great art. Discourses, like his, in which the real was 
opposite to the apparent purport, were termed by the Greek og 
λόγοι ἐσχηματισμένοι, orationes figurate. Cf. Agamemnon s speech, 70. i. 
110s; Antony’s oration over the body of Cwesar in Shakespeare. 

3. "Ανδρες orpariarat, 393 e, 484 g. — μὴ θαυμάζετε, 628 c, 2 686 δ᾿ Ἢ 
χαλεπῶς φέρω (Lex.) τοῖς παροῦσι (Lex.) πράγμασιν, Tam gst affticte 
at the present state of aFairs, 456. —pe...7d τε ἄλλα (480 b) ἐτίμησε, τ 
both favored me in all else, and in particular, or as an especial favor, τ 7 

καί giving more emphasis to the second part than ré...7é snr wy 
537 a; emph. in contrast with duds. — κατεθέμην.... ἐδαπάνων, the ni ἣν 

ssing the simple and absolute denial of the action as ἃ whole, the 101. 


a 
presenting it as continued or as a course of conduct, 591 s. 

















NOTES. 


4. ἐπολέμησα, I engaged in war, inceptive aor. 592 d. — τῆς Ἑλλάδος, 
522 g.— τῆς Χεῤῥονήσου, 522 h. — μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν, with you as partakers in 
the work, with your co-operation, more complimentary than σὺν ὑμῖν (σύν 
simply denoting connection, while μετά with the gen. goes further, and 
implies purticipation). —"EdAnvas τὴν γῆν, 485 ἀ. --- ἐπειδή 5, order 718 ο, 
Ρ, 4: — ἐκάλει, tense 595 ἃ. --- εἴ τι (478 a) δέοιτο, ὠφελοίην, 633 a. — ἀνθ’ 
wy (elliptic attr. 554 a N.) εὖ ἔπαθον (Lex.) ὑπ᾽ (since ἔπαθον is akin to a 
pass. Lex.) éxelvov, in return for the favors which I had received Jrom HIM. 

_ The student will observe the distinctive emphasis of ἐκείνου, while αὐτόν 
is unemphatic, 536 d, e, 540 g. 

5. ἀνάγκη δή μοι, 459, 572. --- προδόντα, 667 ο. --- φιλίᾳ, case 466 b. — 
μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἶναι, fo remain associated with you, see ὃ 4.— αἱρήσομαι... 
πείσομαι, emphasized by the chiastic order, which is so frequent in Greek, 
71 ἃ. --- σὺν ὑμῖν, remaining with you, in your company : μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν would 
have signified that they would likewise suffer, which he more delicately 
leaves them to infer. —& τι ἂν δέῃ, sc. πάσχειν, whatever [it] may be neces- 
sary [to suffer], 551 a, 641 a. — οὕποτε 5, 713 a, 719 a. — @s, rather than 
ὅτι, inasmuch as, since, to express the idea that he spurns the thought, 
702 a. —“E)Anvas, not definite,...rods “Ἕλληνας, definite from previous 
mention, 530 a. 

6. ἐμοί, case 455 g. — ἐμοί, ἐγώ, emphatic, strongly distinctive, 536 a, e. 
— πείθεσθαι οὐδὲ ἕπεσθαι, ‘‘illud animi, hoc corporis est.” Kiihn. — 
σὺν ὑμῖν ἕψομαι, J will [follow with, as a companion] accompany you. 
To follow a guide or leader is expressed by ἕπομαι without σύν, § 17, 
iii. 1. 36. — νομίζω, a stronger word than οἶμαι, (Lex.). — εἶναι, 480 a, N. — 
πατρίδα, since he was an exile. Compare 71. vi. 429s; Eur. Hee. 281. — 
καὶ... καὶ. καί, making the three accusatives all emphatic (Lex.), 701, 1. 
— ἂν οἶμαι εἶναι τίμιος, 621 ε, f, 657 f, 658 a. — ὑμῶν, case 414 b. — οὐκ 
12 ἂν ἱκανός 5, 714. 2, 622 a. — ds ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος, 680 c. — ὑμεῖς, 56. 

ἴητε, 572 a. 

7. of (accent 787) τε αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου, 540 d. — ὅτι 8, appos. 58 h. —o¥ 
φαίη, 662 b or 686 i; mode 643. — παρά, 689 d. παρά denoting to or 
towards with the accus. here derives from the connection the idea against. 
In this sense ἐπί and πρός are more common. 

8. τούτοις, case 456; cf. 5. 13. — μετεπέμπετο, 595. The idea of repe- 
tition does not here suit the person or the narrative. — στρατιωτῶν, case 
418. — αὐτῷ, case 450 b. — ἔλεγε, bade, i. e. through the messenger ; see 
659 h. — ὡς καταστησομένων τούτων [on the ground that], since these 
things would result, 680 Ὁ, c. — μεταπέμπεσθαι, to keep sending, or send 
again for him, 592. — αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκ ἔφη ἰέναι, but for ἡ imself he said (in 
the message sent to Cyrus) that he should not go; αὐτός emphatic subject 
of ἐέναι, in appos. with subject of ἔφη, 667 Ὁ. The course pursued by 
Clearchus manifested great adroitness, though he loved better to employ 
force where this was possible. 

9. τῶν ἄλλων (case 419 d) τὸν βουλόμενον, 678 8. --- τὰ piv δὴ Κύρου 
(528) δῆλον ὅτι (717 Ὁ) οὕτως ἔχει πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ὥσπερ τὰ ἡμέτερα (506 c) 5, 


BOOK 1. CHAP. IIL 17 


certainly the relation of Cyrus to us is manifestly the same [has itself so] 
as ours to him, obligation and friendship having ceased on both sides, so 
that no favor is to be expected. — obre γάρ 5, 719 e, f. —émel ye, of course 
since. — ἡμῖν, case 454 6. 

10. ἀδικεῖσθαι νομίζει, he thinks that he is wronged, the subject of the 
inf. being the same with that of the governing verb, 667 b. — καὶ pera- 
πεμπομένου αὐτοῦ, even though he is sending for me again and again, con- 
cessive, 674 f. — οὐκ ἐθέλω ἐλθεῖν, 598 a. — τὸ μὲν μέγιστον, αἰσχυνόμενρς, 
as the chief reason, ashamed, or chiefly from shame. τὸ μέγιστον is in 
appos. with the incorporated clause following, 396 a, or it may be explained 
as an ace. of specif. or adv. acc. — σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ (699) πάντα (478 or 
481) ἐψευσμένος (657 j, 677 a) αὐτόν, J am conscious [with or to myself] 
of having |or that 1 have] disappointed him in everything. —twera. (Lex.) 
piv. —Seduds μή, fearing lest, or that, 625 a. — ϑίκην.. ὧν [= τούτων ἃ, 
554 a, N. | νομίζει... ἠδικῆσθαι (586 ο, 480 b), the penalty of those wrongs 
which he thinks he has received. 

11. ὥρα, subject of δοκεῖ: [the time seems not to be] ἐξ seems to be no 
time. — ἀμελεῖν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, 432 ἃ, 537. — χρὴ ποιεῖν (598 a) ἐκ τούτων 
(Lex. ἐξ, cf. ἐκ τούτου). ---- ως... μένομεν, while we are remaining here. Ἕως 
signifies while before a verb implying continuance, but otherwise wntil ; 
hence comm. while before a definite tense, but until before the aor. Meé- 
vowev is in the ind. as denoting that which was actually going on. — 
σκεπτέον μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, ὅπως, if seems to me that we must consider, 
how, 682. — ἄπιμεν (Lex. εἶμι), 603 c, 609 c. — τούτων, case 405 a. — 
στρατηγοῦ, 412. 

12. Ὁ... ἀνήρ [sc. ἐστι], the man, not an expression indicative of 13 

friendship, cf. 8. 26. — πολλοῦ... ἄξιος, worth much, of great value, 
431 b. —@ ἂν φίλος ἦ, to whomsoever he may be a friend, 456, 641 a. — 
χαλεπώτατος δ᾽ ἐχθρὸς (Lex.), ᾧ ἂν πολέμιος ἦ, but a most bitter hater to 
whomsoever he may be a foe. —Soxotpév μοι, for courtesy (Lex. δοκέω), 
654. —avrod, case 405 a, the close vicinity implying danger. — ὥρα λέγειν, 
sc. ἐστίν, 572, — ératearo, voice 582 Ὁ. 

13. Ἔκ τούτου, (Lex. ἐξ). --- οἱ pav...of δέ, (Lex. ὁ), 518 d.—Aéovres, to 
say, purpose, 598 Ὁ. --- οἵα (Lex.), how great. ὯΝ εἴη, mode 643. 

14, Els δὲ δὴ εἶπε, and one [indeed] in particular, so proposing means of 
return, as to suggest throughout difficulties and dangers ; εἶπον, signifying 
to command, bid, advise, is followed by the inf., 659 h. —as τάχιστα (Lex.), 
553 c. — ἑλέσθαι, ἀγοράζεσθαι (2 more continued act), voice 579. ~ βούλε- 
rat, tense 607 a, 645. — ἡ δ᾽ ἀγορὰ... στρατεύματι, a note of the historian, 
showing the dependence of the Greeks upon Cyrus for supplies. — αἰτεῖν 
(of course through deputies), w. 2 acc. 480 c. — ὡς ἀποπλέοιεν, mode 624 
6. — ἐὰν.. μὴ διδῷ, ἐγ he [do nothing towards giving, stronger than aor. δῷ, 
594 a] refuse these. διδῷ, ἀπάξει, etc., the modes appropriate to the pres- 
ent rather than the past time, and to direct rather than indirect discourse, 
645, 653; blending of forms; greater vivacity, animation by this. — 
φιλίας (Lex.), 523 b, 4. --- συντάττεσθαι, more continued than πέμψαι. — 

2 
































18 NOTES. 


-- τὴν ταχίστην, 483 d. — προκαταληψομένους [sc. τινάς or ἄνδρας], pur- 
pose, 598 Ὁ. --- τὰ ἄκρα, the heights of Mt. Taurus, which they must cross 
in return by land, as they had done in advance. — φθάσωσι, 677 f; 
syllepsis 496 e. — ὧν, partitive with πολλούς, but possessive with χρήματα, 
Jrom whom we have seized and still hold many captives and much prop- 
erty, 679 b; even the person of direct discourse being here used, 644. 1. 
The position of ἀνηρπακότες gives special emphasis to the pillage by which 
they had so incurred the enmity of the Cilicians. — τοσοῦτον, emphatic, 
only so much, simply this much, and no more, here prospective. 

15. ‘Qs μὲν στρατηγήσοντα 5, 659 c, 675 e, 680 c. — στρατηγήσοντα... 
στρατηγίαν (Lex.), 477. 1. — ἐμοὶ (458) τοῦτο οὐ ποιητέον, sc. ἐστίν, J 
must not do this, 572. —@, attr. 554 a. — πείσομαι, observe the double 
form of const. after λεγέτω. The λεγέτω understood agrees with a pronoun 
implied in μηδείς, let him say ; so often in Eng. and other languages, — ἧ 
(Lex. ὅς) δύνατον μάλιστα, 553 c. — ἵνα εἰδῆτε, 624 8. --- καὶ ἄρχεσθαι 
ἐπίσταμαι, ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος μάλιστα ἀνθρώπων, J know also how to sub- 
mit to authority [πιο less than to exercise it] quite as well as any other man 
in the world, 553 a. But see 8. 12 5, ii. 6. McMich. compares ‘non ut 
magis alter,” Hor. Sat. i. δ. 33. The expression ris ἄλλος is emphasized 
by the position of καί (even, also) between the pronouns. 

14 16. ἄλλος: Halbkart thinks that this was Xenophon himself. 
But Xen. accompanied the expedition as the friend of Proxenus, 
and would not have taken part in the deliberation of the soldiers of Clear- 
chus. — ὥσπερ πάλιν τὸν στόλον Κύρου μὴ ποιουμένον, ws though Cyrus 
[were not for making again, pres. for fut.] would not resume his march ; 
. for whether this were westward against the Pisidians, the pretended aim, 
or eastward, as they feared, in either case he would require his vessels as 
tenders to his army ; 680 b. — ἐπιδεικνὺς δὲ, ὡς εὔηθες (emphatic repeti- 
tion) εἴη, ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν παρὰ (693. 6) τούτου, ᾧ (464) λυμαινόμεθα, 644 Ὁ. 
— πιστεύσομεν, fut. as subj. — ® (attr. 554 a) ἂν Κῦρος διδῷ, whom C. 
mury offer, or be disposed to give, 594. —l κωλύει καὶ τὰ ἄκρα ἡμῖν (rather 
than ἡμῶν governed by πρό in compos. 463, cf. ili. 4. 39) κελεύειν Κ ύρον 
προκαταλαμβάνειν ; what hinders Cyrus [also to command men to preoc- 
cupy the heights for us] from also issuing orders Jor the occupation of the 
heights in advance of us? Some make the question ironical, ‘* What hin- 
ders our also asking Cyrus to preoccupy the heights in our behalf ?” 

17. ‘Ey (emph. 536. 1) yap ὀκνοίην.. ἄν, for I should be reluctant, 636. 
— δοίη, mode 641 Ὁ, 661 a. — μὴ ἡμᾶς αὐταῖς ταῖς τριήρεσι καταδύσῃ 
(650 a, 624): Most Mss. have this reading, which gives the sense, lest he 
should sink us triremes and all (see Lex. τριήρης), pursuing with his swift 
galleys our slow transports; cf. 4. 7 85. Others omit αὐταῖς, and render, 
lest he should sink us with his triremes. — ἀγάγῃ, 650 a; redupl. 284 g. 
— ὅθεν, sc. ἐκεῖσε or εἰς χωρίον, to a place From which, 551 ς, f. — ἄκοντος 
ἀπιὼν Κύρου, departing [C. being unwilling, 676 a] against the will of 
C.; ef. ii, 1.19. This ellipsis of the part. with ἑκών and ἄκων is common, 
because they so resemble participles themselves. — λαθεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελθών, 
677 f, 444 a. 


BOOK I. CHAP. IV. 19 


18. With δοκεῖ are construed several infinitives with ἄνδρας or ἡμᾶς as 
subject : ἐρωτᾶν, ἕπεσθαι, ἀξιοῦν, ἀναγγεῖλαι, etc. — οἵτινες (sc. εἰσίν), who- 
ever are, or such as are. —émrfSaot, σὺν Κλεάρχῳ, deferred details, 719 d. 
— rt (complementary 563, 564; case 478) βούλεται ἡμῖν (case 466 d) χρῆ- 
σθαι, what use he wishes to muke of us. — παραπλησία οἵᾳπερ (= τοιαύτῃ 
οἵανπερ, such as, 554, ἃ N., 500)... ἐχρῆτο, similar to [such as] that for 
which he empioyed. χρῆσθαι πρᾶξιν, like χρῆσθαι χρῆσιν, but bolder (as X- 
πρὸς or eis π. would be more common), 477, 479. For the service referred 
to, see 1. 2. — ξένοις, case 466 ὃ. --- τούτῳ, with this same man, stronger 
than αὐτῷ, 536 6. | 

19. μείζων, in the pos. of emphasis, from contrast with παραπλησία, 
719 ἃ α. --- τῆς πρόσθεν, sc. πράξεως, the previous undertaking or service, 
526 ; cf. 4. 8. --- πείσαντα, esp. by larger pay. Cf. § 21. — φιλίαν (Lex. ). 
— ἑπόμενοι = εἰ ἐποίμεθα, 635. — ἄν.. ἑποίμεθα, 631 d, 621 b. — αὐτῷ, a 
common object of φίλοι and ἑποίμεθα, ὁ99 δ. 

20. ἔδοξε (Lex. 2). Such asyndeton, with the verb leading, is frequent 
in expressing a decision ; cf. iii, 2. 88, 88 : ἵν. 2. 19. — ἠρώτων 5, 595. — 
τὰ δόξαντα τῇ στρατιᾷ, [the things which had seemed best to the army] 
the questions approved (or voted) by the army, 528 a; 2 acc. 480 ὁ. — 
ἀκούει, tense 612; mode 644 a. For ἀκούω with εἶναι, see note to 2. 21, 
not implying certainty, 657 k. — ἄνδρα, Lex. — ἐκὶ τῷ... ποταμῷ, 689 g. 
— δώδεκα σταθμούς, case 482; made by Cyrus sixteen to Dardes: Why 
may the distance have been designedly understated ὃ — πρὸς τοῦτον, ίο 
him, i. 6. against him, πρός implying here hostility, but less decidedly 
than ἐπί would have done; οἵ. below, § 21, 2. 4. Abrocomas appears to 
have been both satrap of Phoenicia and commander (στρατηγός or xdpavos) 
of the army in the southwest part of the Persian Empire. It was his espe- 
cial duty, unless otherwise ordered, to interpose his great army for arrest- 
ing the onward march of Cyrus. — βούλεσθαι, 659 d. — κἂν (= καὶ ἐὰν) 
μὲν ἦ, 631 ὁ. --- τὴν δίκην (Lex.), the punishment due ; 530 ἃ; 15 
cf. § 10. — ἡμεῖς... βουλευσόμεθα, expressed with winning courtesy. 

21. τοῖς δέ, 459. — ἄγει, 645 a; cf. ἄγοι below. — πρὸς βασιλέα, 689 1. 
— προσαιτοῦσι, they ask additional: some read προσαιτοῦσι δὲ μισθὸν Ν 
Κῦρος, making προσ. a participle. — ἡμιόλιον, 242 6, ε, 416 bh, ae on τού- 
rov 8, or τοῦ μισθοῦ ὅν, 554 ἃ. — ἡμιδαρεικά (242 6) τοῦ (522 Ὁ) μηνός, 
433 f, — ὅτι δέ 5, order 721 ἃ. --- ἔν ye τῷ φανερῷ, 507 d. The Greeks could 
now have had no doubt of the nature of the enterprise ; but they saw as 
much danger in going back as forward, besides the loss of pay. 


CHAPTER IV. 


MARCH FROM TARSUS TO THE EUPHRATES. — CROSSING THE RIVER. 


1. οὗ τὸ εὗρος στάδιον, 572. --- ἐσχάτην (sc. τήν 533 6) πόλιν ἐπὶ τῇ 
θαλάττῃ (689 g) οἰκουμένην, the last inhabited city by the sea, or upon the 
sea-coast. 
































NOTES. 


2. ai ἐκ IT. νῆες, see 2. 21. Double dealing of Lacedemonians (Diod 
rus, xiv. 21). — τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε, 242 a. — én’ αὐταῖς (dat.), over εἰ af 
in command, while éwi τῶν νεῶν (gen. § 3) is simply local ji aul ‘the 
vessels ; cf. iv. 3. 3. N. — ἡγεῖτο δ᾽ αὐτῶν : some read ales (463),- whi h 
would mean that Tamos led the way for them, conducted them mit. hy 
ing command, as the gen. here implies (407). — Κ ύρου which belon i ἡ 
Cyrus, without implying that those before mentioned ἐπ belon ved "567 f 
i oo ipf. see ἐτύγχανεν, 1. 8; ii. 1. 6. — iy gai 
-“ ier πολιόρκει, both referring to Tamos: 1. 7. To whom does 

3. ὧν (case 407) ἐστρατήγει, which he henceforth commanded. 604 } 
“gh in an nea the varied use of παρά: παρὰ Κύρῳ, [at tho aide of } 
with U.; παρὰ Kipor, [to the side of | to C.- ὰ τὶ npr) ili 
space beside] alongside of the tent ‘ at Aig yt i Scan Pl ry 
gen. for dat. by const. preg.: the Greek Ai iit with A ἴονὶν si ἧς It d 
trom him, 704 . Yet some have παρ ᾿Αβροκύμᾳ. ᾿ i 

16 a akg ay _ — without art., 533 ἃ. --- Ἦσαν (569 a) 
AAT Mies - . “Ὲ,ν coor ing to Ains., remains of these walls are still 

1. «ἔσωθεν πρὸ τῆς Κιλικίας, the inner one in front of Cilicia 
(to protect this country from invasion), 523 Κ, 526. The mss. he 
omit τό after ἔσωθεν, but almost all insert it after ἔξω below i Σ va 
καὶ Κιλίκων φυλακή, S. held [and] with a guard of the Citicians uot ‘n 
person. — διὰ μέσον (Lex.) art. om.'533 d...rovrwv, [through the snidat οἵ] 
between these. — ὄνομα, εὖρος (481) πλέθρου, 440; cf. 2. 23. n. — τὸ μένον 
τῶν τειχῶν (415 Ὁ; οἵ. ili, 4. 20) ἦσαν, 500. — παρελθεῖν οὐκ ἣν βίᾳ 
(466. 1), ἐξ was not possible to pass them by force (Lex. εἰμί), ef. 571 f. — 
ἐπὶ τοῖς τείχεσιν, [resting ayainst, 689 g] in the walls. — ἐφειστήκεσαν 
stood, pip. as ipf., 268, 46 d. — πύλαι, gates ‘a 
the literal sense. So Thermopyli had anciently 
a wall and gates, Hdt. vii. 176. The marginal 
figure illustrates the general topography of the 
pass. There was another pass. Why Cyrus 
chose this? He could descend to the mouth of 
the Orontes, if necessary. Other objects: to 
bring and protect transports in conveying sup- 
plies, and to act upon Syennesis. ; 

5. Ταύτης ἕνεκα τῆς παρόδου, case 436 d; or- 
der 721 c. — ἀποβιβάσειεν, mode 624 ὁ. --- πυ- 
λῶν, case 445 c; i. 6. between and beyond the 
walls, so as to attack Abrocomas from different 
— gg τὴ παρέλθοιεν, i.e. Cyrus and his troops. 
lll κὰ cs oe of at "y § 19. — al 

| , , . -- ἔχο avi 
674. — ὄντα, 677 Ὁ. See 3. 20, N. εἶναι. igi εοληωιᾳ ee ὙΩΣ 
(Lex.), thirty myriads of soldiers, 418. 
6. ἐμπόριον δ᾽ ἦν 5, 534.3. That which was observed in the past, even 


[ Τὸ ἔσωθεν Τεῖχος 
πρὸ της Κιλικίας," 














Θάλαττα. 
Πέτραι ἡλίβατοι. 











BOOK 1. CHAP. IV. 21 


though it may continue to the present, is often expressed narratively in 
the Greek, as in other languages, by a past tense, 611. Cf. ἐνόμιζον, εἴων, 
8 9. — ὁλκάδες, more oval than ships of war, and (except as sometimes 
towed) chiefly propelled by sails. 

7. ἔμειναν, doubtless to land and dispose of the supplies brought by the 
fleet, which was now to return, and to procure in this mart other necessa- 
ries for the long inland march through the interior. — τὰ πλείστου ἄξια, 
[the things worth most, 431 Ὁ] their most valuable effects. —awérhevray, 
availing themselves of their last opportunity to desert safely. Cyrus was 

robably well content that the forces of so efficient a commander as Clear- 
chus should be increased ; and even if he intended to compel the return of 
those who had left, Xenias and Pasion, he may not have thought it safe to 
make the attempt till he had left the sea-coast, where desertion was so 
easy. This freedom in passing from one commander to another is spoken 
of, ii. 6. 11 8, as if not unusual with mercenaries. Cleanor and Agias, 
who have not been heretofore mentioned, but are hereafter introduced as 
generals (ii. 1. 98; 5. 31), appear to have succeeded the deserting com- 
manders. — ὡς μὲν τοῖς πλείστοις ἐδόκουν (personal for impers. const., 
573 d), as indeed [they] it seemed to most. As the opinions of others are 
not mentioned, the μέν is not followed by its corresponding δέ. — στρα- 
τιώτας, ἔχειν, both positions emph. See 3. 7. — ὡς ἀπιόντας, [as 17 
going to return] so that they might return, 598 Ὁ, 680. — καὶ οὐ 

πρὸς βασιλέα, sc. lévras,.drawn from ἀπ-ιόντας ; an example of rhetorical 
zeugma, 68 g, 572 Ὁ. Cf. vii. 4. 20. Why is Κλέαρχον repeated ? — 
ἦσαν ἀφανεῖς, were gone (from sight), or had disappeared. — διώκει, was 
pursuing, 645 a. — ὡς δολίους ὄντας αὐτοὺς ληφθῆναι, that they might be 
taken [as being treacherous], since they were traitors. Some have δειλούς, 
since they were cowards, —@x«rapov 5, 633 ο, 643 6; from C.’s usual sever- 
ity in punishment, 9. 13; 2.20. But clemency was here more politic. 

8. ἀπολελοίπασιν (Lex. ἀπό) ; numb. 496 ἃ. ---ἀλλ᾽ εὖ ye (strengthening 
εὖ) μέντοι (a more general confirmative, certainly or however) ἔπιστάσθω- 
σαν, but, however, let them at least know full well. — οὔτε ἀποδεδράκασιν 
..., οὔτε ἀποπεφεύγασιν, they have neither escaped by stealth (as a fugitive 
slave)..., nor have they escaped through speed (as a flying enemy) ; they have 
neither got beyond my knowledge, nor beyond my reach. — ὅπη οἴχονται, 
which way they have gone, 612. — ὥστε ἑλεῖν, [so as to take, i. e.] 80 that 
I can take, 671 a. — θεούς, case 476 d. — οὐκ ἔγωγε αὐτοὺς διώξω, J for my 
part will not pursue them, nor I, whatever others have done; so ἐγώ 
emph. below. — παρῇ, mode 641 a. — καὶ αὐτούς (540 f; numb. 501) κα- 
κῶς ποιῶ, Kal τὰ (530 ὁ) χρήματα (480 ὁ) ἀποσυλῶ, both maltreat them 
personally, and despoil them of their property. —GXa, ἰόντων, εἰδότες, let 
them go, conscious. — καὶ τέκνα Kal γυναῖκας, art. om. 533 f. — dpovpov- 
μενα, zeugma, the Persian, from the natural influence of polygamy, placing 
children before wives, unless, indeed, both wives and children are here 
regarded as things, articles of property. — στερήσονται = pass. 576 a. — 
ἀπολήψονται, sc. αὐτούς, 536c. In Greek, if two closely connected verbs 























22 NOTES. 


have a common object, this is more comm. expressed but once, and in 
the case required by the nearer verb ; cf. 399 g. — τῆς πρόσθεν (cf. 3. 19) 
tvexa, pos. 721 c. 

9. εἴ τις καί, even if any one. — ἀθυμότερος, 514. — σταθμούς, doubtless 
by the pass of Beilaw, over Mt. Amanus. The passage, though not unpict- 
uresque, presented no difficulties or incidents which Xen. deemed worthy 
of mention. The Πύλαι ᾿Αμανίδες, by which Darius 111. crossed this moun- 
tain into Cilicia before his disastrous defeat at Issus, were farther north. 
— πλέθρου, case 440 a. — ἰχθύων (Lex.): This river is said still to abound 
in fish, acc. to Ainsw. — ods (not limiting antecedent, 554 a; ef. a, 2. 7)... 
θεούς, 2 acc. 480 a. — ἀδικεῖν, sc. τινά, 667 ἢ. (Lex.)— τὰς (522 a) περι- 
στεράς, sc. ddixeiv...clwy. — Παρυσάτιδος (case 443) ἦσαν ; hence prob. 
spared from ravage. —{évyv (Lex.). The mss. have chiefly els ζωήν, for 
her subsistence. The vast empire of the Persian kings made this an easy 
mode of providing for their pensioners or favorites. So Artaxerxes I. 
(Thuc. i. 138) gave Themistocles Lampsacus to supply him with wine ; 
Magnesia, with bread ; and Myas, with accompanying dishes. 

10. Δάρδητος (Lex.). Xenophon writes as if he supposed the Dardas to 
have been a river with springs so copious that it began as a broad stream. 
— ἦσαν, numb. 569 a. — τοῦ Συρίας ἄρξαντος, who had ruled over Syria 

as satrap, but had now, it would seem, retired before the approach 

18 of Cyrus,— perhaps with the army of Abrocomas. The prince 
therefore treated his palace and park as those of -an enemy. —8ea, numb. 
550 f. — dapat, without art., 533 d. — αὐτὸν (referring to παράδεισον) ἐξέ- 
xowe, by the hands of others, 581. 

11, ἐπὶ τὸν Evgparny, fo the ford of the Euphrates ; since, according to 
the common opinion, the preceding three stations were all in the valley of 
this river. Kiepert says σταδίων should be πλέθρων ; but see Ainsw. — 
ὀνόματι, case 467 b, 485 e, y: one of the mss. has ὄνομα, the more common 
form. — ἡμέρας πέντε: the longer, doubtless, from the necessity of nego- 
tiating anew with the Greeks, since it was no longer possible to conceal the 
object of the expedition, and a conference had been promised here ; ef. 3. 20. 
-- ἔσοιτο, 643 ἢ. Concealment was, of course, now no longer possible. — 
πρός, with name of person, but εἰς with name of place (see Lex. Explan. 6). 
— βασιλέα μέγαν, see 2. 8. 

12. ἐχαλέπαινον, the anger feigned, doubtless, in part, to draw forth 
larger bounties. — κρύπτειν, had been concealing, 604 a; in truth, only 
Clearchus, acc. to iii. 1. 10. — οὐκ ἔφασαν. See 3. 1. --- τις, some one, i.e. 
Cyrus, whom it was less delicate to name, 548 g. — χρήματα, a largess of 
money in addition to their pay. — διδῷ, what reg. mode ? — ὥσπερ, sc. δο- 
θῆναι, or €560n, even as had been given. — προτέροις, 509 a. See 1. 2. — 
καὶ ταῦτα, and this too, sc. was given or done, 544 a. — ov«...lévrev, [the 
not going, 676 a, sc. ἐκείνων, cf. 2. 17] though they did not go. One of the 
mss. has ἰοῦσιν agreeing with τοῖς ἀναβᾶσι, an admissible but weaker con- 
struction, 676 b. — ἰόντων, ἀλλὰ καλοῦντος, chiastic order. 

13. δώσειν, tense 659 g. — πέντε.. μνᾶς = about $100, but in purchas- 


BOOK I. CHAP. IV. 23 


ing value at that time nearer $ 1000. — ἀργυρίου, case 435, 446 6. ---ἥκωσι, 
καταστήσῃ, mode 641, 645, 650. — τὸν μισθὸν ἐντελῆ, without reduction 
on account of the donative, or reducing to the original terms of engage- 
ment, 3. 21. See 523. --- τὸ... πολύ, 523 f. — Mévev, ever ready to gain 
advantage for himself, ii. 6. 21 5. -- πρὶν.. «εἶναι͵ 703 d, p.— vl, complem. 
563. — ποιήσουσιν, mode 650, 645. — πότερον, 701 i, n. — ἄλλων, case 
405 a; pos. 718 ἢ. ly Ι 

14. μοι, case 455 g. — οὔτε 8, without incurring either danger or toil. — 
τῶν ἄλλων.. στρατιωτῶν, pos. 719 ἃ, v. — πλέον προ-, emph. pleonasm ; 
cf. 5114. Kiihn. weakens the sentence by regarding πλέον as also modi- 
fying κινδυνεύσαντες and πονήσαντες. — προτιμήσεσθε (= pass. 576 a). — 
τί οὖν 5, rhetorical question ; cf. vii. 6. 20. — Nov, emph. pos. —vpas 19 
χρῆναι διαβῆναι, chat [it is proper that you cross] you ought to 
cross. —8 τι, complem. 563, cf. τί ὃ 13. 

15. ἄρξαντες (674) τοῦ διαβαίνειν, having commenced the crossing, or 
by being the first to cross, 663 f, 425. — ὑμῖν, case 454 d. — ἐπίσταται, 
sc. χάριν ἀποδοῦναι [knows how to do this], he understands this ; ie. the 
requital of favors. —et τις καὶ ἄλλος, if [even] any other man in the world ἡ 
οἵ, 3. 15 Ν. ---ψηφίσωνται, shall have voted (617 d), more idiomatically, 
vote or shall vote. — ἄπυμεν, as ζαΐ, --- πιστοτάτοις χρήσεται, he will em- 
ploy most [trust] confidentially, cf. 509. — ἄλλον (for which we might 
have ἄλλο as an obj. of τεύξεσθε) οὗτινος, whatever else = anything else 
which, ἄλλου falling into the relative construction, 553. — ὡς φίλοι tev- 
ξεσϑε Κύρου (case 434 a), you will obtain it as friends from (so generous ἃ 
man as) Cyrus. There is an emphasis in the repetition of the name, in- 
stead of employing a pronoun, while the position 1s also emphatic. a 
have φίλου in apposition with Κύρου, and some regard ἄλλου as depending 
directly on τεύξεσθε, acc. to 427, less probably, but ef. v. 7, 33. 

16. ἐπείθοντο καὶ διέβησαν, tense 595. qovero ryder ae 
ceived that they had crossed, 677. — τῷ στρατεῦματι, to the oe Ἢ e- 
non, comm. obj. of πέμψας and εἶπεν. — ἐγὼ μέν (685 Ὁ) s, rN a 
ἐπαινέσετε, 624 b. — Why ἐμέ, but με below Fe ee ie sp 
με Κῦρον νομίζετε, no longer think me Cyrus, 393 Ὁ, a;1 


especial principle, pride, and policy to reward most liberally faithful ser- 


vice, 9. 11, 14, 18. Kriiger cites the parallel from Cic.: ** Noli oblivisei 


ic esse.” 
Ἴ αι esnaidten of Menon. — εὔχοντο avrov εὐτυχῆσαι, prayed i ν» 
might succeed] for his syccess, or wished him success. er ee a or 5 
πῶς, emphatic positions. — διέβαινε, began to cross, 594. ἵ ip lg 
συνείπετο, brought together by chiastic arrangement, from ᾿ Hid 
tion, while ἅπαν is also made emphatic " its pos. — τῶν ιαβαιν ᾿ 

itive w. οὐδείς. --- ὧν, case 408. 

cn aces (repeated), vith | oriental flattery, even more ΟΝ fi 
truth than occidental. — γένοιτο, mode 643. — ἀλλά, but only, sc. grit 
cf. iii. 2. 13. --- ἃ τότε s, language of the historian. — κατέκαυσεν, ten 


θ0ὅ. --- διαβῇ, mode 650. — ὑποχωρῆσαι, made way for, or submitted to. 





























24 NOTES. 


— Κύρῳ, case 455 g. — ὡς βασιλεύσοντι, as [about to reign] the future 
king. 

19. διὰ τῆς Συρίας (Lex.); through the region afterwards more com- 
monly called Mesopotamia, from its situation between the Euphrates and 
Tigris, — in Hebrew, Aram-Naharaim, the Syria of the two rivers, Judg. 

20 ili. 8. — ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν 5, order 719 b, § 718 f, g.— σίτου, case 4148: 
of especial value, when such a desert lay before them. The abun- 
dance of provisions here is one of the proofs that Abrocomas, who did not 
care to arrive till the question of sovereignty was settled, took a different 
route from that of Cyrus, doubtless farther north and less direct, but 
furnishing more subsistence. The route of Alexander from Thapsacus was 
also much farther north. Cyrus took the more direct desert route from 
his haste, his confidence in his supplies (which yet proved inadequate, § 6), 
and perhaps the fear that he might find yet greater scarcity if he followed 
in the track of Abrocomas. 


CHAPTER V. 
MARCH THROUGH A DESERT REGION, NEAR THE EUPHRATES. 


1. *ApaBias (Lex.). On the left bank of the Euphrates, Xen. makes the 
Araxes the dividing line between Syria and Arabia (so called because oc- 
cupied of old, as now, by tribes of roving Arabs, the “ApaBes Σκηνῖται of 
Strabo). — ἐν δεξιᾷ (Lex.), 506 b; art. om. 533d. — ἐρήμους (Lex.). The 
eighteen desert marches between the Araxes and Pyle were greatly forced, 
being much beyond the general average and without any intermission. 
Had they been otherwise, the army would have been much reduced in men 
and animals from lack of supplies. See § 5, 7 8, 9. — ἦν piv ἡ γῆ πε- 
δίον ἅπαν, the land or ground was an entire or unbroken plain. For ἅπαν 
agreeing with πεδίον, ἅπασα agreeing with γῆ might have been expected : 
the country was all a plain. See 500; and cf. iv. 4.1. To make, with 
some, ἅπαν an adv. modifying ὁμαλές would give a false sense. — ἀψινθίου: 
MeMich. cites ‘‘ Tristia per vacuos horrent absinthia campos.” Ov. Pont. 
iii. 1. 23. —e (Lex. 639 a) δέ τι καὶ ἄλλο ἐνῆν ὕλης, and if there was 
there (anything else also] any other kind of bush or shrub, cf. εἴτι ἄλλο, 6. 1. 


— ἅπαντα (numb. 501) ἦσαν εὐώδη : ‘‘ Arabia, odérum fertilitate nobilis 
regio.” Curt. v. 1. 


2. θηρία, sc. ἐνῆ. --- ὄνοι ἄγριοι, the wild ass was noted in Western Asia 
as a free, swift ranger of dry and rocky pasture-ground. See Job xxxix, 
5-8. It is now rare in this region. — στρουθοί: from στρουθός, through 
the Lat. avis struthio, come from the Fr. autruche, the Eng. ostrich, etc. 
A later name, from its camel-like neck, was στρουθοκάμηλος, Diod. ii. 50, 
— διώκοι, πλησιάζοιεν, mode 641 b. Sometimes termed the iterative opt. 
Kriig. —trracay (plp. pret.), ἔτρεχον, ἐποίουν, habitual, 592. — πολὺ... 
θᾶττον, much swifter, —so placed for emph. —trrev, case 408. --- ταὐτό(ν), 


BOOK I. CHAP. V. 25 


by crasis for τὸ αὐτό, 199 a. — οὐκ ἣν (571 f.) λαβεῖν, here ere pein: 
them, εἰ μὴ...θηρῷεν (634, b, d), unless the horsemen, ἌΝ fe ee ἣν 
pursued the chase {succeeding each other with their horses] with relay 
ap @, 08, i 
<= se eutis φεύγουσα, it outstripped them in its fight. -- ae a ποσὶ 
081 Soin ED, τα ee Sn Wes om ΘΝ 
ing its feet im (or My, [ 
eat er τ, ἀνιστῇ pb if one notin suddenly. — ἔστι, ac- 
‘ent 788 f. What example of chiastic arrange AAA 
gr akin dec. 227 b. — πλεθριαῖον, 440 ἃ. --- i poh 2] 
(459) Kopowrh, sc. ἦν, and [there was to it as a mvc 4. peel 
can vasa age, aa ere ies Pepe cuere eal the ciroult 
ening mwepteppetro. The Mascas, wit! ie ἄν rsa 
somplete. — ἐπεσιτίσαντο : How can it be explained tha 
sate, and yet had provisions μιῇ μην ἘΝ es ae χρς τρφαλο 
that its governor pursued a crafty policy like ἐνερ ὐνεμανίενε τὸν 
as; that, as if loyal to Artaxerxes, and perhaps by his ' 
wires the inhabitants upon the approach of the king’s enemy ; Ἢ eH 
as if friendly to Cyrus, left a supply of provisions for his ren ran: 
way, he may also have best secured the people and the city from 1 J yt Abid 
the invading army. But whence had the city such aoc hn βαρ 
dance in the midst of this desert region? It was situated at : it ὧν 
the Euphrates, where the great route through the desert to pes le ον " 
and Egypt left the river. Hence it became a great rai 0 —c pet 
place of exchanges (like ‘‘ Tadmor in oi snaanicny farther west, , 
lil merchant caravans upon this route. ; 
gr shat δέκα, 240 6, v. 1. τρισκαίδεκα. --- τλας pe τος ye a 
ylwv, case 419 b. — ὑπό (Lex.), with ἀπώλετο, as pass. In force. — wis » 
besides (Lex. a), 567 e; ef. 7. 11. — dvovs. The name of the 7 0 mia: 
the millstone which he so often turned. Compare, in Eng., me bi ree 
of the word Jack. ins. says that in this region there is foun a — 
silicions rock alternating with iron-stone, and ey coms han 
marles, gypsum, and limestones of the country, capable of being u 
y E mnd art. 522 a. — Λυδίᾳ (Lex.). The Lydians, pie 
use of arms, devoted their attention to trade, which the Persians : gmt : 
See 3. 14. --- τὴν καπίθην, obj. of πρίασθαι understood, the uy pa he 
common measure, 530 ἃ. --- ἀλεύρων, case 446 e. a σίγλων, Ὁ" ti 
δύναται, is equivalent to, (Lex.) 472 f. --᾿ Αττικούς, geri ih — 
Archelaus invited Socrates to come to his court and be rich, the a A 
opher replied that four chcenices of barley-meal cost He an : tages 
Athens (Stob. 97. 28). The famine price in the army πὴν ἀγα eat 
times as great. At this rate, how many times his whole pay kt 
Greek soldier expend for bread, his allowance being a ree bn 
day 1--κρέα.. ἐσθίοντες... διεγίγνοντο, subsisted by eating flesh, obtat 
the march to supplement the deficiency of bread. 


























20 NOTES. 


7. "Hy (570) δὲ τούτων τῶν σταθμῶν (521 a), sc. τινές, there were some of 
these marches ; ef. 559 a, oftener ἦσαν ol, (as) erant qui. — ots (477) wévvu 
μακροὺς (509 d) ἤλαυνεν, which he [marched] made very long, or, pushed 
very 7αν. ---διατελέσαι (sc. τὴν ὁδόν), to complete the distance, 476. 2, This 
region, according to Ains., is ‘‘full of hills and narrow valleys, and pre- 
sents many difficulties to the movement of an army.” He himself he 
says, “‘ had to walk a day and a night across these inhospitable sepfona 80 
that he can speak feelingly of the difficulties which the Greeks had to en- 
counter.” — καὶ δή ποτε, and on one occasion in particular. — στενοχω- 
ρίας, abs., sc. φανείσης, 497, 675, when there presented itself a narrow pass 
-ι aputars, case 458. — στρατοῦ, case 423. 

8. ὥσπερ ὀργῇ, as in anger, real or feigned, case 467 a; ell. 711. — 
συνεπισπεῦσαι : observe the difference in force between this aor. and the 
pres. συνεκβιβά few, 594, — ῥίψαντες s: observe the animation of the narra- 
tive. — ἵεντο, [sent themselves as one would send a dart] darted, or rushed 
vate’ εἰ, — ὥσπερ ἂν δράμοι τις περὶ (694) νίκης, 635, in the foot-race. — 
καὶ μάλα κατὰ πρανοῦς 8, and even down a very steep hill. μάλα (as πολύ 
etc., cf. 11. 1. 22) is often separated from the word which it modifies, ed 

29 hi by a preposition, becoming thus more emphatic. — τούτους, 
542 Ὁ. It may refer also, by zeugma, to ἀναξυρίδας, 497. — ἀναξυ- 

plSas, “᾿οὖς καλοῦσι Bpdxxas” (Tzetzes, Lat. bracce, A. Sax. brec, Scott. 
breeks, Eng. breeches). Such coverings, now an essential part of civilized 
costumes, were accounted by the Greeks and Romans barbarian, inasmuch 
as they distinguished the dress of most other nations from their own. 
Euripides ridicules them as θυλάκους ποικίλους, party-colored bags. — θᾶττον 
ἢ as, 711. — ἂν ᾧετο, would think (believe, suppose), if he did not see it 
636, 631 b. — μετεώρους (Lex.) ἐξεκόμισαν, they lifted up and brought oul. 

9. Td δὲ σύμπαν, and [as to the whole together] in general, 483 a. — 
δῆλος ἦν Κῦρος ὡς (680, though not comm. after δῆλος) σπεύδων, C. [was 
manifest as hastening] was evidently hastening. —wacayv τὴν ὁδόν, order 
523 e; case 482 ἃ, or 472. — ὅσῳ... τοσούτῳ, 468, 485 e, 8, quanto...tanto 
the...the. — ὅσῳ μὲν θᾶττον 5, the more rapidly he [should advance, 641 b, 
643 6] advanced [he would fight with the king so much the more unpre- 
pared], the less prepared he would find the king for battle. — σχολαιότερον : 
so Mss.; Dind. -airepov ; 258 ἃ, 259 8. ---συναγείρεσθαι, the pres. rather than 

the fut., because the assembling was now in progress. — καὶ συνιδεῖν (663 7) 
ὃ ἦν τῷ προσέχοντι (678) τὸν νοῦν ἡ βασιλέως ἀρχὴ (579),... ἰσχυρὰ 
οὖσα (677), and indeed to the [person applying his mind] attentive observer 
the empire of the king was [to behold being] manifestly strong, or, the atten- 
tive observer might perceive that the empire, οἷο. ---- πλήθει, in (its) abun- 
dance, 461. --- τῷ διεσπάσθαι τὰς δυνάμεις, in [that its forces were dis- 
persed] the dispersion of its forces. — διὰ ταχέων, 695, 507 d. — ποιοῦτο 
6844, b; v. 1. ἐποιεῖτο. History however shows that the military τς. 
ness of the Persian Empire did not lie in the difficulty of promptly assem- 
bling troops, but in the inferiority of those troops in comparison with the 
Greeks. Despite the great effort of Cyrus to take his brother by surprise, 


BOOK I. CHAP. V. 27 


the latter had, acc. to Xen., 900000 men assembled to meet the attack. 
But these 900000 could not withstand the 10000 Greeks. The last Da- 
rius found it easy to gather hosts against Alexander ; but these hosts were 
powerless before the Macedonian phalanx. 

10. ποταμοῦ, case 445 c. — ἐκ, const. preg. 704 ἃ. ----σχεδίαις (case 466) 
διαβαίνοντες whe (place 719 x). - στεγάσματα, modal appos. 394 Ὁ. --χόρ- 
του, case 414. --- as μὴ (686 c) ἅπτεσθαι (mode 671) τῆς κάρφης (case 
426) τὸ ὕδωρ (subj. acc. of ἅπτεσθαι). Skins stuffed or inflated are still so 
used on the Euphrates and Tigris, either singly to support individual 
swimmers, or collectively under wooden platforms. Layard even used 600 
in a raft for transporting heavy monuments. -— οἶνον, a wine still used in 
the East. Of. ii. 3. 14. --- τῆς... τῆς, 523a2. Observe the distinction 
between ἐκ, from the inside or contents of, and ἀπό, from the outside of, 
689 a, b. — μελίνης, case 412. — τοῦτο, referring to σῖτον or μελίνης, as ἃ 
thing without life, 502 b. Some’would supply βρῶμα, food, or φυτόν, plant. 
Cf. ii. 8. 16. How many days the army halted opposite Charmande to ob- 
tain supplies is not stated. 

11. ᾿Αμφιλεξάντων...τι, having [dispnted somewhat] had some quarrel, 
478. — ἀδικεῖν, to have done wrong, be in the wrong, 612. — τὸν τοῦ M., 
the particular soldier chiefly concerned. The incident here related illus- 
trates well the character of Clearchus and Proxenus. — ἐνέβαλεν, in Spartan 
fashion, — arbitrary and severe; prob. on the spot, with his own truncheon. 
Cf. ii. 3. 11. — Κλεάρχῳ, case 456. 

12. Ty δὲ αὐτῇ, 540 b; case 469 a. — ἀγοράν, where the provis- 23 
ions brought from Charmande were sold. — ἑαντοῦ, 537 a. — σὺν 
ὀλίγοις τοῖς περὶ αὐτόν, with [those about him few] few attendants, 523 Ὁ, 4. 
— ἧκεν, tense 612 (observe the different force in προσήλαυνε). For an aor- 
ist force, see i. 2. 6; 5. 15. — ἴησι τῇ ἀξίνῃ, [lets fly, throws at him with 
his axe] throws, or, aims at him with his axe, 466 ; where ἴησι τὴν ἀξίνην, 
hurls his axe at him, might have been rather expected. --- αὐτοῦ, case 405 ἃ. 
-- λίθῳ, sc. ἴησι. Observe the elliptic vivacity of the narrative. — εἶτα, 
703c; ef. εἶτα δέ, i. 3. 2, 703 ¢. 

13, παραγγέλλει (se. ἰέναι, 668 Ὁ] εἰς τὰ ὅπλα, summons to arms, cf. 
κελεύσαντες ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα, Hel. ii. 8. 20; conclamatur ad arma, Ces. 8. C. 
i. 69. — αὐτοῦ, there, on the spot. — ἀσπίδας (Lex.). Cf. obnixo genu 
scuto. Nepos, Chab. 1. 2. — Θρᾷκας, i. 2. 9. — ἱππέας : this small body 
was not specified in 2. 9. — οὗ ἦσαν αὐτῷ, qui οἱ erant, of whom he had, 
459. — ὥστ᾽ ἐκείνους ἐκπεπλῆχθαι, 599b (pret. 268), so that they were 
amazed, or alarmed, in the condition of those who have been struck out of 
their self-possession ; cf. ii. 4. 26. --- αὐτὸν M., 540 c. — τρέχειν, more 
pictorial than δραμεῖν. --- of δὲ καὶ ἕστασαν, and they also stood, after tak- 
ing their arms, as well as the hoplites of Clearchus. — ot δέ, but others, as 
if οἱ μέν had preceded. Others translate, and others also. Cf. vii. 4. 17. 
— ἀποροῦντες τῷ πράγματι, being perplexed at the affair, or at a loss what 


to do in the case, 456; cf. 3. 8. 
14. ὕστερος, 5092; cf. προτέρα, 2. 25. — εὐθὺς οὖν, immediately then, 




















28 NOTES. 


οὖν referring to the state of things stated in the parenthesis, and being 
used here, as not unfrequently in resuming a discourse so interrupted. 
Cf. Lat. igitur. — αὐτῷ, case 450 a. — μέσον (Lex.). — ἀμφοτέρων, case 
445 b. — ἔθετο, Lex. τίθημι. --- Κλεάρχου, case 434 a. — μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτα, 
not to [be doing] do this, which, as the pres. implies, he was then doing ; 
not to persist in doing this. — ὀλίγον (414 Ὁ) δεήσαντος, 573 e. — τέ: Xen. 
chietly uses τέ in correspondence with καί ; not often ré...ré, or τέ alone. 

15. Ἔν (Lex.). — παλτά (Lex.). The Persian horsemen usually carried 
two: παλτὰ δύο, ὥστε τὸ μὲν ἀφεῖναι, τῷ δ᾽, ἂν δέῃ, ἐκ χειρὸς χρῆσθαι. Cyr. 
i. 2. 9. --- σὺν τοῖς παροῦσι τῶν πιστῶν (Lex.), 419, 678. 

16. Κλέαρχε 5, 484 Ὁ. --- καὶ [sc. ὑμεῖς] οἱ ἄλλοι, 401. 8, 485 a. -- 

24 τῇδε brings the danger more vividly near than ταύτῃ would have 

done, 545. — κατακεκόψεσθαι, tense 601 b. — ἐμοῦ, case 408. — 
ἐχόντων (Lex.). — οὗτοι ols ὁρᾶτε, 523 g, 544. — πολεμιώτεροι, for the 
sake of restoration to the king’s favor, to prevent the weight of the king’s 
displeasure from falling upon themselves, or from envy towards the spe- 
cially favored Greeks. The weak faith which Cyrus had in the fidelity of 
his Persian adherents appears again in 6. 4. 

17. ἐν, const. preg. 704 d. — ἐγένετο (Lex. γίγνομαι ; ef. ἐν σαυτῷ γενοῦ, 
Soph. Phil. 950. This figure is common to many languages. So in Eng., 
he was beside himself with passion, he came to himself; Lat. ad se rediit ; 
Germ. er ging in sich. — κατά (Lex.). 


CHAPTER VI. 
TREACHERY OF ORONTES. — TRIAL AND CONDEMNATION. 


L. "Ἐντεῦθεν, from their halting-place opposite Charmande. —rpoidvrow, 
80. αὐτῶν, as they were advancing, 676 a. — ἐφαίνετο, there appeared (con- 
tinuously). — ἵππων, place, 719 ἃ, μ. --- ὧς δισχιλίων, 711 b. — οὗτοι, re- 
ferring to ἱππεῖς implied in ἵππων. Cf. vii. 3. 39. —d τι, 639 a. Cf. 5. 1. 
— Πέρσης, as adj., 506f; cf. 8. 1. — γένει, cf. γένος, v. 2. 29, 485. — τὰ 
πολέμια, case 481. — Περσῶν, case 419 c, 511. 

2. Kupw, case 152 8. --- δοίη, κατακάνοι, 643 c. How in dir. discourse ?— 
ὅτι, pos. 719 Ὁ, 7: ef. ii. 2. 20.—Karaxavor (50, καίνω) ἂν, 622 Ὁ. Observe 
the varied position of κατακάνοι, ἕλοι, κωλύσειε, etc. — τοῦ καίειν, case 
405a; art. 663 f, 664a; pres. because the burning goes on. Cf. i. 5. 14. — 
ποιήσειεν ὥστε, [effect that] bring about such a result that ; ef. § 6. The 
inf. is thus expressed as the result of the action denoted by ποιεῖν ; while 
in the more frequent construction without ὥστε (7. 4; v. 7. 27), it is ex- 
pressed simply as the direct object or effect. — ἐκέλευσεν : a decisive order 
seems best expressed by the aor., as in § 3 a simple request by the ipf. éxé- 
Aever. — ἡγεμόνων, case 419 a. 

3. νομίσας, nearly = νομίζων, but strictly, having come to the belief, 
592 ἃ. --- παρὰ [= πρὸς] βασιλέα, [to send] to the king. — ἥξοι, 649 d. — ὡς 


BOOK I. CHAP. VI. 29 


ἄν 5, 553c. —Séwnrat, mode 645 Ὁ, 650. --- ἀλλά, expression of opposition 
to the natural apprehension that his approach might be hostile. — ἱππεῦ- 
σιν, whom he would naturally first meet, as they were scouring the region 
between the two armies. — τῆς πρόσθεν, cf. 3. 19; 4. 8. — ὑπομνήματα, 
pos. 719d, wu. 

4. Περσῶν 5, order 719 ἃ, v, 523k. — ἑπτά, seven in number, a 
deferred detail made prominent by its pos. The Persian king had 29 
seven chief counsellors (Esth. i. 14; Ezra vii. 14), either from the dignity 
and sacredness of this number, or, as some think, from the number of the 
noblemen who slew the usurper Smerdis. — θέσθαι, 579. — τὴν αὐτοῦ (v. 7. 
αὑτοῦ) σκηνήν, 538 g. Cyrus reposed but weak faith in the fidelity of his 
Persian adherents ; cf. 5. 16; and on this occasion the rank and popu- 
larity of Orontes may have demanded especial caution. 

5. σύμβουλον, 394 b. — ὅς (558 a) ye kal 8, since indeed he seemed both 
to him and to the rest (the seven counsellors) to [be the most honored be- 
fore others, 69] hold the first position among the Greeks. And hence, as so 
esteemed by the Greeks themselves, it seemed to them that he might be * 
called in from the generals around the tent without exciting dissatis- 
faction or envy among the rest. The change by some editors of αὐτῷ 
to αὑτῷ is needless, and, if this is referred to Clearchus, injures the sense. 
— τὴν κρίσιν, prolepsis 474 b, 71 b. — ἀπόῤῥητον ἦν, sc. ὡς ἐγένετο, 491 a. 
— ἄρχειν (Lex.), w. gen. 425: to open the conference. McMich. Cf. primus 
ibi ante omnes. Virg. Zn. ii. 40. 

6. Παρεκάλεσα implies the superiority of Cyrus, and that the final de- 
cision would rest with him, as συνεκάλεσα would not have implied. — 8 τι, 
ace. to some, rel. referring to τοῦτο (551 6) ; acc. to others, complem. con- 
necting ἐστι to βουλευόμενος. -- πρός, before, in the sight of (Lex. ). — πράξω, 
subj. 624 a, the preceding aor. having the force of our perf., 605. — του- 
rout (Lex. 252c,d); pos. 719 ἃ. --- ὃ ἐμὸς πατήρ, 524 a. — ὑπήκοον, 
prob. as a military officer under Cyrus, who was then xdpavos in Western 
Asia, 1. 2 nN. — ἐμοί, case 454 6 or 455g. — ταχθείς, showing, if true, the 
unfriendly relations between Cyrus and his brother, and giving C., if he 
had not himself provoked this action, some excuse for revolt. But is 
it not quite possible that this order from Artaxerxes was a mere fiction 
of the mischief-making Tissaphernes ? — ἐμοί, 455 f. — ἔχων.. ἀκρόπολιν. 
It was the policy of the Persian monarchs to garrison some of the most 
important strongholds with royal troops under commanders of their own 
appointment, as a check upon the satraps. It is not strange that collis- 
ions sometimes took place. — αὐτόν, regarded by some as the object of 
προσπολεμῶν (instead of the more familiar dative), and by others as the 
obj. of ἐποίησα by anticipation (474 b), or with anacoluthon (Xen. having 
commenced as thougly he intended to write αὐτὸν ἐποίησα παύσασθαι, I 
made him cease). The introduction of ὥστε δόξαι represents it as ἃ freer 
act, and thus more exposes the inconsistency and treachery of Orontes. — 
ὥστε δόξαι, 671 Ὁ; cf. § 2. --- πολέμου, case 405 a. — δεξιὰν s, a pledge of 
esp. solemnity among the Persians: Ti δεξιὰν ἔδωκε [᾿Αρταξέρξης] τῷ Θετ- 


























30 NOTES. 


ταλίωνι - ἔστι δ᾽ ἡ πίστις αὕτη βεβαιοτάτη παρὰ τοῖς Πέρσαις. Diod. xvi. 43. 
ΠΝ δ 263 4: 1 

7. ἔστιν ὅ τι, 549 b, 559 a; case 480 b. — ὅτι οὐ [= οὔκ ἔστιν or οὐδέν 
ἐστιν}, ‘‘ No” or ‘* Nothing.” — αὐτὸς ov, 540 ἃ, e. — οὐδέν, case 586 c. — 
Μυσούς (Lex.), cf. 9. 14.—8 τι ἐδύνω (sc. ποιεῖν), [whatever you were 
able to do] as far as you were able, to the extent of your ability. —"E@y ὁ 
᾿Ορόντης, 668 b. — δύναμιν, i.e. its inferiority, inadequacy to the contest. 
—’Apréuisos βωμόν, doubtless the world-renowned altar at Ephesus, a 
sanctuary for fugitives, which was respected by the Persians as well as the 
Greeks. Ασυλον μένει τὸ ἱερόν, Strab. xiv. 1. Τιμᾶται yap καὶ παρὰ τοῖς 
Πέρσαις ἡ θεὸς αὕτη διαφερόντως, Diod. v. 77. See Acts xix. 27. — μετα- 
μέλειν σοι, te penitere, [that it repented you] that you repented, 5714; 
ease 457. 

8. Τί, constructed like οὐδέν above and below. For its connec- 
26 tion with a part., see 566 a. The Eng. would prefer, ‘‘ What wrong 
have you suffered, that you now,” etc. — φανερὸς γέγονας ; have you [be- 
‘ geome manifest] been found, or been manifestly? 573. Cf. 2.11; 9. 11, 16. 
— ἀδικηθείς, sc. γέγονε, or γέγονα, etc. — περί, 697. — [Ὁμολογῶ, 708 c], 4 
yap ἀνάγκη (Lex. sc. ἐστὶν ὁμολογεῖν), [I do confess it] Yes, for indeed it is 
inevitable. Cf. 3. 5. — ἔτι οὖν 5, 636 Ὁ. --- ὅτι 5, 644 a. — γενοίμην, δ8ό- 
Faust, mode 631 d. Why is σοί so placed and followed by γέ! The high- 
minded frankness of Orontes inclines us to regard him as perhaps a loyal 
servant of the king, whose chief fault lay in not observing enforced agree- 
ments made with Cyrus. The tribute of reverence which was boldly paid 
him on the way to death speaks loudly in his favor ; nor did Cyrus ven- 
ture on a public execution. 

9. Πρὸς ταῦτα (Lex. πρός), 697. — τοιαῦτα (case 478) μὲν πεποίηκε 
(tense 599 a), τοιαῦτα δέ. Μέν and δέ often distinguish words so repeated. 
— ὑμῶν, gen. partitive, 418. — ἀπόφηναι γνώμην, express [an, or see 533] 
your opinion ; voice 579. For the om. of the art. with γνώμην, cf. v. 5.3; 
6. 87. What reasons may Cyrus have had for first applying to Clearchus ? 
— ἐγώ, why expressed ---- τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον, 524 Ὁ. — ἐκποδὼν (Lex.) 
ποιεῖσθαι, rather mid. than pass. — δέῃ, 4, why subj.?— φυλάττεσθαι, 
voice 579. — σχολὴ ἦ ἡμῖν, observe the repetition of sound, permitted by 
the Greek ear. — τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι, 665 Ὁ. Observe the pointed and 
perhaps contemptuous repetition of τοῦτον. --- τοὺς ἐθελοντὰς (also accented 
ἐθέλοντας, as a part.)...eb ποιεῖν, to benefit these your willing friends, — 
τούτους appears to be emphatically added for an effect upon those present ; 
see 505 b. 


10. γνώμῃ, case 699 g. — προσθέσθαι (Lex.). —%pn, who? — ζώνης, 
case 426 a. — ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (Lex.). This was a sign among the Persians of a 
death-sentence, Diod. xvii. 30. (Cf. the Eng. custom of putting on the 
black cap.) This action on the part of Cyrus alone was enough ; but he 
chose to require the others to join, perhaps as a test of their fidelity. — 
οἷς (551 f) προσετάχθη (as impers., sc. ἄγειν), those to whom it was ap- 
pointed, the executioners, — προσεκύνουν, tense 592. Often among the 


BOOK I. CHAP. VII. 31 


Persians, as familiarly now in the East, by prostration to the earth, and 
touching this with the forehead, or even kissing it. —Kalawep εἰδότες, 674 ἔν, 
685 Ὁ. --- ἄγοιτο, why opt.? 

11, σκηπτούχων. In Cyr. vil. 5, 59s, the reasons are stated which in- 
duced Cyrus the Elder to select eunuchs as his personal attendants and 
body-guards, a custom followed by his successors, and still so extensively 
retained in Oriental courts and harems. — εἰδώς (Lex. ὁράω), cf. 7. 4. — 
ἔλεγεν, εἴκαζον, ἐφάνη, double chiasma. — ἄλλοι ἄλλως (Lex. ἄλλος c), 
567 d. — τάφος s. The execution and burial seem to have taken place 
within the tent. It is not unlikely he was buried alive, as the Persians 
had this mode of execution. See Hdt. vii. 114; Περσικὸν δὲ τὸ ζώοντας 


κατορύσσειν. 


CHAPTER VII. 


MARCH THROUGH BABYLONIA. — REVIEW OF THE TROOPS. 


1. ᾿Εντεῦθεν, 5. 5. The scene of the trial of Orontes seems to 27 
have been at or near Pyle. — σταθμῷ, 56η86 3 --- Ἑλλήνων, case 
444 ἃ. — μέσας νύκτας, 508a; pl. 489; cf. iii. 1. 33, art. om. 533 d. — 
ἐδόκει, he thought (Lex. 1). — μαχούμενον, tense 598 b. — ἐκέλευε, διέταξε, 
tense 595. — κέρως, wing of the Greeks; case 407. The whole Greek 
force was placed upon the right of the army. See 2.15 .N. In the sense 
to command, iryéouat has regularly the gen.; but in the more literal sense, 
to lead or guide, often the dat.; cf. ii. 2. 8; iii. 2. 20. — τοὺς éavrov, his 
own men, in distinction from the Greeks. 

2. ἡμέρᾳ, case 450 a. — βασιλέως : the Greek repeats the noun, instead 
of substituting a pronoun, more freely than the Eng. —  λοχάγους, 386 c. 
In a mercenary Greek force, the lochagi had an especial independence and 
importance, as they commonly engaged the men primarily, and came with 
them to the standard of the general. Hence we shall find them often in 
councils of war, ii. 2. 3; iv. 1. 12. --- πῶς (complem. 563 5) ἂν τὴν μάχην 
ποιοῖτο, how he should fight the battle (if there should be one, 636 a). — 
αὐτὸς παρήνει θαῤῥύνων (674 Ὁ, d) τοιάδε (478), he himself exhorted and 
encouraged them as follows. i 

3. A brief speech, admirably adapted to produce the effect desired. — 
οὐκ ἀνθρώπων (sce case 414 b) ἀπορῶν βαρβάρων, order 719 a, 8. — ἀμείνο- 
v7s (Lex.) καὶ κρείττους, 211. Cf. λῷον καὶ ἄμεινον, vi. 2. 15. — ὅπως 5, 
626. — ἐλευθερίας ἧς, case 431 Ὁ, 554 a. How sweet the sound upon the 
Greek ear! and with what flattering emphasis does Cyrus repeat it !— 
κέκτησθε, 280 b; pret. (Lex. κτάομαι). — ὑπέρ, here inserted, though not 
usual with εὐδαιμονίζω, to distinguish this use of ἧς from the preceding. — 
ἴστε, mode 3 --- ἑλοίμην ἄν, 636 a. How gratifying to the honest pride of 
the Greeks. The subjects of an absolute monarch are all slaves ; cf. 9. 29; 
ii. 5. 38. The aor. here makes the expression more decided ; that I would 
unhesitatingly choose, 594 s. — ἀντὶ ὧν ἔχω πάντων, 554 a N., 593. 





























32 NOTES. 


4. “Ὅπως, connecting εἰδῆτε to διδάξω, 624 a. —olov, complem. 563 (so 
οἵους); cf. vii. 4. 1. ---κρανγῇ, 698 a. — ἐπίασιν, as fut. (Lex. εἶμι), 603 c. — 
ἄν, if, 619 a. —ravra, the throng and the outcry. —ta ἄλλα, as to all else, 
481. — καὶ αἰσχύνεσθαί μοι (537) δοκῶ (Lex.) οἵους ἡμῖν (eth. dat. 462 e) 
γνώσεσθε τοὺς és τῇ χώρᾳ ὄντας ἀνθρώπους, J [seem to myself even to 
be ashamed] may well be ashamed what sort of men for us you will 
Jind those in the country to be. “Ovras seems to be rather complem. after 
γνώσεσθε (677 Ὁ), than definitive with τούς, as some consider it; and 
ἀνθρώπους, though placed at the end for strong and contemptuous em- 
phasis, to be directly constructed with οἵους rather than with τούς. Αἰσχύ- 
νεσθαι implies thinking or considering. — ἀνθρώπους, ἀνδρών (Lex.), how 
differing ? cf. πολλοὶ μὲν ἄνθρωποι..., ὀλίγοι δὲ ἄνδρες, Hdt. vii. 210 (of the 
Medes at Thermopyle). — καὶ εὐτόλμων γενομένων, and having proved 
yourselves heroes. Rehdz. has καὶ εὖ τῶν ἐμῶν γενομένων, and my affairs 
having prospered. — ἐγὼ ὑμῶν, pos. 719 Ὁ, ε. -- ipov...dgnévar, any one of 
you that wishes to return home ; part. 678 a. — trots οἴκοι (Lex. case 458) 

28 ζηλωτόν (Lex.). — τὰ wap’ ἐμοὶ 5, 528 a. 

5. εἶπε, illustrating the freedom which Cyrus permitted in the 
Greeks, though Gaulites, who is spoken of as ‘*in the confidence of Cyrus,” 
probably spoke simply to draw from him a stronger statement for the assur- 
ance of others. —8td...xtv5uvov (416 a) προσίοντος, on account of your being 
in such [an emergency of the danger approaching] imminent danger ; order 
719 ἃ, ν. Most mss. have rod before rpociovros, which would then simply 
define the danger ; with its omission, the danger is affirmed as approach- 
ing; 523. 2, ὅ. --- ἂν εὖ γένηταί τι, if [aught shall have resulted well, 617 ἃ] 
you gain any success. — οὐ μεμνῆσθαι, prophetic pres. for fut. 609 Ὁ ; v. ἐς 
μεμνήσεσθαι, 686 c. — μεμνῷο, 317 c. 

6. ᾿Αλλ’ ἔστι μὲν (Lex.) ἡμῖν, but there certainly is for us (extending 
afterwards implied). — πρὸς μὲν μεσημβρίαν, πρὸς δὲ ἄρκτον, order 720 a; 
art. om. (so καῦμα, ἄνθρωποι) 533 d, c. — μέχρι ov, 557. — διὰ καῦμα, 
694. --- τὰ. πάντα, all the parts between these limits (or extremes) ; case 
472d; ef. iii. 4. 31. 

7. ἡμᾶς (489 b) Set τοὺς ἡμετέρους (538 a) φίλους τούτων (407) ἐγκρατεῖς 
ποιῆσαι, we must make our friends masters of these domains. — δέδοικα 
(671 4) μὴ (625 a) οὐκ (686 h) Exo. — ὅ τι δῶ, what [I may give] to give, 
642 a; cf. ii. 4. 19, 20. — ὑμῶν, pos.? — στέφανον... χρυσοῦν, a reward in 
Greece for eminent public services. Compare the lavish promises of Cyrus 
to the Spartans, Plut. Artaz. 6. 

8. “Oi δέ, and they, i. 6. the generals and captains, who reported to their 
men. — Eloyeray, into his tent for more personal and private interviews, 
which Cyrus was not now in a condition to refuse them. —‘EAAvey, case 
419 a, 418 Ὁ. --- σφισιν, 539 a; case 459. — ἔσται, κρατήσωσιν : what the 
reg. mode ?— ἐξήγγελλον, εἰσήεσαν, ἀπέπεμπε, παρεκελεύοντο: why the 
ipf.2 What arrangement do you here observe ?!—."O δε 5, 536 b, c. — 
γνώμην, numb. 488 d; cf. ἐκπλῆσαι τὰς γνώμας αὐτῶν, Hel. vi. 1. 15. 

9. μάχεσθαι, personally. —éavrey, case 445 ὁ. ---οἴει (297 f) γάρ, 708 e. 


BOOK 1. CHAP. VII. 33 


— μαχεῖσθαι, i. 6. prob., in person, ‘*Why should you so expose your. 
self, for do you think that your brother will come out to meet you?” Some 
think that giving battle in general is all that is here meant. - νὴ Δία, 
476 d. — ἐμὸς ἀδελφός, 538 a. How does this differ from ὁ ἐμὸς ἀδελφός, 
6. 81--- οὐκ ἀμαχεί 5, 1 shall not carry off this prize without Jighting for 
ἐξ. --- ταῦτ᾽, to what does this refer ? In a military despotism the sover- 
eign must not be suspected of wanting personal valor. pcs ascribes to 
Cyrus this reply to the prudent advice of Clearchus: ‘‘ What do you 
mean, Clearchus? Do you bid me, in seeking the throne, to show myself 
unworthy of it?” Artaz. 8. 

10. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὴ, here undeed, or thereupon: 5%, time past. — 29 
ἐξοπλισίᾳ, either in the night (8 1), or more prob. during the ssn ! 
day, when preparations for the expected battle could be made more com- 
pletely and more favorably than during a night alarm. τ ἀριθμὸς ἐγένετο, 
fa numbering took place] the number was taken, viz. — ἀσπίς (by meton. 
for the shield-bearers, Lex. 70h), πελτασταί, etc., specifications in appos. 
w. ἀριθμός, 393d, 395. — μυρία, numb. 240 a. The total of hoplites stated 
in the note to i. 2. 9 was 9600. If to this number we add the 700 brought 
by Chirisophus and the 400 who deserted Abrocomas (4. 3), and then sub- 
tract the 100 lost by Menon (2. 25), and 200 more for the various casual- 
ties of the march, we have the number here given, 10400. The total of 
lighter troops in the same note was 2300. This number 18 now increased 
to 2400, or, acc. to some MSS., to 2500. This increase, unless arising from 
a different mode of enumeration, may be accounted for by supposing that 
the hoplites of Chirisophus, according to Spartan usage, had lighter-armed 
attendants which it was not deemed important to mention (cf. 5. 13 N.), 
or that some of the baggage-men, as supplies diminished, and the hour of * 
fighting approached, were enlisted into the lighter companies. — μυριάδες, 
241, 111. —Gppl τὰ εἴκοσι, 706, 531 d. 

11. ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοδι μυριάδες, a reported and prob. exaggerated state- 
ment. Ctesias, the king’s surgeon, stated the number of his troops in the 
battle as 400000 (Plut. Artaz. 13); and the historian Ephorus, as quoted 
in Diod. xiv. 22, as ‘‘not less than 40 myriads.” The inclusion of camp- 
followers in the larger and not in the smaller number would make the dis- 
crepancy less. —"AdAot, besides (Lex.), 567 e; ef. 5. 5. 

12. ἄρχοντες καὶ στραγηγοὶ καὶ ἡγεμόνες. Xen. may have used these 
different terms to show and emphasize the power of these great command- 
ers; or some of them, as Weiske and others suppose, may have crept into 
the text from explanatory glosses. In general, Abrocomas seems to have 
commanded the troops of tlie southwestern part of the empire, Tissaphernes 
of the northwestern, Gobryas of the southeastern, and Arbaces of the north- 
eastern. — μάχης, case 408. — ἡμέραις 5, case 468. The tardiness of Abro- 
comas was perhaps simply caused by his longer route ; but was prob. inten- 
tional. The king may have himself suspected this, since he did not think 
+t worth while to wait for him. A reinforcement from the east also came 


too late ; see ii. 4. 25. 
3 























84 NOTES. 


18. πρὸς Κῦρον, this is prob. used with ἤγγελλον for the comm. dat 
(ii. 3. 19), through the influence of αὐτομολήσαντες, which it also ineilifien 
in sense ; cf. 399g; ii. 27. Some, by a harder const., regard it as a 
direct adjunct of αὐτομολήσαντες, notwithstanding its position. — οἱ αὐτο. 
μολήσαντες, 678 a. — ἐκ, παρά, how do these prepositions differ in force ? 
— πρό, μετά, 690. — of...rav πολεμίων, gen. partitive w. οἵ, 553. — Differ- 
ence between ταὐτά and ταῦτα 3 --- What do you observe in the general 
arrangement of this section? Xen., differing from Ctesias, states his 
authority. i 
it ἐξελαύνει, perhaps on the second day after the night-review, as a 
single day would give scanty time for the council of war, the private inter- 
views (§ 2, 8), and this march with the defiling of so great an army 
through a narrow pass (§ 14 5). — τῷ στρατεύματι (case 467) why not 
with σύν, asin § 1? The prep. is less needed on account of the participle 
συντεταγμένῳ. --- μέσον τόν, 508a, 523 Ὁ, 4. --- εὖρος, case 481. —dpyual 
ὅθδο. The dimensions οἵ Plut. and Diod. are less probable. 

15. Μηδίας (Lex.). For a description of this wall see ii. 4.12. The 
trench seems to have been dug to this wall from the canal-system men- 
tioned below, and to have received its water from the latter. — διώρυχες 
The general statement, ancient and modern, represents the canal-system 
here connecting the two rivers as flowing from the Euphrates to the Tigris. 
There is reason for supposing that the canals may have been filled from 
the Euphrates at the time of its flood (see Appendix at end of vol.) ; and 
that, as the rivers sank, flood-gates were closed to retain the water for 
purposes of irrigation. Hence, the trench may have been connected with 
the canals rather than with the river, which was now too low to supply it 
with water. We may add that the flowing of the water from the west end 
of the canal-system into the trerich would present to the eyes of Xen. the 
appearance of its flowing from the Tigris ; and hence, that ‘statement of its 
direction, which has led so many to question the genuineness of the pas- 
sage, ἔνθα δή εἰσιν... γέφυραι δ᾽ ἔπεισιν, is rather an evidence in its favor. 
since a student adding this would not have been likely to differ from the 
general account. Cf. the rivers of Babylon, Ps. exxxvii. See Owen, ii. 
4. 13. — τέτταρες, the present number of the main canals from river to 

30 river in this region (Nahr-Malcha, or King’s Canal, οἷο.) — δια- 

λείπουσι ἑκάστη (393 d), and [leave each as an interval] are distant 
from each other. — παρασάγγην, 472 or 482. — πάροδος, prob. left to pre- 
vent the escape of the water into the river, and perhaps with the intent to 
occupy the space with a wall, which there was not time to construct. — 
ποταμοῦ, case ? — ποδῶν, case ? 

16. ποιεῖ, πυνθάνεται, use of tense ?— προσελαύνοντα, 677. — παρῆλθε, 

ἐγένοντο, 495. Cf. iv. 2. 22. — τάφρου, case ? 

17. Ταύτῃ μέν: no δέ corresp. before § 20. — ὑποχωρούντων, emphat 

pos. 719. — ἦσαν, number 569 a. Cf. ἤγοντο, § 20. 

18. τῇ ἑνδεκάτῃ ἀπ᾽ (Lex.) ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας (024 Ὁ), or ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης 

ἡμέρᾳ, reckoning back. Most Mss. show the first ellipsis, but 8’ the second. 


BOOK I. CHAP. VIII. 35 


This sacrifice may have taken place during the halt at Charmande, where 
Cyrus was doubtless aware of the preparations which the king seemed to 
be making for a stand at the trench. — μαχεῖται (mode ἢ) δέκα ἡμερῶν, 
433 a. — Οὐκ, why first in the clause ?— εἰ ἐν ταύταις οὐ μαχεῖται (631 a) 
ταῖς ἡμέραις. Many mss. have here the more regular εἰ μὴ ἐν ταύταις ταῖς 
ἡμέραις μαχεῖται, 686 Ὁ. If οὐ μαχεῖται is genuine, it is an emphatic, per- 
haps contemptuous, repetition of the words of Silanus, 686k. εἰ ov also 
vii. 1. 28; vi. 6. 16. — ἀληθεύσῃς, 617 d. — ὑπισχνοῦμαι, a form of expres- 
sion referring to the future, 631 ¢. — ϑέκα τάλαντα, a money of account, 
= how many darics ?= how many dollars? A most lavish gift for a suc- 
cessful prediction, even at the present value of money. 

19. ἐκώλνε, tense 594. — τοῦ μάχεσθαι, case 699 f, 40ὅ ἃ (acc. also ad- 
missible). The conclusion of Cyrus was natural, as the king had made no 
opposition at Pyle, and then had relinquished a line of defence prepared 
with so much labor. Yet, in truth, a narrow pass, unless defended by a 
strong wall, was the very last place for Persians to risk an encounter with 
Greeks, as they could not there offset by their superiority of numbers the 
superior personal prowess of the Greeks. Their best chance for success 
was in an open plain, which they could scour with their cavalry, and 
where they could amass their hosts on all sides against the Greeks. — ἣμε- 
λημένως, some read ἠμελημένος. --- μᾶλλον, 685, 510. 

20. πορείαν ἐποιεῖτο (Lex.), 475. —aire, for him, i.e. of his army, 
463. — στρατιώταις, case 460, 463. 


CHAPTER VIII. 


BATTLE OF CUNAXA. — DEATH OF CYRUS. 


L ἣν, 571d. — ἀγοράν, cf. ii. 1. 7. —tvOa (550 6) ἔμελλε, 598 a. 21 
- καταλύειν, for breakfast ; see 10. 19. --- ἀνήρ, without art., 525 ἃ. 
He had been sent forward for observation or some preparation. — ἀνά 


(Lex.), 695. — ἱδροῦντι τῷ ἵππῳ, case 467 a; order 523 b, 4. —ols, numb. 
550 ἢ. --- ἐνετύγχανεν, ἐβόα, tense ? — ὡς els 5, 711; cf. § 23; 9. 23. The 
battle here described was fought, acc. to Plut. (Artax. 8), at a place called 
Kovvata, 500 stadia from Babylon (but 360 stadia, ii. 2. 6). This may 
have been the name of the station at which the army of Cyrus was to halt, 
or of the village mentioned in 10. 11, or these may possibly have. been the 


same place. 
2. αὐτίκα, pos.? what modifying ὃ -- καὶ...δέ (Lex.), cf. 1. 2. — σφίσιν, 


case 699 g. — ἐπιπεσεῖσθαι, subject ? 

3. Why aorists, and afterwards imperfects ? — τοῦ, τόν, τά, τάς, ὅ90 6. 
-- ἵππον, according to Plut., a noble horse, but hard to manage and fierce, 
named Pasacas (γενναῖον, ἄστομον δὲ καὶ ὑβρίστην, Artax. 9). 

4. Κλέαρχος : to whom was unfortunately given the chief command of 
the Greeks in the battle, — prob. the only general who would have there 














36 NOTES. 


disobeyed Cyrus, ii. 6. 15. — δεξιά, numb. 489a,—-rov κέρατος, of the 
wing, since the whole Greek force formed only the right wing of Cyrus’s 
army. — Πρόξενος δὲ ἐχόμενος (Lex.), and next Proxenus, with whom doubt- 
less was Xenophon. —[xal τὸ στράτευμα), and his division, if the words 
are genuine. They are certainly not required. — εὐώνυμον s, next to the 
Persian main body. 

5. βαρβαρικοῦ, pos.?—els χιλίους, 692. 5, 706; cf. 1. 10.—é τῷ δε- 
ξιῶ, on the right of the Greeks, to join in the pursuit, after the enemy 
should have been routed. So apparently beyond them, the targeteers, who 
could operate closer to the river than the cavalry. — ἐν τῷ εὐωνύμῳ, on the 
left of the Greeks, yet constituting the main body of the army. 

6. Κῦρος, ἱππεῖς (sc. ἔστησαν), here specially mentioned for the descrip- 
tion of their armature, which was rather Greek than Persian. Cyrus was 
doubtless in or near the centre of the barbarian host (ἃ 22); and some 
editors, without Mss. authority, insert κατὰ τὸ μέσον, citing the statement 
of Diod., Κῦρος ἐτέτακτο κατὰ μέσην τὴν φάλαγγα, xiv. 22. — ὅσον (Lex.), 
507 f. — θώραξι, case 466. — μὲν αὐτοί, indeed themselves, corresponding to 
oi δ᾽ ἵπποι, in § 7; μέν here preceding the contrasted word, that it may 
come earlier in the sentence, 720 a.— Kipov, case 406 a; cf. 1. 6. — ψιλήν 
(523 Ὁ, 4), wnarmed, i. e. simply covered with the erect tiara, which he 
proudly wore as a sign of distinction and dignity, asserting in itself his 
claim to the throne. This, however, might be so thickly and so firmly 
fitted as to afford considerable protection. Cf. ᾿Αποπίπτει δὲ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἡ 
Tidpa τοῦ Kupov, Ctesias’s account of the battle in Plut. (Artaz. 11). — 
[Aéyerar] (cf. 573 a) s, a general statement (corresponding to those in Hdt. 
v. 49 and vii. 61, aud Strabo xv. 3) now thought by many to have crept 
into the text from a gloss. If genuine, Xen. writes as if from the infor- 
mation of others. 

32 y οἱ μετὰ , Kvpov, in Cyrus's body-guard. — μαχαίρας, better 

shaped for striking, as the ξίφος for piercing. —‘EAAnvexds, pos.? 

8. A description brief, but graphic. — μέσον, δείλη, art. om. ? — ἡμέρας, 
case 416 a. — ἡνίκα δὲ δείλη (533 ἃ) ἐγίγνετο, but [when the afternoon was 
coming on, 594) early in the afternoon. —&pavy, came into sight, incept. 
aor. 592 d. — λευκή, μελανία, from the different manner in which the sun- 
light struck or was reflected from the long cloud of dust. — χρόνῳ (case 
468) δὲ συχνῷ ὕστερον, and a considerable time after, the period of intent 
and excited watching doubtless seeming long. Some needlessly conjecture 
ov συχνῷ. — ἐπί (Lex. c). — ἐγίγνοντο, ἤστραπτε, tense ? — χαλκός (Lex.) 
wus, ‘‘etwas wie Erz.” Rehdz. 

9. λευκοθώρακες, white-~mailed (Lex.). — ἐχόμενοι δὲ τούτων, and next to 
these ; case 426. — γεῤῥοφόροι, the common Persian infantry, well armed 
for Oriental warfare; but not for a shock with the iron-clad Greeks, while 
from their political institutions and habits of life they were no less 
deficient in spirit, discipline, and physical training. Cf. Cyr. i. 2. 13; 
Hdt. vii. 61. These were bowmen, acc. to Grote. — ποδήρεσι, 722d. — 
Αἰγύπτιοι (Lex.). — ἄλλοι 5, and other horsemen and also bowmen, or, 


BOOK I. CHAP. VIII. 37 


and others, horsemen and bowmen, 567e. The asyndeton renders the 
enumeration less formal, 68 d. — κατά (Lex.), 692. 5. — ἕκαστον τὸ ἔθνος, 
v. 1. ἕκαστον ἔθνος, 522 Ὁ, as usual in armies composed of different nation- 
alities. Cf. Hdt. vii. 60. — ἐπορεύετο, numb. 501 a. 

10. ἅρματα, subject of ἐπορεύοντο or ἦσαν understood, to which εἶχον is 
connected by dé. Numb. of verb? — διαλείποντα, cf. 7. 15. — ἀπ᾽ ἀλλή- 
λων, 689 b. — δή, indeed, namely. — εἰς πλάγιον (sc. μέρος or χωρίον), [to 
a side quarter] sideways (comm. with the idea of obliqueness), obliquely 
(oftener slanting or curving). ---ἀ ποτεταμένα, [extended] extending or pro- 
jecting (about two cubits in length ace. to Cyr. v1. 1. 30), to mow down 
standing troops, and sometimes attached to the wheel so as to revolve 
swiftly. — ὑπό, 689 Κ. --- δίφροις, these were high, to protect the driver, 
who was also defended by armor so that only his eyes were exposed. — εἰς 
γῆν βλέποντα, to mangle those who had been thrown down by the rush of 
the horses. Such a chariot had long axles, that it might be in less danger 
of being overturned in passing over corpses ; and its driver was protected, 
as just stated. See Cyr. vi. 1. 29 s. — ὡς διακόπτειν, expresses purpose, 
671 6. --- ὅτῳ, 253. 1; case 699 f, 450 a.— γνώμη ἦν, ὡς.. ἐλῶντα (sc. ταῦτα), 
the plan was [as though they were going to drive] that they should drive, 
680 ¢, 675d. — διακόψοντα, sc. ταῦτα. Cf. 4. 8. 

11. Ὅ, rel. referring to τοῦτο. --- εἶπεν, i. 7. 4. — καλέσας, object ? Ct. 
the fuller, but less frequent, form of expression in 7. 18. In Greek, if 
two closely connected verbs have a common object, this is usually expressed 
but once and in the case required by the nearer verb; cf. 399 g, 536c. “a 
ἐψεύσθη τοῦτο (case 478 or 481, 586 ὁ), in this he was mistaken. — κρανγῇ, 
case 467 a. — ὡς ἀνυστόν (sc. ἣν 572), as far as [was] possible. — ἐν ἴσῳ 
(sc. βήματι, step), (Lex.), 695; pos. 718 ὁ. ng ' 

12. ἐν (Lex.), 690. --- αὐτός 5, simply himself with P., without his 
body-guard, δ40 ο, 541 ἃ. --- Κλεάρχῳ, case 452. — ἐβόα, tense 595a. — 
ἄγειν.. εἴη, 659 ¢, 643 ο. — μέσον τό, 523 a, 3. — κἂν τοῦτ᾽ 5, 644 Ὁ. 33 
— νικῶμεν, mode ?— πάνθ᾽ ἡμῖν (case 461) πεποίηται (tense 610 a) 
= our work is all done. 

13. ‘Ops, ἀκούων, ἔχων, concessive, = though he sav, etc., 674. 1, ἢ 
—‘Opav, pos.?— ὃ Κλέαρχος, the subj. of ἤθελεν, yet repeated after the 
parenthesis, and ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως used as if a finite verb had preceded ; cf. 70 t. 
— τὸ μέσον στῖφος, order 523 Ὁ. The king's horse-guards would be esp. 
conspicuous, 7. 11. — Κύρου, case 434 a; cf. 10. 5. — ὄντα, part.? — εὐω- 
γύμου, case 445c. Some needlessly omit Ἑλληνικοῦ, as rendering the state- 
ment less strong than that below. The truth appears to be that Xen. was 
so absorbed in the contest between the Greeks and Persians, and esteemed 
so lightly the barbarian forces of Cyrus, that he leaves the latter mostly 
out of account in describing the battle, and sometimes seems to speak in 
general of the army of Cyrus as the Greek army, and of that of the king as 
the barbarian army ; see § 10, 14, 19, 24. — τοσοῦτον, 485 e, β, 483; used 
rather than the dat., on account of πλήθει, 487 b. — πλήθει, case 467 Ὁ, - 
μέσον τὸ ἑαυτοῦ, his own centre, i. 8. the centre of his army. — Κύρον, 














88 NOTES. 


gen. poss. — μὴ κυκλωθείη, 625 8. --- ὅτι αὐτῷ μέλοι (v. 1, μέλει, 645 a), 
ὅπως Karas ἔχοι (Lex. 634 c), that he himself was taking care (even more 
arrogant than that he would take care) that [it should have itself well] αἱ 
should go well. The self-willed and insubordinate course pursued by 
Clearchus to secure himself and the Greeks, left Cyrus with his Persian 
force to contend with several times the number of similar troops, and 
made his destruction almost certain. ‘O δ᾽ αὑτῶ μέλειν εἰπὼν, ὅπως ἕξει 
κάλλιστα, τὸ πᾶν διέφθειρεν, is the language of Plutarch, who is esp. severe 
upon the selfish caution, the folly, and faithlessness of Clearchus. Artaz. 8. 
Cyrus prob. understood the reply of Clearchus as expressing an intent to 
follow his direction, and supposed that all would be well. 

14. βαρβαρικὸν στράτευμα, the Persian host of the king. Born. and 
Dind. say ‘‘of Cyrus,” but it was very unlikely that he would lead his in- 
ferior Persian host to the encounter, before the Greeks, upon whom he 
placed his main reliance, were ready ; cf. 8 13. N. See Grote’s remarks on 
Clearchus. — αὐτῷ (Lex.). — συνετάττετο s, was forming from those who 
were sti!l coming up, and successively deploying into line. — παρελαύνων, 
returning from the extreme right, where Clearchus was posted. — πρὸς 
αὐτῷ 5, 541 e, at a considerable distance even from his own army. — κατε- 
θεᾶτο ἑκατέρωσε, took a survey on each side. What a season of observation, 
excitement, and suspense ! 

15. ἘΞενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος, wt. art. 525 ἃ the first mention of the author. 
Whether he was with his friend Proxenus, or with Clearchus as a mounted 
aid, or with the few cavalry of the latter, is not stated. His horse, 
freedom of movement, and relations to Cyrus and the generals, made the 
service which he now rendered both convenient and fit for him. — ὑπελά- 
cas ὧρφ συναντῆσαι, 671 a, 6. --- εἴ τι παραγγέλλοι, if [he would command 
anything] he had any commands to give, 648 a. — ἐπιστήσας, McMich. 
compares ‘‘having pulled up.” Cf. στήσας τὸ ἅρμα, 2. 17. — ὅτι καὶ τὰ 
ἱερὰ καλά (sc. εἴη) 5, that both the sacrifices [esp. the omens from the en- 
trails] were auspicious, and all the attendant circumstances [esp. the move- 
ments of the victims]. For the generally accepted distinction between 
ἱερά and σφάγια, see Lex. In such sacrifices, to which both the Greeks 
and the Romans attached a vital importance, every appearance of the vic- 
tim had its significance, the manner in which it approached and stood at 
the altar and received the fatal blow, its fall and dying groans and strug- 
gles, the burning of parts upon the altar, and esp. the forms and condition 
in which the entrails (eminently the vital organs) were found. — καλά, re- 

peated in emphatic confirmation. 

16. θορύβου, case 432 a, i; cf. 6 θόρυβος, 530 a. — τίς, ὅ τι, complem. 
563. — εἴη, mode ? — [Elevodhev.] If Κλέαρχος, the reading of some Mss., 
is correct, then this general must also have left the line for conversation 
with Cyrus ; but this seems quite improbable after the previous interview, 
§ 12 s. — τὸ σύνθημα, the password for distinguishing friends from foes, in 
two parts: the sign Ζεὺς Σωτήρ, and the countersign Kai Νέκη. Cf. vi. 5, 
25; Lat. tessera, Virg. Ain. vii. 637. — παρέρχεται, παραγγέλλει (mode 2). 


BOOK I. CHAP. VIII. 39 


--- δεύτερον : the password was repeated in a low tone by each soldier, 
from the commander to the end of the line, and then back again, to secure 
its correct transmission, from the end of the line to the commander ; see 
Cyr. iii. 3. 58. It was usually, as here, both religious and animating. — 
Kal ὅς (518 f) ἐθαύμασε, as it should not have been given out without 
his concurrence ; the tense denoting the momentary cxprernen of surprise, 
rather than the continuous feeling of wonder; but Clearchus was auto- 
“a7. ᾿Αλλά (Lex.). — δέχομαι, I accept tt, I hail it as ὃ good omen. Cf. 
accipio, Virg. <n. xii, 260. — τοῦτο ἔστω, (let this be] 80 let it be, = ὟΝ 
the result be in accordance with these auspicious words, — οὐκέτι.. στ ια 
(case 482) διειχέτην (568) τὼ (234 e, 492 ὁ) φάλαγγε 8, the two ΗΝ i 
no longer distant] were within three or four stadia of “ ot nd ᾿ ou 
what part of a mile ?— ἐπαιάνιζον (Lex.). The Greeks were si ὧν sing 
the pean to one or more of the gods (Apollo, Mars, ete.); ot — : 
battle, in anticipation of victory (παιὰν ἐμβατήριοεὶ, and alter a success ti 
battle, in thanksgiving (παιὰν vuxnrhpos). — ἀντίοι (Lex.), 509. — Fo 
vase 455 f. tl 
ac κυνί, sc. αὐτῶν, 676 ἃ. — ἐξεκύμαινε, a metaphor, —— 
and commended for its expressiveness and beauty by the ancients ; nearly 
expressed by our wndulated, more closely by billowed an τῆς τι 34 
(sc. mwépos) τῆς φάλαγγος, some part of the line, 418 b. --- ϑρόμῳ x 
(Lex. case 467 a) θεῖν, fo run [with running] outright, to hasten upon t 
run, differing from the simple ἔθεον below, not so much in what it ex- 
presses, as by its fuller and more emphatic expression, partaking of pleo- 
nasm, 69. --- φθέγξαντο, gave a shout. —olévep, case 468 (sc. φθέγμα, cry) 
or 483. — ἐλελίζουσι, from ἐλελεῦ, one form of the war-cry, as ἀλαλάζω 
(iv. 2. 7) from another form ; οἵ. ὀλολύζω, and our to whoop, huzza, etc. — 
ἔθεον, tense and order? It was for the interest of the Greeks thus to 
shorten the period of exposure to missiles, and to come as soon as err 
to close quarters. — Λέγουσι, Xen. writes here, as elsewhere, as if he hat 
not been present. — ἐδούπησαν, stem 344 ; ef. iv. 5. 18. So Alexander's 
soldiers, Arr. i. 6 (where the expression seems to us more natural : τοῖς 
δόρασι δουπῆσαι πρὸς τὰς ἀσπίδας). ---- φόβον ποιοῦντες τοῖς ἵπποις (460), 
[causing terror to] striking terror into the horses ; acc. to some, seeking to 
terrify the horses (598 ¢, 594) ; esp. those of the scythe-armed chariots. μ᾿ 
19. ἐξικνεῖσθαι (Lex.), mode, 703 ἃ, B; i.e. before they came within 
bow-shot. — ἐκκλίνουσιν, ἐδίωκον, ἐβόων, tense ?— κράτος (Lex.). — μή, why 
rather than οὐ 1 --- ἐν (rn) τάξει, without art. 533 6. ---θεῖν.. ἕπεσθαι, order ? 
20. τὰ μέν, appos. 393 d. — ἡνιόχων (case 414 b), such frightened cow- 
ards that they had deserted their chariots, and fled with the rest. Cf. Cyr. 
viii. 8. 25. — προΐδοιεν, mode ? ef. 5. 2. — διίσταντο. Alexander bade his 
soldiers do the same at Arbela, Curt. iv. 13. — ἔστι (Lex.) δ᾽ Saris (ἦν δέ 
τις ὅς, 553, 559 a), but there was one at least who. This seems to express 
the force of this indefinite form of expression, which does not affirm of 
more than one, and yet does not confine the statement to one. — ἔφασαν, 











NOTES. 


subject 571 c. — od8t...5€, neg. corresponding to xal...d¢ affirm. (Lex. δῶ. 

— οὐδεὶς 5, neg. tripled !— τις, a certain one. The precision of statement 

here used seems to show that ris is used to denote a single person, and not 

vaguely for one or two, or a small number. 

21. τό, sc. πλῆθος, μέρος, or στράτευμα. ---- οὐδ᾽ ὥς (Lex.). — συνεσπει- 
ραμένην, pos.? --- ποιήσει, mode ? — καὶ γάρ (Lex.), 1. 6, 8. — αὐτόν, case 
474b; cf. κρίσιν, 6. 5. 

22. μέσον...τὸ αὑτῶν, their own centre (i. 6. of their own army) ; gen. 
poss. 443 ; cf. 538 a. — q, χρήζοιεν, mode ?— ἄν, 618 c, 658 a. — ἐμίσα 
χρόνῳ, [ by means of | in half the time, 466, 469 e. 

23. αὐτῷ, cage 455 f. — ἀντίον (Lex.).—atrod, governed by ἔμπροσθεν: 

35 ef. πόῤῥω, iii. 4. 35. satples εἰς κύκλωσιν, as if for surrounding the 

enemy, 711; cf. §1; 2.1. 

24. δή, force ὃ --- τὸ (Εἰλληνικόν : Xen. was intent upon the fortunes of 
the Greeks. Cyrus must have seen that the king’s manceuvre would place 
himself and his barbarian army between two vastly superior forces, and 

5 the As the Greeks were too much 
occupied in their petty victory, and too far removed to render him the 
needed support, his only hope seemed to lie in a bold effort to arrest the 
king's movement, and bring the battle to a decision by a direct charge 
upon him. Cyrus has been blamed for his rashness ; but his desertion by 

Clearchus and the Greeks left him no alternative. He must snatch the 
crown by his personal prowess, or atone for his ambition by death. He 
almost won. — ἐλαύνει ἀντίος (Lex.), 509; with a general advance, no 
doubt, of his barbarian troops. — ἑξακοσίοις, § 6. — ἑξακισχιλίους, 7. 11 
emphatically added, as showing the great disparity of number. - ξεροδο: 
after the vivid description by the hist. pres. (ἐλαύνει, νικᾷ), the aor. better 
represents the feat as accomplished. Observe in the graphic account be- 
low the repeated interchange of present and past tenses. — αὐτὸς. ἑαυτοῦ, 
541 h. —’*Aprayépony, who, acc. to Plut., advanced against Cyrus with 
insulting and threatening words, and hurled his javelin against him with 
great foree. The javelin which Cyrus sent in return pierced Artagerses 
through the neck. i 

25. In the all-absorbing excitement of hand-to-hand fighting, it was 

natural for each soldier to press on as he could ; and a commander lost, in 
great measure, the power of directing and controlling the movements of his 
men. — ὁμοτράπεζοι, see Voll. and Rawlinson. 

26. τὸ ἀμφ᾽ ἐκεῖνον στῖφος, the crowd about him ; i. e. his more imme- 
diate attendants, as ὁμοτράπεζοι, etc., gathering close about him for his 
protection. — ἠνέσχετο, aor., since all was here momentary (Lex. ἀνέχω). 
— Tov (530 a) ἄνδρα dpa, tense 603 a. — ἵετο, not perhaps mere impulse 
in the heat of the engagement, since it was almost certain that he would 
be overwhelmed in the ocean of the opposing army, unless he could gain a 
personal victory over the king. (On παίει, vii. 4. 9 νυ. 6.) — τιτρώσκει, 
with a spear two-fingers’-breadth deep, ace. to Ctesias (Plut. Artaz. 11), 
the king having first hurled his javelin in vain at Cyrus. Ctesias adds 


BOOK I. CHAP. ΙΧ. 41 


that the king fell from his horse, and that he himself, with others, attended 
him out of the fight. — καὶ, a loose connection by co-ordination, instead of 
a closer by subordiuation, which indeed Cobet gives by inserting ὅς before 
καί. ---- ἰῶσϑαι (660 c) αὐτὸς (case 540 6, 667 b). — yor, order ? 

27. τις, Mithridates, a young Persian, acc. to Ctesias. "Wounds added 
by others made it doubtful who slew Cyrus. Artaxerxes himself jealously 
asserted the honor, and when Mithridates and a Carian claimed it, grati- 
fied the vengeance of Parysatis by giving them up to a death of lingering 
tortures. -A like fate befell Masabates (Bagapates in Ctes. Pers. 59), a 
faithful eunuch, who by order of the king cut off the head and right hand 
of Cyrus, and whom Parysatis artfully won from the king in a game of 
dice. See Plut. Artax.14s. This hand-to-hand fight of the two brothers 
has been compared to that of Eteocles and Polynices, the sons of (dipus, 
for the crown of Thebes. — μαχόμενοι (voice 580) βασιλεύς, left without 
a finite verb, and independent, through anacoluthon, 402 a, 675 f. What 
case with the part. would have here given a regular construction? Some 
would rather refer the construction to 395. — ἀπέθνησκον (one after an- 
other), ἀπέθανε, tense? Diod. states that more than 15000 of the king’s 
army were slain in this battle, mostly by the Greeks ; and that of the bar- 
barian force of Cyrus about 3000 fell; but of the Greeks not one perished, 


and only a few were wounded, — ἔκειντο, i. 6. in death; so often κεῖμαι, 
jaceo, lie, etc. 

28. ὁ πιστότατος αὐτῷ (453) 5, the [attendant most faithful to him] most 
devoted attendant of his wand-bearers. — περιπεσεῖν αὐτῷ, case 450a; cf. 
699g. Cf. super amici corpus procubuit, Curt. viil. 11; Virg. in. ix. 444. 

29. Κύρῳ, 699 a. — ἑαυτόν, 583 ; with the idea seemingly implied, here 
and before, of immolation to the dead (Lex. σφάζω). Cf. Cyr. vii. 3. 118. — 
σπασάμενον, voice 579. — χρυσοῦν, a gilt poniard. — στρεπτόν, etc. ef. 
2. 27. 


CHAPTER IX. 


XENOPHON’S PANEGYRIC ON CYRUS. 


1, μέν (Lex.). — παρά (Lex.), 586 d, 694. 9; an acknowledgment 36 
being regarded as proceeding from the speaker ; ef. ἐκ (ii. 6. 1). — 
Kupov...év πείρᾳ, [in the knowledge of Cyrus by experience] personally ac- 
quainted with Cyrus. Κύρου is governed by πείρᾳ (Lex. ); observe the order. 

2. μέν, corresp. to the first δέ in § 6 or in § 7. — πάντα, case 481 ; order 
719 Ὁ, εἰ. Observe the use of the definite tenses in the description of char- 
acter in this chapter (and in ii. 6. 25 ; 592 a), a description which seems 
in general correct of Cyrus, as he appeared in his ambition for the throne. 
How he would have shown himself in the actual possession of it, is, per- 
haps fortunately for his reputation, an unwritten chapter of history. — 
κράτιστος, hence regarding himself as more worthy to reign than his 


brother. 








42 NOTES. 


3. ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως θύραις, at the king's court, kept there largely as 
hostages for their fathers’ loyalty. — καταμάθοι ἄν, might learn, 636 a. — 
αἰσχρόν, ἔστι, pos.? —otr’ ἀκοῦσαι οὔτ᾽ ἰδεῖν ἔστι, [it is possible neither 
to] one can neither hear nor see anything base, or, there is nothing base to 
be either heard or seen, 633 g, — a picture belonging, acc. to Xenophon’s 
own statement in Cyropedia (viii. 8. 12 5), to the early rather than the later 
Persian court, though we may hope that the gross corruptions of the later 
Persian court were in large measure hidden within from the youthful pages. 
Cf. the early system of Persian education in Cyr. i. 2. 2 5. 

4. ἀκούουσι, hear of. — εὐθὺς (Lex.) ; ef. ii. 6. 16; iv. 6. 14. — μανθά- 
νουσὶν (mode 671d), in this atmosphere of absolute authority and unques- 
tioning obedience, so different from that which surrounded the Athenian 
boy. Abuse of freedom in Athens inclined Xen. to see the advantages of 
a more arbitrary government. 

5. αἰδημονέστατος (pos.?)...rav ἡλικιωτῶν, [the most respectful of his 
equals] more respectful than any of his equals, 515. — pév, corresponds to 
what ? — τοῖς re πρεσβυτέροις (case 455 g) kal τῶν éavrod (case 408) 5, and 
to be more obedient to his elders than those even who were lower in rank 
than himself. — ἵπποις, case 466 b. —"Expwvov, subject, 571c.—els τὸν 
πόλεμον, [tending into war] preparatory to war, for war, 694. — ἔργων 
(Lex.) ; gen., obj. w. φιλομαθέστατον and μελετηρότατον, 444 a. — τοξικῆς, 
art. om.? 

6. “Emel δὲ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ (case 453) ἔπρεπε, i. 6. when he had passed from 
the class of παῖδες, boys, into that of ἔφηβοι, youths, young men, which was 
usually, acc. to Cyr. i. 2. 8, at the age of 16 or 17, but must have been 
earlier in the case of the precocious Cyrus. — ἄρκτον, not necessarily a she- 
bear, as the word is comm., epicene, 174 a. — ἔπιφερομένην (Lex.), 578 a. 
- τὰ μὲν (sc. πάθη), some [injuries, or hurts], 478 ; not followed by ra δὲ, 
as there is a change in the form of expression : τέλος δέ 8. --- πρῶτον, adj. 
or adv.? —wodAois (case 458) μακαριστόν (Lex.) ; cf. τοῖς οἴκοι ζηλωτόν, 
ἡ. 4. N. 

37 7. Explain use of tenses in this section. -ς στρατηγὺς.. ἀπεδείχθη, 

voice, 586 c; cf. 1. 2. — μέν, to which the first δέ in § 11 may cor- 
respond. — αὑτόν, case 474b; cf. i. 8. 21. — πρὶ (Lex., 692. 4) πλείστον 
ποιοῖτο (Lex.), voice 579. — ποιοῖτο, σπείσοιτο, mode ? — συνθοῖτο, 315 ὁ 
(v. 1. συνθεῖτο) ; not implying, like σπείσοιτο, previous hostility. — τῳ = 
run, 253. 1. --- μηδὲν ψεύδεσθαι, to [falsify nothing, 478] prove false in 
nothing. 

8. Καὶ γάρ (Lex.) οὖν, introducing a consequence in confirmation of 
what has been before stated. —at πόλεις (generic, 522 a; so the contrasted 
οἱ ἄνδρες) ἐπιτρεπόμεναι, cities, on being committed (or committing them- 
selves) to his charge, nearly = the cities which were committed (by the 
king, or committed themselves) to his charge. — ἐπίστευον δ᾽ οἱ ἄνδρες 
(sc. ἐπιτρεπόμενοι), and individua’s reposed Jull confidence in him. Observe 
the emphatic repetition of ἐπίστευον. 

9. Τοιγαροῦν and καὶ yap οὖν have nearly the same force ; though 


BOOK L CHAP. IX. 43 


strictly the connective power is somewhat more prominent δ the ering 
and the confirmative power in the latter. Pies anicte ere i shes 
war, inceptive 592 d. —at πόλεις, the Greek cities in his neig 7 
those of Ionia ; see 1. 6. — τοὺς φεύγοντας, 1. 73 the partisans of Cyrus, 
who had been banished by Tissaphernes and his agra wi 
582 8; apprehending the revenge which he might take in 5 : _ 
10. Καὶ and καί may correspond as both, and : Sor he both showe in 
conduct and expressly declared. — προοῖτο, form 315 ¢; np rit 
ἐγένετο, after he had once become, ind. as referring to a definite pias 11. 
Observe the distinction between the definite ἅπαξ, once for all, the on 
definite ποτέ, at any time. — μείους, fewer in number. — ἔτι (emph. repeated) 
δὲ κάκιον πράξειαν (Lex.), and should be still less fortunate. i 
11. Φανερός (Lex., 573) δ᾽ ἦν, kal..., νικαν πειρώμενος, wie τον appar 
ent] showed himself...endeavoring to outdo. — iy, ποιήσειεν, modes ab. 
— ἀγαθόν, αὐτόν, case 480 b. — εὐχήν (pos. ἢ) δὲ τινες αὐτοῦ Pass ὡς 
(702 a) εὔχοιτο (mode 643, tense !), some indeed [brought ont nana » re 
ciety] reported a prayer of his, how he prayed. Similes orationis is 
dantias in deliciis habent Greci.” Kiihn. BP prseininnpeedl gaya? sr 
cally pleonastic. — χρόνον, case ! — ἔστε νικῴη (form 293 ὁ ; mo sti wh 
tense 612)... ἀλεξόμενος, wntil he [should have outdone, osm out- 
done by requital ; ἀλεξώύμενος, properly of requiting evil, but i ἊΝ ΜΝ 
(68 g), of returning both evil and good. The returning 9 ἔρος ᾿ pil 
has found little place even in the theory of heathen ee le ou 
it were not so limited in the practice even of Christians ἡ ow a 
while they praise the Gospel rule, follow the worst part of t uP ih 0 ' 
Isocrates (1. 26): Ὁμοίως αἰσχρὸν εἶναι νόμιζε, τῶν ἐχθρῶν νικᾶσθαι eT κα 
κοποιΐαις, καὶ τῶν φίλων ἡττᾶσθαι ταῖς εὐεργεσίαις. But Cyrus, from ΟἹ rn 
bition, failed signally of making a due return for the mildness and for- 
iveness of his brother. : 
yaar πλεῖστοι (art. om. 533 e) δὴ αὐτῷ, ἑνί ye ἀνδρὶ (512 ο, 393) τῶν ἐφ᾽ 
(Lex. a, 690) ἡμών, ἐπεθύμησαν... προέσθαι, the greatest number certainly 
desired to intrust to him, at least for a single individual [of those] in our 
ime; ef. 8.22. -- δὴ, often with superl. 
Be i lee πῆγαν: δὴ οὐδὲ (713 ο) τοῦτ᾽ (544) ἄν τις εἴποι (mode 636 > 
not indeed surely could any one say even this. — τους, not repeated, as the 
adjectives together describe a single class, 534. 4. — πάντων, pn δῇ 
ἣν ἰδεῖν, [it was possible to see (Lex. εἰμί), 571 1] one might see; οἵ. : 
The Persians were exceedingly rigid and severe in punishment ; 7 a 
young ruler, with his limited knowledge of the springs of human i ps 
is in danger of relying too exclusively upon the principle of cirri e 
good and punishing the bad. Cf. Ces. B. G. vii. 4, at end. ri : ρα of 
feet, one or both ; τῶν ποδῶν, of their feet, would have implied bot aa 
ἐγένετο (Lex. γίγνομαι), 571 ἴ. ---“Ἑλληνι, case 459. --- μηδὲν (686 4) ἀδι- 
κοῦντι (Lex.), if he did no wrong, condition, 635, 674. — ts, [any bit 
he. In general reference the Greek often uses an indef. where the ng. 
prefers a pers. pron.; cf. i, 9. 18.— mpoxwpoln, agreeing w. ὅ τι, or impers. 





44 NOTES. 


ν. ; 
μ᾿ geal hig (Lex.); mode 641 Ὁ; form 293 c. * There seems to be 
p. re nee here to valuable articles of traffic, the conv of 
is attended with special risk. ᾿ ss muda alin 
14. | + * ν 
38 μῶν we hess) cf. γὲ μήν, § 16, 20. — ἀγαθούς, pos.? — ὡμολό- 
Ll , pe - const. for impers., 573 ; i¢ [had been acknowledged and 
ttlec ] was without dispute that he honored, 599 Ὁ, c, 268; cf. vi 7 “i 
aw a “ἢ ἢ ἢ ᾽ οἱ, π. ἃ ὃ. .- 
ae ie left without the regular sequence. If these directl 
᾿ ified ἐποίει, and ἣν αὐτῷ πόλεμος was changed to ὄντος αὐτῷ λέν : 
the correspondence with ἔπειτα δέ would be more regular alae “ei 
it ΠΝ as indef. 550 a; the relative clause prevedin ‘Ble 
iio gr a 279 b. —%S; attr. 554 a. — χώρας, 551 ο. --- δώροι οὐ ϊητρνῖται 
a. ὥστε 8, 80 that (in the domain of Cyrus) the brave a cc ae omy “si 
prest of men, and the coward.y were deemed fit to be ui uaa 
ir it Κῦρον, more em phatic than the pronoun | ΗΝ 
(case PP np ia ripe cf. § 20, and ye μέντοι, § 14. — εἴ τις αὐτῷ 
rn 5 i uf any one appeared to him desirous of exhibitin g it ve lig 
το, mode, etc., 6: . wouling it. ---- γένο 
seme, er, ce; adh dor Las.) — τούτον, [thew] ach pr 
of ¢ hla Aas : K, denoting source, from or by means 
7. αὐτῷ, case 460. — τε (I 
| Diese . ex.)...Kal (Lex.), both...and 
iil ts lei used of ἃ series of measures, while ἐχρήσ al tg i 
Pl lave reference to a single expedition, viewed as a nese og ἡτῷ 
στ "ὦ ὦ . ͵ ] 7 Β. 
: 416 ὃ buey | for their mere we Si ; 
he: A, pa eigeh 3 ere wages, but (sine COU 
: vey (657 k) knew thet to serve Cyrus well was more qainf, : i βρημημκμῖμι 
y the month ; cf. § 20. gainful than the pay 
18. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν (Lex.) εἴ τί 
' xX. s γέ (accent 787) τι (case 47 
} we ase 478 ᾽ rr ; 
indeed any one rendered any good service [to him having seb ἊΝ 
yan he never lefi[to any one the zeal, 460 ᾿ of 8 i 1 his 
onal : " ᾽ ᾽ . . Tey ἡ 
με unrewarded, — ὑπτηρετήσειεν, mode ?— εἴασε, aor. to deny a sin “i 
AUD and not merely the habit; the more positive, because ἄν is a 
mi ded, as in § 19 w. ἀφείλετο. --- κράτιστοι δή, the [best certainly] vers 
τὶ > ef. 812, πλεῖστοι δή. --- ὑπηρέται παντὸς ἔργου, supporters of or Ἂς 
ie work, 444, — Κύρῳ... γενέσθαι, to [have come to] belong to Cyrus, 459. 
i ' ὁρῴη, ἀφείλετο (616 ο), προσεδίδονυ, 684 b, ἃ, 6. --- Stxalov (Lex.). — 
sy ng 641 b (υ. l. ἄρχει 651. 1). --- χώρας, 551 c; cf. § 14 (se. τὴν 
x sl 0). — οὐδένα ἂν πώποτε ἀφείλετο, he would never take away 
a : aa = ef. 8 187 him; cf. ἕστασαν ἄν, 5. 2. — ἐπόνουν, i. 6. his vas- 
ne ni i ministrators. — καὶ... αὖ, and still further. —fxvora, least of 
i “Fone μ all, — ἔκρυπτεν, sc. ταῦτα, 480 c, — πλουτοῦσιν, case 456. 
pit , he showed himse! f not envying, with impf., fact or not 3 --- 
ΠΝ tense ἢ Observe the pairs of kindred words, dabest 
ἀρ OL casas pata eof kt geralene ped sound 
unglish would rather be avoided. We shall also ) 
ἮΝ the near repetition of the same word, even if not ees ee 
as more agreeable to the Greek ear than it is to the English ini sia 


BOOK I. CHAP. IX. 45 


20. Φίλους, seems not so much the direct object of θεραπεύειν as 39 

the noun expressed in the relative clause (which here precedes, 551 0), 

and placed first for emphasis: [friends at least certainly as many as he might 
have made] and certainly whatever friends he made. The same noun, with 
τοσοῦτους or τούτους (cf. ὅσα... τούτων ὃ 23), also belongs to the antecedent 
clause, where it is governed by θεραπεύειν. -— ποιήσαιτο, voice ? mode ἵ --- 
συνέργους εἶναι (sc. τούτου, οἵ. § 21). -- ὅ τι τυγχανοι (Lex.) 5, co-workers 
[of that whatsoever] in whatever he [might happen to] desired to effect. 
— πρός, w. pass., 586d (rare in Att. prose). — ὁμολογεῖται, pers. 573. — 
κράτιστος...θεραπεύειν, the best (to cherish] for, or, in cherishing, 663 d or e. 

21. αὐτὸ τοῦτο (481b), with respect to this very end, explained by the ap- 
positive clause, ws συνεργοὺς ἔχοι. --- οὗπερ αὐτὸς ἕνεκα φίλων 5, for the sake 
of which he thought that he himself needed friends, 719 a, B. — ἔχοι, mode 
624 c. —ovvepyds Tots φίλοις (451 b, 699 [)...τούτον (case 444 a), co-worker 
with his friends for that. — ὅτου, case 4326 ; form ? 

22. Δῶρα (pos.?) s, ὅ12 6. --- οἶμαι, form 313 6. -- διὰ πολλά (Lex.); the 
oriental usage of approaching the great with presents, combining with the 
attractiveness of his personal character the example of his own generos- 
ity, and the influence of his exalted prospects. — πάντων, case 420 c. — 
διεδίδου, tense ? form 315 Ὁ. — τρόπους (v. ἰ. τρόπον), 488 d. — καὶ (sc. πρὸς 
τοῦτο) Srov, case 414 Ὁ, ὁ. 

23 τῷ σώματι (460, so ἀνδρί below) αὐτοῦ (538 Ὁ) κόσμον (394 Ὁ), as 
an equipment for his person. — A ὡς els πόλεμον ἢ ὡς εἰς καλλωπισμόν, 
either [as he would send for war] for use in war or for mere embellishment, 
ὡς marking the purpose of the giver. Cf. 2.1; iv. 3. 11. — τούτων, as 
antecedent of ὅσα, 550d. — οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο, [would not be able, 636 a} 
could ποί. --- κοσμηθῆναι, etc., see ὃ 19 N. φανερῶς... ἐφαίνετο. --- νομίζοι, 
w. 2acc. 480 ἃ. 

24. τὸ μέν 5, that he surpassed his friends in conferring [the] great bene- 
fits is nothing wonderful. — ἐπυμελείᾳ, case 467 b. — φίλων, case 491 ο, 
699 f. — ταῦτα, this, in appos. with τὸ περιεῖναι, 505b; numb. 4916; 
perhaps the plur. rather on account of the two particulars mentioned, or 
the many examples in his life. 

25. ἔπεμπε, ἔπεμψε, tense ! ΟΥ̓, διέφθειρον, διέφθειραν, ill. 3. δ. ---λάβοι, 
mode ? — λέγων, through the messenger, to whose own words the construc- 
tion changes in τοῦτον s. In Persia presents from the king’s table were 
esteemed great honors, and esp. if he had himself partaken of the same 
dish. See Cyr. viii. 2. 4; iv. 5. 4. — οὕπω δή, [not as yet certainly | cer- 
tainly not. — χρόνον, 433 a ; ef. δέκα ἡμερῶν, 7. 18.— οἴνῳ, case 450, 699 g. 
— σοί (σέ § 26), the accent renders the message more courteous. — ov 


οἷς 5, 551 f. 

26. ἡμίσεα, subst. (Lex.). -- ηούτοις ἤσθη, enjoyed these, case 456. — 
τούτων, case ? 

27. ἐδύνατο, force of ind. here ?— διὰ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, through 40 
the care which he exercised, or, a8 some think, through their care for 
him. — ds μὴ πεινῶντες... ἄγωσιν (mode 645a, 650), [that they may not 





NOTES. 


being hungry] that hungry animals might not carry his friends. ‘‘ Love 
me, love my” horse. 

28. Εἰ. ποτε, if αὐ any time, = ὁπότε, whenever, 639 a. — πλεῖστοι, 
very many. — ϑηλοίη (mode? form?) οὖς (563) τιμᾷ, mode ?—‘EAAhvey, 
from οὔτε naturally connected as part. gen. w. οὐδένα. Some connect with 
πλειόνων, 

29. τούτου, τόδε, 544. — παρά, 689 d. — δούλον ὄντος, [being] though a 
slave, or subject, since in an absolute government all the subjects are sim- 
ply slaves ; cf. 7. 3; ii. 5. 38. Ta βαρβάρων yap δοῦλα πάντα πλὴν ἑνός. 
Eur. Hel. See (con. iv. — ἀπήει, cf. ἀπῆλθον, 608 ὁ ; and observe chiasma. 
— Kal οὗτος δὴ, ὃν (pos. 551 ὁ) ᾧετο πιστόν οἱ,.. ἑαντῷ, 537 ; αὐτόν less 
emphatic than τοῦτον, the emphasis falling rather on ταχύ, 540g; cf. of... 
αὐτούς, ii. 5. 27. — φιλαίτερον, form 26le; w. dat. 456. See 6. 3. — 
παρὰ δὲ.. ἀπῆλθον, 699 c. — καὶ οὗτοι (554 a) 5, and these indeed men who 
were especially beloved by him (the king). — τιμῆς, case ? 

30. τεκμήριον, pred. appos. 534. 3.— τῇ τελευτῇ τοῦ βίον (523 c). — 
αὐτῷ (460, 464) γενόμενον, happened to him at the end of his life. —8n, con- 
nects its clause to τεκμήριον : for arrangement see 719 d. — τοὺς πιστούς 5, 
art. 534. 4. 

31. ᾿Αποθνήσκοντος, ἀπέθανον, tense Ἧἴ--- γάρ, for = namely (Lex.), 705 Ὁ. 

-- αὐτοῦ, αὐτόν, Kupov. Cf. 6. 11. — ὑπέρ, 693. 7. — ἔφυγεν, to the camp 
(see 10. 1); having before fought bravely, Diod. xiv. 24. — ἔχων = with, 
674d, b. — τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν, 523e. The characteristics ascribed to 
Cyrus in this chapter are those of a young, talented, intelligent, energetic, 
generous, ardent, and ambitious prince, straining every nerve to win honor 
and popularity, and highly successful in gaining them. It is not wonder- 
ful that they were greatly fascinating to a knightly adventurer like Xeno- 
phon, beginning already to conceive a disgust at democracy ; or that they 
should have obscured or palliated to his mind some faults, if not crimes, 
which Cyrus also pressed into the service of his ruling passion, ambition. 
To what lengths this passion would have carried him, had he reached the 
throne, we can only conjecture. He would, we must suppose, have been 
himself the ruler of his vast empire, governing it with an absolute sway, 
yet, in general, just and generous ; he would have striven to enlarge its 
limits, and to put down all rebellion within them. He would have been a 
seducing and dangerous neighbor to the Greeks ; and might have thrown 
far into the future, if he could not prevent, the conquest of Persia by 
Greece. He might have been in reality, as in name, a second Cyrus on 
the throne. It is evident, at least, that Xenophon took him as a model 
for the ideal character presented in the Cyropaedia (see Introduction). 


BOOK I. CHAP. X. 


CHAPTER X. 


ὺ RSIANS. 
CONTINUANCE OF THE FIGHT. — THE GREEKS REPULSE THE PE 


Ἵ. ἀποτέμνεται, zeugma, 497 Ὁ ; acc. toa law of me tga Al 
Plut. (Artax. 13), 1. 6. the head that had plotted cag petri! 
icht 1 that had executed it. For the fate of the eunuc sa 
μα sete ’s order see 8.27 N. The king is said to have seize 
aa ἀρ Pi a hair, and held it up to confirm his wavering ei 
pay ln ao who were fleeing. The head and hand were ees 
exhibited on a pole, iii. 1. 17.— xelp ἡ δεξιά, 523 a 2, 3(v. 1. ἡ ial wig 
eds δὲ Kal of σὺν αὐτῷ διώκων εἰσπίπτει, an unusua gr 
er nye σὺν αὐτῷ seems parenthetic, unless, with some, we eee ον 
hy i 2 by mistake from § 2, where the plur. follows ; 497. — ὕρε 
ἜΜΕΝ ; — of pera ᾿Αριαίον (those with A. =), 4. and his — 
Κύρου, 44 > ov fa second night-station after passing the trench, " ᾿, 
pee Tthere were said to be four parasangs of the way] the ds 
ἡ ar fie ice sae san both plunder the other valuables to ἃ 
..» 


large amount. — λαμβάνει, cakes for his harem. Why the change of num- 


' ᾿ | 
ἡ wknd the younger of the two. Cyrus showed his preference for 


the Greeks, even in the selections for his harem, iti i Rus yp 
was very small for a Persian prince. : agp oat hat a i abi 
escapes out of ΠΥ a age of or in view of | towards the ys ; 
- πρὸς tavE ait the acc. would denote, for they seem, ἀπο" e 
not to them, r ν εἶν esata which they were guarding, and to aie 
sight, to wl Ἢ i battle line to repel the invaders, | and save ee wg 
ra re any ea Taree τὸς DN τι Ἐπὶ 

oye r pit" H ° ΟἹ, . ἂν ᾽ "τ 
hand ellipsis, and gle! μ Se aes themselves) in onpentng 
i) fii olay a “οὶ δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν, and [others] some of thet 
π᾿ πῆμρυν μλίϑίμι ἄλλα ἐπόσα ἐντὸς αὐτῶν 5, whatever else τρρε i ft ἃ 
thin ter Hin, Doth PoP en as in 
somewhat emphatic repetition. ss) pout 


ἃ ἴῃ vi. 1. 13. 

i .« wocnlt is playfully exaggerated in vi. 1. 
wie see πο 405 a. How many ag fe pad pn 
Fee ali ly jointly to the ct. — 

i ., since the pred. applies on t fe τω 
Ly a bsg yaoi body. — of μὲν (518 d) πάντας pe: ping 2 
h ming pursuing the opposite wing, 4S 1 gg sgfesthygp 
sD . by a mistake which cost Cyrus his life. 1} suc ὮΝ ‘A pinay 
ae nds whether οἱ μέν refers to the nearer or more distan je 
must de 


ἱ δ᾽ ἁρπάζοντες 8, those (the king and those with him, § 1, 499 6) 
..Ὁ ᾿ 











48 NOTES. 


plundering, as if they were now all victorious (viz. the whole army). See 
9. 19 N (at end). | 

5. ἤσθοντο, became aware ; perhaps through a distant view of the tur- 
moil, perhaps through information from the nearer peltasts, § 7 8. -- Τισ- 
σαφέρνους, case 434a; cf. 8. 13. See 8 8. --- τὸ καθ᾽ αὑτούς, sc. μέρος or 
στράτευμα. --- ες τὸ πρόσϑεν οἴχονται (612, mode?) s, [are] were gone 
forward in pursuit. — πλησιαίτατος, of the generals, 8. 4 ; form 257 d. — 
πέμποιεν, mode 648 a. — ἀρήξοντες, purpose, 598 Ὁ. 

42 6. Ἔν τούτῳ (Lex. ἐν), 506 ἃ. --- δῆλος ἦν προσιών, was [evi- 

dent] seen approaching. — ὡς ἐδόκει, ὄπισθεν, from behind (i. e. to 
take them in the rear), as it seemed. — παρεσκενάζοντο, ὡς ταύτῃ προσιόντος 
(se. βασιλέως, gen. abs., 676 a), as though he would come that way, καὶ 
δεξόμενοι, and they would receive him, 676 Ὁ, a strongly idiomatic passage, 
illustrating, as MceMich. remarks, the power of ὡς with the part. ‘‘to ex- 
press complex ideas with elegance, brevity, and precision.” (See 1. 11.) 
Some have προσιόντες, prepared to advance this way and receive, etc. 
(Hickie.) — 6, to correspond better in form with οἱ μὲν Ἕλληνες, used from 
its familiar association w. δέ at the beginning of a clause ; see 533 b: easier 
than βασιλεὺς δέ. --- ἦγεν, Voice 577 c. — ἦ (sc. ὁδῷ, 467 a) δὲ παρῆλθεν ἔξω 
τοῦ εὐωνύμον κέρατος (case 445 c), ταύτῃ καὶ ἀπήγαγεν, but by what route 
he passed beyond the left wing, by this he also [led back] returned ; cf. 8. 23. 
— ἀναλαβών, at or near the camp. — τοὺς.. κατὰ τοὺς "EAAnvas αὐτομο- 
λήσαντας, those who deserted [over against] to the Greeks, ii, 1. 6; regard- 
ing the battle, doubtless, as decided in favor of Cyrus. 

7. διήλασε.. “Ελληνας (adj. 506 f) πελταστάς, [rode through] charged 
along the river against and through the Greek peltasts. — αὐτούς, them, i. e. 
Tissaphernes and his corps, 499 e; cf. § 4. — γενέσθαι, to have proved him- 
self. 

8. ὡς μεῖον (Lex.) ἔχων ἀπηλλάγη, as he [withdrew having the worst] 
came off at disadvantage. Cf. iii. 4. 18. --- οὐκ ἀναστρέφει, which would 
have exposed him to further loss. See ii. 3. 19. — τὸ.. τό, 523, 2. 

9. κατὰ 5, near the left wing of the Greeks, beyond it, or by its side, § 6; 
the left wing as before named, strictly the right as the men now stood. — 
μὴ (Lex.) προσάγοιεν 5, that they might make an attack upon the wing, 
and infolding it on both sides cut them (the Greeks) to pieces. The Per- 
sians must have been already moving towards this, or their great army 
could not have been so soon in the position stated in 8 10. — ἀναπτύσσειν 
τὸ κέρας, to fold back the wing, by counter-marching or a quarter-wheel, so 
that the line should be parallel to the river instead of being at right angles 
to it. — καὶ ποιήσασθαι ὄπισθεν τὸν ποταμόν, and bring the river in their 
rear, so that they could no longer be enclosed. 

10. Ἔν (Lex. 557 a) ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἐβουλεύοντο, but while they were plan- 
ning these measures of safety, though they had not yet reached their in- 
tended position on the river’s bank. — παραμειψάμενος, having changed to 
the same form, or, position, i. e. having brought his line parallel to the 
river. —xaréoryncey ἀντίαν.. συνήει, stationed his line opposite, just as at 


BOOK I. CHAP. X. 49 


the first he came to the battle, i. 6. the relative position of the two lines 
was the same, the direction of both having been similarly changed. Some 
connect εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ σχῆμα with κατέστησεν and ὥσπερ. “--- τὸ πρῶτον (029 8) 
μαχούμενος (purpose 598 b). — ὄντας, sc. αὐτούς, referring to φάλαγγα, 
499 a. — προθυμότερον ἣ τὸ πρόσθεν (529 ὃ), having proved their cow- 
ardice. 

11. ἐκ πλέονος, sc. διαστήματος (Lex. πολύς). See 8. 19. — κώμης, not 
improbably the place which Plut. calls Cunaxa. The present identification 
of ἃ mere village could not, of course, be expected. 

12. γήλοφος : this ‘‘ appears to have been one of the numerous 43 
artificial mounds, topes, or tels, sometimes sepulchral, sometimes 
heaps of ruins, which abound on the plain of Babylonia. ’ Ains. — mefol, 
in appos. w. ol. — τῶν δὲ ἱππέων (case 586 c) «ἐνεπλήσθη, by change of 
const. for ἱππεῖς δέ ὧν, to strengthen the expression, 716 c; the infantry 
still fleeing, cf. § 15, while the array of cavalry hid from the Greeks the 
movements behind. — τὸ ποιούμενον, what was doing. — βασίλειον, 445 6, 
ef. Κύρειον, § 1. - ἀετόν (Lex.). The indef. τινα, a certain, or kind of, 
seems to imply that the representation was not very artistic, or was indis- 
tinctly seen: nearly = what appeared to be a golden eagre. The royal 
standard of Persia is described in Cyr. vii. 1. 4, as ἀετὸς χρυσοῦς ἐπὶ δόρατος 
μακροῦ dvareTrapévos. — ἐπὶ πέλτης ἐπὶ ξύλου, on a target uplifted upon a 
pole. Some give to πέλτης the unusual sense of spear, regarding ἐπὲ ξύλον 
as an explanatory gloss brought into the text. ᾿ 

13. λείπουσι, beyin to leave ; ἐψιλοῦτο, was gradually thinned ; ἀπεχό- 

ρησαν, had departed: beginning, progress, end, order, chiasma. — ἄλλοι 
(Lex. ἄλλος ο), 567 ἃ; ἄλλοθεν, in different directions (the Greek mode of 
conceiving direction was often the opposite of ours); oF from different 
points of the hill, one here and another there. 

14. ἀνεβίβαζεν, tense 594 a. __ ὑπὸ αὐτόν, acc. on account of previous 
motion implied, 704 c. — Λύκιον, one of his few horsemen. — κατιδόντας 
τὰ (prolepsis, 474 b) ὑπὲρ (Lex. a) τοῦ λόφου, τί ἐστιν (sc. ταῦτα, abi 
ii. 1. 22), having observed from above (the things beyond the hill, what they 
are] the condition of things beyond the hill. ! a 

15. ἤλασε (Lex.), 476 2. — ἀπαγγέλλει, pres. more important. — 
(Lex.). — ἥλιος, without art. 533 a. 

16. ἅμα μὲν... αἱ (§ 17) (for ἅμα δέ), 716 b. — φαίνοιτο, mode 643 a. — 
ἐπό, not παρά. --- καταληψόμενόν τι, to seize some [thing] advantage, 598 b. 

17. αὐτοί, belongs in force with ἄγοιντο and ἀπίοιεν, yather than ἐβου- 
λεύοντο, and for themselves they consulted. —ra σκευοφόρα ἐνταῦθα ἄγοιντο, 
they should bring their baggage there by a detachment sent for it, or, should 
have their baggage brought there, 579, 581. — αὐτοῖς, subject of ἀπιέναι, 88 
well as indirect obj. of ἔδοξεν, 667 Ὁ; and so used emphatically. 

18. ἡμέρας, a day so fatal to the ambitious hopes of Cyrus and his 
‘Greeks, and ultimately to the Persian Kmpire by exposing so decisively its 
weakness even at liome. How the great lesson of this battle was applied 
by Alexander is familiar to all. It is wonderful that the Persian kings 

4 











50 NOTES. 


had not anticipated him by applying it themselves to a new armature and 
discipline of their troops after the Greek model. With their vastly inferior 
arms of both defence and offence it was impossible that these should stand, 
however brave, against an iron-clad and iron-tempered host. — καὶ εἴ τι, 
and especially whatever, 639 a; ct. 5. 1. --- σφοδρά, pred. adj. (v. 7. σφόδρα), 

44 in severe form. — éhéyovro, pers. const., 573 d. — καὶ ταύτας, even 

these, 505 b, c. 

19. What examples of chiasma ? — μέν, corresp. to δέ, ii. 1. 2. — vu«ra, 

case 699 a. 





BOOK τ᾿. 


FROM THE DEATH OF CYRUS TO THE BREAKING OF THE TRUCE 
BY THE PERSIANS, AND THE TREACHEROUS SEIZURE OF THE 
FIVE GENERALS. 


CHAPTER I. 


THE GREEKS OFFER TO PLACE ARIZUS ON THE THRONE. — DEMANDS 
OF THE KING.—- ANSWER OF THE GREEKS. 


45 1, Ὥς.. τῆν, subject of δεδήλωται. ---ῶς μὲν οὖν, how, or, in what 
way, then, since we have come to this point in the history (see 
page 3 of notes, as to divisions into books, summaries, etc.) ; μέν intro- 
duced by the writer of this section as a new correlative to δέ, § 2; see i. 10. 
19 n. — Κύρῳ, for Cyrus, by various Greek commanders, 460. — ἐστρα- 
τεύετο, was preparing an expedition, 594.— τα πάντα, 478. — νικᾶν (Lex.). 
— Κῦρον, case 666. — τῷ ἔμπροσθεν (v. 1. πρόσθεν), Lex. 526. 
2. "Apa (Lex.). — πέμποι, χρή, mode? v. 1. πέμπει: see Rehdz. — 
πρόσθεν, i. 10. 5. — ἕως, until. — συμμίξειαν, mode 641 Ὁ ; οἵ. i. 10. 16. 
3. ὄντων, sc. αὐτῶν, 676a; cf. i. 6.1; 2. 17. — Προκλῆς, decl. 219 ο. 
— ἀπό, 693. 6. Compare simple gen. of father (i. 1. 1), and gen. w. ἀπό 
of more remote ancestor. — Tape (v. 7. Ταμῶ), case 438 ἃ ; form ?— ἔλεγον, 
of course to the generals. — τέθνηκεν, ‘‘ the ind., as oratio recta, puts the 
fact in its sad actuality ; with the less important event the mood relaxes 
to the natural opt.” Kendrick. — ὅθεν, 550e. — λέγοι, ὅτι.. ἀπιέναι φαίη 
(somewhat more positive than λέγοι, 659 h. — ἄλλῃ (Lex. 4os). 
48 4. ἀκούσαντες, [πυνθανόμενοι], tense ἔχ βαρέως (Lex.). —'AM 
...tort: How characteristic of the unyielding Clearchus: ἀλλ᾽, [but 
this is our reply] wed/ / spoken sadly, but not dejectedly. — ὥφελε s, 611, 
638 g. — ἡμεῖς γε (685 Ὁ) νικῶμεν (Lex.), 612. — εἰ μὴ 5, 615 a, c. — ὑμεῖς, 
emphatic. — καθιεῖν, 305a. — τῶν yap μάχῃ νικώντων (443 a) s, for to 


BOOK II. CHAP. I. 51 


those who conquer in battle it also belongs to rule. How large a part of his- 
tory is summed up in these few words ! ; 

5. Χειρίσοφον, his fellow-countryman, and from the leading state in 
Yreece, i. 4. 8. --- αὐτός, 540 c. — φίλος καὶ ξένος, ἃ Friend and guest. 

6. Οἱ μέν, see i. 1. 9 Ν. - Κλέαρχος...περιέμενε, waited with the army 
for their return; cf. § 2s. — Kéwrovres, numb. 499 a. — ξύλοις (394 b) 
δ᾽ ἐχρῶντο, μικρὸν (Lex. 482 d) προϊόντες ἀπὸ τῆς φάλαγγος (sc. ἐκεῖσε, 
551 [) οὐ (Lex. ὅς) ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο, τοῖς τε ὀϊστοῖς, and, going forth a short 
distance from their line to the place where the battie was Sought, [as fuel pv 
used] they gathered for firewood both the arrows. — ἐκβάλλειν (Lex.), est 
they should do mischief in their rear or at the camp. — αὐτομολοῦντας, 
i. 10. 8. --- πολλαὶ St καὶ πέλται καὶ ἅμαξαι (cf. i. 10. 18) ἦσαν φέρεσθαι 
(depending on ἦσαν or ἔρημοι) ἔρημοι, and there were also many KF 
targets and wagons [to be carried off ] which they could take, apparent y le 
at the camp by the fleeing troops of Arius, i. 10. 1. — Kpea, double rela- 
tion, 399 g. — ἐκείνην τήν, 524 b. . 

as il (cf. i 8. 1D wet, 705: when it was now...there come ; cf. i. 8. 8. 
- παρά, as sent by them. — οἱ ἄλλοι, in appos. Ww. κήρυκες, and then a 
distinct sentence, 710 6. — ἣν δ᾽ αὐτῶν s, but [of them P. was one] one 
of them was Phalinus, a Greek ; but among [of] them there was one Greek, 
Phalinus. 1f Ctesias was in the company, as he claimed, he did not make 
himself known ; Plut. Artax. 13. — ἔχων (Lex.). — τῶν, case 432 Ὁ, cf. 
444 a. — ὁπλομαχίαν, wt. art., 533 c. 

8. ἰόντας (cf. i. 1. 7 N.) ἐπὶ τὰς βασιλέως θύρας εὑρίσκεσθαι ἄν 47 
= ἐάν] τι δύνωνται ἀγαθόν, to go (as suppliants) to the king's gate 
(his quarters or residence) and find (favor if they can find any) whatever 
favor they can. 

9. τοσοῦτον, simply this (Lex.), 544, 547; assuming an alr of superior- 
ity. —od τῶν νικώντων εἴη τὰ ὅπλα παραδιδόναι : observe the emphatic 
arrangement of this brief and truly Spartan reply, one worthy of Leonidas : 
not for conquerors is it their arms to surrender. The following words were 
addressed aside to the other generals. — ὅ τι κάλλιστόν τε kal ἄριστον 
ἔχετε, [whatever you have to say that is both most honorable and best] 
as you can most honorably and advantageously. 

10. Κλεάνωρ... πρεσβύτατος, of the generals present. Sophenetus, said 
to be the oldest of the generals (vi. 5. 13; Vv. 3. 1), was probably absent. 
— ἄν, 622 b. — παραδοίησαν, 293 a. - AN’ ἐγὼ, ὦ Φαλῖνε, θαυμάζω, order 
718 ἃ, Ὁ, c, d. — τί δεῖ (Lex., yet see 571 h) αὐτὸν αἰτεῖν (tense 595 a), Kal 
οὐ λαβεῖν. To the demand of Xerxes at Thermopyle, Πέμψον τὰ ὅπλα, 
Leonidas replied, Μολὼν λάβε, “ Come and take them.” Plut. Apoph. Lae. 

11; Wks. iii. 277, ed. Didot. —édv αὐτῷ ταῦτα χαρίσωνται, if they grant 
him this favor. J 

11. αὐτῷ, case 455 f; yet possibly 459. So placed for emphasis. — 
ἀρχῆς, case 480 ἃ. — μέσῃ, 508; οἵ. i. 2. 7 N. μέσου. ---- πλῆθος ... (SC. 
τοσοῦτον) ὅσον 8, a multitude so great [as] that you could not slay them, 
even if he should bring them to you for that purpose. 








NOTES. 


12. Ἐξενοφῶν (v. 1. Θεόπομπος: see the Lex. to 7 Bks. of Anab.). Diod. 
ascribes these words to Proxenus, Xenophon’s friend, iv. 14. 25. — σύ 
stightly emphatic, in distinction from ἡμῖν, 536. 1 ; cf. § 16. — οἰόμεθα ἂν 

48 (621 8).. χρῆσθαι, we think that we could use. — ὅπλα, first em- 

phatic, then παραδόντες, making chiasma. — παραδόντες δ᾽ ἄν 
(621 b). — παραδώσειν, sc. ἡμᾶς om. after ἡμῖν. --- ἀλλὰ σὺν τούτοις, nar 
with these to sustain us ; cf. ἐχοντες, § 20, iii. 3. 8. fie 
13. φιλοσόφῳ (case 451 a), in discoursing of ἡ ἀρετή and τὰ ἀγαθά, said 
ironically and sneeringly. — οὐκ ἀχάριστα (Lex.), 478; cf. 686 i. — νὰ 
(form 320 a) μέντοι ἀνόητος ὦν, but know that you are senseless (or lacking 
in sense), 677 a. — ove, form ? — δυνάμεως, case ? 7 

14. ἐγένοντο, mode 645 a. — βασιλεῖ (case 454 d) ἂν πολλοῦ (case 431 Ὁ) 
ἄξιοι γένοιντο, mode 681 d. — εἰ βούλοιτο, if he chose. — εἴτε θέλοι, whether 
he wished (Lex. ἐθέλω... ---- ἄλλο τι χρῆσθαι, to employ them for any other 
service (Lex.), 478. — Αἴγυπτον (Lex.). -- συγκαταστρέψαιντ᾽ ἂν αὐτῷ 
they would [subdue it with him] aid him in his plans of conquest ; a 
with direct reference to the eonquest of Egypt, cf. 68 g. 

15. ἀποκεκριμένοι εἶεν, mode? form? — ὑπολαβών, breaking in, dis- 
courteously. — ἄλλος, appos. 393 d. — λέγει, numb. 501 a. — ἡμῖν εἰπὲ 
(accent, 781d), τί λέγεις, tell us, what [you say] is your reply. 

16. ἄσμενος (Lex.), 509 c, — οἶμαι, parenthetic. — σύ τε γάρ 8, 497 b. 
— τοσοῦτοι (547).. σὺ (1. 12 N.) ὁρᾷς, being [so many] 80 great a nwinber 
as you see for yourself ; said to impress him with the greater respect, cf. 
il. 1. 36. — συμβουλευΐμεθά σοι, we [advise with you] ask your advice. — 
περὶ ὧν = περὶ τούτων ἃ, 554 ἃ N. 

17. συμβούλευσον, tense 592 b. — ἀναλεγόμενον, ὅτι, [being] when it is 
recounted [namely], that ; ἀναλεγόμενον and the sentence following (as an 
appositive) agree with 8, in place of a more independent construction ; ef. 
573, 676 b. — συμβουλενομένοις συνεβούλευσεν (cf. i. 9. 19 N.) αὐτοῖς 
τάδε (544), upon thew consulting him, advised them [the following] so and so 
(as the narrator would proceed to state): aét., I counsel with another for 
his sake, advise him ; mid., I counsel with another for my own sake, con- 
sult him. — Οἶσθα, form 297 b, 46 a, 6. —8é = γάρ, ef. 7068. — Dinka 
λέγεσθαι 5, whatever you may advise [it is a necessity that it should be 
reported] will of course be reported in Greece, which was all the world to 
the honor-loving Greek. 

18. αὐτὸν τὸν πρεσβεύοντα, the very person who was acting as envoy, 
49 540 ὁ, 678 ἃ. --- αὐτοῦ, pos. 538 f. 

19. Ἔ γώ, emphatic, and, as Voll. thinks, with perhaps a delay 
upon the word: as to my opinion. — τῶν μυρίων, 531d. — μία τις 
(strongly expressed, sc. édmis)...cw@ivar (sc. ὑμᾶς, 667 e) 5, [any single] a 
single chance [to be saved] of escaping in a war with the king. une ἄκοντος 
βασιλέως, against the will of the king, 676 a, cf. i. 3. 17. — συμβουλεύω 
μὴ παραδιδόναι, pres. with pres., as in § 18 aor. w. aor. — συμβουλεύω σύ. 
ἴεσθαι ὑμῖν ὅπη δυνατόν (sc. ἐστιν), I advise you lo save yourselves [in what 
way 1t is possible] in the only possible way, 


BOOK II. CHAP. II. 53 


20. τάδε, in distinction from ταῦτα, though explained by a dependent 
clause, 544 ; so § 21. — εἰ μὲν δέοι, if it should behvove us to be friends to the 
king, if we are to be friends. —¢d(Ao, in appos. w. ἡμεῖς, the subject of 
εἶναι, 667 b. — πλείονος (case ?) ἂν ἄξιοι εἶναι φίλοι (case 667 b), that we 
shou/d be [{riends worth more] worth more as friends. — πολεμεῖν, tense ? 

21. ὅτι μένουσι μὲν ὑμῖν αὐτοῦ σπονδαὶ εἴησαν, that [to you remaining 
here there is an armistice] remaining here you have an armistice. — προϊοῦσι 
καὶ (cf. ἤ § 23) ἀπιοῦσι, advancing [and] or retreating. — Etware, see use 
of aorists, Lex. φημί. In what forms is this first aor. most common ?— 
ὡς πολέμον ὄντος, 680 c. 

22. καὶ ἡμῖν ταὐτὰ δοκεῖ, ἅπερ καὶ βασιλεῖ, [the same things seem best 
to us also, which also seem best to the king] we also are pleased with the 
same terms as the king, 714. 2. —Tt οὖν ταῦτά ἐστιν ; 502. — ἔφη, ᾿Απε- 
κρίνατο, the asyndeton suits the quick interchange of rapid dialogue. — 
σπονδαί, sc. εἰσιν, borrowed from τί οὖν ταῦτά ἐστιν ; — ἀπιοῦσι, sc. ἡμῖν. 

23. Σπονδαὶ... πόλεμος, order !— ποιήσοι, mode 643 a. It is interest- 
ing in this specimen of ancient diplomacy to see how craft is met by craft. 
The first object on the king’s side was to frighten the Greeks into an un- 
conditional surrender ; the second, to induce them to remain where they 
were till the toils could be drawn around them ; the third, to learn their 
intentions. All these failed. On the other hand, Clearchus did not draw 
such advice as he wished, but could hardly have expected, from Phalinus, 


CHAPTER II. 


THE GREEKS JOIN ARIZUS TO RETURN TO IONIA.— NIGHT PANIC. 


1. Οἱ παρὰ ᾿Αριαίου ἧκον, [the men from A. came] the envoys 50 
returned from A. —8€ = γάρ, cf. 1. 17. — αὐτοῦ (Lex.), adv. ex- 
plained by παρὰ ᾿Αριαίῳ. --- ἔμενε, prob. to concert with his intimate Arizus 
plans for their own private interest, 1. 5; 6. 28. — ἑαυτοῦ βελτίους, supe- 
rior to himself, esp. in rank. — ἀνασχέσθαι, 659 b. — αὐτοῦ βασιλεύοντος, 
case 432 f, 461 b. — ἀλλ᾽ εἰ βούλεσθε, 644 b. — νυκτός, case ?— εἰ δὲ μή, 
but if you do not come, otherwise (Lex. μή), 717 6. 

2. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὕτω (rather than ὧδε, 544, 547) χρὴ ποιεῖν, well, so it is proper 
to do. —wparrere ὁποῖον ἄν τι (Lex.) ὑμῖν 5, 537b. There is hence a 
change in the form of construction. 

3. ἡλίου, 675. — τοὺς στρατηγοὺς Kal λοχαγούς, viewed as belonging 
to the single class of commanders, 534. 4; ef. 5. 25. —"Epol θνομένῳ ἰέναι, 
[to me sacrificing for going] when I sacrificed in respect to marching. — 
οὐκ ἐγίνετο (Lex.). — ἐγώ, see σὺ ὁρᾶς, 1. 12. — νῦν πυνθάνομαι, 7 now 
learn = have learned, 612. He had been wrongly informed, or sup- 
posed a canal to be the Tigris. — ἐν μέσῳ, between (Lex.). — Οὐ μέν (Lex.); 
ef. i. 9. 13. — οὐκ ἔστιν ἔχειν, [it is not possible to have] we cannot have. 


— ἰέναι, for going. 








54 NOTES. 


4. ποιεῖν, δειπνεῖν, sc. ὑμᾶς or ἡμᾶς. --- ἐπειδὰν δὲ σημήνῃ (sc. ὁ σαλ- 
πιγκτής, 571 Ὁ ; mode 641a)..., ὡς ἀναπαύεσθαι, to deceive the enemy's 
scouts, 671 ἃ. --- κέρατι (Lex. κέρας, oddmcyt). — τὸ δεύτερον, sc. σημήνῃ. 
— ἀνατίθεσθε, se. τὰ σκεύη. --- τρίτῳ (Lex.), δ06 6. The Romans, in like 
manner, used three signals in starting, Polyb. vi. 40. 2s. — ἕπεσθε τῷ 
ἡγουμένῳ, follow your leader, i. 6. the one who precedes you in the ap- 
pointed order of the march. Some make τῷ ἡγ. neut., see Lex. — πρὸς 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ, for greater security. — τὰ ὅπλα (Lex.). — ἔξω, on the outside. 

5. τὸ λοιπόν (Lex.), 485 6, ε, 482 ἃ. --- ὁ μὲν ἦρχεν 5, he (Clearclius) 

51 commanded, and the rest obeyed, 518 d. — ἔδει, sc. φρονεῖν : some 
read δεῖ. 

6. ἥν, case, 477. --- τῆς ᾿Ιωνίας, [of] in Jonia, 418 a. — τρεῖς καί 5, 
242 a. — ἐλέγοντο, pers. const. This section is thought by many to have 
crept into the text from a marginal note. The numbers correspond nearly, 
but not exactly, with the summary of those presented in the preceding book. 
— εἰς Βαβυλῶνα, Plut. states the number as 500. 

7. Θρᾷξ (Lex.). — ἱππέας, the small body of cavalry in the division of 
Clearchus, all the Greeks had, and now esp. needed, i, 5. 13. — εἰς, i. 1. 10. 
— as, i. 2. 3. 

8. τοῖς ἄλλοις ἡγεῖτο, led [the way for] the rest, marched at their head, 
463 ; cf. i. 7. 1 N. κέρως. — πρῶτον, in returning ; see 1. 3. — εἰς, w. place, 
παρά, w. persons (Lex.). — éxelvov στρατιάν, his army, in distinction 
from the other, 542. — μέσας νύκτας, i. 7. 1. — ἐν τάξει θέμενοι 5, resting 
arms in battle-urray, for security, i. e. ordering their men so to do (Lex. 
τίθημι). 

9. σφάξαντες, βάπτοντες, tense  --- λύκον (Lex.) καὶ κάπρον : Some 
have objected to this statement the difficulty of procuring these wild ani- 
mals for the occasion. But in ancient military operations sacrifices held 
such a place that proper victims were deemed an essential part of an 
army's outfit. It was a Greek usage to give special solemnity to an oath 
by a combined sacrifice of three animals (τριττύς, οἵ, the Roman su-ove- 
taur-ilia); and the Persians seem here to have added a fourth, — which, 
however, did not secure their good faith. — εἰς ἀσπίδα, [into] over a shield, 
so that the blood flowed into it (Lex. ἀσπίς), 704a; cf. iv. 3. 18, and 
Misch. Theb. 43. — ξίφος, λόγχην, thus consecrating their weapons to that 
union and mutual defence which was symbolized by the mingled sacrifice 
and confirmed by their oaths. Among the Scythians, acc. to Hdt. iv. 70, 
contracting parties dipped their weapons into their own mingled blood, 
and then drank it. 

10. “Aye (Lex.), 577¢. — καί, 705 c. — εἰπὲ, τινά 5, 564. — πότερον 
(Lex.), 685 ¢. — ἄπιμεν (as fut. 603 c), (sc. τὴν ὁδὸν, case ἢ) ἥνπερ, shall we 
return by the same route as we came ? — ἐννενοηκέναι δοκεῖς ; do you think 
that you have devised ? — κρείττω, emph. 

11 “Hy, se. ὁδόν, cf. § 10. — ἀπιόντες, cond. 635. — ὑπάρχει (Lex.) γὰρ 
vuv ἡμῖν (case 459) οὐδὲν 5, for we have now [on hand to start with] ‘none 
of the needed supplies, — σταθμῶν τῶν, case 4386 ; art. 523a, 8 ; i.e from 








BOOK II. CHAP. II. 55 


Corsote, i. δ. 4. — tvOa δ᾽ εἴ τι ἦν, and even if there was anything 52 
there. Some adopt the needless conjecture of Schneider, ἔνθα δέ τι 

ἣν, and where there was anything. — μακροτέραν, 80. ὁδόν. --- τῶν δ᾽ ἐπιτη- 
δείων 5, but (one in which) we shall not want supplies, οἵ. 705. ᾿ 

12. ἸΠορεντέον δ᾽ (sc. ἐστὶν, 572) ἡμῖν (case 458) τοὺς πρώτους σταθμοὺς 
(case 482 ἃ) ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα paxporarous (i. 2. 4), we must [march] ΜῊΝ 
the first stages as long as we can. — ὡς πλεῖστον, as Jar as possible, 482 4 
— -ἢ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδόν, 445 a, 482d. — οὐκέτι μὴ δύνηται (υ. ἐ. nag 
βασιλεύς, the king will certainly no rst be able [there is no danger that, 
te. |, 627. — note triple emphasis. 
| Ἐν .Ἱ ἡ ihr οὐδὲν ἄλλο (case 472 f ) δυναμένη (part. 
679 a), ἢ (701 1) ἀποδρᾶναι ἢ (701 d) ἀποφυγεῖν 5, now this mode of leader- 
ship [was equivalent to] meant nothing else than to escape by stealth pos 
speed ; but fortune (led them more honorably} proved a nobler general. For 
she led them not only on their way and to villages, but still farther (ἔτι δέ) 
to the neighborhood of the king’s army, over which they obtained a new 
and bloodless triumph. — ἐν δεξιᾷ... ἥλιον, prob. in a northeasterly direc- 
tion, towards the Tigris, — for supplies, since the Tegion of the Euphrates 
was exhausted. A simple northerly direction, which so many here under- 
stand, is not required by the text, and would not, in any probability, have 
brought them to the king's army. — ἅμα (Lex.) ἡλίῳ, ch τῷ ἡλίῳ § 16, 
533 a. — τοῦτο, cf. i. 8. 11 N. ἐψεύσθη. 

14. "Er δέ, but moreover, but yet more, with reference to ἐστρατήγησε 
κάλλιον. --- ἀμφὶ δείλην (Lex.), cowards evening is about as precise as the 
Greek. — ἔδοξαν 5, they thought they saw horsemen of the enemy. — τῶν ἮΝ 
Ἑλλήνων, οἵ μὴ ἔτυχον... ὄντες, both [those] such of the Greeks τῇ apps ; 
not to be. — ph, w. ind., in a conditional relative clause, 686 b, ἢ of 


v. 7. 2. 
15. Ἔν 6, sc. χρόνῳ, [during what time] while (Lex. 8s), 557 a. — 


ὡπλίζοντο, tense 593. — εἰσιν, νέμοιντο (numb. 569 a, i. 2.23), mode ἐν 6, 
--- ἐστρατοπεδεύετο, tense 646 b. — καὶ γὰρ καί (not a frequent combina- 
tion ; v. 1. καὶ γάρ) s, and the rather because smoke also appeared, 709. 2. 

16. μέν, emphasizing ἐπί : what corresponds to this μεν ? — ἀπει- 53 
ρηκότας, cf. i. 10. 16. — ὀψέ (Lex.), 571d. — οὐ.. οὐδέ (Lex.), not at 
all, not even, 713c; cf. i. 9. 18. --- τῷ ἡλίῳ, cf. § 13. — εἰς, with κατεσκή- 
vwoev, which implies entrance into. — διήρπαστο, pos. 719 b, & 
king’s army, in its vast demand for supplies, had here quite anticipate 
the Cyreans. — αὐτὰ τὰ 5, 540 c.— dd, 7044. The Eng. from may be 
used with the same const. preg. Ἶ 

17. τρόπῳ τινί, in some fashion, or, with some method. — ὕστεροι re 
ταῖοι͵ 509 a. — ὡς ἐτύγχανον (sc. αὐλιζόμενοι) ἕκαστοι, ηὐλίζοντο, lodge - 
they [each happened] severally chanced. — ἕκαστοι, plur., as pet 
each company rather than each individual. — κραυγὴν 5, 671d: to show 
the distinctive force of the inf., ἀκούειν might be trans. cowld hear. 


18. ἐδήλωσε (Lex.), showed itself. — οἷς.. ἔπραττε, by what he did, 
554aN., 466. 








56 NOTES. 


19. φόβος, a panic, so named from Pan, who was believed to send such 
terrors (e. g. into the Persians at Marathon). — (sc. τοιοῦτος, 495) οἷον εἰκὸς 
(se. ἐστι, 572) s, such as [it is natural should arise] naturally arise upon the 
occurrence of a panic. 

20. κήρυκα 5, the best herald of [the men or heralds of ] his time. — τοῦ- 
τον, 505 c. — σιγὴν κατακηρύξαντα, the usual introduction to a proclama- 
tion. — ὅτι, neediess, as the form of direct quotation follows, 644 ἃ. ---- ὃς 
ἂν τὸν ἀφέντα s : Some editors prefer the reading ἀφιέντα as more pointed, 
and translate, that whoever will make known the man that is letting an ass 
loose among the heavy arms shall receive, etc. This joke of Clearchus 
has a keen double sense. It seems to refer to the presence of an ass among 
the deposited arms, but really to the presence of an ass’s spirit among the 
men at arms (τὰ ὅπλα = οἱ ὁπλῖται, § 4). — ὅτι, pos. 719, b, » Cf. i. 6. 2. 

21. κενός, σῶοι, 523 b: chiasma. — εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τίθεσθαι, to stand 
to their arms in order (εἰς, as coming into order). — ἧπερ (469 b or 469) 


εἶχον, just [where they had themselves] as they stood, in the same relative 
position, i. 8. 4. 


CHAPTER III. 


NEGOTIATIONS BETWEEN THE PERSIANS AN) GREEKS: TREATY 
CONCLUDED, 


54 1, Ὃ δὲ δὴ ἔγραψα... τῷδε (case 466, v. 1. τῇδε) δῆλον ἦν, and now 
what I wrote (2. 18) was evident [by] from this. — τῷδε... γὰρ 5, 
705 b. — ἐκέλευε : which effected nothing, 595 a. 

2. τυχὼν (Lex.) τότε... ἐπισκοπῶν, who was just then inspecting. — σχο- 
λάσῃ, mode 641 d, 645a: the tone of ἃ superior, who was granting the 
interview as a favor. 

3. ὥστε 5, so that it was in a fine condition to be seen [as] a compact line 
throughout. — τε, τε, correspondence of each  --- τοῖς ἄλλοις στρατιώταις 
ταὐτὰ ἔφρασεν, and directed [the same to the other generals] the other gen- 
erals to do the same. 

4. ἀνηρώτα, force of the ipf.? — βούλοιντο, mode 643 a. — ἥκοιεν, ἔσον- 
ται, mode 645 b. — ἄνδρες, οἵτινες (550 b) 5, men duly empowered both to 
report the communications from the king to the Greeks. 

5. ᾿Απαγγέλλετε τοίνυν, report then, roughly echoed to ἀπαγγεῖλαι. --- 
μάχης δεῖ, 571d. — ἄριστον (pos.?) γὰρ 5, for we have no breakfast. — 
οὐδὲ ὁ τολμήσων, nor is there [he] the man that will dare ; a threat even 
for the king himself. — μὴ πορίσας 5, [not having provided] wntil he has 
provided a breakfast, 686 d. — ἄριστον.. ἄριστον, pos.? A sentence so 
returning to its first word was termed by the Greek rhetoricians κύκλος, @ 
circle. 


6. ᾧ, cf. τῷδε, § 1. — δῆλον, gend. 491 a. — ᾧ ἐπετέτακτο 5, to whom it 
had been committed to make these negotiations. — ἔλεγον : which of the fol- 





BOOK II. CHAP. IIT. 57 


lowing finite verbs have the form appropriate to indirect discourse, and 
which to direct ?— δοκοῖεν... βασιλεῖ, seemed to the king. — ἥκοιεν, 1. 6. the 
messengers. — αὐτοὺς... ἄξουσι (sc. ἐκεῖσε) ἔνθεν ἕξουσι, would conduct them 
to a place from which they would obtain. Cf. i. 3. 17, 50ev. 

ἡ. εἰ αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι (450 a) σπένδοιτο ἰοῦσι καὶ ἀπιοῦσιν, whether 
he (Clearehus] was making a truce simply with the men [who were] coming 
and going. A truce was sometimes simply so made for purposes of confer- 
ence between contending parties. Cf. Thucyd. iv. 118. 6. — tots 55 
ἄλλοις ἔσοιντο σπονδαί, the truce should [be] extend to the rest. — 
τὰ wap ὑμῶν, cf. § 4. d 

‘us emphatically repeated (from § 8). — ἔστ᾽ ἂν σένα το 
they {shall have] become afraid ; tense 592d; mode ?— μὴ (625 a) δῇ ὍΝ 
ἡμῖν... ποιήσασθαι, lest we decide not to make. How does ποιήσασθαι difier 

ποιεῖσθαι above ? 
“ae οἱ μέν, the Persian guides. — στράτευμα ἔχων ἐν τάξει, to guard 
against treachery. — τάφροις καὶ αὐλῶσιν (Lex.), see 4. 13 N. — ὡς μή, 
i. 5. 10.-- ἦσαν ἐκπεπτωκότες, 679, β. --- τοὺς δέ, for ἄλλους δέ: οἵ. i. ὅ. 13. 

11. ἐνταῦθα ἣν Κλέαρχον (474 b) 5, i. 6. 5, there [it was to observe] was 
an opportunity of observing Clearchus, who had now come to the front. — 
ἐπεστάτει, augm. 282 6. --- τὸ δόρυ, art. 530d. — βακτηρίαν, often used for 
discipline by Spartan officers. Cf. i. 5. 11. - εἴ τις 5, 694. Cf. 1. 9. κῃ 
-- πρὸς τοῦτο, to this work, viz. of bridging the streams. — ἔπαισεν ἄν, 

f. i. 9. 19 N. — μὴ οὐ, 713 ἢ. 

Ἶ 12. πρὸς ia νοῶν read πρὸς αὐτό. ένα τριάκοντα ἔτη (Lex.) γεγονό- 
τες, a loose form of expression, if the text is correct, for the men who were 
not more than thirty years old, from whom the most active service was 

required. Cf. vii. 3. 46. I 

13. μὴ ἀεὶ οὕτω πλήρεις.. ὕδατος, not always so full of wa i 56 
especially at this season. — οὐ yap ἦν ὥρα, οἵα τὸ πεδίον ἄρδειν, Sor ἰῷ 
it was not [such a time as was for irrigating] a proper time to Pai 
plain ; the period of summer irrigation having now past. — τούτον, reler- — 
ring to the preceding clause, which is the motive of ἀφεικέναι. It was the 
pride and policy of Clearchus, throughout this adroitly managed trans- 
action, to act the conqueror, and to show the Greeks superior to any effort 
which the king could make. 

14. ὅθεν, δ00 6. --- σῖτος, food, of grain, dates, ete. — οἶνος φοινίκων 

case 412), palm wine ; ef. i. 5. 10. 
15. ca ἰδεῖν, cf. i. δ. 2. --- τὸ κάλλος Kal τὸ μέγεθος, 481, 533f 
(v. 1. rod κάλλους καὶ μεγέθουΞ), for beauty and size, 429 Ὁ. — ἠλέκτρου (case 
406 a) = τῆς ἠλέκτρου ὄψεως, 4388 ". For the comparison of color it is in- 
different in which of its two senses the word is here used, amber or an 

amber:colored metal. — τὰς δέ τινας (Lex.), and certain others sv. 7. 14 
— ἀπετίθεσαν, were storing. The Cyreans arrived at the time of the date 
harvest. — ἣν, for ἦσαν, on account of τραγήματα, 500 : these were also a 
pleasant [thing with, 502] accompaniment to drink, —in the symposium, 
which in ancient, as in modern times, so often followed a feast. 


























δ8 NOTES. 


16. τὸν ἐγκέφαλον, see Lex.; medullam, Pliny, xiii. 9. — τοῦτο, 502; 
sc. βρῶμα ; but cf. i. 5. 10 N. — ὅθεν (cf. § 14) ἐξαιρεθείη, mode ? — ἐξηναί- 
vero, ὁ0 ἃ ; used with reference to the time of observation ; v. L. avaivero, 

17. ἧκε, numb. 497 b; tense, ef. i. 2. 6. --- ὃ τῆς 5, 523a 1, 442. — γυ- 
ναικός, Statira, daughter of Idernes, saved by the prayers and tears of her 
husband from the general execution of her family by Darius 11. on account 
of the crime of her brother Terituchmes. She had much influence over 
Artaxerxes, and often opposed the schemes of the wicked Parysatis, by 
whom she was at length poisoned while sitting at the same table, and par- 
taking of the same bird, — this having been divided by a knife smeared on 
one side (Ctes. Pers. 53 8, 61). — ἔλεγε πρῶτος, 509f; and with consum- 
mate cunning. 

18. ὦ ἄνδρες “Ἕλληνες, 484 ¢; ef. i. 3. 3. — Ἑλλάδι, case 450 a, but 
gen. iii. 2. 4. —elg πολλὰ (Lex. 702 ο) κακὰ καὶ ἀμήχανα, into many and 
inextricable evils, or, difficulties. Some editors omit κακά before «ai, — 

57 εὕρημα 8, 633 d, — αἰτήσασθαι (cf. § 25, vii. 6. 80) δοῦναι ἐμοὶ 

ἀποσῶσαι ὑμᾶς, obtain by entreaty [that he would grant me to 
restore] the privilege of restoring you safe. Compare aor. αἰτήσασθαι with 
impf. § 19. — Οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχα-ίστως μοι ἕξειν, 620 Ὁ (v. 1. ἔχειν), 5, 
Jor I think [it would not have itself ungratefully] there would be no lack of 
gratitude to me, both either from yourselves. 

19. ὅτι, ὅτι, different force? how differing ?— δικαίως ἄν μοι χαρίζοιτο, 
sc. εἰ χαρίζοιτο, should he do this, 636 b. — ἤγγειλα, mode? cf. i. 2, 4; 
rare with part. — διήλασα, καὶ συνέμιξα, cf. i. 10. 7s, — ἀπέκτεινε, tense ἢ 
— ἐδίωξα, coipirating with the king, cf. i. 10, 1, 5, 8. — τοῖσδε, deictic, 
545. Observe the compliment to his associates, who are most fully in his 
confidence, and may therefore be received as representing him. 

20. βουλεύσασθαι, iodo Gar, order ?— τίνος ἕνεκεν, orat. recta. — μετρίως, 
less haughtily than Clearchus had before answered, § 5; i. 9, 20 s. — ἵνα 
μοι (case 458) εὐπρακτότερον ἢ (sc. διαπράξασθαι, or impers. ; mode 633 a), 
ἐάν τι δύνωμαι (mode [) 5, in order that my work may be easier, if I may 
possibly obtain for you any favor from him. — ἐάν τι = ὅ τι. 

21. ἐβουλεύοντο, ἀπεκρίναντο, ἔλεγεν, tense 595, 592 a. — as... πολεμή- 
coves, cf. i. 1. 3. — οὔτ᾽ ἐπορευόμεθα ἐπὶ βασιλέα, nor did we set forth 
(begin our march, 594] against the king. See iii. 1. 10. — εὕρισκεν, tense ἢ 
Cf. i. 2.1; 3. 20. — οἶσθα, knowing the professed intent of Cyrus, i. 2. 4. 

22. ἠσχύνθημεν (Lex. αἰσχύνω), 472f; νυ. inf. or part., 657 k. — παρέ- 
Xovres (604 a) ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς (reflex.) εὖ ποιεῖν (663 2), (yielding, giving up 
ourselves for him to do well by] having permitted ourselves to be the recipients 
of his favors. 

23. ἀντιποιούμεθα, cf. ii. 1. 11. — οὔτ᾽ ἔστιν ὅτου ἕνεκα βουλοίμεθ᾽ ἄν, 
nor is there any [thing on account of which] reason why we should wish (if 
we could, 636 a). — οὐδ᾽. ἂν ἐθέλοιμεν, 636 a. — εἴ τις, if one [more courte- 

58 ous than you, 548g] should not molest us. — ἀδικοῦντα, sc. τινα, 
ef. i. 1.7; v. 4. 9. --- σύν (Lex.) τοῖς θεοῖς, 696. --- ἐὰν μέντοι τις 
ἡμᾶς καὶ εὖ ποιῶν ὑπάρχῃ, but if any one shall take the lead by doing well 


BOOK II. CHAP. IV. 59 


to us also, 714. 2; cf. ii. 1. 22. — καὶ τούτου (case 408) ... οὐχ ἡττησό- 
μεθα, we also wiil not [be worse than he] fal/ behind him. 

24. ἥκω, mode 641 d. — μενόντων, imperative. 

25. εἰς, i. 7. 1. —éppovritov, tense ! — ἔλεγεν, with the preliminary bun- 
combe (began by saytiny); but εἶπε with the decisive proposition, § 26. — 
διαπεπραγμένος.. δοθῆναι αὐτῷ, σώζειν having obtained [that it should 
be granted to him to save, 663 b] the privilege of saving. — καίπερ πάνν 
πολλῶν ἀντιλεγόντων (674 [), ὡς... βασιλεῖ (case 454 ἃ or 453), [even very 
many objecting] though very many objected that it was not befitting the king. 

26. Τέλος, 483, 488 6, «. — ἔξεστιν (Lex.), 571f. — πιστά, i. 2. 26. — 
φιλίαν, pred. adj.: render friendly, etc. —% μήν (Lex.): cf. vi. 1. 31. — 
παρέξειν, supply ἡμᾶς as subject (from ἡμῶν). --- ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν μὴ ἢ (impers. 
subj. of εἰμί) πρίασθαι, and wherever there may not be an opportunity of 
purchasing. 

27. πορεύεσθαι, used as fut. Cf. 5. 18; vii. 8. 8. --- φιλίας, sc. χώρας or 
γῆς, 506b. Cf. i. 3. 14, 19. — dvoupévous, by purchase, 674d. It is not 
strange that, in other respects, the Greeks, in their difficult position, 
thought it best to accept the offer of Tissaphernes, who had such strong 
motives for keeping good faith with them ; but we must wonder that with 
their scanty means they bound themselves to purchase, if they had oppor- 
tunity, all their supplies during so long a march. The mistake was eX- 
posed by Xen., iii. 1. 20. There should have been also security against 
the delay of their march. 

29. ἄπειμι, ἀπιών, as fut. (Lex.), 603 c. — ὡς βασιλέα, i. 2. 4; ii. 6. 1. 
— ἃ δέομαι (Lex.), 472b, d; i. 8. 4. — ἥξω 5, 7 will come prepared to con- 
duct. — ἀρχήν, Caria, and afterwards Lydia, etc., 5. 11. 


CHAPTER IV. 


THE GREEKS, SUSPECTING THE DESIGNS OF TISSAPHERNES AND 
ARIZUS, BEGIN THEIR MARCH, PASS THE MEDIAN WALL, AND 


CROSS THE TIGRIS. 


1. ’Aptatos, who had accompanied the Greeks in the movements 59 

of the preceding chapter, but without mention, through the intent- 

ness of Xen. on the fortunes of the Greeks. — ἀλλήλων, case tee ἡμέρας 8, 
during this time, which seemed to the Greeks so long, ace. to Diod. xiv. 26, 
the king returned to Babylon, where he awarded the highest prize of merit 
to Tissaphernes, adding to his satrapy the province of Cyrus and giving 
him his daughter in marriage. On the other hand Tissaphernes promised 
that if the king would furnish him with an army and become reconciled 
to Arizus, he would effect the destruction of the Greeks. Hence the 
negotiations mentioned below, into which Arius and his officers entered, 
regardless of their solemn oath to the Greeks, 2. 8 s. — δεξίας.. φέροντες : 











60 NOTES. 


ef. dextras ferentem, Tac. Hist. ii. 8. Cf. 5. 3. —avrots, case 456. — 
ἐπιστρατείας, case 429 a, that the king would not remember against them 
their service with Cyrus. — μηδέ 5, nor anything else of the [things] past. 

2. ἔνϑηλοι ἦσαν... ἦττον s, [were evident paying] evidently paid less 
attention to the Greeks, 573.c. — ot περὶ ᾿Αριαῖον, 527 a. — καί, also, besides 
the suspicious visits, etc. — τοῖς μὲν πολλοῖς, corresponding to Κλέαρχος δέ, 
§ 5. — προσιόντες ἔλεγον, tense? notice change of subject. 

3. Tt (Lex. ris), 483 b. — ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι 5, would deem it of the utmost 
consequence to destroy us (if he could, 636 a). — φόβος εἴη (v. J. ἢ), 6644 ; 
mode 649 d. — μέγαν, here emphatic. — ὑπάγεται, is craftily leading, or, 
inducing, is seducing. — τὸ (663 f) διεσππάρθαι αὐτῷ, 464. --- ἁλισθῇ, chiefly 
poetic. — οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως (Lex.), iv. 5. 31. 

4, ἀποσκάπτει τι, he is [trenching off something] digging some trench. 
— εἴη (v. 1. ἢ). mode 652. — Οὐ γάρ ποτε 5, he will never consent, at least 
willingly (if he can prevent it). — τοσοίδε (Lex.), 545. — τόν, perhaps in- 
serted for scornful emphasis. — ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις αὐτοῦ, at his palace-gates, 
in the immediate vicinity of his capital. — καταγελάσαντες, laughing him 
to scorn, in triumph. 

5. καί, i. 3. 15. — ἐπὶ πολέμῳ, on the footing, or, terms of war. McMich. 

— οὐδὲ (τόπους) ὅθεν 5, nor [whence] places from which ; like the 

60 villages in which they then were, 3. 14. — ὃ ἡγησόμενος 5, 678 a; 

i. 3. 9. — ἅμα ταῦτα ποιούντων ἡμῶν, [we doing this, at the same time] as 

soon as we do this. —’Apratos ἀφεστήξει (319 b) ... λελείψεται, tense (Lex.) 

601 ο, mode 671d, Ariwus will (stand off] withdraw, so that no friend 
will be left us. 

6. ποταμὸς (emph. pos.) δ᾽ εἰ μέν τις καὶ ἄλλος ἄρα ἡμῖν (case 458) s, 
and whether indeed there is also any other river, as might be expected, for us 
to cross. Observe the force of each particle here ; dpa, according to proba- 
bility, as might be expected. — δ᾽ οὖν, i. 2. 12. — ἙΠὐφράτην, obj. of δια- 
βῆναι, or of ἴσμεν by prolepsis. —topev, form 320 a. — ἀδύνατον, sc. ἐστί. --- 
Οὐ μὲν (Lex.) δή (see 2. 7) ἂν μάχεσθαί ye δέῃ, nor yet indeed, if fight we 
must, have we cavalry to aid us; while the enemy have cavalry the most 
numerous (in the world) and serviceable. — ὥστε 5, this consecutive clause, 
for livelier effect, has first an interrogative and then a negative form. — 
γικῶντες, ἡττωμένων, 635. — τίνα, i.e. in the rout, where, in ancient bat- 
tles, was the chief carnage. — οἷόν re, sc. ἐστί or ἂν εἴη. 

7. βασιλέα, prolepsis. — 8 τι Set (Lex.), what need there is. — πιστὰ, 
ἄπιστα, from the Greek love of joining kindred but contrasted words, 719 ; 
as if we should say, make his faith faithless, or his credit discredited. 

8. ὡς εἰς οἶκον ἀπιών, as if setting out for home, i. 6. Caria. —’Opévras 
(Lex. 2), ef. iii. 4.13; 5.17; Plut. Artax. 27; Diod. xv.8-11. The 
northern route to Asia Minor and that to Armenia were, for a considerable 
distance, the same. 

9. Τισσαφέρνει, case 450 ἃ. 

10. αὐτοὶ (541h) ἐφ᾽ (Lex. 695) éavrav ἐχώρουν, marched [themselves 
resting upon themselves] by themselves. — ἀλλήλων, case 699 f. 


BOOK II. CHAP. IV. 61 


11. ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ (Lex.), sc. χωρίου. 

12. τὸ Μηδίας καλούμενον τεῖχος, the wall [called the wall of 
Media] so-called of Media, 678a. Seei. 7. 15. Tissaphernes seems 61 
to have met the wishes both of the king and of the Greeks by commencing 
upon the direct route of the return-march, and to have passed beyond the 
line of the Median Wall, perhaps at a spot where it was so ruined that it 
was not recognized by Xen. The most probable reason for coming again 
within this line (i. e. on the side towards Babylon) was to obtain additional 
supplies before crossing the Tigris. —*Hv δὲ ὠκοδομημένον, 679 a, 8B. — 
πλίνϑοις ὀπταῖς, [with] of burnt brick, as far stronger for a wall of defence 
than those dried in the sand. — edpos, case !— ποδῶν, case 440a; sc. τεῖχος. 
— ἀπέχει.. πολύ, thought by some a mere gloss, from the looseness of its 
statement. 

13. ἐζευγμένην, junctum, spanned, or, bridged over. McMich. —éxerol, 
rivulets, or, channels. Acc. to Schn. these were probably equivalent to 
the αὐλῶνες, 3. 10. — ἧ ὄνομα Σιττάκη, 459. 

14. παραδείσον, case 445 c. — δένδρων, case 414a. The dat. of means 
is more common with δασύς, iv. 7. 6; 8. 2. 

15. ἐν περιπάτῳ, upon a walk, — πρὸ τῶν ὅπλον (Lex.); hence in front 
of the encampment, upon the ground traversed by the sentinels. — τις, 
648c. — καὶ ταῦτα 5, and [did] that too, though he was from Ariaus, 491c, 
544a; bringing, of course, suspicion upon Menon. 

16. ὅτι Αὐτός εἰμι, 7 am the very person, 540 6. ---πεμψε, ὄντες, κελεύ- 
ουσι, numb, 497 b. — πιστοὶ... εὖνοι, order ? — ὄντες, tense 604 8. 

— δέ -- γάρ, 705. 62 

17. παρὰ τὴν γέφυραν, along the bridge, to occupy or man it, as it was 
liable to be severed in any part, ὃ 24; v. 1. ἐπὶ τὴν γέφυραν, to or upon. — 
ὡς, as used before διανοεῖται, and before μή ὃ 

18. ἐταράχθη καὶ ἐφοβεῖτο, tense ? 

19. Neavickos, not improbably Xen., who was modest in representing 
himself as wiser than the commander-in-chief. — ὡς οὐκ 5, that the [being 
about] scheme, both to attack and to break up the bridge, was inconsistent. — 
Δῆλον yap, what change in the discourse ?— ἐπιθεμένους, [having attacked, 
it will be necessary that they either conquer] if they attack us, they must, 
of course, either conquer or be conquered. — rl δεῖ, cf. § 7, ὅ τι δεῖ. ---- tyoupev” 
ἂν (636 a, 637 c) ὅποι 5, «ποι we have [whither]-any place to which we 
might flee and be safe, 642a. 

20. οὐχ ἕξουσιν 5, 642 a. — λελυμένης 5, observe the emph. repetition. 

21. πόση tis (Lex.). — χώρα %, art. 523 ἃ, 3. — πολλή, sc. ἐστι. --- 
πολλαὶ καὶ, 3. 18. 

22. ὑποπέμψαιεν. Compare the like means used by Themistocles to 
hurry Xerxes out of Greece, Hdt. viii. 110. — καὶ τῶν ἐργασομένων, abs. 
w. ἐνόντων : while there were peasants there who would cultivate it for them. 
— ἀποστροφή, « place to turn back to, suited to ἃ marauding enemy, a@ retreat. 
MeMich. How remarkably is the weakness of the Persian Empire, even at 
home,’ shown by this eagerness to hurry a mere handful of Greeks out of 























NOTES. 


Babylonia; and th i 
Baby : e apprehension that remainin i 
7 é g they might 
+ ἐλῃμυίρα state and hold out to a disatfected sie μὴ μι ημβᾳνι of 
sae on against the king Indeed in the Persian, as now in the Ottoma 
pire, most of the nationalities simply submitted to the force of ai 
63 23. οὐδείς, 713 a. Kuri 
al 24. tus, art. 533 d. — ὡς οἷόν re μάλιστα, i. 2.4; 7.19: vii. 7 
a Ps const. preg. ef. i. 1.5, with Tiss. — ὡς (rather than ὅτ ἢ 
ἮΝ a ντων (sc. αὐτῶν), while they were crossing. For the gen. abs si 
id below the dat. might be used : διαβαίνουσιν αὐτοῖς θγὸν ἡ CE Ἢ + L 
ii ae) τοῖς, ᾿ "ἤν ἃ. 1. 
τὶ ie “ime ἐπιθήσεσθαι, 598 ἃ, sc. the Persians. — διαβαίνοιεν sania 
exe Τ᾽ ΠΥ: [riding vt he was gone] he forthwith rode away 679 mai 
. ἦ 5, cf. § 13. --- πρὸς ἥν, near which; accus yal 
i lg ng pos ἥν, near which; accus., as he was moving 
26. εἰς (Lex.): els and ἐπί i 
» εἰς (Lex.): ἕ mi in such connections co : 
ΕΣ nega ay ns comm. refer to the nar- 
he ram ni ether depth or width. — ἄλλοτε (Lex.), 567¢. — 
sia ; ἡγούμενον... ἐπιστήσειε, and as long a time as he halte 
ve van, 641 b. — ἐκπεπλῆχθαι, i. 5. 13. ΠΝ 
27. ee ns a oftener called Assyria (Lex.). — ἐρήμους, i. δ. 5 
64. ΤΣ ἫΝ ahi af i. 4. 9. — Κύρῳ ἐπεγγελῶν, [insulting 0] as an 
L tags on memory of C., to whom Parysatis had been so partial 
ἀνδραπόδων, with the exception of slaves. The inhabit nts 
not to be so taken. Cf. i. 2. 27. ΠΝ 
28. σχεδίαις διφθερίναις, still used here. 


HM 
— ἄρτους 5, asyndeton, 707 g, j. ΟΕῚ, 5. 10 (Lex. Χαρμάνδη). 


CHAPTER V. 


CRAFT AND TREACHERY OF TISSAPHERNES. — CLEARCHUS AND FOUR 
OTHER GENERALS ENTRAPPED AND MADE AWAY WITH 


= Ζαπάταν, see Lex. — φανερά, pos.? 
iW wage —_ Rs πρίν: why may the inf. here follow? 708 ἃ, β. --- 
by oy mode ? — ἐροῦντα, dicturum, fut. part., 598 Ὁ, 674 ς il 
jax 'σσαφέρνη, form, 225d, i. 4. 2; 2. 4. — ἡμῖν, case? by whom ? 
i ay Pty order ?— ἡμᾶς, case 472 f. i 
Mh ey ig αἰσθέσθαι, would have been more regular, but less 
ἊΨ δι πα (case 472 Ὁ) πειρώμενον, part. 657 ἃ. --- λόγους (I ex.). — 
t, case 450 b; see also 452 a. — δυναίμεθα, ἐξέλοιμεν, mode 633 a. 
ἀλλήλων, case 699 a, f; yet see 523 ὁ (4) i 
65 "" μὴ ip ray ἐξ ὑποψίας, 694. These causes are more promi- 
Wipe i their insertion, hy a species of prolepsis, in the ante- 
site sph sa relative clause where they properly belong. Some 
' nus, that Xen. began the βοηΐθης if the frien, ale ena 
Pig _beg sentence as if the part. ποίήσαντας wi 
ow, and then avoided the aggregation of participles by acne this 
g ᾿ 


BOOK IL CHAP. V. 63 


into the rel. and finite verb. — φθάσαι (Lex.). — κακὰ τούς, case ? — μέλ- 
λοντας, SC. ποιεῖν. 

7. ΤΙρῶτον.... μέγιστον, for [the] first and greatest [thing], 396 a. — οἱ θεῶν 
(made more emphatic by the insertion of ἡμᾶς, 719, 8) ὅρκοι, the oaths to 
the gods, 444 b. — ὅστις δὲ τούτων (432 4) σύνοιδεν αὑτῷ παρημεληκώς, and 
whoever is conscious [with himself ] of having disregarded these, the gods, as 
more emph. — Τὸν γὰρ 8, for the hostility of the gods I know not [either] 
through what speed any one could escape it by flight, nor into what darkness 
he could run for concealment. — θεοῖς, case 455 g. — πάντων, case 407. 
Cf. ace. v. 6. 9; iii. 2.19. This address, which has been greatly praised 
by ancients and moderns, is more in the style of the philosopher Xen. than 
of the rude soldier Clearchus. Indeed it is well known that the ancient 
historians, who had no short-hand reporters to aid and fetter them, exer- 
cised much freedom in shaping the speeches of their personages, especially 
when, as here, there was no one who had been present to correct them. 
Cf. with this fine passage, Psalm cxxxix. 

8. μὲν δή, office here ?— θεῶν, ὅρκων, hendiadys, 69 6. — map ols 8 
(υ. 1. ots, motion toward being implied), with whom (the gods) having con- 
tracted friendship, we have made it a sacred deposit, i. e. to whose keeping we 
have intrusted the friendship we have contracted, as written contracts com- 
mitted to a powerful third person for safe keeping and enforcement. —ot 
ἔγωγε, pos.? — παρόντι (Lex. πάρειμὺ.. — νομίζω, formal and weighty. 

9. πᾶσα piv ὁδός, 523 e. — μέν, μέν, μέν, correspondence ἕ --- πᾶσα 
διὰ σκότους ἡ ὁδός, the way is all (through darkness] tn the dark, 523 Ὁ, 
4, 8. --- οὐδὲν yap αὐτῆς, nothing [no part] of i. — αὐτῆς gen. partit., or 
of theme. — φοβερώτατον, gend. 502; pos.!— μεστὴ yap s, for it ts [full 
of much helplessness] @ most helpless condition. Ι 

10. Et δὲ 5, but even if we [having become insane should slay] should be 
so insane as to slay you. — ἄλλο τι (sc. γένοιτο) ἂν ἢ.. ἀγωνιζοίμεθα, {would 
anything else result than that we should have to contend] showld we not 
then of necessity have to contend ? 567 g. — τὸν μέγιστον ἔφεδρον (Lex.); 
a very impressive metaphor from the Greek games. The combatants in 
wrestling or boxing were usually paired by lot, and if an odd combatant 
remained, he was to sit by (an ép-edpos) till one was defeated, whose place 
he could take. Of course he engaged with great advantage against one 
who had already exhausted much of his strength. Some good MSS., in- 
stead of ἔφεδρον, sitter by, have ἔφορον, looker on, but with reference to the 
same custom. — οἵων ἂν ἐλπίδων, case 414 b. — ταῦτα, this, 491 ¢. 66 

11. εὖ ποιεῖν (sc. τινά), ὃν βούλοιτο, 551 f. — τὴν σεαυτοῦ ἀρχὴν 
σώζοντα, refaining your own province. — 4 Kipos πολεμίᾳ ἐχρῆτο (Lex.), 
qua Cyrus hostili utebatur, which was hostile to C. — ταύτην, 2. 20. 

12. Τούτων δὲ τοιούτων ὄντων, cf. que quum ita sint. — τίς οὕτω pal- 
νεται, ὅστις 5, 558. Cf. vii. 1. 28. — ἐρῶ yap: in regular construction, 
either this γάρ, or that in § 18, should be omitted. Cf. iii. 2. 11. 

13. ots νομίζω ἂν... παρασχεῖν, whom I believe I could render, 667 b. — 
TlactSas, sc. λυπηροὺς ὄντας. --- ἔθνη πολλά: in the lax administration of 

















64 | NOTES, 


the Persian Empire there were not a few independent and predatory tribes, 
See iii. 2. 23; 5.16: vii. 8. 25. — εἶναι, how diff. from part.?— ἃ οἶμαι ἂν 
παῦσαι ἐνοχλοῦντα, which I think I should stop from continually disturb- 
tng, 677 b. — μάλιστα, pos. ? — ποίᾳ δυνάμει.. κολάσεσθε (v. J. κολάσαισθε), 
620 Ὁ ; κολάζω, seldom in mid. except in future, κολάσομαι ; yet see Dind. 
— τῆς, sc. δυνάμεως, than (by using) the force, 511b. 

14. ἕν ye τοῖς πέριξ οἰκοῦσι, among those dwelling around. — τῳ = τινι. 
— ὡς μέγιστος ἂν (applying also to ἀναστρέφοιο, 622 Ὁ) εἴης, you would be 
the most powerful friend possible, 553¢ ; very strong language. — ἧς (v. 1. ἤν), 
554a. — σοῦ gol, pos.? you at least, thus suggesting the idea of the king 
himself, whom he would not venture to mention. 


15. οὕτω is often emphatic by being separated from the word which it 
most directly modifies ; cf. § 21. — τό gives greater prominence and actu- 
ality to o¢. — ἡμῖν (case 456) ἀπιστεῖν, the subj. of δοκεῖ, 663 f, 664 b, your 

distrust of us. — ἥδιστ᾽ ἂν ἀκούσαιμι (630 4) τὸ ὄνομα, τίς, J should be 

most glad to hear the name, who there is of such power in speaking ; i.e. the 
name of one who is, 566a: Menon was the person suspected, § 28, — 
τοσαῦτα, ὧδε, 547. — ἀπημείφθη, “' perhaps used as a high-flown word in 
irony,” Boise. The answer of Tissaphernes is marked by consummate 

duplicity and affectation of virtue : but ef. 8 7. 

67 16. cov, from you, 4848. --- ἂν (620¢, 621) μοι δοκεῖς (573)... εἶναι, 

[you seem to me that you would be] ἐξ seems to me that you would 
be, or, you would seem to me to be. — ‘Ds δ᾽ ἂν μάθῃς, 624 a. 

17. ἐβουλόμεθα, 631 Ὁ. — πότερά σοι 5, [whether] do we seem to you to 
want either. — ὁπλίσεως, ἐν ἡ, warlike equipment, weapons, or, armature 
in which, i. e. with which, referring to the missiles in which the Greeks 
were so deficient and with which they might be picked off with little 
power of retaliation. — κίνδυνος, sc. ἐστίν, or, ἂν εἴη. 

18. ἐπιτίθεσθαι, tense ?— ἀπορεῖν ἄν σοι δοκοῦμεν, do we seem to you 
[that we should want] likely to want. Why ἄν here, and not with ἀπορεῖν 
above ?— Οὐ (687 b) τοσαῦτα. --- ὑμῖν ὄντα (= εἶναι) πορευτέα, prob. point- 
ing to the great mountain range along the north. — ταμιεύεσθαι (Lex.), 
582d ; by attacking a portion on one side, while the others are crossing. 
— εἰσὶ δ᾽ αὐτῶν 5, 421 a, 418 b. 

19. ἡττώμεθα, (present indicative) we are worsted. — ὅν, object of xara: 
καύσαντες. --- ὑμῖν (case 455) ἀντιτάξαι, to array against you, a bolr 
metaphor. 

20. dy...dv, 622a, 691 ο, ἃ. — ἔχοντες, if we have, hence μηδένα, 686 ἃ. 
— ἕπειτα͵, i. 2. 25. — ὃς μόνος 5, order 719 6, f. 

21. ἀπόρων ἐστὶ. οἵτινες, 558. — ἐχομένων (Lex.). — καὶ τούτων πονη- 
ρῶν, and [those wicked] wicked men too, 544a. — ἠλίθιοι, a stronger term 
added for emphasis ; ἀλόγιστοι denying the fact of consideration, but ἦλί- 
θιοι even the capacity for it. 

22. ἐξόν (Lex. ἔξειμι), 675 Ὁ, c. — οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἤλθομεν, did we not [go] 
68 proceed to this? cf. iii. 1. 18. --- ὁ ἐμὸς ἔρως (sc. ἣν or ἐστί) τούτον 

(case 444 [7 αἴτιος τὸ (664 ο) τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐμὲ πιστὸν γενέσθαι, 





BOOK II. CHAP. V. 65 


ῷ 6. 1) 8, the cause of this was my ardent desire 
“4 : ait an ae tine / become trusted by] secure the sit 
ἐν sing za, and that with the foreign troops with which Cyrus ma oa 
psi Suan them [on account of payments] from his payment of = : 
arr το I might descend (go back to my satrapy] strong in their attach 


ee χρήσιμοι ἔσεσθε, and [as to how many things, 


al ὑ is 
Pi sytinn sh hi th will be capable of serving me (wv. l. ἐστέ, you 


— ὀρθήν, Cyr. viii. 3. 13. — τὴν δ᾽ ἐπί... ἔχοι 
ἜΠΗ — aa fash sa spin pnattiod with your presence another yr 
a ee wie: i.e. might have equally erectness of spleen 
Re μι a id ‘of feeling. Some see in this boldly figurative ie 
a al from Tissaphernes (the better to blind Clearchus), t a 
i skal wish with the aid of the Greeks to aspire to that sovereignty 
vad Clearchus had already offered Arizus. Paneer 
24. ἔφη, 574. — oe ἡμῖν με see tn 
Ὶ ᾽ ὴ ἵν, ex ; 
py ape I for my part certainly] yes, and I μενεῖ my ig ; 
vt Ἶ i infrequently in dialogue, implying assent, an ahi fa 
a nine to δέ in § 26. --- στρατηγοί and λοχαγοί, in appos. 
res}) 


lerstood. i ' 
μηρὸς ὅθεν, [whence] from what source, 1. 6. from whom so. culate: dtu 
27. μέν ‘after τότε, as corresponding with τῇ eres πάνν φιλμέδε 
re aler place would be before Teooagepyns. Piet thought (that 
ols evos 8, both [was evident thinking, 573 bp. ΔῊΝ very friendly terms 
h a related in a very friendly way to T. himself it a venient 
ith Tissaphernes. — χρῆναι ἱέναι 5, that [it was proper t θῶσι, mode t — 
pie those ought to go to T. whom he had sunita. --- pe Pena traitors. 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων case ?— ὡς προδότας αὐτούς, (5 (being) 
᾽ M M 
28. aira, i. 6. Clearchus. — ἦν mode? ὃ 36 : Ki 5. hasis in 69 
29. ἅπαν τὸ στράτευμα (523 6, observe the different emp ail ti 
ὸ , Pent ἅπαν, § 28) 5, that the whole army ριον: , abject 
Η aa himself] be devoted to him. — μηδὲ Re ἰὐημιορῆμι ne pa of others 
80 κατέτεινεν : with the temper of Clearchus, the hia gli 
] μὐδᾶν him more vehement, while pe gigi pipe sain -- 
85) ε saith against him of which their authors feare ὅπῃ eet) 
ων δ 5, he had so far succeeded that five generals (inclu i age ha 
ai i.e all except Chirisophus, Cleanor, and aye ore? pei 
po | for the market, which they were in the habit o ta hy 
lies Ὁ 9), and consequently unarmed and sain Teles ῳ oe 
ais θύ ις without art., Vil. ὁ. od I "" while 
ea mane sk at all events he was safe among ikon others 
it us endanger him among the Greeks to refuse to il is 
being misled or overpersuaded. Ctesias, prob. from Me 


C Ι ᾽ 


PC mn whole 
Menon’s, against the better judgment of Clearchus, Pers. 60. The who 
᾽ 


δ 

















66 NOTES. 


number of lochagi in the army was not far from a hundred. — Ἁγίας, not 
before mentioned (Lex. ). 

32. πολλῷ, case 468, 485 e, 8. — ἀπό, iv. 1. 5. — σημείου, acc. to Diod. 
xiv. 26, a red flag, the sign of blood, raised above the tent of Tissaphernes. 
—~ ξυνελαμβάνοντο, κατεκόπησαν, tense 595. — τινές, pos. 548 ἢ, 7194, ν. 
— ᾧτινι, numb. 550 f. — ἐντυγχάνοιεν, mode ?— ἔκτεινον : Xen. uses the 
simple verb here only. Hence Hertlein proposes ἀπέκτεινον. 

33. ἠμφιγνόουν (v. 1. ἠμφεγνόουν), 282 Ὁ. — πρὶν... ἧκε, 703 ἃ, a, indic. 
denoting fact. — Νίκαρχος, one of the soldiers who visited the market, 
ace. to Diodorus. 


34. αὐτούς, the cavalry mentioned in § 32. The extreme dread which 
the Persians had of the Greeks is strikingly shown by the fact that they 
did not avail themselves of this opportunity of making a general attack. 

35. Κύρῳ, while he was living. 

70 36. ἀπαγγείλωσι, mode ?— τὰ παρὰ βασιλέως, 3. 4. 
37. φυλαττόμενοι, with a body-guard, or simply, with due pre- 
caution. — τὰ περὶ ἹΠροξένου, 528 a. 

38. ἔστησαν εἰς (const. preg. ).— érhxoov(Lex.).— ὑμᾶς, ὅπλα, case 480 ο, 
— ὁ βασιλεύς : ὁ expressing more formality. Hence fitting in this place : 
noster rex. — ἀπαιτεῖ, how diff. fr. αἰτεῖ ?— éavroi, Κύρου, case 443, 437 a. 
— εἶναι, i. 6. τὰ ὅπλα. --- δούλου, pos.? cf. i. 9. 29. 

39. ἀπεκρίναντο, ἔλεγε, expressing his honest indignation with great 
plainness and straightforwardness ; cf. 1. 10. —’Q κάκιστε, 484d. — of 
ἄλλοι, sc. ὑμεῖς. ---- θεούς, 3. 22. — οἵτινες (550 b), ὀμόσαντες... προδόντες 
ἡμᾶς... ἀπολωλέκατε, you who, after giving us your oaths,...then betraying 
us,...have destroyed. — ἡμῖν, comm. obj. of ὀμόσαντες and τοὺς αὐτούς. ---- 
τοὺς ἄλλους ἡμᾶς προδεδωκότες, having given up [us the rest] the rest of 
us to destruction ; observe the passionate repetition. Most Mss. also intro- 
duce ws before ἀπολωλέκατε, as though the speaker in his intenseness of 
feeling had forgotten the previous connective οἵτινες. 

40. ydp, connecting this sentence to what ? 
7 41. τούτοις͵ τάδε, 544. Contrast the cool, shrewd logic of Xeno- 


phon with the vehement outburst of Cleanor. — Πρόξενος, Μένων, 
emph. pos. before ἐπείπερ. 


42. ἀλλήλοις, case 452. 


CHAPTER VI. 


XENOPHON’S ESTIMATE OF THE CHARACTER OF THE FIVE GENERALS. 


1. ἀνήχθησαν, in chains: Ctes. Pers. 60; Diod. xiv. 27. There was 
especial curiosity at Babylon, says Ctesias, to see the Spartan prisoner ; 
and he was himself, as court-physician, an instrument of Parysatis in doing 
much to relieve the imprisonment of the favorite general of her favorite son. 
Ace. to Ctesias, the weak Artaxerxes first promised Parysatis with an oath 


BOOK II. CHAP. VI. 67 


hat he would spare Clearchus ; but was afterwards influenced by Statira 
execute all except Menon. This same writer adds the marvellous ane 
th t when their bodies were thrown out to the birds and dogs, a whirlwin 
a the body of Clearchus with a great mound which was speedily si 
ai with palm-trees so that the king repented his PBN aa ὴ μιν": ν 
᾿ i f i t. Artax. 18. — ὡς (Lex. d). — - 
an evident favorite of the gods. Plu ( : 
as (587. 2) τὰς κεφαλάς (481), [cut off as i “ee See 
G - except Menon, § 29. — εἷς (395 a). — μέν, cor- 
their heads cut off, beheaded ; excep ' ) cor 
mics to δέ, § 16. — ὁμολογουμένως (Lex. ). — ἐμπείρως ames αὐτοῦ, 
432 b. — Sofas γενέσθαι, esteemed to have been. — ἐσχάτως, pos. ! lhe 
2. πόλεμος, the so-called Peloponnesian War. — ἐγένετο, ye 0. μος 
ἀδικοῦσι, mode ? — τοὺς Ἕλληνας, i. 3. 4; 1. 9, colonized on t ve 0 
Thrace ia διαπραξάμενος as ἐδύνατο, having obtained [as he could] — 
and su pplies by what means he could. — τοῖς, with dat. and with πρός, after 
λεμέω. See McMich. | 
" δὰ wi:hout, abroad ; i. e. here, at sea, — ὄντος, for ὄντα, i. 2. 17 ᾿ 
Ἰσθμοῦ so common a place of call in the coasting voyages ri : e 
eastern shore of Greece. — ᾧχετο πλέων, 4. 24. See Diod. xxiv. 12; Poly- 
ius, ii. 2. ' 
i" ἔρχεται, having been defeated by a Spartan ee and oi is 
stata yhic is escape by night, Diod. xiv. 12. — ἔπει 
Selybria, from which he made his escape ght, ᾿ 
Κῦρον persuaded Cyrus to aid him. — ἄλλῃ, elsewhere. Whether 72 
Xen. referred to another work, or supposed he had written more 
fully in this, does not appear. | 
"5. ἀπὸ τούτων, i. 1. 9. — ἔφερε καὶ ἦγε (Lex. ἄγω). --- πολεμῶν διεγένετο, 
ntinued at war, 677. | 
ne φιλοπολέμου : brought out into greater prominence by pian 
of μοι δοκεῖ before ἀνδρὸς (719 a, 8) heer mga ΜῊΝ ΠῚ ᾿ πῆμ 
ἱρεῖ ἵν ͵ refers t ould p "1. fer; 
Soris...aipetrar πολεμεῖν, [who prefers} tha 8. bo 
of. δ. 21, τῆν (Lex.) μὲν εἰρήνην ἔχειν, when he might live κῃ Ei 
(v. 1. εἰρήνην ἄγειν, see Lex.). — βούλεται πονεῖν ὥστε 5 (Lex. ὥστε ( ᾿ ia 
7. ταύτῃ, in this, or, in these respects, herein. — ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτ' " _ 
ἄγων, day and night alike (leading) ready to lead. — πανταχοῦ ἐς, 
' ᾿ i - » . 
ii ὡς δυνατὸν ἐκ, as far as was possible [from] with such a μιν η εν μῶν 
forbade his obtaining the affections of his men, § 12s. — οἷον κα ei να 
εἶχεν, as indeed HE had, however strange 1t might seem 1n pw — 
i ὦ i 15. — αὐτοῦ, som } 
ν.. «δέ, i. 3. 16. — ὥς τις Kal ἄλλος, i. 3. j . 
δ, dat: — ὡς πειστέον εἴη Κλεάρχῳ (emphatic), that Clearchus must 
obeyed, 682a, 455 g. i i d 
9. χαλεπός, case 667 ¢: Diod. xiii. 66. — opav στυγνὸς ἦν, " τῇ ytd 
τραχύς, 668 ε, 467 b. — ἐκόλαζε.. ἐκόλαζεν ᾿ ἀκολάστου, order, etc. ? — i 
kal alee (457) μεταμέλειν, so that there were times when [it even repen wt 
him] he even himself repented, 457; ἐνίοτε and ἔσϑ ὅτε here Se A Me 
occurrence than ἐνίοτε (see Lex. εἰμί, 559 a). — eS en ; 
thought there was no profit from [of] an unchastised army, 412. 











NOTES. 


73 10. εἰ μέλλοι ἢ φυλακὰς φυλάξειν, if he were either to keep guard, 


or, maintain his guard. 

11 ἤθελον αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν σφόδρα, were willing to obey him im- 
plicitly, 432g; order, 719 b, & —rd στυγγὸν (507 a) τότε φαιδρὸν 5, they 
said that the gloom in his countenance then appeared lustrous. Some good 
mss. have ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις προσώποις͵ that his gloom appeared lustrous among 
the other countenances. — τὸ χαλεπὸν s, and his harshness seemed to be 
energy against the foe. 

12. καὶ ἐξείη πρὸς ἄλλους ἀρχομένους (v. 1. ἄρχοντας, Lex.) ἀπιέναι, and 
[it was permitted] they were Jree to go to (others to be commanded) other 
commanders, their engagement with him having expired. — τὸ yap ἐπίχαρι 
οὐκ εἶχεν, for [the winning he had not] he had nothing attractive. — ὥσπερ 
παῖδες πρὸς διδάσκαλον : “it is to b 


6 hoped that boys nowadays will not 
understand this comparison.” Boise. 

13. εὐνοίᾳ, 466. 1. — τεταγμένοι, i. 6. 6.— ὑπὸ τοῦ δεῖσθαι, through 
want. — σφόδρα πειθομένοις ἐχρῆτο (Lex.), from these he received implicit 
obedience. Cf. iv. 6. 3. 

14. μέγαλα ἦν τὰ.. ποιοῦντα, [great were the things making] there were 
powerful influences which made. — τὸ ἔχειν, subject of παρῆν. --- θαῤῥαλέως 
(Lex.). 

15. οὐ μάλα (Lex.) ἐθέλειν (litotes, 686 i), of which his disobedience to 
the Ephori, and his conduct at Cunaxa, presented striking examples, — τὰ 
πεντήκοντα, 531 ἃ, 

16. εὐθὺς (Lex. 662) μὲν μειράκιον ὦν, from his very youth. — ἔδωκε 
Γοργίᾳ ἀργύριον, he [gave money) paid tuition to Gorgias. Diod. xii. 53, 
mentions 100 mine (= about $2000) as his price, — perhaps an extreme 
case, but enough to make Kriiger exclaim, ‘‘ The Greeks were — well, not 
Germans !” 

74 17. μὴ ἡττᾶσθαι εὐεργετῶν, not to be outdone in conferring Javors, 

even by those of high rank, 677. 

18. οὐδὲν ἂν θέλοι, if he must obtain it unjustly, 635. — σὺν τῷ δικαίῳ 
καὶ καλῷ, [with that which is justice and honor] justly and honorably, 695, 
507 a; δίκαιος referring more to.the essential character, and καλός more to 
the impression made (Lex. καλός). So below, καλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν, honorable 
or estimable and good, a frequent combination to express the Greek ideal 
of internal virtue united with external propriety. — μή, sc. τυγχάνειν, by no 
means, emph. from pos. 

19. al8a...éavrod, respect Sor himself. — ot ἀρχόμενοι, even those who 
were under his command, emphasizing the unnatural state of things. — ἣν 


ne ( _) ef. § 21, 23. — στρατιώταις, case 457, — ἐκείνῳ, why rather 
an αὐτῷ: 


20. ἔτων, case 437 a. 


21. δῆλος (Lex.). — ἐπιθυμῶν, observe the emphatic repetition. — 
μέγιστα ϑυναμένοις (Lex.), — δίκην (Lex. 1). 


22. διὰ τοῦ ἐπιορκεῖν, 663 : τοῦ not repeated ? — τὸ δ᾽ ἁπλοῦν s, 507a, 
401. --- τῷ ἠλιθίῳ, case 451. 





BOOK II. CHAP. VI. 69 


23. Srépyev (stronger than φιλῶν, Lex. ᾿ " * he gp eries ty bi ae 
sig ne. — φανερός, ἔνδηλος (Lex. , 573¢. — Στ -..€ry 
βρη soho ya ὅτῳ, sat 253. 1. — τούτῳ 5, against him it became evident 
» plott 699 a. 
s plotting. — πολεμίον, case | 
η΄ ἡ oe φίλων μόνος (677 b) ... ὃν edn avert : i "5 
wl hought that he alone unders ; ise 
nil hse } } arded ; at least he so acted. 
riends as being ungu ; a 
“ι«Ψ ie. acl ed τὸν μὴ (sc. ὄντα, 636 d) tet ca — 
LY css ‘ 
sho ie τὸ a villain, or, knave. — τῶν ἀποιδεύτων, sa μι Hagar 
wh impleton. — ϑιαβάλλων (674 ἃ).. κτήσασθαι oT g rN 
‘ ith ᾧ anes MP μάρι the intervention of the imnpere. ae ; 
Thought he must win these by maligning those who held the first place. 


27. Td δὲ πειθομένους τοὺς στρατιώτ' ας... ἐμηχανᾶτο, Wr i stoi 

του ering] to render his soldiers ep — Sea bd aecband cA ii 
UNI Re . . 1 feared exposure » i 

for gain in pleasing him, a Pose entitled to be honored and courted, if 


a and he thow na ἡ 
a ua a he was able, and would be ready (if there ve pear | a 
nfl ict the greatest injuries. — Evepyertav δὲ κατέλεγεν, ae uae 
uid ! vor αὐτοῦ ἀφίστατο, was leaving him. — αὐτῷ, αὐτὸν, 
a favor. — 


ient in unemphatic 
stronger expression : one of these would have been sufficient Ρ 


"eee piv δὴ ἀφανῆ 5, doubtful matters of course one might baa 
with ‘allusion probably to the charges of treachery Ber pn 
iod. is less reserved, and says that he was spared when t he 0 δι i 
inte death : see § 29 N. —@ δὲ 5, but the following is what all know. 
i ἐμ μ᾿ ὧν στρατηγεῖν διεπράξατο, while yet in the bloom of sir 
a unites command] the command of ; his youth leading to the <n 
that this was through aes baa eg ee va ta os 
a bearded man, while himself bear ess, 119 Ὁ, ε. 5 ὶ ceo: “4 
ice which the apostle exposes in Rom. i. 27. The age 0 
eins Ede he is a as remarkably sae a 
corruption, and villany. Kriig. regards this section as aig 7 . nerd 

29. οὐκ ἀπέθανε, for this reason, says Diod. xiv. 27, erie Avan 
οὗτος στασιάζων πρὸς τοὺς συμμάχους προδώσειν “Ἑλληνας. oe i ‘punished 
θάνατον στρατηγῶν, order 719d, ν, 523k. — i οφολις δ ὙΝ ἠῶ , 
πα si δὴ rete aa eames sr of the 76 
Dy n tortured alive ; prob. because, | ipo 
red fal into the i of the vengeful Parysatis veep a “4 τ μὴ 
18 Ὁ 10. 1. --- λέγεται τῆς τελευτῆς (case 427) τυχεῖν, added in 

inui onstruction with ἀπέθανεν. 
“πο, 505 b. — Τούτων... κατεγέλα, 699 8. --- ἐς φιλίαν, 697. 





BOOK ITI. 


HOSTILITIES BETWEEN THE PERSIANS AND GREEKS, AFTER 
THE BREAKING OF THE TREATY BY THE FORMER. — MARCH 
Ἂν THE TEN THOUSAND TO THE CARDUCHIAN MOUNTAINS. 


CHAPTER I. 


GREAT DEJECTION AMONG THE TROOPS. — XENOPHON AROUSES THEM 
TO ACTION. — NEW GENERALS CHOSEN. 


1. Ὅσα piv ὃ ee p. 3, N 
77 μὲν δή 8, see p. 3, Notes, statement as to division ; 
books, summaries, etc. — ἐτελεύτησε, tense 605 c. ΠΝ 
ὃ 2. οἱ στρατηγοί, the (five) generals. — μέν, anticipated, as often, from 
: 8 strictly regular place after ἐπί. Observe the nine clauses introduced b 
ga ὅτι, ἴο make up the gloomy and disheartening picture so gra id 
λοι y and impressively drawn ; and also the position of their setae 
words. τ ἦσαν, προὐδεδώκεσαν, tense, etc., 646 b. — ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέ 
θύραις, i. 6. in the heart of his dominions. Cf. ii. 2. 4, — πολλά (496 c), 
_ (497), belong to both ἔθνη and πόλεις, each taking the gender of 
€ hearest noun. — οὐ μεῖον (cf. 507 e ύρια στάδια: ii 2 
Scag Sm μη ) ἢ pip άδια : ii, 2. 6. --- γικῶν- 
3. ἀθύ 77 ἃ; sc. of” 
78 ba 5 go 577 d; sc. ol Ἕλληνες. --- ὀλίγοι, few, εὐὐπολλοί, 
“le : sbi εἰς τὴν ἑσπέραν, [into the] at evening. — σίτον, case 432 ἃ, 
ay ar α (Lex.), to the place of arms, which marked the men’s quar- 
7 : i nite nt a yatta (Lex., se. dv or ἀναπαυόμενος) numb. 501 a; 
eg ᾿ oo , vs, asynd. 707 g. — ots (masc. with reference to the 
oo ᾿ soon i i ἔτι ὄψεσθαι, whom they never expected to see [more ] 
gain, ; observ 3 idiom in E ) i 
Payee € the same idiom in Eng. Muretus compares Virg. 
4 ~ » ~ * 
| =o td ᾿Αθηναῖος, a certain Xenophon, an Athenian ; what 
οὐ oe orien the leading spirit of the subsequent retreat ! — 
— ana 19 αὐτόν, instead of ὅν, 562. — αὐτός, emphasizing the subject’ 
μι ah ; 662. -- κρείττω ἑαντῷ, worth more to himself, 453. 
Nua nota mid. of mutual conference, as hy equals, 580; but act. 
st “9 reference to a higher intelligence, as ν. 9, 22. — Σωκράτει: 
es Laertius gives an interesting account of | ἄν i ! 
teacher and pupil. (See Introd etion ‘ti reosstialleerstoendbae, be 
. (See I uetion to the present volume.) — τῷ ᾿Αθη- 
a why art. here, and not with ᾿Αθηναῖος, § 4 ?— Pearse A ih αι 
Kine 4 Hest] bony 625 a. — τι, as adv. or with ἐπαίτιον. — πρός, i. 9. 20. 
ov, 456.— συμπολεμῆσαι, in the Peloponnesian War (B. c. 408-4), 


is an 
OHHH _ 


BOOK III. CHAP. I. 71 


chiefly by giving the Spartans, through Lysander, liberal supplies of money. 
Cf. Lex. Κῦρος. --- ἐλθόντα, case 6676: i. 2. 1. 

6. ᾿Απόλλω, 211 a. — ὁδόν, case 477. — ἐπινοεῖ, mode 645 b; i. 9. 28. 
— θεοῖς ols, inverse attr., 554; reference esp. to Ζεὺς Βασιλεύς, vi. 1. 22. 

7. ἱτέον εἶναι, i. 3. 11. — ταῦτα.. ὅσα, 550 d. 

8. ἀνεῖλεν, sc. θύεσθαι or θύειν. 79 


9. ὅτι.. ἀποπέμψειν, 659 e. —*Edéyero, position ὃ 
10. οἱ πολλοί : a few may have sailed with Xenias and Pasion (i. 4. 7), 


or have deserted in some other way. — αἰσχύνην (Lex.) καὶ ἀλλήλων 
(case 444, cf. ii. 6. 19), lest they should seem cowardly in deserting their 
comrades, and ungrateful towards Cyrus ; nearly = a sense of honor towards 
each other. 

11. μικρόν, adv. — ὕπνου, case 416 ἃ. --- ὄναρ, form 228 a. —“ESogev, 
573 Ὁ, asynd. As often happens, the waking apprehension of danger in 
one form induced in sleep a vivid image of another form. For another im- 
pressive dream of Xen. οἵ, iv. 3. 8. 

12. ἀγαθόν, from the familiar association in all ages of light and good. 
Cf. Cyr. iv. 2. 15. — Διός... βασιλέως, Jupiter (or Zeus), as king, was 
regarded as the special patron of kings (Διοτρεφέων βασιλήων, Il. i. 176); 
and, as the Greek representative of Ormuzd, he was claimed by the Per- 
sian monarchs as their paternal deity, the founder and upholder of their 
dynasty: Ζεὺς πατρῷος, Cyr. i. 6. 1.— κύκλῳ : one encircling might be 
regarded as the sign of another. Upon such doubtful and equivocal 
analogies the doctrine of omens has rested in all ages. 

13. 'Οποῖον τι (Lex.). It is easy to interpret an omen after the result. 
— τὸ τοιοῦτον, 531 c. — πρῶτον μέν, followed by ἐκ τούτου, § 15; cf. 2,1 N. 
— ἡ δὲ νύξ, 705, cf. ἃ. --- εἰκός, sc. ἐστί, it is probable, 572. — ἐπὶ 80 
βασιλεῖ, cf. i. 1. 4. — τί ἐμποδὼν, μὴ οὐχὶ, ... ἀποθανεῖν, what [is in 
the way that we should not die] prevents our dying (713g) [outraged | 
miserably, after looking upon all that is most grievous. — παθόντας, ὑβριζο- 
μένους, cf. i. 1. 7. 

14. “Ὅπως δ᾽ ἀμυνούμεθα, and [how we shall defend ourselves, 624 Ὁ] 
for defending ourselves. —Kkataxepeda, ὥσπερ ἐξόν, 680 b. — ᾿Εἰγὼ οὖν s, 
(the general from what state then, am I looking for) from what state, then 
(rather than my own) do I look for a general todo this? 1, who aman 
Athenian, while no leading general survives? His pride of country is 
well expressed by ποίας. --- ἡλικίαν : Xenophon’s age at this time is a 
matter of great uncertainty. Kriig. makes him to have been 44; other 
authorities, with more probability, give his age as about or under 80. --- 
οὐ γάρ 5, for I shall never be any older. —thpepov, the Greek civil day 
beginning at sunset. 

15. Ἔκ τούτου, i. 3. 11; 2. 17. — IIpogévov, his intimate friend whom 
he had accompanied. — ὥσπερ, οἶμαι, οὐδ᾽ (Lex.) ὑμεῖς, as neither you, 
methinks. — ἐν οἵοις, sc. πράγμασιν, in what circumstances. 

16. δῆλον ὅτι, 717 b. Cf. § 35. — ἐξέφηναν (Lex.), show forth what was 
before in the heart. — wporepov...mplv, 703d, ¢; cf. 1. 10. — καλῶς τὰ 




















NOTES. 


ἑαντῶν παρασκευάσασθαι, that they had well arranged their [affairs] plans, 

— οὐδέν, 478, or 483. — ds (Lex. ὁ). 

17. καὶ τεθνηκότος ἤδη : the Greeks regarded the mutilation of the dead 
with horror. — ἡμᾶς δέ 5, but we who have no intercessor (while Cyrus had 
the queen-mother to plead for him) made war. — ἡμᾶς : cf. vii. 1. 30. — 
ἐστρατεύσαμεν δέ = of δὲ ἔσηρατ,, 562. — δοῦλον, i. 7. 3; 9. 29, — ὡς 
ποιήσοντες, i. 1. 3. — τί ἂν (662 Ὁ) οἰόμεθα παθεῖν, what [do we think we 
should] might we expect to suffer, if we should fall into his hands? ef. ri 
οἰόμεθα πείσεσθαι above, 637 c. 

18. Ap’ οὐκ ἂν ἐπὶ (Lex.) s, would he not resort to every means ? — ἡμᾶς 
τὰ ἔσχατα αἰκισάμενος, having outraged us to the utlermost, 480 b. — τοῦ 
στρατεῦσαι, 664 a. — ὅπως.. «γενησόμεθα, 624 b. — πάντα ποιητέον, 682 a. 

19. ᾿Εγὼ μέν (Lex.): use of each μέν in this section? Cf. i. 9. 28; 

81 3. 17; vii. 6. 10. — αὐτῶν, case 413. Some supply τοῦτο or τάδε. 
"- ὅσα, supply the ellipsis of this pron. with χρυσόν and ἐσθῆτα. 

20. Τὰ.. τῶν στρατιωτῶν, the condition of our soldiers, — ἐνθυμοίμην, 
mode ! — ὅτι τῶν μὲν ἀγαθῶν πάντων (gen. part. w. οὐδενός) οὐδενὸς (421 a, 
418 b) ἡμῖν (459) μετείη s, that in all good things (for the body) we had no 
share, except by purchase. Cf. ii. 3. 27 N. — ὅτου (case 431 a) δ᾽ ὠνησό- 
μεθα, ἤδειν (mode ἢ) and knew that Jew still had [that for which] the means 
of buying, or, wherewith to buy. — ἄλλως (Lex.), — πορίζεσθαι... ὅρκους 5, 
that oaths now forbade us to obtain, ete. — ταῦτ᾽ οὖν λογιζόμενος, as repeti- 
tion of preceding part of section. 

21. ἐκείνων, ἡμετέρα, pos. 538 f. —’Ey μέσῳ, as the prizes for athletes 
were displayed in the midst of the assembled crowds. The Greeks were 
esp. animated by allusions to their games. — ἄθλα (τούτοις or τούτων) ὁπό- 
Tepot, prizes [of whoever of us] for those of us who may be the better men. — 
τὸ εἰκός, sc. ἐστίν, 572. 

22. αὐτούς, ii. 4. 7. - τοὺς τῶν θεῶν ὅρκους, ii. 5. 3, 7 5. --- ὥστε ἐξεῖναι 
(sc. ἡμῖν), so that methinks [it is allowed us] we may Jo. — τολὺ... μείζονι, 
emphatically placed, as often ; so μάλα, i. 5. 8. CE i δι 2: ii, ἃ 39: 

23. τούτων, than [they] theirs, 438 b, 511b; ii. 3. 15. — ψύχη, numb. 
489 a. — σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς, reverently inserted, since the gods might send 
a panic upon the bravest. — οἱ ἄνδρες : cf. 4. 40; ἄνθρωποι, iv. 2. 7. — 
τρωτοί : The Greeks had greater physical vigor and hardihood from their 
gymnastic exercises and mode of dress ; they had stouter hearts from their 
civil freedom ; and they were also better armed. 

24. ᾿Αλλ᾽, marking the transition from argument to earnest exhortation. 
— ταῦτ᾽ ἐνθυμοῦνται, and may get the start of us; which would rouse Greek 
ambition (Townsend reads ταὐτά for ταῦτα). ---πρὸς τῶν θεῶν : τῶν om. else- 
where in Anab., Rehdz., Kriig. — μὴ ἀναμένωμεν 5, 628 a, — παρακαλοῦν- 

τας, fut. or pres. — τοῦ ἐξορμῆσαι, 425, 664 a. — στρατηγῶν, paron. 70 n. 
82 25. ἀκμάζειν ἡγοῦμαι, ἐρύκειν, J esteem myself at the very acme of 
life for warding off. See § 14 N. on ἡλικέαν. 

26. πάντες, so placed for immediate connection with πλήν. --- βοιωτιά- 
ἴων, the Beotians spoke a coarse, broad variety of tle Holic, 82. — οὗτος 





BOOK III. CHAP. I. 73 


20. 
δ᾽ — ὥς, 705. — λέγοι; some read see - = see § | 
— λέγειν, the inf. pag “i or ice” ge S, not even ..., nor yet, 
aT ean le -- Ἔν ταὐτῷ... τούτοις, in [the same place] 
‘See ii. 1. 8. — μέγα φρονήσας (Lex.), 478. 

28 σκηνήσαμεν, ii. 3. 16 s. — τί οὐκ ἐποίησε, οἵ. resp "" 
; de ba vs αὐτοῖς : see ii. 5. 4. — οὐ.. οὐδὲ, 7131; ἡ bi 
τ, ned ie Was not this the result that they are now, etc. 
μμναπῆν μεθα edt iii 130; Thue. iv. 47. 3. — of τλήμονες, in appos. w. 
KevTou ; . ill. 


familiar proverbial ex 
company with these. 


x. ad’ 313e 
re i . pos. — kal (674 f, cf. i. 6. 10) , οἶμαι 5, ᾿ 
yey “acs pte nas ; and knowing ull this, do you say? 561b. 
4326. — 
"0 ἰσας, § 26. 
__ πείθειν. tense 594; cf. πείσας, A i 
30 peter ἄνδρες and ἄνθρωπον. --- μήτε...τε; ii. 2 ee ἣν 
Lex ἣ — ἀφελομένους, ἀναθέντας : see i. 1. 7. --- ὡς τοιο τῳ χρῆ ee 
so skal use him [as such] in that capacity, 1. Θ. as bag; 


ar ‘dalle. s, to this fellow there appertains nothing of Beo- 83 


i. Ι 587. 2; 481; 

I vov, having his ears bored, . 2; 
wr τ es the Greeks scorned, 2 ere hw 
ti: i i i rhether as a 85 : 

f ss resided in Boeotia, but w her Ξ 
ER Skee (Lex.) ovrws, as an examination yi By 

τ sg 1. oGs), 236 d. — εἴη, mode 641 b, 634b, d: ὁ ny sii 
ὑ ie ‘comm a lochage who acted as first officer under the ge 4 
tr , ; 

i = jgeidionl oneal — τὸ πρόσθεν (Lex.); an open place a 

ite με ἢ -- ντο, αηϊοιι . 
and often used for this ee ᾿ 3; ii. 4. 15. — ἐγένοντο, 

— rot d; ef. i. 2.9; nu. 6. 15. , 

ἐεμῃν bere αίμεθα, δυναίμεθα, mode 633 a. — ἅπερ ct, a 2) ᾿ς ee 
35. os 5, have seized of us whom they could, 551 f, 553. — ὡς, 


ii ἐστίν), 458, 
“Hpi άντα ποιητέα (sc. εἶναι or ' 
ἀπολέσωσιν, 688 ἃ. --- Ἡμῖν... πάντ a i 
682 iy ΒΝ! ἐπὶ, ἦν δυνώμεθα, cf. i. 1. 4, if [we can effect ] — vata ae 
36. τοσοῦτοι 5, [being so many] so great a che : argc 
there being here a source of encouragement. C1. 11. 1. 10. ἱστον 


καιρόν, grandest opportunity of exerting an influence for good or 84 
, gra 


νῶν , ᾿φιμα γομιμη (turning, with asyndeton, to the thee ee 
etc io the repetition in this emph. appeal. — τι Spliee _ te 
Hid ἴαρχοι, lochagi who took the command when t eir qperrtergioe 
bit awn others. — χρήμασι (Lex. λοχαγός and oe μα mer 
6.7. — χούτων ἐπλεονεκτεῖτε, 408. — νῦν τοίνυν, 2. 39; Vil. τ el pel 
δεῖ tnd avrots, you ought to deem yourselves [fit oo rst 
realli the precept of Cyrus the Elder : ἄρχειν δὲ ei dss pa 
kK, it ἐστὶ τῶν ἀρχομένων : Plut. Apophth. ps μόνο ‘ μὰ μον 
"38 οἴομαι ἂν 5, 621 a. — goer ea may csi τε 

, , refer *xpre 

͵ ἱπεῖν (Lex. συναιρέω), 671 ο. ome i sys ο 
πων sc. οὐδέν, nothing at all. — σώζειν δοκεῖ, [se 

, d. 





74 
BOOK III. CHAP. IL. 


save] tends to safety > σώζει τὰ πολλὰ mn 
) a uae’ 
agra Soph. Ant. 676, 672. ih ἀναρχίας δὲ μεῖζον Ι 4. ἐπὶ τούτῳ, upon this, or, after him, 690 ; deinceps, Kiihn. — ὦ ἄν- 
in such a 9 fects Hi how, : Spes, 484. g. — ὅστις, 550 b, ii. 8. 4. — Aéywv.. ὀμόσας, tense --- εἴη, mode ? 
Taro αὐτοῖς ; | - Ἑλλάδος, case 4424 : see ii. 3. 18, where dat. — περὶ (Lex.) πλείστου 
ΤΠ Ι i ke vi ἂν ποιήσαιτο, mode, and force οἵ dv ?— ἐπὶ τούτοις, [upon these declara- 
ie Ὁ se. χρῆσθαι or χρήσασθαι. a tions] in accordance with, or, in addition to this. —atrés, 540c; observe the 
‘salle “Me 86 i γνώμας : pos, 538 Γ᾿ emphatic repetition (with asyndeton) ; and above, of ὁρᾶτε. --- αὐτὸς ἐξα- 
τοῖς θεοῖς πε ναι οὔτε ἰσχὺς ἡ.. ποιοῦσα (= τὸ " πατήσας συνέλαβε 5, then did himself [having deceived] seize the generals 
age 323; 2.8.11, 14. — de dnl τὸ πολύ (L eR whom he had deceived. — Κλεάρχῳ, case 451b. See ii. 5. 27. — αὐτοῖς 
a μηνεγηρ withstand (Lex. ) — ΣΩ͂Ν δέχονται, τούτοις, by this very means. 
aoa , -— περὶ δὲ τοῦ καλῶς ἀποί 5. καὶ (sc. ᾧ ἐδώκαμεν, 562; for the more comm. ἔδομεν, 306 Ὁ, c. — καὶ 
crepaani ag an honorable death. Cf. ii on [about the dying οὔτος, 685 b. — Kipov...tavros, order ὃ — ἐκείνου, case 442 a. 87 
“ y aegis contemserit ; timidissimum qu ali τὰ Effugit mor- 6. ἀποτίσαιντο, mode 638d; cf. ποιήσειαν, ὃ 3. — ὡς.. κράτιστα, 
+ il oa itt ὁρῶ μᾶλλόν πως. βρυραινορημ ἐγηηρμ ; igi ϑέργος Curt. iv. 14. i. 6.3; 2. 4. ---- τοῦτο... πάσχειν (Lex.), meet that fortune (whether good or 
the aoe to the construction above. hig Cua ται, would evil) which the gods may assign. 
44 ie " ὃν Tus, tn some way 7. Ex (Lex. ἐξ). --- κάλλιστα, Xen. was eminently fond of the beautiful 
45, i δρημηθῃμε 80, ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι, οἵ, iv. 8. 17 (φιλόκαλος, Hlian. Varice Historia, iil. 24). >a ToV...TO νικᾶν πρέπειν, that 
᾿Αθηναῖον εἶναι ἘΝ σε.. ὅσον [-- ὅσον τοῦτο nl j 560 the most beautiful attire befitted victory. — ὀρθῶς ἔχειν, that ut was well. τος 
that you were sie ῳ knew you only so Jar wh this, μὴν oe (612) τῶν καλλίστων (431 b) ἑαυτὸν ἀξιώσαντα, since he had deemed himself 
“a alg fhe Athenian. The «ἀν. use of τοσοῦτον f ni dino heard worthy of the most beautiful equipments. — λόγου, case 425. 
βουλοί ἡ “8 or 482 ; cf. v. 8. 8, — &’ ols = én rane and ὅσον may 8. Τὴν μέν, the-regular sequence having been interrupted by the sneez- 
‘tne hai cn τούτοις ἅ, δδ4 ἃ N, — ing. — λέγει, tense 612. --- διὰ φιλίας, διὰ παντὸς πολέμον (Lex. διά). --- 


ὅτι πλείστ' Ι 
46. μέλ λ ‘ | ous, 1. 1. 6 > 2. 4. ‘ 
μὴ μεν, § 24. — of Sebnever ἃ στρατηγούς, prolepsis, 474, 657: cf. i. 8. 21. --- διὰ πίστεως, 694. — σὺν 
































: a you who n , Wi 
συγκαλοῦμεν, cf. § 24. Ι 10 need them (ἀρχόντων). ---. j τοῖς ὅπλοις : cf. ii. 1. 12. — dv... δίκην = δίκην τούτων ἅ πεποιήκασι, (the 


vi am rave εἰπών, 662 a, — μέλλοιτο, mid oes Ι penalty of those things which they have done] vengeance for their deeds, — 
be yes — Ἐλείνωρ, the troopa οἵ Agise jcining thane enn δθ i πολλαὶ καί, ii. 3.18. Cf. order in § 10. 
fore commanded; ii. 5. 37. — es oe ne force which Cleanor Ι 9. πτόρνοξαι, a sudden, involuntary outburst of this kind was referred 
ΑΝ Ἄν ͵ by the Greeks, as by so many other nations, to a divine interposition, 
indicating good or evil according to the circumstances (rrappov T ὄρνιθα 
| καλεῖτε, Ar. Av. 720). As the sign here fell upon σωτηρίας, Xen. inter- 
CHAPTER ITI. preted it as promising safety, and proceeding from Zeds Σωτήρ. --- τὸν θεόν, 
i a ¢ y g ῦ. σῶ 1, 7 
SPEECHES ΤῸ THE ett the deity from whom the sign proceeded. Ζεῦ, σῶσον, Jupiter (Zeus), be 


XENOPHO 


BY THE NEW GENERALS ( propitious, was ἃ common Greek exclamation when one in a company 
N.— ORDER OF MARCH ADOPTE » ESPECIALLY Ι sneezed, as in Germ., ‘‘ Gott helf,” and in Eng., ‘‘ God bless you.” — ὅτῳ 
1 Ὁ. οἰἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα, a very common mode of voting among 88 
86 μέ - ἡμέρα tes, ἐξ was Ἷ the Greeks, as with us. The Greeks naturally carried the usages, 
Mews ΠΝ βῃῃ κατα ὮΝ Se τὸ | as well as the spirit, of their popular institutions into the field ; and of 
2 ἄνδρες on ed by ἐπὶ ‘ 7b, — Ἱ this army in particular Kriig. says, that it was ‘‘civitatem perigrinantem, ; 
μεθα, i 9. 13. ᾿ ial ἀνδρῶν στρατηγῶν (Lex. ἀνήρ), 506 1 ᾿ a travelling commonwealth. — τὰ τῶν θεῶν καλῶς εἶχεν, the [things of the 
καί, observe the i Ai λοχαγῶν, order 719 ἃ, », — πρός im 708 b στερό- Ὶ gods were well] religious rites had been duly performed. 
ὠὰ,  Pleonasm, 69 Ὁ, Some here σϑοοσῃ ζε - 403 b) δ᾽ ἔτι 7 10. ᾿Ετύγχανον (Lex.) λέγων, i. 6. when this omen came. — θεῶν, ii. 7. 5. 
Y τ aioe ὦ, 699i. — οἱ ἀμφὶ ᾿Αριαῖον, ii, a ὁ tmeais of προσέτι, ‘ — οὕτω δ᾽ ἐχόντων, 676.2; que cum ita sint. — οἵπερ ἱκανοί 8. Cf. Ὁ θεὸς 
ourselves + «- Ι ὅπως.. σωζώμεθα, to strive [so etl | δὲ, ὡς ἔοικε, πολλάκις χαίρει τοὺς μὲν μικροὺς μεγάλους ποιῶν, τοὺς δὲ μεγά- 
ἀποθνήσκ Pan dictum pro πειρᾶσθαι σώζεσθαι Ban, save] to save 7 λους μικρούς, Hel. vi. 4. 23. 
Fig i let us die, 628. Some regard it as i ete εἴ § 5. — ᾿ 11. γάρ, γάρ, in reg. const. one of these should be omitted. Cf. ii. 5.12; 
ON 8, a8 may the gods bring upon our iain NPR ἯΚο σωξν. 716 a. — ὑμᾶς, κινδύνους, 478 ἃ. --- ἀγαθοῖς... ἀγαθοί, order ὃ --- ὑμῖν, cf. 15, 
latina : | 661 b. — παμπληθεῖ στόλῳ, in a vast array ; acc. to Nepos, 100000 infan- 


[both] nearly daybreak. — καὶ 
στήσαντας͵ 80. σφᾶς, 6676: 
τούτω, § 4; cf. 1. 18 ν. 


ah HH MMM 
ΜΝΝΝΙΝΝΝΝΜΝΝΗΜΝΝΙΝΙΗΙΜΙΗΙΗΏΒἁᾷΓὔΈΚΙΑΙΗΝΝΕΜΩᾶὨΒ(2: ιαμιΤημμμΝμμημμμηεμὴουηύηηυηηὺμ ύΒ͵ῴ͵8ευΡ συ; [ ΟἹ αΗΗΝΕΕΙΛΙυΙ ΒἷΠΛ΄ΖὨΩΡΗΡΕΗ ΕΒ πο 


manning RR ERR ΑἼἜἌἾἜ ΕΞ 














NOTES. 


try, and 10000 cavalry. Others increase this number, and Justin even to 
600000 (of whom 200000 perished). — ὡ ἀφανιούντων 5, that they might 
bring Athens to nothing again, 598 b. — ὑποστῆναι, at Marathon, B. c. 490 ; 
ace. to the comm. statement, 10000 in number, and aided only by 1000 
Plateans. 

12. εὐξάμενοι, as if its subject followed in the nom., instead of the dat. 
αὐτοῖς w. ἔδοξεν, 402a. — ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς = ἐψηφίσαντο, [it seemed best to 
them] they determined ; the dat. being used, by a change of const., for the 
nom. with which the sentence commences, cf. 402 a.—xat’ ἐνιαυτόν (692. 5) 
πεντακοσίας θύφιν, upon her altar at Ayre upon the Ilissus; an annual 
sacrifice of 500, without limit of time, being substituted for an immediate 
payment of the whole number (6400 barbarians having fallen in the battle, 
acc. to Hdt. vi. 117). Plutarch mentions the thank-offering as existing 
even in his time, some 600 years after the battle. 

13. τὴν ἀναρίθμητον στρατιάν, that innumerable army, so celebrated, 
530a. Hdt. (vii. 186) sets the entire host at 5283220 men, one half of 
whom were combatants. — ἐνίκων (tense? cf. ἐνίκησαν, ὃ 11), at Salamis, 
B. C. 480, at Platez and Mycale, on the same day, B. c. 479, etc. —*Qy 
ἔστι (788 f) μὲν τεκμήρια (394 b) 5, [as proofs of which one may see the 
trophies] of which exploits we may behold proofs in. the trophies then 
erected. — ἀλλά, i. 4. 18. — προγόνων, case 412. 

89 14. ἡμέραι, 80. εἰσίν, ἃ comm. ellipsis in such expressions. — ad’ 

οὗ (Lex. ἀπό), 557 a (= ἀπὸ τοῦ χρόνου dre). — ὑμῶν αὐτῶν, case 409. 
— ἐνικᾶτε (tense ?), were conquering. 

15. περὶ τῆς Kupov 5, [about] in behalf of the sovereignty of Cyrus ; 
i.e. to make Cyrus king. — ἀγαθοί, πολύ, pos.? — ὑμᾶς, case 661b; cf. $11. 

16. αὐτῶν, case ?— τό τε πλῆθος ἄμετρον (sc. ὄν) ὁρῶντες, and seeing the 
multitude (to be) immense, 523 Ὁ, 5. — ἰέναι εἰς αὐτούς͵ to go against them 
[tnTo them, stronger than ἐπὶ αὐτούς PON them]. — θέλουσι... μὴ δέχεσθαι 
ὑμᾶς, they are not willing to receive you [will or choose not to receive, 

stronger than ov θέλουσι δέχεσθαι, do not will to receive}. 

17. Μηδὲ... δόξητε, as imv. 628 c. — μεῖον (Lex.). —et, if, = ὅτι, that,’ 
639 a. — Κυρεῖοι, cf. vii. 2. 7. — ἀφεστήκασιν, ii. 4. 2, 9 5. --- ἔτι, pos.?— 
ἔφευγον, they [were fleeing] fled. The impf. presents more vividly than the 
aor. the scene when the army under Arieus showed its cowardice by run- 
ning away and leaving the Greeks to their fate, i. 10.1. The mss. have 
πρός before ἐκείνους, but there does not appear to be any occasion on which 
the army of Arieus actually fled to the king’s troops. The insertion came 
possibly from a copyist, who did not distinguish between ἀφεστήκασιν and 
ἔφευγον. --- φυγῆς, case 425. — πολὺ κρεῖττον, sc. ἐστί. 

18. τις... ἐνθυμήθητε, numb. 501. On value of cavalry, see ii, 4. 6. — 
οἱ μύριοι ἱππεῖς, 531d, 534. 3: so in Eng. ‘‘ your ten thousand horse.” — 
ἄνθρωποι, pos. ? 

19. ἱππέων, case ?— κρέμανται, [hang] are placed aloft. — paddov...rev- 

90 ξόμεθα, shall better hit, from our steadier aim. —‘Evi μόνῳ, in one 
respect alone, 467 b. — ἡμᾶς, case 472 b. — φεύγειν 5, 663a. The 


BOOK III. CHAP. II. "Ἶ 


sportive and somewhat sarcastic tone of parts of this address was admirably 
adapted to raise the spirits of the soldiers. : 

20. μάχας, case 472 f. — ὑμῖν, ii. 2. 8; i. 7. 1. — τοῦτο, 483 b. — ἢ οὖς 
οι ἄνδρας, or (to have as guides) whatsoever men (553), such men as. — ἥν 
τι (478) περὶ ἡμᾶς ἁμαρτάνωσι (631 ὁ), if in aught they sin against us ; 
some read ὑμᾶς, you. -- τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς Kal σώματα, their own lives 
(which may be taken) and persons (which may be beaten), 534. 4. Cf. 
‘life and limb”; Germ., ‘* Leib und Leben.” 

21. μικρὰ... πολλοῦ, in a kind of sarcastic antithesis. — μέτρα, in appos. 
w. ἐπιτήδεια, 398 ἃ. --- ἀργυρίον, case ?— μηδὲ.. ἔχοντας, as we no longer 
receive pay; as they had been so long without pay. — μέτρῳ.. ὁπόσῳ, as 
large measure as. 

22. ταῦτα, prolepsis. — κρείττονα, sc. ἐστίν. --- ἄπορον, ii. 5.9; iv. 4. 11, 
— διαβάντες, when you crossed them, referring esp. to the passage of the 
Tigris, which was planned for the destruction of the Greeks, ii. 4. 24. — 
εἰ (complem.) ἄρα 5, whether indeed (or, afler all) the barbarians [have not 
done this even a most foolish thing} have not here done a most foolish thing, 
as they simply constrain us to mike a longer march through the heart of 
their country. — πηγῶν, case --- προϊοῦσι, to [persons proceeding] those 
who proceed, or, if we ascend ; case 458. 

23. διοίσουσιν, some read διήσουσιν (διΐημι, allow to -pass). — οὐδ᾽ ὥς 
(Lex.). — φαίημεν βελτίους, [say are better] admit to be better. — βασιλέως, 
contemptuously repeated, to emphasize the king’s inefficiency. Yet it 
seems quite possible that the first βασιλέως has crept into the text from 
a grammatical gloss, and that the true reading is of ἄκοντος (so placed for 
emphasis) ἐν τῇ βασιλέως xwpg. Hence in Ms. Eton. of ἐν βασιλέως χώρᾳ 
ἄκοντος. --- Λνκάονᾳς... εἴδομεν, in passing through Lycaonia, i. 2. 19: 
ef. § 8, 29. — τούτων, the Persians or subjects of the king ; υ. ἷ. τούτου. 

24. ἂν ἔφην, I might say, were it not for the reason mentioned in 9] 
ἃ 25. — χρῆναι... ὡρμημένους, ought not to appear to have set out for 
home. — ὁμήρους τοῦ ἀδόλως ἐκπέμψειν, hostages [of his being about to 
‘send] that he would send them away faithfully. oer οἶδ᾽ ὅτι, [I know that he 
would] J am well assured, thrown in parenthetically, 717 b. 

25. ᾿Αλλὰ γάρ, but [I do not so say] for, 709. 2.— μή, repeated after 
the conditional clause, 714. 2. Cf. εἰ... εἰ, § 35. — μεγάλαις, éall or stately. 
Physical prowess was so indispensable among the Greeks, that good size 
became an important element of female attractiveness. — ὥσπερ οἱ λωτο- 
φάγοι, as those who taste the lotus ; μή πώ τις λωτοῖο φαγὼν νόστοιο λάθηται, 
Od. ix. 102. The poems of Homer were most familiar sources of illustra- 
tion to the Greeks. babs ΜΝ ἢ ; 

26. ἐξὸν (Lex.) αὐτοῖς (459) .. κομισαμένους (667 ε) s, [it being in their 
power, having brought, etc.] when, if they will bring hither the citizens that 
now live in want at home (as being without estate) they may behold them 
vich: τοὺς πολιτεύοντας is the comm. object of κομισαμένους and ὁρᾶν. 

27. ἵνα μὴ τὰ ζεύγη ἡμῶν (407) στρατηγῇ, that our teams may not con- 
trol [us] owr march, obliging us to go only by carriage routes. Cf. ii. 2. 18. 





NOTES. 


— ὄχλον μὲν παρέχουσιν ἄγειν, [give trouble] are troublesome to carry, 
663 ἃ, e. — οὐδέν, case 478. 
28. τῶν ἄλλων... πλὴν ὅσα, of our other effects let us dispense with the 
superfluous, [all except what we carry] whatever we do not carr , ete. Cf. 
i. 2. 17. — Κρατουμένων (sc. τινῶν, 67 6), af, or, when men are con- 
92 quered ; Xen. would not here use the humbling and ill-omened 
ἡμῶν. --- πάντα (sc. γίγνεται) ἀλλότρια, everything becomes another's. 
29. Λοιπόν (Lex.) pot, case 460, — “Opare γάρ, so v. 1.8; 8. 11. --- 


wpéobey...mply, cf. 1.16; i. 1. 10. — ἂν.. ἀπολέσθαι, 621 d. — ἀταξία, cf. 
1. 38. 


30. τοὺς viv τῶν πρόσθεν, order 719 b, ες; cf. viv ἢ πρόσθεν. 

31. Ἣν δέ τις ἀπειθῇ, ἣν ψηφίσησθε, and in case any one is disobedient, 
¢f you would vote. In the logical order the latter clause would precede the 
former, but the other is placed first in distinction from πειθομένους in § 80. 
— τὸν.. ἐντυγχάνοντα, any one of you who may be present at the time. — 
del, see Lex. — σὺν τῷ ἄρχοντι κολάζειν, should join with the commander 
in punishing him ; a measure more likely to be voted than well executed . 
a ¥. 02 St a.-~ πλεῖστον... ἔσονται, will be most completely disappointed. 
— Κλεάρχους (Lex.), 227. 1; i.e. rigid disciplinarians, ii. 6. 9 s. — οὐδ᾽ 
ἑνί, not a single man (Lex. οὐδέ) : v. 1. ovdevi. — κακῷ, [bad as a soldier] 
remiss in duty. 


32. ᾿Αλλὰ γάρ (Lex.), 709. 2. — ἢ ταύτῃ [for ταῦτα], than [that things 
should be in this way] this. — ὁ ἰδιώτης, art. 522 a. 


33. ψηφίσασθαι ἄριστον εἶναι, to be best to vote. — dvéravay, asynd. 
Cf. 2. 9. 

93 34. (sc. ἐκεῖσε) Sov, 551 f; cf. οὗ, ii. 1. 6. — πλέον, case 482 ἃ. 

36. ποιησαμένους, cf. i. 2. 1. -- τῶν ὅπλων, ii. 2. 4 Ν. --- εἴη, ii. 4. 5. 
— τὰ πρόσθεν (Lex.). — ἑκατέρων, cf. i. 8. 27. — χρῴμεθα.. τεταγμένοις, we 
could immediately put our marshalled men in action. ; 

37. ἄλλως ἐχέτω, let it be otherwise, — Χειρίσοφος : Chirisophus had be- 
fore been kept in the shade by his older and abler countryman, Clearchus. 
— AaxeSaipsvios : the Spartans, now sovereign through Greece, were very 
jealous for their precedence ; cf. vi. 1. 26, 32 ; 6. 12. — πλευρῶν, case ? — 
πρεσβυτάτων, 418 c. — τὸ νῦν εἶναι, 665 ὃ. 

38. πειρώμενοι 5, 432b; but with any changes that may seem expedient 
from time to time ; e. g. 4. 19s. —"ESofe ταῦτα, asyndeton. 

39. εἶναι, inf. 657 k. — τούτου τυχεῖν, to obtain this sight, 427. — τῶν 

94 μέν.. νικώντων, 443a.— Καὶ εἴ τις δὲ χρημάτων (case 482 δ) ἐπιθυ- 

pet, and even if any one is desirous of wealth ; a lower motive pre- 

sented thus conditionally. This peroration, though not observing strictly 

the law of climax, was admirably adapted to im press the hearers. Observe 
the emphatic repetitions, chiasms, ete. 


NHN IN 9m 


i iii Al 


BOOK ΠῚ. CHAP. III. 


CHAPTER III. 


THE GREEKS CROSS THE ZAPATAS AND ADVANCE.— ANNOYED BY 
THE PERSIANS. 


1. Τούτων 5, 675. — ἀνέστησαν, the assembly having been before this 
seated. Cf. 1. 33; vi. 2. 5. — κατέκαιον, a in burning. Observe 
imperfects to depict the scene, 592a; cf. 2. 27 8. , 
τὰ ye ii. 5. 35. — εὔνους, sc. ejui. — πρός pe, accent, 788 e. — τί ἐν 
Arges 
Mais ef. ii. 3. 21. --- ἣν μέν 5; observe the close correspondence in 
Sire of the contrasted clauses. — tus, one (much like Fr. on, and Germ. 
man) = if we are permitted, with esp. but not sole reference to the king and 
Tissaphernes, whom he does not care to name ; ef. i. 4. 12. — ἐᾷ, ἴῃ what 
mode after ἤν 3 --- τὴν χώραν, his country, or, territory, 530 e. — ἡμᾶς τῆς 
ὁδοῦ (405) ἀποκωλύῃ, obstructs [us from the way ] ows passage. a 
4. ἐγιγνώσκετο, [he] it was perceived, pers. or impers., 573 ; cf. 11, 4. 22. 
-- τις, pos.? Cf. ii. 5. 82 N. — πίστεως ἕνεκα, [for the sake of assurance] 
to secure his fidelity to the king ; cf. ii. 5. 35. 
5. βέλτιον εἶναι, to be [better] advisable. Observe the succession 95 
of infinitives. —%ot’, as long as, whilst. — διέφθειρον, διέφθειραν, 
sc. the enemy, fr. τῇ πολεμίᾳ : tense ?— N ίκαρχον (Lex.). — @xero ἀπιών, 
679 d. — νυκτός, prob. the preceding night, which afforded such opportu- 
ity intrigue and desertion, 1. 3. 
η:: pirecd the Greeks were encamped upon the ee 
the Great Zab, prob. by one of its lowest fords, ii. 5. 1. This is identi 
by Layard with the principal ford in this part of the river, about twen ᾿ 
five miles’ from its junction with the Tigris. The χαράδρα mentione 
4. 1, 3s, would then correspond with the dry bed of the torrent Bumadus, 
now Gazir-su ; and the second day’s march would bring the army to the 
Tigris at Larissa. The Greeks had made such preparations during the 
night that they were ready to cross at once, before the Persians, 
suspecting such an efficient and rapid movement, were prepared to inter cr 
The final battle between Alexander and Darius 11., commonly called the 
battle of Arbela, was fought on the plain. — Ζαπάταν, some read Ζάβατον: 
see Lex. — Οὐ πολύ, sc. χωρίον, expressed 8 15. Cf. βραχύ, 1. 5. 8, ες 
7. ἐτίτρωσκον, both archers and slingers. — Κρῆτες, i. 2. 9. inc ερ- 
σῶν, who had not only esp. skill in archery, but very large and strong 
hows, 4. 17. — ὅπλων = ὁπλιτῶν. --- ἀκοντισταί : the Greek peltasts were 
trained not only to use their light spears in the hand, but also to throw 
them (v. 2. 12); and were then specially called ἀκοντισταί. --- βραχύτερα 
ἠκόντιζον, ἢ ὡς 5, 513 d. — σφενδονητῶν, case ? Ν 
8. διωκτέον εἶναι, 682. --- ἐδίωκον, sc. οὗτοι : ii. 2. 14. ᾿ 
9. οἱ πεζοὶ τοὺς πεζούς, order ?— ἐκ πολλοῦ (Lex.); cf. ἐκ πλέονος, i. 10, 





NOTES. 


11. — οὐχ οἷόν re ἦν, 556; lest they should be surrounded and destroyed 
by the cavalry. 

10. εἰς τοὔπισθεν (Lex. ὄπισθεν), 125 α, 526b, τοξεύοντες, shooting back- 
wards, or, behind ; ‘‘a dexterity which the Parthians exhibited afterwards 
still more signally, and which the Persian horsemen of the present day 
parallel with their carbines.” Grote. 

96 11. ἡμέρας, δείλης, case 433 a. — κώμας, mentioned above, 2. 84. 

— πολεμίους οὐδέν, two accus., 480. 2b. 

12. ἠτιῶντο, μαρτυροίη, mode 651 a. — ἐν τῷ μένειν, while keeping our 
places in the appointed order. 

13. ἀληθῆ.. λέγετε, you speak the truth, briefly and forcibly, for the fact 
Was as you say. — κακῶς... χαλεπῶς, order ἢ 

14. θεοῖς χάρις, sc. ἔστω, thanks [be] to the gods. — μεγάλα, ii. 3. 23. 

15. [sc. τοσοῦτον] ὅσον οὔτε, as far as neither, i. e. farther than either. 
— οἱ ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλοντες = οἱ ἀκοντισταί, § 7. — ἐξικνεῖσθαι, hit, send. — 
πολὺ... χωρίον, pos. 719 a, v. — πεζὸς πεῖόν, cf. § 9. — διώκων... ἐκ τόξον 
ῥύματος (Lex.); if he had a bow-shot the start, as an archer would be 
likely to have. 

16. Ἡμεῖς (emph. pos.) οὖν εἰ μέλλομεν 5, if then we are to check these 
men. — μέλλομεν, some read μέλλοιμεν. ---- σφενδονητῶν, case 414 b. — τὴν 
ταχίστην, 483d; cf. i. 3. 14, 20. — wv...adrav, 562. — σφενδονῶν, 2.14; 
case 409. 

97 17. χειροπληθέσι, pos. 523 b, 4. 

18. αὐτῶν... τίνες, who of them, or see 413, and cf. 1. 19. — πέ- 
wayrat (πάομαι), i. 9. 19. --- τούτῳ, as if ris had preceded, 501. — αὐτῶν, 
Jor them, i.e. the slings, 429 a. — ἐν τῷ τεταγμένῳ, in the place assigned 
him : pro in loco constituto, assignato. Poppo. — ἀτελείαν (Lex. ). 

19. τοὺς μέν Twas, 530 b. — τοὺς δὲ τῷ Κλεάρχῳ, those that belonged to 
Clearchus (v. 1. rods δὲ τῶν Κλεάρχου). --- σκενοφόρα (Lex.), i. 6. mules, 
asses, or oxen. — εἰς ἱππέας, for [horsemen] cavalry use. Ἵ 

20. ἐγένοντο, [came to be] were provided. — ἐδοκιμάσθησαν, a term for 
the annual examination and approval of the Athenian cavalry. — στολάδες, 
Ὁ. 1. σπολάδες (see Lex.). — θώρακες αὐτοῖς 5, 587 a, 464 6. 


CHAPTER IV. 


MARCH ALONG THE TIGRIS FROM THE VICINITY OF NINEVEH TO THE 
' REGION OF THE CARDUCHIAN MOUNTAINS. 


1. τῇ ἄλλῃ, 567 a. — πρωϊαίτερον (Lex. πρωΐ, v. l. rpwtrepov). — χαρά- 
Spav, see 3. 6 N. — μὴ ἐπιθοῖντο, 624 ο ; form 315 6. 

2. τοσούτους 5, 2 accus. 480, 2c. — ἔλαβεν, ὑποσχόμενος, had received 
them [having promised] on the promise. Having been an adherent of Cyrus, 
Mithridates must, forsooth, commend himself to the confidence and favor 


BOOK III. CHAP. IV. 81 


of the king by an excess of zeal. —A&By, mode 645 a. — πρόσθεν 98 
», 1. ἔμπροσθεν, 706 b). | 
ἡ 3. ὅσον, about (Lex.), 556d, 507 e. — Παρήγγελτο 5, instructions had 
been given, both who of the peltasts were to pursue. — εἴρητο (Lex. φημῖ). τὴ 
ὡς ἐφεψομένης 5, as (OF, assured that) a competent force would follow in their 
i 
| ie [were reaching their aim] could take effect. Observe the 
force of each tense in this βεοίίοῃ. --- ἐσήμηνε, i. 2. 17; ii. 2. 4. — οἱ δέ, 


Ἢ of enemy, iv. 3. 31; v. 2. 5. 
τ Heel case 464. — ἠκίσαντο : this, though provoked by the 


repeated treachery of the enemy, was 80 contrary to Greek usage that Xen. 
takes pains to say that it was done without orders ; cf. 1. 17 N. — δρᾶν, 

33g; 1. 23; ii. 3. 3. 
wes perchance having fared thus. — τὸ λοιπόν, 482 a. εὐ 

7. ὄνομα δ᾽, see Lex. Λάρισσα, ein μα na 529a: τὸ ἀρχαῖον, 
i - ii. 2. 5. — κύκλον ἡ περίοδος, order 6. : 
i 8. ων i.e, me the Elder. — ἥλιον δὲ νεφέλη προκαλύψασα 
ἠφάνισε, μέχρι 5, but a cloud veiling the sun hid it from sight, until sien 
habitants abandoned the city through superstitious terror from the unusua 
gloom. Some suppose that this tradition originated in an eclipse. Such 
is the common but conjectural text. The Mss., with great unanimity, read 
ἥλιος δὲ νεφέλην προκαλύψας ἠφάνισε, which seems to be a figurative account 
of the final effort and success of Cyrus: and the Sun (Cyrus, whose name 
has this meaning) having brought a cloud as ἃ ve (a cloud of troops) hid 
the city from sight, until the inhabitants left it (coming forth to surrender). 
— οὕτως ἑάλω, voice 575a. Even if the Greeks had been aware that they 
were passing by the remains of one of the mightiest cities in the world’s 
history, they had no time to stop for their examination, or even to gather 
up carefully the traditions respecting them. But certainly Xenophan’s 
slight notices are a striking illustration how complete was the desolation 
of ‘‘ great Nineveh” to the mind as well as to the eye. : 

9. Παρά, beside: cf. i. 2. 18 ; 3. 7 : παρά with things regularly takes 
the accusative, sometimes the dative, vii. 2. 25. See Lex. — wvpa- 99 
gg ale ἔρημον μέγα, a desolate wall (or, castle) of great extent. fy 
τῇ πόλει κείμενον, Zying (in ruins) before ifs city. This seems much like 
gloss, and is omitted by some editors. — Μέσπιλα, see Lex. 

11. κύκλον : if, as some suppose, τεῖχος, in ὃ 10, signifies an outlying 
fortress or castle, τοῦ κύκλου here must still refer to the enclosure of the city 

Ὁ. 660 b. 
pe ose or ποιεῖ, strikes with madness, or, with κ᾿ panic, ee 
through a terrific thunder-storm. Compare the word ‘‘ Dunder-hea 
werent τοῦτον... «σταθμόν, in this day's march, intruding into or upon 
it, 704 a. — οὖς τε αὐτὸς ἱππέας ἦλθεν ἔχων = ἔχων τούς τε ἱππέας ods αὐτὸς 
ἦλθε ἔχων, having both the cavalry which he [himself came having] brought 

6 





NOTES. 


with him from his own satrapy ; i. 2. 4. —’Opévrov (v. 1. Ὀρόντα), ii. 4. 8. 
— οὖς Κῦρος ἔχων ἀνέβη βαρβάρους, [what barbarians Cyrus having went 
up) the barbarians with whom Cyrus made his ascent. — ἀδελφός, ii. 4. 25. 
— ἐβοήθει, tense ? 

14. The following diagram may perhaps sufficiently illustrate the rela- 
tive position of the Greeks and Persians : 


Greeks. 


RE ΒΝ 


Persians. 


Observe the order of the four intinitives in this section, ἐμβάλλειν, ete. 
10 15. Σκύθαι τοξόται (v. 1. Σκυθοτοξόται): this term, not ex- 
plained by Xen., appears to distinguish those of the archers who 
had obtained large bows (such as the Seythians carried), chiefly, we may 
suppose, by despoiling those who fell in the battle of the ravine, § 5 (sinve 
in the previous attacks the bows of the Greeks were inferior in power to 
those of their assailants). — οὐδὲ yap, εἰ πάνυ προθυμοῖτο (v. 1. προύθυ-. 
μεῖτο) s, 632: in such a dense mass did the enemy stand. — ἀπεχώρει, ἀπε- 
χώρησαν, tense ? 

16. καὶ τῶν πλείστων τοξοτῶν, and than most of the archers could send 
their arrows. 

17. Μεγάλα 5: yet the bows of the Persians were also large, so that the 
Cretans found their captured arrows of great use with the larger bows which 
they themselves now carried. Cf. Hat. vii. 61. — Κρησί, case 453. — 
διετέλουν (Lex.} χρώμενοι, were constantly using, 677. — ἄνω, into the air, 
80 that they might recover the arrows, as they could not afford to waste 
their small supply in the needed practice with new weapons. — μόλυβδος, 
80, πολύς ? 

18. μεῖον (Lex.), i. 10. 8. 

19. κέρατα, the wings, flanks, or, sides, = πλευραί, § 22. — ἐκθλίβεσθαι s, 
that the hoplites should be pushed out of their places, or, ranks. — ἅμα μὲν 
πιεζομένους, ἅμα δὲ καί, being at the same time crowded, and [at the same 
time} not only crowded, but also, ete. Cf. iv. 1. 4; vi. 2. 14, for this 
doubling of ἅμα, which the Eng. does not imitate. — ὥστε δυσχρήστους 
εἶναι ἀνάγκη (ν. /. ἀνάγκῃ), so that it is unavoidable that they should be, or, 
they are necessarily, useless. 

20. κενὸν γίγνεσθαι. κεράτων, that the interval between the flanks should 
be open ; as in their confusion they could not at once take their places so 

101 * to fill up the ranks. Cf. i. 4. 4; 445b. — ταῦτα πάσχοντας, 

[suffering this] so affected. — διάβασιν, ii. 3. 10. — φθάσαι (Lex.). 
— εὐεπίθετον (Lex.) οοὐπολεμίοις, case 458 ; ef. iv. 8. 12. 

21. ἐποιήσαντο (v. 1. ἐποίησαν), by the selection of the most valiant, 
active, and reliable, for special service wherever they might be needed. — 
ἀνὰ ἑκατόν, 240 f, 692. 5. — Owror δὲ πορευόμενοι, 402a. To avoid or soften 
the anacoluthon some needlessly conjecture the gen. for the nom., and 


BOOK III. CHAP. IV. 83 


others οὕτω for οὗτοι. ---- ὑπέμενον ὕστεροι 8, the captains remained behind 

with their companies ; i. e. when stationed in the rear, as they seem at se 

to have been because the danger was from behind. Afterwards, when the 

danger was divided, half the companies were in front with Chirisophus, 

§ 43. — τότε δὲ παρῆγον ἔξωθεν τῶν κεράτων, and then led on their com 

panies outside of the line between the two wings, i. e. here, behind it, or 
apart from it. ἢ ; 

O 22. κατὰ λόχους, ὃν companies : in this way the companies were 

O arrayed side by side, one enomoty in width and four in depth. 

O -- κατὰ πεντηκοστῦς : the width was now doubled by bring- oo 

O ing each pentecostys (or fifty) of the company into the line; 00 
while in the arrangement κατὰ ἐνωμοτίας it was quadrupled 

by bringing each enomoty forward to the line. When each enomoty formed 

a square, the first arrangement would make of the six lochi a 

body 30 men wide and 20 men deep; the second, 60 wide D000 

and 10 deep; and the third, 120 wide and 5 deep. οὐ 

23. οἱ λοχαγοί, the captains of the army in general, who crossed in 
order under the protection of the six select companies. a που δέοι τι τῆς 
φάλαγγος (gen. w. που, 420 8), ἐπιπαρῆσαν (v. 1. ἐπιπαρῇσαν), vf on was 
any need in any part of the phalanz, these (the select companies) were at 
hand for support. — ἐπορεύθησαν, ἐπορεύοντο ὃ 24, tense 593. ᾿ 

24. βασίλειον, a (satrap’s) palace, 8. 31; cf. iv. 4, 2. — διά, Loma 
over. —% κώμη, the chief village, containing the palace ; or ee t : 
first appearance was that of a single village only, though the Greeks foun 

t there were many. 

a ἀνέβησαν, κατέβαινον, tense ?— ἀναβαίνειν, mode 671 com μι μὰ 
πρανές (Lex.), down the hill, giving them a great advantage over the a 
missiles sent up the hill. — ἔβαλλον 5, asyndeton. — ὑπὸ μαστίγων, ὅθι 
The Persian troops, even in battle, were treated as slaves. So at Thermo- 
pyle, Hdt. vii. 223: cf. Ctes. Pers. 23. 

26. κατετίτρωσκον, ἐκράτησαν, tense 595 a. — γυμνήτων, case ἢ 102 
εἴσω τῶν ὅπλων, ὃ 17; 2. 36; 3. 7. 

27. Observe the tenses. — ἀπεπήδων, some read ἀνεπήδων. 

28. στρατιώτας, see iv. 3. 22, and orparia, vi. 3. 19. — πρίν, conj. 703d, a. 
--- ‘ising above the hills, § 24. 

fg i et 293a; οἵ, § 85. --- αὐτῶν, case? Observe the dif- 
ferent reference of the second οἱ πολέμιοι from the first. 

30. οἱ δέ, the targeteers, § 28; they passed along the mouhete — 
the main army, and in a parallel direction. — ἰατρούς, i. 6. soldiers who : 
most experience and skill in dressing wounds. A Greek army had eu the 
fully and carefully appointed staff of modern times ; and the wounds in 
which they suffered were in general less difficult of treatment than those 
made by fire-arms. { ᾿ 

31. Sie for ἔχοντες, 716 c. — ἄλευρα 5, asynd. 707 j. δ... εὐρινάνκαν 
οντι, case 460 (or 46] ?), chiefly for the support of the troops which he mus 
maintain. Cf. Xen. Gcon. iv. 5s. 





NOTES. 


103 33. αὐτοῖς͵ case ?— διέφερον (Lex.). 

34, πολεμίοις, case 460. — ἐπιθῶνται, mode? i. 8, 24. 

35. Πονηρόν, ii. 5.9; 4. 35: iii. 2.22. Cf. Cyrop. iii. 3. 26 8. —a¢- 
τοῖς, case 464. — ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ (Lex.). — τοῦ μὴ φεύγειν ἕνεκα (486 d, 
664 d) εἰ λνθείησαν, that they might not escape if they should be loosed, or, 
get loose. — Set, δεῖ, observe the emph. repetition and order. — ἀνδρί, dat. 
after δεῖ, for the more comm. acc. (subject of the inf., Lex. δέω), 453; 
yet below θωρακισθέντα, cf. i. 2. 1. — Ἑλλήνων, case 405; cf. 699 f. 

36. ἐκήρνξε (Lex.), 571 b. — ἐπέσχον τῆς πορείας, delayed their march, 
4054 (Lex. ἐπέχω). 

37. ἀναζεύξαντες, having [yoked] harnessed up, cr, decamped. They had 
beasts of burden, but had burned their wagons, 3. 1, --- τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ, vux- 

104 τός, case 4694, 433.—q (Lex. 3s). -ι ὑφ᾽ ἣν, implying motion 

towards and under; οἵ, ὑφ᾽ ᾧ, of rest beneath, § 24. 

38. οὐρᾶς, cf. στόμα, § 42 5. 

39. “Eferny ὁρᾶν, you can see Jor yourself. — ἡμῖν, for us, i. 6. to pre- 
vent our passage, 4626. Cf. i. 3. 16. — οὐκ ἔστι παρελθεῖν, there is no get- 
ting by. 

40. ἔρημα, [without defenders] unguarded, or, exposed. — Tes... ἀπελᾷ, 
[one] we shall drive off, 548 g. 

41. τοῦ ὄρους, pos. 523 c, — ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἑαντῶν (i. 6. the Greeks im- 
plied in Ξενοφῶν, 499 e) 5, directly above their own ermy, δ41 6, or, even 
above, cf. i. 8. 14. — βούλει, form ? — ἐγὼ δ᾽, expressed in distinction from 
σὺ μέν, understood with the preceding imperative, but which it was more 
courteous to omit. 

42. εἰπών, asynd. Cf. iv. 1. 20 ; 8. 6. — κελεύει, reqrests Chirisophus. — 
οἱ, dat. w. συμπέμψαι, 5392, — στόματος, cf. οὐρά, § 38. — μακρὸν... ἦν, 
longum erat, “ἐξ was too Jar to get them from.” McMich. 

105 43. ἔλαβε, took himself in their place. — ἐπιλέκτων, § 21. 


44,45. Observe emph. repetitions. — διακελενομένων, numb. ἢ 
46. λοιπήν (Lex.), 506 b; case ? 
47. ἴσου (Lex.), 691. 


oo. Bai tt 8. 16, ἀκούσας, καταπηδήσας, i. 8. 3.— ὀβεῖται καὶ 
«ἐπορεύετο, tense ? — ἔχων ἐπορεύετο, marched on with ut, 674 b, — θώρακα 
(Lex. θώραξ, ἱππεύε). ---. παριέναι 5, to pass, though following wiih difficulty, 
or, while they followed with difficulty. . 

49. Ὁ δέ, i. 6. Xenophon. — βάσιμα ἣν [impers. 671 6, or sc. τὰ γωοία], 
sc. τῷ ἵππῳ, the ground was passable (fit for riding); cf. iv. 6, 17, =« φθά- 
γουσιν.... πολεμίους, outstrip the enemy in reaching the summit, 


BOOK III. CHAP. V. 


CHAPTER V. 


THE GREEKS RESOLVE TO FIGHT THEIR WAY ACROSS THE MOUNTAINS 
AND THROUGH THE CARDUCHIAN COUNTRY. 


: ; ii. 4. 2. --- ὁδόν, case? ii. 2. 16; 
1, Οἱ Sa 4 5274; οἵ. §3; il. 4. ᾿ ' ἱ 108 
iii. 4. 26; 1. aps — perry πολλῶν ἀγαθών, full of various sup- 
i less the expression is pleonastic. 
er" διαβιβυζάμωνι, in the act of being removed, for security. — τὸ πέραν, 
an 


ia τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, pos. ? — μὴ (625 a) ... οὐκ ἔχοιεν, lest they should have no 


Ὁ ὦ y coudd obtain. Observe the change of subject. 
ui" eee “3 hen λααραμαν were returning from the rescue of the men 
whe were dispersed for supplies, ὃ 2. --- κατέβη, 1. 6. from the summit, 

i . 49. Ι 
gr νη ὑφιέντας, do you sce them conceding ? iis γὰρ mane 
το, for as to what they stipulated, ii. 3. 27. Ct. Cyrop. i. 4. we μὴ — wy, 
sc. ἡμᾶς, appositive of 4; more logically of its antecedent. e sentence 
closes.as if it had commenced τὴν yap βασιλέως χώραν, ἣν. 

6. Playful remarks by the generals, to cheer the desponding. 

7. σκηνάς, a general term for quarters, camp, the tents proper 107 
having been burned, 3. 1. — στρατηγοὶ δὲ καὶ Aoxayol, art. om. 
533f; cf. § 14. — ὄρη 5, cf. iv. 1. 2. — ὑπερέχειν, sc. τοῦ served — πειρω- 
μένοις, [for them testing] when they tested. ! The length : the a 
spear (say about 8 feet) much exceeded a man’s height. — βάθους, case ? 

8. κατά (Lex.), 240 f. 

9. pha l. ταῦτα om.) πρόβατα, 509 Ὁ. — ἅ, gend. 496 c. — i . 
σηθέντα, and (their skins) inflated, 98 being ΗΝ in general to the 
animal, which belongs specially to its skin ; see 70 j. 

10. Observe multiplication of participles. — ὁρμίσας 8, having anchored 
each bag (or, skin) by attaching stones and dropping them. — διαγαγών τὴ 
-having extended them across the stream and fastened them at each end to t : 
bank, —thus making a floating bridge, suggested by the floats made o 

kins, i. δ. 10 Ν. 3 ! 
Ὁ ἕξει τοῦ μὴ (718 ἀ) καταδῦναι, case 405a. Cf. the different en 
of expression below, ὥστε δὲ μὴ ὀλισθάνειν.. σχήσει (the comm. fut. in this 
sense, Lex. ἔχω), will keep you [that you should not slip] from slipping. 

12. τοῖς πρώτους, the pioncers, who were to cross and fasten the opposite 

is bridge. 
“13. peer Βαβυλῶνα, or towards Babylon, apparently a gloss tres 
crept into the text. — ob προσήλαννον, as they were quite at a loss what 
the Greeks were intending, whether to submit to the king, or in their 
desperation to make offensive war. — ὅμοιοι ἦσαν, 657 j. — ὅποι word 


(Lex.). — τρέψοντρμι, 643 h, 645 c. 








86 NOTES. 


108 14. ἤλεγχον 5, inquired in respect to the whole country round 
41 4b. — τίς ἑκάστη (sc. χώρα) εἴη, what each region was. 

15. τὰ μὲν, sc. μέρη or χωρία. --- τῆς ἐπὶ B. (sc. ὁδοῦ) εἴη, [belonged to 
443] lay upon the route. — ἡ δὲ πρὸς ἕω (sc. ὁδός) ... φέροι, the route to the 
east led. — θερίζειν καὶ ἐαρίζειν, obviously, from the climate of the two 
capitals, in chiastic order (the spring spent at Susa, etc.). Cf. Cyr. Vili 
6. 22. — ἡ δὲ διαβάντι 5, the route [for one crossing the river, 462 6] across 
the river. — ὅτι, repeated (though not in its proper place before ἡ δὲ διά 
719 η), giving prominence to this final statement of the route which w 
taken. 
| 16. ἀνὰ τὰ ὄρη, 689 1. — βασιλέως, case 432 g. — ἐμβαλεῖν (Lex.), hav- 
mg στρατιάν as its subject ; an expedition of which nothing more is known. 
Ἦν σφῶν, sv. τινάς (421 Ὁ), some of [themselves] their own people, i. e. the 
inhabitants of the plain, this statement coming from the dete 
with them (the Carduchi). 

17. τοὺς, εἰδέναι, sc. τὴν ὁδόν, those who professed to know the way to 
each quarter. — οὐδὲν δῆλον ποιήσαντες, giving no intimation. — τούτους 
gov. by dud. — ἔφασαν, sc. οἱ ἑαλωκότες, § 14. — πολλῆς, for πολλήν, 558. 

18. ᾿Επὶ τούτοις, in respect to this proceeding or course ; οἵ, i. 6. 10, — 
ὁπηνίκα (v. 1. ἡνίκα) ... τῆς ὥρας (Lex.), 420 ἃ. --- ὑπερβολήν 5, they feared 
lest the pass over the mountains should be preoccupied, 474 b. — δειπνήσαιεν, 
παραγγέλλῃ, mode? order ? 


as 


m. — πρὸς ἐκείνους, 





BOOK IV. 


FROM THE ENTRANCE OF THE GREEKS AMONG THE CARDUCHI 
TO THEIR ARRIVAL AT THE PONTUS EUXINUS. 


CHAPTER I. 


MARCH THROUGH THE MOUNTAIN REGION. -— SUFFERING FROM AT- 
TACKS OF THE ENEMY AND THE COLD. 


109 a Ὅσα μέν, etc. The first four sections, which are chiefly 
recapitulations, are regarded by some as not from the pen of 
Xenophon. Sections 2 -- 4 are wanting in Mss. b, ¢, 6 (see p. 3, as to divi- 
sion into books, summaries, etc.). — ὅσα.. ἐπολεμήθη, [how many things 
were performed in war] what war was made. — τοῦ Περσικοῦ στρατεύμα- 
τος. This did not venture to follow the Greeks among the Carduchian 
mountains ; and ceased the pursuit, as if now certain of their destruction, 
Tissaphernes proceeding to Asia Minor, Orontas to Armenia, ete. 
2. Wena δή, v. 1. ἐδόκει δέ, Some editors bracket as doubtful §§ 2, 3, 4. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. I. 87 


3. τῶν ἁλισκομένων, case? tense? — εἰ διέλθοιεν.. ἣν μὲν βούλωνται, 
διαβήσονται....περιΐασι (as fut.), 633 b. — τοῦ Τίγρητος, for τῶν τοῦ 1, 
438 b; ii. 8. 1. --- καὶ ἔστιν οὕτω στενόν, sc. τὸ διάστημα or χωρίον, and 
[it is so narrow] so small is really the distance here between the two rivers, 
the Tigris flowing from the southern side of Mt. Niphates, and the Eastern 
Euphrates from the northern side. Such is the text of the Mss. Most 
editions have now the conjectural reading of Abresch, καὶ ἔστιν οὕτως ἔχον, 
and so tt ἴ8. ! 

4. εἰς τοὺς Καρδούχους (Lex. εἰς, xwpa); οἵ, i. 1. 11. — ἅμα 110 
μέν 5, endeavoring both to steal away (from the Persians), and at 
the same time to [anticipate before, etc.] gain the heights, before the enemy 
(the Carduchians) should seize them. ) 

5. ἀμφὶ τὴν τελευταίαν φυλακήν (Lex.), i. e. about 3 o'clock in the 
morning. — ἐλείπετο 5, 556 d. — σκοταίους, § 10; ii. 2. 17. — ἀπὸ wapay- 
γέλσεως, summons, or, word of command, quietly passed from man to man. 
A trumpet-signal might have defeated their plan. — ἅμα (Lex.), 450 ἃ. 

6. στρατεύματος, case 407. — πορενομένων, 1. 4. 12; 2. 1: il, 4. 24, 

7. ἐφείπετο δὲ ἀεὶ τὸ ὑπερβάλλον 5, and (continually the crossing part 
of the army] each part of the army, as it crossed (the height), followed on. 

8. τὰ δὲ.. λαμβάνειν, and then was an opportunity of taking provisions 
in abundance. — χαλκώμασι : ‘The Kurds at the present day take great 
pride in their copper (not brass) utensils.” Ainsworth. — ὑποφειδόμενοι, 
sparing them somewhat, or [covertly], from policy. — et πως 5, (to see) if 
perchance the Carduchi wou'd consent, i. 6. to ascertain whether, etc. (Lex. 
ei). — ὡς ϑιὰ φιλίας τῆς χώρας, [as through the country friendly] through 
the country as a friendly one, 553; cf. 1. 3. 14. 

9. καλούντων, sc. αὐτῶν, case 432g (or, as some prefer, 676 a). 

10. σκοταῖοι, 509; § 5: ii. 2. 17. — ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν (482) ... αὐτοῖς 
ἐγένετο, [took place for them through the whole day] occupied for them the 
whole day. — ὀλίγοι τινές, 548 ἃ. 111 

11. πολύ, wt. art. 523 ἢ --- οὕτως, so, as has been stated, § 8. 

— συνεώρων ἀλλήλους, watched each other for their common safety. ΠΗ 

13. Σχολαίαν, πολλά, πολλοί, etc., pos.  --- ἐποίουν, pl., the subject in- 
cluding persons, 569 ἃ. --- πολλοὶ δὲ of éml...dvres, and [those who were 
over these, many in number] many having charge of these. — Δόξαν δὲ 
ταῦτα (sc. ποιεῖν, or see 502), and this resolved on, 675¢. 

14. ἐν στενῷ, sc. χωρίῳ, in a narrow pass. — πλὴν εἴ τίς τι ἔκλεψεν, ex- 
cept [they did not comply, if] perchance one smuggled something by. — οἷον 
..grBuphoas, as, for instance, from attachment to. — γυναικὸς (482 6) τῶν 
εὐπρεπῶν (418 c). — τὰ μέν...τὰ δέ, 483.a, 518d. 

15. Els s,.i. 7.1; iii. 4. 18. -- χειμών : ‘A great storm arose in the 

" very place to expect it, on the ascent of the highlands of Finduk.” Ains- 
worth. 

16 παρήγγελλεν, sent along word to the van. — ἐπικέοιντο, 112 


mode ? 
17. ὅτε παρεγγνυῷτο, whenever the word was passed. — τότε δέ, but [this 











88 NOTES. 


time, of which an account is to be now given] on one occasion. 


-- πρᾶγμά τι, 
something important. — ὀπισϑοφύλαξι, case ? 
18. στολάδος, v. 1. σπολάδος (see Lex.). — διαμπερὲς εἰς τὴν κεφαλήν, 


Some omit es: if so, διαμπερές is fol- 


i. e. through the helmet, into, etc. 
lowed by the acc., like simple διά, 699 a (or refer κεφαλήν to 481), 


19. σταθμόν, a stopping-place. — ὥσπερ εἶχεν (Lex.). — φεύγοντες ἅμα 


μάχεσθαι, [fleeing] to flee and fight at the same time. — δύο x 
Jine brave fellows,” McMich. : 
regarded it as a sacred duty to take up and bury the dead. 

20. Βλέψον, tense 592b; see Lex. ὁράω. --- ἔφη, 574. — Mla (pos.) δὲ 
αὕτη (deictic, 524 c) ὁδὸς, ἣν ὁρᾷς, ὀρθία (pos.), there is that one steep path, 
which you see; or, as some prefer, that which you see is the only path 
(and) steep enough: see 7, 4. — ὄχλον τοσοῦτον (deictic), [so great a] that 
multitude. —riv ἔκβασιν, the egress (from the valley in which the Greeks 
then were) by a mountain pass ; hence τὴν ὑπερβολήν, § 21. 

21. ταῦτα, case 483 b. — εἴ πως: ὃ 8. — οὔ φασιν, cf. § 24; i. 3. 1, 

22. ὅπερ, 491 b. — ζῶντας, sc. τινάς. 

23. ἤλεγχον, sc. Chirisophus and Xenophon, with the co- 

113 Ἢ | ! 

operation, doubtless, of other generals. — οὐκ ἔφη, sc. εἰδέναι. ---- 
καὶ μάλα, i. 5. 8. --- φόβων, ii. δ. 1. — ἔλεγεν, ἔλεξεν, § 24, tense, 594 a. 

24. αὐτῷ τυγχάνει (sc. οὖσα) 8, he happened to have a daughter there, 
settled with a husband. — δυνατήν, i. 2. 21; iii. 1. 21. 

25. ὃ εἰ (561 a) μή τις (of the Greeks) προκαταλήψοιτο 5, which [unless 
one should preoccupy] must be first occupted, or it would be impossible to 
pass. 

26. λοχαγοὺς καὶ πελταστὰς [= τῶν πελταστῶν] 5, the captains both 
targeteers and [some of the] heavy armed, πελταστάς in appos. w. λοχαγοὺς, 
while a different form of expression follows. — ἐθέλοι dy, v. 1. ἐθέλει. ---- 
ὑποστάς, huving offered himself. 

27. φίσταται, v. 1. ὑφίστανται, numb. ἢ explain as punctuated. — Με- 
θυδριεὺς ᾿Αρκάς, an Arcadian Srom Methydrium (with this name compare 
Lat. Interamna). Some suppose the triple Apxds to have stolen into the 
text from marginal notes. If genuine, it emphasizes the bravery of the 


Arcadians. — ἀντιστασιάζων, cf. 7.9; vi. 2. 11. — ἔφη ἐθέλειν 5, 659 ἃ, 
503 a. 


28. ἐθέλοι, mode ?— πολλοῦ, case 431 b. — στρατιᾷ, case ἢ 


CHAPTER II. 
BEVERE FIGHTING AND LOSS IN STRUGGLING FORWARD. 
1. οἱ, they, sc. the generals. — αὐτούς, i. 6. the volunteers, — σημαίνειν, 


114 74, that a signal should be given. — τὴν φανερὰν ἔκβασιν, 
i, 20, 28. — αὐτοί, i. ec. the generals, with the main army. — 


αλώ τε 5, ‘* two 
; οὗ, ii. 6. 19. --- ἀνελέσθαι, θάψαι, the Greeks 


BOOK IV. CHAP. II. 89 


συμβοηϑήσειν ἐκβαίνοντες, v. 1. συμβολῆς ἕνεκεν βαίνοντες : συμβολή = con- 
flict. See McMichael. iy 
ὐ ῦ, without article a. 
; ἀράδρῳ, ἣν ἴδα διαβάντας (6744) 5, α ravine (or torrent bed) wie 
i ame [having crossed go forth] cross before climbing the steep ascent. — 
panes πταίοντες, dashing in their course against the rocks. — τῇ εἰσόδῳ 
: ῦ the entrance to the mountain path. twit 
ἡ a der δύναιντο, su. ἐκβαίνειν, mode 634 b, by this (i.e. one) way. 
piel ἐποίουν, tense ?— τεκμαίρεσθαι δ᾽ (705) ἦν, for this [it was 
i i e could tell: v. l. τεκμήρασθαι. 
ia μή τιμὴ titra the guards of the height mentioned §1; 3. 25 ; who 
were not, however, upon the summit. — ὡς.. κατέχοντες, as holding, or, 
upposing they held, 680. Hull 
iui Οἱ δ᾽, exception to 518 e. — ἣ στενὴ αὕτη ὁδός, order 524b. Cf. ν. 7 
; vii. 3. 20. | 
“tT ἴλαϑον (Lex. AavOdvw). — ὀλίγοι, but few (οἱ ὀλίγοι, the few, 115 
9 hem, 395 a, c, 417 a. 
ἥν nares i. 6. the signal expected from the volunteers, § a 
9. τοῖς προκαταλαβοῦσι, 8 7. --- τοὺς ἡμίσεις (-- τὸ pid pi 
4196 418 Ὁ ; taking the gend. and numb. of the persons constituting 
4 ἢ 380 4 : i lause. 
alf. — ὁδῷ] ἥπερ, referred to in the next Ὁ 
se gi a 636a. Cf. iii. 2. 24.— οἱ ἄλλοι, 523 f, as stated 
af Ae ὀρθίοις (Lex., cf. φάλαγξ) τοῖς λόχοις, with their ge οὐ a eet 
umans (five in front, if the enomoty was square). — ἄφοδον..., € ᾿ 
ἊΝ ἐδύναντο ἕκαστος, 501 a. — Καὶ τοῦτον 5, and when the Greeks had 
vis, they see another. ! 
a) = hee Fas ry iii. 5. 38. — καί, even. — καὶ πάλιν, with me 116 
adv wii of πάλιν, Kriig. compares ᾿Ανὴρ ὁ φεύγων καὶ ai man’ BPR 
viii Menander, Frag., γνῶμαι povds. 45. — ἐπιθοῖντο, ἫΝ Ἢ ord 
Ad δ᾽ ἦν, formed a long train, were greatly extended. — ἅτε, a rt q : 
iy διὰ erwin τῆς ὁδοῦ : στενῆς, predicative, was narrow. — Ay ισόφων 
mi : y Ι . mentioned? Kriig- / i 
“14. pets ne Sauk δ 9, — τῆς νυκτὸς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐθελοντῶν, deferred 
details : note difference between ἐθελοντῶν and ἐθελόντων. Melia 
15 Sort, case 458. — καὶ ὑπώπτευον, observe change to an Ἢ eu : 
tr ne eat oc : a compound sometimes becomes so vi γεύνυ τον 
᾿ tiatl as a simple, losing the distinct force of ." of its βρῇ 
Henes πολιορκέω may even take πόλιν as an obj., vi. 1. 28. — ἄρα, , 
ἡ ae ἃ not halt in the narrow path for Xen. 
. ὑπάγειν, to lead forward, and not ἢ 
t wa enh al since this would stop all behind them. — Phy μένα Ἷ 
a on ὧν join them, which could only he through ot se 6 is 
pie spot. Observe force of πρός. sil ὁμαλῷ, a st ἌΝ μῆνα 
which the different passes through the heights led, § 2 . 


to 8 8. 





NOTES. 


17. πεφευγώς, having escaped by flight. — ὡς... ὅτι, 702 a. — τεθνᾶσι, 
form 50, θνήσκω, 320. — ὅσοι μή, [as many as did not] ali except those who. 
— κατά, 689 τη. 

117 18. ἀντίπορον, over against : trajection, emph. — véxpovs, 

1. 19 N (θάψαι). 

19. ἐφ᾽ ᾧ 5, 557, 671a. —’Ey @ (Lex. ἐν), --- τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα, the 
rest of the division under Xenophon. — οἱ ἐκ, constr. preg., i. 2. 18, — 
ἵσταντο, were [stationing themselves] taking their position. Note graphic 
effect of the imperfect. 

20. ἤρξαντο, sc. Xenophon and those with him, § 16. --- ἔνθα τὰ ὅπλα 
ἔκειντο (as pass. of θέσθαι, ὃ 16), where the arms were grounded, i. e. where 
they were resting under arms. MeMich. —é ὑπασπιστής, an officer who 
was often mounted and required a servant to carry the shield which he might 
need when fighting on foot (Lex. revs). In the hurry of the descent and 
avoidance of the stones Xenophon’s shield-bearer was separated from him. 

21. πρὸς τοὺς συντεταγμένους : see § 16. 

23. διεπράξαντο: the exchange seems to have involved an armistice 
during the funeral obsequies, which, with the time occupied in the nego- 
tiation and in the collection of the bodies, appear from the statement of 
time (in 3. 1 5) to have occupied two days. The Greeks, from their favor- 
able situation and need of rest, were probably in no haste, — ἡγεμόνα, § 1; 
1. 24; 2. 1. — τοῖς ἀποθανοῦσιν, for the slain, in honor of them. — ϑυνα- 
τῶν (Lex.). 

24. Τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ, on the day following the funeral obsequies. — ἐκώλνον 
τὰς παρόδους, [hindered the passing] obstructed the passages. But acc. of 
person, § 25. 

25. τοῖς πρώτοις, case ?— τῶν κωλνόντων, case? Observe the parallelism 
in § 25 and 26. 

118 27. Ἦν... ὁπότε (Lex.), ii. 6. 9 ; 1. δ. 7. — ἀναβᾶσι, § 25s. — 

πάλιν καταβαίνουσιν, when descending again. — ἐγγύθεν, opp. to 
ἐκ πολλοῦ, iii. 3. 9. They could approach very near the Greeks and still 
escape. 

28. "Αριστοι τοξόται, excellent bowmen: jaculo bonus, 4/n. ix, 572, — 
τριπήχη, διπήχη, form 213d. — πλέον, 507 e, f. — πρὸς rd κάτω.. προσβαί.- 
γοντες (v. 1. προβαίνοντε:), stepping with the left foot against the lower part 
of the bow. It is easy to understand how a bow of remarkable size and 
strength might be thus strained by the use of foot and hands. The ques- 
tion is how it was kept strained till it could be brought into position, 
aimed, and discharged. Some think, with Schn., that the bow was a kind 
of cross-bow ; Rehdz. is of opinion that the archer shot sitting, still using 
his left foot to keep the bow strained and guide the arrow. It is perhaps 
more natural to suppose, with Anthon, that when the bow had been bent 
with one end resting upon the ground, and the arrow adjusted, the strength 
of the arms (aided perhaps by the arrow) sufficed during the moment in 
which the bow was raised and discharged. — ἀκοντίοις, in apposition with 
αὐτοῖς, 394 Ὁ. 


Ce Ψ -φψιιΣ“" ἁὠφια. ον 


ν " Le 
NH, 


BOOK IV. CHAP. IIL 


CHAPTER III. 


Ὶ Ὶ ΕΝΊΑ, 
SUCCESSFUL CROSSING OF THE RIVER CENTRITES INTO ARM 


ν δ᾽ ad τὴν ἡμέραν ηὐλίσθησαν 5, and [through] this day 


1. Tavry ἔραν, acc., as the time of 


rs 4 villages: ju 
ns teens ay ok tart Ὁ 
si peo ν᾽ 99, --- ταῖς, τοῦ, 523a, 2. --- τῶν ὀρέων... .τῶν Καρδούχων, the 
itll ͵ Ne αἰαὶ], 

latter governed by μὲ Spt 3B [much remembering] dwelling 

3. πολλὰ "le ὑμὴν toils. Suavis laborum est preteritorum memoria ; 
much ob Hee ᾿ Soest 550d. Acc. to chapters 1 and 2, they 
partly : τ “i t five days on the march. For the other two days of the 
ἘΒΕ ΩΣ ἀμ -- μαχόμενοι διετέλεσαν, were constantly Jight- 119 
ρμρήγοιμύραν the exception of the time taken for burial of the dead. 
ing : Ἷ 


—_ i 6 δ d 5 he 
σα 


uti ngether. Yet these Car- 
nffered) more than they had suffered all toge 
had not suffered] more is back the Persian army, must be regarded 


duchian mountains, as the 
Vn ae Lr 
as having saved the Greeks. 
3. που, [somewhere] in some places, ἢ Pebiy ie 85 
is ὄχθαις, [upon] in command of the uppe 
— ἐπὶ ταῖς ὄχθαις, [0} 


lary banks); while ἐφ᾽ ὧν (ὃ 5), upon which, denotes pet if posi- 
¥ i hd nn Ψ᾿ « e al 
a the idea of military occupation did not need to Ἢ iy mie 
4. "Heavy, belonged to, or, were troops of. --- Opévrov, ei seb 
ὐϑωδόνω : from the sentence following this appears to 
--- μ μ" 


ere and there, as not fully discerned. 


2). 


with Χαλδαῖοι only. PND 
i y 7 seem, formin Ἷ 
5. ἀπεῖχον : higher up however, it would seem, g 


, wa 

directly over the river, § 11, 23. — ὁδὸς δέ.. ἄνω, there ΜῊΝ st y 
which was visible leading wp. — ταύτῃ, here, 1. e. i si cues joel 

6. πειρωμένοις, [for them attempting] on their ma ~~ pir 
— οὔτ᾽ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι, corresponding to ἐπί τε i a iy sso 
their shields. — εἰ δὲ μή; otherwise, or, else (Lex. εὖ), x ‘ 
πω 6. -- πολλούς, in great number. — | the 
emphatit repetition: i. 9. 10. — ἐπικεισομένους, — ᾿ υἱ με ” " 

8. ἐν wéSais, [in] with fetters, 695. — αὐτῳ, ‘nat Ue 120 
around him ; περιῤῥνῆναι, beautifully expressive ὁ , 


i ih I 15. 
to stride, seemed to promise διαβαίνειν, to cross, δ 14, 
ἡ, 


aye ἱερείου (expressed 
p 


9. ds τάχιστα, 553 b. — πρώτου (Lex.). Some supply 


i. 5. 2), which rather weakens the sense. mi 
“ao ahicoes αὐτῷ, case 699 g. --- προσέτρεχον δύο irene " 
494 ἀσύῤνόμεντα, sc. τινά. -- ἔχοι, sc. εἰπεῖν. --- τῶν πρὸς τὸν μον, 
onattors relating to the war, 526 a, Ὁ. 


11. ds ἐπὶ πῦρ, [as] for a fire: see i. 2. 1.— ἐν πέτραις, upon rocks 





NOTES. 


extending down to the : 
τ ἐν the very river ; belonging, i 
ey the heights mentioned in cs ᾿ it sure ~— to a bluff con- 
- © ὰ ς ' "τ Ι . 
ig in ΠΝ than οὐ γάρ, and the negative of καὶ γάρ) rot 
indeed [it was not se Ay, raya (v. 1. πρόσβατον) εἶναι κατὰ το selene 
thi h i CSS , hs eTe WAS NO access ὶ ᾽ 
μημωμανδι though footmen, it would seem, pathos prs cavalry to 
Si μένοι, 2x order to swim, if necessary : (v. 1. νευσὺ ver the rocks, — 
np ιαβῆναι, tense ? - & Ψευσόμενοι). ---- διαβαί.-. 
. Τοῖς - 
tl soda eke μεμα! ἜΝ ἐκέλενε, καὶ εὔχεσθαι, he commanded [t 
pray] prayer to be mad ἢ μη or the young men (to offer ἃ libation) Mi d [to 
δ, εἶν and εὔχεσθαι ref . Dagereg ds Ὁ 
attendants | χε χέσθαι refer for the ἔων 
ce Alig about Xen. If expressed, it wou] ne ns ct to the 
ject of é at προ after ἐκέλευε : cf. 17. --- τοῖς φήνασι θεοῖ ΠΥ ΥΣ 
Diidtatsions. ling τε ὀνείρατα, order 523 k, 719d ili i iar 
ΝΙΝ » Feferring to the single dream of Xen § 8 “ὦ Νὴρ ἐπίδῃ, 0g 
effect ‘509 dy benefits, the favors still needed ; or dius — ἀγαθά, 
fect (509 « ), — that they would also sid a may be the adj. of 
good] of good. g what remained to an issue [as 
121 16 nein ἐποίει = ἔσπενδε. Cf. ii, 3. 8 
nN. Ἵ ‘orepa s, of ς ἐν 
i rs from their former position Vienna μκοδίδς ἔμ εἶναι, ἐδουὶ ἸαΝ 
. τὰς ὄχθας, the steep rock ᾿ 
Ane steep rocky banks οἷ . 
again § 23. — στ ; anks Close to the river, § 11; 
wie i fentévity gh aay a Spartan custom before οὐρὰ ἜΝ 
tcp rh ; ἢ, vepub. Lac. xiii. 8; Plut. Lye. 22 Th oe 
tt Ἢ from the bank on which thev stood ‘Bee 5. 33 nding 
(not vit Cine yl pelea _oeanjew for easier passage thie μὰ Rap 
» as Grote and others think, his wreath, which w bear 
un-Spartan). » Which would have been very 
18. ἐσφαγιάζοντο iti 
8, to propitiate the divinit 
wit ᾿ "ἢ" y of the 
oe cota the Hellespont, and to Indian ii ieee So Alex- 
haha dt. vi. 76; vii. 113: Zl. xxi. 131. — ee νὸν I mi L 11; 
aa ood and entrails fell into the stream ; ef. ii. 2. 9 «μόν, so that 
Pia Dae ᾿ ἀαρμῃρηνν being esp. applied to the loud cries of 
i rorship, oftener joy ἐλαλά | 
δ Oheerve the a Joyous), as ἀλαλάζξω to those of war- 
122 ! rt ἐνέβαινε, into what ?— πόρον, § 5 s. — τοὺς. ἱππεῖ 
o induce these to return and thus leave th an εἴς, § 17; 
sophus. 16 Way open for Chiri- 
21. Οἱ δὲ πολέ i 
 woAéutor, referring to τοὺς ἱππεῖς, § 20 : 
ih aba af 686 ο, 628. -- ἐς ἌΝ fe sae the ὟΣ 
py Ἀνὰ "πῇ atu at, — τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἔκβασιν ἄνω the igi 
ent i ἀπηρρὴ . ἄνω (which some omit) modifies the verbal “Heaps 
a ih a. Some read τὴν τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἄνω (528) ἔκβασιν, the ain &x- 
: r. Rehdz. compares τὴν “Advos ποταμοῦ ἄνω ᾽Α ω ΝΜ above 
and the place of ἔξω in 8. 12, 15s. — κατὰ éyév ΡΝ Hat. i. 108 ; 
the road, "ἐγένοντο, arrived at, or, reached 


i. e. climbing the rocky steep ab 
unlooked-for way, upon t 


§-3, 5. 
plain to the 


of the baggage-animals t 


over against them ; 
marked by a star, the rear by R): 


BOOK IV. CHAP. IIT. 


and the soldiers (esp. the main body under 


22. of δὲ στρατιῶται 5, 
be left behind by the enemy, but to come 


Chirisophus) shouted to them not to 
out with them upon the mountain. But the enemy with their good horse 
were too far in advance for this, 


§ 25. i 
the heights extending to the river (8 17 N.), 


ove the river so as to be at once, in an 


he range of hills occupied by the enemy’s foot, 
to have emerged upon the 


23. κατὰ τάς 5, went forth by 


The Greek horse and targeteers appear 


left of this rocky steep. 


d be more symmetrical, if § 24 and § 25 changed 


24. The narrative woul 


places. 
3, — τῶν σκενοφόρων τὰ ὑπολειπόμενα, those 


25. τὰ ἄνω -- τὰ ἄκρα, ὃ 2 
hat fell behind. 


26. ἀντία τὰ ὅπλα ἔθετο, [placed arms opposite] 
the lochi being in columns, 


took position in arms 
thus (the front being 


πὶ ὅδ᾽ | 8 


τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λόχον, that each one 


- κατ᾽ ἐνωμοτίας ποιήσασθαι ἕκαστον 
ji. 6. each enomoty brought to the 


should form his company by enomoties, 
front. A long and continuous line was thus made to prevent the Carduchi 


from anywhere molesting those who were crossing the river. — ἕκαστον, 
appos. παραγαγόντας, 501. — παρ᾽ ἀσπίδας παραγαγόντας (501) 8, bringing 
the enomoty [so that it should stand-in, 704] into line of battle by a move- 

the shield-side, viz. the left), i. e. into the 


ment to the left (wap ἀσπίδας, 
following position (the foremost enomoty, of course, keeping its place) : 


* . 
Ba (hh. (So aon Bw 

R 
— τοὺς ἐνωμοτάρχας... ἰέναι, that the enomotarchs should [go] 123 
is 5, and that 


take their positions towards the Carduchi. — οὐραγο 
they should station rear-leaders towards the river ; for the sudden reverse 


movement, § 32. 
case? The Carduchi, at their distance, did not perceive 


27. τοῦ ὄχλου, 
that this separation rendered t 
cf. 7. 16. — τὰ wap αὐτῷ ἀσφαλῶς εἶχε, 
Cf. § 24. 

28. διαβαίνοντας, beginning to cross (v. 1. xaraBatvovras). — μὴ διαβάν- 
ras, (not having crossed) without crossing. As this forms part of the com- 
mand and involves an inf. idea (and not to cross), μή is used, 686 e. — 


αὐτοί, they themselves, Xenophon’s party or division. — ἐναντίους ἔνθεν καὶ 


. Ν 
he rear-guard freer for action. — ἄδοντες, 
his own condition was secure. 


mnnnrnnenemranannnmn 
sm a A MI 





NOTES. 


ἔνθεν σφῶν (5392; case 445) ἐμβαίνειν, that they (the peltasts, etc.) should 
enter from the opposite bank on each side of [themselves (Xenophon’s men) ]} 
their own track. — ποταμοῦ, case 420 a, 

29. ἐπειδὰν 5, whenever, as soon as, a sling (stone) should reach them, 
and a shield ring (struck by a missile), — τὸ πολεμικόν, the signal for 
charge and not for retreat, to deceive the enemy and hasten their flight, 
ἃ 32. — ἀναστρέψαντας, belonging to both οὐραγούς and πάντας. --- ἧ ἕκα- 
στος εἶχεν, where each one had his place, each enomoty through its proper 
part of the river. — ὅτι (animated asynd.) s, saying that he would be the 
best fellow who should be first across, — γένηται, mode ? 

124 91. ὡς (Lex. ec). — ixavas.. ἱκανῶς, order ἢ 
32. ἔφευγον, ἔφευγον, θᾶττον, τάχιστα, vivid picture of the two 
armies running away from each other. --- στρέψαντες, voice 577a: vi. 6.38. 
33. οἱ μέν τινες, 530b: v. 7. 18. 
34. Oi δέ, the targeteers, ete. The passage of this rapid stream with an 


army in front, and another in their rear, was an admirable example of 
strategy. 


CHAPTER IV. 


MARCH THROUGH ARMENIA. — REACH THE TELEBOAS. — TRUCE WITH 
TIRIBAZUS., 


1. συνταξάμενοι, to guard against sudden attack ; li. 5. 18. — ἐπορεύθη- 
σαν διὰ τῆς ᾿Αρμενίας πεδίον ἅπαν 8, they pursued their way through Ar- 
menia, — entire plain and gentle (or, smooth) hil/s: πεδίον and γηλόφους 
follow ἐπορεύθησαν, defining the journey, 479. The expression is con- 
densed, and ἅπαν seems to agree by attraction with πεδίον (applying no 
less to γηλόφους) instead of agreeing with a word like ὁδόν : by a route 
[which was all] consisting entirely of a plain and smooth hills. 

2. Els δὲ ἣν ἀφίκοντο κώμην = ἡ δὲ κώμη, εἰς ἣν ἀφίκοντο, but the village 
to which they came by this long march, 55] ο. - βασίλειον, cf. βασίλεια, 
§ 7, 489 ἃ. --- σατράπῃ, i. 6. Orontas, — τύρσεις, form 218. 2; as defences 
probably against the neighboring Carduchi. 

3. περὶ (Lex.) τὸν ποταμόν, [about] on. 

125 4 ἡ πρὸς ἑσπέραν, 526 ἃ. --- ὕπαρχος, as Orontas was satrap of 

all Armenia, — ὁ xal.. «γενόμενος, who had also won the Friendship 

of the king. He showed his desert of this by the manly counsel ‘which he 
gave the king on the approach of Cyrus (Lex. Τιρίβαζος); Plut. Artaz. 7. 
— βασιλέα ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον ἀνέβαλλεν (constr. changed from part. to finite 
verb, 716¢). Cf. regem in equum subjecit; Liv. xxxi. 37. This was 
accounted a high honor. 

5. εἶπεν, i. 6. through the interpreter. — ἄρχουσι, case ?— εἰς ἐπήκοον, 
li. 5. 38. — ἠρώτων (tense ἢ), τί θέλοι, 643 a. 

6. ἐφ᾽ 6, on these terms that. — αὐτός͵ 667 c. — μήτε...τε, ii. 2. 8. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. IV. 95 


7. βασίλεια, perhaps of Tiribazus : ef. § 2. — πολλῶν... μεστάς, supplied 


} ist in abundance. | Ι κὰν 
“7 cod eel For the sufferings during this march in Armenia from storm 
, an ' ring 
f. Di civ. 28; Curt. vil. 3. 
oa εἰν thes are ath «ἀγαθά, [all provisions as many as are good | all 
. πά 
kinds of good provisions. 
10. διασκηνοῦν, fo quar 
; to attac 
expose them more ti 
‘ection to their bivouacking toge her. ᾿ 
ΜΝ κατακειμένων γὰρ, ἀλεεινόν (gend. 502), ... ὅτῳ pan 126 
sais a ὴ παραῤῥνείη (mode ?), for, as they lay, the snow hi πρὶ Pisin 
pic ll a warm covering [to every one by whose side ei ic stir: 
n) on whom it rested without melting. — ἔπυπεπτωκνῖα, having ' 
own 


predicate. 
12. γυμνός, in his tunte, 


ter (their men) apart. — διαιθριάζειν, this would 
k in the villages, while it would remove an ob- 


prob. (Lex.); ef. i. 10. 8. — τις καὶ sag 
! also. — ἀφελόμενος, sc. τὴν ἀξίνην, or τὰ ξύλα. --- a " 
ul oe .ss from their limbs, and for some protection against t 16 cold. : 
genie μύρον, difference ?— ἐκ τῶν πικρῶν, ὅ0θ6 6. --- Ἐἰκ.. .τῶν av- 
Pug same substances. Hii 
14 vie pent pont under shelter: — τὸ πρότερον, 529 paisa ae 
time ΡῈ 810. --- ὑπὸ τῆς αἰθρίας, in the open arr, 509 b: i se i i 
vasa bud ἀτασθαλίας ee ta a mia ἀμμμαμθλν ὐλανιΣ 
» 4 
“" μή) ἔμ τ μι noe MeMich. — 70, μὴ poli ὡς, sale 
er "To evdels closely connected in sense with og av ton nr 
ΡΘΕ leading} brought with him a man whom he had taken, a 


vi Ι μα 5 i orks 
Obs. the sequence of verbal forms. ai "A Loves, as represented in W 

pers ἔφη tense 603 c. — τὸ στράτευμα, case 3 --- ἐπὶ τίνι, Sor what pur- 
i 3 


rw, i. 3. 1. 
age Piped } Tiribazus with, 679 a. 27 
v, that it was 1 
μα oe fects that he was prepared to 
— παρεσκ Mae vet 


attack. — ἥπερ μοναχῇ, by which way only. 


19. ἐπί: cf. i. 4. 2, ἐπ᾽ αὐταῖς. “οι 
ὃ στρατόπεδον, § 22. (For sl 
a pesca atic § i — ἥλωσαν, ἑάλω (279 Ὁ, more Attic ; cf. 


9 , ouce 5 5 a. ι ahs dl es 


i ted by Hdt. ix. 80 8. 
gem ys tots καταλελειμμένοις (case ὃ), 


for this purpose. 


the enemy wheeling back 





CHAPTER VY, 


GREAT SUFFERING OF THE GREEKS IN THEIR ONWARD M 
DEEP SNOWS, COLD, AND SCARCITY OF PROVISIONS. 


1. ὅπη 5 (Lex. raxéws). — πρὶν 4, 703d, 5.— τὸ στράτευμα, what army ? 


— τὰ στενά, ἔμελλεν, cf. 4. 18. 


128 2. ἙΕῤφράτην, the eastern branch, now the Murad: see Lex. — 


διέβαινον, tense ? 

3. διὰ χιόνος πολλῆς καὶ πεδίου, through a p 
dys, 69 6. --- πεντεκαίδεκα, this rate of marching seems incredible. 
editors read πέντε (for πεντεκαίδεκα), 
travelling under such circumstance 
Severe cold ; see vii. 4.3: Lat. ure 
— παντάπασιν. πάντα, obs. the strength of expression. 


4. εἶπε σφαγιάσασθαι, bade them sacrifice, 659h: i. 8, 14, 8, — σφαγιά- 
while some supply ὁ μάν- 
wet (as in i. 4, 18), — τὸ 


ζεται, te sacrifice is immediately offered, im pers. ; 

rts. — ἔδοξε, note difference between this and ἐδό 
χαλεπόν, 507 a. — τοῦ πνεύματος : in their adoration of the great forces of 
nature the Greeks not only worshipped olus, the god of the winds in gen- 
eral, but also special winds. Boreas was honored at Athens with 
and festival, cf. Hdt. vii. 189; and the Thurians adopted him as a citizen, 


lian, xii. 61. — ὀργνιά, doubtless in places only. The wind forbids our 
believing the depth uniform, 


5. ἐν τῷ σταθμῷ, at the station, or, halting 
been so stripped of its wood that dried 
(ὃν, § 6), case 472 b, 424. The a 
the whole of which a part is given 

6. ἕκαστοι, cach party, 


7. ἐβουλιμίασαν, became [ox-hungry] faint with hunger.—ely, mode 6434. 


129 8. αὐτῷ τῶν ἐμπείρων, ΡΟΒ.  -- βουλιμιῶσι, φάγωσιν, mode? — 
διδόντας, to give, with a verb of motion, 598 c. 


9. Πορενομένων, i. 2. 17, — ὑδροφορούσας, pos.? Cf. Gen. xxiv. lls; 
Hdt. vi. 137. — ἐκ τῆς κώμης, connected with γυναῖ 


κας and κόρας. --- τῇ 
κρήνῃ, the spring of the village. 

10. εἴη, ἀπέχοι᾽ (υ. 1, ἀπέχει). --- ὅσον, 507¢: i. 8. 6. — 
Tat s: observe the chiastic order in the explanatory 
ositions. 

12. τὰ μὴ δυνάμενα, those which were not strong, or sc. πορεύεσθαι or δια- 
τελέσαι τὴν ὁδόν, from § 11, — ὀφθαλμούς, δακτύλους, case ἢ 


13. ὀφθαλμοῖς (case 453) ἐπικούρημα τῆς χιόνος (case 405 a)... τῶν δὲ 
ποδῶν (case 444 b), a protect: 


In ὀφθαλμοῖς, 


a temple 


place. This region has since 
dung is used for fuel. — πυρούς 
ec. of that which is given ; the gen. of 


συνεισέρχον- 
repetition of the prep- 


ARCH, FROM 


lain of deep snow : hendia- 
Some 
which would be quite miles enough of 
es. — atroxalwy, parching, spoken of 
re, adurere, torrere, (Virg. Georg. i. 92.) 


BOOK IV. CHAP. V. 97 


4. "Ὅσοι, antecedent τοσούτων, understood with πόδας. --- ἦσαν 130 
penn (accent, as qa an adj., ashe ye 
if κ᾿ κει), 284c: see v. 2. ; vi. 4 11. 
νὴ peso Par tags last, 509 a, 674 Ὁ, d. — ϑύνασθαι, sc. ἔφασαν, 
| (" + ᾽ 


yer ἀμφί, with gen. rare in Attic prose ; Redhz. says, only in Xenophon. 
. ἀμφί, . . 


a = 8 eae --- ἀνίστασαν, endeavored to rouse them, were for 
. 0 ; 


pepsi ἕλλον, ὅλον (pos.?). They 131 
by ὑποχωροῖεν, § 11. — ἀπήγγ ; 
- rs va ce ened that the van was more comfortably 
see 
8 d, § 11. ae 
seep (sc. rwds) τῶν (423) ... sige Yaaa some ms prac 
fi Ἢ the village to 866. --- κομίζειν, iii. 4. 42.— ηὐλίζετο x ἡ y 
ron 
"3 ἕκαστοι, i. 6. each set of officers belonging to each στρατηγία. 
{cMichael — τοὺς ἑαντῶν, cf. i. 2. 15, τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ. Re 
i 24 ἐκέλευσεν ἀφιέναι ἑαυτόν, requested [his ΜΌΝΟΝ ᾽ν pepsi: 
; ac Strabo, xi. 14, the satrap - 
; orth. — εἰς ϑασμόν : acc. to Σ ban 
rigs) annual tribute of 20000 horses. --- os ee : bs : : wt 
ei all for the distribution stated in § 35. A careless ὁ ci vin 
acer it from ἑπτὰ καὶ ἑκατόν, which pag sp eg eee τ 
change de pe gy . 
ter Σ΄ (200) to IZ (17), 
rob. from the numeral letter May | 
_ i ἐνάτην (article omitted, 533) ἡμέραν, case 482 c. stata 
25. τὸ μὲν στόμα (in partitive appos. with οἰκίαι, 393 ἃ, a [sc. 
ἄνεώ φρέατος, [the mouth being] with the mouth like that of a 132 
ell. — ἐτρέφοντο, i. 6. during the winter. ! "ἢ 
ig be καί ef. asynd. in § 25. — οἶνος κρίθινος, [barley nies νυ pi 
vented, according to the Egyptians, rag spl pratt πε ἊΝ 
iris, Diod. i. 20, 34; Hdt. ii. 77. It has been a fa τῷ 
Νυκβομ σαν from the days of Tacitus (Germ. 23). — αἱ peep a 
barley not strained out, but floating on the suis Ww " κ᾿ ἀμμπημ τα 
avoided, as well as the need of drinking-cups, by the use 
tubes between the joints). ων 
27. θό sc. τινί, to one accustomed to τέ. 
28. lara as pass. 576 ἃ. --- ἀπίασιν, § 1 0. — a 
(Lex.), if he should appear to have rendered a faithful service 
— ἐν, const. preg. ! AMMA 
ύ :), to show his good-will. — οἶνον, 
29. φιλοφρονούμενος (Lex:), fo show οἷν, 
ef. § 4 ; se] — οὕτως, modifies what ?— ἐν φυλακῇ ..:ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς, 
der ? δ; 
ij 30 ἀφίεσαν, referring to rods ἐν ταῖς κώμαις, their comrades. αὐτοῖς 
. 1. αὐτῷ, Xen. and his companions. 
(v ὩΣ ἣν 8° ὅπον οὐ παρετίθεσαν, and there was ” ei peti 2 
did not set forth, i.e. everywhere, etc., nusquam non; Cl. 1]. 4. ὁ. 


vea 8, form 375a: asyndeton. 
7 








iii iia 


NOTES. 


133 32. ῥοφοῦντα, sucking through the reed. — ὥσπερ βοῦν, sc. δεῖ 
πίνειν, or rather by attraction for βοῦς πίνει, 715. Capital sport 
for the soldiers after their severe sufferings ! 

33. κἀκείνους σκηνοῦντας, in their quarters, feasting implied. — χιλοῦ, 
their only material, while its use might add to their merriment. Cf. 3. 17 N. 
— ἐδείκνυσαν, why ? 

34. Sacpds, appos. — χώραν .. εἶναι Χάλυβας, metonymy (70h), the 
people for the country, vii. 2. 32. — χώραν (Lex.). — ὁδόν, case 474); 
ef. § 29. 

35. ἵππον.. παλαίτερον (514), α horse somewhat old, which Xen. had 
taken on the route from necessity, though informed that it had been con- 
secrated to the Sun ; and which he now feared might die on his hands to 
the displeasure of the deity. The religious character of Xenophon makes 
it probable that he was here acting sincerely and not deceptively. (The 
ind. ἤκουσεν expresses fact, not pretence.) For the sacrifice by the Persians 
of horses to the sun, see Cy. viii. 3. 12. Some refer αὐτόν to genus (horses 
in general), but this interpretation is doubtful. -- Ἡλίου, case 437 Ὁ. --- 
τῶν πώλων, some of the young horses, 423. 

36. πολύ, case 48 ε, β; pos.?—oaxla: these appear to have been 
slender bags of leather stuffed and then’ bent and made fast around the 


feet so as to enlarge the surface pressing upon the snow and answer the 
purpose of our suow-shoes, 


CHAPTER VI. 


MARCH THROUGH THE COUNTRY OF THE PHASIANI. 


1. ὀγδόη (wt. art.). The comfort and abundance found in the 
134 | oii ead — 
illages had tempted the army to prolong their stay. — τὸν ἦγε- 
μόνα, the village-chief, i.e. τὸν κωμάρχην. ---- τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἄρτι ἡβάσκον- 
τος, the son who was now approaching manhood, in distinction from other 
sons, 523 a. — els τὴν οἰκίαν 5, § 28. — φυλάττειν, as κομίζειν, 5. 22. 

2. αὐτοῖς, case 463. — ἤδη τε ἣν 5, 705. — αὐτῷ, case 456. — οὔ, accent 
786 b. The pause here forbids the change to οὐκ. 

3. Ἔκ... τούτον (Lex. ἐξ). --- ἀποδρὰς ᾧχετο, 679 d. — ἡ dpedcla, appos. 
ef. ἔδησε δ᾽ οὔ, ὃ 2. — hpdoOn, became attached to, inceptive aor., 592d. — 
παιδός, case --- πιστοτάτῳ ἐχρῆτο, found him very faithful: see ii. 6. 13. 

4. ἀνά (Lex.). — τῆς ἡμέρας, 522 b. — παρά, along (Lex. c). — Φᾶσιν, 
see Lex. 

5. "Ἐντεῦθεν, thence, leaving the river which they found was carrying 
them too far east. — τὸ πεδίον, the plain of the next river perhaps. 

6. els, 692. 5. — κατὰ κέρας (Lex.), as was common on a march. — ἐπὶ 
φάλαγγος, opposed to κέρας, the one meaning in column, the other in line: 
see 2. 11, — παράγειν τοὺς λόχους, fo bring up their companies alongside, 
i. 6. to the front. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VL 99 


: νιούμεθα, 624 Ὁ. 5 

μὰ Far yi iii. 1. 9. — τήμερον (Lex.), 526. — ἄλλους εἰκός 7 
(sc. ἐστίν), ... πλείους προσγενέσθαι, [it is natural for others to join] we must 
expect that others, still more in number, will join them. mt ak 

10. ᾿Εγὼ δ᾽, 708 e. nar ea provide for ᾿ 

wi . — ὡς ἐλάχιστα, as few as ; 

“ΠΤ dian i mountain [that seen] in sight, or, so far 
as we 866 ἃ: κρεῖττον... μᾶλλον ἤ, better ... [rather] than, 510a. Observe 
in 8811, 12, the artistic antitheses. — τοῦ ἐρήμου ὄρους. ..τι, ~~ — 
pied part of the mountain. — KAdpar...Aabdvras 5, 677 f, 674 Ὁ ; for er, 
see 719 ἃ, ν. --- πειρᾶσθαι, subject of κρεῖττόν ἐστιν, and governing κλέψαι 

d ἁρπάσαι. ἷ : 
yeep (sc. χωρίον) ἱέναι, to traverse steep ground, case 477 s. — st 
ἡμέραν (Lex. werd), 690. — ἡ τραχεῖα (sc. ὁδός) τοῖς ποσίν 8, the path t 
is rough to the feet is kinder to those ii march without fighting. 136 
— is, in antithesis to ποσίν : case ! 

cee hen ἡμῖν) ἀπελθεῖν τοσοῦτον, and when we may go so far off 
from the post of the enemy. — Aoxotpev (573) δ᾽ ἄν (621 a, 622 a) ap 
χρῆσθαι, and it seems to me that we should πιά. Of. 2. 2. --- μένοιεν, the 
force of ἄν continued, 622 b. 

14. ri; why? since any such suggestion to a Spartan is so needless. 
This lively sparring of the generals may have been simply playful to ἽΝ 
up the spirits of the army ; or it may have had a tinge of bitterness from 
their recent variance, § 8. — τῶν ὁμοίων (Lex. Σπάρτη), case 422. — κλέπ- 
τειν μελετᾶν, to practise [to steal] theft. The Spartan youths were thus 
trained, under their peculiar system of education, to stratagem in war. 

15. ἄρα = actually, as if the statement were an extraordinary one in the 
speaker's judgment. McMichael. — τοῦ ὄρους, case 423 ; ὃ 11. 

16. δεινοὺς... κλέπτειν, terrible fellows to βέθαϊ, or, at stealing. — δεινοῦ, 
adj. emphatically repeated. The penalties for this peculation were the 
restitution of double the amount, loss of citizenship, and sometimes even 
death. — τοὺς κρατίστους, to match τῶν ὁμοίων, § 14. — ὑμῖν.. ἄρχειν, to 
[rule for you] hold your offices. Observe here the sarcasm upon the worth- 
lessness of many of the Athenian office-holders, which was.such an object 
for the keen satire of Aristophanes. 

17. Xen. wisely proceeds to the practical, since he could neither deny 
nor outdo the sharp retort of Chirisophus. — τούτων, case ? Cf. li. ἃ 16. 
— νέμεται (Lex.) αἰξί, case --- Bard (sc. χωρία) s, the ground will be feasi- 
ble: see iii. 4. 49. 

18. ἡμῖν 5, to a level with us, 451. 137 

19. καί, 708 e. — ἀλλά, on the contrary, nay rather ; 4. 10; 

δ Be Pky 

21. S1ws...rpordtav, that he might [seem as much as possible to be 
about to advance] excite the strongest possible expectation of his advance in 
that direction. 

22. ἐγρηγόρεσαν, plup. used as impf., kept watch. 











NOTES. 


24. τοῖς κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα, 8 23. — IIply δὲ ὁμοῦ.. τοὺς πολλούς, but before 
the main bodies had come together ; cf. πολλοί, § 26, 523 f. 
25. ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου, const. preg., i. 2.18; 1.5. — οἱ πελτασταί, partitive 
appos. ol ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου. --- βάδην (Lex.) ταχύ, pleno gradu, Liv. iv. 32. 
138 26. τὸ ἄνω, se. μέρος, § 24: i. 8. 18. — γέῤῥα, which they threw 
away, for the more rapid flight. 


CHAPTER VII. 


ADVANCE THROUGH THE COUNTRY OF THE TAOCHI, CHALYBES, AND 
SCYTHINI. — FIRST VIEW OF THE SEA. 


1. *Ex δὲ τούτων, sc. κωμῶν, 6. 27. — εἶχον 5, 679 Ὁ. 

2. συνεληλυθότες δ᾽ ἦσαν, 679. — αὕτοσε, rather than of or els ὅ, 561 ἃ, 
562. — προσέβαλλεν, tense ? — εὐθὺς ἥκων, immediately upon his arrival. 
— ἀλλὰ wotapds: v. 1. ἀλλ’ ἀπότομον, which would seem to have been also 
true, ὃ 13 s. — κύκλῳ (Lex.), leaving only a narrow access. 

3. Els καλόν, ‘‘in the nick of time.” — ἥκετε, tense 612. — ἔστι, ληψό- 
μεθα, tense 604 b, mode 653 c. — χωρίον, repeated and positive, iii. 2. 5. 

4. pla αὕτη πάροδός ἐστιν 5, there is one passage there, or, this which you 
see is the only entrance, 524 c. — ὑπέρ, 689 j. 

139 5. ἄλλο τι ἤ 5, 567 g (Lex. b), may we not be sure that nothing 
forbids ? — ὀλίγους τούτους ἀνθρώπους, a few men there. 

6. βαλλομένους, exposed to their missiles: cf. ‘‘ under fire.” — ἀνθ᾽ (Lex. 
689h) ὧν.. πάσχοιεν, [against, as viewed from the position of Greeks] 
behind which if men should stand, what would they suffer ? — φερομένων, 
[borne on, here, through the ‘air] Jlying, in distinction from κυλινδουμένων, 
while in § 7, 10, one verb seems to be used to express both ideas. 

7. πολλοί, 523 b, 5. — εἴη, mode 637 b. — πορευώμεθα, mode? (sc. ἐκεῖσε). 
— ἔνθεν, [thither whence] to a spot from which: eo unde, ef. ii. 3. 6. 

8. ἡγεμονία, acc. to Greek custom, taken by the captains in turn each 
day. — καθ᾽ ἕνα, iii. 5. 8. 

9. ἐφέστασαν, ἑστάναι, form 46 ἃ, 320. 

10. In the lively and graphic narrative following observe the inter- 


140 change of modes. — wpoérpexev, asynd. of explanation. — ἅμαξαι, 
ii. 2. 20. 


11. Observe each clause preliminary to χωρεῖ. --- Καλλίμαχον, 474 b. — 
πρῶτος, 509 f. — οὔτε... παρακαλέσας, without even calling. — αὐτός, 541. 

12. αὐτοῦ, pos. 538 f. — trvos, case 426. — οὗτοι, all Arcadians; cf. 1. 27; 
v. 2. 11. — ἀρετῆς, case 430 a. 

14. πολλοί, pos., cf. vi. 3. 22. 

15. dv, case 554a, x. — πτερύγων (Lex.); cf. Xen. De Re Equest. xii. 4; 


Ὁ. ἐ. πτερύγιον. --- σπάρτα πυκνὰ ἐστραμμένα, cords [platted compact] firmly 
interwoven for protection. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VIII. 101 


16. μαχαίριον (cf. κράνη, 488 ἃ, i. 7. 8 ; δ. 25) ὅσον EvhAnv = τοσοῦτον 
ὅση ἐστὶ ξνήλη, δ50 a), a knife as large as a dagger. — ἂν.. ἔχοντες 141 
ἐπορεύοντο, they would march with them. Some extend the force 
of ἄν to ἧδον and ἐχόρευον : but see 616 d. — πηχῶν, form 220 f. — play 
λόγχην, while the Greek had also the cavpwrip (Lex. δόρυ). 

17. μαχόμενοι, fighting ; v. 1. μαχούμενοι, for battie. — ἐν, const. preg., 
8 2. --- λαμβάνειν, διετράφησαν, obs. change of structure ; cf. 671d. — ἅ, 
exc. to 554a. — ἐκ τῶν Ταόχων (Lex. ἐξ, χώρα). 

18. “Apracov, the northern and chief branch of the Araxes. Ains- 

orth. 
᾿ 19. πρὸς πόλιν 5, order 3 --- οἰκουμένην, well inhabited, populous. Some 
omit καί before οἰκουμένην. --- διὰ τῆς ἑαντῶν (cf. iii. 4. 41, case 442 or 486 ; 
cf. ἑαυτοῖς, § 20, 455) 5, ἐμγοιισῆ, the country of their own enemies. — ἄγοι, 
after historic present. 

20. ἡμερῶν, i. 7. 18. — ὅθεν, 550 e. — τεθνάναι (Lex. θνήσκω). ---Ἑλλή- 
γων, case 444 ἃ. 

21. τὸ ὄρος, i. 6. χωρίον, ἃ 20. Why article? 3 

22. ἄλλους (Lex. Ὁ) 567 b. — πολεμίους, cf. v. 4. 12. — δασειών 142 
βοῶν ὠμοβόεια [= ὠμῶν, by pleonasm] of shaggy ox-hides cll i 
tanned ; βοῶν gen. of material, or in appos. with βοῶν contained in wpoBo. 
394 c. — ἀμφὶ τὰ, i. 2. 9. 

23. (sc. τοσούτῳ) ὅσῳ, just as. Observe the repetition of δή in § 23-25. 
— μεῖζον, [greater than usual, 514] of unusual moment. 

a si 689 g. — στρατιωτῶν, case? i. 8. 16. — Θάλαττα, case 
401b. Cf. Virg. 4n. iii: 523. There were so many Greek cities on the 
shores of the Euxine that they now felt almost at home. — παρεγγνώντων, 
urging others to hasten (make io if raat sg 569 a. 

bs, without article. — ὅτον δή s, 

2. ti Sl ny articles which they had obtained from the region to 
make a kind of trophy for their victory et it. — κατέτεμνε, that there 
might be no temptation to take them away for use. 

27. ἀπὸ Aw χρήματος or ταμιείου, from the common stock, property, 
or, store, booty which had not been divided ; cf. v. 3. 4; or, at common cost. 
— ἑσπέρα, wt. art. 533 d. — νυκτός, as his way lay through a hostile region. 


CHAPTER VIII. 


MARCH THROUGH THE COUNTRY OF THE MACRONES TO TRAPEZUS ON 
THE PONTUS EUXINUS. 


1. τρεῖς, the first occupied in part in reaching the Macrones. 143 
— ὥριζε, tense? cf. ὁρίξει, 3. 1. 

2° nt (Lex.), 556 ἃ. ie? οὗ, manifestly referring to ὁ ὁρίζων ποταμός. 
— δένδρεσι, cf. δένδροις, 7. 9, 225 ἔ. --- ἔκοπτον, in order to clear a way 











NOTES. 


through the,thicket to the stream. This mountain branch could not need 
bridging, while the trees are not represented as suitable for this. 

3. εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν ἐῤῥίπτουν, in the direction of the Greeks, to deter 
them from crossing. — ot, οὐδέν, pos. emphatic and chiastic. 

4. Ἐξενοφῶντι, case 699 g. — πελταστῶν, case 418. — φάσκων (Lex.), 
changed to λέγων to avoid repetition ; see 659 h. — ἐμὴν ταύτην 5, with- 
out article 524c = ταύτην εἶναι ἐμὴν πατρίδα, 524 c¢. 

5. διαλέγον καὶ μάθε, tense 592. — αὐτῶν, case ? — ἐρωτήσ ᾿ 

᾿ ᾿ 2. -- αντος, sc. av- 
τοῦ, 676 a. — ἀντιτετάχαται, form 300 c. ‘a 

6. Aédyay, asynd. in dialogue, iii. 4. 42. — ποιήσοντες, sc. ἐρχόμεθα or 
ἔρχονται. 

7. εἰ δοῖεν ἄν x εἰ δοεῖν. See 4 : i 
144 ε tv. See 4, 20 ν.; cf. i. 6. 2. --- τὰ πιστά, 
the proper pledges. Cf. i. 6.7.— διαδιδόασ᾽ esented, 
over. Cf. Ii. vi. 230. it Jepsen 

8. ὁδὸν ὡδοποιοῦν, cf. πόλιν πολιορκέω, 2. 15 N. — ὁδόν, the road through 
the et and down and up its banks through the thickets. — διαβιβάσον- 
on i or the difference between this verb and βαίνω see Lex. — μέσοις, 
i wl μέγα, μήν μέν. Cf. τὸ edpos, iii. 4. 7; iv. 6. 2. --- ὡς.. ἄξοντες, as in- 

nding to advance in this way, i. e. κατὰ φάλαγγα, in phalanx fo 
MeMichael. — ἀγωνιοῦνται, fut. indic. ἽΝ ta 
Ts vn (Lex.). Observe carefully Xenophon’s various reasons for 
erring the arrangement by columns. — τῇ μὲν.. τῇ : 
“peagedesp 0 μὲν... τῇ δέ (Lex. ὁ), 518d. — 

11. ἐπί (Lex.). — ἐπὶ πολλούς, accus. to show that a change would be 
required for this order, since they-were now arranged ἐπ᾽ ὀλίγων. --- ἡμῶν͵ 
case ὃ --- χρήσονται, ὅ τι (case 478) ἂν βούλωνται (sc. χρῆσθαι), they τ! 
make whatever use they may please. — ὑπὸ ἀθρόων (pos. ἢ εὐ ἐμπεσόντων, by 
ἊΣ oan and men falling thick upon us. a 

ρθίους, pos.? cf. § 14, 1. --- τοσοῦτον...λό 
. .. λόχοις, that stand 

we should occupy 80 much space with the οοηιρανίοϑ. ---- ὅσον = tl crt 
that] that the outside companies should reach beyond, etc. — κεράτων, case ? 

145 ia appos. to ἡμεῖς subject of ἐσόμεθα, 393d, 395a; the 
re rather from Xenophon’s own position, § 16. — ὀρθίους ἄγοντες 
cading our troops va columns ; related alike to προσίασιν and ἄξει which 
are joined by τε. — οἱ κράτιστοι 5, the best of us will be foremost in the ad- 
vance (not being confined to a uniform line of advance); while each com- 
pany would have some freedom to choose the best place of ascent. 

13. 6 πλησίον, sc. λόχος. --- οὐδεὶς μηκέτι μείνῃ, 627. 
ae ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον, i. 6, to his own position, as in the order of battle 

e van regularly took the right, and the rear the left. — ἡμῖν (case ἢ ἐμ- 
bie My μὴ (713 4) ἤδη εἶναι, in the way [to us of the now being] of our 
now being. Cf. iii. 1. 18. Some read τὸ μὴ εἶναι. --- ἐσππεύδομεν, tense ? — 
ὠμοὺς δεῖ καταφαγεῖν, we must cat up raw, or, devour alive, a hyperbole to 


express fiercen : : ᾿ 
>i ess of attack, apparently from 11. iv. 35, ὠμὸν βεβρώθοις 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VIII. 103 


15. ἕκαστοι, i. 6. the soldiers of each company. Cf. 5. 23 N. 

16. εὔχεσθαι, cf. § 25. — ἐπορεύοντο, more rapidly than ‘the heavier 
troops, as if to take the enemy in the flank. 

18. κατὰ τὸ ᾿Αρκαδικόν, (in the centre) beside the Arcadian 146 
division, a body more purely of Arcadians, while there were also 
many Arcadians in other parts of the army. —év, numb. 499 a. — ἀνα- 
xpayovres, v. 1. ἀνὰ κράτος. 

19. ἤρξαντο, sc. οἱ πελτασταί. --- φυγῇ ἄλλος ἄλλῃ ἐτράπετο, [turned in 
flight] fled one this way and another that. 

20. τὰ μὲν ἄλλα, οὐδέν͵, 417 4. Some regard ἄλλα as acc. of specif. 481. 
— ὅτι καί 5, which [also] excited their wonder, as much as what follows, 
viz. the honey and its effects. — κηρίων, case 423. —atrois, for them. — 
ἐδηδοκότες, ἐῴκεσαν, form 280 c, 279 d. — πολύ, sc. ἐδηδοκότες. --- ἀποθνή- 
σκουσιν, dat. pl. part. 

22. ἐπὶ θάλατταν, [upon the sea] to the seaside, 689 g (Lex. émi): cf. els 
Τραπεζοῦντα. --- οἰκουμένην ἐν, denoting not only situation, but also that 
the city was inhabited. — ἐν τῷ Εἰὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ (Lex.), in the Euxine Pon- 
tus, the basin of the Black Sea. 

24. μάλιστα οἰκούντων, especially those dwelling, or, who chiefly 147 


dwelt. — ἦλθον, of things : cf. § 25. 
25. ἀποθῦσαι 5: the expression would have been more complete, if ow- 


τήρια had been expressed with Σωτῆρι (iii. 2. 9), and τῷ Ἡγεμόνι (vi. 2.15; 
5. 25) with ἡγεμόσυνα. --- ἔφυγε, went into exile (cf. i. 1.7). Among the 
Greeks even involuntary homicide was thought to bring pollution requir- 
ing exile, at least for a time, and purification. See Smith's Dict. of Antiq. 
Banishment (Greek). 

26. τὰ δέρματα 5, to be distributed as prizes ; ef. Π. xxii. 160 ; Hat. ii. 
91. — ἡγεῖσθαι (sc. ἐκεῖσε) ... ὅπου, to lead to the place where. — wewoun- 
κὼς εἴη, form 817 ἃ ; mode 641 Ὁ, or 643 c. — δείξας, οὗπερ, pointing to the 
very spot where ; with Spartan disdain of ease and comfort. — τρέχειν, for 
running, 663 d. — οὕτως, emph. pos. — Μᾶλλόν τι ἀνιάσεται, will suffer 
somewhat more, a stimulus to make greater exertion. 

27. στάδιον (Lex.), case 479. — παῖδες... οἱ πλεῖστοι, boys [of those taken 
captive the most] chiefly captives. — ἕτεροι, sc. ἠγωνίζοντο. --- κατέβησαν, 
οἵ. descendat in campum: Hor. Od. iii. 1. 11. — ἅτε, quippe; 2.13; v. 2. 1. 
--- ἑταίρων : some few prefer ἑταιρῶν, but not well (see Lex. ἑταῖρος, ἑταίρα). 

28. αὐτούς, i.e. the riders implied in ἵπποι. --- τρὸς τὸ... ὄρθιον, [against] 
up the exceedingly steep ground. — παρακέλευσις.. αὐτῶν, cheering of them 


on. 














BOOK V. 


FROM TRAPEZUS ALONG THE COAST TO COTYORA. 


CHAPTER I. 
PREPARATIONS FOR LEAVING TRAPEZUS AND FOR FURTHER ADVANCE. 


148 1. Ὅσα μὲν 84s. See p. 3, Notes, as to division into books, 

summaries, etc. — μέχρι, v. 1. μέχρις. --- τὴν ἐν τῷ Evé. Πόντῳ, 

iv. 8. 22. Ν. --- εὔξαντο, iii. 2. 9; iv. 8. 16. — σωτήρια, ὅδ] ὁ ; iv. 8. 25 Ν, 

— ἀφίκοιντο, v. 1. ἀφίκοντο. --- δεδήλωται, the sentences beginning with 
ὅσα and ws form the subject of this verb. 

2. ᾿Ε)γὼ μὲν τοίνυν, 7 for my part then, since this subject is proposed. — 
ἔφη, 574. — ἀπείρηκα (Lex. under ἀπαγορεύω). --- καὶ... καὶ.. καὶ, etc. Ob- 
serve how the wearisomeness is enhanced by the repetition. — φυλακὰς 
φυλάττων, ii. 6. 10. — ὥσπερ ᾿᾽Οδυσσεύς, who was carried asleep by a Phza- 
cian vessel to his native Ithaca; Od. xiii. 74s; cf. iii. 2. 25 N. 

149 4. πέμψητέ pe, to Byzantium, where Anaxibius then was ; cf. 

vii. 1. 3. — ἂν ἐλθεῖν, aor. for fut. after the subjunc. πέμψητε, 
but somewhat less positive, 631 ο, 649 c. 

5. ἐπί, cf. ii. 3. 8; vi. 2. 2. — καιρός (Lex.). 

6. Srov (431 a) ὠνησόμεθα, [οἵ that for which we shall purchase] of the 
means of purchase, or, the wherewithal to purchase. 

7. ᾿Αλλά, in opposition to what is conveyed in ἀμελῶς 8 ; cf. iv. 6. 19. 
— σὺν προνομαῖς, v. 2. συμπρονομεῖν : cf. Cyr. vi. 1. 24; Hel. iv. 1. 16. — 
ἄλλως, αἱ random. — pas, we, the generals. — ἔδοξε ταῦτα, asyndeton. 

8. γάρ, 705 Ὁ ; cf. iii. 2. 29; vi. 4. 8. — καὶ ὅποι, sc. μέλλει ἐξιέναι. --- 
ἀπειροτέρων, 514. --- ἐγχειρῇ ποι, make an attempt [to go] in any direction, 
the idea of going implied ; v. 1. ἐγχειρῇ τι ποιεῖν. --- εἰδέναι, to keep our- 
selves acquainted with, i. e., to aid him through knowledge of the strength, 
etc. — δύναμιν (sc. τούτων] ἐφ᾽ ovs, 551 f. — ἴωσιν, number ἢ 

9. ληΐζεσθαι [sc. ἡμᾶς}, to prey wpon us: cf. θηρᾶν περί, 689 f. — ἂν δύ- 

150 "πὸ οἵ, ἂν ἐλθεῖν, § 4 Ν. 

10. ἠπιστάμεθα.. ἂν ἔδει, 681 Ὁ ; πλοῖα ἱκανά, emph. pos. in 
participial clause. — νῦν δέ, but as it is. — αὐτόθεν, from this very region. 
— ἔλθῃ, ὑπαρχόντων [sc. πλοίων), shall come, bringing vessels, while we 
have others here. — ἀφθονωτέροις (Lex.). — πλευσούμεθα, v. 1. πλευσόμεθα. 

11. αἰτησάμενοι, having [asked for use] borrowed. — μακρά, long in pro- 
portion to the width, for greater swiftness. — παραλνόμενοι, [loosening 
from beside] unshipping, to prevent the secret escape of the crews, — tws 


BOOK V. CHAP. 11. 105 


ἄν 5, until [those about to convey become sufficient] there should be enough 


to convey Us. ai. 
12. εἰ εἰκός, whether it is not reasonable ; ef. iii. 2. 22 N. — ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, 


iv. 7. 27. — ὠφελοῦντες καὶ ὠφελῶνται,͵ parataxis. 
13. ἣν dpa, if (perhaps, or] afler all; cf. iii. 2. 22. — ὁδούς, obj. of 
ὁδοποιεῖν : pos.?— ταῖς παρά s, ἐθ enjoin upon the states which [dwell beside 


sea] occupy the sea-shore. 

ee eae piv οὐδέν, he put nothing to the vote ; cf. vii. ὃ. 1. 

15. πεντηκόντορον, a long war-vessel, having 25 oarsmen on each side 
in a single row (the τριακόντορος having 15; § 16). — th 699 g. — 151 
Λάκωνα περίοικον (Lex. Σπάρτη). The Periceci appear to have 
descended in part from the old Achzan inhabitants who made terms with 
the Doric conquerors, and in part from inferiors who accompanied these 
or later immigrants, etc. See Smith's Dictionary, Περίοικοι. ὑπὸ... - 
Byzantium, to Anaxibus and Cleander, whom he endeavored to set against 
the Cyreans, especially Xenophon ; see vi. 1. 32; 6. 8 8. --- ἀπέθανεν ὑπὸ 
Νικάνδρου (575 a), died at the hands of Nicander. 

16. φύλακας : these were afterwards brought to account for some loss, 
cf. 8. 1. --- εἰς παραγωγήν, in their plundering excursions, ef. 7. 15. 

17. of δὲ καὶ οὔ, cf. i. ὃ. 18 N; Diod. xiv. 31. 


CHAPTER II. 
EXPEDITION AGAINST THE DRILZ. 


1. ἣν λαμβάνειν, 571 f, h. — στράτευμα, 0. a στρατόπεδον. — ἐξάγει, 
histor. pres. — Δρίλας, the Drile were, according to Arrian, the same as 
the Sanni: Kiihner holds rather that the Macrones (iv. 8. 1) and the Sanni 
were the same people. — Gre, iv. 2. 13; 8. 27. ᾿ ἶ 

2. [sc. ἐκεῖσε] scar to places from which. -- αὐτοῖς, to the inhabitants, 
implied in ὁπόϑεν ; cf. Hdt. ix. 1. 

3. Δρίλαις, case 454 c. — els τοῦτο, asyndeton. 

4. προδραμόντες, obs. participles, and see i. 1. 73 3: 5, 10. — 152 
ὁπλιτῶν, case ? — εἰς δισχιλίους 5, as nom. 706 a. eesti 

5. ἀναβεβλημένη, [thrown up] with the earth thrown up.— οἱ 8€,i. e. the 
Drile. 

6. ἐφ᾽ ἑνός (Lex ἐπί), il. 4. 26 N. — ἡ κατάβασις ἐκ, art. omitted, 523 d. 

7. Ὁ δ᾽ ἐλθών, and [he that came] the messenger. — En, i. 6. 7. 

8. ἀπάγειν, to lead back. Some editors, following a few MSS., have here 
ἀναγαγεῖν, in the same sense. But, in such a connection as this, that use 
of the term would seem inappropriate: see κατάβασις, ὃ 6, ἀπάγειν, § 9. 
Ms. c. has ἀναγαγεῖν, corrected by ἀπαγαγεῖν. --- καί, also, so that they 
should be beyond the ravine as well as the hoplites. — ὡς ἁλόντος s, a5 if 
the place might thus be taken, 680 b. 

5* 














NOTES. 


9. γάρ, introduces the reasons for the latter of the two courses. — οὐκ 
εἶναι, not to be possible. —amoSaypévo. ἦσαν, plup. πιϊά. --- ἔσται (for 

153 fcaro), cf. i. 3, 14.N. 

Ll. ἐκέλευσε 5, he bade each of the captains to form his com- 
pany in that way, etc. — ἀντεποιοῦντο (cf. iv. 1. 27). The minutiz of the 
arrangement, for the general order was determined by the nature of the 
place, might very safely be left to such men. 

12. ὡς ἀκοντίζειν, that they might shoot. If the absolute impers. δεῆσον 
(which is bracketed by some editors) is retained, translate, since they must 
shoot ; 675 (Lex. δέω). --- σημήνῃ, i. 2. 17 ; iii. 4. 14. — γυμνῆτας (Lex.). 
The slingers, from the great freedom and energy of motion which they 
required, were even less encumbered than the peltasts and bowmen. Still, 
the term may here apply in general to any lightly clad men who had 
pouches (διφθέρα5) to hold stones and slings or hands to throw them ; see 
§ 4, 14. 

13. παρεσκεύαστο, were ready, 599 ἃ. -- οἱ ἀξιοῦντες 5, those who claimed 
that they were not inferior to these. — παρεσκεύαστο, παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν, 
Evvedpwv, ἐπαιάνισαν (§ 14), distinguish force of the tenses; ef. iii. 4. 4; 
vi. 2. 8. — xal...pév δή, and so, etc., et vero, et profecto, Kiihner. 

14. ἐπεί, repeated after the parenthesis. The apodosis begins with ἅμα 
τε. — σφενδόναι, observe the asynd. and the polysyndeton in § 15; 707]. 
— ἦσαν δὲ οἵ, and there were those who ; cf. 559 a. 

15. Ὑπό (Lex.), i. 5. 5. — ἄλλος ἄλλον εἷλκε, 567 c. — καὶ ἄλλος dva- 

154 βεβήκει, and another had atready climbed up of himself ; the sing. ᾿ 

as before, for the plural, to render the description more graphic, 
488. — καὶ ἡλώκει 5, and the place [had been] was now taken, 599. 

16. κατεκώλνε, v. 1. κατεκώλυσε. ---- ἔξω, proleptic = ὥστε ἔξω (τοῦ χω- 
plov) μένειν: Kiih., ef. iv. 2. 12. 

17. τάχα δέ τις, and presently one ; or, and perhaps one or two, τις not 
used as strictly singular, 548 c. — of ἐκπίπτοντες, those that were rushing 
out. — ἔστιν, oratio dir. 

18. νικώσι.. ὠθούμενοι, those (of the hoplites, § 16) who were pressing 
in prevail over and force back those (the lighter troops) that were rushing 
out. 

19. ἐξεκομίσαντο, sc. τὰ ἁλόντα, predam. 

20. ἐσκόπουν, refers rather to the examination, σκοπουμένοις to what 
was subsequerit on consideration, 582 y. 

21. ἕκαστοι, cach company, iv. 5. 23 N; 8. 15. — διήρουν, for freer egress. 
— ἀχρείους, camp-followers, calones. 

22. ἔνδοθεν, from within the citadel. —xpévn, of leather thongs braided, 

155 4.13; Hdt. vii. 72. — ὁδοῦ, case? iv. 3. 28. 

23. κατὰ τὰς πύλας, along the passage, or, to [the vicinity of ] 
the gates. 

24. Μαχομένων, i. 4.12; 2.17; ii. 4. 24. — Oedv...cwrnplas: these 
words form an undesigned iambic trimeter. — ὅτου δή 5, 551h, ef. iv. 
7. 25. — οἱ ἀπό, const. preg., i. 1. 5; 2. 3. 


BOOK V. CHAP. III. 107 


25. παρά (Lex. a), Fortune regarded as a person, cf. Hat. i. 126. -- 
ἐνάπτειν, pos.? — ἐκέλευε, tense, 595 ἃ. --- ταχὺ ἐκαίοντο, were quickly on 
of Ol...xard τὸ στόμα, those in front towards the citadel. McM. says 
that this rendering is inconsistent with the narrative, and translates, 
‘‘ only those about the entrance (into the fort) were still giving trouble.” — 
δῆλοι ἦσαν, 573 a. — παραγγέλλει (sc. πάντας or πᾶσι].. ὅσοι, 550 f. 

27. καὶ οἱ οἰκίαι, both the houses ; cf. Ces. B. G. viii. 15. 

29. τοὔνομα τοῦτο : he may have been a slave, since slaves were often 
so named from their native lands: cf. οἰκέτης. --- δέκα, v. 1. τέτταρας ἢ 
πέντε. --- τοὺς πολεμίους 5, to seek concealment from the enemy. — 156 
χαλκαῖ, i.e. in front: see Lex. πέλτη. ; 

30. ἐφοβοῦντο [sc. αὐτὰ] ὡς ἐνέδραν οὖσαν (500), Seared [them] as [be- 
ing] as if there were a real ambuscade ; cf. 675 e. — τῷ ΜΝΜυσῷ ἐσήμηνε, a 
signal was given to Mysus (Lex.). Some place the comma after Mysus, 
omitting it after ὑπεληλυθέναι. --- καὶ ὅς, 518 f, i. 8. 16. 

31. of piv ἄλλοι Κρῆτες, the others, the Cretans (567 e), i. 5. 5. — 
dAloxer Oa, that [they were being caught] the enemy were overtaking them. 
— ἔφασαν, vii. 4. 15. — ἐκπεσόντες, iv. 5. 15. --- κυλινδούμενοι, v. J. καλιν- 
δούμενοι, Kiihner. 

32. ἐβόα, i. 8. 12. — βοηϑεῖν " καὶ ἐβοήθησαν, order ?— ἐπὶ πόδα ἀνε- 
χώρουν, they retreated backwards, facing the enemy. Cf. Cyr. vii. 5. 6. 


CHAPTER III. 


’ 
MARCH TO CERASUS. — DIVISION OF THE SPOIL. — XENOPHONS DE- 
SCRIPTION OF THE TEMPLE OF ARTEMIS AT SCILLUS IN ELIS. 


1. Χειρίσοφος,1. 4. According to Diodorus (xiv. 30) the Greeks waited 
for him 30 days. — ἦν λαμβάνειν, 2. 1. --- παῖδας καὶ γυναῖκας, children 
and women, not, however, without exception, 4. 33. — émopevovro, sc. 
κατὰ γῆν, cf. 4. 1. — ὡδοπεποιημένη (form 283 a) ἦν, was now repaired. 

2. Κερασοῦντα (Lex.). —rpirator, on the third day, 509a. Cf. i. 2.11; 
5. 1; ii. 2. 17. 

3. δέκα, as still expecting Chirisophus. — ἀμφὶ τοῦς μυρίους, 157 
as gen. 706a. Cf. v. 7. 9. --- ἀπώλοντο ὑπό, voice 575 c. —d ns 
νόσῳ, [if any one perished] except as any one may have perished by dis- 
ease, or now and then one by disease or sickness. 

4. τὴν δεκάτην, a frequent portion for religious consecration. Compare 
the tithes among Jews and Christians. — φυλάττειν, ἐο keep, infin. of pur- 

se, after giving, going, sending, etc. 

s. pe Ate πον, ΓΑΡΟΙ]ο᾽ 8 gift] the votive gift to Apollo. Some 
work of art, statues, tripods, vases, were common gifts. — ποιησάμενος, 
procuring to be made (581), possibly upon his return to Athens direetly 














NOTES. 


after the enlistment of the army under Thibron, while he had still the 
eg of an Athenian (see INTRODUCTION, p. ix). — θησαυρόν, the 
rrecian states had each a treasury at Delphi for th i i 
offerings. Cf. Hat. i. 14, 51. ᾿ Bere ser tha 
" 6. Τὸ δὲ τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος (sc. ἀνάθημα), but that (portion or offering) for 
rtemis. — daryjet...riy...d86y (case 477), departed upon the expedition [into 
the country of ] against the Baotians. — κινδυνεύσων.. ἰέναι, he seemed to be 
a incur danger] on a perilous adventure. — σώθῃ, mode ?— ἣν δέ τι 
πάθῃ (Lex.), but if [he should suffer anythin ht ) im ; 
the usual Greek euphemism. πῇ», 
7. ἔφευγεν, when he was in exile ; v. 1. ἔφυγεν. This latter, as McM. 
says, would imply that he was banished after serving against his country 
under Agesilaus at Coronea, B. ο. 394. — τῇ θεῷ = τῇ ᾿Αρτέμιδι, § 4. — ὁ 
θεός, doubtless Apollo at Delphi. ing! 
8. Ἔτυχε, as the river had this name at the time of the purchase. — 
γεών, ναόν, δ 12s. Observe use of both forms.—t@ ἐν Σκιλλοῦντι 
Χωρίῳ, the estate at Scillus. —wavrey, sc. θηρίων. --- ἀγρευό 
a Onpla, beasts of the chase. ‘ iii) 
9. ᾿Εποίησε x ἐποίει ? cf. iii. 3. 5. — ΠΠαρεῖχε : throngh of course Xeno- 
phon her steward, whose security and popularity were thereby promoted, 


no less than the honor of the goddess. — rot 4 
. -- τοῖς voc, to ti | 
tented for the feast ; v. 1. σκηνοῦσω,. ah ᾿ hose who were 


10. τὰ μέν, sc. θηρία. 
Pies a a es eS APe {where they travel] on the road 
cedeemon or Sparta. — ὡς εἴκοσι στάδιοι, i i ( 
ni" δ. — ἔκ (Lex.), there ave in. Onn ed ee 
2. ὡς μικρὸς [sc. ναὸς εἴκασται > Ὶ 
κρὸς [sc. μεγάλῳ. --- χρυσῷ, covered with gold. 
Statements differ in respect to the material so ite " Γ 


13. γράμματα : the inscription was in capital letters, and hence is here 
so printed. An almost exact duplicate of this inscription was found on 
pe island of Ithaca in 1758. —’APTEMIAOS, case 437 Ὁ. --- ΤῸΝ AE 

XONTA...[sc. δεῖ or χρή] KATAOYEIN, and whoever occupies it must 
offer, 670 ἃ. --- ΠΟΙΗ͂Ὶ = roiy. —_THI OEQI MEAHSEI (Lex.), 457. 


CHAPTER IV. 
MARCH THROUGH THE COUNTRY OF THE MOSSYNCCI. 


πὰ : οσσυνοίκων (Lex.), cf. Strabo xii. 3; also, μόσσυνι, § 26. 
ὡς φιλίας.. τῆς Χώρας [= διὰ τῆς χώρας ὡς φιλίας, as through the 
country friendly], through the country as friendly. 
: = (Lex.) βούλοιντο, to see if they would be willing, iv. 1. 8. 
οσσννοίκων͵ Ελλήνων, order 1 --- ἔλεγε, ἡρμήνευε, tense? ὁ. 1. ἔλεξε: 


BOOK V. CHAP. IV. 109 


5. διασωθῆναι, fo go through safe: cf. Hdt. vii. 208. --- πρός, with accus. 
of place, for the more common εἰς, vi. 4. 8; Cyr. v. 4. 16. — οὺς ἀκούομεν, 
ef, ii. 5. 18. 

6. ἠδικήκασι, v. 1. ἠδίκησαν. — ὑμῶν, dat. vii. 7. 29. -- εἶναι, with impers. 
ἔξεστι, though ἔχειν would here give a more systematic construction. 

7. ἀφήσετε, if you shall let us go (without availing yourselves of our 
help), Kriig. 

8. ὁ ἄρχων, who spoke for the rest, or, the head-chief. — S€xowwro, they 
accepted. 

9. “A-yere δή, come now, or, well then. — τί ἡμῶν δεήσεσθε χρήσασθαι, 
[what shall you want of us to employ us in] what service shall you wish 
from us? 661d. Cf. Cyr. v. 2. 23: see also vii. 2. 31. — ὑμεῖς, pos. ? — 
τί οἷοί τε s, what [will you be able to do in co-operation with us] assistance 
will you be able to render us? 

10. ὅτι ἱκανοί ἐσμεν, 6442, 714, 3. — ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ θάτερα, from the other, 
or, farther side. 160 

11. ᾿Επὶ τούτοις, hereupon, or, on these terms, 695. — ὧν οἱ piv 
δύο.. ὁ δὲ εἷς, of whom [the] two...but the third, 530 b. — ds τάξιν 5, [put 
their arms into military position] stood to their arms in order. 

12. οἱ μέν, these, who remained in the canoes. — μένοντες, to assist the 
Greeks. —"Eotncav ἀνὰ ἑκατόν, they stood in two lines, or companies, of a 
hundred each. —aomep μάλιστα xopol 5, very much [85] like rows of dancers 
fronting each other. Some read ἑκατὸν μάλιστα ὥσπερ, making μάλιστα 
qualify ἑκατόν = in round numbers, pretty nearly. — ὄπισθεν 5, having a 
ball of the wood itself, in place of the Greek cavpwrip : see δόρυ, iv. 7. 24. 

13. πάχος ὡς λινοῦ στρωματοδέσμον (412), [as of a linen bed-sack as to 
thickness] about the thickness of a linen bed-suck. — κράνη, cf. 2. 22. — 
κρώβυλον, a tuff, prob. of the ends of leathern thongs used in making the 
helmet. Cf. Tacitus, Germ. 38. 

14. τάξεων, troops of peltasts and light armed, McM. — διὰ τῶν ὅπλων, 
the place in the camp where the arms were deposited. Others (Matt., 
Vollb., etc.) make τάξεων.. ὅπλων a hendiadys = through the [ranks and 
arms] armed ranks; expecting, doubtless, in their simplicity, that the 
Greeks would at once follow them. 

15. ᾿Ωικεῖτο, iv. 8. 22; v. 1. ἔκειτο. --- αὐτοῖς [to or for them] their ; 
others translate by them, making it the dat. of the simple agent after pas- 
sive verbs. McM. — τῶν ΝΙοσσυνοίκων, of the country of the Mossyneci. 
- περὶ τούτου, referring to τὸ ἀκρότατον. --- ἐγκρατεῖς... πάντων Μοσσ., case 
401. --- ἔφασαν, those of the Mossyneeci with the Greeks. — τούτους, those 
in possession. — κοινὸν ὄν, [being] though common property. 

16. μέχρι οὗ, 557. 161 

17. νόμῳ τινὶ ἄδοντες, singing a kind of tune ; ef. ἐν ῥυθμῷ, 

§ 14; Thucyd. v. 69. 

18. ὅτι ἐπεποιήκεσαν, their allies ; see αὐτοῖς below. — ὅ, antecedent ὃ 

19. μηδὲν ἀθυμήσητε, do not become at all dejected ; the pres. imperat. 
would imply that they were now dejected, 628 ¢, e. -- ἴστε, be assured 
(Lex. dpdw). 

















110 NOTES. 


20. ἡμῖν, case ἢ. - τῷ ὄντι (Lex. εἰμί). ---- οἵσπερ.. ἀνάγκη, to whom it 
is unavoidable that we also should be enemies] we also must be enemies. 
— τῶν Ελλήνων, pos.? see 523 c. — of ἀφροντιστήσαντες 5, those who have 
made light of their orderly arrangement with us. — ταὐτά, v. 1. ταῦτα. ---- 
ἅπερ ξὺν ἡμῖν (ξύν omitted by some, 707 Ὁ), sc. ἔπραξαν, as with us. — 
δίκην (Lex. 1). 

21. ὁμοίοις ἀνδράσι.. νῦν τε καὶ ὅτε, with the same kind of men [both 
now and when] now as when, 705 c. 

22. Observe the series of participles ; θύσαντες preceding in action ἀρι- 
στήσαντες : this preceding ποιησάμενοι and ταξάμενοι : and these, ἐπορεύοντο. 

- κατὰ ταὐτά, in the same way (Lex. κατά). --- ὑπολειπομένους... 
162 aes ὦ ce Shae : 
στόματος (case 406 b), as they were not well protected from the 
missiles of the enemy, § 23. 

23. Ἦσαν οἵ, ii. 2. 14. Rehdz. — ἀνέστελλον, endeavored to keep in 
check, — πρῶτον μέν, cf. ἐπεὶ δέ, § 25. --- οἱ βάρβαροι x of βάρβαροι, § 24. 

24. Observe the tenses, the interchange of impfs. and aorists, 592. 

25. δή.. ὁμοῦ δή, i. 8. 8; 1. 4. — ἄλλα, as ini. δ. 5, unless the πάλτα 
are regarded as a kind of δόρατα. --- παχέα μακρά, an unusual asynd. — ἂν 
φέροι, could carry, cf. 7. 7. — ἐκ χειρός (Lex.). 

26. αὐτοῦ μένοντα : the king lived in a seclusion, of which Oriental 
courts have presented many examples ; and, after the defeat of his forces, 
chose rather to die than to submit to the indignity of leaving it. The sub- 
ordinate ruler in the place first taken (ὁ ἐν τῷ πρότερον 5) made the same 
‘heroic, or stolid, choice ; ef. Diod. xiv. 30.— φυλάττουσιν, v. 1. φυλάττον- 
Tat. — μοσσύνοις, form 225 f. 

27. ὡς ἔφασαν of Mogs., referring to the usage stated in πατρίους. --- 
ἦσαν δὲ taal ai πλεῖσται, the most of it was spelt (conforming to fel 
rather than regularly to σῖτος, 500 a); ef. i. 4. 4. 

163 29. κάρνα 5. These were afterwards distinguished as κάρυα 

κασταναῖα, the large chestnut of the Old World, nuces castanex, 
from, it is said, Κάστανα, a town of Pontus, or, according to others, of 
Thessaly. Ainsworth represents them as still abundant along this coast. 
— τὰ πλατέα, of the broad kind, 523 i. -- τούτῳ (conforming to σίτῳ rather 
than κάρυα) καὶ πλείστῳ 5, this they used even as their chief food ; τούτῳ, 
v. l. τούτων. ---- οἶνος : grapes are still found wild in this region, the Koran 
not allowing their culture for wine. 


30. σὺν τοῖς πολεμίοις, [with] on the side of the enemy. — οἱ μέν... οἱ δέ, 
some...others of the enemy. 

31. érépav...érépas ; not unusual with the Greeks ; compare with the 
natural order in English ; ef. vii. 4. 18, εἰς τὸ φῶς ἐκ τοῦ σκότους. --- ὑψηλή, 
even with these advantages for the transmission of sound, a long distance 
for the combined shout of many men to reach. 

32. οὐ πολλοῦ δέοντας ἴσους. εἶναι, {not lacking much to be] not far 
from being εἐχιαΐ. ---- ποικίλους τὰ νῶτα, having their backs party-colored 
(case 481 ; so τὰ ἔμπροσθεν). In a rude state of society the natural love of 
distinction and ornament has led to this embellishment of the body itself. 


BOOK VY. CHAP. V. 111 


This has the advantage over the civilized passion for dress, ~ yi 
and permanent. For this custom among the Thracians, ny , it ᾿ Be 
ἐστιγμένους ἀνθέμιον (case 479), tattooed in flower patterns ; Mossy 
corpus omne persignant, Pomp. Mela, i. 19. “ἣν 
33. σφίσι, as reflexive, implies that they stated this. Ppa 
34, Τούτους... βαρβαρωτάτους διελθεῖν, that [they passed t ie — 
the most barbarous] these were the most barbarous of the sted ait υ whi 
they passed. —&v@pwrot, i. e. men 1n general. Pique περ " 164 
(sc. ποιήσειαν or πράξειαν, Or ἄνθρωποι ποιήσειαν from a il ut 
things as they (or, men) would do, 560. — ϑδιελέγοντό τε γιρρήνρνν : ‘ Ἂ y με 
οἵ explanation. — ἐφ᾽ éavrois, at (or by) themselves ; v.l. ἐφ ἑαυτῶν, OY 
themselves. 


CHAPTER V. 


ARRIVAL AT COTYORA.— PLUNDER OF THE NEIGHBORING COUNTRY. 


1. ὀκτὼ σταθμούς : as to the time here noted, McM. suggests that “by 
σταθμούς is probably meant the whole time spent in fighting and negotiat- 
ing, as well as marching.” See i. 2. 23 N. — Χάλιβας: Strabo (xii. κῃ 
regards the Chalybes as those referred to by Homer (Zl. ii. 857), who - " 
thera Alizonians, originally Alybians, from their metropolis, ARF Cf. 
8 17 n. — Μοσσυνοίκων, case 432 g. — Τιβαρηνούς, ‘‘quibus in risu 

Ἴ i. 19. 
lusuque summum bonum est,” Pomp. Mela, i. 

a ἔχρῃζον, ἐδέχοντο, order ? — προσβάλλειν... ὀνηθῆναι, change wi 
act. to pass. construction ; cf. vii. 3, ὃ ; ὀνηθῆναι, rare for ὄνασθαι : τι, case 
— βουλεύσαιντο, mode 641 d. ὶ 3 

: λοδάδωοντο, thereby preventing a great crime. — προσίδιντο, spo 
cf. i. 9. 7. — ἀποίκους οἰκοῦντας, [colonists] ὦ colony dwelling, 8940; ¥. ¢. 
ἀποικίαν, ὄντας δ᾽, 499 e; ii. 1. 6. 

4. ἡ opal, the greater part, 3. 1. — Πλῆθος τῆς κατάβασεως τῆς 
ὁδοῦ : the latter word in appos. w. καταβάσεως, the total of the ing of 
the march; but Rehdz. ἃ Kriig. govern xaraB. by ὁδοῦ. — ἐν Βαβυλῶνι 

Lex. év), iv. 8. 22. | | 
5. ἔμειναν, still expecting Chirisophus, and uncertain about their future 
movements. —Kata ἔθνος ἕκαστοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, [each body of 165 
the Greeks] all the Greeks by tribes, each tribe having its special 
religious rites. 

6. Παφλαγονίας, bounded, in Hat. i. 6, 72, on the east by the pre ‘ 
but here regarded as extending under the powerful king Corylas, to the 
vicinity of Cotyora. ' 

γ. > othe modifying both πόλεως and χώρας, 523 c. — φοβούμενοι, 
apprehensive with the rest of the Sinopeans ; φοβούμενοι, ἐκείνων, pave 
referring in sense to the Sinopeans in general, whom the ambassadors 
represented. — ἔφερον, sc. Korvwpira:: Greek colonies were always under 














112 NOTES. 


some obligations to the parent states in respect to precedence, alliance, ete. : 
but Sinope kept her colonies in more than usual subjection, cf. § 19 si 
δεινός.. λέγειν : his reputed skill certainly failed him here. 

8. τέ.. ἐπεῖτα δέ (giving more distinctness and thus emphasis to the 
clause), 716 b. — γικᾶτε, are victors over, or, have conquered, 612. — πολλῶν 
ips 18, nae — ὡς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν, tense 612; ii. 1.12; 2. 3. 

: nvES... νων, ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς, order ? — οὐ iii 
1b -Frcnapelipy μα » ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς, οὐδὲ γάρ, iii. 1. 16, Rehdz. 

10. μέν, see δέ, § 1]. --- ἀφελόμενοι : for the cases with this verb, see 
485 d. —6 τι 5, order 718 ο. 

1: ὑμᾶς... ἐνίους, 417 ἃ. --- οὐ πείθοντας, not [persuading the owners] by 
their consent. 

12. Ταῦτ᾽... ἀξιοῦμεν, these proceedings we think not right, i. e. we protest 
against, i. 1. 8, McM. — ποιήσετε, (stronger than the subjunc.) will persist 
in doing. — ἄλλον ὅντινα, i. 10. 3; 4. 15. 

166 13. Ἡμεῖς δέ, iv. 6. 10. --- ἀγαπῶντες, thankful, well con- 

tent. Cf. Thucyd. vi. 86. --- ἄγειν καὶ φέρειν, ii. 6. 5 ΚΝ. 

14. ἐν Τραπ. μέν, cf. Koruwpiras δέ, § 19. — ἄνθ᾽ ων (= ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ 
δδ4 ἃ, N.) 8, in return for the honors which they showed us, and [they les 
bestowed gifts] the gifts which they bestowed. — τις, τούτων, 501, i 4 8. -- 
ἡγοῖντο, mode ? ie 

15. ὁποίων τινῶν (Lex.), 548 d. 

16. ἄν τε (Lex. ἐάν) εἰς βάρβαρον γῆν, sc. ἔλθωμεν. 

17. "Χαλδαίους, also called Χάλυβες, iv. 7.15; οἱ νῦν Χαλδαῖοι, Χάλυβες τὸ 
παλαιὸν ὠνομάζοντο, Strabo xii. 3. — καίπερ, καὶ μάλα, in concession, 674 f. 

18. τῶν ἐκείνων, sc. χρημάτων, of their property ; see 524 Ὁ, 

19. Korvwpiras, inverse attr. to ots, 554; or to be explained by ana- 
rene as if ἀφῃρήμεθα were to follow instead of αὐτῶν εἰλήφαμεν) 
or synecdoche, 481 b. — τι αὐτῶν, anything of theirs. — ἃ : 
eg Pe ed ey ΜΔ π΄ { ΤΙ, ἢ 

20. Ὃ δὲ λέγεις, quod autem dicis, as to what you say ; so ἃ δὲ ἠπείλη- 

167 ““" § 22. Ὅ is explained by Big παρελθόντας [sc. ἡμᾶς or ἐνίους, 

§ 11] σκηνοῦν. --- ἡ ἡμᾶς 5, where the place itself admitted us with- 
out force, it was so ill fortified. —Samavavres (Lex.). — ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν ἡ 5, ὦ 
may be in our power to remove them. 

21. ὑπαίϑριοι, 509 Ὁ. 

22. ποιήσεσθε, ποιήσομεν, voice 585. — ἡμεῖς δέ, we on the other hand 
or, for our part. — ὑμῶν, case ?— τὸν Παφλαγόνα, the Paphlagonian king. 

24. τῷ ‘Exatwvipw χαλεπαίνοντες τοῖς εἰρημένοις, disp/eased [with 
Hecat., with what he had said] with what Hecat. had said. Some govern 
Exar. by σύν in compos. —wape\@dv, used of public speakers. Cf. vi. 
1. 31, 32. — ξενίοις, pos.? 

25. πολλά τε kal (702 c) ἐπιτήδεια... τά τε ἄλλα [sc. διελέγοντο]... ἐδέοντο 
they conversed on many suitable topics [both the others and] and enpecially 
they made such careful inquiries as each party desired respecting, etc.: 
ἐπιτήδεια, v. 1. φιλικά. 


BOOK V. CHAP. VI. 


CHAPTER VI. 


THE GREEKS RESOLVE TO PROCEED BY SEA.— XENOPHON’S PLAN TO 
FOUND A CITY IN PONTUS. 


1. αὐτοῖς... παρακαλέσαντας, cf. i. 2. 1 N. — Σινωπέας, with 168 
whom the generals had already conferred. — ἄν, ἄν, pos. 621 d, f. 

— χρήσιμοι, it seemed that the Sinopeans would be useful as guides. — 
προσϑεῖν ἐδόκει, there scemed to be still more need. 

2. Ἕλληνας ὄντας Ἕλλησι, being Greeks to Greeks, i. 6. being to them 
as Greeks should be to Greeks. Some regard Ἕλλησι as displaced by a 
violent parataxis, and as the object of edvous and συμβουλεύειν. 

3. ἀπελογήσατο, a clumsy lie. — σφῶν, the Sinopeans. 

4. woddd...yévoito, may many blessings betide me, 638 d. How would 
the addition of ἄν to γένοιτο affect the sense? 638 f. — Αὕτη (509 Ὁ) γάρ 
...mwapetvat, for [that which is said to be sacred counsel] Sacred Counsel so 
called seems to me to be here present, as a goddess forbidding all falsehood 
on penalty of infamy. There seems to be here a reference to the proverb 
ἱερὸν ἡ συμβουλή, with rhetorical personification. — νῦν yap, refers to an 
omitted clause; and I have more than ordinary reason to give faithful 
counsel, for, ete. McM. — oddol...pé, there will be many to praise me, 
both you and others. 

5. κομίζησθε, pass. — ἡμᾶς, ὑμᾶς, in emphatic antithesis. — στέλλησθε, 
mid. (or, pass.?). -— dpas...clvar, you will have [to be the fighters) the fight- 
ing to do. 

6. λεκτέα, sc. ταῦτά ἐστιν. 

7. μέν, see δέ, § 8. ---εὐθύᾳ, protinus, gives emphasis to πρῶτον. 169 
— οὐ yap ἔστιν ἄλλῃ, ἢ ἡ (observe the repetition of sound), for , 
it cannot be in any other place than where. — 80%, governed by ἑκάτερα 
(Lex.). —4&, the comm. obj. of κρατεῖν and κατέχοντες, 399 g ; which a very 
few [occupying] occupants could hold. — οὐδ᾽ dyv...dv, 622 a. — οἱ πάντες 
ἄνθρωποι, all the men in the world, 523 e. 

8. πεδία ὄντα (677), that there are plains, specially favorable to cavalry 
for harassing infantry. — μεῖζον φρονεῖ, thinks too much of himself, or, 8 
too proud for this, 514 a; οἵ. iii. 1. 27; vi. 3. 18, ὁ ἄρχων, Corylas. 

9. κλέψαι, ἢ φθάσαι λαβόντες, fo seize by stealth or surprise. — πλεῖον, 
μεῖον, 507 e. — ἄλλως τε καί, especially, 717 a. —“Adw, οἵ. Strabo xii. 3 
for derivation of name. — ὡς δ᾽ αὕτως (Lex. woatrws). 

10. οὐ, not merely. 

11. φιλίας ἕνεκα τῆς Κορύλα (object. gen.), order 721 ο, 523, 170 
3. — ὡς Sapa ληψόμενον, in expectation of receiving presents. — 
τὴν Σινωπέων χώραν κακόν τι, χώραν belonging, but not essentially, with 


τὴν Σινωπέων, and κακόν with τι, 719 d. — of δ᾽ οὖν͵ i. 3.5; 2. 12: 
H 


"» 











114 NOTES. 


12. οὕτω ἔχει (Lex.), ita se res habet, voice 577 c. — μέλλει... ἂν πλέοι.-. 
μεν, mode ? — ἕνα μή, stronger than μηδένα, and made still more emphatic 
by ἀριθμῷ ; not [one in number] a single individual. Some editors, accord- 
ing to the conjecture of Weiske, place ἀριθμῷ after ὡς ; but see Kiih. in loc. 

13. κρατῶμεν, δυναίμεθ᾽ dv, mode ? — ἐν. χώρᾳ, in loco et numero. 
Cf. 7. 8: Kriiger. 

15. Ἐξενοφῶντι.. αὐτῷ, 505 b. — παρεσκευάσθη, mode 631 Ὁ, 636 a, iv. 
2. 10. — χώραν καὶ δύναμιν, an object not unworthy of the ambition of 
Xenophon. — προσκτήσασθαι, sc. αὐτούς. 

16. αὐτῶν, υ. 1. αὑτῶν ; cf. iv. 7. 19, Kiith. — τοὺς περιοικοῦντας, suc- 
cessful in trade, but otherwise having no eminence. — ἐπὶ τούτοις, force of, 

171 cf. § 22, 27, 28 (wepi). — εἰπεῖν, mode 703 ἃ, 8. 

17. ἑαντῷ.. περιποιήσασθαι, referring, by a change of subject, 
to Xenophon. 


18. ἔλαβε, see i. 7. 8. — Κύρῳ, indir. obj. of ἠλήθευσε or θυόμενος, or 
both. 


19. ὅτι, ὅτι, cf. vii. 4. 5. — ἐκπλέοντας, numb.? — βουλεύεται yap, 
change ? 

20. ὡς.. ὀνῆσαι, [so that you might benefit] to benefit: ὡς is omitted 
before ἔχειν, and in some mss. here also. — Tijs...xdpas...éxreEdpevoar, hav- 
ing selected from (or, of) the country, 699 f, or 423. — τὸν μέν 5, that who- 
ever wishes may return. — πλοῖα δ᾽ ὑμῖν, then you have vessels, δ᾽ intro- 

172 ducing the apodosis, while the preceding infinitives depend on 

βούλεσθε. 

22. στρατιωτῶν ὄντων, 675. --- προσέχειν... ποιεῖσθαι, pos. ---Ἑλλαδος, 
pos.? -- τινας, preferring not to name Xenophon ; ef. i. 4. 12. 

23. νουμηνίας, the most frequent time of commencing service and of 
payment. — κυζικηνόν, a standard gold coin among the colonies about the 
Euxine, corresponding in general use to the daric, though somewhat more 
valuable ; cf. i. 3. 21; vii. 6. 1. — ἕκοντες, numb. and gend.? 

24. Φρυγίας (Lex. 2). 

25. αὖθις, v. 1. εὐθύς. --- στρατηγίας ἐμάχετο, thinking perhaps that, as 
a Beeotian, he ought to have succeeded Proxenus. — ὥστε τῷ βουλομένῳ 
ἐνοικεῖν, 80 that whoever wished might settle there. The dat. is here used 
for the accus. to agree with αὐτοῖς, 667 c, cf. ii. 6. 9; or, is governed by 
ἔσεσθαι, supplied from above. 

26. ἔστε, change ? — ὥστε (Lex. ἃ). 

173 27. ὑπέρ, differs from περί, which Xen. uses § 28, in implying 

inclination ; cf. § 16, 22. — μὴ κοινούμενον. This forms part of a 

case here assumed upon the statement of others, and not affirmed, 686; cf. 

οὐ πείσας, § 29.— εἰς, with reference to the introduction of the subject ; so, 

els ὑμᾶς, § 28, cf. § 37. — τὸ κοινόν, sc. πλῆθος, the general council of offi- 
cers, 7. 17. ; 

28. ταῦτα.. ὁποῖα, 550 d. — Kal viv, cf. iv. 3. 11. — ἄρχεσθαι, to [be- 


gin} undertake at all ; an ingenious defence against the charge. — περί, cf. 
§ 27, 16. 


BOOK VY. CHAP. VII. 115 


29. τὸ piv μέγιστον, as to the most important, i. 3. 10. — ἐμοί, —, 
by ἐπιβουλή, 455 f, or φάνοιτο, 460. Cf. insidie consuli, Sallust. ἫΝ 
πείσας : οὐ, not μή (§ 27): ov represents πείσας as part of the fact allege 
viz. that ‘‘ without having persuaded you I was DREDIPRE- +4 — μή woul 
represent πείσας as part of the speaker’s thought, = I joys penposing to 
this without persuading you.” οὐ πείσας is an adjunct of ‘*1” as the subj. 
of διανοοίμην : μή πείσ. of “1 as the ti of nya ef. Cyr. ii. 3. 5, 

ἴται...μηδὲν καλὸν κἀγαθὸν ποιῶν... .ἰσομοιρεῖν. ΟΝ, 
gee egg ρ δν b. — τοῦτ᾽ ἂν ἐσκόπουν, ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἂν γένοιτο, 
ὥστε, I should be looking out for [that from which it would result so that] 
a measure which would so result that: ὥστε, marking result, is not rancor 
mon after γίγνομαι. --- ὑμᾶς...τὸν μὲν βουλόμενον, 417 a. — τὸν μὴ βουλό- 
ἀποπλεῖν ἤδη. . 

ΚΑΙ, prado nt 594. The vessels had begun to come. — καλόν 
μοι.. τῆς πορείας (υ. 1. σωτηρία5) λαμβάνειν, 7 seems to me [to be] an admi- 
rable thing to be safely conveyed to the point we wish to reach, and then : 
receive [the wages of the journey] pay for our journey ; spoken with quie 
sarcasm. Cf. vii. 6. 30. 

32. ἐν γάρ, cf. iii. 2. 28. --- κατὰ μικρὰ γενομένης, resolved into 174 
fragments ; κατά distributive, as in i. 8. 9. im 

33. ἅπερ ὑμῶν, sc. doxe?. —’Avéravay, asynd., cf. ili. 2. 33. ᾿ 

34. λήψονται... ἐπιθήσοιεν, mode 645 Ὁ ; so μεταμέλοι...ἔστε, 3 8 μὴ | 

35. τὰ δὲ χρήματα.. ἐψευσμένοι ἦσαν τῆς μισθοφορᾶς aie a : 
but the money [of the wages] for the payment of wages they [had falsifie 
about] withheld ; cf. ἔψευστο τὴν συμμαχίαν, Thucyd. v. _ all 

36. ἐκπεπληγμένοι ἦσαν, were [having been struck with surprise] 
founded, 599 c, 600 a, b. — Φᾶσιν (Lex. 2). το esi 

37. Alfrov, mentioned as a king that was known. — sty case . 
407. — εἴποι εἰς, cf. § 27. — ὑμεῖς δέ, change ?— μὴ ἐκκλησι fev, 175 
686 c; v. Ll. οὐκ ἐκκλησιάζειν, a stronger expression in contrast to 
ἀλλά 5, 686 Κ. --- αὑτοῦ ἕκαστον, parataxis, 719, b, e. 


CHAPTER VII. 


CHARGES AGAINST XENOPHON.— ELOQUENT AND EFFECTIVE DEFENCE 
OF HIMSELF. 


1. ἀνεπύθοντο = got to know. — πάλιν, back, i. 6. towards the seer 
from which they had just come i me perhaps the rather from the co 
i wo rivers (see Lex. Φᾶσι5). , : 
ὭΣ esr (i. e. for seditious purposes). — rap ef. i 4, si 
--- μάλα φοβεροὶ ἧσαν, μὴ ποιήσειαν, they were greatly to ‘ fear τ : 
they should do: see 573. — τοὺς τῶν κήρυκας, § 17 s.— ἀγοραν μους, 1 
3. ἀγοράν = ἐκκλησίαν, a use More Homeric than Attic. 











NOTES. 


4. τῶν piv στρατηγῶν (case 699 4).. αὐτόν, did not charge the generals 
with coming to him. 

5. διαβάλλειν.. ὡς, cf. i. 1. 8. --- ἀκούσατε, tense 592 b. — θεῶν, ἥλιος 
§ 6, βορέας and νότος ὃ 7, without art. 533, a. 

176 6. τοῦτο.. ὑμᾶς (480 Ὁ) ἐξαπατῆσαι, cheat you into this belief. 

— ὡς ἥλιος... ἐντεῦθεν, that [whence] where the sun actually rises, 
there on the contrary he sets ; and where he sets, there on the contrary rises ; 
i. ἃ. sets in the east, and rises in the west. Observe that δέ is used here 
twice as an adv. and once asaconj. Cf. Hat. ii. 42. 

7. βορέας, βοῤῥᾶς, so the Mss. — ὡς καλοὶ πλοῖ εἰσιν, [there are favor- 
able voyages] it is fine weather for sailing. — Τοῦτο (pos.? for constr. 
see § 6).. ἐξαπατήσαν, is there then [how] any way in which one could cheat 
you in this ? 

8. ᾿Αλλὰ yap (709, 2), but, you say perhaps, this will not secure you, 
for I shall make you embark, etc. — ἐμβιβῶ = ἐμβιβάζω. --- Πῶς ἄν 5, 
order 621 ¢. 

9. low δ᾽ ὑμᾶς.. ἥκειν (612), 7 [make] will suppose you to have come. 
— καὶ δὴ καὶ ἀποβαίνομεν, and now indeed we are even landing, in suppo- 
sition. — ἐγγὺς μνρίων, 445 ; for a different constr. see iv. 2. 8; vii. 8. 18. 
— Πῶς av οὖν.. δίκην, how then could a man more surely bring punishment 
upon himself. 

10. δύναται, sc. λέγειν. --- Τί γάρ ; 564 c. — τινι, case 453. — ΠΠαρίημι, 

177 ἀρχέτω μόνον 5, obs. the effect of the asynd. Thorax was a dis- 

appointed aspirant for the generalship, 6. 25, and perhaps Neon. 

11. ἐμοί, pos.?— ἢ αὐτὸς (540 e) ἐξαπατηθῆναι ἂν (622 b) οἴεται ταῦτα 
(586 c) 5, thinks that he either could himself be deceived in these matters, or 
could deceive another in these, viz. the points mentioned in § 6 s. 

12. τοῦτων, case 414 a. — ἅλις, as subst. in acc. 706 a. — μὴ ἀπέλθητε, 
πρὶν ἂν ἀκούσητε, 641 d, 619 b.— ὃ εἰ ἔπεισι, [if which proceeds] for if 
this proceeds, 561 a. — ὑποδείκνυσιν, sc. ἔσεσθαι. --- καὶ καταφρονηθῶμεν, 
omitted by some editors, bracketed by Rehdz. and others. 

13. ὧν εἶχον, of what they had. — ϑοκοῦσι.. τινες, and 7 think that some 
of you. 

14. Τοῦτο (pos.?) καταμαθών... μικρὸν εἴη, observing, or, learning [this 
that it was] that this was small. —8wa τὸ φίλιον νομίζειν εἶναι, from the 
belief that it was on friendly terms with us. — αὐτούς, numb. ? 

15. Avevevénro, he [had formed the plan] had intended. — ἐλθεῖν, ii. 1. 1. 
— παραπλέοντες, some of the coasting party, 1. 16. —e τι λάβοι, whatever 
plunder he might have taken, 639 a. — ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου, const. preg. cf. § 17. 

16. Πορενόμενον.... γενομένη, but the dawning of the day surprises him 

178 in his march, 677 f. Cf. iii. 4. 49. — of δέ τινες, ii. 3. 15. 

17. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, (sc. ἐν} ἡ, 707 b; see 4. 1. — ἀνηγμένοι, hav- 
ing put out to sea. — ἐκ, const. preg. § 15. — τρεῖς ἄνδρες 418 c. 

18. τί ἡμῖν δόξειεν, [why it seemed best to us] what induced us. —’Ewe 
μέντοι σφεῖς (v. 1. σφᾶς) λέγειν (mode 659 Ὁ, but the Cerasuntians said, 
that, when they themselves told them that the affair was not by public 


BOOK V. CHAP. VII. 117 


authority, they (the barbarians) were both gratified: σφεῖς is here used (if it 
be the true reading) as having a kind of reflexive reference to the subject 
of ἔφασαν, 667 Ὁ: v. 1. ᾿Επεὶ μέντοι ἔφασαν ὅτι, K. τ. λ. --- ὡς ἡμῖν λέξαι 8, 
that they might tell us what had taken place, and invite those who desired, 
themselves to take and bury the dead. r 
19. Τῶν δ᾽ ἀποφυγόντων, § 16. --- τινές, pos. 548 Ὁ, οἵ. ii. 5. 32. — βαρ- 
βάρους, § 14. — τοῖς λίθοις, the stones at hand. —oi πρέσβεις, καταλευ- 
σθέντες, thus added to emphasize the enormity of the outrage, both from 
its manner and from the sacredness of the persons against whom it was 
committed. " 
20. πρὸς ἡμᾶς, i.e. to Cotyora. — ὅπως, how. — ταφείησαν, 111, 4. 29. 
Kiihner. . 
21. ἔξωθεν τῶν ὅπλων, outside of the place of arms, a common place for 
consultation and for receiving visitors. 
22. ὡς ἂν (sc. ἀποχωροῖεν] καὶ ἑωρακότες, [as they would naturally do 
having even seen] as well they might having seen. 
23s. Observe interchange of tenses. — μέν, to which δέ corre- 179 
sponding ? ake 
25. int αὑτούς, in their direction, adversum ; ἐπὶ, expresses hostility, 
in 868. --- ἐπνίγετο, was in danger of drowning, 594. ν ἔ 
26. δοκεῖτε (Lex.). Some here supply ποιῆσαι, or δρᾶσαι, or δεῖσαι. 
Cf. quid illum censes. Ter. Andrian, v. 2. 12. —’H8<xovv, tense 612. — 
ἐμπεπτώκοι, form 317 Ὁ. iow 
"27. οἱ πάντει, the whole body, collectively; ἰδίᾳ, [by one’s self] indi- 
vidually. — οὐκ.. οὔτε, 713 Ὁ. — ἀνελέσθαι πολεμον = πολεμῆσαι, govern- 
ing the dat. 455 f. — ἐφ᾽ ὅ τι ἂν ἐθέλῃ, against whatever place, people, etc. ; 
or, to whatever enterprise. — τῶν λόγων, partit. gen. — τῶν... ἰόντων, gov. 
by λόγων. 
28. χώρᾳ (Lex.), 6. 13. | 
29. οἱ αὐθαίρετοι οὗτοι στρατηγοί, more emphatic order ; see 180 
524 b. — ἀδικεῖ, οἴχεται, 612. — ἀποπλέων, 679 d. — φεύγει, he is 
a fugitive. ae al 
‘30. διεπράξαντο... μὴ ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι, have [brought it about that it 
should not be safe] rendered it unsafe. — ἂν μή, unless. — κηρνκίῳ, often 
marked by wreaths, or figures of serpents (as on the caduceus of Mercury). 
31. δοξάτω ὑμῖν, let it [seem good to you] be so voted. — ws τοιούτων 
ἐσομένων, in the expectation of such acts. — φυλακήν... τις, each one may 
keep guard on his own account. — ὑπερδέξια, doubtless looking or pointing 
to them. aN 
32. ἡδέως, cheerfully, with confidence. | 
33. φιλία, predicatively, [as friendly] or, 40 ts friendship. — περὶ τὰ 
μέγιστα... ἐξαμαρτάνοντες, committing such sins [in respect to the greatest 
matters, as the treatment of heralds] against the highest obligations. — 
connect τοιαῦτα with τὰ μέγιστα. --- Οὗ, where, 1. e. In Greece, cf. vi. 6. 16, 
Kriig., Kiih., etc. — πάντων (governed by ἐπαένου), from all, 484 8, or, 
join od with ἐπαίνου, [what praise] the praise which. 














118 NOTES. . 


| 34. πάντες ἔλεγον : this statement must not be pressed. All concurred 
in this view, several speaking as their representatives. — τοὺς... τούτων ἄρ- 
ξαντας, those who had led in these things. —8otvat, ἐξεῖναι, etc., infin. after 
ἔλεγον = ἐκέλευον. — τοῦ λοιποῦ [sc. χρόνου], Lex. 438 ἃ. --- $00. ἄγεσθαι 
18] “ὑτοὺς (numb. ἢ) ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, that they should be led out for death 
or, punished with death. — δίκας.. καταστῆσαι, vf. δίκην ὑποσ iio, 
8. 1. — τι ἄλλο, case 586 c, 480 b. — ἐξ οὗ (Lex. ἐξ), 557 a. ni 
35. Παραινοῦντος.. συμβουλενόντων, order --- καθῆραι (sacrifices, wash- 
ings, ete.), especially to remove the stain incurred by the murder of the 
heralds, and thus, by these religious ceremonies, to avert the displeasure 
of the gods. (See Dictionary of Antiquities, κάθαρσις, lustratio. ) | The 
effect upon the discipline of the army may have been also considered 


CHAPTER VIII. 


INVESTIGATION INTO THE CONDUCT OF THE GENERALS. — XENOPHON 
FULLY JUSTIFIES HIS COURSE. 


1. The army, in the spirit of Greek institutions, proceeded as a little 
republic, entitled to cal] its rulers to account. Φιλήσιος piv ὦφλε καὶ 
Ἐξανθικλῆς, 497 Ὁ. --- τῆς φυλακῆς, for their negligent charge, 429a, 431 c. 
— ἄρχων αἱρεθείς, a commander of the transports, to take charge of the 
persons and property conveyed, 3. 1. — ὑβρίζοντος, as guilty of wanton 
abuse. Among the graver suits under the Attic law was the ὕβρεως δίκη 
an indictment for wanton outrage to the person, where the penalty was 
often death. (See Dictionary of Antiquities.) 

2. ποῦ καί, where indeed. — τῷ ῥίγει, iv. 5. 8 8. 

3. [sc. τοιούτου οἵου, 554 a. — ἐπιλελοιπό sv, 67 

᾿ , τος, παρὸν, 675. — olvov (case 
432 a) δὲ μηδ᾽ ὀσφραίνεσθαι παρόν (675), and where it was not possible even 
to catch the scent of wine, we were so destitute of it. — ὑπὸ τῆς ὕβρεως 
through their wanton spirit, ‘*Every one knows,” says Spelman, “that 
a and one their offspring, have such an inbred viciousness that no 
atigue can subdue it.” Cf. εἰδέναι ὄνων ἁπάντων ὑβριστότατό 
Lucian. Pseudologista, 3. + ΤΠ" 

4. ἐκ τίνος, on what account. —’AXN' ἀπήτουν, well then (after a silence 
which implied a negative), did 7 make a demand ? — μαχόμενος, sc. ἔπαιόν 
oe. — ἐπαρῴνησα (Lex. παροινέω). 

5. οὐκ ἔφη, sc. ὁπλιτεύειν, he said No, 662 b. — οὐδὲ i 
᾿ ΝΟ, 662 b. — or 

182 he did not even say this. HIB ig 

6. pa Al’, case 476 a. — διέῤῥιψας, a harsh term for the act; ef. διέ- 
δωκα, ὃ 7. ὯΝ 

7. τοιαύτη τις (Lex.). — σοι.. σὺ ἐμοί ὺ 

NY OU ἐμοί, 536. — σὺ ἐμοὶ ἀπέδειξας 5, you 
had shown me the man [back] again, i. e. produced him at the end of the 
day's march. Here ἀπό seems to have the same force as in ἀπολαβών and 
ἀπέδωκα (Lex. awd). — ἄξιον, sc. ἀκοῦσαι. 


BOOK V. CHAP. VIII. 119 


8. κατελείπετο, was being left behind. —ér = ὅσον τοῦτο, ὅτι, 560; cf. 
iii, 1. 45. ---- ἐγώ, cf. σύ, ii. 1. 12. — ἄνθρωπος, why rather than ἀνήρ ? 

9. dpirrovra ὡς κατορύξοντα͵ parataxis, chiastic. — ἔπιστάς, adstans, 
Kriig. i. 5. 7. 

10. πόσα ye βούλεται, just as [much as] he pleases, for aught I care 
about it. — εἰδότι ἐοικέναι, to [be] act like one who knew. 

11. Τί οὖν; 564c. —irrév τι 5 (Lex. tis), 507 f. — Καὶ yap, the nega- 
tion, ‘‘ no,” is here left to be implied. 

12. Τοῦτον, pos.?—éAlyas, too few (Lex.), 515, case? Cf. Luke xii. 47; 
Aristoph. Nubes, 968. — ἄλλους, ἕκαστος, numb. 501. 183 

13. ὅσοις 5, as many as [it contented] were content. — δι᾽ ἡμᾶς 
ο ἰόντων, 676 Ὁ. --- αὐτοὶ δέ, 562. — τοῦτο ἐποιοῦμεν, had behaved thus, 
tense 604a; mode? 

14. Ἤδη δὲ καί, [and now 4150] then also, so also, ἤδη referring rather 
to the time of the acknowledgment, than to that.of the action. — μαλακι- 
τόμενόν τινα, a man yielding to sloth, not referring to a particular indi- 
vidual, 548 c. — προϊέμενον αὑτόν, 583 ; see iv. 5. 15s. — κατέμαθον ava- 
στάς, found that I rose, 677 a, i. 3. 10. — μόλις, pos. 719d, μ. 

15. "Ev ἐμαντῷ, in my own case. 

16. ἼΑλλον δέ ye tows, [and indeed] yes, and another one perhaps. — 
ἡμᾶς, as Xenophon commanded the rear. -- πύξ.. λόγχῃ, order ? 

17. Xen. acutely shows that they owe their very ability to call him to 
account to the services which he had rendered them. — δίκαιον, δίκην, 
parataxis, or parachesis, Vollb. — ἐπί, ef. i. 1. 4; iii, 1.— τί μέγα.. λαμ- 
βάνειν, what outrage could they have suffered so great [of which they would 
now be claiming to receive the penalty] that they could now be claiming 
to receive satisfaction. 

18. én’ ἀγαθῷ... ἐπ᾿ ἀγαθῷ, cf. ii. 4. 5 N. — ἀξιῶ 5, I deem myself bound 
to render such an account as, 7. 34.—Kal γάρ, and so of others, for. 184. 

19. θάῤῥω.. μᾶλλον, 1 have higher spirits. —viv ἢ τότε, order ? 

— εὐδίᾳ = ἡ ἄνευ ἀνέμων ἡμέρα, i. 6. security. 

20. θάλαττα (Lex.). Some regard μεγάλῃ as a pred. adj.; the sea runs 
high. See Rehdz. — χαλεπαίνει, obs. the parallelism of the two clauses. 
— πρωρεύς, ‘the command in the prow of a vessel was exercised by an 
officer called πρωρεύς, who seems to have been next in rank to the steers- 
man, and to have had the care of the gear, and the command over the 
rowers.” (Dict. of Antiq.) 

21. οὔτε.. ἐπαίετε, as was recommended and voted, iii. 2. 31, 33. 

22. αὐτῶν, [of] among them. — Οἶμαι γάρ, prefixed without influencing 
the construction. 

23. διεμάχετο.. ἀσπίδα μὴ φέρειν, [fought through not to carry] con- 
tended persistently for the privilege of not carrying his shield. — viv δέ 5, he 
is well enough to plunder by night, and carry off his booty. — ἀποδέδυκεν, 
(vestibus) spoliavit, Kriig. 

24. τοῦτον τἀναντία... ποιοῦσι (571 c), [you will treat. this man contrary 
than, οἷς. your treatment of this man will be the reverse of that given to 

















120 NOTES. 


dogs. —rovs μέν, v. 8. 24.— τὰς ἡμέρας, τὴν ἡμέραν, through the day [days], 
or, by day. — διδέασι (Lex. δίδημι) : if we have here an extract from an 
old rhyming proverb, the use of this very rare poetic word might seem ex- 
plained. Cf. iii. 4. 35. . 

25. ᾿Αλλὰ γάρ, but, one word more, for. — μέμνησθε, obs. how often 
Xen. repeats this word, in impressing his hearers with their faults of mem- 
ory. ---εἰ δέ τῳ (cf. τινι above) ἤ.. ἐπεκούρησα, but if I either [relieved for 
any one a storm] protected any one from a storm, or the cold, wintry weather. 

ion — τούτων οὐδείς 5, 432 c. — οὐδέν, as i. 1. 8; v. 1. οὐδέ, emphati- 

cally repeated from οὐδ᾽ εἰ, 

26. ἀνεμίμνησκον, made mention of his (Xenophon's) services. — περιε- 
γένετο, [it came about so as to be well] and ail at length resulted well or 
happily. 





BOOK VI. 


FROM COTYORA BY SEA TO CALPE.—THENCE TO CHRYSOPOLIS 
ON THE BOSPORUS OPPOSITE BYZANTIUM. 


CHAPTER I. 


TREATY WITH THE PAPHLAGONIANS. — VOYAGE TO SINOPE,. — XENO- 
PHON OFFERED THE CHIEF COMMAND. 


186 1. As the usual recapitulation is here wanting, some editors (as 
Schneider, Kriig., etc.) attach this and the next chapter to Book 

V., and make Book VI. to begin at what is here numbered as Chapter III., 
which has a brief recapitulation. — διατριβῇ, at Cotyora. —’Exddémevoy, 
i.e. to keep or sell them as slaves. — εὖ μάλα (Lex.), quite easily or 
adrottly, scite admodum, Dind. 

2. ἵππους καὶ στολάς, for presents. — τοὺς Ἕλληνας s, i. 6. to agree to 
these terms. 

3. δικαιοτάτους (Lex.), cf. § 22, Thucyd. i. 41. 

4. βοῦς τῶν, 418 c. — κατακείμενοι, according to custom, supported by 
the left arm and taking food with the right. — σκίμποσιν, v. 1. στιβάσιν. 

5. σπονδαί, the Greek dinner of luxury consisted regularly of two parts, 
the substantial meal and the symposium. The latter, in which came the 
wine and the dessert, was the part especially devoted to conversation, mu- 
sic, spectacles, and in general to pleasure and amusement. This part was 
always introduced, as for a blessing, by sacred libations, with the common 
addition of the singing of a pean. (For a vivid picture of such an enter- 
tainment, see Becker’s Charicles, Scene vi.) Both Plato and Xen. intro- 


BOOK VI. CHAP. I. 121 


i Ὁ sponding to 
6 Socrates at a symposium. — πρῶτον μέν, correspon 187 
oa τοῦτο, § 7, 9, etc. — πρὸς αὐλόν, to [a flute] the music of the 


᾿ ὗ Lex. 477 Ὁ), ἐχρῶντο, tense 
ute, 695. — ὠρχήσαντο, ἥλλοντο ὑψηλά ( : 
- ες — ταῖς en Τριι ἐχρῶντο (Lex.), [used] flourished, or, played with 
their swords. —6 ἕτερος τὸν ἕτερον, 567 c. — wewAnyévar, transitive, acc. 
Μ. : | | 
Τ Piel Σιτάλκαν, the Sitalce-song, in honor of a Thracian king of this 
name. See Dind., Thucyd. ii. 29, Diod. xii. 50. — ἦν.. πεπονθώς, but he 
, t at all harmed, 679 a, B. 
" ees the carpeean or farm dance (from καρπός, fruits or crops, 
Lex.) ; MeM. calls it the wrist dance (from καρπός, wrist). See Dind., 
juotes Max. Tyr. Diss. xxviii. 4. UN lh 
“7 pacts τ ὅπλα, as our forefathers did with the guns which 
they carried to the field for protection against Indian attacks. Cf. Thucyd. 
j. 6.—mpotSnrar, as soon as he 8668 him coming ; προ-, “in front, often 
implies distance. Cf. Cyr. iv. 3. 21. So “ prospexi Italiam,” Virg. <n. 
vi. 357, 385, McM. — ἐποίουν, in pantomime. — τὸν ἄνδρα, the common 
obj. of δήσας and ἀπάγει. --- τὼ χεῖρε, case 481, 485 6. 
9. μιμούμενος, in pantomime. 
10. Περσικόν, sc. ὄρχημα, case 477 Ὁ (see Lex.). τὰν - 
11. ᾿Επὶ δὲ τούτῳ ἐπιόντες, and following him. σε αὐλούμενοι, with the 
flute playing to the warlike movement. Cf. vii. 2. 30. — 188 


σόδοις, solemn processions. Cf. Schneider. 
“12. Ἐπὶ τούτοις, perhaps best connected with. ἐκπεπληγμένους. — πυῤ- 


ῥίχην ἐλαφρῶς, the Pyrrhic dance was practised with such rapidity as ἂν 
give its name to the quickest foot in prosody, 77, 740 c. It was especia y 
used as a preparation for war; to. give strength, and to train “4 ons 
lightness of movement in arms. Byron taunted the modern Greeks w 
retaining it as a mere entertainment : — 


“You have the Pyrrhic dance as yet; 
Where is the Pyrrhic phalanx gone? 
Of two such lessons, why forget 


The nobler and the manlier one?” 
Don Juan, iii. 86. 


13. αὗται καὶ αἱ τρεψάμεναι, obs. the repetition of final αι, and how the 
influenpe of a woman (i. 10. 3) is exaggerated into the direct action of the 


whole sex. The Greeks were intent upon astonishing the credulous and 


simple-minded Paphlagonians. 


14. μήτε ἀδικεῖν 5, cf. § 2. 
15. eres [of] belonging to Sinope. Some regard the word as here 


i j i i he city. 
used to include the whole adjacent territory belonging tot 
16. Χειρίσοφος, Ἀναξίβιος, v. i. 4; οἵ. Diod. xiv. 31. — ἐπαινοίη, 
numb.? — 
17. dove αὐτοὺς, ὅπως, [it entered] the question occupied their 189 


thoughts, how, etc. , , 
18. μᾶλλον ἄν.. στρατεύματι, that the one could manage the army better 
ob 

















NOTES. 


than if there were a multiplicity of command. —é τι δέοι KavOavev...xpir- 
τεσθαι.. ὑστερίζειν, if it were necessary that any measure should [lie hid] 
be kept secret, that it could better be concealed ; and, on the other hand, if it 
were necessary that any measure should [anticipate] be carried by surprise, 
it would be in less danger of being too late ; or, more personally, if there 
were any need that they should act in secrecy, they could more surely be 
hidden, etc. — τὸ δόξαν τῷ ἑνί, quod uni visuwm esset id perficiendum. — 
viKaons, sc. γνώμης, i.e. the opinion of the majority. 

20. πῆ μέν, corresp. to ὁπότε δέ, § 21. Cf. iii. 1. 12. — τὴν τιμήν... 
γίγνεσθαι, that so [the honor would be greater to him] he would be in higher 
honor. Some omit καί before πρὸς τοὺς φίλους, and translate, would be in 
higher estimation with his friends. — μεῖζον, [greater] with greater distinc- 
tion. — τυχόν (Lex.), 483 a. — ἀγαθοῦ, case 444 f. — αὕτιος, case ἴ 

21. ἕξει, εἴη : it is only through the opt. in Greek, as through the poten- 
tial in English, that the future tense can be carried back into the past ; 
and it is only in indirect discourse, and in clauses partaking of its nature, 
that the fut. opt. is used. Yet even here the fut. indic. is very often pre- 
ferred, and even though associate tenses may take the opt., 643 h. 

22. Διαπορουμένῳ... διακρῖναι, being at a loss how to decide; v. 1. ἀπο- 
ρουμένῳ. --- δύο ἱερεῖα, as was common, in order that a second sacrifice 
might be forthwith tried, if the first was unsatisfactory. —atr@, case 452 a: 
μαντευτὸς ἦν, for dep (θύειν)... μαντευτὸν fv: cf. i. 2.21 N; iv. 1.17. McM. 
—& Δελφῶν, by the response of Apollo, iii. 1. 6. — τὸ ὄναρ, iii. 1. 11. — 
ἀπὸ τούτου τοῦ θεοῦ, for ἀφ᾽ οὗπερ, 562.— ἤρχετο s, he began to [set him- 
self to] undertake the joint charge of the army. 

23. Κύρῳ 5, iii. 1. 8. — ἑαντῷ.. φϑεγγόμενον, screaming [for or 

190 πο πὰ "ΤΠ 1} 

o him on the right] on his right. — ϑεξιόν, i.e. in the east, or the 
lucky quarter. The Greek augur faced the north, and had the east on his 
right hand ; the Roman faced the south, and had the lucky omens on the 
left. Cf. 71. xxiv. 320; Cicero De Divin. ii. 39. See Dict. of Antiq. — 
ὥσπερ (v. 1. ὄνπερ) 8, as (or, of whom) the seer said. Obs. how minute 
analogies were caught up in the ancient system of divination. — μέγας 5, as 
king of birds and favorite of Zeus: so to Tarquinius Priscus, Vollb. Cf. Ζ]. 
i. 279; Odyss. xv. 160-178. — πετόμενον, v. 2. περιπετόμενον, i. 6. by flying 
about. McM. says that there is a prospective reference here to the narra- 
tive at vii. 7. 54; 8. 3. ‘ 

24. Οὕτω θνομένῳ, § 22. --- προσδεῖσθαι 5, to desire additional command. 

25. αἱρήσονται, mode 643h; cf. § 21 Nn. 

26. alriov...[sc. με] yéver Oar, 667 e. — Λακεδαιμονίου, sc. Chirisophus. 
— tpiv...cupdépov, case? pos. of ὑμῖν and ἐμοί 3 ?— ἀλλ᾽ [sc. μοι δοκεῖ] ἦτ- 

Tov. — ἄν.. τυγχάνειν, supply ὑμᾶς as the subj. and τούτου or τούτων (from 
εἴ τι) as the obj. of the verb. Breitenbach. — εἴ τι δέοισθε, case 478 a; cf. 
i. 3. 4. — οὐ πάνν τι (Lex.), i. ὁ. not at all. 

27. πρόσθεν, πρίν, cf. i. 1. 10 N; iv. 3. 12. --- ἐπαύσαντο πολεμοῦντες, 
part. 677a. The great struggle between Athens and Sparta, the Pelopon- 
nesian war, lasted 27 years (B. c. 431 — 404), and resulted in the Athenians 


BOOK VI. CHAP. II. 123 


making a complete submission to the Spartans as their masters, ours 
their famous long walls and their naval power, and promising τὸν αὐτ 5 
ἐχθρὸν καὶ φίλον νομίζοντας, Λακεδαιμονίοις ἕπεσθαι. καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατ 
θάλατταν ὅποι ἂν ἡγῶνται, Hellen. 11. 2. 20. _- αὐτῶν, numb.? 

28. ἐπολιόρκησαν, iv. 2. 15 Ν. Cf. ὁδὸν ὡδοποίουν, iv. 8. 8. — ἐκεῖνο 
(472 or 481) ἐννοῶ, μὴ (625 a) λίαν ἂν 5, in respect to that, I apprehend that 
I should be very quickly brought to my senses : ἄν is here retained without 
regard to the dependence of the clause on ἐννοῶ μή, 631d, 633 a. 7 
editors reject it : ἐκεῖνο seems to be used for the sake of more marked con- 
trast with ὃ δὲ ὑμεῖς ἐννοεῖτε, but as to this which you have ~ mind (§ 29). 
Some regard μή as here complem., J consider whether I should not, etc. 

29. ἕλησθε, θαυμάσαιμι, εὕροιτε, mode 633 b. — εἴ τινα, sc. 191 
eo = Tel that it were ridiculous, if τέ were 80, if the Lacede- 
monians would be angry should even banqueters coming together not elect, 
ete.; i.e. if they insisted on supremacy in everything. Some MSS. yr 
ὡς ὀργιοῦνται, as then (to carry out the principle) the Lacedanmonsane yan 
be angry, etc. — ὀργιοῦνται, mode ? — συμποσίαρχον (Lex.). Cf. Dict. o 
wes ἐνδέον (Lex.) 677 c. — ὀμνύω (form 315 a) ὑμῖν θεοὺς (case 472 f) 
πάντας καὶ πάσας [sc. ὅτι]... ἐθυόμην εἰ (Lex.). — ἠσθανόμην, tense --- 
ἰδιώτην, α common person, not ἃ μάντις: ef. T hucyd. vi. (2. 

32. οὐδ᾽ dv ἔγωγε, neither would I, more than Xenophon, § 29. — ob 
ἑλόμενοι, in not choosing him ; ov, as fact is denoted, 686 a —O58 +. QUT, 
sc. Dexippus, who ascribed the preference of Clearchus's troops for Tima- 
sion (iii. 1. 47 ; 2. 37) above himself to the influence of Xen. The conse- 
quence attached to such a charge shows how jealous the Lacedzemonians 
were for their dignity. —‘O δ᾽ ἔφη 5, this part of the section seems not to 
have been spoken by Chirisophus, but to be an explanation by the author, 
and hence thrown into a parenthesis: Townsend takes this view; but most 
editors regard the words as part of Chirisophus's speech. i 

33. κατασχεῖν, sc. vais, est appellere. Cf. Hat. vii. 188, Kriig. 192 
See Kiih. in loc. 


CHAPTER ITI. 


THE GREEKS SAIL TO HERACLEA. — SERIOUS DISSENSIONS IN THE 
ARMY, AND DIVISION INTO THREE PARTIES. 


1. παραπλέοντες, in sailing along the coast, referring to the whole voy- 
age of the army from Cotyora to Heraclea. They had already passed all 
the places here mentioned as seen, except the mouth of the Parthenius. 
Hence some needlessly suppose. that Xen. forgot the situation of the places, 
or that there is here an interpolation. —d«rhyv, poetic form, see Lex. — 


Ἴριος, form 218, 2. 

















124 NOTES. 


2. ἐπὶ τὸν Κέρβερον, fo fetch Cerberus. Cf. v. 1. 5, ἐπὶ πλοῖα. Thueyd. 
i117. MeM. 

4. πορείαν... πορευθῆναι, case 477: some join πορείαν with ἐβουλεύοντο, 
474 Ὁ. --- τῶν στρατηγῶν, case 432 [; 474 ς, --- οὐ μὴ γένηται, 597, cf. ii. 

2. 12; iv. 8. 18 N. — ὁπόθεν... οὐκ ἔστιν, there is {not whence] no 

193 ἐπρνάμηι ; a : 

source from which we can obtain provisions for our journey ; οἵ. 
ii. 4. 5. 

5. μυρίονς, cf. v. 6. 35: the Heracleotes had broken their promise of a 
month's pay. — ἡμῶν καθημένων, note the transition to oratio directa: ef. 
i 3. 14N; vii. 1. 33; Odyss. i. 372. 

G ἔστι δ᾽ of, 559 a. — ἀναγκάζειν, se. διδόναι. --- 8 τι μή, nisi quod. 

7. ἐπαπειλεῖν, 632 c. — ποιήσοιεν, v. 1. ποιήσαιεν. 

8. ἀνεσκεύασαν, ἐκέκλειντο, tense 599¢, f. McM. calls attention to 
Donaldson's Greek Grammar for this particular usage of the pluperfect to 
denote ‘‘the establishment of a state of condition in past time.” Cf. ὧμο- 
λύγητο, i. 9. 14 Ν. 

9. οἱ ταράξαντες ταῦτα, those who had made this trouble, 478. 

10. Οἱ.. αὐτοῖς, and their language was. --᾿Αθηναῖον (ἕνα rejected by 
some), sc. Xenophon, whom they regarded as the actual leader, notwith- 
standing 1. 32. — καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων, and even Lacedemonians. — οὐδέν, 

194 nothing, or, of no account. — ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ, as nom. 706 a; v. 1. ὑπερή- 

μισν. 

11 éavrav, καθ᾽ ἑαντούς, order? cf. 6. 18. 

12. Χειρισόφῳ, case 464 ; ef. 3. 1. — ἀφ᾽ ἧς = ἀπὸ ταύτης ἡ (or, Fs). 

13. per’ αὐτῶν, sc. the Arcadians and Acheans. — καθ᾽ αὑτὸν πορεύε- 
σθαι, but with the agreement, it would seem, that the two forces should 
meet at Calpe. — Χειρισόφου, case ? 

14. μηδείς, i. 6. of the rest of the army. — αὐτοί, viz. Neon, Chirisophus, 
and Xenophon. — αὐτῶν, pos. 538 g. — τοῖς γεγενημένοις, case ?— αὐτῷ, 
i. e. Neon, to whom, as his lieutenant, Chirisophus in disgust left the con- 
duct of affairs. Some, with less reason, refer αὐτῷ to Xenophon, or the army. 

15. ἔτι μέν, has been explained in two ways, still further indeed (a sense 
helonging to v. 1. μὲν ri) and as yet indeed, referring to a time continuing 
till what is afterwards stated with δέ. In this last sense, which is now 
generally preferred, it may be translated αὐ first, or, fora while. Cf. Hell. 
li. 4. 11; Plato Protag. 310 c. — λῷον καὶ ἄμεινον, a frequent pleonasm in 
consulting the gods ; cf. vii. 6. 44. 

16. γίγνεται... τριχῆ, [comes to be in] is divided into three parts. —’Ap- 
κάδες, appos. 393d. — Χερισόφῳ, for Chirisophus, or supply εἰσί. — εἰς 
τετρακοσίους, as nom. 706 a. — Θρᾷκες, cf. i. 2. 9. It is not surprising 
that Chirisophus and Xenophon felt deeply this breaking up of the army 
which they had guided safely through so many perils ; the more because 
the movement was directed so personally against themselves. The small 
forces which they had rallied about them were mixed, including many in- 
ferior troops, and consisting only in part of their own soldiers, many of the 
best of whom had deserted them. Chirisophus, sick at heart and enfeebled 


BOOK VI. CHAP. IIL 125 


in health, gave up the conduct of affairs to his lieutenant, Neon ; and Xeno- 

phon, who had incurred no responsibility by enlisting troops for the army, 

and yet had done more than any other one to save the whole, saw now an 

opportunity, the great perils past, of honorable return to his native city 

Athens. He perhaps thought that the best measure for his present force 

was to unite it with that of Chirisophus: Timasion was the only other 
eneral who was not an Arcadian or Achean ; cf. 3. 14. : 

17. ᾿Αρκάδες, sc. καὶ ᾿Αχαιοί, the chief tribe only mentioned. — κατὰ 
μέσον πως, [somehow at] about the wen of Eee the Thracian coast, 
— τῇ " Asiatic Thrace, i.e. Bithynia, 4. 1. 

18. Ege ἤδη ἠσθένει, 709, 2. He therefore took the easiest and 
safest route, 8. 10. He died on the march, 4. 11. , 

19. μεσογαίας, where supplies could be more abundantly obtained. 


CHAPTER III. 


THE ARCADIANS ATTACK THE BITHYNIANS. — RESCUED FROM GREAT 
DANGER BY XENOPHON AND HIS COMPANY. — ARRIVAL AT CALPE, 


1. The first section is rejected by many: cf. 1. 1 N. — τρόπον, case ?— 
Χειρισφου, 447 Ὁ. ' 

2. "Ἔπραξαν.. τάδε, fared as follows ; case 478. --- μέν, corresp. to δέ, 
8 10.—’Apxddes, 2. 17. ---λάχος, υ. J. λόχον. --- ὁποία δὲ μείζων, but [what- 
ever, cf. 641] if any one seemed larger than usual, or, too large for a single 
division, 514. — σύνδυο, 240 f. — ἦγον, se. ἐπὶ ταύτην. 

3. δέοι, mode 643 e. 

4. ἡἠθροίζοντο, tense ? — Siépvyov...dmAlras 5, escaped from 196 
heavy armed troops, out of their very hands. 

5. ἅμα (Lex.). — τρέπονται, sc. of Θρᾷκες : cf. vii. 3. 3. 

6. πράγμασιν, trouble or difficulty (Lex.), cf. iv. 1. 17. — εὐτύχημα, case 
477: of. i. 3. 17 'N. ! 

7. τοξότην, sing. x plur.? — οἱ δέ, i. 6. the enemy. — ἐπίοιεν, sc. ol Ἐλ- 
ληνες : οἵ, iv. 2. 15. — ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλῃ 5, while others made an attack in an- 
other quarter. Some explain according to 567 d. 

8. τελευτῶντες, cf. iv. 5. 16 Ν. 

9. οὐκ ἐδίδοσαν, woud not give, 594, cf. i. 3.1; vii. 1. 7. — 197 
ἐν τούτῳ ἴσχετο (Lex.), [on this] here the matter stuck or hung. 

10. Ἐξενοφῶντι.. πορευομένῳ, [for Xen. marching] as Xen. was march- 
ing; cf. iii, 2. 22 ν. ---- ἤσθηνται, v. 1. ἤσθοντο. --- ὄντος “Ελληνικοῦ, con- 
sisting of Grecks. ; 

11 νῦν ὅτι, order 719b, η. What word thus becomes more emphatic ? 
— πολιορκοῦνται, elev, mode ? ᾿ 

12. οὐδ᾽, in indirect discourse, 686 ο: ---οὐδεμίαν: after verbs of ‘think. 
ing,” od often takes the place of μή in an infinitive clause, when it is in- 



































NOTES. 


tended to give to the negative an emphasis which μή appears too weak to 
bear. McM. — οὕτω.. οὕτω, anaphora, Vollb. 

13. μόνοι.. μόνοι, obs. emphasis of the repetition. 

14. Rehdz. perceived that § 16-18 ought to precede § 14 ; and Schenkel 
so places them. Whether a copyist misplaced them accidentally, or in 
order that the words of Xen. might immediately precede ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἡγεῖτο 
(δ 19), we can only conjecture. Kehdz. and Schenkel, from more regard 
to form than thought, place ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἡγεῖτο between ὃ 14 and 15. — 
ὅσον dv δοκῇ, [so far that, 557 8] 5, wntil it may seem to be time, or, as far 
as it may seem proper to advance before supper; so as to make rapid pro- 
gress. — Tipaciwy, 2. 16 nN. — ἐφορῶν, keeping us in sight. 

15. é«éAeve, and so also others, § 19. --- καίειν ἅπαντα, ὅτῳ, 550 f., cf. 
§ 19. For the purpose had in view, see § 19s, 25. 

198 16. οὐδαμοῦ, ὃ 23; v. 1. οὐδαμοῖ. --- πολλή, sc. ὁδός ἐστι. --- 

οὔτε.. δέ, 716 Ὁ, v. 1. τέ. --- μένονσιν, sc. ἡμῖν. ---- αὐτοῦ, sc. at Calpe. 

17. διακινδυνεύειν, [to risk ourselves through] ἐο meet all perils of ἃ 
march through the country. — τῆς σωτηρίας ἔχεσθαι (Lex.), case 426. — 
ἔστιν, it is owrs, or, in our power, we have now an epportunity. 

18. ὁ θεός (1,0χ.).. οὕτως, perhaps the deity thus directs ; cf. Hat. vii. 
8,1. --- ὡς πλέον φρονοῦντας (Lex.), cf. 2. 11; x μεῖζον φρονεῖ, v. 6. 8; 
ef. Hdt. vii. 10, ὅ. ---- ἀπὸ θεῶν ἀρχομένους (Lex.), who began with the gods, 
i.e. by consulting them. See 2.15; cf. Cyrop. i. 5. 6. — ds ἄν, final ὡς 
(or ὅπως) is sometimes followed by ἄν, chiefly after a command (here im- 
plied in χρή), ‘‘you must apply your mind to this, in order that you may 
be able (or, how you may be able).” See ii. 5. 16; vii. 4.2. In such 
cases, Donaldson says, ἄν expresses an eventual conclusion, i. e. one in 
which an additional hypothesis is virtually contained ; i. e. ‘if you do, — 
you will...” See McM. 

19. ἐφ᾽ ὅσον (Lex.). — ἐπιπαριόντες (Lex.), marching by the side of the 
main army, § 15; cf. iii. 4. 80. --- πάντα, ὅσα, 550 f, cf. § 15. --- ἡ στρα- 
τιά (Lex.), the main army; οἱ ὁπλίται, sc. ἔκαιον. Cf. Cesar B. G. ii. 11. 
— παραλειπομένῳ, by the cavalry who preceded, § 14s. 

199 21 φυλακάς x φύλακας ?— ὡς εἰς, iv. 3. 11; i. 8.1; i. 2. 21. 

22. τοῦς ἡγεμόνας, § 10 5. — ἐλάνθανον (Lex.). — érodrop- 
κοῦντο, [were previously] had been besieged ; cf. i. 2. 22 N. — γραΐδια δὲ 
kal yep‘yria, probably captives whom they did not think worth taking 
with them. 

23. τί, cf. ii. 1. 10, Rehdz. — τῶν καταλελ., case 3 --- εὐθὺς ἀφ᾽ ἑσπέρας, 
immediately [from evening] after nightfall ; cf. ἕωθεν, iv. 4. 8; v. 6. 23.— 
ὅπου, repeat οἴχεσθαι : ὅπου is for ὅποι (signif. preg.) the notion of arrival 
and rest being included in the verb of motion (οἴχεσθαι) ‘‘ where they were 
got.to...” Cf. iv. 7.17. McM. 

24. εἰς, [having come to, 704 a] at. 

25. σχεδὸν ἀμφί, nearly [about] at, or just about. 

26. ὁ χρόνος, the time requisite for such a march. — τὰ wap’ ἡμῖν, [the 
state of things with us] our situation. — ὑμῶν, case ? 


BOOK VI. CHAP. IV. 


CHAPTER IV. 


THE GREEKS AT CALPE. — ANOTHER EXPEDITION UNDER NEON. — 
XENOPHON AGAIN COMES TO THE RESCUE. 


1. dptapévy...dorlv ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος.. «μέχρι ᾿Ηρακλείας, com- 500 
mencing at the mouth...[is] extends to Heraclew (i. e. its territory, 

2.19). Obs. the two limits placed side by side, 719 b, «. — εἰσπλέοντι, 
462 ο. ard | 
2. τριήρει... κώπαις ; from the uniformity of this motion in calm weather, 

a convenient mode of denoting distance by sea. See Hat. iv. 86, where 
the voyage for a long day is set at 700 stadia (= about 80 miles), and for 
the night at 600 (= about 68 miles). Armian’s Periplus, in which the voy- 
age from Byzantium to Calpe is reckoned at 870 stadia (= about 98 miles). 
— ἀλλά, ef. iii, 2. 13 N. — Θρᾷκες Βιθυνοί, cf. MeM. in loc. — rots” EdAn- 

vas, for stronger expression rather than αὐτούς. S' 

3. ἐν μέσῳ... Βυζαντίου, lies [in the middle} midway of [persons sailing 
from each place, from H. and B.] the voyage between Heraclea and Byzan- 
tium. Some regard πλεόντων as gen. absol. 676 a. — τὸ μέν, αὐχήν, τὸ δέ, 
393 d. —& αὐχήν : Kriig. quotes Pliny, iv. 5, as applying the term cervix 
to the Isthmus of Corinth. — μάλιστα, ef. v. 4. 12 N. 

4. ὑπ᾽ αὐτῇ τῇ πέτρᾳ, beneath the very rock, i. e. close beneath the rock. 
— τὸ πρὸς ἑσπέραν, 529 ο. --- ἄφθονος ῥέουσα, cf. πολὺς ῥέει = multus fluit, 
Virg. Georg. iii. 28. ! 

6. har naturally connected with the harbor. — καὶ κριθὰς 201 

bs 5, cf. 6. 1; 707). 

yr genre dv πων = τὸ χωρίον ὃ πόλισμα dv γένοιτο, the spot 
which might have been made a city. — βουλομένων : such ἃ desire on Tene 
phon’s part certainly shines through his description. — He wishes, however, 
to show that he himself took no steps in that direction ; while the omens 
pointed very strongly that way, and seemed almost to forbid any other 
ourse. ; 

i 8. Obs. the chiastic order of the participles. — Foray. ἐκπεπλευκότες, 
had stiled forth. — οὐ σπάνει βίον.. ἀλλά 5, not from the want of subsist- 
ence, but [having heard] from the report which they had received of the ig 
of Cyrus. —ot μὲν καὶ ἄνδρας ἄγοντες, especially the lochagi. — καὶ τού- 
των ἕτεροι, and [others than these, 406 a] yet others. — ἀποδεδρακότες, re 
λιπόντες, tense 605 Ὁ: ἀποδιδράσκειν is here used as a transitive verb, tak- 
ing the syntax of the equivalent notion φεύγειν. Cf. Thucyd. viii. 102, 
ἐκπλεῖν πολεμίους : egredi urbem, Livy xxii. 55: see vil. 8. 12. pone 
ὡς...πάλιν, [as to come again] in the hope of returning with wealth acquire 
for them. —rovs παρὰ Κύρῳ, cf. i. 4. 12. — πολλὰ Kat ἀγαθὰ πράττειν, 
were making [for themselves many and good things, 702 c] their fortunes, 


or, had done exceedingly well, 604 a. 




















128 NOTES. 


9. συνόδον, depends on ὑστέρα, 408 ; cf. i. 7. 12. — πεμπταῖοι (Lex.) ; 
ef. rerapraios...éor:, St. John xi. 39. — κενοτάφιον, 722 ἃ ; cf. tumulum 
inanem, Virg. 4n. vi. 505. —avrois, 460. — στεφάνους, for funeral crowns 
the Greeks commonly used parsley, if within reach. 

202 10. ᾿Αγασίας re Στυμφάλιος, v. 1. ᾿Αγασ. ὁ Στυμῴφ. See Kiih. 

for other readings. 

11. δίχα (Lex.). — κατά (Lex.): the old arrangement of the army, 
recently broken up, was now restored: cf. 2. 12. — ἀπιέναι, depart for 
home. — τετελεντήκει, v. 1. ἐτετελευτήκει, 284; cf. § 13, 20. — φάρμακον 
muy, Xenophon seems to mention this as the cause of his death: cf. 2. 18. 
— τὰ ἐκείνον.. παρέλαβε, succeeded to his command, 528 a; cf. v. 6. 36. 

12. δῆλον Sr... ποιητέον, sc. ἐστίν, impers. 572, 682 a. — ἤδη, pos. ? — 
Ἡμεῖς x ὑμᾶς ἢ 

13. What examples of chiasma?— ὁ Σιλανός, that Silanus, who had 
been the chief soothsayer of the army, 523h; ef. v. 6. 18, 33s. — μισϑω- 
σάμενος, voice 581. --- ἐγίγνετο, (Lex.) cf. ii. 2. 3. 

14. λεγεῖιν, mode 666 Ὁ. 

15. κηρύξας, some editions read Ξενοφῶν after this word. — παρεῖναι ἐπὶ 
τὴν θυσίαν, const. preg. cf. i. 2. 2. — μάντις, pos.? — ἔθνε... Θνομένων 
(δ 16), he proceeded to sacrifice : θυομένων expresses the subjective notion of 
consulting the gods by sacrifice, the matter on which they were consulted 
being expressed by ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφόδῳ. See v. δ. 3, vii. 2. 14, 15, where ἐθύετο 
follows ἔθυε τι (held a sacrifice), vii. 1.37 N. MeM. 

203 16. ἃ ἔχοντες ἦλθον, which they had brought with them. 

18. ὡς... ὅτι; anacoluthon, 716 a. — τινος, case ? — ἐκ, for ἐν, 
const. preg. 

19. σκηνήν... τὴν Ἐξενοφῶντος, art. 523 a 3, c. — μή, 686 d. 

20. σχεδόν τι (Lex.). —8id τὸ μελεῖν, from its concerning all. —o¥,pos.? 

21. τῷ ἐρυμνῷ χωρίῳ, cf. § 3, 7. 

22. ὡς οὐδὲν δέον, [as though there were] that there was no need, 680 c. 
Rehdz. supplies ἐστί, and Kendrick εἴη, with δέον. --- ὑπό (Lex.) 689 k. — 
προϑυμεῖσθαι.. εἴη, to observe closely whether there was [anything in this] 
here anything favorable. Xen. seems to have so requested Cleanor, on ac- 
count of the suspicion with which his own movements were regarded. — 
ἐγένετο, v. 1. ἐγένοντο. 

204 23. ἀνθρώπους, case ?— ἡγεμόνος, sc. the Heracleot. — ἀσκοῖς s. 

The ἀσκός was rather for liquids, and the θύλακος for dry provis- 
ions, as meal, etc. 

24. ὡς ἐπί, iv. 3. 11 Ν. --- πρῶτοι, cf. § 26. — βεβοηθηκότες ἦσαν, ὃ 8 κ. 
— Βιθυνοῖς, cf. Hat. iii. 89, and Xen. Hell. iii. 2. 2. — Φρυγίαν, which 
Phrygia ?— μὴ ἐλθεῖν, 713 d. — οὐ μεῖον πεντακοσίους, 507 e, 511 ὁ. --- τὸ 
ὄρος, cf. § 5s. 

_ 25. Ἔκ τούτον 5, obs. order, 719 d.— οὐκ ἐγεγένητο, the sacrifice had 
not been offered owing to the want of victims, § 20. — ὑπό, § 22. 

26. τοὺς λοιπούς, i.e. those who had escaped. — καὶ ἐξαπίνης, when 
suddenly, 705. — μέχρι, v. 1. μέχρις. 

27. ἐν δὲ τοῖς ὅπλοις, cf. iii. 1. 3 N. 


BOOK VI. CHAP. V. 


CHAPTER V. 


THE GREEKS ENCAMP AT CALPE. — SUCCESSFUL ATTACK UPON THE 
BITHYNIANS. 


1. εἵποντο, having learned, however reluctantly, the necessity 205 
of this, from the incident in 4. 26s. — ἅπαν, a distance of 400 
feet, 4. 3. win 
“2 ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτον iepelov, [upon] ὧν the case of the first victim, or, upon 
the first sacrifice: see ἐπί with gen. iv. 7. 10. 


3. διαβάντες, sc. the generals. ; , ; , 
4. — ie. Neon with his division. — ἐπὶ τοῦ, cf. i. 4. 3; iv. ὃ. ὃ Ν. 


- οἱ λοχαγοὶ καὶ στρατιῶται ἀπέλειπον (υ. 1. ἀπέλιπον) αὐτούς, εἰν captains 
and soldiers were leaving them (i. e. the camp-followers with N eo1) ; w 1. 
αὐτόν, him, i.e. Neon. — κατέλιπον, sc. the generals, substituting for 


ivisi i rilli αἱ soldiers from 
Neon's division, which was unwilling to remain, the older 


he army in general. 
δ ie shakes. snanlenes 5, bringing the rear of the columa (in which 


they marched) beside (or into line with) the first, etc. — ὁπόσους... κέρας, 
j. e. all on either side of the column from front to rear. The men simply 


ise for their work, ready to fall into line upon any summons. 


ateppet aiew They repeated this method as often as 


6. τρόπον, case 483, 485, ¢, a. 
was necessary. — τῶν κωμῶν, 4. 23, 24. 
7. ἡμέρας, case? — φάλαγγος: the army was now stretched out 206 
in line of battle, beyond the villages, to cover those that were 
athering supplies. — δύναμιν, v. 1. τὴν δύναμιν. 
Ἷ 8. ln 0 καὶ ἐγένετο, order 8. ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου (Lex.) ; some sup- 
ply ἱερείου, cf. § 2. -- σφάγια, not ἱερά, as above ὃ 2; the two are distin- 
ished § 21: see i. 8. 15 N; iv. 3. 18, 19. 
δ λον, (Lex.). — οἱ πολέμιοι 5, the enemy in ἃ state of disorder may 
encounter men in good order and fresh. MecM. ᾿ ἄμ, 
10. τήν, sc. ὁδόν. --- ὡς μὴ ἑστήκωμεν (form 317 Ὁ), that we may 
standing, as if afraid to proceed. — πολεμίους, case 432 ἢ. jh 
11. ἥσυχοι, v. l. ἡσύχως. — ἀφελών, having detached. — ἀνά, cf. iii. 
4. δ᾽ κὶ v. 4. 12. --- ἀπολιπόντας, numb. and gender 3 --- τὴν δὲ μίαν, and 


one other. 


12. τὸ ἡγούμενον, cf. ii. 2. 4 N. 207 
13. ὅ ips eal εἴη, cf. iv. 5. 20; 7. 4. Rehdz. — βουλῆς 


οὐκ ἄξιον εἴη εἰ, it was not worth consideration whether, implying that the 
t t would be hopeless. : 

Ἴ 14. of he with pe, 509¢. Some join it with κίνδυνον, a [voluntary] 

danger, i. e. one which could be avoided. — δόξης.. εἰς ἀνδρειότητα, repu- 


tation for valor. 


16. Order ? — μεταβαλλομένους, reversing them: ef. i. 2. 17. 
I 
6* 




















130 NOTES. 


17. οὐδενὶ καλῷ, neuter as ii. 6.18. Born., following Sturtz, gives to 
ἔοικε the Homeric sense of decere : ‘‘honestum decet neminem.” Cf. Plato 
Legg. ix. 16. McM. — τούτους, obj. of οἶδα, 474, or subj. of δέξασθαι and 
repeated in αὐτούς. --- ἐλπίζετε, expect. 

18. Τὸ δὲ διαβάντας 5, to cross and bring a dificult ravine in our rear. 
— ἄρ᾽ οὐχὶ kal ἁρπάσαι ἄξιον ; is not this an advantage even worth snatch- 
ing at ? as obliging us to fight desperately. — ἡμᾶς.. δεῖ διδάσκεσθαι, it is 

208 ay hi we should be taught. — μὴ νικῶσι, winless we conquer, 

d. 

19. τὸ νάπος, position ? 

20. πόσον τι νάπος ὁ Tlovros; what sort of a valley is Pontus (to cross) ? 
νάπος, properly a hollow between hills, glen, ravine, etc. (Lex.) is here the 
basin of the sea lying between its opposite coasts. Cf. ΜΌΝ. --- ἢν θάττον, 
[if] the sooner. 

21. τὰ ἱερά, ὃ 2. --- σφάγια, § >. Cf. i. 8.15 Ν. --- πάντως, v. 1. πάντας. 

22. Καὶ ὅς, 518f. Cf. i. 8. 10 Ν. --- ἧ.. τοῦ νάπους, [where, 420 ἃ] αὐ 
whatever part of the ravine. —&v, modifies γένεσθαι, 621 e, ἴ. ---ἐξεμηρνοντο, 
(Lex. éxunptopaz). 

23. ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις τῆς “EAAdSos, cf. ii. 4. 4 N. 

24. ἕπεσθε 5, follow Hercules as leader, 523 b. — ὀνομαστί, cf. Homer, 
Il. x. 68. ---ἀνδρεῖόν τι, v. 1. ἀνδρὶ ὄντι. --- εἰπόντα... παρέχειν, sc. τινά, 667 ἢ. 
— μνήμην (sc. ἐν τούτοις, 581 [], ἐν οἷς ἐθέλει (sc. παρέχειν, etc.], to secure 
a remembrance of himself among those he wishes. 

209 25. ποιησάμενοι, sc. the Greeks, especially the officers. — ἐπί, 

const. preg. i. 2. 2. — σημαίνοι, cf. ii. 1. 2; iv. 3. 29. — σύν- 
θημα wapye, cf. Virgil, An. vii. 637 ; also i. 8. 16 N. 

26. καλὸν ἔχειν τὸ χωρίον, had [their position favorable, 523 Ὁ] a favor- 
able position. 

27. Obs. the polysynd. and change of number. — ὑπηντίαζεν, note use 
of ὑπό with words denoting rapid movement. — ἐπαιώνιζον, v. 1. ἐπαιάνιζον 
(Lex.); cf. i. 8. 17; iii. ἃ 9. 

28. ὡς ὀλίγοι ὄντες, [as being few] with so small a number, 2. 16. — 
ἅτε, iv. 2. 13. 

29. τὸ iwmndyv...rd τῶν πολεμίων, 523 a, 2; 719d. 

90. συνεστηκός, consistere, Dind., a compact, unbroken force. — ἀπει- 
ρήκεσαν.. ἐδόκει, 705. — οὕτως ὅπως, in such manner as; ὅπως when used 
thus instead of ὡς or ὥσπερ implies distress or difficulty, as in ἔπλευσ᾽ ὅπως 
ἔπλευσα. Cf. ii. 1.6. MeM. — ὡς μή.. ἀναπαύσαιντο, ne hostes fiducia 
sumpta vires suas reficerent. 

31. vaos...airovs ὑπεδέχετο, a ruvine received them beneath, or, more 
freely, lay in their way. This prevented their retreat in order, while they 
hastened to effect their escape through or across it. — 8 (comm. referred to 
the preceding sentence rather than to vdzos)..."EAAnves 5, which the Greeks 
were not aware of, but had turned back from the pursuit too soon to observe : 
fortunately, perhaps, as otherwise they might have been tempted, late as it 
was, to follow on to the ravine, in the hope of harassing the enemy there. 


32. ἔνθα, v. 1. ἔνθα δή, cf. iv. 1. 2. 


BOOK VI. CHAP. VI. 


CHAPTER VI. 


MUCH SPOIL OBTAINED. — CLEANDER ARRIVES, BUT DECLINES THE 
COMMAND. — MARCH TO CHRYSOPOLIS. 


1. ἀμφί (Lex.). — προσωτάτω (1,ΕΧ.). --- Κλέανδρον, 4. 18. --- as ἥξοντα, 
{as about to come] tx expectation of their coming ; ἥξοντα agreeing with 
Κλέανδρον as most prominent, or with πλοῖα as nearest, 497. — ἑκάστης 
ἡμέρας, [in each day] every day, 433 ἃ. ἀδεῶς, v. 1. ἀδεῶς ἤδη. --- πυροὺς, 
κριθάς, etc., asynd., cf. ii. 4. 28. 

2. ἐξῆν, there was leave for individuals. — ἐλάμβανον, took for themselves. 
— οἱ ἐξιόντες, v. 2. omit οἱ : cf. McM. 

3. κατῆγον, put in, or touched at the place. Cf. v. 1. 11. 

4. πολίζει, mode? — ὅτι δέοι, 674 Ὁ.---ἐπεδείκννεν... στρατιώ- 911 
ταις, showed them to the soldiers, to avoid all suspicion of secret 
practice, and also, perhaps, hoping for an influence in favor of coloniza- 
tion. Some even translate, perhaps too strongly, introduced or presented. 
Cf. 1. 14. 

5. οὐδέν, pos.? — οἰχόμενοι, by themselves. — ἄλλοι ἄλλῃ, v. /. omit 
ἄλλῃ : Born. conjectures ἄλλοσε. --- ἀφαιρεθεῖεν, acc. to the rule adopted 
by the army, ὃ 2, 8. --- Δεξίππῳ, who had come with Cleander, see v. 1. 15; 
vi. 1. 32. — αὐτοῖς, σφίσιν, 537. 

6. ἁρπάζειν, fo rob him. 

7. ἣν αὐτῷ.. λοχίτης, was a soldier of his company. — ἀγόμενος, the 
man that was being carried off, etc. — ἀνακαλοῦντες, 530 a, cf. ἀνακαλοῦν- 
τες Tov εὐεργέτην, Tov ἄνδρα τὸν ἀγαθόν, Cyr. iii. 3. 4. 

8. κατεκώλνον, endeavored to stop them (according to some, this). — 
οὐδὲν εἴη πρᾶγμα, ἐξ was nothing serious. — alriov...ratra γενέσθαι, the 
cause [that these things should be] of this affair. αἴτιος is often followed 
by τοῦ, 444 f. 

10. αὶ μόνω. cf. i. 3. 14; v. 6. 7. 212 

11. διά (Lex.). —é€ οὗ, on which account, wherefore. — wap 
(Lex.) ὀλίγον ἐποιοῦντο, they put Cleander beside a trifle, by way of com- 
parison : they made small account of Cleander, parvi faciebant. ποιεῖσθαι 
= @stimare, occurs in various forms: ἐν ἐλαφρῷ ποιεῖσθαι, περὶ πολλοῦ 
ποιεῖσθαι, δεινὰ ποιεῖσ., ἐν ἀποῤῥήτῳ mot., vii. 6. 48. MeM. 

12. ἐμοὶ δέ, cf. iv. 6. 10; v. 5. 13. — ἡμῖν, connect with ἄπεισιν, 453 N; 
i. 7. 20. — εἷς ἕκαστος, in appos. with subj. of εἰσι, 393d, 501. 

13. appoorais, cf. v. 5. 19 N. . 

14. ai πόλεις ἡμῶν, ὅθεν ἐσμέν: Kriig. compares ex twis literis quas mthi 
misisti, Cicero Epist. ad Diver. x. 13. 

15. ἀκούω, tense ?— οὐκ ἂν ἐποίησεν, 631 b. — ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν, repeated 
after the parenthesis. — αἰτίας, case 699 f. — ἐμαυτοῦ, case 699 a. 213° 

16, αἰτιᾶται, sc. Cleander? — κρῖναι, voice? cf. § 18. — εἰ... 























132 NOTES. 


οὐδ᾽ cf. i. 7. 18 N; Kiih. vii. 1. 29. — ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων, on the contrary, in 
place of this. — εἰρξόμεθα, we shall shut ourselves out from, or (as pass. 
excludemur) we shall be exeluded from, 576 a. 

17. θεούς, case 472 f. — 4 μήν (Lex.). — ἀφειλόμην, 707i; cf. v. 8. 10. 

18. μὴ ἐκδῶτε, v. 1. μὴ ἐκδότε. --- τοῦτον ἕνεκα μήτε πολεμεῖτε, on this 
account, or, 80 far as this is concerned, have no war. — σώζοισθε ἀσφαλώς, 
may you be, etc., 638, d, 6. --- ὑμῶν αὐτῶν, part. gen., of your own number. 

19. ἔδωκεν 5, granted [that he should go having selected] him the privi- 
lege of selecting as attendants. — ὃ ἀφαιρεθείς, order, cf. iv. 2. 18. 

20. ἐκέλευσε, v. 1. ἐκέλευε : cf. i. 7. 16 N. — σε, σὲ αὐτόν, emphat. repe- 

214 tition ; v. 2. σεαυτόν. --- χρῆσθαι (sc. ἡμῖν or αὐτοῖς] ὅ τι ἂν βούλῃ, 

to treat us as you may please ; cf. i. 3, 18 N, iii. 1. 40. --- ἀξιοῦσι 
(numb.?) deem it proper, or require. 

21. Δεξίππου, case 485d, 661 Ὁ. Obs. the antithetic and sarcastic repe- 
tition here and in § 22. 

22. ἐφ᾽ wre, 557, 671 ἃ ; cf. iv. 2. 19. 

23. Kal, τέ, καί, τέ, the office of each ?— Τραπεζουντίους.. πεντηκόντο- 
pov, case ? --- ἀπεστερήκαμεν : ἀποστερεῖν follows the syntax οἵ ἀφαιρεῖσθαι 
(i. 3. 4) ; whereas στερεῖν more usually takes a genitivus rei (i. 4. 8). McM. 
— τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ, [as to that resting] so far as rested on him. —"Hrove... 
ὥσπερ ἡμεῖς, doubtless at Trapezus, as again at Cotyora, v. 6. 9. — Τοῦτον 
οὖν.. ἀφειλόμην, sc. τὸν ἄνδρα, from him, therefore, I rescued the man. 
See ὃ 21, where the genit. is used after ἀφελόμενος. 

24. ἦγες, tense ?— τῶν παρὰ σοῦ, const. preg., ef. i. 1. 5 Ν. — νόμιζε 
...@moxtelvev (though infin. with νομίζω oftener), 657 f, 677 a. — ἄνδρα 
ϑειλόν.. ἄνδρα ἀγαθόν, note antithesis. 

25. ἐπαινοίη x ἐπαινοίη ἄν. --- ἀξιοῦτε, claim for yourselves, 644 Ὁ. 

26. τοῦτον, sc. Agasias. 

915 28. τὸ μέρος, [the part given to him] his part or share. — τοῖς 

λῃσταῖς, § ὅ. -- ῥήτραν, this term is applied to Lyeurgus’s unwrit- 
ten laws ; Plutarch, Lyc. 13. — τοιοῦτος, such a person, so concerned in 
the affair, yet claiming innocence. Cleander reserves his judgment, neither 
censuring nor acquitting. 

29. τῶν ἀνδρῶν, τὼ ἄνδρε, § 30, etc., 494. 

30. αὐτοῖς, numb. and gend.?— Δρακόντιον, why selected ? — κατὰ 
πάντα τρόπον, cf. iv. 5. 16. 

31. σοι ὑφεῖτο, ὅ τι ἐβούλου (conforming in time to ὑφεῖτο) ποιῆσαι, 
submitted itself to you that you might do whatever you pleased. — αἰτοῦνται 
καὶ δέονται, what is expressed by doubling the verb ? — ἐμοχϑθησάτην : we 
have repeatedly remarked the eminent services of Agasias. 

32. gov (also § 33), case, 484 ἃ. --- καὶ ὡς ἱκανοί 5, and, while submis- 

216 sive to their commander, how capable they are, with the favor of 

the gods, of meeting the enemy fearlessly. 

33. σον... παραγενόμενον, cf. i. 2. 1 N. 

34. val τὼ Zid, i. 6. by Castor and Pollux; He’l. iv. 4.10. The Attic 
oath, νὴ τὼ θεώ, meant Demeter and Persephone. McM. — πολύ.. ἀντίοι 


BOOK VII. CHAP. 1. 133 


... ows, [very different than] quite the reverse of what. -::- περὶ ὑμῶν ἐνίων, 
concerning some of you. Kiih. regards ἐνίων as governing ὑμῶν, Kriig. as 
in appos. with it. Cf. v. 5. 11. 7 

36. οὐκ ἐθέλει, refuse. — ἐξάγειν, like dévac (ii. 2. 3 N.) [favorable] for 
me to lead forth. — ἐκεῖσε, i. e. to Byzantium. 

37. διαθέμενοι, having disposed of, by sale, to traders touching at the 
port. — Βιθυνῶν (Lex.). 

38. οὐδενί, no δοοέψ. --- τὴν φιλίαν, sc. χώραν, where they would 217 
be on expense, and could not plunder. — ὑποστρέψαντας = hav- 
ing turned sharp round, they fell upon the Bithynians. — Xpvododw, 
Xadkxydovias (Lex.). Some editors use the form Καλχηδονία, Καλχηδών, 
wherever this word occurs. Cf. 167 b. 





BOOK VII. 


MOVEMENTS OF THE GREEKS IN THRACE.— MARCH TO PER- 
GAMUS IN MYSIA. 


CHAPTER I. 


THE GREEKS INDUCED TO CROSS TO BYZANTIUM.—DISTURBANCES 
THERE. — XENOPHON’S COURSE. 


1. “Ὅσα μὲν δή 5, see p. 3, Notes, statement as to division into 218 
books, summaries, etc. — ἔπραξαν x ἐποίουν Σ (Lex. πράττω) : 
the more definite term is here used with reference to the more recent 
events. — ἔξω τοῦ στόματος, i. e. ἔξω Βοσπόρου Θρᾳκίουι Kiih. 

2. χώραν, υ. 1. ἀρχήν. --- στρατεύηται, mode 653. — ὅσα δέοι, sc. ποιεῖν 
Φαρνάβαζον. i ! 

3. μετεπέμψατο.. εἰς, 579, cf. i. 1. 2. — τῶν στρατιωτῶν, om. by some 
editors. 

4 ὅτι ἀπαλλάξοιτο.. ἀπό, that he was about to take his leave of. — 
συνδιαβάντα, having crossed over with (the army). — ἔπειτα οὕτως (so used 
separately after a participle, rarely both together), then, tn this 919 
condition of afairs, i. e. having crossed with them into Europe. ih 

5. Σεύθης, (Lex.) cf. 2. 32; v. 1. 15. — συμπροθυμεῖσθαι, iii. 1. 9. — 
καὶ ἔφη... ὅτι (rare after φημί, 659h ; pos. 719 η, cf. § 11), and promised 
him, if he would add his influence for this, that he should not repent of tt. 
— μεταμελήσει, v. 1. μεταμελήσειν. 

6. μηδέν... μήτε, on emphatic use of negatives, 713 Ὁ. — τελείτω͵, 86. 
Σεύθης. --- προσφερίσθω ὡς ἄν.. ἀσφαλές, let him make such application as 





NOTES. 


may seem to him safe, or (acc. to some) sure of effect ; v. 1. ὡς ἂν αὐτῷ δοκῇ 
as may seem to him best. vs 


7. ὡς ἀποπέμψων . ποιήσων, 598 b. — 
id ales “ἢ rata 598 b. — ἐπισιτίζεσθαι... πορείαν, to pro- 
8. ξένος, vi. 6. 35. — ἠσπάζετο, vale dicebat, was bidding him farewell 
τος μὴ ποιήσῃς, 628 c. — εἰ δὲ μή, 717 ο ; iv. 3. 6 Ν. ---οὐ ταχὺ ἐξέρπε is 
creeping forth [not quickly] so s/owly. Acc. to some, ἐξέρπει is taken fr 
the mouth of Cleander in its more Doric sense, = ἐξέρχεται ih 
9. of στρατιῶται αὐτοί, supply αἴτιοί εἰσιν. 
10. πορευσόμενον, as if about to march with them. — ἔλθοντες....δια- 
220 πραξόμεθα, (sc. the generals) we will go and settle with Anan. 


ibius. 

11. συνεσκενασμένους, υ. /. συσκευασαμένους. --- προσανειπεῖν, v. 1. προ- 
σανεῖπεν. --- ὅτι, pos. 719 η. ΓΝ, 
| 12. πρῶτον, v. 1. πρῶτοι. --- ἄρδην ([,6Χ.) = παντελῶς. ---᾿ Εἰτεόνικος (Lex.) 
Cf. Thuc. viii. 29. — ὡς, with fut. part. § 7 Ν. --- μοχλόν, ἃ strong bar 
placed across the double gate, and secured within a socket on each side Ἴ 

19͵ τἄλλα τὰ ἐπιτήδεια = other supplies. Kiih. omits τά. | 
14. Ἑμτακούσαντες, having, overheard. —% καί, or [even] perhaps. — 
Ἱεροῦ, v. 1. ἱεροῦ : the road into the Chersonese lay through this mountain : 
cf. 3. 3. A fortress Ἱερὸν ὄρος is mentioned by Demosthenes, De Walon, 
AND τῶ βυύμ | Leg. § 156. — κύκλῳ, round about, or, taking a sweep. — 

15. εἰσιόντες, as fut. part. See Lex. εἶμι. 

16. ἔκοπτον, force of the impf.? 594. — εἰ.. ἀνοίξουσιν, cf. i. 3. 14. N 
17. χηλήν (Lex.), the breakwater or mole, meaning here the rojectix 
stone-work which protected the walls next the sea from the violseon ad the 
waves. See scholiast on Thue. i. 63, quoted by Kiih. aig ready 
221 rush over. — ἀναπεταννύουσι, v. /. ἀναπεταννύασι. --- κλεῖθρα iti 

μοχλόν, ἃ 12. See Dictionary of Antiquities. ‘ 

18. ἔθει καὶ συνεισπίπτει, see § 20, where, in the same way, the impf 

and histor. pres. are joined together. if ἡ} 
19. ἔνδον, within, i.e. their houses or abodes. — ἔξω ἔθεον, Kiih. and 
others omit ἔθεον and supply as understood φεύγουσιν. sta 
| 20. τὴν ἄκραν, i. 6. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν, in next sentence. Kriig. compares 
rss ΤΩ oT γῆν acropolis is mentioned, which in § 8 is called 
a. — κηδόνος, cf. vi. 6. ¢ = i ὺ mn δ 
epee ha tb ial 6. 38 N. — σχεῖν τοὺς dvipas, to sustain the 
21. πολλοί, in great numbers. — Ni 5.N 5 
ἀνδρὶ γενέσθαι, virum te prestare, ie “saat seen tapi re it) 
man, 667 b. — ἔχεις, note repetition and asynd. | Υ  ἸΚἭΗΝ 
22. θέσϑε τὰ ὅπλα 5, range yourselves under arms. Xenophon’s readi 
ness and promptitude in so critical a case deserve to be noted. 
222, 23. els ὀκτὼ ἐγένοντο, fell in eight deep; v. l. πεντήκοντα. ---- 
τὸ κέρας ἑκάτερον, 523 Ὁ. , 
24. οἷον, 556 a. — τὸ Θράκιον, an open space within the walls, near the 


BOOK VII. CHAP. I. 135 


gates, called Thracian ; cf. Hell. i. 3.20. McM. — ἔκειτο τὰ ὅπλα, iv. 
9. 40 x; cf. τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, § 22. --- συγκαλεῖ, called round him. 

25. τιμωρησώμεθα, 579, 432 a. — οὐδέν (acc. of specification, 481), i no 
respect. 

26. ἑωρακότας, sc. ἡμᾶς. — τὰ viv ἤδη γεγενημένα, cf. vi. 1. 32. Xeno- 
shon refers to the Peloponnesian war (B. C. 431-404), the result of which 
was that the Spartans gained the supremacy. 

27. εἰσήλθομεν, v. 1. ἤλθομεν. --- τριακοσίων, v. 1. τετρακοσίων. --- ἐν τῇ 
πόλει, i. 6. ἀκροπόλει, See Thue. ii. 13. 24. — τῶν ἐνδήμων, the home reve- 
πιιοα. --- ὑπερορίας, sc. γῆς or χώρας. — τῶν νήσων: concerning the allies 
and tributaries of the Athenians in the great struggle with the Lacedsemo- 
nians, see Thue. ii. 9. Also, for full and accurate information respecting 
the financial condition and management, the sources of revenue, etc., of 
Athens, the student must consult the work of Aug. Boeckh, ‘« Staatshaus- 
haltung der Athener,” translated into English by Mr. A. Lamb (1857) un- 
der the title “ΤῊ Public Economy of the Athenians.” 

28. ἄν, pos. 621 a. — ὅσοι, v. 1. of. — τοῦ ἄνω βασιλέως, i. 6. the king 
of Persia: ἄνω, up the country, the interior region back from the 223 
sea-coast. — ὅστις, ii. 5. 12; 558. 

29. τοῖς ἡμετέροις [= ἡμῶν] αὐτῶν, our own friends, 498. — πάντες 5, 
all (these friends and relatives) are in those cities which, etc. — δικαίως, sc. 
στρατεύσονται ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς. --- βάρβαρον, rather an exaggeration, since Trape- 
zus, Sinope, and Heraclea are called Ἑλληνίδας πόλεις, ν. 5. 14. MeM. ex- 
plains by saying, ‘‘ they are styled Barbarian here, when compared with 
Byzantium, probably as being in Asia and under barbarian rule ;— the 
Persian king’s authority over the Asiatic Greeks having been repeatedly 
acknowledged (during the Peloponn. War), as, for instance, in the treaties 
B. c. 411 (Thue. viii. 58), and B. c. 387.” — οὐδεμίαν, for μηδεμίαν. Kih. 
- καὶ ταῦτα, cf. i. 4. 12 N. — ἐξαλαπάξομεν, Homeric word for ἐκπορθή- 
comer. 

30. εὔχομαι, ἔμεγε, γενέσθαι, I pray that I may be: οἵ. iii. 1. 17 N. — 
ἐπιδεῖν, look upon, or, behold. — κατά, down below, or, under. — δικαίων 
τυγχάνειν, 427. — ἡμᾶς δεῖ.. στέρεσθαι, we ought not, wronged though we 
be, to deprive owrselves of the Grecian soil at least. 

31. εἰ δὲ ph, [but if not] but if we oblain none, 710, 717 c. — πειθόμενοι, 
sc. ὑμῖν. 

32. οἱ μέν, asynd. Cf. 1. 1. 9 Ν. 

33. καθημένων, seated, i.e. in council, οἵ, vi. 2. 5 Ν. --- Κοιρατάδης, see 
Lex. — οὐ φεύγων, though not an exile. — στρατηγιῶν, an army-seeking 
fellow, ambitious to be a general. — Δέλτα (Lex.). — μόλωσιν, 994. 
poetic word, used only here by Xen. — σιτία, v. 1. σῖτα. 

34. ἀκούουσι (asynd.)...rots στρατιώταις, anacoluthon. Kriig. remarks, 
the writer began the clause as if ἔδοξε δέχεσθαι were about to follow. — 
τέλεσι, i.e. the authorities or magistrates : ef. ii. 6. 4. — ἀπαγγελεῖ, Bov- 
λεύσοιτο, for change of mood and tense, see ii. 1.36. 

36. ὅστις ἄν, v. J. ὃς dv. — πεπρώσεται; 601 b; ef. 1. 5. 16; ii. 4 5. 








136 NOTES. 


37. εἷς, omitted by some before ἀνήρ. --- ὡς ἐπί, cf. iv. 3. 11 nw. — ἐθό. 
€ro, was procecding to take the auspices, but was stopped before the act of 
immolation (ὡς θύσων), § 40, where the narrative is resumed, 88 38 and 39 


being a parenthesis, stating what Xen. was doing meantime. McM. 


98. ἐκέλενε (i. 6. 2 N) διαπρᾶξαι, v. 1. ἐκέλευέν οἱ διαπρᾶξαι. 
99. ἥκω, λέγειν, 


obliqua, and then to oratio directa, — ἔφη, 
ἐκέλευσεν), sc. Anaxibius. 
225 : 


40. ἀσπασάμενος, cf. § 8 Ν. --- οὐκ ἐκαλλιέρει, had no favorable 
and or chaplet worn by one 


ἡγησόμενον, 
ef. i. 2.1 Ν; 667 e. — μή (Lex.), 686. --- εἰ μὴ δώσει, for the more usual 


sacrifice. — ἐστεφανωμένος, having on the gar] 
about to offer sacrifice. Cf. Cyrop. iii. 3. 34. — Κοιρατάδῃ, 


ϑώσοι: cf. i. 3. 14. 


41. πολλῶν 5, literally, when there was want 
day's food was not the lot of each of the 
ions fell far short of one d 


ἔδει. --- ἀπειπών, throwing up, in disgust. 


CHAPTER 11. 


OUTRAGEOUS CONDUCT OF ARISTARCHUS. — NEGOTIATIONS WITH 
SEUTHES, A THRACIAN PRINCE. 


1. Φρυνίσκος, named as one of the generals, § 29. Cf. iii. 1. 47, — 
κατά, over against, near. 

2. ἔπειθε, persuadere studebat, was trying to persuade. 
had given. — ταὐτά, v. 1. ταῦτα: cf. 6. 12. 


226 3. ἀποδιδόμενοι, [giving for one’s profit) selling. —Kard τοὺς 
Χώρους, through the districts or fields. — κατεμιγνύοντο, v. /. 


— Boxe (as plupf.), 


κατε- 
μίγνοντο. 


4. διαφθειρόμενον (explanatory οἵ ταῦτα), was being dispersed or broken up. 

5. Κυζίκῳ (Lex.). — ὅσον οὐ, tantum non, prope, all but. — παρείη els, 
of. i. 2 2 ν. 

6. εὕρῃ, v. 1. εὕροι, or, εὕροιεν. — ἀναγκάζων 5, compelling (the inhabi- 
tants) to receive them into their houses. — ᾿Αρίσταρχος.. ἀπέδοτο, inexcus- 
able cruelty on his part. 

7. κατὰ τὰ συγκείμενα, according to the agreement, cf. 1.2. He now 
calls on Pharnabazus to keep the agreement made between them. The 
satrap, however, thinking Anaxibius to be of no further value to him, 
treats his proposal with contempt, which stirs up Anaxibius to vindictive 
fury. —'Aplorapyov, ᾿Αναξίβιον : ᾿Αναξιβίου, ᾿Αρίσταρχον, chiastic pos. 
-- διεπράττετο τὰ αὐτά, effected the same arrangement. 

8. Ξενοφῶντα, he seems to have been at the time with Anaxibius, 1. 39. 


— συνέχειν αὐτό, to keep it together. - προπέμψαι, fo send forward, or, 


μέλλοις, obs. abrupt change of construction to oratio 
sc. Cleander. — ἐκέλευεν (v. 1. 


ing much to him, so that a 
soldiers, i. 6. his supply of provis- 
ay’s subsistence for each of, ete. — ἐνέδει, v. 1. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. II. 137 


rt. —rots ἵπποις, with the horses requisite or necessary for this 997 
vs ose. — ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα, at or near Selybria, § 28. 
P ᾿ διαπλεύσας, having sailed across the pene ro le pre 
ύ ising to him wh , thoug 
10. ὑπισχνούμενος s, promising 
oning (it), he would persuade him. I ᾿ cul 
wa spina sc. τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ, or, ἑαυτόν. --- ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ (sc. τόπῳ), 
: und, i. 6. together. ih le 
yer oar ana wot, was bargaining or negotiating for. ‘ ee 
γαῖ on. — ἀπεῖπε μὴ διάγειν, [said that they should not transpo 
de pm to transport, 713 d. ἢ 
“= ames N.— a ἐμέ, obs. change to oratio directa. — τοίνυν, 
f go py wate in this place, in Perinthus as well as Byzantium, 
Cr. Ve . | ie , 
2 5... , 
Ἴ 14 ὄντων͵ sc. αὐτῶν. --- πείσεται (Lex. πάσχω), γμμεβνρανμαι 228 
i ἢ Ι Ν “Σ é -- ml 
expression for lose his life. — τοὺς μὲν = τοὐτους ie — tl 
πεται. force of mid.? cf. προπέμπει, § 19. “- CRTC, sig estes 
15. ἐθύετο, for force of mid. see Lex. θύω. ipaesie 2 ms pheno il 
τοῦ κωλύσοντος, i.e. Aristarchus. — ἔνϑα δή, υ. l. ἔνθα δέ. ᾿ 
- to ἐκεῖ, i. 6. Cyniscus, 1. 13. ' 
τὰ i πων Μὰ was occupied in these matters. — ἐδόκει, grea 
17. αὐτῳ, v. ἰ. airy. —lévar, cf. ii. 2. 3 nen ee ities ie sso 
18. ἐρήμοις, i. 6. without sentinels or guards statione : : i bs 
κε ὡρηκέναι had changed his encampment to some other Ρ τ ν᾿ ρων. Ὁ 
[4] ἃ. -- τῷ Σεύθῃ, dat. as in 4. 19; εἴ, i. 7: 20's ial a ; ae ᾿ 
effect is to make Seuthes virtually way re of rig wey wn — 
it in front, etc. See Arnold at Lhucyd. Ml. v7. . 
a ph εἶεν, v. 1. μηδ᾽ ὅπου elev: μήτε ὅπου εἷσι, μήτε ὅποι ἴοιεν. 
yen προπέμπει, cf. § 14 N.—6 ἀπὸ τοῦ στρατεύματος, i. 6. : ἐν 229 
τῷ στρατεύματι ὧν καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐλθών, Kiih.; qui praest exercitul. 
ae ἀναπηδήσαντες ἐδίωκον, having leaped up i. ΜΠ] their 
sprat probably) they galloped away. — ὅσον, circiter, 507 ι ὄν 
21 ᾿ἐγκεχαλ. ἐφυλάττετο, he was keeping guard (for himse aes 
δὰ bridled for use. Born. reads, for ἐγκεχαλινωμένοις, ἐγκεχαλινωμένων, 
ἡτῶν. Cf. i. 4. 12 N. en ‘i 
i aes (Lex.), ef. Thucyd. ii. 29; Hdt. iv. ine usd = 
after ἀπολέσαι, denoting the agent. — ἀφαιρεθῆναι, ig : 2 Γ.. θαι 
γυκτός, especially at night, these, the Thyni, = most distingu 
ryi cessful warfare during the night. 
yi, eae 1, ὅ. -- ὑπισχνούμενος. ..«ποιήσειν, aos pois) 
promising etc., the infin. is oftener in the fut. acc. to the rule for indir. 
nisi 659 g. 
disc., promising that you would do, Ce i 
25. P ἔφη, assented, or, said yes. — αὔθις, § 10. "τ τὰ ΜΌΝ 5 
σέ.. χρήσεσθαι (v. 1. χρήσασθαι), that I should experience you ( 230 


you) as a friend. —wapa σοῦ, cf. 111. 4. 9 N. 


























138 NOTES. 


26. Ἴθι viv, v. 1. νυν, enclit. Kiih. — ἔφη, sc. Xenophon. — ἀφήγησαι 
τούτῳ, cf. 452 a. 


27. οὐδέν, governed by τελεῖν. --- αὐτός... ἀπιέναι, 667 f. 

28. τί γάρ, quid igitur ? 708 b. — κατά, to or at, i. 6. near to, in vicin- 
ity of. — διαβαίνειν, sc. χρῆναι, from οὐχ οἷόν τε preceding. Cf. Thucyd. 
i. 142. 

29. ἔξω εἰσίν... ὁ πιστότατος, sing. nom. for plur. στρατιῶται or φίλοι. 

30. πιστότεραν... πρᾶξιν, the transaction or negotiation to be more bind- 
ing. — κάλεσαι, call in these also. — τὰ ὅπλα, obj. of καταλιπεῖν. 

91. οὐδενὶ ἄν...᾿Αθηναίων, he would distrust no Athenian. — συγγενεῖς, 
Kriig. rejects the claim of lineage or kinship, but Kiih. holds that the 
traditions authorize the pretensions of Seuthes. — 8 τι χρῆσθαι, Cf. i. 
3. 18 N. 

32. ἦν, for ἦσαν, agrees in numb. with ἀρχή the predicate. — τὰ πράγ- 
para, 506, c. — ἐνόσησεν, this word, by an easy metaphor, is often applied 
to disorders in the state; cf. Demosth. Phil. iii. 12, νοσοῦσι καὶ στασιά- 
ζουσι. --- ἐκπεσών, expulsus, banished. — βασιλεῖ, i. 6. of the Odryse. 

33. ἐνδίφριος = ὁμοτράπεζος. --- ἱκέτης δοῦναι μοι, as a sup- 

231 , υ ate ΠΣ - 

pliant (begging him) to give lo me. — τοὺς ἐκβαλόντας... ποιοίην, 
I should inflict evil upon those who had expelled us (my family). — μὴ 
ἀποβλέπων, cf. v. 6. 27 N. — ὥσπερ κύων, these words are rejected by Kiih. 
and others. 

34. σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς, with the help of the gods. 


36. κυζικηνόν, i. e. per month. — βούλωνται, 607 a; 667. 


37. ἀπό, Kiih. reads ὑπό, cf. i. 2.18 x, — Gmévat...crapa σέ, to take 
refuge with you. 

38. Zol...dvydrnp, this passage is quoted as in favor of Xen.’s being 
older than is advocated in the present edition of the Anab. (see Introduc- 
tion), cf. 6. 34 N. — Θρακίῳ νόμῳ, cf. Hdt. v. 6; Tacit. Germania, § 18. 
So too the ancient Greeks, Aristot. Polit. ii. 8, — Βισάνθην, cf. 5. 8. 


CHAPTER ITI. 
OPERATIONS OF THE GREEKS IN THE SERVICE OF SEUTHES. 


232 L. ϑεξιάς, cf. ii. 4. 1 ν, --- ἕκαστοι, i. 6. each deputation from 
the several divisions of the army, 2. 29; ef. iv. 5. 23; v. 5. 5. 


2. ἔδοξε, force of aor.? — τὴν ὁδὸν ἐᾶσαι, to decline going. 

3. οὗτος δὲ ὁ αὐτός, and this same person, 540. — Ἱεροῦ ὄρους, cf. 1. 14. 
— ἣν κρατήσαντες τούτου, if having gained (i. e. crossed) this mountain. 
— πωλήσειν,͵ i.e. Aristarchus, 2. 6. — ἐξαπατήσεσθαι, fut. mid. in pass. 
sense, with ὑμᾶς, cf. v. δ. 2x. — περιόψεσθαι, i.e. Aristarchus, overlook 
or neglect you. Note the chance of subj. with infin. in this section. 


4, ἐκεῖνον, i. e. Seuthes. — εὖ ποιήσειν ὑμᾶς, he will do weil for you. — 


BOOK VII. CHAP. III. 139 


τοῦτο, about this, i. 6. whether to obey Aristarchus or to go to Seuthes, — 
ἐπανελθόντες, i. 6. to the villages named in next section and Δ Ἢ 

5. ἐῶσι, sc. the Lacedemonians. — οἱ ἥττους, i. 6. the Thracian villagers, 
weaker than ourselves. —8 τι τις ὑμῶν δεῖται, what service each of these (i. e. 
Aristarchus and Seuthes) desires of you. ἤτω 

6. ᾿Ανέτειναν, cf. iii. 2. 9 Ν. --- τῷ ἡγουμένῳ, ii. 2. 4 gl 233 

7. ἔπειθον, tried to perswade ; force of imp.? 594. — avrg, 1. 6. 

a ‘700 Λακωνικοῦ = those with Aristarchus, the envoys of the 
Lacedemonian. Kriig. regards τῶν as neuter, referring to things offered 
by the Lacedemonian. — ἐξενίσθαι, v. 1. ξενίζεσθαι. . 

"9. εἶπεν, v. 1. ἔφη. --- ᾿Αλλά, 708 6. — ἀπεχούσας.. ὅσον, distant only 
so far as that. "ΠῚ | 

10. κυζικηνόν, 2. 36. — τὰ νομιζόμενα, that which is customary, i. 6. 
double to the captains, and fourfold to the generals, 2. 36. — διατιθέμενος, 

> sale of. ! 
ὙΠ aides cf. i. 4. 8 Ν. — ἀνθίστῆηται, v. 1. ἀνθιστῆται. --- 
χειροῦσθαι, fo subdue or overcome. 

12. θαλάττης, i. 6. the Propontis. 

13. τῷ βουλομένῳ, leave was granted to any one that wished to 934 
speak, 678 a. — ἔλεγον... εἴη, said to the same effect that the pro- ν 
posal of Seuthes was worth everything, for tt was winter, 643 c.— ϑιαγε- 
νέσθαι, to remain. — ὠνουμένους ζῆν, to live by purchasing food. — εὕρημα, 
a aod-send, an unlooked-for piece of good fortune, 633 ἃ. CE. ii. 3. pe i 

14. ἐπιψηφιζέτω, let him (i. 6. the proper officer) put i to vole. — 
and others read ἐπιψηφίζεσθε, do you vote for these measures. The rt ‘ 
voice denotes ‘‘to decree by vote” (6. 14). Xenophon, in row er 
let the officer put the matter to the vote, instead of doing so himse ἡ δ ἡ 
γ. 1. 14), assumes the attitude of an indifferent party, lest herea μὴ Ὁ 
matters went ill) he should be blamed for having influenced their ¢ oice. 
Cf. 6. 12, and foll. McM. — ἐπεψήφισε, v. 1. ἐπεψήφισαν. --- a 
σοιντο, acc. to Rennell’s calculation, it was now about the beginning o 
Decemher, B. C. na A 

3 σαν, cf. iv. 5. 15 N. 4 

16. “sa ia ef. Lex. — ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ (τούτων) ei payee pent 
δοῦναι, cf. Thucyd. ii. 97. — πρῶτον μέν, correlative clause, Αὖθις δέ, ; 
— ἄγοντες αὐτῷ, 450 b, 540 f. — ἄνω, up the country. mu 

17. διακείσεται — ἕξει τὰ πράγματα, melius vobis erit. ith. 

18. νομίζοιτο.. δωρεῖσθαι, ἐἱ was usual ...t0 make en 935 
καταγαγεῖν, Timasion was in exile at the time. Pn, sa : 
sued or pleaded for. —ékdorw, take with προσιών, as in § Pa) ΜΟΙ 

19. ἄλλοι, reference especially to Alcibiades (5. 8), Hell. u. 1. : 

n. Nepos, Ale. vii. 4. ! 
ee peat see 444 d. — τούτῳ, v. 1. τούτων. --- SS σεῦ εἰ μή, “i 
having (anything) except. —- παῖδα, Wheeler renders here son : the or yes cA 
meaning, servant or attendant, seems better. —8eov ἐφόδιον, money J 


enough for the journey’s expenses. 























NOTES. 


21. τρίποδες, mensz tripedes (cf. Lex.). — ζυμῖται, v. 1. ξυμῆτες. 

22. τράπεζαι, Kiih. says these are the same as the τρίποδες, § 21; Hutch- 
inson and others understand the word to mean the dishes of food on the 
tables. — κατὰ τοὺς ξένους, i.e. before the guests. — ὅσον μόνον, only 
enough, 556 b. 

238 23. φαγεῖν δεινός, a terrible fellow at eating. — τὸ μέν... 

χαίρειν, [bid farewell to] let the distributing take care of tiself. — 
tptxolvixoy, a single choenix was the usual daily allowance. 

24. περιέφερον, they (i. e. the attendants) carried round. 

25. λέγοι, v. 1. λέγει. --- ἤἠπίστατο (ἐπίσταμαι). 

26. προπίνω σοι, 460. --- οὐ μή, 627, cf. ii. 2. 12 Ν. 

28. ἵνα καὶ ἐγώ, [I say this to you] in order that J also. — τιμᾶν, sc. σέ. 

29. ποιήσοι, v. 1. ποιήσει. --- ὀρέξαι, 450 b. — ὑποπεπωκὼς ἐτύγχανεν, 
he happened to have drunk somewhat freely, was pretty well warmed up 
with wine. 

237 30. μᾶλλον ἔτι ἐμοῦ, even more than I myself. 

31. προϊέμενοι, entrusting themselves, eager. — τὴν δὲ κτήσῃ, 
and shall acquire territory in addition. — ληΐζεσθαι, to obtain by plun- 
dering. 

32. συγκατεσκεδάσατο.. κέρας, and then sprinkled what was left in the 
horn on himself, or on his companions. Plato, De Legg. i. 9, says that the 
Thracians think this ‘‘an honorable and excellent custom”: to us cer- 
tainly it seems barbarous enough. — payd&, 218 (Lex.). 

33. dvéxpaye πολεμικόν, he shouted the war-cry, 478. 

34. σύνθημα, cf. i. 8, 16 N. — ὅπως.. εἴσεισι, 624b: ὅπως with fut. 
indic. after a past tense is unusual. — of re γάρ... φίλοι, for both those who 
are enemies to you are Thracians, and so also are those who are Sriends to 
us Thracians. 

35. αὐτούς, i.e. by themselves, 541 a. 

238 36. dvapévere, v. 1. ἀναμενεῖτε, fut. for imperat. — ὁπόταν... 

ἥκω, when it is the proper time, I will come, 641 a. 

37. εἰ. ἔχει, whether the Greek custom is not preferable, cf. iii. 2. 22 n. 
— βραδύτατον, cf. Cyr. v. 3. 37. 

38. ἥκιστα... ἀλλήλους, are least likely unconsciously to straggle away 
From one another. — περιπίπτουσιν, fall foul of, cf. Thuc. ii. 65. ---ἀγνοοῦν- 
τες, Sc. ἀλλήλους, 

39. τῷ νόμῳ, 5240. — εἶπον, i.e. the Thracians. — ᾿Αθηναίαν, νυ. 1. 
᾿Αθηναῖοι, making it the subject of εἶπον. --- συγγένειαν, 2. 31. 

41. αὐτός... πορευόμενος, that he himself when marching with even a few. 

239 ~ ὥσπερ δεῖ, just as we require. 

42. ἀτριβῆ, wntrodden. 

43. καλῶς. ἔσται, 571 d. — τοὺς ἀνθρώπους... ἐπιπεσόντες, we shall 
JSall upon the men unperceived by them. — τοῖς ἵπποις, with the cavalry. 

45. οὐκ ἐμοῦ μόνου δέῃ, you do not need me alone or especially. 

46. τριάκοντα, Schneider adduces this passage as evidence that Xeno- 
phon was a young man comparatively, about 30 years οἷά, (See Introduc- 
tion.) Some inferior Mss. have the reading πεντήκοντα. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. IV. 141 


47. Τάδε δή 5, this is just as you said (§ 38), the fellows are 240 
caught ; but then I have lost my cavalry who are gone awuy with- 
out supports (cf. iii. 4. 40). MeM. 

48. σὺν [τούτοις] ols ἔχω, 554 a N. — παρατεῖναι τὴν φάλαγγα, to extend 
his line. ἄλλα μύρια, on the use of ἄλλα, as here, see 567 6. 


CHAPTER IV. 
FURTHER OPERATIONS AGAINST THE ENEMIES OF SEUTHES. 


1. ἄλλοις (sc. Aoyefouevars) οἷα πείσονται (πάσχω, Lex.), ef, i.7.4N.— 
ίσονται, tense, 607 a, 645. 
ἽἝ λείαν. διατίθεσθαι, ef. vi. 6. 37 Ν. --- γένοιτο, v. 1. γένηται. — ἄν, af- 
ter ὅπως, with optat. denotes condition of attainment, cf. vi. ὃ. 18 N. — 


ἐκλιπόντες, sc. τὸ πεδίον. 
3. ἀπεκαίοντο, cf. iv. ὅ. ὃ Ν. ! a 
4. iwealten, fou-skin caps: ef. Hdt. vii. 75; Ovid. Trist. ry 10. 19. 
. : i Ὁ the feet, an 
—tepds, long overcuats or wrappers, reaching ga ’ 941 
ἜΝΙ round the loins. Cf. Hdt. vii. 69. The Greek chlamys 


was a short cloak or mantle. 


5. τῶν αἰχμαλώτων (part. gen.), some of the captives, 423. — ὅτι.. ὅτι, 
714; vy. 6. 19. — ὑπό, with acc. under, close under, with the idea of mo- 


tion. : 
6. συνεπισπέσθαι (Lex. συνεφέπομαι), v. 1. συνέπεσθαι. --- παρῆσαν, cf. 
i, 2.2. 

7. Emoévns (Lex.). — παιδεραστής, a lover of boys, a word mostly 
used in a vile sense. 

8. Kal ὅς, 518 f. — δεῖται, v. 2. δέεται. ---συνελέξατο, aor. in plpf. sense. 
— τρόπον, character. | 

9. μέλλει χάριν εἰδέναι, is Likely to esteem it a favor. 

10. εἰ παίσειεν, whether he should strike, cf. i. 9. 19 N. — ἐκείνου, i. @ 
the boy. —"Mpa, sc. dori. — por διαμάχεσθαι, ἐο fight it out with me. 

11, ταῦτα μὲν εἴα, [allowed these things] acquiesced in this, and spared 
the boy’s life. — μή, v. 1. μηδ᾽. ---ἐν τῇ... κώμῃ, in the village high- 242 
est up (of all those) under the mountain. — καλουμένοις, cf. i. 

2. 13 N. 

12. ὥστε ἀπολέσθαι (671 a, b), 80 as to be destroyed, i. e. where they ran 
the risk of perishing. | 

13. i ae so long as they were obedient. — ἄρα, cf. iv. 2. 15 N. 

14. es, 704 α, cf. i. 2, 3; 7. 1. — περιεσταύρωντο, were fenced about. 

15. ἔφασαν, i.e. the Thynian captives so said afterwards; or, it may 
be, they uttered these things as threats; see Kiih. — ὡς, 680. — αὐτοῦ, 
there, where he was, within. 


; -- 19 ν. 
16. ἐφαίνετο, wis appearing. —ot περί, 527. ---ἔνδον, cf. 1. - 943 
— Μακέστιος (Lex.), a town not far from Scillus, Xenophon’s resi- 























142 NOTES. 


dence for many years. For this reason probably he makes mention of Sila- 
nus by name. — ὀκτωκαίδεκα, some conjecture ὀκτὼ καὶ πεντήκοντα, on the 
ena that a youth of this age (about 18) could hardly blow a trumpet 
as here stated. — ἐσπασμένοι τὰ ξίφη, with drawn swords, cf. i. 8. 29 Ν 
17. ὄπισθεν = ὥστε ὄπισθεν εἶναι, cf. v. 2. 16. — περιβαλλόμενοι throw- 
rs a ran aT ha back, to protect the rear; slinging their bucklers 

τὰς πέλτας) behind. McM. —é ᾿ in oF on | 
ue es 14's. νεχομένων, being caught in or entangled. — 

18. wap’ οἰκίαν, [beside] 

.18. side} past a house, 689 d. — ἠκόντι - 
javelins out of the dark, etc. —elg τὸ φῶς ἐκ τοῦ sales "ew ‘ . 
— trpecay (τιτρώσκω.. --- Etodéa (Lex.). i a 

19. τοῖς πρώτοις, the first that he met; others were on the way. — 
ἐπείπερ, α8 SOON as he perceived how matters stood. — rd κέρας ἐφθέ ἘΝ 
αὐτῷ, his trumpet was kept sounding or blowing. — ἐδεξιοῦτο, [ eh 
right hand] congratulated. ii i" 

20. εἰ sos cf. i. 3. 14 N. — ἐᾶσαι, se. στρατεύεσθαι. 

944 ‘ - τριπλασίαν, three times as large as before the arrival of the 

at “xt πράττοι, v. 1. πράττει. 
. σπείσα » Kiith. reads σπείσεσθαι, and omi 
Bc nhs ae t, omits ἄν before ἔφη. --- 

24. ᾿Αλλ’ ἔγωγε (708 6), well, I for my part. — δίκην ἔχειν, 7 have satis- 
faction, 1 am sufficiently avenged. Cf. Hdt. i. 45. — συμβουλεύειν, note 
sudden change to indir. discourse. — ταύτῃ, SC. τῇ χώρᾳ. Ϊ 


CHAPTER Υ. 


SEUTHES FAILS TO PAY THE GREEKS.—THE TROOPS BLAME XENO- 
PHON. — EXPEDITION TO SALMYDESSUS. 


1. Ὑπερβάλλουσι (histor. pres.), they now crossed over. Kiih. follow- 
ing Kriig. by a change of punctuation, makes ὑπερβάλλουσι the dat. of the 
participle, depending on παρῆν, ὃ 2. — Δέλτα (Lex.), cf. 1. 38. --- Μαισά. 
Sov: ἦν οὐκέτι is not applicable to Mesades, the father of Seuthes. He 
was dead (2. 32), and the Delta had never belonged to him, as appears 
from the context, but to the hereditary dominions of this family. The 
sense seems to be, “‘ now this (Delta), though belonging to Teres, the Odry- 
sian, an ancient prince of the family, had formed no part of the kingdom 
in the reign of Mesades.” The remark is made as showing that the 
Greeks had already accomplished Seuthes’s object, the recovery of his 
father’s territory. MeM. 

2. Ἡρακλείδης... παρῆν, cf. 4. 2 Ν. --- διανεῖμαι, 454 6. 

9. τοίνυν, ef. v. 1. 2 Ν. -- καὶ αὖθις, at another time (on καί, see McM.). 
— Tovros...Swpod, bestow your gifts upon these, the generals and captains 
who have, etc. 


” 


BOOK VII. CHAP. V. 143 


4. οὐ πλεῖον ἐμπολήσαι, he had not sold any more of the booty 2945 
than would suffice for twenty days’ pay : ἐμπολήσαι, v. 1. ἐμποδῆ- 
σαι, ἐμπωλῆσαι. 

5. ἀχθεσθείς, being vexed or annoye 
either by borrowing...or selling. — σαντοῦ, v. 1. ἑαυτοῦ, 
sometimes used for 1st or 2d. 

6. ὅ τι ἐδύνατο, in whatever way he could. — διέβαλλε, calumniated, 


labored to bring into disgrace. ) 
7. ἐνεκάλουν, were finding fault with. — ἤχθετο αὐτῷ, 661 b. — τὸν 


μισθόν, i.e. the full pay for the month. 

8. τέως, up to that time. — Ge ἐμέμνητο, he had been continually men- 
tioning or saying. — ὡς...παραδώσοι, v. 1. παραδώσειν (659 e), ef. iii. 1. 9. 
— Βισάνθϑην (2. 38) s, see Lex. — ἐμέμνητο, 432 ο. — kal... διεβεβλήκει, 
had maliciously stated this also. 

9. ἔτι ἄνω, further up the country. —éyav τε 5, on the one hand bade 
them say that they could lead the army [no less than] gwite as well us Xen. 
(if he refused), and on the other he promised, etc. See McM. — σφεῖς, on 
this use of the pron. cf. 539 b. — ὑπισχνεῖτο, Ὁ. l. ὑπισχνεῖται. --- tyros, 


om. by Kiih. and others. 

10. στρατευσαίμην ἄν, cf. v. 1. 4 Ν. 

11. παρεκάλει, v. 1. παρακαλεῖ. --- πανουργίαν, craftiness or knavery. — 
ὅτι βούλοιτο, in that he wished. 

12. amel...dreleOnoav, 605 c. — Μελινοφ. (see Lex.). The coast in the 
vicinity of Salmydessus was noted for shipwrecks and the barbarous prac- 
tice of plundering the wrecked vessels, and enslaving all who were caught 
in them. — ὀκέλλουσι καὶ ἐκπίπτουσι, are grounded and cast on shore. 

13. ἕκαστοι ληΐζονται, each (tribe) plunders. — τέως, up to that time. — 
ἔλεγον, ἁρπάζοντας, πολλούς, v. 1. ἐλέγοντο, ἁρπάζοντες, πολλοί : subj. of 
ἔλεγον, the adherents of Seuthes, who made these statements about the 

ople in the vicinity of Salmydessus. 

14. βίβλοι γεγραμμέναι, written books, i. e. manuscripts. Some under- 
stand by βίβλοι here rolls of bark ; others say that the word is used for 
sails, ropes, coverlets, etc. Kriig. remarks that, ‘‘as so many books were 
written and read in Greece, it is not at all surprising that some of them 
should have been transported to the Greek colonies.” —tatra, these regions, 
as ὃ 13, κατὰ ταῦτα (χωρία). 

15. del, successively, from time to time (see Lex.); ef. iii. 2. 31; iv. 1. 7. 

16. παγχαλέπως εἶχον, were very hard in their feelings. — 947 
οὐκέτι... διέκειτο, was no longer on familiar terms with Xen. — 
ὁπότε... ἔλθοι (i. e. Xen.), 641 b. — ἀσχολίαι, engagements, or pressure of 


business. — ἐφαίνοντο, were pretended. 


d.— καὶ προσϑαν.... καὶ ἀποδόμ., 
pron. of 3d pers. 























CHAPTER VI. 


THE ἜΝ capable TO MARCH AGAINST TISSAPHERNES. — XENO- 
PHONS DEFENCE OF HIMSELF AGAINST ACCUSATION, 


Py oe v. 1. Θίμβρωνος. --- δοκεῖ στρατεύεσθαι, had resolved to take 
the Jie Ἴ i woadipvny. This wily satrap had returned to Asia Minor 
vide with all Cyrus's former authority, and eager to obtain vengeance, 
e lonian cities sought help from the Lacedemonians against Tissa. 
org : “ty y Thibron had been sent out with the title of harmost 
and troops to the number of 4500. Cf. X lii Sape Ἢ 
aly en. Hell. iii. 1. 3. — uKds, 
: ἐν igh th i. 6. for the purpose of taking away with them the army 
vel (v. ὁ. xapin), wil ἢ v : i un 
rept χαριῃ), will confer a favor. — ἀπαιτήσουσι, i.e. οἱ στρα- 
3. παράγειν, to bring in, or introd 
v uce the Lacedemonian envoys. — 
εἶπον ὅτι.. ἥκουσιν : ἔλεγεν ὅτι.. ἀποδίδωσι, 607 ; cf. i. 3. 14 κ. -- ji 
Ko ἀποδίδωσι with βούλεται. --- ξενίᾳ, v. 1. ξένια, cf. vi. 1. 3 | Si 
tls ἀνήρ, what sort of a man €ipo ga Se 
In. — ov ἐστι 
him, 453. — Kal οἵ, 518 f. —*AXX’, 708 e. ΜΉΝ capa arya 
248 . 5. ἿΥ οὖν.. μή, why, he will not oppose us, (will he *) respect- 
dai ing the removal of the army ? dpa μή indicates doubt and mis- 
giving as to the reply. — τὸν pro Ody, the pay, cf. § 1.— προσχόντ 
ἔχω) sc. τὸν νοῦν. } raha 


7. ὅτι, 644. - δοκεῖ, cf. § 1 ν. 


8. ἐν κ see L f. ii 
PS rg ἐπηκόῳ, see Lex., cf. ii. 5. 38. — ἑρμηνέα, see § 43, τὸν ἑαυτοῦ 
Myers " i ἃ si πάλαι, F sity long ago. — οὐδὲν πεπαύμεθα, 
“ee ΤΟ rest. Kriig. reads (after Stephens) πεπάμεθα (πάο 

μαι), we 
5 με nee τ: ὁ δέ.. ἔχει, he has our labors, i. 6. the fruit or ae of 

bo μὴν and Privations. — ἰδίᾳ (Lex.). — ἡμᾶς... μισθόν, 480 c. 
na ca ἽΝ λέγων ἐγὼ μεν, J, at least, who am the Jirst one to speak 
ruth in this matter, — δίκην (Lex. διδόναι δίκην). --- περιεῖλκε (see 


249 Lex.), has dragged us around. — τὸν μισθόν 
think, deem that T had my pay. » ...€xav, 7 would, I 


Dyed us πάντα 8, well, really (after this), a man may expect any kind 
bin -—-& ᾧ (with viv) 5, at a time when [to myself at least I seem to be] 
conscious, etc. —waperyypévos, of having shown. —’ Arerparéuny, 


cf. 1.4; 2. 8.— οὐ μά. οὔτ 
oe ig eg pi “a οὔτοι, no, by Zeus, not from learning, etc. — 


12. ὅθεν = ἐκεῖσε ὅθεν, cf. 2. 10, δ κα 3. 17 N. 
“γῇ aay of writ perhaps a little ironical. 
, on the one hand, on the other. — πάντες. ταῦτα - αἱ 
" ᾽ . owe ᾿ did 
(or did you not) ali say? ete. Dind. and others omit the oniadth orl 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VI. 145 


15. Enel, since. — εἰ ἐπαινῶ αὐτόν, if I were to commend him (649 c) ; 
ji. e. supposing that J do really praise him, in that case, you may fairly 
aveuse me, etc. McM. — διαφορώτατος, most at variance. — περὶ ὧν = 
περὶ τούτων &, concerning matters about which I am at VATIANCE 250 
with him. 

16. Keon, it is possible. —txovra, sc. ἐμέ. --- τεχνάζειν, am trying to 
trick you out of it (your money) by feigning enmity towards him. — εἴπερ 
οΟΣεύθης, if Seuthes paid me anything, 454 e. — οὐχ οὕτως 5, he did not, 
assuredly, pay it with any idea that he should be both deprived of, etc. — 
ἐπὶ τούτῳ, with this purpose or intention. 

17. πράττητε, πράττειν, with 2 accus. to exact from, 480. — ἐὰν μὴ Be- 
βαιῶ τὴν πρᾶξιν, if 1 do not complete the business. 

18. ᾿Αλλά.. ἔχειν, but [I am conscious of wanting much of having your 
money] J am far enough from having any of your property, ef. v. 4. 32.N. 
— ὀμνύω. θεούς, 472 f, cf. vi. 6. 17. — σύνοιδέ por, [knows with me] knows 
as well as I, whether, etc. 

19. συνεπόμνυμι, I swear further or in addition. — μὴ τοίνυν μηδέ, no, 
indeed, not even, 713 b. 

20. ὅσῳ μᾶλλον, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον, the more I, so much the more he, ete. 
--- συμφέροιμι, 7 shared with. — αὐτοῦ τὴν γνώμην, his disposition, un- 
grateful as it is. 

21. Ναὶ pa Ala, 476 d. — ἠσχυνόμην μέντοι, εἰ... ἐξηπατήθην, 7 should 
be ashamed indeed, if I had been deceived ; ἄν omitted gives emphasis, 
cf. 632. 

22. εἴ γε... φυλακή, if indeed precaution is (necessary) towards friends. 
— πᾶσαν, sc. φυλακήν. --- ἠδικήσαμεν τοῦτον οὐδέν͵, 480 Ὁ. 251 

23. Kiihner and others omit ἂν ταῦτα after ἐδύνατο. --- ὧς = 
bore. —&.. εἶπον, what I would never hve spoken. — τούτον, i. 6. Seuthes. 
— ἐναντίον, in the presence of. Their lack of sense (ἀγνώμονες) and ingrati- 
tude (ἀχάριστοι) forced him to the humiliating acknowledgment of the dis- 
tressed condition in which the Greeks were when they entered the service 
of Seuthes. 

24. προσῇτε πόλιν ; v. 1. εἰ προσῇτε πόλιν, ᾿Αρίσταρ. --- οὐκ εἴα, forbid 
or prevent. — ὑπαίθρια, in the open air. — μέσος χειμών, midwinter. — 
ὁρῶντες, ἔχοντες, while you saw, while you had. — ὅτων (253) gen. of price. 
— ἀὠὀνήσεσθε, Kiih. and others make all these clauses interrogative, did not 
Aristarchus ? was it not midwinter ἢ etc., so also, § 25. 

25. ἐτὶ Θράκης, ad fines Thracie. — ἐφορμοῦσαι, stationed outside, 
blockading the coast. — εἶναι, sc. ἀνάγκη ἦν. 

26. οὐδέν τι ἄφθονον, in no great abundance certainly. — ὅτῳ.. οὐκ ἦν, 
but we had no force whereby, etc. — συνεστηκός, in a body or organized. 

27. μηδ᾽... προσαιτήσας, without having asked any pay whatever in ad- 
dition, 551 g. —Av ἐδόκουν, should I seem ?—mpd ὑμῶν ; in your behalf? 693. 

28. Τούτων... κοινωνήσαντες, for, surely, while you shared in 252 
these advantages, in having the aid of these troops. ---κατὰ σπου- 
δήν, 696. Kiih. and others read μᾶλλον repeated before μέτέσχετε. 


7 J 








ee 


SS ““0..-.5Σ... «ὄ.ὕ 


7 











146 NOTES. 


29. κωλύοντες μηδαμῆ, 713 d. — κατ᾽ ὀλίγους, in small parties. 

30. μισθϑόν.. τῆς ἀσφαλείας, cf. v. 6. 31 N. — τοῦτο... πάθημα, is this 
the dreadful calamity you are complaining of ?— ζῶντα ἐμὲ ἐᾶν εἶναι ; to 
suffer me to live? 679: νυ. 1. ζῶντα ἐμὲ ἀνεῖναι (Kriig.), to let me go alive ἢ 
ef. Tell. ii. 3. 51. 

91. Οὐ, sc. ἀπέρχεσθε. --- εἴ τι = ὅτι, 639 ἃ ; cf. i. 6. 1. — ταῦτα πράτ- 
τοντες, while faring thus. — οὔτε.. ἀπεβάλετε, nor did you lose any alive, 
i.e. by their being made captives. 

32. Ei δέ τι.. ὑμῖν, if any honor had been gained by you, 461; i. 8. 12. 
— πρὸς ἐκείνοις, in addition to those things, i. 6. the reputation or glory 
acquired in Asia. — dv ἐμοὶ χαλεπαίνετε, for which you are angry with me, 
4565. — χάριν εἰδέναι, be grateful (Lex. χάρι5). 

33. πρὸς θεῶν, 697. — ἀπῆρα (draipw), I weighed anchor or set sail : 

953 Ὁ l. ἀπῇα (ἄπειμι). τὸ ἄν με ἔπεμπον, (otherwise) they would never 

have sent me, impf. as of repeated acts, 2. 8, 1. 8; or of animus, 
**would not have been disposed to send.” MeM. 

34. πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους, join with διαβεβλημένος, calumniated to, i. 6. 
in the eyes of the Lacedwmonians. — ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν, ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, emphatic, indi- 
eating their ingratitude. — ἀποστροφήν, ii. 4. 22 N. — εἰ γένοιντο, i. 6. if 
I should have any. These words bear on the question of Xenophon’s age 
at the time, and clearly imply that he had neither wife nor children as 
yet. Subsequently he had two sons, Gryllus and Diodorus (by a wife 
named Philesia), the former of whom fell at Mantinea, B. c. 362: Plut. 
Ages. 20: cf. 2. 38 ν. 

35. ἐγὼ ἀπήχθημαί (ἀπεχθάνομαι) τε πλεῖστα, [have incurred very great 
hatred. — καὶ ταῦτα͵ 544 a. -— κρείττοσιν, dat. of agent, after passive verb, 
461. — πραγματενόμενος.. ὑμῖν = καὶ ols πραγματ. in ordinary construc- 
tion. 

36. οὔτε ἀποδιδράσκοντα, nor running away stealthily. — κατακανόν- 
ves, Kiih. reads xaraxexaydres, but it may be doubted whether there is any 
such perf. of xaivw to be found in use. See Veitch’s ‘‘Greek Verbs.” Cf. 
679. —év τῷ μέρει 5, in his (proper) share and beside (beyond) his share; in 
his turn as well as out of his turn. — τρόπαια BapB., trophies over the bar- 
barians. — πρὸς ὑμᾶς, contra vos, or apud vos, i. 6. against your caprices, 
or for you, for your sake. 

37. Καὶ γὰρ οὖν, cf. i. 9. 8 Ν. --- Ὑμεῖς δέ.. νῦν δὴ καιρὸς ὑμῖν δοκεῖ 
εἶναι ; You, then...does it now seem to you to be just the time ? anacoluthon, 
402. — ὅτε, v. 1. dri. — πλεῖτε, you are sailing, i. 6. you are at liberty to 
sail. 

38. Οὐ μὴν, sc. οὕτως ἐδόκει ὑμῖν. --- ὦ.. μνημονικώτατοι, O ye, of all 
men (I have ever known) possessing most admirable memories! ironical, of 
course. — οὗτοι, i. 6. Charminus and Polynicus, 

254 39. πρὸς ἡμῶν, with us, cf. § 4. 

40. ἐπὶ τούτῳ, next after him. — τοῦτο, depends on στρατη- 
γῆσαι as cognate acc. (ταύτην στρατηγίαν, i. 3. 15), that you should jirst 
lead us as our generals for this, viz. to exact, etc. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VII. 147 


41. ταῦτα ἀποδόμενος 5, having sold these things, he has neither paid 
over the proceeds to Seuthes, nor to us, 579. — ἐξόμεθα αὐτοῦ, we shall keep 


hold of him, 582. 
42. μάλα, v. 1. μᾶλλον, 1. 6. still more affrighted than at anything he 


had as yet heard. — ἣν σωφρονῶμεν, repeating the very words of Poly- 
crates. 

43. τὰ χωρία, cf. 5. 8. —év ἀποῤῥήτῳ ποιησάμενος, having communi- 
cated it as a secret ; ef. vi. 6.11; Hadt. ix. 94. — Πολυνίκου, ὃ 1. 955 
— ἔσται, sc. Xenophon. — ἀποθανοῖτο (v. 1. ἀποθάνοι), change of 


mood. 
44. ᾿Επέστελλον, i. 6. by letters or messengers, or both. — ἐθύετο, v. ἢ. 


ἔθυε, 455 g. — λῷον kal ἄμεινον, the usual form in consulting the gods, cf. 
vi. 2. 15 Ν. --- ἐφ᾽ οἷς -- ἐπὶ rovros ἅ, on the conditions Seuthes proposed. 
—’Avaipet, sc. Ζεύς, Zeus replies: the word is commonly used of responses 
by oracles, etc., οἵ, iii. 1. 6; vi. 1. 22. 


CHAPTER VII. 


EFFORTS TO INDUCE SEUTHES TO PAY WHAT IS DUE. — XENOPHON’S 
STRONG REMONSTRANCE SUCCESSFUL. 


1. ἐσκήνησαν εἰς κώμας, const. preg., marched into the villages and 
took up their quarters there. — ὑπό, cf. i. 1. 6, where ἐκ is used, 586. 

2. ἄνωθεν, from the upper country. — Kal ὅς, 518 f. 

3. Προλέγομεν, we warn you, etc. — ὑπὲρ Lebbov, in behalf of Seuthes, 
693. — ὅδε ὁ ἀνήρ, Kiih. reads ὅδε ἁνήρ. --- MnSéxov, king of the Odryse, 
cf. 3. 16. — εἰ δὲ μή, 710. — ἐπιτρέψομεν, sc. τὰς ἡμετέρας κώμας πορθεῖν. 
— ἀλεξησόμεθα, υ. 1. ἀλεξόμεθα. 

4. ᾿Αλλὰ σοὶ... χαλεπόν, well, even to give an answer to you, speaking im 
such terms, is disagreeable or annoying ; however, etc. 256 

6. ὁπότε ἔλθοις, 641 Ὁ, iterative optat. Some read ἦλθες, but 
ef. 1. 5; 2. 10. --- ἐγκεχαλινωμένοις, cf. 2. 21. 

7. δι’ ἡμᾶς, 694. — σὺν θεοῖς, with the help of the gods, 533 c. — viv δή, 
v. 1. νῦν δέ. --- ἐξελαύνετε, you are (threatening us with) driving us out, 
somewhat sarcastic. 

8. οὐχ ὅπως Sapa δούς, not only not bestowing any gifts: on the use. of 
phrases like οὐχ ὅπως, etc., see 717 5. Compare Lat. non dico, — ἀνθ᾽ ὧν 
εὖ ἔπαθες, cf. i. 8. 4 ν. ---ἀλλ᾽.. ἐπιτρέπεις, but, as far as lies in your power, 
you do not allow us, just going away, even to encamp here (note force of 


aor. ἐναυλισθῆνα!). 

9. ἀπὸ λῃστείας, [from] by means of robbery, 695. — ἔχοντα, sc. ἑώρα. 
— ἔφησθα, 2. 34. 

10. τί καί, cf. 564 ο. --- ἔφη, Xenophon asked. — παρεδώκατε, 806 b. — 
οὐδὲν ἐμέ 5, in no wise calling me in (to your counsels), cf. 6. 3. — θαυμα- 


























148 NOTES. 


στότατοι (ironical), most wonderful men that you are ! — ὅπως, 624, 701 6. 
— χαρισαίμην, 7 might gratify them, and thereby secure their good-will. 

11. κατὰ.. καταδύομαι, Jum ready to sink under the earth. — ὑπὸ τῆς 
αἰσχύνης, with the shame which I feel : see Kiih. on the force of art. here. 

957 — οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν... ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας, for Medo- 

cus, my king, would not approve of my conduct, if I should drive 
out our bertefactors, 631 ἃ, 

12. ἐλύπει, distressed or vexed. — ἡ χώρα πορθουμένη, the devastation of 
the country. 

13. Kal ὅς, 518 f. — καλεῖ, 607 a, 645. — προερῶν (Lex. προερῶ), edic- 
turus, intending to warn (them) as he had warned him, i. e. Xenophon. -— 
ἀπιέναι, (viz.) to depart. 

14. ἂν ἀπολαβεῖν, you might recover. — εἴποιτε, v. 1. εἴπητε. --- δεδέηται, 
v. l. δέδεκται, omitting ὅτι, and reading ὑμᾶς instead οἵ ὑμῶν. ---- συνανα- 
πρᾶξαι, to join in exacting. — τούτων τυχόντες, if they obtain [these things] 
this, i. e. their pay. — φασι, i. 6. the troops. — τότε, then, and only then. 

15. δύνωνται, cf. i. 3. 14 nN. — ἐπικαιρίους, cf. 1. 6. — λέγειν, sc. λέγε 
δή: εἰ δὲ μή, sc. ἔχεις : ἔχομεν, sc. λέγειν, 710, cf. 1. 31 Ν. 

16. μάλα δὴ ὑφειμένως, very submissively indeed. — Σεύθης, sc. λέγει. --- 
ἀξιοῦμεν... γεγενημένους, we request that those who have become Friends to us, 
i. δ. in the villages where the Greeks were now quartered, 8 1. — ἤδη, forth- 
with, then and there. 

17. καὶ viv, even now, after all that you have said. — ἐνθένδε, [from 

258 hence] from you, to obtain, etc. 

18. ἐπιτρέψαι 5, to leave it to these men [whatever decision they 
should make] to decide whether it is fitting that you should quit the country, 
or we? 

19. οὐκ ἔφη, sc. ἐπιτρέψαι ἄν. --- οἴεσθαι, supply ἔφη. --- πέμπειν, depends 
on ἐκέλευε. 

21. ἠχθέσθης, cf. 5. 6, 7. — ἀπήτουν, ἀποδοῦναι, ἀπολαβεῖν, Kiih. calls 
attention to the force of ἀπό, in composition, viz. back, where something 
is due; to demand back, to give back, to take back. — ὑπέσχον, aor. in 
plup. sense, you had promised. 

22. μετὰ τοῦς θεούς, next to the gods. — εἰς τὸ φανερόν, in a conspicuous 
position ; Xen. Cyr. viii. 7. 23; Agesilaus, 5. 6. — βασιλέα σε ἐποίησαν, 
480 a. — λανθάνειν, supply ποιῶν, from ποιήσῃς following. 

23. ἐδόκει, v. 1. δοκεῖ. --- εὖ ἀκούειν.. ἀνθρώπων, [to hear agreeably, act. 
for pass. 575 a] to be well spoken of by 6000 men. — σαντόν, λέγοις, change 
of construction from 3d to 2d person. 

259 . 24. τῶν ἀπίστων, emph. pos. — πλανωμένους, wandering about, 

i. e. failing in accomplishing their object. — σωφρονίζειν (Lex.) 
to bring to reason or obedience, — τὸ ἤδη κολάζειν, v. 1. τὰς ἤδη κολάσεις. 

25. ri προτελέσας.. ἔλαβες, what it was thal you paid us beforehand (or 
in advance) when you received us as allies. — Ole’, v. 1. Oid’. 

26. Οὐκοῦν τοῦτο s, -is not, then, this, their confidence in you, that also 
which obtained your kingdom for you, bartered away by you for this sum of 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VII. 149 


money  --- χρημάτων, gen. of price. — πιπράσκεται ; some omit the inter- 
rogation-mark. 

27. πῶς μέγα ἡγοῦ, how you considered it (to be) a great thing. —&... 
ἔχεις, which you now hold by conquest, 679 b. — εὔξω, v. 1. ηὔξω, cf. 278 ἃ. 
— χρημάτων, referring to the money due to the soldiers. 

28. ὅσῳπερ, inasmuch as, in the same degree as. — ἀρχήν, [in the first 
place] αὐ all, with negatives, 483. — πλουτῆσαι, φανῆναι, βασιλεῦσαι, 
incept. aor., to become rich, etc.; cf. πλουτεῖν, to be rich, etc. 

29. ἐπίστασαι μέν, naturally there ought to follow, ἐπίστασαι δὲ, ὅτι 
ἐπιχειροῖεν ἄν : a like construction is found in Sophocles, Philoctetes, 1056, 
πάρεστι μὲν Τεῦκρος... ἔγώ te. — φιλίᾳ τῇ σῇ (object. use of pron.), friend- 
ship for you ; cf. iv. 5. 13. — κατέχοι ; some omit interrogation. 

30. σωφρονεῖν τὰ πρὸς σέ, would perform their duties towards 260 
you more discreetly. — πρὸς σέ, 697. — ἄλλους... παραγενέσθαι, 
supply εἰ νομιζοῖεν, implied in εἰ ὁρῷεν, above. — τούτων ἀκούοντας, hearing 
Jrom these, 432. — εἰ καταδοξάσειαν, if they should form a bad opinion of 
you (and judge) that no others, οἷο. --- τούτους, the Greeks. — αὐτοῖς, i. e. 
the present subjects of Seuthes. 

31. πλήθει.. λειφθέντες, [left behind us] inferior to us in numbers, 406 Ὁ. 
— τοῦτο (for οὗτος) κίνϑυνος, is not this a danger? is it not a matter of 
apprehension to you ?— τούτων, i. 6. the Greeks. — ὑπισχῶνται.. συστρα- 
rever Oar, cf. 659 g. — ἄν.. ἀναπράξωσιν, on condition that they should now 
(at once) exact what is due from you. — συναινέσωσιν.. ταῦτα ; may con- 
cede these things to them (the soldiers)? Some place the interrogation after 
Λακεδαιμονίους ; others omit it altogether. 

32. γὲ μήν, porro. —imé σοι, under your power, 691. --- ἐπί σε... σοι, 
788 6. 

33. προνοεῖσθαι... δεῖ, sc. σέ. ---ἀπαθῆ κακῶν (object. gen.) μᾶλλον, more 
Sree from suffering evils, less exposed to harm. — ἐγκαλοῦσιν, demand in 
payment. This verb is used of a creditor summoning a debtor into court, 
in order to obtain judgment against him. See Kiih., note. 

34. τούτοις, v. 1. τοῦτο. --- ὀφείλοιτο, v. 1. ὀφείλοιντο. 

35. ᾿Αλλὰ γάρ Ἡρακλείδῃ, But (you may object to all this), 261 
Sor to Heracleides, etc., cf. iii. 2. 25. —"H μὴν πολύ 5, assuredly, 
it is a much smaller matter now for you to get and pay this money. 

36. ὁ ὁρίζων, which determines. — πρόσοδος, revenue ; your present 
revenue or income will be (v. J. ἐστέν, is) greater than, ete. 

37. ταῦτα... προενοούμην, I have been considering these things before- 
hand, as your friend, and in your interests. — ὦν... ἀγαθῶν, cf. 554a, — 
διαφθαρείην, be utterly ruined in reputation. 

38. otr’ dv...ixavds ἂν γενοίμην, cf. i. 3. 2 N. 

39. σὺν θεοῖς, cf. iii. 1. 23; 2. 8, 11. — ἐπὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις, for the 
soldiers, i. 6. for the sake of conciliating the troops and securing their ser- 
Vices. — ἤτησα, ἀπήτησα, cf. v. 8. 4 Ν. 

40. μηδὲ ἀποδιδόντος (sc. σοῦ) δέξασθαι ἄν, 7 would not have received 
anything even if you had offered it. —Aleypév, on omission of ἄν cf. 6. 91 Ν. 
— weprideiv, cf. 3. 3 Ν. --- ἄλλως τε kal, 717 a. 





























150 NOTES. 


41. λῆρος... πρὸς τό... τρόπον, a trifle, in comparison with the holding on 
to the money by every means in his power. — οὐδέν... κτῆμα, no possession, 
Cf. Xen. Ages. 3. 5. 

42. πλουτεῖ.. φίλων, is rich in friends, 414 a. — συνησθησομένους, 

262 will share his joy or pleasure. , 

43. ᾿Αλλὰ γάρ, But (I need not dwell upon this), for. — πάν- 
τως, αἱ any rate: v. l. πάντας. 

44. αὐτοί, they themselves, on their part. — ἐνεκάλουν.. pot, brought 
against me the charge (which I do not admit) that I cared more, 702 a, 

45. τὰ Sapa, obj. of ἔχειν. --- ἐνιδόντας, because they saw; κατανοήσαν- 
tas, because they observed. 

46. ἀποκεῖσθαι, v. 1. ἀποδείκνυσθαι : see Kiih. note. —8ea...éver(prhaco, 
you could not be satisfied with promising what great rewards should be mine. 
— ὅσον... ἐδυνάμην, § 8 N. — νῦν.. τολμᾷς, have you the hardihood (despite 
all that 1 have urged upon you) ¢o see with indifference that Iam now thus 
dishonored among the soldiers ? 

47. ὅτι. ἀποδοῦναι, depend on διδάξειν. --- αὐτὸν γέ σε 5, that you your- 
self will not bear to see those reproaching you who freely laid out their ser- 
vices in your behalf, and trusted to your honor to compensate them. The 
critics note that Xen. indulges in a little exaggeration here. 

263 48. τῷ αἰτίῳ, 444 f. — οὔτε... πώποτε, never at any time. 

49. ἀνομοίως txovra...bre, that I am differently esteemed in the 
army now, from what I was when, etc. 

50. ἄν τε μένῃς, and if you will remain, — τὰ χωρία, 2. 38; 5. 8. 

51. ἔχειν οὕτως, 577 c. — Καὶ μήν, atqui, and yet in reality. 

52. "AAG = well. — ἐπαινῶ, I thank you for, a polite mode of declin- 
ing a proffered kindness or favor. Cf. Lat. laudo, benigne. — νόμιζε, be 
assured. 

53. ᾿Αργύριον... μικρόν τι, 7 have no money [other than] except a Little. 
— τάλαντον = 300 darics, i. 7. 18 = about $1200. — ὁμήρους, cf. 4. 13, 
20, 21. — προσλαβών, taking in addition.. 

54. ἐξικνῆται, come up to or amount to = étapxp. Cf. Hat. ii. 1385. — 
τίνος τάλαντον 5, whose talent shall I say that I have? among which of the 
Greeks, when their number is so great, shall I divide this talent, which is 
80 very small a sum ? —*Ap’ οὐκ, ἐπειδή 5, is it not better, since danger also 
(as you say, § 51) threatens me, in going back at least (to the army) to 
guard against the stones? cf. 6.10. Born. and others give the sense of 
ἀπιόντα, going back to my own country and thus escape danger of losing 
my life. See Kiih. note. — ἔμειναν, v. 1. ἔμενε. 

55. ἐλάσοντας, 305 c. — ἔλεγον, were saying or were under the impres- 
sion. — ἃ ὑπέσχετο, what he had promised him, 646 ἃ, 

264 56. δι᾽ ὑμᾶς, v. 1. δ᾽ ἡμᾶς. --- πολλὴν εἶχον αἰτίαν, were much 

censured, on the ground of having acted fraudulently. 

57. οὐ προσύει, did not go near Charminus and Polynicus, i. e. took no 
part in the proceeding. — οὐ γάρ... περὶ φυγῆς, for not yet had a decree of 
banishment been passed against him at Athens. See INTRODUCTION, p. ix. 
Cf. Thucyd. i. 119, 125. — ἀπαγάγοι, Kiih. reads ἀπαγάγῃ. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VIII. 


CHAPTER VIII. 


THE GREEKS CROSS TO LAMPSACUS. — ARRIVAL AT PERGAMUS. — 
XENOPHON ATTACKS ASIDATES, A PERSIAN, AND GAINS MUCH 
BOOTY. — ARMY HANDED OVER TO THIBRON, 


1, Λάμψακον, see Lex. — ἀπαντᾷ τῷ Elev. 450 a. — τοῦ... 
who wrote the (work upon) Dreams in the Lycewm : MeM. translates, ‘* who 
painted the Dreams in the Lyceum” (a gymnasium at Athens, eastward 
of the city). The verb γράφω means either fo write or to paint, but, if 
ἐνύπνια be the true reading, the former meaning seems most appropriate 
here: v. 1. ἐνοίκια, and ἐνώπια. Kiih. reads γεγραφηκότος for γεγραφότος, 
but that form is used only in later writers. — ἔχοι, v. 1. ἔχει. 

2. 4 μήν, ii. 3. 26. — αὑτόν, Kiih. reads αὐτόν. --- ἐφόδιον, viaticum, 
travelling expenses. 

3. ve, i.e. Xen. was sacrificing. —waperrirato τὸν Eix. = got Eu- 
clides to stand by him, cf. vi. 1. 22. — ἱερεῖα, v. 7. ἱερά. Euclides conjec- 
tured Xenophon’s present lack of means from the poor quality of the 
victims. — μέλλῃ, sc. χρήματα. --- σὺ σαντῷ, you will be a hindrance to 
yourself, i.e. you will allow your disinterestedness and neglect of your own 
interests to stand in the way, as heretofore. 

4. γάρ, 708 ο. --- Μειλίχιος, gracious to those who propitiate him by - 
offerings. Zeus was worshipped under this name at the Διάσια at Athens, 
when all the people offered sacrifices to this god. Cf. Thucyd. i. 126. — 
ὥσπερ οἴκοι εἰώθειν ἐγὼ ὑμῖν θύεσθαι, as J was accustomed at home 265 
(i. e. at Athens) to offer sacrifice, καὶ (= namely, that is) ddoKav- 
τεῖν, to burn whole victims for you. From this it may be inferred that 
Euclides and Xen. were on intimate terms at Athens. — ἐξ ὅτου, since, 
557. — καθά, υ. 1. καὶ ἅ. --- συνοίσειν s, it would result to his advan- 
tage. 

5. édoxatra, except in sacrifices offered to Zeus Meilichios it was not 
usual to burn the whole victim. — τῷ πατρίῳ (v. 1. rarpwy) νόμῳ, sc. τῷ 
ὁλοκαυτεῖν. --- ἐκαλλιέρει (Lex. καλλιερέω). ᾿ 

6. Εὐκλείδης, another person of this name (not the same as in § 1); or 
perhaps the text is corrupt, as Kiih. thinks (see Lex.). —§evowvras, are hos- 
pitably entertained (in § 8 παρά goes with this verb). — ἵππον... δαρεικῶν, 
the horse which he had sold in Lampsacus for fifty darics (= about $200), 
431 a. — τὴν τιμήν, the price paid for the horse. 

7, cade jc ef. iv. 6. 4. — AvBlas (partit. gen.)...medlov, 80. ἀφι- 
κνοῦνται, they came to the plain of Thebe (in, or belonging to) Lydia: ». J. 
Μυσίας. 

8. τῆς Μυσίας, 522 Ἡ. --- ξενοῦται, cf. § 6 Ν. --- Γογγύλονυ, cf. Thucyd. 
i. 128. 

9. αὐτόν (after ἔφη), i. e. Xenophon. — καθηγησομένους, cf. 598 Ὁ. 

































































152 NOTES. 


266 11 τε (after rods) connects δειπνήσας and λαβών. --- ὅπως εὖ 
ποιῆσαι αὐτούς͵ that he might do them a service, viz. by giving them 
a share of the expected plunder. — βιασάμενοι, having forced themselves 
into the company of Xen. and his chosen band. — ἀπήλαυνον, were for 
driving them off, or tried to drive them back, in order that they might 
not be called upon to share the booty with these pertinacious volunteers, 
just as if, forsooth (δή), Xen. dryly remarks, the plunder was already in 
their hands. 

12. τύρσιος (218. 2), depends on πέριξ, --- χρήματα, valuables, i. 6. here 
catile and such like. —dméSpa αὐτοὺς ἀμελοῦντας, ὡς, escaped (ran away 
from) them, inasmuch as they neglected these in order that. 

14. ἐπί, with gen. i. 2. 15 Ν. --- γηΐνων, = ὀπτῶν, cf. ii, 4. 12; iii. 4. 7. 
— διωρώρυκτο, cf. 281 ἃ. --- διεφάνη, impers., as soon as ever light shone 
through, i. e. as soon as an opening was made. — βουπόρῳ ὀβελίσκῳ, with 
an ox-spit, cf. Hdt. ii. 135. — διαμπερές, cf. iv. 1. 18 nN. — ἐκτοξεύοντες 
ἐποίουν, by shooting arrows continually, they made it unsafe any longer 
even to approach. 

15. πυρσενόντων (Lex.). — Kopavias, a castle or town not far from Per- 
gamus. — ἄλλοι, cf. i. 5. 5; 7. 11 nN. — ἄλλοι.. ἄλλοι... ἱππεῖς, cavalry, 
some from...others from. 

16. πῶς ἔσται, dir. for indir. disc. ὅπως ἔσοιτο, cf. i. 8. 14 Ν. --- λαβόν- 
τες [sc. τοσούτους Bois] ὅσοι ἦσαν βόες, 551 c. — ποιησάμενοι, cf. i. 10. 9 Ν. 
— οὕτω, v. 1. ἔτι. --- μὴ φυγὴ εἴη ἡ ἄφοδος, lest the departure should (seem 
to) be a flight, 534. 8. --- εἰ ἀπίοιεν, cf. iii. 4. 35 N. — νῦν δέ 5, but, as it 
was (in fact), they retreated us if intending to fight, etc. 

17. βίᾳ τῆς μητρός, in spite of his mother, who perhaps apprehended 
future retaliation on the part of the Persians. — Προκλῆς... ὁ ἀπό, cf. ii. 
1.3 N. 

18. Οἱ περὶ Bev. 527 a. — κύκλῳ, in the form of a circle. — ὅπλα, i. 6. 
shields. — πρὸ τῶν τοξευμάτων, as a defence against the missiles. The cir- 
cular form would cause the missiles to strike the shield obliquely and 
glance off. 

19. *Ayactas (Lex.). — πρόβατα... θύματα (507 f), cattle enough for sacri- 
Jices, but not enough for provisions or profit ; cf. § 21. 

20. paxpordrny, sc. ὁδόν. --- Λυδίας, gen. depending on superl. 419 c. 
His plan was to throw Asidates off his guard by marching as far as possi- 
ble on the road into Lydia, etc. —els τὸ ph = ὥστε μή, to the end that 
(Asidates) might not be in fear, etc. Cf. Xen. Mem. iii. 6. 2. 

21. ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, i. 6. ἐπὶ τῷ ἰέναι ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, with a view to another expedi- 
tion against him. — ὑπό.. ἐχούσας, pertinentes, [having themselves under] 
lying close under, i. e. very near to and under the protection of, etc. Cf. 
Hdt. iv. 42. 

22. συντυγχάνουσιν (hist. pres.), fell in with. — γυναῖκα, Kiih. reads 
γυναῖκας. --- ἀπέβη, [came off ] were fulfilled, § 10. 

23. οὐκ ἠτιάσατο, did not blame the god any longer: the whole story is 
a curious mixture of piety and a free seizing upon other people's property ! 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VIII. 153 


v. l. howdoaro, hailed the god as his benefactor. — συνέπραττον... ὥστε, 
[worked together...that] joined together in bringing tt about that, 268 
etc. — ἐξαίρετα, select or choice portions of the booty: cf. Homer, 

Il. i. 8334-367 ; Virg. dn. vili. 552. 

24. ᾿Εκ τούτου, υ. 1. ἐν τούτῳ, i.e. in the spring of B. c. 399 (see 
‘Record of Marches,” ete. after the Appendix, p. 26). 

25, 26. These sections are bracketed, as being of very doubtful authen- 
ticity. Kriig. regards them as a mere interpolation, and gives abundant 
and cogent reasons for his opinion. Dindorf, in his fourth edition (1867), 
and Schenkl (1869), print the paragraph in smaller type, as forming no 
part of the text of Xenophon. Cobet (1859) extrudes the sections entirely 
from his edition. Κι. brackets § 25, but gives § 26 as genuine. 

26. ᾿Αριθμός, the numbering or computation. — καταβάσεως, i. 6. to 
Cotyora, cf. v. 5. 4; ii. 2. 6 N. — διακόσιοι 5, on the order of numerals in 
Greek, cf. 242a. As to the numbers, however, as Kiih. justly remarks, 


the Mss. vary to a large extent. . 

















GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


[From MacMicnaezt’s ‘‘Anabasis.”’] 





WALL OF MEDIA (i. 7. 15; ii. 4. 12). —PYLA (6. 5). — THE 
TRENCH (i. 7. 15). — CANALS (i. 7. 15; ii. 4. 13). 


81. Not the least remarkable of the discoveries which of late years have 
marked the progress of geographical inquiry in this most interesting region 
is the actual existence at the present time of an ancient wall stretching 
across Mesopotamia at the head of the Babylonian plain. Dr. Ross, who 
first examined it at its eastern terminus, in 1836, describes it, under the 
name Khalé (or Sidd) Nimrid (Wall or ‘Embankment of Nimrod), as a 
straight wall 25 long paces thick, and from 35 to 40 feet high, running 
5. S. W. } W. as far as the eye could reach, to two mounds called Ramelah 
(Siffeirah, Ainsworth, pp. 81, 82), on the Phrat, some hours above Felujah. 
The eastern extremity was built of the small pebbles of the country, cemented 
with lime of great tenacity, but farther inland, his Bedwir guide told him, 
“ it was built of brick, and in some places worn down level with the desert, 
—and was built by Nimrod to keep off the people of Nineveh, with whom 
he had an implacable feud” (Journal of Royal Geogr. Society, ix. pp. 446, 
472; xi. p. 130). That it was constructed for purposes of defence, and 
not as a mere embankment! for purposes of irrigation, is indicated by its 
having on its northwestern face ‘‘a glacis, and bastions at intervals of 
55 paces, with a deep ditch 27 paces broad.” It was further examined by 





1 Captain Jones, cited by Grote (Greece, ch. Ixx.), represents it as “πὸ wall at all, 
but a mere embaukment, extending seven or eight miles from the Tigris, designed to 
arrest the winter torrents and drain off the rain-water of the desert into a large reser- 
voir,’ etc. An embankment of the dimensions given above by Dr. Ross should hardly be 
required to arrest the winter torrents of a country remarkable for its drought (ἡ γῆ τῶν 
Agovpiwyv ὕεται ὀλίγῳ, Hdt. i. 198. Its true character as a line of defence is affirmed 
both by Layard, p. 578, and by General Chesney, i. pp. 29, 30, 118. The enormous breadth 
of the wall, ‘25 long paces,” corresponds with that of the walls of Babylon (Hat. i. 178). 
The preservation of the Sidd Nimrid at its eastern extremity must be attributed to its 
material there (pebble, etc.) being useless for building purposes, so that it escaped the 
common fate of brickwork structures in having their materials used to build other cities. 
Rennell, Geogr., i. pp. 496, 497. 








2 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


Captain Lynch in 1844, and its eastern extremity determined to be in 
lat. 34° 3’ 30", and long. 21’ 50” W. of Baghdad. He galloped along it for 
more than an hour without finding any sign of its terminating. (Journal 
of Royal Geogr. Society, ix. pp. 472, 473.) 

§ 2. The identity of this wall with Xenophon’s Wall of Media was 
assumed by the explorers tacitly, but with every ground of probability, 
In the first place it is hard to imagine a ‘‘ Wall of Media” in any other 
position than this, if its use was to protect from northern invasion the 
rich culture of Babylonia, with the entire canal area and system of irriga- 
tion, to which the plain owed its rare fertility. Hdt. i. 193. Then, too, 
of the great antiquity of Sidd Nimrdd there can be no question ; record 
of its origin there is none, except»local tradition assigning it to Nimrod. 
On the other hand, the continued existence of a wall (corresponding to the 
Median) from Xenophon’s age down to comparatively recent times is 
attested by a chain of scattered notices in later writers. Such a wall is 
mentioned by Eratosthenes (in the third century B. C., quoted by Strabo 
ii. 1 and xi. 14), as τὸ τῆς Σεμιράμιδος διατείχισμα, having its eastern ter- 
minus near Opis. Again, its western terminus was noticed in ruins by 
Ammianus Marcellinus (363 a. D.) at Macepracta on the Euphrates, near 
the head of a canal [which he distinguishes from the Naha-Malcha (Nahr 
Melik)), the Saklawiyeh apparently, a few miles north of which is the 
S. W. extremity of the Sidd Nimrid. (See Ammian. Marcell. xxiv. 2.) 

§ 3. Their identity is further attested by their occupying the same gen- 
eral position as a partition line between the rocky desert of Arabia and the 
fertile alluvial plain of Babylonia: “the Sidd Nimrid, for all practical 
purposes, distinguishes the Babylonian plain from the hilly and rocky 
country.” (Ainsworth, p. 82, note 2.) 

Layard (Nineveh and Babylon, p- 577) found the country N. of the 
Bridge of Herbah (N. E. of Babylonia) ‘‘a perfect maze of ancient canals 
now dry;...eight miles beyond the bridge the embankments suddenly 
ceased ; a high rampart of earth (the Sidd Nimriid) then stretched as Jar as 
the eye could reach to the right and to the left ; ... to the north of it there are 
mo canals nor watercourses except the Dijeil, which passes through the 
mound ; beyond the Median Wall we entered upon gravelly downs fur- 
rowed by deep ravines...” Now that a like position, between desert and 
cultivated plain, must be assigned to the Median ἣν, all? is indicated by the 
name it bears ; for the Medes under Cyaxares had conquered all Assyria up 
to Babylonia,® a tract which Hdt. describes as one entire canal district 





2 “The wall of defence against the Medes,” as “The Picts’ Wall” means ‘against the 
Picts.” 

3 πλὴν τῆς Βαβυλωνίης μοίρης, Hdt. i. 806. This was after the overthrow of Nineveh 
by the Medes (x. c. 606 ?), and the extinction of the Assyrian monarchy, when Media and 
Babylonia became independent, and ultimately, if Herodotus’ authority was good, an- 
tae-nnistic powers. He represents a jealous fear of Median encroachment prevailing at 
Babylon until hoth monarchies merged in the Medo-Persian (Β ᾿ς. 538). The testimony, 
however, of Berosus (a Babylonian priest, who wrote a history of Babylonia, Β. c. 260, 


APPENDIX. 3 


‘ Goa xararérunra és διώρυχας, Hdt. i. 193), so that 
big pe ye " as ἃ ἀρλβρμρερφορκαρὴ Medish incursion would follow 
the northern outline of the old canal district ; and that aay as A 
have seen, is the line taken by the Sidd Nimrad so far as it Ἢ 
oS ae Xenophon represents the Desert of Arabia as deg 
at a place called Pyle (i. 5. 5). Now as the next marches pen 4 “ 
itinerary are said to be through Babylonia (7. 1), we puget : pi i 
must have lain on the confines of Babylonia, and may be loo ed for a 5 
near the western end of Sidd Nimrid. This general conclusion is sy : 
ably confirmed by comparing the distance of Sidd Nimriad at its - γῷ 
from Babylon with that of Pyle from Babylon. General eas" 7 nis 
great work on the Euphrates (vol. i. pp. 48 et seq.), gives us t ae γε nl 
by river from Thapsacus to Hillah (Babylon) as 6133 ig ha i es, 
as obtained by the steamer in her course down the river. Now Xenop i 
gives the road distance from Thapsacus to Babylon as 210 oe ~ 
of Pyle from Babylon as 35 parasangs. If then 210 ee δὰ eo 
correspond to 6134 geographical miles by river, gop y "4 
sangs by road will correspond to 102 geographical miles y ain" 
should look therefore for Pyle at a point whose river-distance wie τῶ 
lon is 102 geographical miles. Felujah is given as 91 pei ag ‘A 
(Chesney), and 10 or 12 miles measured from Felujah ve san ke 
Chesney’s map brings us to the bal ae "4 "με pent a ἢ : ai 

ore, Pyle may be fairly identified. e re ἴων 
pany asi cal that the route by land follows i ΜΝ Σ ay 
so closely as to make distance by one almost a measure of dis an : y δὰ 
other ; it is independent also of any arbitrary assumption respecting 
~~ poy iin ἌΡΗΙ and the name itself of Pyle (gates or fortified δαϑν, 
Eat the conclusion that Pyle was neither city (as Larcher surmised) 





i i allied 
and whose authority is good) is that aoa an ae apd presi bp oop sa 
Median monarch . @. 
ei tf pe att was the Medo-Persian power founded i ee ag 31) 
pratt at dia and all Asia Minor, finally turned his arms agains Υ πὰρ 
dead te. δ᾽ 888) Probably this is the true account (see pent il ἐν οἷς vice 
if ror we must assign the construction of the wall to the cog pa dh ae 
538 It is probably a monument of the reign of Queen toot odie ( ἐδ ek 
ον ᾿ k described by Hdt. as being purely defensive against / με gy 
sa ke hace as the mother of Labynetus, the last of the ee ΜΗ nap y 
take aan in history is not yet ascertained (see Rawlinson a aah gi ib ὡ 
At any rate, the vast dimensions of the wall (ii. 4. gall omen by τεῦ ys * αὶ ἀτυνλκόν τ εν 
that at which Nebuchadnezzar could boast that he “‘bui ‘ . pega 
iv. 30), and among other structures a palace (the Kasr), w ash pitdueahaey oie lo 
whisk es declares, “‘in fifteen days I completed and made itt τὰ ig ea hg 
(Standard Inscription, Rawlinson, ii. p. 487). The oe slg meester fi 
to be called “‘the wall of Semiramis ” (super § 2), the rea ae TL to’ ene @u ah 
all great works of unknown origin to Semiramis (see > . 


Nimrod. 





4 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


nor mountain defile,* but the ancient pass into Babylonia through the 
wall® itself, at a time when it extended —as when entire it must have 
done —to the Euphrates. It certainly excites surprise that Xenophon 
makes no mention of their passing the wall at its west extremity, either at 
Pyle or wherever else he passed it on the upward route. But it appears 
(Ainsw. p. 108) that all trace of the wall is lost between Siffeirah and the 
river (a distance apparently of some miles); and we may safely conclude 
that the wall at its western end was demolished when the Greeks passed 
it ; for, assuredly, had it been entire, or capable of defence, the king would 
have defended it, if only to keep the enemy in check® till he could bring up 
his distant forces. In this view, therefore, there would be little trace of 
its existence presented to the Greeks beyond the name of “ The Gates” 
still retained in the locality, and the ruins which Ammianus M. saw; 
but it was not the time to take note of ruins, or inquire about them ; for 
when the Greeks were at Pyle a battle seemed imminent. It was in the 
middle of the eleven days (i. 7. 18), when they had just come upon tracks 
of the enemy (6. 1), and were in almost hourly expectation of meeting him. 
It need excite no surprise, therefore, that at this juncture Xenophon 
remarked nothing of which he could afterwards give an account; and Pyle 
is, in fact, the only place in the route that he is content to name and dis- 
miss without comment or description of any kind ; all we gather about it 
is, that it was at the end of the desert marches. 

§ 5. If this assumption be admitted, that Xenophon was ignorant of 
the western terminus, and at the time he wrote (probably at Scillus) con- 
fused about the true direction of the wall, we have then some clew to 
explain his statement, ἀπέχει Βαβυλῶνος οὐ πολύ (ii. 4. 12). He knew that 
he had been within 36 miles of Babylon without falling in with the western 
end of the wall, and may have had a notion that it lay farther south than 
Cunaxa, which was 12 parasangs from Babylon. Himself laboring under 
some such misconception, it is not surprising that he should have both 
misled and perplexed his best geographical commentators, previous to the 
actual discovery of the wall. Rennell adopts his statement about the 





ὁ There is none such in this quarter (Renn. pp. 83, 84), who conjectures that the term 
*‘ refers to the shutting up of the river itself between the mountains, which terminate 
at the same place on both sides of the river.” See also pp. 300, 301. 

δ See the description of the Syro-Cilician gates (i. 4. 4); something similar at the 
iy end of the Sidd Nimrid seems to be described by Dr. Ross (Journ. R. G. S., ix. 
p. 

ὁ The barrier actually employed was the trench (i. 7. 14-16), commencing at the 
Median Wall (doubtless where its continuity began), and terminating at twenty feet from 
the Euphrates. This interval was left (according to Kriiger) to prevent the water filling 
the trench. But why a dry trench should be preferred, and what would be the use of it, 
requiring to be defended for an extent of thirty-six miles, is not easy to conceive,. It 
was probably filled with water from the canals, which are mentioned in connection with 
it; in which case, to have continued it on to the Euphrates would, in the low state of 
the river at that time (i. 4. 18), have only had the effect of emptying the water of the 
canals into the river (see im. § 6); & narrow pass, therefore, was left to be defended. 


APPENDIX. 5 


‘mity of the wall to Babylon, and represents it as crossing the isth- 
asa touching the Tigris, between Baghdad and Ctesiphon ; but — as 
this is a distance of only 20 miles —he is obliged to give up Xenophon 5 
other statement respecting: the length of the wall, that ‘*it was said to be 
20 parasangs (about 50 geographical miles) long” (ii. 4. 12). Some dif- 
ficulties there are which time and a better knowledge of the country may 
clear up; but others we must expect to meet with that are simply mistakes 
of the writer, inevitable under the circumstances ; and few cases can be 
imagined more liable to mistake than this of the Greeks : they were 
moving about in the hands of those whose aim and main strategy was to 
mystify and mislead them; their own observation of the country must have 
been both limited and imperfect; and they could have little, if any, 
previous knowledge of it whereby to correct mistakes, whether of bad in- 
formation, simple misunderstanding, hasty observation, lapse of memory, 
or whatever else goes to make up the sum of humarr error. .Clearchus 
himself speaks as if he had no previous knowledge even of the Tigris (ii. 2. 
3: 4,6); and Xenias, who might have known something of Babylonia, had 
deserted (i. 1. 2; 4. 7). But further, there is always a doubt about inter- 
preting such indefinite terms as τύ 1s not far from Babylon ; for they are in 
their nature relative terms, and we do not know what Xenophon had in 
his mind when he used them. When Plutarch (Artaz., 7), speaking of 
Cyrus passing the trench, used the equivalent term τῆς Βαβυλῶνος οὐ μακρὰν 
γενόμενον, he could not mean less than 70 miles ; for he thought Cunaxa 
was 50 (inf. § 7), and the trench was more than 20 miles farther north ; 
and it is possible that Xenophon, writing in Greece, may, like Plutarch, 
be speaking’ with reference to the whole length of the journey up, when 
he says of the wall, it is no great distance from Babylon. The use of the 
present tense (ἀπέχει) lends support to this view ; compare εἰσὶν al διώ- 
puxes (i. 7. 15) with αὗται (al διώρυχες) Hoar... (ii. 4. 13), the present tense 
in each case intimating that the statement must be referred to the place 
where and the time when the narrative was written. I can only submit 
this, or the view given above, as possible solutions of an admitted dif- 


ficulty. 


THE CANALS AND TRENCH. 


8 6. Xenophon’s account of the canals has been discredited on vane 
grounds, physical and historical (see Rennell, p. 79 ; Ainsw. pp. 89, 90): 
Ist, because four canals, each of them 100 feet broad, and “ extremely 
deep,” must have entirely drained the river from which they were drawn, 
whether the Tigris, as Xenophon says, or (as some affirm he ought to have 





i i i i Il to have been 
? Exactly as Sir H. Rawlinson himself (who conceives the Median Wa ; 
“the zt du of Babylon,” Hat. i. p. 261, note 5) speaks of Hit and its bitumen pits as 
being “near to Babylon” (Hat. i. p. 495). Hit was an “eight days’ journey” from Baby- 
lon (Hat. i. 179). 





GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


said) the Euphrates, which is only 450 feet wide at Hillah (Rich.). 2dly, 
because it is the concurrent testimony of other ancient authors (Herodotus, 
i. 193 ; Ptolemy, v. 18. 8, 10; Arrian, vii. 7 ; Pliny, WV. Z., vii. 26 ; Strabo, 
xvi. 1. 9), that the canals in the north of Babylonia flowed not from the 
Tigris into the Phrat, but from the Phrat into the Tigris ; and that in fact 
the old canals still traceable in North Babylonia confirm their testimony. 
the Saklawiyeh (or Isa), Sersar, Nahr Melik, and Cuthiyeh being all 
derived from the Phrat. 3dly, that the slope of land north of Babylon 
favors the same conclusion, the bed of the Phrat being slightly (five feet) 
higher at Felujah than that of the Tigris at the opposite point. (Ains- 
worth’s Researches in Assyria, ete., p. 145.) 

In reply to these objections it may be urged in the outset that it is not 
easy to conceive how a careful intelligent observer, like Xenophon, could 
be mistaken on such matters of fact as the number and size of the canals. 
As to objection (Ist), it has no force, except on supposition that a constant 
stream ran through all of them at all seasons. But there is no evidence® 
of this. The statements of Strabo and Arrian lead to the conclusion that 
they were open only during the season of flood, being afterwards converted 
by dams or flood-gates into reservoirs of water to be distributed over the 
plains during the dry season ; when they became dry, or when the water in 
them fell below the level of the river, then the river would be drained to 
supply them.® They were filled during the season of flood, high embank- 
ments (constructed of old for this purpose, Herod. i. 184) lining the course 
of the river, and forcing its pent-up waters into the canals. On the flood 
receding, the communication with the rivers was cut off, and the canals left 
full of water to be applied (by hand-labor, Herod. i. 193) to the purposes 
of irrigation. For these a high level would be chosen, and embankments 
raised, so as to give the water elevation enough to be distributed at will by 
means of trenches and ducts all over the plain. ‘‘ It is remarkable,” says 
B. Fraser (Mesopot., p. 31), ‘‘ that all these canals, instead of having been 
sunk below the surface of the ground like those of the present day, were 
entirely constructed on the surface”; from these primary derivatives sec- 
ondary irrigants were given off in all directions, having lofty ‘‘embank- 
ments from twenty to thirty feet in height”; these ‘‘lofty embank- 
ments stretching on every side in long lines till they are lost in the hazy 
distance, or magnified by the mirage into mountains, still defy the hand of 





5 Hdt., who visited this country fifty or sixty years before, speaks as if only one 
flowed into the Tigris : ἡ μεγίστη τῶν διωρύχων ἐστὶ νηνσιπέρητος, πρὸς ἥλιον τετραμμένη 
τὸν χειμερινόν, ἐσέχει δὲ... ἐς τὸν Τίγριν (i. 193). 

® Strabo (xvi. 1) alludes distinctly to some such provision as this, and the effect upon 
the river when the canals are dried up in summer. Speaking, apparently, of the diffi- 
culty, from the nature of the soil, of damming up the mouths of the canals expeditiously 
or securely enough to prevent reflux, he says, καὶ yap καὶ τάχους δεῖ πρὸς τὸ ταχέως 
* κλεισθῆναι * τὰς διώρυχας, καὶ μὴ πᾶν ἐκπεσεῖν ἐξ αὐτῶν τὸ ὕδωρ. Ἐηρανθεῖσαι γὰρ τοῦ 
θέρους ξηραίνουσι καὶ τὸν ποταμόν, κ τ. A. They served, he remarks, three distinct pur- 
poses : (1) they saved the crops from destruction by the floods ; (2) from perishing by 
drought in summer ; and (3) they were serviceable for navigation. 


APPENDIX. 7 


time, and seem rather the work of nature than of man.” (Layard, Win. 
and Bab., p. 479.) From these canals the trenches were filled (ii. 3. 10-13) 
in the dry season when the river was lower than had ever been known 
(i. 4. 18). Hence also we may explain why the trench (note 6) was con- 
ducted 12 leagues along the plain to the canals, instead of a few miles to 
the Phrat, doubtless because in its low state at that time, filling the trench 
from the river was impracticable. 

Qdly. As to the concurrent testimony of other authors that the canals 
of Northern Babylonia flowed from the Phrat into the Tigris, Herodotus is 
the only one whose testimony is really pertinent to this inquiry, he being 
the only one who saw and wrote of Babylonia under anything like the same 
conditions as Xenophon himself. Both wrote when the seat of government 
was on the Phrat at Babylon. The other historians speak of a wholly dif- 
ferent state of things, when Seleucus, by building Seleucia on the Tigris, 
and making it his capital, had transferred the seat of government to the 
Tigris. From this era canals, one or more, from the Phrat to the Tigris, 
became a dynastic necessity, to place the new capital in communication with 
the Western Provinces and Europe. 

It is these canals of communication, from their size and importance at- 
tracting the attention of later historians, that are alluded to by name from 
Polybius (Β. c. 181) to Ammianus Marcellinus (A. D. 363). At the same 
time it is not denied that ‘‘ canals of irrigation” also drawn from the Phrat 
did exist in their day in Northern Babylonia, The removal by Alexander 
the Great of the dikes on the Tigris (τοὺς καταῤῥάκταΞ) (Arrian, Anab., vii. 
7. 7; Strabo, xvi. 1. 9), would necessarily break up the system of irrigation 
previously carried on from the Tigris (Anab., ii. 4. 13) and transfer it mainly 
to the Phrat. These high dikes characterized the irrigation of the Tigris ; 
from the height of its banks above its channel they would be far more of 
a necessity on the Tigris than on the Phrat, which, according to Arrian 
(vii. 7. 3), ‘‘ flows everywhere level with the land (pet ἰσοχειλὴς πανταχοῦ τῇ 
γῇ), whereas the banks of the Tigris are high above its stream” (μετεωροτέρα 
ἡ ταύτῃ γῆ τοῦ ὕδατος). Kinneir (Jowrney, p. 472) noticed this below Samar- 
ra, and remarked, ‘‘ consequently irrigation must always have been attended 
with difficulty.” In fact, the dikes alone made it possible ; remains of them 
are to be seen near Nineveh below Mosul and at the Band el Adhem ; pos- 
sibly also they may be found at the point where the waters of the Tigris 
are thrown into the two canals, — the Ishaki on the right, and the Burech 
on the left, — where the river forces its way through the Hamrin hills. 

In Xenophon’s day, the conditions of the case being reversed, that is to 
say, the seat of government being on the Phrat, and the dikes of the Tigris 
entire, the presumption is that the canal communication north of Babylon 
would be, as Xenophon says it was, from the Tigris to the Phrat. As 
regards Herodotus, his statements about the canals go a very little way to 
invalidate Xenophon’s account, if indeed they do not confirm it ; certainly, 
his remark that ‘‘the greatest of the canals” goes into the Tigris (note 8), 
implies that some of the others did not, that they either went into the Phrat 





GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


(as the Shat el Hye does), or into the Persian Gulf, as the Nahr Sada did, 
or, as at present, that they were chiefly exhausted in the process of irriga- 
tion. Whether Herodotus knew anything at all about Northern Babylonia 
and the upper canal system (with which alone we are concerned) is more 
than questionable. That he did not come! to Babylon by the Phrat seems 
clear from his singular remark (i. 185), that ‘‘those who go from our sea 
to Babylon when sailing down into the Phrat™ touch three times in three 
consecutive days at the same village (Ardericca).” His ‘‘ Greatest Canal,” 
the one which he describes circumstantially (sup. note 8), would be one 
which he saw — perhaps traversed himself —in the vicinity of Babylon, 
either the Nahr Nil or the Cuthiyeh (Cutha Canal); either would answer 
to his description ; but we have the testimony of Captain Bewsher that 
there are many ruins of the Babylonian era lining the banks of the Abu 
Dibbis and the Cuthiyeh, so that we may assume the Cuthiyeh at any 
rate to have existed before Herodotus’ day. Indeed, from the abundance 
of ruins on the Abu Dibbis and their rarity on the western branch (the 
present bed) of the Euphrates, Captain Bewsher surmises, with good reason, 
that the ancient bed of the river lay in the Abu Dibbis and its continua- 
tion the El Mutn ; and this conclusion I have adopted in the present edi- 


tion, so far as to place Cunaxa on this, rather than on the western branch 
of the river. 


SAKLAWIYEH. SERSAR. NAHR MELIK. CUTHIYEH. 


It has been supposed, not unnaturally, that the four old canals in North- 
ern Babylonia, still traceable and still partially in use, the Nahr Saklawi- 
yeh, the Sersar, Nahr Melik, and Abu Dibbis or Cuthiyeh, are the identical 
four canals of Xenophon ; and this conclusion has influenced commenta- 
tors in placing Pyle (which was 15 parasangs above the canals) consider- 
ably higher up the river than accords with Xenophon’s distances, Rennell 
(p. 85) placing it 20 geographical miles below Hit, and Chesney 5 miles 





10 He would go either by the regular route, the royal road between Sardis, Nineveh, 
and Susa (which we know that he reached), or possibly by the caravan route over the 
Arabian desert from Egypt. 

ll καταπλέοντες ἐς τὸν Εὐφράτην. All this is a clear impossibility. Doubtless the 
whole account is given by Herodotus as a matter of hearsay, which he accepted 
simply as one wonder in a region of wonders, whatever the explanation of so strange a 
tale may be. There may have been three Ardericcas on the river a day’s journey apart. 
There was certainly a second Ardericca near Susa, which Hdt. saw (vi. 119). Mr. Lof- 
tus’ suggestion (Travels, p. 160) that the name is a corruption of A’ra de Erek (“‘ Land of 
Erech ”) may give a clew to the right explanation. Erech—the modern Irka or Workha, 
in Chaldza Proper — was one of Nimrod’s four primeval cities (Gen. x. 10), and may be 
supposed to have planted colonies bearing its name. 

12 Notably Tel Ibrahim, “‘ by far the largest mound in this part of Mesopotamia, 1,000 
yards long and 60 high.” (Bewsher, p. 178.) 

13 Ainsworth alone, in his later work, ‘‘ Commentary” (p. 294), suggests that Xeno- 
phon’s canals may really have been derived fron: the Tigris or from the marsh of Accad. 


APPENDIX. 9 


lower down, opposite Jarrah. But there is no trace of four in ancient his- 
tory before the Christian era; one, or perhaps two, having a continuous 
existence, though with some variety of name, figure in history subsequent 
to the Seleucian era. Almost conclusive evidence is supplied by the his- 
torians of Julian’s campaign, in 363 A. D., that the four modern canals did 
not exist, as we have them, at that period. J ulian, in order to get his fleet 
from the Phrat into the Tigris to co-operate with his army in the attack on 
Ctesiphon, had to open an old canal of Trajan’s, from the Nahr Melik into 
the Tigris north of Ctesiphon. The account will be found in Gibbon 
(ch. xxiv.). It is plain that this operation could never have been neces- 
sary if Julian could have brought his fleet into the Tigris direct by either 
of the upper canals, the Saklawiyeh or the Sersar (Abu Ghurraib) Canal. 
The Sersar does not seem to have existed at all, and the Saklawiyeh did 
not debouch into the Tigris, being originally (as Amm. Marcell. describes 
it) a canal of irrigation merely, carried into the interior of Babylonia. 
When we turn to Xenophon’s narrative we find nothing whatever, beyond 
the number “four” common to both, to favor the idea that they were the 
same as the four we have been considering ; not only are the two systems 
represented as derived from different rivers, but their distance apart is itself 
an insuperable difficulty in the way of identifying the one with the other : 
for on the supposition that they were the same, Xenophon’s error in saying 
they were three miles apart is inexplicable ; if they were so, then they must 
have been distinctly in his mind as having occurred at intervals of an 
hour’s ordinary journey, and as having all fallen within the compass of 
one day’s march ; whereas the four existing ones cover ground that he took 
three or four days to traverse ; a discrepancy far too great to be attributable 
to ordinary errors of narration. Moreover, if we are to place any reliance 
on the distances given in Xenophon’s itinerary, and modern investigation 
tends only to corroborate them, there was no canal in his day where the 
Saklawiyeh is now, nor any indication of a canal-system for twenty-five 
miles farther south. All that is stated in the Anabasis goes to show that 
the first four marches in Babylonia were through a district neither populous 
nor cultivated ; there is no mention of either cultivation or population, of 
cities or villages, either deserted or otherwise, between Pyle and Cunaxa ; 
the canals themselves are not met with until the invaders had marched 
more than 30 geographical miles through Babylonia, at a point Dp 
22 parasangs — 55 geographical miles — of Babylon. Even between the 
canals and Cunaxa there is still no mention of cultivation, nor yet on the 
retreat, though the second day’s march, in company with Arizus, would 
be into the interior of Babylonia, — not until the end of that day had 
brought the Greeks back again into the neighborhood of the canals where 
were trenches and date groves (ii. 3. 10); and we hear no more of canals or 
trenches till they passed within the Median Wall, where we find two canals 
of irrigation drawn from the Tigris (ii. 4. 13) serving the northeastern dis- 
i nia. 
pe ny see which the entire narrative leaves on the mind is, that the 





10 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


cultivation of Babylonia, north of Cunaxa, started from and was main] 
confined to the northeastern quarter, being carried on by means of “i 
canals drawn from the Tigris, of which the Ishaki!* Canal probabl ἣν 
one, and the Dijeil® the other ; that the cultivation, by means of mid ty 
was carried as far westward as the slope of land allowed the sl 
and that the trench (i. 8. 15) was designed by Artaxerxes to cut off the . 
vaders as long as possible from the cultivated lands on their left - in sh t, 
to starve the enemy that he was afraid to fight. : i 
The third objection, that the slope of the land is against the notion of 
water getting into the Phrat from the Tigris, has no weight, if the water be 
drawn from the Tigris high enough up. This is the case with the Ishaki 
Canal, which we must conceive of therefore as a great trunk irrigant run- 
ning down Northern Babylonia, distributing its waters right and left as far 
as the slope of the land would allow them to go, the trench marking th 
limit. In this view the four canals seen and described by Xenophon ἈΝ 
only be the last of the series belonging to this system, the hat of which 
ὟΝ behind the trench would be unknown to him. j ἡ 
ere is one natural feature of the Tigris that must alw iven i 
an especial value, as compared with the Phrat, for cian ot Gea 
it is this, — that the Tigris is in flood® a month earlier than the Phrat, 
and yet seems to continue at flood three weeks longer. If the Tigris com- 
pared with the Phrat, starts vegetation a month earlier, and sup orts it 
some weeks longer, there can be little doubt that the Tigris al ὦ the 
chief agent employed in irrigating the Babylonian plain before Alexand 
removed the dikes on which the irrigation depended. il 
Moreover, if the great Sada Canal existed then. as the Inscriptions lead 
us to believe it did, the Phrat would be largely drained to supply the canal 
before entering Babylonia. The Sada Canal must have been to the Phrat 
what the Nahr Wan was to the Tigris (see infra, § 10), the reel ient of it 
overflow and the fertilizer of the deserts that skirt its weatern "nets gl 
this difference, however, that as the Nahr Wan, by interceptin the ae , 
of such rivers as the Diyalah and the Adhem, must always i ‘isa 





14 There is evidence that the Ishaki i 

Hila l ca passes through the Median Wall, as the Dijeil is 
16 “ Dijeil, ‘the little Tigris,’ is the diminuti ij 
; 4 ἘΝ 5, utive of Dijla, anciently pronounced Di 

rg Say ΩΣ hh vale hs ix. pp. 472-474). Itis the ᾿ Diglito” of si 
- H., vi. 2 ᾿ ys o 6 Tigris, “‘Ipsi (nomen) qué tardi uit Diglito.”’ 

derivative of the Tigris is evident! teria. itee ree lg 

ntiy meant. The Tigris itself has it: i 

old Persian for a i idi ahaa ey 

nog rrow, being so called from the rapidity of its stream (cf. Strabo, xi. 
" me 4 

βιρὰ ἘΝ eh yee ny oe hip being swelled by the snows lying on the southern 

Niphates, which melt sooner and run a shorter 
northern slope, which flood the Phrat. Ainsw ne tetera 
lope, wi . orth (Journ. R. Ο. 8., xi. p. 7 

that the Tigris is in flood in April and Ma i tar fo 
é y, the Zab in June and ly i 

being very little difference in res gpa gala 

pect of volume of water betw the Tigri 
(the Zab, though narrower, bein i ang tiara 
᾿ rT, § much deeper), it follows from Ai Ἴ 
that the later flood of the Zab must kee igris hi ese e gelling 
| ep the Tigris high till th 
Phrat is at its height from the end of May to the biginunes of J ag ee 





APPENDIX. 11 


goodly stream independently of the Tigris, Nahr Sada, on the contrary, must 
have been always dependent on the Phrat for its entire supply of water, 
there being no river in the Desert of Arabia to feed it, so that flowing as 
the Sada is known to have done for about 400 miles into the Persian Gulf, 
the drainage of the Phrat through this canal must have been so great and 
probably continuous, as to make it difficult to conceive of it as having any 
water to spare for the irrigation of Northern Babylonia, particularly if 
‘the Great Canal” of Herodotus, drawn from the Phrat, be it the Nahr 
Cuthiyeh or the Shat el Nil, was a running stream, as Herodotus’ account 
seems to imply. 

There is, indeed, one incident in Xenophon’s narrative which goes far to 
show that the waters of the Phrat were really thus employed in fertilizing 
the land on its right or southern bank at the date of the Anabasis. In the 
course of the desert marches before reaching Pyle, the Greeks crossed the 
river to Charmande" for provisions, and found them in abundance. The 
geological character of the countgy being the same on both sides of the 
river, the fact that we find a desert tract on the one side, and a fertile dis- 
trict on the other, argues artificial irrigation present in the one case, and 


absent in the other. 


THE TRENCH. 


Xenophon states (i. 7. 15) that the Trench stretched up through the 
plain, a distance of twelve parasangs to the Wall of Media. When Xeno- 
phon gives figures or information from hearsay merely, he is so careful to 
tell us so (see ii. 2. 6, ii. 4. 12, and iv. 1. 3) by the use of ἐλέγετο or ἐλέ- 
γοντο, that where, as in this case, he makes an absolute statement, there is 
strong presumption that he’ writes from personal knowledge, that in fact 
the route lay along the western side of the Trench up to the Median Wall, 
the Satrap’s object being to get the invaders away from the rich cultivation 
of Babylonia as quickly as possible. 

The direction of the Trench, as indicated by raperéraro 7 τάφρος ἄνω διὰ 
τοῦ πεδίου, is by no means clear; ἄνω meaning ‘‘up from the level of the 
river on to higher ground ” (as at iv. 4. 3), would agree very well with διὰ 
τοῦ πεδίου (“‘across the plain”), but not so well with waperéraro, — for 
παρα- implies that when the Greeks came in sight of the Trench, it seemed 
to run nearly parallel to their line of march along the river. Now this 
would be the case if we suppose that the Trench started from the wall at 
no great distance from the western end, for then, if we take into account 
the length of the Trench (30 geographical miles), it would approach the 





17 Charmande (i. 5. 10) was near the close of the Desert ; for we read of herbage burnt 
by the enemy (6. 1; compare 5. 5). — Ramadi corresponds in position with Charmande, 
and seems to retain the name: for Charmande = Harmande (just as Χαῤῥάν = Harran ; 
Χεβρών = Hebron, etc.); — and Harmande = Ramande by the same transposition of 
letters as take place in Gr. ἐρπ = Lat. rep = creep; and in ἁρπ-άζειν = rap-ere. 





12 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


river at a small angle, and would be in sight running along the Greek left 
some time before it reached the narrow pass ; in short, wapa- is in itself 
evidence that the Trench did not start far from the western end of the wall. 
ἄνω meaning ‘‘up,” in a direction contrary to that of the stream, accords 
better with the Greek than ἄνω “up from the level of the river”; it was 
suggested to me by Mr. Long, and is, I believe, the true meaning, unless we 
suppose that a direction including both notions of “ up” was in the writer's 
mind. ἄνω might also mean “up” towards Babylon (as in ἀν-ἤχθησαν, 
ii. 4. 1), and this appears to be the view on which Grote’s Map is con- 
structed (ch. lxx.); a map, it is said, ‘‘ accommodated to the narrative, and 
not depending on any positive evidence of remains now existing.” Grote places 
Cunaxa north of the Median Wall, which he represents as starting from the 
Nahr Melik, and running northeast to a point north of Baghdad ; its length 
is under 30 miles, and its shortest distance from Babylon 60 or 70. The 
canals are all south of the wall. The objections to this arrangement are : 
1. It fails to account for the trenches fullof water which the Greeks found 
north of Cunaxa before reaching the provision villages (C in Grote’s Map), 

a defect inseparable from any arrangement that places Cunaxa north of the 
wall, and the canals south of it. 2. That Ammianus connects the wall at 
its western end, not with the Nahr Melik, but with another canal higher up 
the river (see § 2). 3. It does violence to the text in representing the 
three marches mentioned (ii. 4. 12) as reckoning from the station where 
the Greeks joined Arius, instead of that at which Tissaphernes took charge 
of them. By inadvertence apparently, the retreat in the map begins from 

A, the first station after passing the Trench, instead of B, the station before 

the battle, to which Arieus had retreated. This correction being made, 

would (on the same east-by-south course) bring them nearly to the wall at 

the end of the first day of the retreat. Xenophon says they reached it on 

the fifth. 

Captain Bewsher, it is true, describes a wall of bricks on the north side 
of Nahr Melik, called Hubl es Sukhr, which would correspond in position 
with Grote’s wall. Its extent does not appear to have been ascertained, 
nor whether in this respect or in its construction it corresponds with Xeno- 
phon's wall, which was made “‘ of bricks laid in bitumen "; but apart from 
the difficulty of reconciling such a position with the distance travelled 
between Cunaxa and the wall, it is perfectly clear that the Hubl es Sukhr 
cannot be the wall that Ammianus saw north of his upper canal, there 
being from his account a distance of at least 14 miles (xxiv. 3. 10) between 
that canal and the Nahr Melik. The wall in question has been long known 
to geographers. ‘‘Its remains, with the ruins of buildings,” says Dr. Vin- 
cent (i. p. 536), “‘are seen by every traveller who comes by land from 
Hillah to Baghdad ; they are noticed by Tavernier and Ives, and are rep- 
resented in De Lisle’s Map. What they are, whether the extension of old 
Baghdad, or of a wall built by Zobeida, wife of Haroun al Raschid, which 


extended across the desert to Mecca, is difficult to say (see Abd-ul-Khurren, 
p. 129).” 


APPENDIX. 


CUNAXA. 


iven by Plutarch (Artax., 8) to the battle-field, There 
Mi. tee ire κ να it (i. 10. 11, n.), and games is pit ei 
ot in thinking that the Greeks received the name “‘from a 
od of which Kuh, ‘a hill,’ formed the base, as in Kuhistan, i e 
vs of hills.’ ” Xenophon (ii. 2. μ ty Ἰδηγθη td psc he 
: adia. e si 
pA Pes beks μὰ a afb number. Captain Bewsher, how- - 
pry «th Grote (Greece, ch. 1xix., eae 2), yt it, apis te 
at K uneesha, 50 miles by air-line from Baby on. εὐνῇ gages ΕΣ 
ng Plutarch’s authority to Xenophon s in Ν᾿ he aac re 
hon’s intimate connection wl Ἶ 
of the Liat ld reg εν access to the best information li it tr 
he would know how to usg@it. The distance, occurring we δ "Ἢ 
τὲ : ust be a road distance and no air-line. It would no dou 
ae ophon by the Persian authorities in the national standard, 
or Sa which he would reduce (at the usual rate of 30 so 
‘ois rae to 360 stadia. Twelve parasangs give 8 road eon be 
about 30 geographical miles, or 27 by air-line, — little ae καρ αἰ ὐ ΟΝ 
davs’ march, — from Babylon. With great significance, t ere οί: ὦ 4 
er Greeks aay, ‘‘ We have conquered the king's forces at his gates, a 


; ” (ii. 4. 4). 
Ὶ hed him to scorn, came away” (il spe 
ya, τυροῦ (probable) position of Cunaxa on the Abu Dibbis branch, see 


sup. p. 8. 


preferri 
unable 


THE RETREAT. 


8 8. ᾿Επεὶ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, ἐπορεύοντο ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχοντες τὸν ἥλιον (Anab. 11. 
7 The direction in which the retreat commenced has been sire in| 
tion : whether, in fact, the Greek means, ‘‘ When it gaa t y ‘ 
having the sun on their right,” i. 6. in a northerly direction ; or ae 
proceeded, keeping the sun on their right,” i. e. as Grote represents gee 
Gr. ch. xx.) in an easterly direction, ‘‘as referring to the bi arog 
path through the heavens”; and in his map, constructed nc μοὶ ἀκ ᾿ 
course laid down is south of ~ δὲ sh i eg strike the 

i hich he conceives to have lain sou of Cu , oy hy 
ta at know an instance of airs epi TT nes ape 
’s diurnal course ; referred to his place ξ 
Se aa Herodotus means to tell us that the Great sini yor 
sup. note 8) runs south of east, he describes it as πρὸς rai agi sa 
χειμερινόν. Grote cites indeed Herod. iv. 42 ; but surely the ei yrs 
wholly distinct. Herodotus, speaking of the exploring i a nagar 
navigated Africa, and of their westward course along the south coast, says, 





14 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES, 


ἔλεγον ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐ πιστὰ ὡς τὸν HX 
λιον ἔσχον é i 
nthe of a natural phenomenon, which he abi hesoge uircaure in 
credit, as at variance with all that he. i it apa 
rth latitude, had ev 
heard of a westerly course. WI pegs ssa ya 
se. aether a soldier was likely to 
i “ἢ ᾶ᾽ a i 
pression to describe (by a curious curve) the direction of a fe 8 i wots 
cy and a very different question. ὙΠ, 
n the other hand, the remark, The 
Dnt tl ; ey started, having the (risi 
τ right, falls from Xenophon easily and naturally cin if Afi vm 
ee of νῷ incident which he had in his mind when he eee, 
ing him to fix the direction taken through i i 
“att acetal ough a country in which he 
g of one point from another, Thi i 
tion is, in fact, confirmed by Di ic. (xi che Gina, 
2 , ed by Diod. Sic. (xiv. 25 ad fin.), who tell 
' " wn * ᾽ ᾿ Ι Ι ‘Ka ᾿ il 
ail a pp pone with Arizus decided to start off towards procter 
s and for Paphlagonia they started, indicatin (pal 
me ap t a more i 
than hy Iwvias did in Arieus’ message (Anab., ii. 1. 3). The eetee ue, a. 
sion “towards Paphlagonia” occurs agait in Diodorus (xiv. 27) to d ibe 
the northerly route along the Tigris. 18 ne 
Moe enypign then, that they commenced the retreat (after joining Ari- 
. hin ἐν ) in a ashe direction, and continued it with Tissaphernes 
- Was journeying homewards (ὡς εἰς οἶκον ἀπιώ 
in this direction to pass out οἵ B Πα ΣῊΝ 
Dass Sabylonia ; for on the sixth ἃ 
‘ i ” * : Ι ᾿ 
ΤῊΝ ** they passed within the Median Wall (παρῆλθον εἴσω ane 
eh ᾿ τ expression which can only signify an entry through it into 
τῶν nae Bg my of <n suggested by Ainsworth, viz. somewhere to 
Θ of the wall, but not, I think, by Py/ hich i 
tioned in the retreat, is app. eplahesdenperbed rece c§ 
‘at, is apparently the only one consistent wi 
reat, int Ὶ J th the d 
i and historical, of the problem. General Chesney ΩΣ 
ant this movement to the northwest was made “in order to round th 
a and inundations of Akker Kuf.” It may have been so, if t] : 
marsh (Khor) existed then. I am inclined, however, to think that thie 





east of Babylon, th 

nell, “was the p es west. “‘This derangement,” says Ren- 

ποι ββη Arments ὩΣ a of Xenophon’s keeping too far to the east in his wa 

ha radios pean 8 rebizond. He would adhere to the geographical system then 
ce (as given by Herodotus), and expected to find Trebizond nearly 


in the same meridian with Ba 
bylon and Ni: i 
grees west from the latter.” — Ren nell, ie ta oe han Wns 


get within it, Cf. i. 6. 5; 
: ‘ thing, when (speak- 
YS, ταύτης Κῦρον ἐντὸς παρελθόντα 


; and Xenophon, ἐγέ Ἢ ἧς τά 
and inf. vil. 1. 18 PAON, ἐγένοντο εἴσω τῆς τάφρον. See also Xen. Hell., v. 4, 41, 


30 This is im 


lied in 
ward route. Ρ the remark that they accompanied Tissaphernes on the home- 


APPENDIX. 15 


real object was to draw the Greeks out of the heart of Babylonia for the 
reason given below. It may well be, moreover, that the presence of an in- 
vading and victorious army would be a dangerous incentive to the slave 
population of Babylonia, alluded to probably in ἐργασομένων ἐνόντων (ii. 4. 
22). Many were the captive nations beside Jews that had wept beside the 
waters of Babylon, their ‘‘lives made bitter” by forced labor in building 
the palaces and walled cities, and in digging those canals and trenches of 
Babylonia, among which they and their children would find at once a fast 
prison, a merciless taskmaster, and an early grave. The pride, rapacity, 
and cruelty of the Chaldean towards the many nations that he had spoiled 
and gathered to himself are vividly portrayed in the prophecy of Habakkuk 
ii. 5-12. See also Psalm exxxvii.; Josephus, Antig., x. 11; Eusebius, 
Prepar. Evang., ix. 39. Under Persian rule the Chaldean himself jomed 
the list of subjugated races in Babylonia, the whole forming a population 
ripe enough for insurrection, as history shows. See Rawlinson on Hdt., 
iii. 150. 

In taking the Greeks this circuit, we perceive Tissaphernes securing two 
objects distinctly alluded to in the course of the narrative : to withdraw 
them as much as possible from the heart of Babylonia, lest the value of the 
prize and ease of acquisition should tempt them either to immediate occupa- 
tion of this inviting province, or to future invasion (see ii. 4. 22, and iii. 2. 
26); and also to gain time, by circuitous marching or protracted negotia- 
tion, for bringing up his distant forces, and maturing plans for cutting 
off in the retreat the enemy that had beaten him in the field (ii. 4. 3 and 25). 

Arius’ plan, if he had any plan beyond that of providing for his own 
safety, was apparently to march along the Tigris, on a line where they 
could get provisions, till they should strike into one of the great western 
roads across Mesopotamia, either at Mosul, or higher up, near the Carduchi, 
where was a road ‘‘carrying to Lydia and Ionia” (Anab., iii. 5. 15), by 
which in fact Tissaphernes returned to his satrapy, after he gave up pursuit 
of the Greeks (Diod. Sic., xiv. 27). 

§ 9. SITTAKE (ii. 4. 13) was 15 stadia (about 1} geographical miles) west 
of the Tigris, 8 parasangs from the Wall of Media, and 70 parasangs from 
the ford over the Zab. Ainsworth places Sittake at Akbara, the summer 
residence of the Caliphs of Baghdad, and this is probably very near the 
true position. [This Sittake is not to be confounded with the “* Sittake 
Gracorum Ab Ortu” of Pliny (NV. H., vi. 27), which is placed by Ptolemy 
the geographer (vi. 1. 3 and 6) 2 degrees (about 80 geographical miles) east 
of Ctesiphon : Sittake Gracorum was doubtless one of that cordon of Greek 

‘colonies built by Alexander’s orders round Media to keep the neighboring 
barbarians in check” (Polybius x. 17. 3).] 7 

§ 10. The river Puyscus (ii. 4. 25). After crossing the Tigris (Shat 
Eidha®! gt Sittake, the route struck off from the river (ii. 4. 25), and did 





21 Both Chesney and Ainsworth identify the Shat Eidha with the Tigris of Xenophon. 
See Commentary, p. 300. 





16 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


not return to it for the next 10 marches, 6 of which lay through a desert 
tract, the desert of Media (ii. 4. 27, 28). How did these two large armies 
get their supply of water all this time? We have no difficulty in answer- 
ing the question, if we suppose Xenophon’s river Physcus to be represented 
by the Bureich and Resas Canal, and that the route lay along its course 
This identification of Canal with River was originally suggested as possible 
by Sir H. Rawlinson, and though subsequently abandoned by him from a 
misconception apparently respecting the site of Sittake, appears to be the 
true solution of the question. Compare the case of the Daradax (i. 4. 10) 
and Masca (5. 4), and Pallacopas Canals called ποταμοί (note McMichael’s 
Anab., i. 4. 10). 

§ 11. Opis on the Physcus River (ii. 4. 25) was also on the Tigris (see 
Aidt. i. 189, and Strabo xvi. 1. 9, who perhaps — not by any means cer- 
tainly — identified it with Seleucia; which is irreconcilable with its 
recorded distance from the river Zabatus). Opis was 10 marches, 50 para- 
sangs, from the ford over the Zab. Reekoning this distance back from 
that ford (see § 12), we are brought near to Eski (old) Baghdad for the site 
of Opis. [The following adds confirmation to this view: Alexander we 
know from Arrian (Azab., vii. 7. 6, 8) removed the dikes of the Tigris as 
far up as Opis. Now Dr. Ross (Journal of Royal Geogr. Suc., xi. p. 127) 
gives an account™ of the canal that leaves the Tigris at Kaim, which 
shows, I believe, certainly that a dike has been removed at this point ; 
and if the age of this canal (which is said to be “‘ of remote antiquity long 
before the Mohammedan era,” Dr. Ross) goes back to Alexander's day, then 
Opis cannot have been lower than Kaim, and may have been higher. ] 

The reader will find the question touching the sites of Sittake and Opis 
discussed at length in the Cambridge Journal of Philology, vol. iv. no. 7 
pp. 186-145. 

§ 12. Kan2 (ii. 4. 28). There are no ruins on the right bank of the 
Tigris to represent Kene, except those at Kalah Sherkat, or (as Sir H. Raw- 
linson writes the name) Kileh Sherghat. If the latter be the right spell- 
ing, we may recognize Xenophon’s Keane phonetically * in KXtleh, the 
nasal liquid πὶ being often replaced by J, as it is in Bologna = Bononia ; 
Labynetus = Nabonadius; and Zelebi = Zenobia, etc. Ktleh Sherghat 
was, under the name of Asshur, the original Assyrian capital from 1273 B. o. 
to about 930 B.c., before the seat of government was transferred to Nineveh 
by Asshur-idannipal, the warlike Sardanapalus of the Greeks. See Rawlin- 





3: Ἷ It is dificult to imagine how the water ever entered this canal, its ancient bed being 
seen in section above fifteen feet above the surface of the Tigris, which now (i. 6. in June) 
nearly at its highest level sweeps along the high perpendicular banks.” 

3 Ἐν 6. if Xenophon received the name “ Kineh ” orally (as he probably did under the 
circumstances of the march, see ii. 4. 10) he would be likely enough to give it in the 
form of a Greek word resembling it ; juSt as in the case of the next city Nimrid, which 
he calls Larissa, a name familiar to the Greek ear, supposed by Layard to bea corrup- 
tion of Al Assur, by Bochart, of Al Resen. Khi, found in the inscriptions as an epithet 
of Ashur, may have some connection with the name. Rawlinson, Hdt., i. p. 483, 


APPENDIX. 17 


son, Hat., i. pp. 373-377. , Kene was passed somewhere “in the course 
of the first march” ** from the villages of Parysatis, i. e. on the fourth day 
before reaching the ford over the Zab. That ford was only two marches 
distant from the Tigris, at Larissa ; and of these the first was but 24 miles 
(iii. 8. 11). Layard (pp. 60 and 226) identifies the ford with one 25 miles 
up the Zab, a little above the junction of the Gomar-st (whose bed is the 
χαράδρα of iii. 4. 1). Reckoning back from this ford as a point pretty well 
ascertained (the first that is so in the route beyond the Tigris), we are 
brought opposite Ktleh Sherghat in the course of the 4th march from the 
ford. 
The fact of their leaving the Tigris and marching up the Zab before 
crossing it, though not expressly stated, is sufficiently indicated by the. 
remark that ‘‘they arrived at the Tigris” near Larissa (iii. 4. 6) after two 
marches from the ford. Nor is this the only instance in the narrative of 
mention of a river being reserved for the point where it was crossed. The 
Phrat itself, for instance, is first mentioned at Thapsacus, though both 
Chesney and Ainsworth are convinced that the three previous marches 
must have been along its banks (Ainsworth, Travels in the Track, p. 66). 
The same remark may be applicable to the march along the Physcus before 
crossing it, and also to the marches between the rivers Phasis and Harpa- 
sus, some of which lay along the banks probably of both rivers up to the 
point where they were found to be fordable (see iv. 6. 4, 5; 7. 1-15). 


ROUTE THROUGH ARMENIA. 


The Greek route after crossing the Kentritis — admitted to be the river 
of Sert (the Buhtan Chai) — is a point on which the judgment of geogra- 
phers is divided. The point really at issue is which of the head-waters of 
the Tigris represents the Tigris of Xenophon, of which he says (iv. 4. 3) 
that the Greeks ‘‘came beyond its sources” after a three days’ march of 
15 parasangs from the banks of the Kentritis. 

We are to bear in mind that the Greeks were told on the frontiers of the 
Carduchi (iv. 1. 8) that ‘‘in Armenia they would either cross the head- 
waters (πηγὰς) of the Tigris, if they liked, or if they did not like, would go 
round them.” 

Now they entered Armenia after crossing the Kentritis ; and if it can be 
shown, as I think it may, that the Greeks crossed this stream before its 
junction with the Bitlis-su, then I apprehend that. the Bitlis-su (the East- 
ern Tigris) will aptly represent the Tigris of Xenophon and satisfy the con- 
ditions of the narrative better than any other stream ; and the conclusion 





% ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ σταθμῷ: cf. ἐν τούτοις τοῖς σταθμοῖς (i. 5. 5). Dindorf, however, has 
“ad castra prima,” “ at the first station,” and so the English translators. But ἐν could 
not apply to a place beyond the river: they did not even cross over to it; so that in no 
way could it be conceived of as part of the encampment: they stopped only for pro- 
visions; the station was farther on. 





18 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


will be that the Greek route followed the direct caravan-road between Sert 
and Bitlis, and that the plain of Mush where it is watered by the Kara- 
su* (Black water) represents the plain of the Teleboas (iv. 4. 7) ‘with its 
many villages on its banks” (iv. 4. 3). This view of the route is in the 
main that proposed by Major Rennell (Retreat, pp. 203 -- 207). 

The first question is where the Kentritis was forded. Layard’s view 
(Babylon and Nineveh, pp. 49 and 63, 64) is, that the Greeks forded the 
Buhtan Chai (Kentritis) opposite Till or Tilleh, considerably below its 
junction with the Bitlis-su, at a point where he crossed it himself (with 
difficulty) at the end of September. But it is morally certain that the East- 
ern Tigris, the combined stream of the Bitlis-su and the Buhtan Chai, is 
not fordable two months later, the season at which the Greeks reached this 
quarter. 

The state of this stream, as indeed of the entire river-system of the Ni- 
phates, varies regularly with the time of the year. The rivers rise in March 
and April with the melting of the mountain snows, are at their height by 
the end of May, and ‘‘commence gradually falling from the beginning of 
June to the end of July” (Kinneir, Journey through Asia Minor, &c., 
p. 489). They are then at their lowest pitch, and continue so till the 
winter rains swell them in November and December. Kinneir on his way 
from Sert to Redwan crossed the Bitlis-su by bridge, at a point 12 miles 
from Sert, just above its junction with the Buhtan Chai, and found it even 
there ‘‘very rapid and certainly not fordable anywhere near where I crossed 
iw” (p. 412). This was on the 12th of July, when the stream would be 
getting low ; but further, he tells us (p. 488 n.), “41 crossed the Euphrates 
and Tigris in December (1810), and they were at that time much fuller than 
when | crossed them afterwards in July.” Now it was at the end of No- 
vember, or early in December, at any rate after the rains had set in (see 
iv. 1. 15), that the Greeks forded the Kentritis. Indeed, Layard himself, 
speaking of a period a week or 10 days earlier, when the Greeks crossed the 
Khabour, supposes them to have taken “the more dificult road over the 
pass in order to cross the Khabour by a bridge or ferry ; it must be remem- 
bered that it was winter, and that the rivers were consequently swollen" 
(p. 61, note). 

We conclude then that the Greeks crossed the Kentritis before its junc- 
tiou with the Bitlis-su. They forded it, we are told, at a point where the 





36 Layard (Babylon and Nineveh, p. 64) says, “1 am convinced that the Teleboas can- 
not be identified with the Kara-su, which would be at least forty or fifty parasangs (eight 
to ten days’ march) from Tilleh; no doubt from Tilleh (or Till), supposing the Greeks 
to have crossed here, which, however, is more than questionable. Layard seems to have 
adopted this view from the belief that the river (Buhtan Chai) narrowed between rocky 
banks is not fordable higher up (than Till), p. 63. But this is an error, as Ainsworth 
has shown ; ef. Commentary, p. 316. Layard supposes that the Greeks, after fording 
the river at Till, and finding no road into Armenia through the Charzan mountains, fol- 
lowed the course of the Bitlis-su, which he identifies with the Teleboas, observing ‘that 
Xenophon says “they came to (ἐπὶ), not that they crossed the Teleboas.” But ἐπὶ is Xeno- 
phon’s regular usage in speaking of rivers which certainly were crossed : ef. i. 4. 1 and 11. 


APPENDIX. 19 


Kurd mountains come down to within a mile of the river. The Greeks we 
presume came to the ford by a regular road, of which the made road (ὁδὸς 
ὥσπερ χειροποίητος), which they saw leading over the hills beyond the river, 
was a continuation (iv. 8. 5). Now Ainsworth, who visited this district in 
1839 — 40, describes a ford (Commentary, p. 316) and ‘‘a road carried up 
the face of a limestone rock partly by steps cut out of the rock, and partly by 
a causeway paved with large blocks of stone. This is the highway to Sert, 
and appears to be of remote antiquity.” He adds that there may very well - 
be other fords in this quarter. But assuming that the Greeks crossed here, 
the neighborhood of Sert agrees well with Xenophon’s description of the 
first day’s march beyond the Kentritis, “ ὦ was all plain and smooth hills, 
not less than 5 parasangs” (iv. 1. 2). Fraser (Mesopotamia, xii. p. 239) 
describes Sert as situated in ‘‘a large undulating plain without a single 
tree, surrounded at a considerable distance by mountains.” Nor is this the 
only coincidence in the case. The Greek march of 5 parasangs ended at a 
‘large village where the Satrap had a palace, and most of the houses had 
towers upon them.” Now Kinneir (p. 403) describes Halisnu (a few miles 
north of Sert) as ‘‘a large village unlike anything we had yet seen, built of 
stone and mortar, and each house is a castle, consisting of a square tower 
surrounded with a wall to protect the inhabitants from cavalry or musket- 
shot.” Whether Halisnu represents Xenophon’s village or not, still, Kin- 
neir’s description shows this style of building to be peculiar to the district ; 
at the same time it seems to be not uncommon within it, for Ainsworth in- 
forms me that the same kind of structure is to be seen at Sert.2° We can 
hardly then be far from the Greek track at this point, whether we have hit 
upon the exact ford or not. 

From this plain (of Sert) there are four” roads leading to the plain of 
Mush, which it remains to show corresponds in distance and in other par- 
ticulars with the plain of the Teleboas. Of these roads, three go by Bitlis, 
this being, doubtless, with all its difficulties, the most practicable route ; 
one of them taken by Colonel Sheil and Ainsworth, goes by Bakia ; an- 
other diverging a little to the east of these, was travelled by Kinneir, who 
describes it in detail, almost mile by mile ; the passage over the mountain 
south of the Bakia River, he says, ‘‘is one of the worst roads he ever saw.” 





% Sert will scarcely represent Xenophon’s village, for it is hardly two miles from the 
river (Buhtan Chai), and Xenophon’s remark that the Greeks were forced to make their 
long afternoon’s march of five parasangs, because there were no villages near the river, 
owing to the wars with the Kurds, intimates more than two miles. As Xenophon’s 
plain does not exclude ‘‘smooth hills” (iv. 1), he may be supposed to mean any place 
before reaching the mountains, which embosom the plain “at a considerable distance” 
from Sert (Fraser sup.) This undulating country, favorable for the growth of the vine, 
extends as far as Tasil, where are ‘‘ extensive vineyards spread over the declivities of the 
neighboring hills” (Kinneir, p. 403). 

4 “From Sert to Bitlis there are three roads of 16, 18, 22 hours respectively. We 
travelled the road said to be 18 hours. Beside these there is a road of 88 hours to Mush 
direct, which does not pass through Bitlis. This must be the road which Kinneir sup- 
posed the Greeks to have taken.” Col. Sheil, Journ, of R. G. S., vol. viii. p. 77. 








20 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 


The third road crosses the Bitlis-su by one of the many bridges over this 
river, and strikes the road skirting the right bank of the Bitlis-su, by which 
Layard travelled from Bitlis to Tilleh, and where he saw the ancient cause- 
way which, he thinks, “has probably been always the great thoroughfare 
between Western Armenia and the Assyrian plains.” It is this last of the 
three roads that may very well have been meant by the captives when they 
told the Greeks ‘they might cross the head-waters of the Tigris if they 
liked.” 

Supposing Halisnu to represent the Satrap’s palace, two marches of 
10 parasangs along the first or second of these roads, the last march being 
by « rugged mountain pass, would bring them fairly over the river of Bakia 
(the Bakia-su), to near Kulak, 8 miles short of Bitlis. It is hereabouts 
that they are said to have “come beyond * the sources of the Tigris.” 
Hence they made three days’ march, 15 parasangs, to the river Teleboas 
(the Kara-su), a “‘ beautiful river, though not large, having many villages 
about it.” 2 

It is true that they would come upon the head-waters of the Kara-su in 
less than three marches, but it would be wholly out of character with Xen- 
ophon’s brief lively narrative to take note of such an incident. Even in 
the case of large rivers, we have seen (see on the Zab, p. 17) that ‘three 
marches to a river” is Xenophon’s Srdinary form to express, not the point 
where the route first struck the river, but where it became a point of in- 
terest in the narrative, most commonly where it was crossed ; and, in this 
case, also for its “ beauty and many villages.” In the present instance 
they would come upon the Teleboas (Kara-su) within a Jew miles of where 
they left the Bitlis River, the first two days’ march lying over the-eastern 
extremity of the great watershed between the Tigris and the Phrat, and the 
Teleboas would be the first tributary of the Phrat seen by them. It is pos- 
sible that this narrow strip of land, within which they might observe their 





38 ὑπερῆλθον. The use of the aorist clearly, I think, implies some definite point at 
which Xenophon conceived that they “‘came beyond the sources.” That point, to all 
intents and purposes, would be when they had crossed the last tributary stream, the 
Bakia-su. 

* Kara-su is Turkish for “ Black River.” It may be a descriptive, but is certainly 
not a distinctive name ; for there is at least one other Kara-su in this quarter. It is 


phon’s Teleboas in some local name containing the radical Telb. Teleboas is presum- 
ably, like Larissa and Kenex (sup. n. 23), an adaptation of a Greek word to the local name 
sounding like it. Mr. Consul Brandt crossed the Kara-su at Irishdir, where he found 
it ‘‘ knee-deep and fifteen yards wide” (Journal, p. 379). There is no part of Armenia 
that answers to Xenophon’s description of the Teleboas and the plain in connection with 
it (iv. 7), as does this part of the plain of Mush watered by the Kara-su. Lord Polling- 
ton (p. 445) describes it as “studded with villages,” “excellent wine made in i.” “It 
grows grapes, melons,” etc. (Brandt), “" Corn, horses of excellent breed, cows and sheep, 
are numerous” (Knight's Cyclopedia), Compare Xenophon’s account (iv. 4. 9), “The 
Greeks found here all manner of good things, live-stock, corn, old wine of good flavor, 
raisins, and all sorts of pulse,” 


APPENDIX. ω-. 


Tigris --- the Bitlis-su— flowing one way, and the Teleboas flowing the 
other to join the Phrat, is the στενόν alluded to at iv. 1. 3. ἐμ" 

This view of the six marches after crossing the Kentritis is, no doubt, 
like every other view that has been proposed, open to objections. In truth, 
the whole question resolves itself into a choice of difficulties. Layard and 
Ainsworth alike object to the badness of the road between Sert and Bitlis, 
carried as it is over steep and rugged mountains, and by a dangerous pass. 
This is no doubt true. Still the fact remains that, bad as the road may be, 
it is the regular caravan route between Sert and Bitlis travelled by Kin- 
neir, Sheil, and Ainsworth, and therefore presumably not so bad as the 
other by the Kharzan mountains. Brandt, who travelled by the Kolb-su 
route, thought that ‘‘the worst he ever saw”; but bad as it was, the Khar- 
zan route, he was told, was still worse. If it be said that there is nothing 
in the narrative here that indicates the difficulties of a mountain pass, the 
answer is that it is not Xenophon’s way to give descriptions of country, 
except as illustrating the incidents of the march, and there is a dearth of 
incident in this part of the Retreat, which it is not difficult to account for. 
We should no doubt have learnt more about the country, had the Satrap 
thought fit to oppose the invaders at any of the passes along the route, 
But he had got to know his enemy too well for that. He had learnt on 
the banks of the Kentritis that he had no force wherewith to uppose an 
army that had fought its way through the mountain passes of Kurdistan : 
and to try conclusions with them hopelessly in the heart of his Satrapy, 

would, in case of defeat, only place his province at the mercy of a victorious 
and reckless soldiery. Behind him was the plain of Mush, with its many 
villages and fertile soil. These he might hope to save by coming to terms 
with the invaders ; and this, as the narrative tells us, he was wise enough 


to do. 





ON THE GEOGRAPHY OF XENOPHON’S ANABASIS. 


“‘This remarkable work has been read, and its geographical details 
have been either taken for granted, or referred to proximate delineations 
of territory and places, which communicated to the mind anything but a 
sensible or positive satisfaction in tracing the progress of the armies. In 
many cases the reader was compelled, after much examination, to take for 
granted what the mind naturally required to be verified ; and, in others, 
to forego all inquiry as entirely hopeless. A reader of modern military 
history would regard as very imperfect a work which would be found defi- 
cient in the necessary details of geography. In books of travel the defect 
would be felt still more. The Anabasis, independent of its merits arising 
from the grandeur of the subject, the high reputation of its author, and the 
military exploits which it records, contains a great variety of incident to 
recommend it ; it combines with the character of a military history that of 
a book of travels likewise ; and if military operations generally receive their 
character from the nature of the ground on which they are performed, 
how much more must they do so when combined with a lengthened jour- 
ney through hostile countries, and amid inclement seasons! Nor can the 
mind be satisfied except when such details are accompanied by representa- 
tions and descriptions, which at once serve to render manifest the several 
movements, and to develop the causes which led to them. — W. F. AINs- 
worTH, F. R.G.S., author of “ Travels in the Track of the Ten Thousand 
Greeks.” 


RECORD OF THE MARCHES, HALTS, ETC., DURING THE 
ANABASIS AND KATABASIS OF THE GREEKS. 





I. THE EXPEDITION OF CYRUS. 


᾿Ανάβασις. Ephesus to Cunaxa. 


(February, B. c. 401, to September of the same year.] 


The march begun from the sea at Ephesus (ii. 2. 6), ro 
first week in..............+++ ΝΜ ΜΝ ΜΝ ΔΝ ἢ denies Feb. Β. c. 401. 

















To Sardis. Cyrus musters his forces as for an expedition 
against the Pisidians. Of the Greek generals, Xenias, ᾿ 
Proxenus, Sophexnetus, Socrates, and Pasion are present 
with their forces. Xenophon, having sailed from Athens, 
overtakes Cyrus and Proxenus at Sardis as they are about 


to set forth. .........ccccceceeceesececsceecceeeesseceeseesennenetee 
To the Meander (i. 2. 5) ; 
ToColosse (i. 2. 6). Menon arrives 
To Celenz, to the palace of Cyrus (i. 2. 7). Clearchus ar- 
rives. Greeks reviewed and numbered March 20. 


To Pelte (i. 2.10). Lycean games 
To Ceramorum Forum, Κεραμῶν ᾿Αγορά (i. 2. 10) 


To Caystri Campus (i. 2. 11) 
Soldiers demand pay, now due for more than three months. 


Epyaxa arrives with a large gift of money. Army paid 


for four months 
To Thymbrium (i. 2. 13) 
To Tyrieum (i.2.14). Army reviewed by request of Epyaxa 
To Icomium (i. 2. 19). .......ceceeereeeeeescesceeeeeceeceneeesseneeees 
Through Lycaonia (i. 2. 19). Menon sent to escort Epyaxa 
through the western pass of Mount Taurus 
To Dana 


To the plain before the pass, Cilician gates (i. | tee 
To Tarsus (i. 2. 23). Interview with Syennesis June 6. 


The soldiers refuse to proceed, but are induced through the 
crafty management of Clearchus (i. 3) 














24 RECORD OF THE MARCHES, HALTS, ETC. 


To the Psarus (i. 4. 1) 
To the Pyramus 


July 30. 
Menon art- 


To Pyle (i. 5.5). Hunger. Persian discipline...... Sept. 1. 
Charmande. Danger and rage of Clearches. 


tempts to désert, is tried and executed (i. 6). 
Through Babylonia (i. 7. 1). 


Orontes at- 


March in battle array (i. 7. 14). 
March more negligently (i. 7. 19) 


To Cunaxa (i. 7. 20). Battle (i. 8). Success of the Greeks. 
Death of Cyrus 


Later movements of the day 
(i. 10). The surrender of the Greeks demanded and in- 
dignantly refused (ii. 1) 


II. RETREAT OF THE TEN THOUSAND. 


Κατάβασις. Cunaza to Cotyora. 


[Sept., B. c. 401, to May, B. c. 400.] 


ssasdshideisnsonenesivinosubesoiWengaccecy Sept. 10. 

To Babylonian villages (ii. 2. 13). Truce with the king 
(ii. 3. 1, 9) 

The dates 

Treaty with the 


10 
5 


15 


























89 543 96 








RECORD OF THE MARCHES, HALTS, ETC. 


Waiting for Tissaphernes. More than 20 days’ halt 
To the Wall of Media, with Tissaphernes and Arizus (ii. 4. 
12). Entrance within it and passage of two canals 


To the Tigris near Sittace (ii. 4. 13). Stratagem to hasten _ 


the crossing of the Greeks 

Τὸ the Physcus at Opis (ii. 4. 25). The bastard brother of 
Artaxerxes meets the Greeks 

Through a desert region with Tissaphernes. To the vii- 
lages of Parysatis (ii. 4. 27) 

Through a desert region passing by Cane (ii. 4. 28) 

To the Zapatas (ii. 5. 1) 

Five generals treacherously seized (ii. 5). Their characters 
(ii. 6). General dejection (iii. 1. 2). Xenophon arouses 
and reinspirits the army. Other generals chosen (iii. 1. 47) 

To villages (iii. 3. 11) 

To the Tigris at Larissa, crossing a ravine, etc. (ili. 4. 6), 

To Mespila (iii. 4. 10) 

To villages (iii. 4. 13-18) 

Through a plain, pursued by Tissaphernes (iii. 4. 18) 

To villages around a palace (iii. 4. 24-31) 

To a village in a plain 

Night march of 60 stadia (iii. 4. 37). Enemy dislodged 
from a height 

To villages (ili. 5. 1) beside the Tigris. Progress stopped 
by mountains (iii. 5. 7) 

Towards Babylon (iii. 5.13). Consultation and inquiry ... 

Night march to the mountains (iv. 1. 5) 

To villages of the Carduchi (iv. 1. 10). Baggage lessened. 

Mountain march, with fighting (iv. 1. 14) 

March in heavy storm. Carduchi occupy the road. A party 
seize another path (iv. 2. 5) 

Passage forced and villages reached (iv. 2. 22) 

Marching without a guide. To the Centrites (iv. 3. }) ... 

Through Armenia to villages and satrap’s palace (iv. 4. 2). 

To the springs of the Tigris (iv. 4. 3) 

To the Teleboas 

Through a plain followed by Tiribazus (iv. 4. 7) 

Much snow in night 

To camp of Tiribazus ; but return to their own camp (iv. 4.22). 

τον ATV. GD)... νὼ. 

To Euphrates (iv. 5.2). Desert stages 

Through a plain, deep snow, severe wind (iv. 5. 3) 











25 


20 

















26 RECORD OF THE MARCHES, HALTS, ETC. 


To a village, water-carriers, etc. (iv. 5. 9) 

With a guide, through snow (iv. 6. 2) 

To and along the Phasis (iv. 6. 4) 

To a mountain,pass defended by the Chalybes (iv. 6. 5, 27). 

To village in a plain (iv. 6. 27) 

Among the Taochi (iv. 7.1). Capture of a stronghold 
stocked with cattle (iv. 7. 14) 

Through the Chalybes, the bravest tribe found (iv. 7. 15). 

To the river Harpasus Feb. 3, B. c. 400. 

Through the Scythini, to provision villages (iv. 7. 18) 

To the large city Gymnias ; guide obtained for the moun- 
tain where the sea could be seen 


Through the Macrones, who aided their passage (iv. 8. 1). 

To villages of the Colchi, forcing a passage (iv. 8. 9, 19)... 

To Trapezus (Trebisond), to the sea (iv. 8. 22). Sacrifices 
and games (cf. Diod. Sic., xiv. 30) ‘eb. 28. 

Chirisophus sails to Byzantium for vessels (v. 1. 4). Treach- 
ery of Dexippus. Expedition against the Drile (v. 2. 1). 
The older men, women, children, sick, and the baggage 
sent by vessels to Cerasus. The rest march (v. 3. 1) 

To Cerasus (v. 3. 2). Review and numbering 

Division of the consecrated tenth (v. 3. 4). Xenophon’s 
disposition of his share. 

To the Mosyneeci (v. 4. 2). Treaty with a part of the tribe. 
Storming the chief fortress. Through Mosyneeci to the 
Chalybes (v. 5. 1) 


Through the Tibareni, as friends, to Cotyora (v. 5. 3), May 7. 
Embassy from Sinope. Xenophon’s plan of a settlement 
frustrated (v. 6. 15). Defends himself before the army 
(v. 7. 4). Rebukes disorder. Purification of the army. 
Trial of the generals (v. 7.1). Halt of 45 days at 





~ 














118 92 

(107) 

The army thence proceeded to Sinope and Heraclea, July 1. Advanced 

to Calpe and Chrysopolis (vi. 1. 6), Aug. 7. Sale of the spoils. Passed 

into Thrace, and oceupied. there for several months: Returned to Asia, 

and reached Lampsacus early in the following year. Joined Thibron 
(vii. 8. 24), March δ, B. ο. 399. j " 


























PREFACE. 





SHALL the student commence the reading of Greek with a general 
or a special lexicon? If the former is chosen, he must expect, 

1. Greater labor in finding words. The time required for finding 
ἃ word in a lexicon is nearly in the direct ratio of the size of the book, 
and the number of words in its list. The larger the book, the more 
pages must be turned over, or the more matter scrutinized on a page, 
—commonly both ; and the longer its list, the more words must be 
looked at, before the right one catches the eye. This would seem 
quite too obvious for remark, were not its disregard so common, and 
so costly of time to the learner. 

2. More labor in finding the required signification. How much time 
is often painfully spent in looking through a long article, — where 
various meanings, illustrative examples, translations of these examples, 
references, and remarks are commingled, — before the eye lights upon 
an appropriate signification ; and even after this, not unfrequently, 
how much in addition, before the different admissible meanings can be 
brought together and compared for the selection of the best ! 

3. A difficulty in finding some words at all. This difficulty occurs 
in the Greek far more than in most languages, from the many euphonic 
and emphatic changes in its inflection, from crasis, and especially from 
the various forms of the augment and reduplication, which often render 
it uncertain even under what letter the search should be commenced. 
The considerations first presented have also a special application to the 
}reek, from the copiousness of its vocabulary, and from the variety of 
form and use which its words obtained through so many centuries, 
dialects, and kinds of literature. 

If relief from these disadvantages is sought in the use of an abridged 
general lexicon, then a more serious evil is often substituted, — the 
absence of what is needed, in the place of labor in finding it. 

The great use which is wisely made of Xenophon’s Anabasis in 
elementary study seems to entitle it to all the advantages which a 
special lexicon can confer. In more advanced reading, when com- 
paratively few words present themselves as strangers, and a more 
comprehensive view of the language is sought, there can, of course, 
be no adequate substitute for a good general lexicon. 




















iv PREFACE. 


It must also be confessed that special lexicons, in their appropri 
sphere, have not been free from objections. One of their ben 
faults has been a defect in the vocabulary. It is exceeding] difficuls, 
in the first attempt, to make a complete list of the eds ιν: in : 
particular book ; and the words of most frequent occurrence are in 
cisely those which are most apt to pass the collector’s eye with " 
attracting notice. Yet it is none the less on this account a severe trial 
to the student’s patience to be “sent to April,” — to waste his tim i 
searching for that which is not to be found, simply because it deni ¥ 
exist. Another frequent defect has been the meagreness of informs ec 
respecting the words presented, both as to mea and eabphand ial 
especially as to that connection and explanation of meanings whic Wie 
so important to the learner. Γ , ah 
Some special lexicons have been rendered less useful to the student 
im quite a different way. Their authors, in seeking to make them 
commentaries upon the text, have so referred the different meanings 
a ies es in baoes they occur, as to leave little exercise for his 

judgment in the choice, thus ivi 
benefits of linguistic study. isi i aherth τ" 

An earnest effort has been made in the present work to avoid 50 
far as might be, these defects. The list of words in the Anabasis ‘rts 
already nearly complete through the labors of others. To guard 
against the omission of required forms and meanings ‘he μον τω 
been read again and again with pen in hand; and much viii has like- 
wise been taken in tracing back derived to primitive senses, while the 
syntactic constructions found in the text have also been qaite full 
stated. The significations of words have been presented with “ἡ 
copiousness, and different modes of translation have been offered to 
the student’s choice ; but that choice has been left for the most part 
uninfluenced, so that he should have the fullest benefit of the inde 
pendent exercise of his own judgment. At the same time every word 

has been referred to one or more places where it cota, preference 
being given to the earliest place, as that with which the word should 
usually be most closely associated in the student’s mind. 

An asterisk (*) has been attached to many words which occur in 
tables of irregular verbs, or in respect to whose form or use the student 
may profitabl y consult other parts of his grammar. This consultation 
he will readily make through familiarity with its pages, or the use of 
a full Greek Index. This general mode of reference las been ado ve 
a8 saving room, and as applying alike to different grammars. Even in 
cases where reference has been made to a particular grammar, others 


PREFACE. Υ 


can be consulted through their indexes. The author has also aimed at 
impartiality towards different editions of the Anabasis, by presenting 
their various readings. 

Proper names are here treated with more fulness than has been usual 
in works of this kind; chiefly by giving such iniormation as the 
student might desire in addition to that which the text itself furnishes. 
The modern identifications of ancient places are in part quite certain ; 
but there are some in respect to which the most painstaking and 
reliable travellers and geographers so differ, that it must simply be 
understood that that is here given which seemed most probable after 
the comparison of different authorities. A similar remark should be 
made respecting dates; in which there is this especial element of 
difference, that the Greek Olympic year was divided about equally 
between two years of our chronology. 

It has been a pleasure to the writer, that in preparing this work he 
brings himself into direct competition or comparison with no one. 
No Greek and English lexicon to the Anabasis, beyond the first three 
books, has ever. been published. To those who have written such 
lexicons in Greek and German, — Marbach, Theiss, Kriiger, Matthia, 
Vollbrecht, Strack (as successor to Theiss), and Holtzmann (for the 
Anabasis with the Cyropedia), — he gratefully acknowledges his obli- 
gations; as also to that thesaurus of Xenophontic learning, the Lexicon 
Xenophonteum, and to the lexicons in Greek and English which have 
been prepared for the first two or three books, by Professor Boise, whom 
we rejoice to claim as an American scholar, and more briefly by 
Isbister and Fergusson. In making these acknowledgments to other 
works, however, it ought perhaps to be said, that the present lexicon 
is not a translation or compilation from these, but has been for the 
most part prepared directly from the Anabasis itself, the pages of 
which have been turned often enough, whatever may have been the 

success, to satisfy even the familiar precept of Horace, 


ἐς Vos exemplaria Greca 
Nocturna versate manu, versate diurna.” 


Would that the graceful words of another were no more needed here 
than where they were first written! “I am not so sanguine as to hope 
that I have escaped errors. He would be a bold man, who, even after 
years of study, should suppose that he had eliminated all the chances of 
error in treating of a language which is so delicate, so exquisite, and so 
perfect a medium for the expression of thought, as the Greek language 
is felt to be by all who have studied it. Some critics may doubtless 





























PREFACE. 


regard as erroneous, views which I may have deliberate] 
and which I believe I could ade 


these I may doubtless hay 


Postscrirr. This work, announced a 
in type, with its preface, before the writer learned that another G 
English Lexicon to the Anabasis was in preparation. 


attestation which is thus given to the need of such a work. — May, 1873, 





EXPLANATIONS AND DIRECTIONS. 


1. Words are to be he 


yet other forms have been placed in the alphabetic li 
the theme seemed desirable. If 


with ἢ (not beginning the theme), look first, unless ot 
der a; with ἢ, under a ; with ὦ, 


5. Long a,., and 
might have been supposed 


2. Methods of 1nFLE 
by showing the forms 
the forms of the Nom., of the Gen., th 
Superl. being also notice ply by c., s.), if they occ 


asis ; IN VERBS, forms of the Pres., 
Perf., and someti tenses, es 


The ‘* Attic Future” 


as been usually 


€ quite sufficient ; and some forms are marked 


i preposition, the forms 
verb; 
the preposition to these, 


3. The PART oF ΒΡῈ 
inflection or use. Uninflected w 
considered adverbs, unless otherwise stated or shown. 
is marked in the usual way, except in Dec. 1, neut 
names of persons, where the general rules render it n 
4. The composition of words 
arating their parts; and their pe 
down (t) to the source, — several € 


referred, and a double obelisk (t) showing that the word lies between a more 
immediate and a more remote source, Simples and primitives have been 
given in the usual manner, within parentheses, whenever there seemed to be 
need; and regularly translated, unless they also occur in the alphabetic 


list. A few words have been added to this list in brackets, simply for the 
sake of their derivatives or compounds. 


y adopted, 
quately defend ; but independently of 
8 fallen into positive mistakes, 
* quas aut incuria fudit, 

Aut humana parum cavit natura.’ 


For the correction of any such errors I shall be grateful.” 


year and a half since, was all 


reek and 
He welcomes the 


re sought, as in other lexicons, under their THEMES; 
st, when direction to 

an auymented or reduplicated jform begins 
herwise directed, un- 

with € before 


EXPLANATIONS AND DIRECTIONS. Vil 


i lation are usually printed 
EANINGS as would be chosen in transl i 
. +e nt explanatory meanings or remarks in Roman letters, aa 
str ster meanings leading. When a form of translation is equivocal, on 
mau y which it is here used will be gr prise edie οἢ _— aoe 
ill, it i lect carefully from the forms R ft 
ee Taher cok idiomatic. Latin cognates or equiva- 
seek for himself others, perhaps more i 4 neneten He ae 
d in Roman letters for comparison ; 
lents have been often adde " ne ee 
languages specially stated. . 
have been drawn from other languag Μ Ἴδε τόμος ἡ. 5 
i atives or cognates by printing 
often called to English deriva hag areralye AL abr ΜΘ 
i . though some of them, it wi . be obse ; ᾿ 
a Tias tan tee Latin. Proper names in -ων, g. -wvos, admit a double 
i in: as, Μένων, Menon or Meno. 
“τ Much effort has been used so to state “eed arrange pr ip seein Fi: 
i in the work, which is earnes 
the student shall be aided in t » whic ΜΝ el 
i ἃ from original. senses ; 0 
him, of constantly tracing derive ᾿ δ ψ es sa ὅσοι 
ε n when not distinctly . 
force of each element of a compound, a ocak wey te La 
and of discerning the distinction of words w! Hverwmacie esc 
iti full range for each part of this ; ᾿ 
The prepositions, for example, give ing nme χυλθειφεσεμβερτίτ ri 
i ated without discrimination 
while they seem to be often transla Ss tah at Sine 
i ir origi not be lost sight of, . 
translation, their original distinctions shoul ah recs bo crude ae 
fer primarily to the in¢erior, and are 
anf descr cha ας ἀπό ind σύν to mere outward πριν psd | Rg 2 ist ἐμ τ 
Ὶ they are so much used with the nai 
side, and πρός to the front, whence ὶ SS ee ee 
; &c. Other familiar illustrations are ou ; 
τεῦ ταῦρον: ἐδ οὐ διασναι pronouns in -ros and those in -δε; cna: ἀτούμεῃτα 
stantive verbs εἰμί and γίγνομαι (be oer ; between the neg 
. junctions καί, δέ, and a “δ. ' ἮΝ 
Ἢ gyri eee of cas $y so far as year in the oe is 
usually shown, after their translation, by small capitals or by partic ἣν ᾿ ne 
G showing that the word is ΘΟ ae Lod ἣν = | ote int 
D king the Acc. o 600) ; 1.. ° 
Dat.; A., by the Acc. (AE. mar ( Ms Ao 
et i i i ther the subject), while 1.(A.) shows 
(sometimes, in strict analysis, ra sah gg a Comme 
this Inf. may have a subject Acc.; P., by a iciple ; ‘ : — 
i ‘j lause ; ἀπό, els, ὡς, &c., by these particles. 
mentary (in a few cases, Final) C ; (ig, jel te aya ‘esyraepsi 
i . sometimes occurs where the Acc. is only in 
ota mus voice. Signs not separated by a comma oe eal aoe 
d together. In the citations, some words whic ᾿ 
oe 4 ἰῷ onlised, or may take the place of others, are inclosed in paren 
; ἅμα, νύξ, ὁ ὀψέ Ι rs 
πὰ ote a made to the Anabasis a giving hi ive ie ae 
; ion i i ; eriod, a 
and the chapter and section in Arabic numerals ; a period, 
i i from the section, and a comma sep- 
English system, separating the chapter raion ras 
i i hapter. The interrogation-poi 
arating two sections of the same ὁ ton temaanl, Geel ees 
indicates a various readjng, of more or less claim to gard. ee 
iter’ i , Grammars are made by figures 
ences to the writer’s Revised and Compendious ret γρἀμυχει τούτου τοῖς 
i Ider style (as 238). The letter s is often added 1 
ae ma the he aati ; and rarely, a me τ above the line, to show that 
i, -- “ * ᾿ 
is to the Revised Grammar only. ADs 
γ᾽ ἡ λα τα (||) are used to mark a PLACE in modern pecans ea - 
believed to correspond closely or nearly with the ancient place — 0 ᾿ 
the paragraph (cf. page v.). It is well known ἊΝ — : 95" wy rin 
es within the region of the Anabasis. In the pron 
of aginst here printed, ὦ is usually pronounced as i ΣΉ ΩΣ κε 
i é or men, ὦ as in marine or pin, 0 as in hope « , 
te ane κοι ae ch as in chin, and j asin jet. In the Turkish, these par 
have so little distinctive accent, that, like French names, they are ap 














Vill EXPLANATIONS. ——- ABBREVIATION 8 


impress the English ear as if acc 

' ented upon the last ; 

bic " ΩΝ mre gy on signifies pellet hig ἠδ ey, fase 
τ, D ”, Veren valley, Hissar castle, Keui Coi οἱ 

emg Hine oy, st εν water, stream, Ak white aki a ΚΣ bias τῇ 
- An > Greeks, there i | a 

τ δίδαρτρο. gebaigar τὴ hag 1s how 8 strong tendency to preserve or revive 


10. A full List oF ABBREVTIA 
SVIATIOD y 
such as to require no explanation : ἜΥ follows, though they are generally 


hie ace. accusative: 2 a.,)euphon., euphonic, 
two accusatives. exc., except. 
A., a., act., active. Ezek. , Ezekiel 


orig., originally. 
0z., Ounces, 
P., pt., part., participle. 


a., aor., aorist. 

A. D., Anno Domini. 
abs., absolute. 

ace. to, according to, 
adj., adjective, -ly. 
adv., adverb, -ial, -ially. 
AE., accusative of effect. 


4ésch. Prom., Prometheus | G. 


of Aschylus. 
ἌΒΑΣ. Anabasis. 
apostr., apost.,apostr . 
art., Aten ‘iia 
Att., Attic. 
attr., attraction. 
aug., augment. 
B. C., before Christ. 
bef., before. 


ure perfect. 
i saree 
r., French, — fr, 
ft., feet. ΕΝ 
G., g., gen., genitive: 2 a, 
two genitives, : 
en., Genesis, 
Germ., German. 
ay de 
eb., Hebrew. ophon. 
Hel., Hellenica ff yo 
Hom., Homer : — Apoll., 
Hymn to Apollo; IL, 
Iliad; Od., Odyssey. 
L, inf., infinitive : 1. (A.), 
infinitive with subject 


f., fut., future : f. pf., fut-| P 


-» P., Pass., passive. 
periphr., periphrasis, 
Pers., Persian. 

pers., person, -al, -ally. 
pf., perf., perfect. 

pl., plur., plural. 
pleon., pleonastically. 
plp., plup., pluperfect, 
poet., po., poetic. 
post-pos., post-positive. 
pr., pres., present, 
prep., preposition, 
pret., preteritive, -ly, 
prob., probably. 

pron., pronoun. 

prop., proper, -ly, 

q- V., quod vide, which see, 


“ i ποᾷ » comparative.| accusative. 
= ; je ms compare, con-|i. e., id est, that is. 

-» chiefly. [sudé. | impers., impersonal, -] 
cog., cogn., cognate ir i i sin 

, » cog ν imv., imperative. 

comm., commonly. in., inches 
complem.,complementary. ind., indicative, 
compos., composition. 


r., Tare, -ly. 
*, Revised Grammar. 
redupl., reduplication. 
refl., reflex., reflexive, -ly, 
rel., relative, 
: ᾿ " 8, seque 
ar ἀρεῖ es, Ὁ indecl., indeclinable, Γ ὩΣ ὡὐπρώ rena 
vei δ Junction. — indef. , indefinite. 8., sup., superl She 

rete ᾿ ΗΝ interrog., interrogative. |Sans., Sans rit” superla- 

cme -, Constructio | intrans., intransitive, -ly cil ᾿ 

onan snr . Ion., Tonic. εἶν ey Unt ental 
=? ὌΝ , contracted. | ipf., imperfect. sing. singular : 2 si 

op., copulative. 1, late. a gular: 2sing., 2d 
Sh oemmlenentary clause. Lat., Latin. κίων. ew ἄς. 
ac τ, Ep ge ran epee, pelle 
Dan sure tive. etn Lucretius. subj., su tuadive wa 

6 RTT -» ™., mid., mic j “oa ay 

a oes yp one _ | mase., ote ic: Oy, en ἜΝ, 
a ie" oT metath., metathesis. subst. substantive, -] 
dae” a ar meton., metonymy. syne., syncopated ait 

ΠΤ ΠΤ mss., Manuscripts. h ye 
Did ‘ieee ' Mt., Mount. " trans,” ic emg 
Dor ων Orus Siculus. ee negative. man "ν Ἀσίνγτοι θ, - y: 

Hh ll ‘ eh., Nehemiah. i : Wa . 

e. g., exempli gratia, for|neut., neuter. t ee lectio, various 


LEXICON. 


----- φ----- 


me A. 


[a-,* an inseparable particle, com- 
monly sige privation or negation, 
and then called a- privative (akin to 
ἄνευ without, the Lat. in-, and the 
Eng. and Germ. un-, and having com- 
monly the fuller form ἀν- before a 
vowel); butsometimes denoting wnion, 
likeness, or intensity, and then called 
a- copulative (akin to dua together, and 
having also the form @-); 385 “4 

&, ἅ-περ, see ὅς, ὅσ-περ, 1. 2. 27. 
&-Baros, ov, (βαίνω) impassable (on 
foot, by fording, for a horse, &c.), t- 
accessible, not fordable, iii. 4.49: v. 6.9. 
"ABpotéApys, ov, Abrozelmes, inter- 
preter to Seuthes, vii. 6. 43? 
᾿Αβροκόμας, a, Abrocomas, satrap of 

Pheenicia, and commander of a fourth 
part of the army of Artaxerxes. On 
the approach of Cyrus, he appears to 

have considered the result doubtful, 

and to have pursued a course of selfish 
licy. As if a friend to Artaxerxes, 
e burned the boats for crossing the 

Euphrates, and marched as to aid the 

king ; but, as if no enemy to Cyrus, 

he nowhere opposed his march, and 

did not reach the king till five days 

after the battle of Cunaxa. i. 3. 20. 

"Αβῦδος, ov, ἡ, Abydus, a city built 
by the Milesians upon the Asiatic side 
of the Hellespont, where the strait is 
narrowest. This spot, now Cape Na- 
gara, is famed for the bridge of Xerx- 


es, and the loves of Hero and Lean-| ἄγε, 


der. i. 1. 9. 
ἀγά w, &c., see ἄγω, i. 8. ὅ, 17. 


ἀγαθός, ή, 6v (akin to Germ. gut, our 


good, with d- intensive or euphonic) 


᾿Αγησίλαος 


producing, fertile; ii. 4.22; 6.19: iv. 


4.9:—neut. subst., a good thing, good, 
benefit, advantage, blessing, service, 
favor ; also pl. goods, provisions, sup- 
plies, possessions ; ἐπ᾽ ἀγαθῷ for one's 
good ; ii. 1. 12; 3. 20: i. 1. 208 ; 5. 1: 
γ. 8. 18. See καλός. 
ἀγάλλω," add, to adorn: M. to take 
pride in, be proud of, glory in, Ὁ.» 
ἐπί, ii. 6. 26. 
ἄγαμαι," ἀγάσομαι Ep., a. p. as Ὧν. 
ἠγάσθην, to admire, A., i. 1. 9. 
jaya adv., very, very much, exceed- 
ingly, vii. 6. 39. 
μάἀγαπάω, how, ἠγάπηκα, to love, treat 
with affection, A.; be content or well 
pleased, ὅτι : i. 9. 29: v. 5. 18, 
fAyaclas, ov, Agasias, a lochage 
under Proxenus, from Stymphalus in 
Arcadia. He was one of the bravest 
and most enterprising of the Cyreans, 
anda firm friend of Xenophon. ili.1.31: 
iv. 1. 27.—2. V. 1. for Bacias, vii. 8. 10. 
μάγαστός, ἡ, dv, admirable, worthy 
of admiration, i. 9. 24. 
ἀγγεῖον, ov, (ἄγγος vessel for con- 
taining) a vessel, receptacle, pail, jar, 
vi. 4. 23: vii. 4. 3. 
tdyyeAla, as, a message, report, an- 
nouncement, ii. 3. 19. . 
ἰἀγγέλλω, "ελῶ, Fyyerxa,to announce, 
report, A. P. D., i. 7. 18: ii, 3. 19. 
ἄγγελος, ov, ὁ ἡ, (ἄγω) ὦ messenger, 
i. 2.21: ἡ. 8. 8. Der. ANGEL, 
see ἄγω, ii. 2. 10. 
dyelpw,* a. ἤγειρα, (ἄγω) to bring 
together, collect, assemble, A., iii. 2.13. 
d-yéveos, ov, (γένειον, chin, beard) 
beardless, ii. 6. 28. 














c. and 8." ἀμείνων, ἄριστος " βελτίων, "“Aynot-haos, ov, Agesilaus, one of 
βέλτιστος " κρείττων, κράτιστος " Aqwy,|the most eminent of the kings of 
λῷστος " good, virtuous; good in war | Sparta, succeeding his brother a 
(els πόλεμον i. 9. 148), brave, valiant ;|B. C. 398, to the exclusion of his 
beneficial, advantageous, useful, ser-| nephew Leotychides, and reigning 
viceable, desirable, valuable ; good for| with great fame for military prowess, 


LEX. AN. 1 - 


example. nom., nominati i irgi 
i ae enclitic, N a igre eng Ἢ ἢ a a aa 
ae oe. om., omitted. voc, "vooative. ἫΝ 
ἘΡ. EP Cc. in opp., opposed. w. with. " 

p., especially, opt., optative. Xen. » Xenophon. 











For the si 
Ὁ signs |, f, ἢ, as here used, see 4 above; for ?, 8; for ll, 9; for *, page iv, 








᾽ ᾿Αγίας 


2 ἀδικέω 


simplicity of manners, integrity, and | ἐ ἀγορεύω, εύσω, ἠγόρευκα, (comm, f, 


patriotism, till his death in the win- | ἐρῶ, pf. εἴρηκα, 2 a, εἶπον) to 


ter of 361-0, at the age of 80. 


address 


He | an assembly, harangue, speak, intro. 


was lame, and insignificant in general | duce a subject, A. εἷς, v. 6. 27. 


appearance. 


He was sent into Asia 


tdypeiw, evow, (ἄγρα field-roaming, 


Minor, 8. Ὁ. 396, to prosecute the war hunting) to hunt, take in the chase, 
against the Persians ; but was recalled Ane We, Ἁ. 


from the plans and promise of great 
accomplishment, in 394, to sustain | wild, i. 2.7; 5. 2. 
Sparta against the Thebans, Athenians 


&c., over whom he 


to Greece. νυ. 3. 6. 


F J gained the battle! our acre) field, land, count 
of Coronéa. Xenophon served under | to city, v. 3.9: vi. 2. 8. 
him in Asia, and returned with him 


| Ἰἄγριος, a, ον, living in the field, 
id, i. 2.7 Cf. agrestis, 

»| ἀγρός, οὔ, ὁ, (cog. ager, Germ. acker, 

ΤῊ a8 Opp. 


ἀγρ-υπνέω, ow, (4yp-vrvos sleep- 
hunting? sleepless) to lie awake, watch, 


᾿Αγίας, ov, Agias, a Cyrean general πρό, vii. 6. 36. 


from Arcailia, slain through the treach- | 


ery of Tissaphernes. He prob. com 
manded troops left by Xenias or Pa 
sion. ii. 5. 31; 6. 30. 


ἄγω, γ᾽ ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 a. ἤγαγον, ago, 
-|to put in motion, to ead a person, 
-|army, animal, &c,; conduct, direct, 
bring, carry, convey ; lead on, ad- 


dyxos, cos, τό, a bend or hollow, | vance ; A. els, ἐπί, &e.; i. 3. 5; 6. 10; 


valley, glen, dell, iv. 1. 7, Cf. Lat. | 9. 27: iy. 3. 5; 8.12: 


uncus, angulus. 


λἀἄγκνυρα, as, ancdra, an ANCHOR, | peaceful life, iii. 1.14: 


in. 5. 10. 


Vi. 3.18: ἡσυ- 
χίαν or εἰρήνην ἄγειν to lead a quiet or 


φέρειν καὶ 
| ἄγειν ferre et agere, to carry and lead 


ἀ-γνοέω, how, ἠγνόηκα, (γνο- in γι- off, to plunder, spoil, despoil, harry, 
γνώσκω) not to know or recognize, to be by carrying off things and leading off 


ignorant or in doubt, CP., iv. 5.7: vi. 
6. 12: vii. 3. 38. 
Τἀγνωμοσύνη, ns, want of sense ; pl. 
misunderstandings, ii, 5. 6. 
d-yvapwv, ov, g. ovos, (γνώμη) de- 
void of sense, thoughtless, imeonsiderate, 
ignorant, vii. 6. 23, 38. 
ἀγορά, as, (ἀγείρω) an assembly ; 
place of assembly (Lat. forum), market- 
he (the same open place in a city 
‘ing commonly used for both pur- 
a market, provisions or supplies 
or sale; i. 2. 10; 3.14: v. 7. 3: vi. 6. 
3: παρέχειν ἀγοράν to afford or provide 
a market, offer provisions for sale, ii. 
3. 26s: οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἔφευγον those 
in the market fled from it, or the mar- 
ket-men fled, 7040, i. 2.18: ἀγορὰ 
πλήθουσα, the time of full market, the 
middle of the forenoon, and from that 
time till noon, i. 8.1. See Κεραμῶν, 
μἀγοράζω, dow, ἠγόρακα, to buy, pur- 
chase: M. to buy for one’s self: a.: 
i. 3.14; 5.10: vii. 3. 5. 
pees νόμοι, ov, ὁ, (νέμω) a@ super- 
tntendent or inspector of the market, 
market-director, market-master ; hav- 
ing the general care and direction in 
respect to order, fairness of dealing, 


cattle, A. (of booty taken or persons 
robbed), v. δ, 13: ii. 6. δ: ἄγε (δὴ), 
ἄγετε (δή), come (now)! ii. 2.10: y. 4, 
9: ἄγων bringing, with, 674b, v. 4. 
11: Af. to bring one’s own things, a., 
1. 10. 17. 

jdyay.pos, ov, portable» ra ἀγώγιμα, 
the things to be carried, freight, v.1.16. 

ψάγών, Gvos, ὁ, a bringing together, 
gathering, assembly, especially to wit- 
ness a game or contest ; hence a game 
‘or games, contest, strife, encounter, 
struggle, i. 2.10; 7.4. Der. agony. 

{ἀγωνίζομαι, ἔσομαι ιοῦμαι, ἠγώνισμαι, 
to contend, strive, struggle, Jight, ΔΕ., 
πρός, περί, ii. 5. 10: iil. 1. 43: iy, 8. 
27. Der. ΑΘΟΝΙΖΕ. 

}dyavo-Bérns, ov, (τίθημι) an insti- 
tutor, director, or judge of @ contest, 
ἜΣ iii. 1. 21. 

-OEvIrvos, ov, (δεῖπνον q. vy.) su - 
less, i. 10. 19: ἐν. 5. πῶς ὌΝ 


ἀ-δελφός, of, (4-cop., δελφύς matrix) 
α brother, i. 3, 8: vii. 2. 25, 38. 
ἀ-δεῶς adv., (δέος fear) without fear, 
Jearlessly, securely, i. 9.13: vi. 6. 1. 
ἄ-δηλος, ov, uncertain, doubtful, un- 
known, D., V. 1.10: vi, 1. 2}. 


ἀ-διάβατος, ov, impassable, unford- 





the quality of the provisions, and often | able, ii. 1. 11. iii. 1. 2. 





their price ; v. 7. 2, 23 8, 


Τἀδικέω, you, ἠδίκηκα, to be unjust, 


ἀδικία ϑ ni 


; i f Attica. From 
; be in the wrong ; |whole population of Attic 
i ea μόν, ions er harm ;|\the Persian wars, in which it ΜΝ 
vee ered i σ χοι 4.9: 6. 78: vii. |such glory at Marathon and Sa A, 
A. are ὃς pias guilty of doing |and was burned by γένη κῃ νν Ὁ 
siete have wronged, 612, i. 5.11: cy oregepersintid ors μέ αψιτα oben 
oO i i. to do no wrong, |conquered Ὁ , hep 
vos τ μόλῃ pane Ἢ 9. 18. , ing state of Greece. In polities, it 
be gusty ὦ ‘7 Sasnttos wrong-doing, |was the head of the democratic, as 
rier ΡΥ F Sparta of the coi ine 
a et latter war had closed, wi e 
" ., (δίκη) wnjust, guilty, |The latt : : 
Psy irg oo dl, inepriansatonl περί, Abe sa εν γεαχρθανθνοτε σοι sia 
ie ss . in- | tion of Sparta, B. C. , 
i. . 8; rf My Mh δ. 20: τὸ ἄδικον in rind ane the pati ipod oie 
soot ths νον ΘΝ ‘lly, | Preserved from destruction roug 
at iy vii 1 php i“ the desolations of 80 ae rans sp 
v. ἀδόλως adv., (δόλος guile, fraud) | it became, — af a wie 
without guile or treachery, faithfully, pert neat pre pene for’ AO pet chacabes 
ah itll Wea imple me sword, from the kinship which 
᾿ 5 Ἷ ἥττιον. [88 ἃ password, Irom ἱ Cl 
ἔς τα rag age toate ey pcan Seuthes claimed to the Athenians, vil. 
Γ' ? ? 7 + ᾿ 
. le, powerless, inefficient ;| 8. 39% ᾿ : on 
ate We vy. 6.10: vii. 7. 24. Seni cag: ov, 6, an Ett at 
 aBu.* ἄσομαι, to sing, A., iv. 8. 27;|Xenophon, Lycius, Polyera — 
Ge, My 1.6 ° Ta No Athenian is mentioned in ran ἐν 
ἰ del, less Att. αἰεί, always, continu- basis dishonorably. rons Pi oi 
ally ; at any time (esp. between the Aer hae mag aH 7 57. 
art. and a pt., or after ΕΝ he 4, αἱ Ponca 3 (aan haiti ἣ ora pi 
} essively ; 1.9.19: γι OV, 
Ἢ ge gem ic 7. 98 ° ai 15. contest, i. 2.10. Der. ATHLETE. 
. 2.31, 38: iv. 7. 23: 











*aerds, less Att. alerds, of, ὁ, an 
eagle. This bird was regarded by the 
Greeks as sacred to Zeus, and as sent 
by him to give omens of the future. 
It gave to the Assyrians and Persians, 
as to some modern nations, a symbol of 
royalty or power. i. 10.12: vi. 1. 23. 


ἄ-θεος, ov, s., (θεός) godless, impious, | pe 


ii. 5. 39. Der. ATHEIST. : 
[᾿Αϑηνᾶ, as, Athéna, Pallas, or Mi- 
nerva; in Greek mythology the daugh- 
ter of Zeus, sprung from his head, the 
goddess of wisdom and warlike prow- 
ess, and the especial patroness of 
Athens. Γ 
rT eee dy, al, Athens, the capital 
of Attica, and the city in which Greek, 
indeed ancient civilization culminated 
(799), “‘ the eye of Greece.” Accord- 
ing to tradition, it was founded by 
Cecrops, named for the goddess Athé- 
na (who bestowed upon it the gift of 
the olive), and greatly enlarged by 
Theseus, who united the people of 
Attica as its citizens. At its zenith, 
it is supposed to have contained, with 
its harbor the Pireus, about 200,000 


Ἰἀθροίζω, oicw, ἤθροικα, to assemble, 


collect, muster, levy, esp. troops, A.: 
M.., to assemble, muster, intrans.: 1. 1. 


2,68; 2.1; 10.5: ii. 1.1. : 
Ι ἀ-θρόος, a, ον, (ἀ- cop., θρόος noise) 
rustling together, close or thick together, 
in a body, collected, assembled, esp. of 
rsons, i. 10. 13: iv. 6.13: ἣν eh 
[ἀθυμέω, ήσω, to be discowraged, dis- 
Res ane, iapirtied, or dejected ; to 
despond, want cowrage or heart; D., 
πρός, ἕνεκα, ὅτι : iii. 2.18; 4. 20: v. 
4.19: vi. 2.14: vil. 1. 9. 
tabupynréov (ἐστὶν ἡμῖν) we must be 
disheartened (there is to be discourage- 
ment to us], 682, iii. 2. 23. 
ἀθυμία, as, discowragement, a 
ency, dejection, faintheartedness, I. 2. 
; 3.11. ne 
ἤ '&-Biopes, ov, ¢., (005s), without spirit 
or courage, dispirited, discouraged, de- 
jected, desponding, fainthearted, spirit- 
less, disinclined, πρός, i. 4.9: M1. 1, 36. 
ιἀθόμως despondingly, dejectedly, dis- 
piritedly, without heart : ἀθύμως ἔχειν 
to be disheartened or dejected : ii. 1. ὃ, 
40: vi. 4. 26. 





inhabitants, or about two fifths of the 


ai, at, als, see ὁ, ὅς, 1.1.6: v. 4. 58, 








αἰγιαλός 


αἰγι-αλός, οὔ, ὁ, (ἀΐσσω to rush, ἄλς 


sea) that over which the sea rushes, 
sea-shore, beach, vi. 4. 1, 4, 7. 
ΤΑἰγύπτιος, a, ον, Egyptian, ii.1.6: 
Αἰγύπτιος subst., an Egyptian, i. 4. 3. 
8.9. The Egyptians mentioned in i. 
8. 9 may have entered the Persian ser- 
vice before the revolt stated below, or 
have been otherwise unaffected by it ; 
or they may have been so called as 
descendants of the Egyptians settled 
Asia by Cyrus the Elder. See Cyr. 
. 1. 45. 
Αἴγνπτος, ov, ἡ, Egypt, the north- 
eastern country of Africa, on both 
sides of the Nile, so famed for its fer- 
tility in the basin of this river, its 
early and peculiar civilization, its va- 
ried history, and its wonderful remains 
so defying the hand of time. It was 
conquered by Cambfses, the son of 
the great Cyrus, B. c. 525, and made 
a Persian province. Its inhabitants, 
always impatient of the yoke (the more 
on account of the religious antagonism 
of the two nations), had succeeded un- 
der Amyrteus in asserting their in- 
dependence, B. c. 414. The Persians 
were chagrined at the loss of so im- 
portant a province, and eager for its 
reconquest, ii. 1.14; 5.13. This was 
at length effected in the reign of Arta- 
xerxes III., B. C. 346. Not long after, 
B. C. 332, Egypt submitted to the 
arms of Alexander ; and after his death 
became the kingdom of one of his gen- 
erals, Ptolemy. In the year 30 B.c., 
it became a Roman province. 
αἰδέομαι, ἔσομαι, ἤδεσμαι, a. ἠδέσθην, 
to respect, reverence, revere, regard, A., 
iii. 2. 4s. 
μαἰδήμων, ov, g. ovos, 8, ovécraros, 
respectful, modest, i. 9. 5. 
en ov, prwwate part, groin, iv. 


jalSds,* dos, ἡ, respect, reverence, 
G., ii. 6. 19, 
αἰεί, alerds, v. 1. for del, ἀετός. 
Αἰήτης, ov, étes, a king of the 
Phasians, regarded as a successor, in 
both sovereignty and name, to the fa- 
ther of Medéa and keeper of the gol- 
den fleece which it was the object of 
the Argonautic expedition to recover, 
v. 6. 37. 
Ταἰθρία, as, (αἰθήρ ether) open air, 
clear sky, iv. 4.14? 


4 αἰσχρός 


αἴθω (in pr. & ipf.), ch. poet., to se 
on fire, kindle, burn,’ a., iv. 7. 20 - 
M. to be on fire, blaze, burn, intrans., 
vi. 3. 19, 

αἰκίζω͵ oftener αἰκίζομαι, ἰσομαι 
ἰοῦμαι, ἤκισμαι, (alxia insult, abuse) 
to abuse, maltreat, insult, outrage, 
torture, mangle, A. AE., ii. 6. 29: iii. 
1.18; 4. 5. 
αἷμα, aros, τό, blood, v. 8. 15. 
Αἰνείας or Alvéas, ov, ὁ, A neas, a 
lochage from Stymphalus, iv. 7. 13. 
Αἰνιάν, advos, 6,an Anianian. The 
nianes were a tribe of southwestern 
Thessaly, occupying the upper valley 
of the river Sperchius (now the Hel- 
lada), i. 2.6: vi. 1. 7. 
αἴξ, αἰγός, ἡ ὁ, (ἀΐσσω to leap) a goat 
[leaper], iv. 5.25; 6.17. Der. 5015. 
Αἰολίς, idos, ἡ, olis, a region in 
the northwest part of Asia Minor, 
colonized by olians. Its cities 
(twelve especially) were united in a 
tribal bond, and had a common tem- 
ple and rites at Cyme ; but attained 
no great power or distinction. v. 6. 24. 
talperéos, a, ov, to be taken, that must 
be taken, iv. 7, 3. 
taiperds, ἡ, dv, chosen, selected: ol 
alperol, the persons chosen, deputies, 
delegates, i. 3. 21. 

αἱρέω," sow, ἥρηκα, 2 a. εἴλον, a. p. 
upéOnv, to take, seize, catch, capture, 
A., 1. 4.8: iv. 2.13: M. to take for 
one's self, choose, elect, prefer, adopt, 
A., 2A., 1., ἀντί, i. 3. 5,14; 7. 38: ii. 
6.6: iv.8.25: v.7.28: P. to be taken 
or chosen, 588, iii. 1. 46: v. 4.26. See 
ἁλίσκομαι. Der. HERESY, HERETIC. 
αἴρω," ἀρῶ, ἦρκα, a. ἦρα, to lift up, 
raise, A., i. 5.3: νυ. 6. 33. 
αἰσθάνομαι," θήσομαι, ἤσθημαι, 2 a. 
ἠσθόμην, to perceive, notice, observe, 
learn, become aware of, hear, G., A. P., 
op., 1.1.8; 2. 21; 9.21, 81: ii. 6.25: 
v. 7.19: vi. 1.31. Der. zstueric. 
fatoOnors, ews, ἡ, perception, means 
of or chance for discovery, iv. 6. 13. 
αἴσθομαι τ. for αἰσθάνομαι ; v. 1. αἵ- 
σθεσθαι, ii. 5. 4. 
αἴσιος, ov, (aloa fate, luck) lucky, 
auspicious, ominous for good, vi. 5. 2. 
Αἰσχίνης, ov, “dischines, of Acarna- 
nia, a commander of targeteers, iv. 3. 
22; 8. 18. 
[αἶσχος, cos, τό, disgrace, shame. ] 











faloxpds, d, dv, c. αἰσχίων, 8, αἴσχι- 


αἰσχρῶς 5 
oros,* disgraceful, shameful, base, in- 


famous, πρός, i. 9.3: 11. 5. 20 : τ. 7.)6.'18, 


12: vii. 6. 21. 


ἀκούω 
ἄ-καυστος, ov, (καίω) wabwrnt, iii. 
G-Képatos, ov, (κεράννῦ μι) unmixed, 


jaloxpas disgracefully, with dis-| undisturbed ; of troops, fresh, vi. 5. 9. 


honor, lii. 1. 43: vii. 1. 29. 


ἀ-κήρυκτος, ov, (κηρύσσω) without 





jaloxivn, 7s, shame, disgrace, dis-| intercourse by heralds, without truce, 
honor: ὥστε πᾶσιν αἰσχύνην εἶναι 80] implacable, iil. 3. 5. 


that all were ashamed, ii. 3.11: αἱ. 


ἀκινάκης, ov, (fr. Pers.) a straight 


ἀλλήλων a sense of shame before each| poniard, dagger, or short-sword, used 


other, iii. 1. 10. 


by the Persians, and commonly at- 


μαϊἰσχύνω, ὕνῶ, ἤσχυγκα 1., to shame, | tached to the girdle on the right side, 
disgrace: M. to be or feel ashamed, 1., |i. 2. 27; 8. 29. 


p., re, i, 3.10: vi. 5.4: vii. 6. 21: 


ἀ-κίνδυνος, ov, without danger, safe, 


to be ashamed before, reverence, stand | secure, vi. 5. 29. 


in awe of, A.1., CP., 1. 7. 4: ii, 3. 22 
(a. p. as m. ἠσχύνθην) ; 5. 39; 6. 19. 
alréw, ήσω, ἤτηκα 1., to ask for a 


μἀκινδύνως without danger, safely, 


securely, ii. 6, 6. 


ἄ-κληρος, ov, (κλῆρος lot, portion, 


thing, demand, A., 2 A., παρά, i. 1. | estate) without estate, portionless, poor, 
10 . 8. 14. 16: ii. 1. 10: M. (more| in poverty, iii. 2. 26? 


subjective, earnest, or humble) to ask 


taxpatw, dow, to be at the acme of 


as a favor to one’s self, entreat, beseech, | life, in one’s fullest maturity and 
beg; to obtain by entreaty; A. 1.,|strength, I., ili. 1. 25. 


wapd, ii. 3.188: v. 1. 11: vi. 6. 31. 
φαἰτία, as, [ground of demand} cawse; 
blame, reproach, censure, charge, vi. 6. 
15s: αἰτίαν (airias) ἔχειν to incur 
censure (reproaches), be blamed, ὑπό, 
vii. 1. 8; 6. 11, 15. : 
jalridopat, ἔσομαι, ἡτίᾶμαι, dep. πιϊά,, 


ἀκμή, js, (ἀκ-) point, tip, ACME: 
ἀκμήν adv., in puncto temporis, on 
the point, in the act, just, even now, 
iv. 3. 26. 

ἀ-κόλαστος, ov, (κολάζω) wnchas- 
tised, ii. 6. 9. 

Τἀκολονθέω, How, ἠκολούθηκα, to ace 


to blame, accuse, complain of, charge, |company, follow, D. or σύν, vii. 5. 3. 


reprove, A. τι, Sr, i. 2. 20: iii. 1.7; 
8. 11s; v. 5.19: vi. ἃ 9. : 
jaltrios, a, ov, causative, causing, 
productive ; hence, chargeable with, 
responsible, guilty, to blame ; ὁ αἴ. the 
author, τὸ at. the cause: G. (444 f), τ. 
(A.); i. 4.15: iL. 5. 22: iv.1.17: vi. 
6. 8: vii. 7. 48. 
αἰχμ-άλωτος, ov, (αἰχμή point of a 
spear, ἁλίσκομαι) taken in war, cap- 
tured : ol al. the prisoners of war, cap- 
tives: τὰ al. the things taken in war, 
prizes of war, including both prison- 
ers and booty : iii. 3.19: iv. 1.128; 
8. 27: v. 3. 4. ped 
[ax- point, a root appearing in ἀκμή, 
ἄκων dart, ἄκρος, αἰχμή, ὀξύς, perh. 
ἀκούω to point the ear; Lat. acus, 
acuo, acies ; Sans. acan dart ; &c. ] 
᾿Ακαρνάν, dvos, ὁ, an Acarnanian. 
Acarnania was the most western prov- 
ince of Greece Proper, lying between 
Atolia, the Ionian Sea, and the Am- 
bracian Gulf (now the Gulf of Arta) : 
and was occupied by colonists of dif- 
ferent tribes, none of which attained 


ἀ-κόλουθος, ov, (ἀ- cop., κέλευθος 
road, way) going the same way, ac- 
companying, following, consistent, ii. 
4.19. Der. AN-ACOLUTHON. 

Τ ἀκοντίζω, tow 1, to throw, hurl, or 
Jling a dart or javelin ; to shoot, hit, 
or pierce with a javelin, A.; i. 8. 27; 
10. 7: iii. 3. 7: vii. 4. 18. 

ἀκόντιον, ov, (dx-; dim. of ἄκων 
javelin, 371 f) a javelin or dart, for 
throwing, smaller and lighter than the 
δόρυ, iv. 2. 28. 

jdxdévricts, ews, ἡ, wse of the dart, 
throwing the javelin, i. 9. 5. 

μἀκοντιστής, οὔ, javelin-thrower, 

javelin-man, darter, iii. 8, 7: iv. 8. 28. 

ἀκούω," ἀκούσομαι, ἀκήκοα, ἃ. ἤκουσα, 

(ἀκ- ἢ to hear, hear of, listen to, learn 
by hearing ; to hear to, heed, obey ; 
G., A., P., 1. (w. subj. A.), CP., παρά, 
περί, ---- [86 gen. properly expressing 
the cause or source of the hearing or 
learning, whether person or thing 
(sometimes even the noise itself), 
while that which is heard or learned 
is comm. in the acc. or in a comple- 





much eminence or refinement. iv.8.18. 


mentary clause; i. 2. 5, 21; 3. 20s; 











ἀλλαχοῦ 7 ἅμα 
vii. 8.16: ἀ, ὁμῶς but yet, | ferent directions, ἐν. 8.19 : ἄλλος ἄλλα 


ἄκρα 6 ἀλλά ᾿ 


iii. 1. 35: 


8.16: ii. 5.158, 26: iii. δ. 16: iv. 7. 
24: εὖ ἀκούειν bene audire, to be spoken 
well of, ὑπό, 575 a, vii. 7. 28 : pr. as 
pl., ἀκούομεν we hear=we have heard, 
are informed, 612, v. 1.13; 5. 8. 
Der. acoustic. 

ἄκρα, as, (fem. of ἄκρος) arx, a 
Jortified summit, stronghold or Jor- 
tress on a height, citadel, v. 2. 17s. 

ἄ-κρᾶτος, ov, (κεράννῦ μι) unmixed, 
pure, strong. The use of wine with- 
out mixture was accounted barbaric 


one’s self, defend one’s self, repel, re. 
quite, A., i. 3.6; 9.11: iii 4. 88. 
ddérys, ov, (ἀλέω to grind) a grind. 
er: as ad)., 506f, ὄνος ἀλέτης a [grind- 
er] mill-stone, i. 5. 5. 
ἄλευρον, ov, (ἀλέω to grind) Jlour, 
esp. wheat-flour, comm. ὯΝ. i. 5. 6. 
Τἀλήθεια, as, truth ; reality ; sincer- 
ity, uprightness ; ii. 6. 25+ vi. 2. 10. 
Τάληθεύω, eviow, to tell or speak the 
truth ; to speak, state, report, predict, 
or promise truly, A.; ἰ. 7.18: iv. 4.15, 


"ἡ « 3 > 
yet nevertheless, i. 8.13: ἀ. οὐδέ nay 


λέγει one says one thing, another an- 


(or yet) not even, nor yet, i. 3.3% 4. 8. | other, ii. 1. 15. 


A speaker, from reference to some- 


ἄλλοτε at another time, at other 


δ . » » ") δ᾽ ὦ ᾿ 
thing before expressed or mutually | ¢imes, iv. 1. 17: d. καὶ a. at one time 


understood, often commences withja 


ἀλλά, which may then be frequently | ¢éme to time, ll. 4. 26: 


translated adverbially (well, well in- 


nd at another, now und then, from 
Vv. 2. 29? 
φἀλλότριος, a, ov, aliénus, belonging 


deed, indeed, for my part, &c.) or|to another or others, another's, foreign, 
aati slur ll, 1 Hl . dase il iy i 
omitted in translation (sometimes, w. 1111. 2. 28; 5.5: vil. 2. 33. 


μέν, seeming almost as if used prospec- 
tively, cf. ἄλλος, 567), 1.8.17: 11.1.4, 


.ςἄλλως in another or any other man- 


ner or way, otherwise, differently ; on 





10, 20: iii. 1. 45. See δέ, γάρ, μήν. |any other condition ; [otherwise than 
Uy « , . we hw) 


by the ancient Greeks, who usually ra 4, és, (λανθάνω or λήθω) un- 
e 


tempered it with a much larger por- 
tion of water. iv. 5. 27: v. 4. 29. 
ἄ-κριτος, ov, (κρένω) unjudged, un- 
tried, without trial, v. 7. 38 9. 
Τάκρο-βολίζομαι, ἰσομαι, (βάλλω) to 
throw from a height or a distance, Jight 
with missiles, skirmish, D., iii. 4. 18, 
33: v. 2. 10. ‘ 
ἐξἀκροβόλισις, ews, ἡ, a skirmish, 
skirmishing, iii. 4. 16, 18. 
Τἀκρό-πολις, ews, ἡ, (πόλις) the [top- 
most city] citadel, acropolis, i. 2.1, 8s. 
ἄκρος, a, ov, s., (dx-) at the point, 


concealed, true, real, sincere : τὸ ἀλη- 
θές [the true] truth, 507: ii. 5. 24; 
6. 22; v. 5. 24. 
φάληθινός, ἡ, dv, truthful, trusty, 
genuine, i. 9. 17. 
ἀληθῶς truly, in truth, iv. 7. 7 1 
ἁλιευτικός͵ ἡ, dv, (ἁλιεύω to fish, fr. 
&\s sea) for fishing : 4. πλοῖον Jishing- 
boat, vii. 1. 20. 

'ἁλίζω, a. p. ἡλίσθην, (ἁλής crowded) 
to collect or assemble (trans.): M. to 
collect or assemble (intrans.), rendez- 
vous: ii. 4.3: vi. 3. 3. 


ἀλλαχοῦ (ἄλλος, 380e) v. 7. for ἄλλῃ, 
ii. 6. 4: so ἀλλαχῆ or -ἢ, Vil. ὁ. 47. 

ἄλλῃ (dat. of ἄλλος, as adv., 380 ο) 
in another place, direction, way, or 
manner ; elsewhere, otherwise; 1. 9. 


should be] at random ; i. 6.11 (see 
ἄλλος c): ii. 2. 39: v. 1.7: vi. 6.10 
(pleon.): a. πως ἢἤ in any other way 
than, iii. 1. 20, 26: d. ἔχειν to be other- 
wise, iii. 2. 37: a. re καί both other- 


14? ii. 6. 42 iv. 2. 4,10: ἄ. καὶ ἄ. herve| wise and in particular, especially, v. 


and there, v. 2.29? See ἄλλοςο. 
ἀλλήλων * g. pl., os, ats, &e., recip- 


6.9. Cf. Lat. aliter. 


ἀ-λόγιστος, ov, (λογίζομαι) incon- 


; ot) eae 
rocal pron., (@\Aos) one another, each | siderate, unreasoning, 1. 5, 21. 


other, i. 2.27. Der. PAR-ALLEL. 


ἄλσος, cos, τό, (ἀλδαίνω to make 


ἄλλοθεν (ἄλλος) from another place | grow) @ grove, esp. a sacred grove, V. 


or point, i. 10.13. See ddrosc, 


3. lls. 


ἍΑλυς, vos, ὁ, the Halys, the largest 





ἄλλομαι," ἁλοῦμαι, a. ἡλάμην & ἡλό- 


μην, to leap, jump, iv. 2.17: vi. 1. 5. |river of Asia Minor. It flows into the 

ἄλλος, * 7, 0, alius, other, another, else, Kuxine, and formerly separated the 
remaining, rest, besides ; one, pl. some:| Lydian and Persian kingdoms (and 
(a) other than has been mentioned, i. | afterwards Paphlagonia and Pontus). 
1.7; 4.14; 8.9: ἄ. στράτευμα another | Croesus crossed this river, trusting to 
army, τὸ ἄ. στράτευμα the [remaining] |a deceptive oracle, and fought near it 
rest of the army, 523f, 1.1. 9; 2. 25 : [ἃ great battle with Cyrus. v. 6. 9. 


tip, or top ; highest, topmost, extreme : ἄ-λιθος, ov, (λίθος) free from stones, 
τὸ ἄκρον the highest point, height, top, | not stony, vi. 4. δ. 

summit, eminence, peak ; often τὰ ἄκραϊ ἅλις adv., in crowds, heaps, or 
the heights, summits, hills ; i, 2. 21: abundance ; abundantly, sufficiently, 
ili. 4. 498: τὸ ἀκρότατον the loftiest | enough : subst., @., v. 7. 12. 
summit, v. 4.15. Der. acro-stic. ᾿Αλισάρνη, 7s, Halisarne, a small 


}dxp-wvuxla, as, (ὄνυξ claw, nail) 
nail-tip ; hence, extreme edge, sharp 
ridge or spur of a mountain, iii. 4. 37s. 

ἀκτή, js, (ἄγνῦμι to break) where 
the sea breaks, promontory, headland, 
shore, vi. 2. 1. 

&-xupos, ov, (κῦρος authority) with- 
out authority or force, null, void, vi. 
1. 28. 

ἄκων, ovea, ἄκον, g. ovros, οὔσης, 
(ἀ-, ἑκών) wn-willing, reluctant, vii. ἢ. 


town in southwestern Mysia, not far 
from Pergamum, belonging to the 
principality of the descendants of the 
Spartan Damaratus, vii. 8. 17 ? 
ἁλίσκομαι," ἁλώσομαι, ἑἄλωκα & 
ἡλώκα, 2 a. ἑάλων & ἥλων, (as pass. of 
alpéw) to be taken, captured, or caught, 
P.; to be taken prisoner ; i. 4.7; 5.2: 
iii. 4. 8,17; 5.14: vii. 1. 36. 
ἄλκιμος, ov, s., (ἀλκή prowess, cour- 
age) brave, valiant, warlike, iv. 3. 4. 


τὰ ἄλλα or τἄλλα [as to the rest] in || 
other respects, 1.7.4: τὶ καὶ ἄλλο ὕλης 


| The Kizil-Irmak, i. e. Red River. 
ἄλφιτον, ov, comm. in pl., groats, 


also [any thing else] any other kind | esp. barley-groats, barley-meal, i. 5.6. 
Ι ᾽ 


of shrub, i. 5.1: τῇ ἄλλῃ, 56. ἡμέρᾳ, 


ex}, -ἧς, or -ls, (dos, ἡ, (ἀλώπηξ 


the next day, il. 1. 3: οὐδὲ ἄλλο ovbdev| fox) a fox-skin, fux-skin cap, Vii. 4, 4, 


δένδρον nor, besides, a single tree, 5676, 
i. 5.5:— (b) other than is to be men- 


GAG, ἁλώσομαι, see adic count, i, 4. 7. 
φςἁλώσιμος, ov, casy to take, liable ta 


tioned, 1, 3.3: ii. 1.7: οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ] be taken, easily captured, v. ἃ. 3. 


nothing else than, ili. 2.18: ἄλλο τι 


ἅμα at the same time; at the sama 


[sc. ἔστιν] ἤ ; [is there aught else than | time with, together with, with, D.; 1. 


this 8] is ἐξ not certain that? 567 ¢,|2. 9: ii. 4.9: ἅμα (τῇ) ἡμέρᾳ at tha 
iv. 7.5: of ἄλλοι Κρῆτες the rest, the|same time with the day, at daybreak, 
Cretans, 567 6, v. 2.31; (Ὁ, a) dAdos| at the dawn of day, dua ἡλίῳ ἀνίσχοντι 
ἄλλον εἷλκε one drew up another (alius | or ἀνατέλλοντιε (δύνοντι oar δυομένῳ) at 
sun-rise (-set), i. 7. 2; ii. 1. 283 2, 18, 


14: w. pt., involuntarily, uninten-| ἀλλ᾽ 4* exceptive conj., (fr. ἄλλα 
tionally, iv. 8. 25: ἄκοντος Κύρου [C. | or ἄλλο ἥ, ef. ἀλλά) other than, except, 
being unwilling] against the will of [ ἵν. 6.11: vii. 7. 53. 

C., or without his consent, i. 3. 17. ἀλλά," sometimes adv., but comm. 


ἀλαλάζω, diouat, a. ἠλάλαξα, ch. | adversative conj., (ἄλλα neut. pl. of alium), v, 2. 15;—(e, repeated or 


poet., (ἀλαλά war-cry) to raise the 
war-ery, shout for battle, p., iv. 2. 7: 
v. 2.14? vi. 5. 26. 

ἀλεεινός, ἡ, dv, (ἀλέα warmth) warm, 
iv. 4.11? 

ἀλέξω," ἀλεξήσω Ep., f. m. ἀλεξή- 
fouat or ἀλέξομαι, a. m. ἠλεξάμην or 
ἠλεξησάμην, (akin to ἀλκή prowess) to 


ἄλλος, w. accent changed) otherwise, 
on the other hand, on the contrary, but, 
yet, still, however, nay, but only ; 
often after a negation ; and often in 
transitions, to introduce questions, 
commands, exhortations, &c.; i. 1. 4; 
4.18; 6.3: ii. 5. 18s, 22: iv. 7.7: 
ἀ. (καὶ) but also, but even, iii. 2.19; 





ward or keep off: M. to keep off from 


5.16: v.6.10: ἀ. (μᾶλλον) but rather, 


oined with a der,, 567d) different 
in each other, as ἄλλος ἄλλως alii 


aliter, [different persons in different 
ways] some in one way and others in 
another, i, 6.11: ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν some 
from one point and others from an- 
other, in various directions, i, 10, 13: 
ἄλλος (ἄλλοι) ἄλλῃ one (some) one way 
and another (others) another, in di/- 





It is often joined with the earlier of 
two words or clauses, when ace. to the 
Eng, idiom, it would rather be joined 
with the later ; or with both, instead 
of one only; vii. 6. 20; iii. 4.19; so 
with a pt., rather than the verh, ἅμα 
ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἀνέστη [having said this, 
he at the same time rose] as soon as 
he had said this, he rose, 662, iii, 1. 47: 





᾿Αμαζών 


ἐμάχοντο ἅμα πορευόμενοι, fought [at 
the same time] while marching, vi. 3. 5. 
᾿Α-μαζών, ὄνος, ἡ, (μαζός breast) an 
Amazon (so called as want ing a breast, 
the right breast having been removed 
for the better use of arms). The Ama- 
zons were fabled as a nation of female 
warriors, dwelling about the Thermé- 
don in the north part of Asia Minor, 
ami having as their capital Themis- 
cyra (now Thermeh ἢ, iv. 4. 16, 
ἅμαξα, 7s, (dua, ἄγω) a wagon, esp. 
for freight (cf. ἅρμα) ; wagon-load ; i. 
δ 7a: 7,20: iv. 7. 10, 
μἁμαξιαῖος, a, ov, large enough to load 
@ wagon, each a wagon-load, iv. 2. 3. 
fapat-irds, dv, (irés, verbal of clus) 
prssable by wagons: ὁδὸς 4. α wagon- 
way, carriage-road, i, 2. 21. 
ἁμαρτάνω," ἁμαρτήσομαι, ἡμάρτηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἥμαρτον, to fail of hitting, miss, 
G.; to fail or err in conduct, do wrong, 
sin against one, AE. περί; i. 5. 12: 
ii. 2. 20; 4.15: μικρὰ ἁμαρτηθέντα 
small things done wrong, small errors 
or mistakes, v. 8. 20. 

G-paxe adv., (μάχομαι), without 
Jighting, resistance, or a battle, i. 7.9: 
iv. 6.12: vi. 5. 15 (v. 1. duayi). 

μἀ-μαχητί = ἀμαχεί, iv. 2.15 (υ. 1. 


ἀμαχητεῖ). 

᾿Αμβρακιώτης οτ᾿Αμπρακιώτης, ov, 
an Ambraciot or Ambracian. Am- 
bracia (now Arta), the most celebrat- 
ed city in Epirus, was a colony of 
Corinth, about seven miles north of 


the Ambracian Gulf. Siding with 
Sparta in the Peloponnesian war, it 
suffered greatly. It was chosen by 
Pyrrhus for his capital, and won much 
fame by its brave and resolute defence 
against the siege of the Romans, Β. c. 
189. The entrance of the gulf was 
the scene of the decisive victory of 
Augustus over Antony, B.C. 31. i. 7. 
nes. 8} 

ἀμείνων," ov, as c. of ἀγαθός, better, 
superior, braver : for emphasis, ἀμείνων 
καὶ κρείττων better and more efficient, 
nearly = far better: ἄμεινον as adv., 
Ὁ. of εὖ, in a better way, better : i. 7. 
3: i. 1. 20: iii. 1. 21, 23. 


Τἀμέλεια, as, neglect, carelessness in| 


guarding, G., iv. 6. 3. 

tdpedrdo, iow, ἡμέληκα, to be careless 
or negligent of, neglect, sliyht, G., i. 
% 11: v.1.15: rit 2 7. 


8 ᾿Αμφίδημος 
[ἀ-μελής, ἐς, (μέλει) careless, heed. 


less, negligent. | 
| dpedas carelessly, heedlessly, with- 
out caution, incautiously, v. 1. 6, 
_ G-perpos, ov, (μέτρον) measureless, 
ummense, im-mensus, iii. 2. 16. 
᾿Αμευσικλείδης, see Ναυσικλείδης. 
αἀ-μήχανος, ον, (μηχανή) without 
means, resources, or expedients; of 
persons, destitute of means or resou rces, 
resourceless, helpless ; of things, im- 
practicable, impossible, insurmount- 
able, inextricable ; i. 2. 21: ii. 3. 18 : 
5. 21. 

ἁμιλλάομαι, ἥσομαι, ἡμίλλημαι, 
(ἅμιλλα strife, competition) to compete, 
contend ; w. ἐπί or πρός, to race for or 
towards, vie for the attainment of, 
struggle to reach, iii, 4. 44, 46. 

ἄμπελος, ov, ἡ, (audi ἑλίσσω to twine 
round) a vine, i, 2. 22: vi. 4. 6. 

, a Ply see ᾿Αμβρακιώτης. 

ἀμυγδάλινος, 7, ov, (ἀμυγδάλη al- 
mond) of almonds, made from al- 
monds, iv. 4. 13. 

ἀ-μύζω, see κύζξω, iv. δ. 27? 

Gpive, duive, 1 a. ἤμῦνα, (cf. mii- 
nio) to ward or keep off: M. to [keep 
off from one’s self] defend one’s self, 
act in self-defence, one means of which 
is retaliation ; hence ¢o avenge one's 
self upon, requite, punish, a.; ii. 3. 
23: ili. 1. 14, 29: v. 4. 25, 

appl prep.,* (akin to ἄμφω and Lat. 
ambo, amb-) on both sides of, hence 
on different sides of, about, around : 
(a) w. Acc. of place, i. 2.3: of person 
(the person himself often included, 
527 ἃ), of ἀμφὶ Ticcadépyny [those 
about T.] 7’. and those with him, iii. 
5. 1: of object of concern or relation, 
τὰ ἀ. τάξεις [the things about] matters 
relating to tactics, ii. 1.7; ἀ. εἶναι or 
ἔχειν to be busy about or occupied with, 
lil. 5. 14: v. 2. 26: of time or num- 
ber, about, i. 8.15; ἀ. τὰ εἴκοσιν about 
[the] twenty, 531 ἃ, iv. 7. 22 :— (Ὁ) 
w. GEN., poet. or r.: of object sought 
or cause, about, iv. 5.17. In compos. 
as above. Cf. περί. 

ἀμφι-γνοέω," iow, ipf. ἠμφιγνόουν 
or ἠμφεγνόουν, (yvo- in γίγνωσκω) to 
think on both sides, to be puzzled, in 
doubt, or at a loss, to wonder, cP., ii. 
5. 33. 

᾿Αμφί-δημος, ov, Amphidémus, an 
Athenian, father of Amphicratvs. 























᾿Αμφικράτης 9 


᾿Αμφι-κράτης, cos, Amphicrates, a 
lochage from Athens, iv. 2. 13, 17. 

ἀμφι-λέγω," λέξω, λέλεχα |., to speak 
on both sides, to dispute or quarrel 
about, A., 1. 5. 11. 

᾿Αμφιπολΐτης, ov, (Αμφί-πολις) an 
Amphipolite, i.10.7. Amphipolis was 
a city of western Thrace mostly sur- 
rounded by the Strymon near its 
mouth (whence its name), a greatly 
prized colony of the Athenians, for 
the loss of which in the Peloponnesian 
war the historian Thucydides was 
banished. || Neokhorio. 

ἀμφορεύς, dws, ὁ, (shortened from 
ἀμφι-φορεύς, a vessel carried on both 
sides, i. e. with two handles; φέρω) 
amphora, a two-handled vessel (com- 
monly of clay and with a small neck), 
jar, Vv. 4. 28. 

Τἀμφότερος, a, ov, both (taken or 
viewed together) ; from its significa- 
tion rarely in the sing.: of two in- 
dividuals, pl. or dual: ἀμφότεροι both 
or the two persons or parties. With 
the article, it is placed acc. to the or- 
der of statement, as τὼ παῖδε ἀμφο- 
τέρω both the children, ἀμφότερα τὰ 
ὦτα both ears, §23b. i. 1.1; 4. 4; 5. 
14,17: i. 4.10: iii. 1. 31: iv. 7. 14. 

ἐἀμφοτέρωθεν from or on both sides, at 
both ends, G., i. 10. 9: iii, 4. 29; 5.10. 

ἄμφω," ow, both, ch. substantively, 
and of two persons, ii. 6.30: iv. 2. 21. 

ἄν" adv., a contingent particle 
which has no corresponding word in 
Eng. (though it may sometimes be ex- 
pressed by perhaps, or, if joined with 
a rel. pron. or adv., by -ever or -soever); 
but verbs with which it is connected 
are commonly translated by the poten- 
tial mode. It is post-positive, and is 
thus distinguished from ἄν if. i. 1. 

10. See 618s. 

“av * conj., (contr. fr. ἐάν q. v.) if, 
i. 3.20; 7.4; 8.12: iL 1.87? 

ἀν- see d- and ἀνά. 

ἀνά," by apostr. dv, prep., up, opp. 
to κατά : w. Acc. of place, up through, 
along, upon, iii. 5.16: of standard, 
ἀνὰ κράτος [up to one’s strength] αὐ 

Full speed, i. 8.1; 10.15: of number 
(distributively), ἀνὰ ἑκατόν by the hun- 
dred, each a hundred, iii. 4.21: v. 4.12: 
ἀνὰ πέντε παρασάγγας τῆς ἡμέρας al 
the rate of 5 parasangs a day, iv. 6. 4. 
In compos., up, up again, again, back. 

LEX. AN. 1* Ὶ 


ἀναθορυβέω 


ἀνα-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to go up, march up, climb up, 
ascend, mount, asa height, horse, ship, 
&c.; to go on board a vessel, embark ; 
often, to go up from the coast of Asia 
into the interior ; ἐπί, &c.; i. 1. 2; 2. 
22; 8.3; vi. 1.14. 

ἀνα-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, to throw up; to lift or put 
upon a horse, A. ἐπί : iv. 4.4: νυ. 2.5. 

ἀνά-βασις, ews, ἡ, (dva-Baivw) ascent, 
upwand-march, expedition into the in- 
terior, i. 4.9: iv. 1. 1, 10. 

ἀνα-βιβάζω, βιβάσω βιβῶ, (βιβάξω 
to make go) to lead up, i. 10. 14. 

ava-Bodw, ἤσομαι, βεβόηκα, to raise 
a cry, call or shout aloud, ν. 4. 31. 

ἀνα-βολή, jis, (ἀνα-βάλλω) earth 
thrown up, rampart, v. 2. 5. 

ἀν-αγγέλλω," edd, ἤγγελκα, a. ἤγ- 
γειλα, to bring back word, re-port, A. 
D3) 1 SE 

ἀνα-γιγνώσκω, ἢ γνώσομαι, ἔγνωκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔγνων, [to know again, as persons 
or characters before seen] to recognize, 
read, 1. 6, 4: iii. 1.5: v. 8. 6, 

Τἀναγκάζω, dow, ἠνάγκακα, to compel, 
Jorce, oblige, require, constrain, A. 1., 
li. 1.6: iti. 3.12; 4.19, 49. 

Τἀναγκαῖος, a, ov, or os, ov, necessary, 
indispensable, inevitable: ἀναγκαῖόν τι 
some necessity : οἱ ἀναγκαῖοι [those con- 
nected by necessary ties] necessarii, 
kinsmen, relatives : i. 5.9: ii. 4. 1. 

ἀνάγκη, xs, necessity, constraint, 
necessary cause: ἀνάγκη (ἐστίν) there 
is a necessity, it is necessary, indis- 
pensable, or unavoidable, it must be, 

1 (A.): ἃ ἃ 426: iv. 5.26, 

dva-yvous, see ἀνα- γιγνώσκω, i. 6. 4. 

dyv-dyw,* ἀξω, ἦχα, 2a. ἤγαγον, to 
lead up, bring or carry up, A., ii: 3. 
21; 6.1: to bring upon the high sea ; 
M. to put out to sea, weigh anchor, set 
sail, v.7.17: vi. 1. 33s. Cf. κατ- ἄγω. 

ἀνα-ζεύγνῦμι," ζεύξω, ἔζευξα 1., to 
yoke up, harness up, break up the camp, 
prepare to start, iii. 4. 87: iv. 6.1. 

ἀνα-θαῤῥέω, row, τεθάῤῥηκα, to be- 
come confident again, regain confidence 
or cowrage, vi. 4. 12. 

ἀνα-θεῖναι, -θείς, see ἀνα-τίθημι. 

javd-Onpa, aros, τό, a sacred gift or 
votive offering set up in a temple, as a 
statue, tripod, &c., G., v. 3. 5. 

dva-BopuBéw, tow, τεθορύβηκα, (θό- 





puBos) to raise a shout or clamor, cry 
A 





ἀναθρέψας 10 


out, shout, cheer, applaud, ὡς: v.1.3: 
vi. 1. 30. 

ἀνα-θρέψας, see ἀνα-τρέφω, iv. 5. 35. 

dv-atpéw, * How, HpnKa, 2 a. efor, to 
take up ; sp. to take up a question for 
reply, hence, through an oracle or 
omen, to respond, ΠΝ ΒΊΟΥ, sign ify, adi 
rect, point oul, A. D., 1., ili. 1. 68: 
vii. 6.44: M. to take or pick up for 
one’s self, undertake ; sp. fo take up 
or carry off one’s dead for burial (to 
which the Greeks attached great im- 
portance, believing that the souls of 
the unburied dead were long debarred 
from repose ; so A. rarely, vi. 4. 9); 
A., iv. 1.19; v. 7. 21, 27. 

ἀνα-καίω & Att. xdw,* καύσω, κέ- 
kava, to light up a fire, kindle, A., 
in. 1. 3. 

ava-Kahéw,* καλέσω καλῶ, κέκληκα, 
to call [with raised voice] aloud, a., 
vi. 6.7: M. to call back to one's self, 
summon, sound a retreat, iv. 4. 22. 

ἀνά-κειον or ἀνα-κεῖον, ov, (κεῖμαι) 
an upper floor, v. 4. 391 

ἀνα-κοινόω, wow, pf. m. κεκοίνωμαι, 
to bring up from concealment in the 
breast and communicate to another ; 


to consult, asa god: M. to consult or | 
confer with, as with a friend, to com-'| 


municate: Ὁ. A., wepl: iii. 1.5: v. 6. 
36: vi. 1. 22. 
ἀνα-κομίζω, iow 1, κεκόμικα, to 


bring up: M. to lay up for one’s self, | 


ere AL ae 7. 1.17. 

ἀνα-κράζω r., κράξω ]., κέκρᾶγα, 3 ἃ. 
ἔκραγον, to raise a ery, cry out, ery 
aloud, exclaim, shout, A¥., ὡς or ὅτι, 
iv. 4. 20: v. 8. 10, 12: vii. 3. 33. 

ἀν-αλαλαΐζω, ἄξομαι, to raise the 
battle-shout, to shout the war-cry, iv. 
3. 19. 

dva-LapBdve, * λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 2a. 
ἔλαβον, to take up, take with one or 
away, rescue, A., 1.10.6: iv. 7. 24. 

ἀνα-λάμπω," yw, λέλαμπα, to blaze 
up, burst into flames, v. 2. 24. 

ἀνα-λέγω," λέξω, to gather up, re- 
count, relate, repeat, A., ii. 1. 17 ? 

dv-dAloxw,* -ἀλώσω, -ἤλωκα, a. 
«ἥλωσα, (ἁλίσκω to take, A. as trans. 
not in use) to take up, use up, expend, 
spend, consume, A., iv. 7. 5, 7, 10. 

dv-dAwros, ov, (ἁλίσκομαι) not to be 
taken, impregnable, ν. 2. 20. 

» * “ ᾿ 

ἀνα-μένω," μενῶ, μεμένηκα, fo γε- 
main, stay ; wait for, Δ.1., iii. 1. 14. 


ἀναρχία 


ἀνα-μίγνυμι," μίξω, μέμιχα 1., pf. 
»}. μέμεγμαι, to mix up, mingle, ἐν, iv, 
8. 8. 

ἀνα-μιμνήσκω," μνήσω, a. p. ἐμνή- 
σθην, to remind of, make mention of, 
2A., iii. 2.11: P. and M. to be re- 
minded of, call to mind, remember, re- 
miniscor, A.P., CP., vi. 1. 23: δ. 23. 

ἄν-ανδρος, ov, (ἀνήρ) wn-manly, 
weak, cowardly, ii. 6. 25. 

᾿Αναξίβιος, ov, Anaxibius, a Spar- 
tan admiral, false, corrupt, and cruel. 
He was afterwards sent out to oppose 
the Athenians on the Hellespont, and 
having been surprised by the Athenian 
general Iphicrates, died fighting like 
a Spartan, B. C. 388. v.i.4: vii. 1. 2s, 

av (Ses, (wv, αἱ (fr. Pers.), trow- 
867, a as the Persians wore, i. 5. 8. 

ἀνα-παύω, παύσω, πέπαυκα, to re- 
Fresh : M. to refresh οὐ rest one’s self, 
take one’s rest, go to rest (as for the 
/night), repose, rest, take breath ; to 
desist, G.; i. 10,16: ii. 2. 4: v. 6.31? 

ἀνα-πείθω," πείσω, πέπεικα, to bring 
over to another opinion, gain over, 
persuade, induce, A. 1., i. 4. 11. 

ἀνα-πετάννυμι or -bw,* πετάσω πε- 
τῶ, (πετάννῦμι to spread out) to throw 
wide open again, A., Vii. 1. 17. 

ἀνα-πηδάω, ἤσομαι, πεπήδηκα, (πη- 
δάω to leap) to leap or spring up, spring 











upon or mount a horse, iii, 4.27? vii. 
2. 20. 

dva-rvéw,* πνεύσομαι, πέπνευκα, a. 
ἔπνευσα, to breathe again, take or re- 
cover breath, iv. 1. 22. 

ἀνα-πράττω," πράξω, πέπρᾶχα, to 
[make up] exact, A. D. παρά, vii. 6. 40. 

ἀνα-πτύσσω," ύξω, (πτύσσω to fold) 
to foid back, swing back, wheel round, 
A., i. 10. 9. [v. 2. 245? 

ἀν-άπτω," ἅψω, to light up, kindle, 

ἀνα-πυνθάνομαι," πεύσομαι, πέπυ- 
σμαι, 2 ἃ. ἀν-επυθόμην, ἴο inquire again 
or closely, learn by close inquiry, A. P., 
περί, v. 5. 25? 7.1. 

ἀν-αρίθμητος, ov, (ἀριθμέω to num- 
ber, fr. ἀριθμός) in-numerable, count- 
less, iii. 2. 13. 

ἀν-ἄριστος, ov, (ἄριστον) without 
breakfast, i. 10,19: iv. 2.4: vi. 5. 21. 

ἀν-αρπάζω," dow or dcoua, ἥρπακα, 
to snatch up, seize, carry off, A.,i.3.14. 
vii. 1, 15, 

ἀν-αρχία, as, (ἀρχή) want of gov- 





ernment, ANARCHY, ill. 2. 29. 





ἀνασκευάζω 11 ἀνήρ 


ἀνα-σκευάζω, dow, to pack up, re- 
move, A., Vi. 2. 8. 

ἀνα-στάς, -στῆναι, see dv-lornu. 

ἀνα-σταυρόω, wow, (σταυρός) to fix 
or exhibit on a stake or pole, A., iii. 
1. 17. 

ἀνα-στέλλω," ελῷ, ἔσταλκα, to send 
or drive back, keep back or in check, 
A., V. 4. 23. [μι. 

ἀνα-στήσας,-στήσομαι, see ἀν-ἰστη- 

ἀνα-στρέφω, " ἐψω, ἔστροφα 1., 2 a. 
p. as m. ἐστράφην, to turn back, re- 
treat, retire, turn or wheel round; M. 
to move round, carry one’s self ; face 
about, rally: i. 4.5; 10.8,12: it. 5.14. 

ἀνα-σχέσθαι, -σχωμαι, see ἀν-έχω. 

ἀνα-ταράττω," diw, τετάραχα l., to 
stir up, confuse: pf. p. pt. [having 
been put] ὧν disorder, 1. 7. 20. 

dva-reivw,* τενῶ, τέτακα, a. ἔτεινα, 
to stretch οὐ lift up, hold up, raise, 
elevate, A.: ava-rerapuévos, clevated, 
ace. to some with expanded wings : i. 
10. 12: ii. 2.9; vii. 4. 9? 

ἀνα-τέλλω," τελῶ, τέταλκα, (τέλλω 
to raise, rise) to rise up, ii .3. 1. 

ἀνα-τίθημι, ἢ θήσω, τέθεικα, a. ἔθη- 
κα (θῶ, &c.), tv put up ; put, place, or 
lay upon: sp. to set up as a sacred 
gift, consecrate, deposit: A, ἐπί, εἰς: 
li. 2. 4: ili. 1. 30: v. 3. 58. 

dva-tpépw,* θρέψω, rérpoda, to[feed 
up] fatten, iv. 5. 35. 

ἀνα-φεύγω, * pevioua, mépevya, 2a. 
ἔφυγον, to flee or escape up, ἐπί, vi. 4.24. 

dva-ppovéw, ow, πεφρόνηκα, to be- 
come rational again, come to one’s 
senses, iv. 8. 21. 

ἀνα-χάζω,Ἐ (χάζω drive back, ch. 
poet.) M. to draw back, retire, retreat, 
iv. 7.10: so A. iv. 1. 16. 

ava-xwpéw, ow, κεχώρηκα, to go 
back, retreat, retire, withdraw, return, 
iil. 3. 13: iv. 3. 6: vi. 4. 10. 

ava-xwpl{w, iow .d,toseparateagain, 
draw off, A., v. 2. 10. 

ἄνδρα, -ds, &c., see ἀνήρ, i. 1. 6. 

μἐἀνδρ-αγαθία, as, (ὠγαθός) virtus, 
manly excellence, esp. valor, v. ἃ. 11. 

jdvSpd-rofov, ov, (πούς) [a man’s 
footstool, as the captive often fell at 
the feet of the conqueror, and the foot 
of the latter was sometimes placed on 
his neck] @ slave, esp. one made in 
war, @ captive, 1. 2. 27: ii. 4, 27. 

javSpetos, a, ov, manly, brave, val- 
tant, vi. ὃ. 24. 





μἀνδρειότης, yros, ἡ, virtus, manii- 
ness, bravery, valor, vi. 5. 14. 
μἀνδρίζω, ἔσω, to make one a man: 
M. to make one’s self a man, to act 
the man, act manfully, display one’s 
valor, iv. 3. 34: νυ. 8. 15. 

ἀν-έβην, see ἀνα-βαίνῳ, i. 1. 2. 

dv-eyelpw,* ἐγερῶ, ἐγήγερκα l., a. p. 
ἠγέρθην, to wake up another, rouse: 
P. to be aroused, to awake, iii. 1, 128. 

ἀν-εῖλον, see av-aipéw, iii. 1. 6. 

ἀν-εῖναι, see av-inut, vii. 6. 30 ? 

ἀν-ειπεῖν, 2 a. inf. (see εἰπεῖν), to 
[speak up] proclaim, announce, τ. (A.), 
ére, li. 2. 20: v. 2. 18. 

ἀν-εκ-πίμπλημι͵, ᾽ πλήσω, πέπληκα, 
to fill out again, fill up, A., ili. 4. 22? 

ἀν-ελέσθαι, see dv-aipéw, iv. 1. 19. 

ἄνεμος, ov, ὁ, (akin to Lat. animus, 
anima) wind, iv. 5. 3s. 

ἀν-επιλήπτως, (ἐπι-λαμβάνω) in a 
way not to be taken hold of, blameless- 
ly, without blame or censure, vii. 6. 37. 

ἀν-ερεθίζω, iow 10, ἠρέθικα, (ἐρέθω 
irrito, ¢o provoke) to stir up, excite, in- 
Jjlame, instigate, A., vi. 6. 9. 

dv-epwraw,* ἐρωτήσω & ἐρήσομαι, 
ἠρώτηκα, to ask [up] directly and as 
one who has a right to know, demand, 
question, inquire of, A. CP., ii. 3. 4: 
lv. 5. 34. 

ἀν-έστην, see av-icrnut, iii. 2. 1. 

ἀν-εστράφην, sce ἀνα-στρέφω. 

ἄνευ adv. as prep., without, G., i. 8. 
11, 13: ii. 6. 6, 18. 

ἀν-ευρίσκω, ἢ εὑρήσω, εὕρηκα or ηὕ- 
ρηκα, to find again, discover, find, A., 
vii. 4, 14. 

ἀν-έχω and dv-loxw,* ἕξω and σχή- 
ow, ἔσχηκα, 2a. ἔσχον, to hold or lift 
up ; of the sun, éo [lift itself up] rise, 
ii. 1.3: M. (ipf. w. double aug. ἦνει- 
χόμην, 2 a. ἀν-εσχόμην, oftener ἠνεσχό- 
μην, 282 Ὁ) to hold up under, sustain, 
endure, bear, tolerate, hold firmagainst, 
restrain or control one’s self, A., G. 
(661 b), P., 1.7.4; 8.11, 26: ii. 2.1. 

ἀνεψιός, οὔ, ὁ, a cousin, kinsman 
(in Byzantine law, NEPHEW), vii.8.9. 

ἀν-ήγαγον, -ηγμένος, see ἀν-άγω. 

ἀν-ηγέρθην, see ἀν-εγείρω, iii. 1, 12. 

ἀν-ήκεστος, ον, (ἀκέομαι to heal) in- 
curable, irremediable, irreparable, ii, 
6.53 μ΄. 1. 38. 

ἀν-ήκω, ἥξω, to [come up to] reach, 
extend, eis, vi. 4. 3, 5. 

ἀνήρ," ἀνδρός, vir, a man im dis. 





LA 


ἀνηρώτων 


12 ᾿Αντιλέων 


tinction from a woman or child (as|Sacis, the way up, upward march, 
avépwros is a man in distinction from | ascent, ii. 1. 1. 


a higher or a lower being, as from a 


ἄν-οδος, ov, (a-, ὁδός) pathless, in- 


god or a beast); hence a man em-| accessible, or difficult of access, iv.8,10. 


phatically, as a husband, a warrior or 


» ᾿ ᾿ 
G-vonros, ov, (νοέω) senseless, de- 


soldier (though hostile, or even cow-| mented, Joolish, ti. 1. 13. 


ardly, vi. 6. 24), a brave Man, ἃ man 


» ld bl t nd ᾿ Ψ ’ 
ἀν-οίγω," av-olfw, av-éwya, ipf. ἀν- 


of full age, aman to be honored. A| ἐῳγον, (οἴγω to open) to [open up or 
more specific name with adjective force | again] open, a., v. 5. 20: vii. 1. 16. 


is often joined with it (esp. in address, 
where dvdpes is the term of respect in 
addressing a company of men), and it 
need not then be always translated. 
i 1. 6,11; 2.20; 3.3; 7.4: iv. δ. 24. 
ἀν-ηρώτων, see ἀν-ερωτάω, ii. 3. 4. 
ἀν-ήχθην, see ἀν-άγω, ii. 6. 1. 
ἀνθ᾽, by apostr. for ἀντί, i. 3. 4. 
ἀνθέμιον, ov, (ἄνθος flower) a flower, 
Jigure of a flower, pattern of flowers, 
v. 4. 32. 
ἀνθ-ίστημι ἢ στήσω, ἕστηκα, to sel 
against: M. to stund against, with- 
sland, resist, vii, 3. 11. 
tavOpamvos, 7, ov, human, ii. 5. 8. 
ἄνθρωπος, ov, ὁ ἡ, homo, a man 
(one of the race, see ἀνήρ), human 
being, person, fellow; pl. men, per- 
sons, people, mankind ; 1.3.15; 5.9; 
6.6. In the expression of respect, 
ἀνήρ is the rather used : of contempt, 
ἄνθρωπος, i. 7. 4: iii. 1. 27, 30; and 
in speaking of one’s self, it is more 
modest to use ἄνθρωπος, vi. 1. 26. 
Yet, without special expression, ἄν- 
Opwros is often used as a more general | 
and unemphatic term, where ἀνήρ, 
might have been used, as in speak-| 
ing of soldiers, i. 8. 9; with a more 
specific name, vi. 4.23; &c. Der. PHIL- 
ANTHROPY. See oy. 
ἀνιάω, dow, ἠνίακα 1., (ἀνία grief, 
distress) to annoy, trouble, a.: M. to 
be grieved, troubled, or distressed : i. 
2.11: iii. 3.19: iv. 8. 26. 
ἀν-ίημι, " ἥσω, εἶκα, a. ἧκα (ὦ, κε.) 
to [let one get up] Jet go or escape, A. 
P., Vii. 6. 30? 
ἀν-ιμάω, (ἱμάς leathern strap used 
in drawing) to draw up, A., iv, 2. 8. 
ay-lornpt,* στήσω, ἕστηκα, 1 a. 
ἔστησα, 2a. ἔστην, to raise, rouse, or| 
start up another, a.: M., w. pf. and 
2 a. act., to raise one's self up, stand 
up, get up, rise (sp. for speaking): i. 
3.13; 5.3; 6.10: iv. 5. 8, 19, 21, 


ἀνομία, as, (d-vouos) lawlessness, v. 
7. 3338. 

dv-opolws, (ἀν-όμοιος un-like) dif- 
Jerently: a. ἔχειν to be differently 
situated or esteemed, vii. 7. 49. 

ἄ-νομος, ov, (νόμος) lawless, vi. 6. 13. 

avr’ or ἀνθ᾽, by apostr. for ἀντί. 

ἀντ-αγοράζω, dow, ἠγόρακα, to buy 
or purchase in return, A., i. 5. δ. 

ἀντ-ακούω," ἀκούσομαι, ἀκήκοα, to 
hear in return, listen in turn, ii. 5. 16. 

ν ᾿ 
| “Avrav5pos, ov, ἡ, dntandros, an old 
| town of Troas, south of Mt. Ida and on 
the north shore of the Adramyttian 
Gulf, where Virgil makes Aineas build 
his fleet (En. 3. 6). It was later col- 
onized by Holians, and was sometimes 
under Greek, and sometimes under 
Persian power. vii.8.7. || Avjilar. 

ἀντ-εμ-πίπλημι," πλήσω, πέπληκα, 
to fill in return, A. G., iv. 5. 28. 

GvT-ertpedéopar,* ἥσομαι, ἐπιμεμέ- 
λημαι, lo take heed or care in return, 
ὅπως, iil. 1. 10. 

ἀντ-ευ-ποιέω, tow, πεποίηκα, to do 
well or a service in return, v. 5. 21; 
also written, through tmesis, avr εὖ 
ποιέω, 699 i. 

dvri* prep., over against, against 
(behind, iv. 7. 6) ; instead of, in place 
of, in preference to, in return for; G.: 
in compos., against, instead, in turn 
or return: 1.1. 4: 3. 4.21; 7. 3a. 

ἀντι-δίδωμι, " δώσω, δέδωκα, ἃ. ἔδω- 
κα (δῶ, &e.), to give instead or in re- 
turn, A., ili. 3. 19. 

ἀντι-θέω, " θεύσομαι, to run against, 
ἐπὶ, iv. 8. 17 ? 

ἀντι-καθ-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, a. 
».ἐστάθην,ἰοαρροίν instead, A., iii. 1.38. 
ἀντι-λέγω," λέξω, fo speak or say 
against or in opposition, gainsay, op- 
pose, object, Ὁ. 1. (A.), ws, 11.38.25; 5. 29. 

᾿Αντι-λέων, ovros, Antilcon, a Cyrean 
from Thurii, a flourishing Athenian 











| colony in Italy, on the Tarentine Gulf. 

















ἀν-ίσχω, see ἀν-έχω, ii. 1.3: v.7.6. 


Among its colonists were the historian 





dy-ob0s, ov, ἡ, (avd, ὁδός), = ἀνά- 


Herodotus and the orator Lysias. v.i.2. 


13 ἀπαγγέλλω 


ἀντίος a, ον, (ἀντί) set against ; 
opposite, fronting, over against ; ἐκ 
τοῦ ἀντίου [sc. μέρους] from the oppo- 
site part, in front ; w. ἱέναι, &c., as 
alv., against : opposed, contrary, dif- 
ferent (other than, 4): D.: 1. 8.17, 
23s? 10.10: iv. 3. 26: vi. 6. 34. 

ἀντι-παρα-θέω," θεύσομαι, to run 





[along against] stdewise to meet or op- 


pose, ἐπί, iv. 8.17? 
ἀντι-παρα-σκενάζομαι, άσομαι, ἐσκεύ- 
ασμαι, to prepare in turn, make prep- 
aration against, 1. 2.5. 
ἀντι-παρα-τάττομαι, τάξομαι, τέτα- 
γμαι, to [array one’s self] draw up or 
form against, A. or κατά, iv. 8. 9. 
ἀντι-πάρ-ειμι," ipf. jew, to march 
[along over against] abreast, iv. 3. 17. 
ἀντι-πάσχω," πείσομαι, πέπονθα, 
to suffer in turn or return, ii. 5. 17. 
ἀντι-πέρας or Ἀ ἀντι-πέρᾶν, over 
against, on the other side of, G.,i.1.9: 
iv. 8. 3: see κατ-αντιπέρας. 
ἀντι-ποιέω, how, πεποίηκα, to do or 
act in return, retaliate, A., ii. 3.7,12: 
M. to [make for or claim in opposition 
to another] contest, dispute, contend, 
or strive with one about or for ; to vie 
in, seek distinction for ; Ὁ. G., περί : 
1.11. BBs av 7. 1: ν᾿ ἃ, 
ἀντι-πορεύομαι, evicoua, X&c., to 
march against, iv. 8. 17 ὃ 
ἀντί-πορος, ov, ch. poet., opposite 
to, over against, D., iv. 2. 18. 
ἀντι-στασιάζω, dow, to form a party 
against, to contest or contend with, D., 
iv. 1. 27. 
ἀντι-στασιώτης, ov, (στασιώτης par- 
tisan) one of an opposite party, op- 
ponent, adversary, antagonist, i. 1. 10. 
ἀντι-στοιχέω, ow, (στοῖχος row) to 
stand in opposite rows, front each 
other, p., v. 4. 12. 
ἀντι-στρατοπεδεύομαι, εὐσομαι, ἐ- 
στρατοπέδευμαι, to encamp or take the 
Jield against, vii. 7. 33. 
ἀντι-τάττω, " τάξω, réraxa, to array 
against, draw up or marshal against, 
oppose to, A. D.: M. to array one’s self 
against, D.: pf. p. as pret. to [have 
been marshalled] stand in array or be 
drawn up against : ἃ. 10. 8: ii. 5.19: 
iii. 2.14: iv. 8. 5. 
GvTi-Tipdw, tow, τετίμηκα, to honor 
in return, A, ἀντί, v. 5. 14. 
ἀντι-τοξεύω, εύσω, to shoot in return, 


ἀντι-φυλάττω," diw, πεφύλαχα, to 
guard in turn; M. to be on one's guard 
in turn, li. 5. 3. 
ἄντρον, ov, antrum, cave, cavern, 
grot, ANTRE, i. 2. 8. [3. 11. 
μἀντρώδης, es, (εἶδος) cavernous, iv. 
tavuerds, dv, practicable, possible, i. 
8. 11. 
ἀνύω ἃ Att. avire,* tow, ἤνυκα, to 
accomplish, effect ; M., for one’s own 
advantage, A., vii. 7. 24. 
ἄνω, ὁ. ἀνωτέρω, 5. -τάτω, adv., (ἀνά) 
up, upwards, high up, above, in the 
ascent ; into the air ; up the country, 
from the sea-coast into the interior, in 
the interior: ὃ ἄνω the upward, upper, 
inland : τὸ ἄνω [sc. μέρος] the part or 
division above : οἱ ἄνω those above : τὰ 
dvw the [places above] high ground, 
heighis: G.: 1.2.13 4:17: 1S: 
4.17: iv. 3. 3, 23, 25; 6. 26; 8. 28. 
| dvdé-yatov, ov, or ἀνώγεων, w, (γαῖα 
= γῇ) an upper floor, v. 4. 29? 
ldvabev, from above, from the im 
terior, iv. 7.12: v. 2. 23: vii. 7. 2. 
ἀξία, as, (fem. of ἄξιος) value, desert, 
due, vi. 6. 33. fz. 5. 12, 
ἀξίνη, ys, (ἀγνῦμι to break ?) an axe, 
ἄξιος, a, ov, ¢., S., (ἄγω to bring or 
weigh) (bringing or weighing so much] 
worth, worthy, deserving, worth one’s 
while, befitting, becoming, adequate, 
G. D., I.: πολλοῦ ad. worth much, valu- 
able, of great value : i. 3.12; 4.7; 7. 
3; 9.1, 29 ii. 1.143 3. 25: γὰ αὶ BF. 
τςἀξιο-στράτηγος, ov, c., worthy to be 
a general or to command, iii. 1. 24. 
jdtidw, dow, ἠξίωκα, to deem worthy, 
A. G., 10} to deem fit, proper, or reason- 
able, to approve, A.; hence to claim, 
demand, ask, request, or desire, as fit, 
proper, or reasonable, A., 1. (A.); i. 1. 
8; 7.8; 9.15? un. 2.7: v. δ. 12. 
τἀξίωμα, aros, τό, dignity, vi. 1. 28. 
Der. AXIOM. 
ἄξω, f. of ἄγω, ii. 3. 6. 
ἄξων, ovos, ὁ, (ἄγω) axis, Germ. 
Achse, an AXLE, i. 8. 10. 
ἄ-οπλος, ov, (ὅπλον) without armor, 
unarmed, ii. 3. 3. 
dn’, ἀφ᾽, by apostr. for ἀπό, i. 7.18. 
ἀπ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, ἤγγελκα, to bring 
or carry word, a message, or tidings 
from a person or place; comm. fo 
bring or carry back word, a message, 
or tidings, to re-port, announce; A.D., 





shiet back, iii. 3.15: v. 2. 32. 


CP., παρά, περί, &c.; 1. 4.125; 10.148. 


* 





ἀπαγορεύω 14 ἀπήειν 


> ᾿ 
ἅπ-α Λλ a A " ᾿ m 
ΕΝ — nigh ἡγύρευκα, (comm. | fo come back or return on the same dar 
- €pw, pl. εἴρηκα, 2 a. εἶπον) to [speak ἐπί, ν. 2. 1 ἡ 
off from a thing, bid farewell to 1} ἀπ-εγνωκέναι, see ἀπο γιγνώσκ 
by Lid 4) J Ὶ 4 Ὶ be Ἰ ᾿ ᾿ i Ι 
i προ resuym, give up; to give out, | ἀπ-εδόμην, -ἔδωκα, see ἀπο.ὃ be 
become exhitusted or fatigued, tire. ὑπό. ν ἂν, | ide ga 
Jaligued, tire, ὑπό: ΞΜ ἀπ-έδραν, 2 a. of ἃ { 
Gee alg ym: γ Ὁ ἃ. Of απο-διδράσκω. 
yr fy [bid one away from a thing]| ἀπ-έθανον, 2a ἀξ κέν, 1.8.27 
OTOUE ¢ «εἰ " ‘ na Mui f 2 Ὶ , Be apy 
ata Folate as pret., J [have | ᾿ ἀπειθέω, row, (α-πειθής disobedient 
τ uso a iguec ] am Jutigued, tired, ifr. πείθομαι) to be disobedies 
᾿ Weary, P.: 1.9.33 i. 2, 16: v. 1. ii. 6, 4- lii. 2. 3] 
, ῷ 9 R ie " ra | " . ΓΙ “ἡ. * 
2; 8.3. See ἀπεῖπον, fw, ἡ 
Pn nga i | Τἀπειλέω͵ now, to threaten, D. Α.. CP 
AM y " sg 1X%, 2a. ἤγαγον, to|v. 5. 22: 6. 34 whe 
Cad, conduct, bring, or carry away - i δ is a ii 
sna grant ga gl Ys| ἀπειλή, js, a threat, vii. 7. 24. 
: - £0 teat, &e., back: Δ. to carry ἄπ-ειμι, " ἔσομαι (εἰμί) absum, ὁ ¢ 
) Mh i ᾿ } » un "κα 9 « ω Υ Mm 
of one $ OM me A. διά, εἰς, &e. : 1.5. 145| away or absent, to absent one’s self L 
0: ii. 3.29: v2.88: vi6.1. [ἡ 5.37: vi. 6.90 ἫΝ δ ν᾿ 
φ4ἀπ-αγωγή, ἧς, a leading away, re ἄ * (often ; 
ω ading away, re- ποεῖμι ™ (often as f. of ἀπ-ἐ 
oc pa ἦμ _ ἄπ- en as f, of ἀπ-ἐρχομαι) 
pt 2. ὑμῖν... . ipl, jew or ἦα, (elu) to go in or 
ἐὐμηθρι 3) €3, ay os) Jree from suffer- | away, depart, withdraw, retire re 
vy Wil. 1, Be ‘eal χε 
<a gt ον |freat, desert ; to yo back, return; ΔῈ 
ie EVTOS, ον, (παιδεύω) unedu- ἀπό, ἐκ, ἐπί, εἰς, Ke. i. 3.11; 9 29: 
cated, upnorant, stupid, ii. 6. 26. ii. 2. 4,108; 8. 7, 29 Ushi i a 
ἀπ-αίρω," apd, ἧρκα, a. - γ lif δε σον, 56. Coane 
Pay nt κα: ἦρκα, a. ἦρα, hi ift} ἀπ-εῖπον, 2 a. associated with ἀπα- 
© PeStilig-place, as a vessel, &e.; | γορεύω | " } 
dona yoni, rey OS @ Vessel, Καὶ 5 | yopedw q. v., lo renounce resign, A.s 
esl - sail, depurt, vii. 6. 33? to forbid, τ». 1.3 vii. 1, 41: 9 eel ng 
il » Vil. vu. 1. 41; 2. 12. 
PN lg 710%, fo ask from, de- ἀπ-είρηκα, pf. associated with dra- 
und, esp. one’s due, as the payment | yopedw q. v., ii. 2. 16 


0 a 4 * “" ae Sl 
ΠΑ ΡΟΝΕῚ ἐδ ακξ back; 3 Α.}1,5.11:} ἄπειρος, ον, c., (πεῖρα) in-experi 


il. 5. 38: iv. 2.18: vii. 6. 2.17 
ee 18: εὐ, ἃ, 1Γ, enced, un-skilled. an-ac . : 
δ... , « se ῇ 2 τεύνσλιῖε (δ, Un-acquainted with 
Ms αλλάττω, ἄξω, ἤλλαχα, 2 ἃ. p.|G., ii. 2. δ: iii, 2. 16- : 1.8; 6, 29, 
ἠλλάγην (ἀλλάττω to change, fr. ἄλλος), ἀπ-εῖχον, see ἀπ-έχω, iii. 1.2, 
Ἴ ᾿ * Φ ὧν 


ut, disobe Y, 


to [change from or off "" 
: or off} put aw , : : [ Ἢ 
Pid of, escape, A! DE thal Pte Be Και] SeARTOMG see ἀπο-κτείνω, ii. 1.8 
Of, εἰ yes ay ἈΠῸ L. 10 ὑὸ rid) ἀπειελαύνω," ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλ : 
or quit of, to he freed from G.: td 3 4 AW, EANAAKA, A, 
“» τ “σέο ΤῸΝ, G.; 10 de-| fraca, to drive off or away, di 

mert fr bids 1» ΙΤΊὩΧΣ ΠΣ cd ej r away, dislodge 
2: oi i ain, epic withdrau , από, ἐκ :Α. ἀπό: to [drive a horse or army] ride 
. .: δὰ: ἣν Κ ᾽ν ἃ οὐ ἴδω Pie . 

Ml. 4. 20: Iv. 3.2: v. 6. 32. | or march off away, or back, to retreat 
dwass, 4 by. ὁ ὦ {ἢ tee on, Y; ch, to retreat, 
» th Ὁ, ὁ., (ἄπτω) soft to the|els, &c.: i. 4.5: 8.17: iii 4. 40 


touch, tender, i. 5. 2+ y ‘ 
» wi ᾽ "ἂν ἡ Vi 4, oO ἀπ ελθώ ‘J Ν f ᾿ 
᾽ ae » ὧν, SCE ἀπ ἔρχομαι, 1. 4, 7 
απο, “ι.ῳ{ «ὦ ’ " " 3. Ὁ, (7, 
ch. τον Poet ψομαι, a. p. ἡμείφθην,, ἀπιερόκω," ὕξω Ep., a. Jove, ch 
J . ] vey eS). ,}}.» (αμείβω la Lule ] poet., lo keep off, a γ. 8. 25 ᾽ 
change) to [give back in exchange] re-| ἀπιέρχομαι ἢ 2dcs; ttt 
ply, ii. 5. 15 ° λϑ ρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 3 
Ἵ 7] ἢ tangy a. Ὥλθον, to come or go from or aw 
ar- ᾿ , ᾽ wilt ω νει away 
meet ἀὴῃ τ Nh ig ἤντηκα, yrs Ἢ depart, withdraw, retire, retreat, rod 
wiih lly Tt) τὸ go or come trom the| ser¢ + to ac "ὦ, " 
i eitla ‘fn nail sert ; to go back, return; παρά, ἐπί 
other side in order to meet or to op-| ele. πρός, ke.: 11. 4: 3.17: Ν He 
pose, to meet as a friend or foe, oe dir-ex Odvouan,* ᾿ δῶν ., Ὁ, ὩΣ 
Ἢ Ν ᾽ Md ae ¢ "» Ml uh "" ΠΤ ae i bal 
ree go against, D., 11.38.17: iv.6.5. ῬᾺ 2 a. -ηχθύμην (E008) a pil 
was once (after ἐπεί, ἐάν, ws. as in| one’e ἢ : yl > 
as 1n | one’s etur "δ AUT 
Lat. ut semel), i, 9. 10: ii. 2 12 " πὶ mr 7) ‘3 turn, displease, offend, 
ἀ-παρα-σκεύαστος or d-rapd-o +o HW. 6. 19: v. 8. 25: vii. 6. 34. 
Of, oF, C., 5 aie lg ΠΣ] ] ale ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, 2 a. ἔσχον, to 
» Gey S., (TKEVA, Kevos) un-| | have one’s self away fr » off fr 
prepared ὁ Τὰ. BG. Ἢ 3 9° iL ones self away from } be off from 
Kitt ΤΥ ἡ τ᾿. |or distant, G. a. of extent, ἀπό: M. to 
by ᾿ ) all πρίν Ὁ strengthened | hold or exclude one’s self from, refrain 
vy a- cop.) all together, all, the whole| or "sn ulti at ill 
Ι ‘ " ol abstain fiw refrain fron ay ann 
"Ὃν. ἽΝ᾿." ἡ. ΟΝ » 70 , ὁ τη) 
i ay : πεδίον ἅπαν, all a plain, spare, decline, G.: i. 3. 20 - τ 4 τῷ 
Bt γῶν ϑτουρλσωι; 1, 4.15316. 10, iii. 1.32. ἦν. 8, δ: vi 1 81 Ὁ 
-1; 6.10: iv Ι Τὶ 9 a. 4. “4: IV. 3. ὃ: Vi. 1. 81, 
éx-cvtnpepiie, ἐν wd, (abe ἀπ-ήγαγον, 2 a. of ἀπ-άγω, i. 10. 6. 
ῳ ny (oT ᾿ 
᾽ » (αὐθημερόν) ] ἀποἥειν, see ἄπ-ειμι (εἶμι), i. 9, 29, 


ἀπήλασα 15 


ἀπ-ἤήλασα,-ήλαυνον, see ἀπ-ελαύνω. |the thought or intention of, G., i. 7. 


ἀπ-ῆλθον, 2 a.of ἀπ-έρχομαι, i. 9. 29. | 19. 


ἀπ-ηλλάγην,56ε ἀπ-αλλάττω,].10. ὃ, 
ἀπ-ῆρα, a. of ἀπ-αίρω, vil. 6. 33! 


atro-5éSpaxa, see ἀπο-διδράσκω,]. 4.8, 
ἀπο-δείκνυμι, " δείξω, δέδειχα, a. p. 


ἀπ-ιέναι, -ἰθι, -ἰμεν, -ἰοιμι, &c., see ἐδεέχθην, to point off or out, show, di- 


ἄπ-ειμι (εἶμι), 1. 3. 11. 
ἐἀπιστέω, ow, ἠπίστηκα, to distrust, ὁ 
mistrust, suspect ; to disobey ; D.; ll. |1 
5. 6, 158; 6.19: vi. 6. 13. 
tamorria, as, want of faith ; distrust, 
mistrust ; faithlessness, perfidy, treach- 


rect, declare, publish, A. D., 1., CP.; 


Ὁ de-signate, appoint, 2 A.; i. 1.2: 
1. 3. 14: iil. 2. 36: v. 8.7: J. to ex- 


press or show one’s opinion or feeling, 
A. I. (A.), σι Vi. 2.9 5, 5, 3s Gp an, 


ἀπο-δέρω, " δερῶ, 2 a. p. ἐδάρην (δέρω 


ery, wpos; li. 5. 4, 21: ill. 2. 4, 8. to skin) to take off the skin, to skin, 
ἄ-πιστος, ov, void of faith ; void of | flay, A., iil. 5. 9. 


ercdit, distrusted, D., ii. 4. 7: vil..7. 238. 


ἀπο-δέχομαι, δέξομαι, δέδεγμαι, to 


ἀπ-ιτέον ἐστίν (ἄπ-ειμι) it is neces-| receive from one, accept, vi. 1. 24. 


sary to depart, 682 "ἃ 1. 


ἀπο-δημέω, ow, (ἀπό-δημος away 


ἀπ-ίω, -tdv, &e., see ἄπ-ειμε (εἶμι). | from one's people) to leave home, vii.8. 4. 


ἄ-πλετος or ἄ-πλᾶτος, ov, (πελάω to 


ἀπο-διδράσκω," δράσομαι, dédpaxa, 


approach) [un-approachable] tmmense, 2 a. ἔδραν, to run off or away, flee, de- 


vast, prodigious, iv. 4. 11. 





sert, withdraw, escape, esp. by stealth, 


ἁ-πλόος," 67, dor, contr. οὖς, ἢ, ov, | secretly, or unobserved (cf. φεύγω, 
simplex, simple, sincere ; τὸ ἁπλοῦν αποφεύγω); to escape by concealment, 
22 :| slip away, hide one's self ; A., εἰς, ἐκ, 


simplicity, sincerity, 5074; li. 6. 22: 
v. 8. 18. 
ἀπό," by apostr. am’ or ag, prep., 


&e.; 14.8: ἡ. 2.133 5.7: v.48. 


ἀπο-δίδωμι," δώσω, δέδωκα, a. ἔδωκα 


ab, from; w. GEN. of PLACE, from, (δῶ, &c.), to give back, restore or re- 
away from, i.1.2; 2.5 (so of persons | turn, give or deliver up; hence esp. 


or things from which ay separation | 





to give or pay what has been borrowed 


takes place, i. 8.3, 28): of MME, from)|or is due, A. D., i. 2. 118; 4. 15: iv. 


(either before or after), i. 7.18: i. 6.5; 


Ϊ ¢ 


2.19, 25: M. to (give up for one’s 


ἀφ᾽ οὗ [from the time when, 557a]|own profit] 861], A., vii. 2. 3, 6; 8. 6. 


since, ili, 2.14: of SOURCE (origin, 


ἀπο-δοκέω," δύξω, to seem away 


cause, means, &c.), from, by means of, | from one’s interest ; only as impers., 
, it Cas - » ’ lie “ 

by, with, through, upon, i. 1.9; 5.10: | αποδοκεῖ, it does not seem good or eape- 

ii. 5.7. In compos., from, away, off, | dient, it is decided not to, Ὁ. 1., ii. 3. 9. 


back (hence where something is due); 
sometimes strengthening, and some- 
times reversing the idea of the simple. 
ἀπο-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to [step off from a vessel] dis- 
embark, els, ἐπί : to [come off | be ful- 
Jilled or prove true: v.7.9: vii. 8. 22. 
ἀπο-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, to throw away, lose, A., iv. 6. 
10; vi. 1. 21: vii. 6. 31. . 
ἀπο-βιβάζω, βιβάσω βιβῶ, (βιβάζω 
to make go, causative of βαίνων lo dis- 
embark or land another, A., i. 4. 5. 
ἀπο-βλέπω, έψομαι, βέβλεφα |., to 
look off to, as one does to a quarter 
from which help is expected ; hence 
to look expectantly or intently upon, 
gaze at, watch, eis, 1. 8.14: vil. 2. 33. 
ἀπο-γιγνώσκω," γνώσομαι, ἔγνωκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔγνων, to decide away from some- 


ἀπο-δοῦναι, see ἀπο-δίδωμι, i. 7. 5. 

ἀπο-δραίην, -Spavar, -Spas, see ἀπο- 
διδράσκω, li. 2.13; 5. 7. 

ἀπο-δραμοῦμαι, f. of ἀπο-τρέχω. 

ἀπο-δύω," δύσω, δέδῦκα, 2 a. as m. 
ἔδῦν, to take off from or strip another, 
despoil, A.; M. to strip one’s self, take 
off one’s own clothes ; iv.3.17: v.8.23. 

ἀπο-δώσω, f. of ἀπο-δίδωμι, i. 4. 15. 

ἀπο-θανεῖν, -θανών, see ἀπο-θνήσκω. 

ἀπο-θϑαῤῥέω, iow, to be confident, γ. 
2. 222 

ἄποθεν or ἄπωθεν, (ἀπό) from a dis- 
tance, i. 8. 142 

ἀπο-θνήσκω," θανοῦμαι, τέθνηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔθανον, to die off, die, fall in bat- 
tle ; as p. of amoxreivw, to be killed, 
slain, or put to death, ὑπὸ: i. 6.11; 
8. 27: 11. 6. 29s: μὲ 2. 39. 

ἀπο-θύω (i), * θύσω, τέθῦὔκα, to sacri- 


thing, i. e. to abandon or relinquish | fice in payment of a vow, pay @ sacri- 





the idew of it, to renounce or give up 


fice, A. D., lil. 2. 12s. iv. ἃ 25. 











> 
ἀποικία 16 ἀποπήγνυμι 
Τἀποικία, as, @ colony, iv. 8. 22. ἀπ-όλλῦμι," ὀλέσω GAG, ὀλώλεκα, 
! am-orxos, ov, transplanted from (δλλῦμε to destroy) to destroy [off or ut- 
ome, colonized : subst. ἡ ἄποικος [sc. | terly], slay, A.; to lose, be deprived of, 
ods] colony ; ol ἄποικοι colonists ; γ. Δ. ὑπό: M. ([. ὀλοῦμαι, 2 a. ὠλόμην) to 
3 aay i re 15; 2.1. ἀπο; rish, die, ὑπό: 2 pf. as m. ἀπ-όλωλα 
& Att. ato-xdw," καύσω, | perii, 1 have perished, I am lost or un- 
Kéxavxa, lo burn off; also of intense| done: i. 2. 25; 5.5: ii. 5. 17, 39, 41: 
" , ᾿ Ma pony ν»ν ἡ ΝΣ: i : i ᾽ " 
cold (ne frigus adirat, Virg. G. 1. 92), | iii. 1. 2+ 4.11: vi. 6. 23 
to blast, freeze off, A.. iv.5.3: vii . , ' * ΝΠ 
cage Sage dM iv. δ. ὃ: vii. 4. 3. . Ἀπόλλων," ωνος, wt, wa and w, 
Sa καλέσω καλῶ, κέκληκα, | Απολλον, Apollo, son of Jupiter and 
ΝΣ ΩΣ ἂν ΝΠ ΩΣ ΝΥ ἢ Ἷ ΤΠ. 
‘ πρὸ ἣν ¢ or apart, A., Vii. 3. 35. | Latona, and twin-brother of Diana, 
_ ἀπο-κάμνω, “ καμοῦμαι, κέκμηκα, 2a. | oneof thechief divinities of the Greeks, 
ἔκαμον, to fall off from work through jand regarded as the patron of divina- 
fatigue, become fatiqued, grow tired οὐ tion, music, poetry, archery, &c. His 
weary, WV. 7.2. __joracles were numerous, and that at 
ἀπό-κειμαι," κείσομαι, to be laid|Delphiin Phocis was the most famous 
ὍΝ ὃς laid up, to be reserved, stored, | of all the Greek oracles. ** Apollo had 
or kept tn store, p., 1.3.15: vii. 7. 462! Ὁ] ; ; | | 
bi ate a » ii. 3. 15: vil, 7. 46%) more influence upon the Greeks than 
 ἀπο-κλείω," κλείσω, κέκλεικα, to shut|any other god. It may safely be as- 
of 7 out, intercept, exclude, A. G.; to|serted that the Greeks would never 
shut, A.; 1V.3. 20s: vi. 6.13: vii. 6. ‘ - : sles ἱ 
“aq ite 3 : Os : vi. 6. 13: \ li. 6. 24. | have become what they were, without 
a a κλινῶ, κέκλϊκα 1., to|the worship of Apollo: in him the 
urn aside 2. 16 bri Sst si 4 i ind i 
Ἢ aside, ii. ἢ 16. | brightest side of the Grecian mind is 
ile κόψω, κέκοφα, 2a. p. |reflected.” Dr. Schmitz. i. 2. 8 
ἐκόπην . trike off. ae ey 
: fe he ut off, sea of, beat off, | } Ἀπολλωνία, as, Apollonia, a small 
A., ili. ἣ 9: iv. 2. 10, 17: vil. 4.15.) town of Mysia near Lydia, vii. 8. 15. 
M νων “ων ᾽ " Τ 
ἀπο-κρένομαι, " xpivoijuat, κέκρἴμαι, | j Ἀπολλωνίδης, ov, Apollonides, a 
. ͵ so eae | a 
a. haa τὴ (later ἀπ-εκῤίθην), to [de- mean-spirited lochage, a Lydian by 
cide back] reply, answer, D. AB., CP.,| birth, but serving as a Greek in the 
ᾧ ὯΔ. "ΜΝ... ᾿' re woe } Su AI " 8 “nu 
πρός, 1.3.20; 4.14; 6.78: ii.1.15,22s. | division of Proxenus, iii. 1. 26. 


tanga alae ἀπο-λογέομαι, ἤσομαι, -λελόγημαι, 

away, conceal, cover, A.: M. onceal (λό ad off fr ore 

one’s ‘own, hoard : i. 9. to valine srl ol hg ν ΕΝ, 
ΝΟ - Liv. - 11. | spe or δα] efence, APOLOGIZE, 

͵, ἀπο-κτείνω," κτενῶ, 2 pl. ἔκτονα, 8. | περί, ὅτι, v. 6. 3. 

éxrewa, (P. supplied by ἀποθνήσκω) to| ἀπο-λύω," λύσω, λέλῦκα, to loose 

kill off, kill, slay, put to death, a., i.| from, acquit, a. G., vi. 6. 15. i 


1. 3,7; 2. 20: ii. 1. 8. ; ' ἀπ-ολώλεκα, see ἀπ-ὀλλῦμι, ii. 5. 39, 
ἀπο-κτίννυμι, = ἀποκτείνω, V1.3.5.| ἀπο-μάχομαι," χέσομαι χοῦμαι, με- 
᾿ἀπο-κωλύω (Ὁ), ὕσω, κεκώλῦκα, to| μάχημαι, to fight off, resist, refuse, vi 

hinder or prevent from, A. G., 1, iii. | 2. 6. ai 

3. 3? vi. 4. 24. ἀπό-μαχος, ov, (μάχη) Fr. hors de 

: ἀπο-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 38. combat, kept from fighting, disabled 

ἔλαβον, a. p. ἐλήφθην, to take or receive | non-combatant, out of the ranks, iii 4 

back, re-take, recover ; to receive what 132: iv. 1. 18. ; aut 

is due ; fo take or cut off, intercept,| daro-vorréw, How, (νόστος a return) 

arrest ὰ Α.: i. 2. 27 ; 4. 8: i. 4. 17 :} 9 return [back] home, iii. 5. 16. 

i eg ΗΝ 2 pf. λέλοιπα (ily py sal Pay ss ryt γα : 

, ἐπ ͵ é »| ff, away, ack ; to send what 

2a. ἔλιπον, to leave behind, forsake,|is due, re-mit; A. D., els, ἐπί, &e.: 

desert, quit, fail ; to leave [out] a space :|M. to send awa y or back from. one’s 

A.: P. and M. to be left behind, Καὶ} self, dismiss, A.: i. 1.3, 5,8; 2.1.20 

behind, fail to observe, G.: 1.4.8: 1i.6.| ἀπο-πέτομαι," rer hoouat, comm. 

12: iv. 3. 22: νυ. 4.20: vi. 3.26; 5.11. ᾿πτήσομαι, 2 a. a. ἔπτην or Erray, to 
ἀπό-λεκτος, ov, (λέγω) picked oul,| fly off or away, i. 5. 3? 

select, choice, ii. 3. 15. ἀπο-πήγνῦμι," πήξω, πέπηχα ]., to 
ἀπο-ληφθῶ, -λήψομαι, see ἀπο-λαμ- form curds from a liquid: Af. to cur- 

βάνω, i. 4.8: ii. 4. 17. |\dle, become congealed, freeze, v. 8. 15. 


back or home, v. 6. 20. 


arom Saw 17 


ἀπο-πηδάω, ἥσομαι, πεπήδηκα, (πη- 
δάω to leap) to leap or spring off, 
away, or back, iii. 4. 27 1 
ἀπο-πλέω," πλεύσομαι or πλευσοῦ- 
μαι, πέπλευκα, ἃ. ἔπλευσα, to sail off, 
away, or back, to sail for home, ἐκ, 
&e., i. 3.14; 4.7: vi.6.9: vii. 1. 38. 
μἀπό-πλοος, contr. ous, ov, ὁ, ὦ voyage 


ἀπο-πορεύομαι, εύσομαι, πεπόρευμαι, 
to go away, depart, vil. 6. 33. 
tiropéw, ήσω, ἠπόρηκα, to be without 
resource or means ; to be at a loss what 
to do, to be perplexed, puzzled, or in 
doubt, Ὁ. (M. in like sense, ΟΡ.» I.); ἐὺ 
be destitute or in want, to want, lack, 
w.; i. 3.8; 7.3: vi. 1. 22? vi. 3. 29. 
tdwopla, as, lack of resource or 
means ; perplexity, embarrassment, 
distress ; difficulty, 1.; want, lack, 
G.; 1.3.13: ii. 5.9: iii. 1. 2, IIs. 
d-tropos, ov, without way, resource, 
or means ; impracticable, impossible, 
difficult ; of places, impassable ; of 
persons, without resource, . devoid of 
means, 1.3; subst. ἄπορον something 
impassable, an insuperable obstacle, 
pl. obstacles, difficulties, stratts : il. 4. 
4+ 5.21: iii. 2. 22; 3.4: v. 6. 20. 
ἀπό-ῤ-ῥητος, ov, (pe- to speak) [away 
from speaking] not to be spoken, for- 
bidden to be told, secret, i. 6. 5: vii. 6. 
43. See ποιέω. 
ἀπο-ῤ-ῥώξ, Gyos, ὁ ἡ, ch. poet., 
(ἀπο-ῥῤ-ῥήγνυμι to break off) broken off, 
ab-rupt, steep, vi. 4. 3. 
ἀπο-σήπω," yw, 2 pf. asm. σέσηπα, 
(σήπω to rot) to rot off (trans.): M. to 
rot off (intrans.), be mortified ; τοὺς 
δακτύλους ἀποσεσηπότες [mortified as 
to] having lost their toes, ὑπό, iv. 5.12. 
ἀπο-σκάπτω," dyw, ἔσκαφα, (σκά- 
atw to dig) to trench off, dig a trench 
to intercept, AE., ll. 4. 4. 
ἀπο-σκεδάννῦμι," σκεδάσω σκεδῶ, 
to scatter abroad (trans.): P. and M. 
to be scattered or dispersed, scatter or 
disperse (intrans.), stray or straggle : 
οἱ ἀποσκεδαννύμενοι the stragglers: iv. 
4.9, 15: vii. 6. 29. 
ἀπο-σκηνέω, How, or -σκηνόω, wow, 
to encamp ata distance from, ili. 4. 35. 
ἀπο-σπάω," dow, ἔσπᾶκα, ἃ. p. 
ἐσπάσθην, to draw off, separate, A. 
ἀπὸ: also intrans. to separate one’s 
self from, outstrip (or M.), 577¢: P. 


ἀποφεύγω 


ἀπό: ἃ. 5.3% 8.13: ii. 2.12: vii. 2. 
11; 3. 41. 
ἀπο-σταίην, -στάς, see ἀφ-ίστημι. 
ἀπο-σταυρόω, wow, to stake or pali- 
sade off, A., vi. 5. 1. 
ἀπο-στέλλω," στελῶ, ἔσταλκα, to 
send away or back, A., li. 1. 5. 
ἀπο-στερέω, ἢ ow, ἐστέρηκα, to de- 
prive, rob, de-fraud, 2 A., vi. 6. 23. 
ἀπο-στῆναι, see ἀφ-ίστημι, 1. 1. 7. 
ἀπο-στρατοπεδεύομαι, εύσομαι, ἐ- 
στρατοπέδευμαι, to encamp αὐ @ dis- 
tance, G., iii. 4. 34: vii. 7. 1. 
ἀπο-στρέφω," yw, ἔστροφα l., to 
turn back, recall, A. ἐξ, ti. 6. ὃ. 
ςἀπο-στροφή, ‘js, a [turning aside or 
back] retreat, refuge, resort (place as 
well as act), ii. 4. 22: vii. 6. 84. 
ἀπο-συλάω, ow, (σύλάω to strip) to 
strip off, despoil, rob, 2 A., 1: 4. 8. 
dro-oX et, -σχω, seeam-éxw, li. 2.12. 
ἀπο-σώζω," σώσω, σέσωκα, to lead 
or bring buck in safety, to restore safe, 
A. els, ii. 3. 18. 
ἀπο-ταφρεύω, εὐσω, (radpos) to 
trench off, complete a trench, vi. 5. 1. 
do-relvw,* τενῶ, τέτακα, pf. p. Té-, 
raua, to stretch off,cx-tend, εἰς, 1. 8.10. 
ἀπο-τειχίζω, low ιῶ, rereixixa, to 
wall off, build a wall to intercept, ii. 
4, 4. 
ἀπο-τέμνω," τεμῶ, τέτμηκα, 2a. ἔτε- 
μον, a. p. ἐτμήθην, to cut off, intercept, 
A.: ἀποτμηθέντες Tas κεφαλάς beheaded, 
481: 1.10.1: ii. 6.1: iii. 1.17; 4. 29. 
ἀπο-τίθημι," θήσω, τέθεικα, a. ἔθηκα 
(θῶ, &c.), to put away, lay up, store, 
A Te Blk: 
ἀπο-τίνω," τίσω, Térika, (rivw to 
pay) to pay back, or what is due, A. D.: 
M. to get pay from, take vengeance, 
requite, punish, A.: iii. 2. 6: vil. 6. 16. 
ἀπο-τμηθείς, see ἀπο-τέμνω, ii. 6. 1. 
| daréropos, ov, cut sharp off, precip- 
itous, iv. 1.2; 7.2? 
ἀπο-τρέπω," yw, τέτροφα, 2 ἃ. τι. 
ἐτραπόμην, to turn off or back, trans.: 
M. to turn off, aside, or back, intrans., 
mi. 5. Ls wi. 3.7360 13, 
ἀπο-τρέχω," δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 
2a. ἔδραμον, to run off or back, re- 
treat, return, ν. 2. 6: vii. 6. 5. 
ἀπο-φαίνω," φανῶ, πέφαγκα, ἃ. 
ἔφηνα, to show off or forth: M. to 
show one’s self or one’s own ; appear; 
express, A.; i. 6.9: v. 7. 12. 





to be separated or removed from, G., 
LEX. AN. 


ἀπο- φεύγω," φεύξομαι, πέφευγα, 
Β 


ἐπ, -.  “- ἀπρασυὶ 


a τ - τ φως ee - 








ἀπόφραξις 


2 ἃ. ἔφυγον, to flee away, escape, esp. 
through speed (cf. ἀπο-διδράσκω), ἐκ, 
ets, 1. 4. 8: 1.5.7: tii. 4.9: iv. ἃ 27. 
" ᾿ ν᾿ ͵ 
ἀπόφραξις, ews, ἡ, (ἀπο-φράττω to 
Jen ceoff, obstruct) obstruction, blockade, 
G., Iv. ἃ 258. 
> Γι ᾿ 
ἀπο-χωρέω, ἥσω or ἤσομαι, κεχώρη 
xa, to yo back, retreat, return, i. 2. 9. 


18 ἀρήγω 
᾿Αρβάκας, or’ ApBduns, ov, Arbacas 


or -ces, satrap of Media, and command- 
er of a fourth part of the army of 
Artaxerxes, 1. 7.12: vii. 8. 25. 
Ἀργεῖος, ov, ὁ, (“Apyos) an Argive, 
Argos was the chief city of Argolis, 
-| the most eastern province of Pelopon- 
nesus ; and according to tradition was 


a lh ἐν αρε ἰσομαι ιοῦμαι, ἐψή- the oldest city in Greece. Its early 
Φφισμαι, to vole [ott from) otherwise or|importance was such that its name is 


against, i. 4. 15. 


applied by Homer, not only. to the 


» ia “ * * * ᾿ 
ἀ- πρόθυμος, ov, not inclined, dis- surrounding district, of which Myce- 


"“ 


inclined, un-willing, vi. 2. 7. 


| ne was the Homeric capital, but even 


» ᾿ 
ini cp ον, {προσ-δοκάω) | to the whole Peloponnese; and some- 
unexpected, sudden ; ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου | times the name ᾿Αργεῖοι, to the Greeks 


ex lmproviso, of a sudden, suddenly, 
unexpectedly, by surprise, iv. 1. 10. 

ἀ-προφασίστως adlv., (προφασίζο- 
μαι) without making excuses, prompt- 
ly, without hesitation, ii. 6. 10. 

Garrw,* dyw, to fasten, kindle: M. 
to fasten one’s self to, touch, engage in, 
G., 1. ἃ. 10: v. 6, 28. 

» ” * 

ἀπ- ὡλόμην, see αἀπ-ὀλλῦμι, i. 5. 5. 

Om-w@v, see am-eque (εἰμί), li. 5. 37 

[ἀρ-ν fo fit, swit, please, unite. | 
. ἄρα" postpos. adv., a particle ex- 
pressing inference or relation, and 
often throwing force upon the pre- 
ceding word. It is variously trans- 
lated: aceordingly, therefore, then, 
now, indeed, in truth ; it seems ; per- 
haps (as w. ei or édv); i. 7.18: ii. 2. 
a5 4. 6: iv. 5} 

j dpa * interrog.adv., (a stronger form 
of dpa) indeed? surely? often not ex- 
pressed in Eng., except by the mode 
of utterance. “Ap’ οὐ expects an af- 
firmative, and dpa μή a negative an- 
swer. iii. 1. 18: vi, 5. 18: vii. 6. 5. 

"ApaBia, as, (“Apay Arab) Arabia, 
the great southwestern peninsula of 
Asia, so extensively desert, and most- 
ly occupied in ancient as in modern 
times by nomadic and predatory tribes. 
Its limits on the north were not fixed, 
and Xenophon so extends them as to 
include a desert region beyond the 
Euphrates. i. 5.1: vii. 8. 25. 

᾿Αράξης, ov, the Araxes, prob. the 
same with the Χαβώρας, now Khabir 
(the Chebar, the scene of the prophet 
Ezekiel’s sublime visions, Ezek. 1, 1). 
the largest affluent of the Euphrates 
above its junction with the Tigris, 
1. 4. 19, 


in general. Other cities afterwards 
50 eclipsed and depressed it, that it 
played no great part either in Greek 
politics or civilization. In the Per- 
slan wars, it was inactive ; in domes- 
tic wars, as the Peloponnesian, it was 
generally inclined to side with the 
enemies of Sparta. It worshipped 
Hera (Juno) as its especial patroness, 
lv. 2. 13, 17. 

ὶ ἀργός, év, (contr. fr. ἀ-εργός, fr. 
ἐργον) without work, at case, idle, 
i. 2, 25, 

ἑἀργύρεος, a, ov, contr. ἀργυροῦς, ἃ, 
ouv (772 ὦ), of silver, iv. 7. 27. 

Τ᾿ ἀργύριον, ov, dim., silver in small 
pieces for money, si/ver-money, Money, 
L 4.13: ii, 6.16: iii, 2. 21. 
Τἀργυρό-πους͵ 6%, g. -ποδος, silver- 
Jooted, iv. 4, 21. 

[ἄργυρος, ov, ὁ, (ἀργός shining, white) 
silver. | 

᾿Αργώ, dos, ἡ, the Argo, the vessel, 
small in size but great in mythic fame, 
in which Jason with his band of fifty 
heroes sailed from Ioleos in Thessal y 
to a in Colchis, in quest of the gold- 
en fleece, about a generation before the 
Trojan war, vi. 2. 1. 

GpSnv adv., (αἴρω) [all taken up] 
altogether, wholly, quite, vii. 1. 12? 
ἄρδω (in Att. only pr. and ipf.) ἐο 
water, irrigate, A., li. 3. 13. 

ἀρέσκω," apéow, (dp-) to please, 
satisfy, suit, D., ii. 4. 2. 

μἀρετή, js, goodness, excellence, virt ue, 
magnanimity ; good service, περί ; esp. 
goodness in war (virtus), manhood, 
valor, prowess, cowrage ; i. 4.88: ii. 
I. 1263 iv.'7. 22. 

ἀρήγω, ἥξω, ch. poet., (akin todpxéw) 























ἀράτω, see αἴρω, v. 6. 33. 


to give aid or succor, esp. in war, i. 10.5, 


᾿Αρηξίων i 


j'Apnttav, wos, Arexion, a sooth- 
sayer in the Cyrean army, from Par- 
rhasia in Arcadia, vi. 4. 13; 5. 2, 8. 

᾿Αριαῖος, ov, Ariwus, chief com- 
mander under Cyrus of the barbarian 
troops, but treacherous to the Greeks 
after the battle of Cunaxa. He is 
mentioned as in command at Sardis, 
B. ὦ, 395. 1.8.5; 9. 31: ἢ, ἃ 18. 

ἀριθμός, οὔ, ὁ, number; numbering, 
enumeration ; summary, total, whole 
extent, τῆς ὁδοῦ: 1.2.9; 7.10: 11. 2.6. 
Der. ARITHMETIC. From dp-? 

᾿Αρίστ-αρχος, ov, Aristarchus, Spar- 
tan harmost at Byzantium, corrupt 
and cruel, vii. 2. 5s, 12s. — 2. See 
᾿Αριστέας. 

ἀριστάω, jow, ἠρίστηκα, (ἄριστον 
q. v.) to breakfast, take the first or 
morning meal, iii. 3. 6: iv. 3. 10. 

᾿Αριστέας, ov, Aristeas, of Chios, a 
brave and useful commander of light- 
armed troops, iv. 1. 28 (v. 7. “Apicrap- 
xos); 6. 20. 

ἀριστερός, d, dv, (fr. ἄριστος by eu- 
phemism ? cf. εὐώνυμος) left in distine- 
tion fr. right : ἡ ἀριστερὰ χείρ the left 
hand, the left (the art. and xelp oftener 
omitted): ii, 3.11; 4. 28: iv. 8. 2. 

᾿Αρίστ-ιππος, ov, Aristippus, of 
Larissa in Thessaly, one of the noble 
family of the Aleuade. Obtaining 
money from Cyrus, he enlisted troops 
to withstand an opposing party, and 
from these sent a force under his fa- 
vorite Menon to the service of Cyrus. 
i. 15.105 2.1: a. 6. 28. 

"ἄριστον, ov, τό, (cf. ἦρι early) the 
first of the two usual and regular 
Greek meals, the morning or forenoon 
meal, breakfast; not usually taken 
very early, and sometimes correspond- 
ing to our early dinner, or the English 
lunch (Lat. prandium) ; 1. 10, 19. 

μάριστο-ποιέω, How, to prepare break- 
fast ; Μ΄. to prepare one’s own break- 
fast, get breakfast, iii. 3. 1, cf. 6. 
ἄριστος, 7, ov, 8. to ἀγαθός, (ap-) 
most fitting, best, most useful or ad- 
vantageous (often coupled with κάλ- 
λιστος, ii. 1. 9, 17); best or first in 
rank, noblest, most eminent ; best in 
war, bravest: ἄριστα adv. (8. to εὖ), 
in the best way, best, most successfully 
or advantageously: i. 3.12; 5.7; 6, 
1,4; 9.5: iii. 1.6. Der. ARISTO-CRAT. 


᾿Αρμήνη 


uian sent by the Cyreans on an em- 
bassy to Sindpe, v. 6. 14. 
j’Apiot-ovupos, ov, Aristonymus, 
a lochage from Methydrium in Arca- 
dia, one of the bravest and most ad- 
venturous of the Cyreans, iv. 1. 27. 
Τ᾽ Αρκαϑικός, ἡ, 6v, Arcadian : rd’ Ap- 
καδικόν [sc. στράτευμα or πλῆθος] the 
Arcadian force, iv. 8. 18. 
᾿Αρκάς, άδος, ὁ,ατ Arcadian. Arcadia 
was the mountainous central province 
of the Peloponnese, inhabited by a 
brave and energetic but not wealthy 
people, many of whom, like the mod- 
ern Swiss, sold their services abroad 
for more liberal rewards than could 
be obtained at home. Their pastoral 
habits led to the especial worship of 
Pan and culture of music. Arcadia 
was the Greek province most largely 
represented in the army of Cyrus; and 
its modern inhabitants are said to be 
the bravest people in the Morea, 1. 2. 
1: μὰ αὶ 00 

ἀρκέω, έσω, to be sufficient or enough ; 
to suffice, content, satisfy: apxGvasadj., 
sufficient, enough: D., πρός : 11. 6.20: 
v. 6.1; 8.13: vi. 4. 6. 

ἄρκτος, ov, 7, comm. epicene, ὦ bear; 
the Northern Bear (Ursa Major), the 
north ; i. 7.6; 9.6. Der. ARCTIC. 

ἅρμα, aros, τό, (ap-) a yoked vehicle, 
a chariot, esp. for war, with two wheels, 
and open behind. Its use in battle 
(except as scythe-armed among bar- 
barian nations) belonged rather to the 
Homeric than to later times. i. 2.16; 
7. 10 5, 20; 8. 8,10. Cf. ἅμαξα & 

φάρμ-άμαξα, ys, a covered carriage, 
esp. for women and children, i. 2. 16. 

Τ᾽ Ἀρμενία, as, Armenia, an elevated 
region of Western Asia, containing the 
head-waters of the Euphrates, Tigris, 
and several other rivers. Here the 
garden of Eden seems to be most nat- 
urally located ; here the ark of Noah 
is comm. supposed to have rested ; 
and this region prefers strong claims 
to be regarded as an especial cradle 
of Caucasian civilization. The Cy- 
reans found its winter climate severe ; 
and its heights occupied by hardy and 
brave, but rude tribes. iii. 5. 17. 

᾿Αρμένιος, a, ov, Armenian: ot ᾽Α. 
the Armenians : iv. 3. 4, 20; 5. 33. 

“Αρμήνη, ns, Harméne, a village 





}’Aplerav, wros, Ariston, an Athe- 


and harbor about five miles west of 





ἄρωμα 21 ἀτάρ 


vi. 8.18): i.1.2,8; 3.1,15; 4.10,15:|Greek hoplites, comm. made of βου- 
ii, 1.3; 6. 145, 19: vi. 4.1. Der.jeral thicknesses of stout leather 
ARCH-, -ARCH, -ARCHY, in compounds, | strengthened by a metallic front and 
ἄρωμα, aros, τό, a AROMATIC, |rim, and convex outwardly (so that 
spice, 1. 5. 1. it could even be used as a vessel to 
ἐ ἀσέβεια, as, impiety, ungodliness, | receive blood, ii. 2. 9): asa colleetive 
lil. 2. 4. noun, heavy-armed infantry ; ἀσπὶς 
ἀ-σεβής, és, (σέβομαι to revere) ir-| μυρία 10,000 (shield ] shield-men or 
reverent, impious, ungodly, πρός, ii. 5. | hoplites (cf. “10,000 horse,” i. ὁ. horse- 
20: v. 7. 32. men): παρ ἀσπίδας [by the shields] 
tdoBevéw, How, to be sick, feeble, or in- by or to the left, since the shield was 
firm, i. 1.1: iv. 5. 19, 21. carried on the left arm (while, in 8 
ἀ-σθενής, és, (σθένος strength) weak, | posture of waiting m readiness for 
feeble, 1. ὃ. 9. action, it was also supported in part 
” *Agla, as, Asia, a name sometimes | by the bent knee, 1. 5. 13): i. 2.163 7. 
applied by the Greeks to Asia Minor) 10; 8.9, 18: lv. 3. 26. 
ἁρπάζω," dow, oftener άσομαι, ἤρ- wheat. bye : 1 hes (Anatolia) or the nearer part of it, Τ᾿ Acovpla, as, Assyria (the kingdom 
= sell ἥρπασμαι, χαρῖο, ἐρ li τα read, i. 9, 26 : ii. 4. 28, and sometimes to all they knew of of Asshur, Gen. 10. 11), a name 5" 
up, seize, carry away ouasies te a, ‘baer «lps ov ora, Artichas, ἃ com- the grand division now bearing this | plied, with varying extent, to the 
plunder, pillage rob: οἱ ty ti ini of forces for the king, prob. a name, The latter was sometimes di-|famous country of which Nineveh 
the pillagers : a 9. 98 97. hei ruler of the Mardonii or Mardi, iv. 3, 4. vided into 7 κάτω Agia Lower Asia, was the capital ; in a narrower sense 
*“Aowacos, ov, δ the Harpasus troh Apirras, ov ora, Arystus, an Ar- the part west of the Halys, and ἡ ἄνω | confined to the region between Media 
"ὁ nee 2arpasus, prob. |cadian, a great eater, vii. 3. 238: v. ὦ ᾿Ασία Upper Asia, the part east of this|and the Tigris, but in a wider sense 
MTR ἢ extending over Mesopotamia to the 
᾿Ασιδάτης, ov, Asidates, a Persian| Euphrates. It was the seat of one of 
of rank and wealth, vii. 8. 9,12, 21. | the greatest of the early empires, which 
was overthrown by the Medes and Bab- 


ἁρμοστής 20 ἄρχω 


Sinope and belonging to i Ι ἀρτά 
ype ¢ ele Olt: νυν ἃ "Ap- 
pawn: vi. 1.15, 17 ᾿ Ak-Liman ἐν han oh ΠΝ ὍΝ hy 
men ; A an, 1. 6, | hang, or suspend one thi > anot 
ΟΣ : fh ie 2 nd one thing to another, 
iia A., lil. 5. 10. 
nt ἀρνάσι ἧς, a (ἀρμόζω to regulate) “Aprepts, dos, cdi, ἐν or wa. ε Arte 
a@ reguidor, director, governor of αἰ mis ἃ twin-si a ἤ 
( uM a|mis or Didna, twin-sister of 
dependent state, harinos i | saree oe 
ent state, harimost ; a title esp. | the goddess of virgini ers 
de ! . | the ss of virginity and of tl 
given to the officers who were sent by|chase. Κὶ lane ae 
' sent by|chase, She was greatly worshi 
dere ἜΝ i S gre orshippe 
Sparta during het supremacy to regu-| by the Greeks, and with βουβοὶ 
late and control the affairs of = = S, and with especial honor 
ete Ὁ 16 affairs of subject |at Ephesus and in Arcadia. i. 6. 7 
states, and whose arbitrary and cor- ἄρτι aly., (ap-) οὐ. ἕω Ὶ st 
rupt —— brought so much odium Ow, iv. 6.1]: Vili. 4 Ἢ ee 
upon the Spartan rule ; v. 5. 19s Ἷ ἮΝ κ᾿ νῶι 
; v. 5. 19s, Apripas, a, Arti S 
| Ἢ 198. Artimas, satr: 
ἄρνειος, a, ov, (ἀρνός lamb's) of a| Lydia, vii 8 95 Ι ΠΥ 
lamb, lamb’s, iv. 5. 31. ἑάρτο κόπος ΠΏ...» ᾿ 
" ΤΠ" ' - OV, ὁ ἢ, (ΚΟΊΤΤΩω) @| bread- 
se bap; WS, SELTUTE, robbery, Tapine, beater] baker Ἶν "4 οἰ υ.ἷ yal le - 
> μέρ ΤΠ" ͵ ν Ν er, iV. 4. 21: τ, ¢, -ποι 
OPA ? plunder ; Kal ἁρπαγήν [with | οὔ, (mow) a bread-maker. f 
reference to] for plunder ; iti. δ. 2. ἄρτος ov. ὁ loaf of bre ἱ 
νου, ὁ, ὦ loaf of bread, esp. of 





the same river with the Ae: εἰ - |» ; 
the Acampsis (now Ἄριστος, “Apvoros. river. v. 3.6: vil. 1.18; 2. 2. 


a lochage, an exile from Argos,iv. 2.13. 














* 
["Apra-, great or honored, a common 
prefix in Persian names. ] 
Apra-yépons, ov, Artagerses, com- 
mander of the body-guard of Arta- 


".... et - ὴ ° 
Tdpxatos, a, ov, [in the beginning] 
old, ancient : Κῦρος ὁ a. C. the Elder: 
τὸ ἀρχαῖον, as adv., of old, formerly : 
R63) 9.) 1 = "". 3. 4: ἂν. δ. U4. 





xerxes, 1.7.11; 8. 24, 

᾿Αρτα-κάμας, a, Artacamas, satrap 
of Phrygia, vii. 8. 25. 

‘Apr ἄ-οἵος, ov, Artaozus, a follower 
of Cyrus, who made his submission to 
the king, ii. 4.16; 5. 35. 

Ἀρτα-ξέρξης, ov, (translated by 
Herodotus μέγας ἀρήϊος great warrior, 
6. 98, see Ξέρξης) Artaxerxes 11., sur- 
named Mnemon from his great mem- 
ory, eldest son of Darius Nothus, and 
his successor upon the Persian throne, 
reigning B. Cc. 405-359. Before his 
accession, his name was Arsaces. Of 
natural mildness and easy temper, he 


» » ᾽ “ 
; ἀρχή, fis, beginning ; rule, command, 
domeUnion, sovereignty, G.; government, 
realm, empire, principality, salrapy, 
eA Τὶ , yr δ τ 
province : ἀρχήν, as adv., in the first 
place, at all (followed by a negative) : 
1.1.28 > ii.1.11: vi. 3.1: vii. 7. 25, 28. 
Τἀρχ-ηγός, οὔ, ὁ, (ἄγων a leader, com- 
mander, officer, iii. 1. 261 
| 
Τάρχικός, ἤ, dv, fitted to command, 
qualified for command, ii. 6. 8, 20. 
ν . 
ἄρχω, ἄρξω, ἦρχα r., lo be foremost, 
take the lead ; in time, to begin or com- 
mence, esp. for others to follow, G., 1.; 
in rank or office, to lead, command, 


rule, govern, reign, G.; ἄρχων subst., 


aS ὶ k ν᾽ ( ll ᾿ ᾿ LUE » dich | 
€ to ] 0 t ) ) c 4] J VOL Me 


cruel Parysatis, and leaving the gov- 
ernment too much to slaves and en- 


governed, or commanded, hence to sub- 
mut to authority, to obey or serve, ὑπὸ" 


it 0 cars ag were rebellious ; | ol ἀρχόμενοι those under command, the 
8 3. ha le suecess ; is | conv 57 
ad ΓΕ success ; and his|common soldiers, ‘the ἠϊοη"": πρὸς 


᾽ 


last "Nw were embittered and short- ἄλλους ἀρχομένους ἀπιέναι to go as sol- 
ened by the quarrels and crimes of his | diers to other officers (ii. 6.12; v.71 dp- 


“ 3.1} ᾳ 
, 


χοντας, ἀρξομένους, &c.): M. to begin or 


atatrns or -as, ov or a, Arta-| commence for one’s self, t., G.: w. ἀπό 
hd ae ’ si « « 1 ᾿ iy .. i ᾿ 
ἀφο ie as, the personal attendant in| to begin [from] at or with (ἀπὸ θεῶν 

yrus most confided, i. 6.11. | 2with the gods, i.e. by consulting them, 











᾿Ασιναῖος, ov, 6,(Acivn,a small town 


on the Laconian gulf, nearly south of | ylonians about 625 B. c. vil. 8. 25. 


Sparta) an Asinwan, v. 3. 4: vi. 4. 
11, || Passava ? 
d-civas adv., 5. ἀσινέστατα, (ἀ-σινής 
harmless, fr. σίνομαι) without doing 
harm, without injury or depredation, 
harmlessly, ii. 3. 27: iii. 3. 3. 
G-otros, ov, (σῖτος) without or in 
want of food, fasting, ii.2.16: iv.5.11. 
ἀσκέω, how, ἤσκηκα, to practise, 
cultivate, observe, maintain, li. 6. 25. 
ἀσκός, οὔ, ὁ, a skin, esp. of a goat, 
a leathern bag, iii. 5. 98: vi. 4. 23. 
ἄσμενος, 7, ov, (dw) well-pleased, 
glad ; always with a verb, and like 
an adv. in force, gladly, willingly, 
cheerfully, ii. 1. 16: iii. 4. 24. 
ἀσπάζομαι, dcoua, (σπάω) to [draw 
to one’s self] embrace ; to salute, greet, 
welcome, take leave of ; A.; Vi. 3. 24. 
᾿Ασπένδιος, ov, ὁ, (Ασπενδος) an 
Aspendian. Aspendus was a city of) 
Pamphylia on the Eurymedon (now 
Capri-Su), about six miles from the 
sea, an Argive colony. Here Thrasy- 
bilus, the deliverer of Athens from 
the tyranny of the Thirty, lost his life, 
B. c. 389. i. 2.12. || Balkésu. 
ἀσπίς, ios, ἡ, a shield ; here sp. ap- 
plied to the large oval shield of the 





᾿Ασσύριος, a, ov, Assyrian, per- 


taining to Assyria, vii. 8. 15. 


ἀ-σταφίς, idos, ἡ, = σταφίς (ἀ- eu- 
phon.) a dried grape, raisin, iv. 4, 9 
ἀστράπτω, dyw l., (akin to ἀστήρ 


star) to gleam, flash, glisten,i. 8. 8. 


ἰἀσφάλεια, as, safety, security, v. 7. 
10: vii. 6. 30. 

ἀ-σφαλής, ἐς, c. ἐστερος, 8. έστατος, 
(σφάλλω) not liable to fall, firm, safe, 
secure : ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ in a safe place or 


position, in safety : i. 8. 22: iil. 2. 19. 


ἄσφαλτος, ov, 7), ASPHALT, bitumen, 
much used of old for mortar, ii. 4. 12. 

ἀσφαλῶς, ὁ. ἐστερον, 8. έστατα, 
(ἀσφαλής) safely, securely, ἱ. 8.11,.19. 

ἀσχολία, ας, (ἄ-σχολος without lers- 
ure, busy, fr. σχολή) occupation, en- 
gagement, vii. 5. 16. 
taraxtéw, ow, to be disorderly or 
out of order, v. 8. 21. 

&-raxros, ov, (τάττω) disarranged, 
out of order, in disorder or confusion, 
disorderly, i. 8.2: ili. 4.19: v. 4. 21. 

ἀ-ταξία, as, (τάττω) want of order 
or discipline, disorder, leaving the 
ranks, iii. 1. 38; 2. 29: v. 8. 13. 

ἀτάρ conj., but, yet, as in a ques- 
tion expressing objection, τί; iv.6.14. 


—- eee ey Ἐς 








᾿Αταρνεύς 


*Arapvets, éws, 6, Atarneus, a city 
in southwest Mysia, on the Egean, 
over against Lesbos, vii. 8. 8. || Di- 
keli-Koi. 

ἀτασθαλία, as, (ἄτη infatuation) 
reckl@ssness, wantonness, iv. 4. 14? 

&-rados, ov, wn-buried, vi. 5. 6. 

ἅτε * (neut. pl. of the relative ὅστε, 
used as an adv. of manner) just as, 
as ; W.P., ex ig cause and = in- 
asmuch as w. verb; ἡ, 13: 8. '27. 

ἀτέλεια, as, (ἀ- a exempt from 
tax, fr. τέλος) immunitas, exemption, 
immunity ; ἄλλην τινὰ a, some exemp- 
tion from other service, iii. 3. 18. 
Tatipate, dow, ἠτίμακα, to dishonor, 
disgrace, hold in dishonor, A., i. 1. 4. 
d-ripos, ov, c., (τμη) without honor, 
dis-honored, in dis-honor, év, vii. 7. 24, 
46, 50. 

ἀτμίζω, low, (ἀτμός vapor) to hay 
ΟἹ send up vapor, to steam, iv. 5. 15. 

᾿Ατραμύττιον, ου, prea a 
city in Mysia, at the head of the cult 
bearing its name, and called by Str rabo 
an Athe nian colony: v. 7.’ Αδραμύτιον, 
᾿Ατραμύτειον, &e.: vii. 8. 8. |} Adra- 
miti or Edremit. 

ἀ-τριβής, és, (79.8%) without wear, 
un-worn, untrodden, non tritus, iv. 
2.8: vil. 3. 42. 

᾿Αττικός, ἡ, dv, (ἀκτή) Attic, Athe- 
nian, 1. 5. 6. 

αὖ post-pos. adv., again, back, 
respect either to time, or to the order 
or relations of the discourse (often w. 
δέ: δ᾽ ad); further, moreover, on the 
other hand, in turn : ,. 1.7, νη: 637s 
10. 5, 11: ii. 6. 7, 18. 

αὐαίνω, αὐανῶ, ch. poet. & Ion., 
(αὔω to dry) to dry, trans.: JT, (ipf. 
αὐαινόμην & ηὐαινόμην, 278d) to dry 
up, wither, intrans., ii. 3. 16? 

αὐθ-αίρετος, ov, (αὐτός) self-chosen, 
sel f-elected, self-appointed, v. 7. 29. 

αὐθ-ημερόν or αὐθήμερον alv., (αὐ- 
rds, Pa ας on the same day, iv. 4.2 3: 2s. 

αὖθις adv., (αὖ) again, back ; more- 
over, hesides - at another time, rem 
wards, hereafter ; i. 10.10: ii. 4. 

αὐλέω, now, (αὐλόφ) to play on ἃ 
flute or other wind instrument: M. to 
have the ate played - for one’s se lf, 
581, wpds: vi. 1.11: vii. 3. 32 

ny ay pie ηὔλισμαι ]., a. ηὐ- 
λισάμην in Thue., but ηὐλίσθην in 
Xen., (αὐλή court) to lodge or be lodged, 


22 αὐτός 


encamp, quarter, be quartered, take 
quarters, bivouac, Hi, 2.17: iv. 3. 14. 

αὐλός, οὔ, ὁ, (dw to blow) a flute, 
differing from that common with us, 
in having a mouthpiece and a fuller 
tone ; ὦ pipe, oboe, clarinet ; vi. 1.5 
fatAdy, dvos, ὁ, a water-pipe, canal 
li. 3. 10, 

αὔριον adv., to-morrow: ἡ αὔριον 
ἰς 80. ἡμέρα] the morrow, the next day : 

2. 1? iv. 6.8: vi. 4. 15. 

ype le $, 7705, 7, (αὐστηρός harsh, 
AUSTERE, fr. adw to dry) harshness, 
roughness, strength, of wine, v. Na 29. 

αὕτη, αὗται, see οὗτος, i. 1. 
Ταὐτίκα at the very time, a once, 
immediately, forthwith, directly, speed- 





] 


ily, prese ntly, i 1.8.2: m1. 2.328; 5.11. 
Ταύὐτόθεν from pi very spot, from 
this or that place, hence, ‘the nee, 1V. 2. 
¥. 2. 10. 

tairé&& ibidem, in the very place, 
here, there, i. 4. 6: iv. 5.15; 8. 20. 
Ταὐτο-κέλευστος, ov, (κελεύω) self- 
lidden, sel/-prompted, of one’s own im- 
prise, iil. 4. 5. 

tatro-xpatwp, opos, ὁ ἡ, (xparéw) 
ruling by one's self, sole, absolute (ef, 
AUTOCRAT), Vi. 1. 21, 

tatré-paros, ἡ, ov, or os, ov, (udouae 
to seek) self-moved, or prompted: ἀπὸ 





or ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου of one's own mo- 
tion or accord, of one’s self, spontane- 
ously, by chance : 1. 2.17; 3.13: iv 
3.8: vi. 4.18. Der. AUTOMATON. 





Ταὐτο-μολέω, ἥσω, ηὐτομόληκα, to de- 
sert ; οἱ αὐτομολοῦντες, the deserters : 
χαρὰ, mpés, &c.: 1.7.13: ii.1.63 2.7. 
Ταὐτό- “βολος, ov, (μολ- to go) [going 
off of one’s self | a@ deserter, i. 7. 2. 

Ταὐτό-νομος, ov, self-ruling, inde- 
pendent, vii. 8. 25. Der. AUTONOMY. 
αὐτός," ἡ, ὁ, (αὖ, old definitive τός) 
very, same ; (a) preceded by the art., 
ὁ αὐτός idem, the same, D.: τὰ αὐτὰ 
ταῦτα these same things, the same 
course : ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ, εἰς 
ταὐτὸ, from (in, into) the same place : 
i. 1.7; 8.14: ii. 6.22. (b) Not pre- 
ceded by the art., it is either the 
common pron. of the 3d pers. (him, 
her, it, them, but only in the oblique 
cases, and not beginning a clause); 
or is used as an adjective or apposi- 
tive, with an emphatic or reflexive 
force, as in Lat. ipse, and in Eng. the 





compounds of self (myself, himself, 


23 ᾿Αχαιόφ 


&c.), the adjectives very, own, &c. 
(sometimes expressed by alone, apart, 
simply, quite, close, directly, as χωρεῖ 
αὐτός he goes (himself only] alone, iv. 
7.11; ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν ποταμόν to the very 
river, quite te the river, iv. 3.11): 1 
1. 2s; 3.78; 9. 21: αὐταῖς ταῖς τριή: 
peot [with the triremes themselves] | 
triremes and all, 467 ο, 1. 3.17? ἡμέ- 
repos αὐτῶν our own, 498, vil. 1. 29. 
Distinguish carefully the adv. αὐτοῦ, 

the forms of οὗτος (αὕτη, αὗται), ἬΘΗ 
those of the contr. reflexive αὑτοῦ, 





Der. AUTO- in compounds. | 
αὐτόσε to the very place, thither, 
iv. 7. 2. 
javrod adv., in the very place, in 
this or that place, here, there, often | 
followed by a prepositional phrase 
defining the place, i. 3. 11: iv. 3. 28. | 
jabrod contr. fr. é-avrod 4. v., 1. 3. ἢ 
jatrws or αὕτως, see ὡσαύτως,γν. 6.9. 
αὐχήν, évos, ὁ, the neck; neck of 
land, isthmus, vi. 4. 3. 
ἀφ᾽ by apostr. for ἀπό, before the 
rough breathing, iii. 2. 14. 
ἐφ-αιρέω," αἱρήσω, ἥρηκα, 2 a. efor, | 
a. p. npeOny, to take from or away, de- | 
tach, A.: oftener M. to take to one’s 
self fromanother, take away; to rescue 
from another; to deprive or rob an- 
other of ; 2. A., A. G., 485: δ fo be 
taken away or rescued ; to be deprived 
of, A.: 1. 3. 4: iv. 4. 12: vi. 6. 11; 6. 
23, 26s: vil. 2. 22. 
ἀ-φανής, ἐς, (paivw) not appearing, 
wnseen, unobserved; out of sight, gone; 
secret, private, doubtful, little known; 
i. 4.7: i. 6. 28: iv. 2. 4. 
φζἀφανίζω, iow 1, ἠφάνικα, to make 
invisible, hide from view, annihilate, 
A., ti. αὶ 11; ἃ 8. 
ἀφ-αρπάζω," dow or άσομαι, ἥρπακα, 
to plunder from, pillage, A., i. 2. 27 ? 
ἀφειδῶς, c. ἔστερον, s. ἔστατα, (ἀ- 
φειδής, fr. φείδομαι to spare) wn-spar- 
ingly, without mercy, i. 9.13: vii. 4. 6. 
εἴκα, εἶμαι, -eivat,-els,see ἀφ-ίημι. 
ειλόμην, -ελών, see ἀφ-αιρέω. 
-ἔξεσθαι, see ἀπ-έχω, ii. 6. 10. 
-ἔστηκα, -εστήκειν OF -εἰστήκειν, 
-εστήξω, see ἀφ-ίστημι, ἴ.1. δ: ii. 4.5. 
ἀφ-ηγέομαι, ἡγήσομαι, ἥγημαι, to} 
lead off in conversation, relate, tell, 
D. CP., vii. 2. 26. 
-ἤσω, -ῆκα, see ἀφ-ίημι, v. 4. 7. 
ἀφθονία, as, abundance, i. 9. 15. 











&-dBovos, ov, c., (φθόνος) without 
grudging, bownteous ; of land, fertile ; 
abundant, copious, plentiful ; iii. 1. 
19: v. 6. 25: ἐν ἀφθόνοις amid abun- 
dant supplies, in abundance, iii. 2. 25 ; 
ἐν πᾶσιν ἀφθόνοις in [all things abun- 
dant] great abundance, iv. 5.29: & 
ἀφθονωτέροις [sc. πλοίοις} in vessels 
more abundantly provided, or in @ 
\more abundant supply or greater num- 
‘ber of them, v. 1. 10. 

ἀφ-ίημι," how, εἶκα, a. ἧκα (ὦ, &e.), 
pf. p. εἶμαι, to send off, away, or back: 


to dismiss, let go, allow to depart, suf- 
Jer to escape ; 


to let loose, set free, re- 
| lease, give up; to let flow, as water; 
to let sink or drop, as anchors ; i. 3. 
19: ἡ, 2. 20; 3. 13, 25: iii, 5. 10. 
ἀφ-ικνέομαι," ἕξομαι, ἵγμαι, 2 ἃ. ἱκό- 
μην, (κω), to arrive, reach, come to, or 


2. | return to, from another place, Ὁ, εἰς, 


5 2.4,12; 5.4: 111.1.43. 


πρός, δον ν1. 
(ἴππο9) to ride 


ἀφ-ιππεύω, εύσω, 
away or back, 1. 5. 12. 

ap- ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔστην, f. pf. ἑστήξω, to withdraw 
(trans.), alienate from, A. ἀπό, vi. 6. 
34: M., w. act. complete tenses and 


[2 ἃ., to stand off or aloof, forsake, de- 


sert, revolt from, go over to another, 
withdraw or retire (intrans.), G., πρός, 
eis: 1.1.68: ii.6.27. Der. APOSTATE. 
ἄφ-οδος, ov, ἡ, (ὁδός) a [way back 
or otf | retreat, departure, iv. 2. ii, 
ἀφροντιστέω, now, (ἀ-φρόντιστος 
heedless, fr. φροντίζω) to be heedless of 
or indifferent to, neglect, make light of, 
G., V. 4. 20: v. Ll. ἄμελέω. 
tadpocivn, ns, folly, infatuation, 
want of consideration, Υ. 1. 14. 
ἄ-φρων, ov, g. ovos, (φρήν mind) 
without understanding, senseless, fool- 
ish, infatuated, delirious, iv. 8. 20. 
Τ᾿ἀφυλακτέω, ἤσω, to be off one’s guard, 
vii. 8. 20. 
ἀ-φύλακτος, ov, (φυλάσσω) wn- 
guarded, ii. 6. 24: v. 7. 14. 
ψμἀφυλάκτως, wnguardedly, v. 1. 6. 
᾿Αχαιός, οὔ, an Acheean, a man of 
Achaia, the hilly province on the 
north of the Peloponnese, along the 
Corinthian Gulf. In the early his- 
tory of Greece, the Achwans were so 
| dominant a race that the name most 
frequently applied by Homer to the 
Greeks in general is ᾿Αχαιοί. On the 
conquest of their old seats in the 

















ἀχάριστος 


24 βαρβαρικός 


Peloponnese by the Dorians, many of | cities of the ancient world, and the seat 


the Achzans retired to the northern 
shore, expelling from it, it is said, 


lonian settlers, and giving to it their 


own name. Here they formed a con- 
federacy of twelve cities, none of which 
attained any great power or distinc- 
tion. For a long time, the Achwans 
took little part in the general affairs 
of Greece, remaining for the most part 
neutral in the great contests, whether 
foreign or internal. In a later period 
of its history, the Achzean League be- 
came eminent. The Arcadians and 


Achans constituted more than half 


of the Greek army of Cyrus. i. 1. 11. 

ἀ-χάριστος, ov, (χαρίζομαι) without 
grace or thanks: of things, wnp/eas- 
ing, disagreeable ; | 
persons, ungrateful, eis: λέγεις οὐκ 
ἀχάριστα you speak [things not with- 
out grace} quite rhetofically or enter- 
tainingly : 1.9.18: ii. 1.13? vii. 6. 23. 

jaxaplerws adv.; without thanks, 
gratitude, or reward ; ungratefully ; 
ἢ ιν. 

ἄ-χαρις, «, g. τος, or ἀ-χάριτος, ον, 
(χάρις) = ἀχάριστος, ii. 1. 13? 

Axepovords, άδος, ἡ, (᾿Αχέρων, a 

fabled river in Hades) as an adj., 
Acherusian. ‘A. Χεῤῥόνησος the Ache- 
rusian Peninsula, a promontory near 
the Bithynian Heracléa, with a very 
deep mephitic hole, fabled as the place 
of Hercules’ descent to Hades, vi. 2. 2. 
|| Baba-Burun. 

ἄχθομαι," ἀχθέσομαι, ἤχθημαι 1., 
a. ». ἠχθέσθην, to be [burdened] vered, 
displeased, offended, provoked, troubled, 
distressed, nettled, or chagrined, ν., 
G. P., AE., τοῦτο (483 Ὁ), ὅτι, ἐπί, i. 1. 
8: ‘iii. 2. 20: vii. 5. 58; 6.10; 7. 21. 

a-xpetos, ov, (χρεία use) wse-less, 
unfit for use, unserviceable, iv. 6. 26. 
ἄχρηστος, ov, (χράομαι) wse-less, 
wmappropriate, ii. 1.13? iii. 4. 26. 

ἄχρι (and, before a vowel, less Att. 
ἄχρι9) adv., as far as, even to, eis: 
conj., till, until, ἄν w. subj.: ii. 3. 2: 
v. 5.4. Akin to ἄκρος : cf. μέχρι. 

ἀψίνθιον, ov, wormuwood, i. 5. 1. 


B. 


unrewarded: of 


of successive empires. It was situated 
on both sides of the lower Euphrates, 
in a rich alluvial plain. According 
to Herodotus, it was square, with a 
circuit of more than 50 miles; and 
was surrounded by a wall more than 
300 feet high and 80 broad, with 100 
brazen gates, and with a deep moat 
without. It was taken by Cyrus 
through a diversion of the river, B. c. 
538 ; and opened its gates to Alexan- 
der, after the battle of Arbéla, B.c. 331. 
It is now for the most part in utter 
ruin, the more from the perishable 
nature of its chief material, brick, and 
from the removal of this for the con- 
struction of other cities. i. 4. 11, 13: 
li. 2.6: v. 5.4. || Hillah. 
Βαβυλώνιος, a, ov, Babylonian: ἡ 
Βαβυλωνία (se. χώρα] Babylonia, the 
alluvial region around Babylon and 
west of the Tigris, comm. regarded as 
extending from the Wall of Media, 
which separated it from Mesopotamia, 
to the Persian Gulf. Watered by the 
overflowing of the Euphrates and Ti- 
gris, and by canals drawn from them, 
it had great fertility. i.7.1: ii. 2.13. 
βάδην adv., (Baivw) step by step, in 





iv. 6. 25; 8.28: vi. 5. 25. 

{βαδίζω, icouar ιοῦμαι, BeBddixa, to 
walk, march, set foot, go, v. 1. 2. 
βάθος, cos, τύ, depth, i. 7. 14. 

Baie εἴα, v, deep,i.7.148: v.2.3. 

alyw,* βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. ἔβην, 

to step, go: pf. pret., J [have planted 
foot} stand, stand firm, iii. 2. 19. 
βακτηρία, as, baculum, a staf, cane, 
i. 3. 11: iv. 7. 26. 
βάλανος, ov, ἡ, glans, an acorn or 
like fruit, nut, date; i.5.10: ii. 3.15. 
βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. ἔβα- 
λον, to throw, cast, hurl; to throw at, 
hit with a missile, pelt (esp. w. stones), 
stone, A. Ὁ. of the missile: of ἐκ χει- 
pos βάλλοντες [those throwing from 
the hand] the javelin-men or darters ; 
1, 3. 1: iii. 3.15: iv. 6. 12: v. 4. 28. 
βάπτω," βάψω, to dip, A., ii. 2. 9. 
Der. BAPTISM. 
tBapBapixds, ἡ, dv, BARBARIC, bar- 
barian, foreign ; here esp. Persian : 
τὸ βαρβαρικόν [sc. στράτευμα] the bar- 











Βαβυλών, vos, ἡ, Babylon, one of 
the greatest and most magnificent 





barian force or army: i. 2.1; 5.68: 
lv. 5.33; 8. 7. 


regular step: B. ταχύ in rapid step: 


βαρβαρικῶς 25 


ἐβαρβαρικῶς in the barbarian tongue, 
in Persian, i. 8. 1. 

βάρβαρος, ov, s., BARBAROUS, bar- 
barian, rude: βάρβαρος subst., a bar-| 
barian, foreigner. The Greeks 80) 
termed all other nations. 1. 1.5: ii. 
5. 32: v. 4. 34; 5. 16. 

βαρέως (βαρύς heavy) heavily, with 
heavy heart: B. φέρειν graviter ferre, 
to take ill, be smitten with grief: i. 
1.1. 9: 

Bacias, ov, Basias, an Arcadian in| 
the army of Cyrus, iv. 1. 18. — 2. A| 
soothsayer from Elis, vii. 8. 10 ? 

ἐβασιλεία, as, kingdom, royal power, 
regal authority, sovereignty, 1. 1. 3. 
ἰβασίλειος, ov, royal, regal, kingly : | 
βασίλειον (sc. δῶμα], oftener pl., [royal | 
building or buildings] @ royal resi-| 
dence, a palace of a king or satrap :| 
i. 2.78, 20; 10. 12: μὰ 4. 24. 

βασιλεύς, ως, w king, esp. applied | 
(often w. μέγας, and comm. without) 
the art.) to the Persian king: 1.1.58; 
2.8, 12s: iii. 1.12. Der. BASILISK. 

jPacrrebo, εύσω, to be king, to reign, | 
G.: ὡς βασιλεύσοντι [as about to reign } | 
as the future king: 1.1.4; 4. 18. 
μἐβασιλικός, ἡ, dv, s., relating to or 
jit for aking, kingly, royal, the king's, 
i. 9.1: ii. 2.12, 16. Der. BASILICA. 

βάσιμος, ov, (βαίνω) passable (for a 
horse), ili. 4. 49. 

Barés, ἡ, dv, (βαίνω) passable, D., 
iv. 6. 17. 

βέβαιος, a, ov, (Saivw) standing firm, 
firm, constant, 1. 9. 30. 

{BeBarda, wow, to make firm, confirm, 
nuke good, fulfil, complete, A. D., Vil. 
6.17 

εβηκώς, see βαίνω, iii. 2. 19. 
Aeovs, vos, Belesys, satrap of 
Syria, i. 4.10: v. ἢ, Βέλεσις, cos. 
βέλος, cos, τό, (βάλλω) a missile, 
iii. 3.16: iv. 3.6; 8. 11. 

βελτίων," ov, βέλτιστος, 7, ov, (βελτ-, 
akin to βέλος 1) better, best, as ὁ. and 
8. to ἀγαθός q.v.; braver, nobler, more 
expedient or advantageous, &c.; 1.1.6: 
i. 225 δ. κ Ὁ iL 3. 6. 

βῆμα, aros, τό, (βαίνω) a step, pace, 
iv. 7. 10. 

Bia, as, vis, force, violence : Big w. 
G., in spite of or despite: i. 4. 4: iii. 
4.12: vi. 6. 25: vii. 8. 17. 

{Brdtopar, άσομαι, βεβίασμαι, to use 








βοεικός 


pel, A. 1.3 to force back, A.; i. 8.18; 
4.5: vu. 8. 11. 

μβίαιος, a, ov, violent : βίαιόν re [se. 
πρᾶγμα] any violent act or violence : 
v. 5. 20: vi. 6. 15. 

1 Bralws, forcibly, violently, with great 


force, i. ἃ. 27. 


[βιβάζω, βιβάσω βιβῶ, (causative of 
Baivw) to make go. | 

βίβλος, ov, ἡ, the inner bark of the 
papyrus; hence, paper made from 
this ; a book: β. γεγραμμέναι (ἴ) manu- 
scripts, vii. 5.14. Der. BIBLE. 

Βιθυνός, ἡ, dv, Bithynian: Βιθῦνός 
subst., a Bithynian. The Bithyni, 
driven by more powerful tribes, crossed 
from Thrace into Asia, and gave their 
name to a region south of the Euxine 
and east of the Propontis (also called 
Asiatic Thrace). vi. 2.17; 5. 30. 

βῖκος or Bixos, ov, ὁ, a large earthen 
vessel, esp. for wine; ὦ jar, flagon ; 
i. 9. 25. 
βίος, ov, ὁ, (cf. Lat. vivo) vita, life; 
a living, livelihood, subsistence ; 1. 1. 
1: v.5.1: vi.4.8. Der. Blo-GRAPHY, 

| Broreva, evow, to live, pass one's life, 
ἐν, iii. 2. 25. 

Βισάνθη, ns, Bisanthe, a pleasant 
town in Thrace, on the Propontis, 
founded by the Samians, vii. 2. 38 ; 
5. 8. || Rodosto. 

Βίων or Βίτων, wos, Bion or Biton, 
a Spartan envoy who brought money 
to the Cyreans, vii. 8. 6. 

βλάβη, ns, ἡ, or βλάβος, cos, τό, 
(βλάπτω) harm, injury, detriment, 
li. 6.6: vil. 7. 28. 

βλακεύω, evow, (βλάξ lazy) to be 
lazy, loiter, shirk, yield to sloth, ii. 3. 
11} Κι ἃ 26. 

βλάπτω," dyw, βέβλαφα, to harm, 
hurt, injure, 2. A., ii. 5.17: iii. 3. 11. 

βλέπω, έψομαι, βέβλεφα 1., to look ; 
οἵ seythes, to be directed or point to- 
wards ; πρὸς, eis: i. 8.10: iii. 1. 36: 
iv. 1.20. See opdw. 

βλώσκω, ἢ μολοῦμαι, μέμβλωκα, 2 a. 
ἔμολον, ch. poet., to go, come, arrive, 
vii. 1. 33. 

Bodw,* ήσομαι, βεβόηκα 1., (βοή) boo, 
to cry or call out or aloud, shout, D.1., 
ὅγε. 1. 8. 1, 12, 19: iv. 7. 238. 

βοεικός, ἡ, dv, (βοῦς) relating to 
oxen, of oxen; ζεῦγος B. a yoke of 
oxen, an oxu-team, vii. 5. 2,4: νυ. 4 





force, force one’s way; to force or com- 
LEX. AN. 2 


βοϊκός. 








βοή 26 γάμος 


βοή, iis, α loud ery, shout, shouting, |i. 1.1,11; 3.48, 9: ii. 4. 4: 6.5: 6 6 
em . Dy * " . " ὦὕ᾿ν ἦ «+ Ve 


oulery, iv. 7. 2: see ἐξ 
UP ἡ, 29, | See ἐθέλω. 


Γάνος 27 γίγνομαι 


marriage, as his wife, ii. 4. 8.. Der. γελάω, ἀσομαι, a. ἐγέλασα, to laugh, 
POLY-GAMY. smile, ἐπί, ii. 1.13: v. 4. 34. 


Γάνος, ov, ἡ, Ganus, a small town 


μγελοῖος or γέλοιος, a, ov, laughable, 


te ήθε a, as, h , P a ssisti "» 8? CL0 | sm 
γω ν ΠΥ δὼ ΚΝ δ ϑ ΘΟ. | , Ἷ di " - 
ο μ ee y 07 " βου πόρος, ον, (πε pu to » ri "e) 2." 


δυο » auxiliary troops ᾿".: ᾽ Y γ᾿ “ 
7 ; bul oops ; WU. 3.19 :| piercing ; B. ὀβελί eT st s of the | ridi 
prercing ; PB. ὀβελίσκος an Ou-spit, Vii. of Thrace, on the west shore of the |: idiculous, v. 6. 25; vi. 1. 30. 


li. 5. 4, 
(8. 14, 


φξβοηθέω, ow, βεβοήθηκ . I | 
’ ᾿ οηθηκα Ι ὃς," Bods, ὁ ἡ 

βεβοήθηκα, (βοη-θός βοῦς," βοός, ὁ ἡ, bos, an ox, cow ; 
» heat cattle: ἡ, an ox- 
sometimes aug- 


assisting, running to a cry for help, | pl. oxen, kine 
f cha : a * wh ᾽ u 
βοὴ, bey! to run to the rescue, hasten | hide: in compos 
. i ring aid, go or come to the|mentative : ii, 1. 6 - iv. 5. 32 ; 
ΔΝ Μ i, “] 1 1 > « ᾿ ] i ‘ Ι ] ; = ; i ὡ 
ἐπα κῆρα of another ; ¢o succor, help, | tBpadéws slowly, i. 8 Ἢ itera 
assist, give assistance: D., ἐπί, & | ie Seton 
e assistance: D., ἐπί, ὑπέρ: Sus, εἴα, v j 
ΜΠ ΠΝ pai ; » ὕπερ: GOvS, εἰα, ὕ, 8 OW, Vil 
19.6: ἢ, 4. 25: iii, 4.13; δ. 6. 3 ff “Dien oak ini 


όθρ , 0, (ef. is & Le b 
βόθρος, ov, ὁ, (οἵ, βαθύς & Lat. pu- βραχύς, cia, v, ο. Urepos, short: 


teus) @ pit, iv. 5. 6 
8) a pit, iv. 5. 6: ν. 8. 9 βραχύ or ἐπὶ 
᾿ iI “Oe Ιβραχύ or eri B 11 8¢ if * διά 
Botexos, ov, Boiscus, ἃ Thessalian bt x ie βραχύ [se. χωρίον, or διά- 
+ ei i lalla gro μα ¢ lance | a short distance : Bpa- 
a i » 1.1. 31, ὃ. 4, 17. Cog. brevis, brief ἢ, 
Ἰβοιωτιάζω, dow, to resemble a Beeo-| Bpéx a, * Bock μ᾿" iti 
tran, ili. 1. 26. wel, A., ἢ ‘17: haa wen 
᾿ Δ... . Ὁ "ὦ. ε 6 
aye : ὶ ν ἥν 1, 4. 1/3 1. 2. 22: iv. δ. ἃ 
Βοιωτός, οὔ, & Βοιώτιος, ov, ὁ, a| ροντή, iis, thunder, iii ae 
Bootian "side llpg ar » nS, thunder, iii. 1. 11 
τ ρϑεσρα wotla, lying northwest! βρωτός, ἡ, dv (βιβρώσκω t 
μεν vy gy a very fertile province, able, iv i" 5 Ι ἡ ain ἢ πρὶ sth 
fose inhabitants were in » | oer, 
eneral | zanti i 
regarded by their neighbors as want- Mab! fia Mi ey ΚΟΥ 
g Ss Wi founded by the Megarians, B. c. 657, 


ing in spirit. vivacity. j , i 
eae id intellect, and/in an admirable situation upon the 
“erga lad, however, a short | Propontis 
"ἡ » _— ntis at the entr wn mf’ ny 
yeriod of glory ehhh 1ι 1 Spee. é itrance of the Thra- 
i “an glory πῃ Epaminondas clan Bosphorus. The Athenians nc 
i as. τ y , TT 2s in SS Ι 5 « δ 
pidas ts chief city was|Spartans contended repeatedly sia 


Propontis, vii. 5. 8. || Ganos. pyéAws, wros, ὁ, laughter, i. 2. 18. 
γάρ" post-pos. conj., (γὲ dpa at least | yeAwro-trords, οὔ, ὁ, (ποιέω), a laugh- 
in accordance with this) a particle | ter-maker, jester, buffvon, vii. 3. 33. 
commonly marking the accordance| γέμω, only in pr. and ipf., to be full 
between a fact, statement, &c., and | of or stored with, G., iv. 6. 27. 
its ground or reason, explanation or | γενεά, Gs, (γεν- in γίγνομαι) birth : 
specification, confirmation, Xe. It is| ἀπὸ γενεᾶς from birth, of age, ii. 6. 30. 
commonly translated for ; but some-| Der. GENEA-LOGY. 
times since, as, or because (as a causal yeverdw, dow, (γένειον chin) to have 
conj.), that or namely (in specifica-| ὦ beard or be bearded, ii. 6. 28. 
tion), indeed or certainly (in explana- γενέσθαι, γενοίμην, γενήσομαι, &c., 
tion or confirmation), then, now, &c.;| see γίγνομαι, i, 6. ὃς: 9.1: i. 1. 18. 
i. 2.2: 7.4: ii. 3.1; 5.11: i. 1. 24. tyevvardrns, 7708, 7, (γενναῖος of good 
It often occurs in elliptic construe- | birth) nobleness, generosity, Vil. 7. 41. 
tion (as in questions, replies, &c., 1. 6. γένος, cos, τό, (γεν- in γίγνομαι) ge- 
8; 7.9: ii. 5. 40); and may frequent- | nus, birth, descent, race, 1. 6. 1. 
ly be either explained as a conj. by yepards, ά, ov, ὁ. alrepos, (γερ- in 
supplying an ellipsis, or as an adv. γέρω») old, v. 7. 17. 
without doing so: ἀλλὰ γάρ at enim, | γερόντιον, ov, τό, (dim. fr. γέρων) 
but (enough, no more, not so, no, &c.,)| a feeble old man, vi. 3. 22. 
Jor, or but indeed, yet indeed, iii. 2. 
258, 32: καὶ γάρ etenim, and (this 
the rather, &c.,) because, or for indeed, 
and indeed, for even, i. 1. 6, 8: 11. 2. 





yéppov, ov, an oblong shield of 
wicker-work, comm. covered with ox- 
hide, and sometimes strengthened 
with metallic plates, much used by 
the Asiatics ; a wicker-shield, ii. 1. 6. 


Thebes ; lin G iti 
bes ; and in Greek politics, exe or i 
sill 3 : 8, except | earnestly fe 3 contr T ἢ 
Te ae a κῃρόνφις ce pt/e stly for its control. The Cyreans 
ye paragll lag ypposed to| found it, as so many Greek cities at 
col ᾿,.:, Wh ae a this ti Ἷ ' 
πώγων v. 3. 6; 6. 19. | this time, under the rule of a Spart: 
opeas,” ov, contr. βοῤῥᾶς, ἃ, bo-| harmost. T ey 
reas, the north-wind. iv. 5 pas, a, bo-|harmost. The Roman Emperor Con- 
βόσ pind, ἵν. 5. 3: ψ. /. /. | stantine made it his capital, A. p 330 
porKnpa, aros, τό, (βύσκω to feed) and gave it : [ὁ fos : 
ΣΝ ὅτις τὸ Jeed)|and gave to it a new name from his 
nga pastured animal ; pl. cattle,|own. vi. 4. 2: vii, 1.3 || Constanti 
ἢ, 2. nople or Stambil i i 
tBovretw, etic j fo abe 
, εύσω, βεβούλευκα, to ple 4 Bo 
plot, devise counsel inne I my υζάντιος, a, ov, (Βύξας, avros, By- 
nel aa A. D., 1. 5. 16:/2as, the reputed founder of Byzan- 
en st " ὁ counsel with one’s self, |tium) Byzantine ; οἱ Βυζάντιοι the By 
5 raed consider ; to consult togeth-| zantines, vii. 1. 19, 39 1 
L Di ἵ Ἵ ᾿ 7 , 1) » wy’) ‘wa 4 ἢ Ὶ i ‘ Ἵν 
ll ᾿ me late, consult, concert, plan, | βωμός, of, ὁ, (Baivw) a raised place 
oe ha purpose, resolve ; A.,|esp. for sacrifice; an altar wheth r 
᾿ “εκ. ναὶ Ἀγὼν Ἷ 7 ih nf : 
7 a KN πρὸς, ryt i, 1. 4, 7; 3. | of rude stones or earth, or of elaborate 
δος ¥. Ὁ Σ I. ὅ, 208: ΜΠ], 2, 8 ὁ workmanship. Altars were common 
PovAn, ἧς, (βούλομαι) will, plan, | places of refuge. i. 6.7: iv. 8, 28 
counsel, consideration, vi. 5. 13. ithaca 
βουλτμιάω, dow, (βου-λιμία bulimy, 
tntense h unger, faintness from hunger, Ets 
me λιμός) fo have or suffer from the 
mulimy, to be faint with hunger, i 
Pr hunger, iv. Lt 7, (akin to γελάω ἢ a 
" “ ὦ ὦ: ,  [ϑπμῖ8. upon the sea 1] calm, y. 7 
gia, (2 sing. βούλει, iii. 4. Der. GALENA Higa desig 
8), λήσομαι, βεβούλημαι, volo. fo! * vane i 
will, be willing, wish desire theme, ete ides sab ag ele 
say get J, Wish, desire, choose, | MC Than); uv, to marr ; : 
ΔΉ Shenk Γ ᾿ » ATTY Or be » 
pre} tg ne ὁ ee he or any | ried (of the woman), iv δ᾽ 24 ial 
ὁ that wishes, whoever pleases: 1 4 “wyatt aya 
ipl eon muses: 1.} γάμος, ov, 6, marriage, wedlock : 
(a.), often supplied from the context : ἐπὶ γάμῳ [on terms of thc 





15: καὶ yap οὖν and (this is apparent, 
for) therefore, and consequently, ac- 
cordingly, i. 9. 8, 12, 17: ii. 6. 13. 
γαστήρ," τέρος, sync. τρός, ἡ, the 
belly, abdomen, paunch, stomach, ii. 5. 
33: iv. 5. 36. Der. GASTRIC. 
γαυλικός or γαυλιτικός, ἡ, dv, (γαῦ- 
λος a round-built freighting vessel) 
pertaining to a γαῦλος : y. χρήματα 
cargoes of freighting vessels, v. 8. 1. 
Γανλίτης, ov, Gaulites, an exile 
from Samos, faithful to Cyrus, i, 7. 5. 
γέ," a post-pos. and encl. adv. giv- 
ing emphasis or force, more frequent- 
ly to the preceding word, or to a word 
or clause which this introduces, and 
often with an associate idea of restric- 
tion or limitation ; quidem, a least, 
indeed, even, surely, certainly ; but 
often expressed in Eng. simply by 
emphasis ; i. 3. 9, 21; 6. 5: ii. 5. 19: 
γὲ δή [surely now] indeed, iv. 6.3: 


γὲ μέντοι, ye μήν, certainly at least, | 


and or but certainly, moreover, 1. 9. 
14, 16, 20: ii. 3. 9. 

γεγένημαι, γέγονα, see γίγνομαι, 1. 
6. 8. 


γείτων, ovos, ὁ ἡ, (γῆ) α neighbor, 


μγεῤῥο-φόρος, ov, ὁ, (φέρω) ἃ wicker- 
shield-bearer, a soldier with a wicker- 
shield, i. 8. 9. 

γέρων, ovros, ὁ, (cf. γῆρας) an old 
man, iv. 3.11: vii. 4. 24. 

yevw, γεύσω, to make one taste: M. 
gusto, to taste, G., 1. 9. 26: iil. 1. 3. 
γέφυρα, as, a bridge, whether firm 
or floating, i. 2.5; 7.15: vi. 5, 22. 

ἐγεώδης, ες, (εἶδος) earthy, vi. 4. 5. 

γῆ, γῆς, (contr. fr. yéa) earth, land, 
country, ground, i.1.7; 5.15; 8.10: 
iii. 2.19. Der. GkE-oLOGY, GEORGE. 

ἐγήϊνος, ov, made of earth, earthen, 
vii. 8. 14. 

Lyh-Aoos, ov, ὁ, (λόφος) an eleva- 
tion of earth, All, eminence, height, 
i. 5.83 10.12: iti. 4. 24s. 

γῆρας, aos, τό, (cf. γέρων) old age, 
advanced age, tii. 1. 43. 

γίγνομαι," Ion. or later γίνομαι, 
γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι & 2 pf. γέγονα, 


2a. ἐγενόμην, (cf. gigno) to come to be 
(more briefly translated be or come), 
become, get (intrans.); to take place, 
happen, occur, result (ἂν ed γένηται if 
it come out well, if the result be fa- 








D. or G., ii, 3. 18: iii. 2. 4. 


vorable, i. 7.7); to come to be in a place, 





γιγνώσκω 28 


Γυμνιάς 


arrive, come, get, extend, (ἐν ἑαυτῷ! opinion, design, plan, expectation 
. Ἴ ivi > 


ἐγένετο came to [be within] himself, i. 


Riles "ἡ 
5.17); to be ascertained, shown, or 


mind, disposition, inclination, pref- 
\erence, favor, consent: τὴν γνώμην 


proved to be, to prove or show one’s self ἔχειν to have one’s mind made up or 


to be ἡ D., διά, ἐκ, ἐν, ἐπί, κατά, &e, 
It is variously translated according to 
the subject or other words with which 
it 15 connected, and sometimes by a 


pass. verb (as if supplying the pass. | 


of ποιέω, &e.): of children, to be born 
or descended, G., ἀπό" of rain or snow 
to fall ; of a cry, shout, laughter, tu- 
mult, war, &c., to arise ; of the day, 
to dawn ; of a road, to pass or lead ; 


| fixed, to be asswred, inclined, d isposed, 

or attached, D., πρός, ὡς w. P. abso- 
) lute : γνώμῃ on principle : i. 3. 6,13; 
/6. 98; 7.8; 8.10: ii. 5. 29; 6. 9: 
vi. 6.12. Der. Gnomic. 

Toyythos, ov, Gongylus, the name 
| of a father and son s rung from Gon- 
'gylus, an Eretrian aha was banished 
ΟΣ aiding the treason of Pausanias, 
but rewarded by Xerxes with four cities 


of income, to accrue (τὰ γιγνόμενα the |in western Asia Minor, vii. 8, 8, 17. 


proceeds, vii. 6. 41); of numbers, éo 
amount to; of acts, to be performed, 


‘ 
ὑπό - of meetings, to be held; of oaths |Jather : pl. parents, iii. 1.3: vy. 8. 18 


or pledges, to be taken, given, or ex- 


changed ; of sacrifices, fo [result as| 
they should] take effect, be favorable | iii. 2. 22: iv. 5. 36 
or auspiwious, 1.; &c.; i. 1.1, 8 . 6.] 


γοητεύω, see κατα-γοητεύω, v. 7. 9? 
yoveus, ws, 6, (yer- in γίγνομαι) 
rd * ᾿ ᾿ fl 
γόνν," γύνατος, τό, genu, the KNEE; 

@ jownt or knot in a plant; i. 5.13: 


- 


Γοργίας, ov, Gorgias, a celebrated 


ὃ, ὃ ; 8. 8, 238: ii. 9.3 10- » dot | pe 
» 5; 3. 8, 238: ii. 2. 3, 10: — w. dat. sophist and rhetorician from Leontini 


of possessor (459), δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς 
στρατιώταις [ἴο the soldiers there came 
to be a running] the soldiers began to | 
run, 1.2.17; ἐγένετο καὶ Ἕλληνι Kal | 
βαρβάρῳ πορεύεσθαι [it came to be, be- | 
came possible to, &c.] both Greek and | 
barbarian could 90, 1.9.13; τὴν ἡμέ-" 
ραν αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο occupied themth rough | 
the day, iv.1.10; &c. The aor. and 

complete tenses of γίγνομαι sometimes | 
seem to supply these tenses for εἰμέ. 

γιγνώσκω," lon. or later γινώσκω, 

γνώσομαι, ἔγνωκα, 2 ἃ. ἔγνων, ἃ. p. | 
ἐγνώσθην, gnosco, to KNOW, recognize, 

understand, perceive, discern, judge, 
decide, think (pf. have recognized the 


Ϊ 


in Sicily, who taught at Athens and 
elsewhere in Greece, for large price, 
dazzling his hearers by the ingenuity 
of his reasoning and the glitter of his 
declamation. He is introduced by 
Plato into a dialogue bearing his 
name. il. 6. 16, 
= i «vos, Gorgion, a son of 
Gongylus and Hellas, vii. 8. 8. 

γοῦν adv., (γὲ οὖν) at least then, at 
any rate, at all events, certain/y, as- 


suredly, iii. 2.17: v. 8. 23: vii. 1. 30. 


_ypaldiov, cont. γράδιον, ov, τύ, 
(dim. fr. γραῦς old woman) a feeble old 
woman, vi. 3. 22, 

Typdppa, aros, τό, litera, a Jetter ; 


© pa til. 1. 43): A. P., 1. (A), | pl. letters, an inscription, v. 3. 13. 
νην 2A., wept: 1.3.2,128; 7.4: iL | Der. GRAMMAR. 


5. 8, 35: iii. 1. 27, 45. See ὁράω. 


γράφω," γράψω, γέγραφα, pf. ». γέ- 


λοῦ * ~ “ ~ oy γ . " * 
Us," οὔ, οὔ, οὖν, οὔ, Glus, an | Ὕραμμαι, ἔθ GRAVE, write, paint, A., 


Egyptian, son of the admiral Tamos. 
He was a favorite officer of Cyrus ; 


CP., 1.6.3: vii. 8.1. Der. GRAPHIC. 


γυμνάζω, dow, γεγύμνακα, (γυμνός) 


ang was afterwards taken into favor| to [train naked] train, exercise, A.. i 
vy Artaxerxes. He was probably ap- 2. 7. Der. GyMNASTIC ἽΝ: 


pointed to the command of the Per-| 


γυμνής, jros, ὁ, or γυμνήτης, ov, 


-_ ii but slain, after a victory (γυμνός) as adj., [naked] light-armed ; 
ni /yprians, as he was meditat-| comm. subst., a light-armed soldier ; 
ΝῊ. m O06 Nc , ih " ‘ ͵ i ᾿ ᾽ 

& revolt, Β. Ὁ. 888, 1.4.16: ii. 4.24. αὶ term applied to all foot-soldiers ex- 


“Τνήσ-ιππος, ov, Gnesippus, an Athe- " 
nian lochage, vii. 3. 28. 
γνοίην, γνούς, γνῶναι, γνώσομαι, 
ὅτο,, 866 γιγνώσκω, 1.7.4; 9. 20. 
ἐγνώμη, ns, understanding, judg- 


,cept the hoplites, and with special 
| propriety to archers and slingers (to 
| slingers only, v. 2. 12): i. 2. 3: iii, 4, 
ae: Iv. 1. & 38, 


Tupvids, ddos, ἡ, Gymnias, a large 


ment, conviction, sentiment, thought, city of the Scythini in Armenia, iv 
~ » ,͵ 





γυμνικός 


7.19. v. 1. Τυμνίας or -υάς. ||Gumish 
Kaneh ?— acc. to some, Erzrum, &e. 
tyvpvuxds, ἡ, dv, gymnastic, iv. 8. 25. 
γυμνός, ἡ, dv, naked : less strictly, 
lightly clad, in one’s under-garment 
only ; exposed without defensive ar- 
mor, mpés: i. 10. 3: iv. 3. 6, 12. 
γυνή," γυναικύς, voc. γύναι, ὦ woman, 
wife, i. ἃ. 12, Der. MISO-GYNIST. 
Γωβρύας, ov or a, Gobryas, com- 
mander of a fourth part of the army 
of Artaxerxes, i. 7. 12. 


A. i 
δ᾽ by apostr. for δέ, i. 1. 4s. 
Saxve,* δήξομαι, δέδηχα Ι., a. p. ἐδή- 
χϑθην, to bite, A., iii. 2. 18, 35. 
δακρύω, dow, δεδάκρῦκα |., (δάκρυ a 
tear) to shed tears, weep, 1. 3. 2. 
tSanridtos, ov, 6, a finger-ring. 
Rings were greatly worn by the Greeks 
for use as seals, and also as ornaments 
or amulets. They were most worn on 
the fourth finger of the left hand, and 
were often embellished with stones cut 
with exquisite art. iv. 7. 27. 
δάκτυλος, ov, ὁ, (cf. δείκνῦμι and δέ- 
xouat) digitus, finger, toe (τῶν ποδῶν), 
iv. 5.12: v.8.15. Der. DacryL, 
Aap-dparos, ov, Damardatus, a king 
of Sparta, deposed through the in- 
trigues of his colleague Cleomenes, 
Β. C. 491, but kindly received by king 
Darius Hystaspis. He attended Xerx- 
es in his invasion of Greece, and gave 
him wise counsel in vain. His ser- 
vice was however rewarded by the gift 
of a small principality in southwestern 
Mysia. ii. 1.3. V. 1. Δημάρατος. 
Aava, 7s, ἡ, or Adva, wv, τά, Dana 
or 7'yana, an important city in south- 
ern Cappadocia, at the northern foot 
of Mt. Taurus, on the way to the Ci- 
lician Pass. It was the native place 
of Apollonius, the Pythagorean thau- 
maturgist. 1.2.20: υ. 1. O5ava. || Kiz- 
Hissar (Girls’ Castle), or Kilissa-Hissar. 
Satravde, iow, δεδαπάνηκα, (δαπάνη 
expense, akin to δάπτω) to expend, 
spend ; to live upon, consume (τὰ éav- 
τῶν δαπανῶντες at their own expense, 
v. 5. 20); Α. els, dui: 1.1.8; 3. 3. 
δά-πεδον, ov, (did, πέδον ground) 
ch. poet., the ground, iv. 5. 6. 


29 δασύς 


Δαράδαξ, axos, ὁ, see Δάρδας, 1.4.10? 
Δαρϑανεύς, éws, ὁ, (Δάρδανος) a Dar- 
danian. Dardanus was an Aolic town 
of Troas, on the southern part of the 
Hellespont. Its name remains in the 
modern Dardanelles. iii. 1. 47. 
Δάρδας, aros, or Δάρδης, ητος, ὁ, the 
Dardas or -es, supposed (with some 
dissent) to have been a short canal 
from the Euphrates to the princely 
residence of Belesys, where was after- 
wards the city Barbalissus ( field of Be- 
lesys; now Balis)i. 4.10: v. ἰ. Δαράδαξ. 
Ἰδαρεικός, of, ὁ, [sc. στατήρ coin] a 
daric, a Persian gold coin stamped 
with the figure of a crowned archer, 
= about $5.00 by weight, but in ex- 
change with Attic silver coins, reck- 
oned at 20 drachmz = about $4.00 
(3000 darics = 10 talents, i. 7. 18). 
It was struck of great purity by Da- 
rius Hystaspis, and either named from 
him or from the Pers. dara, king; cf. 
the Eng. sovereign. 1.1.9; 3. 21. 
Δαρεῖος, ov, Darius 11., king of 
Persia, natural son of Artaxerxes 1. 
(Longimanus), and hence surnamed 
Nothus. This prince, whose previous 
name was Ochus, ascended the throne, 
B. C. 424, through the murder of his 
half-brother Sogdiainus, who had him- 
self become king in a similar way. 
He aided the Spartans in their war 
with Athens; and his weak reign was 
disturbed by various revolts, of which 
the most important and successful was 
that of Egypt. He was greatly under 
the influence of his ambitious and im- 
perious wife Parysatis ; but, in oppo- 
sition to her wishes, appointed as his 
successor his eldest son Arsaces, rather 
than the younger Cyrus. He died, 
B. Cc. 405, leaving, according to Cte- 
sias, four children of thirteen born of 
Parysatis. Aapeios, like Ξέρξης and 
᾿Αρταξέρξης, seems to have been rather 
a title of dignity than a simple name, 
and to have signified controller or lord 
(éptins Hdt. 6. 98; Pers. dara king). 
age OF a ἃ. 

Ἰδάσμευσις, ews, ἡ, division, distri- 
bution, vii. 1. 37. 

Sacpds, οὔ, ὁ, (Salouar to divide) a 
portion paid to a ruler, a tax, impost, 
tribute, revenue, i. 1. 8: iv. 5. 24. 

δασύς, cia, ὑ, thick or dense with 





(Sarre, δάψω, poet., to devowr. | 


i trees, shrubs, hair, &c.; bushy, shag- 





Δαφναγόρας 90 Δελφοί 


gy, hairy, with the hair on: τὸ δασύ] peril, danger, obstacle: ἷ. 9. 19.: ii, 
the thicket : 11. 4.14: iv. 7.68, 22. |3.13, 22; 5.15; 6.7: iv. 6. 16. 
Δαφν-αγόρας, ov, Daphnagoras, α΄ {8avas terribly: εἶχον δεινῶς they 
guide sent by Hellas, vii. 8. 9. | were [in a terrible condition] suffering 
δαψιλής, ἐς, (δάπτω) abundant, in| severely, vi. 4. 23. 
abundance, plentiful, ample, iv. 2. 22.| tSemvéw, tow, δεδείπνηκα, to take 
δέ" distinctive conj. and adv., post-|the second or afternoon meal, to dine 
pos., but, anil ; yet, however ; on the} or sup, ii. 2. 4: iii. 5.18: iv. 6.17, 22. 
other hand, on the contrary; also,| ϑεῖπνον, ov, (akin to δάπτω and Lat. 
Jurther, moreover ; sometimes trans-|daps, though it has been fancifully 
lated while, for, or, then (as after ἃ referred to de? πονεῖν, as the meal that 
conditional clause, v. 6. 20), now, in-| must be worked for) ccena, the second 
deed, even, or omitted in translation ;|of the two usual or regular Greek 
i. 1.15: iv. 5.4: v. 7.6: vi. 6. 16:| meals, the afternoon or evening meal, 
καὶ... δέ and [not only so, but] also, | supper, often corresponding to our 
and indeed, and even, 1. 1. 2; 5. 9; 8. | later dinner? the meal for which most 
2: οὐδὲ... δέ nor yet further, nor in-| preparation was made, and to which 
deed, nor even, i. 8. 20. Aé (to which | guests were especially invited ; ii. 4. 
μέν corresponds) is the common par-|15: iv. 2. 4: vii. 3. 15s. 
ticle of contradistinction, intermediate| | Semvo-rordw, ow, lo prepare sup- 
in its force between the copulative xaf|per for another; but J/., for one’s 
and, and the adversative ἀλλά but. | self, vi. 3.14; 4. 26. 
Kai adds without implying distine-| δεῖσαι, -σας, &c., see δείδω, iii, 2. δ. 
tion ; while δέ implies some distinc-| Seto@ar, δεῖται, &c., see δέω, i. 1.10. 
tion, and ἀλλά not only distinction,| δέκα indecl., ten, i. 2.10, 14. Der, 
but even opposition. See μέν, ὁ. DECADE, 

[-Se* an inseparable encl. particle,| | Sexa-mévreindecl., fifteen, vii. 8. 26. 
denoting direction towards, affixed in| ἐδεκατεύω, εύσω, to take a tenth of, 
demonstratives, and also as a prep. to| tithe, A., v. 3. 9. 
accusatives to form adverbs of place.]| (δέκατος, ἡ, ov, tenth: ἡ δεκάτη [se. 














δέδια ἃ δέδοικα, see δείδω : i. 3.10. | μοῖρα part] the tenth part, tithe: v. 3. 4, 


SéSoypat, see δοκέω, iii. 2. 39. Δέλτα, τό, indecl., the Delta, a part 
SBopar, see δίδωμι, i. 4. 9. ‘of Thrace between the Euxine and 
δεηθῆναι, δεήσας, Kc., see δέω, i.2.14.| Propontis, so named from its shape, 
Set impers., see δέω, i. 3. 5. vii. 1. 33; 5.1. 
δείδω " Ep., δείσομαι Ep. & vii. 3.| δελφίς, ivos, ὁ, a dolphin, v. 4. 28. 
26? pret. δέδοικα & 2 pf. δέδια, a.| Δελφοί, ὧν, οἱ, Delphi, a small city 
ἔδεισα, to fear, be afraid, a., μή, i. 3.| of Phocis, famed for the natural sub- 
ΝΠ bs a0. OS) te. S, BG. \limity and beauty of its situation 
δείκνῦμι & -tw,* δείξῳ, δέδειχα, in- | overhung by the cliffs of Mt. Parnas- 
dico, to point out, show, indicate, make | sus, and for its temple and oracle of 
signs, A. D., CP., iv. 5. 33: 7. 27. Apollo, the most celebrated in the 
δείλη, ys, afternoon, both early | world. It was the seat of the Pythian 
(rpwia) and late (ὀψέα); evening : dei-| games, and one of the two places for 
Ans or τῆς δείλης in the aflernoon, at|the meeting of the Amphictyonic 
evening: ἀμφὶ δείλην about the com-|council; and was accounted by the 
ing of afternoon, early in the after-| Greeks the central point of the earth. 
noon: 1.8. 8: it. 2.14: iii. 3. 11. | It abounded in consecrated gifts and 
δειλός, ἡ, dv, (δείδω) timid, coward-| works of the choicest and richest art ; 
fy, 1, 4.7% tii. ἃ πὸ: wi. 6. 24. ‘and here several states, as the Athe- 
δεινός, ἡ, dv, (δείδω) dreadful, fright-|nians, Corinthians, &e., had sacred 
Jul, fearful, terrible, perilous ; out-| treasuries, esp. for the keeping of such 
rageous, intolerable, insufferable, griev-| gifts as should not stand in the open 
ous, severe ; strange, wondrous ; very|air. Its oracle was finally silenced by 
powerful, able, skilful, clever, or|the emperor Theodosius in his general 
adroit ; 1. (φαγεῖν δεινός a terrible fel-| prohibition of Pagan worship, a.D.390, 
low to eat, vii. 3. 23): δεινόν subst., |v, 3.55; vi. 1. 22. || Kastri. 





δένδρον 31 ϑηλόω 


δένδρον, " ov, (dat. pl. δένδροις or δέν- 
ὄρεσι, iv. 7. ὃ; 8. 2), α tree, i. 2. 22. 
δέξασθαι, -opar, &c., see δέχομαι. 
ἐδεξιόομαι, ὥσομαι, to give the right 
hand to another, welcome, greet, con- 
gratulate, vii. 4. 19, 
δεξιός, a, dv, (akin to δέχομαι and 
δεἰκνῦμε, from the use of the right hand 
in taking and pointing) dexter, right 
in distinction fr. left, on the right (the 
auspicious side in Greek augury, as 
the left in Roman): ἡ δεξιά [sc. χείρ) 
the right hand, often used, as now, in 
greeting, and also in solemn assevera- 
tion; hence, a pledge or solemn as- 
surance, esp. of friendship or peace ; 
ἐν δεξιᾷ, on the right (hand), G.: τὸ 
δεξιόν [sc. κέρας, μέρος, &c.] the right 
(wing) of an army (a position of spe- 
cial honor), the right side or part (so 
τὰ δεξιάν), the right; ἐπὶ δεξιά to or on 
the right: i. 2.15; 5.1; 6.6; 8. 45, 
13: ii. 4.1: iv..3. 17: vi. 1. 23; 4. 1. 
Δέξ-ιππος, ov, Dexippus, a Laconi- 
an, prob. a lochage in the division of 
Clearchus, faithless and slanderous, 
V. ἃ, δὲ χα hoe 2 6.8. 
Δερκυλ[λ])] δας, ov, Dercyl[ljidas, a 
Spartan general of great ability (sur- 
named Sisyphus from his varied re- 
sources), under whom as the successor 
of Thibron, the Cyreans, after their 
return, served against the Persians. 
He had previously commanded for the 
Spartans in the region of the Helles- 
pont (sent out B. c. 411). Plutarch 
informs us, that his generalship did 
not secure him from insult at Sparta 
for being unmarried. v. 6. 24. 
δέρμα, aros, τό, (δέρω to flay) the 
skin stripped off, hide, i. 2.8: iv. 8. 26. 
{Seppdrwos, 7, ov, of skin, leathern ; 
depuarivy 80. ἀσπίς or πέλτη] a buck- 
ler of leather or skin, iv. 7. 26? 
Δέρνης, ov or eos, Dernes, satrap of 
Arabia, vii. 8. 25. 
tSerpetw, eicw, to chain or tie up, 
A., Vv. 8. 24? 
δεσμός, οὔ, ὁ, (δέω to bind) a band, 
strap, yoke-strap, iii. 5. 10. 
ὅτης, ov, (cf. Lat. potis) a mas- 
ter, lord, ii. 3.15. Der. DESPoT. 
δεῦρο adv., hither, here, i. 3. 19. 
δεύτερος, a, ov, (c. form fr. δύο, 376 ο) 
second ; δεύτερον or τὸ δεύτερον, as 
adv., the second time; i,8.16: ii. 2. 4: 
fii. 4, 28. Der. DEUTERO-NOMY. 


δέχομαι," δέξομαι, δέδεγμαι, to re- 
ceive, accept, take what is offered ; to 
receive hospitably, admit, welcome (ol- 
κίᾳ δέχεσθαι to receive [with] into one’s 
house, vii. 2. 6); to receive an enemy, 
to meet or await his charge or attack 
(els χεῖρας δέχεσθαι to receive an enemy 
hand to hand, to meet him in close 
combat, iv.3.31); A. els, ἐπί : i, 8.17; 
10. 6, 11;. iv. 5. 32: v. 5. 2s, 19s, 

δέω," δήσω, Sédexa, pf. p. δέδεμαι, 
to bind, tie, fasten, A., iii. 4. 35; δ. 
10: iv. 3.8; 6.2; Der. DIA-DEM. 

Séw,* δεήσω, δεδέηκα, a. p. as m. ἐδεή- 
θην, to need, want, lack, ἃ. 1.; as αὖ- 
τοῦ ὀλίγου δεήσαντος καταλευσθῆναι 
when he had wanted little [to be] of 
being stoned to death, had narrowly 
escaped or come near this, i. 5. 14; 
πολλοῦ δεῖν to lack much of, be far 
From, vii. 6.18:—M. to need for one's 
self, stand in need of, want, require, 
desire ; to beg, entreat, beseech, ask, 
request ; ἃ. 1. (A.), A. of neut. pron.; 
i. 1.10; 2.14; 3.4; 4.148: ὑπὸ τοῦ 
δεῖσθαι by want or poverty, ii. 6.13.— 
Impers. Sei (δέῃ, δέοι, δεῖν, δέον, f. δεή- 
get, ἃ. ἐδέησε) there is need of, G.; there 
is need that, it is necessary, due, or 
proper, it behooves (often translated 
personally by must or ought, am 
obliged, &c.), 1. (A., T. D., iil. 4. 35): 
οὐδὲν (ri, ri, ὅ rt) δεῖ, there is no (some, 
any, &c.) need (adv. acc. or of spec., 
need as to nothing, &c., ii. 4.7: ἮΙ, 4. 
23): τὸ δέον the thing needed or prop- 
er: els τὸ δέον satisfactorily: ws δεῆ- 
σον as it would be necessary (pt. abs., 
v. 2.12): 1.3.58, 8: iii. 2. 28, 33, 36, 

δή * post-pos. adv., (δέ) indeed, 
truly, surely, forsooth, even, accord- 
ingly, of course, just, 80, then, now, 
pray. It is also translated by other 
strengthening words, or sometimes by 
emphasis only. 1.1. 4; 2.38; 9, 28s, 

δῆλος, 7, ov, evident, manifest, plain, 
clear ; δῆλον (ἐστίν) it is evident: by 
personal constr. for impers., δῆλος ἣν 
ἀνιώμενος it was manifest that he was 
grieved, or he was manifestly grieved 
(so often w. a pt., 573, 1.2.11; 5.9: 
cf, v. 2.26): δῆλον ὅτι parenthetically, 
also written δηλονότι as an adv., [it is 
evident that] evidently: i. 3. 9: ii. 3. 
1, 6: ili. 2. 26, 34. 

{8nrsa, dow, δεδήλωκα, to manifest, 





show, make evident ; to set forth, relate, 





δημαγωγέω 32 


declare; A., CP. D., mpds: 1. 9. 28: ii. 
1.1; 2. 18 (ἐδήλωσε τοῦτο this showed 
ttself, became evident, 577¢; or he 
showed this); 5. 26: vii. 7. 35. 
δημ-αγωγέω, ἤσω, (δημ-αγωγός a 
DEMAGOGUE, δῆμος, ἄγω) to play the 
demagogue or curry favor with, win 
by popular arts, A., vii. 6. 4. 
Anp-dparos, ov, Demaratus, v. 1. for 
Aapdparos, ii. 1. 3: vii. 8. 17. 
Anpo-xpdrns, cos, Democrates, a 
Temenite, a trusty scout, iv. 4. 15. 
Δημοσ-άδης, v. 7. for Μηδοσάδης. 
[δῆμος, ov, ὁ, the people, the com- 
mons. Der. DEMO-CRACY. | 
se a, ov, belonging to the 
people, being public property : τὰ δη- 
μύσια the public money: iv. 6. 16. 
Sydw, wow, δεδήωκα |., (δήϊος hostile) 
to ravage, lay waste, A., v. 5. 7. 
- ϑή-πον adv., doubtless, surely, cer- 
tainly, of course, ii. 1. 42; 2. 15. 
δῆσαι, -σας, -σω, see δέω, to bind. 
δηχθείς, see δάκνω, iii. 2. 18, 
διά," by apostr. 4’, prep. w. c. and 
A., (akin to δύο and Lat. dis-) through : 
more literally, w. GEN. (of place, time, 
means, manner, &c.),i.2.5: 11.5.21s: 
iv. 6.22: διὰ ταχέων through quick 
measures, rapidly, 1.5-9: αὐτοῖς διὰ 
φιλίας ἱέναι to go to them through the 
way of friendship, fo seek their friend- 
ship, διὰ παντὸς πολέμου αὑτοῖς ἱέναι 
to wage utter war with them, iii. 2. 8: 
διὰ τέλους through the completion, 
throughout, vi. 6. 11:—w. Acc., cau- 
sal, through the influence, agency, or 
aid of; on account of, by reason of, for 
the sake of, for, through; i. 2.8; 7.5s: 
vii. 7.7,49s. Incompos., through (of 
place, time, completion, &c.); apart, 
asunder, about, abroad, denoting di- 
vision or distribution, cf. Lat. dis-. 
Ala, Art, Διός, see Ζεύς, i. 7. 9. 
S:a-Balvw,* βήσομαι, ᾿βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to go or pass through, over, or 
across, to cross, A., διά : to step apart, 


διαζεύγνυμι 
ἐδιαβατέος, a, ov, that must be crossed, 


lo be crossed, ii. 4. 6: vi. 5. 128. 
t&aBards, ή, dv, that may be crossed, 
passable, fordable, i. 4.18: ii. 5. 9. 
δια-βέβηκα, -βάς, -Bijvar, -βώ, ἃς,, 
see διαβαίνω, 1. 2.6; 4. 14, 16, 18. 
ιδια-βιβάζω, βιβάσω βιβῶ, (βιβάζω 
to make go, causative of βαίνω) to carry 
or bring across or over, take or lead 
across, transport, A., iii. 5. 2, 8. 
διαβολή, js, (dia-Bddrw) calumny, 
slander, false accusation, ii. 5.5. 
δι-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, ἤγγελκα, to carry 
word through, report, announce, com- 
municate, A. D., els: M. to pass the 
word [through] one to another: i. 6.2: 
li. 3.7: iii. 4. 36: vii. 1. 14, 
δια-γελάω, άσομαι, to make sport of 
among others, expose to ridicule, laugh 
at, jeer at, mock, A., ii. 6. 26. 
δια-γίγνομαι, * γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι 
& 2 pf. γέγονα, 2 ἃ. ἐγενόμην, to come 
or get through, swbsist, continue, pass 
time, A. P., év, 1.5.6; 10.19: ii. 6.5. 
δι-αγκυλόομαι, wooua, ἠγκύλωμαι, 
(ἀγκύλη α loop, the leathern thong of 
a javelin, fr. dyxos) to insert one’s fin- 
ger in the thong of a javelin, in im- 
mediate preparation for hurling it: 
διηγκυλωμένοι with their fingers in the 
thongs. The ἀγκύλη (Lat. amentum) 
was prob. fastened to the javelin at 
or near the centre of gravity, and was 
so used in throwing as to give greater 
force or (through rotation) steadiness 
to the motion. iv. 3.28: v. 2.12: J. 
δι-αγκυλίζομα:ι, ἰσομαι, ἠγκύλισμαι. 
δι-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 ἃ. ἤγαγον, to 
lead or carry through or across, bring 
over, transport, A.; to pass time, A.; 
without an acc. expressed, to pass the 
time, live, continue, be constantly, P.; 
1. 2. 11: ii, 4. 28: ili. 1. 43; 5. 10. 
δι-αγωνίζομαι, loouar ιοῦμαι, ἠγώ- 
viopat, to contend throughout or con- 
stantly, πρὸς, iv. 7. 12. 
δια-δέχομαι, δέξομαι, δέδεγμαι, to re- 


stride, straddle: i. ἃ. δ; 4.145: ἵν. 8. 8 eive one from another through a line, 


δια-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, to pierce with words like darts, 
to calumniate, traduce, slander, accuse 
or state falsely or maliciously, insinu- 
ate, A., AE., πρός, ws, 1.1.8: vii. 5. 8. 

διάβασις, ews, ἡ, the act, means, or 
place of crossing; a crossing, passage ; 
Jord, bridge, ferry; temporary bridge ; 





L 5.12: i. 8. 10. 


lo relieve one another, suceced, i. 5. 2. 

δια-δίδωμι," δώσω, δέδωκα, a. ἔδωκα 
(δῶ, δοίην, &c.), to dis-tribute, A. D. 
I., 1.9.22; 10.18: v. 8.7: vil. 7. 56. 

διάδοχος, ov, ὁ, (δια-δέχομαι) a suc- 
cessor, D., Vii. 2. 5. 

Sia-Levryvupn,* fevéiw, ἔζευχα ]., pf. p. 
ἔζευγμαι, to un-yoke, disunite, sepa- 
rate, A. ἀπὸ, iv. 2, 10. 


διαθεάομαι 39 


ϑια-θεάομαι, ἄσομαι, τεθέᾶμαι, to 
look through, observe, consider, ΟΡ. G. 
of theme, iii. 1. 19. 

δι-αιθριάζω, dow, (aifpia) dis-sere- 
nasco, to be clearing up or away [the 
clouds dispersing, hence διά], iv. 4. 
10: wv. 2. συν-αιθριά fw. 

δι-αιρέω," now, ἥρηκα, 2 a. εἷλον, to 
take apart, and thus destroy or remove, 
A., ii, 4. 22: v. 2. 21. 

διά-κειμαι, " κείσομαι, ο be arranged, 
dis-posed, or affected, ch. of the state 
of the mind, D., πρός, ii. 5. 27; 6.12: 
iii. 1. 3: vii. 3. 17 (impers.; yet by 
some, of the gift, to be disposed of). 

δϑια-κελεύομαι, εύσομαι, to exhort or 
encourage through an undertaking, 
&c., to cheer on, D., iii. 4.45: iv. 7. 26. 

δια-κινδυνεύω, evow, to expose one’s 
self throughout, meet all dangers, im- 
cur all riske, hazard a battle, i. 8. 6. 

δια-κλάω, κλᾶσω 1., (xAdw to break) 
to break in pieces, A., Vil. 3. 22. 

Staxovéw, iow, δεδιάκόνηκα, (διά-κονος 
a waiter, one who goes through the 
dust, x6ms* or akin to διώκω) to wail 
upon, serve, iv. 5. 33. 

δια-κόπτω," κόψω, κέκοφα, 2 a. p. 
ἐκόπην, to cut through or in pieces, 
break through, A., i. 8. 10: iv. 8. 11. 

διάκόσιοι, a, a, (δίς, ἑκατόν) two 
hundred, i. 2. 9. Ι 

δια-κρένω," κρινῶ, κέκρικα, to judge 
between, ‘decide, vi. 1. 22. 

δια-λαγχάνω, * λήξομαι, εἴληχα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔλαχον, to divide, assign, or take by lot, 
to allot, A., iv. 5. 23. 

δια-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 
2 ἃ. ἔλαβον, to take apart, separate, 
divide ; to take severally, each his 
share; A.; iv. 1. 23: v. 3. 4. 

δια-λέγομαι, * λέξομαι, εἴλεγμαι, ἐλέ- 
χθην, to share the talk, converse, con- 
Jer, or treat with, D., πρός, AE., περί, 
i. 7.9: iv. αὶ 185. Der. DIALOGUE. 

δια-λείπω," λείψω, λέλοιπα, 2 a. ἔλι- 
πον, to leave an interval, to be or stand 
apart or at intervals, be distant, A. 
ἀπό: τὸ διαλεῖπον the interval ; 1.7. 
15; 8.10: iv. 7.6; 8. 12s. 

δι-αμαρτάνω," ἁμαρτήσομαι, ἡμάρ- 
τΤῆκα, 2 ἃ. ἥμαρτον, to stray apart 
from, fail to find, miss, G., vil. 4. 17. 

δια-μάχομαι," χέσομαι χοῦμαι, με- 
μάχημαι, to fight [through] hard, con- 
tend or resist earnestly or obstinately, 
D., 1., περί, v. 8. 23; 6.25? vii. 4. 10. 


LEX. AN. 2* 


διαῤῥίπτω 


δια-μένω," μενῶ, μεμένηκα, to remain 
through, still remain, vii. 1. 6: v. 4. 
22% 

Sia-perpéw, ow, to distribute by 
measure, measure out, A. D., Vil. 1. 
40 8. 

δι-αμπερές (for δι-ανα-περές fr. πείρω 
to pierce) ch. Ep., quite through, adv., 
or as prep. W. A., lv. 1.18: vil. 8.14. 

δια-νέμω, * veud, νενέμηκα, a. ἔνειμα, 
to distribute, apportion, A. D., Vii. 5. 2. 

δια-νοέομαι, ἥσομαι, νενόημαι, a. ἐνο- 
ἤθην, to dis-pose one’s thoughts, pro- 
pose, purpose, design, intend, 1., AE., 
ii. 4.17: v.7.15: vi.1.19: vil. 7. 4838. 
ιδιάνοια, as, a design, intent, purpose, 
project, Vv. 6. 31. 

δια-παντός adv., or διὰ παντός, 
through everything, throughout, vii. 
8. 11. 

δια-πέμπω," πέμψω, πέπομφα, to 
send about or round, A., i. 9. 27. 

δια-περάω, dow, πεπέρᾶκα, to pass 
through, cross, A., iv. 3.21? 

δια-πλέω," πλεύσομαι, πέπλευκα, to 
sail across, eis, vii. 2.9; 3. 3.; 8. 1. 

δια-πολεμέω, tow, πεπολέμηκα, to 
carry the war through, fight ἐξ out, D., 
iii. 3. 3. 

δια-πορεύω, εύσω, pf. m. πεπόρευ- 
pat, to carry or convey across ΟΥ̓ over, 
A.: M. to carry one’s self over, to 
cross, to march or pass through or over, 
A.: 1.2.11; 5.18: iii. 3.3: vi.5,19. 

δι-απορέω, How, ἠπόρηκα, A. and M. 
to be at a loss or in doubt between two 
courses, vi. 1. 22. 

δια-πράττω," πράξω, πέπραχα, pf. 
m. and p. πέπραγμαι, to work through, 
work out, effect, accomplish, obtain, 
gain; διαπρᾶξαι ὅπως εἰσέλθοι to ob- 
tain for him [how he might enter] the 
privilege of entering: M. much as A., 
to work out for one’s self, effect one’s 
desire, accomplish one’s aim, obtain 
ope’s request, gain one’s point ; to 
negotiate, stipulate, make an agree- 
ment, wrrange or settle affairs: A. D., 
1. (A.), CP., παρά, πρός, περί : ii. 3, 20, 
25: iii. 5.5: v. 7.29: vii.1.38; 2.7. 

δι-αρπάζω," doouat, ἥρπακα, pf. p. 
ἥρπασμαι, di-ripio, to snatch apart, 
plunder, sack, seize, carry off, A., 1. 2. 
19, 26; 10. 2,18: ii. 2.16; 4. 27. 

δια-ῤ-ῥέω = v. 1. διὰ .. ῥέω, ν. 3. 8. 

δια-ῤ-ῥίπτω or ῥιπτέω," ῥίψω, ἔῤῥι- 





ga, to throw about, scatter, A., Υ.. 8. θ. 
0 








rT 


pose of for one’s own profit, sell, A.: 


διάῤῥιψις 34 


ἐδιάῤῥιψις, ews, ἡ, a throwing about, 
scattering, Vv. 8. 7. 
δια-σημαίνω, ανῶ, ἃ. ἐσήμηνα or ἄνα, 
to signify οὐ indicale a decision be- 
tween two courses, cpe., ii. 1. 23. 








δια-σκηνέω (intrans.), ow, ἃς ϑια- 
σκηνόω (trans.!), wow, to encamp| 
apart, separate for quarters, κατά, els, | 
iv. 4. 8, 10; 5. 29. | 
jSta-cxnvyréov ἐστίν, it is necessary | 
to encamp apart, εἰς, iv. 4. 14. 
δια-σπάω," σπάσω, ἔσπᾶκα, pf. p. 
ἔσπασμαι, ἃ. p. ἐσπάσθην, to draw 
apart, separate, scaiter, disperse, A., 
1.5.9: ili. 4. 20: iv. 8. 10, 17. 
δια-σπείρω, " σπερῶ, ἔσπαρκα 1., pf. 
p. ἔσπαρμαι, 2a. p. ἐσπάρην, to scatter, 
disperse, spread, trans.: M., intrans.: 
i. 8. 25: ii. 4.3: vi. 3.19; 5. 28, 
δια-στάς, -στῆναι, see δι-ίστημι. 
δια-σφενδονάω, iow, to sling or 
throw in all directions, iv. 2. 3. 
διά-σχω, -σχοιμι, see δι-έχω. 
δια-σώζω, σώσω, σέσωκα, ἃ. p. ἐσώ- 
θην, to preserve through danger, save, 
keep or bring safe: P. & M. to be 
saved or brought safe, save one’s self 








or one’s own, arrive safely: A. D., 
els, pds: v. 4.5; 5.13; 6.18: vi.6. 5. 

δια-τάττω͵ " τάξω, réraya, a. p. ἐτά- 
χθην, to arrange, draw up, or distrib- 
wte, in order of battle, A., i. 7. 1. 

δια-τείνω," τενῶ, réraxa, a. trewa, 
to stretch out: M. to strain or exert 
one's self; πᾶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς δ. to use every 
effort with you, vii. 6. 36. 

Sia-redéw,* dow ὥ, τετέλεκα, to fin- 
ish through or entirely, complete, A.: 
w. A. understood (476. 2) to finish the 
way, complete the distance ; to fill up 
the time, ¢o continue, be continually 
or constantly, P.: 1.5.7: iii. 4.17: 
iv. 3.2; 5.11. 

δια-τήκω," τήξω, 2 pf. rérnxa, to 
melt through, trans.: M. and 2 pf., 
intrans., iv. 5. 6. 

δια-τίθημι, " θήσω, τέθεικα, a. ἔθηκα 
(θῶ, &c.), dis-pono, to dis-pose in 
mind ; to dispose of, handle, treat or 
serve; A., 1.1.5: 1v.7.4: M. to dis- 


vi. 6. 37: vii. 4. 2. 
δια-τρέφω," θρέψω, τέτροφα, 2 a. p. 
ἐτράφην, to feed through, nourish, 
sustain, A., iv. 7. 17. 
Ἰδια-τρϊβή, js, delay, vi. 1. 1. 





δια-τρίβω, τρίψω, rérpida, to rab 


διαχωρέω 


through, wear away, waste, pass or 
spend time, A.; WwW. A. understood, to 
spend the time, delay, tarry ; i. 5. 9: 
i. 3. 9: iv. 6. 9: vii. 2. 3. 

δια-φαίνω," φανῶ, πέφαγκα, to show 
through : M.to appear or shine through, 
Vv. 2. 29; 2 ἃ. p. impers. διεφάνη [it] 
the light shone through, vii. 8. 14. 

ἐδιαφανῶς (διαφανής transparent) 
transparently, clearly, manifestly, vi. 
1. 24. 

Ἰδιαφερόντως surpassingly, pre-emi- 
nently, peculiarly, i. 9. 14. 

δια-φέρω," οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, ἃ. ἤνεγκα or 
τον, dif-fero, to DIF-FER from, surpass, 
excel, G. AE., #* impers. w. 1., διέφερεν 
ἀλέξασθαι it was different or easier to 
repel; or by pers. constr., διέφερον 
ἀλέξασθαι they were [different] better 
able, or found it easier to repel, 573 ; 
il. 3.15: iii. 1. 37; 4. 33: of ποταμοὶ 
διοίσουσιν [v. 1. διήσουσιν) the rivers 
will [carry us across] permit us to 
cross (acc. to some, will differ in size), 
iil. 2.23: M. to differ with, quarrel, 
be at variance, ἀμφί, πρός, iv. 5. 17. 

δια-φεύγω, " φεύξομαι, répevya, 2 a. 
ἔφυγον, to flee through, get away, 
escape, A. ἐξ, V.2.3: vi. 3. 4: vii. 3. 43. 

δια-φθείρω͵ * φθερῶ, ἔφθαρκα, 2a. p. 
ἐφθάρην, to spoil utterly, ruin, destroy; 
lo corrupt, seduce, bribe; a.: P. to be 
destroyed or ruined, go to ruin, waste 
away, &e.: iii. 3.5: iv. 1.11; 5. 12, 

διάφορος, ov, s., (δια-φέρω) at vari- 
ance: neut. subst., variance, disagree- 
ment, cause of difference or dissension, 
iv. 6.3: vii. 6. 15. 

δια-φυή, fs, (φυή growth, fr. φύω) 
growth between, a partition or divi- 
sion, v. 4. 29. 

δια-φυλάττω, diw, πεφύλαχα, to 
guard throughout: Jf. to take care or 
exercise precaution throughout, ΑΕ. 
ws, Vil. 6. 22? 

δια-χάζω," (χάζω to drive, back, ch. 
Ep.) to draw apart, separate, intrans., 
iv. 8. 18? 

δια-χειμάζω, dow, (χεῖμα winter, fr. 
χέω to pour) to go through or pass the 
winter, to winter, vii. 6. 31. 

δια-χειρίζω, low 1, κεχείρικα, (χείρ) 
to pass through one’s hands, adminis- 
ter, manage, A., i. 9. 17. 

δια-χωρέω, tow, κεχώρηκα, to go or 
work through: impers. κάτω διεχώρει 
αὐτοῖς they had a diarrhea, iv. 8. 20. 


διδάσκαλος 35 


διοράω 


ἐδιδάσκαλος, ov, ὁ, a teacher, ii. 6.12. | way,i.9.19: δίκαια ποιεῖν to do whats 

διδάσκω," diw, dedidaxu, to teach, | right,i.8.5; τὰ δίκαια λαμβάνειν to take 
instruct, inform, A. OP., 1.: P. fo δὲ} justice, vii. 7.17: ods ἐδύκουν Sixatord- 
taught, learn: i. 7. 4: ii. 5. 6: iii. 3. τοὺς εἶναι whom they deemed to be the 


4; 4.32: vi. 5.18. Der. DIDACTIC. 


most proper to invite, or the best en- 


δίδημι," ch. Ep., a prolonged form | titled éo an invitation, = v. ἵ. ods ἐδόκει 


of δέω to bind, q. v.; v. 8. 24. 


δικαιότατον εἷναι whom ἐξ seemed to be 


δίδωμι," δώσω, δέδωκα, a. ἔδωκα (δῶ, | the most proper to invite, 573, vi. 1. ὃ. 


&e.), pf. p. δέδομαι, a. p., ἐδόθην, Lat. 


ἐδικαιοσύνη, 7s, justice (as a quality), 


do, to give, grant, bestow, A. D., 1.1.6, | uprightness, righteousness, i. 9. 16. 


8s; 2.12, 27: δοθῆναι αὐτῷ σώζειν 


μἐδικαιότης, τος, ἡ, = δικαιοσύνη, 


that it should be granted to him to/ii. 6. 26. 


save, the privilege of saving, 663 Ὁ, 
ii. 3. 25; ef. vil. 3.13. Der. DOSE. 
δι-έβαινον, -έβην, see δια-βαίνω. 


ςι δικαίως justly, with reason, reason- 


ably, properly, deservedly, ii. 3. 19. 


Ἰδικαστής, of, (δικάζξω to judge) a 


δι-εγενόμην, see δια-γίγνομαι, ii. 6. 5. | judge, v. 7. 34. 


δι-είργω, " εἴρξω, to intercept (sc. αὐὖ- 


δίκη, ns, justice or right ; just retri- 


Tous), intervene, iii. 1. 2. 


δι-εἴχον, see δι-έχω, i. 8. 17. 
δι-ελαύνω," ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, 
a. ἤλασα, to ride, drive, or charge, 
through, i. 5.12; 10.7: ii. 3. 19. 
δι-ελθεῖν, -ελήλυθα, see δι-έρχομαι. 
δι-ελών, see di-arpéw, ii. 4. 22. 


bution either (1) to him who has suf- 
fered, or (2) to him who has done 
wrong (ἡ ἐσχάτη δίκη the severest retri- 
bution or punishment, v. 6. 15); also 
(3) sing. or pl., ὦ process of justice, 
judicial proceedings, trial; α. Thus, 
(1,3) δίκην διδόναι poenas dare, to give ret- 


δι-εξ-έρχομαι, " ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, | ribution or satisfaction, make amends, 


2 a. ἦλθον, to come out through, εἰς, 


vi. 6. 38 ? 


pay the penalty, suffer punishment ; to 
render a judicial account of one’s con- 


ϑι-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 2a. | duct ; D.; ii. 6.21: v. 7.29; 8.1: δί- 
ἦλθον, to go or come through, pass or|xnv λαμβάνειν poenas sumere, to take 
march through, cross, A., διά; of ἃ satisfaction, obtain amends or justice, 
rumor, to go abroad, spread : 1. 4. 7 :| inflict punishment, v. 8.17: δίκην ἔχειν 


li. 4.12: iv. 1.3,5; 5,22: v. 4. 14. | to have satisfaction, vii. 4. 24: 


(2, 3) 


δι-ερωτάω, fo appeal to, v. l. for ἐρω- δίκην ἐπιτιθέναι to inflict retribution, 


Taw, iv. 1. 26. 


punishment, or just desert, D., i. 3.10, 


δι-εσπάρθαι, see δια-σπείρω, ii. 4.3. | 20: iii. 2.8: τῆς δίκης τυχεῖν to receive 
δι-έχω," ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, ipf. εἶχον, 2 ἃ. | one’s desert, vi. 6.25: ἔχειν τὴν δίκην 
ἔσχον, [to have one’s self apart] to be|to have one’s desert or due, receive the 
apart, distant, or separated, to diverge, | punishment due, ii. 5. 38, 41: ὑπέχειν 
G., ἀπό: τὸ διέχον, the intervening | dixny to undergo retribution, make 


space, interval : i. 8.17: iii. 4. 22. 


amends, submit to an investigation, 


δι-ηγέομαι, ἥσομαι, ἥγημαι, to lead|trial, or punishment, render account, 


through a story, to relate or state in 


D., v. 8. 1,18: vi. 6.15: els δίκαι κα΄ 


detail, narrate, A., iv. 3.8: vii. 4.8. Ἰταστῆσαι to present for trial, bring to 


δι-ήλασα, see δι-ελαύνω, i. 10. 6. 
δι-ῆλθον, see δι-έρχομαι, i. 4. 7. 
δι-ίημι," ἥσω, εἶκα, a. ἧκα (ὦ, &c.), 
ἴο send through, per-mit to go through, 
let pass, A. dd, tii. 2. 23? iv. 1. 8. 
δι-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔστην, 
to station apart: M., w. pf. and 2 ἃ. 
act., to stand apart, be stationed at in- 
tervals, open the ranks, i. 5. 2; 8. 20. 
δίκαιος, a, ov, c., 8., (δίκη) just, 
right, righteous, upright, proper, rea- 
sonable, 1., 1.3.5: iii. 1.37: τὸ δίκαιον 
justice, right, pl. rights; ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου 
[out of] according to justice, in a just 





trial, v. 7. 34. 

δι-μοιρία, as, (dis, μοῖρα portion) a 
double portion, twice as much, vii. 
2. 36. 

Sivéw, yow, ch. poet., (divy a whirl) 
to whirl, trans.: M., intrans., vi. 1. 9. 

διό adv. = δὲ 8, on account of which, 
wherefore, i. 2. 21: v. 5.10: vii. 6. 39. 

δί-οδος, ov, ἡ, ὦ way or journey 
through, passage, v. 4. 9. 

δι-οίσω, see δια-φέρω, iii. 2. 23 ? 

δι-οράω, ἢ ὄψομαι, édpaxa or édpaxa, 
to see through, perceive, discover, A., 
v. 2. 30. 





διορύττω 36 


δορπηστός 


ϑι-ορύττω," viw, ὀρώρυχα, to dig| proved, determined, resolved on, voted, 


through, A., vii. 8. 13s. 


lii. 2. 39; τούτους ri [sc. παθεῖν] do- 


, He » ᾿ ἣν Ἴ 
ϑιότι" conj., (δι΄ ὅ rt) on account of|xeire ; what do you think [these suf- 


this that, because, ii. 2. 14. 
TSC-mwyxvs, υ, ξ΄. os, (πῆχυς) two cu- 
bits long, iv. 2. 28. 
T&-mwAdoros, a, ον, (πλάττω to form) 


fered] was the case with these? v.7. 26: 
— (2) of the action of an object upon 
the mind, to seem, appear, Lat. vide- 
or; lo seem good, best, expedient, right, 


tu o-fold, double, twice as much or proper; to be approved, determined, 


many: διπλάσιον double the distance, 
twice as fur, G.: lil. 3. 16: iv. 1. 13. 

{δί-πλεθρος, ov, (πλέθρον) two hun- 
dred feet long or wide, iv. 3. 1. 

ἴϑι-πλόος, dn, dor, contr. ϑδι-πλοῦς, 

ἢ, οὖν, (-πλοος, akin to πλέκω) duplex, 
two-fold, double, νἱὶ. ὃ. 7. Der. Ὁ1- 
PLOMA. 

[δίς adyv., also in compos. δὲ-ν (δύο) 
twice, doubly. | 

μιδισ-χίλιοι, ar, a, two thousand, i. 
1. 10; Ἀν. 

διφθέρα, as, (δέφω to tan) a tanned 
or prepared skin, a leathern bag or 
pouch, 1.5.10: v. 2.12. Der. pipn- 
THERIA. 

μιδιφθέρινος, ἡ, ov, made of skins, 
leuthern, ii. 4. 28. 

δίφρος, ov, ὁ, (dis, φέρω) a seat, 
originally for two, as in the old char- 
Ἰοὺ for the warrior and the driver, 
1, 8.103 vii, 3. 29, 
δίχα adv., (dis) in two, asunder ; 
δίχα ποιεῖν to divide, vi. 4. 11. 
, ‘ ων 
φδιχάζω, dow, to divide or separate, 
intrans., iv. 8. 18 ? 
᾿ » » » , 
διψάω (contr. -ὦ, -ἢς, -ἢ), " How, δεδί- 
ψηκα, (diva thirst) to thirst, be thirsty, 
iv. 5. 27. 

Ἰδιωκτέος, a, ov, to be pursued: διω- 
κτέον ἐστίν it is necessary to pursue, 
chase must be given, iii. 3. 8. 

διώκω," wiw, oftener ώξομαι, dedlw- 
xa, (diw to run away, flee) to make 
flee or run, pursue, chase, give chase, 
drive or follow as an enemy, A. εἰς, 
&c., 1.4.78; 5.2s; 8.21: as intrans., 
to hasten or gallop off, vii. 2. 20. 
ἐδίωξις, ews, ἡ, act of pursuing, pur- 
suit, il. 4. δ. 

Τδιῶρυξ, υχος, H, (dt-opirrw) a canal, 
dvench, 1.7. 15: it. 4. 13, 17. 

Τδόγμα, aros, τό, a decree, ordinance, 
DOGMA, 111. 3.5; vi. 4.11; 6. 8, 27. 

δοθῆναι, δοίην, see δίδωμι, ii. 3. 25. 
δοκέω," δόξω, δεδόκηκα poet. (1) of 
the action of the mind itself, to think, 
suppose, imagine, expect, 1. (A.), 1. 7. 
1; 8. 2: δεδογμένος thought best, ap- 


resolved on, adopted, or voted; both 
personally and impersonally, and with 
the former construction for the latter 
(the two combined, iii. 1.11 ἢ, 573; 
D. I. (A.; the inf. often supplied fr. 
the context); i. 2.1; 3. 11s, 18, 20; 
4.7,15: δόξαν ταῦτα [sc. ποιεῖν fr. the 
context, or see 502] it having been 
voted to pursue this course, or this re- 
solved on, 675 a, iv. 1.13. With the 
uses 1 and 2, compare J think and me- 
thinks = me-seems = it seems to me. 
Aoxéw is much used for greater mod- 
esty or courtesy of expression, i. 3.°12 ; 
7. 4 (αἰσχύνεσθαί μοι δοκῶ, me-ithinks 1 
am ashamed): iii. 1. 88 ; ef. 70m, 654. 

δοκιμάζω, dow, (δόκιμος accepted on 
proof, fr. δέχομαι) to approve on ex- 
amination, iii. 3. 20. 

δόλιος, a, ov, (δόλος) deceitful, 
treacherous, perfidious, i. 4. 7 ? 

δόλιχος, ov, ὁ, the long race, pro- 
tracted to several miles, by an exten- 
sion of the course, or a repetition of 
it: iv. ἢ, Sz. 

δόλος, ov, ὁ, dolus, a wile, fraud, 
deceit, treachery, v. 6. 29. 
Δόλοψ, οπος, ὁ, α Dolopian. The Do- 
lopes were a rude but hardy tribe, 
living on both sides of the southern 
range of Mt. Pindus, i. 2. 6. 
t8d€a, ns, opinion, expectation; repu- 
tation, credit, glory, els: ii. 1.18: vi. 
1. 21; 5.14. Der. onTHO-poxyY. 
ἐδοξάζω, dow, to commend, extol, A., 
vi. 1. 32? 
δόξας, δόξω, see δοκέω, 1.3.20; 4.15. 
Sopdriov, ov, τό, (dim. of δόρυ) a 
short spear, of special use in carrying 
booty or baggage, yet also used as a 
weapon, vi. 4. 23. 
δορκάς, ddos, ἡ, (δέρκομαι, pf. δέδορ- 
κα, to look keenly) a small, swift, and 
beautiful antelope, so named from the 
lustre of its eye, @ gazelle, i. 5. 2: v. 
3.10. Hence-prop. name Dorcas. 
δορπηστός, of, or δόρπηστος, ov, ὁ, 
(δόρπον supper) supper-time, i. 10. 17: 
v. l. δόρπιστοϊ. 





pike, Lat. hasta. The common spear 


δόρυ 37 


δόρυ," δόρατος, τό, (cf. δρῦς oak) a 
beam or large stick, the shaft of a 
spear; hence comm. @ spear, lance, 


of the Greek hoplite consisted of a 
long wooden shaft, with a sharp steel 
point (αἰχμή), and upon the reverse 
end an iron spike (savpwr 7p) for thrust- 
ing the spear into the ground in time 
of rest. Ἐπὶ δόρυ [spear-ward] fo the 
right, since the spear was carried in 
the right hand; ef. wap ἀσπίδας. 1. 
8.18: iii. 5. 7: iv. 3. 29; 7. 16. 
ιδορυ-φόρος, ov, ὁ, (φέρω) α spear- 
bearer, spear-man, a forager carrying 
a spear, v. 2. 4: ef. δοράτιον. 
tdovdela, as, slavery, servitude, bond- 
age, subjection, vil. 7. 32. 
tSovkevw, evow, δεδούλευκα, lo be a 
slave, iv. 8. 4. 
δοῦλος, ov, ὁ, (δέω to bind) a slave, 
bondman, bond-servant ; under an ab- 
solute government, ὦ subject ; i. 9.15, 
29: ii. 5. 32, 38: iii. 1. 17. 
Sotvat, δούς, see δίδωμι, i. 2. 12. 
ἐϑουπέω," iow, δέδουπα, ch. Ep., to 
make a din, to clash, D. of instrument, 
πρός, i. 8.18. Cnomatopoetic. 
δοῦπος, ov, ὁ, ch. poet., a loud 
noise, din, uproar, hubbub, ii. 2. 19. 
Δρακόντιος, ov, Dracontius, a Spar- 
tan exile, iv. 8. 25: vi. 6. 30. 
δράμοιμι, δραμοῦμαι, see τρέχω. 
ἐδρεπανη-φόρος, ον, (φέρω) scythe- 
bearing, scythe-armed, i.7.10s; 8.10. 
δρέπανον, ov, τό, or poet.Speravn, 7s, 
(δρέπω to pluck) a scythe, sickle, i.8.10. 
Apia, ὧν, the Drile, a warlike 
people dwelling near Trebizond, v. 3.1 8. 
δρόμος, ov, ὁ, (τρέχω, pf. δέδρομα) 
the act or place of running; ὦ run, 
running, race; race-course: δρόμῳ 
upon the run, as in a race, at full 
speed, rapidly: δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς 
στρατιώταις the soldiers began to run, 
459: i. 2.17; 8.185 : iv. 8. 25s. 
δύναμαι, " δυνήσομαι, δεδύνημαι, ipf. 
ἐδυνάμην or ἠδυνάμην, a. p. ἐδυνήθην, 
ἠδυνήθην, or x. ἐδυνάσθην, to be able 
(can), have power, 1. (often under- 
stood); hence elliptically, to be strong 
or powerful; to be equal or equivalent 
to, to mean, A.; 1.1.4; 5.6; 7.5: 


ii. 2. 12s: iv. 5.118: of μέγιστον (or 


ϑυσπορία 


It is often used or to be supplied with 
a rel. and superl., 5536 : ὡς μάλιστα 
ἐδύνατο ἐπικρυπτόμενος [concealing it 
as he best could] as secretly as possible, 
1:1.6 ; ἡ ἐδύνατο τάχιστα [as he could 
most rapidly] as rapidly as he could, 
i. 2.4; ws ἂν δύνηται πλείστους as 
many as he could, i. 6. 3. 
ἐἰδύναμις, ews, ἡ, ability, power, 
might, strength, force ; military force, 
forces, troops, army (so pl. 1. 5. 9): 
κατὰ or els δύναμιν according to or to 
the extent of one’s ability: i. 1.6; 6. 
7: ii. 3. 23: iii. 2.9. Der. DYNAMIC. 
ἰδυνάστης, ov, a chief or powerful 
man, lord, nobleman, i. 2. 20. Der. 
DYNASTY. 
{Suvards, ἡ, dv, c., S., actively, able, 
competent, powerful, strong, 1.; pas- 
sively, possible, practicable, feasuble, 
D. 1.3 i. 3.17; 9. 24: ii. 6. 8, 19: iv. 
1.12, 24: ἐκ τῶν δυνατῶν from [the 
possibles] the means in their power, 
iv. 2.23. It is often used or to be 
supplied with a rel. and superl., 5536: 
ἣ δυνατὸν μάλιστα [so as is possible, 
most implicitly] as implicitly as pos- 
sible, i.3.15; ὅτι ἀπαρασκευαστότατον 
[according to what is possible, most 
unprepared ] as unprepared as possible, 
ὅτι πλείστους as many as possible, 1.1. 
6; ὡς τάχιστα πορεύεσθαι to proceed as 
speedily as possible, i. 3. 14. 

δύω," δύσω, to make enter, put on: 
hence Siva & ϑύομαι, δύσομαι, δέδῦκα, 
2a. ἔδῦν, of the sun, fo enter the 
western sea, to set, i. 10. 15: ii. 2. 3. 

δύο," δυοῖν, or, w. plur. nouns, 
indecl., duo, TWo, i. 1.1: ii 2. 37: 
vi. 6.14: vii. 5.9; 6.1. Der. DUAL. 

[δυσ-" inseparable particle, i//, mis-, 
un-, DYS-, with difficulty. | 

δύσ-βατος, ov, difficult of access, 
v. 2.2% iv. 1. 25% 

δυσ-διάβατος, ov, difficult to pass, 
vi. 5.19? 

δυσμή, 7s, (δύνω) usu. in pl., setting 
of the sun ; ἡλίου δυσμαί swn-set ; Vi. 
4.26; 5.32: vil. 3. 34. 

δυσ-πάριτος, ov, (πάρ-ειμι to pass) 
hard or difficult to pass, iv.1.25: v. 1. 
δυσπόριστος (for δυσπρόσιτος difficult 
of access ἢ) or δύσβατος. 

δυσ-πόρευτος, ov, (ropedw) difficult 


μέγιστα) δυνάμενοι (sc. ποιεῖν] the most | of passage or to pass, D., 1. 5. 7. 
powerful, ii. 6.21: οὐκ ἐδυνάμην ζῆν tdvorropla, as, difficulty of crossing, 





I could not (consent to) live, vil. 2. 33. 


difficult passage, G., iv. 3. 7. 








δύσπορος 38 ἐγώ 


δύσ-πορος, ον, difficult of passage, 
hard to cross, 1. 5.9: v. 1. 13: vi. 5. 12. 

δύσ-χρηστος, ον, (χράομαι) hard to 
use or manage, of little use, unservice- 
able, iii. 4. 19. 

δυσ-χωρία, as, (χῶρος) the rugged- 
ness or difficulty of the country, diffi- 
cult ground, iii. 5. 16. 

8a, δώσω, see δίδωμε, i. 7. 7. 





& 2 pf. γέγονα, to take place, be pro- 

duced, or arise in, D., v. 8. 8. 
ἐἔγ-γονος, ου, ὁ, adescendant, iii.2.14 1 
ἐγγνάω," iow, ἠγγύηκα, (ἐγ-γύη α 

pledge in hand, fr. γυῖον limb, hand) 





to put in hand, pledge: M. to pledge 
ones self, engage, promise, τ. (A)., Vii. 


4. 13. 
Τέγγύθεν adv., from nigh at hand, 


δώ-δεκα indecl., (δύο, δέκα) twelve, |iv. 2. 27. 


Ke 103) 7. 15. 

Ἰδωρέομαι, ἥσομαι, δεδώρημαι, to make 
or give ἃ present, lo present, give, A. 
D., Vil. 3. 18, 268; 5. 3. 


ἐγγύς " adv., c. ἃ s. ἐγγύτερον, 
Ἴτᾶτα, or τέρω, τάτω, near, nigh, close 
at hand, G.; nearly, closely : super. 
w. art. the nearest, last : i. 8. 8; 10. 


Ἰδωρο-δοκέω, ἥσω, (δέχομαι) lo receive! 10: ii. 2. 11, 16s; 4.1: iv. 2. 28 


a gift, take a bribe, vii. 6. 17. 
δῶρον, ov, (δίδωμι) a gift, present, 
reward, 1. 2.27; 9. 14, 22: ii. 1. 10. 


E. 
ἐᾷ, ἐᾶν, &c., see dw, iii. 3. 3. 


. it Ny “εν 
ἑάλωκα, ἑάλων, see ἁλίσκομαι, iii. 4.8. 
ἐάν," (εἰ, dv) contr. ἤν or "ἂν, conj. 


followed by the subj., if perhaps, of 


haply, tf, in case that: ἐὰν μή if not, 
unless, except: ἐάν te . . ἐάν τε [both 
if . . and if) whether. . or: i. 3.14 
18s; 4.12: vit 1. 31; 3. 37. 
μἐάν-περ, if indeed, if only, iv. 6.172 
ἐαρίζω, icw iG, (ἔαρ ver, spring) to 
pass or spend the spring, iii. 5. 15. 
é-avrod,* js, contr. αὑτοῦ, js, reff. 
ron., (€ him, αὐτός) sui, of himself, 
erself, itself, ch. used when the reflex 
reference is emphatic or direct. In 
the gen., it often supplies the place 
of ἃ possessive pron. (suus): of ἑαυτοῦ 
his own men, τὰ ἑαυτῶν their own 
affairs, interests, or possessions, i. 1. 
5; 2. 7, 15: iti. 1.16. V. 2. for éuav- 
Tov or σαυτοῦ, 539d, vi. 6. 15: vii. 5. 


éyelpa, * ἐγερῶ, ἐγήγερκα |., to wake 
another :, 2 pf. pret. ἐγρήγορα to be or 
keep awake, keep watch, iv. 6. 22. 

ἐγενόμην, ἐγιγνόμην, see γίγνομαι. 

ἐγ-καλέω," καλέσω καλῶ, κέκληκα, 
to call upon as responsible, make a 
demand upon, charge, blame, throw 
the blame upon, find fault with, τ. 
ΟΡ; to call upon one for, demand, A. ; 
vil. 5.7; 7. 33, 44, 47. 

ἐγ-καλύπτω, Uyw, κεκάλυφα 1., (κα- 
λύπτω to wrap, cover) to wrap up in ἃ 
covering, A., iv. 5. 19. 
ἔγ-κειμαι," κείσομαι, to lie in or 
therein, iv. 5. 26. 
 ἐγ-κέλευστος, ov, (κελεύω) urged on, 
instructed, incited, bidden, i. 3. 13. 
ἐγ-κέφαλος, ov, ὁ, (κεφαλή) the brain; 
the brain, crown, or cabbage of the 
palm, a large cabbage-like bud at the 
top of the stalk, ii. 3. 16. 
ἐγικρατής, ἐς, (kpdros) in power 
over, in possession of, master of, G., i. 
ye AP Mh! 

ἔγνωκα, ἔγνων, ἐγνώσθην, see yy- 
vookw, 1.3.2: ii, 4, 22: ili. 1. 43, 
ἐγρήγορα, -ev, see ἐγείρω, iv. 6. 22, 
ἐγ-χαλινόω, wow, pf. p. κεχαλίνω- 











5: often for αὐτοῦ, or the converse. 
taw,* ἐάσω, εἴᾶκα, ipf. εἴων, to per- 
mit, allow, suffer, let, a. 1.: to let be, 
let alone, leave, dismiss, have nothing 
to do with, A. D.: οὐκ ἐᾶν to forbid, 
prohibit, protest, 686i: i. 4.7, 9; 9. 
18: vii. 3. 2; 4. 10s, 20, 24. 
᾿ἑβδομήκοντα indecl., seventy,iv.7.8. 
; Sopos, ἡ, ov, (ἑπτά) seventh, vi. 2.12. 
Εἰβοζέλμιος or ᾿Εἰβολζέμιος, ov, v. 1. 
for ᾿Αβροζέλμης, vii. 6. 43. 
éy-, the form which ἐν takes in 
compos. before a palatal, 150. 
dy-ylyvopat,” γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι" 





μαι, to puta bit in the mouth of, to 
bridle, A., Vii. 2. 21; 7. 6. 

ἐγ-χειρέω, how, ἐγ-κεχείρηκα, (χείρ) 
to take in hand, undertake, make an 
attempt, v. 1. 8. 

ἐγ-χειρίδιον, ov, τό, (χείρ) a hand- 
knife, dagger, iv. 3. 12. 

ἐγ-χειρίζω, low 1, κεχείρικα, (χείρ) 
to put in the hands of another, commit, 
entrust, A. D., ili. 2. 8. 

ἐγ-χέω," f. xéw or χεῶ, κέχυκα, (χέω 
to pour) to powr in wine for a libation, 
D., iv. 3. 13. 
ἐγώ," ἐμοῦ or μοῦ, pl. ἡμεῖς, (the 


ἔγωγε 89 ΜΝ 


forms beginning w. & having comm. | 
some emphasis, and those w. p- being | 
enclitic) ego, mei, nos, J, we, i. 3. 3, 
5s: πρὸς με for πρὸς ἐμέ, 788 6, ill. 2. 
2: ἡμᾶς = ἐμέ, i. 7. 7: ἐγῷμαι by cra- 
sis for ἐγὼ οἶμαι, 1 think, iii. 1. 35? 
Der. EGOTISM. 


whatever, 639, 1.5.1; 6.1; καὶ εἴ τις " 
νόσῳ and a few perhaps by sickness, 
γ. 8. 8: καὶ el, εἰ καί even if, although, 
though, iii. ἃ. 22, 34 : νἱ. 6. 27: ---- eas 
complem., if, whether, whether not, 
i. 3.5; 10. 5: iii. 2. 22; so elliptical- 
ly, to see or try if, to ascertain whether, 


j¥yw-ye,* ἐμοῦ γε, ἔμοιγε, ἔμεγε or liv. 1. 8: v. 4. 3. 


ἐμέ γε, equidem, I at least, I for my 
part, I certainly, i. 4. 8: vii. 1. 30. 
ἔδει, ἐδεῖτο, see δέω, 1.5.14: iv.1.13. 
ἔδεισα, ἐδεδοίκειν, see δείδω, i. 10. 9. | 
ἐδήδοκα, see ἐσθίω, iv. 8. 20. 
ἐδόκουν, ἔδοξα, see δοκέω, i. 3. 20. 
ἔδραμον, see τρέχω, iv. 3. 33. 
ἔδωκα, ἔδοσαν, see δίδωμι, i. 2. 27. 
ἕζων, ἔζη, see (dw, 1.5.5: v. 8. 10. 
ἐἐθελοντής, οὔ, ὁ, ὦ volunteer; as adj. 
voluntary, willing, of one’s own accord, 
i. 6. 9: iv. 1. 26s. 
t@edXovrl adv., willingly, iii. 3. 18 ? 
t@dotoros, a, ov, voluntary, of one’s 
own accord, iv. 6. 19: vi. 5. 14. 
ἐθέλω," ἐθελήσω, ἠθέληκα, by ashorter 
but less frequent form θέλω, θελήσω, 
to be willing, consent, wish, desire, 
will, choose, please, prefer, 1., TL: οὐκ 
ἐθέλω, 1 am not willing, I will not, 
T refuse: ἐθέλων w. adverbial force, 
willingly: i. 2. 26; 3.6,8; 9. 185: 
iv. 4.5: vi. 2.6. ᾿Εθέλω and βούλομαι 
are nearly synonymous and may be 
often interchanged ; yet, in strict dis- 
tinction, ἐθέλω expresses the wish or 
will more as a feeling, and βούλομαι 
more as a rational purpose or prefer- 
ence. Simple inclination, acquiescence, 
or desire is rather expressed by ἐθέλω, 
and plan or determination by βούλο- 
pac: εἰ ὑμεῖς ἐθέλετε ἐξορμᾶν, ἕπεσθαι 
βούλομαι if you are willing to take the 
lead, I am resolved to follow, iii. 1. 25: 
ef. v. 6. 20; 7. 27s. 
ἐθέμην, ἔθηκα, see τίθημι, 1. 5. 14. 
ἔθνος, cos, τό, a nation, tribe: κατὰ 
ἔθνη or ἔθνος, according to their nations 
or tribes, by nations or tribes; 1.8.9: 
iv. 5. 28: v. 5.5. Der. rTHNO-LOGY. 
εἰ " conj. (becoming ἐάν before the 
subj., 619 a), si, ἐγ, supposing, provid- 


ela, εἴῶσα, see ἐάω, 1.4.7; 9.13, 18. 
εἶδον, εἰδῶ, εἰδέναι, εἰδώς, &c., see 
ὁράω. Cf. video, Sans. vid, to wit. 
εἶδος, eos, τό, appearance, form, 
beauty, ii. 3. 16. 
εἴην, εἴησαν or elev, see elul, 1. 1. 5. 
εἰκάζω," dow, elxaxa l., pf. p. εἴκα- 
σμαι or ἤκασμαι, to make like, liken, 
A.; to think likely, conjecture, sup- 
pose, estimate, 1. (A.), 1. 6. 1,11; 10. 
16: pf. p. to have been made like, ἕο 
resemble, D., V. 3.12; 4. 12 :--- 2 pf. 
pret. ἔοικα, 2 plup. ἐῴκειν, to be like, 
resemble, seem like, D.; to seem; il. 1. 
13; 2. 18. 
μεἰκός, dros, (neut. pt. of εἶκα = ἔοικα) 
likely, probable, reasonable, proper, 
natural, w. frequent ellipsis of ἐστί or 
ἣν, τ. (A.): τὸ εἰκός the likelihood, prob- 
ability, &c.: ii. 2.195; 3.6: iii. 1. 21. 
εἴκοσι(ν) indecl., éwenty, i. 2. 5, 8. 
εἰκότως adv., (εἰκός) reasonably, nat- 
urally, with good reason, ii. 2. 3. 
εἴληφα, -ev, see λαμβάνω, iv. 5. 35. 
etAnxa, -ev, see λαγχάνω, iv. 5. 24. 
εἷλκον, see ἕλκω, iv. 2. 28: v. 2. 15. 
εἱλόμην, elroy, see αἱρέω, 1.3.5; 9.9. 
εἰμί," ἔσομαι (3 sing. ἔσται), ipf. ἣν, 
sum, ¢o be, exist, the chief substantive 
verb, variously translated acc. to the 
context, i. 1.4: w. GEN., to be of or 
one’s, belong to, be the property or part 
of, &c., 437%, 440, 443, i. 1. 6: 11. 1. 
4,9; ὄντα τὸ εὖρος πλέθρου being [of] 
a plethron in width, i. 4. 9: W. DAT., 
to be to or for (where have is frequent 
in translation, 459), i. 2. 7; 3. 21: w. 
a PART., often a stronger form of ex- 
pression for the simple verb, 679, ii. 
2.13; 3.10: τὰ ὄντα the things be- 
ing, facts, effects, possessions, iv. 4.15: 
vii. 8. 22: τῷ ὄντι in reality or fact, 


ed, in case that, i. 2.2: et μή nisi, if|really, v. 4. 20. — Its IMPERS. use 


not, unless, except, i. 4.18: iv. 2. 4: 
εἰ δὲ μή but if not, otherwise, used even 
after negative sentences, ii. 2. 2: iv. 
8,6: ef ris if any, sometimes, as a 
more moderate form of expression, 


(which may usu. be also explained 
personally, 571 f, h) is extensive : ἔστι 
there is or it is, it is possible, the part 
of, &c., 1. (A.), i. 5.28; i. 1.9: often 
w. a neut. adj. sing. or pl., as δῆλον 





supplying the place of ὅστις whoever, 


ii. 8. 6, ἄβατα iii. 4. 49: w. arelative, 











εἶμι 40 


“often forming a complex indefinite, 
5594, as ἔστι δ᾽ ὅστις but there is who 
= hut some one, i. 8. 20, ἣν ots = some, 
i. 5. 7, ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε there is when = some- 
times, ii. 6.9; and negatively, οὐκ ἦν 
ὅπου there was [not where] no place 
where, iv. 5.31 (cf. ii. 3. 23), οὐκ ἔστιν 
ὅπως [there is not how] ἐξ cunnot be 
that, i. 4. 3 (ef. the personal use τοῦτ᾽ 
ἔστιν ὅπως ; is this possible, how ? ὦ 
ait possible that? v. 7.7): τὸ κατὰ τοῦ- 
τον εἶναι 80 far as regards him, τὸ νῦν 
εἶναι for the present, 665 b, i. 6. 9: iii. 
2. 37. — For the accent of the pres. 
ind., see 7870, 788 a, b, ἃ, f. 

εἶμι, ἢ ipf. jew or ἦα, fo go, come ; 
the pres. regularly used in the ind., 
and sometimes in other modes, as fut. 
(eluc 1 am going = J shali go, cf. épxo- 
pat): imv. [0c age, come! AE., D. διά, εἰς, 
Onl, ἢ 2.133 ἃ 1, 6; ἃ δ: iv, 
6.12: vii. 2.26. For Mf. leuat, see ζημι. 

εἶπα, εἶπον, see φημί, i. 3.7: ii. 1. 21. 

εἴ-περ if indeed, if in fact or really, 
αν." 10. 

εἱπόμην, see ἕπομαι, 1ἰϊ..4.. 18. 

εἴργω or eipyw,* piw, to bar, debar, 
shut in or out, hem in, exclude, keep 
off, prevent, A. ἀπό, ἐκ : M. to shut 
one’s self out, get one’s self excluded : 

ἮΝ 12+ 3. 16: vi. ἃ αὶ 6. 16, 

εἴρηκα, εἴρημαι, see φημί, i. 2. 5. 
εἰρήνη, 7s, (εἴρω fo join, or to talk) 

peace, ii. 6. 2, 6: iii. 1. 37. 

εἰς," sometimes és, (év-s,688 d) prep., 

w. Acc. of place, into, more briefly ¢o 

or in; at, on, or upon ; [to go into] 

Jor ; sometimes for ἐν by const. preg. 
7042; 1.1.28; 2. 2s, 24: so of state 

or action, ii. 6.17: iii. 1. 43:—ofa col- 

lection of persons or things, among, to, 

into the land of, against,i. 1.11; 6. 

7: ii. 2. 20: v. 6. 27s: — of time, [in 

passing into] on or upon, in, at, i. 7. 

1: ii. 1.17: iii. 1. 3: — of number or 

measure, up to, even to, to the number, 

extent, or depth of, i. 1.10: ii. 3. 23: 

vi 4.16; εἰς ἀφθονίαν [to] in abun- 

dance, abundantly, vii. 1. 33; εἰς δύο 

two by two, ii. 4.26 ; εἰς ὀκτῴ eight deep, 

vii. 1. 23: — of aim, end, result, ob- 

ject of reference, &c., for, in respect 

to, coneerning, i. 1.9; 3.3; 9.5, 16, 23: 

ii. 6. 30. In compos., into, in, &c. 

eis,” μία, ἕν, g. ἑνός, μιᾶς, one, a 
single one, an individual ; used more 


εἰσφέρω 


i. 2.6; 9.22: καθ᾽ ἕνα one by one, 
singly, iv. 7.8: els τις any single one, 
els ἕκαστος each individual, each sin- 
gly, 1. 1.19: vi. 6. 12, 20. 

εἰσ-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 a. ἤγαγον, a. 
». ἤχθην, to lead or bring into or in, 
A. εἰς, πρός, i. 6. 11? vi. 1. 12. 

εἰς-ακοντίζω, iow ιῶ, to throw or 
hurl darts in, vii. 4. 15. 
᾿ εἰσ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to go into a vessel, embark, εἰς, 
γ. 7. 161 

εἰσ-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 ἃ. 
ἐβάλον, to throw one’s self into, effect 
an entrance or make an trruption into, 
enter ; of streams, to empty into ; els ; 
1. 2. 21; 7.15: v. 4. 10. 

εἰς-βιβάζω, βιβάσω βιβῶ, to put into 
or on board a vessel, A., v. 3. 1. 

εἰσ-βολή, jis, (εἰσ - βάλλω) irruption, 
entrance, pass, i. 2. 21: v. 6. 7. 
_ do-Bvopat,* δύσομαι, to enter or sink 
into, els, iv. 5. 14. 

εἰσ-ἐδραμον, -δραμών, see εἰσ-τρέχω. 

εἴσ-ειμι, ᾽ ipf. ἤειν, (εἶμε ᾳ. v.) to go 
or come into or in, enter, εἰς, παρά : to 
enter one's mind, occupy one’s thoughts, 
ΑΒ. 1: vib. 8 28, 

εἰσ-ελαύνω," ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, 
a. ἤλασα, to ride into, enter, εἰς, ἱ. ἃ. 26. 
εἰσ-ελθεῖν, see εἰσ-έρχομαι, i. 2. 21. 
εἰσ-έρχομαι, " ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
ἃ. ἦλθον, to come or go into or in, 
to penetrate into, enter, els, ἐπί, i. 2.21: 
iv. 8.13: vii. 1, 27. 
εἰσ--ἤειν, -ἤεσαν or -Ὦσαν, 866 εἴσ- 
equ, 1. 7. 8. 
εἰσ-ήλασα, see εἰσ-ελαύνω, i. 2. 26. 
εἰσ-ηνέχθην, see εἰστφέρω, i. 6. 11? 
εἰσ-ἤχθην, see εἰσ-άγω, i. 6. 11? 
εἴσ--οδος, ov, ἡ, a way in, entrance, 
els, iv. 2. 3: vi. 5.1. 
εἴσομαι, see dpdw, i. 4. 15. 
εἰσ-πηδάω, ἤσομαι, πεπήδηκα, a. 
ἐπήδησα, (πηδάω td leap) to leap into, 
els, 1. 5. 8. 
εἰσ-πίπτω, ᾿ πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 38. 
ἔπεσον, to fall into or upon, burst or 
rush into, els, i. 10.1: vii. 1. 17, 19. 
εἰσ-πλέω," πλεύσομαι, πέπλευκα, to 
sail into, eis, vi. 4. 1. 
εἰσ-πορεύομαι, evcouat, πεπόρευμαι, 
to march into, els, iv. 7. 27? 
εἱστήκειν or ἑστήκειν, see ἵστημι. 
εἰσ-τρέχω, " δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 
2a. ἔδραμον, to run into or in, v. 2. 10, 





strictly as a numeral than one in Eng.; 


εἰσ-φέρω," οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, a. ἤνεγκα 


εἰσφορέω ᾿ 41 


ΟΥ̓ -ον, ἃ. p. ἠνέχθην, to bring or carry 
into or in, A. D., εἰς, i. 6.11? vil, 3. 21. 

εἰσ-φορέω, row, πεφόρηκα, to bring 
into, A. els, iv. 6. 1. 

εἴσω, sometimes ἔσω, adv., (els or 
és) within, inside of, G., 1. 2.215 4. 5. 

εἰσ-ωϑέω," dow, to push into or in, 
trans.: M. intrans., v. 2. 18? 

εἶτα adv., (εἰ τά if those things are, 
cf. ἔπειτα) then, in that case, there- 
upon, after that, next, i. 2. 16, 25. 

el-re . . εἴ-τε si-ve .. si-ve, both if 
.. and if, whether. . or, ii.1.14: il. 
1.40; 2.7. Seed. 

εἶχον, εἰχόμην, see ἔχω, i. 1. 6. 

εἴωθα," J [have accustomed myself] 
am wont or accustomed, 1.; intrans. 
2 pf. pret. of ἐθίζω, low ιῶ, εἴθικα, to 
accustom : 2 plup. εἰώθειν, vii. 8. 4. 

εἴων, elas, ela, see édw, 1. 4. 9. 


ἐκ, the form which the prep. ἐξ takes| x 


before a consonant, 165, 1. 1. 6. 
téxacraxdae in each direction, ii. 5. 
17. 
ἕκαστος, 7, ov, (see éxdrepos) quis- 
que, each of more than two, évery, 
cach or every one; pl. several, respec- 
tive, each body, all, or translated as 
sing. or like an adv. (severally). Its 
sing. is often joined, esp. through ap- 
position, with a plural. 1.1: 6; 2.15; 
7.15; 8.9: ii. 2.17: v. 5. 5. 
μέἑκάστοτε at cach time, uniformly, 
always, ii. 4. 10. 
ἑκάτερος, a, ov, (a compar. in form 
w. ἕκαστος as sup., perhaps derived fr. 
els, 376 ο, d) uterque, each of two; pl. 
both, each party, or translated as sing. : 
καθ᾽ ἑκάτερα on*each side, G.: i. 8. 27: 
iii. 2. 36: v. 5. 25; 6.7: vi. 1. 9. 
μἑκατέρωθεν from or on each or both 
sides, i. 8. 13, 22: vi. 4.3; 5. 25. 
jéxarépwore to cach side of two, in 
both directions, i. 8. 14 ? 
ἑκατόν indecl., α hundred, i. 2. 25. 
‘Exat-dvupos, ov, Hecatonymus, an 
envoy to the Cyreans from Sinope, v. 
5.7; 6. 3. 
ἐκ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to go out, forth, or aside, from a 
road, valley, river, vessel, &c.; to sally 
forth; to disembark ; els, &c.; iv. 2.1, 
10, 25s; 3. 3, 23: v. 4. 11. 


ἐκ- βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. EBa- 


ἐκκλησιάζω 


els: 1.1.7; 2.1: ii. 1.6: vil. 1. 16; 
5. 6. Cf. éx-rirrw = passive. 
ἔκ-βασις, ews, ἡ, (ἐκ-βαίνω) egress, 
outlet, passage, pass, iv. 1. 20; 2. 18. 
᾿Εκβάτανα, wy, τά, Echatana (also 
written Agbatana, and Achmetha, Ez- 
ra 6. 2) the capital of Media, favorably 
situated for coolness and good air, 
and containing the strongly fortified 
and magnificent summer residence of 
the Persian king, ii. 4. 25: ii. 5. 15. 
|| Hamadan. 
ἐκ- βληθείην, see éx-Bddrw, vil. 5. 6. 
ἐκ-βοηθέω, ήσω, βοήθηκα, to rush or 
come forth to the rescue, ἐξ, vii. 8. 15. 
%x-yovos, ov, (γίγνομαι) born from : 
οἱ ἔκγονοι the descendants: τὰ ἔκγονα 
the young of animals: iii. 2. 148 iv. 
5. 25? 
ἐκ-δεδράμηκα, ἐκ- δραμών, see ἐκ-τρέ- 
w, Vv. 2.17; 4.16. 
éx-Sépw,* depd, a. Ederpa, (δέρω to 
skin) to take out of one’s skin, to flay, 
A., 1. 2.8: v. ἃ éxdeipew. 
ἐκ-δίδωμι, " δώσω, δέδωκα, pf. p. δέ- 
δομαι, to give forth or up, A.: to give 
forth in marriage, settle with a hus- 
band, A. mapa: iv. 1. 24: vi, 6. 10. 
ἐκ-δύνω," δύσομαι, δέδῦκα, 2 a. ἔδῦν, 
to get out of one’s clothes, to strip 
one’s self, iv. 3. 12. 
ἐκεῖ adv., there, in that place, yon- 
der, i. 3.20; 10.8: iv. 1. 24. 
μἐκεῖθεν thence, from that place or 
region, V. 6. 24. 
jéxetvos,* 7, 0, that, that one; often 
as a strong pers. pron., he, she, wt; 1. 
1.4; 3.9; 7.18: iii.1.35. See éw-éxewa. 
μἐκεῖσε thither, to that place, there 
(= thither), vi. 1. 33; 6. 36. 

éxtipute, -ὕχθη, see κηρύττω, il. 2. 21. 

ἐκ-θλίβω," ἱψω, réPr\ipa 1., (θλίβω 
to squeeze) to press or crowd out, A., til. 
4.1958. 

ἐκ- καθαίρω, "αρῶ, pf. p. κεκάθαρμαι, 
to cleanse from defilement, burnish ; 
or 

ἐκ-καλύπτω, vw, pf. p. κεκάλυμμαι 
(καλύπτω to cover, veil) to un-cover, to 
take the shield out of the leather case 
(σάγμα) in which it was commonly 
carried on the march to preserve its 


brightness ; i. 2. 16. 
ἐκκλησία, as, (ἐκ-καλέω to call forth) 


λον, a. p. ἐβλήθην, to throw or cast out|a convocation, assembly, i. 3.2; 4. 12. 


or away (out of one’s hands, quiver, 


LéxxAnorate,* dow, to call an assem 





&c.); to drive out, banish, expel ; ἐξ, 


bly, v. 6.37. Der. ECCLESIASTIC. 











ἐκ- κλένω," κλινῶ, κέκλικα L., (κλίνω 


42 ἑκών 


* , ᾿ 
ἐκ- πλέω, πλεύσομαι, πέπλευκα, to 


clino, to bend) to bend out of line, | sail out, Jorth, or away, e. g. out of the 


turn to flight, give way, i. 8.19. Cf. 
IN-CLINE. 


Pontus, ἐξ, ii. 6. 2: vii. 1. 1, 39, 
ἔκ-πλεως, wy, (πλέως * Juli) filled 


&x-Koplta, low 1d, κεκόμικα, to bring | out, entirely full, complete, iii, 4. 22 


or curry out, to lead out (of the Pon- 
tus, vi. 6. 36): M. to carry out or of 
for one’s self; αἰ: i. 5.8: v. 2. 19. 


ἐκ- πλήττω," πλήξω, πέπληγα, pf. p. 


ff | πέπληγμαι, 2 a, p. ἐπλήγην, but é- 


ἐπλάγην, to strike out of one’s self- 


. * ᾿ . " : : 
i i Apitry a i. cué trees| possession ; to strike with surprise 
wood, cul down, fell; to lay | astonish: a 
Ou Lb; tO tay | astonishment, alarm, or terror + to ex 
waste sstroy by - ἡ ἡ! ' ’ pO CEST ON" > 10: SUT 
or destroy by cutting down trees ; | prise, amaze, astonish, confound, con- 


4: 2. 4. 10: i, 3. 10. 
ἐκ-κυβιστάω, ἥσω, to throw a somer- 
set, a feat often performed among the 
Greeks over swords pointing upwards 
vi. 1.9. See κυβιστάω. 
ἐκ-κυμαίνω, avd, (κῦμα wave) to 
[wave out of line] bend out or swell 
Jorth like a wave, i. 8. 18, 
ἐκ-λέγω," λέξω, εἴλοχα, (λέγω lego, 
ἕο LAY, gather) to lay or gather out, 
to pick or single out, select - so ΜΙ -» More 
subjectively ; a.; ii. 3. 11: iii, 3. 19: 
v. 6. 20. Der. ECLEcTIC, 
ἐκ-λείπω," λείψω, λέλοιπα, 2 a, ἔλι- 
πον, to leave (going out of), quit, 
abandon, desert, forsake, a. els: of 
snow, to disappear: i. 2. 24: iii, 4. 8: 
Iv. 1.8; 3. 24; 5.15. Der. Eciipse. 
ἐκ-μηρύομαι, ὕσομαι, (μηρύομαι to 
wind) to wind out; of an army, to 
defile, vi. 5. 22, i 
ἐκ- πέμπω," πέμψω, πέπομφα, to send 
out, conduct forth: M. to send Jorth 
of one’s own company: A.: iii, 2, 24: 
v. 2: 21, 
ἐκ-πέπληγμαι, see ἐκ-πλήττω, 
ἐκ- πεπτωκώς, see ἐκ-πέπτω, i. 1. 7, 
ἐκ-περαίνω, avd, to finish out, fully 
accomplish, A. D., v. 1. 13. 
ἐκ- πεσών, see ἐκπίπτω, v. 2. 31. 
ἐκ-πηδάω͵ ἥσομαι, πεπήδηκα, to leap 
or spring out or forth, vii. 4. 16, 
ἐκ-πίμπλημι," πλήσω, πέπληκα, to 
Jul out or up, A., iii. 4. 221 
ἐκ-πένω," πίομαι, πέπωκα, 2a. ἔπϊον, 
to drink [out] up, a., i. 9. 25. 
ἐκ-πίπτω, ἢ πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 2 a. 
ἔπεσον, to fall or be thrown out: out 
of one’s home, to be driven out, ban- 
ished, or exiled ; of ἐκπεπτωκότες the 
exiles : of trees, out of their places, to 
Jali down: out of the sea, to be thrown 
ashore or wrecked : to throw one’s self 
out, rush or hurry out, tumble out : 
ἐξ: 1.1.7: 11.8.10: v.2.17s: vii.5.12s. 


Suse, alarm, terrify ; A.; i. 5, 13; 8.20. 

ἐκ- ποδών ady., (πούς) ont of the way 
of the feet, owt of the way : ἐ. ποιεῖσθαι 
fo put out of the way : i. 6.9: ii. 5. 29. 
ἐκ-πορεύομαι, εὐσομαι, πεπόρευμαι, 
to march or go out or forth, v. 1. 8. 
éx-opl{w, low ιῶ, πεπέρικα, to bring 
out, provide, procure, A. D., γ. 6. 19? 
ἔκ-πωμα, ατος, τό, (πίνω) drinking- 
cup, beaker, iv.3.25; 4.21: vii. 3, 18, 
éx-rabels, see ἐκ-τείνω, v. 1. 2. 
ἑκταῖος, a, ov, (ἕκτος) on the sixth 
day, vi. 6. 38. 
| ἐκ-τάττω," τάξω, τέταχα, to draw 
out or up in battle-order, trans. : M., 
intrans. or refl,, v. 4.12? vii, 1. 24. 
ἐκ-τείνω," τενῶ, réraxa, a. érewa, 
a. p. ἐτάθην, to stretch out, ex-tend, vw 
V(X, ae) ad, 
ἐκ-τοξεύω, εύσω, to shoot forth ar- 
rows (out of a tower), vii, 8. 14. 
ἕκτος, 7, ov, (ξξ) sixth, vi. 2. 12. 
' ἐκ-τρέπω," éyw, térpopa, 2 a. ηι, 
ἐτραπόμην, to turn out or aside, trans. ; 
M., intrans., iv. 5. 15. 
, ἐκ- τρέφω," θρέψω, τέτροφα, 2 a. ». 
ἐτράφην, to bring up (out of child- 
hood), vii. 2. 32. 2 

* “~ 
éx-tTpéxw, * δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 2a, 
ἔδραμον, to run out or forth, to sally 
forth, νυ. 2.17; 4. 16. 
; . 

ἐκτώμην, see κτάομαι, i, 9. 19. 
ἐκ-φαίνω," φανῶ, πέφαγκα, ἃ. ἔφηνα, 
to show forth, Α.: πόλεμον ἐκφαίνειν to 
make hostile demonstrations, iii. 1. 16. 
ἐκ-φέρω," οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, ἃ. ἤνεγκα 
or -ον, to bring or carry out or forth ; 
fo report: €. πόλεμον to make open 
war: A. els, wpés: i. 9.11: iii. 2. 29, 
ἐκ- φεύγω, " φεύξομαι, πέφευγα, 2 a. 
ἔφυγον, to flee out of danger, escape, 
a G. or L., wpds, 1.3.2; 10. 3. 
: ἑκών, οὖσα, dv, g. ὀντος, οὐσης, will- 
tng ; W. force of adv., willingly, vol- 
untarily, of free will or one’s own ac- 

















éx-wAayels, see ἐκ-πλήττω, i. 8. 20. 


cord, 1.1.9; 9.9; ii, 4.4: iii, 2. 6. 


ἔλαβον 43 ἔμαθον 
ἔλαβον, see λαμβάνω, i. 2. 26. tee yet further, so as to include not 
φέλαία & Att. ἐλάα, as, oliva, an! only this, but even all the Greek col- 
OLIVE; the olive-tree, fabled as tle | onies, wherever situated. 1.2.9; 4.7. 
gift of Athena, and sacred to her: vi. |— 2. Hellas, wife of Gongylus, friend- 
4.6: vii. 1. 37. ly to Xenophon, vii. 8. 8. 
ἔλαιον, ov, oleum, OIL, esp. olive-oil,| “EAAnv, nvos, ὁ, Hellen, a Greek; 


iv. 4.18: v. ἃ 28: vi. 6. 1. | 


originally, it is said, the name of a 


drrov,* ov, ἐλάχιστος, 7, ov, c.& s. son of Deucalion, and the father of 
of ἐλαχύς Ep., usu. referred to μικρός Holus and Dorus, and grandfather of 
small, little, or ὀλίγος little, few: τοὺ- Achzeus and Ion. Passing to his pos- 
λάχιστον (-- τὸ ἐλ.) at least: ii. 4. 18: terity, it became the general name of 


iii. 2. 28: v. 7. 8: vi. 2. 48: vii. 1. 27. 


all the Greeks (Hellénes), while their 


ἐλαύνω," ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, a. great divisions were named from his 
ἤλασα, to drive, ride, A.; intrans., or|children and grandchildren. As an 


w. ἵππον, ἅρμα, στράτευμα, &c., under- | 


stood, to ride, drive, advance, march, 
charge, AE. διά, &c.: 1.2.23; 5.7, 13, 
15; 8.1,10,24: iv.7.24. Der. ELASTIC. 
téddderos, ov, of a deer: κρέα Ehdeca. | 
deer’s meat, venison, i. 5. 2. 
ἔλαφος, ov, ὁ ἡ, (in Att. ἡ as a ge- 





neric term), @ deer, stag, v. 3. 10. 


μἐλαφρός, d, dv, [deer-like] light in| 


motion or weight, nimble, agile, iii. 3. νική, 235) Grecian, Greek, iv. 8. 22. 


6: iv. 2. 27. 
μἐλαφρῶς lightly, nimbly, with agil- 
ity, vi. 1.12: vil. 3. 39, 
ἐλάχιστος, 7, ov, see ἐλάττων, iii. 2. 28. 
ἐλέγχω," έγξω, pf. p. ἐλήλεγμαι, a. 
p. ἠλέγχθην, to examine, question, or 
inquire, closely ; to convict, prove; A. 
cP., P.; ii. 5.27? iii. 5. 14 (A. by attr., 
474b): iv. 1. 23. 
ἐλεεινός, ἡ, dv, (ἔλεος pity) piteous, 
iv. 4.11? 
ἑλεῖν, ἑλέσθαι, &c., see αἱρέω. 
ἐλελίζω, ftw, (ἐλελεῦ a war-cry) to 
raise the war-cry, to shout in battle, 
i. 8.18: v. 2.14? 
Xx ἐλέχθην, see λέγω, i. 4. 13. 
thatiela ee Sreedom, liberty, in- 
dependence, i. 7.3: iii. 2.13: vii. 7. 32. 
ἐλεύθερος, a, ov, (E\evd-? see ἔρχο- 
μαι) going and coming at pleasure, 
Sree, independent, ii. 5. 32: iv. 3. 4. 
ἐλήφθην, see λαμβάνω, i. 7. 13. 
ἐλθεῖν, -οιμι, -w, -dv, see ἔρχομαι. 
*EXwwdpyn, 7s, v. J. for ᾿Αλισάρνη, 
vii. 8. 17. 
ἕλκω," ftw, ipf. εἷλκον, to draw, 
drag, pull, A., iv. 2.28; 5.32: v. 2.15. 
1 ds, dios, ἡ, Hellas, Greece ; 


originally, it is said, the name of a 
town or district in southern Thessaly, 


settled by Hellen. The name was 
afterwards so extended as to include 


adj., Greek. 1.1.2; 2.14,18; 10. 7. 
sAAnv Lo, low, to speak Greek, vii. 
3. 25. Der. HELLENIST. 

ἘἙλληνικός, ἡ, bv, Hellenic, Grecian, 
Greek: τὸ Ἑλληνικόν [80. στράτευμα) 
the Greek army or force ; 1.1.6; 8,148, 
εἰ Ἑλληνικῶς adv., in the Greek lan- 
guage, in Greek, i. 8. 1. 

(Ἑλληνίς, (0s, (fem. adj. = Ἑλλη- 


{Ἑλληνιστί adv., (spoken) in Greek, 
vii. 6. 8. 
{Ἑλλησποντιακός, 7, 6v, Hellespontic 
or Hellespontian, 1.1.9: v. 1. -ικός, -tos. 
*Ed\Afe-trovros, ov, ὁ, [the sea of 
Helle, who was here drowned, accord- 
ing to fable, in endeavoring to escape 
through the air to Colchis, with her 
brother Phrixus, on the back of a 
golden-fleeced ram] the Hellespont, a 
strait about 40 miles long and from 
1 to 4 miles wide, connecting the 
Propontis and Agean, and separating 
Europe and Asia. It was bridged by 
Xerxes, and was the scene, in the Pelo- 
ponnesian war, of the great naval bat- 
{165 of Cynosséma and Agospotami, 
The name was also applied to the re- 
gion lying about this strait. i. 1. 9. 
| The Dardanelles, or Strait of Gallipoli. 
ἕλοιμι, -οίμην, -dpevos, see αἱρέω. 
Τἐλπίζω, iow ιῶ, ἤλπικα 1., to hope, 
expect, 1. (A.), iv. 6.18: vi. 5. 17. 
ἐλπίς, (dos, ἡ, (ἔλπω to give hope) 
hope, expectation : ἐλπίδας λέγων speak- 
ing or expressing hopes: τῶν μυρίων 
ἐλπίδων μία one [of the 10,000 expec- 
tations] chance in ten thousand : G., I. 
(A.): 1.2.11: 11.21.19; 5.12: m1. 2.8. 
ἐλῶν, see ἐλαύνω, i. 8. 10. 
éu-, the form which the prep. ἐν 
takes in compos. before a labial, 150. 





all Greece except the Peloponnesus ; 


ἔμαθον, see μανθάνω, v. 2. 25. 











ἐμαντοῦ 4:1 ἐν 


ἐμ-αντοῦ," js, refl. pron., (ἐμέ, αὐτός) 
of myself: ἡ ἐμαυτοῦ ἀρχή my own 
province ; 1.3.10: ii. 3. 29; 5.10. 


ἐμ-πίπρημι or -πίμπρημι," πρήσω, 
πέπρηκα, ἃ. ἐν-ἔπρησα, {(πίμπρημι to 
burn) to put fire in, set fire to, set on 


ἐμ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. | fire, a., iv. 4.14: v. 2.3: vii. 4, 15. 


ἔβην, to step or go into ; to go on board, 
embark ; eis, i. 3. 17;. 4. 7: ii. 3. 11. 

ἐμ- βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2a. EB8a-| 
λον, to throw or thrust in or upon, in-| 
sert ; to inflict blows; to [thrust in]| 
give fodder to horses; A. D.; i. 5. 11; 
9. 27: reflexively, to throw one’s self} 
into or upon, fall upon, attack, charge; 
to strike into, invade, enter; ἐμβάλλειν 
els αὐτούς to [enter among. them] in- 
vade their country; of a river, to empty 
into ; els- 1.2.8; 8. 24: iii. δ. 16s. 
ra ~Bavres, see ἐμ-βαίνω, i. 4. 7. 
ἐμ-βιβάζω, βιβάσω βιβῶ, to put into 
or on board a vessel, make one embark, | 
Ae νυ. 5.1: 1. 8. 

ἐμ-βολή, ἢς, (ἐμ- βάλλω) an irrup- 


ἐμ-πίπτω," πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 2 ἃ, 
ἔπεσον, to fall into, upon, or among ; 
to throw one’s self into ; to attack ; to 
[fall into one’s mind] occur to; Ῥ., eis: 
u. 2.19; 3.18: iii. 1.18: iv. 8. 11? 

ἔμ-πλεως, wy, (πλέως " full) filled in 
with, full of, abounding ia, G.,i. 2.222 

Τἐμ-ποδίζω, iow ιῶ, im-pedio, to mm- 
PEDE, hinder, be in the way of, A., iv. 
3. 29. 

Τἐμ-πόδιος, ov, in the way, presenting 
an obstacle, D., vii. 8. 3s. 

ἐμ-ποδών adv., (ἐν ποδῶν ὁδῷ) in the 
way of the feet : ἐμποδὼν εἶναι to be in 
the way, hinder, prevent, D. 1. (w. τό 
or Tod), li. 1.13: iv. 8. 14: νυ. 7. 10. 

ἐμ-ποιέω, how, πεποίηκα, to create or 


tion, invasion, inroad, entrance, iv.1.4. | produce in, inspire in, impress upon, 


ἐμ-βρόντητος, ov, (Spovrdw to thun- | 
der, fr. βροντή) thunder-struck ; hence, 
stupefied, insane, panic-struck ; iii. 4. 
12. 

ἔμεινα, 866 μένω, i. 2. 6, 10, 14. 

ἐμέω," ἐμέσω ἐμῶ, ἐμήμεκα, vomo, 
tv VOMIT, iv. 8. 20. Der. EMETIC. 

ἐμ-μένω," μενῶ, μεμένηκα, to remain | 
or abide in, ev, iv. 7. 17. 


D. A., CP., ii. 6. 8, 19; vi. 5. 17. 

ἐμ-πολάω, How, ἠμπόληκα, (akin to 
mwhéw) to obtain or realize from a sale, 
A., vil. ὁ. 4? 

Τἐμπόριον, ov, a place of trade, EM- 
PORIUM, mart, i. 4. 6. 

ἔμ-πορος, ov, ὁ, a person on a jour- 
ney for trade, a merchant, v. 6. 19. 

ἔμ-προσθϑεν adv., in front, before (in 


Ἱέμός, ἡ, dv, my, mine, i. 6. 6. 
ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (by apostr. é’), 


oblique cases of ἐγώ, 1. 3. 3, 6; 5. 16. 


place or time), G., i. 8. 23: vii. 7. 36: 
ὁ €. the foregoing, preceding, or past, 
111. 1.1: of €. those in front, iv. 3.14: 


1 ¥ 


ἔμ-παλιν adv., on the return, back-|7a &. the Jore parts or places in front, 
wards, back, back again: so τοὔμπα- 'ν. 4. 82: vi. 3. 14. 


Aw (by crasis for τὸ ἔμπαλιν) & els 
τοὔμπαλιν |to that which is on the re- 


ἐμ-πωλέω͵ How, to sell, obtain by sale, 
A., vil. 5. 42 





turn], i. 4.15: iii. 5.13: v. 7. 6. 
ἐμ-πεδόω, wow, (πέδον the ground) 
to fix in the ground, make firm; 
hence, to hold fast or sacred, sacredly 
observe, A., iii. 2. 10. 
ἔμ-πειρος, ov, s., (πεῖρα) in acquaint- 
ance with, acquainted with, experi- 
enced in, familiar with, G., iv. 5.8: 
v. 6.1, 6: vil. 3. 39. Der. EMPIRic., 
fép-tre(pws adv., in acquaintance 
with, G.; ἐμπείρως ἔχειν to be acquaint- 
ed with, ii. 6. 1. 
ἐμ-πέπτωκα, -πεσών, see éu-rlrrw. 
_ ἐμ-πίνω," πίομαι, rérwxa, to drink 
in, take a drink, vi. 1.11? 
ἐμ-πίπλημι or -πίμπλημι," πλήσω, 
πέπληκα, ἃ. p. ἐν-επλήσθην, to fill into, 
Jill up, cover with ; to satisfy, content ; 
A. G., P.3 1.7.8; 10.12: vii. 7. 46. 





ἐμ-φαγεῖν 2 aor. (ἐν-ἐφαγον, ἐμ-φάγω, 
ou, ὅζο. ; see ἐσθίω, the pr. ἐν-εσθίω 
not being in use), to dake in food, eat 
\@ little or hastily, a., iv. 2.1; 5. 8. 
ἐμ-φανής, és, (φαίνω) shining in, 
manifest: ἐν τῷ ἐμφανεῖ in public, 
publicly, openly, ii. δ. 25. 
ἐἐμ-φΦανῶς openly, v. 4. 33. 
v™ prep., Lat. in w. abl., In: w. 
DAT. of place or persons, in, within, 
on, upon, at, among, i.1.6s; 5.1; 6. 
1: iv.7.9; ἐν Βαβυλῶνι [in the region 
of B.] at or near B., v. 5. 4: — of time, 
in, at, on, during, within; ἐν τούτῳ 
[sc. χρόνῳ] in or during this time, 
meanwhile; ἐν @ during which time, 
or [in the time when, 557a] while, 
whilst ; i. 2.20; 5.158; 7.18; 10.10: 
—of state, manner, means, instru. 








ἕν 45 ἔνθεν 


ment, &c., in, under, with, i. 3. 21; 


ἐν-δύνω & év-Stopar,* δύσομαι, δέ- 


7.20; 9.1: iv.3.7s. In compos. (ép-| δῦκα, 2 a. ἔδῦν, (cf. in-duo) to put on 
before a labial, and éy- bef. a palatal, | one’s self, a.: plup. had put on, wore: 
150), in, onto (698 d*), among, upon, at. |i. 8. ὃ : v. 4. 13. 


ἕν, ἑνός, ἑνί, see els, i. 9.12: vii. 5. 4. 


ἐν-ε- : for augmented forms thus be- 


ἐν-αγκυλάω, ήσω, (ἀγκύλη, see Suvy-| ginning, look under éy- before a pala- 


κυλόομαι) to [put in ἃ] fit with a thong, 
iv. 2. 28. 
ἐἐναντιόομαι, ὥσομαι, ἠναντιώμαι, to 
oppose, withstand, D. περί or G., Vii. 6. 5. 
ἐν-αντίος, a, ov, on the opposite side, 
opposite, opposed to, contrary, hostile 
to; in an opposite direction ; over 
against, against, in front of, before, in 
one's face; often w. an adv. force: 
οἱ ἐνάντιοι the enemy: ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου 
[from] on the opposite side: τἀναντία 
(= τὰ ἐναντία) in the opposite direc- 
tion, &c.: τούτου ἐναντίον in this man’s 
presence: D., G., ἥ: 1.8, 23% i. 2.10: 
iv. 3. 28,32; 7.5: v. 8.24: vil. 6, 23. 
ἐν-άπτω, dyw, to set on fire, set fire 
to, kindle, A., v. 2. 248? 
ἔνατος, later ἔννατος, 7, ov, (ἐννέα 
q. v.) ninth, iv. 5. 24. 
ἐν-αυλίζομαι, icouat, ηὔλισμαι 1., a. 
p. ηὐλίσθην, to en-camp, lodge for the 
night, vii. 7. 8. 
ἔνδεια, as, (ἐν-δέω) necd, want, pov- 
erty, lack of provisions, 1, 10. 18. 
ἐν-δείκνυμι," δείξω, δέδειχα, in-dico, 
to in-dicate, express ; M. to show or ex- 
press one’s own feelings, A., vi. 1. 19. 
év-Séxaros, 7, ov, (&-dexa eleven) 
eleventh, i. 7. 18. 
ἐν-δέω," δεήσω, δεδέηκα, to lack in 
anything: impers. ἐν- δεῖ there is lack 
or need of, G. D.; ἑώρα πλείονος ἐνδέον 
he saw there [being] was need of more 
explicitness : M. to lack for one’s own 
support, G.: vi. 1.31: vil. 1.41; 3.3? 
ἔν-δηλος, ov, among evident things, 
evident, manifest, plain; used like 
δῆλος w. a participle ; ii. 4. 2; 6. 18. 
ἔν-δημος, ov, within a nation, a 
home ; τὰ ἔνδημα the home revenues, 
vii. 1. 27. Der. ENDEMIC. 
ἐν-δίφριος, ov, (δίφρος) sitting on the 
same seat, or at table, with another 
(the Thracians sitting at their meals): 
ἐνδίφριος subst., a table-companion: 
Vii. 2. 33, 38. 
{ἔνδοθεν adv., from within, v. 2. 22. 
ἔνδον adv., (év) within, ii. 5. 32. 


ἕν-δοξος, ov, (δόξα) in repute, honor-|. . 


able, glorious, betokening honor, vi. 1. 


tal, and under ἐμ- before a labial. 
ἐν-έβαλον, see ἐμ-βάλλω, 1. 5. 11. 
év-ddpa, as, (ἔδρα a seat) a seat with- 
in (in a hidden place), ambush, am- 
buscade, Lat. in-sidiw, iv. 7. 22, 
μἐνεδρεύω, εύσω, a. ἐν-ήδρευσα, to form 
or place an ambush, lie in wait, i. 6. 2. 
ἔν-ειμι, ἢ ἔσομαι, (εἰμί) to be in or on, 
ἐν: to be [in a place] there: 1.5.18; 
6. 3: ii. 4. 21s, 27. See ἔνε. 
évexa,* sometimes ἕνεκεν (esp. be- 
fore a vowel), adv., for the sake of, on 
account of, for the purpose of, for, G.; 
comm. following, but sometimes pre- 
ceding or dividing its complement : 
τούτου ἕνεκα on this account: 1. 4.5,8: 
ii. 3. 18, 20; 5.14: v. 1.12; 8. 13. 
ἐν-εκείμην, see ἔγ-κειμαι, iv. 5. 26. 
ἐνενήκοντα indecl., (ἐννέα) ninety, 
1.5.55 ¢. 12. 
ἐνεός (v. 1. évveds), d, dv, deaf and 
dumb, iv. 5. 33. 
ἐν-επλήσθην, see ἐμ-πίπλημι. 
ἐν-έπρησα, see ἐμ-πίπρημι, iv. 4. 14, 
év-erds, ἡ, dv, (μι) sent in, incited, 
prompted, ὑπό, vii. 6. 41 ? 
ἐν-εχείρισα, see ἐγ-χειρίζω, iii. 2. 8. 
ἐν-έχυρον, ov, (éxupés) a pledge in 
hand; secwrity, vii. 6. 23. 

év-éxw or ἐν-ίσχω," ἕξω or σχήσω, 
ἔσχηκα, to hold fast in, catch or en- 
tangle in, A. D., vii. 4. 17. 

év-fv, see év-eyu, i. 5.1: ii. 4. 27. 

ἔνθα adv. demonst., rel., and com- 
plem., (ἐν) of place, there, here, where: 
sometimes of time (esp. w. δή), there- 
upon, then, when: i. 5.8; 8.18, 4: 
ἦν. 1 ἃ; SB BR γε: νι. 1. 

jévOa-Se (-δὲ adding demonstr. force, 
cf. 252 8) there, here: (-de signifying 
to, 688e) thither, hither: ti. 1. 4; 3. 
21: i. 3. 2: v. 1. 10. 

ψμἔνθα-περ in the very place where, just 
where, where, iv. 8. 25: vi. 4. 9. 

ἐν-θείην, -θέμενος, &c., see ἐν-τίθημι. 

ἔνθεν adv., (ἐν, cf. ἔνθα) thence, hence, 
whence (sc. ἐκεῖσε ii. 3. 6 ; 86. ταύτας 
iii. 5. 13); ἔνθεν μὲν. . ἔνθεν δέ hinc 
illine, hence .. thence, [from] on 
this side . . and on that : ἔνθεν καὶ Ev- 





23. 


θεν on each side, G.: 1.10.1: ii. 4. 22. 








μἐνθέν.-δε (-δε adding demonst. force) } among other troops ; to enrol ; iii. 3. 
from this very spot, from this place, 181 
hence (for ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν, vii. 7.17): v.6.10.| ἐνταῦθα adv., (by metath. for Ion. 
ἐν-θυμέομαι, ἥσομαι, ἐν-τεθύμημαι, ἐνθ-αῦτα, fr. ἔνθα & αὐτός) in this or 
a. ». ἐν-εθυμήθην, (θυμός) to have οὐ that very place, here, there ; sometimes 
bear in mind, reflect, consider, ponder, | hither, thither: of time, hereupon, 
A. CP., iL. 4.5: il. 1. 20, 43; 2.18. | wpon this, thereupon, then : i. 2.1, 68; 
{ἐν-θύμημα, aros, τό, a thought, con-|3. 21; 10.1, 4, 12 8, 16s: v. 5. 4. 


ἐξ 47 ἐξεπλάγην 


enombty ; comm. of about 25 men, ἐξ-αμαρτάνω," τήσομαι, ἡμάρτηκα, 
the ΧΗΣ past of a λόχος ; iii. 4. 22. | to err from the right, do wrong, offend, 

ἐξ," before a cons. ἐκ, prep., out of:|sin, AE. περί : τοιαῦτα ἐξαμαρτάνοντες 
w. GEN. of place, out of, forth from, | [sinning such sins]so sinning or offend- 
from ; ἐκ τῶν Ῥαύχων from the land | ing, guilty of such misconduct, v.7.39. 
of the Taochi ; ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς [from] on ‘ ἐξ-αν-ίστημι͵," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 ἃ. 
the left; i.2.1,3,7,18: ἵν. 7.17; 8.2: ἔστην, to raise up out of one’s seat, 
—of time, from, after, upon, often) &c., A.: M., w. pf. & 2a. @., to stand, 








sideration, conception, device, plan, 
lil. 5.12: vi.1.21. Der. ENTHYMEME. 
ἐν-θωρακίζω, ἔσω, pf. p. τεθωράκι- 
σμαι, to put in a cuirass or corselet, 
to clothe in mail, fully arm, A., vii. 
4. 16. 
ἐνί a prolonged poet. form for ἐν in ; 
also used, even in prose, with the ac- 
cent drawn back (ἔνε), for ἔν-εστι or 
ἔν-εισι, fr. ἔν-ειμι, 699 6, 785, v. 3. 11. 
ἑνί, ἑνός, see εἷς, i. 9.12: iii, 2. 19. 
ém-aurds, of, ὁ, (ἐνί, αὐτός, or fr. 
vos annus, year) a period returning 
into itself, ἃ cycle, year ; ii. 6, 29: 
lil. 2. 12: vii. 8. 26. See κατά. 
ἐν-ἰδών, see év-opdw, vii. 7. 45. 
ἕνι-οι, ai, a, (ἔνι of there are who, 
5594) some, i. 5.8; 7. 5: ii, 4. 1. 
évi-ore (é ὅτε there is when, 5594), 
sometimes, at times, i. 5. 2: ii. 6. 9 
ἐν-ίσχω, see ἐν-έχω, vii. 4. 17? 
ἐννέα indecl., nine, i. 4.19. In its 
derivatives, ἐννα-, for éva-, is a less 
classic form. Der. ENNEA-GON. 
ἐν-νοέω, how, νενόηκα, A. & M. (w. 
a. p.) to have or bear in mind, consider, 
reflect, ponder, think, devise ; to take 
thought, be anxious or apprehensive, 
apprehend ; A. OP., μή: ii. 2.10; 4.5, 
19: ili. 1. 2s, 41; 5.3: iv. 2. 13. 
ἔννοια, as, α thought, reflection, con- 
sideration, iii. 1. 13. 
*Ev-oSias, ov, Enodias, a lochage, 
vii. 4. 18? 
ἐν-οικέω, ἤσω, ᾧκηκα, to dwell in, 
in-habit : ol ἐνοικοῦντες the inhabitants : 
i. 2.24; 3.4; 5.5: v. 6. 25. 
év-dvrwv, see ἔν-ειμε, ii, 4. 22. 
ἐν-όπλιος, ov, (ὅπλον) in arms, mar- 
tial, adapted to movements in armor, | 
Wa BER, 
ἐν-οράω," ὄψομαι, ἑώρᾶκα or édpaxa, 
2 ἃ. εἶδον, to see or discern in a person 
or thing, A. p., i. 3.15: vii. 7. 45. 
tvos, 7, ov, last year’s, v. 4. 27? 
ἐν-οχλέω, tow, ἠνώχληκα, (ὄχλος) 
to crowd upon, disturb, annoy, inter- 
Sere with, νυ... ii. 5.13: iii, 4. 21, 
ἐν-τάττω," τάξω, τέταχα, to post 





ἐν-τείλασθαι, see ἐν-τέλλομαι. 
ἐν-τείνω," τενῶ, τέτακα, in-tendo, 
to stretch out upon, inflict upon, a. D.-, 
πληγὰς ἐνέτεινον came to blows, ii. 4.11, 
ἐν-τελής͵ ἔς, (τέλος) at its end, com- 
plete, full, i. 4. 13. 
ἐν-τέλλομαι," τελοῦμαι, τέταλμαι, 
8. ἐτειλάμην, (τέλλω to raise) to put 
upon, enjoin upon, charge, command, 
"1. γν}1. 1. 
ἔντερον, ov, (ἐντός) an intestine ; pl. 
intestines, ENTRAILS, bowels, ii. 5. 33. 
ἐντεῦθεν (fr. ἔνθεν, alter the analogy 
| of ἐνταῦθα fr. ἔνθα) from this or that 
very place or time, hence, thence ; af- 
ter this, afterwards, hereupon, there- 
upon ; sometimes from or in conse- 
quence of this, therefore ; i. 2.7, 10: 
111. 1. 31: iv. 4.10: vii. 1. 25. 
ἐν-τίθημι," θήσω, τέθεικα, ἃ. ἔθηκα 
(θῶ, θείην, &c.) to put in, inspire in, 
A. D., Vil. 4.1: M. to put on board for 
one’s self, a., i. 4.7: v. 7. 15. 
ἕν-τῖμος, ov, c.,s., (τιμή) held in hon- 
| or, honored, respected, v.6.32: vi. 3.18. 
| ἐἐν-τίμως in honor, ii. 1. 7. 
| ἐν-τόνως (ἔντονος strained, strenuous, 
fr. év-relvw) strenuously, vii. 5. 7. 
ἐντός adv., (€v) within, of place or 
| time, G.: ἐντὸς αὐτῶν within their line : 
11.10. 3; ii. 1.11: vii. 5.95 8. 16, 
| ἐν-τυγχάνω," τεύξομαι, τετύχηκα, 
3 8. ἔτυχον, to happen or light upon, 
Jall in or meet with, find, D., i. 2.27; 
8.1, 10: ii. 3. 10. 
᾿Ενυάλιος, ov, (’Evtw Bellona, god- 
dess of war) Enyalius (the warlike), 
another name for Mars (“Apns), the 
god of war ; a sonorous word specially 
used in the battle-ery ; 1.8.18: v.2.14, 
ἐν-ὕπνιον, ov, (Umvos) a thing seen 




















In sleep, @ dream, vii. 8.1: v. 1. τὰ 


évoixia the interior ; Toup conjectured 
τὰ ἐνώπια the inner walls, 
tévopor-dpxns or ἐνωμότ-αρχος, ov, 
(ἄρχω) a leader of an ἐνωμοτία, enomo- 
tarch, iii. 4. 21: iv. 3. 26. 
ἐν-ωμοτία, as, (ἐν-ὦμοτος sworn in, 
fr. ὄμνῦμι) a band of sworn soldiers, 


denoting not mere succession of time, | rise, or start up, iv. 5.18: vi. 1.10? 


᾽ 
but also consequence ; ἐκ τούτου from 


{ἐξ-απατάω, jow, ἠπάτηκα, (f. m. as 


this time, upon or after this, hereypon, | p., 576 ἃ, vii. 3. 3) to deceive utterly or 
in consequence of this ; ἐκ παίδων from | grossly, mislead, cheat, impose Upon, ° 
boyhood ; i. 2. 17; ii. δ. 27; 6. 4: iv.|A. AE. ὡς, ὥστε, ii. 6. 22: v. 7. 68, 9. 


6. 14, 21: ἐξ οὗ or ὅτου from [what 


ἐξ-απάτη, 1s, (ἀπάτη deceit) gross 


time] the time when, since, 5574, Vv. 7. | deceit, imposition, vil. 1. 25. 


34: vii. 8. 4:— of source, cause, agent, 


é€-d-1 Xs, υ, g. εος, six cubits long, 


means, manner, &c., from, of, in con-|vV. 4. 12: v. 1. ἔξ-πηχυς. 


sequence of, on account of, by, by means 
of, with, according to, &c., 1.1.6; 9. 


16, 19, 28 : iii. 1. 11s, 43: ἐκ τούτων 54? 


from this state of affairs, in these cir- 


ἐξαπίνης, see ἐξαίφνης, iii. 3.7; 5. 2. 
"ἐξ-αρκέω, éow, to suffice fully, vii. 7. 


ἐξ-άρχω, ἄρξω, ἦρχα, to lead off; 


cumstances, i. 8. 11. In compos., out, | lead off in, take the lead in, G.; ν. 4. 


forth, off, from ; sometimes implying 
completeness (cf. utterly). 


14: vi. 6. 15. 
ἐξ-αναίνω, avd, io dry up, trans.: 


ἕξ indecl., sex, six, i. 1.10: ii. 4, 27. | ML. to dry up, wither away or entirely, 
ἐξ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, ἤγγελκα, a. Hyyet-|intrans., li. 3. 16? 


λα, to bring out word, report, repeat, 
state, A. D., CP., 1.6.5; 7.8: ii. 4. 24. 
ἐξ-ἄγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 a. ἤγαγον, a. p. 
ἤχθην, to lead out or forth ; to induce ; 
A. 1., ἐπὶ πρός, &c.; 1.6.19; 8. 21. 
té€-alperos, ov, picked out, select, 
chowe, Vii. 8. 23: cf. Lat. extmius fr. 
ex:-timo. 


€-arpéw,* iow, ἥρηκα, 2 a. efdov, |p 


a. p. ἠρέθην, to take out, remove, set 
apart, A. G., D.: M. to take out for 
one’s own benefit, select, choose, A., 
ἐκ ii. 1.9; 3.16; 5.4, 20: v. 3. 4. 
ἐξ-αιτέω, How, ἥτηκα l., to de-mand: 
M. to beg off as a favor to one’s self, 
to rescue by entreaty: A.: i.1.3: vi 
6. 11 (v. ὦ airs ἀν a 
s, soiter but less . form 
PPh aoa suddenly, fr. ἀ- ἃ 
φαίνω) of a sudden, suddenly, unex- 
pectedly, 380 Ὁ, iii. 3.7: v. 6. 19s. 
ισ-χίλιοι, at, a, (ἑξάκις six times, 
fr. ἔξ) sia thousand, i. 7.11: πὶ 2. 6. 
ἐξ-ακοντίζω, low 1, to shoot forth 
with darts, ἢ. of instrument, v. 4. 25. 
ἑξακόσιοι, a, a, (ἕξ, ἑκατόν) six 
hundred, i. 8. 6, 24. 
ἐξ-αλαπάζω, diw, poet., (ἀλαπάζω 
to plunder) to sack, desolate, A.,vii.1.29. 
ἐξ-άλλομαι͵, " ἁλοῦμαι, ἃ. ἡλάμην ἃ 


ἐξ-ανλίζομαι, ἔσομαι, ηὔλισμαι 1., to 
leave or change one’s quarters, eis, Vil. 
8. 21. 
ἐξ-ε- : for augmented forms thus be- 
ginning, look under éx-. 
ἐξ-έβαλον, -εβλήθην, see ἐκ-βάλλω. 
ἔξ-ειμι," ἔσομαι, (εἰμί) to be out of 
confinement or restraint, to be free or 
ermitted ; only used impers., ἔξεστι, 
ἐξείη, ἐξῆν, &c., it is permitted or al- 
lowed, it is in one’s power, one may, 
Ὁ. 10; pt. abs. ἐξόν, it being permitted, 
when it is or was permitted or in one's 
power, when he may or might ; ii. 3. 
26; 5.18, 22s; 6. 6, 12, 28: Ὗ 1,22, 
-εἰμι, ἢ ipf. qew, (εἶμι q. v.) to go or 
Be. or ΗΝ, march out or forth, 
nb 5.18: v. 1.8, 17: vi ἃ. be. 
ἐξ-ελαύνω," ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, to 
drive out, expel, A. ἐξ: intrans. or w. 
A. understood (see ἐλαύνω), to drive or 
ride forth, advance, proceed, march, 
Oud, &e.: 1.2.58; 4. 4: vii. 7. 7. 
ἐξ-ελέγχω, ἢ éyéw, to prove fully, 
convict, A. P., li. 5, 272 
ἐξ-ελήλυθα, -ελθεῖν, see ἐξ-έρχομαι. 
ἐξ-ἔλιπον, see ἐκ-λείπω, i. 2. 24, 
ἐξ-ἔλοιμι, -ελοίμην, see ἐξ-αιρέω. 
ἐξ-ενεγκεῖν, see ἐκ-φέρω, iii. 2, 29, 
ἐξενίσθαι, see ξενέζω, vii. 8. 8? 





ἡλόμην, to spring aside, Vil. 3. 33. 


ἐξ-επλάγην, see ἐκ-πλύττω, ii. 2. 18. 











ἐξέπλει 
ἐξ. ἔπλει, see ἐκ- πλέω, ii. 6. 2. 


to creep out or forth, vii. 1. 8. 
ἐξ-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα 
2 ἃ. ἦλθον, lo come or go out or forth 
depart, escape, ἐξ : of time, to expire 
elapse : i. 3.17: iii. 1. 12: vii. δ. 4. 
ἔξ- ἐστι, “έσται, see ἔξ-ειμε (εἰμί). 


48 ἐπανέρχομαι 


Sorth, ἐπί: iii. 1. 248: v. 2.4; 7.17, 


» | ποιεῖν to give license, D., ν΄. 8. 22 
> Fag U, ξ΄. €08, = v. 1. éf-d-wnyus, 
ἔξω adv., (ἐξ) out, out of, without, 


MN ᾿ ul ᾿ " Ml ry " ν 
ἐξ-ετάζω, dow, ἐξ-ἤτακα, (ἐτεὸς true) oulside, on the outer side of. abroad 
; ᾿ : 


to search out the truth of, examine, 


beyond, beyond the reach of ; besides ; 


inspect : M. to present one’s self for in-| rd ἔξω the outer: G.; i. 4.48; 8.138: 


- Spection, pass review, v. 4, 12? 


A  ΠΠΠΠΠΠΠΠΠ Ser ae 
i. 2.4; 6.3, 12: iii. 4.15: vii. 3. 10. 


νέτασις, ews, ἡ, inspectic ae " ᾿ , 
εἐξέτασις, ews, ἡ, inspection or re-| μἔξωθεν rom without, outside of, iii. 


view of troops, i. 2. 9,14; 7, 1s. 


τ Bala κα ᾧ see ἐκ-τρέφω, vii. 2. 32. 


ἐξ-ευ-πορίζω, icw ιῶ, πεπόρικα, to 


provide well or fully, v. 6. 19 1 
ἐξ-έφηνα, see ἐκ-φαίνω, iii. 1. 16. 
ἐξ-έφυγον, see ἐκ-φεύγω, i. 3. 2, 


ἐξ-ηγέομαι, ἥσομαι, ἤγημαι, to lead| ἐπ-α 


Sorth : to bring out to another, com- 
muniwale, impart ; ἀγαθὸν τι é. to ren- 
der some service, esp. by information 
or guidance: A. D., els: iv.5.28: vi 
6. 94. Der. ἘΧΕΒΟΘΈΒΙ5. 
ἐξ-ἥειν, -ἤεσαν or ἧσαν, see ἔξ-ειμι, 
ἑξήκοντα indecl., (ἔξ) sexaginta, sizx- 
ty, ἢ, 2.6: iv. 8. 27. 
ἐξ-ήκω, ἥξω, ἧκα 1., to come or have 
come out; of time, to have run out, 
expired, or passed by, pr. as pf., 612 
vi. 3. 26. } 

ἐξ- ἢλθον, see ἐξ-έρχομαι, i. 6. δ. 

ἐξ- ἣν, see ἔξ-ειμι (εἰμί), vi. 6. 2. 

ἐξ-ἤνεγκα, -ov, see ἐκ- φέρω, v. 6. 29, 

ἐξ-ἤχθην, 866 ἐξ-άγω, 1. 8. 21. 

-ἰέναι, “av, see ἔξ-ειμε (εἶμι), v. 1. 8. 

ξ-ικνέομαι," ἵξομαι, ἴγμαι, to come 
out to; to fly or send far enough to 
hit, to reach, of both missiles and 
senders, G.; fo amount to, suffice, els : 
1. 8.19: ili. 3. 7, 15, 17: vii. 7. 54. 

* ‘ 

ἐξείστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, to place 
out of : M. to stand out of, withdraw 
Jrom, ἐξ, i. 5. 14. 

%€-oS0s, ov, ἡ, a way out, outlet ; 
egress, departure, excursion, expedi- 
twn; v. 2.9: vii. 4.17. Der. Exopvs. 

ἕξομεν, ἕξομαι, see ἔχω, i. 8. 11, 

ἐξ-όν, see ἔξ-ειμι (εἰμί), ii. δ. 22; 6.6. 

ἐξ- οπλίζω, low id, ὥπλικα |., toarm 
Sully or completely: M. so to arm or 
accoutre one’s self: ἐξωπλισμένος in 
full armor : i. 8.3: 11.1.2 : iii, 1. 28. 

{ἐξ-οπλισία, as, the arming, military 
equipment or array, i. 7. 10. 


hc tat Po: Se 

ἔοικα, see εἰκάζω, ii. 1. 18. 

ἑόρακα or éépaxa, see ὁράω, ii. 1. 6. 
ἑορτή, HS, (ὄρνῦμε to stiz, excite ἢ α 
Jestival, feast, v. 8. 9s. 
étr- or ἐφ-, by apostr. for ἐπί, i. 2. 2, 

ω, ελῶ, ἤγγελκα, to an- 

nounce to: M. to announce or declare 
one's self, to promise, offer, consent 
propose one’s self, Ὁ, 1., ii. 1. 4: iv. 7. 
20: vii. 1. 33, 
ἐπ-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, to bring or pro- 
pose against, A. Ἢ, περί, vii. 7. 57. 
ἔπαθον, see πάσχω, i. 3.4; 9. 6. 
Térr-atvéw,* dow & ἐσομαι,ἤνεκα, (αἰνέω 
lo speak) to speak for or in favor of, 
applaud, approve, commend, praise ; 
to thank, acknowledge gratefully (even 
in civilly declining); a. ἐπέ: i. 3. 7: 
4.16: ii. 6. 20: iii. 1. 45: vii. 7. 52. 
ἔπ-αινος, ov, ὃ, (αἶνος speech) praise, 
commendation, applause, ν. 7. 33. 
érr-alpw, * ἀρῶ, ἦρκα, a. ἦρα, to raise 
to, stir up, excite, induce, influence 
A. ἵν, Vi. 1. 21: vii. 7. 25. 
ἐπ-αἰτιος, ov, charged against, p.: 
ἐπαίτιόν re[something charged against] 
a ground of accusation, iii, 1. 5% 
ἐπ-ακολουθέω, ἥσω, to follow upon 
or after, pursue, D., iii: 2.35: iv. 1.1. 
ἐπ-ακούω, " οὔσομαι, ἀκήκοα, a. ἤκου- 
σα, to listen to, overhear, A., Υἱῖ. 1.14. 
ἐπάν or ἐπήν, (ἐπεὶ ἄν, 619 b) rol. 
adv. or conj. w. subj., when-ever, when 
afler, as soon as: ἐπὰν τάχιστα as s00n 
as, 553 b: i. 4.18: ii. 4. 3? iv. 6. 9. 
ér-ava-relvw,* τενῶ, réraxa, a. ἔτει- 
va, to stretch up for another to strike, 
to present upstretched, α΄, vii. 4. 9% 
yg iy tow, κεχώρηκα, to go 
ack to, retreat, return, εἰς, iii. 3. 10. 
ἐπ-αν-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 ἃ. ἦλθον, to go up or back to, return, 





€-oppdw, iow, ὥρμηκα, to urge forth, 


els, vi. 5. 32: vii. 3. 45. 


incite, animate, A. ἐπί : A. & in- 
ἐξ-ἔρπω, ἔρψω, (ἕρπω serpo, fo creep) |trans., to start or set out or per a 
᾽ 


, ἐξ-ουσία, ds, (ἔξ-ειμε fr. εἰμί) per- 
»| mission, license, authority : ἐξουσίαν 


ἐπάνω 
ἐπ- ἄνω, on the upper side, above : τὰ 


49 ἐπί 


ἐπ-εξ-έρχομαι, " ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 


ἐπάνω the preceding narrative, vi.3.1. | to come or sally out against, V. 2.7. 


ἐπ-απειλέω, How, to threaten besides, 
add threats, vi. 2. 7. 
ἐπ-εγ-γελάω, άσομαι, to laugh at in 
one’s face, to insult, D., ii. 4. 27. 
ἐπ-εγείρω," ep, ἔγήγερκα 1., a. ἤγει- 
pa, to rouse to, awaken, wake up, 
trans., iv. 3. 10. 
ἐπ-εθέμην, ἐπ-έθεσαν, see ἐπι-τίθημι. 
ἐπεί rel. adv. or conj. (upon this 
that, ἐπί) : of time, after, when, now 
that, since; whenever, as often as ; 
ἐπεὶ τάχιστα as soon as, 553 Ὁ : causal, 
since, inasmuch as, for ; ἐπεί ‘ye cer- 
tainly or of cowrse since: 1.1.1; 3.18, 
5s,9; 5.2; 8.20: iii.1.31: vi. 3.21. 
{ἐπειδάν (ἐπει-δὴ ἄν) rel. adv. or con). 
w. subj., whenever now or indeed, 
when indeed, when, after, as soon as : 
ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα as soon as: 1.4.8: 
ii. 2.4; 3. 29: iii. 1. 9. 
jéwa-54 rel. adv. or conj.: of time, 
when now or indeed, after, as soon as ; 
causal, since now or indeed ; ἐπειδή γε 
certainly since, inasmuch as: 1.1.3? 
2.17; 7.16; 9.24: iii.5.18; vii.7.18. 
ἐπ-εἴδον, see ἐφ-οράω, vii. 6. 31. 
ἔπ-ειμι, " ἔσομαι, (εἰμί) to be upon or 
over, emi, i. 2.5; 7.15: iv. 4. 2. 
ἔπ-ειμι," ipf. yew, (εἶμι 4. Vv.) to go 
or come upon or against, advance 
against, attack, D.; to advance, pro- 
ceed, come up or forward ; of time, to 
follow, succeed ; ἡ ἐπίουσα ἕως (ἡμέρα, 
wit) the coming, following, or next 
morning, &c.: i, 2.17; 7.18, 4; iv. 
3,23, 273 7: Bs ve. 7.12. 
ἐπεί-περ conj., since indeed, ias- 
much as, ii. 2.10: 5. 38, 41: iv. 1. 8. 
ἔπεισα, ἐπείσθην, see πείθω, 1.2.26. 
ἔπ-εισι(ν), see ἔπ-ειμι (εἰμί), 1.7.15: 
see ἔπ-ειμι (εἶμι), V. 7. 12. 
ἔπειτα adv. (ἐπεὶ τά when or since 
those things are, cf. εἶτα ; or fr. ἐπί and 
εἶτα), thereupon, thereafter, then, after- 
wards, next ; then also, moreover, fur- 
ther: ὁ ἔπειτα χρόνος the coming time: 
i. 3.10; 9.5, 14: ii.1.17; 4.13; 5.20. 
ἐπ-έκεινα adv., (also written ἐπ᾽ 
ἐκεῖνα) wpon yonder side, beyond : ἐκ 
τοῦ ἐ. from the region beyond, v. 4. 3. 
ἐπ-εκ-θέω," θεύσομαι, to run oul 
against, sally out upon, Vv. 2. 22. 
érr-éXutrov, see ἐπι-λείπω, 1. 5. 6. 
ἐπ-ἐξ-ειμι," ipf. pew, to go owl against, 


ἐπ-εξόδιος, ov, (ἔξ-οδος) relating to 


an expedition: ἐπεξόδια [sc. ἱερά] sac- 


rifices respecting an excursion, V1.5. 2: 
v. l. ἐπ᾿ ἐξόδῳ (-οδείᾳ or -odig), ὑπεξόδια. 
ἐπεπάμην, see πάομαι, 1. 9. 19. 
ἐπ-έπεσον, see ἐπι-πίπτω, iv. 1. 10. 
ἐπεπράγμην, see πράττω, vil. 6. 32. 
ἐπεπράκειν, see πιπράσκω, Vii. 2. 6. 
ér-épxopar,* ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2a. ἦλθον, to go to or upon, traverse, 
A., Vil. 8. 25. 
ἐπ-ερωτάω, ἐρωτήσω & ἐρήσομαι, 
ἠρώτηκα, 2a. ἠρόμην, to put a question 
to, inquire of, question, ask ; to ques- 
tion further, again to ask; A. OP.; lil. 
1. 6: v. 8. 5: vii. 3.12; 4. 10. 
ἔπεσον, see πίπτω, vi. 1.5; 4. 9. 
ἐπ-έστην, -ἔστησα, -εστάθην, see 
ἐφ-ίστημι, i. 5.7: 111. 4. 21; 3. 20. 
ἐπ-έσχον, see ἐπ-έχω, iil. 4. 36. 
ἐπ-ετετάγμην, see ἐπι-τάττω, 11.8.6, 
ἐπ-εύχομαι, εὔξομαι, εὔγμαι or ηὖ- 
yuat, to imprecate wpon one's self, ap- 
peal to the gods, v. 6. 3. 
ἐπ-εφάνην, see ἐπι-φαίνω, il. 4. 24. 
ἐπεφεύγειν, see φεύγω, ν. 4. 18. 
ἐπ-ἔχω," ἕξω or σχήσω, ἔσχηκα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔσχον, to hold upon, hold back from, 
delay, refrain from, G., iii. 4.36. Der. 
EPOCH. 
ἐπ-ἤειν, -ἤεσαν or -ἦσαν, see ἔπ-ειμε 
(εἶμι), i. 2. 17; 5.15; 10. 10. 
ἐπ-ἤκοος, ov, (ἀκούω) listening to ; 
favorable for hearing: εἰς ἐπήκοον 80. 
χωρίον} inte a hearing place, withm 
hearing distance (so ἐν ἐπηκόφ), 11. 5. 
38: iil, 3.1: vii. 6. 8. 

ἐπ-ῆκτο, see ἐπ-άγω, Vii. 7. 57. 

v, see ἐπάν, ii, 4. 3. 

ἐπ-ἣν, see ἔπ-ειμι (εἰμί), i. 2. 5. 

ἐπ-ἤνεσαν, see ἐπ-αινέω, 1. 3. 7. 

ἐπ-ἣρα, see ἐπ-αίρω, vi. 1. 21. 

ἐπ-ηρόμην, see ἐπ-ερωτάω, iii. 1. 6. 

ἐπί" prep., by apost. ἐπ᾿ or ἐφ᾽, 
on, upon, or against (as in cases of 
resting, leaning, pressing, &C., on OF 
against): (a) w. GEN. of place, on or 
upon (the relation often closer than 
that indicated by the dat.), zm, on 
board of ; on the bank or borders of ἃ 
river or country ; upon a place as an 
object of aim, for, towards ; i. 4. 3; 
7.20: 1.1. 8: iv. 8.6, 28:—of military 
or other support, and hence of associa- 





vi. 5. 4? 
LEX. : 8 


tion in place or time, by, with, 
D 





50 ἐπικύπτω 


deep, al, in, in or at the time of ; ἐπὶ 
τεττάρων upon four ranks as the sup- 
port of the line, four deep, i. 2.15: 
ἐφ᾽ ἑνός one by one, v. 2.6; ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν 
by themselves, ii. 4. 10; ἐπὶ φάλαγγος 


ι ἐπι- γίγνομαι," γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι 
& 2 pl. γέγονα, 2 a. ἐγενόμην, to come or 
fall upon, attack, D., iii.4.25: vi.4.26 

ἐπι-γράφω, άψω, γέγραφα, to write 
upon, inscribe, v.3.5. Der. EPIGRAM. 

















in line of battle, iv. 6.6; ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν in 
our time, 1. 9.12: —(b) νυ. Dar. of 
place, on, upon, at, near, by, 1.2.8; 4, 


ἐπι-δείκνυμι & δεικνύω," δείξω, δέ- 
δειχα, to point out, show, display, or 
exhibit to others: Jf. to show, dis- 





Rompe ἃ ᾿ " 
8; --- of purpose, end, object, con- play, or exhibit one’s self or in one’s 


dition, terms, occasion, or cause, for 
on account of, in respect to, on, at, in, 
i. 3.1; 6.10: ἢ, 4. δ: iii. 1.97,45; eg 
ᾧ on condition that, ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε in order 
that, 1., 557, iv. 2.19: vi. 6, 22:— 
of persons or things on which one de- 
pends or exerts authority, in the power 
of (Lat. penes), dependent upon, sub- 
ject to; over, in charge or command 
of 71.1. 4; 4.2:—denoting succession 
upon, after, in addition to, in reply to, 
Nn. 2.4; 5.41: iii. 2. 4: — (ce) w. Ace. 
of place or person, on or upon (im- 
plying motion), to, at, against ; ἐπὶ 
τὸν Μαίανδρον [upon the bank of} to 
the Meander (so often, where water is 
spoken of); 1.1.3; 2. 4s, 17, 22:—of 
extent in space, time, &c., to the ex- 
tent of, to, over, through, till, i. 7.15: 


Vi. 6. 36; ἐπὶ πολύ (πάμπολυ, βραχύ 


᾽ 


πλέον, ὅσον, ἄτα.) to or over a great or 


wide extent or distance, &c., i. 8. 8 2 
ἐπὶ πᾶν ἔλθοι would go to all lengths, 
resort to every expedient, iii. 1.18 : ἐπὶ 
πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι arranged to the 
depth of many ranks, Zrawn up many 
decp (where gen. more comm.), iv. 8. 
11 -- οὔ the object to be reached, ob- 
tained, or affected, to, for, after, to ob- 
tain, 1, 2. 2; 6.10: iv. 3.11: v. 1. 8: 
— (d) in Compos., on, upon, to, for, 
at, against, over, after, besides ; often 
rather strengthening the sense of the 
simple, than adding a new idea. 
ἐπ-ίασιν, see ἔπ-ειμι (Tuc), i. 7. 4. 
ém-Baddw,* βαλῶ, βέβληκα, to throw 
or put on, A., 1ii.5.10: M. pf. to have 
[put] one’s arrow on the string (pt. 


ν 


861: A.D., CP.: 1.2.14; 8. 18, 16; 9, 
/, 10,16: iv. 6.158: v. 4. 34. 

ἐπ-ιδεῖν͵ «ἰδών, see ἐῴφ-οράω, iii. 1. 18. 
_ bre-BidKa, ὥξω, oftener wioua, de- 
diwya, to follow upon the steps of, 
pursue, give chase, 1.10.11: iv. 1. 16. 
ἐπι-δραμεῖν, see ἐπι-τρέχω, iv. 3.31. 
ray 18 v, see miéfw, iii. 4. 48. 
ἐπι-θαλάττιος, ov, (θάλαττα) lying 
upon the sea, on the sea-coast, mari- 
time, v. 5. 23. 
ἐπι-θεῖναι, -θῶ, -θέσθαι, -θῶμαι, 
-θοίμην, -ϑήσω, &e., see ἐπι-τίθημι. 
, {ἐπί-θεσις, ews, ἡ, an attack, assault, 
iv. 4. 22: vii. 4. 23. 
ἐπι-θυμέω, How, -τεθύμηκα, (θυμός) 
to set one's heart upon, to desire, long 
Jor, wish, covet, G., 1., i. 9. 1221. 
{ἐπι-θυμία, as, desire, ii. 6. 16. 
ἐπι-καίριος, ov, (καιρός) opportiinus, 
proper Jor the occasion, appropriate 
suitable, important, chief, vii. 1. 6. 
! ἐπι-κάμπτω," κάμψω, (κάμπτω to 
bend) to wheel [against] forward, bend 
ΜΝ line of battle, i. 8. 23. 

ν.-κ » Ὁ... ν»ὄ 
ue Poti ῤ ῥίπτω or -ῥιπτέω," ῥίψω, 

βιφα, to throw down upon, A., ἵν. 7.13, 
émi-Kapat,* κείσομαι, (cf. in-sto) to 
press upon, attack, assault, D., iv. 1. 
16; 8. 7, 30: v. 2. 5, 26. 
__ ἐπι-κίνδῦνος, ον, c., dangerous, per- 
ilous, D.: ἐπικίνδυνόν ἐστιν there is 
danger : i. 3.19: ii. 5. 20: vii, 7. 54. 
ἐπι-κουρέω, how, (ἐπί-κουρος an auz- 
il vary, κοῦρος young man) to assist, de- 
fend, protect against ; to relieve, avert: 
Ὁ. A., V. 8. 21, 25. 7 
ςἐπι-κούρημα, aros, τό, a protection, 





# : ᾽ “ei " ων WN - 
with one’s arrow on the string), ἐπί, | defence, relief, G., iv. 5. 12. 


iv. 3. 28; v. 2. 12. 


ἐπι-κράτεια, as, (ἐπι-κρατής in power 


ἐπι- 
Men Poth tow, ββώδνα, to come over, κράτος) power over, control, com- 
aid of, give support to, D., vi. 5. 9. | mand, mastery, vi. 4.4: vii, 6, 42. 


rl ἢ " 
Τἐπι-βουλεύω,εύσω, βεβούλευκα, to plan 





ἐπι-κρύπτω," ύψω, κέκρυφα, to throw 


or plot against, plot, conspire or intrigue | a veil over, conceal : M. to conceal one’s 
against, form designs against or to get, | self or one’s own doings, hence pt 


D., 1., 1.1. 3: ii. 6. 238: νυ. 6. 29. 
ἔπι-βουλή, jis, a design against, plot, 


secretly, 674 b, ἃ, i. 1. 6. 


ἐπι-κύπτω, κύψω, κέκῦφα, to bend or 





D., πρός, 1.1.8; ii. 5. 1, 38: v. 6, 29. stoop to or over, iv. 5. 32? 


ἐπικυρόω 51 


ἐπι-κυρόω, dow, (κῦρος authority) to 
add authority, confirm, vote, iil. 2. 32. 
ἐπι-κωλύω v.1, = ἀπο-κωλύω, 111. 3.3. 
ἐπι-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔλαβον, to reach or extend to, take in, A.: 
M. to seize upon, lay hold of, G.: iv. 
7.12s: vi. 5.5s. Der. EPI-LEPSY. 
ἐπι-λανθάνομαι, "λήσομαι,λέλησμαι, 
2a. ἐλαθόμην, to let a thing lie hid 
for or escape one’s self, to forget, G., 
iii. 2. 25. 
ἐπι-λέγω, λέξω, to say in addition, 
say besides or also, A., i. 9. 26. Der. 
EPI-LOGUE. 
ἐπι-λείπω," λείψω, λέλοιπα, 2 ἃ. ἔλι- 
πον, to leave behind ; of things, to fait, 
give out, be wanting ; A.; 1.5.6; 8.18? 
ἐπί-λεκτος, ov, (λέγω to pick, choose) 
icked for service, select, chosen, iii. 4. 
43; vii. 4. 11. 
ἐπι- μαρτύρομαι, ὕροῦμαι 1., a. ἐμαρ- 
τὐράμην, (μάρτυς) to call to witness, 
appeal to, A., iv. 8. 7. 
ἐπί-μαχος, ov, s., (μάχομαι) that 
may be fought against, open to attack, 
asswilable, v. 4. 14. 
ἐἐπι-μέλεια, as, care bestowed upon, 
attention, diligence, thoughtfulness, i. 
9. 24, 27. 
{ἐπι-μελής, ἐς, c. έστερος, caring for, 
careful, attentive, vigilant, ili. 2. 30. 
ἐπι-μέλομαι or -μέλεομαι," μελήσο- 
μαι, μεμέλημαι, ἃ. p. ἐμελήθην, to care 
for, to take care or charge of, attend 
to, give attention to, take thought, ob- 
serve or watch carefully, G. ΟΡ.» i. 1. 
5; 8.21: iii. 1.38; 2. 37: iv. 3. 30. 
ἐπι-μένω," μενῶ, μεμένηκα, a. ἔμεινα, 
to wait for, wait, tarry; to remain 
over or in charge of, abide by, ἐπί : v. 
5.2: vii. 2. 1. 
ἐπι-μίγνυμι," μίξω, μέμιχα 1., (uly- 
pos misceo, to mix) A. or M. to min- 
gle or associate with, have intercourse 
or dealings with, πρός, iii. 5. 16. 
ἐπίμπλην, see πέμπλημι, i. 5. 10. 
ἐπι-νοέω, ow, νενόηκα, (vdos) to think 
upon or of, have in mind, intend, pur- 
pose, propose, A., I., li. 2. 11 ; 5. 4. 
ἐἐπιορκέω, jow, ἐπιώρκηκα, to perjure 
or forswear one’s self, commit perjury; 
swear falsely by, A.: τὸ ἐπιορκεῖν per- 
jury; ii. 4.7; 5. 38, 41; 6.22: ui. 1. 
22. 
Τἐπιορκία, as, perjury, false swearing, 
wpos, il. 5. 21: iii. 2. 4, 8. 


ἐπίσταμαι 


oath, perjured, swearing falsely, ad- 
dicted to perjury, i. 6, 25. 
ἐπι-πάρ-ειμι," ἔσομαι, (elul) to be 
present in addition, to be also at hand, 
iii. 4. 23 ? 
ἐπι-πάρ-ειμι," ipf. ἤειν, (εἶμι) to come 
up or march by the side or abreast (in 
addition to or in support of others, 
also er higher up), 111. 4. 23? 30. 
ἐπι-πίπτω," πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 2a. 
ἔπεσον, of snow, to fall wpon ; of men, 
to fall upon, make a descent upon, at- 
tack, D.; ἃ. 8. 3. iv. 1.10; 4.11; 5.17. 
ἐπιπολύ as adv., better written ἐπὶ 
πολύ, i, 8. 8: see ἐπί. 
ἐπί-πονος, ov, c., for toil, toilsome, 
laborious; portending toil; 1. 3.19: 
vi. 1. 23. 
ἐπι-ῤῥ-ῥίπτω or ῥιπτέω," ῥίψω, ἔῤῥι- 
ga, to throw upon others, throw down, 
A., Vv. 2. 23. 
ém(-p-puros, ov, (ῥέω) flowed upon, 
well-watered, i. 2. 22. 
ἐπι-σάττω, a. ἔσαξα, (σάττω to pack) 
to put a pack on, to saddle, A., iii.4.35. 
*Em-oGévys, cos, Episthenes, from 
Amphipolis in Thrace, a commander 
of targeteers, discreet and trustworthy, 
i. 10..7: iv. 6. 1. -- 3, An Olynthian 
lochage, noted for his love of hand- 
some boys, vii. 4. 7 5. 
ἐπι-σττίζομαι, ίσομαι ιοῦμαι, σεσί- 
τισμαι, (σῖτος) to add to one’s stock of 
provisions, to collect, obtain, or lay in 
provisions ; to provision one’s self, pro- 
cure food, forage ; i. 4.19; 5. 4. 
jém-cinopds, οὔ, ὁ, obtaining pro- 
visions, provisioning ; a supply of pro- 
visions ; i. 5. 9: vii. 1. 9. 

ἐπι-σκέπτομαι, comm.oKotréw,”* σκέ- 
ψομαι, ἔσκεμμαι, to in-spect, review, A.; 
to ascertain by inspection, CP.; ii. ὃ. 
2: iii. 3. 18. 

ἐπι-σκευάζω, dow, to repair, keep in 
repair, Vv. 3. 13. 

ἐπι-σκοπέω, see éri-oxérrouat,ii.3.2. 

ἐπι-σπάω," σπάσω, éoraxa, to draw 
to or upon; M. to draw upon one’s 
self, drag along or after, A., iv. 7. 14. 

ἐπι-σποίμην, see ἐφ-έπομαι, iv. 1.6. 

ἐπ-ίσταμαι͵," ἐπι-στήσομαι, ipf. ἠπι- 
στάμην, (ἐπί, ἵσταμαι, 167 8) to stand 
upon a subject as mastering it, while 
in Eng. we say ‘‘to wnder-stand it,” 
as able to carry it in the mind; éo 
understand, know, know about, be 





ἔπί-ορκος, ov, (ὅρκο) against an|aware, be acquainted with, be assured, 

















ἐπιστάς 52 


A. P., OP.; to know how, 1.; i. 3.12, 15; 
4.8,15: iii. 2.23: vi.6.17. See ὁράω. 
ém-ords, -σταίην, see éd-ior nu. 
oft ἐπί-στασις, ews, ἡ, ὦ stopping, halt, 
ni. 4. 20. 
jém-oraréw, ow, (ἐπι-στάτης one 
who stands over, in command or 
charge, lornut) to act as commander, 
command, take the charge, ii. 3. 11. 
ἐπι-στέλλω," στελῶ, ἔσταλκα, a. 
ἔστειλα, to send to, 1». A., CP.; to com- 
mand, enjoin, charge, D. 1.; ν. 3.6: 
vii. 2. 6; 6. 44. 
ἐπιστήμων, ov, g. ovos, (ér-icrauar) 
acquainted or conversant with, skilled 
or versed in, G., ii. 1. 7. 
ἐπι-στήσας, &c., see ἐφ-ίστημι. 
ἐπιστολή, 7s, (ἐπι-στέλλω) an EPIS- 
TLE, letter, 1. 6. 3: iii. 1. 5. 
tém-orpateia, as, an caxpedition 
against, 11. 4. 1. 
ἐπι-στρατεύω, εύσω, ἐστράτευκα, to 
march or ake an expedition against, 
make war upon, ii. 3. 19. 
ἐπι-σφάττω," ἄξω, to slay upon: M. 
to slay one's self upon: A. D.: i. 8. 29. 
ἐπι-τάττω," τάξω, réraxa, to lay 
upon, command, enjoin, cominit, D. 1.: 
M. to station behind one’s own line, 
A. D.: ii. 3.6: vi. 5.9: vii, 6. 14. 
ἐπι-τελέω, dow &, τετέλεκα, to bring 
to an end, complete, accomplish, con- 
summate, A., iv. 3. 13. 
ἐπιτήϑειος, a, ov, s., (ἐπιτηδές to the 
purpose) suited to a purpose, suitable, 
appropriate, proper, fitting, fit, suited 
to one's needs, 1., i. 3. 18: ii..3. 11; 5. 
18: τὰ ἐπιτήδεια (art. sometimes om. ) 
the things suited to the support of 


"Eriata 


i, 2.19: iii. 2.31; 5.12: vi. 1. 31: 5, 
11? vii. 7. 3, 8, 18. 

ἐπι-τρέχω," δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔδραμον, to run upon a foe, to make 
a quick attack or rapid onset, iv. 3.31. 
ἐπι-τυγχάνω͵," τεύξομαι, τετύχηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔτυχον, to happen or light upon, 
fall in or meet with, find, v., i. 9. 25, 
ἐπι-φαίνω," φανῶ, πέφαγκα, 2 a. p. 
as m. ἐφάνην, to show to: M. to show 
ones self to, appear, make one’s ap- 
peurance, come in view, be in sight, D., 
ll. 4, 24: iii. 4. 13, 39s; δ. 2. 
ἐπι-φέρω," οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, to bring 
upon: M. to bear one’s self onward, 
rush upon, i. 9. 6: ν. 8. 20. 

» 

ἐπι-φϑέγγομαι, ἐγξομαι, ἔφθεγμαι, 
to sound [onward] the charge, iv. 2. 7 ? 
ἔπι-φορέω, ήσω, πεφόρηκα ]., to carry 
or bring upon, A., iii. δ. 10. 
ἐπί-χαρις, ε, g. cros, agreeable, pleas- 
ing, gracious, winning, in one’s man- 
ner, 11. 6, 12, 

ἐπι-χειρέω, tow, ἐπι-κεχείρηκα, (χείρ) 
to lay hand to, undertake, attempt, try, 
endeavor, 1., 1.9.29: ii. 5.10; 6. 26. 
ἐπι-χέω," χέω or χεῶ, κέχυκα Ἰ., (χέω 
to pour) to pour upon or in, add by 
pouring, A., iv. 5. 27. 

2 i ἤ Ul 

ἐπι-χωρέω, How, κεχώρηκα, to move 
upon or against, to advance, i. 2. 17. 
ἐπι-ψηφίζω, low 1G, ἐψήφικα, to put 
to vote, put the question, call the vote, 
A.: M. to vote for, vote, A.: v. 1.14; 
6. 35: vi. 1. 25: vii. 3.14; 6.14? 
ἐπ-ιών, -tévar, see ἔπειμι (εἶμι), i. 7. 2. 
ἔπλευσα, see πλέω, i. 9. 17. 
ἐπλήγην, see πλήττω, v. 8. 2, 12. 
ἐπ-οικοδομέω, iow, pf. p. φκοδόμη- 


life, the necessaries of life, provisions, | wat, to build upon, A. ἐπί, iii. 4. 11, 


supplies, 1.3.11: iv. 4.17: οἱ ἐπιτή- 


ἕπομαι," ἕψομαι, ipf. εἱπόμην, 2 a. 


δειοι the suitable or proper persons ;|éombuny, sequor, to follow as a friend 
sometimes the persons suited to one, |or as an enemy ; to pursue; to attend, 


i. 6. his friends ; vii. 7. 13, 57. 


accompany ; D., σύν, ἐπί : ἃ, 8,0, 175; 


ἐπι-τίθημι," θήσω, τέθεικα, ἃ. ἔθηκα Ϊ 4.138; 8.19: ii. 3.17; 6. 18. 


(θῶ, &e.) to put or place upon, inflict, 


ἐπ-ὀμνῦμι, " ὀμοῦμαι, ὀμώμοκα, 8. ὥμο- 


A.D., i. 3.10, 20: vi. 4.9: Jf. to put|oa, to swear to a statement, add an 
one's self upon, fall or press upon, at-| oath, vii. 5. δ; 8. 2. 


tack, assail, p., ii. 4.3. Der. EPITHET. 
ἐπιτοπολύ as adv., better written 


ἐπράχθην, see πράττω, ii. 1. 1. 
ἑπτά indecl., septem, SEVEN, i. 2. 


ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, iii. 1. 42: see πολύς, 5s; 6.4. Der. HEPT-ARCHY. 


ἐπι-τρέπω, " τρέψω, τέτροφα, to turn 


μέπτα-καί-δεκα indecl., also written 


or give over to, commit, entrust, confide | érra καὶ δέκα, seventeen, ii. 2. 11. 


(ἐπιτρεπόμεναι committed or committing 


ἑπτακόσιοι, αἱ, a, (ἑκατόν) seven 


themselves to his charge, i. 9. 8), A. D. | hundred, i. 2. 31 4. 3. 


1.; to permit, suffer, allow, direct, v. 


᾿Επύαξα, ns, Epyaxa, queen of the 





(or A.) 1.; to refer or leave it to, D. ΟΡ.;} Cilicians, friendly to Cyrus, i. 2. 12. 


ἐπυθόμην 53 


ἐπυϑόμην, see πυνθάνομαι, i. 5. 15. 
ἐράω ἃ M. poet. ἔραμαι," a. p. as m. 
ἠράσθην, to love, desire ardently, long 
for, G., iii. 1. 29: iv.6.3. Cf. φιλέω. 
tépydtopar,* dooua, εἴργασμαι, to 
work, labor, perform, do, 2 A.; to work 
upon land, &c., ¢idd ; ii. 4. 22: v. 6.11. 
ἔργον, ov, (Fepy-) WORK, deed, act, 
action ; operation, execution ; fact, 
event, result : τὰ εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἔργα, 
military or warlike exercises: 1. 9. 5, 
10, 18: iii. 2.32; 3.12; 5.12. Der. 
EN-ERGY. 
ἐρεῖ, ἐρεῖν, &c., see φημί, i. 3. 5. 
ἐρέσθαι, see ἐρωτάω, ii. 3. 20. 
᾿Ἐρετριεύς, ἕως, ὁ, an LHretrian. 
Eretria, an Ionian city on the south- 
west shore of Knbcea (now Negropont), 
was, next to Chalcis, the chief city on 
the island. It was destroyed by the 
Persians, B. C. 490, but rebuilt on a 
new site (now Kastri). vii. 8. 8. 
tépynpla, as, solitude, loneliness, isola- 
tion, privacy, ii. 5.9: v. 4.34. Der. 
EREMITE, HERMIT. 
ἔρημος, ov, or os, 7, ov, C., devoid of men, 
deserted, desert, desolute, uninhabited, 
unoccupied ; without inhabitants, oc- 
cupants, drivers, defenders, persons 
near or around, &c.; destitute or void 
of, deprived of, G.: σταθμὸς ἔρημος a 
desert march,-i. 6. through. a region 
without inkabitants: 1.3.6? 5.1.4s: 
ii. 1. 6: iii. 4. 40: iv. 6. 11, 13. 
μἐρημόω, wow, to make lonely or deso- 
late, deprive of company, A. G., i. 3. 6? 
ἐρίζω, low 1., ἤρικα l., (ἔρις strife) to 
contend or vie with, D., i.2.8: iv.7.12. 
ἐρίφειος, ov, (ἔριφος kid) of a kid, 
kids’, iv. 5. 31. 
ἑρμηνεύς, dws, ὁ, (Ἑρμῆς Mercury, 
the god of speech) an interpreter, i. 2. 
17: iv. 5. 10, 34. 
μέἑρμηνεύω, evow, to interpret, v. 4. 4. 
Der. HERMENEUTIC. 
ἐροῦντα, -τες, &c., see φημί, ii. 5. 2. 
ἐῤῥωμένος, ἡ, ov, c. ἐῤῥωμενέστερος, 
(pf. pt.of ῥώννῦμι to strengthen) strength- 
ened, strong, resolute; neut. subst., 
energy, resolution; πρός: ii. 6.11: iii. 
1, 42. 
μἐῤῥωμένως energetically, resolutely, 
vi. 3. 6. 
ἐρύκω ch. poet. & Ion., ύξω Ep., a. 
ἤρυξα, to keep or ward off, A. ἀπό, iii. 
1. 25: akin to 


ἔσχατος 
a defence, protection; fortification, for- 
tress, rampart ; i. 7,16: iv. 5. 9s. 
*Ept-paxos, see Εὐρύ-μαχος, v. 6. 21. 
épupvds, ἡ, dv, (ἐρύομαι to defend) 
fortified, defensible, strong for defence : 
τὰ ἐρυμνά, the strongholds; i. 2. 8: iii. 
2. 23: v. 5. 2. 
tpxopar,* ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 2 a, 
ἦλθον, to come, go, AE. , Ὁ. εἰς, ἐπί, παρά, 
mpés, &c., i. 1.108; 3. 20; 7. 4: iil. 
1. 6,18. For the pres. except in the 
ind., the ipf., and the fut., the Att. 
comm. used other verbs, esp. εἶμι. 
ἐρῶ, εἴρηκα, see φημί, 1.4.8: 1.5.12. 
ἐρῶντες, see ἐράω, iii. 1. 29. 
ἔρως, wros, ὁ, love, ardent desire or 
wish, I. aS A. or G., li, 5.22. Der. 
EROTIC. 
épwrdw,* ἐρωτήσω ἃ, ἐρήσομαι, ἠρώ- 
THKa, ἃ. ἠρώτησα or 2 ἃ. m. ἠρόμην, to 
inquire, ask, question, interrogate (di- 
rectly or through another, v.4.2), 2 A., 
op., i. 3. 18, 20; 7.9: iv. 4. 5,17. 
és = the more comm. εἰς, 688 ἃ. 
ἔσϑ᾽ by apostr. for ἐστί, fr. εἰμί. 
ἐσθής, ἤτος, ἡ, (ἕννῦμε to clothe) ves- 
tis, clothing, raiment, apparel, iii. 1. 
19: iv. 3. 25. 
ἐσθίω," f. ἔδομαι, ἐδήδοκα, 2 a. Epa- 
γον, to eat, feed upon, A., G. partitive, 
i. 5.6: ii. 3.16: iv. 8. 20. Cf. édo., 
ἔσομαι, ἐσοίμην, see elul, 1. 4. 11. 
ἐσπεισάμην, see σπένδω, iv. 4. 6. 
t'Eowepira:, wy, οἱ, the Hesperite, 
or the inhabitants of western Armenia, 
subject to Tiribazus, iv. 4. 4: vii. 8. 25. 
ἕσπερος, a, ov, of evening: subst. 
ἑσπέρα, as, [sc. ὥρα] vespera, the even- 
ing; [sc. χώρα] the west, cf. Germ. 
Abend : iii.1.3; 5.15: iv. 4.4; 7.27. 
Der. VESPER. 
ἔσται, ἐστέ, ἐστί(ν), ἔστω, see εἰμί, 
ἐσταλμένος, see στέλλω, ili. 2. 7. 
ἕσταμεν, -τε, -σαν, -ναι, see ἵστημι. 
to-re,* by apostr. ἔστ᾽, adv., as far 
as, as long as, even, ἐπί, ἵν. δ. ὃ : conj., 
unto this that, wnti/, till ; while, 
whilst, as long as; i. 9.11; ii. 3.9; 
5. 30: iii. 1.19; 3. 5. 
ἕστηκα, -Kev, ἑστώς, ἔστην, see 
iornut, i. 3.2; 5. 8; 8. 5. 
ἐστιγμένος, see στίζω, v. 4. 32. 
ἐστραμμένος, see στρέφω, iv. 7. 15. 
ἔσχατος," ἡ, ov, (sup. fr. ἐξ) extre- 
mus, last, farthest, frontier; utter- 
most, utmost, extreme, severest, worst: 





ἔρυμα, aros, τό, (ἐρύομαι to defend) 


i. 2.10, 19; ii. 5, 24; iii. 1. 18. 

















ἐσχάτως δά 


4ἐσχάτως to the last degree, extremely, 
21. 6. 1. 
ἔσχον, see ἔχω, i. 8. 4. 
ἔσω adv., within, see εἴσω. Der. 
ESOTERIC. 
ἐἔσωθεν adv., from within, on the 
inner side ; within, inside: τὸ ἔσωθεν 
the inner, i. 4. 4. 
ἔσωσα, see σώζω, i. 10. 3. 
téralpa, as, a female companion, 
concubine, mistress, courtesan, iv. 3. 19. 
ἑταῖρος, ov, ὁ, (akin to ἔτης clans- 
man) @ companion, comrade, associate, 
iv. 7.11; 8. 27? vii. 3. 30. 
ἔταξα, ἐτάχθην, see rdrrw, i. 2. 15. 
Ere6-vixos, ov, Eteonicus, a Spartan 
officer, prob. the same that had been 
harmost in Thasos, and afterwards 
held this office in Agina, vii. 1. 12. 
ἕτερος," a, ov, (a compar. form, ef. 
Lat. alter, Germ. ander, Eng. either, 
other) alter, the OTHER of two, one of 
two, the next, in this sense comm. 
taking the art., and used in the plur. 
with reference to two classes, parties, 
or sets; other than, different from, 
differently situated from, G.; other, 
much like ἄλλος, but with a sense of 
difference ; besides; eis τὴν ἑτέραν ἐκ 
τῆς ἑτέρας πόλεως lo one city Jrom the 
next : 1.2.20; 4.2: iv. 1.23: v. 4.31: 
vi. 1.5; 4.8, See @drepa & μηδέτερος. 
ἐτετιμήμην, see τιμάω, i. 8. 29. 
τρώμην, see τιτρώσκω, Ii. 2. 14. 
adv., YET, still, further, still 
Jurther ; furthermore, moreover; hence- 
Jorth, hereafter, afterwards, any more 
or longer (w. neg. no more, no longer), 
in future; w.compar., intensive, stil, 
even ; 1.1.4; 3.9; 6.8; 7.18; 9.10; 
AG. 20): mt. J. 233 3: κα, 
ἕτοιμος, ἡ, ov, or os, ov, (prob. akin 
to ἔτυμος & éreds real, & εἰμί) ready, 
prepared ; ready to one's hand; D., 1.; 
6.3: iv. G47: vi. 1,2: vi. 8. Th. 
δ ἑτοίμως readily, promptly, at once, 
Ἡ δι 3: v.72. 4 
ἔτος, cos, τό, @ year: τριάκοντα ἔτη 
γεγονότες, or ἔτων τριάκοντα, 30 years 
οἷα: ii. 3.12; 6.20. Der. ETESIAN. 
ἐτραπόμην, see τρέπω, ii. 6. 5. 
v, see τρέφω, iii. 2. 13. 
ἔτρωσα, ἐτρώθην, see τιτρώσκω. 
ov, see τυγχάνω, i. 5. 8, 
εὖ adv., (fr. neut. of Ep. ἐὺς good, 
but compared as if neut. of ἀγαθός) 


εὐθύς 


ly, successfully, rightly ; kindly, bene 

Jicially ; easily; sometimes,in com pos., 

very; 1.3.4; 7.5. Der, EU-LoGy. 
teb-Sarpovia, as, prosperity, happi- 

ness, τι, 5. 13. 

Τεὐ-δαιμονίζω, low 1d, to call or ester 
happy , congratulate, A.G. or ὑπέρ, 1.7.3. 

Τεὐ-δαιμόνως, c. vécrepor, s. νέστατα, 
happily, iii. 1. 43. 

εὐ-δαίμων, ov, g. ovos, 6. ονέστερος, 
8. ονέστατος, (δαίμων demon, fortune) of 
good fortune, fortunate, happy ; pros- 
perous, flourishing, opulent, wealthy, 
rich ; 1.2.68; 5.7; 9.15: iii. 5.17. 

εὔ-δηλος, ov, very clear, quite evi- 
dent, iii. 1. 2: v. 6. 13. 

εὐ-δία, as, (Zeds, Διός) when Zeus is 
kind, fine weather, a calm ; hence, 
quiet, security ; v. 8. 19. 

εὔ-δοξος, ov, (Sita) of good fame, 
portending glory, vi. 1. 23 ? 

εὐ-ειἰδής, ἐς, ὁ. dorepos, 5. écraros, 

(εἶδος) of good appearance, jine-look- 

ing, well-formed, handsome, ii. 3. 3. 
εὔ-ελπις, ει, g. sds, of good hope, 
hopeful, confident, ii. 1. 18. 
εὐ-επί-θετος, ov, (ἐπι-τίθημι) easy of 
attack, D.: εὐεπίθετον ἦν (impers.) τοῖς 
πολεμίοις it was easy for the enemy to 
make an attack, iii. 4. 20. 

Τεὐεργεσία, as, well-doing, good ser- 
vice, beneficence ; a benefit, kindness, 
Javor ; ii. 5. 22; 6. 27. 
tevepyeréw, tow, evepyérnxa or εὐηρ- 
a yee to do a favor, confer benefits, 
li. 6. 17. 

eb-epyérns, ov, (ἔργον) a well-doer, 
benefactor, ii.5.10: vii. 7. 23 (as adj.). 
εὔ-ζωνος, ov, s., (ζώνη) well-girt as 
for exercise, prepared for active move- 
ment, lightly equipped ; hence, active, 
agile, nimble: iii: 3.6: iv. 2.7; 3.20. 
Τεὐήθεια, as, simplicity, folly, stu- 
pidity, i. 3. 16. 
εὐ-ήθης, ἐς, (ῆθος disposition) well- 
dispositioned, guileless ; simple, fool- 
ish, stupid ; i. 3. 16. 
εὐθέως adv., (εὐθύς) straightway, im- 
mediately, iv. 7.7? 
Τεὐθυμέω, ow, to make cheerful: M. 
to be in good spirits, enjoy one’s self, 
iv. 5. 30. 
εὔ-θυμος, ov, c., in good spirits, 
cheerful, iii. 1, 41. 
εὐθύς, cia, ὑ, straight, direct : hence 
adv. εὐθύς straightway, directly, forth- 








well, fortunately, happily, prosperous- 


with, immediately ; at the outset ; 


εὐθύωρον 55 


sometimes joined with a part, instead 
of the leading verb, 662; εὐθὺς παῖδες 
ὄντες immediately [being] while chil- 
dren, from their very childhood (= εὖ" 
θὺς ἐκ παίδων iv, 6. 14): εὐθὺς ἐπειδὴ 
ἀνηγέρθη immediately [when heawoke | 
on his awaking, or as soon as he awoke ; 
i. 5. 8, 138, 15; 9. 4: iii. 1.13; 6.12, 

1 e000-wpov adv., (ὥρα ἢ) straight for- 
ward, right onward, ii. 2. 16. 

εὔ-κλεια, as, (κλέος) good fame, glo- 
ry, honor, vii. ὃ. 32s. 

ἐΕἰὐὐκλείδης, ov, Luclides, a sooth- 
sayer from Phlius in Peloponnesus, 
and a friend of Xenophon. Acc. to 
most mss., the same man or another 
of the same name was associated with 
Bi{tjon in his agency. vii. 8.1, 3,6? 

εὐκλεῶς (εὐ-κλεής glorious, fr. κλέος) 
gloriously, with glory, vi. 8. 17, 

εὐ-μενής, és, ὁ. éorepos, (μένος tem- 
per) well-disposed, kind, gentle, favor- 
able, 2 D., iv. 6. 12. 

εὐ-μετα-χείριστος, ov, (uera-xerpl fw 
to handle, fr. χείρ) easily handled, easy 
to manage or impose wpon, ii, 6. 20. 

ἐεὔνοια, as, good-will towards, G.; 
affection, fidelity ; i. 8. 29: iv. 7. 20. 
tebvoixws with good-will, affectionate- 
ly : eb. ἔχειν to be attached, D., i. 1. 5. 

εὔ-νοος, ov, contr. εὔνους, ovr, c. 
overepos, well-minded, well-disposed, 
friendly, affectionate, attached, D., 1. 
9. 20, 30: ii. 4.16: vil. 7. 30. 

εὐξάμην, see εὔχομαι, ili. 2. 9. 

et-Eevos, lon. εὔ-ξεινος, (ξένος) hos- 
pitable: ἸΠόντος Εἰὔξεινος the Huxine 
or Black Sea, a sea whose early navi- 
gation was attended with so many dan- 
gers that it was called Πόντος “Azewos, 
the inhospitable sea, The establish- 
ment of Greek, chiefly Milesian, col- 
onies upon its shores removing some 
of these dangers, its name was changed 
on this account, or for better omen 
(cf. εὐώνυμος), to Πόντος Εὔξεινος, the 
hospitable sea. The Greeks carried on 
an extensive commerce with the Eux- 
ine, exchanging their manufactures, 
wine, oil, works of art, &c., for corn, 
honey, wax, timber, salt-fish, slaves, 
&e. 1¥..8.. 22: y. 1. 4. 

t Et-oSevs, éws, either a proper name, 
Euodeus ; or a patrial, a HLuodian, 
from the name of some place in Elis 
if the Hieronymus before mentioned 


εὔτολμος 
et-oS0¢, ov, 8., easy of travel or ὧδ. 


cess, practicable, accessible, D.; impers, 
εὔοδόν ἐστιν the access is easy; iv. 2.9}; 
8. 10, 12. 

εὔτοπλος, ὃν, 8., (ὅπλον) well-armed, 
ii, 3. 3. 

ev-weras ady., (ἐὐ-πετής falling 
well, of dice, &c., fr. πίπτω) without 
trouble, easily, with ease, ti. 5, 23. 

Τεὐ-πορία, as, case of passage, tran- 
sit, or provision ; abundance, plenty 
of means, sufficiency ; ν. 1. 6? vii. 6, 37. 

et-tropos, ov, casily passable, eusy of 
passage or to pass, easy, 11.5.9 : 11.8.17, 

eJ-mpaxtos, ov, 0.7 (πράττω) easy to 
effect, practicable, ii. 3. 20. A 

εὐ-πρεπής, és, (rpérw) well-looking, 
comely, handsome, iv. 1. 14. 

εὐ-πρόσ-οδος, ov, 8., easy of access, 
accessible, v. 4. 30. 

tevpynpa, aros, τό, something found, 
an unexpected good fortune, a god- 
send, windfall: εὕρημα ἐποιησάμην I 
esteemed it a piece of good fortune : 11. 
3.18: vii. 3. 13. 

εὑρίσκω," εὑρήσω, εὕρηκα or ηὕρηκα, 
2 a. εὗρον or ηὗρον, to find, discover, 
invent, devise, A. P.: M. to find for 
one’s self, obtain, A. παρά : 1. 2. 25: 
11.833. 21: iv. bo Tes ve Ee: 
tedpos, cos, τό, width, breadth ; often 
in nom. with ἐστὲ understood, or to 
be supplied w. ἐστί" or in acc. of 
specif., both w. and without the art. ; 
i. 2. 5, 8, 23; 4.1, 4,108; 7. 14s. 

t Etpv-doxos, ov, Hwrylochus, a loch- 
age from Lusi in Arcadia, eminent for 
valor and enterprise, iv. 2. 21; 7. 11. 

t Eipi-paxos or’ Ept-paxos, ov, E[w]- 
rymachus,’°a Dardanian, a messenger 
for Timasion, v. 6. 21. 

εὐρύς, εἴα, J, wide, broad, spacious, 
iv. 5. 25: v. 2. 5. 

j Etp-arn, ns, Hurope, a name in 
Hom. (Apoll. 251) for the main land 
north of the Peloponnesus, but in 
Hdt. and henceforth for the north- 
west division of the Old World, vii. 1. 
27; 6. 32. 

εὔ-τακτος, ov, c., (τάττων well-or- 
dered, well-disciplined, well-behaved, 
orderly, ii. 6. 14: iii. 2. 30. 
jed-rdxtas in an orderly manner, in 
good order, vi. 6. 35. 
εὐ-ταξία, as, (τάττω) good order, 


discipline, i. 5. 8: iii. 1. 38. 





is here meant; vii, 4,18; v, 7, Evodias. 


εὔ-τολμος, ov, (τόλμᾳ CoWrage) of 








56 ἐφίστημι 


good courage, courageous, spirited, 
brave, i. 7. 4. 

εὐ-τυχέω, How, εὐτύχηκα or ηὐτύχη- 
κα, (τύχη) to be fortunate or successful, 
to succeed, AE., 1. 4.17: vi. 3. 6. 

ψμεὐ-τύχημα, aros, τό, a success: εὐ- 
τυχεῖν εὐτύχημα to gain or oblain a 
success, Vi. 3. 6. 

Eidparys, ov, the Euphrates, a 
noted river of western Asia, linked 
with the very dawn of history, and 
with some of its greatest empires and 
most signal events. It rises by two 
great branches in the mountains of 
Armenia; and, after an estimated 
course of 1780 miles, enters the Per- 
sian Gulf, having formed with the Ti- 
gris a large alluvial tract, which is 
still rapidly increasing. The Cyreans 
forded the main river at Thapsacus, 
and the eastern branch not far from 
its source in Armenia, i.3.20; 4.11: 
iv. 5.2. || Frat; below the junction 
of the Tigris, Shat-el-A’rab; the north- 
ern branch, Kard-Su (Black Water); 
the eastern and greater branch, J/u- 
rdd-Su (Water of Desire). 

Τεὐχή, 7s, prayer, wish, i. 9. 11. 
εὔχομαι, εὔξομαι, εὔγμαι or ηὔὖγμαι, 
to pray, vow, make or offer one’s prayers 
or vows ; to express a wish, to wish ; 
I.(A.) D., A.: εὔχοντο αὐτὸν εὐτυχῆσαι 
wished him success; 1. 4.7,17; 9.11: 
iii, 3.9, 12: iv. 3.13; 8. 16, 25. 
εὐ-ώδης, ες, (Sfw, pf. ὅδωδα, to smell) 
sweet-smelling, fragrant, odoriferous, 
a & ἢ αὶ 9: v. 4. 20. 

εὐ-ώνυμος, ov, (ὄνομα) of good name 
or omen, left : τὸ εὐώνυμον (κέρας) the 
left (wing) of an army. In the Greek 
system of augury (here unlike the Ro- 
man), indications from the left were 
deemed inauspicious. Hence, to avert 
any ill omen from mentioning this un- 
lucky quarter, the Greeks applied to 
it, by euphemism, the term εὐώνυμος, 
just as they named the Furies Εὐμενί- 
des, the gracious goddesses ; cf. ἀριστε- 
pés, Evéewos. 1.2.15; 8.45, 9, 13, 23. 

εὐ-ωχέω, iow, (ἔχω) to entertain or 
feed another well or generously: M. to 
Seed one's self or fare generously, to 
Jeast : iv. 5. 30: v. 3. 11. [1. 4. 
jed-wyla, as, feast, entertainment, vi. 


᾿ by apost. for ἐπί, i. 2. 16. 
γον, see ἐσθίω, ii, 3. 16. 
yyy, sce daivw, i, 10. 19, 


ἔ ν, see φημί, i. 4. 12. 
ἔφ-εδρος, ov, (ἕδρα seat) sitting by: 
subst. ἔφεδρος, ov, ὁ, an athlete sitting 
by when two were contending, ready 
to contest the prize with the con- 
queror; hence, successor in the contest, 
avenger, li. 5.10: v. 1. ἔφορος, 
ἐφ-έπομαι," ἔψομαι, ipf. εἱπόμην, 
2a. ἐσπόμην, to follow upon or after, 
accompany ; to pursue as a foe, press 
upon; D.; li. 2.12: iv. 1.68; 6. 25. 
ΤῈ ἔσιος, a, ov, Ephesian, v. 3. 4,6. 
Ἑ φεσος, ov, ἡ, Ephesus, a famed 
city of Ionia in Asia Minor, at the 
mouth of the Cayster. It was special- 
ly devoted to the worship of Diana 
(“Apreuts), which attracted to it hosts 
of worshippers, and gave to it a kind 
of sacred character that brought it 
favor and saved it from many of the 
evils of war. Its great temple of the 
goddess was burned, for the sake of 


notoriety, by Herostratus, on the night . 


in which Alexander the Great was 
born ; but by the contributions of the 
Ionian and other cities it rose with 
more than its former splendor, and 
was then the largest of all the Greek 
temples, and accounted one of the 
wonders of the world. Ephesus was 
afterwards the seat of one of the most 
influential of the Christian churches, 
where Paul, Timothy, and John la- 
bored. It was a common landing- 
place for passengers on the way to 
Sardis, like the Cyrean Greeks ; and 
Xenophon here begins his computa- 
tion of the length of the march to 
Cunaxa. i. 4. 2: ii. 2. 6. || Ayasaluk. 
ἐστήκεσαν, ἐφ-ειστήκεσαν, or 

ἐφ-έστασαν, see ἐφ-ίστημι, i. 4. 4, 

ἔφην, ἔφησθα, ἔφη, see φημί, i. 6. 7. 

épOds, ἡ, dv, (ἔψω) boiled, cooked, 
v. 4. 32. 

ἐφ-ίημι," ow, εἶκα, a. ἧκα (ὦ, &e.), 
to send to: M. to yield one’s self to, 
permit, D. 1., vi. 6. 31? 
ἐφ-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 1 a, 
ἔστησα, 2 ἃ. ἔστην, a. p. ἐστάθην, to 
bring to ἃ stand, A.; hence, to stop or 
halt an army; to check a horse [sc. τὸν 
ἵππον, i. 8.15]; to place, set, or appoint 
over, A. D.; li. 4. 25: v. 1. 158:— A, 
(w. pf., plp., & 2 a. act.) to stand upon, 
by, or over, ἐπί " hence, to stop or halt, 


intrans. ; to command, D.; i. 4.4; 5.7: 





H 4. 20: iy. 7.9% vi. 5. 11. 


ἐφόδιον 57 tea 


ἐφ-όδιον, ov, (ὁδός) viaticum, pro- 
vision for the way or journey, travel- 
ling-money, Vii. 3. 20; 8. 2. 
ἔφ-οδος, ov, ἡ, a way to or upon, 
access, approach, ἐπί, ii.2.18: 111.4. 41. 
ἐφ- οράω," ὄψομαι, ἑώρακα or ἑόρᾶκα, 
2a. εἶδον, to look upon, view, behold, 
witness ; to keep in view or charge, 
watch over, guard; A.; iii. 1.13: vi. 
3.14: vii. 1. 30; 6. 31. ὶ 
ἐφ-ορμέω, ήσω,ἴο lie moored against, 
to blockade, vii. 6. 25. 
ἔφ-ορος, ov, ὁ, (ἐφ- οράω) an overseer, 
guardian ; an Ephor, a popular ma- 
istrate in some of the Doric states. 
The Spartan Ephori, five in number, 
were elected annually from the whole 
body of citizens as their τὰ as rep- 
resentatives, and as general overseers 
of the state. During their brief term 
of office, they were endowed with great 
powers, administrative, judicial, and 
censorial, even above those of the 
kings. ii. 6. 2s: 5.10? 
ἔφυγον, see φεύγω, i. 2. 18; 9. 31. 
ἐχθές = χθές yesterday, vi. 4. 18? 
[ἔχθος, cos, τό, hate, hatred. ] 
té@pa, as, inimicitia, enmity, hos- 
tility, animosity, ii. 4. 11. . 
μἐχθρός," ά, dv, c. ἐχθίων & 8. ἔχθι- 
στος as fr. root ἐχθ-, inimicus, οι η)υ- 
cal, hostile: subst. ἐχθρός, οὔ, an enemy 
or foe, esp. a private or personal ene- 
my, one cherishing feelings of person- 
al hatred or enmity; while πολέμιος 
(hostis) denotes rather a public enemy, 
one who is at war with another: oi 
ἔχθιστοι the bitterest foes, worst ene- 
mies: i. 3. 12, 20: ili. 2. 3, 5. 
téxupds, ά, dy, fit for holding, strong, 
fortified, secure, ii. 5. 7: οἵ. ὀχυρός. 
ἔχω ἃ ἴσχω," ἕξω & σχήσω, ἔσχηκα, 
ipf. εἶχον & ἴσχον, 2 ἃ. ἔσχον (σχῶ, 
σχοίην, σχές, &e.) to have or hold (have 
belonging rather to ἔχω, éw,.and hold 
to ἴσχω, σχήσω ; but the translation 
often varying according to the gram- 
matical object, while this object w. 
ἔχω often forms a periphrasis for a 
corresponding verb), A.; hence, to pos- 
sess, occupy, contain, obtain, retain ; 
to wear or carry ; to feel ; to detain, 
withstand, restrain, keep from, A. G.; 
to have the ability or power [sc. δύνα- 
pu], be able (can), 1.: ἔχων having, 
often where we use with: i. 1. 2, 8; 


νὴν ἔχειν to live in peace, ἔνδηλον E. to 
make evident, ἡσυχίαν €. to remain 
quiet, keep still, ii. 6. 6, 18: iv. 5. 13. 
“Exw is sometimes used w. a part., as 
a stronger form of expression than the 
simple verb, 679 b, 1. ὃ. 14: iv. 7. 1. 
Ἔχω τοί, or intrans., to have ones 
self, hence to be (w. an adv. comm. 
= εἰμί w. an adj., 5774), be affected 
or related, be situated, stand, lie, fare ; 
ὥσπερ εἶχεν just, as he [had himself] 
was ; οὕτως ἔχει impers., so it is, thus 
the matter stands ; κακῶς or καλῶς ἔχειν 
to be or go tll or well ; ἐντίμως €. to be 
held in honor; i. 1.5; 3.9; 5.16: 
iii. 1. 8, 31, 40: iv. 1.19; 5. 22. --- ἢ. 
to be occupied, held as prisoners, &c.; 
(ev) ἀνάγκῃ ἔχεσθαι to be bound by neces 
sity; ii. 5. 21: iv. 6. 22. -- ΑΗ. ἔχομαι 
to have or lay hold of, hold fast to, 
cling to, struggle for ; hence, to follow 
closely, come or be next to, adjoin ; G.5 
i. 8. 4,9: vi. 3.17; vii. 6. 41. —See 
lox. 
ἑψητός, %, ov, (ἐψω) boiled, obtained 
by boiling, ii. 3.14. | 

ἕψομαι, see ἕπομαι, i. 3. 6. 

ἕψω," ἑψήσω, to boil, cook, ii. 1. 6. 

ἕωθεν adv., (ws) from dawn, at day- 
break, early in the morning, iv. 4. 8. 

ἐῴκειν, see εἰκάζω, iv. 8. 20. 

Ἀ ἣν ". 

éwv, ἑῶσι, see ἑάω, Vv. 8. 22. 

ἑώρων, ἑώρακα, see ὁράω, i. 9. 14. 

ἕως," ἕω, ἕῳ, ἕω (199. 3), 7, dawn, 
daybreak, early morning; the east ; 
i. 7.1: ii. 4. 24: iii. 5. 15: tv. 3. 9. 

ἕως adv. or conj., (és) as long as, 
while, whilst, until, i.3.11; 4.8: u. 
1.2: ἕως οὗ until the time when, 5574, 
iv. 8, 8? 


Z. 


Ζάβατος or Ζαπάτας, ov, ὃ, the Zaba- 
tus or Zapatas, a large affluent enter- 
ing the Tigris a little below the site 
of Nineveh. Its oriental name Zaba 
was sometimestranslated by the Greeks 
into Λύκος, wolf. ii. 5.1: iii. 3. 6. 
| The Great Zab. 

ζάω * (ders ζῇς, inf. fqv,&c., 120 δὴ, 
ζήσω, ἔζηκα, ipf. ἔζων, to live: ζῶν liv- 
ing, alive: A. of extent, P. of means, 
ἀπό: i. 5.5; 6.2; 9.11: iii. 2.25, 39: 
7 he kp 

ted, ἂς, comm. pl., Lat. far, spelt, 





2. 6,158; 4.7; 5.8: iii. 5. 11: εἰρή- 
LEX. AN. 3* 


a kind of grain, v. 4. 27. 














ἵειρά 58 


Lapa, ἂς, a long overcoat or wrapper, 
worn by the Thracians, vii. 4, 4. 

hel hae now, to drive a team, 
vi. 1. 8. 


Τζευγ-ηλάτης, ov, (ἐλαύνω) the driver 


of a team, a teamster, vi. 1. 8. 


ζεύγνυμι," ζεύξω, ἔζευχα 1., pf. p. 


" + “ 
efevyuat, lo yoke, join, connect, fasten ; | 


to span, form by the union of ; A. D. 
of means, wdpd, πρός : i. 2. 5: ii, 4. 
13, 24: iii. 5. 10: vi. 1.8. Cf. jungo. 
4Letyos, cos, τό, jugum, a yoke, span, 
or team, of oxen, horses, &c., iii. 2. 27. 
Ζεύς," Διός, Act, Δία, Zed, Zeus or 
Jupiter (cf. Zed πάτερ), son of Kronos 
(Saturn) and Rhea, king of gods and 
men, ruling especially over the heav- 


ens and solid earth, i.7.9. His name}. 


appears in the Anabasis with the sur- 
names σώτηρ, as protector from dan- 
ger, 1.8.16; βασιλεύς, as king, and 
patron of kings, iii. 1.12; ξένιος, as 
the god of hospitality and maintainer 
of its rights, iii. 2.4; μειλίχιος, as 
gracious to those who propitiate him 
by offerings, vii. 8. 4. Xenophon was 
directed by the Delphic oracle to Ζεὺς 
Βασιλεύς for special guidance and pro- 
tection in his Asiatic journey; and 
was advised by Euclides to propitiate 
Ζεὺς Μειλίχιος, as a deity offended by 
neglect. 

ἵν ζῆν, see fdw, i. 9.11: ii. 1.1. 

ήλ-αρχος, ov, Zelarchus, a director 
of the market, who was believed by 
the Cyreans to have wronged them, 
v. 7. 24, 29. 

ζηλωτός, ἡ, dv, (ζηλόω to envy, fr. 
ζῆλος ZEAL, emulation) enviable, to be 
envied ; of a person, an object of envy, 
Ἀν... 

ζημιόω, wow, ἐξζημίωκα, (ξημία loss, 
penalty) to punish, A. D. of penalty, 
vi. 4. 11. 

ζητέω, How, ἐξήτηκα, to seek, inquire 
or ask for, A., 1., ii. 3.2: v. 4. 33. 

ζυμίτης, ov, (ζύμη leaven, ξέω to bub- 
ble up) adj., leavened, vii. 3. 21: v. 1. 
ζυμής, Fros, or ζυμήτης, ov. 

Lwypéw, σω, (ζωός, dypéw to catch) 
lo take alive, to take captive or prison- 
OF) i ie, id: BS. 

ζῶν, ζῶντες, ζῴην, see ζάω, ii. 6. 29. 

ζώνη, ns, (ζώννῦμι to gird) a girdle, 
belt, zonE. The girdle was important 
to the ancients for confining their 


ἡγέομαι 


too long for convenience (as in work); 
and also for sustaining wea 08, 
Sage &c. It was sometimes high. 
y ornamented and costly; so that 
the Persian queens had the income 
of villages appropriated for their gir- 
dles (εἰς ζώνην for girdle-money, cf. 
‘*pin-money”’). i. 4.9; 6. 10. 

ζωός, ἡ, dv, (ζάω) alive, living, iii. 
4.5. Der. zopiac, z00-LoGy. 





H. 


4* alternative conj., aut, vel, or: 
ἢ... Heither.. or: πότερον... ἥ, πό- 
τΤερα.. ἤ, or sometimes ef. ἤ, utrum 
. an, whether ..or: i. 3.53 4. 13, 
16 (= otherwise) ; 10. 5: ii. 4.8; 5, 
17:— comparative conj. (after com- 
paratives, and some other words of 
distinction, as ἄλλος, ἄλλως, ἀντίος, 
διαφέρω, πρόσθεν), quam, than, i.1. 4s: 
u. 2.13: ii. 1.20; 4.33. See ἄλλ᾽ ἢ, 

ἦ " adv., indeed, truly, surely, cer- 
tainly, assuredly; sometimes intro- 
ducing a direct question ; i. 6. 8: vy, 
8. 6: vil. 4.9; 6. 4. 








H, see 6. — 4, ἧς, 9 (often as adv., 
where, which way), ἥν, see ὅς. --- i, 
see elul, i. 3. 20. 

ἡβάσκω, in pr. ἃ ipf., (inceptive 
of ἡβάω to be of age, fr. ἤβη youthful 
prime) to become of age, come to man- 
hood, iv. 6.1: vii. 4. 7. 

ἤγαγον, see ἄγω, iv. 6. 21. 

ἠγάσθην, see ἄγαμαι, i. 1. 9, 

ἤγγειλα, ἤγγελλον, see ἀγγέλλω. 

ἠγγυώμην, see ἐγγυάω, vii. 4. 13. 

Τ᾿ ἡγεμονία, as, leadership, lead, fore- 
most place, precedence, G., iv. 7. 8. 

tiyepdowvos, ov, relating to guid- 
ance: ἡγεμόσυνα 30. ἱερά] thank-offer- 





ings for safe guidance or conduct, iv. 
8. 25. 

tiyyepav, ὄνος, ὁ, a leader ; a guide, 
conductor, whether human or divine 
(as Hercules for the Greeks, vi. 5. 24s); 
a leader in war, commander, chief; a 
superior or sovereign, applied to a con- 
trolling state; G.; i. 3.14, 16s; 6.2; 
ἡ Rae eR τ ΧΊ: Κ᾿, 10. 

ἡγέομαι, ἥσομαι, ἥγημαι, (ἄγω) to 
lead, go before ; to guide, conduct ; to 
take the lead or advance, lead the way, 
be in the advance or van; to lead in 











loose dresses, and raising them when 


war, command; G., D., AE., els, ἐπί, 


“Hyfiravipos 59 


ἡμιδαρεικόν 


&e.: mentally, to lead to a conclusion 1 same name, and also Olympia, famed 
(cf. Lat. duco), think, consider, deem, ἴον the temple and great games in 
suppose, believe, 1.(A.): ὁ ἡγούμενος the| honor of Jupiter. It was henee re- 
leader : τὸ ἡγούμενον the leading divis- | garded as a sacred territory ; and was 
ton of an army, the van, advance, or|thus mainly protected, even in its un- 


front: i. 2.4; 4.2; 7.1; 9.31: iL1.|v 


valled towns, from invasion and ray- 


11; 2.4,8; 4. 5, 26: v. 4. 10, 20. age. Permitted and disposed to take 
|“ Hyho-avipos, ov, Hegesander, one | little part in the quarrels of Greece, 


of the 10 commanders chosen by the |i 
Arcadians and Acheans, vi. 3. 5. I 
Toe, ἤδεσαν, see dpdw, i. 8. 21. ἷ 


t enjoyed a long period of quiet and 
orosperity. It was natural and wise 
n Xenophon to choose it for residence, 


ἡδέως aclv., c. Hdiov, s. ἥδιστα, (Hdvs)|on his withdrawal from military and 
agreeably, pleasantly, at ease; with | civil life. ii. 2. 20: iii. 1. 34. 


pleasure, gladly, cheerfully, cordially : 


ἤλεκτρον, ov, (ἕλη brightness) am- 


e. more cheerfully, rather: ἥδιστ᾽ ἂν ber ; electrum, an alloy of about four 
ἀκούσαιμι I should most gladly hear, | parts gold to one of silver ; ii. 3. 15, 
or be most glad to hear, i. 2.2; 4.9531 Der. ELECTRICITY. 


9.19: 1.5.15: vi. 5.17: vii. 7. 46. 
4-5n adv., (ἢ δή surely now) comm. 


ἦλθον, see ἔρχομαι, i. 2. 18. 
THAL-Baros, ον, poet., (Saivw) inac- 


referring to the present with the|cessible, precipitous, i. 4. 4. 


recent past, or in strong distinction 


[ἤλιθα Ep. adv., (ἄλη wandering) um 


from the past ; but sometimes to the | vain. 


present with the immediate future, in 


μἠλίθιος, a, ov, foolish, silly, sense- 


distinction from a more distant fu-|/ess, stupid, stolid: τὸ ἠλίθιον folly, 
ture: jam, already, by this time, just | stupidity : ii. 5.21; 6.22: v. 7. 10. 


now, now, recently, at length ; present- 


ἡλικία, as, (ἡλίκος how old) time of 


ly, forthwith : τὸ ἤδη κολάζειν the im- | life, age, i. 9. 6: iii. 1. 14, 25. 


mediate chastisement : 1.2.1; 3.1,11; 


εἡλικιώτης, ov, (v. 1. Fé, cxos) an 


8.1: 11.2.1: vi.1.17: vii.1.4; 7.24. | equal in age, comrade, i. 9. 5. 


ἡδονή, js, pleasure, delight, enjoy- 


ἥλιος, ov, ὁ, (akin to ἕλη brightness) 


ment ; an object of pleasure, gratificu-|sol, the sun, an object of religious 
tion ; delicious flavor ; ii. 3.16; 6.6:| worship among the Greeks, and still 


iv. 4.14. From ἥδω. 
ἠδυνάμην, -ἤθην, see δύναμαι. 
ἱ ἡδύ-οινος, ov, producing sweet wine, 
vi. 4. 6. 
Hdivs, εἴα, ¥, c. ἡδίων, 5. ἥδιστος, (ἤδω) 
sweet, delicious, pleasing, pleasant, 
agreeable, i. 5.3; 9. 25: vi. 5. 24. 


more among the Persians, i. 10. 15: 
iv. 5.35. See dua. Der. HELIO-TROPE. 


ἤλπιζον, see ἐλπίζω, vii. 6. 34. 
λωκα, ἥλων, see ἁλίσκομαι, iv. 2.13. 
[ἦμαι," ἦσο, ἧσθαι, &c., pret., to sit.] 
ἡμεῖς we, pl. of ἐγώ, 1. 3. 9s, 18. 
ἠμελημένως, (fr. pf. p. pt. of duehéw) 


48w, ἥσω 1., to please: P. & M. (f. | carelessly, incautiously, i. 7. 19. 


ἡσθήσομαι, a. ἥσθην) to be pleased, de- 
lighted, or gratified ; to delight in, be 


ἦμεν, Are, ἦσαν, see εἰμέ, vii. 6. 9. 
ἡμέρα, as, (as if from ἥμερος, se. 


Sond of; D., P.; 1.2.18; 4.16: 11.6.28. ὥρα, the mild time) the day (w. the 


" 


ἥειν, ἤεσαν, or ἦσαν, see εἶμι. 
θελον, ἠθέλησα, see ἐθέλω, i. 8. 18. 
κα, see ἕημι, iv. 5. 18. 
ἥκιστα, see ἥττων, i. 9. 19, 
ἥκω, ἤξω, ἧκα Ἰ., to come; to come 
back, return; often as pf., to have 
come or arrived (cf. I am come), be 


art. often om., 5334), a day, i. 2.6; 


» 


7. 2,14,18: ii. 1.28; 6.7. See dua, 


μετά. Der. EPH-EMERAL. 


ἥμερος, ov, mild, tame ; cultivated 
or garden (trees), v. 3. 12. 

ἡμέτερος, a, ov, (ἡμεῖς) our: ἡ ἡμε- 
τέρα, sc. χώρα, our territory : τὰ ἡμέ- 


here, 612; i. 2.1, 6; ὅ, 12, 15; 6. 8: τερα owr affairs, sometimes by periphr. 


ii. 1.9, 15. Cf. οἴχομαι. 
ἤλασα, ἤλαυνον, see ἐλαύνω, i. 2. 23. 
Aeyxov, see ἐλέγχω, iii. δ. 14. 
᾿Ηλεῖος, ov, ὁ, (Ἢ λι:) an Elean. 
Elis was the most western province of 





for ἡμεῖς : 1.3.9: τ. 5.58: iv. 8. 6. 
ἦἡμι- in compos., semi-, half-, 

HEMI-. 

ri Como ov, half-eaten, i. 9. 26. 


ἡμι-δαρεικόν, ov, (δάρεικός) a halfs 


Peloponnesus, containing a city of the | daric, i. 3. 21. 





ἡμιδεής 60 


ἡμι-δεής, és, (δέω fo want) wanting 
halt, halj-emptied, half-full, i. 9. 25. 

ἡμι-οβόλιον, ov, (d8orbs) a half- 
obol, i. 5. 6? 

ἡμν-ὅόλιος, a, ov, (ὅλος) half as much 
again: neut. subst., the whole and a 
| half, a half more, G., i. 3. 21. 

TiHprovixds, ἡ, dv, of mules, vii. 5. 2. 

ἡμί-ονος, ov, ὁ ἡ, a half-ass, a mule, 
v. 8. 5. 

ἡμί-πλεθρον, ov, a half-plethrum, 
about 50 feet, iv. 7. 6. 

ἥμισυς, cia, v, (ἦμι-) semis, half: 
τὸ ἥμισυ [sc. μέρος] the half [part]: 
ἡμίσεα ἄρτων half-loaves of bread: i. 
8. 22; 9. 26: iv. 2.9; 3. 15. 

ἡμι-ωβόλιον = ἡμι-οβόλιον, i. 5. 6? 

ἤμουν, see ἐμέω, iv. 8, 20. 

ἠμφεγνόουν, see ἀμφι-γνοέω, ii. 5.33! 

ἣν, contr. fr. ἐάν, if, i. 1. 4; 4.15. 

ἦν, ῆσθα, ἦν, see eiul, iii. 1. 27. 

iv, ἥν-περ, see ὅς, ὅσ-περ, ii. 2. 10. 

ἠνειχόμην, ἠνεσχόμην, see ἀν-έχω. 

ἢ, see φέρω, iv. 7. 12. 

ἡνίκα rel. adv., (8s) when, ch. w. 
ind., and more specific than ὅτε, 53 ; 
i. 8.1,8, 17: iii. 5. 18 (G., see dpa)? 

ἡνί-οχος, ov, ὁ, (ἡνία rein, ἔχω) a rein- 

holder, driver of a chariot, i. 8. 20. 

ἤν-περ, contr. fr. éav-tep, if indeed, 

tf only, ti. 4.17? iii. 2. 21: iv. 6.17? 

Eav, ἥξοιμι, see ἥκω, i. 7.1; 6. 3. 
περ just as, just where, see ὅς-περ. 
πιστάμην, see ἐπ-ίσταμαι, v. 1.10. 

Τ Ἡράκλεια, as, Heracléa (city of 
Hercules), a prosperous commercial 
city on the Bithynian coast of the 
Euxine, a Megarian colony, v. 6. 10: 
vi. 2.1; 4.2. || Herakli, or Eregli. 

ΤἩἩρακλείδης, ov,- Heraclides, from 
Maronéa in Thrace, an unprincipled 
and trickish agent of Seuthes, vii.3.16. 

ΤἩΗρακλεώτης, ov, (a man of “Hpd- 
κλεια) α Heracleot or Heraclean, v. 6. 
19: vi. 2. 3, 17s. 

ΤἩἩρακλεῶτις, δος, ἡ, (sc. yi) Hera- 
cledtis, the territory belonging to He- 
racléa, vi. 2. 19. 

“Hpa-xhjjs,” éous, εἶ, da, εἰς, Heracles 
or Hercules, son of Jupiter and ΑἸο- 
méne, the most celebrated of all the 
heroes of antiquity. The greatest of 
the twelve labors which he performed 
at the bidding of Eurystheus, was his | 
descent into Hades and bringing| 
thence the monster Cerberus, whom 


| 


ἤχθην 


‘restored. Tradition connected this 
descent with various localities, most 
commonly with a cave near Cape 
Tenarum in Laconia. His exploits 
in removing the dangers of travel 
from wild beasts and robbers, led to 
his especial worship as a conductor 
in perilous journeys (ἡγεμών). iv. 8. 
25: vi. 2.2; 5. 24s. 
ἠράσθην, see ἔραμαι, iv. 6. 3. 
ἠρέθην, ἡρήμην, see αἱρέω, iii. 1. 478, 
ἡρμήνευον, see ἑρμηνεύω, v. 4. 4. 
ἠρξάμην, ἠρχόμην, see ἄρχω. 
ἠρόμην, ἠρώτων, ἠρώτησα, see ἐρω- 
rdw, i. 3. 20; 6.78; 7. 9. 
ἧς, ἦσ-περ, see ds, ὅσ-περ, iii. 2. 21. 
σαν, ἦσθα, ἤστην, see εἰμί, 1. 1. 6. 
σαν or ἤεσαν, see εἶμι, iv. 4. 14. 
ἤσϑθημαι, ἠσθόμην, see αἰσθάνομαι. 
ἥσθην, see ἥδομαι, i. 2. 18, 
ἤσθιον, see ἐσθίω, ii. 1. 6. 
Τήσυχάζω, dow, to keep quiet or still, 
keep one’s place, v. 4. 16. 
Ἰήσυχῇ or ἡσυχῆ, quietly, stilly, 
noiselessly, i. 8. 11. 
thovxla, as, case, quict, rest, tran. 
quillity : καθ᾿ ἡσυχίαν at one’s ease, 
in quiet, quietly, peaceably, without 
molestation : ii. 3. 8. See ἄγω & ἔχω. 
ἥσυχος, ov, (ἦμαι ὃ) still, quiet, with- 
out clamor, vi. 5.11? [5.112 
ς.ἡσύχως quietly, without clamor, Vi. 
ἦτε, ἦτε, see εἰμέ, εἶμι, ii. 5. 89. 
ἥτησα, ἠτούμην, see αἰτέω, li. 4, 2, 
ἦτρον, ov, (hrop heart) the abdomen, 
esp. below the navel : μέχρι τοῦ ἤτρου 
as far as the groin, iv. 7. 15. 
Tthrrdopar, ἡττήδομαι, oftener p. ἧτ- 
τηθήσομαι, ἥττημαι, a. ἡττήθην, to be 
inferior, surpassed, or worsted, G. P.; 
to be conquered, defeated, or vanquished, 
as pass, of wxdw and sometimes, like 
this, w. the pres. as pf., 612; i. 2.9: 
ii. 3. 23; 4. 6,19; 6.17: iii. 2. 39. 
ἥττων, ἥκιστος, c. &s.(as fr. Ep. adv. 
ἧκα slightly, aspirated) referred to με- 
xpés or κακός, less, least, or worse, 
worst: c. weaker, inferior, v. 6. 13, 
32: neut. as adv., ὁ. ἦττον less, the 
less, less likely or ably, ti. 4.2: vi.1. 
18: vii. 5. 9; s. (otherwise rare) ἥκιστα 
least, the least, least of all, i. 9. 19. 
ηὐξάμην, ηὐχόμην, ηὕρισκον, ηὗρον, 
ηὐτύχησα, see εὔχομαι, εὑρίσκω, εὐτυ- 
χέω, ἱ. 4.7} 9. 291 iv. 8. 25? vi. 3. 6? 
ἠχθέσϑην, ἠχθόμην, see ἄχθομαι. 











he showed to his taskmaster and then 


ἤχθην, see ἄγω, vi. ὃ. 10. 


θ᾽ 61 


Θ. 


θ᾽ for τέ, by apostr. before an aspi- 
rated vowel, 1. 3. 9. 
θάλαττα (-σσα), 7s (AAs sal,salt ?) the 
sea, a general name for the great con- 
nected body of salt- or sea-water. (often 
without the art. 533d): θάλαττα μεγά- 
An a great or heavy sea, i. 6. a great or 
violent rush of the sea (cf. magnum 
mare, Lucr. 2. 553): 1.1.7; 2. 22; 4, 
1, 4: iv. 7. 34: v. 8. 20. Cf. πόντος. 
θάλπος, cos, τό, warmth, heat ; pl. 
calores, attacks of heat, heat, iii. 1. 23. 
θαμινά adv. = θαμά (dua) often, 
frequently, iv. 1. 16. 
θάνατος, ov, ὁ, (θνήσκω) death ; kind 
of death, mode of execution: ἐπὶ θανά- 
rw for death, in token of death, as a@ 
sign of execution: i. 6.10: i. 6. 29: 
iii. 1. 43. Der, EU-THANASY. 
μθανατόω, wow, to condemn to death, 
A., li. 6. 4. 
θάπτω," θάψω, 2a. p. ἐτάφην, to 
bury, inter, A., iv. 1.19: v. 7. 20. 
Ἰθαῤῥαλέος, a, ov, C., courageous, 
bold, daring, confident, πρός, iii. 2. 16. 
f Oapparéws cowrageously, boldly, fear- 
lessly, confidently, with confidence, πρός: 
τὸ ἔχειν 0. to have one’s self confident- 
ly, a feeling of confidence, fearlessness : 
i. 9.19: ii. 6.14: vii. 3. 29; 6. 29. 
tOappéw, ow, τεθάῤῥηκα, to be cour- 
ageous or of good courage ; to be bold, 
fearless, or confident ; to take heart; 
to have no fear of, A.: pt. as adv., 
confidently, with confidence, without 
fear, 6744: i. 3.8: iii. 2. 20; 4. ὃ. 
θάῤῥος, cos, τό, courage, confidence, 
vi. 5. 17. [7. 2. 
εθαῤῥύνω, ὕνῶ, to excowrage, cheer, i. 
θαρσ- v. 1. for θαῤῥ- in θάῤῥος, &c. 
Θαρύπας, ov, Tharypas, a favorite 
of Menon, ii. 6. 28. 


Θεόπομπος 


CP., A., G., 3.726. i. 2.18; 3.28; 8. 
16; 10. 16: vi. 2. 4. 
{θαυμάσιος, a, ov, 8., wonderful, 
marvellous, admirable, G.? ii.3.15: iii. 
1. 27. 
μθαυμαστός, 7, dv, s., to be wondered 
at, wonderful, wondrous, strange, sur- 
prising, D., ἷ. 9. 24 1 11.5.15 : iv. 2.15, 
ἐΘαψακηνός, of, 6, α Thapsacene, 
a man of Thapsacus, 1. 4. 18. 
Θάψακος, ov, ἡ, Thapsacus (Tiph- 
sah, i. e. passage or ford, 1 Kings 4. 
24), a city near ἃ much-frequented ford 
of the Euphrates, though the Thap- 
sacenes flattered Cyrus by saying that 
the river had never before been fordable 
at that point. Alexander here crossed 
by two bridges, doubtless of boats ; 
but Lucullus forded the stream with 
his army, and Ainsworth states that 
the depth of the water was reduced to 
20 inches in the autumn of 1841. i. 4. 
11. || Ruins near the Ford of the Anese- 
Beduins. 
θέα, as, (akin to θάομαι to gaze upon) 
a sight, spectacle, iv. 8. 27. 
θεά, ἂς, (θεός) a goddess, vi. 6. 17 
(elsewhere ἡ θεός, 174 Ὁ, v. 3. 68, 13). 
| Qea-~yévns, eos, see Θεο-γένης. 
tOéapa, aros, τό, a sight, 
iv. 7. 13. 
θεάομαι, doouat, τεθέάμαι, (θέα) to 
look on, gaze at, behold, observe, wit- 
ness, watch, perceive, see, with sur- 
prise, wonder, or admiration often im- 
plied, A. P., CP., i. 5. 8: v. 7. 26: Vie 
5.16. Cf. ὁράω. Der. THEATRE. 
θεῖν fo run, see θέω, i. 8. 18. 
θεῖος, a, ov, (θεός) divine, by divine 
interposition, supernatural, miracu- 
lows, i. 4. 18. 
θέλω to wish, will, see ἐθέλω. 
θέμενος, θέντες, &c., see τίθημι. 
t @co-yévys, cos, Theogenes, a lochage 
from Locris, vii. 4.18: v. 1. Θεα-γένης. 


θἄτερον or θάτερον, &c., by crasis| t@ed-ropmes, ov, Theopompus, an 
for τὸ ἕτερον, &c., 125 Ὁ; pl. ἐκ τοῦ] Athenian, only mentioned by some 
[sc. χωρίου] ἐπὶ θἄτερα (sc. μέρη], from| mss., ii. 1.12. Other mss, have here 
[the region upon] the other or farther | ξενοφῶν, and two have ξενοφῶν in the 


side, v. 4. 10. 
θάττων, ov, c. of ταχύς, i. 2. 17. 


text, and θεόπεμπος in the margin. 
We cannot suppose that there was a 


θαῦμα, aros, τό, (θάομαι to gaze| general named Theopompus, and it is 


upon) wonder or a subject of wonder, 
a marvel, vi. ὃ. 23. 


extremely improbable that a person 
of inferior rank, so quiet and insig- 


jOavpato, άσομαι, less Att. dow, τε- nificant as to be nowhere else men- 
θαύμακα, ἃ. ἐθαύμασα, to wonder, mar-| tioned, should have interfered in an 





vel, admire, be surprised or astonished, 


interview of the generals with the 








θεός 62 


B Ὶ MN ω ν ᾽ f νὰ * . * 
ut Xenophon, who|a river of Asia Minor, flowing into the 


king’s heralds. 


was with the army simply as the in- 


Θήβη 


Euxine. Its banks were the fabled 


timate friend of Proxenus, and by the| abode of the Amazons, v. 6.9: vi. 2 


special invitation of Cyrus, held no 
position of inferiority. With entire 
propriety, he might be invited by 


1, εἰ Thermeh-Chai. 
σθαι, θέσθε, sve TlOnu, i. 6. 4, 
t@erradta (older Θεσσαλία), as, Thes- 


Proxenus to attend him ir * inter- a lar erti 
| asi lg puke pe saly, a large, fertile, and populous, 
as end ; and might take part | but rude province in the northeast of 


in the conversation to support him, | Greece. 


if a fit occasion should arise. 
oy 1. δ, 1ῦ : ἢ. ἢ, 37. 


It consists mostly of the 


iy, anes A - 
Ε Com-| rich basin of the Penéus, surrounded 
ence, also, | by mountains, among which are the 


iodorus might naturally ascribe to| famed Olympus and Ossa (with the 
Proxenus himself (xiv. 25) the words| beauties of Tem pe between), and Pe 
Υ. τ Ἰ Ἰ ae ᾿ r. ,,΄δὦ - M M4 ΜΗ 7 ' Ι 
spoken by one who was present as/lion. Its Institutions were mostly 


his companion. 


How then could the|oligarchic, a few noble families dom- 


change of name have arisen in some ineering. Its rank was highest in the 
ὃν ΠῚ Ι 


of the best mss.? Perhaps as follows : 


arly history of Greece, when it con- 


in view of the subsequent preservation | tained the original Hellas, and sent 


of the army through Xenophon, an|. 


Jason to the Argonautic adventure, 


enthusiastic reader may have written | and Achilles to Troy. i. 1.10 


in the margin, by the side of his name, 


Θέτταλος (older Θέσσαλος), ov, ὁ, ἃ 


f ἣν Ἵ wy mar ‘ih ἢ " . 
θεύπομπος, the heaven-sent (= θεό-πεμ- | man of T hessaly, a Thessalian, i. 1.10. 


mros, while in the marginal θεόπεμπος 


θέω," θεύσομαι, ipf. ἔθεον, (other 


the two forms seem blended) ; and, | tenses supplied by τρέχω) to run δρό- 
through a common mistake, a sub-|u, els, ἐπί, mpos, &c., i. 8.18: ii 2 
sequent copyist may have understood |14: iv. 3. 21, 29. mii 


as a correction what was simply meant 


θεωρέω, ἥσω, τεθεώρηκα, ( θεωρός spec- 


as a comment, and have substituted | ¢ator, fr. θεάομαι) to view, behold, ob- 
ld, 


it in the text. 


, a a ” ” " " 
θεός, οὔ, ὁ ἡ, deus, a god, deity, divinit y, |é 


serve, witness ; to inspect or review an 


army; to attend games or rites as a 


(ἡ θεός goddess, ili. 2.12: v.3.6s): odv| sacred deputy ; A.; i. 2.10, 16: ii. 4 
Tots θεοῖς with the help of the gods, οὐ 1255: v.3.7. Der THEOREM, THEORY 
a . 4 we Ι] 4 ‘ . 


by their will or favor: πρὸς ϑεῶν be- 
Sore or by the gods. 


hol 


Θηβαῖος, ov, ὁ, a man of Thebes, a 


The art. is often | Theban, ii. 1.10. Thebes (Θῆβαι) was 


omitted w. Geol, 533¢. The Anabasis|the chief city of Beeotia, said to have 


abounds in appeal or reference to “‘the |! 
gods,” as a general expression for the |1 
Divine and Supreme Power (so ὁ θεός [1 
the Deity, vi. 3.18); but makes com-|] 





een founded by the Pheenician Cad- 
nus and walled to the music of Am- 
yhion. It was wonderfully rich in 
egendary story, e. g. as the birthplace 


paratively little mention of any par- | of Bacchus and Hercules,and the scene 
ticular god, showing how far poly-|of the tragic fortunes of (Edipus and 
theism had lost its hold upon the|Niobe. In the historical age, it com- 
Greek mind. i. 4.8; 6.6: ii. 3. 22s: monly held the rank of the third city 
il. 1.58, 23s. Der. THEISM, ATHEIST. | in Greece ; but, for a short period after 


ἐθεο-σέβεια, as, (σέβω to revere) piety, | t 
religion, ii. 6. 26. 


he battle of Leuctra, of the first. 
Θήβη, ns, Thebe, a town of western 


» ᾿ * / « . 
Τθεραπεύω, evow, τεθεράπευκα, to take | Mysia (also assigned to Lydia, as earl 
care of, provide for, cherish, court, A., occupied by the Lydians), under Mt. 


1.9.20: ii.6.27. Der. rHerapeutie. | I 





» * 
lacus. According to Homer, An- 


θεράπων, ovros, ὁ, (ϑέρω to warm) | dromache was the daughter of its 
an attendant, waiter, servant, 1.8, 28?/king; and the capture of the beauti- 
θερίζω, iow 1, (θέρος summer, fr. | ful Chryséis, in connection with its 
Gépw to warm) to spend or pass the | sack by Achilles, gave occasion to the 





‘summer, 111. 5. 15. a 


ction of the Iliad. Perishing itself, 


θερμασία, as, (θερμός warm, fr. θέρω it left its name to a fertile plain in 


to warm) warmth, v. 8. 15. 


Θερμάδων, ovros, ὁ, the Theremddon, | 8 





the vicinity of Adramyttium. vii. 


. 7. 


θήρ 68 


[ϑήρ, θηρός, 6, fera, a wild beast ; cf. 
Germ. thier, Eng. deer.] 
μθήρα, as, α hunt or chase of wild 
beasts, v. 3. 8, 10. 
μθηράω, dow, τεθήρᾶκα, to hunt, chase, 
or pursue wild beasts ; to prey upon ; 
Αι δι δεν ιν. 
μθηρεύω, εύσω, τεθήρευκα, to hunt or 
chase wild beasts ; to catch or take, as 
a hunter his prey; A.; 1. 2. 7, 13. 
{@nplov, ov, dim. of θήρ, but comm. 
used in prose for it, 371f; @ wild 
beast or animal, i. 2.7; 5.25 9. 6. 
θησαυρός, of, ὁ, (τίθημι) thesaurus, 
a store laid up, TREASURE; treasury ; 
v. 3.53 4. 27. 
Θήχης, ov, Theches, a mountain 
from which the Cyreans obtained their 
first and transporting view of the Kux- 
ine, iv. 7.21. || Acc. to Strecker, Kolat- 
Dagh ; to others, Tekieh-Dagh, &e. 
Θίβρων, wos, Thibron, a Spartan 
eneral who was sent in the winter of 
400 -- 399 B. c., to protect the Ionian 
cities from the Persians, and who took 
the returned Cyreans into his service. 
From want of efficiency and good dis- 
cipline, he was superseded, in about 
a year, by Dercyllidas. In a later 
command against the Persians, B. Ὁ. 
391, his carelessness cost him his life. 
vii. 6.1; 8.24: νυ. 1. Θίμβρων. 
θνήσκω * (oftener ἀπο-θνήσκω, exc. 
in the complete tenses), θανοῦμαι, τέ- 
θνηκα, 2 a. ἔθανον, 2 pf. pl. τέθναμεν, 
&c., inf. τεθνάναι, pt. τεθνεώς, to die, 
Jali in battle ; as pass. of κτείνω, to be 
slain: pf. pret., οἶδεν died | be dead, 
pt. dead ; τεθνάναι ἐπηγγέλλετο he of- 
fered or consented to be a dead man, 
i. 6. to die or be put to death immedi- 
ately: 1.6.11: i1.1.3: iv.1.19; 7.20. 
μθνητός, ἡ, dv, mortal, liable or ex- 
posed to death, iii. 1. 23. 
Θόανα v. J. for Adva, i. 2. 20. 


θυμός 
Θράκη, ns, (Θρᾷξ) Thrace, a rude 


country in southeastern Europe, north 
of the Hgean and Propontis. If this 
region was occupied early by more 
civilized tribes, to which Orpheus, Mu- 
seus, Thamyris, &c., belonged, they 
prob. meved southward into Greece. 
v.1.15. || Rumelia.— 2. A neighbor- 
ing district in Asia, across the Bos- 
phorus, so called as occupied by Thra- 
cian tribes ; oftener called Bithynia, 
from the chief of these tribes; vi. 4. 1. 
t Opaxvov, ov, Thracium, or the Thra- 
cian Area, in Byzantium, probably 
near the Thracian Gate, vii. 1. 24. 

μἐΘράκιος, a, ον, Thracian, vii. 1,13. 

Θρανίψαι v. J. for Tpavivac. 

Θρᾷξ, Θρᾳκός, ὁ, a Thracian, a man 
of Thrace (in Europe or Asia); as adj., 
Thracian. The Thracians were not 
wanting in activity, energy, or cour- 
age; but, though claiming relation- 
ship to their Greek neighbors, they 
partook but scantily of the Greek cul- 
ture. Among their too prevalent char- 
acteristics were ferocity, cruelty, in- 
temperance, and faithlessness. 1.1.9; 
2.9: vi. 4.2: vii. 1.5; 3. 26. 
θρασέως adv., boldly, iv. 3. 30. 

θρασύς, εἴα, ¥, ὁ. Urepos, (having the 
same stem νγ. θράσος = θάρσος or 04.pp0s) 
bold, daring, spirited, v. 4.18; 8.19. 
θρέψομαι, see τρέφω, vi. 5. 20. 
θρόνος, ov, ὁ, a seat, esp. the ele- 
vated seat of a ruler, @ THRONE, 11.1.4. 
ϑυγάτηρ, " (répos) τρός, τρί, τέρα, θύ- 
γατερ, 7, Germ. tochter, ὦ DAUGHTER, 
ii. 4.8: iv. 5. 24. 
θύλακος, ov, ὁ, a sack, bag, vi. 4. 23. 
θῦμα, aros, τό, (θύω) a victim, sacri- 
Jice, vi. 4. 20: vii. 8. 19. 

Θύμβριον, ov, Thymbrium, a city 
of Phrygia, now represented acc. to 
some by Akshehr (i. e. white city), and 
ace. to others by Ishakli; while the 


θόρυβος, ov, ὁ, (akin to θρέομαι to| copious fountain Olu-Bunar (i.e. great 
cry, and Lat. turba) noise, outcry, up-| fountain), between these towns, has 


roar, tumult, alarm, murmur, i. 8.16: 


ii. 2.19: iii. 4. 35s: iv. 2. 20. 


been regarded by some as the famed 
spring of Midas, i. 2. 13. 


Θούριος, ov, 6,a Thurian,a man οἵ] Τθυμο-ειδής, és, or θυμώδης, es, 6. ἐστε- 
Thurii, a flourishing city founded by | pos, (εἶδος) sprrited, mettlesome, iv.5.36. 


an Athenian colony, B. c. 443, near the 


ruins of Sybaris on the Tarentine Gul 
in southern Italy. Among the colo 
nists were the historian Herodotus anc 
the orator Lysias. νυ. 1.2. || Ruin 


TOvpdopat, woouat, τεθύμωμαι, to be 
flangry, provoked, incensed, or enraged, 
-|D., li. 5. 13. 

1] θῦμός, οὔ, ὁ, (θύω to rush) the rush 
s | of feeling, spirit, anger, passion, resent 





near Terra-N uova. 


ment, Vil. 1. 25. 








Mi 


Ww 
Ί Ι 


Ovvol 64 Type 


Ovvol, ὧν, ol, the Thyni, a Thracian 
tribe near Byzantium, especially for- 
midable in the night. A part of this 
tribe crossed, like the Bithyni, into 
Asia. vii. 2. 22, 32; 4. 14. 

θύρα, as, (cf. Lat. foris, Germ. thiir) 
@ poor, often in the plur., even when 
a single entrance is spoken of: pl. 
door or doors, gates, quarters, residence, 
cuurt (cf. sublime porte): ἐπὶ ταῖς θύ- 
pas at the very door or gates, some- 
times used as a strong expression for 
nearness: 1.2.11; 9.3: ii. 4.4; 5.31. 

j Qdperpoy, ov, a door, gate, v. 2. 17. 
θυσία, as, ἃ sacrifice, offering to a 
god, iv. 8. 25s: v. 3.9: vi. 4. 15. 
θύω (Uv), θύσω, τέθὕκα, to sacrifice, 
offer to a god, D. A., AE.: τὰ Λύκαια 
ἔθῦσε offered the Lycwan sacrifices, 
celebrated the Lyceean rites or festival : 
i. 2.10: iii. 2.9,12: MM. to sacrifice 
for learning the will of the gods or 
future events, fo take or consult the 
auspices, AE., Ὁ. (of the god, or of the 
person for whom), ΟΡ.» 1., ἐπί, περί, 
vrép, li. 2.3: v. 6. 22, 27s: vii. 8. 4s. 
Ἰθωρακίζω, iow, to arm with a cuirass ; 
τεθωρακισμένος equipped with a corselet, 
clad in armor: M. to put on one's own 
cuirass or armor, arm one’s self : ii. 2. 
14; 5. 35: ii. 4. 35. 

ϑώραξ, ἄκος, ὁ, a cwirass, corselet, 
breastplate. The Greek cuirass comm. 
consisted of two metallic plates, 
adapted to the shape of the body, one 
for the front, and the other for the 
back. These were ch. united by 
shoulder-pieces, the belt, and hinges 
or buckles at the sides. The cavalry 
cuirass was esp. heavy. Some nations 
wore corselets of thick, firm layers of 
flaxen cloth or felting. i. 8. 3, 26: iii. 
4.48: iv. 7.15. Der. THORAX. 

Θώραξ, ἄκος, an officer from Beeotia, 
who often contended with Xenophon, 
v. 6. 19, 25, 35. 


I 


ἰάομαι, ἄσομαι, ἴᾶμαι 1., to heal, 
cure, dress a wound, i. 8. 26. 
᾿Ιασόνιος, a, ov, (Ἰάσων Jason) Ja- 
sonian: ᾿Ιασονία ἀκτή the Jasonian 
Shore, a "pag not far from Co- 
= 


tyéra, where Jason was supposed to 


pedition, vi. 2.1. || Yasun-Burun, or 
Cape Bona. 
larpds, of, ὁ, (idouac) a healer, sur 
geon, physician, 1.8.26: iii, 4. 30. 
ἰδεῖν, ἴδοιμι, ἴδω, ἰδών, see ὁράω, i. 
2. 18; 9.13: ii. 1.9. Der. IDEA. 
Ἴδη, 7s, Ida, a mountain-range in 
Mysia, south of Troy. Here, in the 
old myths, Paris awarded the prize to 
Venus, and the gods sat to watch the 
strife about Troy. Its highest point, 
Gargaron (now Kaz-Dagh), is about 
4650 feet high. vii. 8. 7. 
ἴδιος, a, ov, one’s own, private, per- 
sonal ; els τὸ ἴδιον for one’s private or 
personal use or benefit, for one's self: 
ἰδίᾳ, as adv., privately, in private, 
personally, by one’s self, on one’s own 
account ; 1.3.3: v.6.27. Der. ip1om. 
εἰδιότης, ητος, ἡ, peculiarity, ii. 3.16. 
{ἰδιώτης, ov, a private or common 
person or soldier, a private, i. 3.11: 
vi. 1. 31: vil. 7. 28. Der. rpror. 
εἰδιωτικός, ἡ, dv, relating to a private 
person, or denoting a private station, 
vi. 1. 23. 
ἱδρόω," dow, ἵδρωκα l., (ἴδος sweat) 
sudo, to sweat, perspire, 1. 8. 1. 
ἴδω, ἰδών, see dpdw, i. 2. 18. 
ἵεμαι or ἴεμαι, see ἕημει, i. 5. 8, 
ἱέναι, ἴθι, ἴοιμι, ἴω, ἰών, see εἶμι. 
Τἱερεῖον, ov, a victim for sacrifice, an 
animal such as were used for sacrifice 
or food (since the two uses were so 
intimately united); pl. cattle; iv. 4. 
Os va. 2 4,38: ὃ. 1». 
t'Iepdv ὄρος, τό, the Sacred Mountain 
(Mons Sacer), a mountain west of the 
Propontis, on the direct route from 
Byzantium to the Chersonese, vii. 1. 
14; 3.3. || Tekir-Dagh. 
ἱερός, d, dv, sacred, consecrated, holy, 
hallowed, G. 437 Ὁ : τὸ ἱερόν [sc. δῶμα] 
the temple: τὰ ἱερά the sacred rites, 
sacrifices, auspices; from their esp. use 
in divination, the entrails[sacred parts] 
of the victim: τὰ ἱερὰ γίγνεται the 
sacrifices take effect, are auspicious : 
i. 8.15: 11.1. 9; 2.3: iv. 3.9; 5. 35: 
v. 3.9s, 11,13. Der. HIERO-GLYPHIC. 
{‘Iep-dvupos, ov, Hieronymus, an 
Elean, the oldest lochage in the di- 
vision of Proxenus, and influential fox 
good, iii. 1. 34: vi. 4. 10. 
type,” iow, elxa, a. ἧκα (εἶμεν, ὥ, 
εἴην, &c.) to send, throw, hurl, shoot, 





have landed in the Argonautic Ex- 


let fly, A., Ὁ. of missile, κατά, els, i. 5. 


tyre 65 ἴστημι 


12: ἵν. ὅ. 18. M. ἵεμαι (υ. 1. ἵεμαι, 
referred to εἶμι, 45 Ρ) to send one’s 
self, hasten, hurry on, rush, spring, 
émi, &c., i. 5. 8; 8. 26: iv. 2. 78, 20. 

ἴητε, ἴθι, see elu, vii. 2. 26 ; 3. 4. 

ἱκανός, ἡ, ov, c., (ἴκω) reaching the 
desired end, sufficient, enough ; ade- 
quate, required; able, capable, com- 
petent, qualified, adapted : ἱκανόν [sc. 
χωρίον] a sufficient distance: 1., Ὁ.» bs, 
ws, ὥστε: 1.1.5; 2.1; 3.6; Ae 
8 4: v. 2. 30; 6. 12, 30: vi. 4. 3. 
jixavas sufficiently, adequately, iv. 
3. 91, 

{ἱκετεύω, evow, to supplicate, entreat, 
beseech, A. 1., Vil. 4. 7, 10, 22. 

ἱκέτης, ov, (κω) one who comes for 
aid, a suppliant, vii. 2. 33. 

Ἴκόνιον, ov, Jconiwm, an old city 
of Phrygia, near Lycaonia, in which 
it was afterwards included. Paul 
visited the city more than once, and 
made many converts. In the eleventh 
century, it became the capital of a 
powerful Seljuk sovereignty, which 
gave it a prominent place in the his- 
tory of the Crusades. It is still an 
important city, and the capital of a 
pashalic, i. 2.19. ||Konieh. 

["ixw * poet., to come, arrive, reach, 
akin to ἥκω, 114.] 

“Thews, ὧν, Att. contr. fr. “TAdos, ov, 
propitious, gracious, kind, vi. 6. 32. 

"tn, ns, a troop, esp. of horse, often 
set at 64 men, i. 2. 16: fr. efAw to coil. 

ἱμάς, dvros, ὁ, ἃ leathern strap or 
thong, iv. 5. 14. 

“ἱμάτιον, ov, (ἔννῦμι to clothe) a gar- 
ment, vestment, esp. an outer garment ; 
pl. clothes, clothing ; iv. 3. Ils. 

ἵνα * final conj., in order that, so 
that, that, comm. w. subj. or opt., i. 
3. 4,15; 4.18; 10. 18. 

ἴοιμι, ἰόντος, ἰόντων, &c., see εἶμι. 

timm-apxos, ov, ὁ, (ἄρχω) a hipparch, 
commander of cavalry, master of horse, 
iii. 3. 20. 4 

ἐϊππασία, as, riding about, move- 
ments on horse, ii. 5. 89, 

tiwme(a, as, cavalry, v. 6. 8. 

timwmets, dws, ὁ, horseman, knight ; 
pl. cavalry, horse (collectively). The 
Greek horseman was comm. armed 
much like the hoplite; exc. that he 
usually carried no shield, and hence 


wore a stouter cuirass. Metallic armor 


and sides of the horse. From the 
mountainous character of their coun- 
try, however, and their habits of city 
life, the Greeks used cavalry very 
much less than the eastern nations. 
i, 2.4; 5. 2, 18; 6. 28; 8. 7. 
{ἱππικός, ἡ, ὄν, of or for cavalry: 
subst. ἱππικόν [sc. στράτευμα or πλῆ- 
Gos] cavalry [force]: i. 3.12; 9. 31. 
ἐϊππό-δρομος, ov, ὁ, a race-cowrse for 
horses, hippodrome, i. 8. 20. 
ἵππος, ov, ὁ ἡ, @ horse, mare: ἀπὸ 
ἵππου [from a horse] on horseback: οἱ 
ἵπποι sometimes = οἱ ἱππεῖς the horse, 
cavalry: i. 2.7; 8. 3,18: vii. 3. 39. 
Der. HIPPO-POTAMUS (river-horse). 
*Ipis, wos or cdos, ὁ, the Iris, a con- 
siderable river in the northeast part 
of Asia Minor, flowing into the Eux- 
ine, v. 6.9: vi. 2.1. || The Yeshil- 
Irmak, i. e. Green River. 
ἴσθι, ἴσμεν, ἴστε, ἴσᾶσι, see ὁράω. 
ἰσϑμός, οὔ, ὁ, (εἶμι) the place to go 
on, av ISTHMUS: asa prop. name, the 
Isthmus of Corinth, the neck of land 
(about five miles across, where nar- 
rowest) connecting the Peloponnese w. 
the mainland of Greece, and separat-- 
ing the Corinthian and Saronic Gulfs. 
Repeated attempts were made and 
abandoned, to connect these gulfs by 
a canal. The famed Isthmian Games 
were here celebrated in honor of Nep- 
tune. ii. 6. 3. 
tlod-mwheupos, ον, (πλευρά) equal- 
sided, equi-lateral, iii. 4. 19. 
ἴσος, ἡ, ov, equal, D.: ἐν ἴσῳ on an 
even line, with equal step: ἐξ ἴσου from 
equal ground, on an equality or par: 
εἷς τὸ ἴσον upon equal ground, to ὦ 
level : ἴσον κρατεῖν to bear equal sway 
or have equal power: i. 8.11: 11. δ. 7: 
iii. 4. 47: iv. 6.18: v. 4.32. Hence 
Iso- in many compounds. 
Εἰσο-χειλής, ἐς, (χεῖλος lip, brim) 
level with or up to the brim, iv. 5. 26. 
Ἰσσοί, dv, oi, and Ἴσσός, οὔ, ἡ, 
Issus or ssi, an important city in the 
eastern part of Cilicia, at the head of 
a guif bearing its name (now the Gulf 
of Scanderoon). Near it, B. c. 333, 
Alexander won a great victory over 
Darius 111. i. 2. 24; 4.1. || Ruins near 
the northeast extremity of the gulf. 
ἴστε, see dpdw, i. 5. 16 ; 7. 3. 
ἵστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα (2 pf. ἕστα- 





was also provided for the head, breast, 
LEX. AN, 


μεν, &C., ἑστάναι, éorws), pip. ἑστήκειν 
E 





ἱστίον 66 καθίζω 


or εἱστήκειν, 1 a, ἔστησα, 2. ἃ. ἔστην, 
to set up, STATION ; to make stand or 
halt, to stop (trans.); A.; i. 2.17; 10. 
14:— M., w. act. 2 a. and complete 
tenses (used preteritively), sto, to 
STAND, intrans. ; fo stand one’s ground, 
make a stand ; but 1 a. m. to set up 
for one’s self, erect, A.; 1.3.2; 5.2,13; 
au Rs ER's te. GC S7+ 7. 9. 
ἱστίον, ov, (dim. of ἱστός web) a sail, 


its position, could not maintain its in- 
dependence against the Lydians and 
afterwards the Persians. Assistance 
given to the Ionians was a pretext 
with the Persians for invading Greece 
i. 4.18: ii. 1. 8. i 
ΕἸΙωνικός, ἥ, ὁν,. Ionian, pertaining 
to lonia, i. 1. 6. 


καθίημι 


to make sit down, seat, set, place, A. 
eis, ii. 1. 4: iii. 5. 17. 

καθ-ίημι," ἥσω, εἶκα, a. ἧκα (ὦ, els, 
&c.), to let down, as a spear for action, 
to lower, couch, A. εἰς, vi. 5. 25, 27. 

καθ-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 1 a. 
ἔστησα, 2 ἃ. ἔστην, to fix or set down, 
settle, arrange, station, place, establish, 
restore, bring, render, A.; to constitute 
or appoint, 2 A., εἰς, ἐπί: 1. 4.18; 10. 





67 κακῶς 


Ἑαιναί, ὧν, al, Cenc, a large city 
on the west bank of the Tigris (per- 
haps the Canneh of Ezek. 27. 23), ii. 
4,28. || Kaleh Sherghat, so interesting 
in its remains, and believed by some 
to have been, for a long period, the 
capital of the Assyrian Empire. 

καί-περ adv., even indeed, used w. 
a part. (as also καί even) to express 
concession, where the Eng. familiarly 


10: iii. 2. 1, 5: — AL, w. act. 2a. and ‘uses though or although with a verb, 
complete tenses (used pret.), to station, | 674: καίπερ εἰδότες even [indeed know- 
set, place, fixz,orestablish one’s self,totake ing] though they knew, i. 6.10. Cf. ii. 
one’s place or station ; to be established, | 3. 25: iii. 1. 29: iv. 3.33: v. 5.178. 


3. 6. 3. K. 
μ ! , 

Τἰσχυρός, d, bv, 5., strong, mighty, 

powerful ; vehement, severe; i. δ. 9: 


» * * 
ea νεροῦ, κἀ- often in crasis for καὶ ἀ- or καὶ é-. 
: : ww, 8, 18: κἀγαθός, κἀγώ = καὶ ἀγαθός, καὶ ἐγώ. 








t ἱ v ~ 0 br we "» mt “ } , 
Ἷ σχ Ag . ὅτερον, strongly, forcibly, καθ᾽ by apostr. for κατά, before an 

Sal lead ys energetically, strenuously, | aspirated vowel, i. 10. 4. 

ὧν ” * OY by vue » " Ι Ἶ J 4 
resolutely ; vehemently, severely; ex-| καθά rel. ady. (καθ᾽ &) accordi 
ccedingly, very ; 1.2.21; 5.11: 11.2.19, | as, vii, 8. 42 Wii 8 

J Ψ os » Ἵ ΤΙΣ i" Ι if ᾿ 
ἰσχύς, dos, ἡ,(ἴς vis, strength) strength, καθαίρω, apd, κεκάθαρκα, a ἐκάθηρα 
» a 


might, force; a force of soldiers, a|or ἐκάθάρα, (καθαρός pure) to cleanse, - 
é SE, 


strong force ; i. 8. 22: iii ‘ 
9 force; 1.5. 22: πὶ 1, 42 purge; to purify i itt 
(eee . Abin 0 purify in a religio ense ; 
! γῶν (strengthened form οἵ ἔχω ᾳ.ν.} | A.; v. 7, 35 ll i citi i 
al th Fala ge on kip ᾿ he καθάπερ rel. adv., (καθ᾽ ἅπερ) just 
8, ἔσχετο it was held or held it-| accordin ) ¢ 
Ording as, gust as, even as, v. 4. 2 
self, the matter stuck, the neqotiati oF Mid aly pang desi a 
ΕΥ̓͂ δέον, the negoliation| καθαρμός. οὔ. ὁ. (καθαί Abe " 
was suspended, vi. 3. 9. tion Or ae οὔ, ὁ, (καθαίρω) purifica- 
' jh ᾿ “ ᾽ ᾿ A. * 
ἴσως adv., (ἴσος) with equal chances,| καθ-έζομαι," f. καθ-εδοῦμαι, ipf. éxa- 


— probably ; sometimes, from θεζόμην, (ἔζομαι to sit, poet.) to seat 
reek courtesy, where we might rather | one’s self, sit down: to halt, rest: i 5 
say doubtless ; ii. 2. 12: iii, 1. 37 i. ia Ν᾽, 


9: il. 1. 33: v. 8. 14, 

IraBé\tos, ov, Tiabelius, a Persian καθ-ειστήκειν pts idee 
commander, who went to the aid οἵ] καθ-έλκω," ἔλξω, ipf. tig draw 
Asidates, vii. 8.15: v.l. "Irauévns, &c. | or haul down, as vessels into the sea 

ἱτέον (fr. εἶμι) ἐστίν it is necessary, | to launch, πῆς vii. 1. 19 i 
proper, or best to go, one must or showld| καθ-έντας, see καθ. ἴημι vi. 5. 25 
go, 682, iii. 1. 7: vi. δ. 30. καθ-εύδω," ebdjow, ipl. ἐκάθευδον or 

ἴτυς, vos, ἢ, &@ rim, as of a shield : καθηῦδον, (εὔὕδω to sleep) to lie down 
a prvi é lv. 7. 12. and sleep, to sleep, repose, i. 3. 11. 

am gs see εἶμι, i. 4. 8? καθ-ηγέομαι, ἥσομαι, ἤγημαι, to lead 
χϑύς, vos, ὁ, a Jish, i. 4.9. Der.|down: ταῦτα καθηγεῖσθαι to conduct 
ICHTHYO-LOGY. The Syrian gods Da- | this enterprise, vii. 8. 9. 
gon and Derceto (who had also other] καθ-ηδυ-παθέω, ἥσῳ, (ἡδύς, πάσ w) 
names) were worshipped in a form|to caval down, to spend waste "ὦ 
human above, but fish-like below. squander, in luxury or pleasure, A 
ἴχνος, eos, τό, and dim. in formli. 3. 3. Ὁ 
ea om 4 Ν ὅσο ἦναι, Jootstep, i. 6. ha — ἥξω, ἧκα ]., to come down 
; 3. 42, . reach or extend down, εἰς, ἐπί 

Ἰωνία, as, ( Iwves Ionians) Ionia, | dws: to appertain to, belong as a duty, 
the central part of the western coast|p. 1.: i. 4.4; 9.7: iii. 4.24: iv.3 11. 
of Asia Minor, so named from its early| κάθ-ημαι " pf. m. pret. f. pf. ᾿καθή- 
colonization by the lonians, whose|coua 1., plp. ἐκαθήμην ‘or vine 
descent was traced from Ion, grand-| (fua: to sit) to sit down, be seated "Ἢ 
son of Deucalion. It was the favorite | in session, be encamped or stationed, i 
seat (with the adjacent islands) of early |3. 12; 7. 20: iv. 2.58: vi. 2. 5 iii 
Greek letters and art, the home of | καθῆραι or -ἂραι see καθαίρω. 
Epic and Elegiac poetry,of Ionic archi-| καθ-ίζω," καθίσω vi, πύκα ᾿ a. 
tecture, &c.; but unfortunately, from ἐκάθισα and καθῖσα, (i{w to seat, poet.) 





set, settled, or placed; to result or eventu- 
ate; εἰς, ἐπί (to set one’s self to, under- 
take, vi. 1. 22): but 1 a. m. to station, | 
set, or appoint for one’s self, A.: i. 1. 
3; 3.8; 8. 3s, 6: iv. 5. 19, 21. 

καθ-οράω, ἢ ὄψομαι, éwpaxa or €dpa- 
κα, 2a, εἶδον (ἴδω, &c.), to look down | 
upon, view, inspect, descry, discern, 
perceive, 806, A., i. 8. 26; 10. 14. 

καί " conj. ἃ adv., (akin to Lat. 
que) and ; often with a strengthened 
idea, which we express in Eng. by 
adding an adverb, and also, and even, 
and indeed, and especially, and the 
rather, and therefore ; also, even (some- 
times translated by other adverbs of 
like force, further, moreover, really, 
indeed, yet, still, only, &c.); i. 1.18; 
3.6,13,15; 6.10: iv.5.15: vi. 2,10 :] 
καὶ δὴ (καί) and now (even), in suppo- | 
sition, v. 7. 9: καὶ εἰ (or ἐάν, &c.), ef | 
καί even if, although (and so καί w. a 
part., like καίπερ q. v.), iil. 2. 10, 22, 
24: τὲ. καί, καὶ... καί, both. . and, 
i. 3.3; 8.27; see ἄλλως. Καί is often | 
used where in Eng. no connective, or | 
one more specific would be preferred 
(as for, when, but, as, &c.), 702¢, 705, 
ii. 2.10; 3.18: iv. 6.2: v. 4.21. In 
annexing several particulars, the Eng. 
more frequently uses the copulative 
w. the last only; but the Greek w. 
all or none, i. 2. 22: iii, 1.3. The 
special relation of καί to the word fol- 
lowing (and not to the word preced- 
ing, as in the case of so many parti- 
cles) will not fail to be observed. For 
καὶ γάρ, καὶ yap οὖν, see γάρ. Cf. δέ. 

Κάϊκος (Ὁ), ov, ὁ, the Caicus, a river 
in the southwest part of Mysia, flow- 
ing near Pergamum and through a 





καιρός, οὔ, ὁ, occasion, opportunity, 
season, juncture, crisis, a fitting, prop- 
er, special, or particular time, τ.: Kat- 
pos ἐστιν it is the proper time, there ts 
occasion ; hence, there is need, it is 
necessary or proper : ἐν καιρῷ ἴηι, season, 
opportunely, according to the occasion, 
to the purpose: προσωτέρω τοῦ καιροῦ 


farther than there was occasion, farther 


than was necessary or expedient ; 1.7.9: 


‘iii. 1. 36, 39, 44: ἵν. 8. 84: 6.15. 


καί-τοι conj., and indeed, and cer- 
tainly, and yet, however ; though, al- 
though ; i. 4.8: v. 7.10: vii. 7. 39. 
καίω & Att. κἄω," καύσω, κέκαυκα, 
to burn (trans.), set on fire, consume 
by fire ; to kindle, maintain, or keep 
up a fire, keep a fire burning; of a 
surgeon, to cauterize; A.: M. or P., 
to burn, intrans.: i. 6. 1s: iu. 5. 3, 
ὅδ: iv.5.5s: v.8.18. Der. CAUSTIC. 
κἀκεῖνος = καὶ ἐκεῖνος, li. 6. 8? 
txaxd-vowa, as, iJ/-will, πρός, vii. 7.45. 
txaxdé-voos, ov, contr. KaKd-vous, our, 
evil-minded, ill-disposed, ill-affected, 
inimical, D., ii. 5. 16, 27. 
ἱκακο-ποιέω, ήσω, to do evil to, treat 
ill, maltreat, A., ii. 5. 4? 
κακός, ἡ, dv, ο. κακίων, 5. κάκιστος, 
bad, evil, ill, wicked, vile, base, worth- 
less, D., wept: bad in war, cowardly : 
subst. κακόν, οὔ, an evil, harm, in- 
jury, mischief: i. 3.18; 4.8; 9.15: 
ii. 5. 5, 16, 39. Der. CACO-PHONY. 
txaxoupyéw, yow, to work evil to, to 
injure, harm, harass, annoy, A.,Vi. 1.1. 
γκακοῦργος, ov, (ἔργον) working evil, 
criminal ; masc. subst., an evil-doer, 
malefactor : i. 9. 13. 
jxaxde, wow, pf. p. κεκάκωμαι, to in 
jure, A., iv. 5. 35. 


~ 


κακῶς adv., c. κάκϊον, 8. κάκιστα, 





fertile plain, vii. 8. 8,18? |jThe Ba- 
kir-ChaL 


badly, ill; injuriously ; wretchedly, 








κάκωσις 68 


miserably, uncomfortably ; i. 4.8; 5. 
16; 9.10: iti. 1. 43: iv. 4.14. See 
ἔχω, πάσχω, wow, πράττω. 

μκάκωσις, ews, ἡ, ill-treatment, abuse, 

G., iv. 6. 3. 

καλάμη, 7s, straw, v. 4. 27. 

κάλαμος, ov, ὁ, calamus, α reed ; 
collectively, for plants of this kind; 

i. 5.1: iv. 5.26. Der. cALAMITY. 

καλέω," καλέσω καλῶ, κέκληκα, ἃ. 
ἐκάλεσα, ἃ. p. ἐκλήθην, calo, to CALL, 
summon, invite, A. ἐπί : to call, name, 
2 A.: τὸ Μηδίας καλούμενον τεῖχος the 
so-called wall of Media: sometimes 
M., to cali to or for one's self, a.: i. 2. 
2,8: 11.4.12: i01.3.1: vii.3.15; 6.38. 

καλινδέομαι in pr. & ipf., (akin to 
κυλίω) to roll, intrans., v. 2. 31 ? 

Τκαλλ-ιερέω, iow, κεκαλλιέρηκα, (ἱερόν) 
A. & M. to sacrifice favorably or with 
good omens, to obtain good auspices in 
sacrifice, v. 4. 22: vii. 1. 40; 8: 5. 

ΤΙ Καλλίμαχος, ov, Callimachus, a 
brave and ambitious lochage from 
Parrhasia in Arcadia, iv. 1. 27; 7. 8. 

Τκαλλίων, κάλλιστος, see καλός. 

txa@AAos, cos, τό, beauty, ii. 3. 15. 
Der. CALLI-STHENICS. 

ξκαλλ-ωπισμός, of, ὁ, (Sy face) fine 
appearance, ornament, adornment, i. 
9. 23. 

καλός," ἡ, dv, c. καλλζων, 5, κάλλι- 
στος, beautiful (of both physical and 
moral beauty, and also with reference 
to use or promise), beauteous, hund- 
some, fine, fair; honorable, noble ; 
favorable, propitious, auspicious ; ex- 
cellent, good ; 1.: τὸ καλόν honorable 
conduct, honor: els καλόν for good, op- 
portunely : i. 2.22; 8.15: ἢ. 6.188, 
28: iv.7.3; 8.26. ᾿Αγαθός refers 
more to the essential quality of an 
object, and καλός more to the impres- 
sion which it produces upon the eye 
or mind. See ἄριστος. 

Κάλπη, 7s, Calpe, a place with a 
good harbor, on the Bithynian coast 
of the Euxine, where Xenophon evi- 
dently longed to found a city, vi. 2. 
13; 3. 24; 4.1. || Kirpeh. 

Kad xndovia, Καλχηδών, = Χαλκη- 
dovia, Χαλκηδών, 167 b, vi. 6. 38 ? 

καλῶς adv., ὁ. κάλλζον, 8. κάλλιστα, 
(καλός) beautifully, handsomely, jine- 
ly, honorably, properly ; favorably, 

prosperously, successfully, advanta- 


καρπόω 


be, go, or result well, be right, proper, 
safe, in good condition, properly ar- 
ranged, &c.: 1.2.2; 8.13; 9.178, 23: 
ill. 1. 6s, 16, 43. See ἔχω, πράττω. 
κάμνω, καμοῦμαι, κέκμηκα, 2 ἃ. Exa- 
μον, to labor, toil; to be weary, fa- 
tigued, cxhausted, disabled, sick: οἱ 
κάμνοντες the sick or disabled: P.: iii. 
4. 47: iv. 5.178: v. 5. 20. 
κἀμοί, κἄν, κἀν, κἀντεῦθεν, κἄπειτα, 
by ecrasis for καὶ ἐμοί, καὶ ἄν, καὶ ἐν, καὶ 
ἐντεῦθεν, καὶ ἔπειτα, i. 3. 20: ii. 8.9. 
κάνδυς, vos, 6, an outer garment 
with large sleeves, worn by the Medes 
and Persians; an overcoat, robe ; i. 5. 8. 
καπηλεῖον, ou, (κάπηλος caupo, huck- 
ster) a huckster’s shop, an inn, i. 2. 24. 
καπίθη, ms, ὦ capithe, a Persian 
measure = 2 χοίνικες, i. 5. 6. 
καπνός, of, ὁ, smoke, ii. 2. 15, 18. 
Καππαδοκία, as, Cappadocia, a 
mountainous region in the eastern part 
of Asia Minor, north of the Taurus, 
chiefly pastoral, and noted for its fine 
horses. Its men were reputed as of 
little worth. i. 2.20; 9.7: vii. 8. 25. 
: on ov, 6, aper, a wild boar, ii. 
καρβατίνη, ns, a carbatine or brogue, 
a rude protection for the foot, resem- 
bling a low moccasin, and said to have 
been named from its Carian origin, iv. 
5. 14 (777. 2). 
καρδία, as, cor, the heart, ii. 5. 28. 
Der. CARDIAC. 
ΤΚαρδούχειος or Καρδούχιος, a, ov, 
Carduchian (Koordish), iv. 1. 2s. 
KapdSotxos, ov, ὁ, a Carduchian, 
The Cardichi were a race of fierce, 
independent, and predatory moun- 
taineers, living east of the Tigris, from 
whom the modern Koords have de- 
rived their name, lineage, and charac- 
ter. iii.5.15: iv.1.8s. ||4 Koord, in 
Armenian Kordu, plur. Kordukh (to 
the plur. ending of which, the -χοι in 
Kapdoiyo seems analogous). 
Kapxacos, ov, ὁ, Carcasus, a small 
and otherwise unknown stream, vii. 
8.18: v. l. Kdixos. 
ἑκαρπαία, as, the Carpean or [Crop] 
‘arm Dance, ἃ mimic dance of the 
Thessalians, vi. 1. 7. 
καρπός, οὔ, ὁ, the produce, fruits, 
or crops of the earth, ii. 5. 19. 
jxaprée, wow, to bear fruit: M. to 





geously, well: καλῶς ἔχειν or εἶναι to 


gather the fruits of, reap, A., iii. 2. 23. 


Kadpoos | 69 


Kdpoos or Κέρσος, ov, ὁ, the Car- 
sus or Cersus, a small stream separat- 
ing Cilicia from Syria, i. 4. 4. || The 
Merkez. 

κάρνον, ov, a nut; in the Anab., 
the chestnut, which afterwards became 
so common an article of food in south- 
ern Europe, v. 4. 29, 32. fi. 5. 10. 

κάρφη, 7s, (κάρφω Ep., to dry) hay, 

ἙΚαστωλός, οὔ, ἡ, Castélus, a town 
of Lydia, which gave its name to one 
of the great muster-fields of the Per- 
sian army. Kiepert places this field 
at the junction of the Hermus and 
Cogamus, a few miles northeast of 
Sardis. i. 1.2; 9. 7. 

κατά * prep., by apostr. κατ᾽ or 
καθ᾽, down, opp. to ἀνά : w. GEN. of 
place, down from, down, i. 5. 8: iv. 
2.17; κατὰ γῆς [down from] wnder the 
earth, vii. 1. 30:—w. Acc. of place 
or person, down along, along, along 
side of ; also translated by, over, over 
against, against, opposite, upon, in, 
at, about, near, to, throughout, &c.; 
i. 5.10; 8.12, 26; 10.9: iv.6. 23s: 
vii. 2.1, 28; x. γῆν (θάλατταν) by land 
(sea), 1.1.7; x. τὴν γέφῦραν along or 
over the bridge, vi. 5.22; x. ταῦτα 
along this shore, vii. 5.13:— denoting 
conformity, connection, purpose, man- 
ner, according to, in respect to, as to, 
Sor, in, by, &e., ii. 2.8; 3.8: 11.5.2; 
x. χώραν [according to place] in the 
proper places or order, i. 5. 17: vi. 4. 
11; τὸ x. τοῦτον εἶναι so far as regards 
him or he is concerned, 665 Ὁ, i. 6. 9; 
x. ταὐτά according to the same method, 
in the same way, V. 4. 22; καθ᾽ αὑτόν 
by himself, vi. 2.13: forming adv. 
phrases w. abstract nouns, see ἡσυχία, 
κράτος :—distributively, by, among, 
each or every, &c., w. sing: or plur., 
i. 2.16; x. ἔθνη or ἔθνος, by nations, 
or nation by nation, i. 8.9: v. 5.5; 
καθ᾽ ἕνα one by one, iv. 7.83 Kx. τετρα- 
κισχιλίους 4000 at a time, ili. 5. 8 ; κ. 
ἐνιαυτόν each year, yearly, annually, 
iii. 2.12; x. rods χώρους in the differ- 
ent places, through the region, Vii. 2. 3. 
-- [ἢ compos., down, downwards, 
along, against; often strengthening 
the idea, or implying completeness 
(downright), or rendering the verb 
transitive. 

κατα-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 


καταθεάομαι 


from the interior to the sea-coast, from 
a- hill, horse, carriage, into the arena, 
&e.; to dismount ; to enter the lists ; 
els, πρός, ἀπό: i. 2. 22s: ii. 2.14; 5.22: 
iv. 2.20; 8. 27. « 
μκατά-βασις, ews, ἡ, the way or pas- 
sage down, descent, els, ἐκ : return to 
the sea-coast ; ili. 4.37: v. 2.6; 5. 4, 
κατα-βλακεύω, evow, to treat negli- 
gently or slothfully, A., vii. 6. 22. 

κατ-αγάγοιμι, see κατ-άγω, 1. 2. 2. 

κατ-αγγέλλω, ελῷῶ, ἤγγελκα, to in- 
form against, expose, denownce, A., il. 
5. 38. 

κατά-γειος or -γαῖος, ov, (γῆ) wnder- 
ground, subterranean, iv. 5. 25. 
KaTa-yeAdw,* doouat, a. ἐγέλασα, 
to laugh [against] at, jeer at, deride, 
ridicule, G.; to mock, exult, triwmph; 
i. 9. 13: ii. 4. 4; 6. 23, 30. 

κατ-άγνυμι, ἄξω, 2 pf. pret. in- 
trans. ἔάγα, a. ἔαξα, (ἄγνῦμι to break) 
to break in pieces, crush, A., iv. 2. 20. ΄ 

KaTa-yonTevw or γοητεύω, evow, 
(γόης a wizard) to bewitch, spell-bind, 
ων, 

κατ-ἄάγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 ἃ. ἤγαγον, to 
lead or bring down or back, restore, to 
bring [down from the high sea] ashore 
or into port, A.: sc. πλοία, &c., to put 
in, come ashore: M. to return, arrive, 
éwi: 1.1.7; 2.2: iii. 4. 36: v.1.11s: 
vi. 6. 3. 

κατα-δαπανάω, jow, δεδαπάνηκα, to 
expend to the bottom, wholly conswme, 
trans., ii. 2. 11. 

κατα-δειλιάω, dow, (δειλός) to cower 
down, shrink from through fear, A., 
vii. 6. 22. 

κατα-δικάζω, dow, δεδίκακα l., (δι- 
κάζω to judge, δίκη) to give sentence 
against, condemn, pass gudgment, ἃ. 
I., Srt, v. 8. 213 vi. 6. 15. 

κατα-διώκω," wiw or ὥξομαι, dedlw- 
xa, to chase or drive down or off, A., 
iv. 2. 5. 

κατα-δοξάζω, dow, to judge to any 
one’s discredit, 1. (A.), vii. 7. 30. 

κατα-δραμεῖν, -ὦν, see κατα-τρέχω. 

κατα-δύω, " δύσω, δέδῦκα, 1 ἃ. ἔδῦσα, 
2a. ἔδῦν, to sink down, drown, A., 1. 
3.17: M., w. pf. & 2 a. act., to sink 
or drown, intrans., κατά, μέχρι, ili. 5. 
11: iv. 5. 36% vii. 7. 11. 

κατα-θεάομαι, ἔσομαι, τεθέᾶμαι, to 
look down upon, view or survey, take 





8. 
ἔβην, to go or come down, descend, as 


a view or survey, A., 1.8.14: vi. 5.30. 











καταθέμενος 70 


κατα-θέμενος, see κατα-τίθημι. 


καταπηδάω 
hind : ἱ. 3.18; 8.25: iii. 1.2; 2. 17; 


κατα-ϑέω," θεύσομαι, to run down,|5.5: v. 6. 12. 


eis, éwi, vi. 3.10? vii. 3. 44. 


κατα-λεύω, λεύσω, a. p. ἐλεύσθην, 


κατα-θύω (ὕ)," θύσω, τέθῦὔκα, to lay  (λεύω to stune) to stone [down] éo death, 


down as an offering} to sacrifice, offer, 
A, ae, oe: S19 s iv. '§. 86+ υ. 8. 13. 
κατ-αισχύνω, ὕνῶ, to shame down, 
disyrace, dishonor, put to shame, prove 
unworthy of, &., iil. 1. 30; 2. 14. 
κατα-καίνω, " κανῷ, 2 pf. τ. κέκονα 
or κέκανα, 2 a. ἔκανον, (καίνω = κτείνω) 
to cut down, kill, slay, put to death, 
A., 1.6.2; 9.6: iii. 2. 39: vii. 6. 36. 
κατα-καίω ἃ Att. -κάω," καύσω, κέ- 
καυκα, lo burn down or, from ἃ differ- 
ent form of conception, burn up ; to 
consume, burn, destroy or lay waste by 
fire; A.; i. 4.10, 18: iii. 3.1; 5.13. 
κατά-κειμαι," κείσομαι, to lie down, 
lic on the ground, lie inactive, lie, re- 
cline, rest, repose, ἐν, iii. 1. 18 8. 
κατα-κεκόψεσθαι, sce κατα-κόπτω. 
κατα-κηρύττω, viw, κεκήρῦχα, lo en- 
join by proclamation, A., ii. 2. 20. 

κατα-κλείω, κλείσω, κέκλεικα, pf. p. 
κέκλειμαι or -εἰσμαι, ἃ. p. ἐκλείσθην, to 
shut down or, from a different form of 
conception, to shut up, enclose, con- 
Jine, A., els, εἴσω, iii. 3.7; 4. 26. 

κατ-ακοντίζω, iow 1, to shoot down 
or to death, vii. 4. 6. 

Kata-Komrw,* κόψω, κέκοφα, f. pf. 
κεκόψομαι, 2 a. p. ἐκόπην, to cut down, 
off, or to pieces, to slay, A., i.2.25; 5.16. 

κατα-κτάομαι, κτήσομαι, κέκτημαι, 
to win over, acquire, gain, A., Vii. 3. 
31? 

κατα-κτείνω, " κτενῶ, 2 pf. ἔκτονα, 
1 a. ἔκτεινα, 2 a. ch. poet. ἔκτανον, A., 
to cut down, Kill, slay, i. 9. 6? ii. 5. 
10: iv. 8. 25: v. 7. 27. 


A, 1.5. 14: ¥. 7. 2S 1930; 
κατα-λήψομαι, -ληφθῶ, see xara- 
λαμβάνω, 1.10.16: iv. 7. 4. 
κατα-λιπεῖν, -λιπών, see κατα-λείπω. 
κατ-αλλάττω," ἄξω, ἤλλαχα, 2 ἃ. p. 
ἠλλάγην, (ἀλλάττω to change, ἄλλος) 
to change to a settled or calm state, 
as from enmity to friendship, to rec- 
oncile: P. to be or become reconciled, 
On Re 
κατα-λογίζομαι, ἔσομαι ιοῦμαι, λελό- 
γισμαι, to set down to one’s account, 
compute, reckon, consider, A., v. 6.16. 
_ Kara-Atw,* λύσω, λέλῦκα, to loose 
from under, wnyoke; hence, to halt, 
rest ; to dissolve, terminate, A.; to cease 
Jrom action or contest, make peace, 
πρός: 1.1.10; 8.1; 10.19: vi. 2. 12. 
κατα-μανθάνω," μαθήσομαι, μεμά- 
θηκα, 2 a. ἔμαθον, to learn thoroughly, 
observe well, understand, perceive, find, 
A. CP., P., 1.9.3: ἡ. 8: 11: νυ 8. 14 
κατ-αμελέω, ἥσω, ἠμέληκα, to be 
quite negligent, v. 8. 1. 
κατα-μένω, " μενῶ, μεμένηκα, a. ἔμει- 
va, to remain upon the spot, remain, 
stay behind, settle down, v. 6.17, 19, 
27: vi. 6. 2, 28. 
κατα-μερίζω, low ιῶ, to divide into 
portions, distribute, A. D., vii. 5. 4. 
κατα-μηνύω, dow, μεμήνῦκα, to in- 
form against, expose, make known, A 
ll. 2. 20? 
kara-plyvupe or -ὕω," ultw, (μίγνῦ- 
μὲ misceo, to mix) to mingle down: 
M. intrans. κατεμιγνύοντο els ras πό- 

















IK 





κατα-κωλύω (i), dow, κεκὠώλῦκα, ἴο 
hinder downright, detain, keep, stop, 
A, ¥. 2.16: vi. 6. 8. 
κατα-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 
2 ἃ. ἔλαβον, pf. p. εἴλημμαι, a. p. ἐλή- 
ῴθην, to take down, seize upon, seize, 
occupy, take possession of, take by sur- 
prise, overtake, catch, a.; to light upon, 
Jind, a. P.; i.3.14; 8.20; 10. 16,18: 
i. 2.12: iii.1.8; 3.88: iv.5.7,24,30. 
kata-héyo, * λέξω, to reckon or charge 
against one, account, A. ὅτι, ii. 6. 27. 
κατα-λείπω, " λείψω, 2 pf. λέλοιπα, 
2 ἃ. ἔλιπον, ἃ. p. ἐλείῴφθην, to leave 
down in its place, leave behind, leave, 


Aes they [mingled down into the cit- 
ies) settled in the cities, mingling with 
the inhabitants, vii. 2. 3. 

Kata-vow, iow, νενόηκα, to observe, 
watch, or consider carefully, discern, 
reflect upon, A., i. 2.4: vii. 7. 43, 45. 
κατ-αντι-πέρᾶς or -ay (also written 
κατ᾽ ἀντιπέρας or -av) [along the region 
over against] over against, opposite, G., 
1 1.9: iv. 8.3. 

κατα-πέμπω," πέμψω, mérouda, to 
send down, as fr. the interior to the 
sea-coast, A., 1. 9. 7. 

κατα-πεσεῖν, -ov, see κατα-πίπτω. 
κατα-πετρόω, wow, to stone [down] 
to death, A., i. 3. 2. 





abandon, desert, a.: M. to remain be- 


κατα-πηδάω, ἥσομαι, πεπήδηκα, a. 


καταπίπτω 71 


ἐπήδησα, (πηδάω to leap) to leap or 
spring down, ἀπό, i. 8. 3, 28. 
κατα-πίπτω," πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔπεσον, to fall down or to the 
ground, fall off from a horse, iii. 2. 19. 

—e How, πεπολέμηκα, to 
war down, c&uquer in war, A., vii.1.27. 

κατα-πράττω," πράξω, wémpaxa, to 
accomplish, achieve, gain: M. to accom- 
plish, &c., for one’s self: A. D.: 1.2.2: 
vii. 7. 17, 27, 46. 

KaT-apdopat,* ἄσομαι, ἤρᾶμαι, (ἀρά- 
ομαι to pray) to pray against, invoke 
curses upon, execrate, curse, D., V.6. 4: 
vii. 7. 48. 

κατα-σβέννυμι," σβέσω, ἔσβηκα, 
(σβέννῦμι to quench) to extinguish or 
put out entirely, A., vi. 3. 21, 25. 

κατα-σκεδάννῦμι," σκεδάσω σκεδῶ, 
A. or M. to sprinkle or throw down, 
as the wine remaining in one’s cup, 
A. G.? vii. 3, 32? 

κατα-σκέπτομαι," σκέψομαι, ἔσκεμ- 
μαι, to look down upon, inspect, ex- 
amine, A., i. 5. 12. 

κατα-σκενάζω, dow, pf. p. ἐσκεύ- 
ασμαι, to prepare fully or well, furnish, 
equip, improve, A. els: M. to make 
arrangements : 1.9.19: 11.2.24: 3.19. 

κατα-σκηνέω, How, OF -σκηνόω, Wow, 
to camp down, encamp, ἐν, els, il. 2. 16: 
iii. 4. 32s: vii. 4. 11. 

κατα-σκοπή, js, (κατα-σκέπτομαι) 
inspection, espionage, vii. 4. 13. 

κατα-σπάω," dow, ἔσπακα, ἃ. p. 
ἐσπάσθην, to drag or pull down, A., 1. 
9. 6. 

trard-cracts, ews, ἡ, condition, con- 
stitution, v. 7. 26. 

κατα-στήσομαι, -σω, -σας, see καθ- 

lornu, i. 3.8; 4.13: iii. 2. 1. 
" κατα-στρατοπεδεύω, evcw, to fix 
down in camp: M&M. to encamp, iii. 4. 
18: iv. 5.1: vi. 3. 20. 
κατα-στρέφω, " έψω, ἔστροφα l., to 
bend down, overturn: JM. to subjugate 
to one’s self, subdue, conquer, A., i. 9. 
14: vii. 5.14; 7. 27. 
κατα-σφάττω," ἄξω, 2a. p. ἐσφά- 
‘nv, to put to death, A., iv. 1. 23. 

κατα-σχεῖν, see κατ-έχω, iv. 8. 12. 

κατα-σχίζω, low, to split or hew 
down, cut or burst through, A., vii. 1. 
16. 

κατα-τείνω, * τενῶ, τέτακα, to stretch 
tight, strain, urge, insist, ii. 5. 30. 


κατέχω 


down or in pieces; cut or dig ditches; 
A.; ii. 4.13: iv. 7. 26. 

κατα-τίθημι," θήσω, τέθεικα, 2 8. 
m. ἐθέμην, to put down: M. to put 
down or deposit one’s own or for one’s 
self, to lay or treaswre un, reserve, 
secure, A. D., els, ἐν, παρά, i. 3.3: il. 
5.8: v. 2.15: vii. 6. 34. 
κατα-τιτρώσκω," τρώσω, to wound 
severely, A., ili. 4. 26? iv. 1. 10. 
Kata-tTpéxw,* δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 
2a. ἔδραμον, to run down, ν. 4. 38. 
κατ-αυλίζομαι, ίσομαι, ηὔλισμαι 1., 
a. p. ηὐλίσθην, to camp down, encamp, 
ἐν, vii. 5. 15. 

κατα-φαγεῖν, see κατ-εσθίω, iv.8.14. 
κατα-φανής, és, (φαίνω) clearly seen, 
in plain view, conspicuous, visible, in 
sight, i. 8.8: ii. 8. 8; 4. 14. 
κατα-φεύγω," φεύξομαι, mépevya, 
2a. ἔφυγον, to flee for refuge, take 
refuge, escape, εἰς, 1.5.13: ili. 4. 11. 
KaTa-ppovéw, tow, πεφρόνηκα, to 
think [down] inferior, despise, regard 
with contempt, ili. 4.2: v. 7.12? 
κατα-χωρίζω, iow ιῶ, to [set down] 
station or arrange separately, assign 
distinct places to, place, A., vi. 5. 10. 

κατ-έαξα, see κατ-άγνυμι, iv. 2. 20. 

κατ-έβην, see κατα-βαίνω. [1. 22. 

κατ-εγγνάω υ. 1. = παρ-εγγυάω, Vil. 

κατ-εθέμην, see κατα-τίθημι, i. 3. 3. 

Kart-eidov, see καθ-οράω, iv. 6. 6. 

κατ-είληφα, -εἴλημμαι, -ελήφθην, 
see κατα-λαμβάνω, i. ὃ. 20: iv. 1. 20s. 

κάτ-ειμι, " ipf. ἤειν, (εἶμι) to go or 
come down, descend, Vv. 7. 13. 

κατ-εἶχον, see κατ-έχω, iv. 2. 6. 

κατ-εργάζομαι," άσομαι, elpyaouat, 
a. εἰργασάμην, to work out, accomplish, 
achieve, gain, A., i. 9. 20: vi. 2. 10. 

Kat-épxopat,* ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 a. ἦλθον, to go or come down or back, 
return, vii. 2. 2. 

Kar-erOiw,* ἔδομαι, ἐδήδοκα, 2 a. 
ἔφαγον, to eat down or, from a differ- 
ent form of conception, eat up, devour, 
iv. 8, 14. 

κατ-έστην, -έἔστησα, see καθ-ίστημι. 

κατ-ετετμήμην, SCC κατα-τέμνω. 

κατ-ἔτρωσα, See κατα-τιτρώσκω. 

κατ-έχω," ἕξω or σχήσω, ἔσχηκα, 
ipf. εἶχον, 2 ἃ. ἔσχον, to hold down or 
fast, retain, restrain, A.; to forbid, 
compel, A. 1.3 to occupy, hold, possess, 
A.; to [have one’s self or one’s vessel] 





κατα-τέμνω," τεμῶ, τέτμηκα, to cul 


come from the high sea to the shore, 











κατηγορέω 72 


to arrive by sea, land ; ii. 6. 13 : iii. 
1. 20: iv. 2.58: vi. 1.33: vii. 7. 28s. 
κατ-ηγορέω, How, κατ-ηγόρηκα, (ἀγο- 
ρεύω) to speak against, accuse, charge, 
denounce, G. CP., πρός, v.7.4: Vii.7.44. 
}Kat-nyopla,as,an accusation, charge, 
v. 8. 1. 
_ κατ-ηρεμίζω, low ιῶ, or κατ-ηρεμέω, 
now, (ἠρέμα quietly) to quiet down, 
calm, tranquillize, A., vii. 1. 22, 24. 
κατ-ιδεῖν, -ίδοιμι, -ἰδών, see καθ-ο- 
pdw, 1.10.14: iv. 3.11; 4.9. 

KaT-tov, see κάτ-ειμι, v. 7. 13. 

κατ-οικέω, ἥσω, ᾧκηκα, to dwell asa 
settled resident, reside, év, v. 3. 7. 

κατ-οικίζω, isw id, to found or build 
a city, A., v. 6.15: vi. 4. 7. 

κατ-ορύττω, viw, ὁρώρυχα, a. p. ὠρύ- 
χθην, to sink by digging, bury, A. 
iv. 5. 29: v. 8. 9, 11. 
κάτω adv., (κατά) down, downwards, 
in the descent ; below, beneath: τὸ κά- 
τω (sc. μέρος] the lower part: iv. 2.28; 
5. 25; 8. 20, 28. 

καῦμα, aros, τό, (καίω) burning heat, 
heat, i. 7. 6. 

καύσιμος, ον, (καίω) combustible, vi. 
3. 15, 19. 

Καύστρου IeS(oy, Ca¥stri Campus, 
the Plain of Cayster, a town of Phry- 
gia, at the crossing of two great thor- 
oughfares, (not on the Cayster which 
flowed by Ephesus, and was noted for 
its swans), 1. 3.11. || Near Bulavadin. 

κάω an Att. form for καίω, q. v. 

Kéyxpos, ov, 6, milium (akin to pe- 
λίνη q. ν.), a. kind of millet, a plant 
which bears abundantly a small grain 
valued in some countries for food ; or 
the grain itself ; i. 2. 22. 

Kéxpaya, see κράζω, vii. 8. 15. 

κεῖμαι," κείσομαι, ipf. ἐκείμην, (cf. 
Lat. cubo) to lie ; to lie dead, or as if 
dead ; to rest ; to be laid, placed, or 
situated, sometimes used as a pass. of 
τίθημι: ἐν, ἐπί, &e.: 1.8.27: 11, 4.12: 
ui. 1. 21; 4.10: iv. 8. 21. 

κέκτημαι, see κτάομαι, i. 7. 3. 

ΚΚελαιναί, dv, αἱ, Celene, a-city of 
Phrygia, having a strong citadel and 
two palaces, i. 2. 7s. || Dinair. 

κελεύω, evow, κεκέλευκα, (κέλλω to 
impel, cf. Lat. cello, celer) to bid (to 
tell a person to do a thing, whether 
in the way of command, counsel, re- 
quest, or permission); to command, 


KépBepos 


request, invite; A. 1., AE.; i. 1,11; 
8.8, 16; δ.8; 6.28: ii.5.2: vi.6. 14. 

κενός, ἡ, dv, empty, void, vacant, 
unoccupied, without, G.; groundless 
idle; i. 8.20: ii. 2.21: iii. 4.20. 
ἐκενο-τάφιον, ov, (τάφος) an empty 
tomb, CENOTAPH, vi. 4.9. The super- 
stition of the Greeks respecting the 
essential importance of burial rites 
inclined them especially to pay this 
tribute to the unrecovered dead, 
κεντέω, how, to prick, goad, torture, 
A., ll. 1. 29. Der. CENTRE. 
Kevtpirns, ov, Centrites, a branch 
of the Tigris, separating Armenia from 
the land of the Cardiichi, iv. 3. 1. 
|| Buhtan-Chai. 

Ἱκεράμιον, ov, an earthen jar; as 
a measure for liquids, the ceramium 
= about 6 gallons, estimated by Hus- 
sey at 5 gall. 7.577 pts.; vi.1.15; 2.3. 

κεράμιος, a, ov, (κέραμος clay) made 
of clay, earthen, iii. 4.7: v. 1. xepape- 
οὖς (a, oir), κεράμειος, κεράμινος. 

Κεραμῶν ᾿Αγορά, Forum Ceramé- 
rum, Market of the Ceramians, a town 
of Phrygia near the confines of Mysia, 
1, 2.10. || Near Ushak. See p. 152. 

Kepdvvupt,* κεράσω ]., xexépaxa 1., 
8. €xépaca, a. p. ἐκράθην or ἐκεράσθην, 
to mix, mingle, esp. wine w. water, A. 
Db me des Ve ἃ 20. 
κέρας," κέρᾶτος κέρως, τό, a horn of 
an animal ; hence, as originally made 
from this, @ horn for blowing or to 
drink from, a cornet, a drinking-cup or 
beaker ; a sharp mountain peak (cf. the 
Swiss Schreck-horn, &c.); the [horn] 
wing of an army; a body of troops 
marching in column, a column of sol- 
diers (xara κέρας in column, iv. 6. 6); 
1.7.1: ii, 2.4: v.6.7: vi.5.5: vii. 
3. 24. Der. RHINO-cEROs. Cf. cornu. 
tKepacotvrws, ov, ὁ, a Cerasuntian, 
v. 5.10; 7.17; a man of 
Kepacois, oivros, ἡ, (abounding in 
cherries, fr. κερασὸς cerasus, CHERRY- 
TREE, 375 f, 207 0) Cerasus, a city of 
Pontus, on the Euxine, a Sinopean 
colony. The cherry was sent to Italy 
from this region by Lucullus, about 
70 B.c. v. 3. 2. || Kerasun-Dereh. 
κεράτινος, 7, ον, (κέρας) made of horn, 
horn, vi.-1. 4. 
KépBepos, ov, 6, Cerberus, the huge, 
fierce, many-headed watch-dog of Ha 





order, direct, urge, advise, exhort, 


des, vi. 2. 2. 


κερϑαίνω 


73 κλέος 


ἱκερδαίνω," ανῶ, κεκέρδηκα, to gain, | κίνδυνός (ἐστιν) there is danger, I. (A.), 


A., i. 6. 21. 


μή: τοῦτο κίνδυνος this is a danger, 


ἱκερδαλέος, a, ov, c. wrepos, gainful, there is danger of this: i.7.5: 11.5.17: 


profitable, lucrative, i. 9. 17. 
κέρδος, cos, τό, gain, profit, wages, 
pay, i. 9. 17: vi. 2. 10. 
Képoos, v. 1. = Κάρσος, i. 4. 4. 
Keprovds (7) or -dv, οὔ, Certonus 
or -wm, a town in southwest Mysia, 
vii. 8. 8: v. 1. Κερτώνιον, Kepronov, 
Ἑυτώνιον. || Aiwaly. 
{κεφαλ-αλγής, és, (ἄλγος pain) apt to 
cause headache, ii. 3. 15s. 
κεφαλή, fs, caput, the head, i. 8. 6; 
10.1. Der. CEPHALIC. 
xex- in redupl. for xex-, 1594. 
T ei dvos, ὁ, a guardian, pro- 
tector, intercessor, iii. 1. 17. 
κήδομαι * to care or provide for, G., 
vii. 5. 5. 
κηρίον, ov, (κηρός beeswax, cf. Lat. 
céra) a honeycomb, iv. 8. 20. 
{κηρύκειον or κηρύκιον, ov, caduceus, 
a herald’s wand or staff, v. 7. 30. 
ἱκήρυξ or κῆρυξ, ὕκος, ὁ, a herald, 
whose office and person were sacred, 
ii. 1.7; 2. 20. 
κηρύττω, ύξω, κεκήρῦχα, to proclaim, 
as a herald, or by a herald, D. I. (A.), 
AE., OP., ii, 2. 21: iii. 4. 36 (ἐκήρυξε, 
sc. ὁ κήρυξ, proclamation was made, 
571 Ὁ) : iv. 1.13: vii. 1. 7, 36. 
Kniod-Swpos, ov, ὁ, Cephisodorus, 
a lochage from Athens, iv. 2. 13, 17; 
son of 
Kndico-pav, dvros, ὁ, Cephisophon, 
an Athenian, iv. 2. 13. 
κιβώτιον, ov, (dim. of κιβωτός a 
wooden box) a chest, vii. 5. 14. 
ἐκιλικία, as, Cilicia, the southeast 
province of Asia Minor, occupying a 
narrow, but well-watered and fertile 
space between Mt. Taurus and the 
Mediterranean. Cicero was proconsul 
of Cilicia, Β. c. 51; and here Pompey 
subdued the pirates, Β. ο. 67. 1. 2. 20s. 
Its name remains in the present chili. 
Κίλιξ, ixos, ὁ, α Cilician, i. 2.12: 
4, 4. — Feminine 
jKa&weoa, ys, α Cilician woman (or 
queen), 1. 2. 12, 14. 
ἐκινδυνεύω, evow, κεκινδύνευκα, to be 
in peril, ineur or encownter danger, 
AE.; to be in danger of, to be likely, 1.; 
κινδυνεύει as impers., there is danger : 
i.1.4: iv. 1.11: v. 6.19: vil. 6. 36. 


iv. 1.6: v. 1.6: vii. 7. 31. 
ktvéw, ἤσω, κεκίνηκα, to move, stir, 
remove, keep in motion, trans.; but 
M., w. aor. p., intrans.; ἀπό, ἐκ : 11], 
4.28: iv. 5.13: v. 8.15: vi. 3. 8. 
κιττός, οὔ, ὁ, the ivy, v. 4. 12. 
Κλε-αγόρας, ov, Cleagoras, a painter 
who embellished the Lycéum at Athens 
with pictures of dreams, prob. from 
the old myths ; or, as some think, an 
author who wrote a book entitled 
‘‘Dreams in the Lyceum”; vii. 8. 1: 
yet see ἐνύπνιον. 
Κλε-αίνετος, ov, Clecenetus, a loch- 
age, v. 1. 17. 
Kyé-avipos, ov, Cleander, a Spartan 
harmost at Byzantium, for a time prej- 
udiced against Xenophon, but after- 
wards his friend ; first disappointing 
the Cyreans, and then favoring them ; 
vi. 2.18: 6.1: vit, 1.95 ἃ. Κ᾿. 
Κλε-άνωρ, opos, Clednor, of Orcho- 
menus in Arcadia, one of the oldest 
and most trusted of the Greek gen- 
erals ; prob. first commanding troops 
left by Xenias or Pasion, afterwards 
elected to succeed Agias ; 1]. 1.10. 
Κλε-άρετος, ov, (ἀρετή) Clearetus, a 
lochage, quite unworthy of his name, 
v. 7. 14,16: v. ἃ. KXedparos. 
Knyé-apxos, ov, Clearchus, a Spartan 
commander during the latter part of 
the Peloponnesian War, brave, skilful, 
and much trusted in battle, but ty- 
rannical as harmost of Byzantium. 
After the peace, his passion for war 
led him to disobey the Spartan gov- 
ernment, and he was sentenced to 
death. Escaping, he fled to Cyrus, 
was taken into his confidence, raised 
troops for his expedition, and was the 
general most honored and trusted by 
him. He loved war for its own sake, 
and this ruling passion threw its ma- 
lign influence over his whole character. 
1.1.9: 9. ii. 3.11; 6.1. KaAéap- 
χοι Clearchuses [men like C. ], iii. 2. 31. 

ἐκλεῖθρον, ov, a bar or bolt, vii. 1.17. 
Older Att. κλῇθρον. 

κλείω, elow, κέκλεικα, to shut, close, 

A., v. 5.19: ἐκέκλειντο were kept closed, 
599 6, vi. 2.8. Older Att. κλύω. 

[xAgos, τό, fame, glory, an element 





κίνδυνος, ov, ὁ, danger, peril, risk : 
LEX. AN. 4 


in many proper names. 














κλέπτω 74 


κόπτω 


κλέπτω," έψω, κέκλοφα, to steal ; to 5.0. 408, Taken prisoner by the Athe- 


seize, occupy, or keep, by stealth or | nians, 
secretly ; to steal by with, smuggle by ; 


A., G. partitive; iv. 1.14: 6. 15s. 
Κλε-ώνυμος, ov, Cleonymus, a Spar- 
tan spoken well of, iv. 1. 18. 
tKAtpag, axos, ἡ, a ladder, iv. 5. 25. 
Hence CLIMAX. 
tKAtyn, ns, a couch, bed, iv. 4. 91. 
ἰκλένω," κλινῶ, xéxdixa 1., clino, to 
bend, in-CLINE, lean. ] 
κλοπή, ἧς, (κλέπτω) theft, stealing, 
iv. 6. 14. 
ἐκλωπεύω or κλοπεύω, εύσω, to seize 
or intercept stealthily or by stealth, A., 
γ᾿ 1 
κλώψ, κλωπός, ὁ, (κλέπτω) α thics, 
plunderer, marauder, iv. 6. 17. 
κνέφας, aos, Att. ovs (224 Ὁ), dark- 
ness, dark, dusk, iv. 5. 9. 
κνημίς, ἴδος, ἡ, (κνήμη the leg between 
the knee and ankle) a greave or leggin, 
a defence for the lower leg, comm. 
metallic among the Greeks. The use 
of such greaves indicated completeness 
of armor, and hence, in Homer, the 
frequent use of éiixvjyutdes, well -greaved, 
as an epithet for the Greeks. i. 2. 16. 
κόγχη, 7, concha, a muscle or cockle, 
a kind of shell-fish, v.3.8. Der. concn. 
ἐκογχνλιάτης, ov, adj., shelly, con- 
taining petrified shells, iii, 4. 10, 
κοῖλος, 7, ov, hollow, cut by deep 
valleys, v. 4. 31. Cf. ceelum. 
κοιμάω, ow, (akin to κεῖμαι) to put 
to sleep: M., w. aor. p., to go to sleep 
or rest, to sleep, repose, ii. 1. 1. 
κοινός, ἡ, dv, (ξύν, cf. Lat. con-) 
commiinis, common, joint, owned or 
shared in common, public, D.: τὸ κοι- 
vov the common stock, the public or gen- 
eral council or authority (so, w. art. 
om., ἀπὸ κοινοῦ): κοινῇ as adv., in 
common, jointly, σύν, werd : iii. 1. 438, 
πὶ ἢν Ὁ ἢ WV, codes Weds das 1.175. 


but afterwards escaping, he 
made himself ridiculous by wandering 
jabout Greece in search of military 
‘command. vii. 1. 33, 40. 

ΚΚοῖτοι, wy, or Kotra:, dv, οἱ, the 
| Cott or -w, perhaps another name for 
the Τάοχοι, vii. 8. 25. 

κολάζω, dow, 4. ἃ M. to chastise, 
punish, A., ii. 5.13; 8. 9: v. 8. 18. 
| ἐκόλασις, ews, ἡ, chastisement, pun- 
ishment, vii. 7. 24. Cf. xddos clipped, 
Κολοσσαί, dv, al, Colosse, a city 
ἴῃ southwest Phrygia, on the Lycus, 
8 branch of the Meander. It was 
| the seat of one of the early Christian 
churches, to which Paul wrote an 
‘epistle. i. 2. 6. || Ruins near Khonds. 
| TKoAxls, isos, ἡ, Colchis, a land 
|Southeast of the Euxine, watered by 
the Phasis and other rivers, whose 
‘golden sands, it has been thought, 
Suggested the fable of the golden 
fleece, iv. 8.23. As fem. adj., Col- 
chian, v. 3. 2. 

Κόλχος, ov, ὁ, a Colchian. The 
Colchi were thought by Hdt., from 
their complexion, language, practice 
of circumcision, linen manufactures, 
&e., to be of Egyptian descent, per- 
haps a colony remaining behind from 
the army of Sesostris. The Cyreans 
seem to have met with only a border 
and weaker tribe of this people. iv. 
8. 8s, 24: v. 2. 1, 

κολωνός, οὔ, ὁ, collis, a hill, mound, 
cairn, iv. 7, 25. 

Kopavia, as, Comania, a castle or 


| 








town in southwest Mysia, not far from 
Pergamum, vii. 8. 15. 
Τκομιδή, ἧς, conveyance, transport, 
Vit. TL. 
κομίζω, low 1d, κεκόμικα, (xouéw to 
tend) to take care of; to convey, bring, 
carry: M. to convey, bring, take, or 
remove one’s own: A. ἐπί, &c.: iil, 2. 





{κοινόω, wow, to make common: M. 
to communicate, consult, D., v. 6. 27: 
vi. ἃ 15. 

ἐκοινωνέω, jow, κεκοινώνηκα, to share 
in, have the common benefit of, G., vii. 
6. 28. 

»Ἅ . ᾿ 
ἐκοινωνός, οὔ, ὁ, a sharer, partaker, 
partner, G., vii. 2. 38, 


26: iv. 5.22; 6.3: v. 4.1; 5. 20. 
tkonards, ἡ, dv, (κονία plaster) plas- 

tered, cemented, iv. 2. 22. 
Tkovt-oprds, οὔ, ὁ, (ὄρνῦμι to stir up) 

a cloud or body of dust, i. 8. 8. 

[κόνις, cos, Att. ews, ἢ, dust. ] 
κόπος, ov, ὁ, (κόπτω) fatigue, weari- 





Κοιρατάδης or -as, ov, Ceratades or 
-as, ἃ Theban, who commanded Be- 
otian troops under Clearchus, when 


ness, V. 8. 3. 
κόπρος, ov, ἡ, dung, ordure, i. 6. 1, 
κόπτω͵ " κόψω, κέκοφα, to strike, smite, 


the latter was harmost at Byzantium, | cut, cut down, slaughter ; to beat or 


κόρη 75 


knock upon a door or gate for admis- 
sion; A.; il. 1. 6: iv. 8.2: vii. 1. 16. 

κόρη, 28, (κόρος boy, lad) αἰ girl, 
maiden, damsel, iv. 5. 9. 

ΚΚορσωτή, ἧς, Corsdte, a large city 
on the north side of the Euphrates, 
which the Cyreans found deserted 
(perhaps only temporarily, on account 
of the approach of the army). The 
Mascas, which flowed around it, is 
supposed to have been a canal that 
still exists and makes with the Eu- 
phrates the island Werdi, on which 
are extensive ruins, i. 5. 4. 

Κορύλας, ov or a, Corylas, a prince 
of Paphlagonia, who aspired at in- 
dependence, and disobeyed the sum- 
mons of Artaxerxes to join him with 
his army, of which the cavalry was 
especially excellent. v. 5.12; 6. 11. 

κορυφή, ἢς, (κόρυς helmet) the top of 
the head, of a mountain, &c.; highest 
point, summit, peak ; iii. 4. 41. 

Kopévaa, as, Coronéa, an ancient 
city in the western part of Beeotia. 
On the plain before it, the Beeotians 
won their independence by defeating 
the Athenians, B. c. 447; and here the 
Spartans under Agesilaus gained the 
victory in a hard-fought battle with 
the Boeotians, Athenians, and their 
allies, B. c. 394. v. 3. 6? || Ruins near 
Camari. 
too péw, iow, κεκόσμηκα, to regulate, 
arrange, order, marshal ; to decorate, 
adorn; A.; 1. 9. 23: iil. 2.36. Der. 
COSMETIC, 

txdoptos, a, ov, orderly, well-disci- 
plined, vi. 6. 32. 

κόσμος, ov, ὁ, (κομέω to tend ?) order, 
equipment, ornament, decoration, gar- 
niture, D., 1.9.23? iii. 2.7. Der. cos- 
MICAL, MICRO-COSM,. 

Κοτύωρα, wy, τά, Cotydra, a city on 
the southern shore of the Euxine, a 
Sinopean colony. Here the long and 
severe foot-march of the Cyreans was 
relieved by sailing. v. 5.3. || Ordu. 

ἸΚοτυωρίτης, ov, a Cotyorite or Co- 
tyorian, Vv. 5. 6s, 19. 

κοῦφος, 7, ov, light (not heavy): 
χόρτος κοῦφος [light] dry grass, hay, 
1.5.10: vi. 1. 12. 

ἐκούφως lightly, nimbly, vi. 1. 5. 

κράζω " r., ἄξω ]., 2 pf. pret. xéxpa- 
ya, to cry or call aloud, make outcry, 
vil. 8. 15. 


Κρής 


κράνος, eos, τό, (κάρα head) a helmet 
or casque ; among the Greeks, comm. 
of metal, with movable pieces for fuller 
protection, lined, and fastened under 
the chin; among some nations, of 
leather ; i. 2.16; 8.6: v. 4. 13. 

κρατέω, yow, κεκράτηκα, (κράτος) to 
have power over, to rule, control, be 
supervor, be sovereign over ; to master, 
conquer, worst, vanquish, overcome ; 
to hold or maintain a military post ; 
Gig tess Buide BE Ty δ ων ἃ eae 

κρατήρ, ῆρος, ὁ, (κεράννῦμι) a mixing- 
vessel, esp. for mixing wine and wa- 
ter; @ large bowl, iv. 5. 26, 32. 

κράτιστος, κράτιστα, see κρείττων, 

κράτος, εος, τό, strength, might, power, 
force: κατὰ κράτος [according to force} 
with might and main, with vigor, by 
Jorce of arms, i. 8.19: vii. 7.7. Der. 
AUTO-CRAT. See dvd. 

κραυγή, 7s, (κράζω) a loud cry, out- 
cry, shout, shouting, noise, clamor, i. 
2.17; 5.12; 8.11: iii. 4. 45, 

κρέας, xpéaos, contr. xpéws, 75, caro, 
flesh: pl. κρέα picces of flesh, flesh, 
neat, esp. cooked, i. 5. 2s: iv. 5. 31. 
κρείττων, ἢ ov, κράτιστος, 7, ov, c. & 
s. of the Ep. κρατύς strong, but comm. 
referred to ἀγαθός, D., 1.: 6. better, 
superior ; stronger, more powerful ; 
more efficient, useful, serviceable, or 
valuable ; i, 2.26; 7.3: iii. 1.4: 8s. 
best, ablest, noblest, highest in rank ; 
most powerful, distinguished, eminent, 
useful, or valuable ; i. 5.8: 9.2, 208: 
ili. 4. 41:— adv. κράτιστα (as s. to 
εὖ, 0, κρεῖττον) best; most stoutly, 
bravely, successfully, or advantageous- 
ly ; to the best advantage ; iii. 2. 6, 27. 
Kpépapat,* joouai,tohang (intrans.), 
be hung up, ἐπί, ὑπέρ, iii.2.19 : iv.1.2. 
ἐκρεμάννυμι," xpeudow κρεμῶ, a. p. 
ἐκρεμάσθην, to hang up, suspend, A., 
1. 2. 8: vii. 4. 17, 

κρήνη, ns, (κάρα, κάρηνον, head ?) ὦ 
fountain, spring of water, i. 2. 13. 

κρηπίς, ἴδος, ἡ, crépido, a founda- 
tion, base, iii. 4. 7, 10. 

Κρής, Kpyrés, ὁ, a Cretan, a man 
of Κρήτη (Crete, now Candia), the large 
island south of the Zgean, prominent 
in the early history of Greek civiliza- 
tion ; where, according to fable, Zeus 
was born, where Minos reigned and 
gave laws, which Homer styles éxa- 





τόμπολις hundred-citied, and credits 














κρίθή 76 


with 80 vessels sent to the siege of 
Troy. Its soldiers had a high reputa- 
tion as light-armed troops, and 200 
Cretan bowmen rendered good service 
to the Cyreans. 1.2.9: iv.2.28; 8.27. 
Der. CRETACEOUS. 
κρίθή, js, ch. pl., barley, i. 2. 22. 

μκρίθινος, 7, ov, of barley: οἶνος x. 
[barley wine] beer : iv. 5. 26, 31. 

κρένω," xpivd, xéxpixa, a. Expiva, a. 
p. ἐκρίθην, to distinguish, select; to 
judge, decide, be of opinion; to try a 
person accused ; A. 1.; 1.5.11; 9. 5, 
20, 28,30: vi. 6.16,25. Der. criTIC. 

Kptos, οὔ, ὁ, (κέρας ἢ) a ram, ii. 2.9. 

κρίσις, ews, ἡ, (κρίνω) trial, judg- 
ment, i. 6.5: vi. 6. 20. Der. crisis. 

κρόμμνον or κρόμνον, ov, an onion, 
vii. 1. 37. 

txporéw, wow, to strike together, A., 
vi. 1.10? 

txpdros, ov, ὁ, clapping, applause, 
vi. 1. 13. 

Kpotw, otcw, κέκρουκα, to strike, 
clash, strike together, A., iv.5.18: vi. 
1. 10 (v. 1. Kporéw). 

Kptrre,* ὕψω, κέκρυφα, to hide, con- 
eal, Και ἃ ἃ 39: 9. 10: vi. 1:38. 
Der. CRYPT. 

κρωβύλος or κρώβυλος, ov, ὁ, a tuft 
of hair or leathern thongs, v. 4. 13. 

κτάομαι, " κτήσομαι, κέκτημαι, to ac- 
quire, procure, get, gain, win: πολε- 
plovs x. to gain as enemies, to make 
enemies: pf. pret. to [have acquired] 
possess, enjoy: A.: 1.7.3; 9.19: 11.6. 
17s, 26: v. 5. 17. 

κτείνω, xrevd, 2 pf. exrova, (usu. 

dro-xrelvw) to kill, slay, A., ii. 5. 32. 
ἐκτῆμα, ατος, τό, possession, Vil. 7.41. 
txrijvos, cos, τό, a domestic animal, 

as property once consisted chiefly of 
these (cf. cattle, orig. the same with 

chattel); pl. cattle ; αἱ. 1.19: v. 2. 3. 

κτήσασθαι, κτήσομαι, see κτάομαι. 
Κτησίας, ov, Clesias, a celebrated 
physician and historian from Cnidus 
in Caria, who passed a number of years 
at the Persian court as the king’s phy- 
sician, and carefully availed himself 
of this peculiar opportunity of obtain- 
ing historic information. He was sur- 
geon to Artaxerxes at the battle of 

Cunaxa. i. 8. 26s. 

κυβερνήτης, ov, (κυβερνάω guberno, 
to steer) a steersman, helmsman, pilot, 
v. 8. 20. 





Kipaos 
[κυβιστάω, How, (κύβος CUBE, die, or 


κύβη head) to throw one’s self down 
head foremost, or as dice are thrown ; 
while ἐκ-κυβιστάω is strictly to recover 
from this position. ] 

Kvdvos, ov, ὁ, the Cydnus, a river 
of Cilicia, rising in Mt. Taurns, and 
flowing through the capital Tarsus to 
the Mediterranean. It was noted for 
the coldness of its water, which nearly 
cost Alexander his life. The luxurious 
state in which Cleopatra sailed up the 
Cydnus to meet and conquer Antony 
is depicted in Plutarch and Shakspeare. 
i. 2. 23. || Mesarlyk-Chai. 

ἐκυζικηνός, of, ὁ, (sc. στατήρ), a Cyzi- 
cene |stater], a widely current gold 
coin from the famed mint of Cyzicus, 
= 28 Att. drachme, or about $54, v. 
6. 23: vi. 2. 4: vii. 2. 36. 

Κύζικος, ov, ἡ, Cyzicus, an old and 
important commercial city beautifully 
situated on an island, afterwards a 
peninsula, in the Propontis. It was 
colonized by the Milesians. vii. 2. 5. 
| Bal-Kiz (Παλαία Κύξκος). 

κύκλος, ov, ὁ, circulus, @ circle, 
ring, round, enclosure ; a circle, group, 
or knot of men; ἃ circular form or dis- 
position of troops, presenting shields 
on every side : κύκλῳ in a circle or cir- 
cuit, all around, around, round about 
(strengthened by πάντη, as it is some- 
times used where the circle is not com- 
plete, iii. 1.2), περί : ἡ κύκλῳ χώρα the 
surrounding country: 1.5.4: 111.1.12 ; 
4.7: v. 7.2: vi. 8.18. Der. cycuz. 

Ἰκυκλόω, dow, κεκύκλωκα, lo surround, 
encircle, hem in, A.: M. to stand or 
gather around, περί : 1.8.13: iv.2.15: 
vi. 4. 20. 

μκύκλωσις, ews, 7, & surrounding, 
enclosing, i. 8. 23. 

κυλίνδω or κυλινδέω, ἥσω 1., (also 
κυλίω τ΄ or 1.) to roll, roll down or off, 
trans.; but J/., intrans.; iv. 2. 3s, 20; 
7.6; 8.28? Der. CYLINDER. 

Κυνίσκος, ov, a Spartan general, 
who carried on war from the Cherso- 
nese against the Thracians, vii. 1. 13. 

κυπαρίττινος, ἡ, ov, (κυπάρισσος ΟΥ 
-ριττος, Cupressus, CYPRESS), made of 
cypress, V. ὃ. 12. 

κύπτω, κύψω, κέκῦφα, (akin to Lat. 
cubo) fo stoop down, bend forward, iv. 
5. 32? 

Κύρειος or Kupeios, a, ov, (Κῦρος) 


κύριος 


Cyréan, of Cyrus, belonging to Cyrus, 
i. 10. 1: iii. 2. 17 (subst.): vii. 2. 7. 

κύριος, a, ov, (κῦρος authority) in- 
vested with authority, possessed of pow- 
er, 1., V. 7. 27. 

Kipos, of, (Pers. Khur, sun) Cyrus 
the Great, or the Elder, son of Cam- 
byses, a Persian noble, and Mandane, 
daughter of Astyages, king of the 
Medes. He founded the Persian mon- 
archy by dethroning his tyrannical 
grandfather, B. c. 558; and enlarged 
it by conquering Cresus, king of 
Lydia, b.c. 554, and taking Babylon, 
5. Cc. 538. He was slain in battle with 
the Scythians, Β. c. 529. Such, in 
general, is the account of Hdt., from 
which those of Ctesias and Xenophon 
vary. i.9.1.—2. Cyrus the Young- 
er, second son of Darius 11, and Pary- 
satis, born soon after his father’s ac- 
cession to the throne, while his elder 
brother Arsaces was born before this 
accession. As, therefore, the first-born 
of Darius the king, he was the heir to 
the throne, according to the peculiar 
principle of succession which gave the 
crown to Xerxes. Both the ambitious 
Cyrus and his fond mother seem to 
have hoped that this precedent would 
be regarded by Darius. Cyrus was so 
precocious in the qualities of com- 
mand, that he was appointed by his 
father, when a mere youth of seven- 
teen, B. c. 407, satrap of Lydia, Phryg- 
ia, and Cappadocia, and instructed 
to assist Sparta in her war against 
Athens. This he did so zealously and 
liberally, that the Spartans afterwards 
felt under obligation to render him aid 
in return. Desirous of making his 
government a model for order and se- 
curity, and perhaps more jealous for his 
authority than an older ruler would 
have been, he was not only lavish in 
rewarding faithful service, but also 
rigorous in punishing the disobedient 
and criminal, — we should say, per- 
haps, too rigorous, but it was the Per- 
sian habit to be severe in punishment. 
The better to secure his dignity, he 
imprudently required in those who ap- 
proached him an etiquette which had 
been regarded as due only to royalty ; 
and when two of his cousins, sons of 
a sister of his father, refused to ob- 
serve it, he enforced the rule by put- 





17 κωλύω 


ting them to death. On complaint of 
their parents, and apprehending the 
approach of death, Darius sent for the 
young prince, B. c. 405. Cyrus went 
to his father, taking with him, as if 
a friend, Tissaphernes, the wily and 
treacherous satrap of Caria, —in truth 
perhaps because he did not wish to 
leave him behind. Darius died soon 
after, and disappointed Cyrus by leav- 
ing the sceptre, ‘‘ which had glittered 
before his young imaginings,” to his 
elder brother. Hereupon Tissapher- 
nes, who doubtless hoped thus to add 
the rich province of Cyrus to his own, 
and who was capable of any deceit 
and calumny, brought against him the 
monstrous charge of designing the as- 
sassination of the new king during the 
very rites of coronation. Unfortu- 
nately this crime, which was so remote 
from the open and manly, even if ex- 
cessive, ambition of Cyrus, had pre- 
cedents in Persian history; and Arta- 
xerxes, either believing the charge or 
willing to make it a pretext, arrested 
his brother to put him todeath. The 
young prince was only saved from 
speedy execution by the full power 
of his mother’s prayers and tears, and 
was sent back to his distant satrapy, 
burning with the sense of injustice, 
disgrace, and danger. There was no 
real reconciliation between the two 
brothers ; and Cyrus had reason to 
feel that his danger was only deferred, 
not past, especially with such a neigh- 
bor as Tissaphernes in the king’s con- 
fidence, and that he must either at 
length fall a sacritice to the jealousy 
of Artaxerxes or reign in his stead. 
He was thus stimulated, with the en- 
couragement of his mother’s favor, to 
attempt the ill-fated expedition of 
which Xenophon wrote the history, 
—an expedition which certainly can- 
not be justified on Christian or even 
Socratic principles, but which was 
almost in the regular line of oriental 
history. i. 1.18; 9.1. 

Kuréviov, ov, Cytoniwm, see Kep- 
τωνός, Vii. 8. 8 ὃ 

κύων, κυνός, ὁ ἡ, canis, dog, bitch, 
iii.2.35: ν. 7.26; 8.24: vi.2.2, Der. 
CYNIC. 

κωλύω (3), vow, κεκώλῦκα, to hinder, 
prevent, forbid, oppose: τὸ κωλῦον the 














κωμάρχης 78 
2. 218 ;/ &c.; i. 1. 2,6,9; 218; 5 


hindrance, obstacle: A.G., 1.: 
3.16; 6.2: iv. 5.20, Cf. sgh 
txep-dpx ns, ov, (dpxw) the ruler or 
head~man of a village, village-chief, 
ἦν, ὃ, 10, 2; Ὁ. 15. 
κώμη, ης, a village, comm. unforti- 
fied, 1. 4.9: iv. 4.7. Der. comepy. 
ἐκωμήτης, ov, α villager, iv. 5, 24. 
κώπη, 7s, (cf. Lat. capio) the handle 
of an oar, &c.; an oar, vi. 4. 


A. 


λαβεῖν, τοιμι, -ὦν, see λαμβάνω. 

λαγχάνω," ᾿λήξομαι, εἴληχα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔλαχον, to draw or obtain by lot, to ob- 
tain perchance or by fate, A., iii. 1. 
Lis ἂν. 6. ΜΆ, 

λαγώς, ώ, ᾧ, ὧν or ώ, ὁ, lepus, a 
hare, iv. 5. 24: ν. l. λαγῶ», ὦ 

λαθεῖν, -dv, see λανθάνω, i. 3. 17, 

μλάθρα or λάθρᾳ clam, secretly, with- 
out the knowledge of, G., 1. 3. 8. 

Λακεδαιμόνιος, ov, é, a Lacedemo- 
nian, «& Spartan, the most cominon 
term for the citizens of Sparta, i.1.9: 
ii. 6. 2: iii. 2.37. See Σπαρτιάτης. 

“Λακεδαίμων, ovos, 7, Lacedemon, 
Sparta, v. 3.11, See Σπάρτη. 

λάκκος, ov, ὁ, (cf. Lat. lacus) an 
underground cistern or cellar, such as 
are now frequent in Kurdistan and 
Armenia, iv. 2. 22. 

λακτίζω, iow 1, (AGE with the foot) 
to kick, A., iii. 2. 18. 

«Λάκων, wvos, ὁ, a Laconian, an in- 
habitant of Laconia ; a term wider in 
extent than Λακεδαιμόνιος, but not un- 
frequently used in its place; ii. 1. 3, 
δι 6.31 (cf. 1.4.3; 1. 9):..¥.3. 15. 
See Σπάρτη, Σπαρτιάτης. 

j Aaxwvixds, ἡ, dv, Laconian: ὁ Aa- 
κωνικός the Laconian: iv.1.18; 7,16: 
vii. 2. 29; 3. 8. 

λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔλαβον, ἃ. ». ἐλήφθην, to take; to take 
captive or by force, as prisoners, prey, 
plunder, a military post, &c., to seize, 
caich, capture ; to take by gift, bar- 
gain, or loan, fo receive, obtain, pro- 
cure; to take as instruments, arms, 
supplies, pledges, companions, military 
force, &c., to obtain, procure, enlist 
(λαβών having taken = with, i. 2.3); to 
overtake, come upon, catch, find, dete cl; 
A. G., G. partitive, ἀπό, ἐκ, els, παρά, 





λαφυροπώλης 


5.2s, 7,10; 
οι θα es 1. 13; 10.18. See δίκῃ, 
δίκαιος, πεῖρα. Der. DI-LEMMA., 
thapmpés, d, dv, c., brilliant, illus- 
trious, glorious, Vii. 7. 41. 
ἰλαμπρότης, τος, ἡ, 
splendor, i. 2. 18. 

λάμπω, * ψω,λέλαμπα, ἕο make shine, 
light up: M. to ghine, blaze, be in a 
blaze: ii. 1, 11s, Der. LAMP. 
tAappaxnvds, οὔ, ὁ, a Lampsacene, 
vii. 8.3; a man of 

«Λάμψακος, ov, ἡ, Lampsacus, a city 
of Mysia on the Hellespont, an lonian 
colony. On account of its good wine, 
Artaxerxes I. assigned it to Themisto- 
cles as a means of his support. It was 
the reputed birthplace of Pridpus, and 
the especial seat of his worship. vii, 
8.1. || Lamsaki. 

λανθάνω &, ch. poet., λήθω," λήσο- 
μαι, λέληθα, 2 a. ἔλαθον, to escape the 
notice or knowledge or elude the obser- 
vation of any one, lie hid or be con- 
cealed trom him, be unobserved by 
him, elude, A. W.a pt., it is often- 
er translated by an adv., adverbial 
phrase, or adj., and the pt. by a finite 
verb, 677; as, τρεφύμενον ἐλάνθανεν 
was [concealed in being maintained] 
secretly maintained, 1.1.98; λαθεῖν 
αὐτὸν ἀπελθών to [e ‘ude him depart- 
ing] depart without his knowledge, i. 
3.17; ἔλαθον ἐγγὺς προσελθόντες they 
drew near unobserved, iv. 2.7; ἐλάν- 
θανον αὑτοὺς γενόμενοι [were not ob- 
served by themselves in having come] 
came unconsciously to themselves, un- 
awares, or unexpectedly, vi. 3.22. See, 
also, iv.6.11: v.2.29: vi. 3.14: vil. 
8. 38, 43. Der. LETHE. Cf. lateo. 

Λάρισσα, ns, Larissa, (anciently 
Calah, while some have traced the 
name to Resen, Gen. x. 11s) a part of 
the extensive ruins of ‘‘ great Nine- 
veh,” and abounding in the most in- 
teresting remains, which lay buried 
more than 2000 years to be recently 
brought to light and surprise the world, 
iii. 4.7. | Nimrid. See Μέσπιλα. 

λάσιος, a, ov, (akin to δασύς) bushy: 
τὰ λάσια the thickets: v.2.29: vi.4,.26. 

λάφυρον, ov, (λαμβάνω) ch. pl., spo- 
lia, the spoils of war, booty, vi. 6. 38 ! 
φλαφῦρο-πωλέω, Aw, to sell booty, vi. 
6.38? [salesman of booty, vii. 7. 56. 
φἰλαφύρο-πώλης, ov, a booty-seller, 


brilliancy, 


λαχεῖν 


λαχεῖν, λαχών, see λαγχάνω. 

γλάχος, cos, τό, ch. poet., ὦ portion, 
esp. by lot, share, part, division, v. 3. 
9: vi. 3. 2? 

λέγω," λέξω, λέλεχα 1., (classic εἴρη- 
xa), ἃ. p. ἐλέχθην, to say, speak, tell, 
express, relate, report, state; to speak 
of, mention, name, account ; to bid, 
propose, advise 2 ORs. ti 
ΠΈΡΙ, mpos, els, ἐν: 1. 2.12, 21; 3. 8, 
13, 15, 19; 4.11: ii. 5.25. In the 
pass., the personal construction w. the 
inf., for the i impers., is the more com- 
mon, 573, i. 9.8: ἣν ΨΚ 6: ch. 1 δ. κυ: 
iv. 1. 3. Der. LEXICON, DIA-LECT. 

λεία, as, booty, plunder, spoils, v.1. 
8, 17: vii. 4. 2. 

λειμών, Gvos, ὁ, (λείβω to pour) a 
moist place, meadow, ν. 3. 11. 

λεῖος, a, ov, lévis, smooth, gently 
sloping, of easy ascent, iv. 4. 1. 

λείπω," Yw, λέλοιπα, 2 a. ἔλιπον, a. 


p. ἐλείφθην, f. pf. λελείψομαι, linquo, 


to LEAVE, quit, forsake, abandon, de- 
sert ; to leave behind, spare; A.; i. 2. 
21: vii. 4.1:—P. to be left ; hence, to 
remain, survive ; to be left behind, fall 
behind, be inferior, G. 406b: λελείψεται 
will [have been left] remain: ii. 4. δ: 
iii, 1. 2: vii. 7.31. Der. EL-LIPsts. 
λεκτέος, a, ov, (λέγω) to be or that 
must be said or spoken, v. 6. 5. 
λελείψομαι, λελοιπώς, see λείπω, 
λέξω, λέξον, λεξάτω, sce λέγω, 1.3.13. 
Acovrivos, ov, ὁ, a Leontine, a man 
of Leontini (Λεοντῖνοι, now Lentini), 
a city of eastern Sicily, a Chalcidian 
colony, situated in a region of extraor- 
dinary fertility, and early prosperous, 
but overshadowed by its powerful Doric 
neighbor, Syracuse, ii. 6. 16. 
ἐλευκο-ϑώραξ, ἄκος, ὁ ἡ, with a white 
corselet, doubtless of linen, 1.8.9. See 
θώραξ. 
λευκός, ἡ, dv, (akin to λεύσσω to see, 
LooK, and Lat. luceo) bright, white, 
i, 8. 8: v. 4. 32s. 
Rex Gels, λεχθῆναι, see λέγω, iii. 1.1. 
Anye, Ew, (λέγω to LAY) to allay ; 
comm. intrans., to abate, cease, end, 
close, come to an end, iii. 1.9: iv. 5. 4. 
ληΐζομαι, ἴσομαι, or Att. λήζομαι, 
λήσομαι, λέλῃσμαι, (λεία) to plunder, 
ravage, pillage, rob ; to seize as booty 
or spoil, take as prey or by force; A., 
ἐκ: iv. 8.23: v.1.9: vi 1.13 vii. 3. 
$1. 








79 Aoxpés 


λῆρος, ov, 6, nonsense, trumpery, ὦ 
trifle, vii. 7. 41. 
tAyorela, as, robbery, plunder, pil- 
lage, vii. 7. 9. 
λῃστής, οὔ, (λήζομαι), a robber, 
plunderer, pillager, vi. 1.8; 6. 28. 
λήσω, see λανθάνω, vii. 3. 43. 
ληφθῆναι, λήψομαι, see λαμβάνω. 
λίαν adv., very, exceedingly, vi. 1. 28, 
Τλίθινος, η, ov, of stone, iii. 4. 7, 9. 
λίθος, ov, ὁ, a stone, often such as 
are used for an attack: stone, the ma- 
terial: 1.5.12: i.3.17; 4.10; 5. 
10: iv. 7. 48. Der. LITHO-GRAPH. 
λιμήν, évos, ὁ, (akin to λείβω to 
pour ἢ a harbor, haven, port, vi. 2.13. 
λῖμός, οὔ, ὁ, (λείπω) failure of food, 
hunger, famine, 1.5.5: ti. 2.11; 5.19. 
λίνεος, a, ov, contr. λινοῦς, ἢ, οῦν, 
(λίνον flax) flaxen, LINEN, iv. 7. 15. 
troylropar, ίσομαι ιοῦμαι, λελόγισμαι, 
to consider, οαϊοιζαΐο, eapect, A., 1.5 il. 
2.13: iil. ΕΝ 20. 
λόγος, ov, ὁ, (λέγω) ἃ word ; speech, 
discourse ; conversation, discussion ; ὦ 
statement, narrative, report, rumor ; 
an argument, plea: pl. words, confer- 
ence, discussion, πρός : els λόγους Ep- 
χεσθαι to enter into a conference or 
come to an interview with, D.: i. 477; 
6.5: ἢ. 1.1; 5.4,16,27; 6.4: v.8.18: 
vi.1.18. Der. LOGIC, -LOGY, -LOGUE. 
λόγχη, 7s, (cf. Lat. lancea) the point 
or spike of a spear, the spear-head, 
early made by the Greeks of bronze, 
but afterwards of iron; comm. fr. 6 in. 
to a foot in length: hence often, by 
synecdoche, @ spear or LANCE (esp., in 
the Anab., of those used by the bar- 
barians): 1.8.8: ii.2.9: iv.7.16; 8.7. 
λοιδορέω, sow, λελοιδόρηκα, (λοίδο- 
pos ὦ railer) to rail at, revile, abuse, 
reproach, reprove, A., iii. 4. 49, 
λοιπός, ἡ, dv, (λείπω) re-liquus, left 
behind, remaining, the rest or remain- 
der of, D., iv. 2. 18 5 : λοιπόν (ἐστιν) ἐέ 
is left] remains, ili. 2.29: τὴν λοιπήν 
bg ὁδόν] the rest of the way, iii. 4. 46 : 
τὸ λοιπόν the rest, G. partitive, ill. 4. 6: 
τοῦ λοιποῦ [sc. χρόνου, oftener τὸ λοι- 
πόν, in or during the rest οἵ the time, in 
future, afterwards, henceforth, thence- 
forth, 482 ¢, ii. 2.5: iii. 2.8: v. 7. 34. 
Aoxpés, οὔ, ὁ, a Locrian, a man of 
Locris, a central region of Greece in 
three separate parts (two north of 
Beotia and Phocis, and the third, the 











«Λουσιάτης 80 


larger but rnder portion, west of Pho- 
cis). The eastern Locrians are credit- 
ed with 40 ships sent to the Trojan 
War under the lesser Ajax. vii. 4. 18. 
Aovorarns or -ώτης, ov, & Aovoreds, 
éws, ὁ, a Lusian, a man of Lusi (Aov- 
σοί), a town in the north of Arcadia, 
having a celebrated temple of Artemis 
(Diana), which was revered through 
the Peloponnese as an inviolable asy- 
lum, iv. 2.21; 7.11s: vii. 6.40. ||Su- 
dhena. 
λόφος, ov, ὁ, (λέπω to rub off, peel) 
the neck of a horse or ox, as rubbed 
by the yoke; hence, in general, an 
elevation or crest ; an eminence or ridge 
of land, a hill, height, = "γή-λοφος: 1. 
10. 13s (ef. 12): iii. 4. 39 (ef. 37). 
thoxayéw, ἤσω, to be a lochage or 
captain, vi. 1. 30. 
Τλοχαγία, as, the command of a λό- 
xos, a captaincy, i. 4.15: iii. 1. 80, 
trox-ayds, οὔ, ὁ, (ἄγω) the leader of 
a λόχος, a lochage, centurion, captain, 
who comm. received twice the pay of 
a private. The word has the Dor. 
form, as a term of war, in which the 
Doric race so excelled, 386c. i. 7. 2: 
vi. 3. 6 (where the term is applied to 
the commander of a tenth of the Ar- 
cadian and Achzan force, also termed 
στρατηγόΞ) : vii. 2. 36. 
troxirns, ov, a soldier belonging to 
3 λόχος, a member of a company, Vi. 6. 
my 
λόχος, ov, ὁ, (λέγω to collect) a com- 
pany or division of soldiers, not fixed 
in number, but usu. of about 100 men. 
For the subdivision of the common 
Adxos, see iii. 4. 21s. i. 2. 25: iv. 8. 
15: vi. 3. 2, 4s; 5. 9s. 
tAvb5ia, as, Lydia, a fertile province 
of Asia Minor, west of Phrygia, once 
a powerful kingdom. It was early 
distinguished for its industry, wealth, 
and progress in the arts; and exerted 
much influence in the development of 
Greek civilization. It reached its acme 
under Creesus, whose defeat by Cyrus 
made it a part of the Persian Empire. 
Its people, before warlike, were then 
forbidden the use of arms, and nat- 
urally became both effeminate them- 
selves and the teachers of effeminacy 
to their conquerors. i, 2.5; 9.7: vil. 
8. 7? 25. 
TAs, a, ov, Lydian, i. 5. 6. 





λύπη 

Av8és, οὔ, ὁ, a Lydian, a man of 
Lydia, iii. 1. 31. 

Atxaros or Avxatos, a, ov, Lycean, 
pertaining to Mt. Lyceus, a lofty 
height in southwestern Arcadia, pre- 
senting a view of a large part of the 
Peloponnese, and sacred to Zeus (hence 
surnamed Lyewan) and Pan: τὰ Av- 
καια [sc. ἱερά], the Lycean Rites or 
Festival, in honor of Lycean Jove, 
celebrated by the Arcadians with sac- 
rifices and games, i. 2. 10. || Diofdrti, 
4659 feet high. 

t Avxaov(a, as, an elevated region of 
Asia Minor, north of Cilicia, occupied 
by a rude, warlike, independent, and 
predatory race. It was an early scene 
of the missionary labors of the apostle 
Paul, who here found Timothy. i. 2. 
19: vii. 8. 25. 

Λυκάων, ovos, ὁ, a Lycaonian, iii. 
2. 23. 

Αύκειον, ov, the Lyckum, the chief 
of the Athenian gymnasia, situated 
without the eastern wall, adorned with 
fine trees, covered walks, and other 
embellishments, and consecrated to 
Lycéan Apollo. Here Aristotle taught 
while walking, from which his philos- 
ophy was named Peripatetic (περιπα- 
τέω to walk around), vii. 8. 1. 

Αὐκιος, ov, Lycius, a Syracusan, 
sent by Clearchus for observation, i. 
10. 14. — 2. An Athenian, appointed 
commander of cavalry, and so render- 
ing good service, iii. 3. 20: iv. 3. 22. 

λύκος, ov, ὃ, lupus, @ wolf, the 
largest beast of prey in Greece, il. 2.9 
(prob. sacrificed on this occasion as 
sacred to Ahriman, the Persian god of 
evil), Der. LYCO-PODIUM. 

μλύκος, ov, ὁ, the Lycus or Wolf- 
River, a name given to several streams, 
seemingly from their destructive char- 
acter. A small river so named entered 
the Euxine near Heracléa, vi. 2. 3. 
\| Kilij-Su, i. e. Sword Water. 

Δύκων, ὠνος, Lycon, a factious 
Achean, v. 6. 27: vi. 2. 4, 9. 

vpalvopat, λυμανοῦμαι, λελύμασμαι, 
(λόμη outrage) to ruin, spoil, frustrate, 
A. D., i. 3. 16. 

thiméo, tow, λελύπηκα, to pain, 
grieve, trouble, distress, annoy, molest, 
A., 1.3.8: ii. 3.23; 5.14: iii. 1. 11. 

λύπη, ns, pain, grief, sorrow, dis- 
tress, iii. 1. 3. 


λυπηρός 81 


jAvwnpds, ά, dv, c., painfui, grievous, 
distressing, troublesome, annoying, D., 
ii. 5. 13: vii. 7. 28. 
λῦσι-τελέω, How, (λύῳ to pay, τέλος 
expense) to pay expenses, to be profita- 
ble, advantageous, or expedient, D. I., 
iii. 4. 36 ? [zy, v. 7. 26. 
λύσσα or λύττα, 75, madness, Sren- 
λύω," λόσω, λέλῦὔκα, solvo, fo LOOSE, 
let loose, release, set free; to undo, 
break, break down, destroy, remove, 
violate (a treaty or oath); A.; 11. 4.17, 
19s: iii. 1.21; 4.35: =. 7. λυσιτελέω, 
iii. 4.36: λελυμένος unbound, free from 
bonds, iv. 6.2:— M. to ransom, redeem, 
A., Vii. 8.6. Der. ANA-LYSIS. 
λωτο-φάγος, ov, ὁ, (λωτός the lotus, 
φαγεῖν to cat) a lotus-eater. The Cy- 
renean lotus (now jujwbe) was a small 
sweet daie-like fruit, so delicious that, 
according to the old fable (Hom. Od. 
ι. 94), all who ate of it forgot their 
homes, and wished only to remain and 
feed upon it; while in Arab poetry it 
is the fruit of paradise. The Loto- 
hagi of Homer, upon whose shore 
lysses landed, have been located by 
most géographers upon the coast of 
Tripoli and Tunis in North Africa. 
iii. 2. 26. 
λωφάω, tow, λελώφηκα, (λόφος, as if 
to withdraw the neck from the yoke ἢ) 
to rest, cease, iv. 7. 6. 
λῴων," contr. fr. c. λωΐων referred 
to ἀγαθός, more desirable, better, D. 1., 
iii. 1.7: for emphasis, λῷον καὶ ἄμεινον 
more desirable and advantageous, pref- 
erable and better, vi. 2.15: vii. 6. 44. 


M. 


μά * by, an adv. of swearing, comm. 
negative, unless preceded by val, A., 
i. 4. 8: v. 8. 6, 21. 

μάγαδις, cos, dat. (u) 7, 218. 2, ἡ, (a 
foreign word) the magadis, a kind of 
harp with 20 strings arranged in oc- 
taves; or, acc, to some, a kind of flute ; 
vii. 2. 32. 

Μάγνης, ητος, ὁ,α Magnesian, aman 
of Magnesia, a narrow mountainous re- 
gion occupying the east coast of Thes- 
saly, vi. 1.7. Cf. MAGNET. 

θεῖν, -ω, -οιμι, &c., see μανθάνω. 
αίανδρος, ov, ὁ, the Meander, the 
largest river entering the Hgean from 


LEX. AN. 4* 


μανϑάνω 


Asia, so remarkable for its winding 
course through its rich alluvial plain, 
that it has given a name to the wind- 
ing of rivers. Its deposit has greatly 
extended and changed the coast at its 
mouth. i. 2.5,7s. || Mendere-Chai. 
μαίνομαι, " μανοῦμαι τ., 2 pf. μέμηνα, 
2a. ». ἐμάνην, to be mad, insane, or 
frenzied, ii. 5. 10,12. Der. MANIAC. 

Mao dins, ov, Masades, a Thracian 
prince, father of Seuthes, vil. 2. 32. 

μακαρίζω, low 10, (uaxdp happy) to 
count or esteem happy or fortunate, A., 
iii. 1. 19. 

jpaxapurrds, 7, dv, esteemed happy, 
envied or enviable, being an object of 
envy, D., i. 9. 6. 

Μακίστιος (or Μακέστιος), ov, ὁ, 
a Macistian, a man of Macistus (Μά- 
xisros), an old town of Triphylia in 
Elis, vii. 4.16. || Heights of Khaiaffa. 

μακρός, d, dv, c.,8., (μῆκος length, 
ef. μέγας magnus) long, of both space 
and time: μακράν [sc. ὁδόν] a long way, 
a great distance, far (so ὁ. & 8.): μα- 
κρότερον adv., farther: μακρὸν ἦν it was 
a long distance, or too far: i. 5.7: ii. 
2.118: iii. 4. 16s, 42. 

Μάκρων, wos, ὁ, a Macronian. 
The Macrones were a warlike tribe 
dwelling not far from Trebizond. iv. 
7. 27; 8.5: v. 5. 17. 

μάλα, by apostr. pad’, c. μᾶλλον, 
5. μάλιστα, adv. (much used with ad- 
jectives and adverbs to express degree, 
510), very, very much, greatly, exceed- 
ingly ; very well, certainly; iil. 4.15; 
5. 3; οὐ μάλα not at all, by no means, 
ii.6.15; by exceptional arrangement, 
αὐτίκα μάλα very speedily, instantly, 
at once, iii. 5. 11, εὖ μάλα very easily, 
vi. 1. 1:—c. more, rather, more certain- 
ly, (sometimes joined w. another com- 
par. for clearness or emphasis, iv. 6. 
11) #orG. (asc¢.), i. 1.48, 8; 9.5, 24:— 
s. most, most of all, in the highest de- 
gree, best, especially ; most or very near- 
ly, about (w. numbers); 1.1.6; 9.22, 
29: vi. 4. 3: vil. 2. 22. 

μαλακίζομαι, f. p. ισθήσομαι |., (ua- 
λακός soft) to be self-indulgent, yield 
to sloth, v. 8. 14. 

pavels, -έντες, see μαίνομαι, ii. 5. 10. 

μανθάνω," μαθήσομαι, μεμάθηκα, 3 ἃ. 
ἔμαθον, to learn, ascertain, A., 1.., 6. 
ΟΡ., παρά, i. 9.4: ii. 5.37: iii. 2.25; | 





iv.8.5: v.2.25. Der. MATHEMATICS. | 
F 











μαντεία 82 


tpavrela, as, prophecy, oracle, iii. 1.7. 

[μαντεύομαι,εύσομαι, (μάντις) to proph- 
esy, declare by oracle. | 

4 μαντευτός, 7, dv, declared or pointed 
out by an oracle, D. ἐκ, vi. 1. 22. 

Mavrivets, éws, ὁ, a Mantinean, a 
man of Mantinéa (Μαντίνεια), an an- 
cient and, before the building of Me- 
galopolis, the largest city of Arcadia, 
situated in the eastern part. It was 
noted for the excellence of its political 
institutions, and for five important 
battles fought nearit. In one of these, 
B.C, 362, the Theban Epaminondas con- 
quered the Spartans and Athenians at 
the expense of his own life, and the 
two sons of Xenophon fought; the 
elder, Gryllus, falling after signal feats 
of valor, among which some reckoned 
the slaying of the Theban general. 
vi. 1. 11. || Paledpoli. 

μάντις, ews, ὁ ἡ, (μαίνομαι) one who 
speaks in a state of divine frenzy, a 
prophet, seer; a diviner, soothsayer, 
augur; i.7.18. Der. NECRO-MANCY. 

ἹΜαρδόνιοι or Μάρδοι, wy, the Mar- 
donii or Mardi, or -ians, a warlike 
people, prob. dwelling near the south- 
ern boundary of Armenia, iv. 3. 4: υ.]. 
Μυγδόνιοι. 

Μαριανδὺῦνοί, dv, the Mariandijni or 
-~ians, a people of Bithynia, dwelling 
around Heracléa, and at length sub- 
jected by this city, vi. 2.1: υ ἡ. Ma- 
pravdnvol, Μαρνυανδηνοί. 

μάρσιπος or pdpovmros, ov, ὁ, mar- 
supium, @ bag, pouch, iv. 3.11. Der. 
MARSUPIAL, 

Μαρσύας, ov, Marsyas, fabled as a 
Phrygian satyr or peasant who invent- 
ed the flute, and was most cruelly 
punished for his presumption in con- 
tending with Apollo, i, 2.8.— 2. The 
Marsyas, a small river of Phrygia, 
flowing into the Meander, and fabled 
to have risen from the tears shed by 
the shepherds and rural divinities of 
Phrygia for the cruel fate of their fa- 
vorite musician, i. 2. 8. 

Tpaprupéw, tow, μεμαρτύρηκα, to bear 
witness for or in favor of, testify in be- 
half of, p., iii. 3. 12: vii. 6. 39. 

Ἱμαρτύριον, ov, testimony, witness, 
proof, iii. 2. 13. 

μάρτυς, g. μάρτυρος, ἃ. pl. μάρτυσι, 


᾿ " 


a witness, Υἱϊ. 7.39, Der. MARTYR. 


ὁ ἢ, 
Mapovelrys, ov, a Maronite, a man 








μεγαλοπρεπῶς 


of Maronéa (Μαρώνεια), a town of the 
Cicones in Thrace on the Zgean, after- 
wards colonized from Chios. It was 
noted for its excellent wine, which 
even Homer mentions (Od. «. 196s), 
and for the too free use of it by its 
inhabitants. vii. 3. 16. || Marogna. 
pac ds, of, ὁ “υ. 1. for μαστός, 1.4.17. 
Maoxas,* a, or Macxas, ἃ, the 
Mascas, a stream in Mesopotamia, 
prob. a short canal flowing from and 
re-entering the Euphrates, i. 5. 4. 
μαστεύω, εύσω, ες ἢ poet., (μάομαι to 
seek) to seek, search out, eagerly desire, 
A., I., iii. 1. 48: v. 6. 25: vii. 3. 11. 
tpacriydaydow,to whip, lash, scourge, 
iv. 6. 15. 
ἡ: μάστιξ, ἴγος, ἡ, a whip, lash, scourge, 
1}, 4, 25. 
μαστός, οὔ, ὁ, (μάσσω to squeeze) one 
of the breasts; hence, a round hill, 
knoll, hillock ; i. 4.17 ? iv. 2. 6, 14s. 
μάταιος, a, ov, (μάτην in vain) wse- 
less, vain, idle, without avail, vii. 6. 
17} 1. 24. 
tpaxatpa, ας, ἃ sword, esp. a short 
or curved sword in distinction from 
ξίφος, the longer, straight sword 
(though the distinction is not always 
inade, vii. 4. 16); @ sabre; a dagger, 
large knife ; 1. 8. 7: iv. 6.26: vii. 2. 80. 
ἐμαχαίριον, ov, dim. , a dagger, dirk, 
knife, iv. 7. 16. 
μάχη, ns, α battle, fight, encounter, 
combat: ἀπὸ τῆς μάχης from the (place 
of the) battle, from the battle-ground : 
i. 2.9: ii. 2.6. Der. Loco-mMacny. 
μάχιμος, 7, ov, fit for fighting, war- 
like, vii. 8. 13. 
μάχομαι, μαχέσομαι μαχοῦμαι, μεμά- 
χημαι, a. ἐμαχεσάμην, to fight, give bat- 
tle; withstand, contend ; D., περί, πρό, 
ow: 1.5.9; 7.9,17s8: ii1.1.12; 5.19, 
" (μ᾽) me, μοί, pod, see ἐγώ, i. 8. 3. 
eyaButos, ov, Megabyzus, a gen- 
eral name borne by the keeper of the 
temple of Diana at Ephesus, accord- 
ing to custom a eunuch, v. 3. 6s. 
μεγάλη, -ov, &c., see μέγας, i. 2. 6. 
}peyar-nyopéw, iow, (ἀγορεύω) to 
talk big, speak boastfully, boast, vawnt, 
vi. 3. 18. 
ἐμεγαλο-πρεπής, ἐς, (πρέπω) befitting 
the great, magnificent, i. 4. 17? 
jpeyaho-mperas, ὁ. dorepov,s.érrara, 
magnificently, on a magnificent scale, 
with great liberality, i. 4.17? 


μεγάλως 88 


jpeydAws adv., greatly, grossly, iii. 
9 29 


Μεγαρεύς, dws, ὁ, (Μέγαρα, capital 
of Megaris) a Megarian. Megara was 
early included in Attica ; but was con- 
quered by the Dorians, and for a time 
was subject to Corinth. After it won 
its independence, its advantages for 
commerce gave it great prosperity, so 
that it established several flourishing 
colonies (Byzantium, &c.), and even 
vied with Athens in naval power. As 
an ally of Sparta, it suffered greatly in 
the Peloponnesian War. Though not 
distinguished for letters, it claimed 
the invention of comedyjand gave its 
name toa school of philosophy found- 
ed by Euclides, a disciple of Socrates. 
i, 2. 3c vi. 2. 1. 

μέγας," μεγάλη, μέγα, g. μεγάλου, 
-ns, ὦ. μείζων, 8. μέγιστος, Magnus, 
great, large, stately ; mighty, power- 
ful; of great moment or obligation, 
important ; of a sound, loud ; i. 2. 4, 
78; 4.9s: i1.5.14: iii.2.25: iv.7.23. 
The neut. , sing. and pl., is much used 
as the ace. of effect or adv. acc., or as 
an appositive to the sentence or to a 
part of it: τὰ μεγάλα εὖ ποιεῖν [to do 
well the great acts] to confer great fa- 
vors, 1.9.24: μέγα ὀνῆσαι or ὠφελῆσαι, 
βλάψαι μεγάλα, to benefit or injure 
greatly, iii. 1. 38; ὃ. 14: τὸ μέγιστον 
as the chief reason, chiefly, i. 3. 10. 

Meyadépvns, ov, a Persian of high 
rank, put to death by Cyrus, i. 2. 20. 

μέγεθος, cos, τό, (uéyas) greatness, 
magnitude, size; of a river, width: 
1.3.15: tv. 1.2 

μέδιμνος, ov, ὁ, the medimnus, the 
common Attic corn-measure, = very 
nearly a bushel and a half, vi. 1. 15. 

μεθ᾽ by apostr. for μετά, before an 
aspirated vowel, ii. 2. 7. 

μεθ-ίημι," ow, elxa, to let go with 
or after, let go, give up, resign, A., 
vii. 4. 10. 

μεθ-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 1 a. 
ἔστησα, 2 ἃ. ἔστην, to place different- 
ly, remove: M., w. 2 a. and complete 
tenses act., to change one’s own place, 
to withdraw ; but 1 a. m. to place apart 
from one’s self, set aside, A.; 11. 3.8, 21. 

Μεθυδριεύς, dws, ὁ, α Methydrian, 
aman οἵ Methydrium (Μεθ-ύδριον), ἃ 
city of central Arcadia, so called from 
its situation between two streams. Its 





μέλω 


inhabitants were removed to people 
Megalopolis. iv. 1.27; 7.12. || Ru- 
ins near Pyrgo. 
μεθύω," dow 1., to be drunk or in- 
toxicated, iv. 8. 20: v. 8. 4. 
μείζων, ov, greater, see μέγας, i. 2. 4. 
μειλίχιος, a, ov, (uechicow to soothe) 
mild, gracious, vil. 8. 4: see Ζεύς. 
μεῖναι, μείνας, &c., see μένω, i. 5.13. 
μειράκιον, ov, τό, (in form dim. of 
μεῖραξ, ὁ ἡ, a youth) a youth, stripling, 
boy, in his teens, ii. 6. 16, 28. 
Τμείωμα, aros, τό, (μειόω to lessen) ὦ 
deficiency, v. 8. 1. 
μείων, ov, c. referred to μικρός or ὀλί- 
yos, less, in respect to size, power, 
number, &c.; smaller, weaker, fewer; 
i. 9.10: iv. 5. 36: μεῖον ἔχειν to have 
[less success] the worst, be worsted, i. 
10. 8: τοῦτο μεῖον ἔχειν to have this as 
a disadvantage or a disadvantage in 
this, ili. 2.17. The neut. μεῖον is some- 
times used as an indecl. subst. or adj. ; 
and also (as an adv.) with ἤ omitted, 
though the gen. does not follow ; 
507e,f, 5110. v. 6.9: vi. 4. 3, 24. 
Μελανδῖται, Gv, the Melandite, a 
people of Thrace, vii. 2. 32: v. 7. Me- 
λανδέπται. 
TpeAavia, as, blackness, duskiness, i. 
8. 8. 
as,* awa, av, g. avos, αἰνης, black, 
dark,iv.5.13,15. Der. MELAN-CHOLY. 
μελετάω, tow, μεμελέτηκα, (μέλω) 
to give attention to, practise, 1., iil. 4. 
17: iv. 6. 14, 
ἐμελετηρός, d, dv, s., diligent or as- 
siduous in practising, G., i. 9. 5. 
μελίνη, ys, sing. and pl., panicum, 
panic, ἃ kind of millet, cf. κέγχρος" 
ἐπὶ ras μελίνας upon the panic ( fields): 
i, 2.22; 5.10; ii. 4.13: vi. 4. 6. 
ἐΜελινο-φάγοι, wy, (φαγεῖν) the [pan- 
ic-eaters] Melinophagi, a Thracian peo- 
ple near Salmydessus on the Euxine, 
perhaps Strabo’s ᾿Αστοί, vii. 5. 12. 
μέλλω," μελλήσω, a. ἐμέλλησα or 
ἠμέλλησα, to be about to or going to, be 
on the point of, intend ; also translated 
by will, would, shall, should, must, 
am to, were to, &c., cf. 598a; to be 
only about to, to delay: τὸ μέλλον the 
future: 1.: 1.8.15 9.28: ii.6.10: iii. 
1, 2,8, 46s; ὅ. 17: vi. 1. 21. 
pérw, μελήσω, μεμέληκα, to concern, 
be ὦ care to, D.: comm. impers., as ἐμοὲ 
μέλει tt concerns or is a care to me, τέ 

















μέμνημαι 84 


Μέσπιλα 


ἐπ my care, I take care, I look or see to| Xenophon depicts in aark colors. He 


it, ὅπως: 1.4.16; 8.13: vi. 4. 20: τῇ 
θεῷ μελήσει the goddess will see to τί, 
by euphemism for the goddess will 
punish his neglect, v. 3. 13. 
μέμνημαι, -ἡσόμαι, see μιμνήσκω. 
opat, Youat, to blame, reproach, 
να fault with, A. els, ti. 6. 30. 
μέν post-pos. adv. or secondary 
conj. (66f), on the one hand, indeed, 
in the first place, first, but often omit- 
ted in translation. It is usu. a pro- 
spective particle of distinction, mark- 
ing the words with which it is con- 
nected as distinguished fr. others 
which follow, and with which a retro- 
spective particle, (comm. δέ, but some- 
times ἀλλά, μέντοι, εἶτα, ἔπειτα, καί, 
&c.) is regularly joined. i. 1.18 ; 3. 
2,10: ii. 1.13: ili. 1. 19s. The reg- 
ular sequence is sometimes neglected, 
esp. after intervening clauses, i. 10. 
16: iii. 2.8. In some combinations 
of particles, μέν has a force like that 
of the confirmative μήν, indeed, truly : 
μὲν δή now indeed, indeed, truly, so 
then, then, accordingly, i.2.3: iii.1.10: 
οὐ μὲν δή nor [now] yet indeed, yet 
surely not, 1.9.13: li. 2.3: ἐγὼ μὲν 
οὖν I {indeed} for my part then, ii. 4. 
7 (μέν emphasizing ἐγώ, ef. i.9. 1): 
ἀλλὰ... μέν (or μέντοι) but or well cer- 
tainly, vii.6.11,39. The words upon 
which μέν throws its emphasis regu- 
larly precede it, either wholly or in 
part. If, as has been supposed, μέν 
and δέ (of which μήν and δή are longer 
forms) are derived from the first and 
second numerals (cf. pla, δύο), then 
their original force would seem to have 
been, for one thing . . for another 
thing ; hence, on the one hand. . on 
the other hand, in the first place . . in 
the second place, first . . secondly, in- 
deed . . but or and, &e. See δέ, ὁ. 
jpév-rot indeed truly, assuredly, 
really, indeed, withal, to be sure; yet, 
still, however, but ; i. 3.10: ii. 3. 9s, 
92s: καὶ .. μέντοι and indeed, and 
certainly, and moreover, and yet, 1. 9. 
6,29: iv. 6.16. See μέν. 
μένω, μενῶ, μεμένηκα, a. ἔμεινα, ma- 
neo, 0 REMAIN, wait, stay, tarry, con- 
tinue; to wait for, A.; i. 2. 6,98; 3. 
11: di. 3. 24: iv. 4. 198. 
Μένων, wos, Menon, a general from 


was a favorite of Aristippus, who 
placed him, while yet a young man, 
in command of a mercenary force 
levied with money furnished by Cy- 
rus. From this he brought 1500 men 
to the Cyrean army. When the other 
generals who had been seized through 
the treachery of Tissaphernes were put 
to death, Menon was spared, prob. be- 
cause he claimed the merit of having 
aided that treachery, and through the 
intercession of his intimate Arius ; 
but he afterwards perished by linger- 
ing torture, prob. from having fallen 
into the harids of the vengeful Pary- 
satis, who thus punished him for his 
supposed treason. <A dialogue of Plato 
bears his name. i. 2. 6: ii. 6. 28s. 

tpepltw, low 1d, to divide, distribute, 
BS We 2s OF 

μέρος, cos, τό, (μείρομαι to share) a 
share, part, portion, division, quota, 
detachment ; specimen: ἐν τῷ μέρει, 
κατὰ (rd) μέρος in or according to one’s 
share, part, place, or turn: 1.5.8 ; 6.2: 
iii. 4.23: v. 1.9: vi. 4. 23: vil. 6. 36. 
tpeo-npBpla, as, (ἡμέρα, 146 Ὁ) mid- 
day, noon ; the place of the sun at 
noon, the south ; i. 7.6: iii. 5. 15. 
ἱμεσό-γαια or -γεια, as, (γῆ) the in- 
land, interior, vi. 2.19; 3.10; 4. 5. 
μέσος, 7, ov, (akin to μετά) medius, 

MIDDLE, of space or time; central ; the 
middle or midst of (in this use as an 
adj., not immediately preceded by the 
article, 508a, 523 Ὁ); 1.2.7,17; 8.13: 
iv. 8. 8 (among or with): subst. μέσον, 
ov, the middle, midst, or centre ; the 
interval or space between; G.; 1.2.15; 
4.4; μέσον ἡμέρας midday, noon, i. 8. 
8; μέσον τὸ ἑαυτοῦ his own centre, i. 8. 
13? (cf. i. 8. 22, 23); διὰ μέσου, ἐν (τῷ) 
μέσῳ, els τὸ μέσον, through, in, or into 
the midst or the interval between, some- 
times = between, i. 4.4; 5.14; 7.6: 
ii. 2.3; ἐκ τοῦ μέσου out of [the space 
between] the way, i. 5.14. Der, MEs- 
ENTERY. 
jperdo, wow, to form or be in the 
middle: μεσοῦσα ἡ ἡμέρα midday, vi. 


5.7 


Μέσπιλα, ns or ων, ἡ or τά, (referred 
by some to the oriental ‘‘ mashpil,” 
desolate, and perhaps the origin of the 
name Mosul) Mespila, the ruins of 





Pharsalus in Thessaly , whose character 


Nineveh in its stricter sense. These 


μεστός 86 


lie upon the east bank of the Tigris, 
opposite Mosul ; and include the great 
mounds of Koyunjik, containing the 
remains of the magnificent palaces of 
Sennacherib and his grandson, and 
Nebbi Yunas, sacred in Mohammedan 
tradition as the burial-place of the 
prophet Jonas. The name Nineveh, 
in its wider sense, seems to have ap- 
plied to a vast aggregation of palaces 
and towns (some specially walled and 
having also other names, cf. modern 
London) situated north of the junc- 
tion of the Tigris and Upper Zab, 
and together constituting the splen- 
did capital of the mighty Assyrian 
Empire. It is represented as ‘an 
exceeding great city of three days 
journey” (Jonah 3.3.), having accord- 
ing to Diodorus (2. 3) a circuit of 480 
stadia (the longer sides 150 stadia, and 
the shorter 90). Mespila was in the 
northwest part of its wide-spread ru- 
ins, and Larissa (now Nimrud, where 
the wonderful remains of the palaces 
of Esarhaddon and others have been 
disinterred, ch. through the efforts of 
Layard) in the southwest. The dis- 
tance between them is set by Xen. at 
6 parasangs, and is now estimated to 
be about 18 miles. The other two 
corners of the immense quadrangle 
(which, like the enclosure of Baby- 
lon, was doubtless occupied in part 
by pleasure grounds and land for cul- 
ture) have been recognized at Khorsa- 
bad, where was the beautiful palace 
of Sargon, and at Keremles, giving an 
extent not greatly differing from the 
statement of Diodorus. Nineveh lost 
its glory in its capture and the over- 
throw of the Assyrian Empire by the 
Medes and Babylonians, Β. c.625 ; but 
it is represented by Xen. as not whol- 
ly destroyed till the Medes were over- 
powered by the Persians (8. Ὁ, 558). 
iii. 4, 10. 
μεστός, ἡ, dv, full of, abounding in ; 
filled, stored, or laden with; ἃ.: 1. 4, 
19; 10.18: ii. 5. 9. : ; 
μετά " prep., by apostr. per or io ; 
a-MID, among (akin to μέσος medius, 
and Germ. mit): (a) w. GEN., ch. of 
persons, among ; hence, with ; in the 
army or under the command of ; 1. 2. 


μετέωρος 


i. 8. δ 1 μετὰ ἀδικίας with, by means 
of, or through injustice, ii. 6, 18 :— 
(Ὁ) w. Acc., afler (orig., In order to 
be among or with), in respect to PLACE, 
RANK, or oftenest TIME ; next after, 
next to; i. 3.16; 7.2; 8.4: vii. 7. 22: 
μετὰ ταῦτα or τοῦτο after this, here- 
upon, thereupon, i. 4. 9: iv. 6. 4: ped 
ἡμέραν after the coming of day, hence 
by day, iv. 6. 12:— (0) im compos., 
among, after, often denoting distribu- 
tion or interchange among, and hence, 
in general, change. 
,* βαλῶ, βέβληκα, to 
throw to a different position: M. to 
throw or turn one’s shield behind, as 
in retreat, A., Vi. 5. 16. ye 
5 ὥσκω," γνώσομαι, κα, 
2 ἄγ lg think differently, change 
one’s mind, ii. 6. 3. 
μετα-δίδωμι," δώσω, δέδωκα, ἃ. ἔδω- 
κα (δῶ, δοίην, &c.), to distribute, im- 
part to, share with, Ὁ. A., G-, ili. 3.1: 
iv. 5. 5s: vii. 8. 11. 
μετα-μέλει, μελήσει, it repents one, 
or he repents, D. P., i. 6. 7: vil. 1. 34. 
μεταξύ adv., (μετά) im the midst, in 
the mean while, between, G.: μεταξὺ 
γίγνεσθαι to intervene, elapse: 1.7.15: 
iii. 1. 27; 4.37: v. 2. 17. ' 
ἐμετά-πεμπτος, ον, sent for, having 
been sent for, 1. 4. 3. 
μετα-πέμπω," πέμψω, πέπομφα, to 
send one after or for another: M. to 
send for to come to one’s self, swm- 
mon, A. ἀπό, πρός, eis, i. 1.2; 2. 265 
3.8; 4.5, 11: vii. 1. 3. 
pera-ords, -στησάμενος, see μεῦ- 
lornpt, pase an ican es 
w, ἔστροφα l., 
Pah ai or round, trans.; but HZ. 
intrans., vi. 1. 8. 
μετά-σχοιμι, &c., see μετ-έχω. 
μετα-χωρέω, iow, κεχώρηκα, to Τέ- 
move to another place, change one’s 
encampment, vil. 2. 18. 
μέτ-ειμι͵ * ἔσομαι, to be with or shared 
among : οὐδενὸς ἡμῖν μέτεστι there is 
to us a share of none, we share in 
none, Ὁ. G. partitive, 421 a, iii. 1. 20. 
per-exaw,* ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, ipf. εἶχον, 
2a. ἔσχον, to have a share of, partake 
of, share with another, participate tn, 
G., νυν. 3.9: vi. 2.14: vii. 6. 28. 
μετ-έωρος, ov, (αἴρω) uplified, raised 
from the ground, i. 5. 8 (raising them 





20, 24; 7.10: ii. 2.7: μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἶναι 
to be associated with you, adhere to you, 


from the greund). Der. METEOR. 





μετρέω 86 μήν 


Ἱμετρέω, iow, metior, ἐο MEASURE, 
iv. 5.6. Der. GEO-METRY. 
Tperptws adv., in due measure, mod- 
erutely, temperately, in a conciliatory 
way, li. 3. 20, ‘ 
μέτρον, ov, a measure, iii. 2.21. Der. 
METRE, DIA-METER ; Lat. metrum. 


Medes, which Xen, extends to the 
river Tigris, making the region spu 
cially called Assyria a part of it. In 
a more limited sense, Media lay north- 
east of the valley of the Tigris, ex- 
tending from the Araxes to Persis 
with great variety of climate, soil, and 





μέχρι " &, before a vowel, less Att. 
μέχρις, (akin to μακρός) adv. of place or 
time with a prep. or another adv., but 
oftener w. G. as a prep., as far as, 
even to, up or down to, until : μέχρι 
οὗ to the region where or time when, 


products (now the northwest part of 
Persia). Τὸ Μηδίας τεῖχος the Median 
wall, a wall built at the head of the 
Babylonian a, to prevent the in- 
cursions of the Medes (as ‘‘ the Picts’ 
Wall” in England means the wall 


μήν 87 


proto 


μήν, μηνός, ὁ, mensis, @ MONTH: Greeks; according to vii. 8. 25, satrap 


τοῦ μηνός (4331) or κατὰ μῆνα, by the 


of Lycaonia and Cappadocia. The 


month, a month, monthly. The Attic} name seems to mean ὦ gift of or to 
months were lunar, beginning with| MJithra (the Sun-God, — da, to give), 


the new moon, and consisting alter- 


and hence to-have been common among 


nately of 29 and 30 days. i.1.10; 3.| his worshippers. i1.5.35: 11.3.1; 4.2: 


21; 9.17. Der. MENISCUS. 
μμηνο-ειδής, ἐς, (εἶδος) crescent-shaped, 
in the form of a crescent, v. 2.13% 
envio, dow, μεμήνῦκα, to disclose, 
make known, expose, A., ii. 2. 20. 
μή-ποτε n-unquam, n-cver, 1. 1. 4. 


v. l, Μιθραδάτης. 


pixpds,* d, dv, c. μείων or ἐλάττων, 


5. ἐλάχιστος, q. V., little, small ; weak, 
insignificant ; short (of time or dis- 
tance), brief; ii.4.13: i11.2.10: μικρόν 
a little, a short distance, a short space 
only, (hence narrowly, i. 3.2), 1.1.6: 


μή-πω non-dum, not yet, ili. 2. 24. | « 
iii, 1. 11: κατὰ μικρὸν or μικρά accord- 

















until, 557a: i.7.6,15: iv.1.1: v. 
1.1; 4.16; 5. 4:— temporal conj., 


against the Picts). i.7.15: ii.4.12,27. 
— 2. The wife of the last Median king 


until, till, i. 4.13: 11, 3. 7, 24; 6.54) (ace. to the common account, Asty- 


μή * (u) the subjective neg. adv., 
used in expressing negation as desired, 
feared, or assumed, and esp. w. the 
subj., imv., and inf., not, 686 (cf. οὐ); 


ages), iil. 4. 11.— In the first sense, 
Μηδία is to be preferred, and perhaps 
Μήδεια in the second. 

Μήδοκος, ov, Medocus, a king of 


but otte rt) 4 " » ἢ after ν᾿ γ Οἵ ; ; 
ften redundant w. the inf. after|the Odryse, reigning at a distance 


words implying some negation (so even 
the strengthened μὴ οὐ), 713 ἃ ; i. 1. 
10; 3. 2s: ili. 1. 13, 24: Sov py 
where not, except where, 1.5.9: μὴ 
πορίσας [ποῖ] without having supplied, 
1, 3.5: μὴ οὐ for μή with inf. after 
negative clauses, expressions of shame, 
&e., 713f, ii. 3.11:—(b) the neg. 
final conj., ch. w. subj. and opt., 6248, 
that not, lest, that (after words of fear- 
ing, 625 a), i. 3. 17; 8. 13: iii. 4. 1. — 
(c) It has similar uses in compos.; 
where it is often repeated witocnt 
doubling the negation, 713, i. 3. 14: 
vii. 1. 6. See εἰ, ἐάν, οὐ. 

ἐμηδ-αμῆ or -αμῇ adv., (dup any- 
where) nowhere, vii. 6. 29 (713 ἃ). 
Tpnd-apds adv., (duds in any way) 
in no way, vii. 7. 23. 

μη-δέ, by apostr. μηδ᾽, conj., and 
not, but not, nor, neither (cf. μήτε), 
li. 4.15 5. 29: iii. 2. 17 : — emphatic 
ady., ne. . quidem, not even, neither, 
i, 3.14; lil. 2.21: vii.6.18s8,23. For 
its compounds μηδείς, &c., the strong- 
er forms μηδὲ els, &c., are also found. 
jpnd-els, μηδε-μία, und-&, not even 
one, NO one, no, none; μηδέν subst., 
nothing ; as adv., as to nothing, not 
at all, by no means: i, 8.15; 9.78 
ἐμηδέ-ποτε not even at any time, 
never, ill. 2.3: iv. 5. 13. 
ἐμηδ-έτερος, a, ov, neither of two, vii. 
4. 10. 

Μηδία or Μήδεια, as, (Μῆδος) Me- 
dia (or Medéa), the country of the 


from the Propontis, the most power- 
ful and, we might judge, the best of 
the Thracian princes of his time. He 
was claimed by Alcibiades as a friend. 
vii. 2. 32; 3.16; 7. 11. 

Μῆδος, ov, ὁ, a Mede, iii.2.25; 4.7. 
The Medes were early a brave people, 
esp. skilled in the use of the bow and 
horse, and holding the kindred Per- 
sians subject. But after the conquest 
of Assyria, they became more luxuri- 
ous, and the sovereignty passed to the 
Persians, B. c. 558. 

ἹΜηδοσάδης, ov, Medosades, chief 
minister of the Thracian prince Seu- 
thes, vii. 1.5; v. 1. Δημοσάδης, &e. 
μήθ᾽ for μήτε, before an aspirated 
vowel, iii. 2. 23. 
py-x-ér, 165 c, not henceforth or in 
future, not again, no longer, no more, 
i, 2.27; 4.16; 6. 9. 
μῆκος, cos, 74, (akin to μακρός) length, 
i. 5. 9(pl.): ii. 4.12: v. 4, 32. 
μήν confirmative ady. post-pos., 
(uév) vero, indeed, in truth, surely, 
certainly ; yet, however ; comm. at- 
tached to other particles: ἀλλὰ μήν 
(. . ye) but surely (at least), and cer- 
tainly, yet further, i. 9.18: iii. 2.16: 
ἢ μήν (. . ye) indeed certainly (at least), 
most certainly, positively, assuredly, 
in swearing or strong asseveration, ii. 
3.268: vi. 1.31: καὶ μήν and indeed, 
and yet, 1.7.5: 11.1.17: οὐ μήν (. . γε) 
not indeed (at least), yet (certainly) not, 
1.10. 3,13. See γέ, 








unpds, οὔ, ὁ, the thigh, vil. 4. 4. 

μή-τε " conj., by apostr. μήτ᾽ or 

μήθ᾽, ne-que, and not, nor: μήτε... 
μήτε neither .. nor: pyre .. TE ne- 
que. . et, both not. . and, not only not 
τς but also. Μήτε is comm. doubled 
in whole or in part as above, and is 
thus distinguished fr. the con). μηδέ. 

i. 3.14: ii. 2.8; iii. 1. 30: iv. 4. 6. 
μήτηρ, " μητρός, 7, mater, @ MOTHER, 

i. 1. 3s: ii. 4. 27, Der. MATERNAL, 
μμητρό-πολις, ews, ἡ, mother-city, 
chief city, METROPOLIS, Vv. 2.3; 4. 15. 
tpnxavdopar, ἥσομαι, μεμηχάνημαι, 
machinor, to contrive, devise, scheme, 
seek or try by artifice, AE., I., ἐκ, 11. 
6. 27: iv. 7.10. Der. MACHINATION. 
μηχανή, Hs, (μῆχος an expedient) 
machina, a contrivance, device, means, 
iv. 5.16. Der. MACHINE, MECHANISM. 

pla, see els, il. 1. 19. 

[μίγνῦμι ἃ μίσγω, μίξω, μέμιχα 1., 
misceo, fo MIX, MINGLE. ] 

Μίδας, ov, Midas, a king of Phrygia, 
who had been a pupil of Orpheus, but 
became proverbial for his folly. Hav- 
ing caught the satyr Silénus by the 
sure trap of a fountain mingled with 
wine, he treated him with such kind- 
ness that he was permitted by Bacchus 
to fix his own reward. He chose the 
power of changing all he touched to 
gold, a fatal gift, from which he was 
relieved by bathing in the Pactolus, 
whose sands were thenceforth golden. 
Appointed judge between Apollo and 
Pan, he awarded the-prize for musical 
skill to the latter ; and the indignant 
god of the lyre punished him for his 
bad taste by changing his ears to those 
of an ass. i. 2. 13. 

Μιθριδάτης, ov, Mithriddtes, a par- 
tisan of Cyrus, but one who, after C.'s 


ing to small measure, in or into small 
parts or portions, v. 6. 32: vii. 3. 22: 
μικρὰ ἁμαρτηθέντα small things done 
wrong, small mistakes, trifling errors, 
v. 8. 20. Der. MICRO-SCOPE. 


tMidfows, a, ov, Milesian, belong- 


ing to Milétus: subst. Μιλήσιος a 
Milesian man, Μιλησία a Milesian 
woman, i. 1.11; 9.9: 10. 3. 


Μέλητος, ov, ἡ, Aftlétus, an Ionian 
city with four harbors, situated on the 
northwestern coast of Caria, near the 
mouth of the Meander. It was re- 
markable for the extent of its com- 
merce, the number of its colonies, and 
the arts, wealth, and luxury of its in- 
habitants. It suffered greatly from 
its capture by the Persians, B. c. 494, 
after which it never regained its former 
importance. It is prominent in the 
early history of Greek philosophy as 
the birthplace of Thales, Anaximan- 
der, and Anaximenes. It was also the 
birthplace of the early historians Cad- 
mus and Hecatzus, of Aspasia, ἕο. 1. 
1.65; 4.2. || Ruins buried by the 
deposits of the Meander. 

areas a ov, Miltocythes, a Cy- 
rean officer from Thrace, who deserted 
to the king, ii. 2. 7. 

pipgopar, ἥσομαι, μεμίμημαι, (μῖμος 
α MIMIC) imitor, to imitate, mimic, 
act as in a play, iii. 1. 36: vi. 1. 9. 

μιμνήσκω," μνήσω, a. P. aS M, ἐμνή- 
σθην, to remind: M. to remind one’s 
self, call to mind, make mention of, 
mention, suggest ; pf. pret. μέμνημαι, 
f. pf. μεμνήσομαι, memini, I have been 
reminded, 7e-MEMBER, mention; G., 
1., CP.; i. 7.5: iii. 2.39: v. 8. 258. 

piokw, now, μεμίσηκα, (μῖσος hatred) 
to hate, be angry or displeased with, 





death, dealt treacherously with the 


A., Vi. 2.14. Der. MIS-ANTHROPE. 























μισθοδοσία 
ἐμισϑο-δοσία, ας, (δίδωμι) the pay- 


ment of wages, ii. 5. 22. 
ἐμισϑο-δοτέω, iow, to pay wages, give 
pay, D., Vii. 1. 13. 
ἐμισθο-δότης, ov, (δίδωμι) a paymas- 
ter, employer, D., 1. 3. 9. 
μισθός, οὔ, ὁ, wages, pay, hire, re- 
ward, recompense, G.; μισθὸν τῆς doga- 
λείας pay for the security or preserva- 
tion: 1.1.10: i1.2.20: 11.5.8: v.6.31. 
ξἐμισθο-φορά, as, or μισθο-φορία, as, 
(φέρω) the receipt of pay, service for 
pay, employment for wages, wages, V. 
6. 23, 35a: vi. 1.16; 4. 8. 
μἐμισθο-φόρος, ov, (φέρω) receiving 
pay,serving for hire,mercenary : subst. 
ισθοφόροι hired soldiers,mercenaries : 
1. 4.3: 1v. 3. 4: vil. 8. 15, 
jpirOde, dow, μεμίσθωκα, to let for 
hire, A.: M. to hire, a.: P. to be hired, 
588, ἐπί: i. 3.1: vi. 4.13: vii. 7. 34. 
μνᾶ," ds, a MINA = 100 drachme, or 
gy of a talent; asa weight, at Athens, 
=about 15.2 oz.; as a sum of money, 
=about $20; i. 4.13: v. 8. 1. 
μνήμη, ns, (μιμνήσκω) remembrance, 
memory, Vi. 5.24. [μνήμων mindful. | 
μμνημονεύω, eviow, ἐμνημόνευκα, to call 
to mind, recall, recount, reflect or dwell 
upon, G., iv. 3. 2. 
ἐμνημονικός, ἡ, dv, s., having a good 
memory, Vii. 6. 38. Der. MNEMONICS. 
μνησθῶ, see μιμνήσκω, vi. 4. 11. 
μμνησι-κακέω, How, (κακός) fo remem- 
ber aninjury,cherish resentment or bear 
ill-will towards a person for anything, 
» a 
μόλις & earlier μόγις, (μῶλος & μόγος, 
toil, cf. Lat. mdles) with toil or difji- 
culty, hardly, scarcely, ili. 4. 48. 
tporvBSls or μολιβδίς, idos, 7, a 
leaden ball or bullet, tii. 3. 17. 
μόλυβδος or μόλιβδος, ov, ὁ, plum- 
bum, Zead, iii. 4. 17. 
μόλω, see βλώσκω, vii. 1. 33. 
pov-apxla, as, (μόνος, ἄρχω) sole 
command, MONARCHY, Vi. 1. 31. 
μοναχῆ or -χῇ adv., (μόνος) by one 
way only, singly, only: ἧπερ μοναχῆ 
by which way only, iv. 4. 18. 
μονή, js, ἡ, (μένω) mansio, a stay, 
staying, remaining, v.1.5; 6. 22, 27. 
ἐμονο-ειδής, ἐς, (εἶδος) wni-form, reg- 
ular, v. 2.13? 
tpovd-Evdos, ov, (ξύλον) made of a 
oe log, hollowed from a single trunk, 
v. 4. 11. 


88 Mveds 


μόνος, 7, ov, (μένω ἢ remaining or 
left alone, alone, only, sole: pévovadv., 
only, solely, alone; 1.4.15; 11.8.14,20, 
Der. MONO-, MON-, MONK, MONAD. 

péoovy or μόσῦν, ivos, d. pl. μοσ- 
σύνοις, 225f, ὁ, (a foreign word) a 
wooden tower, Vv. 4. 26. 

j Moo[o]}ivorxor, wy, οἱ, (olkéw) the 
['lower-dwellers] Mos[s]yneci, a rude, 
piratical people on the southern coast 
of the Euxine, with singular customs, 
v. 4. 2, 15, 27, 30. 

poo eos, ov, (μόσχος calf) of a calf: 
κρέα μόσχεια veal, iv. 5. 31. 

pox Oke, tow, (μόχθος, akin to μόγος, 
toil) to toil, labor, undergo toil or hard- 
ship, AE., περί, vi. 6. 31. 

poxAds, οὔ, ὁ, a bar, bolt, for fasten- 
Ἂς ἐνὸν &c., vii. 1. 12, 15. 

υγδόνιοι v. J. for Μαρδόνιοι, iv. 3.4. 

μύζω" or ἀ-μύζω, (356p; μύω to 

close the mouth) to suck, iv. 5. 27. 


Myriandus or -drus, a commercial 
town, built by the Pheenicians on the 
Gulf of Issus. i. 4. 6. || Between Is- 
canderun and Arsus. 
ἐμῦριάς, ddos, ἡ, @ MYRIAD, the num- 
ber of 10,000, i. 4.5; 7. 10s. 
μύριος, a, ov, 10,000, the greatest 
number expressed in Greek by one 
word (comm. pl., exe. w. a collective 
noun, i. 7.10); sometimes less defi- 
nitely for a very large number; 1.1.9; 
2.9: ii. 1.19: i. 2. 31. 
μύρον, ov, (μύρω to #low ἢ) a fragrant 
oil or unguent, precious ointment, iv. 
4. 13. 
ἐμῦσία, as, Mysia, a province in the 
northwest of Asia Minor, south of the 
Propontis. The name was applied in 
a narrower sense to the southern in- 
land part of this province. vil. 8. 8. 
tMéoros, a, ov, Mysian, 1. 2. 10. 
Micds, οὔ, ὁ, a Mysian. The MYysi 
were a rude people in Mysia, supposed 
to have emigrated from Thrace, who 
maintained a species of independence 
in their mountain fastnesses, and were 
troublesome to their neighbors by their 
predatory habits. From their low re- 
pute, Μυσῶν ἔσχατος became prover- 
bial as a term of reproach. i. 6.7; 9. 
14. — 2. Mysus, the proper name of 
a Mysian, who was both useful and 
entertaining to his comrades, v. 2. 29: 





vi. 1. 9. 


Μυρίανδος or Mupi-avipos, ov, ἡ, ἡ 


μυχός 


μυχός, οὔ, ὁ, (μύω to close) a recess, 
nook, iv. 1. 7. 
μῶρος, a, ον, later μωρός, ά, dv, 8., 
morus, foolish, silly, stupid, ii. 2. 22. 
μμώρως or μωρῶς foolishly, stupidly, 
vil. 6, 21. 


N. 


ναί * confirmative adv., nx, certain- 
ly: val & val μά Ww. A., certainly by, 
yes by, by, v.8.6: vi. 6.34: vii. 6, 21. 
vads,* οὔ, contr. νεώς, vew, ὁ, (ναίω 
to dwell) the dwelling of a god (cf. 
zedes), a temple, v. 3. 88, 128. 
νάπη, 7s, ἡ, & νάπος, cos, τό, (νάω 
to flow ?) a woody vale, dell, glen, hol- 
low, ravine, iv. 5. 15, 18: vi. 5. 12 8, 
tvav-apxéw, ow, to be admiral, com- 
mand the fleet, v. 1. 4: vii. 2. 7. 
tvat-apxos, ov, ὁ, (ἄρχω) ἃ naval 
commander, admiral, esp. ἃ Spartan 
high-admiral, i.4.2: vi-1.16: vii.2.5. 
tvav-KAnpos, ov, ὁ, (κλῆρος allotment) 
a ship-owner, ship-master, Vil. 2. 12. 
ἐναῦλος, οὔ, ὁ, or ναῦλον, ov, nau- 
Jum, passage-money, fare, Vv. 1. 12. 
tvav-mnyhotpos, ov, (πήγνῦμι) fit for 
ship-building, vi. 4. 4. 
vads,* νεώς, νηΐ, ναῦν, ἡ, (akin to véw 
to swim) navis, @ ship, esp. a War- 
vessel, with banks of rowers, i. 4. 2s: 
v. 4.10: vii. 5.12. Der. NAUTILUS, 
NAVY. Cf. πλοῖον, τριήρης. 
jNavor-«rclns, ov, Nausiclides, a 
Spartan envoy who brought money to 
the army, vii. 8.6: v. 2. ᾿Αμευσικλεί- 
dns, dua Εὐκλείδης. 
ψναυσί-πορος, ον, traversed by ships, 
navigable, il. 2. 3. 
μναντικός, ἡ, dv, NAVAL, NAUTICAL, 
1. 3. 12. 
νεᾶνίσκος, ov, ὁ, (dim. in form, véos) 
a young man, sometimes applied even 
up to the age of 40, ii. 1.13: iv. 3.10. 
νεῖμαι, see νέμω, vi. 6. 33. 
γεκρός, οὔ, ὁ, a dead body, corpse : 
ol νεκροί the dead ; ἄνευ πολλῶν νεκρῶν 
without the loss of many lives: iv. 2. 
18, 23: v. 2.9. Der. NECRO-MANCY. 
γέμω," νεμῶ, νενέμηκα, a. Everua, to 
divide, distribute, portion out, award, 
assign, regulate ; to carve; to assign 
or occupy for pasture ; A. D.: νέμεται 
aitt it is pastured with goats: M. of 
animals, to be at pastwre, to graze: ii. 
2.15: iv. 6.17: vi. 6. 33: vil ὃ, 21. 


89 viKaw 


tved-Sapros, ov, (Sépw to skin) newly 
skinned or stripped: iv. 5. 14. 
νέος, a, ov, C., S., HOVUS, NEW, Fresh, 
young, i. 1.1: iv. 1. 27; 2.16: v. 4. 
27. See τεῖχος. Der. NEO-PHYTE. 
γεῦμα, ατος, τό, (νεύω to nod) a nod, 
v. 8. 20 (where we should rather say 
wink). 

ἐνευρά, as, a string, esp. of a bow, 

bowstring, iv. 2. 28: v. 2. 12. 
νεῦρον, ov, nervus, ὦ string, cord, 
sinew, NERVE, iii. 4. 17. 
νεφέλη, 75, (νέφος niibes, cloud) ne- 
bula, a cloud, mist, i. 8. 8 : ii. 4. 8. 
Der. NEBULAR. 
véw,* νευσοῦμαι or vevoouat, νένευκα, 
no, nato, to swim, iv. 3.12? v. 7. 25. 
véw,* νήσω, to pile up, heap together, 
A, we 4,27, 
vew-Kdpos, ov, 0, (vews, xopéw to sweep) 
a temple-sweeper, sexton, sacristan, 
keeper of a temple, v. 3. 6. 
ἔων, wvos, Neon, from Asine in 
Laconia, lieutenant and successor to 
Chirisophus, an ambitious and con- 
tentious man, v. 3.4; 6.36: vi. 4.11. 
tvedprov, ov, (apa care) a place for 
the care of ships, duck-yard, dock, vii. 
1, 27. 
νεώς, νεῶν, see ναῦς, i. 4. 3. 
νεώς," w, see vads, ν. 3. 8. 
νεωστί adv., (véos) newly, recently, 
lately, iv. 1. 12. 
vf * affirmative adv. of swearing, 
truly by, yes by, by, A. (oftenest Ala), 
i. 7.9: v. 7. 22, 
νηΐ, νῆες, see ναῦς, i. 4. 2. 
νῆσος, ov, 7, (véw to swim, as if 
floating land 3) insula, an island, isle, 
ii. 4. 22. Der. POLY-NESIA. 
tNix-avSpos, ov, Nicander, a Laco- 
nian, who slew the faithless and in- 
triguing Dexippus, v. 1. 15. 

t Nix-apxos, ov, Nicarchus, an Arca- 
dian, who was severely wounded, ii. 
5.33.2. An Arcadian lochage, who 
deserted (doubtless a different person 
from the preceding, who could not 
have recovered so quickly), iii. 3. 5. 

tvixdw, ἤσω, νενίκηκα, to conquer, 
prevail over, overcome, defeat, surpass, 
excel, outdo ; to be victor or victorious 
over, hence in pres., to have conquered, 
612: τὰ πάντα v. to have [conquered 
the whole] gained a complete victory : 
ἐκ τῆς νικώσης (Sc. γνώμης OF ψήφου] 





according to the [prevailing vote] vote 





γίκη 90 ἘΠενοφῶν 


of the majority: A., AE.: 1.2.83 9. 
10. 4: ii. 1.1, 4,88: vi. 1.18; 5. 
Der. Nico-LAs. 
vixn, 7s, victory, i. 5.8; 8. 16. 
j Nuxd-paxos, ov, Nicomachus, an 
(Ktzan, a commander of light-armed 
troops, iv. 6. 20. 
votw, ow, νενόηκα, (vbos) to perceive, 
observe; to think, devise; A.; 111.4.44:; 
vy. 6. 28. Der. NOETIC. 
γόθος, 7, ov, illegitimate, natural, 
bastard, ii, 4. 25. 
γομή, fs, (νέμω) pasture-ground, 
pasturage ; a herd (at pasture): ili, 5. 
ms) Vom ee 
tvopite, ow 1G, νενόμικα, to observe 
or regard as a custom (P. to be ob- 
served as a custom, to be customary, 
iv. 2.23): hence, in general, to regard, 
esteem, consider, believe, suppose, think, 
be assured, 2 A., 1.(A.), P., 1.1. 8; 2. 
27; 3. 6,10; 4. 9, 16: vi. 6. 24. 
tvdépspos, 7, ov, customary, according 
to law, appointed by law, D. 1., iv.6.15. 
γόμος, ov, ὁ, (νέμω) an assignment 
or regulation, custom, rule, law; alaw 
for song, tune, strain ; 1.2.15: iv. 6. 
14: v. 4.17, 33. Der. Eco-Nomy, 


ll; 
23. 


γόος," ov, contr. νοῦς, voi, ὁ, mind, | 
intellect, NoUS (sportive): ἔχειν ἐν νῷ 


to have in mind, to purpose, intend: 
1.5.9: ii. 4.2: il1.3.2. See προσέχω. 
ἱνοσέω, ow, νενόσηκα, to be sick or 
diseased, to be in a disordered siate, 
vii. 2. 32. 
νόσος, ov, ἡ, sickness, disease, Vv. 3.3: 
vii, 2. 32. Der. Noso-LOGY. 
véros, ov, ὁ, notus, auster, the south 
wind, v. 7.7. 
vou-pyvia, as, contr. fr. veo-pnvla, 
(νεός, μήν) the new moon, beginning of 
the month, v. 6. 23, 31. 
γοῦς, νοῦ, νῷ, see vios, i. 5. 9. 
tvunrepeia, εύσω, to pass the night, 
to bivowac, iv. 4.11; 5.11: vi. 4. 27. 
vunrds, -(, -a, &c., see νύξ, i. 7. 1. 
μνυκτο-φύλαξ, axos, ὁ, a night-guard 
or sentinel, watchman, vii.2.18; 3.34. 
μνύκτωρ adv., noctu, in or during the 
night, by night, iii.4.35; iv.4.9; 6.12. 
viv, (νέον, neut. of νέος ἢ nune, 
Germ. nun, Now, at present, often in- 
cluding the near past or future: 6 viv 
χρόνος (βασιλεύς) the present time (king): 
τὸ νῦν εἶναι for the present, 665 Ὁ: 1. 4. 
14; 7.5: i. 1. 40, 46; 2. 12, 36s; 4. 
46; vi. 6. 13. — Softened it becomes 











j viv encl., now, then, of inference, or 
sequence in discourse, vil. 2. 26? 

jvuv-t (Att. emphatic +, 252d) just 
now, even now, now certainly, v. 6.32: 
vii. 3. 3. 

νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ, nox, Germ. Nacht, 
NIGHT : (rijs) νυκτός in the night, by 
night, ii. 2.1; 6.7: (τὴν) νύκτα through 
or during the night, 482e, iv. 2.1: 
vi. 1.14: διὰ νυκτός throughout the 
night, iv. 6.22: μέσαι νύκτες the mid- 
dle hours of the night, midnight, i. 7. 
1 UL, ee 

γῶτον, ov, the back, v. 4. 32. 


el. 


ἘΞανθι-κλῆς, ¢ovs, Xanthicles, an 
Achwan chosen general to succeed 
Socrates, iii. 1. 47: v. 8. 1: vii. 2. 1. 

ttevia, as, a bond of hospitality : ἐπὶ 
ξενίᾳ on terms of hospitality or as 
quests: vi. 1.3? 6. 35: vii. 6.3? 

tGlevias, ov, Xenias, from Parrhasia 
in Arcadia, the general (in the service 
of Cyrus) of whom mention is earliest 
made, 1.1.2; 2.1; 4.7: v. ἡ Sevvlas. 

tEevitw, low ἐῶ, ἰο receive or entertain 
as a guest, A., Vv. 5. 25: vii. 3.8; 6.3. 

ἐξενικός, ἡ, dv, of or relating to for- 
eigners : ξενικὸν [sc. στράτευμα or πλῆ- 
Gos] a foreign force, i. 2.1: ii. 5. 22. 

ξένιος, a, ov, of or pertaining to hos- 
pitality : Leds ξένιος Zeus the god of 
hospitality or protector of quests: τὰ 
ξένια the gifts or rites of hospitality, 
hospitable or friendly gifts or presents : 
ἐπὶ ξένια to a friendly entertainment, 
as quests: iii. 2.4: iv.8. 23s: vi. 6.3? 

ἱξενόομαι, woouat, to become a guest, 
D., παρᾶ, vii. 8. 6, 8. 

ξένος, ov, ὁ, hospes, a poe related 
by the ties of hospitality, a guwest- 


Friend, @ quest or host, G. or D.: ὦ for- 


eigner, foreign soldier, mercenary (ξέ- 
vo. foreign or hired troops, &e.): 1. 1. 
10s; 3.3: ii. 4.15: ii. 1. 4. 

| Elevo-hav, ὥντος, (contr. fr. Ἐξενο- 
φάων giving light to quest-friends, φάω 
to give light) Xenophon, son of Gryl- 
lus, an Athenian of the tribe Mgéis, 
the demus Erchéa, and the order of 
Knights. There is strong evidence 
that he was not born till about 430 
B. 0., though some prefer an earlier 
date. He became early a pupil of 


ἘΞενοφῶν 


Socrates through the invitation of the 
sage, who was won by the attractive 
appearance of the youth; and also 
received instruction in oratory from 


91 Ἐέρξης 


‘serve in the Athenian army. In the 
_ battle of Mantinéa, B. c. 362, Gryllus 
fell fighting most bravely, and accord- 
\ing to some having slain the Theban 


oe ἼΠ ᾿ 
Isocrates. He joined the Cyrean ex-|commander Epaminondas. Xenophon 


pedition, which was then professedly | 


against the Pisidians, not as one of 
the army, but simply as the friend of 
Proxenus, and by the special request 
of Cyrus. After the treacherous seiz- 
ure of the generals, he roused the 
Greeks from their dejection; and 
having been chosen successor to Prox- 
enus, was the leading spirit of the 
famous retreat, though the nominal 
precedence belonged to Chirisophus 
as a Spartan, and an older man and 
general. When the Cyreans enlisted 
under the standard of Thibron, Xeno- 
phon appears to have returned to 
Athens ; but not long after to have 
rejoined his old comrades in aiding 
the Spartans against the Persians. 
As a friend of Sparta and enemy of 
Persia, Xenophon was sentenced to 
exile from Athens, probably about the 
time when Athens took a position 
friendly to Persia and hostile to Spar- 
ta, B. C. 395. 

On the recall of the Spartan king 
Agesilaus, the next year, to defend 
his native city, Xenophon returned 
with him; and thus was present at 
the battle of Coronéa, though it is 
not probable that he took part in it. 
He now withdrew from military and 
political life, making no attempt to 
obtain revenge for his banishment, 
but settling for a quiet, rural, literary, 
and, through his charge of a temple, 
sacred life, under Lacedemonian pro- 
tection, at Scillus in Triphylan iis. 
At the same time, his vicinity to 
Olympia gave him signal advantages 
for renewing or forming acquaintance 
with persons from the whole Greek 
world. He was followed from Asia 
Minor by a wife, Philesia (perhaps a 
second wife, the first having died be- 
fore the Cyrean expedition), and two 
sons, Gryllus and Diodérus. The lat- 
ter received a military training at 
Sparta, and when Sparta and Athens 
were united against Thebes, so that 
there could be no conflict between 
regard for his native and for his pa- 
tron city, were sent by Xenophon to 





resided at Scillus more than 20 years ; 
but was forced to leave this delightful 
retreat, When the Eleans took posses- 
sion of it, after the battle of Leuctra 
(Β. σ. 371). He retired to Lepreum 
and afterwards to Corinth, which 
seems from this time to have been his 
chief residence, and where he is stated 
to have died, well advanced in age 
(probably a few years after 357 B. c.). 
As his sentence of banishment was 
repealed, upon the motion, it is said, 
of its very proposer, Eubiilus, he may 
have spent a part of his old age in his 
native Athens. 

Besides his longer works, the Anab- 
asis, Cyropedia, Hellenica, and Me- 
moirs of Socrates, he wrote several 
shorter essays, or sketches. The Anab- 
asis appears to have been based upon 
a journal kept by him during the Ex- 
pedition, and to have been mainly 
completed for his own use and that 
of his friends soon after his return ; 
but not to have received its last 
touches till after his establishment at 
Scillus. Its publication seems, how- 
ever, to have been preceded by an 
abstract of it, or a work based upon 
it, put forth, doubtless with Xeno- 
phon’s consent, by Themistogenes, a 
Syracusan. The character of Xeno- 
phon was marked by energy, courage, 
sagacity, a keen sense of honor, at- 
tachment to friends, uprightness, and 
piety. 1.8.15: i1.5.37: iit. 1. 48s, 47. 

Eléptys, ov, (Pers. kshérshé, king ; 
Hat. translates by ἀρήϊος warrior, 6. 
98) Xerxes 1., king of Persia B. c. 486 
— 465, the son of Darius 1. and Atos- 
sa, a daughter of Cyrus. Darius had 
older sons born before his accession to 
the throne; but, through the influ- 
ence of Atossa, appointed Xerxes his 
successor, as the first-born of Darius 
the king. The reign of Xerxes was 
most noted for his invasion of Greece 
in pursuance of his father’s plans, 
with a countless host, for his bridging 
the Hellespont and cutting off Mt. 
Athos, for the checks at Thermopylz 
and Artemisium, and the signal defeats 








ξεστός 92 ὅδε 


of Salamis, Platew, and Mycale. The 
disasters, follies, and vices of his reign 
terminated in his assassination by two 
of his chief officers, the crown descend- 
ing to his son Artaxerxes I. 1. 2. 9: 
iii. 2.13. See Δαρεῖος. 

ἱξεστός, ἡ, dv, smoothed, polished, 
wrought, iii. 4. 10. 

[ξέω or ξύω to scrape, shave, polish. } 

tEnpatve, avd, to dry, A., ii. 3. 15. 


és, d, ov, dry, SERE, iv. 5, 33. 
eos, τό, (ξέω ἢ a sword, esp. 


a large, straight, pointed, and double- 
edged sword. This was comm. car- 
ried by the Greeks in a sheath on the 
left side, by a belt from the right 
shoulder. ii. 2.9. Cf. μάχαιρα. 
ξόανον, ov, (ξέω) an image or statue, 
esp. one carved of wood, v. 3. 12. 
tvy- older for συγ-, see ξύν, 
ξνήλη, 7s, (fw, see ξέω) a curved 
Spartan dagger, iv. 7.16: 8. 25. 
Τξυλίζομαι, ἰσομαι ]., to yather or col- 
lect wood, ii. 4. 11. 
tébdwos, 7, ov, of wood, wooden, i. 8.9. 
ξύλον, ov, (Edw, see ξέω) a stick or 
log of wood, pole, i.10.12: comm. pl., 
wood, fuel, trees, i. 5.12: ii. 1.6; 2.16: 
iv.5.5: vi.4.4s. Der. XYLO-GRAPHY. 
ξύν * (in compos. also ξυ-, Evy-, ξυλ-, 
ξυμ-, ξυρ-, ξυσ-) an older form for σύν 
cum, with, ii. 3.19; 5.2. For all 
words in which it is found, see σύν and 
its compounds. Some editors now 
exclude it from the Anab., even in 
passages where it appears in the best 
mss. 


Ο. 


ὅ which, 6 τι whatever, see ὅς, ὅστις, 
i. 3. 17, 19. — ὁ- prefixed to an indefi- 
nite or interrogative beginning with 7, 
makes an indefinite relative. 

ὃ, ἢ, τό," the definite or prepositive 
article, the (often not translated, 5208); 
also as a demonstrative or personal 

ron. (after καί, taking the orthotone 
orms ὅς, #, οἵ, al, 518f), that, this, he, 
she, it ; 2498, 518s: 1.1.18; 8.108: 
ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ this (on the one hand, in- 
deed) . . (on the other hand, but, and) 
that, the one. . the other, one. . an- 
other, &c., οἱ μὲν... ol δέ these . . those, 
some .. others, the one party .. the 
other party, &c., 1.1.7; 10. 4: iii. 4. 
16: vii. 2. 2 (so νυ. ris, 530 b, iv. 3. 33): 


ef. i. 9.6: ὁ μὲν... ol δέ he (indeed). . 
and the rest, ii. 2.5; cf. 3.10, 23s: ὁ 
(ἡ, ol, al) δέ but or and he (she, they), 
comm. w. 8 change of subject, 518 6, 
i. 1.38,9; 2.2, 16s: iv.5.10: τὰ μὲν 
. . Ta δέ, [as to some things. . as to 
others] partly . . partly, now. . now, 
iv.1.14: τῇ μὲν [sc. χώρᾳ or ὁδῷ] .. τῇ 
δέ in this place. . ἐπ that place, here. . 
there, in one view or respect . . in an- 
other view or respect, iii. 1. 12? iv. 8. 
10. ‘The art. is sometimes doubled, 
and sometimes omitted where it would 
be regularly used, 523 a, j, 5335, 1.4.4. 
It is often used w. an ellipsis of its 
subject (which also explains its pro- 
nominal use), 5278: of παρά (σύν, ἐξ, 
μετά, &c.), the men or those from (with, 
&c.), οἱ ἐκείναν his men, i. 1.5; 2. 15, 
18: ol rére [the then men] those then 
living, οἱ ἔνδον (ἔξω) those within (with- 
out), 526, ii. 5. 11, 32: τὰ Κύρου the 
[affairs] relation of Cyrus, τὰ παρὰ Ba- 
σιλέως the messages or communications 
from the king, τὰ wept Upotévov the fale 
of Prowenus, i. 3.9; ti. 3.4; 5. 37: 
els τὸ πρόσθεν [to the region before] 
forward, i. 10. 5: τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ [as to 
that depending upon him) so far as 
depended upon him, vi. 6.23. It is 
thus used in forming many adverbial 
phrases, 529: τὸ πρῶτον at first, τὸ 
πρόσθεν before, i. 10.10. A noun, or 
a relative and verb, are often used in 
translating an art. and part., 678a: 
ol, φεύγοντες (ἐκπεπτωκότες) the exiles, 
ὁ ἡγησόμενος who will guide, i.1.7 : ii. 
4.5: τὸν βουλόμενον [him that] any 
one that wished, i. 3.9. It often im- 
plies a possessive, genitive, or distrib- 
utive pronoun, 5306, 522 Ὁ : πρὸς τὸν 
ἀδελφόν to [the] his brother, τῷ στρα- 
τιώτῃ to each soldier, i. 1.3; 3.21; 
cf. 8. 3. 

[ὀβελός] & dim. ὀβελίσκος, ov, ὁ, 
(βέλος) a spit, vii. 8.14. Der. OBELISK. 
(ὀβολός, οὔ, ὁ, (supposed to have 
been so named from its shape or stamp) 
obolus, an obol, = 4 drachma, or about 
34 cents, i. 5. 6. 

t dySofxovra indecl., octoginta, eighty, 
iv. 8. 15. 

ὄγδοος, 7, ov, (ὀκτώ) octivus, eighth, 
iv. 6, 1. 

ὅ-δε, 4-5, τό-δε," demonstr. pron., 
(ὁ, -de) hic, hic-ce, this, this one, the 





following ; more deictic than οὗτος, 


ὁδεύω 93 


and often referring to that which fol- 
lows, as οὗτος to that which precedes, 
while both are nearer in reference than 
ἐκεῖνος : τῇδε [sc. χώρᾳ or ὁδῷ] in this 
place or way, here, thus: 1.1.93; 5. 
15s; 9.29: 11.3.19; 5.41: vil. 2.13. 
téSeiw, evow, to pursue one’s way, 
travel, jowrney, vil. 8. 8 ? 
té8or-mopéw,* ow, ὁδοι-πεπόρηκα or 
ὡδοι-πόρηκα, (wpos) to journey, travel, 
esp. to proceed by land, v. 1. 14? 
ἐδδο-ποιέω, * How, ὡδο-ποίηκα or -πε- 
ποίηκα, ipf. ὡδο-ποίουν, to make, pre- 
pare, or repair α road, D., AE., lil. 2. 
24: iv. 8.8: v. 1.138; 3.1. 
ὁδός, οὔ, ἡ, via, iter, a way, path, 
road, highway, route ; a way, method, 
means ; length of the way, distance ; ὦ 
journey, march, expedition ; i. 2. 13; 
4. 11: ii. 6. 22: iv. 3.16: often un- 
derstood w. an adj. or art., iil. 5. 15: 
iv. 2.9. Der. METH-OD, METH-ODIST. 
᾿Οδρύσης, ov, an Odrysian. The 
Odrys were a numerous and power- 
ful people of Thrace, whose special 
seat was about the Hebrus, but who 
long bore sway from the Augean to the | 
Euxine. Their earlier known kings 
reigned as follows: 1. Teres, about 
500 5. c.; 2. his son Sitalcas, who in- 
vaded Macedonia with an army of 


οἴομαι 


i. 2.8; 8. 17 (sc. ἐκεῖσε) : ii. 3.14, 16; 
5. 26. 
ιὅθεν-περ from which very place, 
whence indeed, whence, ii. 1. 3. 
oi the, see 0. — ot who, see ds. — of 
they, see ὁ, vii. 6. 4. — of enclit., to 
him, see οὗ, i. 1.8, — of adv., (8s) quo, 
whither, i. 6. 102 
οἶδα (οἶδ᾽) novi, οἶσθα, see ὁράω. 
οἴει 2 sing. of οἴομαι, i. 7. 9. 
Τοἴκα-δε (-de, 225i) to one’s home, for 
home, home-ward, home : ἡ οἴκαδε ὁδὸς 
the way home: 1.2.2; 7.4: ili. 2.248. 
toixetos, a, ov, s., familiaris, belong- 
ing to the house or family, domestic, 
‘akin, familiar, intimate : oi οἰκεῖοι the 
\members of a family, household, kin- 
dred, friends, relatives : D., G.: 1.6.28 : 
iii. 2. 26, 39; 3. 4. 
toixelws in a familiar or friendly 
way, familiarly, kindly, vii. 5. 16. 
tolxérns, ov, a member of a family ; 
a domestic, servant ; ii. 3.15: iv. 5.35. 
toixéw, ἥσω, ᾧκηκα, to inhabit, occu- 
py, dwell or live (in), A., ὑπέρ, avd, ἐν, 
ἐπί, παρὰ, &c., 1.1.9; 2.6; 4.6, 11: 
iii. 2. 23; 5.16: v. 1. 18. 
totknpa, aros, τό, a dwelling, vil. 4. 
15. 
tolkyorts, ews, ἡ, a residence, vii. 2.38. 
tolxia, as, a house, dwelling, ii. 2. 16. 








150,000 ; and 3., was succeeded, B. Ο. 
424, by his nephew, Seuthes 1., whose | 


Τοἰκίζω, ἔσω 1d, ᾧκικα l., to build a 
house or city ; to colonize or people a 


yearly revenue reached 400 talents, | place ; to seétle or establish in a resi- 


besides a larger amount in presents ; 
4. Medocus (already reigning, Β. Ὁ. 
405) and Mesades, prob. sons of Seu- 
@hes. With this division of the sov- 
ereignty was connected a decline of 
the power of the Odrys. Mesades 
was soon driven from his kingdom, 
and died, leaving to his son, Seuthes 
11. (the prince whom the Cyreans as- 
sisted), only an empty title. vii. 2.32; 
7.11. As adj., Odrysian, vii. 7. 2.— 
2. Aec. to some, Odryses, from whom 
the Odryse took their name, father 
of Teres, vii. 5. 1. 

᾿Οδυσσεύς, dws, Ulysses, king of 
Ithaca, one of the most famous of the 
besiegers of Troy, especially renowned 
for prudence, skill, firmness, eloquence, 
and cunning, and for his ten years’ 
wanderings in returning home, v. 1. 2. 

ὅθεν adv., (ὅς) unde, from which or 
what place, whence, from which or 
whence, from what source or quarter, 


| dence ; A.; Vv. 3.7; 6.17: vi.4.14; 6.3. 


Τοἰκο-δομέω, tow, κοδόμηκα, (δέμω 
to build) to build, construct, erect, ἃ, 
house, wall, tower, &c., A., 1. 2. 9. 
totxoGev adv., from home, iii. 1. 4. 

totkot adv., at home, in one’s own 
country : οἱ οἴκοι those at home, one’s 
family or countrymen: τὰ οἴκοι things 

at home: 1.1.10; 2.1; 7. 4: v.6. 20. 

toixo-vépos, ov, ὁ, (νέμω) a steward, 

manager, ECONOMIST, 1. 9. 19. 
| οἶκος, ov, ὁ, (akin to Lat. vicus, 
| Eng. -wick, -wich, 139) a house, home, 
ii. 4. 8. 

_ οἰκτείρω, ἢ" ἐρῶ, (οἶκτος pity, fr. of oh ἢ 
‘to pity, commiserate, A., i.4.7: iii.1.19. 
οἶμαι methinks, see οἴομαι, i. 3. 6. 

οἶνος, ov, ὁ, Vinum, WINE, 141, i. 2. 
13; 5.10: iv. 4.9; 5. 26. 
jolvo-xdos, ov, ὁ, (xéw fo pour) ἃ 
wine-pourer, cup-bearer, iv. 4. 21. 

οἴομαι * (nude 1 sing. οἶμαι, ipf. 
ᾧμην, more comm., esp. when the verb 














οἷος 94 


is parenthetic ; 2 s. οἴει), οἱήσομαι, 
ᾧημαι, a. p. φήθην, to think, suppose, 
believe, expect; sometimes used not 
from doubt, but for modesty or irony ; 
Bi CALF 3. 5. Ss δὲ bby Oe BAS ἈΝ de AO, 
17, 29 (parenthetic, methinks), 35. 
olos,* a, ov, rel. pron. of quality,some- 


times complem., (és) qualis, of which or | 


what kind,sort,or nature; suchas, what 
kind of, what (in quality), how great ; 


= ὅτι τοιοῦτος that such, 558: 1. 3.13;| 


7.4: ii, 3.15; 6.8: [such as to] suit- 
able, proper, 1., 556¢, ii. 3.13: οἷον 
χαλεπώτατον such as is most difficult, 
of the most difficult kind, 556a, iv. 8. 
2: οἷον adv., as, as for instance, as 
if, iv. 1. 14: vii. 3. 32: olds τε [such 
as to] competent, able, possible, (w. ἐστί 
often understood) 1., 1.3.17: ii. 4. 6, 
24: v. 4.9; ws οἷόν re μάλιστα πε- 
φυλαγμένως [so as is possible, most 
guardedly] as guardedly as possible, 
li, 4. 24. 

jotos-wep, ἅπερ, ovrep, also written 
separately, = οἷος strengthened, just 
such as, such indeed as, just such a 
one as, just as, &e.; 1. 8, 18 ; 8. 18. 

οἵ-περ, see ὅσ-περ, iii. 2. 10. 

ols, * olds, ἡ ὁ, ovis, a sheep, iv. 5. 25. 

οἶσθα, see ὁράω, ii. 3. 21. 

téierds, contr. οἰστός, of, ὁ, an ar- 
row, ii. 1. 6. 

olow, f. of φέρω, ii. 1. 17. 

Olraios, ov, an Etaan, a man from 
the region of Mt. Gita (now Katavo- 
thra, 7071 feet high), in the south of 
Thessaly, iv. 6. 20. 

of-rives, see ὅστις, i. 3. 18. 

οἴχομαι," οἰχήσομαι, Gxnuac? pf. a. 
οἴχωκα or ᾧχωκα, to go, depart ; hence, 





᾿Ολύνθιος 


ὀκέλλω," a. ὥκειλα, (κέλλω to impel) 
of a vessel, to run aground, strike, vii. 
5. 12. 
ὀκλάζω, dow, (xAdw to break, bend) 
to bend the knee, sink on bended knee, 
kneel or crouch down, vi. 1. 10. 
Τὀκνέω, sow, to hesitate, be reluctant 
or apprehensive, fear, 1., μή, i. 8. 17: 
ii. 3.9; 4. 23. 
Τὀκνηρῶς adv., (ὀκνηρός reluctant) re- 
luctantly, vii. 1. 7. 
ὄκνος, ov, ὁ, reluctance, hesitation, 
backwardness, iv. 4. 11. 
Τόκτακισ-χίλιοι, a, a, cight thou- 
sand, v. 3.3; 5. 4. 
ὀκτακόσιοι, ac, a, (ἑκατόν) octin- 
genti, eight hundred, 1. 2. 9. 





ὀκτώ indecl., octo, Germ. ach, 
EIGHT, 1. 2.6; 8.27. Der. ocTAVE. 
| φὀκτω-καί.δεκα (or ὀκτὼ καὶ δέκα) 
Ιν - . , “ee 
‘indecl., octd-decim, eighteen, iii. 4. 5. 

ὄλεθρος, ov, ὁ, (ὄλλῦμιε to destroy) de- 
struction, loss, i. 2. 26. 
| ὀλίγος, 7, ov, c. ἐλάσσων & μείων, 
8. ὀλίγιστος, small, litile ; of time or 
distance, short; pl. few, a few: ὀλίγον 
adv., little, a little: ἐπὶ ὀλίγων few 
deep, κατ᾽ ὀλίγους [by few] in small 
parties: see ἐπί, κατά, παρά : 1. 5. 2? 
14: iii. 3.9: iv. 8. 11: v. 8.12 (δὼ 
yas, sc. πλήγας, loo few blows): vii. 2. 
20; 6.29. Der. OLIG-ARCHY. 

ὀλισϑάνω," ὀλισθήσω Ἰ., ὠλίσθηκα ]., 
2a. ὥλισθον, to slip, slide, iii. 5. 11. 
jdrcoOnpos, d, dv, slippery, iv. 3. 6. 

ὁλκάς, ddos, ἡ, (EAxw) a vessel which 
is towed; hence, @ ship of burden, 
merchantman, 1. 4.6. Der. HULK. » 
| tédol-rpoxos, ov, ὁ, (τροχός wheel, 
'fr. τρέχω) a stone making an entire 





to disappear, perish: pres. as pf., J| wheel, a round stone, iv. 2. 3. 


have gone or departed, I am gone or 
absent, opposed to ἥκω I am come, 
612; and ipf. as both plp. and aor.: 
i. 4.8; 10.16: iv. 5. 24,35: ὁπόθεν 


tédo-Kavréw, wow, (καίω) to burn 
whole, offer @ HOLOCAUST, A., Vii. 8. 48. 
ὅλος, ἡ, ov, titus, WHOLE, entire, 
ail, i. 2.17: ii. 3.16: iii, 3.11: iv. 8, 


οἴχοιτο [whencesoever he was gone}|11. Der. CATH-OLIC. 


where he was missing, iii. 1.32. The 
part. of a verb of motion is often used 
with οἴχομαι as a stronger form of ex- 
pression for the simple verb, 679d : 
as ᾧχετο ἀπελαύνων he [departed rid- 
* A ha fall ~ Ψ 
ing off] rode off, ᾧχετο πλέων he sailed 
away, li. 4.24; 6.3: cf. iii. 3. 5. 
οἰωνός, of, ὁ, (οἷος alone) a bird that 
flies alone, as an eagle, vulture, &c. 
, ’ ᾽ 
esp. observed for auguries; hence, an 


᾿Ολυμπία, as, Olympia, a consecrat- 
ed spot on the north bank of the river 





Alphéus, near Pisa in Elis, noted for 
its temple of Jupiter Olympius, and 


ithe quadrennial celebration (about 
'midsummer) of the great Olympic 


games, on which the Greek system of 
chronology was based. ν. ὃ. 7, 11, 


') The vale of Andilalo. 


᾿Ολύνθιος, ov, an Olynthian, a man 


augury,omen, presage, token, G., iii.2.9. 1 οἵ Olyuthus ( Ολυνθος), a flourishing 


ὁμαλής 95 


and powerful city on the northern 
coast of the Augean, at the head of 
the Toronaic Gulf, a Chalcidian col- 
ony. Some of the most familiar ora- 
tions of Demosthenes were delivered 
for the preservation of this city from 
the machinations of Philip of Mace- 
don, but in vain. It was destroyed 
B. C. 347. i. 2. 6. || Aio Mamas. 
ὁμαλής, ἐς, ἃ ὁμαλός, ή, ov, (ὁμός) 

even, level, smooth; sometimes av. χώ- 
prov ground, or ὁδός way, understood ; 
i. 5. 1: iv. 6.12. Der. AN-OMALOUS, 

jopadas evenly, in an even line, uni- 
Sormly, i. 8. 14. 

Sp-npos, ov, ὁ, (ὁμοῦ, dp-) one who 
joins together, a swrety, hostage, 1. 
fut. as gen., iii. 2.24; vii. 4.125, 24. 

ὁμϊλέω, ἥσω, ὡμίληκα, (ὅμῖλος a 
crowd, assembly) to associate or be in- 
timate with, D., iii.2.25. Der. HOMILY. 

ὁμίχλη, ns, a mist, fog, iv. 2. 7. 

ὄμμα, aros, τό, (dm-, see opdw) a look, 
eye, vii. 7. 46. 

ὄμνυμι * ἃ ὀμνύω, ὀμοῦμαι, ὀμώμοκα, 
ἃ. ὥμοσα, to swear, take an oath; to 
swear by, 472f; A. D., 1. (A.), AE., 
ἐνὶ: ii. 2.88; iii. 2.4: vi. 1.31; 6.17. 

Ἰὅμοιος, a, ov, like, alike, similar, 
the same kind of ; in like condition or 
on an equality with ; D. G. (iv.1.17 ἢ: 
at Sparta, ol ὅμοιοι the peers, those who 
had the full rights of citizenship, iv. 
6.14: ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ in a like position, 
on equal ground, iv.6.18: ὅμοιοι ἦσαν 
θαυμάζειν or θαυμάζοντες (or -ουσιν) 
they seemed to be wondering, 657}, iii. 
5.13: ὁμοίοις καί 7o5¢c, v.4.21: ὅμοια 
ἅπερ [things like to those which] the 
same kind of things which, or just as, 
v. 4.34. Der. HOM@O-PATHY, 

topolws in like or the same manner, 
alike, i. 83.12: vi. 5.31 (ὁ. ὥσπερ): 
vii. 6. 10. 

tépo-Aoyéw, How, ὡμολόγηκα, (λέγω) 
to speak in agreement with another, 
to agree, agree upon, acknowledge, con- 

ess ; to consent, promise ; A., 1. (A.); 
1.6.78; 9.1, 14: ii. 6.7: vil. 4. 13. 

ἐδμο-λογουμένως adv., (fr. pt. of pre- 
ceding) confessedly ; 6. ἐκ πάντων [con- 
fessedly by all] by the acknowledgment, 
admission, or consent of all, ii. 6. 1. 

topo-phrptos, a, ov, (μήτηρ) born of 
the same mother, iii. 1. 17. 

tépo-warpios, a, ov, (πατήρ) by the 
same father, iii. 1. 17. 





ὁπηνίκα 


[ὁμός, ἡ, dv, Ep., one and the same, 
Der. HoMO- in compounds. ] 
ὀμόσαι, -σας, see ὄμνῦμι,. ii. 3.-27. 
ὁμόσε(ὁμός) to the same place with the 
enemy, or to meet them; fo the charge, 
to close quarters ; iii. 4. 4: v. 4. 26. 
ὁμο-τράπεζος, ov, (ὁμός, τράπεζα) sit- 
ting at the same table: masc. subst., ὦ 
table-companion, partaker at the same 
table ; among the Persians, a courtier 
who was specially honored by admis- 
sion to the prince’s table: p.: i. 8.25: 
ili. 2. 4. So συν-τράπεζος, i. 9. 31. 
ὁμοῦ adv., (duds) in the same place ; 
together,in union or combination; at the 
meeting of arms, in collision; at the 
same time; 1.10.8: iv. 2. 22; 6. 24 
(D. or G. 450, 445¢): v.2.14: vii.1.28. 
ὀ 5s, οὔ, ὁ, umbilicus, the navel, 
iv. 5. 2. 
ὅμως adv., (ouds) at the same time, 
however, nevertheless, notwithstanding, 
yet, still; often w. ἃ conj., as δέ, ἀλλά, 
&c.: 1.3.21; 8.13, 23: 11.217: 4. 23. 
ὄν, see εἰμί. ---- ὅν whom, see ὅς. 
ὄναρ, ἢ τό, ὄνειρος, ὁ, or ὄνειρον, τό, 
g. ὀνείρου or ὀνείρατος, pl. ὀνείρατα or 
ὄνειρα, adream, night-vision, iii. 1.118: 
iv. 3. 8, 13. Der. ONETRO-MANCY. 
ὀνίνημι," ὀνήσω, a. ὥνησα, a. p. ὠνή- 
θην, to benefit, do one @ service, 2 A., 
ili. 1, 38? v. 5.2; 6. 20. 
ὄνομα, aros, τό, (γνο- in γιγνώσκω) 
Lat. ndmen (fr. nosco), what one is 
known by ; ὦ NAME; re-NOWN, repu- 
tation; i. 2.23; 4.11; 5.4: ii. 6.17. 
Der. AN-ONYMOUS. [vii. 4. 15. 
jévopacri adv., by name, vi. 5. 24: 
ὄνος, ov, ὁ ἡ, asinus, an ass: ὄνος 
ἄγριος onager, the wild ass: 6. ἀλέτης 
a grinding-jack, a mill-stone, esp. the 
upper one: i. 5. 2, 5: ii. 1.6; ἃ 20. 
ὄντος, -t, -a, -es, &c., see εἰμέ, i. 1. 
11. Der. ONTO-LOGY. 
tdEos, eos, τό, Fr. vin-aigre, sour 
wine, vinegar, il. 3. 14. 
ὀξύς, εἴα, v, sharp, acid, sowr, Vv. 4. 
29. Der. OxY-GEN. 
ὅ-περ, see ὅσ-περ, iii. 2. 29. 
ὅ-πη or ὅ-πῃ adv., wherever, where ; 
by or in whatever or what way, how, 
as; in whatever or what direction, 
whither (soever); i.3.6; 4.8: ii.1.19: 
rv. B12 χὰ: vi. 1 ST. 
ὁ-πηνίκα adv., (πηνίκα; at what 
point of time?), at whatever point of 
time, G., iii. 5. 18 ? 


‘ ee ee τ 











ὄπισθεν 
ὄπισθεν adv., (akin to ἕπομαι) from 


behind, behind, in the rear: ἐκ τοῦ 
ὄπισθεν from behind, εἰς τοὔπισθεν back- 
wards: οἱ ὄπισθεν those behind or in 
the rear, the rear: τὰ ὄπισθεν the rear: 
@.: 1.67.9; 10.6,9: 11.3.10; 4.40: 
iv. 1.6; ἃ 25s. 

ἐὀπισθο-φυλακέω, ow, to form the 
rear-quard ; to guard, cover, bring up, 
or command the rear ; ii. 3. 10. 

ἐὀπισθο-φυλακία, as, the charge of 
the rear, iv. 6. 19. 

jémurGo-ptAak, axos, ὁ ἡ, guarding 
the rear, of the rear-quard : οἱ ὀπισθο- 
φύλακες subst., the rear-guard : iii. 3. 
7: tee 2.6, 17s ἃ. 27s ὃ. 1Ὁὃ 7. 16. 

ὀπίσω adv., (akin to ἕπομαι) behind, 
vi. 1. 8. 

TomwXl{o, low 1, ὥπλικα 1., to arm, 
equip, A.: M. to arm one’s self: 1.8.6: 
ii. 2.14; 6. 25: iv. 3. 31. 

ἐόπλισις, ews, ἡ, warlike equipment, 
Ἡ δ. 07. 

ἐόπλιτεύω, εύσω, ὡπλίτευκα, to serve 
as α hoplite, v. 8. 5. 

tomdtrns, ov, a heavy-armed foot-sol- 
dier, man-at-arms, hoplite. The ὁπλῖ- 
ται, encased in metal and well trained 
in the use of arms, were the chief 
dependence of a Greek army, and 
were among the best soldiers the 
world has ever known. They carried 
a helmet, cuirass, shield, greaves, 
spear, and sword, 1.1.2; 2. 3, 9. 

tomwhirixds, ἡ, dv, relating to or con- 
sisting εἰ hoplites: ὁπλιτικόν, sc. στρά- 
τευμα, heavy-armed force, heavy in- 
fantry, hoplites, iv. 8. 18: vii. 6. 26. 

tomwdo-paxla, as, (μάχομαι) the use 
of heavy arms, the art of fighting with 
them ; infantry-practice ; ii. 1. 7. 

ὅπλον, ov, an inplement, esp. of war: 

pl. arms, esp. heavy arms; armor ; 
the arms as stacked or deposited in 
an encampment (comm. in front of the 
men’s quarters), the place of arms, or, 
in general, the camp: τὰ ὅπλα by me- 
tonymy for of ὁπλίται the men at arms: 
év (rots) ὅπλοις in or under arms, armed : 
i. 2. 2: ii. 2. 4,20; 4.15: m.1.3,38; 
2. 28, 36; 3.7. Der. PAN-OPLY. 

to-wd0ev whencesoever, whence ; (el- 
liptically, 551f) anywhere whence, 
any place or source from which ; iii. 
1.32; 5. 3: v. 2. 2. 

ἐδ-ποι whithersoever, whither, wher- 


96 ὁράω 


place to which; i.9.13? ii. 4.198: 
“ 5.13,17. © 
t6-trotos, a, ov, of whatever or what 
kind or nature, whatsoever, whatever 
or what (in quality); what kind or 
sort of ; such as; ii. 2.2; 6.4: iii. 
1.13; v. 2.3; 5.15; 6. 28 (550d). 
[ὅ-πος an old rel. indef. pron., re- 
maining in ὅπου, ὅπη, Kc. ] 
|ὁ-πόσος, 7, ov, how much or great 
(soever), as much or large as: ὁπόσον, 
sc. χωρίον, as far as: iil. 2.21; 3.10: 
iv.4.17: pl. how many (soever), what- 
ever (in number), as many as, often 
preceded by the pl. of πᾶς, κοῦ, i. 1. 
6; 21; & 27; v. 8. 10. 
tomwdr-av or ὁπότ᾽ dv, = ὁπότε ἄν, 
w. the subj., 619b, ii. 3.27: v. 7. 7s. 
}6-wére whenever, when; at whatever 
time, as soon as; ata time when, 550b; 
since ; ἣν ὁπότε [there was when] some- 
times: ὁπότε γε at least when, if in- 
deed, since: i. 2.7; 6.7: iii. 2. 2,158, 
36: iv. 2. 27; vii. 6. 11, 
ἰὁ- πότερος, a, ov, whichsoever or 
which, of two persons, parties, courses, 
&e., iii. 1. 21, 42; 4. 42; vii. 7. 18. 
,8-mrov wherever, where, to or in a 
place where : ὅπου μή [where not] ex- 
cept where : οὐκ ἣν ὅπου there was no 
place where: 1.3.6; 5.88: iii.2.9,34: 
iv. 5. 30s; 8. 26: vi. 3. 23. 
ὀπτάω, iow, ὥπτηκα, (akin to ἔψω) 
to bake, roast, A., v. 4. 29. 
μόπτός, ἡ, dv, (shortened for ὀπτητός) 
baked, burnt, as brick, ii. 4. 12. 
ὅ-πως " adv., in whatever or what 
way, how, as; conj., in order that, so 
that, that ; i1.1.4,6; 6.11; 8.13: vi. 
5.30: οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως [there is not how] 
it cannot be that, ii. 4.3: ὅπως ἔσεσθε 
[se. ὁρᾶτε] see that you be, 626, 1. 7.8 : 
οὐχ ὅπως not only not, 717 g, Vii. 7. 8. 
ὁράω," ὄψομαι, édpaxa or ébpaxa, 
ipf. ἑώρων, 2 a. εἶδον (ἴδω, -οιμι, -έ, 
-εἶν, -ὧν), a. p. ὥφθην, to see (includ- 
ing both sensation and perception, real 
or imaginary, and even mere mental 
discernment, while βλέπω is rather to 
look, of the outward sense, θεάομαι lo 
gaze upon a spectacle, and σκοπέω to 
look as a watchman or searcher), to be- 
hold, discern, perceive, A. (often by 
attraction from a dependent clause, 
474 b) P., cP., i. 2.18: iii. 1. 11s, 15; 
2.8, 235,29: ὁρώμενος seen, visible, iv. 





ever, where ; (elliptically, 551f) any 


3. 5:—2 pf. οἶδα " (οἴδαμεν or ἴσμεν, 


ὀργή 97 


εἰδῶ, εἰδείην, ἴσθι, εἰδέναι, εἰδώς), 2 plp. 
ἤδειν, ἴ. εἴσομαι, [to have seen, hence] 
to know (in general presenting this re- 
sult more simply than its synonymes, 
γιγνώσκω, ἐπίσταμαι, &e.), to wnder- 
stand, be acquainted with, be assured, 
A. (sometimes by attraction from a de- 
pendent clause, 474 Ὁ) P., CP., 1. ἃ. 5, 
15; 8.21: ἢ. 1.13; 5.13: ili. δ. 11: 
iv. 1. 22: χάριν εἰδέναι to [know] rec- 
ognize or feel an obligation, D. G., i. 
4.15: vii. 6.32: εἰδώς knowing, from 
certain knowledge, with certainty, i. 7. 
4: ἑκασταχόσε εἰδέναι [to be acquaint- 
ed] to know the country in every direc- 
tion, iii. 5. 17: οἶδ᾽ ὅτε parenthetic, 7 
know, 717, v.7.33. Der. PAN-ORAMA. 

ὀργή, fs, anger, i. 5. 8: ii. 6. 9. 

jopyite, ίσω ιῶ, to make angry, en- 
rage; M.w. a. p., to be angry, wroth, 
or enraged, D., i. 2.26; 5.11: vi.1.30. 
tépyvd, as, the extent of the out- 

stretched arms, a fathom, about 6 feet 
(= 4 πήχει), i. 7.14: iv. 5. 4. 

ὀρέγω," ἔξω, (akin to Lat. rego) to 
stretch or reach out, present, vii. 3. 29. 

ὀρεινός, ἡ, dv, or ὄρειος, a, ov, (ὄρος) 
mountainous ; of the mountains, moun- 
tain : ol dpewol the mountaineers: V. 
2.2: vii. 4. 11, 21. 

Ἰὄρθιος, a, ov, s., straight up, steep 
(cf. paris); τὸ ὄρθιον [sc. χωρίον] the 
steep ground ; ὄρθιον ἱέναι to go up a 
steep ascent; of a military company, 
[straight up towards the cong) in @ 
column, i. e. with narrow front, and 
much greater depth (cf. φάλαγξ): 1. 2. 
21: iv. 2. 3,11; 6.12; 8. 12s. 

ὀρθός, 7, dv, (akin to ὄρνῦμε and Lat. 
orior) erect, upright, straight ; right ; 
ii. 5. 23: vi. 6. 38. Der. ORTHO-DOX. 

1 5pOpos, ov, ὁ, the rising of the morn- 
ing light, dawn, daybreak, ii. 2. 21. 

μὀρθῶς rightly, right, properly, cor- 
rectly, justly: ὁ. ἔχω (q. Vv.) to be prop- 
er: 1. 9. 30: iii. 2.7; 3. 12. 

δρίζω, low 1d, dpixa, (ὅρος a bound) 
to bound, separate ; to define, determine ; 
A.: M. to set up for one’s bound, A.: 
iv.3.1: vii.5.13; 7.36. Der. HORIZON. 

ὅριον, ov, (ὅρος a bound) a boundary, 
bownd: ch. pl., borders, confines, fron- 
tier, iv. 8.8: v. 4.2: vi. 2. 19. 

ὅρκος, ov, 6, (akin to elpyw to restrain) 
an oath : οἱ θεῶν ὅρκοι the oaths [of the 
gods as their keepers] by the gods: il. 


*Opxopévios 


Sppaw, how, Spunxa, (ὁρμή) to start 
quickly, rush, hurry, hasten, 1., ἐκ, 
els, &c.: ὁρμᾶν ὁδόν to start on or com- 
mence an expedition: M. to start, set 
forth, make incursions, ἀπό, ἐξ : 1.1. 
9; 2.5; 8.25; 10.1: "1.1.8: 4.33,44. 

ὁρμέω, now, (ὅρμος) to be moored, lve 
at anchor, i. 4. 3, 6. 

ὁρμή, fis, (akin to ὄρνῦμι) the start 
or point of starting; motion, move- 
ment, impulse ; ii.1.3: 11.1.10; 2. 9. 

toppite, icw ἐῶ, to moor or anchor 

(trans.), A.: M. to anchor (intrans.), 
come to anchor, moor one’s vessel, eis, 
παρά : ili. 5.10: vi. 1.15; 2.15. 
[Sppos, ov, ὁ, (elpw to tie) a place 
where vessels are fastened, anchorage, 
haven. | 
tdpveov, ov, a bird, vi. 1. 23. 
tépvtOaos, a, ον, of a bird, bird's: 
κρέα ὀρνίθεια fowl, iv. 5. 31. 

ὄρνις," ios, acc. ὄρνιν & ὄρνιθα, ὁ ἡ, 
(akin to ὄρνῦμι) a bird, fowl, esp. do- 
mestic ; cock or hen; iv. 5. 25. Der. 
ORNITHO-LOGY. 

[Spvups, ὄρσω, Spwpa, to rowse, raise : 
M. orior, to rise. ] 
᾿Ορόντας or ’Opdvrns, ov or a, Oron- 
tas or -es, a Persian nobleman of the 
royal family, condemned to death for 
treason against Cyrus, i. 6.1, 3s. — 
2. Satrap of Armenia, married to 
Rhodogiine, daughter of the king, 
but afterwards disgraced for miscon- 
duct in the war against Evagoras of 
Cyprus, ii. 4. 8s: ili. δ. 17. 

os, cos (g. pl. ὀρέων & ὁρῶν both 
found), τό, (akin to ὄρνῦμι) a moun- 
tain, i. 2.21s,24s. Der. OREAD. 
ὄροφος, ov, ὁ, (ἐρέφω to cover) a roof, 
vii. 4. 16. 

Τόρυκτός, ἡ, dv, dug, dug out, exca- 
vated ; of a ditch, artificial ; i. 7.14: 
iv. 5. 25. 

ὀρύττω," viw, ὁρώρυχα, to dig, guar- 
ry, A., 1.6.5: v. 8. 9. 

ὀρφανός, ἡ, dv, orbus, bereft of par- 
ents, as an ORPHAN, Vil. 2. 32. 

ὀρχέομαι, ἥσομαι, (ὄρχος row) to 
dance, v. 4. 84. Der. ORCHESTRA. 

Ldpxnors, ews, ἡ, a dance, dancing, 
γι ἢ ἃ 24. 

φόρχηστρίς, ἰδος, ἡ, a female dancer, 
vi. 1. 12. 

*Opxopévios, ov, an Orchomenian, 
a man of Orchomenus (’Opxouevds), an 





5.3,7s: iii.1.20,22. Der. EX-ORCISM. 
LEX. AN. 5 


ancient city in eastern Arcadia, of 
G 














ὅς 98 ὅτι 


early importance (πολύμηλος rich in 
Jlocks, 11. B. 605), ii. 5. 87. || Kalpaki. 
és, 4, οἵ, af, as forms of the art., 
see 6; 1. 8. 16: iii. 4. 47: vii. 6. 4. 
Ss, 4, 5,* rel. pron., qui, who, which, 
what, that; often referring to an ante- 
eedent understood or expressed in the 
same clause, often attracted in case to 
its antecedent, and sometimes used as 
complem., 551, 554, 563; i. 1. 2; 2. 
ls, 20; 3.168; 9. 25, 28. Forms of 
és are often used adverbially ; or an 
adv. or conj. may be used im trans- 
lating them: οὗ [sc. τόπου or χωρίου] 
in which place, where, to the place 
where (sc. ἐκεῖσε), i. 2. 22: ii. 1.6: ἡ 
[sc. ὁδῷ or χώρᾳ] in what way, direc- 
tion, or place, as, where, on the route 
by which; iii. 4.37: iv.5.34: ἡ ἐδύ- 
varo τάχιστα [what way he could most 
quickly] as rapidly as possible, with 
all possible speed (some translate, by 
the quickest route), ἣ δυνατὸν μάλιστα 
as strictly as possible, §53¢, i. 2.4; 3. 
15; so 9 τάχιστα vi. 5.13: δὲ ὅ on 
which account, wherefore, i. 2. 21: οὗ 
ἕνεκα on what account, why, vii. 4. 4. 
See ἀπό, ἐν, ἐξ, ἐπί, μέχρι" εἰμί. 
ὅσιος, a, ov, pious, religious, con- 
scientious, ii. 6. 25: v. 8. 26. 
ὅσος," 7, ov, rel. pron. of quantity, 
also used as complem., 563, (és) quan- 
tus, as much, great, or large as, how 
much or great ; pl. comm. = quot, as 
many as, how many: often translated 
by the simpler who, which, that, what, 
esp. when preceded by πᾶς or a nu- 
meral, 5 al α f; sometimes by whoever 
or whatever, such as, so great that (& 
pers: pron.), &c.: i. 1.2; 2.1: ii. 1. 
1,11,16: iii.1.19: ὅσον χρόνον what- 
ever time, as long as, ii. 4.26: ὁσῷ w. 
compar., by how much, the, according 
as, 468, 1. 5.9: iv. 7. 23. The neut. 
ὅσον is greatly and variously used, 
often as an indecl. adj. or subst., or 
as an adv., 5076, 556, as much as, as 
large as, as far as, as many as ; hence, 
about (w. numerals and words of meas- 
ure, 1. 8. 6: iv. 5. 10); enough (esp. w. 
inf., iv. 1.5: vii. 3. 22, cf. 20); so far 
that, as this that, as that, that ; iii. 1. 
45; 3.15: iv. 8. 12: vi. 3.14: vil. 3. 
9: w. superl., as. . as, 6. g. ὅσον ἐδύ- 
vavro μέγιστον as loud as they could, 
553¢, iv. 5.18: ἐφ᾽ ὅσον over as much 
ground as, Vi. 3.19: ὅσον οὐ tantum 





non, as much only as not, only not, 

almost, vii, 2. 5. 

φὅσοσ-περ, περ, ovrep, strengthened 

fr, ὅσος, just or even as much or many 

as, &ec., 1.7.9: iv.3.2: vii.4.19; 7.28. 
ὅσ-περ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ, strengthened fr. 

ὅς, who or which indeed, which very, 


|just who or which ; οὗπερ just where, 


ἧπερ just as or where; &e.; i. 4.5: 


ii. 3.21: iii, 1.34; 2.10, 29: iv. 8. 26. 


ὄσπριον, ov, ch. pl. legumes, pulse, 
esp. beans, iv.4.9; 5.26: vi.4.6; 6.1. 
ὅσ-τις," ἥτις, ὅ τι, (g. obrwos or ὅτου, 
d. ᾧτινι or ὅτῳ, g. pl. ὥντινων or ὅτων, 
the shorter forms much prevailing 
in the Anab.) rel. indef. pron., also 
complem., whosoever, whoever, which- 
(so)ever, what(so)ever ; one or any one 
who, a man who, anything which ; 
who, which, what, that ; sometimes 
referring to a definite antecedent, and 
often in the sing. referring to the pl., 
501, 550b,f; 1.1.5; 3.5, 11s, 18; 6. 
7: ii. 5. 39: iii. 2.4: ὅστις = that he, 
558, ii. 5. 12,21: w. fut., denoting 
purpose, 558a, i. 3.14: ὅτου δὴ πα- 
ρεγγνήσαντος some one indeed [whoever 
it might have been] having suggested 
it, iv. 7. 25; ef. v. 2. 24: ὅ τι ἐδύνατο 
[whatever] as far as he could, vi. 1. 32. 
See edul, ἐξ. 
μιόσ-τις-οῦν, ἡτισοῦν, ὁτιοῦν, whoever 
then, whatever then, &c.: μηδ᾽ ὁντινα- 
οὖν μισθόν not any pay whatever [then 
it might be], vii. 6. 27. 
ὀσφραίνομαι," ὀσφρήσομαι, to per- 
ceive by smell, smell of, G., v. 8. 3. 
térav = ὅτ᾽ ἄν or ὅτε ἄν, w. subj., 
when, whenever, iii. 3.15; 4. 20. 
ὅτε, by apostr. ὅτ᾽ or ὅθ᾽, adv. of 
time, (ὅς) quum, quando, when, while, 
i. 2.9: itt, 1.37: νυ. opt., when, when- 
ever, as soon or often as, ii. 6, 12: iv. 
1.16. See εἰμί. 
ér.* conj., (fr. neut. of ὅστις, οἵ. 
aa complem., that; more positive, 
direct, or actual than ws, 702 a (some- 
times even used before direct quota- 
tion or the inf., 644, 659 6, 1.6.8: ii. 
4.16: iii. 1.97%): causal, because: i. 
2.21; 3.7, 98: ii. 3.19: v. 6. 19 (re- 








peated):— as an intensive adv., w. 
superl,, = quam, 553 0, as ὅτε ἀπαρα- 
oxevacrérarov(r\clorous)as unprepared 
(many) as possible, i. 1.6: οἵ, iii. 4. δ. 
Words logically following ὅτε some- 





times precede it for greater emphasis, 


ὅ τι 99 


or through some attraction, 710 7, i. 
6. 2: ii. 2. 20: vi. 3. 11. 

ὅ τι, ὅτου, ὅτῳ, ὅτων, see ὅστις, 

οὐ" (before a smooth vowel οὐκ, 
before an aspirated vowel οὐχ, and 
sometimes prolonged to οὐχί), not, the 
objective neg. adv., esp. denying fact, 
and ch. used with the ind., opt., and 
pt., 686 (sometimes by litotes, 686i), 
200 si 1: ἢ κι: Te Rass 
πλοῖα οὐκ ἔχομεν we have [πο] no 
bouts, ii. 2.23: οὐκ ἔφασαν ἱέναι they 
said that they would not go, they re- 
fused to go, 662 b, 686i, i. 3. 1, cf. 8: 
οὐ μή in strong denial of the future, 
627, vi. 2.4. In introducing a ques- 
tion, od, or dp οὐ, implies that an af- 
firmative answer is expected, 687, ill. 
1. 18, 29. Οὐ has similar uses in com- 
pos.; where it is often repeated with- 
out doubling the negation, i. 3.5; 8. 
20; 9.13: lii. 1. 38. See μή. 

ov whose ; as adv., where; see ὅς. 

οὗ, of, ἔν" encl., sui, sibi, se, pl. 
σφεῖς, &c., of him or himself, of her 
or herself, &c.; 3d pers. pron., comm. 
reflexive, but ch. yielding its place to 
other pronouns, 539 ἃ, b,f. Of the 
sing., only the dat. occurs in the Anab. 
i.1.8; 2.8: iii. 5.16: v. 7. 18, 25. 

[tov5-apds, ἡ, dv, (old duds = els), 
<= οὐδ-εἰς.] Hence the adverbs, οὐ- 
Sapod nowhere, i. 10.16: οὐδαμόθεν 
from no place or quarter, li. 4. 23: 
οὐδαμῇ or -μῇ nowhere, in no wise, iv. 
6.11? v.5.3: οὐδαμοῖ to no place, vi. 
3.16? 

οὐ-δέ, by apostr. οὐδ᾽, conj., and not, 
but not, nor, neither, nor yet (cf, οὔτε): 
used after a neg. clause, as καὶ οὐ after 
an affirmative one; i. 2.25; 6.11: 
ef. i. 4.7: v. 8. 25:— emphatic adv., 
ne .. quidem, not even or also, cer- 
tainly not, by no means, neither, i. 3. 
12, 21; 6.8: ob .. οὐδέ not by any 
means, ii. 2,16. For its compounds 
οὐδείς, &c., the stronger forms οὐδὲ εἷς, 
&e., are also found, 1ii. 1. 2? vii. 6. 35. 

jot8-els,* οὐδε-μία, οὐδ-έν (els) not 
even one, NO one, no, none; οὐδέν subst., 
nothing ; as adv., as to nothing, by no 
means, not at all: 1.1.8; 2. 22; ὃ. 
11; 6.78; 8. 20: ii. 5. 1: vi. 2. 10. 

jobvSé-rore not even at any time, 


never, ii. 6. 13. 
lotSé-1rw not yet indeed, not as yet, 


οὗτος 


οὔϑ᾽ by apostr. before an aspirated 
vowel, for οὔτε neither, nor, ii. 5. 7. 
οὐκ, οὐχ, οὐχί, not, see οὐ, 1. 4. 8. 
ιοὐκ-έτι no longer, no farther, no 
more, not now, i. 8.17; 10. 1, 12, ef. 
13: ii. 2. 12 (w. wh, see ov): vii. 5. 1. 
tov«-ovv declarative, and οὐκ-οῦν 
interrog., not therefore, not then, cer- 
tainly not. This distinction of accent 
is not observed by all. In οὐκοῦν, 
neg. interrogation sometimes passes 
into assertion, therefore, then, 687 ο. 
1.6.7: i1.5.24: ii1.2.19; 5.6: vi.6.14. 
οὖν * (post-pos. adv.), as contr. fr. 
the impers. pt. ἐόν ἐξ being (fr. εἰμί), 
may signify this being so, or this being 
as τξ may; hence comm., therefore, 
then, now, accordingly, in this state of 
things; but sometimes, yet, however, 
be this as it may, however that might 
be, at any rate, certainly, esp. in δ᾽ οὖν: 
i. 1. 2; 2. 12, 158, 22, 25; 3.58; 5. 14. 
οὗ-περ as adv., just where, the very 
place where, iv. 8. 26; see ὅσπερ. 
οὔ-ποτε n-unquam, #-ever, 1. 3. 5. 
otwrw non-dum, not yet, not as yet, 
i, 5.12; 8.8; 9. 25: ef. vii. 3. 35. 
οὐ-πώ-ποτε (also written οὐ πώποτε) 
not yet at any time, never before, 1.4.18. 
οὐρά, as, the tail: of an army, the 
rear, iii. 4. 38, 42? vi. 5. 5s, 
totp-ayla, as, the rear-command,rear- 
guard, ili. 4. 42: v. 1. οὐρά. 
jovp-ayds, οὔ, ὁ, (ἄγω) ὦ rear-leader, 
the rearmost or last man in a file, who 
of course became the first when the 
direction of the file was reversed, iv. 
3. 26, 29. 
οὐρανός, οὔ, ὁ, heaven, the heavens, 
sky, iv. 2.2. Der. URANUS. 
οὖς," ὠτός, τό, auris, an ear, iii. 1. 
31: vii. 4.3s. Der. PAR-OTID. 
οὕς whom, which, see ὅς, i. 4. 9. 
οὖσα, οὖσι(ν), see elul, i. 4.15; 5. 9. 
οὔ-τε conj., by apostr. οὔτ᾽ or οὔθ᾽, 
ne-que, and not, nor: οὔτε. . οὔτε 
neither... nor: οὔτε... re neque. . et, 
both not... and. Οὔτε is commonly 
thus doubled in whole or part, as both 
primary and secondary connective, 
and is thus distinguished from the 
conj. οὐδέ (yet μὲν οὔτε... δέ, vi.3.16). 
i. 2. 26; 3.11: ii. δ. 4, 7. Cf. ware. 
οὗ-τινος, see ὅστις, i. 4. 15. 
ot-ro. certainly not, not by any 
means, Vii. 6. 11: v. ἐ. οὔτι not at all, 





vii. 8. 24, ef. 6. 35. 


οὗτος, " αὕτη, τοῦτο, demonst. pron., 


4 


- 
- 


τὰν 


“revel 


οὖν. 


e— ei ." 




















οὑτοσί 100 παῖς 


(ὁ abrés) hic, this, pl. these ; sometimes 
that, those; comm. referring to that 
which precedes or is contained in a 
subordinate clause (so οὕτως, τοιοῦτος, 
&e., cf. ὅδε, &c., 5438): as a pers. 
pron., he, she, it, they: 1.1.78, 9, 11; 
3.78: καὶ οὗτοι these also, and these 
or those too, καὶ ταῦτα and that too, 
5444, i.1.11; 4.12: i1.5.21: τούτον: 
those well known, 542 b, 1.5.8: ταῦτα 
here, 509 b, iii. 5. 9 Ὁ therefore, 483 b, | 5 
iv. 1.21: τοῦτο ἔστω so be it / 1. 8. 17. 
jobroc-t,* αὑτῆί, τουτί, (paragogic -ἔ, 
Att. & deictic, 252 0) hie -ce, Fr. celui- 
ci, this here, this . . here present, i. 6. 
6: vil. 2. 24. 
jovrws,* comm. οὕτω before a con- 
sonant, 164, thus, 80, in this way or 
manner, to such a degree, 80 much or 
very, on this condition or supposition, 
i. 1, 5, 9s: ii. 6.6: iv. 7.4: obrws.. 
boris δὺο. . that he, 558, ii. 5.12: vii. 
1. 28. See οὗτος, ἔχω. 
jotrac-t(v), in just this way, as fol- 
lows, vii. 6. 39: v. 1. οὐ τὼ Σιώ. 
οὐχ, οὐχί, not, see οὐ, iii. 1. 13. 
ὀφείλω," λήσω, ὠφείληκα, 2a. ὥφε- 
λον, to owe: P. to be owed, be due: 
Lipset ought, O that / would that !| 
» 638g: i. 2.11: ii. 1. 4: vii. 7. 34. 
os," τό, in nom. & acc., (ὀφέλλω 


ἐπ further) advantage, profit, good, use, 
ees ee eh ey | 

pds, οὔ, ὁ, (ὅπ- in ὄψομαι) an 

eye: ἔχειν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς to have in Ἂ 


under eye, keep in sight: i. 8. 21: 

5. 12s, 29. Der. OPHTHALMIC. 
ὀφλισκάνω," ὀφλήσω, ὥφληκα, 2 ἃ. 

ὦφλον, (ὀφείλω) to incur, be adjudged 

to lon Tk 2. 

Οφρύνιον, ov, Ophrynium, a small 
town of Troas, near the southern end 
of the Hellespont, with @ grove sacred 
to Hector, vii. 8.5 || Fren-Keui, 

téxerds, of, ὁ, a conduit of water, 
duct, ditch, channel, ii. 4. 13. 
ὀχέω, how, (éxos carriage, fr. ἔχω) 
to carry, bear: P. to be borne, ride, 
ἐπί, iii. 4. 47. 
éxnpa, aros, τό, a vehicle, convey- 
ance, support, iii. 2. 19. 
ὄχθη, ns, (ἔχω) α high bank, esp. of 
a river, iv. 3. 3, 5, 17, 23. 
ὄχλος, ov, ὁ, (akin to vulgus, Germ. 
Volk, Eng. folk) a crowd, throng, mul- 
titude, rabble, esp. the crowd or retinue 
of camp-followers ; hence, annoyance, 





trouble: ii. 5. 9: iii. 2. 27, 36; 3.6; 
4, 26. Der. OCHLO-CRACY. 
ὀχυρός, d, dv, (ἔχω) fit for holding, 
tenable, strong, fortified, secure: yl. 
ὀχυρά strong-holds: i. 2. 22, 24: iv. 7. 
17: cf. éxupés. 
ὀψέ adv., (akin to ἔπομαι " contr. fr. 
ὄπισθε 1) late ; ὀψὲ ἦν (ἐγίγνετο) it was 
(became) late: ii. ἃ, 1ὃ : iii. 4. 36. 
ἀὀψία, as, a late hour, evening, vi. 
. 31? 
“Lehto, low ιῶ, to be or come late, iv. 
5. 5. 
tds, ews, ἡ, sight, appearance, spec- 
tacle, ii. 3.15: vi. 1. 9. 
ὄψομαι, see opdw. Der. ΟΡΤΊΟ. 


Il. 


παγ-κράτιον, ov, (πᾶν xpdros) a con- 
test demanding the entire strength ; 
the pancratium, a severe ‘‘ rough and 
tumble” exercise, in which wrestling 
and boxing were combined, iv. 8. 27. 
παγ-χάλεπος, ov, (πᾶν) very hard 
or difficult, v. 2. 20? 
ψμἐπαγ-χαλέπως very hardly: π. εἶχον 
were very hard in their feelings, πρός, 
vii. 5. 16. 
παθεῖν, sce πάσχω, i. 8. 20; 9. 8. 
ψπάθημα, aros, τό, calamity, suffer- 
ing, misery, Vii. 6. 30. 
μἐπάθος, cos, τό, affliction, ill-treat- 
ment, affection, disease, i. 5.14: iv.5.7. 
Der. PATHOS, PATHETIC. 
παιανίζω, low ιῶ, (παιάν α ῬΈΑΝ, 
war-song) to sing or chant the pean or 
war-song, i. 8.17; 10.10: il. 2.9? 
παιδεία, as, education, training, dis- 
cipline, iv.6.15s. Der. cYCLO-PADIA, 
trasd-epacris, οὔ, (ἔραμαι) a lover 
of boys, vii. 4. 7. 
ἐπαιδεύω, εύσω, πεπαίδευκα, to bring 
up a child, train, educate, A., i. 9. 2s. 
ἐπαιδικά, ῶν, τά, delicie ; as sing., 
a darling, favorite, object of love ; ch, 
of a boy ; li. 6. 6, 28: v. 8. 4. 
ἐπαιδίον, ov, τό, dim., @ little or 
young child, iv. 7. 13. 
ἐπαιδίσκη, ys, dim., α young girl, 
maiden, iv. 3. 11. 
mats, παιδός, ὁ ἡ, a child, whether 
son or daughter, boy or girl ; a youth, 
boy, lad ; hence, a page, waiter, ser- 
vant (cf. puer); 1.1.1; 9.28: ii. 6.12: 
iv. 5. 33; see ἐξ. Der. PED-AGOGUE, 


παίω 101 


* παίσω, πέπαικα, to strike, as 
w. the hand or anything in it, to smite, 
beat, wound ; often persia w. βάλλω, 
in a sense clearly distinct; A. AE.; 
i. 8. 268; 10.7: ili. 1.29; 4.49: νυ 
21; 8. 12s, 16. 
παιωνίζω, iow ιῶ, = παιανίζω, 11.2.91 
πάλαι adv., long ago, long since, 
long before ; for merly, previously ; 1 
4.12: iv. 5.55 8. 14: vii. 6, 9, 37. 
μπαλαιός, d, dv, ὁ. παλαίτερος or πα- 
λαιότερος, old, ancient: τὸ παλαιόν 
anciently : iii. 4.7: iv. 4.9; 5. 35. 
Der. PALZ-ONTO-LOGY. 

ἐπαλαίω, aiow, πεπάλαικα l., to wres- 

tle, iv. 8.26. Der. PALASTRA. 
πάλη, 75, (τάλλω to shake) wrestling, 
common in the Greek .games, iv. 8. 27. 
“πάλιν adv., again, back again, back, 
i,1.3; 6.7s. Der. PALIN-ODE. 
παλλακίς, (dos, ἡ, (τάλλαξ a youth) 
a concubine, mistress, i. 10. 2. 
παλτόν, οὔ, (τάλλω to brandish) a 
dart, javelin, or light spear, used by 
the Asiatics for both throwing and 
striking (like the modern ΠΡ: : 
whence two were often carried ; i, 
15; 8. 3, 27: v. 4. 12, 25. 
ἐπαμ-πληθής, ἐς, (πλῆθο:) very NU- 
merous, vast, countless, iii. 2. 11. 
ἐπάμ'πολυς,.- πόλλη, - “πολυ very much 
or great, very numerous, vast: pl. very 
many, a great many ; ii. 4. 26; iil. 4. 
13: iv. 1. 8; 6. 26: vii. 5.12 (see ἐπί). 
twap-révnpos, ov, all-depraved: of 
aman, ὦ perfect villain, the worst of 
men, Vi. 6. 25. 
πᾶν neut. of πᾶς ;. in compos., παΎ- 
before a palatal, and way- before a la- 
bial ; iv. 2. 22. Der. PAN-ACEA. 

ἐπᾶν-ουργία͵ ας, (ἔργον) knavery, vil- 
lang Y; vii. 5. 11. 

Ae iy ov, s., (contr. fr. παν- 
6-epyos, fr. ἔργον) ready for all work, 
unprincipled, knavish, orafiy perfidi- 
ous, treacherous, ii. 5. 39; 6. 26. 

{ἐπάντ᾽, before a rough breathing 
πάνθ᾽, by apostr. for πάντα, see πᾶς. 

μπαντά-πᾶσι(ν) adv., all to all, all 
in all, altogether, wholly, entirely, ab- 
solutely, at all, i. 2.1: il. 5. 18, 21. 

{πανταχῆ or-X qj, Or πανταχοῦ, every- 
where, in any or all places, anywhere, 
5.7; 6.7: iv. 5. 30. 

ψπαν-τελῶς (τέλος) quite to the end, 
completely, entirely, wholly, ii. 2. 11. 

}wayry or -τῇ everywhere, on all 





παραγγέλλω 


sides, throughout, i. ἃ. 22 : 11.3.3; 5. 
7: ti. 1.2. 

| wavro-Samds,%, dv, (δάπεδον ground ὃ) 
of every region or kind, all kinds of, 
various, i. 2.22: iv. 4.9: vi. 4. 5. 

ψμπάντοθεν from every quarter, on all 
sides, iii. 1. 12: vi. 6. 3. 

παντοῖος, a, ov, of all or various 


. | kinds, all or various kinds of, various, 


1. δι 0. 4.14. 

πάντοσε in all directions, every- 
where (= -whither), vii. 2. 23. 

{πάντως by all means ; at all, once ; 
vi. 5. 21? vii. 7. 43 ? 

μπάνν adv., wholly, altogether, very, 
very much ; at all; 1.5.7; 8.14: ii, 
5. 19, 27: vii. 6. 4. 

méopat * (ch. poet., pres, not in use), 
πάσομαι, πέπᾶμαι, potior, to acquire : 
pf. pret. [to have acquired] to possess, 
have in possession, A., i. 9.19: iii. 3. 
18: vi. 1. 12: vii. 6. 41. 

παρά prep., by apostr. wap’, be- 
side: (a) w. GEN., comm. of person, 
from beside, from the side or sphere 
of, from, often implying some action 
or influence; hence sometimes w. pass. 
‘| verb, by, 694.9; 1.1.5; 3.16; 7.2; 
9.1: ii. 6.14: ν. 2. 28 :--- (Ὁ) w. Dat., 
comm. of person, at or by the side of, be- 
side, near, about, with ; at the court 
of; in the house, service, care, or esteem 
of; 1.1.5; 2.27; 3.7; 9.29: 11.6. 26: 
vi. 2.2: τὰ wap ἐμοί the advantages 
in my service, i. 7. 4:—(c) w. Acc. 
of person, to the side of, to, towards, i, 
2.12; 3.7; 6.3:— of place (sometimes 
of person, &c.) through the space be- 
side, along side of, along, beside, by, 
past, near, about, i. 2.13, 24; 8. 5: 
lii. 1.32: iv.7.16: wap ὀλίγον [along- 
side of a little] of little account, vi. 6. 
11: παρὰ πότον with drink, ii. 3.15 :— 
of words expressing obligation, opin- 
ion, &c., [along by or beside] beyond, 
contrary y to, against, in violation of, i. 
9.8: it. 1.18; 5.41: v. 8.17: vii. 6. 
36. Its uses in compos. are similar. 

mapa-Balvw,* βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to go beyond, transgress, violate, 
break, A., iv. 1.1. 

π αρα-βοηθέω, how, βεβοήθηκα, to 
hasten [by other troops] forward to 
give aid, iv. 7. 24. 

παρ-αγγέλλω, EXO, ἤγγελκα, ἃ. ἤγ- 
γειλα, to send word to or along, pass 
the word, and thus to direct, command, 








παράγγελσις 102 


order, bid; to summon ; to give out οὐ] 
issue ἃ password; Ὁ. 1.(A.), CP., A., | 
els: κατὰ Ta παρηγγελμένα according | 
to the instructions given : i.1.6; 2.1; 
5.18; 8.3, 15s: ii. 2. 8, 21: iii. 4.3. | 
ψἐπαρ-άγγελσις, «ws, ἡ, @ word of| 
command, summons, iv. 1. 5. 
mwapa-ylyvopat, * γενήσομαι, γεγένη- 
μαι & 2 pt. γέγονα, 2 a. ἐγενόμην, to 
come to or near, come, arrive, to pre- 
sent one’s self or be present, join, D., 
εἶν, ἐμ Ae AE Ὁ See hae, Ve oie 
παρ-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 a. ἤγαγον, 
to lead or conduct by or along, bring 
up or forward, A. eis, &e., lil. 4. 14, 
21: iv. 6& 6; 8.8: vii. 6. 3. 
jrap-aywyh, 7s, conveyance along 
the coast, transport, v. 1. 16. Der. 
PARAGOGIC. 
παράδεισος, ov, ὁ, (fr. the Pers., 
first found in Xen.) @ park, 1.2.7; 4. 
10: ii. 4.14. Der. PARADISE. 
παρα-δίδωμι," δώσω, δέδωκα, a. ἔδω- 
κα (δῶ, δοίην, δός, δοῦναι, dovs), tra-do, 
to give or deliver up or over, give, 
grant, A. D.1., ii. 1. 8s, 12: iv. 5. 22. 
mapa-Spapety, see παρα-τρέχω. 
in a or -ϑαρσύνω, iva, to 
cheer [along] on, encowrage, A., Ul. 4. 
1: i. 1. 39. 
παρα-θεῖναι, see παρα-τίθημι. 
παρα-θέω," θεύσομαι, to run by or 
past, A., iv. 7. 12. 

-aivéw,* ἔσω, qvexa, (αἰνέω to 
commend) to recommend, advise, ex- 
hort, A¥., i. 7.2: v.7. 35: vii. 3. 20. 

map-aitéopat, ἤσομαι, ἤτημαι, to beg 
from, intercede with, περί, vi. 6. 29. 
α-καλέω," καλέσω, καλῷ, κέκλη- 
κα, a. ἐκάλεσα, ἃ. Ρ. ἐκλήθην, to call 
[along] forward, summon, tnvile, ex- 
hort, urge, encourage, call to, call in, 
A. 1., él, i. 6, δα: iii. 1. 24: v. 6. 19. 
παρα-κατα-θήκη, 75, (τίθημι) α de- 
posit with another, ν. 8.7. 
παρά-κειμαι͵" κείσομαι, to lie beside 
or near, D., Vil. 3. 22. : 
παρα-κελεύομαι, cticouat, κεκέλευ- 
cua, to urge along or forward, exhort, 
encourage, Ὁ. 1.. 1. 7. 9; 8. 11, 
ψἐπαρα-κέλευσις, ews, 7, encourage- 
ment, cheering on, G.? iv. 8. 28. 
παρ-ακολουθέω, iow, ἠκολούθηκα, to 
follow beside or near, accompany, at- 
tend, iii. 8. 4: iv. 4. 7. 
mapa-AapBdve,* λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 


παρασκευάζω 


other, succeed to; to take to or with 
one’s self ; A., παρά : v. 6. 36: vi. 4. 
BLS, WS AT Zande 

παρα-λείπω, * yw, 2 pf. λέλοιπα, 2 a, 
ἔλιπον, to leave on one side, leave, 
omit, A., Vi. 3.19; 6. 18. 
παρα-λυπέω, ow, λελύπηκα, to an- 
noy {along side] by competition or in- 


\lerference; ol παραλυποῦντες trouble- 


some rivals, ii. 5. 29. 
παρα-λύω," λύσω, \éAvxa, to loose 
from beside, take off, unship (M. for 
one’s own benefit), A., ν. 1.11. Der. 
PARALYSIS, PALSY. 

παρ-αμείβω, yw, to interchange; 
M. to change one’s self or one’s own 
(army, line of battle, &c.), eds, 1. 10. 
10 (ace. to some, to pass by). 

παρ-αμελέω, iow, ἠμέληκα, to pass 
by in neglect, to neglect, treat with 
neglect, disregard, violate, G., li. 5.7 : 
vii. 8, 12. 

mapa-péve,* μενῶ, μεμένηκα, to stay 
beside, stand by, remain steadfast, ii. 
6. 2° wu 2. "0. 

παρα-μηρίδιος, ov, (unpds) along the 
thigh: neut. subst., a@ thigh-piece, 
cuisse, i. 8. 6. 

παρα-πέμπω," yw, πέπομφα, to send 
by or along, despatch, A. eis, iv. 5. 20? 

παρα-πλέω," πλεύσομαι, πέπλευκα, 
ἃ. ἔπλευσα, to sail by or along, A., εἰς, 
ἐξ v. 1.11; 6.10: vi. 2.1; 6.3. 

παρα-πλήσιος, a, ov, OF os, ov, near 
by, stmilar, like, D., i. 3. 18; 5. 2. 

παρα-προ-πέμπω," yw, πέπομφα, lo 
send by to the front, iv. 5. 20 ὃ 

παρα-ῥῤ-ῥέω, " ῥεύσομαι, ἐῤῥύηκα, 2 a. 
p. or a. ἐῤῥύην, to flow by, to (melt and} 
run doun beside, D., παρά, iv. 4. 11: 
v. 3. 8. 

παρασάγγης, ov, @ parasang (Pers. 
farsang), the comm. Persian road- 
measure, equal, acc. to Hdt. (2. 6) and 
Xen. (ii. 2. 6), to 30 stadia, = about a 
league or 3 geographical miles, or 
nearly 34 statute miles. It was usu. 
estimated, and of course variously acc. 
to the difficulty of the route and the 
time occupied. i. 2. 5s, 10 8. 

παρα-σκευάζω, dow, pf. p. ἐσκεύα- 
σμαι, to put things side by side, to 
arrange, prepare, procure, A., i. 6, 8: 
—ch. M., to prepare one’s self or one’s 
own ; fo prepare, provide, or procure 
for one’s self or one’s own; to make 





2 a. ἔλαβον, to take or receive from an- 


preparation, make ready ; A., 1., ¥. 


assistant); hence, to have come, to 


παρασκευή 103 


(w. ws), ὅπως, ὥστε, ἀπό, ἐπί, ὡς els: 
i. 8.1; 10.6, 18: iii. 1. 14, 36; 2. 24: 
vii. 3.35: παρασκευάζεσθαι τὴν γνώ- 
μὴν to make up one’s mind, vi. 3. 17: 
οἴκαδε π΄. to prepare for home (to go 
home), vii. 7. 57. 
παρα-σκενή, 7s, preparation, i. 2. 4. 
παρα-σκηνέω, ἥσω, to encamp by or 
near, D., lil. 1. 28. 
παρα-σχεῖν, -σχήσω, see wap-éxw. 
Phe Si μὰ ews, ἡ, arrangement, 
line of battle, v. 2.13? 
mwapa-rarrea, τάξω, τέταχα, to ar- 
range side by side, draw up in order 
of battle or in battle-array, A.: pf. p. 
pt. παρα-τεταγμένος so drawn up, i. 
10. 10: iv. 3. 3,53 6. 25. 
wapa-relyw,* τενῶ, réraxa, to stretch 
along, extend, A. ἐπί, παρά, &c., i. 7. 
15: vii. 3. 48. 
παρα-τίθημι͵, " θήσω, τέθεικα, ἃ. ἔθηκα 
(θῶ, &c.), to place beside or near, set 
before, A. D., iv. 5. 308: M. to place 
by one's side, lay aside, A., vi. 1. 8. 
παρα-τρέχω, * δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔδραμον, to run by, past, or along, 
A., els, éwl, παρά, iv. 5.8; 7. 6s, 11. 
παρα-χρῆμα adv., with the affair, 
on the spot, forthwith, vii. 7. 24. 
twrap-eyyvaw,* jow, ἠγγύηκα, to pass 
from hand to hand, pass along, as a 
word of command or request ; hence, 
to give or pass the word of command, 
to command, order, charge, exhort, re- 
quest, propose, cheer on, 1..(A.), AE., 
lv.1.17: 7.248: vi. 5.12: vii. 1. 22. 
παρ-εγγνή, 7s, (see ἐγγυάω) a com- 
mand, charge, request, vi. 5. 18, 
παρ-εγενόμην, see παρα-γίγνομαι. 
παρ-ἔδοσαν, see παρα-δίδωμι. 
πάρ-ειμι," ἔσομαι, (εἰμί, εἴην, εἶναι, 
ὥν, &c.) to be by, near, at or on hand, 
with, or present (esp. as a friend or 


come, arrive, attend, be ready, D.; els, 
ἐπί, or πρός w. A., 7048; i. 1.18; 2. 
2s: iii. 1. 46: vi. 4.15; 6.26: ra 
παρόντα (πράγματα) the present state 
of affairs, present occurrences or cir- 
cumstances, i.3.3: iii. 1.34; [sc. χρή- 
ματα] possessions, property, estate, vii. 
7.36: ἐν τῷ παρόντι at the present 
time, in the present crisis, ii.5.8: πά- 
peort(v) impers., it is present to one, 
1. 6. in his power, possible, feasible, iv. 
5.6 (abs. παρόν, v. 8.3). Have may 


Πάριον 


εἰμι as well as εἰμί, 459, ii. 3. 9: iii. 

2. 18. 
πάρ-ειμι, " ipf. gew, (εἶμι) to go or 

come by or along, pass by, in, or 

through, to pass; to pass by to the 
front, come forward ; Α., ἐπί, παρά : 

lil. 2. 35: iv. 5. 30: vi. 5. 12, 23, 25. 
παρ-εἶχον, -έξω, see map-éxw. 
παρ-εκλήθην, see παρα-καλέω. 
παρ-ἐλαύνω," ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, 

a. ἤλασα, to ride or march by, past, or 

along, A., ἐπί, &c., i. 2.168; 8.12, 14. 
παρ-ἔέρχομαι, " ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 

2 ἃ. ἦλθον, to come or go by, past, along, 

or through ; to pass by, over, through, 
&c.; to pass in, enter ; to ss by to 
the front or place of speaking, come 
forward; of time, to pass, elapse; A., 
eis: i. 4.48; 7. 16,18: v. 5. 11, 24. 
παρ-έσομαι, -έστω, see πάρ-ειμι. 

. παρ-έστηκα, -έστην, see παρ-ἰστημι. 
παρ-ετέτατο, see παρα-τείνω, i. 7. 1ὅ. 
παρ-έχω," ἕξω & σχήσω, ἔσχηκα, 

2 ἃ. ἔσχον, to have or hold by or near 
another ; hence, to hand to, offer, af- 
ford, supply, furnish, provide, present, 
give, render ; to cause or make for a 
person, and hence, fo produce, excite, 
or inspire in him ; to give up, deliver 
up, surrender, yield ; A. Ὁ. 1., εἰς - i. 
1.11: 13.1.11: 3.22,26s; 4.10s: vi. 
6. 16, 20: M. to render or make for 
one’s self ; to contribute or exhibit of 
one’s own; A.; ii. 6. 27: vi. 2. 10. 
παρ-ηγγύων, 866 παρ-εγγυάω. 

παρ-ἤειν, see πάρ-ειμι (εἶμι), iv.2.19. 

παρ-ήλασα, see παρ-ελαύνω, i. 2.17. 

παρ-ῆλθον, see παρ-έρχομαι, i. 7.16. 

παρ-ἣν, -ἢ, -ῆσθα, see πάρ-ειμι, 

Παρθένιον, ov, Parthenium, a small 
town in the southwest part of Mysia, 
not far from Pergamum, vii. 8. 15, 21. 
ἡ Παρθένιος, ov, ὁ, the Parthenius, a 
river on the usual boundary between 
Bithynia and Paphlagonia, said to 
have been named from the virgin 
Diana’s bathing in it, v.6.9: vi. 2.1. 
|| The Bartan-Su. 

παρθένος, ov, ἡ, a virgin, maiden, 
iii. 2. 25. Der. PARTHENON. 
Tlaptavds, οὔ, (Πάριον) a Parian, a 
man of Parium, vii. 3. 16. 
παρ-ιέναι, -ἰών, see πάρ-ειμι (εἶμι). 
παρ-ίημι, " ἥσω, εἶκα, ἃ. ἧκα (ὦ, εἴην, 
&c.) to send by, let pass, yield, allow, 
D. 1., Vv. 7. 10: vii. 2.165% 





be sometimes used in translating πάρ- 


Πάριον, ov, Parium, a commercial 





παρίστημι 104 πεδίον 
city near the southwest end of the | pleasure) or suffer ill (harm, injury, 
Propontis, an Ionian colony, vil. 2. 7 ;| pain), to be well or ili treated, benefited 
3. 20. || Kamares, or Kemer. (or harmed 2 ὑπό: i. 3. 48; 8. 20: 
παρ-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 a. | iii. 8. 7: iv. 3. 2: τὰ μὲν ἔπαθεν he re- 
ἔστην, to station near ; pf. and 2 a. to| ceived some wounds, 1.9.6: ἥν re πάθῃ 
sland near or by, v. 8.10, 21: 1 ἃ. m. | if anything should befall him, by eu- 
to place or station by one's side, bring | phemism for ¢/ he should lose his life, 
forward, produce, A., Vi. 1. 22: vii. |v. 3. 6. Der. PASSIVE, PASSION. 
8. 3. | πατάσσω, déw (ch. poet. exc. aor. 
πάρ-οδος, ov, ἡ, a way by, passage, ἐπάταξα, see 50 τύπτω) to strike, smile, 
pass, i. 4.48; 7. 15s: iv. 2. 24. ‘pierce, iv. 8. 25: vii. 8. 14. 

-οινέω," iow; πεπαρῴνηκα, ἃ ἘΠατηγύας, ov or a, Pategyas, a Per- 
ἐπαρῴνησα, (οἶνος) to act the drunkard, | sian attendant of Cyrus, i. 8.1: v. ὦ. 
be abusive, v. 8. 4. Aguiar ' Ι 

παρ-οίχομαι," οἰχήσομαι, ᾧχημαι ἵ,, πατήρ," πατρός, ὁ, Sans. pitar, Zend 
to pass or have passed by : pt. past, ii. | patar, Lat. pater, Germ. Vater, @ 
4.1. FATHER, i. 4.12. Der. PATERNAL, 

ΤΠαῤῥάσιος, ov, a Parrhasian, α΄ ψπάτριος, a, ov, patrius, of or from 


man of Parrhasia (Ilafpacia), a dis- 
trict of southwest Arcadia, about Mt. 
Lyceus, i. 1. 2: vi. 2.95 5. 2. 


one’s father or ancestors, paternal, an- 
cestral ; according to ancestral usage ; 
iii, 2. 16? v. 4. 27: vil. 8. 5? 





Παρύσατις, «δος, «di, w or sda, t,| πατρίς, ἰδος, ἢ, patria, one’s father- 
Parysatis (= a Peri’s daughter ὃ), half-| land, native land or city, country, 1. 
sister and wife of Darius 11., and) 3. 3,6: iil. 1. 3s: 1ν. 8.4. 
mother of Artaxerxes 11. and Cyrus, | ὠπατρῴῷος, a, ον, descending from 
an ambitious, daring, imperious, in- | one’s father, paternal, hereditary, MY 
triguing, and cruel woman, of great 6: iii. 1. 11; 2.16? vii. 3. 31. 


influence over her husband and sons. 
Of the latter, Cyrus was her favorite, 
and she avenged his death cruelly. 
She even poisoned her daughter-in- 


law, the queen Statira. i.1.1,4; 4.9. 
παρ-ών͵ -οὖσα, -dv, see πάρ-ειμι. 


πᾶς," πᾶσα, πᾶν, g. παντός, πάσης, 


all, every, the whole; all kinds of, 
every kind of: sing. comm., without 
the art., every ; but w. the art., whole 
or all ; pl. comm. all (also translated 
by every w. the sing.): i. 1. 2,5: 1]. 
5. 9: vi. 4. 6: ὑμεῖς ol πάντες you, the 
whole body, v. 7. 27, ef. 6. 7: subst. 
way everything, all, τὸ πᾶν the whole, 
πάντα all things (or everything), i. 9. 
2,16: vi. 2.12; ἐπὶ πᾶν ἔρχεσθαι to 
[come to everything] resort to every 
means, iii. 1.18. See διά, διαπαντός, 
γικάω. Der. PAN-THEISM. Cf. omnis. 
Πασίων, wos, Pasion, a Megarian 
general in the service of Cyrus, who 
took offence and deserted, i.2.3; 4. 78. 
ω, πείσομαι, 2 pf. πέπονθα, 

2a. ἔπαθον, patior, to receive any effect, 
whether good or evil (comm. the lat- 
ter, unless otherwise stated), to be 


treated or affected, suffer: εὖ or κακῶς 
(ἀγαθὸν or κακὸν) π΄. to receive for good 


or evil, to receive good (benefit, favor, 


twatha, ys, means of stopping, stop, 
stoppage, prevention, G., V. 7. 32. 
παύω," παύσω, πέπαυκα, to stop 
(trans.), make or cause to cease, put 
an end to, remove, relinquish, A. P., 
ii, 5. 2,13: iv. 8.10: Df. to stop (in- 
trans.), cease, desist, PAUSE, rest, leave 
off, give up, end, finish, G., P., 1.2.2; 
3.12; 6.6: iii.1.19: iv. 6.6: v.1.2. 
tIladdayovia, as, Paphlagonia, a 
country on the north coast of Asia 
Minor, between the Halys and Par- 
'thenius, famed for its good horses and 
| horsemen, vi. 1. 1s, 14. 
| ἐΠπαφλαγονικός, ἡ, ὁν, Paphlagont- 
‘an: ἡ Παφλαγονική [sc. γῆ] the Paph- 
| lagonian country : v. 2.22: vi. 1. 15. 
Tladdayév, ὄνος, a Paphlagonian, 
aman of the Paphlagones, described 
by the Greeks as a rude, ignorant, 
credulous, and superstitious people, 
ἢ. 8. 5 (as adj.): v. 6. 3 (the king). 
ἐπάχος, cos, τό, thickness, Υ. 4. 13. 
παχύς, εἴα, ὕ, thick, large, stout, 
iv. 8.2: v. 4.25. Der, PACHY-DERM. 
πέδη, η5, (wots) pedica, @ FETTER, 
iv. 3. 8. 
ἐπεδινός, ἡ, dv, c., flat, level, v. 5. 2. 
πεδίον, ov, (πέδον grownd, akin’ to 
wots) a plain, a flat or level region ; 




















πεζεύω 105 


sometimes used in naming cities (cf. 
Lich-field) ; i. 1. 2; 2.11, 218; 5.1. 
ἱπεζεύω, εύσω, to march on foot, pro- 
ceed by land, v. 5. 4. 
welds, ἡ, dv, (πούς) on foot, of in- 
Jantry, i. 3.12: vii. 3. 45: subst. 
πεζός a foot-soldier, ol πεζοί the in- 
fantry, foot, i, 10.12: ii.3.15: adv. 
πεζῇ on foot, by land, i. 4.18: v. 6.1. 
ἐπειθ-αρχέω, ow, (ἀρχή) to yield to 
authority, obey, D., 1. 9. 17. 

πείθω," πείσω, πέπεικα, (2 pf. pret. 
πέποιθα to trust), a. ἔπεισα, to per- 
suade, induce, prevail upon; in pr. 

and ipf., to try to persuade, wse per- 
suasion, advise, wrge, 594; A. I., CP.; 
i, 2. 26: ii. 6.2: vi.1.19: P. & M. 
to be persuaded, believe, obey, swhmit, 
yield or listen to, comply, follow one’s 
direction or advice, D. 1. (A.), i. 1.3; 
2.2; 3.6,15; 4.148: vil. 8.3: we- 
θόμενος as adj., obedient, ii. 6. 27. 

πεινάω " (des ys, &c.), now, πεπεί- 
νηκα, (πεῖνα hunger, akin to πένομαι) 
to hunger, be hungry, i. 9. 27. 

πεῖρα, as, trial, proof, experience, 
acquaintance, G. ὅτι, ili. 2.16: ἐν πεί- 
pe γενέσθαι to have been well acquaint- 
ed with, i. 9.1 (cf. ἐμπείρως) : πεῖραν 
λαμβάνειν to take or have experience, 
make trial, v. 8.15. Der. EM-PIRIC. 

jwepdw, dow, πεπείρᾶκα 1., comm. 
M., to try, endeavor, attempt ; to make 
trial or proof of, test; 1., G., ὅπως: 
1.1.7; 2.21: κὲ αὶ δὶ 858» 5.7. Der. 
PIRATE, EM-PIRICAL. 

πείσας, πεισθείς, -O0, see πείθω. 

Πεισίδης, see Πισίδης, i. 1. 11? 

πείσομαι, f. m. of πάσχω & πείθω, 
i. 3. 58, 15. 

πειστέον ἐστίν, (πείθομαι) one (we, 
they, &c.) must obey, 682, D.: ὡς π. 
εἴη Κλεάρχῳ that C. must be obeyed : 
δϑυν δι, ! 

πελάζω," πελάσω πελῶ, ch. poet., 
(πέλας near) to come near, approach, 
D., i. 8.15? iv. 2. 3. 

Πελληνεύς, éws, a Pellenian, a man 
of Pelléne (Πελλήνη), an ancient town 
of Achaia and the most easterly of 
its twelve cities, v. 2.15. || Tzerkovi 
near Zugra. : 

ἐΠελοποννήσιος,α,ον, Peloponnesian: 
οἱ Πελοποννήσιοι subst., the Peloponne- 
sians, who were in general accounted 
the best soldiers in Greece, and who 


πέντε 


tainous parts, carried their vigor and 
bravery to a foreign market: i. 1. ὃ: 
vi. 2. 10. 

Πελοπόννησος, ov, ἡ, (Πέλοπος νῆ- 
cos, the island οἵ Pelops), the Pelopon- 
nese or.-ésus, so named from its being 
so nearly surrounded by water, and 
from the sovereignty exercised over it 
by Pelops, an ancient king of Pisa in 
Elis, who, with his family, formed 
the subject of many myths and trage- 
dies. i. 4. 2. || Moréa. 

πελτάζω, dow, (πέλτη) to carry a 
ie serve as ὦ targeteer, Vv. 8. 5. 

ἕλται, Gv, ai, Pelt, a city in the 

western part of Phrygia, i.2.10. {|On 
or near the plain Baklan-Ovah. 
ἱπελταστής, οὔ, a targeteer, peltast. 
The πελτασταί not only carried a 
lighter shield (πέλτη), but were in 
other respects more lightly armed 
than the ὁπλῖται; and were therefore 
less adapted to the shock of arms, but 
better fitted for rapid movements. i. 
2. 6,9; 7.10; 10. 7. 

ἐπελταστικός, ἡ, dv, relating to or 
consisting of peltasts : πελταστικόν, 80. 
στράτευμα, light-armed force, light in- 
Jantry, targeteers, i. 8.5: vii. 3. 37. 

πέλτη, 75, α target, targe, or pelta, 
a small, light shield, often of crescent 
shape, more used by the Thracians 
and other barbarians than by the 
Greeks. It had comm. a wooden 
(often wicker) frame, covered with 
leather, and sometimes strengthened 
by a thin metallic front. i. 10. 12 
(acc. to some, here = παλτόν, which 
Rehdantz substitutes): v. 2. 29. 
ἱπεμπταῖος, a, ov, on the fifth day, 
Jive ni dead, vi, 4. 9. 
πέμπτος, 7, ov, (πέντε h, iii. 4. 
94: ἵν. 7. 21. fi ger 

πέμπω," ψω, πέπομφα, to send, D. 
A. P. (esp. fut. 598 b), eis, παρά, πρός, 
&e., 1.1.8; 3.8,14: ii.1.2,17. Der. 
pompa, POMP, POMPOUS. 

Ἱπένης, yros, ὁ, adj., poor; subst., 
a@ poor man: vii. 7, 28. 

ἱπενία, as, poverty, vii.6.20. Cogn. 
peniiria, penury. 
πένομαι, in pr. and ipf., to toil for 
daily bread, be poor, live in poverty, 
iii. 2. 26. [hundred, i. 2. 3s, 6, 
ἱπεντακόσιοι, a, a, (ἑκατόν) five 





often, especially from the more moun- 
LEX. AN. 5* 


11, Der. PENTA-GON. 


πέντε indecl., quinque, five, i. 2. 8, ᾿ 


— we = 


—= 


— 


- 
7 ἐπ 


* — 
eS ee ee = + 


" a 5" —— = Ξε: εἰ =. - = 


—— es ὦ. 





“πεντεκαίδεκα 106 


γπεντε-καί-δεκα (or πέντε καὶ δέκα) 
indecl., fif-teen, i. 4.1: iv. 7. 16. 
ἐπεντήκοντα indecl., fifty, i. 4.19; 
7.12: ii. 2.6. Der. PENTECOST. 
ἐπεντηκοντήρ, ἦρος, ὁ, a commander 
of fifty, or of half a lochus, iii. 4. 21. 
ἐπεντηκόντ-ορος, ov, ἡ, (épérrw to 
row) a fifty-oared vessel [sc. vais], v. 
1.15: wi. 6. 5, 228. 
μπεντηκοστύς, vos, ἡ, a body of fifty, 
or half a lochus: κατά r. by fifties, 
ἯΙ, 4. 22. Mh 
πέπαμαι, see πάομαι, iii. 3. 18. 
πέπονθα, see πάσχω, iii.2.8: vi.1.6. 
mémpaxa, -ἄσομαι, see πιπράσκω. 
Ka, see πίπτω, i. 8. 28. 

.* encl., (root or shorter form 
of περί, cf. Lat. per) orig. through, 
throughout ; hence, altogether, just, 
very, even, indeed, particularly, in 
particular ; often added to a relative 
or particle for strength or emphasis 
(comm. written as part of the same 
word, but sometimes separately) ; i. 3. 
18; 7.9; 8.18: see εἴπερ, ὅσπερ, Kc. 

a@adv., across, beyond ; of time, 
beyond, past, afler, after this ; G., vi. 
1, 28; 5. 7. 

μπεραίνω, avd, (πέρας an end) to fin- 
ish, complete, accomplish, execute, A., 
if. 1. 47; Ὁ 32: vi. 1. 18. 
jrepaida, wow, to carry across: M. 
to go across, pass over, els, Vii. 2. 12. 
jwépay adv., across, on the other side, 
G.: τὸ πέραν the other side: i. 5.10: 
iii. 5. 2, 12: iv. 3. 29, 33. 
περάω, dow, πεπέρᾶκα, to cross, A., 
iv. 3.21: v. 1. διαπεράω. ; 
Πέργαμον or -os, ov, τό or ἡ, Per- 
gamum or -us, the chief city of Teu- 
thrania in southwest Mysia, situated 
in the beautiful valley of the Caicus. 
It later became the capital of a king- 
dom, and renowned for its great libra- 
ry, giving its name toa material which 
was here brought into use, parchment 
(charta Pergaména). This was also 
the seat of one of the Apocalyptic 
churches. vii. 8. 8, 23. || Bergama, 
still a place of some consequence. 
πέρδιξ, ixos, ὁ ἡ, perdix, @ PAR- 
TRIDGE, i. 5. 3. 
περί " prep., (πέρ per) through the 
circuit, around, about: (a) w. GEN. 
of theme (that which discourse, 
thought, or action is concerned about), 
about, concerning, respecting, in respect 


περιίστημι 


to, for, i. 2.8; δ.81 6.6: ii. 1.12, 21s: 
expressing valuation, as, w. ποιεῖσθαι, 
περὶ παντός [concerning every interest] 
of all or the utmost concern or moment, 
all-important, περὶ πλείονος or πλεί- 
στοῦ of more or the most account, 
value, or consequence, of greater (high- 
er) or the greatest (highest) importance, 
1,9. 7,16: v.6.22:—(b) w. Dart. 
of a part of the body, around, about, 
i. 5.8: vii. 4.4:—(c) w. Acc., around, 
about ; sometimes translated with, 
among, towards, against, on the banks 
of, in respect to, in behalf of, &c.: of, 
place, i.6.4: iv. 4.3; 5.8,36: of per- 
son, i. 2.12; 4.8; 5.78; οἱ περὶ ᾿Αρι- 
aiov A. and those with him, ii. 4. 2, 
cf. ἀμφί, 5278, and iv. 5. 21: of time, 
i. 7. 1: of object of concern, relation, 
&c., iii. 2.20: v.7.33: vi. 6.31; εἶναι 
περί to be busy about, iii. 5. 7:— (ἃ) in 
compos. as above, and also denoting 
superiority (the greater surrounding 
the less). Cf. ἀμφί. 
περι-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, to throw one’s arms around, 
embrace, A., iv. 7.25: M. to throw 
round one’s self or one’s self around, 
to surround, A., vi. 3.3: vii. 4. 17. 
mept-ylyvopat,” γενήσομαι, γεγένη- 
μαι, 2 pf. γέγονα, 2 ἃ. ἐγενόμην, to be- 
come superior to, prevail over, over- 
come, conquer, G.; to come round, turn 
out, resull, Gore: 1.1.10: v. 8. 26. 
mept-Séw,* δήσω, δέδεκα, to tie round, 
iv. 5. 36: v. 2. — 
mept-ethéw,* ow, or περι-ίλλω, (εἰ- 
λέω or εἱλέω to roll, wrap) to wrap or 
tie around, iv. 5. 36: v. 1. περιδέω. 
περί-ειμι, " ἔσομαι, (εἰμί) to be su- 
perior, excel, surpass, exceed, prevail, 
G., i. 8.13; 9. 24: iii. 4. 33. 
περί-ειμι," ipf. jew, (εἶμι) to go 
round or about, A., iv.1.3: vii. 1. 33. 
περι-ἔλκω," Ew, ipf. εἷλκον, to 
drag round or about, 2 A., vii. 6. 10 
(περιεῖλε has robbed, Ed. C. H. Weise). 
περι-ἐρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 a. ἦλθον, to go around, vi. 3. 14? 
περι-ἔχω," ἔξω or σχήσω, ἔσχηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔσχον, to surround, encompass, 
protect, A., i. 2. 22. 
περι-ἣν, -frav, see περί-ειμε (εἰμί), 
mepi-lacr, -ἰόντες, see περίέ-ειμι (εἶμι). 
περι-ιδεῖν, see περι-οράω, vii. 7. 40. 
«ἰστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα (2 pf. 


γ 





pt. éorws), 2 ἃ. ἔστην, lo station round : 


περικυκλόω 107 


pf. and 2 a. to stand rownd, iv. 7. 2: 
vi. 6. 6. 
περι-κυκλόω, wow, κεκύκλωκα, to en- 
circle: M. to gather in a circle rownd, 
swrrownd, A., vi. 3. 11. 
περι-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 
2 a. ἔλαβον, lo throw one’s arms around, 
embrace, A., Vii. 4. 10. 
περι-μένω, " μενῶ, μεμένηκα, a, ἔμει- 
va, to stay about, remain, wait; to 
wait for, await, A.; ii. 1. 3, 6; 4.1. 
ἐΠερίνθιος, ov, ὁ, a Perinthian, vii. 
2.8; a man of 
Πέρινθος, ov, ἡ, Perinthus, a flour- 
ishing city of Thrace on the north 
shore of the Propontis, a Samian col- 
ony, later renowned for its obstinate 
«defence against Philip of Macedon, 
li. 6.2: vil. 2.8. || Eregli, from a later 
name Ἡράκλεια. 
πέριξ adv., (περί) round about, 
around, G., li. 5. 14: vii, 8, 12. 
περί-οδος, ov, ἡ, ἃ way round, cir- 
cuit, 111. 4.7, 11. Der. PERIOD. 
περι-οιἰκέω, ow, ᾧκηκα, to dwell 
around, A., v. 6. 16. 
περί-οικος, ov, ὁ, a provincial, one 
of the Periwci, v.1.15: see Σπάρτη. 
περι-οράω," ὄψομαι, ἑώρᾶκα or ἐό- 
ρᾶκα, 2 ἃ. εἶδον, to look about, see 
with indifference, overlook, neglect, 
allow, A. P., vii. 3.3; 7. 40, 46, 49. 
περί-πατος, ov, ὁ, (raréw to walk) 
a walk round, walk (both the act and 
the place), ii. 4.15. Cogn. PERIPA- 
TETIC. 
περι-πεσεῖν, see περι-πίπτω, i. 8. 28. 
_wepi-wéropat,” rrjoouai,to fly about, 
vi. 1. 23: v. 1, πέτομαι. 
περι-πήγνυμι," πήξω, πέπηχα l., to 
freeze abowt, trans.: P. to be frozen 
about or on the feet, iv. 5. 14. 
περι-πίπτω," πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔπεσον, to fall or throw one’s self 
about or upon, to fall on and embrace ; 
to fall foul of ; D.; 1. 8. 28 : vii. 8. 38. 
περι-πλέω," πλεύσομαι, πέπλευκα, 
to sail rownd, i. 2. 21: vii. 1. 20. 
περι-ποιέω, wow, πεποίηκα, A. & M. 
(as for one’s self), to work round, 
manage to procure, acquire, gain, A. 
D., Wa 5. 17, 
περι-πτύσσω, viw, to fold round, 
enfold, enclose, i. 10, 9. 
περι-ῥ-ῥέω," ῥεύσομαι & ῥυήσομαι, 
ἐῤῥύηκα, to flow rownd, encompass, A., 


Περσικός 


drop off, as water flowing about an 
object, D., iv. 3.8; v. 2. — 

περι-ῥ-ῥήγνῦμι, ῥήξω, ἔῤῥηχα 1., 2a. 
p. ἐῤῥάγην, to break around, trans.: 
M., w. 2a. p:, to break around, in- 
trans., iv. 3.8: v. 1. περιῤῥέω. 

περι-σταυρόω, wow, to fence or pali- 
sade about, A., vii. 4. 14. 

περιστερά, ἂς, @ dove, pigeon, held 
sacred by the Syrians from the tradi- 
tion that the great queen Semiramis 
was nourished as an infant by doves, 
and at death changed into a dove, i. 
4. 9, 

ἱπεριττεύω or περισσεύω, edow, to 
reach beyond, outflank, G., iv. 8, 11. 
περιττός or περισσός, 7%, dv, (περί) 
over and above, superfluous, spare, iii, 
2.38: vii. 6.31: οἱ περιττοί the men or 
Forces beyond, iv. 8.11: τὸ περιττόν the 
surplus, residue, v. 3. 13. 
περι-τυγχάνω," τεύξομαι, τετύχηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔτυχον, to happen about, happen 
to be near, meet, vi. 6. 7. 

περι-φανώς (περι-φανής seen around, 
fr. φαίνω) conspicuously, evidently, 
manifestly, iv. 5. 4. 

περι-φέρω," οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, to carry 
round, A., νἹ]. 8, 24, Der. PERIPHERY. 

περί-φοβος, ov, greatly alarmed, 
much terrified, in great alarm or ter- 
ror, iii. 1. 12. 

Πέρσης, ov, a Persian, one of a peo- 
ple early restricted to the country of 
Persis (Περσίς, in its native form Par- 
sa, whence the modern Fars) north- 
east of the Persian Gulf and south of 
Media, but by successive conquests 
extending their power ‘‘from India 
even unto Ethiopia, over an hundred 
and seven and twenty provinces ” 
(Esther, 1. 1), an empire far greater 
than any before presented in history. 
In the time of Xen., the Persians had 
lost their early simplicity and vigor, 
and soon after fell an easy prey to the 
arms of Alexander. After their un- 
successful attempts to conquer Greece 
in the reigns of Darius and Xerxes, 
they interfered in Greek affairs chiefly 
by their money, which they employed 
in subsidizing states and corrupting 
public men. 1. 2. 20 (as adj.); 5. 8. 
ἐπΠερσίζω, low cd, to speak Persian, 
iv. 5. 34. 
ἐΠρφρσικός, ἡ, ὄν, Persian: τὸ Περ- 





i.5.4: 2 ἃ. p. or a. περι-ἐῤῥύην to 


σικὸν [sc. Spxnuaj ὀρχεῖσθαι to dance 

















Περσιστί 


the Persian [dance], also called ὄκλα- 
σμα from the dancer’s often sinking 
upon the knee: i. 2. 27; 8. 21: iii. 
$8.16; 4.17: vi. 1. 10. 
jIlepovori adv., in the Persian lan- 
guage, in Persian, iv. 5. 10. 
περυσινός, ἡ, dv, (πέρυσι a year ago) 
of the last year, last year’s, v. 4. 27 
πεσεῖν, -ὦν, see πέπτω, ili. 1. 11. 
πέταλον, ov, (πετάννῦμι to expand) 
a leaf, v. 4.12. Der. PETAL. 
méropat,* πετήσομαι, usu. πτήσο- 
pat, 2 a. ἐπτόμην & ἐπτάμην, to fly, 
i. δ. 8: vi. 1. 23 (v. 1. περιπέτομαι). 
tarérpa, as, a rock ; a mass of rock, 
large stone; i. 4. 4: iv. 2. 3, 20? 7.4, 
10214. Der. PETRI-FY, PETR-OLEUM. 
ἐπετρο-βολία, as, (βάλλω) the throw- 
ing of stones, stoning, vi. 6. 15. 
, ov, ὁ, α stone, iv. 2. 207 7. 
12: vii. 7. 54. Der. PETER. 
in redupl. for φεῴ-, 150 ἃ. 
πεφυλαγμένως (fr. pf. p. pt. of φυ- 
Adrrw) guardedly, cautiously, ti. 4. 24. 
πῆ, πῇ, πή, or πή, also encl., (26s) 
in some or any way, by any means ; 
πὴ μὲν... πῆ δέ, in one view or respect 
. . in another, on some accounts . . on 
others, partly . . partly: iii. 1. 12? 
iv. 8. 11: vi. 1. 20 (δ᾽ ad for πῆ δέ) ? 
πηγή, iis, α fountain, spring, source, 
comm. in pl., ἱ. 3. 75; 4.10: iv. 1.3. 
whyvups,” πήξω, πέπηχα l., (2 pf. 
πέπηγα am fixed), to make fast or 
solid, stiffen, freeze, benumb with cold, 
A., iv.5.3: P. & M. to be frown, 
Sreeze (intrans.), vii. 4. 3. 
πηδάλιον, ov, (πηδόν an oar) a broad 
steering-oar or rudder (the Greek ves- 
sel comm. having two, one on each 
side of the stern, but often connected 
by a cross-bar), v. 1. 11. 
πηλός, οὔ, ὁ, mud, mire, i. 5.78: 
ii. 3. 11 


πῆχυς, ews, ὁ, a cubit, = 14 Greek 
feet, iv. 7. 16. 

Πίγρης, yros, ὁ, Pigres, an inter- 
preter to Cyrus, prob. a Carian, i. 2. 
17: ἢ. 7} S12 

πιέζω, dow, to press, oppress, A.: P. 
to be hard pressed, pressed or crowded 
together, oppressed or weighed down, i. 
1. 10: iii. 4. 19, 27, 48: iv. 8. 13. 

πικρός, d, dv, bitter, iv. 4. 13. 

πίμπλημι," πλήσω, πέπληκα, (πλέως 
full) to fill, A. α., i. 5. 10. 

πίνω," πίομαι (tf), πέπωκα, 2 a. Exiov, 


108 πλαίσιον 


poto, to drink, a., iv. δ. 32: vi. 1. 4; 
4.11. Der. POTATION, SYM-POSIUM, 

πιπράσκω," wémpaxa, f. pf. wempd- 
σομαι, (pr. a. comm. supplied by rw- 
λέω, and f, and aor. by ἀποδώσομαι, 
ἀπεδόμην) to sell, A. G. of price, vii. 1. 
86; 2.6; 7. 26; 8. 6. 

πίπτω," πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 2 a, 
ἔπεσον, to fall, eis: to fall in battle, 
be slain : 1. 8. 28: ii. 3. 18: iii. 1. 11: 
iv. 5.7. Der. A-PTOTE, DI-PTOTE. 

Πισίδης or Πεισίδης, ov, a Pi- 
sidian. he Pisidz were a race of 
bold, tameless robbers, occupying the 
western range of Mt. Taurus, where, 
in their mountain fastnesses, they 
long maintained their independence, 


and annoyed their neighbors by their. 


ravages. The important but difficult 
work of their subjugation seemed a 
proper object for an expedition by 
Cyrus. The present occupants of this 
region have a marked resemblance to 
them. Κα 1; 1: Κ». 34. 

ἐπιστεύω, εύσω, πεπίστευκα, to trust, 
believe, confide in, rely upon, D. 1.(A.), 
i. 2.2; 3.16; 9.8: vil. 7. 25. 

πίστις, ews, ἡ, (πείθω) faith, con- 
fidence, trust ; good faith, fidelity ; a 

und of confidence, an assurance, 

pledge ; i. 2. 26; 6.3: iii. 2.8; 3. 4. 

πιστός, ἡ, ov, C., 8., (πείθω) that 
may be trusted, trusty, trustworthy, 
faithful, devoted ; trusted, confiden- 
tial, in one’s confidence ; D.: ol πιστοί, 
a special term for the trusty or con- 
fidential attendants or officers of a Per- 
sian prince: i. 4.15; 5.15; 6.3: 11. 5. 
22: πιστά subst., trustworthy things, 
tokens of good faith, pledges, assur- 
ances, solemn sanctions, τ. (A.), i. 6. 7: 
ii, 3. 26; 4.7; iv. ἃ. ἡ". 

jmorérys, ros, ἡ, faithfulness, 
jidelity, i. 8. 29. 

πίτυς, vos, ἡ, pinus, @ pine-tree, 
pine, iv. 7. 6. 

πλάγιος, a, ov, (πλάγος side) in a 
side direction, slanting, oblique: εἰς 
πλάγιον obliquely: els τὰ πλάγια to 
or against the sides or flanks, to the 
right and left: i. 8. 10: iii. 4. 14. 

πλαίσιον, ov, (akin to πλατύξ) a 
rectangle ; of troops, ὦ square. This 
square, which could present a front to 
the enemy on each side, might be 
either hollow, or filled with troops, 





or, as was common on a harassed 


πλανάομαι 


march, occupied in the centre by the 
eamp-followers and baggage. 1. 8. 9: 
iii. 2. 36; 4.19, 43. 
πλανάομαι, ἥσομαι, πεπλάνημαι, 
(πλάνη a wandering) to wander about, 
i. 2.25: v.1.7. Der. PLANET. 
πλάτος, εος, τό, (πλατύς) width, 
breadth, v. 4. 32. Cog. PLAT, PLATE. 
πλάττω, πλάσω, πέπλακα 1., to 
mould, shape: M. to fabricate, frame, 
invent, 6. g. falsehoods, 582 γ, A., 1]. 
6. 26. Der. PLASTIC, PLASTER. 
πλατύς, cia, U, ὁ. Urepos, wide 
broad, iii. 4. 22. Der. PLATY-PUS. 
ἐπλεθριαῖος, a, ov, extending a hun- 
dred feet, i. 5.43; 7.15: iv. 6. 4. 
πλέθρον, ov, a plethron or plethrum, 
a hundred feet (in our measure, about 
101 ft., 14 in.), i. αὶ 5, 23; πὲ 4. 9. 
πλείων or πλέων more, πλεῖστος 
most, see πολύς, i. 1. 6 ; 3. 7. 
πλέκω," ἔξω, plecto, plico, to plait, 
braid, A., iii. 3.18. Der. COM-PLEX. 
πλεον-εκτέω, wow, πεπλεονέκτηκα, 
(πλέον ἔχω) to have or get more, have 
the advantage, gain the ascendency, 
G. D. of respect, ili. 1. 37: v. 4. 15. 
πλευρά, as, a rib (pl. side or sides); 
a side or flank of an army: iii.2.36s: 
iv. 1.18; 7.4. Der. PLEURISY. 
πλέω," πλεύσομαι or -σοῦμαι, πέπλευ- 
κα, ἃ. ἔπλευσα, to sail, go by sea, ἐν, 
xpos, &c., 1.7.15; 9.17: v. 1. 10. 
πλέων, πλέον, see πολύς, i. 2. 11. 
πληγή, 7s, (πλήττω) plaga, a blow, 
i, 5.11: ii. 4.11. Der, PLAGUE. 
πλῆθος, cos, τό, fulness, abundance, 
multitude; great quantity, extent, or 
number ; amount, total, number or 
numbers ; the multitude, mass, main 
or common body; i.5.9; 7.4; 8.13: 
iii. 1. 37: iv. 4.8: v. 5. 4. 
πλήθω in pr. and ipf., (πλέως full) 
to be full, i. 8.1: ii. 1. 7: see ἀγορά, 
πίμπλημι. Der. PLETHORIC. 
πλήν " (πλέον more than) adv. as 
prep., except, save, G., 1.1.6; 8.6: 
—conj., except, but ; except that, save 
that ; i. 2.24: 8. 20, 25; 9. 29. 
πλήρης, ες, (πλέως full) plénus, 
full, com-plete, filled with, abounding 
m, G., 1.2.7; 4.9; 5.1; 8.9.0.8. 
10: vii. 5.5. Cog, PLENARY, PLENTY. 
Ἰπλησιάζω, dow, πεπλησίακα, to come 
or draw near, approach, D., i. 5.2: 
iv. 6.6: vi. 5. 26. 
[πλησίος, a, ov, poet., near :} hence 


109 “ποθέν 


adv. πλησίον, near, nigh, close by, α., 
i. 8.1: v. 2.11: also used w. the art. 
as an adj. (c. πλησιαίτερος, s. -alraros), 
near, neighboring, nearest, D., i. 10.5: 
i. 4.16: iv. 8. 13:—fr. πέλας near. 
πλήττω," πλήξω, 2 pf. πέπληγα, 
2a. p. ἐπλήγην, to strike, smite, wound, 
A., V. 8. 2, 4,12: vi. 1.5 (stronger 
than walw). Der. APO-PLEXY. 
ἐπλίνθινος, 7, ov, made or built of 
brick, iii. 4. 11. 
πλίνθος, ov, ἡ, α brick, whether 
baked by fire or dried in the sun, ii. 
4.12: iii. 4.7. Der. PLINTH. 
πλοῖον, ov, (πλέω) α vessel, esp. ἃ 
merchant or transport vessel, more 
oval in form than the ship of war 
(ναῦς or τριήρη5) and chiefly propelled 
by sails ; ὦ ship of burden, transport ; 
a boat, (as for fishing, crossing or 
bridging a river, &e.), canoe ; i. 2. 5; 
4 785, 18; 7.15: v. 4.11: μακρὸν x. 
a long vessel, i. e. ship of war, in dis- 
tinction from the rounder ship of 
burden, v. 1. 11. 
πλόος, ou, contr. πλοῦς, οὔ, ὁ, (τλέω) 
a voyage, sailing ; hence, sing. and pl., 
weather for sailing: G., els, ἐξ : ν. 7. 
7: 1. ὅδ. 4.2 
[-πλοος -fold, akin to πλέκω, 240. 4.] 
_tmhotoros, a, ov, c., rich, wealthy, 
i. 9.16: vil. 3.18; 7. 28. 
twrovelws adv., in wealth, iii. 2.26% 
twrrovréw, ἥσω, πεπλούτηκα, to be or 
become rich, to possess or acquire wealth, 
G., 1.9.19: ii. 6. 21: vil. 7. 9, 28, 42. 
tahourl{w, low 1, πεπλούτικα, to 
make rich, enrich, A., vii. 6. 9. 
[πλοῦτος, ov, ὁ, (πλέος full) wealth, 
riches. Der. PLUTUS. } 
ἱπνεῦμα, aros, τό, wind, breath, iv. 
5.4: vi.1.14; 2.1. Der. PNEUMATICS, 
πνέω," πνεύσομαι, πέπνευκα, to blow, 
breathe, iv. 5.3. Der. Dys-PNaA. 
; | Ew, to choke, drown, A., V. 
wo-Samds, ἡ, dv, (wis; & δάπεδον 
ground, or ἀπό) cujas? of what coun- 
try ? iv. 4.17. 
t1ro8-fpys, ες, (ἀρ-) reaching to the 
feet, i. 8. 9. 
ἱποδίζω, low ἐῶ, to fasten by the feet, 
fetter, iii. 4. 35. 
ποδός, ποδῶν, &c., see πούς, i, 2. 8. 
πόθεν ; (πός ;) unde, whence? vy. 4.7. 
ποθέν encl., (¢és) from any place or 





quarter, vi. 3. 15. 








ποθέω 110 


ἐποθέω, tow, πεπόθηκα 1., to long, 
earnestly desire, be anxious, 1., Vi. 4. 8. 
πόθος, ov, ὁ, fond desire, longing for, 
. πὶ. 1. 3. 
tof encl., (πός) to some or any place, 


πολλαπλάσιος 


ποῖος, a, ον, interrog., (πός ;) qualis ? 
of what kind? what kind or state of ? 
what? ii. 5.7, 13: iii. 1. 14. 

T wokepéw, ἥσω, πεπολέμηκα, to war, 
make or carry on war, be at war, per- 


tn any direction, some- or any-where| form in war, D. AE., πρός or ἐπί, i. 1. 


= -whither), v. 1.8: vi. 3. 10. 

ποιέω, how, πεποίηκα, to MAKE 
or DO, but translated variously acc. 
to the connection: thus, to MAKE, 
form, construct, erect, appoint, ren- 
der, institute, organize ; to cause, pro- 
duce, secure, give, induce, influence, 
enable (x. μή to prevent); to make in 
fancy, suppose; A. D., 2 A. (or A. ἃ 
adj.), 1.(A.), Gere: i. 1.2; 6. 2,6; 
dey 0c 80. 2. 22: vi 7. Os wh 2 9: 
τ. ἐκκλησίαν to call an assembly, i. 4. 
12; φόβον x. to strike terror, i. 8.18: 
—to DO, perform, accomplish, effect, 
execute; to do (good, evil, &c.), be- 
stow, inflict; to act, proceed; Af. 
(esp. neut. adj.) A., D.; i.1.11; 5.2, 
7; 9.11: iv.2.23; w. εὖ, κακῶς, &e., 
to treat, serve, do well or ill by, do 
good or evil to, benefit, injure, &c., A., 
1.4.8; 6.9: M.to MAKE or DO 


Jor one’s self, make one’s own; in 
general like the act., but more sub- 
jective, and oftener used with an acc. 
as = a verb cognate w. the acc. (ἐξέ- 


τασιν ποιεῖσθαι or ποιεῖν to make a 
review, to review, i. 2.9,14); A., 2 A.; 
i. 1.6; 7. 2,20; 9. 20: iv. 5. 28: 
σπονδὰς ποιεῖν to offer a libation, but 
σπονδὰς ποιεῖσθαι to offer a libation 
together, to make a treaty or truce, ii. 
3. 8: iv. 3. 14:— ἰο cause to be made, 
have or procure made, A., 581, v. 3. 
5:—to put, place, bring, set, station, 
form, ch. in expressing military posi- 
tion or arrangement, A., i. 6.9; 10. 
9: vi. 5. 5s, 18,25; ὀρθίους ποιεῖσθαι 
or ποιεῖν to form in columns, iv. 8. 10, 
12,148; τριχῆ ποιεῖσθαι to form in 
three divisions, iv. 8. 15 (cf. δίχα) ; ἐν 
ἀποῤῥήτῳ ποιεῖσθαι to put under seal 
of secrecy, vii. 6. 43 : — in expressing 
value, to make to one’s self, make of 
account, esteem, regard, account, A., 
1. wepl, wapd, i. 9.7, 16: ἡ. 3.18: vi. 
1.11; 6.11. Der. Porm, Port. 
ψποιητέος, a, ov, to be or that must be 
made or done (one must make or do), 
D. A., 1.3. 15: iii. 1. 18, 35: vi. 4.12. 
ποικίλος, 7, ov, variegated, many- 


6,88: δ. δι δι 6 iv. 1. 1, 

Ἱπολεμικός, ἡ, dv, s., warlike, skilled 
or able in war, fitted for war, ii. 6. 1, 
7: τὰ π΄. warlike affairs, iii. 1. 38: 
σημαίνειν τὸ π. to give the signal for 
attack, sound the charge, iv. 3. 29: 
ἀνέκραγε πολεμικόν gave a war-shout, 
vii. 3. 33. Der. POLEMICs. 

} πολεμικῶς, 5. ὦτατα, hostilely : π. 
ἔχειν to be hostile or on terms of hostil- 
ity, vi. 1. 1. 

Ἱπολέμιος, a, ov, c., 8., relating to 
war ; hostile, at war with ; belonging 
to an enemy, of enemies, the enemys : 
subst. πολέμιος an enemy, ol π. the 
enemy, ἢ πολεμία [sc. χώρα] the ene- 
my's country, τὰ π΄ the affairs of war 
or military affairs: D., G.: i. 2.19; 
4.5; 5.16; 6.1: iti. 3.5: iv. 7. 19s. 

πόλεμος, ov, ὁ, (τολέω to haunt) bel- 
lum, war, warfare, πρός : τὰ eis τὸν 
mw. ἔργα warlike exercises: ὁ θεῶν π. 
the hostility of the gods: i. 6.6; 9. ὅ, 

14: ἢ ἢν ἢ: Ἀ ἃ δ: Oe ae BP 

Ἱπολίζω, iow ιῶ, to build up into a 
city, colonize, A., vi. 6. 4. 

Ἱπολι-ορκέω, How, (elpyw) to hem in 
a city, besiege, invest, beleaquer, block- 
ade, A., 1.1.7; 4.2: iii. 4.8: iv. 2.15. 

πόλις, ews, ἡ, (akin to πολύς) a city, 
town, comm. fortified, and often dis- 
tinguished in the Anab. as inhabited 
or deserted (several cities on the route 
being in the latter condition from war 
or political changes); a body of citi- 
zens, state; a citadel (the Acropolis at 

Athens being sp. so called); 1.1. 6,8s: 
ii. 6.13: vii. 1.27. Der. Na-PLEs. 

ἐπόλισμα, aros, τό, (πολέζω) that 
which is built up like a city, a city, 
town, usu. of the smaller size, iv.7.17. 

ἐπολιτεύω, εὐσω, to be a citizen, live 
or dwell as a citizen, iii. 2. 26. 
μπολέτης, ov, α citizen, v.3.9s. Der. 

POLITICS. 

Ἱπολλάκις many times, often, fre- 
quently, repeatedly, i. 2.11: vii. 3. 41. 

Ἱπολλα-πλάσιος, a, ov, (πλάττω to 
form) manifold,manifold more ; many 
times as much, many, or numerous: 





colored, embroidered, tattooed, i. 5. 8. 


πολλαπλάσιοι ὑμῶν many times your 


πολλαχῆ 111 


own number: 1.7.3: iii. 3. 14,16: 
vii. 7. 25, 27. 
ἱπολλαχῆ or χῇ in many places or 
cases, often, Vii. 3. 12. 
πολλαχοῦ in many places, on many 
occasions, often, iv. 1. 28. 
trohv-avOpwros, ov, populous, ii. 4,13. 
ἐπολυ-αρχία, as, (dpxw) a command 
vested in many, multiplicity of com- 
mand, many commanders, vi. 1. 18. 
t TloAv-xparns, cos, Polycrates,atrust- 
ed and useful lochage from Athens, iv. 
δ. 24: v. 1. Πολυβώτης or -βάτης. 
tIIodt-vixos, ov, Polynicus, an en- 
voy to the Cyreans from the Spartan 
commander Thibron, vii. 6. 1, 39. 
trrokv-tpaypovéw, ow, (πρᾶγμα) to 
be busy about many things, meddle, 
imtrigue, AE.: w. τι to engage in some 
imtrique, v. 1. 15. 
πολύς," πολλή, πολύ, c. πλείων or 
πλέων, 8, πλεῖστος, (αΚίη to πλέως full) 
much ; many or numerous, ch. in pl.; 
also, acc. to the subject, large, great, 
in great quantity or numbers, in abun- 
dance, abundant, plentiful, extensive, 
long, deep, loud, &c.; 1.1.6; 2.18; 
3. 2, 7,14; 7. 4: sometimes pleonas- 
tically used or followed by καί q. v., 
702 ¢, li. 5.9; 3.18: iv. 6. 27 (cf. iii. 
5. 1): πολλοί many, of πολλοί the 
many, the most, the majority, iii. 1. 3, 
10: πολλή, sc. ὁδός, a long way or 
journey, vi. 3.16: οἱ πλεῖστοι or πλεῖ- 
στοι (533 6) plurimi, the most (also x. 
very many), 1.5. 2,13 :— πολύ subst. 


πορίζω 


{Πολύ-στρατος, ov, Polystratue, an 
Athenian, father of Lycius, iii. 3. 20. 
ἐπολυ-τελής, és, (τέλος) expensive, 
costly, rich, i, 5. 8. 
πόμα or πῶμα, aros, τό, (πίνω) α 
drink, iv. 5. 27. 
πομπή, ἧς, (πέμπω) a sending forth, 
a solemn procession, v.5.5. Der. POMP. 
trrovéw, ἥσω, πεπόνηκα, to labor, toil, 
incur toil, undergo hardship ; to ob- 
tain by toil, a.: 1. 4.14: 9.19: ii. 6. 
6: vii. 6. 10, 41. 
ἵπονηρός, ά, dv, causing toil or hard- 
ship (or in this sense wéynpos); hence 
bad, evil, disastrous, mischievous, 
wretched, worthless, troublesome, dan- 
gerous ; base, vile, villanous, wicked, 
unprincipled, evil-disposed, πρός : ii. 
5. 21: ili. 4.19, 35: vii. 1.39; 4. 12, 
tirovijpws or πονηρῶς, with toil or 
difficulty, iii. 4. 19. 
πόνος, ov, ὁ, (révouat) toil, labor, 
hardship, trouble, difficulty : οἱ ἡμέτε- 
ροι π. the fruits of our toil: ii. 5. 18: 
iii. 1.12: vii. 6. 9. Der. GEo-Pontcs. 
πόντος, ov, ὁ, &@ sea or sea-busin 
(while θάλαττα signifies rather the 
water of the sea, or the body of sea- 
water); hence, even the region about 
ὦ sea, as its basin: ὁ Πόντος the Pon- 
tus, sp. used for 6 Πόντος Evéewos the 
Euxine or Black Sea, or its basin or 
surrounding region, iv. 8.22: v.1.1; 
6. 155, 195, Der. ponric. 
tropela, as, a jowrney, march, pas- 
sage, course, route, way, mode of trav- 


or adv., much, a great part, greatly, |\elling: τὴν π. ποιεῖσθαι to make the 


very, ὦ great distance, far, long; so 


march, pursue one’s journey, to march, 


πολύ or πολλῷ often w. the compar. ;| proceed: i. 7. 20: ii. 2.10: iii, 1, 5; 


ἐκ πολλοῦ, sc. διαστήματος, from a dis- 
tance ; 1.5.28: ii. 5. 32: iii.3.9: iv. 


4, 36, 44: iv. 4.18: v. 6. 12. 
taropevréos, a, ov, necessary to be 


1.11: see ἄξιος, ἐπί: τὸ πολύ the| passed or crossed, which one must cross, 


much, the [great] greater part, the 
most, 1.4.13: vil. 7.36: ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ 
word as things are for the most part, 
commonly, 711, ili. 1. 425} πολλά 
many things, much, often, διὰ πολλά 


D.: πορευτέον (ἐστίν) it is necessary to 
march or proceed, one must, &., AE.: 
li, 2,12; 5.18: iv. 1.2; 5.1. 
πορεύω, εύσω, a. p. as m. ἐπορεύθην, 
(wépos) to make go, convey: M. to go, 


Sor many reasons, i.9.22: iv.3.2:—| proceed, march, advance, set forth, 
πλεῖον or πλέον plus, subst. or adj. journey, travel, esp. by land, ak., 


(often as indecl. 507 e), or adv., more, 
i.2.11; 4.14 (by pleonasm) : ἐκ πλεί- 
ovos from a greater distance, sooner, i. 
10. 11 ;— πλεῖστον or πλεῖστα subst. 
or adv., the most, farthest ; very much ; 
most or very plentifully ; il. 2.12: 


διά, ἐπί, παρά, πρός, &c., 1.2.1, 4; 8. 

4,7: ii. ἢ. 11.5.14: iii. 4. 46: v. 3,1. 
πορθέω, wow, πεπόρθηκα, (πέρθω to 

ravage) to ravage, lay waste, plunder, 

Aig Υ ἢ. Δ WE ἃ aR, 

ἱπορίζω, ἔσω ιῶ, πεπόρικα, to provide, 


iii. 2.31: vii. 6.35; 7.1. See ποιέω. | supply, JSurnish, bestow, A. D., ii. 3.5: 





Der. POLY-GON, POLY-GLOT. 


11.3. 20 ; 5.8: —M. to provide for one’s 





πόρος 112 


self, supply one’s self with, procure, | 
A., ii. 1. 6: iii. 1. 20. Der. PORISM. 
, ov, ὁ, (πέρα) & way across OF 

through, passage, ford ; hence, ὦ re- 
source, provision, means, πρός : ii. 5. 
20: iv. 3. 13, 20. Der. PORE. 

πόῤῥω (later for πρόσω, old Att. 
πόρσω, 104, 157) far from, G., 1. 3.12. 
up éa, €or, contr. οὖς, 4, | 
ov, (πορφύρα the purple-fish) purpu- 
reus, purple, 1.5.8. Cog. PORPHYRY. 

[ards an old indef.and interrog. pron., 
remaining in πού, ποῦ, πή, πῆ, ke. | 

ποσί, see πούς, 1. 5. 3. 

πόσος, 7, ov, interrog., (πός ;) quan- 





tus? how much? how large or great? | f 


ii. 4. 21: vii. 8.1: in exclam., vi. 5. 
20: πόσον ; how far? vii. 3. 12. 
ποταμός, οὔ, ὁ, (words, as if drink- 
able water) α river, i. 2. 5,78: see 
522i. Der. MESO-POTAMIA. 
ποτέ encl. indef. adv., (34s) αὐ some 


πρέσβυς 

about 4 of an inch shorter, than our 

own. i. 2.8; 5.8: iv. 6.12: v.2.32. 

Der. ANTI-PODES, TRI-POD, POLY-PUS. 
πρᾶγμα, aros, τό, (πράττω) ἃ thing 

done, deed, affair, event, occurrence, 

circumstance, case, matter : pl. affairs, 


state of affairs, business, troublesome 


business ; hence, trouble, annoyance, 
dificulty: i.1.11; 3.3; 5.18: iv. 
1.17: vi. 3.6. Der. PRAGMATIC. 
μπραγματεύομαι, εύσομαι, πεπραγμά- 
τευμαι, to be busy about, labor to effect, 
A., Vii. 6. 35. 
πρᾶέων, see πρᾶος, i. 4. 9. 
πρᾶνής, ἐς, (πρό) pronus, inclined 
orward, PRONE; sleep in descent: 
τὸ π. the steep, slope, place or grownd 
below : i. 5. 8: iii. 4. 25: iv. 8. 28. 
πρᾶξις, ews, ἡ, (πράττω) transaction, 
business, undertaking, enterprise, i. 3. 
16, 18s: vii. 6.17. Der. PRAXIS. 
πρᾶος (or ™pqos),* mpdcia, πρᾶον, 





or any time, once, ever ; sometimes 
strengthening a direct or indirect in- 
terrog., as ὅποι ποτέ where im the 
world ; i. 5.7 (6) π., also written δή- 
wore); 9. 6: iii. 4. 10 (cf. 7); 5. 15. 
πότερος, a, ov, (πός ;) which of two? 
hence adv., πότερον or πότερα in in- 
quiry between two suppositions (the 
second, which is connected by 4, be- 
ing sometimes understood), whether, 
usu. expressed in Eng. in indirect 
question only (cf. Lat. utrum. . an), 
i. 4.13: ii. 1.10, 21; 5.17: v. 8. 4. 
μποτέρως in which way OF on τῷ 
supposition of two? εἰ... Hel, vii. 7.30. 
ὑποτήριον, ov, a drinking-cup, V1. 1.4. 
ποτός, ἡ, dv, (πο- in πίνω) drinkable, 


POTABLE, to drink : subst. ποτόν or -ἀ 


drink: i. 10. 18: ii. 3. 27: iv. 5. 8? 


μπότός, ov, ὁ, α symposium or ban- | } 


quet, drinking, ii. 3.15: vii. 3. 26. 
Der. POTATION. 


ποῦ interrog. adv., (wés;) ubil 


where? ii. 4.15: v. 8. 2. 








on which | succeeding, vii. 4. 21. 


gentle, tame, i. 4. 9. 
πράττω, πράξω, πέπρᾶχα, (περάω) 
to pass through an action, incident, 
or course of conduct or fortune; fo 
do, transact, PRACTISE, perform, effect ; 
to manage, bargain, negotiate ; to take 
or pursue @ course; AF. διά, περί, 
&e.; i. 6.6: ii. δ. 321 : vii. 2.12:— 
exact, DEMAND, require, 2 A., vii. 6. 
17: —to do for one’s self, fare, succeed, 
ed or καλῶς, κακῶς, οὕτω, ἀγαθά, τάδε 
(as follows), &c., i. 9.10 : iii. 1.63; 4. 
6: vi. 3.2: ἃ πράττοι how he was 
Ποιέω refers 
rather to the effect produced, and 
πράττω to the occupation through 
which it is produced; while ποιέω 
refers more to the effect produced 
upon another than πράττω. To ex- 
ress definite acts, ποιέω is more used ; 
but to express a course of action or 
fortune, πράττω. Der. PRACTICAL. 
or πράως, (rpaos) mildly, 

calmly, i. 5. 14. 

w, éyw, to suit, become, beseem, 








πρεσβύτης 113 προέχω 


(πρέπω ἢ old ; as subst., (since old men | ward or hold forth one’s a 

were ch. so sent) an ambassador, en-|sent arms ; ats jew Se pati 
voy, deputy : c. older, elder, elderly ;} ἀσπίδα, having thrown his shield be- 
subst., an elder : 8. oldest, eldest: i.| fore, πρό" i.2.17: iv. 2.21: vi. 1.25; 
Hols ct 9.5: ii. 1.10: iti. 1. 14, 28,|2.6. Der. prRo-BLEM. si A 
. Der. PRESBYTER, PRIEST. Τπροβάτιον, ov, dim., a small sheep, 
jmperBirns, ov, an old man, vi. 3. 10 ?| vi. 3. τι εν. ida : 

πρίασθαι, &c., to buy, see ὠνέομαι. i ᾿ρτίαν ov, (προ-βαίνω) usu. pl 
trply * adv. or conj., prius, before, | animals that go forth to pasture δαΐ- 
before that, ere, sooner than, wntil,|tle; ch. of small cattle, esp sheep ; 
even used after words already express-| 11. 4. 27: iii. 5.9: vi. 3.3, 821 4, 22. 
ing precedence (πρόσθεν, φθάνω, &c.);| προ-βολή, js, (προ-βάλλω) the pre- 
comm. w. a finite mode after nega-| sentation of arms, a charge, vi. 5. 25% 
tion, but otherwise 1.(A.), 7038; i.1.| προ-βουλεύω, evow, βεβούλευκα, to 
10 ; 2. 2, 26; 4. 13,16; 8.19: 11. 5. | plan in advance or behalf of another. 
ΤΩ: ὅ. 1 (πρὶν ἤ cir ie lead in counsel, G., iii. 1. 37. : 
prep. w. gen., (cf. prae, pro) be-| πρό-γονος, ov, ὁ, (γίγνομαι - 

fore : local, before, in front of (to pro- Pree ste te a i ἐμέ fr 


πού encl. indef. adv., (πόθ) some- ; , me 
where, anywhere ; hence, 88 & general | ch. impers., D., 1.» 1. 9.6: iii. 2. 7, 16. 


indef., perhaps, I suppose; 1. 2. 27: Heer on an embassy, Vii. ὃ. 21. 
ii. 3. 6: iv. 8. 21 (of time)? v. 7. 13. trper Ber οὔ, an ambassador, en- 


πούς," ποδός, 6, Pes, Sans. pad, a| voy, vi. 9. 10: v. ἴ. πρεσβύτης. 

FOOT: ἐπὶ πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν to retreat ἐπρεσβεύω, εύσω, πεπρέσβευκα, lo δὲ 
[stepping back upon the foot] facing | an ambassador or envoy, or to go, come, 
the foe or without turning. As ἃ οἵ act as one, D., παρά, i. 1. 18: γι. 
measure of length, the standard Greek | 2. 23; 7. 6. 
foot (the Olympic) was about ἃ of an} | us," ews, UP, Y, pl. εἰς,. ὁ (in 
inch longer, while the Roman was/ sing. poet., 238 4), 6. Urepos, 8, UraTos, 





tect, r. as a defence against, &c.), 1. 2. 
17; 4.4: vii.8.18 : — temporal, before, 
i.7.13 :— causal, &c., in behalf of, for, 
vii. 6. 27,36; cf.vi.1.8. In compos., 


before, beforehand, previously, for- 


ward, forth, publicly, in behalf or de- 


Jence of. — Hence, c. & 5. adjectives 


πρό-τερος, (πρό-ατορ) πρῶτος, q. V., 
262d; cf. pre, prior, primus, fore, 
former, foremost or first. Der. PRo- 
PHET, PRO-EM. 

προ-αγορεύω, εύσω, ἠγόρευκα, (comm. 
f. ἐρῶ, pt. εἴρηκα, 2 ἃ. εἶπον) to say or 
announce before others, proclaim, pub- 
lish, communicate publicly, A. D., ὅτι, 
i. 2.17: ii. 2. 20: vii. 7. 13. 

mpo-dyw,* ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 a. ἤγαγον, 
to lead or proceed forward, advance, 
A., iv. 6. 21: vi. 5. 6s, 11. 

προ-αιρέω," How, ἥρηκα, 2 a. εἷλον, 
to take before: M. to choose before, 
select, A., vi. 6. 19. 

προ-αισϑάνομαι͵," θήσομαι, ἤσθημαι, 
2 ἃ. ἡσθόμην, to perceive or discover be- 
Sorehand, A. ν᾿, i. 1. 7. 

προ-αν-ἀλίσκω," -ἀλώσω, -ήλωκα, 
to spend in advance, A., vi. 4. 8? 

προ-απο-τρέπω, " dw, rérpoda, 2 a. 
m. ἐτραπόμην, to turn back previously, 
P., vi. 5. 31. 

“προ-άρχομαι, ἄρξομαι, ἦργμαι, to be- 
gin first or before the rest, τ., i. 8. 171} 

προ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to step or go forth or forward, 
advance, proceed, iii. 1.13: iv. 2. 28? 

προ-βάλλω", βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, to throw before: M. to throw 
before one’s self; to bring forward, 


22. Cog. PRO-GENITOR. 

προ- ίδωμι," δώσω, δέδωκα, a. ἔδωκα 
(δῶ, &c.), to give forth, give up, sur- 
render, betray, desert, forsake, aban- 
don, A. D., i. 3. 5: iii. 1. 2,14; 2 2. 
προ-διώκω, " Ew or ἕομαι, dediwxa, to 
follow forth, advance in pursuit, iii. 3. 
ἐν me os διώκω. 

προ- ς, ov, a betrayer, traitor, 
ii. δ᾽ 27: τ. 6. 7. rw i 

mpo-Sotvat, -Sovs, see προ-δίδωμι. 

προ-δραμών, see προ-τρέχω, i. 5. 2. 
ἐπρο-δρομή, 7s, a running forth, out- 
run, sally, iv. 7. 10. 
προ-δώ, -δώσω, see προ-δίδωμι. 
προ-ειλόμην, see προ-αιρέω, vi. 6. 19. 
πρό-ειμι," ipf. ἤειν, (εἶμι) to go for- 
ward or before, go on, advance, pro- 
ceed, precede, ἀπό, els, &c., 1. 2.173 
3.1; 4.18: ii. 1. 2, 6, 21? 2.19. 
προ-εἶπον, 2 a. to mpo-ayopedw or 
προ-λέγω, i. 2. 17. 
προ-ειστήκειν, see rpo-lornuti.2.1? 
προ-εἐλαύνω," ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, 
to ride forward or before, push on or 
forward, advance, i.10.16: vi. 3.14. 
mpo-edHArv0a,-eA Gav, see προ-έρχομαι. 
προ-εργάζομαι," άσομαι, εἴργασμαι, 
to work out or earn before or previous- 
ly, A., vi. 1. 21. 
προ-έρχομαι, " ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2a. ἦλθον, to go, come, or march for- 
ward or before, to advance, proceed, A. 
of extent, εἰς, ii. 3.3: ili. 3. 6; 4. 37. 
προ-ερῶ, f. to προ-αγορεύω Or πὶ 
λέγω, Vii. 7. 18 : ef. 8. ᾿ “ἢ 
προ-έσθαι, -έμενος, see προ-ἔημι. 
προ-εστήκειν, see προ-ίστημι,1. 2.1} 





propose ; A.; π. τὰ ὅπλα to throw for- 
LEX. AN. 


mpo-éxw, * ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, to have one’s 
H 








προηγέομαι 114 


self before another, éo surpass, have 
the advantage of, G. or τ. A., ili, 2. 19. 
προ-ηγέομαι, joouat, ἥγημαι, to lead 
forward, AX., vi. 5. 10: vii. 3. 42? 
προ-ηγορέω, ow, (προ-ἤγορος an 
advocate, tr. ἀγορά) to speak in behalf 
of others, v. 5. 7. 
mpo-qev, see πρό-ειμι, i. 8. 14. 
προ-ῆλθον, 566 προ-έρχομαι, ii. 3. ὃ. 


προοράω 


κέκαυκα, to burn [down] or destroy im 
advance or before others, i. 6. 2. 

προ-κατα-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴ- 
ληφα, 2 ἃ. ἔλαβον, pf. ». εἴλημμαι, ἃ. 
p. ἐλήφθην, to seize or occupy in ad- 
vance or beforehand, or before or 
against others, to pre-occupy, secure, 
A. D., i. 3. 14, 16: i. δ. 18: iti. 4. 38. 
πρό-κειμαι," κείσομαι, to lie forth, 


προ-θέω," θεύσομαι, to run or hurry jut out, ἐν, vi. 4. 3. 


on before or forward, v. 7. 21? 8. 13. 
ἐπρο-θυμέομαι, ἥσομαι, a. προὐθυμή- 
θην, to be cager, earnest, zealous, very 
desirous, anxious ; to desire or seek 
earnestly or ardently, wrge ; 1. (A.): 
to be closely attentive, observe or watch 
closely, el: τὸ προθυμεῖσθαι eagerness : 
i. 9. 24: ii. 4.7: iii. 1.9: vi. 4. 22? 
tarpo-Bipla, as, readiness, good-will, 
alacrity, eagerness, zeal, περί, 1.9.18: 
vii. 6.11; 7. 45. 
πρό-θῦμος, ov, c., 8., having a for- 
ward mind, with good-will, willing, 
forward, ready, prompt, earnest, cager, 
zealous, i. 3.19; 4.15; 7.8: iil. 2.15. 
μπρο-θύμως, c. τερον, willingly, 
readily, earnestly, eagerly, zealously, 
i. 4.9; 10.10: iii. 1. 5: v. 2. 2. 
προ-θύομαι, ὕσομαι, to direct a sac- 
rifice, Vi. 4. 22: v. U. προθυμέομαι. 
προ-ίδοιμι, -ίδωμαι, see προ-οράω. 
προ-ιέναι, -ἰών, see πρό-ειμε, 1. ᾿, 3. 
προ-ίημι," How, εἶκα, a. ἧκα (ὦ, &c.), 
to send forth, send or grunt to one, Ὁ. 
I., Vii. 2.15? M. to give up one’s self 
or one’s own, surrender, commit, in- 
trust ; to bestow first or freely ; to give 
up, betray, desert, abandon; A.D., i. 9. 
9s, 12: v. 8.14: vil. 3. 31; 7. 47. 
προ-ίστημι, "στήσω, ἕστηκα,ἴο place 
before : pf. pret., to stand or be at the 
head of or in command of, preside 
over, lead, rule, command, Ὁ.» 2:13 
vi. 2.9; 6.12: vii. 1.30; 2. 2. 
προ-καίω & Att. κάω," καύσω, Ké- 
καυκα, to burn or kindle before, A. πρό, 
vii. 2.18: v. 1. καίω. 
προ-καλέω," καλέσω καλῶ, κέκληκα, 
ch. M., to call forth to one’s self, A. 
ἐκ, vii. 7.2: v. 1. προσκαλέω. 
προ-καλύπτω,ύψω,(καλύπτω ἴο co ver) 
to place a covering before, cover, ve il, 
A., iii. 4. 8. 
προ-κατα-θέω," θεύσομαι, to [run 
along] make an excursion in advance, 
vi. 3.10: v. 2. καταθέω. 


προ-κινδυνεύω, εύσω, κεκινδύνευκα, 
to incur danger [before] in defence or 
behalf of another, vii. 3. 31. 
Προ-κλῆς, gous, Procles, a descend- 
ant of the Spartan Damardatus, and 
prince of Teuthrania in Asia Minor, 
who befriended the Cyreans, li. 1. ὃ. 
-κρένω," xpivd, κέκρῖκα, ἃ. p. ἐκρί- 
θην, to select before, prefer, A., vi. 1. 26. 
apo-héyw,* λέξω, Lo tell, bid, or warn 
publicly, vii. 7.3. Der. PROLOGUE. 
προ-μαχεών, vos, ὁ, (μάχομαι) pro- 
pugnaculum, @ rampart, battlement, 
vii. 8.13: νυ, 2. προμαχών. 
προ-μετωπίδιον, ov, (μέτ-ὡπον fore- 
head, fr. @p eye) a covering for the 
forehead, frontlet, head-piece, i. 8. 7. 
προ-μνάομαι, 8. ἐμνησάμην, ipf.mpov- 
μνώμην, (μνάομαι " to sue) to solictt or 
plead for another, AE., Vii. 3. 18. 
mpo-votw, How, νενόηκα, also M., to 
think or consider for, take thought or 
provide for or in behalf of, G. AE., Vii. 
7. 33, 37. 
πρό-νοια, as, (vbos) forethought, kind 
or provident care, Vii. 7. 52. 
mpo-voph, fs, [an arranging forth] 
a regular foray or foraging party, V- 
1.7: for σὺν m., v. 1. συμπρονομεῖν. 
ἐπρο-ξενέω, How, προὐξένηκα, to act as 
a πρόξενος in setting forth an enter- 
tainment ; hence, fo set before, A. Ὁ.» 
vi. 5. 14. 
πρό-ξενος, ov, ὁ, α public guest-friend 
or agent, a citizen of one state, who 
acted as a patron or agent, and enter- 
tainer, for the citizens or ruler of an- 
other state, receiving privileges and 
honors in return, v. 4. 2; 6, 11. 
jIIpdgevos, ov, Proxenus, a Cyrean 
general from Thebes in Beotia, and 
an intimate friend of Xenophon, who 
writes his eulogy without concealing 
his defects as a commander, i. 1. 115 
5. 14: ii. 1.10; 6. 16: iii. 1. 4. 
mpo-olpny, see mpo-inut, i. 9. 10. 





προ-κατα-καίω & Att. xd,” καύσω, 


προ-οράω, * ὀψομαι,ἑώρἄκα or éspaxa, 


προπέμπω 


115 προσελαύνω 


J ἃ. εἶδον, to see in front or before one, |towards, against, besides. Der. PROS- 
perceive beforehand, see coming, i. 8. | ELYTE, PROS-ODY. See φιλία. 


20: so M., vi. 1. 8? 


mpoo-ayw,* ἄξω, ἦχα, 2a. ἤγαγον, 


πέμπω," πέμψω, rérouda,toserd |to lead to or against, bring forward, 
before, forward, or forth ; to attend, |introduce, apply, wrge, A. els, πρύς : 
accompany, escort; A.; li. 2.15 : ἵν. 4. } νν. acc. om., as intrans., to advance: 
5: vi.1.23:— M. to send forward, as|i. 10. 9: iv. 1. 23; 8.11: vi. 1. 14. 


if intending to follow, A., vii. 2. 14. 
προ-πένω," πίομαι (f), πέπωκα, 2 a. 


προσ-αιτέω, how, ἤτηκα]., to ask in 
addition or besides, ask for more, 2 A., 


ἔπϊον, to drink first, then passing the|i. 3. 21: vii. 3. 31; 6. 27. 


cup to another, the usual Greek meth- 


προσ-αν-αλίσκω," -ἀλώσω, -ἥλωκα, 


od of drinking his health ; hence, to| to expend besides, Α., vi. 4.8? 


drink to one, drink one’s health, A. D., 
iv. 5. 32: vii. 2. 23; 3. 26s, 


προσ-αν-εἰπεῖν, as aor. of προσ-αν- 
αγορεύω, evow, to [speak up] proclaim 


o-trovéw, how, πεπόνηκα, to labor|or announce besides, CP., vii. 1. 11: 
in advance or behalf of another, lead|see φημί. 


in toil, G., iii. 1. 37. 
mpos* (πρό, 689i) prep., (a) w. 


Gen., in front of (esp. w. the idea of 


προσ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, to 
step against or wpon, πρός, iv. 2. 28? 
-βάλλω," βαλῶ, BEBAnKa, 2 ἃ. 


some action or influence proceeding ἔβαλον, to throw or strike against, to 
from), in sight of, before, by, from, on|[throw one’s self] advance against, 


the part of, i. 6. 6: li. 5. 20: hence to 
express agency, w. pass., &c., 1.9. 20: 
ii. 3.12? 18: in adjuration, as πρὸς 
(τῶν) θεῶν by the gods, ii. 1.17: iii. 1. 
24:—in the direction fronting, in *he 
direction of, on the side of, toviards, 
iv. 8. 26; πρὸς τοῦ τρόπου in (the di- 
rection of] accordance with tae char- 
acter, i. 2.11:— (Ὁ) w. Dat., in front 
of, on.the frontier of, face to face with, 
near, by, at, beside; besides, in addi- 
tion to; i. 2.10; 8. 4,14: 1.3. 4: iii. 
2. 33: iv. 5. 9, 22:— w. dat. om., as 
adv., 701 Ὁ, Besides [this], moreover, 
further, iii. 2.2:—(c) w. Aco. of 
PERSON (so esp. used), sometimes of 
PLACE, TIME, OF THING, to the front 
of, towards, to, before, at, near, 
against, upon, with, (πρός w. acc. 
often = dat., esp. w. words of motion, 
of address, or of friendly or hostile 
action or relation), i. 1. 3,58; 2.1; 
3.4, 9; 4.11; δ. 7,13; 9. 22: ii. 4. 
25; 6.12: iv. 5. 21: — hence, in gen- 
eral, of the object to or towards which 
anything is directed or related in view, 
thought, feeling, purpose, &c. , in view 
of, in respect to, concerning, about, for, 
to, in comparison or accordance with, 
i. 4.9; 10.19: ii. 3. 118; 5. 20, 29: 
vii. 7. 41; πρὸς ταῦτα in view of or in 
reply to these things, in respect to this, 
to or upon this, thereupon, accordingly, 
i. 8, 198: ii. 3. 21; τὰ πρὸς σέ, as to 
the things concerning you, towards 
you, vii..7. 30 :— (d) in compos., Zo, 


assault, attack, make an attack, πρός, 
iv. 2.11; 6.13; 7.2: v.2.4: vi 3.7. 

προσ-βατός, ἡ, dv, (βαίνω) accessible, 
iv. 3.12; 8. 9. 

προσ-βολή, fs, (βάλλω) an attack, 
assault, charge, iii. 4. 2: vi. 5. 25? 
mpoc-ylyvopat, * γενήσομαι, γεγένη- 
μαι & 2 pf. γέγονα, 2 a. ἐγενόμην, to be 
added, joined, or attached to, to join, 
esp. as an ally, D., iv. 6. 9: vii. 6, 29. 

προσ-δανείζω, eiow, δεδάνεικα, (da- 
νείζω to lend) to lend in addition: M. 
to borrow an additional sum, 581, vii. 
5. 5. 

προσ-δέω," δεήσω, δεδέηκα, to need 
in addition : impers. wmpoode there is 
need besides, there is further or addi- 
tional need, G., iii. 2.34: v. 6.1: — 
M. to need or desire as an addition or 
beyond what one has, G., vi. 1. 24. 
προσ-δίδωμι͵" δώσω, δέδωκα, to give 
besides or in addition, to add, A., i. 
9. 19. 
προσ-δοκάω, ow, δεδόκηκα 1., (akin 
to δοκέω, the simple δοκάω not used) 
to think towards, expect, look or wait 
for, A., 1. (A.), ii. 1.14: vil 6. 11. 
προσ-δραμών, see προσ-τρέχω. 
προσ-είληφα, see προσ-λαμβάνω. 
mpdo-epa,* ipf. ἤειν, (εἶμε q. v.) to 
go or come to or towards, come up or 
on, come near, approach, advance, D., 
els, πρός, i. 5.14; 7.5; 8.11: ii. 4.2. 
προσ-ελαύνω," ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, 
to ride or march to, towards, up, for- 
ward, or against, i.5.12; 7.16: vi.3.7. 








προσέρχομαι 116 


-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 

2 a. ἦλθον, to come or go to or towards, 
come up or near, come on or forward, 
approach, advance, D., εἰς, 1.3.9; 8.1: 
iv. 4.5; 8. 2,4. Der. PROS-ELYTE. 

mpoo-eraxOnv, see προσ-τάττω. 

προσ-εύχομαι, εὔξομαι, εὔγμαι or 
Ἠὔγμαι, to pray to, D., vi. 3. 21. 
προσ-έχω," ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, 2 a. ἔσχον, 
to [hold to] apply, A. D.: προσέχειν 
(τὸν νοῦν) to apply or direct the mind 
or attention, give thought or heed, give 
or pay attention, show regard, be in- 
tent upon, i. 5.9: ii. 4. 2: v. 6. 22. 

προσ-ἥειν, -ἤεσαν or -σαν, see 
πρύσ-ειμι, i. 8.11: iil. 3. 7. 

προσ-ήκω, ἥξω, ἧκα l., to come, ex- 
tend, appertain, or belong to, be related 
to, D., ἐπί, i.6. 1: iii. 1. 31 (he has noth- 
ing to do with): iv. 3. 23 :--προσ΄-ἥἤκει 
it belongs to, befits, becomes, behooves, is 
fitting or proper, D. 1.(A.), ii. 2. 11, 
15s: vii. 7. 18. 

προσ-ήλασα, see προσ-ελαύνω. 

προσ-ῇσαν οἵ -ἥεσαν, -ἥτε, see πρόσ- 
equ, i. 8. 11: vii. 6. 24. 

πρόσθεν adv. of PLACE and oftener 
TIME, (πρό, πρός) before, in front of, 
previously, formerly, i. 3. 18; 6.1: 
πρόσθεν... πρίν [previously .. before] 
before that, before, until, (w. neg.) 
703%, 1.1.10: iii. 2.29: iv. 3.12: 
πρύσθεν.. ἢ sooner than, before, ii. 1. 
10:—é π. the previous, preceding, fore- 
going, or former, i. 3.19: ii. 3. 1,22: 
ol π. [those in] who were in front, v. 
8.16: τὰ π. the [things in] front, the 
van, iii. 2. 36: εἰς τὸ π. to the front, 
in advance, forward ; in front of, G.; 
i. 10. 5: iii. 1.33; 4. 88 : --- τὸ π᾿ as 
adv., previously, before, i. 10. 10 8. 

προσ- 4, see προσ-τίθημι,1ϊ.6.10. 

προσ-θέω," θεύσομαι, to run to, to- 
wards, or up, v. 7. 21? vii. 1. 15. 

προσ-(ἄσι(ν), -ἰών, see πρόσ-ειμι, 1. 
5. 14: iv. 8. 12s. 

προσ-ίημι," iow, elxa, to let go to, 
permit to approach, ad-mit to, a. πρός, 
iv. 5.5:— WM. to let come to one’s self, 
receive, admit, permit, A., iii. 1. 30 
(els ταὐτὸν to the same place, rank, or 
office, to companionship): iv. 2.12: v. 
5. 3. 





προσ-καλέω," καλέσω καλῶ, κέκληκα, 
to call to, summon, invite, A., 1.9.28: 
— M. to call to one’s self, A. ἐκ, vii. 7. 
2 (v. . προκαλέω). 


προστερνίδιον 


προσ-κτάομαι, ἥσομαι, κέκτημαι, to 
gain or acquire additional, A. D., ν. 
6. 15. 
προσ-κυνέω, tow, -κεκύνηκα l., (κυ- 
νέω  ἰο kiss) to kiss the hand to, 
salute, worship, adore, do homage or 
reverence to, bow down or (in oriental 
fashion) prostrate one’s self before, A., 
i. 6.10; 8. 21: iii. 2. 9, 13. 
προσ-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 
2a. ἔλαβον, to take, receive, or obtain 
besides, in addition, or as an aid ; to 
take hold besides, take part ; A. πρός : 
i. 7.3: ii. 3. 11s: vii. 6. 27, 32. 
προσ-μένω," μενῶ, μεμένηκα, to watt 
for, await, A., vi. 6.1: v. l. ἀναμένω. 
προσ-μίγνυμι," μέξω, to mingle or 
join with, join or come up to, iv. 2. 16. 
πρόσ-οδος, ov, ἡ, access, approach ; 
approach or procession for worship, act 
of worship, πρός" income, revenwe, 
gain, profit, reditus ; 1. 9. 19: v.2.3: 
vi. 1. 11: vii. 1. 27; 7. 36. 
mpoc-dpvupt,* ὀμοῦμαι, ὀμώμοκα, a. 
ὥμοσα, to swear besides or in addition, 
io ἃ ἃ. 
προσ-ομολογέω, ἤσω, ὡμολόγηκα, to 
come to terms, submit, surrender, vii. 
4. 24, 
προσ-περονάω, How, (περόνη a pin) 
to pin or skewer to, A. πρός, Vii. 3. 21. 
σ-πίπτω," πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 
to fall towards, rush to, D., vii. 1. 21. 
προσ-ποιέω, How, πεποίηκα, to make 
over to: M. to make over’to one’s self, 
to take to one’s self what does not so 
belong, pretend, feign, make a feint, 
make as if one would, profess, 1., i. 3. 
14: ii. 1.7: iv. 3. 20; 6. 13. 
προσ-πολεμέω, iow, πεπολέμηκα, to 
war or prosecule a war against, A.? 1. 
6. 6. 
προσ-σχών, see προσ-έχω, vii. 6. 5. 
ἱπροστατεύω, εύσω, to manage, use 
one’s influence, bring tt about, ὅπως, 
v. 6, 21. 
ἱπροστατέω, ow, to preside over, 
manage, G., iv. 8. 25. 
προστάτης, ov, (προ-ἰστημι) a lead- 
er, chief, manager, G., Vii. 7. 31. 
-ratrw, τάξω, réraxa, ἃ. p. 
ἐτάχθην, to appoint to or enjoin upon 
any one, command, A. D., i. 6. 10. 
προσ-τελέω, τελέσω τελῶ, τετέλεκα, 
to pay besides, A., vii. 6. 30. 
προ-στερνίδιον, ov, (στέρνον) a breast 





plate, breast-piece, for ἃ horse, i. 8. 7. 


προστίθημι 117 


προσ-τίθημι͵" θήσω, τέθεικα, 2 8. m. 
ἐθέμην, to add to: M. to add one’s 
self to, accede to, agree to, concur in, 
p., i. 6. 10. 

προσ-τρέχω," δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 
2a. ἔδραμον, to run to, run up to, D., 
iv. 2.21; 3.10: vii. 4. 7. 

προσ-φέρω," οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, to bring 
to, apply, A., V.2.14:— MM. to bear or 
conduct one’s self towards, to address 
one’s self or apply to, D., πρός, ν. 5.19: 
vii. 1. 6. 

προσ-χωρέω, how, κεχώρηκα, to go 
or come to, surrender, submit, v. 4. 30. 

πρόσ-χωρος (v. 1. mpb-xwpos), ον, 
neighboring, v. 3. 9. 

πρόσω adv., 6. προσωτέρω, 8. -τάτω, 
(πρό, mpés) forward(s), forth ; forth 
from, far from, far off, at a distance, 
at the outposts, G.; far into, G., 4208 ; 
ii. 2.15: ἐν. 1.8; 3.28: vii. 3.42: rod 
πρόσω (4308) or els τὸ πρόσω [for or 
to the region forward] forward, in ad- 
vance, farther, i. 3.1: v.4.30:—c. far- 
ther, farther off, iv. 3. 34: vii. 7. 1:— 
ὅποι ἐδύναντο προσωτάτω as far as they 
could, 553 ¢, vi. 6. 1. 

προσ-ώμοσα, see προσ-ὀμνῦμι, li. 2.8. 

πρόσ-ωπον, ov, (Gy) the face, coun- 
tenance, looks ; so plur., ii. 6.11. Der. 
PROSOPO-PGIA. 

προ-τελέω, τελέσω τελῶ, τετέλεκα, 
to pay beforehand or in advance, A.D., 
vii. 7. 25. 

ἱπροτεραῖος, a, ov, preceding : τῇ ™., 

sc. ἡμέρᾳ, on the day before, ii. 1. 3. 

πρότερος, a, ov, (πρό 4. V.) prior, 
former, preceding, previous ; with adv. 
force (509 a), or (rd) πρότερον as adv., 
before, sooner, previously, G.; 1. 2. 258; 
4.12; 7.18: iv. 4.14: vii. 8. 22. 

mpo-Tipde, ήσω, τετίμηκα, f. m. τι- 
μήσομαι (ch. as p., 576 8), to honor be- 
fore or above others, prefer, select, 
esteem, i. 4.14; 6. 5. 

προ-τρέχω," δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 
2 a. ἔδραμον, to run forward or before, 
outrun, G., ἀπό, i. 5. 2: iv. 7. 10: 
v. 2. 4. 

mpov- by crasis for mpo-e, v. 8. 9. 

προὐδεδώκειν, see προ-δίδωμε, iii. 1.2. 

ive,” φανῶ, πέφαγκα, to show 
before or forth: M. to appear before or 
beforehand ; to appear in front, in the 
distance, or in prospect ; to come in 
sight, make one’s appearance ; D.; 1.8. 
1: ii. 3. 18 (υ. 2. φαίνω). 





Πυθαγόρας 


ἐπροφασίζομαι͵ ἰσομαι couat,to plead 
or urge as an excuse, A., lil. 1, 25. 
πρό-φασις, EWS, ἡ, (φημί) a pr e-text, 
pre-tence, excuse, G., 1., 1.1. 7; 2.1: 
ii. $. 21: vii. 6. 22. 
προ-φύλαξ, axos, ὁ, a sentinel in 
front, advanced or. outer guard, out- 
guard, vedette ; pl. an outpost, picket, 
&e.; ii. 3.2; 4.15: iii, 2.1: vi. 4. 26. 
προ-χωρέω, How, κεχώρηκα, to go for- 
ward, advance, prosper, succeed ; to be 
favorable or useful, swit one’s conven- 
sence or be for his advamtage ; D.; 1.9. 
13: vi. 4. 21: vii. 3. 26. 
πρύμνα, ns, (Ep. πρυμνός hindmost) 
the stern of a vessel, v. 8. 20. 
πρωΐ adv., c. mpwialrepov, contr. 
πρῴ, mpyairepov, (πρό) early in the 
morning, ii. 2.1: iii. 4. 1 (earlier than 
usual, very early, 514): vi. 5. 2. 
πρῴῷρα, as, (πρό) prora, the forepart 
of a vessel, PROW, bow, v. 8. 20. 
jirpwpets, ews, 6, the commander in 
the prow, prow-ofjicer, v. 8. 20. 
tarpwr-ayds, οὔ, ὁ, α van-leader, ii. 2. 
16: wv. 1. πρῶτος. 
ἱπρωτεύω, εύσω, πεπρώτευκα 1., to be 
first, hold the first place, παρά, ii.6.26. 
πρῶτος, 7, ov, (πρό 4. Vv.) primus, 
first, in place, rank, or time, foremost, 
chief, earliest ; often w. adverbial force 
(509); i. 3.1; 6.9: ii. 2. 12, 16? 6. 
17, 26 : — 1d πρῶτον subst. , the first ; 
ἀπὸ or ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου from or at the 
first, iv. 3. 9; (τὸ) πρῶτον as adv., or 
as an appositive to a sentence, first, 
at (the) first, in the first place, as the 
first thing, i. 2. 16 ; 9. 2,5, 7; 10. 10: 
ii. 5.7: ili. 2.1: vi. 3. 23, 25: so χρῶ" 
ra, iii. 2.27? Der. PROTO-TYPE. 
πταίω, πταίσω, ἔπταικα, (akin to 
πίπτω) to fall, strike, or dash against 
or upon, iv. 2.3: v. l. παίω. 
πτάρνυμαι," 2 a. a. ἔπταρον, to 
sneeze, ili. 2. 9. 
πτέρυξ, vyos, ἡ, (πτερόν wing, fr. 
mérouat) the wing of a bird; a flex- 
ible skirt or flap at the bottom of 
the Greek corselet, usu. of leather 
strengthened by metallic plates ; i. 5. 
3: iv. 7. 15 (v. 1. dim. πτερύγιον). 
πυγμή, fs, (vt) pugnus, the fist ; 
boxing (rendered more severe among 
the Greeks by the use of the cestus), 
iv. 8.27. Der. PyGmy. 
Πυθαγόρας, ov, Pythagoras, a Spar- 
tan admiral, i. 4.2. The commander 





πυκνός 


of this fleet is named Σάμιος or Σάμος 
in Hel. 3. 1. 1; Diod. 14. 19. 

πυκνός, ἡ, dv, (πύκα closely, cf. πύξ) 
close or near together,dense, thick, com- 
pact, firm, in close array: πυκνά adv., 
often: ii. 3. 3: iv. 8. 2: v. 2. 5, 

πύκτης, ov, (πύξ) pugil, a bower, 
PUGILIST, v. 8. 23. 

πύλη, 7s, one fold of a double gate : 
comm. pl., gate or gates; hence, en- 
trance, pass, passage, esp. a narrow 
entrance or pass into a country, some- 
times really barred by gates ; as πύλαι 
τῆς Κιλικίας καὶ τῆς Συρίας the Gates of 
Cilicia and Syria, the Syro-Cilician 
Gates, a narrow pass between Mt. 
Amanus and the Gulf of Issus, barred 
by two walls with gates, of which 
those on the Syrian side are specially 
called ai Σύριαι πύλαι ; 1. 4. 48: V. 2. 
16, 23; 5.198: vi. 5.1: vii. 1. 15s. 
Der. THERMO-PYL&, PYL-ORUS. So 

{ωΠύλαι, se. αἱ Βαβυλώνιαι, the [ Ba- 
bylonian} Gates, Pyle, a pass into 
Babylonia, on the north side of the 
Euphrates and, as some think , through 
the Median Wall, i. 5. 5. — The Cili- 
cian Pass (πύλαι τῆς Κιλικίαϑ), over 
Mt. Taurus into Cilicia, ‘‘ perhaps,” 
says Ainsworth, ‘‘ one of the most re- 


markable and picturesque mountain- 
passes in the world,” while Chesney 
adds that it is one of the longest and 
most difficult, is mentioned, 1. 2. 21; 
now Golek-Boghaz. 


muvOavopa,* πεύσομαι, πέπυσμαι, 
2 a. ἐπυθόμην, to learn by inquiry, 
hear, ascertain ; to ask, inquire, tn- 
quire into; G. ΟΡ.» A. P., I.(A.), περί: 
1. 5.15; 7.16: iv. 6.17: vi. 6. 11. 

wit adv., with the fist, v. 8. 16. 

πῦρ," πῦρός, τό, FIRE: pl., Dec. 2, 
πυρά, -ὥν, -ots, fires, esp. watch-fires : 
ii. 5.19: iv. 1.11. Der. EM-PYREAN. 
jarvpa, ἃς, a funeral PYRE or mound, 
vi. 4.9: om. by some. 

μπῦραμίς, (dos, ἡ, a flame-shaped 
structure, @ PYRAMID, iii. 4.9. One 
of the most prominent objects among 
the Ninevite ruins is the pyramid or 
conical mound here mentioned, situ- 
ated at the northwest corner of the 

t platform on which the wonder- 

ful palaces of Nimrid were erected, 
and still, after the wear of so many 
centuries, about 150 feet high. It 
was once a lofty tower 167 feet square 


118 πώς 


at the base, erected doubtless as a 
sepulchral or religious monument. 
pos, ov, ὁ, the Pyramus, the 
largest river of Cilicia, rising in Cata- 
onia, breaking through Mt. Taurus, 
and carryingso much alluvium through 
its fertile plain, that Strabo quotes an 
oracle that at length its deposits 
would unite Cyprus to the mainland, 
i.4.1. || The Jeihfiin, about 160 miles 
long. 
tarupyo-paxéw, How, (μάχομαι) to as- 
swult or storm ἃ tower, vii. 8. 13. 
πύργος, ov, ὁ, a tower, castle, vil. 
8. 13. 
w, ἔξω, πεπύρεχα, (πυρετός 


Sever, fr. πῦρ) to have or be in a fever, 


vi. 4. 11. 
tripwos, ἡ, ov, made of wheat, 
wheaten, iv. 5. 31. 

πυρός, οὔ, ὁ, (πῦρ, fr. the color ἢ 
comm. pl., wheat, i. 2. 22: iv. 5. 5. 

Πνῤῥίας, ov, Pyrrhias, an officer 
from Arcadia, vi. 5. 11. 

πυῤῥίχη, ns, (fr. Πύῤῥιχος or Πύῤ- 
pos, the inventor ?) the Pyrrhic or war 
dance, in which armed dancers imi- 
tated the movements of attack and 
defence, keeping time with music, 
vi. 3. 13. 

πυρσεύω, εὐσω, (πυρσὸς torch, fr. 
πῦρ) to light torches, kindle beacon- 
fires, or make signals by them, vii. 
8. 15. 

πώ encl. adv., (orig. dat. of πός : 
by any means) yet, up to this time, 
hitherto ; used w. a neg. (often writ- 
ten w. it as one word, cf. dum), not 
yet, never yet, &e.; 1. 2. 26; 5. 12, 

πωλέω, How, (πέλω to be in business) 
to sell, A. D., ἃ 5. 5: v. 7.13: vil. 3. 
8; 7.56. Der. MONO-POLY. 

πῶλος, ov, ὁ ἡ, a colt, filly, young 
horse, iv. 5. 24, 35. Cf. pullus, FOAL. 

ἸΠῶλος, ov, Pélus, a Spartan ad- 
miral, successor to Anaxibius, vil. 2. 5. 

πῶμα, drink, see πόμα, iv. 5. 27? 

πώ-ποτε ever yet, ever, at any time, 
stronger than ποτέ: comm. W. ἃ neg. 
(sometimes written w. it as one word, 
ef. unquam), i. 4.18; 9.188: v. 4.6? 

πῶς interrog. adv., (πός ;) quomodo! 
how! in what way, manner, or condi- 
tion? i. 7.2: ii. 5. 20: iii. 2.27% 4, 
40:—in exclamation, quam ! how / 
vi. 5.19? 





πώς encl. indef. adv., (36s) im some 


ῥάδιος 119 


or any way or manner, by any means, 
somehow ; hence, for some reason, 
somewhere, neurly, perhaps: ὧδέ πως 
somehow thus, to this effect: i. 7.9: 
ii. 3.18; 5.2; 6.3: iv. 1.8; 8. 21? 
vi. 2.17. See ἄλλως, τεχνικῶς. 


P. 


ῥάδιος, a, ov, c. ῥάων, 5. pgoros,* 
easy, 1., li. 6. 24: iv. 6.12; 8. 18. 
jpadlws, c. ῥᾷον, 5. ῥᾷστα, easily, 
readily, iii. 5. 9: iv. 6.10: vi. 3. 7. 
“Ῥαθίνης, ov, Rhathines, a general 
of the Bithynian satrap Pharnabazus, 
vi. 5.7. He afterwards made a suc- 
cessful attack on the cavalry of Agesi- 
laus, Hel. 3. 4. 13. 
Τῤᾳθυμέω, ow, to live at ease, lead a 
life of ease or indolence, ii. 6. 6. 
tpqdupla, as, indolence, sloth, a life 
of ease, ii. 6. 5. 
t[pd-Bupos, ov, of casy mind, indolent. ] 
ῥᾷον, ῥᾷστον, see padios, iv. 6. 12. 
τῤῥᾳστώνη, 7s, love of ease, indolence, 


laziness, sluggishness, v. 8. 16. 


ῥέω," ῥεύσομαι & ῥνήσομαι, ἐῤῥύηκα, 
2 a. a. or p. ἐῤῥύην, (cf. ruo, rush) fluo, 
to flow, run (of water), ἀπό, did, &e., 
i. 2.78, 23; 4.4; 7.15; vi.4.4. Der. 
RHEUM, DIAR-RH@A. 

ῥήτρα, as, (pe- to say) a saying, pre- 
cept, ordinance, agreement, vi. 6. 28. 

ῥῖγος, cos, τό, frigus, 141, the cold, 
frost, v. 8. 2. Cf. rigeo, rigidus. 

ῥίπτω ἃ ῥιπτέω," ῥίψω, ἔῤῥιφα, a. 
ἔῤῥιψα, to throw, cast, hurl, throw off 
or down, throw over or about, A. D., eis, 
i. 5. 8: iti. 3.1: iv. 7.13: vii. 3. 22? 

pts, ῥῖνός, ἡ, the nose, vii. 4.3. Der. 
RHINO-CEROS. 

Ῥόδιος, a, ov, Rhodian: “Ῥόδιος 
subst., a Rhodian, a man of Rhodes 
(Ῥόδος, from ῥόδον rose ?), a large and 
important island near the southwest 
coast of Asia Minor, colonized by the 
Dorians, and having a city of the 
same name (built B. c. 408), at the 
entrance of whose harbor stood the 
famed Colossus. The Rhodians were 
famed as slingers, iii. 3. 16s; 5. 8. 

ῥοφέω, wow or ἥἤσομαι, to sup up, 
suck, iv. 5. 32. 

ῥνθμός, οὔ, ὁ, (cf. péw, & ῥυ- to draw) 
RHYTHM, musical time,a regular move- 
ment οὐ tune: ἐν ῥυθμῷ in time or 


Σάμιος 


rhythm, πρός: v. 4. 14: vi. 1. 8,108: 
vii. 3. 32. 
ῥῦμα, aros, τό, (ῥυ- to draw) a draw- 
ing, shot: ἐκ "τόξου piyaros from the 
distance of a bow-shot, iii. 3. 15. 
tpopn, 7s, strength, a military force, 
iil. 3. 14, Some compare Roma. 
[ῥώννυμι," ῥώσω 1., pf. p. ἔῤῥωμαι, 
to strengthen ; see éppwpévos. | 
ἱἹῬωπάρας, ov or a, Rhoparas, satrap 
of Babylonia, vii. 8. 25: perhaps the 
same with Gobryas, i. 7. 12. 


=. 


σά, see σός, vii. 7. 44. — σᾶ or σῶα, 
see σῶς, v. 1. 16. 

σάγαρις, ews, ἡ, (fr. Pers.) a batile- 
axe, halberd, bill, iv. 4.16: v. 4. 13. 

σακίον or σακκίον, ov, (dim. of σά- 
kos saccus, ὦ SACK) a small bag, a 
wrapper of sackcloth, iv. 5. 36. 

Σαλμυδεσσός, of, ὁ, Salmydessus, 
the Thracian coast of the Euxine 
from the Bosphorus to the Thynian 
cape, dangerous from its shoals, lack 
of harbors, and predatory wreckers, 
and contributing largely to the early 
ill-repute of this sea, vii. 5.12. The 
name was also given to a town on 
this coast, now Midia, 

Ἰσαλπιγκτής or σαλπικτής, οὔ, a 

trumpeter, iv. 3. 29, 32: vii. 4. 19. 

σάλπιγξ, vyyos, ἡ, tuba, a trumpet, 
trump, usu. of bronze and straight, 
while the xépas (cornu, horn) was 
curved. It was greatly used in Greek 
armies to direct and inspirit their 
movements. iii.4.4: iv.2.7s: vii.3.32. 
ἐσαλπίζω," σαλπίσω]., a. ἐσάλπιγξα, 
to sound or blow with a trumpet, ΑΕ.: 
ἐπεὶ ἐσάλπιγξε, sc. ὁ σ“αλπιγκτής, when 
the trumpeter blew, at the sownd of the 
trumpet, 571 Ὁ: i. 2.17: vii. 3. 32. 

Σάμιος, ov, ὁ, a Samian, a man of 
Samos (Σάμος), one of the most im- 
portant islands in the Agéan, colo- 
nized by the Jonians, and early famed 
for its arts, commerce, and maritime 
power, standing with the neighboring 
Milétus and Ephesus at the head of 
the Ionian states. Its chief city and 
harbor had the same name. It was the 
birthplace of Pythagoras. Its patron 
deity was Héra ( πο), who had here 





her greatest temple. i. 7.5. ||Samo. 





Σαμόλας 120 


Σαμόλας, ov or a, Samolas, a Cyre- 
an officer from Achaia, v. 6. 14. 
Σάρδεις, ew, al, Sardes or Sardis, 
an ancient city on the Pactdlus, the 
capital of Lydia, the luxurious resi- 
dence of Creesus, the chief city of the 
dominions of Cyrus the Younger, and 
later the seat of one of the early 
churches ; still showing, in its ruins, 
traces of its former magnificence ; i. 
2. 28,5; 6.6: iii. 1. 8. || Sart. 
Σάρος v. J. for Ψάρος, i. 4. 1. 
Ἰσατραπεύω, ciow, to be a satrap, to 
rule or govern as satrap, G., A., 4724, 
i. 7. 6: iii. 4. 31. 
σατράπης, ov, (fr. Pers.) @ SATRAP, 
a Persian viceroy or governor of a prov- 
ince, ruling at the pleasure of the 
king, but with largely discretionary 
wer over life and property. Acc. to 
Hat. (3. 89), Darius I.,the great organ- 
izer of the Persian Empire, divided 
it into 20 satrapies. i. 1.2; 9. 7. 
Σάτυρος, ov, ὁ, a Satyr, a fabulous 
being combining the forms of a man 
and a goat, an attendant upon Bac- 
chus, and devoted to the pleasures of 
sense, i. 2. 13. 
σαυτοῦ, -@, -dv, see σεαυτοῦ. 
σαφής, ἐς, clear, plain, manifest, 
evident, iii. 1. 10. 
joadas clearly, plainly, manifestly, 
evidently, certainly, i. 4. 18: ii. 5. 4. 
σέ te, thee, you, see σύ, ii. 5. 8 8. 
joe-avrod,* fs, contr. σαντοῦ, js, 
refl. pron., of thyself or yourself ; in 
gen: often = tuus, your own: ἡ ceav- 
τοῦ, sc. χώρα, your own country : 1. 6. 
7: ii. 5.16: vii. 2. 37; 7. 28; 8.3. 
Σελινοῦς, οὔντος, ὁ, (σέλινον parsley) 
Selinus, the name of a small river 
flowing by the temple of Diana at 
Ephesus; and of another (now the 
Crestena) flowing through the grounds 
consecrated to her at Scillus ; v. 3. 8. 
σέσ , see σώζυ, v. 5. 8. 
Σεύθης, ov, Seuthes 11., a Thracian 
prince, son of Mesades and descendant 
of Teres, assisted by the Cyreans to 
recover his paternal dominion, but far 
better to promise than to bestow a 
recompense. He afterwards sent 500 
troops to aid Dereyllidas in Bithynia ; 
and had later, B. c. 390, a quarrel with 
his former patron Medocus, which 
Thrasybiilus reconciled, bringing both 
into friendship with Athens. v. 1.15. 


Σιλανός 


Σηλυβρίαον Σηλυμβρία, as, Sely[m]- 
bria, a Megarian city on the north 
shore of the Propontis, vii. 2. 28; 5. 
15. || Selivri. 

σημαίνω, avd, σεσἡμαγκα ]., a. ἐσή- 
μῆνα or -ἄνα 152 ο, (σῆμα sign) to make 
or give ἃ sign or signal ; to indicate or 
show by an omen or other sign, signi- 
Ty, give notice ; often referring to ὁ 
σαλπιγκτής implied, as ἐσήμηνε [the 
trumpeter gave the signal] the signal 
was given, 571 Ὁ; AE., D. 1. (Ww. ws), 
cP.; ii. 1.2; 2.4: κα 4. 4: iv. 3. 29, 
$2: vi. 1. 24,31; 3.15: vii. 2. 18. 

σημεῖον, ov, (σῆμα sign) signum, ὦ 
sign, mark, signal, standard, 1.10.12: 
ii. 5. 32: vi. 2. 2. 

Ἰσησάμινος, 7, ον, made from sesa- 
mé, iv. 4. 13. 

σαμον, ov, SESAME, otl-seed, sing. 

and pl., the seed of the sesamum, an 
oriental leguminous plant still much 
cultivated for the food and the excel- 
lent and abundant oil furnished by 
its seed, i. 2. 22: vi. 4. 6. 

tetyd{w, dow, 1. exc. in pres., to try 
or endeavor to silence, A., vi. 1. 32? 

totydew, ήσομαι, σεσίγηκα, to be or 
remain silent, keep silence, v. 6. 27. 

σιγή, is, silence, i. 8.11: ii. 2. 20. 

σίγλος, ov, ὁ, (akin to Heb. shekel) 
a siglus, = 74. Attic oboli, or about 
25 cents, i. 5. 6. 

torSnpela, as, the working in iron, 
v. 5. 1. 

Ἰσιδήρεος, ἔα, cov, contr. ofs, a, οῦν, 
made of tron or steel, v. 4. 13. 

[σίδηρος, ov, ὁ, ferrum, iron.) 

Σικυώνιος, ov; ὁ, a Sicyonian, a 
man of-Sicyon (Σικυών), a very ancient 
city, with a small territory, on the 
northern coast of the Peloponnese, 
between Achaia and Corinth. It was 
conquered by the Dorians; but re- 
tained a large Ionian element, and 
varied in its political relations and 
form of government. It was famed for 
its schools of painting and sculpture ; 
and in general for the arts of peace, 
rather than for energy in war, or the 
maintenance of liberty. iu. 4. 47. 
| Vasilika. 

Σιλᾶνός, of, Sildnus, a soothsayer 
from Ambracia in Epirus, more shrewd 
than trustworthy, i. 7. 18: v. 6. 16s. 
— 2. A youthful trumpeter from Ma- 
cistus in Triphylian Elis, vii. 4. 16. 





olyopas 121 


σίνομαι," Ion. σινήσομαι, to harm, 
do harm or damage, inflict injury, iii. 
4. 16. 

ἐξινωπεύς, éws, ὁ, a Sinopean, iv. 8. 
22: v.3.2; 6.1: vi.1.15: a man of 

Σινώπη, ns, Sindpe, a Milesian col- 
ony on the Paphlagonian coast, the 
most prosperous and powerful city on 
the shores of the Euxine. It had a 
great commerce and valuable fisheries, 
and sent out itself several colonies, 
It was the birthplace of the Cynic 
Diogenes, and of Mithridates the Great. 
v.5.7: vi.1.15. ||Sinub, still of some 
consequence from its excellent harbor. 

Σιός Laconic for θεός : τὼ Dew the 
twin gods, Castor and Pollux, by 
whom, as natives of Lacedemon, the 
Spartans were wont to swear, vi. 6.34: 
vii. 6. 39? see οὑτωσί. 

gir-aywyds, dv, (σῖτος, ἄγω) carry- 
ing corn, for the conveyance of grain, 
Ty Pp κ᾿. 

Σιτάκη; 7s, see Σιττάκη. 

Σιτ-άλκας, ov, the Sitalcas, a mar- 
tial song of the Thracians, prob. in 
honor of a prince Sitalcas, vi. 1. 6. 
See ᾿Οδρύσης. 

totrevrds, ἡ, dv, (σιτεύω to feed, fat- 
ten) made fat, very fat, v. 4. 32. 
ἱσϊτηρέσιον, ov, money for buying 
bread, provision-money, Vi. 2. 4. 
toirlov, ov, bread, food, i, 10, 18: 
pl. provisions, supply of food, vi. 2. 4? 

σῖτος, ov, ὁ, corm or grain, esp. 
wheat, whether unground, μῆβεαι εἰ 
ground, or cooked; hence, flour or 
meal, bread, and, in general, food ; i. 
4.19; 5.5s8,10: ii. 1.6: iii.1.3:—pl. 
σῖτα (rd, 226b) victuals, provisions, 
food, ii. 3. 27 : 11. 2. 28: ----ἡμέρας σῖτος 
a day’s subsistence or supply of food, 
vii. 1. 41; so pl, vi. 2. 4 (υ. ἃ. σιτία). 
Der. PARA-SITE. 

Σιττάκη, 7s, Sittace, a large and 
populous city on the west bank of the 
Tigris, ii. 4.13: v. 1. Σιτάκη. || Near 
Akbara or, acc. to some, Sheriat-el- 
Beidha. 

σιωπάω, hrouat, σεσιώπηκα, (σιωπή 
silence) to be or remain silent, keep si- 
lence, i. 3. 2: v. 8. 25. 

σκεδάννυμι," σκεδάσω σκεδῶ, a. ἐσκέ- 
daca, pf. p. ἐσκέδασμαι, to scatter or 
disperse, trans., iii. 5. 2. 

σκέλος, cos, τό, a leg, iv. 2.20; 7.4: 
v. 8.10. Der. 1s0-SCELES. 


LEX. AN. 6 





Σκιλλοῦς 
σκέπασμα, ατος, τό, (σκέπη shelter) 


a covering, tent-cover, i. 5. 10 ὃ 
toxerréos, a, ov, necessary to consider : 
σκεπτέον ἐστί impers., one or we must 
consider, ὅπως, i. 3. 11: iv. 6. 10. 
σκέπτομαι, comm. oKxoméw* (-έομαι 
v. 2. 20), σκέψομαι, ἔσκεμμαι, ἃ. ἐσκε- 
ψάμην, specio, to look intently, observe 
closely, view, see, discern, examine, 
spy, reconnoitre, explore, ascertain ; to 
look out or for, look out. for, keep a 
lookout, watch, provide ; to look or see 
to, consider, regard ; A., CP., πρὸς : i. 
9. 22: ii. 4. 24: iii. 1.13; 2.20: v.1. 
9; 7.32. Der. SKEPTIC, MICRO-SCOPE. 
toxevatw, dow, to prepare, dress up, 
equip, vi. 1. 12. 
toxevh, 7s, equipment, attire, dress, 
iv. 7. 27. 
σκεῦος, cos, τό, an article of furni- 
ture, equipment, or baggage, utensil : 
pl. baggage, luggage, lil. 1. 30; 2. 28. 
toxevodopéw, ἥσω, to carry baggage, 
be a porter, ili. 2. 28; 3. 19. 
ξἰσκενο-φόρος, ov, (φέρω) carrying 
baggage : subst. τος a baggage-carrier, 
porter ; -ov, sc. κτῆνος, a common beast 
of burden; τὰ oxevpipa the baggage- 
animals, baggage-train, baggage ;. i. 3. 
7; 10.3, 5,17: ili. 2. 28, 36; 3.19. 
toxnvae, iow, = σκηνέω, ν. 3.92 vii. 
4.12? 
toxnvéw, iow, & σκηνόω, wow, ἐσκή- 
νωκα, to pitch or to occupy a tent (the 
former sense belonging rather to σκη- 
véw, and the latter rather to σκηνέω), 
encamp or be encamped, quarter or be 
quartered, lodge, ἐν, κατά, &c., i. 4.9: 
ii. 4.14: iv. 4.14; 5. 23, 33; 7. 27. 
σκηνή, 7s, a tent: al o. the tents, 
camp: i. 2.178; 4.3. Der. scENE. 
joxynvde, dow, see σκηνέω, iv. 5. 23. 
ἐσκήνωμα, aros, τό, a tent: pl. tenis, 
quarters, encampment, ii. 2. 17. 
Ἰσκηπτός, οὔ, ὁ, a thunderbolt, iii. 
y is 
ἱσκηπτοῦχος, ov, ὁ, (σκῆπτρον a staff, 
SCEPTRE, ἔχω) ὦ sceptre-bearer, wand- 
bearer, usher, a Persian household- 
officer, comm. a eunuch, i. 6. 11. 
ἰσνήσον, hw, to lean, fall, dart.) 
Σκιλλοῦς, οὔντος, ὁ, (σκίλλα SQUILL), 
Scillus, once a city οἵ Triphylian Elis, 
near Olympia. It joined Pisa, B.o. 572, 
in warring with the Eleans, but the 
latter conquered and destroyed both 


|cities. Long after, the Spartans took 





σκίμπους 


the territory of Scillus under their 
control, and here gave Xenophon a 
delightful rural residence under their 
protection, about 393 B.c. This con- 
tinued till the Eleans regained posses- 
sion, after the battle of Leuctra (x. c. 
371); and during this quiet period, 
the works of Xenophon were doubt- 
less for the most part written or re- 
vised. He spent his time, says La- 
értius, in hunting, entertaining his 
friends, and writing histories. The 
visit of Megabyzus to Olympia, prob. 
in the year 392 B. c., gave him a new 
object of interest. Pausanias, more 
than 500 years after, found the temple 
of Diana still at Scillus, and upon a 
tomb near it, a marble statue, which 
the inhabitants said was Xenophon’s. 
v. 3.7: see Ξενοφῶν. || In the vale of 
Rasa. 

σκίμ-πονς, ποδος, ὁ, (σκίμπτω = 
σκήπτω) ἃ low couch, a litter, νἱ. 1. 4.1 

σκληρός, 4, dv, (σκέλλω to dry) hard, 
rough, iv. 8. 26. Der. scLEROTIC. 

ἐσκληρῶς in hardship, with difficulty, 

iii. 2. 26: v. 1. ἀκλήρους. 

σκόλοψ, οπος, ὁ, a stake, pale, pali- 
sade, v. 2. 5. 

σκοπέω in pr. & ipf., see σκέπτομαι. 

σκοπός, of, ὁ, (σκέπτομαι) a scout, 
spy, sentinel, ii. 2.15: vi.3.11. Der. 
SCOPE. 

σκόροδον, ov, garlic, pl. vii. 1. 37. 

toxoraios, a, ov, in the dark, before 

morning or after nightfall, ii. 2.17: 
iv. 1. 5, 10. 

σκότος, eos, τό, darkness, the dark : 
ἐστὶ or γίγνεται σκότος it is or becomes 
dark: ii. 2.7; 5.7, 9: iv. 5. 17. 

Σκύθης, ov, a Scythian, one of the 
nomadic barbarians who occupied the 
most northern known parts of eastern 
Europe and western Asia. From their 
skill as bowmen, their name was ap- 
plied by the Greeks to a kind of ae ὁ 
ers armed and trained in Scythian 
fashion : Σκύθαι τοξόται, or Σκυθο-το- 
ξόται, Scythian archers. iii. 4. 15 (as 
adj.): om. by some. 

ἸΣκυθινοί, ὧν, οἱ, the Scythini, or 
-inians, ἃ mountain tribe, not far from 
the southeast shore of the Euxine, 
perhaps of Scythian origin, iv. 7. 18 ; 
8.1: v. 1. Σκυθηνοί, Σκυθῖνοι. 

ἘΣκυθο-τοξότης, ov, α Scythian arch- 
er, lil, 4.15? See Σκύθης. 


122 


σπάνιος 


σκυλεύω, εύσω, (σκῦλον spoil) to de- 
spoil, strip off the arms of an enemy, 
Δ Whe, 268i 

σκύταλον, ov, (fiw? see téw) a staff, 
club, cudgel, mace, vii. 4. 15. 

σκύτινος, 7, ov,( σκῦτος a hide) made 
of leather, leathern, v. 4. 13. 

σμῆνος, eos, τό, a bee-hive, a swarm 
of bees, iv. 8. 20. 

Σμίκρης, yros, Smicres, an Arcadian 
commander, vi. 3. 4s. 

Σόλοι, wr, ol, Soli, an important 
maritime city of Cilicia, built by Ar- 
gives and Rhodians; who at length 
spoke such bad Greek, from mingling 
with the native Cilicians, as to give 
rise to the term solecism (σολοικισμόξ). 
It was the birthplace of the Stoic 
Chrysippus and the poet Aratus; and 
was later named Πομπηϊούπολις from 
Pompey the Great, who here settled a 
colony of reformed pirates. i. 2. 24. 
| Eski-Shehr (i. e. old city) near Mezetli. 

σός, σή, σόν, (σύ) thy, your: φιλίᾳ 
τῇ σῇ love to you, 538d: τὰ σά your 
affairs or interests: vii. 7, 29, 44. 

Σοῦσα, wy, τά, (Pers. susan, lily) 
Sisa (Shushan, Neh. 1. 1) chief city 
of the province of Susiana (Elam, Dan. 
8. 2), and one of the capitals of the 
Persian Empire, comm. occupied by 
the king, from its genial climate, in 
the winter or spring, ii. 4. 25: iii. 5. 
15. || Extensive ruins at Sis, where 
the remains of the great palace of Da- 
rius 1. have been lately disinterred. 

tZod-alveros, ov, Sophenetus, from 
Stymphalus in Arcadia, one of the 
oldest of the Cyrean generals. As his 
name does not appear after the Cyre- 
ans reached the Bosphorus, it is prob- 
able that he took this opportunity of 
leaving the army, perhaps displeased 
with his fine or thinking his age too 
little respected, and that Phryniscus 
was appointed in his place. He may 
have written a history of the expedi- 
tion to justify himself, since we find a 
Sophznetus mentioned as the author 
of such a history. i. 1.11: v. 8. 1. 
trodla, as, wisdom, skill, i, 2. 8. 
Der. SOPHIA, PHILO-SOPHY. 

σοφός, ἡ, dv, wise, intelligent, clever, 
gifted, accomplished, i. 10. 2. 
towavitw, icw 1d, to lack, want, be 
in want of, G., ii. 2. 12: vii. 7. 42. 





Ἰσπάνιος, a, ov, scarce, scanty,i. 9. 27. 


σπάνις 


σπάνις, ews, ἡ, scarcity, scantiness, 
want, G., Vi. 4. 8: vii. 2. 15. 


123 


Sparta (near Mistra), lately built to 
cherish the memory of ancient great- 


στάδιον 


Σπάρτη, ης, Sparta (on the west | ness. 


bank of the Eurdtas, now the Iri), 
also called Λακεδαίμων, the capital of 
Laconia, and that city of Greece in 
which its military spirit and prowess, 
and the subordination of the individ- 
ual to the state culminated. It was 
the especial residence of the Dorian 
conquerors of Laconia, a great mili- 
tary and land-holding aristocracy (οἱ 
ὅμοιοι the peers, iv. 6. 14), owning 
estates throughout the province, which 
were chiefly cultivated by the con- 
quered people reduced to a state of 
serfdom under the name of Helots. 
Still a third class, the Periceci (zepl- 
oxo, dwelling around the capital in 
rural villages), were personally free, 
but without political power, neither 
serfs nor citizens. The trade and 
mechanic arts of the country were 
chiefly in the hands of these. The 
Spartan citizens were so few in com- 
parison with their slaves and subjects, 
that they could hope to maintain their 
ascendency only by a thorough sys- 


ΕΣπαρτιάτης, ov, a Spartan, a man 
belonging by birth to the class of 
Spartan citizens, iv. 8. 25: vi. 6. 30. 
σπάρτον, ou, (σπεῖρα a twisted cord) 
a cord, rope, iv. 7. 15. 
ordw, dow, ἔσπακα, pf. p. ἔσπασμαι, 
to draw: M. to draw one’s own, A.; 
ἐσπασμένοι τὰ ξίφη with drawn swords ; 
i. 8. 29: vii. 4.16. Der. sPASM. 
omelpw,* σπερῶ, forapxal., spargo, 
to scatter seed, sow, vi. 1.8. Der. 
SPERM. 
σπένδω, " σπείσω, ἔσπεικαὶ., a. ἔσπει- 
σα, libo, to make or offer a libation, to 
pour, iv. 8.185 :--- M. to make or agree 
to a treaty, peace, or truce (since in 
this mutual libations were common), 
D., wpds, ἐπί, 1.9. 78: iii. 5.16: iv.4.6. 
σπεύδω, creiow,éomrevxal., tohasten, 
make haste, press on, be in haste, be 
eager, ἵν 1.3.14; 5.9: iv. 8. 14. 
Σπιθριδάτης, ov, a general of the 
Bithynian satrap, Pharnabazus. He 
afterwards took offence, and left his 
service for that of Agesilaus, but left 


tem of military and political training. |fhe latter again from a new offence. 


Hence they submitted to the rigid 
and peculiar laws of Lycurgus, ob- 
served great simplicity in their per- 
sonal habits, subordinated domestic 
to public life, accounted luxury, ease, 
oak self-indulgence as crimes, dis- 


dained the protection of walls, and 
lived at Sparta as inacamp. At the 
head of the state were two kings and 


five ephors. In the government of 
their subject states, the Spartans were 
commonly disliked ; because they here 
applied to so great an extent the arbi- 
trary, selfish, unconciliatory, and in- 
human principles, and the haughti- 
ness of manner, which were observed 
at home in the government of their 
helots; sometimes combining with 
these a self-indulgence and deceit 
which at home they would not dare 
to practise, and covetousness, even to 
the taking of bribes. At the time of 
the Cyrean expedition, the Spartans, 
having so recently conquered their 
great rival, Athens, were the undis- 
puted masters of the Greek world, 


vi. 5. 7. 
σπολάς or στολάς, dios, ἡ, (στέλλω) 
a leathern waistcoat, worn under or 
instead of the metallic θώραξ, iii. 3. 
20: iv. 1.18. The form σπολάς ap- 
pears to be Dor., 168. 2: see λοχαγός. 
σπονδή, js, (σπένδω q. v.) a liba- 
tion, drink-offering: pl. libations, 
hence comm., ὦ treaty, truce, or armis- 
tice, peace, 1. 9. 8 : ii. 3.48: iv. 3.14. 
σπουδάζω, ἄσομαι, ἐσπούδακα, to be 
busy, zealous, or in earnest, to work 
zealously or hard, ii. 3. 12. 
torovdato-hoyéw, ἤσω, (σπουδαῖος 
earnest, λόγος) A. ἃ M. to engage in 
earnest conversation, converse seriously, 
i. 9. 28, 
σπουδή, ἧς, (σπεύδω) haste, speed, 
expedition, earnestness, 1. 8. 4: iv.1.17. 
Ἰστάδιον, ov, pl. οἱ στάδιοι & τὰ στά- 
δια, a stadium, stade, nearly a fur- 
long ; the [stopping-place] length of 
the footrace-course, which at Olympia 
(the comm. standard) was = 600 Greek, 
or 606 Eng. feet: hence, the com- 
mon or short /oot-race itself, as in σ. 
ἀγωνίζεσθαι to contend in the short race 





and exercised their yey arrogantly, 
wantonly, and cruelly. ii. 6.4. || New 


or cowrse: i, 4.1,4; 8.17: iv. 8. 27. 











σταθμός 


Ἱσταθμός, οὔ, ὁ, statio, @ STATION or 
stopping-place, esp. at night ; hence, 
a day's journey or march (averaging 
in the Anab., acc. to vii. 8. 26, about 
δὲ parasangs, or 160 stadia), a stage ; 
i 2.58; 7.14; 8.1; 10.1: ii. 2.6. 

σταίην, στάς, see ἵστημι, Υ. 2. 16. 

ἐστασιάζω, dow, ἑἐστασίακα, lo form 
a party or excite faction against, be fuc- 
tious or contentious, be at variance or 
divided into parties, contend or quar- 
rel, D., πρός, ii. 5. 28: vi. 1. 29, 32: 
vii. 1. 39; 2. 2. a 

μστάσις, ews, ἡ, (the standing up 

against] faction, dissension, vi. 1. 29. 
Der. APO-STASY. 

μστασιώτης, ov, an opposer, vi. 6. 6? 

joravpds, of, ὁ, a stake, pale, or 

lisade, usu. crossing others, v. 2. 21: 

vii. 4. 14, 17. 

[μσταυρόω, dow, to palisade.] _ 
joratpwpa, aros, τό, a paling, line 

of palisades, v. 2. 15, 19, 27. [28. 

joréap, στέᾶτος, τό, tallow, fat, ν. 4. 

toréyacpa, aros, τό, (στεγάζω to 

cover) a covering, tent-cover, i. 5. 10? 

στέγη, 15, (στέγω tego, to cover, 
shelter) a roof, shelter under ἃ roof, 

cover, covered house, cottage, iv. 4. 14. 

joreyvés, ἡ, dv, (στέγω) covered, 
ε roofed, vii. 4. 12. 


στείβω (v. 1. στίβω), ywl., (ef. stipo) 
to tread, beat, or press down, as a road, 
mattress, &c.; hence, to frequent ἃ [885 ornamental comb for the head, such 


road; A.; i. 9. 13. 


124 


στράτευμα 


στέρνον, ov, (στερεός or στεῤῥός firm, 
whence STEREO-TYPE) the breast, i. 8, 
26: vii. 4.4. Der. STERNUM. 
oreppas (στεῤῥός firm) firmly, stead- 
fastly, resolutely, ni. 1. 22. 
στέφανος, ov, ὁ, (στέφω to encircle) 
a crown, garland, wreath, common 
among the Greeks as a prize of vic- 
tory, as a mark of honor, and as a 
festal or sacred ornament, i. 7. 7: iv. 
δ. 33: vi. 4.9. Der. STEPHEN. 
jerepavda, dow, ἐστεφάνωκα, pf. p. 
ἐστεφάνωμαι, to crown, A.: M. to crown 
one’s self : iv. 3.17; 5.33: vii. 1. 40. 
Ἰστήλη, 7s, α pillar, post, v. 3.12: 
vii, 5. 13. 

στῆναι, στήσας, see ἴστημι, i. 2.15. 
ἰστιβάς, dios, ἡ, α bed of straw or 
leaves, a mat, mattress, vi. 1. 4! 
teariBos, ov, ὁ, a trodden or beaten 
way or path, a track (made by many 
ἴχνη, or single footsteps), i. 6. 1. 
στίβω v. 1. for στείβω, i. 9. 13. 
στίζω, ftw, pf. p. ἔστιγμαι, (cf. Lat. 
in-stigo, Germ. stechen, Eng. stick, 
sting) to prick, tattoo, A. AE., Υ. 4. 32. 
Der. STIGMA. 
στῖφος, cos, τό, (στείβω) a throng, 
mass, dense or compact body, of men, 
i. 8.13, 26: vi. δ. 26. ὶ 
στλεγγίς, δος, ἡ, a strigtl, fleshcomb, 
scraper, such as were used by bathers 
to cleanse the skin; or, as some think, 





as even men wore on some sacred oc- 


στέλλω," XG, ἔσταλκα, pf. p. orad-| casions ; i. 2. 10. 


μαι, to equip, accoutre, fit out, despatch, 


send, a. ἐπί : M. to [send one's self] 


set forth, proceed, journey, 99, ἐπί, 
κατά: iii.2.7: v.6.5. Der. APO-STLE. 
στενός, ἡ, dy, ὁ. wrepos OF brepos, 


στολάς, see σπολάς, iii. 3. 20? 

στολή, js, (στέλλω) an equipment, 
dress, garment, robe, i. 2. 27: iv. 5. 
88 : 7.18: vi. 1.2. Der. STOLE. 


στόλος, ov, ὁ, (στέλλω) an equip- 


257 b, narrow, strait: ἐν τῷ στενῷ or | ment, preparation ; an armament, 


τοῖς στενοῖς in angustiis, in the nar- 


rows or defile, in the narrow space, 
road, or pctss 
iv.1/14; 4.18. Der. STENO-GRAPHY. 


armed force, army; an expedition, 
march, journey, voyage; i. 2.5; 3.16: 


: i. 4. 4: iii. 4.19, 22:|ii. 2. 10, 12: ili. 1:98; 2. 113-3. 2. 


στόμα, aros, τό, the mouth of a per- 


μστενο-χωρία, as, (x@pos) @ narrow | son, river, sea, pit, &c.; the outlet or 


place, spot, road, or pass, 1. 5. 7. 


entrance; of an army, the front or 


> iii : iv. 5. 25, 27: vi. 2. 
στέργω," στέρξω, 2 pf. Ion. ἔστοργα, |van > m1. 4. 42s: iv 5. 25, 
to haw κα the higher sense), regard|1; 4. 1. Der. STOMACH. 


with affection, A., li. 6. 23. Cf. φιλέω. 


torparela, as, α campaign, expedi- 


στερέω ἃ loxw,* στερήσω, éoré-| tion, iii. 1.9: ν΄. 4. 18. 
ley deories, A. @., ii. δ. 10:—P.| torpérevpa, aros, τό, a body led to 
& M. στέρομαι. (v. 1. στερέομαι), creph-| War, an army, host ; a military force 
coun, ἐστέρημαι, a. ἐστερήθην, to be|(whether larger or smaller, an — 
deprived of, lose, want, G., i. 4. 8; 9. |army or a division of it), for which 
13: ii. 1.12: iii. 22: iv. 5. 28. στράτευμα is the most general term. 








στρατεύω 195 


Of vrpdrevpa, στρατιά, and στρατός, 
the first is far the most used in the 
Anab., and the last but once, 1.1.78; 
9. 1,14, δι᾽ δ. 1181 Zcla:-v 6. 17, 
torpareiw, εύσω, ἐστράτευκα, to lead 
to war, make war, engage in war, 
make an expedition, march, ch. of 
leaders or commanders, ἐπί, εἰς, li. 1. 
14; 3.20; 4.3; 6.29:—W. (oftener, 
and of both leaders and followers) to 
take the field, make or engage in war, 
make an expedition or take part in 
one, march, serve in arms or as ἃ sol- 
dier, él, eis, σύν, &c., 1.1.11; 2. 28; 
9.14: il. 1.1: iii. 1.10: v. 4. 34. 
torparnyéw, jow, to be general or 
commander ; to lead, command, di- 
rect, or manage, as general; to take 
command ; G. AE.: στρατηγεῖν διεπρά- 
taro he obtained command of: orpa- 
τηγεῖν στρατηγίαν to undertake a com- 
mand ; τοῦτο ὑμᾶς πρῶτον ἡμῶν orpa- 
τηγῆσαι that your first act in taking 
command of us should be this: i. 3. 
15; 4.3: 1. 2.13; 6. 28: iii. 2. 27: 
vii. 6. 40. Der. STRATAGEM. 
Ἰστρατηγία, as, generalship, military 
command ; mode of leading an army, 
plan of operations or management of 
affairs in war; i. ἃ li. 2.13: v. 
6. 25: vii. 1.41. Der. sTRATEGY. 
torparnyde, dow, (desiderative, 
378d) to desire or seek military com- 
mand, vii. 1.33. 
torpat-nyos, οὔ, ὁ, (ἄγω) a leader or 
commander of an army or of one of its 
larger divisions, a general ; the com- 
mander of the troops of a Persian prov- 
ince (also termed κάρανος), according 
to the theory of the empire a different 
person from the satrap for the sake 
of mutual restraint, but in practice 
often the same; G. In mercenary 
service, the pay of a general appears 
to have usu. been four times that of a 
private. i. 1.2; 2.15: vii. 6. 7. 
Ἱστρατιά, ἂς, an army, host, comm. 
of an entire army, or of its mass in 
distinction fr. the officers or fr. an 
excepted part (hence ἡ στρατιά = πᾶν 
τὸ στράτευμα, vi. 6. 2, 27); also used 
as a collective, = στρατιῶται soldiers ; 
i, 2.12, 27; 3.20; 4.5: iti. 2.13: v. 
2.30: vi. 3.19; 6.26: see στράτευμα. 
ἐστρατιώτης, ov, a soldier, esp. a 
private or common soldier, i. 1.9; 2. 
17; 3.78, 21: iii. 2.2: vii. 2. 36, 


συγγενής 


ἸΣτρατο-κλῆς, fous, Stratocles, from 
Crete, the commander of a serviceable 
body of archers, iv. 2. 28. 

Ἰστρατο-πεδεύω, eicw, ἐστρατοπέ- 
δευκα, to make a camp: comm. M. to 
encamp, be encamped; pf. to lie in 
camp ; ἀνά, ἐν, els, παρά, &c.: 1.3.7: 
ii. 2.15; 4.1,10: vi. 4.7: vil. 6. 24, 

torparo-medov, ov, (πέδον ground) 
the ground occupied by an encamped 
army, acamp, encampment ; by meton. 
for the army encamped; i. 10. 1,5: 
iv. 8, 23: vi. 4. 27: so pl. vii. 3. 34. 

στρατός, οὔ, ὁ, (akin to στρώννῦμι 
sterno, STREW ὃ οὗ, stratus) a body of 
men encamped, hence, an army, host, 
= στρατιά α. ν., 1.5.7: see στράτευμα. 
στραφείς, see στρέφω, i. 10. 6. 
torperrds, ἡ, dv, twisted, wreathed ; 
subst. στρεπτός, sc. κύκλος, torquis, 
a wreath, necklace, collar, chain, 1. 2. 
27; 5.8}; 8.-29. 

στρέφω," έψω, ἔστροφα 1., pf. p. 
ἔστραμμαι, 2a. p. ἐστράφην, (τρέπω) 
to turn, twist, wreathe, braid, ρίαϊέ, 
A., iv. 7. 15:— A. intrans. & ML, w. 
2a. p., of soldiers, to turn, wheel, face 
about, πρός, i.10.6? ili. 5.1: iv. ὃ. 26, 
32. Der. STROPHE, CATA-STROPHE. 

στρουθός, of, ὁ ἡ, a field-bird, esp. 
sparrow ; an ostrich (fully o. ὁ μέγας 
the great bird), i. 5. 2, 3. 

στρωματό-δεσμος or -ov, ov, 6 or τό, 
(στρῶμα bed) a bed-sack, in which the 
bed-clothes were carried or kept, v. 4. 
13. 
στυγνός, ἡ, dv, (στυγέω to hate) hate- 
ful, repulsive, gloomy, stern; τὸ orv- 
γνόν the gloom or sternness : ii. 6. 9, 11. 
Los, ov, ὁ, a Stymphalian, 
a man of Stymphalus, a city near @ 
lake of the same name in northeastern 
Arcadia. It was one of the fabled la- 
bors of Hercules to destroy the mon- 
strous birds which haunted this lake. 
i. 1.11. || Ruins in the vale of Zaraka. 
σύ" (σοῦ, col, σέ, encl.), pl, ὑμεῖς, 
tu (tui, tibi, te), vos, THOU, YOU, i, 
3.38; 6. 6s: ii. 1. 16s: vii. 7. 30s. 





ovy- or fvy-, the form which σύν 
takes in compos. before a palatal, 150. 
tovyyévaa, as, relationship, kin, vil. 
3. 39. 

συγ-γενής, és, (yévos) joined by birth, 
of the same race, related, akin: pl. 
συγγενεῖς subst., relatives, relations, 
kinsmen, kinsfolk ; ἰ, 6.10: vii. 2.31. 








συγγίγνομαι 126 
ν᾿ γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι | for the latter, had been done through 


συγ- γίγνομαι 


& 2 pf. γέγονα, 2 ἃ. ἐγενόμην, to come | compulsion. 


συμβουλή 


Syennesis appears to 


to be with, have intercourse, acquaint- | have been a common hame of the Ci- 
ance, or an interview with ; to be with, |\lician kings. i. 2. 12, 26s: vu. 8. 25. 


associate or confer with, become ac- 


σῦκον, ov, a fig, vi. 4.6; 6.1. Der. 


quainted with ; to be under one's in-| SYCA-MORE, SYCO-P'HANT. 


struction ; to come together, meet ;* D.;| 
$1.9; 2.12 27: ii. 5.2; 6. 17. ͵ 
συγ-κάθ-ημαι͵," καθήσομαι, to sit to-| 


συλ- or ξυλ-, the form which σύν 


takes in compos. before A, 150. 


συλ-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 


gether, v. 7. 21. 2 a. ἔλαβον, to take by bringing the 

συγ-καλέω," καλέσω καλῶ, κέκληκα, hands together, seize, arrest, appre- 
a. ἐκάλεσα, to call together, convoke, hend, capture, A., 1.1.3; 4.8; 6.4: 
convene, assemble, A. εἰς, i. 4. 8; 6. 4. | iii. 1. 2, 35: iv. 4.16. Der. sYL-LABLE. 


συγ-κάμπτω, κάμψω, (κάμπτω to| 
bend) to bend together, to bend up, A., | 
v. 8.10: v. 1. συν-ανα-κάμπτω. | 


συλ-λέγω," λέξω, εἴλοχα, pf. p. εἴλε- 


μαι, 2 ἃ. p. ἐλέγην, (λέγω lego, to 
LAY, gather) to gather together, collect, 


-wara-kalw & Att. -κάω," καύ- levy, assemble, convene, trans., A., 1. 1. 


ow, xéxavxa, to burn up with them, | 


A., iii. 2. 27. 
-κατα-σκεδάννυμι, * 
oxeda, A. or M. to sprinkle or throw | 
down with another, A. G.? vii. 3. 32? | 
συγ-κατα-στρέφω͵ * éyw, ἔστροφα |. ; 
M. to assist in subduing or reducing, 
D., ii. 1. 14: see κατα-στρέφω. 
συγ-κατ-εργάζομαι," doouat, elpya- 
σμαι, ἃ. εἰργασάμην, to assist in gain- 
ing, A. D., Vii. 7. 25: v. 1. κατεργάζομαι. 
ὑγ-κειμαι, " κείσομαι, (as pass. οἵ 
συν-τίθημι) to be laid down mutually, 
to be agreed upon: els τὸ συγκείμενον, 
sc. xwplov, to the place agreed upon, 
to the rendezvous, Vi. 3. 4: τὰ ovyxel- 
peva the [things agreed on] agreement, 
vii, 2. 7. 





«κλείω, elow, κέκλεικα, to shut 
together (e. g. the two leaves of a 
double gate), to close, A., vii. 1. 12. 

συγ-κομίζω, low 1, κεκόμικα, to 
bring together, collect : so M. (for one 8 
own benefit), a., vi. 6. 37? 
συγ-κύπτω, κύψω, κέκῦφα, to bend 
together or towards each other, ap- 
proach, converge, iii. 4. 19, 21. 
συγ-χωρέω, how, κεχώρηκα, to go 
with, concur, assent, acquiesce, V. 2. 9. 
σύειος, a, ov, (cis) obtained from 
swine, iv. 4.13: v. 1. ovivos, &e. 
Σνέννεσις, cos, Syennesis, a king of 
Cilicia, who tried to ame such a 
course that he should not lose his 


crown, whether Cyrus or Artaxerxes |] 


prevailed. Diodorus states (14. 20) 
that he secretly sent a son to the 
king to assure him of his fidelity, to 
report the doings of Cyrus, and to say 
that whatever he had himself done 


7,9: ii.4.11: iii. 1.39:—A4IL., w. 2a. 


.».» to assemble, congregate, come or get 
σκεδάσω | together, collect, gather, convene, 10- 


trans. ; to be assembled, &c.; iv. 1.108; 
5.1, 12; 8.9: v. 7.3: vi. 3. 6. 
jovddoyh, js, an assembling, levy, i. 
1, 6. 
ξσύλλογος, ov, ὁ, a gathering, assem- 
bly, assemblage, meeting, v. 6.22; 7.2 
(not summoned, οἵ, ἐκκλησία). Der. 
SYLLOGISM. 

συμ- or ξυμ-» the form which σύν 
takes in compos. before a labial, 150. 

συμ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔβην, to come together, meet, occur, 
happen, result, iii. 1. 13. 

συμ-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, to cast, dash, or bring together, 
collect, A., iii. 4. 31: — M. (of mutual 
or joint action) to contribute, give ὦ 
suggestion or hint, agree upon, con- 
tract, A. D., περί, 1.1.9: iv. 6.14: vi. 
3.3; 6.35. Der. SYMBOL. 

συμ-βοάω, ήσομαι, βεβόηκα L., to call 
aloud or shout to each other, A., Vi. 
3. 6. 

συμ-βοηθέω, ow, βεβοήθηκα, to 
help together or in a body, join in as- 
sisting, hasten to add assistance, ἐξ, 
iv. 2.1: vii. 8. 17. 

συμ-βολή, js, (συμ-βάλλω) α dash- 
ing together, encounter in arms, V1. 5. 
32. 
ἰσυμ-βουλεύω, εύσω, βεβούλευκα, to 
jlan with, counsel, advise, D. A., 1. 
(a.), i. 6.9: ii. 1.178: iii. 1. δ:-- MM. 
to consult or confer with, ask one’s ad- 
vice, Ὁ. OP., i. 1.10; 7.2: ii. 1. 16 8. 

συμ-βουλή, js, consultation, counsel, 








advice, v. 6. 4, 11. 


σύμβονλος 127 ow 


jordpBovdos, ov, ὁ, a counsellor, ad- 
viser, 1. 6, 5. 
συμ-μανθάνω," μαθήσομαι, μεμάθη- 
κα, 2 ἃ. ἔμαθον, to become familiar with 
or accustomed to, iv. 5. 27. 
tovppaxéo, ἥσω, (σύμμαχοΞ) to be or 
become an ally, form an alliance with, 
v. 4. 30. 
tovppax(la, as, (σύμμαχος) an alli- 
ance, offensive and defensive, v. 4. 3, 
8; vii. 3. 35, 
συμ-μάχομαι," μαχέσομαι μαχοῦμαι, 
μεμάχημαι, to fight together, with, or 
by one’s side, D., Vv. 4.10: vi. 1. 18. 
ἐἰσύμμαχος, ov, fighting with, auwili- 
ary, allied, in alliance with ; τὰ σύμ- 
paxa the aids, advantages, or re- 
sources, in war: σύμμαχος subst., 
an ally; auxiliary: D., G., ἐπί: i.3. 
6; 7.8: i1.'4.68; 6.11: v. 4 9. 
συμ-μετ-έχω," ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔσχον, 
to partake or have a share in with 
others, G., vii. 8.17: v. 1. μετέχω. 
συμ-μίγνῦμι or -ὕω," μίξω, μέμιχα l., 
to mingle or unite with (trans. or in- 
trans.), join, form a junction with, 
meet (as friends or enemies), join bat- 
tle with, D. ἐν, els, ii. 1.2; 3.19: iv. 
6. 24: vi. 3. 24: vii. 8. 24. 
συμ-παρα-σκευάζω͵ dow, to co-operate 
by preparing, providing, or procuring, 
Ass'¥,'1..8; 20. 
συμ-παρ-έχω," ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, 2 a. 
ἔσχον, to join in giving, producing, or 
procuring, A. D., vii. 4.19; 6. 30. 
σύμ-πᾶς, doa, av, all together, the 
whole together, entire, in all: τὸ σύμ- 
παν adv., altogether, throughout : i. 2. 
9; 5.9: iv. 3.2: -vii. 8. 26. 
συμ-πεδάω, ow, (πέδη) to fetter, 
confine, iv. 4.11: v. l. ovp-rodi tw. 
συμ-πέμπω," πέμψω, πέπομφα, to 
send or despatch with another, A. D., 
i. 2. 20: iii. 4. 42s: v. 5.15: 6. 7, 21. 
συμ-περι-τυγχάνω, " τεύξομαι, τετύ- 
χῆκα, to [fall in with round about] 
succeed in surrounding, D., vii. 8. 22% 
συμ-πίπτω," πεσοῦμαι,πέπτωκα, 2 a. 
ἔπεσον, to fall together, fall in, col- 
lapse ; to meet in close conflict, grapple 
or close with ; i. 9.6: iv. 8.11? v. 2. 
24. Der. syMPTOM. 
σύμ-πλεως, wr, (rréws* full) [filled 
together] quite or very full of, filled 
with, abounding in, G., i. 2. 22: v, 1. 
ἔμ-πλεως. 


feet together, confine, enewmber, im- 
pede, A., iv. 4.11: v. 7. cup-weddw. 
συμ-πολεμέω, ow, πεπολέμηκα, to 
war or make war with as au ally, as- 
sist in war, Ὁ. ἐπί, πρός, i. 4. 2. 
συμ-πορεύομαι, εύσομαι, πεπόρευμαι, 
to proceed or march with, take part in 
an expedition, i. 3.5; 4. 9. 
συμποσί-αρχος, ov, ὁ, (ἄρχω, cup- 
πόσιον banquet, fr. πίνω) rex convivii, 
the president of ὦ banquet, a symposi- 
arch; an office for which Spartans 
were more rarely selected, from their 
lack of social vivacity ; vi. 1. 30. 
συμ-πράττω, diw, πέπρᾶχα, to co- 
operate with, assist, aid; to assist in 
effecting or obtaining ; to join in ar- 
ranging, agree; D. AE. περί, Gore: i. 
1.8: v. 4.9; 5.23: vii. 4.13; 8. 23. 
συμ-πρέσβεις, ew, ol, (πρέσβυς ") 
Jellow-ambassadors, colleagues in an 
embassy, v. 5. 24. 
συμ-προ-θυμέομαι, ήσομαι, ipf. προὐ- 
θυμούμην, to join in urging, add one’s 
influence or efforts, τ. (A.), AE., ὅπως, 
iii. 1.9: vii. 1.55; αὶ 24. 
συμ-προ-νομέω, How, (νέμω) to forage 
together, V. 1.7: v. l. σὺν προνομαῖς. 
συμ-φέρω," οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, a. ἤνεγκα 
or -ον, pl. p. ἐνήνεγμαι, to bring to- 
gether, gather, collect, contribute; to 
contribute good, be advantageous, bene- 
jicial, suitable, or suited, sometimes 
impers.; ¢o bear or share with ; A. D., 
émi, πρὸς, ii. 2.2: iii. 2.27; 4. 31: 
vi. 4.9: vii. 3.37; 6. 20; 8. 4. 
σύμ-φημι," φήσω, to [say with an- 
other] assent to, acknowledge, A., v.8. 
8: vil. 2. 26. 
σύμφορος, ov, (συμ-φέρω) advanta- 
geous, beneficial, useful, D., vii. 7. 212 
σύν δ prep., old Att. ξύν 170, cum, 
with, together with, at the same time 
with, in company or connection with, 
with the help or favor of, wnder the 
command of ; w. Dat. of person (com- 
panion, helper, counsellor, command- 
er, military force, &c.), instrument, 
dress, circumstance, feeling, means, 
manner, &c., i. 1.11; 2.15; 3.58; 8. 
4: ii. 1.12: iii. 1. 23; 3. 18,14. In 
compos. (svy- before a palatal, συμ- 
bef. a labial, συλ- bef. A, cup- bef. p, 
συ- or συσ- bef. σ, 150, 166), con-, 
with, at the same time, together, alto- 


gether, sometimes strengthening such 





'συμ-ποδίζω, lew 1d, (πούς) to tie the 


an idea already in the simple verb. 








συναγείρω 128 


συν-αγείρω, pf. ἀγήγερκα 1., a. ἤγει- 


συνέλεξα 


συν-άπτω, dyw, to fasten together ; 


pa, to assemble together, collect, a. D., | to join (battle), engage in, A. D., 1. 5. 


1. 5. 9. 
συν-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, 2 a. ἤγαγον, to 


10, 
συν-άρχω, ἄρξω, ἦρχα, to be associ- 


bring together, collect, assemble, con- ated in command with, D., vi. 1. 32. 


vene; to bring together or join the 


σύν-δειπνος, ov, ὁ, (δεῖπνον) a table- 


edges of, close; a. ἐξ: i. 3. 2,9; 5.| companion, guest at table, ii. 5. 27. 


10: iii. 5. 14: iv. 4.19: vi. 2. 8. 

συν-αδικέω, jow, ἠδίκηκα, to commil 
injustice with another, joir in wrong- 
doing, be an accomplice in evil deeds, 
D., ii. 6, 27. 

συν-αθροίζω, οίσω, ἤθροικα, to gather 
together, collect, esp. troops, A., Vii. 2. 
8:—WM. to flock together, vi. 5. 30. 

συν-αιθριάζω, dow, (αἰθρία) to bivowac 
together in the open air, iv. 4.10? 

συν-αινέω," ἔσω, (αἰνέω to speak) to 
agree with, promise, concede, grant, 
Δι Wi. 7. 81. 

συν-αιρέω," jow, ἥρηκα, 2a. εἷλον, 
to take together, com-prehend ; ὡς συν- 
ελόντι εἰπεῖν, sc. λόγῳ, to speak in 
comprehensive language, to say all in 
@ word, iii. 1. 38: see ws f. 

συν-ακολουθέω, ἤσω, ἠκολούθηκα, to 
go in company with, follow closely, ac- 
company, D., ii. 5. 30, 35: vii. 7. 11. 

συν-ακούω, " ούσομαι, ἀκήκοα, to hear 
mutually, c., v. 4. 31. 

pag a ἃ. ἥλισα, ἃ. p. ἡλίσθην, 
to gather together, collect, A., vii. 3. 48. 

συν-αλλάττω," ἀξω, ἤλλαχα, 2 a. p. 
ἠλλάγην, (ἀλλάττω to change, fr. ἄλλος) 
to change so as to bring together, 
reconcile: M., w. 2a. p., to become recon- 
ciled, come to an agreement, make 
peace, πρός, i. 2. 1. 

συν-ανα-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 
2 a. ἔβην, to go up with, D., i. 3. 18. 

σνυν-ανα-κάμπτω, κάμψω, to bend up 
together, v. 1. for συγ-κάμπτω, v.8. 10, 

συν-ανα-πράττω, diw, πέπρᾶχα, to 
join in exacting or requiring what is 
due, A. παρά, vii. 7. 14. 

συν-αν-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 a. 
ἔστην, to raise up with: M., w. γί. 
and 2a. act., to rise or stand up with, 
vii. 3. 35. 

συν-αντάω, How, ἤντηκα, (dvrdw to 
meet, fr. ἀντί) to meet [and speak with], 
i, 8.15: vii. 2. 5. 

συν-άπ-ειμι,." ipf. jew, (εἶμι) to de- 
part or return with, ii. 2. 1. 

συν-απο-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴλη- 
ga, to receive at the same time what is 


συν-δια-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔβην, to cross with others, vii. 1. 4. 
συν-δια-πράττω, diw, wémpaxa, to 
accomplish with; M. to negotiate with, 
ὑπέρ, iv. 8. 24. 
συν-δοκέω," δόξω, fo secm good in 
like manner, be likewise approved, D., 
vi. 5. 10. 
συν-δραμοῦμαι, see συν-τρέχω. 
σύν-δυο indecl., two together, two by 
two, vi. 3. 2. 
συν-ε-: for augmented forms thus 
beginning, look under ovy- before a 
palatal, συμ- bef. a labial, συλ-, ovp-, 
bef. A, p, and ov-(o) bef. o, 151, 166. 
ily ch ea see σνγ-γίγνομαι. 
συν-έδραμον, see συν-τρέχω, V. 7. 4. 
συν-εῖδον, -eSévar, see συν-οράω. 
συν-είλεγμαι, see συλ-λέγω, iv. 3. 7. 
συν-είληφα, -eAnppat, see συλ-λαμ- 
βάνω, iii. 1. 2, 35.. 
σύν-ειμι," ἔσομαι, (εἰμί) to be with, 
associate with, D.: οἱ συνόντες associates 
or followers ; ii. 6. 20, 23: vi. 6. 35. 
σύν-ειμι," ἤειν, (εἶμι) Lo go or come 
together, come or advance for an en- 
counter, P., i. 10. 10: iii. 5. 7? 
συν-ειπόμην, see συν-έπομαι, V. 2, 4. 
συν-εισ-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλή- 
λυθα, 2 ἃ. ἦλθον, to enter together with, 
πρὸς. eis. . σύν, iv. ὅ. 10. 
συν-εισ-πίπτω, * πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 
2 a. ἔπεσον, to fall, rush, or plunge 
into together with others, εἴσω... σύν, 
v. 7. 25; vii. 1.18. 
συν-εκ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, to 
go forth together with, ἐπί, iv. 3. 22. 
συν-εκ-βιβάζω, βιβάσω βιβῶ, to join 
in lifting out, assist in extricating, A., 
i, 5. 7. 
συν-εκ-κόπτω, κόψω, κέκοφα, to join 
in cutting down, A., iv. 8. 8. 
συν-εκ-πίνω," πίομαι (ἴ),. πέπωκα, 
2a. ἔπϊον, to drink with another to the 
bottom of the cup, vii. 3. 32. 
συν-ἐκ-πορίζω, iow ιῶ, πεπόρικα, lo 
aid in procuring or supplying, A. Ὁ.» 
v. 8. 25: wv. dl. συνεξευπορέω, Xe. 
ovv-AaBov, see συλ-λαμβάνω,11}.2. 4. 








due, vii. 7. 40. 


συν-ἔέλεξα, -ελέγην, see συλ-λέγω. 


συνελήλυθα 129 


συν-ἐλήλνθα, -ελθεῖν, see συν-έρχο- 
po, ii. 1. 2: iii. 1. 36. 

συν-ελόντι, see συν-αιρέω, iii. 1. 38. 

συν-έμιξα, see συμ-μέγνῦμι, ii. 8. 19. 

συν-ενεγκών, -ενήνεγμαι, see συμ- 
φέρω, iii. 4. 31: vi. 4. 9. 

συν-εξ-έρχομαι͵, " ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυ- 
θα, to go out with, join in an excur- 
sion, D., vii. 8. 11. 

συν-εξ-ευ-πορέω, ow, (πόρος) to aid 
in procuring relief, A. D., v. 8. 25? 

συν-επ-αινέω," ἔσω, qvexa, (αἰνέω to 
speak) to join in approving, A., Vii. 3. 
36. 

συν-επ-εύχομαι, εὔξομαι, εὔγμαι or 
ὗγμαι, to vow moreover at the same 
time, I., iii. 2. 9. 

συν-επι-μελέομαι, ἥσομαι, μεμέλημαι, 
to take or have the joint charge of, G., 
vi. 1. 22. 

συν-επι-σπέσϑαι, see συν-εφ-έπομαι. 

συν-επι- σπεύδω, evcw, to assist in 
hastening forward, A., i. 5. 8. 

συν-επι-τρίβω, τρίψω, rérpipa, (τρί- 
Bw to rub) to crush together, destroy ut- 
terly, ruin, A., V. 8. 20. 

συν-έπομαι, " ἕψομαι, ipf. εἱπόμην, 
to follow with or closely, follow, ac- 
company, attend, D., i. 3.9; 4.17. 

cuv-er-dpvipt,* ὀμοῦμαι, ὁμώμοκα, 
to swear at the same time yet further, 
to add the further oath, 1., vii. 6. 19. 

th ie | ὁν, (ἔργον) working with : 
συνεργός subst., ὦ co-worker, assistant, 
helper, coadjutor, Ὁ. G., i. 9. 20 5. 

συν-εῤῥύην, -εῤῥνήκειν, see συῤ-ῥέω. 

συν-έρχομαι," ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 a. ἦλθον, to go or come together, as- 
semble, convene, meet, παρά, ws P., ii. 
1.2; 3.8; 3. 21; 5.3: Hid. $38. 

συν-εἐσ-: for most words thus be- 
ginning, look under συ-σ-: ὁ. g., 

συν-έσπων, see συ-σπάω, i. 5. 10. 

συν-ἐστάθην, στην, -ἔστηκα, see 
συν-ἰστημι, iii. 1. 8: vi. 5. 28, 30. 

συν-εφ-έπομαι," ἕψομαι, ipf. εἰπό- 
μην, 2 ἃ. ἐσπόμην, to follow close upon, 
follow closely, accompany, D., ili. 1. 2 
(v. 1. συν-ἐπομαι) : iv. 8. 18: vii. 4. 6. 

συν-έχω," ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, to hold or 
keep together, a., vii. 2. 8. 

συν-εώρων, see συν-οράω, iv. 1. 11. 

συν-ἤγαγον, see συν-άγω, i. 3. 2. 

συν-ήδομαι, f. ». ἡσθήσομαι, torejoice 
with, con-gratulate, D. ὅτι, ν. δ. 8 : Vii. 
91:43 =) & 1, 


συντάττω 


συν-ῆλθον, see συν-έρχομαι, ii. 2. 8. 
συν-θεάομαι, ἄσομαι, τεθέᾶμαι, to 
join in inspecting, A., vi. 4. 15. 
συν-θέμενος͵ -θέσθαι, see συν-τίθημι, 
δι... 3S. 
ξἰσύν-θημα, ατος, τό, an agreement or 
thing agreed upon, token, watchword, 
password, i. 8.16: iv. 6.20: vi. 5. 25. 
συν-θηράω, dow, τεθήρᾶκα,. ἰο hunt 
with another, join in the chase, v.3.10. 
συν-θοῖτο or -θεῖτο, see συν-τίθημι. 
συν-ιδεῖν, see συν-οράω, i. 5. 9. 
συν-ίημι," ἥσω, εἶκα, ipf. ἴην or ἕειν, 
to put together, understand, A., vii. 
6. 8. 
συν-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 a. 
ἔστην, ἃ. p. ἐστάθην, to [bring together 
as friends] present or introduce to, A. TD, 
iii. 1.8: vi. 1.23:— JIL, w. act. 2a. & 
pf. (pret.), to stand together or in a 
body ; to assemble, gather, collect, com- 
bine, unite, intrans.; to exist in a 
body, be embodied or organized ; ἐπί, 
&c.; v. 7.2, 16: vi. 2.9,118; 5.28,30: 
vii. 6. 26. Der. sysTEM. 
σύν-οδος, ov, ἡ, ἃ way or coming 
together, meeting, encounter, shock of 
arms, els, 1.10.7: vi.4.9. Der. syNOD. 
σύν-οιδα, see cuv-opdw, i. 3. 10. 
συν-οίσω, see συμ-φέρω, vii. 8. 4. 
συν-ολολύζω, ύξομαι, (ὀλολύζω ululo, 
HOWL) to join in a loud ery, iv. 3. 19. 
συν-ομολογέω, ow, ὡμολόγηκα, to 
agree upon with another, agree with 
or to, assent to, concert, A. D., iv. 2.19: 
v. 7.15: vii. 5.10; 8. 3. 
συν-όντων, βοοσύν-ειμι (εἰμί), ii. 6.23. 
συν-οράω, " ὄψομαι, ἑώρᾶκα or ébpa- 
κα, ipf. ἑώρων, 2 ἃ. εἶδον, to see at the 
same time, mutually, or in a compre- 
hensive view; to observe, keep an eye 
upon, or watch each other; to per- 
ceive; A.,P.; 1.5.9: iv.1.11:—2 pf. 
pret. σύν-οιδα (inf. συν-ειδέναι, &e.) 
conscius sum, to know or be cognizant 
with another, be conscious to one’s self, 
D. P., εὖ 1.3.10: ii.5.7: vii. 6. 11, 18. 
συν-ουσία, as, (εἰμί) the being to- 
gether, an interview, conversation, con- 
Jerence, ii. 5. 6. 
συν-τάττω, τάξω, τέταχα, pf. p. τέ- 
ταγμαι, to arrange together, form or 
draw up in military order (esp, order 
of battle), array, marshal, a., 1.2.15: 
συντεταγμένοι drawn up, in battle- 
array, i.7.14: iv.2.7:—M., of a 





συν-ἥειν, see σύν-ειμει (εἶμι), i. 10. 10. 
LEX. AN. 6* 


leader, to draw up his own troops, A.; 
I 





συντίθημι 130 


of soldiers, to draw themselves up, ar- 
ray themselves, form in military order 
(intrans.), ἐξ, ws els i. 3.14; 8.14; 
10. 5, 8: iv. 4.1: vi. 3. 21: vii, 1. 35 
(= νυ. 1. συντίθεμαι). Der. SYNTAX. 
συν-τίθημι," θήσω, τέθεικα, 2 a. m. 
ἐθέμην (θείμην or θοίμην, θέσθαι, δα.) 
to put together: M. to put together 
mutually, arrange or agree with any 
one, agree upon, make an agreement 
or compact, A., D. I. (A.), 1.9.7: ii. 5. 
8: iv.2.1s: vii.1.35? Der..sYNTHETIC. 
σύν-τομος, ov, s., (τέμνω) con-cisus, 
cut so as to come closer together, con- 
cise, short, ii. 6. 22. 
συν-τράπεζος, ov, = ὁμο-τράπεζος 
q. V., i 9. 31. 
συν-τρέχω, " δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 
2 a. ἔδραμον, to run together, v. 7. 4. 
συν-τρίβω, ἰψω, rérpida, (τρίβω to 
rub) to rub or crush together: συντε- 
τριμμένοι σκέλη καὶ πλευράς with legs 
and ribs crushed or broken, iv. 7. 4. 
συν-τυγχάνω, ᾿ τεύξομαι, τετύχηκα, 
to happen or fallin with, happen upon, 
meet with, find, D., 1.10.8: vii. 8. 22? 
συν-ωφελέω, iow, ὠφέληκα, to join 
in benefiting, AE. εἰς : σ. οὐδέν to con- 
tribute no benefit or service, iii. 2. 27. 
Συρᾶκόσιος, or Συρακούσιος, ov, ὁ, 
a Syracusan, a man of Syracuse (Συ- 
pdxovea), the greatest city of Sicily, 
founded upon the east coast by a Co- 
rinthian colony, B. c. 734, and having 
two excellent harbors. It was the 
birthplace of Theocritus and Archi- 
médes, and was famed for two sieges, 
in one of which it repelled the Athe- 
nians (B. c. 413), but in the other, 
after long, brave, and ingenious resist- 
ance, was taken by the Romans under 
Marcellus (B. c. 212). i. 2.9; 10.14. 
|| Siracusa. 

ἸΣυρία, as, Syria (Aram, Numb. 
23.7), @ great country in Asia, οἵ" 
remarkable interest in both sacred | 
and profane history, lying east of the 
Mediterranean and north of Arabia, 
and in its early extent reaching even 
to the Tigris (later bounded by the 
Euphrates). It was chiefly inhabited 
by the Semitic race. i. 4.4: vii. 8. 25. 

ἸΣύριος, a, ov, Syrian, i. 4. 5. 

Σύρος, ov, ὁ, a Syrian, i. 4. 9. 
συῤ-ῥέω," ῥεύσομαι & ῥυήσομαι, ἐῤῥύ- 
nxa, 2 a. a. or p. ἐῤῥύην, (σύν) to flow, 


σφάγιον 


σῦς, cités, or ὗς, 'ὕός, ὁ ἡ, 139, 141, 
sus, ἃ SWINE, hog, boar, ΒΟΥ͂Ν, Υ. 2. ὃ: 
3.108; 7. 24. 
ov-o- or Ev-o-, the form which, in 
compos., the prep. σύν takes with σ᾽ 
followed by a consonant, 166. 
συ-σκενάζω, dow, to collect baggage : 
—M. to collect one's own baggage, pack 
up, make ready for a start, aA.; some- 
times pf. or aor. pt., all packed up, 
ready for a start ; i. 3.14: ii. 1.2; 2. 
4; 3. 29; πὲ 4.36; 5.18: vii. 1.11. 
σύ-σκηνος, ov, ὁ, (σκηνή) con-tuber- 
nalis, a tent-companion, tentmate, com- 
rade, v. 7.15; 8. 52. 
σν-σπάω, dow, ἔσπακα, to draw to- 
gether, sew together, A., i. 5. 10. 
συ-σπειράω, dow, pf. p. ἐσπείρᾶμαι, 
(σπεῖρα a@ coil, SPIRE) to coil together, 
draw up in close order: συνεσπειρᾶ- 
μένος in close array, i. 8. 21. 
συ-σπουδάζω, ἀάσομαι, ἐσπούδακα, to 
join in earnest effort, ii. 3. 11. 
σν-στάς, see συν-ίστημι, v. 7. 16. 
συ-στρατεύω, eicw, ἐστράτευκα, to 
join in making war :— M. to take the 
field, march, campaign, carry on war, 
or serve as soldiers WITH ; to join an 
expedition, take part in a campaign ; 
D., ἐν, ἐπί, σύν" 1.4.3: v.6.24: vii.3.14. 
συ-στράτηγος, ov, or -στρατηγός, 
οὔ, ὁ, α fellow-general, colleague in 
command, ii. 6. 29: v. l. στρατηγός. 


dier, comrade in war, i. 2. 26. 

συ-στρατοπεδεύομαι, εύσομαι, ἐστρα- 
τοπέδευμαι, to encamp together, σύν, ii. 
4. 9. 

συ-στρέφω," ἐψω, ἔστροφα ]., 2 a. 
p. ἐστράφην, to turn together: M., w. 
2a. p., to turn to each other, rally, i. 
10. 6: νυ. L. στρέφω. 

συχνός, %, dv, (συν-εχής continuous? 
fr. ἔχω) considerable in quantity, 
length, number, &c., like πολύς, but 
less strong; much, long: pl. many, 
not a few, quite a number of, quite 
numerous ; véy, sc. χωρίον, at 
quite a distance, at considerable dis- 
tances or intervals; i, 8. 8,10: v. 4.16. 

ἐσφαγιάζω, dow, 4. ἃ oftener M., to 
slay a victim, to sacrifice, offer sacri- 
fice, D., els, iv. 3.18; 5.4: vi. 4. 25. 

σφάγιον, ov, an animal sacrificed, 
victim : τὰ, για the omens or indi- 
cations from victims (esp. fr. their mo- 





run, or flock together, els,iv.2.19: v.2.3. 


tions, while τὰ ἱερά refers rather to 


συ-στρατιώτης, ov, ὁ, a fellow-sol- 


σφάζω 131 


the omens fr. the entrails), the ap- 
pearance of the victims, i. 8.15: iv. 3. 
19: vi. 5. 8, 21. 
σφάζω & later Att. σφάττω, " diw, to 
cut the throat, esp. in sacrifice ; hence, 
in general, to kill, slay, slaughter ; a. 
els: ii. 2.9; iv. 5.16; 7. 16. 
σφαιρο-ειδής, ἐς, (σφαῖρα ball, 
SPHERE, εἶδος) ball-shaped, having a 
ball, G. of material ? v. 4. 12. 
σφάλλω," ad, ἔσφαλκα l., 2a. p. 
ἐσφάλην, (cf. fallo, Eng. fall, fail) to 
trip up, throw down: P. & M. to be 
thrown down, fall, fail, meet with a 
reverse or mishap, AE., Vii. 7. 42. 
σφάττω, see σφάζω, iv. 7. 16, 
σφεῖς, σφῶν, σφίσι (encl.), σφᾶς, 
they, themselves, comm. reflex., pl. to 
οὐ q. V., 1.7.8; 8.2: iii. 5.16: iv. 
3. 28: v. 4.33; 7.18: vii. 2.16; 5.9. 
᾿σφενδονάω, ow, to sling, use or 
discharge the sling, throw or hurl with 
a sling, Ὁ. of missile, iii. 3. 7, 15s. 
σφενδόνη, ns, funda, a sling; by 
meton., the missile of a sling (stone, 
leaden ball, &c.); iii. 3. 16, 18; 4. 4. 
ἐσφενδονήτης, ov, funditor, a sling- 
er, ii, 3. 6s, 16, 20; 4. 2; 26. 
τὰ ἐχθνν encl., see σφεῖς, i. 7. 8. 
σφοδρός, d, dv, vehement, exceeding, 
extreme, severe, pressing, i. 10. 18 : — 
σφόδρα (neut. pl. w. accent changed) 
adv., vehemently, exceedingly, extreme- 
ly, greatly, very much, very, implicit- 
ly, closely, ii. 3.16; 4.18; 6. 11. 
σχεδία, as, a temporary structure, 
esp. a raft or float, i. 5.10: ii. 4. 28. 
σχεδόν adv., of distance, time, 
number, or degree, close at hand, 
nearly, almost, about, mostly, i. 8. 25; 
10. 15: iii. 2.1: iv. 7. 6; 8. 15. 
σχεῖν, σχήσω, see ἔχω, iii. 5. 11. 
ἐἰσχέτλιος, a, ov, holding out, wn- 
sparing, cruel, outrageous, vii. 6. 30. 
ἰσχῆμα, aros, τό, habitus, form, 
shape, figure, i.10.10. Der. scHEME. 
σχίζω, low, pf. p. ἔσχισμαι, a. p. 
ἐσχίσθην, scindo, to split, cleave, di- 
vide, A., 1.5.12: vi.3.1. Der. scHism. 
toxordtw, dow, ἐσχόλακα, to be at 
leisure, ii. 3.2. Der. scHOLASTIC. 
 ReNaee, a, ov, leisurely, slow, iv. 
. 13. 
ἐσχολαίως, c. drepor, slowly, tardily, 
leisurely, i. 5. 8 8, 
σχολή, js, (σχ- in ἔχω) leisure, 


σωφρονίζω 


ly: 1.6.9: iii. 4.27: iv.1.16: vi. 1.9, 
Der. SCHOOL, SCHOLAR. 
σῷ or σῶοι, see σῷς, ii. 2. 21, 
toate," σώσω, σέσωκα, pf. p. σέσω- 
σμαι Or σέσωμαι, a. ». ἐσώθην, to save, 
rescue, preserve, keep safe, conduct 
safely, A., i. 10. ἃ: iii. 2. 4, 10,39: — 

P. ἃ M. to be saved, rescued, preserved, 
&c.; to save one’s self, escape, arrive 
or return safely; pf. to have been 
saved, to be safe ; els, ἐξ, ἐπί, &e.; ii. 
1.19; 4.6: iii, 2.3,11: vi.3.16; 4.8. 

ἸΣω-κράτης, eos, Socrates, an Athe- 
nian philosopher, eminent for wisdom 
and virtue, teacher of Xenophon, 
Plato, &c. He drank the fatal hem- 
lock, B. ο. 399, a short time only be- 
fore the probable return of Xenophon 
from the Cyrean expedition. iii. 1, 5, 
7.—2. An Achean general in the 
Cyrean army, of good repute, but not 
of great prominence, i.1.11: ii. 6.30. 

Toapa, ατος, τό, (σώζω, as that which 
is recovered of the slain, in Hom. 
corpse) the body ; also translated er- 
son or life (σώματα ἀνδρῶν by periphr. 
for ἄνδρας, iv. 6. 10); i. 9, 12, 23, 27. 

σῶς," σῶν, pl. σῷ, σᾶ (contr. fr. σά- 
OS, OV, οἱ, a), OF σῶος, a, ov, salvus, 
SAFE, li. 2.21: iii. 1.32: v. 1.16; 
2. 32; 8. 4: vii. 6. 32. 

}Ze@ers, cos, or Σωσίας, ov, Sosis or 
Sosias, a Syracusan, who brought 300 
hoplites to Cyrus. In which division 
these were incorporated does not ap- 
pear, nor is his name again mentioned. 
1, 2.9: v. 1. Σωκράτης, &e. 

{owrhp, Ἦρος, 6, (σώζω) a preserver, 
savior, deliverer, a surname of Ζεύς 
q- V., 1. 8. 16: iii. 2.9: iv. 8. 25. 

ἐσωτηρία, as, safety, preservation, 
deliverance, ii. 1.19: iii.1.26; 2. 8s. 

ἐΣωτηρίδας or -ns, ov, Soteridas or 
-68, a Sicyonian, properly rebuked by 
Xen. and his own comrades, iii. 4. 47. 

ἐσωτήριος, ov, saving, salutary, prom- 
ising or indicative of safety: σωτήρια, 
sc. lepd, thank-offerings for safety or 
deliverance ; ii. 6.11: iii. 2.9; 8, 2. 

torwhpovéw, tow, σεσωφρόνηκα, to be 
wise, prudent, or discreet, AE.: σ. τὰ 
πρός to perform discreetly one’s duties 
towards: v.8.24: vii.7.30 (v.l. φρονέω). 
towhpovite, tow ιῶ, to bring to rea- 
son, teach discretion, reform, correct, 
be effectual in correcting, a., vi. 1. 28: 
vii. 7. 24. 





ware time, τ.: σχολῇ at leisure, slow- 





σωφροσύνη 132 τάττω 


σωφροσύνη, ns, practical wisdom, 


discretion, self-control, i. 9. 3. 
[σώ-φρων, ov, g. ovos, (σῶς, φρήν 
mind) of sound mind, discreet, wise. | 


T. 


τ᾿ or θ᾽, by apostr. for τέ, i. 3. 9. 
[r- the, that, a great pronominal 


root, of which the regular stem τός is | 


not found in use. | 
irda, τά-δε (τάδ᾽), ταῖς, rato-Se, see 
6, dde, i. 1.68; 4.13; 6. 9. 

τὰἀ- by crasis for τὰ d- or τὰ €-: as 

τἀγαθά = τὰ ἀγαθά; iii. 2. 26. 

τάλαντον, ov, (ra\a- in TAdw to bear 
up) talentum, @ TALENT, = 60 μναῖ or 
6000 δραχμαί : acc. to the Att. stan- 
dard, as a weight, = about 57 Ibs. 
avoirdupois ; as a sum of money, the 
value of this weight of silver (unless 
otherwise stated), = about $1200; α.; 
7.18 : ii. 2. Ὁ: vii. 1. 27; 7. 58. 

τάλλα or τἄλλα = τὰ ἄλλα, i. 8. 29. 

ταμιεύω, evow, (ταμίας distributer, 
steward, fr. τέμνων to be a steward: 
M. to carve or divide off as a steward, 
parcel out, determine, A. or CP., ii. 5. 
18. 

Tapds, ὦ, or Tapas, ὥ, an Egyptian 
from Memphis, who was, in the year 
412 Β. c., governor of Ionia under 
Tissaphernes ; but afterwards went 
over to Cyrus, as did most of the 
Ionian cities, and was appointed his 
admiral. He returned from Cilicia, 
to take the charge, intrusted to him 
during the absence of Cyrus, of these 
cities and the neighboring coast ; but 
on the approach of Tissaphernes after 
the death of Cyrus, he put his treas- 
ures and his children except Glis into 
triremes, and sailed to Egypt, whose 
king Psammitichus was under obliga- 
tion to him. But the ungrateful king 
slew both him and his children, in 
order to obtain possession of the 
treaasure and fleet. i. 2. 21: ii. 1. 3. 

τἀναντία = τὰ ἐναντία, iv. 3. 32. 

tragi-apxos, ov, ὁ, (ἄρχω) a com- 
mander of a division (τάξι), ἃ taxi- 
arch, iii. 1. 37: iv. 1. 28. 

τάξις, ews, ἡ, (τάττω) arrangement, 
order, good order, discipline; esp. 
military arrangement or order (pl. 
tactics, ii.1.7), battle-array, rank and 





file, ranks, line; the post or proper 
place of a soldier; a rank or line of 
soldiers; a division, corps, body, or 
band of troops, usu. larger than a 
λόχον: i. 2.16, 18; 8.3, 8, 21: ii. 2. 21: 
iii. 2.17, 38; v. 4.20. Der. syn-Tax. 

Taoxor, wv, (Tax, Diod. 14. 29, the 
ending -xoe perhaps originating as in 
Καρδοῦχοι q. v.) the Taochi or -ians, 
a mountain tribe of Armenia, dwell- 
ing in strongholds, independent and 
warlike. Recent travellers in this 
region have recognized remains of 
their name and habits. iv. 4. 18. 

jramavés, ἡ, dv, lowly, humble, sub- 
missive, D., ii. 5. 13, 

ἐταπεινόω, wow, τεταπείνωκα |., to 
humble, abase, A., vi. 3. 18. 

Tams, cdos, or Tatls, ἰδος, ἡ, tapes, 
acarpet, rug, often elaborately wrought, 
vii. 3. 18, 27. Der. TAPESTRY. 

τἀπιτήδεια = τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ii. 3. 9. 

ταράττω, diw, rerdpaxa |., pf. p. 
τετάραγμαι, a. p. ἐταράχθην, turbo, to 
disturb, disorder, trouble, make trou- 
ble, throw into disorder or confusion, 
A., AE., ii. 4.18: if. 4.19: vi. 2. 9. 

jrdpayxos, ov, ὁ, disturbance, agita- 
tion, i. 8. 2. 

ταρϊχεύω, εύσω, (rdpixos preserved 
meat) to preserve by salting, smoking, 
drying, &c., to pickle, A., v. 4. 28. 

Tapeol, ὧν, oi, or Tapeds, οὔ, ἡ, 
Tarsi or Tarsus, a city of very an- 
cient fame, the capital of Cilicia, 
situated on both sides of the Cydnus, 
in a fertile plain at the foot of Mt. 
Taurus. It became later a great seat 
of Greek learning and philosophy, 
vying with Athens and Alexandria ; 
and was much favored by the Roman 
emperors. It was the birthplace of 
not a few eminent men, the Apostle 
Paul at their head. i. 2.23. || Tarsfis. 

τάττω," τάξω, réraxa, pf. p. réra- 
Ὑμαι, ἃ. p. ἐτάχθην, to arrange, order, 
appoint, assign, place or station in or- 
der; esp. to arrange, draw up, form, 
post, or station in military order, to 
array, marshal ; A, 1., ἐπί, εἰς, κατά, 
πρό, &e.: τεταγμένοι drawn up, ap- 
pointed, in order, assigned to their 
places, &c.; Ta τεταγμένα the arrange- 
ments made: M. to station one’s self, 
take one’s station or post ; to arrange 
or station as one’s allies, A. ἐπί: i. 2. 
15s; 5.7; 6.6; 7.9, 11: iii. 2. 36 ; 


ταῦρος 133 


8, 18 (ἐν τῷ τεταγμένῳ in the place as- 
signed ; υ. l. ἐντεταγμένῳ) : iv. 3. 80 ; 
8. 106: v. 4.22. Der. TACTICS. 
ταῦρος, ov, ὁ, taurus, ὦ bull, 11, 2.9. 
ταῦτα, ταύτας, ταύταις͵ ταύτης, Kc., 
see οὗτος, i. 2. 4; 9. 14. 
ταὐτά, ταὐτό or ταὐτόν (1998), ταὐ- 
>, = τὰ αὐτά, τὸ αὐτό, τῷ αὐτῷ, i. 5. 
2: ii. 1. 335, Der. TAUTO-LOGY. 
ταύτῃ dat. of οὗτος : as adv., sc. ὁδῷ 
or χώρᾳ, in this or that way, direc- 
tion, or respect, by this or that way or 
route, thus; in this or that place, here, 
there ; i. 10. 6: ii. 6.7: iii. 2. 32: iv. 
2.4; 3.5, 20; 5. 36; 8. 12. 
ταφείην, see θάπτω, v. 7. 20. 
ψτάφος, ov, ὁ, a grave, tomb, i. 6. 11. 
Der. EPI-TAPH. 
ψτάφρος, ov, ἡ, a ditch, trench, i. 7. 
14s: ἡ. 3.10; 4.13. 
ταχ- in ταχθῆναι, -els, see τάττω. 
τάχα adv., quickly, forthwith, pres- 
ently, soon ; perhaps ; i. 8.8: Vv. 2.17. 
traxéws, oftener ταχύ, adv., c. θᾶτ- 
τον, 8. τάχιστα, quickly, rapidly, speed- 
ily, suddenly, soon, i. 2. 4,17; 5. 3,9: 
iii. 4. 15,27 : — ὡς τάχιστα as soon as, 
as soon (quickly, &c.) as possible (so 
ὅτι τάχιστα), 553 b,c, 1. 3. 14: Iv. 2. 
1; 8. 9, 29: ὅπη δύναιντο τάχιστα in 
whatever way they could most rapid- 
ly, as rapidly as possible, iv. 5.1: 
ἐπεὶ (ἐπὰν, ἐπειδὰν) τάχιστα, as soon 
as, 553d, iii. 1.9: iv. 6, 9: vi. 3. 21. 
See βάδην, ὅς, ὅτι, ws. 
tra os, cos, τό, swiftness, speed, ii.5.7. 
ταχύς," cia, ¥, ο. θάττων, 8. τάχι- 
στος, swift, rapid, speedy, quick: τὴν 
ταχίστην, sc. ὁδόν, in the quickest 
way, as quickly or soon as possible, 
most speedily, immediately : 1. 2. 20: 
ii. 6.29: iii. 3.158: iv. 4.22. See διά. 
τέ," by apostr. τ᾿ or θ᾽, post-pos. & 
encl. conj., (cf. et, -que) and, both: 
wt. . τέ, and stronger τὲ. καί, both 
ον and (stronger, and also, and even, 
&c.), as well .. as, not only . . but 
also (even, especially, &c.); but τέ 
sometimes not translated (esp. where 
other connectives might have been 
used, 705, 1.8.8: ii. 1.7): 11.325; 
5.14: iv. 5.12; 8.13: τέ followed by 
δέ, v.5.8: vii.8.11. When joined with 
other words, τέ has in Att. its own 
connective force, except in dre, olds 
τε, ὥστε, and gre, 389). See xal, ἐάν, 
εἴτε, μήτε, οὔτε. 


Τεμενίτης 


τεῦ- in redupl. for θεθ-, 159 ἃ. 
τέθνηκα, -νατον,͵ -νᾶσι, -νάναι,-νεώς, 
see θνήσκω, i. 6.11: iv. 1. 19. 2.17. 
τεθραμμένος, see τρέφω, v. 4. 82. 
τέθρ-ιππον, ov, (τέτταρες, twos) ὦ 
four-horse chariot, iii. 2. 24. 
relvw,* revo, τέτακα, tendo,to stretch, 
push on, pursue one’s way, continue, 
iv. 8. 21. Der. TONE, TONIC, TUNE. 
ἐτειχίζω, iow ιῶ, τετείχικα, to wall, 
fortify, vii. 2. 36. 
τεῖχος, cos, τό, (akin to τεῦχος) a 
wall, walls, esp. for defence; a walled 
town, castle, fortress; i. 4.4: iii. 4. 
7,10: vii. 3.19: see Μηδία. --- Νέον 
τεῖχος Neontichus(New-castle), a forti- 
tied harbor on the Thracian shore of 
the Propontis, vii. 5. 8. || Ainadsjik. 
τεκμαίρομαι, apoduat, (τέκμαρ sign) 
to infer from a sign, judge, conjecture, 
iv. 2. 4. 

ἐτεκμήριον, ov, a sure sign, evidence, 
proof, i. 9. 29, 30: 111. 2. 13. 
᾿ wéxvov, ov, τό, (rex- in τέκτω to beget, 
bring forth; cf. bairn and bear) ὦ 
child, i. 4. 8: iv. 5. 28 5, 

{τελέθω in pr. and ipf., poet., fo arise, 
become, be, be favorable, iii. 2. 3 (v. 2. 
ἐλθεῖν) : vi. 6. 36 (v. 1. ἐθέλει γενέσθαι). 

treXevratos, a, ov, final, last, hind- 
most, rearmost : ot τ΄. the rear: iv. 1. 
5,10; 2.16; 3. 24. 

ἱτελευτάω, tow, τετελεύτηκα, to end, 
finish; to finish life, die: τελευτῶν 
making an end, finally, at last: i. 1. 
3; 9.1: ii. 1.1, 4: iv. 5.16: vi 3. 8. 

ἱτελευτή, ἧς, the end, termination ; 
one’s end, death ; i. 1.1: ii. 6. 29. 

tredéw, dow ὥ, τετέλεκα, to finish, com- 
plete, fulfil ; to fulfil an obligation, 
pay; A.D.; iii. 3. 18: vii. 1.6; 2.27. 
τέλος, eos, τό, (τέλλω to accomplish) 
the accomplishment, completion, ful- 
filment, end, conclusion, close, result ; 
the completion of civic rank, authority, 
pl. by meton. the authorities, rulers (at 
Sparta, the Ephors): τ. ἔχειν to have 
or come to an end, to close: τέλος adv., 
at the end, at last, finally: 1. 9. 6; 
10. 13, 18: ii. 6.4: v. 2.9; 6.1: VL 
5.2; 6.11: see διά, Der. TELIC. 
τέμαχος, cos, τό, (τέμνω) ὦ slice, esp. 
of fish, v. 4. 28. 
Tepevtrns, ov, a Temenite, a man 
of Temenus (Téxevos), a place in Sici- 
ly, afterwards included in Syracuse, 





iv. 4.15: changed by some editors to 





τέμνω 154 τίθημι 


Τημνίτης, a man of Τῆμνος, an ΖΕ οἰ ἴδῃ 
town of Asia Minor, near the mouth 
of the Hermus ; and by others to T»- 
pevirns, a man of Τημένιον, a small 
town at the head of the Argolic Gulf. 

τέμνω," τεμῶ, τέτμηκα, 2 a. ἔταμον 
or ἔτεμον, to cut, v.8.18. Der. a-Tom. 

ὶ ἘΝ, eos, τό, (τείνω ἢ a shoal, vii. 

τερεβίνθινος or τερμίνθινος, ἡ, ον, 

(τερέβινθος or τέρμινθος the terebinth or 

turpentine tree) from the terebinth, of 

turpentine, iv. 4. 13. 

reoo- v. /. for later Att. rerr-. 

τετ- in redupl. forms : as, reraypé- 
vos (rdrrw), i. 2.16; τέτηκα (τήκω), 
iv. 5. 15; τετραμμένος (τρέπω), ili. 5. 

15; τετρωμένος (τιτρώσκω), ii. 5. 33. 

trérapros, 7, ov, fourth, iii. 4. 31. 

ἵτετρακισ-χίλιοι, at, a, (τετράκις four 
times) four thousand, i. 1.10; 2. 3. 

trerpaxdovor, ai, a, (ἑκατόν) four 
hundred ; so sing. w. ἀσπίς, 2408; i. 
4:3: 7. 10. 

Trerpa-poipla, as, (μοῖρα share) a 
Jourfold portion, four times as much, 
vii. 2. 36; 6. 1. 

trerpa-whdos, én, dor, contr. οὖς, 4, 
οὗν, quadruple, fourfold, vii. 6. 7. 

Ἱτετταράκοντα indecl., forty, i.5.13. 
; * pa, g. ρων, quatuor, four, 
1, 2.12,15. See ἐπί. Der. TETR-ARCH. 

TevOpavia, as, Teuthrania, a dis- 
trict in the southwest part of Mysia, 
about the Caicus, including a town 
of the same name. Its chief town, 
however, was Pergamum. ii. 1. 3. 

" a see τυγχάνω, 1. 4.15: iii. 

Tetxos, cos, τό, (τεύχω to make) a 
receptacle, vessel, pot, jar, chest, v. 4. 
28: vii. 5.14. Der. PENTA-TEUCH. 

trexvale, dow, to use art, practise 
artifice or concealment, dissemble, de- 
ceive, vii. 6. 16. 

τέχνη, 75, (τεκ- in rixrw to produce) 
art, device, means: πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ 
μηχανῇ by every art and device, by all 
means, iv. 5.16. Der. TECHNICAL. 

ψ τεχνικῶς artfully, skilfully : τ. πὼς 
wm α certain artful way, quite artis- 
tically, vi. 1. 5. 

_ thos adv., (r-) for a while, for some 
time ; up to this or that time, until 
then, previously ; iv. 2.12: vii. 5. 8, 13. 

τῇ, τῇδε, dat., sometimes as adv.; 


τήκω͵, " τήξω, to melt, THAW, trans.; 
but 2 pf. rérnxa intrans., iv. δ. 15. 

Τηλεβόας, ov or a, the Telebous, an 
Armenian affluent of the Eastern Eu- 
phrates, iv. 4.3. ||The Kara-Su, in 
the district of Mish. 

Τημενίτης or Τημνέτης, see Τεμενί- 
rns, 1v..4, 15. 

τήμερον adv., (7-, ἡμέρα) on this 
day, to-day : ἡ τήμερον ἡμέρα the pres- 
ent day: 1.9.25: iii. 1.14: iv. 6. 8s. 

τηνικαῦτα adv. , (τηνίκα fr. τ-, αὐτὸς) 
at that very time, just then, iv. 1. 5. 

TApns, cos or ov, Teres, a king of 
the Odryse about 500 B. c., who made 
this kingdom powerful, and an ances- 
tor of Seuthes, vii. 2. 22; 5. 1 (here, 
acc. to some, a later prince). 

TnpiBatos, ov, see Τιρίβαζος, iv. 4. 4. 

vl; τὶ ὁπ0].., see ris, τὶς, i. 6. 8. 

nidpa, ας, tiara, the tiara, a Persian 
cap, erect and high as worn by the 
king, but flexible as worn by his sub- 


| jects, ii. 5. 23. 


μτιᾶρο-ειδής, ἐς, (εἶδος) shaped like a 
tiara, v. 4. 13. 
_ Tipapnvol, ὧν, the Tibaréni, a tribe 
inhabiting the coast of the Euxine 
about Cotyora. They were of milder 
spirit than most of the tribes found 
by the Cyreans, and were characterized 
as great laughers. v.5.1s: vii. 8.25. 
Τίγρης, ητος, (also Τίγρις, dos) ὁ, 
the Tigris (i. e. the arrowy stream, 
from its swiftness; the Hiddekel, 
Dan. 10. 4), an important river of 
western Asia, flowing by the sites of 
the great cities of Nineveh, Seleucia, 
Ctesiphon, and Bagdad (the seats, 
through so many ages, of oriental em- 
pire), uniting with the Euphrates be- 
low Babylon, and discharging its wa- 
ters into the Persian Gulf after an 
estimated course of 1150 miles. It 
was the guide of the Greeks through 
much of their retreat. i. 7.15: ii. 2. 
3. || Dijleh. — In iv. 4. 3, an eastern 
branch of the Tigris is meant, now 
Bitlis-Su. 
τίθημι, * θήσω, τέθεικα, a. ἔθηκα (06, 
Geis, &c.), 2a. m. ἐθέμην, to put, place, 
set, institute, A., i. 2.10; 5.13:— MM. 
to place one’s own or upon one’s own: 
τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα to ground arms; 
either, in line of battle, to rest the 
shield and spear upon the ground, 





see ὁ, ὅδε: ivy. 8.10: vii. 2. 13. 


ready to be instantly taken up for 


Τιμασίων 135 


action (hence, to rest arms, stand in 
arms, halt under arms, the commander 
being sometimes said to do what he 
orders his men to do); or, for pur- 
ses of rest, to deposit one’s arms 
upon the ground, as in a special part 
of the camp, &c. (hence, to stack or 
pile arms, to lay aside one's arms) : 
A., els, ἐν, ἐπί, κατά, &c.: i.5.14,17; 
6.4; 10.16: ii. 3. 8, 21: iv. 2.16; 
8.17: vii.3.23. Der. THEME, THESIS. 
tTipactwv, wos, Timasion, an exile 
from Dardanus in Troas, chosen suc- 
cessor to Clearchus, and with Xeno- 
phon the youngest of the Cyrean gen- 
erals; a gallant officer, but not always 
consistent in his course of proceeding. 
He had served in Asia Minor, under 
Clearchus and Dercyllidas, before the 
Cyrean expedition. iii. 1. 47; 2. 37. 
tripde, jow, reriunxa,to honor esteem, 
value, prize ; to bestow honor, to favor, 
reward ; A. AE. or D. of the honor, 
διά i. 3.3; 9.14. Der. TiMo-THY. 
rTiph, ἢς, (τίω to pay, esp. honor) 
honor, reward, price, i.9. 29: 11.1.17; 
§. 38: vii. 5.2; 8. 6. 
| Tipyot-Geos, ov, Timesitheus, a Tra- 
pezuntian who befriended the Cyre- 
ans, v. 4. 2s. : 
μτέμιος, a, ov, honorable, precious, 
honored, i. 2. 27; 3. 6. 
ψτιμωρέω, how, τετιμώρηκα, (τ μωρός 
{taking pay] avenging, fr. τιμή & αἴρω) 
to avenge: M. to avenge one’s self upon, 
take vengeance on, punish, A. G., ὑπέρ, 
i. 8. 4; 9.13: vii. 1. 25; 4. 23:—P. 
to be punished, ii. 5. 27; 6. 29. 
{tipwpla, as, (see τιμωρέω) vengeance, 
punishment, ii. 6. 14. 
τινός encl., τίνος ; see τὶς, τίς, 
Τιρίβαζος, ov, Tiribazus, a satrap 
of western Armenia, and high in the 
favor of Artaxerxes 11. It was through 
his influence, acc. to Plutarch, that 
the king was induced to renounce his 
seal ἐμ of retreating before Cyrus into 
ersia, and to risk the battle’ of Cu- 
naxa. He was afterwards satrap in 
the west of Asia Minor, and greatly 
influential in establishing the peace 
of Antalcidas. Accused by Orontes 
of misconduct in the war against Eva- 
goras of Cyprus, he was honorably ac- 
quitted. But enraged by Artaxerxes’ 


Τισσαφέρνης 


daughter himself, he engaged with the 
young prince Darius in a plot against 
the king's life and thus lost his own. 
iv. 4. 4, 7: vii. 8. 25: υ ἃ TypiBagos. 
tis,” τὶ, g. τινός or τοῦ, d. τινί oF 
τῷ, indef. pron., post-pos. & encl., (cf. 
quis) some, any, a, ὦ certain, a sort 
of, so to speak, i. 2.20; 5.8; 8.8: iil. 
1. 4,12: vi. 5. 20: — τὶς subst., some 
or any one or person, a certain one, 
one, ὦ person, each one, 1. 3.12; 5. 2, 
8s, 12; 8.18: ii. 2.4; sometimes in 
place of a definite expression, as for 
Κῦρος, ὑμεῖς, or ἡμεῖς, 1.4.12: i11.3.3; 
4, 40: -- τὶ subst., something, any- 
thing, somewhat, some or any part, ὦ 
certain part (the context often supply- 
ing or suggesting a more specific noun, 
as ὑποσχέσθαι τι to make any promise), 
i. 8.18; 9.7: iv.1.14; often as adv. 
or acc. of spec., somewhat, at all, in 
any respect, iii, 4. 23 (see δέω) : iv. 8. 
26. With some adjectives or adverbs, 
τὶς has an indefinite force which may 
be variously trahslated, or rather felt 
than translated : οἱ μέν τινες some few, 
οἱ δέ τινες some others, iii. 3.19: 1i. 8, 
15: els ris any single one, ii. 1. 19 : 
πόση τις about how large, ii. 4. 21: 
ὁποῖόν τι whatever withowl exception, 
ii. 2.2; what kind of an omen, iii. 1. 
18 : ὁποῖοί τινες what sort of persons, 
v. 5. 15 (cf. vii. 6. 24): τοιαύτη τις 
somewhat like this,v.8.7: ὀλίγοι τινές 
some few, but few, γ. 1. 6 1 ἕκαστός τις 
every individual, νἱ. 1. 19 ξ ἧττόν τι 
at all the less, v. 8.11: οὐδέν τι not in 
the least, vii. 8. 35: ob πάνυ τι by no 
means whatever, vi. 1. 26: σχεδόν Te 
pretty nearly, vi. 4. 20. 
ετίς," τί, g. τίνος or τοῦ, interrog. 
pron. (always orthotone), quis? who? 
which? what? what kind of? τί as 
adv., [on account of what, or as to 
what] why? how? τί γάρ; quid enim? 
what indeed? ri οὖν ; what then? i. 4. 
13s: ii. 1.11; 2.10; 4.3: iii. 2. 16, 
36; 5.14: v.7.10; 8.11: vii. 6. 4. 
Τισσαφέρνης," (cos) ous, εἰ, mY, ἢ, 
Tissaphernes, satrap of Caria, and 
commander of a fourth part of the 
king’s forces; one of the ablest of 
his officers, but wily, deceitful, and 
treacherous. From his first command 
in the west of Asia Minor, B. Ὁ, 414, 
he showed these qualities in his deal- 





twice promising him a daughter in 
marriage, and twice marrying that 


ings with the Greeks; and no less 





τιτρώσκω 


afterwards in his conduct towards Cy- 
rus and the Cyreans, where he appears 
as the διάβολος of the narrative. Af- 
ter his return to Asia Minor, invested 
with the authority which had before 
belonged to both Cyrus and him- 
self, he was engaged in war with the 
Spartans as friends of the lonian ci- 
ties ; but with so little success that at 
length Artaxerxes, dissatisfied, and 
urged on by Parysatis, sent out Ti- 
thraustes to put him to death and 
succeed him in his government, B. Ὁ. 
395. He was slain in his bath, and 
his head sent to the king, a punish- 
ment deserved for his many crimes. 
Tithraustes was himself succeeded by 
Tiribazus, B. Ὁ. 393. i. 1. 2s, 6,8; 2. 
4s: ii. 5. 3, 31. 
τιτρώσκω," τρώσω, τέτρωκα 1:3 
p. τέτρωμαι, ἃ. p. ἐτρώθην, to wound, 
hurt, inflict wounds, A. διά, els, i. 8. 
26: ii. 2.14; 5.33: iii.3.7: 1v.3.33s. 
τλήμων, ov, g. ovos, (rAdw to bear) 
suffering, wretched, miserable, iii. 1, 29. 
τό, τό-δε, τόν-δε, τοῖς, see ὁ, ὅ-δε. 
τοί " adv. post-pos. & encl., (old 
form of gol, ethical dat., 462 6) in 
truth, indeed, truly, surely, certainly, 
ii. 1.19; 5.19: iii. 1. 18, 37. 

Ετοι-γαρ-οῦν, for indeed therefore, 
therefore, accordingly, 80 for example, 
i. 9. 9, 15, 18: ii. 6. 20. 

j rol-vuv post-pos., indeed now, there- 
fore, then, now, accordingly ; more- 
over, further ; ii. 1. 22; 5. 41: iii. 1. 
36s; 2. 27, 39: iv. 8.5: v.1. 2,8, 13. 

[τοῖος, a, ov, demonst. pron. of qual- 
ity, (r-) talis, swch.] Hence, 

jroudo-Se,* ἀδε, dvde, usu. prospec- 
tive, such as follows, of this kind, the 
following, as follows, i. 3. 2,95 7. 2: 
vy. 4. 31. — Much oftener, 

frovotros,* τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτον OF -το, 
(αὐτός) usu. retrospective, referring to 
what has been already stated or im- 
plied, such, of this kind, the same or 
like in kind, as precedes, as above, 
thus; of such a character, such in 
rank, position, influence, conduct, &c., 
παρά, περί : i.3.14: 11.6.8: iii. 1.30: 
vii. 6. 38 : εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα for such ser- 
vices or emergencies, ἵν. 1. 28 : ἐν (τῷ 
τοιούτῳ in such a situation or crisis, 
i. 7.5: v. 8. 20. 


136 τοσοῦτος 


τολμάω, How, τετόλμηκα, (τόλμα 
courage, fr. τλάω to bear) to dare, ven- 
ture, be bold enough, presume; to have 
the courage, boldness, heart, or hardi- 
hood ; 1.; ii. 2.12: iv. 4.12: vii. 7. 46. 
jTodplSys, ov, Tolmides, an Elean, 
a herald of unsurpassed excellence, ii. 
2. 20: iii. 1. 46: v. 2. 18. 
trdgevpa, aros, τό, that which is shot, 
an arrow, i. 8.19: iii. 4. 4: iv. 2. 28. 
trofetiw, εύσω, to use the bow, shoot 
with a bow, shoot arrows, A., ἀπό, διά, 
els: P. to be shot with an arrow: 1. 8. 
20: iii. 3. 7, 10: iv. 1. 18; 2. 12, 28. 
Ἰτοξικός, ἡ, dv, relating to the bow: 
subst. τοξική, sc. τέχνη, the use of the 
bow, bowmanship, archery, i.9.5 : [τοξι- 
κόν toxicum, poison, orig. for arrows, 
whence IN-TOXICATE, i. 6. to poison. } 
τόξον, ov, arcus, the bow, the comm. 
weapon of more distant warfare among 
the ancients, as the gun among the 
moderns ; but used more by the bar- 
barians than by the Greeks or Romans. 
Among the Greeks, the Cretans were 
ithe most famed for archery, and were 
\fabled to have been taught the art by. 
Apollo. iii. 3.15; 4.17: iv. 4. 16. 
jrotérys, ov, a bowman, archer. As 
archers had not the left hand at lib- 
erty to carry the shield, they were 
lightly armed for rapid advance and 
retreat, and were often covered by the 
heavy-armed. i. 2.9; 8.9: iii. 4. 2, 
15, 26. See Σκύθης. 
τόπος, ov, ὁ, a spot, place, district, 
region, 1.5.1: iv.2.19; 4.4; 6.2: v. 
7.16. Cf. χώρα. Der. ropic, U-Topia. 
τορός, d, dv, (relpw to vex) sharp, 
smart, ready-tongued, vi. 6. 28 ? 
‘poe the, that, not in use, see T-. ] 
jrécos, 7, ov, demonst. pron. of 
quantity, tantus, so much, so great ; 
pl. tot, so many.] Hence, 
ιἰτοσόσ-δε," 75€, ὀνδε, more deictic, 
so much or great as you see; ‘pl. so 
many as you see, so many only or 80 
few, ii. 4.4: vi. 5.19. — Much oftener, 
jrowotros,* τοσαύτη, τοσοῦτον oF -70, 





(αὐτός) more emphatic (usu. retro- 
iy mi or explained by a dependent 
'clause), just or only so much, so much 
\as above, so mych, so great, so large, 
'so long ; pl. so many ; ὅσος, ὡς, ὥστε, 


&e.; i. 9. 11: ii. 1.16; 5.15, 18: iL 


τοῖχος, ov, ὁ, (akin to retxos) the\5.7: iv. 1. 20: — neut. τοσοῦτο(ν) so 


wall of a building, vii. 8. 14. 


much, so much space, so great a dis- 


τότε 137 


tance, so far, only so much or far as 
this, i. 3.14; 8.13: iii. 1. 45; 4. 37 
(cf. iv. 8. 12): — τοσούτῳ w. compar., 
by so much, so much the, the, i. 5. 9. 

τότε adv., (r-) tum, tunc, at that 
time, then, i. 1.6; 3.2; 6.10: οἱ τότε 
the men of that time, ii. 5. 11 : — with 
accent changed, τοτὲ μὲν . . τοτὲ δέ at 
one time .. at another, now .. and 
now, vi. 1. 9. 

rov- by crasis for τὸ & or τὸ 6-: 
τοὐλάχιστον = τὸ ἐλάχιστον, V. 7.8; 
τοὔμπαλιν = τὸ ἔμπαλιν, 1. 4.15; τοῦ- 
voua = τὸ ὄνομα, ν. 2. 29 ; τοὔπισθεν 
= τὸ ὄπισθεν, iii. 3. 10. 

τοῦ, τούς, τοῦ-δε, τούσ-δε, see ὁ, ὅ-δε : 
τοῦτο, τούτου, τούτῳ, τούτω, τούτων, 
rovrov-l, rovrov-l, &c., see οὗτος, οὗτοσ-. 

τράγημα, aros, τό, (τραγΎ- in τρώγω 
to eat without cooking) a dainty ; pl. 
dainties, dried fruit, dessert, sweet- 
meats, ii. 3.15: v. 3. 9. 

Τράλλεις, εων, ai, 7 γαϊ 765, a strong 
and wealthy city in the south of Lydia 
(sometimes assigned to Caria), between 
Mt. Messdgis and the Meander, i. 4. 
8. || Ruins by the modern and flour- 
ishing town of Aidin. 

Tpavipat, dv, the Tranipse, a peo- 
ple in the eastern part of Thrace, per- 
haps the Νιψαῖοι of Hdt. (4. 93), vii. 
2. 32: v. 1. Θρανίψαι. i 

τράπεζα, ns, (τέτταρες, πέζα foot) a 
table, as so often four-footed, iv. 5.31: 
vii. 2.33; 3. 22s. Der. TRAPEZIUM. 

tTpametoivrios, ov, ὁ, a Trapezun- 
tian, iv.8.23: v.1.15; 4.2: a man of 

i Tpamefots, oivros, ἡ, Trapezus, an 
important commercial city (as even at 
the present time) on the southeast 
coast of the Euxine, a Sinopean col- 
ony. From 1204 to 1461 A.D., it was 
the capital of a fragment of the Greek 
Empire (called the Empire of Trebi- 
zond). iv. 8. 22: v. 2. 28; 5. 14. 
|| Trebizond (or Tarabozan). 

τραποίμην, see τρέπω, vil. 1. 18. 

τραῦμα; ατος, τό,(τιτρώσκω) awound, 
i, 8. 26: iv. 6. 10. [5. 8: vil. 4. 9. 

{Ἰτράχηλος, ov, ὁ, the neck, throat, i. 

τραχύς, εἴα, ύ, (akin to ῥήγνῦμι to 

break) rough, harsh, ii. 6.9: iv. 8.6 ; 
6.12. Der. TRACHEA. 

τρεῖς," τρία, g. τριῶν, tres, Sans. 
tri, Germ. drei, THREE, i. 1. 10. 

τρέπω," ἐψω, τέτροφα, pf. p. τέτραμ- 
μαι, ἃ. p. ἐτρέφθην, verto, to turn, di- 


τρίπηχυς 


vert, change the direction of, direct, 
drive back, A. ἀπό, πρός, iii. 1. 41; 5. 
15: v. 4. 23: τ. els φυγήν in fugam 
vertere, to put to flight, 1. 8. 24: --- 
M., w. 2 a. ἐτραπόμην, to turn (in- 
trans.), turn aside, betake one’s self, 
take to flight, resort, have recourse to, 
indulge in; w. 1 a. ἐτρεψάμην, to 
turn from one’s self, drive back, put 
to flight, rout, A.; els, ἐξ, ἐπί, πρός " 
ii. 6. 5: iii. 5.13: iv. 5.30; 8.19: v. 
4.16: vi. 1. 13, 18. Cf. IN-TREPID. 
τρέφω," θρέψω, τέτροφα, pf. p. τέ- 
θραμμαι, 2 ἃ. p. ἐτράφην, to nourish, 
nurture, rear, bring up, support, 
maintain, A. D., ἀπό, ἐξ, 1.1. 98: iil. 
2.13: iv. 5. 25, 34: v.1.12:— ΑΙ, 
to feed one’s self, subsist, D. of means, 
vi. 5. 20. 
τρέχω," δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, 2 a. 
ἔδραμον, curro, to run, εἰς, ἐπί, περί, 
i. 5. 2, 8,13: iv.5.18; 8.26: cf. θέω, 
more frequent in pres. Der. TROCHEE. 
τρέω, ἐσω, (cf. terreo, and τρέμω 
tremo, to tremble) ch. poet., to tremble 
at, be afraid of, shrink from, A., i. 9.6. 
τρία, τριῶν, τρισί, see τρεῖς, i. 4. 1. 
| rptdxovra indecl., triginta, thirty, 
i. 2.9,11; 4.5; 10. 4. 
| rptaxdvt-opos, ov, (épérrw to row) 
thirty-oared : το, sc. ναῦς, thirty- 
oared galley, v. 1. 16: vii. 2. 8. 
ττριᾶκόσιοι, at, a, (ἑκατόν) trecenti, 
three hundred, i. 1.2; 2. 9. 
τριβή, fs, (τρίβω to rub) constant 
practice or exercise, V. 6. 15. 
ἱτρι-ήρης, ες, (dp-, or ἐρέττω to row) 
triply fitted or rowed: ἣ τι) 8c. vais, 
tri-remis, the trireme, the chief war- 
vessel of the Greeks, a galley with 
three banks of oars, which gave it 
great swiftness, and made it, like the 
modern steamer, independent of the 
wind; while it could yet take ad- 
vantage of this by its sails. It had 
a sharp metallic-pointed beak, which 
was often driven with great force 
against other vessels and thus sunk 
them. Some vessels were also fitted 
as triremes for the rapid transport of 
troops or of military supplies. 1. 2. 
21; 3.17; 4.78: vi. 2. 13s. 
ἐτριηρίτης, ov, a ship-man, a man 
belonging to a trireme, esp. 88 Oars- 
man or soldier, vi. 6. 7. 
ἐτρί-πηχυς, υ, g- εος, three cubits 





long, iv. 2. 28. 





τριπλάσιος 138 ὑβρίζω 


Ἐτρι-πλάσιος, a, ον, (πλάττω to form) 
three-fold, triple, thrice as great, Vii. 4. 
21. 

ἐτρί-πλεθρος, ov, (πλέθρον) three ple- 
thra (300 ft.) dong or wide, v. 6. 9. 

trpi-trovus, ovr, g. rodos, three-footed : 
masc. subst., @ TRIPOD, a three-footed 
table, stool, or vase, vii. 3. 21. 

τρίς adv., (τρεῖς " also for τρεῖς in 
compos.) ter, THRICE, three times: eis 
rpls to thrice, even to the third time, 
vi. 4. 16,19. See 

Ῥτρισ-άσμενος or τρὶς ἄσμενος, 7, ov, 
thrice happy, very glad, most gladly, 
iii. 2. 24. 

ιτρισ-καί-δεκα indecl., or τρεῖς καὶ 
δέκα, thirteen, i. 5. 5. 

ετρισ-μύριοι, ai, a, thirty thousand, 
vii. 8. 26. 

jrpio-xOuor, a, a, three thousand, 
O43 7. 38. 

ἐτριταῖος, a, ov, on the third day, 
240. 3, V. 3. 2. 

τρίτος, 7, ov, (rpeis) third: τὸ τρί- 
τον, as adv., the third time: τῇ τρίτῃ, 
se. ἡμέρᾳ, on the third day: ἐπὶ τῷ 
τρίτῳ, sc. σημείῳ, on the third signal : 
OSs 7.1. 10: ἢ. ἃ ἃ: desis, 

τρίχα or τριχῇ δᾶν., (rpets) in three 
parts or divisions, iv. 8.15: vi. 2. 16. 

tplxivos, 7, ov, (θρίξ," g. τριχός, 
hair) made of hair, hair, iv. 8. 3. 

Tpt-xolvixos, 7, ov, (τρίς, χοῖνιξ) 
containing three cheenices, three-quart, 
vii. 3. 23. 

Τροία, as, Troja, Troy, v. 1. for Tpw- 
ds, and used in the same sense,vii. 8. 7. 

Ἰτρόπαιον, ov, tropeum, @ TROPHY, 
a memorial of the defeat of an enemy, 
usu. made ch. of captured arms, G., 
iii. 2.13: iv.6.27: vi. 5.32: vii.6.36. 

τροπή, js, (τρέπω) the turning or 
flight of an enemy, defeat, rout, i. 8. 
25: iv. 8. 21. Der. TROPIC. 

τρόπος, ov, ὁ, (τρέπων the turn, di- 
rection, way, manner, method, disposi- 
tion, temper, character, or habit of a 

rson or thing ; often in the modal 
lat. or adv. acc.; 1.1.9; 2.11 (see 
wpos); 9.22: ii. 2.17; 6.8: ἐκ παν- 
τὸς τρόπου [from] by every way, at any 
rate, no matter how, iii. 1. 43: vii. 7. 


41: κατὰ πάντα τρόπον by all means, 


vi. 6. 30. Der. TROPE. 

τροφή, iis, (τρέφω) nowrishment, 
support, sustenance, subsistence, i. 1.9: 
v. 6. 32: vii. 3.8. Der. a-TROPHY. 


τροχάζω, dow, (τρέχω) to run for- 
ward, vil. 3. 46. 

τρυπάω, iow, (τρῦπα a hole) to bore, 
A., tii. 1.31. Der. TREPAN. 

Tpwds or Tpwds, άδος, ἡ, (Τροία) 
Troas or the Troad, a district in the 
northwest of Mysia, including the site 
of ** Old i — long since perished, 
but immortal in verse,” v. 6. 28 8, 

τρωκτός, ἡ, dv, (τρώγω to eat raw) 
eatable, edible; as applied to trees, 
instead of their fruit, productive for 
eating or of edible fruit, v. 3. 12. 

τρωτός, ἡ, dv, (τιτρώσκω to wound) 
vulnerable, liable or exposed to wounds, 
iii. 1. 23. 

τυγχάνω," τεύξομαι, τετύχηκα, 2 a. 
ἔτυχον, to happen or chance upon, meet 
with, find, hit, obtain, attain, acquire, 
receive, 2 G., A. (ταῦτα vi. 6.32), παρά, 
i. 4.15: ii. 6. 29: iii. 2.19: v. 5.15; 
ἡ. 33: — oftener w. a pt., to happen, 
chance, the pt. being usu. translated 
by the inf., 658. 1 (παρὼν ἐτύγχανε 
happened to be present, i. 1. 2); or else 
by a finite verb, and τυγχάνω by an 
adv. or adverbial phrase, as by chance, 
perchance, just then or now, just, then, 
now, 677 6 (ἐτύγχανον λέγων I was 
just saying, iii. 2.10, the idea of 
chance being expressed far oftener 
in Greek than in Eng.); while the pt. 
is sometimes understood, ch. év, 677d 
(ἐτύγχανεν chanced to be or to rest, 
iii, 1. 3); i. 5. 8,14: i. 1.78; 2. 14, 
17: — pt. τυχόν abs., i¢ happening so, 
hence, as adv., perchance, perhaps, vi. 
1. 20. 

Tvpatov, Τυριαῖον,͵ or Τυριάειον, ov, 
Tyreum (-ieum, -iaéum) a town in 
the southeast of Phrygia (or in Lyca- 
onia), i. 2. 14. || Ilghan. 

rupds, οὔ, ὁ, a cheese ; pl. ii. 4. 28. 

τύρσις, ιος, εἰ, ἐν, pl. εἰς, 218, ἡ, tur- 
ris, @ TOWER, castle, TURRET, iv. 4.2: 
v. 2. 5, 27: vii. 2.21; 8. 12s. 

τυχεῖν, -ὦν, -dv, see τυγχάνω, li. 3. 2. 
jrixn, vs, fortiina, fortune, luck, 
chance, ii. 2.13: v. 2. 25. 

τώ, τῷ, τῷ-δε, τῶν, see ὁ, ὅ-δε, i. 1. 
158:--- τῷ encl. = τινέ, see τὶς, 1. 9. ἢ. 


Χ, 


τὐβρίζω, low ιῶ, ὕβρικα, to be insolent, 





wanton, ὦ , abusive, or 80 to 


ὕβρις 139 


act or treat another ; to insult, abuse, 
mailtreat, oulrage; A. AE. ; iil. 1. 13, 
29: v. 8.1, 3, 22: vi. 4. 2. 
ὕβρις, ews, ἡ, (ὑπέρ 1 cf. super-bus) 
insolence, wantonness, abuse, ili. 1. 21. 
εὑβριστής, οὔ, ὁ, as adj., insolent, 
wanton, audacious, abusive; c. & 8. 
ὑβριστότερος, ὑβριστότατος, 2598 (yet 
referred by some to a rare Spiros), 
γ. 8. 3, 22. 
ὑγιαίνω, avd, (ὑγεής sanus, healthy) 
to be healthy, sound, strong, in full 
vigor, or in good condition (of body), 
iv. 5. 18. 
ὑγρότης, ητος, ἡ, (ὑγρός moist) morst- 
ure, suppleness, perspiration, v. 8.15. 
t iSpodopéw, ἥσω, to carry water, iv. 
5. 9. 
ἐὑδρο-φόρος, ov, ὁ ἡ, (φέρω) a water- 
carrver, iv. 5. 10, 
ὕδωρ," ὕδατος, τό, (ὕω to rain) wa- 
ter: ὕ. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ rain: i. 5.7, 10: 
iv. 2.2. Der. HYDRANT, HYDRO-GEN. 
ἐὐϊδέος, ov, contr. ὑϊδοῦς, οὔ, ὁ, (also 
υἱϊδοῦς or υἱδοῦς) a son’s son, grandson, 
v. 6. 37: v. 1. vids. 
υἱός," οὔ, ὁ, filius, a son, iv. 6. 1. 
“ὕλη, ns, (cf. silva) wood, a wood or 
forest, bushes, shrubbery, i. 5.1: iii. 5. 
10s: v. 2. 31. 
“upets, -ὧν, -tv, -Gs, YOU, see σύ. 
ὑμέτερος, a, ον, your, yours: οἱ 
ὑμέτεροι your subjects or countrymen : 
τὰ ὑμέτερα what belongs to you, your 
property, money, or affairs: ii. 1.12s: 
v. 5.19: vii. 3.19; 6. 16, 18, 33. 
ὑπ᾽, ὑφ᾽, by apostr. for ὑπό, i. 3. 13. 
ὑπ-άγω," ἄξω, ἦχα, to lead under 
the pressure of followers, keep out of 
the way of others, keep ahead, lead or 
ess on (acc. to some, fo lead on slow- 
ly), iii. 4. 48: iv. 2.16: — Mf. to lead, 
urge, or suggest insidiously or craftily, 
AE., A. I., it. 1.18; 4.3. 
ὑπ-αίθριος, ον, (al@pia) under the 
sky, in the open air,v. 5.21: vii. 6. 24. 
ὑπ-αίτιος, ov, (αἰτία) wnder blame : 
ὑπαίτιόν τι aground of censure, πρός, 
iii, 1.5: υ. l. ἐπ-αίτιος. 
ὑπ-ακούω," obcouat, ἀκήκοα, to hear 
under the call of another, obey, pay 
attention, regard, listen, hearken, G., 
iv. 1.9: vii. 3. 7. 
ὑπ-ανα-τείνω, *revd,réraxa, to stretch 
up [under] for the blow, A., vii. 4. 9? 
ὑπ-ανα-χωρέω, ow, κεχώρηκα, to 
retreat somewhat or slowly, εἰς, ili, 5.13? 


ὑπερβαίνω 


ὑπ-αντάω, jow, ἤντηκα, & ὑπ-αντι- 
άζω, dow, (ἀντάω & ἀντιάζω to meet, 
fr. ἀντί) to come to meet and sustain, 
come to assist, come to the relief, come 
up, iv. 3. 34: vi. 5. 27. 

ὕπ-αρχος, ov, ὁ, (dpxw) a lieutenant 
either in the command of an army or 
of a satrapy, α vice-satrap (ruling over 
a district, but under the satrap), pro- 
vincial governor, prefect, chief officer, 
i. 2. 20; 8.5: iv. 4. 4. 

ὑπ-άρχω, ἄρξω, to begin beneath or as 
a foundation, take the initiative, com- 
mence, P.; hence, to be already a sup- 
port for, to support, favor, D.; to be on 
hand to begin with or rely upon (while 
εἰμί is simply to be), be or exist already, 
be present, exist, be (have, cf. εἰμί), Ὁ. 
els: ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων from the means 
at hand: i.1. 4: ii. 2.11; 3.23: vi. 4.9. 

ὑπ-ασπιστής, οὔ, (doris) a shield- 
bearer, armor-bearer, an attendant not 
only upon commanders, but also upon 
some privates ; cf. the esquire of me- 
dizeval chivalry ; iv. 2. 20. 

ὑπ-είκω, εἴξω, a. εἶξα, (εἴκω to yield) 
to submit to, D., vil. 7. 31. 

ὕπ-ειμι," ἔσομαι, ipf. ἣν, to be or lie 
underneath, iii. 4. 7: v. 1. εἰμί, ἄς. 

ὑπ-ελαύνω," ἐλάσω ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, 8. 
ἤλασα, to ride up to a superior, ὡς, i. 
8.15: v. Ll. πελάζω. 

ὑπ-ελήλυθα, see ὑπ-έρχομαι, V. 2. 30. 

ὑπέρ," prep., (akin to ὑπό, both 
marking vertical relation, cf. altus, 
high, deep) super, Germ. dber, OVER : 
— (a) w. GEN., over in place, above, 
from above, i. 10. 12, 14 (ὑ. τοῦ λόφου 
seen from above the hill, i. 6. beyond 
it): ii. 6.2: iv. 7.4: v. 4. 18 (ὑ, Yo- 
νάτων not reaching below the knee) : ---- 
over to protect, in defence of, in behalf 
of, on account of, in the name of, for 
the sake of, for, i.3.4; 7.3? 8. 27: 
iv. 8.24: v. δ. 13; 6. 278:— (Ὁ) ν΄. 
Acc., [going over] beyond, above (= 
beyond), of place, oftener of number, 
measure, age, &c., i. 1. 9 (v. J, ὑ. ᾿Ελλη- 
σπόντου): Vv. 3.1: νἱ. 2.10; 5.4. In 
compos., as above. Der. HYPER-. 

ὑπερ-άλλομαι, " ἁλοῦμαι, to leap or 
jump over, A., Vii. 4. 17. 

ὑπερ-ανα-τείνω," τενῶ, τέτακα, ἴο 
stretch wp over another, A., vii. 4. 9? 

ὑπερ-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 a. 
ἔβην, to go or pass over, Cross, A. els, 





παρά, vii. 1.17; 3. 48; 8. 7. 











ὑπερβάλλω 140 


ὑπερ-βάλλω," βαλῶ, βέβληκα, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, to throw one’s self over, to 
cross OF pass over, A., κατά, πρός, iv. 
EV: 4:20; 5. 2: wiv6. 72 vn. 5. 1. 

μὑπερ-βολή, ἢς, α crossing, mountain 
passage or pass, G., εἰς, i. 2. 25 : iii. 5. 
18: iv. 6.5s. Der. HYPERBOLE. 
«δέξιος, ov, over or above the 
right (hand, wing, &c.), iii. 4. 37: iv. 
8. 2 (v. 1. ὑπὲρ δεξιῶν) : v. 1. 31. 
ὑπερ-έρχομαι, " ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 
2 ἃ. ἦλθον, to pass over or beyond, cross, 
A., iv. 4. 3. 

ὑπερ-έχω," fw, ἔσχηκα, to be, rise, 
or project above, D.; to overhang ; ill. 
δ. 7: 805.7. 4, 

iwep-fpiovs, ceca, v, above half, vi. 
2.10: νυ. ἡ. ὑπὲρ Hucov. 

ὕπερθεν adv., (ὑπέρ) from above, 

above, i. 4. 4. 
- ὑπερ-κάθημαι * pf. γι. pret., f. pf. 
ἥσομαι 1., pip. ἐκαθήμην or καθήμην, 
to be seated or posted above, G., ἐπί, 
it ke AB 

ὑπερ-όριος, ov, or os, a, ov, (ὅρος a 
bound) beyond the boundaries, /for- 
eign: ἐκ τῆς ὑπερορίας, sc. γῆς, from 
our foreign territory or from abroad, 
vii. 1. 27. 

ὑπερ-ύψηλος, ov, exceeding high, very 
lofty, iii. 5. 7. 

ὑπ-έρχομαι, " ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, to 
go under pursuit, retreat, A. of dis- 
tance, v. 2. 30. 

ὑπ-εσχόμην, see ὑπ-ισχνέομαι. 

ὑπ-ἐχω," ἔξω, ἔσχηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔσχον, to 
have one’s self under, submit to, un- 
dergo, A. D., V. 8.1, 18: see δίκη. 

ὑπ-ἤκοος, ov, (ὑπ-ακούω) obedient, 
submissive, subject: masc. subst., @ 
subject, vassal: D. G.: i. 6.6: v. 4. 6. 
ὑπ-ἣν, see ὕπ-ειμε, ili. 4.7: v. 1. ἦν. 
t ir-nperéw, ἥσω, ὑπ-ηρέτηκα, to serve, 
do or render service, supply, D. AE., 
i. 9.18: ii. 5.14: iii. 5. 8: vii. 7. 46. 
ὑπ-ηρέτης, ov, (ἐρέτης rower, fr. épér- 
τω to row) an under-rower; hence 
(among so commercial a people), in 
general, a servant, attendant, assistant, 
a. 9. 18, 27: 21.1.9; 5. 124. 
ὑπ-ισχνέομαι," ὑπο-σχήσομαι, ὑπ- 
ἔσχημαι, (ἔχω or ἴσχω) to hold one’s 
self under obligation, to promise, en- 
gage, D. A., 1.(A.), OP., 1.2.2; 7. 5, 
18: ii.3.20: v.6.35s: vii.2.25; 7.46. 

ὕπνοσ, ov, ὁ, somnus, sleep, iii. 1. 11. 

Der. HYPNOTIC. 


ὑπολαμβάνω 


ὑπό * prep., by apostr. ὑπ᾽ or ὑφ᾽, 
sub, under: (a) w. GEN., from under 
in place, from beneath, as ὑπὸ ἁμάξης 
from under [a wagon] the yoke, vi. 4. 
22, 25 ; — usu., from under the effect 
or influence of, by (esp. w. pass. verbs, 
or equivalent verbs or phrases, 586d, 
575), by reason of, through the effect 
of, through, from, of, with, i. 1. 10; 
3. 4,13; 5.48: "3.1.8: vii. 6.15, 33: 
ὑπὸ μαστίγων under (the compulsion 
of) the scourge, iii. 4. 25:— (ὃ) w. 
Dat., under (of situation or of subjec- 
tion), beneath, i. 2.8; 8.10: vi. 4. 4: 
vii. 2. 2:— (ὁ w. Acc., under or be- 
neath, with the idea of motion or ex- 
tension, i. 8.27; 10.14: iii. 4. 37: 
vii. 4. 5, 11; 8. 21:— (ἃ) in compos., 
under, beneath ; sometimes expressing 
diminution, inferiority, privacy, se- 
crecy, or action under the pressure or 
influence of others, somewhat, a little, 
underhand, behind, &c. Der. HYPO-. 

ὑπο-δεής, és, (δέω to want) somewhat 
wanting ; found in c. ὑποδεέστερος in- 


dications, threaten, v. 7. 12. 

ὑπο-δέχομαι, δέξομαι, δέδεγμαι, to 
receive under one’s roof or protection, 
welcome, A., i. 6.3: vi. 5. 31. 

ὑπο-δέω," δήσω, δέδεκα, to bind be- 
neath, shoe, A.: ὑποδεδεμένοι with their 
shoes on, iv. 5. 14. 

ἐὑπό-δημα, aros, τό, a protection for 

the foot, shoe, sanelal, iv. 5. 14. 

ὑπο-ζύγιον, ov, (ζυγόν Jugum, YOKE, 
fr. ζεύγνῦμο an animal under the yoke, 
beast of burden or draught ; pl. bag- 
gage cattle or animals, as oxen, asses, 
&e.; i.3.1; 7.20: ἢ. 1.65; 2. 4,15. 

ὑπο-κατα-βαίνω," βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 
2 a. ἔβην, to descend somewhat, go a 
little lower, vii. 4. 11. 

ὑπο-κρύπτω, ύψω, κέκρυφα, to hide 
under: M. to conceal one’s own, hoard, 
i. 9.19: v. Ll. ἀπο-κρύπτω. 

ὑπο-κύπτω, κύψω, xéxida, to stoop 
under or before another, bow low, iv. 
5. 32: v. 1. κύπτω or ἐπι-κύπτω. 

ὑπο-λαμβάνω," λήψομαι, εἴληφα, 2a. 
ἔλαβον, to take under one's protection, 
Α.; sc. τὸν λόγον, to take [under one’s 
direction] up the discourse, reply, an- 
swer, retort: μεταξὺ ὑ. to interrupt an- 





other in the midst: i.1.7: iii. 1.27, $1. 


ὑπολείπω 141 


ὑπο-λείπω," yw, λέλοιπα, 2 a. ἔλι- 
πον, pf. ». λέλειμμαι, ἃ. p. ἐλείφθην, 
to leave behind, a.: P. & M. to be left 
behind, fall or lag behind, remain be- 
hind, G., i. 2. 25: iv. 5.15: v. 4. 22. 
ὑπο-λόχᾶγος, ov, ὁ, a sub-lochage, 
lieutenant, v. 2. 13 (ef. iii. 4. 21). 
ὑπο-λύω, λύσω, λέλὔκα, to loosen be- 
low: M. to untie or take off one’s shoes 
or sandals, iv. 5. 13. 
ὑπο-μαλακίζομαι, f. ». ισθήσομαι 1., 
(μαλακός soft) to soften under or some- 
what, stoop to or act a less manly part, 
curry favor, lose courage, ii. 1. 14. 
ὑπο-μένω," μενῶ, μεμένηκα, ἃ. ἔμεινα, 
to remain behind or in place, halt, 
await an attack, make a stand, stand 
one’s ground ; to watt for, A.; lil. 4. 
21: iv. 1. 16s, 21; 4. 21: vi. 5. 29. 
ὑπό-μνημα, aros, τό, (μιμνήσκω) ἃ 
private or suggestive reminder or 
memorial, reminiscence, 1. 6. 3. 

t imd-mepwrros, ov, sent covertly or in- 

sidiously, iii. 3. 4% 

ὑπο-πέμπω," πέμψω, πέπομφα, to 
send covertly, artfully, or under ὦ 
false pretext, A., i. 4. 22. 

ὑπο-πίνω," πίομαι (ἴ), πέπωκα, to 
drink somewhat freely, vii. 8. 29 : v. l. 
ὑπο-πέπτω to fall back or withdraw a 
little. 

ἡ ὑπ-οπτεύω, evow, ipf. ὑπ-ώπτευον, 
su-spicor, to suspect, apprehend, mis- 
trust, be suspicious or apprehensive, 
A., 1. (A.), wh i 1.13 8.1: ii. 8.18; 
5. 28: iti. 1.5: iv. 2. 15. 

ὕπ-οπτος, ov, (Up-opdw) suspicious, 
lo be suspected, ili. 3. 4? 
ὑπο-στῆναι, -στάς, see ὑφ-ἰστημι. 

{ὑπο-στρατηγέω, ἤσω, to command 
under, be liewtenant-general to, D., Vv. 
6. 36. 

ὑπο-στράτηγος, ov, (v. 7. ds, οὔ) ὁ, 
a lieutenant-general, iii. 1. 32. 


ὑπο-στρέφω," έψω, ἔστροφα 1., 2 a. | fe 


p. ἐστράφην, to make an unobserved, 
adroit, or sudden turn, to avoid a 
snare, ii. 1. 18: vi. 6. 38: so 2 a. p. as 
m., Vil. 4. 18. 
ὑπο-σχεῖν, see ὑπ-έχω, v. 8. 1. 
ὑπο-σχέσθαι, see ὑπ-ἐσχνέομαι. 
ὑπουργός, dy, (ὑπό, ἔργον) working 
under another, assisting, contributing, 
or conducive to, D., Υ. 8. 15. 
ὑπο-φαίνω, " φανῶ, πέφαγκα, to show 
a little, begin to dawn or appear, 
dawn, iii. 2.1: iv. 2.7; 3. 9. 


ὑφίστημι 


ὑπο-φείδομαι, φείσομαι, πέφεισμαι]., 
(φείδομαι to spare) to spare somewhat, 
ei, iv. 1. 8. 
ὑπο-χείριος, ov, (χείρ) under the 
hand or power of, in the hands of, 
subject to, D., iii. 2. 3: vil. 6. 48, 
ὕπ-οχος, ov, (ἔχω) held under, swb- 
ject to, D., ii. 5. 7. 
ὑπο-χωρέω, How, κεχώρηκα, to go 
under the pressure of others, retire 
before, make way for, retreat, D., 1. 4. 
18; 7.17: iv. 5, 20. 
ὑπ-οψία, as, (ὑφ-οράω) suspicion, 
mistrust, distrust, apprehension, ὅτι, 
i, 3.21: ii. 4.10; 5.18,5: ii, 1. 21. 
Ὑρκάνιος, a, ov, (Ὑρκανοί the Hyr- 
cani) Hyrcanian, pertaining to Hyr- 
cania, a rude province of the Persian 
Empire, southeast of the Caspian, 
whose men were excellent horsemen, 
vii. 8. 15. 
ds, ‘vss, a swine, see σῦς, ν. 2. 3. 
tiorepaios, a, ov, following in time, 
subsequent, next: often (esp. in dat.) ἡ 
ὑστεραία, sc. ἡμέρα, the following or 
neat day, i. 2. 21: ii. 3. 25: it. 5. 13. 
tiorepéw, yow, ὑστέρηκα, to be or 
come too late for, arrive after, G., 1.7. 
12. 
tioreplta, ἰσω ιῶ, to be or arrive too 
late, be behindhand, vi. 1. 18. 
ὕστερος," a, ov, (referred as c., with 
s. ὕστατος last, to ὑπό) post-erior, 
later, behind, afterwards, after, subse- 
quently, 509, G., i. 5.14: ii, 4, 21: 
vi. 4. 9: — so neut. ὕστερον as adv., 
i. 3.2; 5.16; 6.7; 8.8: iv. 3. 34. 
ὑφ᾽ by apostr. for ὑπό, before an 
aspirated vowel, 1. 3. 10. 
ὑφ-εῖμαι,-εἰμην, see ὑφ-ἔημι, Vi.6.31. 
Lidepévws submissively, humbly, 
softly, vii. 7. 16. 
ὑφ-έξω, see ὑπ-έχω, vi. 6. 15. 
ὑφ-ηγέομαι, jooua, ἥγημαι, to lead 
orward moderately or with others close 
behind, iv. 1.7: vi. 5. 25. 
ὑφ-ίημι," ἥσω, εἶκα, a. ἧκα (ὦ, &e.), 
2a. m. εἵμην, sub-mitto, to submit, 
admit, concede, give up, A. 1., 11. 5.5: 
— M. to submit or give up one's self, 
submit or surrender (intrans.), yield, 
give way, be remiss or spiritless, D. 1.» 
iii. 1.17; 2.3: v. 4. 26: vi. 6. 31? 
ὑφ-ίστημι," στήσω, ἕστηκα, 2 a. 
ἔστην, to place under, station men 
covertly : — M. (w. pf., plp., and 2 a. 





act.) to stand up under an attack, 











ὑφοράω 


responsibility, &c.; ἐο withstand, D.; 
to under-take, A.; to volunteer ; to post 
one's self covertly, stand aside, ἐν " iil. 
2.11: iv. 1. 14, 26s: vi. 1. 19. 
ὑφ-οράω," ὄψομαι, ἑώρακα or ἑόρᾶκα, 
su-spicor, to look under lest some mis- 
chief be hidden, to suspect, A., i. 4. 10. 
ἐύψηλός, ἡ, dv, 8., high, lofty: τὸ 
ὑψηλόν, se. χωρίον, the high ground, 
height: ἄλλεσθαι ὑψηλά to leap high 
(leaps): i. 2. 22: iii. 4. 248: vi. 1. 5. 
v eos, τό, (ὕψι on high, akin to 
ὑπέρ) height, altitude, ii. 4. 12: ili. 4. 
7, 98: cf. edpos. 


@, 


[a-,Sans. bha-, Lat. fa-,to ent ighten. | 
γεῖν, 2a. of ἐσθίω, to eat, il. 3.16: 

iv. 5. 8. Der. SARCO-PHAGUS. 

φαιδρός, 4, dv, (φα-) bright, brightly 
shining, beaming, animating, cheering, 
ii. 6. 11. 

φαίην, see φημί to say, i. 3. 7. 

halve,” φανῶ, πέφαγκα, a. ἔφηνα, 
2a. p. ἐφάνην, to bring to light, show, 
reveal, A., iv. 3.13:— P. ἃ M. to be 
brought or come to light, appear, be 
seen, show or present one’s self, be in 
prospect or pretended, D., I., P., ἐν, Χο. 
(the pt. here implying reality, but 
not the inf., 657k; as φαίνεται εἶναι 
he appears to be, though he may not 
be; but ὧν ¢. [being he so appears | 
he appears to be, as he really 18, he is 
seen or shown to be, he evidently or 


manifestly is; while both εἶναι and ὧν | p 


are often om., esp. before an adj. or 
appositive), i. 3. 19; 6. 1,11; 9. 19: 
iii. 1. 24; 4.2: v. 4.29: vil. 6. 37. 
Der. PHENOMENON, PHASE, FANCY. 
ysl ng aryyos, ἡ, the line of battle, 
in which the front was extended, 
and the depth comm. small (of 4 men 
i. 2. 15, of 8 men vii. 1. 23); ἃ body 
of troops (esp. hoplites) so arranged, 
a line, main line or body, PHALANX 
(cf. κέρας a body in column, ὄρθιος): 
ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, κατὰ ΟΥ εἰς φάλαγγα, 
in or into line of battle. In i κοεν or- 
der, it was usual to allow each hoplite 


a space 6 feet square; but in close 


array, as for a battle charge, only 

8 feet square. 1.2.17; 8.178: ii. 1. 6; 

8.8: iii. 3.11: iv. 3. 26; 8. 9s. 
Φαλῖνος, ov, Phalinus, a Greek from 


142 Pacis 


the island Zacynthus (now Zante), in 
the service of Tissaphernes, ii. 1. 7. 

vels, -ἣναι, -otpar, see φαίνω. 
jdavepos, d, dv, apparent, visible, 
conspicuous, manifest, evident, plain, 
i. 7.17; 9.6: often in personal for 
impers. constr., W. ἃ pt., 573, 88 
στέργων φανερὸς ἦν (he was apparent 
loving] it was apparent that he loved, 
or he evidently loved, ii. 6. 23; cf.i.6. 
8; 9.11,16; and δῆλος : ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 
in public, openly, i. 8. 21 : εἰς τὸ φ. 
into a conspicuous position, vii. 7. 22. 

εἐφανερῶς openly, i. 9. 19, 

φαρέτρα, as, (φέρω) pharetra, ὦ 
quiver, comm. of leather, with a lid, 
and slung behind the shoulder or on 
the left side, iv. 4. 16. 

φάρμακον, ov, a drug, whether heal- 
ing or poisonous, medicine, vi. 4. 11. 
Der, PHARMACY. 

μφαρμακο-ποσία, as, (πίνω) the drink- 
ing of drugs, taking medicine or phys- 
ic, iv. 8. 21. 

Φαρνάβαζος, ov, Pharnabazus, sa- 
trap of Bithynia and Lesser Phrygia, 
or of the northwest part of Asia Mi- 
nor (as early as B. Ὁ. 412), a man of 
far higher character than his neighbor 
Tissaphernes, and at length honored 
with the hand of Apama, the king’s 
daughter. He rendered valuable aid 
to the Spartans during the later years 
of the Peloponnesian War. After the 
Cyrean expedition, he was somewhat 
involved in the war with the Spartans, 
and was engaged in unsuccessful ex- 
editions for the reconquest of Egypt, 
— the last B. ο. 374. v. 6. 24. 

σί(ν), φατέ, φάναι, see φημί. 

ἐφασιᾶνοί, ὧν, the Phasidni, or Pha- 
sians, a people dwelling about the 

river Phasis, iv. 6. 5: v. 6. 36. 
ᾧᾶσις, dos or wos, ὁ, the Phasis (now 
Pasin-Su, thought by some the Pison 
of Gen. 2. 11), called in its lower course 
the Araxes (now Aras), a river of Ar- 
menia, uniting with the Cyrus (now 
Kfir) and flowing into the Caspian, iv. 
6. 4. —2. A noted river of Colchis, 
anciently regarded as the boundary 
between Asia and Europe, now called 
Rién or Faz. Xenophon seems to 
have regarded the Armenian Phasis 
as the upper part of this river, and 
calls the ca a upon both Paciavol. 





The name of the river was also given 


φάσκω 143 φιλία 


to a Milesian trading settlement near 
its mouth, and to the surrounding 
region. The pheasant is said to have 
been brought from this region by the 
Argonauts, and hence to have derived 
its name (ὄρνις Φασιᾶνός the Phasian 
bird). .v. 6. 36; 7.1, 7, 9. 

w (a strengthened. pres, for 
φημί * q. v.) to say, state, declare, af- 
firm, allege, ch. used in the pt., 1.» 
iii. 5.17: iv. 4.21; 8.4: v. 8.1. 

φαῦλος, 7, ov, (cf. paulus) trifling, 
of small account, vi. 6. 11 8. 

φέρω," οἴσω, ἐνήνοχα, a. ἤνεγκα Or 
-ov, a. p. ἠνέχθην, fero, to BEAR, carry, 
bring, endure, produce (of land), carry 
off (hence, receive as pay), A. D., ἐπί, 
πρός, &c., 1.2.22; 3.21: ii. 1.17: 11], 


1. 23; 4.32: to carry one, hence of ἃ. 


road or entrance, to lead, ἐπί, els, iii. 
5.15: ὁ φέρων the bearer, i. 9. 26: 
χαλεπῶς φέρειν wgre ferre, to bear up 
with difficulty, to be dejected, deeply 
concerned or afflicted, or greatly ex- 
cited, D. 456, 1.3.3: see ἄγω, βαρέως: 
— P. or M. to be borne, carried, &c.; 
to be borne on, thrown, hurled, or sent, 
to rush, fly (of missiles) ; i. 8. 20: iii. 
3.16: iv. 7. 6s, 14: — M. fo bring in 
for one’s own use, A., Vi. 6.1: vii. 4. 3. 
Der: PERI-PHERY, META-PHOR. 
φεύγω," φεύξομαι & φευξοῦμαι, 2 pf. 
πέφευγα, 2 a. ἔφυγον, fugio, to flee, 
Sly, take to flight, run away, retreat, 
A., ἀπό, διά, els, ἐξ, ἐπί, &c.; to flee 
one’s country, be or become an exile, 
go into exile, be banished: οἱ φεύγοντες 
the fugitives, exiles: 1.1.7; 2.18; 3. 
3; 10.1: iii. 2.35; 3.9, 19; 4. 35. 
Φεύγω denotes rather an attempt to 
escape by open flight ; and διδράσκω 
(only in compounds), by secret de- 
parture or concealment. Cf. ἀπο- 
φεύγω, ἀπο-διδράσκω. Der. FUGITIVE. 
φημί." (pres. encl., exc. 2 sing. φής 
or φής) ἃ strengthened φάσκω q. v., 
φήσω, ipf. ἔφην (usu. as aer.; 2 sing. 
ἔφησθα), rarer a. ἔφησα, (pa-) to say, 
state, declare; to affirm, assent, say 
yes, (cf. aio): w. οὐ (which comm. 
modifies rather a dependent verb, 
662b), to say that. . not, say no, deny, 
refuse (see οὐ, and cf. nego): 1. (A., 
sometimes without the inf., which may 
yet be understood), cp. (r., vii. 1. 5) ; 
but often placed parenthetically and 


i. 2.258; 3.1,7s8,18; 8.85: ii.1.9s; 
δ. 345: v.8.5.—To φημί are usu. 
referred the f. ἐρῶ, pf. εἴρηκα, εἴρημαι, 
and 1 a. εἶπα (ind. 2 sing., and imvy. 
exc. 2 sing., esp. used), oftener (exc. 
as above) 2 a. εἶπον (εἴπω, -οιμι, -έ, 
-εἶν, -dv); but these often correspond 
in their use more closely to λέγω or 
ἀγορεύω (hence also, to mention, tell, 
bid, advise, propose, &c.; and A. D., 
cp., &c., 659 hh"): i. 2.5; 3. 5, 7,14: 
ii. 1. 15, 21; 3.2: εἴρητο charge had 
been given, D. 1., iii. 4.38. Cf. fari, 
fama, FAME. 

φθάνω," φθάσω & φθήσομαι, ἔφθακα, 
la. ἔφθασα, 2 ἃ. ἔφθην, to anticipate, 
get the start of, be or get before an- 
other, arrive before, outstrip, surprise, 
A. P. (often translated: by a finite verb, 
and φθάνω by such expressions as be- 
fore, first, previously, beforehand, soon- 
er, too soon, by anticipation or surprise, 
677 ἴ), πρίν : φ. καταλαβόντες to antici- 
pate in getting possession, or to yet pos- 
session first, 1.3.14: φθάσαι πρὶν πα- 
θεῖν to [get the start] act before suffer- 
ing, ti. 5.5: φθάσαι πρῶτος to [out- 
strip, so as to] be foremost, 509 d, iii. 
4.20: ἁρπάσαι φθάσαντας to take by 
surprise, 677f, iv. 6.11: see, also, 
iii, 4. 49: iv. 1. 4, 21: v. 7. 16. 

φθέγγομαι, έγξομαι, ἔφθεγμαι, to ut- 
ter a sound (esp. a loud, clear sound), 
raise a@ cry, cry out, shout, scream, 
sound, make one’s self heard, D., i. 8. 
18: iv. 5.18: vi. 1. 23: vii. 4. 19. 
Der. DI-PHTHONG, APO-PHTHEGM. 

φθείρω," φθερῶ, ἔφθαρκα, to destroy, 
lay waste, A., iv. 7. 20. 

φθονέω, sow, (φθόνος envy) to envy, 
D., i. 9.19: v. 7. 10. 

φιάλη, 7s, patera, a broad, shallow 
cup or bowl, saucer, for drinking or 
libation, iv. 7.27. Der. PHIAL, VIAL. 

Aalrepos c. of φίλος, i. 9. 29? 

t ω, How, πεφίληκα, to love, with 
a pure love, as of friendship; more 
emotional in sense than ἀγαπάω, less 
passionate than épdw, and less strong 
than στέργω" A.; i. 1.4; 9. 25, 28. 

ἐφιλήσιος, ov, Philesius,.an Ache- 
an, chosen as successor to Menon, and 
one of the oldest of the Cyrean gen- 
erals, but not one of the most promi- 
nent or highly esteemed, iii. 1. 47. 
φιλία, as, friendship, attachment, 





sometimes pleonastic, 574 (cf. quoth): 


affection, love, G. or possessive pron., 

















φιλικός 144 


both subjective and objective (ef. Jove 
of), 444, 538d, i. 3.5: ii. 5. 8, 24: 
v. 6. 11: vil. 7. 29 (love to you): — 
πρὸς φιλίαν [in accordance with 
friendship] in a friendly manner, in 
peace or friendship, i. 3.19 (or to a 
Friendly country, see pirsos). See διά. 

ἐφιλικός, ἡ, dv, befitting a friend, of 
a friendly nature, friendly, iv. 1.9: 
v. 5. 25 (υ. 1. ἐπιτήδειος). See φίλιος. 

ἐφιλικῶς in a friendly manner, on 
Jriendly terms, as a friend, ii. 5. 27 
vi. 6. 35. 

ἐφίλιος, a, ov, of a friend or friends, 
JSriendly, in amity or at peace, esp. 
opposed to πολέμιος, and often applied 
to places (as φιλικός rather to acts, 
and φίλος to persons), D.: διὰ φιλίας 
τῆς χώρας through the country as 
friendly or in peace, 5230: i. 3.14; 
6. ὃ (of a person): ii. 3.26; 5.18: v. 
ἡ. 185, 33: φιλία, sc. χώρα or γῆ, a 
Friendly country, region, or land, ii. 
3. 27: vi. 6. 38: vii. 3.13. See φιλία. 
Ἰφίλοιππος, ov, s., fond of horses, 
1.9.5. Der. PHILIP, PHILIPPIC. 

ἐφιλό-θηρος, ov, s., (θήρα hunting) 
Sond of hunting or the chase, i. 9. 6. 

ΤΉΝ how, (κέρδος) to love, 
seek, or be greedy of gain, 1. 9. 16. 

ἐφιλο-κίνδῦνος, ov, s., fond of dan- 
ger, venturesome, adventurous, i. 9. 6. 
ἐφιλο-μαθής, és, c. έστερος, 8. éora- 
τος, (μανθάνω) fond of learning, eager 
to learn; i. 9.5. Der. PHILOMATH. 
ἐφιλο-νεικία, as, (νεῖκος strife) love 
of strife, rivalry, emulation, iv. 8. 27: 
v. L. tdo-vixla, as, (vixn) eagerness for 
victory. 

ἐφιλό-ξενος, ov, Philorenus, a good 
soldier from Pelléne in Achaia, v. 2.15. 
ἐφιλο-πόλεμος, ov, fond of war, war- 
loving, passionate for war, ii. 6. 1, 6. 

φίλος, ἡ, ov, c. & 8. φιλαίτερος or 
φίλτερος, -τατος," amicus, friendly 
(cf. φίλιος), well-disposed, attached : 
subst. φίλος, ov, a friend, adherent, 
favorite: Ὁ. (as subst., also w. G.): 
£222, 53 ἃ δ 13: 4.2; 6.65 7.68; 
9. 10, 20s, 27s, 29(c.), 31: iv. 4. 4. 
Der. PHILO-, PHIL-. 

ἐφιλό-σοφος, ov, fond of wisdom: 
subst. φιλόσοφος, ov, @ PHILOSOPHER, 
ii. 1. 13. 

jdido-orpariérys, ov, a friend to 
the soldiers, the soldiers’ friend, vii. 6. 


φοινίκεος 


ἐφιλοτίμέομαι, ἡσομαι,πεφιλοτίμημαι, 
a. ἐφιλοτιμήθην, (φιλό-τἴμος honor-lov- 


cat piqued, or resentful, to resent 
i, 1. 4 7. 

{ἐφιλο-φρονέομαι, ἥσομαι, a. ἐφιλο- 
φρονησάμην or -ἤθην, (φιλό-φρων friend- 
ly-minded, fr. φρήν mind) to be kindly 
disposed, express good-will or friend- 
ship, show kindness or favor ; to treat 
or greet as a friend, A.; ii. 5. 27: iv. 


:| 5. 29, 32, 34. 


Φλιάσιος, ov, ὁ, a Phliasian, a man 
of Phlius (Φλτοῦς), a city with a small 
territory in the northeast of the Pe- 
loponnese, on the Asdpus (now the 
St. George). It was commonly jealous 
of its neighbor Argos, and in alliance 
with Sparta. vii. 8.1. || Ruins near 
the village of St. George. 

ἐφλυάρέω, ow, (φλύαρος) to talk 
nonsense, speak absurdly, iii. 1. 26, 29. 
φλνάρία, as, (= φλύαρος babbling, 

fr. φλύω bullio, to bubble up) pl. πᾶ- 
ge, idle talk, absurdities, fooleries, 
mere trifling, nonsense, i. 3. 18. 
thoBepds, 4, dv, s., frightful, fearful, 
alarming, terrible, formidable, to be 
feared, D.1., wh, ii. 5. 9: πὶ 4. 5: v. 
2: 38s ὃ. 175° ἢ. ἃ, 

ἐφοβέω, tow, to frighten, terrify, 
scare, A., iv. 5.17 :—oBéopas, ἥσομαι, 
πεφόβημαι, a. ἐφοβήθην, to be fright- 
ened, terrified, alarmed, afraid, ap- 
prehensive, or under the influence of 
fear; to fear; A. wh, 1., περὶ, διά " 7d 
φοβεῖσθαι τὴν τιμωρίαν the fear of pun- 
ishment ; 1.3.17; 8.13: ii. 4.18; 5. 
5; 6.14,19: v.5.7: vii. 1.23 8. 20. 

φόβος, ov, ὁ, (φέβομαι to flee) fear, 

dread, fright, alarm, panic, terror, 
@., 1, CP., 1. 2.19; ἃ. δ: ἂν 1.18: 
vii. 4.1: pl. terrors, fearful threats, 
iv. 1. 23: τὸν ἐκ τῶν Ελλήνων els τοὺς 
βαρβάρους φόβον the terror [struck from 
the Greeks as the source, into the bar- 
barians] with which the Greeks struck 
the barbarians, i. 2.18; ef. vii. 2. 37. 
Der. HYDRO-PHOBIA. 

ἐφοινίκεος, ἔα, cov, contr. hotvtkoids, 
ῇ, οὖν, purple-red, purple or crimson, 
a color early prepared by the Phee- 
nicians from the murex of the neigh- 
boring sea, and chosen by the Greeks 
for war-garments from its brilliant 
effect and its disguising blood, i. 2.16: 





4, 39. 


v. Ll. φοινῖκός, powixcos. 


ing, ambitious, jealous, fr. τιμή) to be 


Φοινίκη 145 


t@owt«n, ης, Phoenicia or Phenice, a 
narrow strip on the Syrian coast of 
the Mediterranean, peopled by a Se- 
mitic race, illustrious for their early 
commerce, arts, inventions, and colo- 
nies. They founded Carthage, ‘* Rome’s 
great rival,” and imparted letters to 
Greece. i. 4.5; 7.12: vii. 8. 25. 

ἐφοιντκιστής, οὔ, purpuratus, @ pur- 
ple-wearer: . βασίλειος a wearer of 
purple at the king's court from his 
high rank, i. 2.20. Some translate 
(after Zonaras) a dyer of purple, or (as 
Larcher) ὦ bearer of the purple stand- 
ard, 

Φοίνιξ or Φοῖνιξ, ixos, 6, Phanician : 
subst., α Phenician, i. 4.6. Hence, 
ὃ φοίνιξ the date-palm, date-tree, palm, 
as bearing the Phenician fruit, since 
dates were brought in commerce from 
Pheenicia to Greece (yet some explain 
rather Powlxn as the date-land), i. 5. 
10. Of this tree, so great an orna- 
ment to the country where it grows, 
and so invaluable to the inhabitants, 
Strabo says that a Persian poem sang 
the uses to the number of three hun- 
dred and sixty. Der. PHG@NIX. 

Φολόη, 75, 8 mountain range on 
the boundary between Elis and Ar- 
cadia, fabled as the scene of a battle 
of Hercules with the Centaurs, and 
as named by him from one of them 
who was here buried, Pholus, v. ὃ. 10. 
| Mauro Bouni, or Xiria. 


φορέω, how, πεφόρηκα ]., (φέρω) P 


iterative, to carry habitually, wear ; 
to bring in successive loads; A.; 1. 8. 
29: νυ. 2.26: vii. 4. 4. 
dpos, ov, ὁ, (φέρω) tribute, v. 5. 7. 
ρτίον, ov, (φέρω) a burden, load, 
v. 2. 21: vii. 1. 37. 
φράζω," dow, πέφρακα, to TELL, 
bid, direct, state, declare, mention, D. 
1, A. OP., i. 6.3: ii. 3.3; 4.18: iv. 
δ. 29, 34: vi. 6. 20. Der. PHRASE. 
jPpactas, ov, Phrasias, an officer 
from Athens, vi. 5. 11. 
φρέαρ, ppédros, τό, a well, cistern, 
iv. 5, 25. 
φρονέω, How, πεφρόνηκα, (φρήν mind) 
to think, understand, perceive, discern, 


be wise or sagacious, A. of neut, adj., |- 


ii. 2.5: μέγα >. to think [big] loftily, 
to be high-minded, elated, or proud, 
ἐπί, iii. 1. 27: v.6.8: πλέον φ, to be 
superior in wisdom, vi. ὃ. 18. 


LEX. AN. 7 


φυλακή 


φρόνημα, aros, τό, thought, spirit, 
confidence, iii. 1. 22; 2. 16. 
ἐφρόνιμος, ov, thoughtful, prudent, 
discreet, sensible, judicious, sagacious, 
self-possessed, i. 10.7: ii. 5. 16; 6. 7. 
εἐφροντίζω, ἔσω ιῶ, πεφρόντικα, (φρον- 
ris thought, solicitude) to take thought, 
be anxious or solicitous ; to consider, 
devise, contrive, ὅπως : ii. 3. 255 6. 8. 
tdpovp-apxos, ov, ὁ, the commander 
or commandant of a garrison, i. 1. 6. 
ἐφρουρέω, tow, to guard, keep under 
guard, A., i. 4. 8: v. 5. 20. 
ἱφρούριον, ov, dim. in form only, 
a garrisoned post, fortress, gurrison, 
i. 4.15: v. 1. φρουρά, as, a garrison. 

φρουρός, οὔ, ὁ, (rpo-opdw, 159g, h*) 
a watcher, guard, garrison-soldier, 
vii. 1. 20; 8. 15 (om. by some). 

φρύγανον, ov, (φρύγω frigo, to parch) 
a dry stick, or twig ; pl. firewood, fag- 
ots, κα. iv. 3. 11. 

Φρυγία, as, (Φρύξ) Phrygia (Great, 
or Proper) a large inland country, the 
western part of the great table land 
of Asia Minor. It appears to have 
been the native region of the flute- 
music (which early vied with that of 
the lyre, see Mapovas), and of some of 
the rites of Bacchus and Cybele. i. 2. 
6s; 9.7.—2. Lesser Phrygia, a name 
given to the northern part of Mysia, 
extending along the coast of the Pro- 
pontis to the Hellespont, with the 
Troad sometimes included. This was 
art of the satrapy of Pharnabazus, 
while Great Phrygia was given to 
Cyrus, and afterwards to Tissaphernes. 
v. 6. 24. — See Ppvé. 

Φρυνίσκος, ov, Phryniscus, an 
Achezan, appointed general during the 
latter part of the retreat, prob. in 
place of Sophenetus, vii. 2.18; 5.10. 

Φρύξ, vyds, ὁ, a Phrygian. The 
Phrygians were an ancient people, of 
quiet agricultural and pastoral habits, 
who, according to some, had crossed 
from Thrace into Asia Minor. i. 2.13. 

tovyds, ddos, ὁ, @ FUGITIVE, exile, 
i. 1.9, 11; 7.5: iv. 2. 18. 

ἰφυγή, jis, fuga, flight ; banishment, 
exile ; 1. 8. 24: iv. 2.12: vii. 7. 57. 

ύγω, -οιμι, -eiv, -ών, see φεύγω. 

ἐφυλακή, js, watch (whether act, 
time, place, or persons engaged, 363 h), 
guard, ward, custody, guard-station, 





garrison, sentinels, G., πρός. The 
J 




















φύλαξ 146 


Greeks usu. divided the night into 
three watches, as the Romans into 
fue, 21.66: 4.4: 2:4. 173.6, 30: 
iv. 1.5; 5.21, 29: ν 8.1: vil. 6. 22. 

ἐφύλαξ, axos, ὁ ἡ, α guard (the in- 
dividual, as φυλακή the company), 
watcher, sentinel, custodian; pl. a 
guard (collectively), body-quard, gar- 
rison, &c.; i. 2.12: iv. 2.58: vi. 4. 27; 
5.4: λόχος φύλαξ (as adj.) a company 
on the watch or of reserve, vi. 5. 9. 

φυλάττω, diw, πεφύλαχα, fo guard, 
watch, garrison, keep, keep quard or 
watch, A. D., AE., ἐπί " φυλακὰς φυ- 
Adrrew to keep, maintain, or stand 
guard ; i. 2.1, 218; 4. 4s: ii. 6. 10: 
v.1.2; 3.4:— WJ. to guard one’s self 
against another, be or keep on one’s 
guard against, beware of, guard 
against, keep watch upon, guard or keep 
guard for one’s own safety, take care, 
A. (of object guarded against), AE., 
μή, ws, ὥστε, i. 6.9: 11. 2.16; 5.3, 37: 
vii. 3.35; o. πᾶσαν, sc. φυλακήν, to 
take every precaution, to be on the 
strictest guard, vii. 6. 22. Der. PHyY- 
LACTERY. 

φυσάω, how, a. p. ἐφυσήθην, (φῦσα 
a blast, bellows) to inflate, blow up, 
A., iii. 5. 9. 

Picxos, ov, ὁ, the Physcus, a stream 
by Opis, ii. 4. 25. || The canal Katur, 
or Nahr-Awan ; acc. to some, the river 
Adhem. 

ἐφυτεύω, eiow, πεφύτευκα 1., (φυτόν 
a plant) to plant, A., v. 3. 12. 

φύω (i),* φύσω, répixa, 2 a. ἐφύν, 
to bring into being, produce, A., i. 4. 
10: but in pf. and 2 a., to come into 
being, cf. fui. Der. PHYSICS, PHY- 
SICIAN, PHYSIO-LOGY. 

Φωκαὶς, ἴδος, ἡ, a Phoceean woman, 
from Φώκαια, Phocea (now Foggia or 
Fokia), an Ionian city of great com- 
mercial enterprise and great prosperi- 
ty until its capture by the army of 
the elder Cyrus, when a large part of 
its inhabitants, embarking in their 
vessels, sought new homes in the dis- 
tant west (among others, Marseilles). 
The Phocean mentioned in i. 10. 2 
was named Milto froin her brilliancy 
of complexion, but by Cyrus Aspasta: 
after the favorite of Pericles. She 
had been brought up by her father 
Hermotimus in poverty and without 


χαλεπός 


by force to Cyrus, won his affection 
by her wisdom and virtue, ever more 
than by her remarkable beauty. Af- 
ter his death, she became also a fa- 
vorite of Artaxerxes, who, it is stated, 
had specially ordered her capture; 
but when he had associated with him- 
self upon the throne his son Darius, 
the latter asked that he would also 
grant him Aspasia. Artaxerxes prom- 
ised to do this, since, according to 
usage, the first request of a successor 
elect could not be denied; but, in- 
stead of fulfilling his promise, made 
her a priestess (acc. to Plutarch, of 
Anitis, the Persian Diana). This so 
enraged the disappointed son that he 
joined with Tiribazus in seeking his 
father’s life, but lost his own. i. 10. 2. 

φωνή, 7s, (pa-) vox, a sound of the 
voice, voice, speech, language, ii. 6. 9: 
iv. 8. 4. Der. PHONETIC, EU-PHONY. 

φῶς, φωτός, τό, (pa-) light of day, 
a fire, &c., iii. 1. 12: vii. 4.18: pds 
ἐγένετο daylight came, it became light, 
vi. 3.2. Der. PHOTO-GRAPH. 


X. 


χαίρω," χαιρήσω, κεχάρηκα, to re- 
jowe, Ῥ., vii. 2.4: to take leave, depart 
(from the common expression in leave- 
taking, χαῖρε farewell); hence, ἐᾶν 
xalpew to let go, bid farewell to, vii. 3. 
23: χαίρων rejoicing, with impunity, 
v. 6. 32. 

XardSatot,wv, ol, theChaldai, or-cans, 
a warlike and independent people of 
Armenia, perhaps the remains in their 
early seat of the powerful tribe that 
conquered Babylonia, and becomin 
effeminate were themselves conquere 
by the Medes and Persians. They 
seem to have been also called Xddv- 
Bes ; and Xenophon uses both names, 
apparently for the same tribe. iv. 3. 
4: v. 5.17: vii. 8.25. See Xdduy. 
ἐχαλεπαίνω, avd, to be severe, angry, 
indignant, displeased, provoked, in- 
censed, or enraged, D.G., ὅτι, i. 4.12; 
5.11, 14: vii. 6.32: so a. p. as νι. 
ἐχαλεπάνθην, iv. 6. 2. 

x h, ὄν, &., 8., HARD to do, 
bear, take, &c.; difficult, irksome, 
troublesome ; grievous, severe, stern, 





a mother’s care; and when brought 


harsh, violent, bitter, cross, fierce, 


χαλεπῶς 147 


cruel, dangerous: τὸ χαλεπόν the se- 
verity, harshness, Jierceness ; 1.: 1. 3. 
12: ii.6.9,118: iii.1.18; 4.35: v.1.7. 
jxaderas hardly, with difficulty, 
grievously, severely: x. ἔχειν bo be 
grievously affected, deeply concerned, 
or greatly distressed : see φέρω : i. 3. 
ἃ: iii. 8.18: 4.47: v. 7.2: vi. 4. 16. 
aXlvow, wow, xexadivwea l., (xa- 
λῖνός α bridle) to bridle, A., iii. 4. 35. 
ἐχάλκεος, ἔα, cov, contr. χαλκοῦς, ἢ, 
οὔν, brazen or rather bronze, of brass 
or bronze, i. 2.16: v. 2. 29. 
tXadxndovia, or Καλχηδονία, as, 
Chalcedonia, the territory about the 
city of Chalcédon and belonging to it, 
vi. 6. 38. 
ἐχαλκηδών, or Καλχηδών (167 b), 
ὄνος, ἡ, Chalcedon, a city in Bithynia, 
founded by the Megarians, B. ©. 674, 
on the Propontis at the entrance of 
the Thracian Bosphorus. Though it 
became a considerable city, it was 
sometimes called the ‘‘City of the 
Blind,” because its founders over- 
looked the superior advantages of the 
nearly opposite site of Byzantium. 
vii. 1. 20; 2. 24, 26. || Kadi-Keui. 
χαλκός, οὔ, ὁ, zs, copper ; but more 
commonly bronze, an alloy of copper 
and tin (usu. about 3 copper to 4 tin) 
greatly used by the ancients, and ad- 
mitting a harder temper than the 
more modern brass, an alloy of copper 
and zinc. The latter term is, how- 
ever, common in translation. Xadxés 
τις ἤστραπτε [some bronze glistened] 
there was a gleaming of brass or brazen 
armor, i. 8. 8. 
}xGAxopa, aros, τό, α brazen (or 
bronze) utensil, iv. 1. 8. 

Χάλος, ov, ὁ, the Chalus, a river in 
Syria. i. 4.9. 1 The Koweik, the 
river of Aleppo. 

Χάλυψ, vos, ὁ, a Chalybian, or one 
of the Chalybes, a people so skilled in 
workingiron that they either gave their 
name to steel (χάλυψ, as if Chalybian 
iron), or were themselves named from 
it: cf. ol σιδηροτέκτονες Χάλυβες, Asch. 
Prom. 714. Some of the Chalybes (also 
called Χαλδαῖοι, v. 5.17) were the 
bravest people found by the Cyreans ; 
while wh πρκὰ west of Trebizond, were 
few in number and subject to the 
Mossyneeci. iv. 4.18; 6.5; ἢ, 16: 


Χειρίσοφος 


χαράδρα, ας, (χαράττω to cut, fur- 
row, whence CHARACTER) @ ravine, 


gorge, usu. furrowed by water, iii. 4.1. 
χαράκωμα, aros, τό, (χάραξ stake, 
fr. χαράττω to cut) a paling, palisad- 
ing, line of palisades, v. 2. 26. 
txaples, ίεσσα, lev, g. levros, ιἐσσης, 
gratiosus, graceful, agreeable, pleasing, 
clever, ingenious, iii. 5. 12 (v. ἰ. χάριεν). 
txaplfopar, ίσομαι ιοῦμαι, κεχάρισμαι, 
gratiticor, to grant one ὦ favor, grati- 
Fy, favor, oblige, please, indulge, Ὁ. 
ΑΒ. 1.9.24: ii.1.10; 3.19: vii.1.25. 
χάρις, * «τος, ἡ, (χαίρω) gratia, grace, 
favor; obligation for ἃ favor, gratitude, 
thanks: χάριν εἰδέναι (see ὁράω) to rec- 
ognize a favor or obligation, esteem it a 
favor, be grateful : χάριν ἔχειν to have 
gratitude, feel grateful: D. G.: 1. 4. 
15: ii.5.14: iii.3.14: vi. 1. 26: vii 4. 
9; 6.32. Der, EU-CHARIST. 
Χαρμάνδη, ns, Charmande, a large 
city on the Arabian side of the Eu- 
phrates, thought by most to be the 
city called by Hat. “Is, now Hit, re- 
markable for its bitumen springs, 
which furnished cement for the walls 
of Babylon, and which still seem in- 
exhaustible, i. 5.10. The Euphrates 
and Tigris are still crossed in the man- 
ner here stated by Xenophon. 
Xappivos, ov, Charminus, an en- 
voy from the Spartan commander 
Thibron to the Cyreans, vii. 6. 1, 39. 
χειμών, Gros, ὁ, (xéw to pour, οἵ. 
χιών) hiems, winter, wintry weather, 
storm, cold, i.7.6: iv.1.15: vii. 3.13. 
χείρ," χειρός, ἃ. pl. χερσί, ἡ, the 
hand: els χεῖρας ἱέναι or ἔρχεσθαι to 
come to [hands] blows or to close en- 
counter or combat, but w. dat., [to 
come into hands to any one] fo put 
one’s self in the hands or power of any 
one: περὶ ταῖς χερσίν about the [hands] 
wrists: ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλειν to throw 
[from] with the hand merely, as darts 
(but ἐκ x., v. 4. 25, hand to hand, in 
close combat) : i. 2.26; 5.8,15: iil. 3. 
15: iv. 7.15: vi. 3.4: see δέχομαι. 
Der. CHIRO-GRAPHY, SURGEON, 
| Xeapl-copos, ov, Chirisophus, 8 
general sent from Sparta to Cyrus 
with auxiliary troops, in return for 
the zealous and liberal aid which he 
had rendered in the Peloponnesian 
War. He was the chief leader of the 





v. 5.1: vii. 8.25. Der. CHALYBEATE. 


van in the retreat, and was at one 











χειροπληθής 148 χράω 


time chosen sole commander of the 
Cyreans. After the death of Clear- 
chus, he was considered the first of 
the generals in dignity, as Xenophon 
was first in influence; and the two 
worked together with great harmony 
for the salvation of the army. i. 4. 3. 

{ἐχειρο-πληθής, ἐς, (πλήθω) filling the 
hand, as larye as can be held in the 
hand, iii. 3. 17. 

i xetpo-trolnros, ov, (ποιέω) made by 
haad, iv. 3. 5. 

jxepéa, dow, A. and oftener JM., to 
hundle, master, overpower, subdue, Vii. 
3. 11. 

txelpwv,* ov, (c. referred to κακός " 
8. xelporos) worse, inferior: xetpdv 
ἐστιν αὐτῷ it is worse with him, he ὦ 
less to be prized or worth less, mpés : 
v. 2.13: vii. 6. 4, 39. 

ΣΧεῤῥό-νησος, ov, ἡ, later Att. for 
χερσό-νησος (χέρσος νῆσος a shore- 
islund), a peninsula, vi. 2. 2. — 2. In 
a special sense, the Chersonese, a long, 
fertile peninsula on the Thracian side 
of the Hellespont. This was early 
colonized by the Greeks (especially 
the Athenians), who were often at war 
with the Thracians or with each other 
for its protection or possession. It 
was at length defended by a wall built 
across its isthmus. i.1.9: ii.6.2: vii. 
1. 13. || Peninsula of the Dardanelles. 

χηλή, fis, α hoof ; hence, from some 
resemblance, a sloping structure of 
stone to protect a wall from the vio- 
lence of waves, a breakwater, mole, or 
pier, vii. 1. 17. 

χήν, χηνός, ὁ ἡ, anser, Germ. Gans, 
α goose, i. 9. 26. 

χθές adv., YESTER-day, vi. 4. 18? 

χίλιοι, αι, a, α thousand, i. 2. 3, 6, 
9; 6.2: ii. 2.6. Der. CHILIAST. 

χῖλός, οὔ, ὁ, grass cut for feeding 
animals, fodder, forage : ξηρὸς x. dry 
grass, hay: i. 5.7; 9. 27: iv. 5. 33. 

LxtAde, dow, to feed with cut grass, 
to fodder, A., vii. 2. 21. 

χίμαιρα, as, (χίμαρος a goat of the 
jirst year ; fr. χεῖμα winter, as if a 
winter's kid?) a she-goat of the first 
year, female kid, iii. 2.12. Der. 
CHIMERA. 

Χῖος, ov, ὁ, α Chian, a man of 
Chios (Χίος, now Scio), one of the 
larger islands of the Agean, near the 


the Ionians, and formed a powerful 
maritime state, until its conquest and 
cruel devastation by the Persians, 
Β. c. 493. On recovering its liberty 
through the battle of Mycale, B.c. 479, 
it became for a long period one of the 
closest allies of Athens. It has since 
repeatedly suffered the evils of war, 
and most severely from its brutal 
desolation by the Turks in 1822 A. p. 
Of the many places that claimed the 
birth of Homer, Chios, except perhaps 
Smyrna, seems best entitled to the 
honor: **The blind old man of Scio’s 
rocky isle” (Byron). iv. 1. 28. 
χιτών, Gvos, ὁ, tunica, @ tunic, 


frock, the common under- or working- 


garment of the Greeks and Romans, 
ch. of wool, and often short or drawn 
up by the girdle ; hence, in general, 
a garment worn next the skin ; 1. 2. 
16; 5.8: v.2.15: vii. 4.4 (where the 
term is extended to the Thracian 
breeches or trousers). 
εἐχιτωνίσκος, ov, ὁ, dim., @ small or 
short tunic, v. 4. 13. 
χιών, ὄνος, ἡ, (xéw to pour) snow, 
iv. 4.8,11; 5.38. Cf. χευμιὼν ; and 
Hima-laya, the abode of snow. 
χλαμύς, vdos, ἡ, a short cloak or 
mantle, esp. worn by horsemen, Vii. 
4. 4. 
χοῖνιξ, cxos, ἡ (v. 1. 6) a cheniz, or 
a quart very nearly, pz of a μέδιμνος. 
This was a common daily allowance 
of corn to a soldier. i. 5.6. Some re- 
duce the χοῖνιξ to xy of the μέδιμνος. 
txolpaos, a, ov, of swine: κρέα xol- 
pea swine’s flesh, pork, iv. 5. 31. 
χοῖρος, ov, 6%, porcus, a tame swine, 
esp. young, @ pig, Vii. 8. 5. 
txopetw, εύσω, xexdpevxa, to dance, 
esp. in a choir, iv. 7. 16: v. 4. 17. 
χορός, οὔ, ὁ, a CHOIR, band, troop, 
or row of dancers, v. 4.12. Der. 
CHORUS, CHORAL. 
χόρτος, ov, ὁ, fodder, forage, grass, 
herbage, 1. 5. 5: ii. 4. 11: see κοῦφος, 
χράω" (des ys, &c., 120g), how, 
κέχρηκα, to supply need: hence, — 
(a) M. χράομαι, joouar, κέχρημαι, ἃ. 
ἐχρησάμην, itor, to supply one’s own 
need by using what is required, fo wse, 
employ, make use of, make useful or 
of use, have the use or service of ; to 
experience, enjoy, find ; to treat, man- 





coast of Jonia. It was colonized by 


age, practise upon, take advantage of; _ 


χρήζω 


Ῥ. (and appositive or adj., w. or with- 
out ws or ὥσπερ) AR., eis, ἀντί : 1.3.5; 
4.8, 15; 5.3; 9.5,17: 1.1. 6,12; 
6. 25: iv. 4.13: χρῆσθαί τι to make 
any use of, use or employ for any ser- 
vice, use or treat in any way, i. 3.18: 
ii. 1.14: vi. 6.20: σχολεμίᾳ ἐχρῆτο 
experienced [as hostile] the hostility of, 
ii. 5.11; so πειθομένοις (πιστοτάτῳ) 
ἐχρῆτο received obedience (the most 
faithful service) from, ii. 6.13: iv. 
6.3: μαχαίρᾳ x. to flourish a sword, 
vi. 1.5: dyopa x. to subsist by a 
market, vii. 6.24. — (Ὁ) impers. χρή " 
(χρῇ, χρείη, χρῆναι, χρεών), f. χρήσει, 
ipf. ἐχρῆν or χρῆν, it supplies need, 7 
is useful or necessary, it must or ought 
to be, one must, should, or ought, 1. 
(A.), 1.3.11; 4.14: it1.1.7; 2.24, 36. 
Der, CHRESTO-MATHY. 
χρήζω, ἤσω not Att., (χρεία usus, 
use, need, akin to χράω) to need, want, 
wish, desire, 1., 1. 3. 20: iii. 4. 41. 
txpipa, aros, τό, a thing used (cf. 
πρᾶγμα) ; usu. pl. things of value, 
goods, possessions, effects, booty, spoil, 
property, wealth, esp. money; 1.1. 9; 
3.14; 4.8; 10.3: il. 4. 27; 6. 5s. 
ἐχρηματιστικός, ἡ, dv, (χρηματίζομαι 
to make money) money-making, prom- 
ising wealth, indicative of gain, vi. 1. 
23. 
χρῆναι, χρῆσθαι, see χράω, i. 4.1 48. 
ἰχρήσιμος, 7, ον, 8., useful, of use 
or value, serviceable, D., 1.6.1: 11.5. 23. 
txpipa or χρῖσμα, aros, τό, ointment, 
unguent, iv. 4.13. Der. CHRISM. 
χρίω, iow, xéxpixa 1., to anoint: 
M. to anoint one’s self, iv. 4.12. Der. 
CHRISTIAN. 
χρόνος, ov, ὁ, time, i. 3.2; 8.8: 
“πολλοῦ χρόνου [within] for a long time, 
i.9.25: ἡμίσει χρόνῳ [with, by means 
of] in half the time, i. 8. 22: χρόνῳ 
by time, by protracted siege, iii, 4. 12. 
See viv. Der. CHRONIC, CHRONICLE, 
CHRONO-LOGY. 
txpiceos, ἔα, cov, contr. xpicois, ἢ, 
ov, of gold, golden, covered or plated 
with gold, gilded, i. 2.10, 27 ; 10. 12. 
Ttxpicloy, ov, dim., gold in small 
pieces for money, gold money, amount 
of gold, i. 1.9; 7.18: vii. 8. 1. 
tXpiod-wokts, ews, ἡ, Chrysopolis, 
a town of Chalcedonia, on the Thra- 
cian Bosphorus, opposite Byzantium ; 


the Persians made it a place of deposit 
for gold collected from Europe as trib- 
ute or booty. vi. 3. 16. || Scutari. 
χρῦσός, οὔ, ὁ, gold, iii. 1.19. Der. 
CHRYSO-LITE, CHRYSALIS. 
χρῦσο-χάλῖνος, ov, (χαλινός bridle) 
with gold-studded bridle, i. 2. 27. 

χρῶμαι, -pevos, see χράω, i. 4. 8. 

Tx@pa, as, a place, esp. a country, 
region, province, district, territory, 
land; a place, position, or post, in 
military disposition (see κατά) ; i. 1. 
11; 5.5,9; 8.17: iil. 4.33: pli. 9. 
14: iv. 8.15: see φίλιος : — so of po- 
sition in respect to rank, influence, 
&c., as ἐν ἀνδροπόδων χώρᾳ in the con- 
dition of slaves, v. 6.13; ἐν οὐδεμιᾷ 
χώρᾳ ἔσονται will be nowhere or of no 
account, v. 7.28. A country some- 
times borrows the name of its inhabi- 
tants: τὴν χώραν εἶναι Χάλυβας that 
the country was, i. 6. belonged to the 
Chalybes, iv. 5.34. Xwpa and τόπος 
are related to each other much as, in 
Eng., place and spot; but their uses 
blend, since there is no dividing line 
between the larger and the narrower 
sense. 

ἰχωρέω, How Or ἥσομαι, κεχώρηκα, to 
give room, make room for others ; hence, 
to nove on, advance, march, proceed, go, 
pierce, διά, ἐπί : to give room for the re- 
ception of, contain, hold, a.: 1.5.6: 10. 
13: iv. 2.15, 28. Der. AN-CHORET. 

Ἰχωρίζω, low 1, (xwpis) to separate, 
detach, A. 1., vi. 5.11: κεχωρισμένος 
ili removed, differing, G., Υ. 4. 

txwplov, ov, dim., a limited space, 
extent, or distance ; esp. a particular 
place or spot, as a stronghold (so often), 
hold, town, height, pass, military po- 
sition, tract of land (pl. lands, sur- 
rounding country, region), landed estate, 
domain ; i. 2.24; 4.6: ii. 5.18: iii, 
3. 9,15; 4. 24,37: iv. 5.15; 7.13, 
6, 20: v..3.78: vi. 4. 38, 27. 

txwpls adv., apart (so as to leave 
room), separately, singly, by one’s self; 
apart from, G.; 1.4.13: iii, 5.17: 
vi. 6. 2. 

X@pos, ov, 6, room, space, open 
ground, field; place, esp. country 
place or estate, country in distinetion 
from city; rare in Att. prose, exc. 
Xen.; v. 3. 11, 13: vii. 2.3: see κατά 





said to have been so named, because 


Der. CHORO-GRAPHY. 





Ψάρος 150 


Spa 


thus cool) the cold ; pl. frigora, frosts, 


wv, cold ; iii. 1. 23: iv. 5.12: vii. 4. 3. 


} 


Wapos, ov, ὁ, the Psarus, one of the 
chief rivers of Cilicia, rising north of 
Mt. Taurus, breaking through this 
range, and entering the sea southeast 


2. 


ὦ 0, the familiar interjection of ad- 


of Tarsus, i. 4.1: v. 1. Zdpos, Φάρος. | dress, used far more in Greek than in 


i Seihain. 


Eng., and hence often untranslated, 


ψέγω, ψέξω, to blame, censure, re-|i. 4.16; 6. 7. --- ὦ subj. of εἰμέ, i. 8. 6. 


proach, A., vii. 7. 43. 


Ψέλιον or Ψέλλιον, ov, (ψάω fo rub) 


- 


dat. sing. of ds, i. 3. 12. 
ὧδε adv., (5-de q. v.) thus, so, as 


α bracelet, armiet, a favorite ornament | follows, in this or the following man- 


among the Persians, worn even by | ne 

men, 1. 2.237; 5.8; 8. 20. 3 
ἐψευδ-ενέδρα, as, a false or pretended 

ambush or ambuscade, v. 2. 28. 


ψευδής, ἐς, false: ψευδῆ subst., 


r, usu. referring to what follows, i. 
6; 5.10; 6.5: ii. 5. 15: see webs. 
#54, fis, (ἄδω) a song, chant, iv.3.27. 


Der. ODE, MEL-ODY, PROS-ODY. 


pero, φήθην, see οἴομαι, i. 4. 5. 





»" 


ὡραῖος 


HOUR, D. I. (w. ἐστί often om.): ἡνίκα 
or ὁπηνίκα τῆς ὥρας at what or what- 
ever point of [the] time: i. 8, 11s; 4, 
10: 1.3.13: iil. 4. 34, 40; 5.18: 
iv. 8. 21. Der. HoRO-scopE. 

j@patos, a, ον, at the proper season 
(of life, the year, &c.), in the prime or 
bloom of youth, ripe, li. 6.28: v.3.12: 
τὰ ὡραῖα the produce of the season, 
ripe fruits, v. 3. 9. 

ὥρμημαι, -noa, -ὦώμην, see ὁρμάω. 

ὡς * proclitic, (ὅς) ut, quam, quod, 
&ec., as, how, that, so that, &c.: — 1. 
Re.. Apv. (a) expressing MANNER, 
and hence cireumstance, degree, occa- 
sion, time, cause, &c., AS, like as, 
as if, as it were, as much as, as far 
as, when, as soon as, since, inasmuch 


" 


ὥσπερ 


the design of, since, inasmuch as, that, 
&c.; while the pt. is often translated 
by an inf. or finite verb ; 6. 6. ὡς ἀπο- 
κτενῶν [as about to put] with the intent 
fo put him to death, 598 Ὁ, 1 1.3; ds 
ἐπιβουλεύοντος T. on the ground that T. 
was plotting, ds βουλόμενος [as if wish- 
ing] on pretence that he wished, ws πο- 
λεμήσων pretending that he was about 
to make war, i.1.6,11; ὡς ἀπηλλαγ- 
μένοι tnasmuch as they were del ivered, 
lv. 3. 2 (cf. 1.2.19); ds ὀλίγοι ὄντες 
[as they were few] being so few, vi. δ. 
28 : ὡς ἐμοῦ ἰόντος that I shall 90, 1. 3. 
Ὁ (cf. 1.1. 21); see 680..— (f) Hence, 
also, the use of ὡς bef. the INFINI- 
TIVE, with an office like that of a final 
or consecutive conjunction bef. a finite 



































as, 1.1.43; 4.5,7: iv. 7. 8, 12: in verb, in order to or that. so that, so as 
some of these uses, regarded by some | to (yet sometimes not translated) 

as a temporal or causal conj. ‘Qs, like |671; e. ὃ. ὡς συναντῆσαι in order ἐρ 
our as, is used in many elliptical forms| meet or that he might meet, so as to 
of expression, 711, 1.2.4; 5.8; often meet, to meet, i. 8. 15, cf. 10 ; WS μὴ 
performing the office of — (Ὁ) an ΑΡ- δύνασθαι so that they could not i1."3. 
PROXIMATE ADV., W. expressions of 10; βραχύτερα ἢ ὡς ἐξικνεῖσθαι [shorter 
quantity, esp. numerals, as ἐξ were, | than so as to reach | too short a distance 
about, 711b, i. 2.38: vi. 5. 11 :-- [ὦ reach, 5134, iii. 3.7; ὡς ἀναπαύ- 
(0) an ADV. OF DEGREE, w. the 5ι-} εσθαι Jor or as if for resting, li. 2. 4: 
perl., as. . as (the comparison being | see συναιρέω. --- (g) This rel. adv is 
made with possibility, if not other-| also used as COMPLEM., ( 563), how, in 
wise stated, and ὡς thus becoming in-| what manner or degree, i. 6. δ: ἢ 1 1; 
tensive, ef. quam), 553 b, ¢, ἃ ; 8. g.| 3.11: iii. 1. 40: vi. 6. Mi ae 
ws τάχιστα ἕως ὑπέφαινεν as soon as} II. Cons. (h) Complem., that, less 
the daum began to appear, iv. 3. 9| positive, direct, or actual than ὅτι 

(cf. i. 3.15); ὡς ἐδύνατο τάχιστα as|702a, i. 1. 3; 3.5: vii. δ. 8 (bef. inf.? 
rapidly as he could, iii. 4. 48; ὡς τά- 659e):— (i) Final, in order that $0 
χίστα as quickly or soon as possible, that, that, i. 3. 14; 6. 9: ii. 5.16; ὡς 
1. ὃ. 14; ὡς ἂν δύνηται πλείστους as μή that not, lest, iii. 1. 47 : vii. 8 23 : 
many as he could, i. 6.3 ὡς πλεῖστοι of) f: —\/ j) Causal, as since, inns 
as many as possible, li, 2. 28 : — (d) | much as, li. 4,17: v. 8.10: ef. a:— 
ἃ PREP. = πρός, to, w. ace. of person, (k) Consecutive, so that, ὡς ἐδύκει vi 

711 6, ὡς βασιλέα i, 2.4: ef. vil. 7. 55} 1. 5 (v. ἴ. inf); ch f HH 
—or (e) a MODAL SIGN, as, asif,as| ὥς definitive adv., (6) = οὕτως, thus 

though, for, considering (but not al- 80, in this way or case, in these cireum- 
ways translated), bef. a modifier, 65d ;|} stances, then; used after οὐδέ not even 

as bef. an appositive or adj., i. 1. 2;/i. 8. 21: iii. 2. 23: vi. 4, 22. 
6.3; bef. a prepositional phrase, i. 2.| | de-atras (ὁ αὐτός the same) in the 
1; 8. i, 23 : V. 4. 2: ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν same or like manner, like-wise just 
[considering it was among the moun-| so, iii. 2.23: iv. 7.13: v. 6.9 (also by 
st as or for mountaineers, iv.3.31.|tmesis, ὡς δ᾽ αὔτως) : vii, 3.22. — 

118 modal use of ὡς is esp. frequent| ὡσ-εί as if, about, iii. 4.3: v. 1. ὅσον. 
before the PaRTICIPLE (even if abs.),| ὥσθ᾽ for ὥστε, by apostr. bef. an 
to express appearance, pretence, opin-| aspirated vowel, ii. 3. 25. 
lon, purpose (w. pt. fut.), cause, &c.; ὦσι(ν), see εἰμί. — ὠσί(ν), see οὖς 
and here is also translated apparently, | ὥσ-περ * rel. adv., (ὡς strengthened 
on pretence of or that, on the grownd|in its more direct rel. uses) just as, 
that, in view of, for the purpose of, with | even as, as indeed, as, much ‘used in 


Jalsehoods, lies: ii. 4. 24; 6. 26. ,* dow, Ewxal., to push, shove, 
Ψεύδω, ψεύσω, pf. ». & m. ἔψευσμαι, | thrust, trans. — ΑΓ, to push or thrust 
a. p. ἐψεύσθην, a. m. ἐψευσάμην, to|another, in order to take his place, 
cheat, deceive, disappoint, A. AE., i. 8. | A. €&- to force one’s way, push, intrans.; 
11: i. 2.31:—WM. to be or prove|iii. 4. 48: v. 2. 18 (v. 1. εἰσωθέω). 
false, speak or act falsely, misstate,| [ὠθισμός, οὔ, ὁ, (ὠθίζω = ὠθέω) a 
falsify, deceive, lie, promise falsely, | pushing, crowding, pressing, v. 2. 17. 
break one’s word, disappoint, A. AE., φκοδομήμην, see οἰκο-δομέω, iii.4.7. 
wpos, wepl,i.3.5,10; 9.7: ii. 6. 22, 28: ov, φκούμην, see olkéw, iii. 4. 7. 
v. 6. 35. Der. psEUD-oNYM. ᾧκτειρον, see οἰκτείρω, i. 4. 7. 
ἐψηφίζω, low 1, ἐψήφικα, to reckon : ὦμεν, see εἰμί fo be, iv. 8. 11. 
— Af. to vote (by casting a pebble into| Τὠμο-βόειος, a, ov, or ὠμο-βόϊνος, η, 
the urn, raising the hand, &c.), and | ov, (βοῦς) of raw or untanned ox-hides: 











thus to resolve, decide, determine, de-| δέρματα ὦ. raw ox-hides;: iv. 7. 22, 26. 


cree, A., 1. (A.), el, i. 4.15: iii. 2.31,| ὠμός, ἡ, bv, raw, as uncooked or 
33: v.1. 4: vii. 6. 14; 7. 18. untanned ; hence, unsoftened in char- 

ψῆφος, ov, ἡ, (ψάω to rub) a worn|acter, unfeeling, harsh, cruel ; ii. 6. 
stone, pebble, often used as a counter| 12: iv. 8. 14. 
or ballot; hence, ὦ ballot, vote, sen-| dpos, ov, ὁ, humerus, the shoulder 
tence, decree, v. 8. 21: vii. 7. 57. with the upper arm, vi. 5. 26. 

ψιλός, ἡ, ὄν, (akin to ψάω to rub,| ὥμοσα, see ὄμνῦμι to swear, ii. 2. 8s. 
as if rubbed bare) bare, not covered| dy, see elul, i. 1.8. — dv, see ds, i.1.8, 
by armor, vegetation, &c.; hence, un-| ὠνέομαι," ἥσομαι, ᾿ἐώνημαι, (ὦνος 
protected or little protected by armor| price) 2 a. ἐπριάμην (akin to πιπράσκω), 
(as the head without a helmet, but| to buy, purchase: ὠνούμενος buying, by 
merely covered with the tiara), light- purchase : A. D., G. of price, ἐξ, ὑπό: 
armed ; without or bare of vegetation ; 1. 5.6: ii. 8, 268 : ili. 1. 20: v. 8. 7. 
i.5.5; 8.6: iii.3.7. Der. E-PsILon.| ὥνησα, see ὀνίνημε, vi. 1. 32. 

fideo, dow, to make bare, strip,| ὥνιος, a, ov, (dwos price) to be bought, 
clear, separale from, A. G., 1. 10. 13:\ for sale: τὰ Gna the articles for sale, 
iv. 3. 27. goods, wares, lag δὴν 2. 18. ry 

w, é xa, to resound, ῥόμην or v, see οἴομαι, iv. 2. 4. 

Hg " iii sul oot Opis, a large city of 


ring, iv. 3. 29. ἢ 
ov, 6, a noise, sound, iv. 2. 4.| Assyria, on the Physcus, not far from 
|| Near Eski- 


ΕΣ (ψύχω to breathe) anima, |the Tigris, ii. 4. 25. 
spiritus, the breath, life, soul, spirit, | Bagdad (i. e. Old Bagdad) or, acc. to 


heart, iii. 1. 23, 42; 2. 20: vii. 7. 43. some, Kaim. 
Der. PsYcHO-LOGY. ὥρα, as, hora, season, proper or fit- 
Pixos, cos, τό, (ψύόχω to blow and|\ting time, time (of year, day, &c.), 























ὥστε 152 oy 


comparisons ; just as if, as if, as 
though, esp. w. ἃ pt. (sometimes abs. ; 
ὥσπερ ἐξόν as if ut were permitted, iii. 1. 
14); as it were, like, apparently ; i. 3. 
9,16; 5.1,3,8; 8.8, 29: iv. 3.11. 
ὥσ-τε" conj. & rel. adv., (ὥς τε and 
so), by apostr. ὥστ᾽ or ὥσθ᾽, (a) w. the 
IND. (τ. OPT.), 80 that, that, and 80, 
consequently, usu. of an actual con- 
sequence, i. 1.8: ii. 4.58; 5.15: iii. 
4. 37: — (Ὁ) w. the mF. (often trans- 
lated by the ind. or potential), so as 
to, so that, that, as, of a consequence 
that, from the nature of the leading 
action, would, should, or might fol- 
low, whether actually following or 
not, 671, i. 1.5; 4.8 (ὥστε ἑλεῖν 80 as 
to take, so that I can take, or for tak- 
ing); 5.13: ii. 2. 17. (c) “Ὥστε is 
sometimes used w. the inf. where it 
seems not to be required, and is not 
always translated; as ἐποίησα ὥστε 
δύξαι I made [so that it should seem ] 
it seem best, i. 6. 6, cf. 2, ἃ 7.4; ὥστε 
μὴ ὀλισθάνειν σχήσει will keep [so 
that you should not slip] you from 
slipping, iii. 5.11. (d) As used w. 
the inf. in expressing anticipated re- 
sult, it sometimes marks a purpose or 
condition ; πονεῖν ὥστε πολεμεῖν to toil 
[so as to be] for the sake of being in 
war, ii. 6.6; Gore ἐκπλεῖν [so that 
they should or would sail out] fo secure 
or on condition of their departure, V. 
6.26. (e) Ὥστε ἔχειν καλῶς [so as to 
have itself well] favorably, satisfac- 








torily, v. 8. 26: εὔπορα ὥστε ἀποχω- 
ρεῖν easy for retreat, vi. ὅ. 18. 

ὦτα, ὠσί, see οὖς ear, iii. 1. 31. 

Gre (also written ᾧ τε, dat. sing. 
neut. of the relative ὅσ-τε who, which) 
in the phrase ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε (= ἐπὶ τούτῳ 
ὥστε, 557) on this condition or for 
this purpose that, in order to, and 
hence taking an inf., 671, vi. 6. 22: 
see ἐπί Ὁ. 

ὠτειλή, fs, (οὐτάω to wound; ὠ- 
Dor. for οὐ-, see Aoxayds) a wound, 
mark from a wound, scar, i. 9. 6. 

ὃ-τινι, see ὅσ-τις, il. 5. 32. 

ὠτίς, los, ἡ, (οὖς ear) ἃ kind of 
bustard with long ear-feathers, prob. 
the Great Bustard, Otis Tarda, Fr. 
outarde, a large bird, far better in 
running than flying, and still hunted 
for its meat, i. 5. 2s. 

ὄφελε O that! see ὀφείλω, ii. 1. 4. 

ὀφελέω, ow, ὠφέληκα, (Spedos) fo 
benefit, be of service or advantage to, 
aid, assist, help, A. AE., ἀντί, 20s 
3. 4,6: v. 1.12; 6. 30: vii. 6. 11. 

μὠφέλιμος, ov, T. 0S, ἢ, OV, advanta- 
geous, useful, serviceable, expedient, i. 
6. 2: iv. 1. 23. 
ὄφθην a. p., see ὁράω to see, vi. 5. 10. 
λον, see ὀφλισκάνω, ν. 8. 1. 


χόμην, see οἴχομαι, il. 6. 3. 
(ἂψ, ὠπός, ὁ or ἡ, (ὁπ-, see ὁράω) the 
face, countenance. Hence perhaps ἄν- 
θρωπος, as one who has ἀνδρὸς ὦπα, 
the outward form of a man, though 





he may not be a true ἀνήρ. 





Postscript. Καῦστρον (i. 2. 11) 


may be the name of ἃ small stream 


(-os, ov, ὁ, the Cayster, now perhaps the Akkars-Su), on or near which was 
Kavorpov Πεδίον, i. 6. Caijster-field. —Kepapav (i. 2. 10) may be the name 


of a people (-οι, wy, ol, the Cerami or 


-ians), unless with some we read by 


conjecture Κεράμων ᾿Αγοράν (κέραμος, ου, ὁ, clay, a tile), Tile-market : cf. 


New-market. — For ἀνέῳγον, look under ἀνοίγω ; and for Siw, in the Ἐν" 
belonging to δύνω and δύομαι. —To the words cited from various rea 
᾿ added ἐπι-ζεύγνῦμι = ζεύγνῦμι, i. 2. δ : μειζόνως (fr. μείζων) with 


may 


ings 


greater fame, vi. 1. 20: ναύσταθμος, ov, 6, OF -ον, ov, & naval station, or here 
= γαῦλον, ¥. 1.12: σταφίς, dos, ἡ, or σταφίδιον, ov, = ἀ-σταφίς, iv. 4. 9. 


THE 


EN’. 





[INES 


CITATIONS FROM XENOPHON’S ANABASIS. 


*‘ Accomplished ΧΈΝΟΡΗΟΝ ! thy truth hath shown 

A brother's glory sacred as thy own, 

O rich in all the blended gifts that grace 
Minerva’s darling sons of Attic race ! 

The Sage’s olive, the Historian’s palm, 

The Victor’s laurel, all thy name embalm ! 
Thy simple diction, free from glaring art, 
With sweet allurement steals upon the ως ᾽ 
Pure as the rill, that Nature’s hand refines 
A cloudless mirror of thy soul it shines. ᾿ 
Thine was the praise, bright models to afford 
To Czsar’s rival pen, and rival sword : 

Blest, had Ambition not destroyed his claim 
To the mild lustre of thy purer fame!” 





CITATIONS FROM THE ANABASIS. 


[The following Index was prepared specially to accompaay the Revised Edition of 
the Grammar (1871). The numbers inclosed in parentheses denote the sections of the 
Anabasis which are cited ; those following them, the sections of the Grammar in which 


the citations are made.] 


BOOK I. 


Cuap. I. (1) 412, 445 a, 472, 494, 
504, 568, 571, 700, 719, 720; (2) 
893, 480, 505, 522, 561, 573, 579, 
592, 658, 703, 719; (3) 444 b, 505, 
518, 530 c, 530 e, 533, 577, 598, 643, 
718 k, 718 n; (4) 398, 453, 511, 
525, 691, 696; (5) 474, 501, 527, 
577, 592, 641; (6) 406, 443, 483, 
533, 553, 586, 680; (7) 419, 4440, 
472, 533, 595, 658, 674, 689, 718; 
(8) 432 b, 505, 524, 586, 661, 666, 
696 ; (9) 460, 483, 509 c, 523 f, 524, 
536, 576, 718, 677 ἢ; (10) 445 a, 
469, 533, 658, 703 ; (11) 393, 719. 

Cuap. II. (1) 551,.571, 689, 711; 
(2) 456, 659, 666, 704 ; (8) 674, 711; 
(4) 450, 689, 711, 719 ; (5) 395, 533, 
551, 688 ; (6) 482 a, 482 ἃ, 522, 525, 
605, 674, 689; (7) 398, 414, 459, 
504, 522, 577, 641, 689, 719; (8) 
395, 455, 537, 573, 719; (9) 475, 
504, 531, 706; (10) 393, 478, 507 ο, 
522,719; (11) 454 ἃ, 479, 573, 696 ; 
(12) 218, 398, 506 b, 718, 719; (13) 
450, 523 i; (14) 534,576; (15) 240f, 
506 a, 506 c, 692; (17) 459, 507 d, 
571, 641 ; (18) 704 ; (20) 482, 506 a, 





522, 538, 540, 554, 699; (21) 485, 
533, 657, 685, 699, 719; (22) 675, 
689 ; (23) 395, 448, 481, 489, 508, 
569 ; (24) 504, 605 ; (25) 508, 509 a, 
523 ἢ; (26) 408, 450, 583, 721; (27) 
583. 

Cuap. III. (1) 480, 588, 594, 
662, 689 ; (2) 320 a, 482, 483, 607; 
(3) 393, 484, 537, 571, 628 ; (4) 485, 
522, 633, 718 ; (5) 459, 523 ο, 641, 
713, 719; (6) 455, 480, 551, 621, 
622, 680, 689, 714; (7) 540, 689; (8) 
444 a, 450; (9) 419, 506 ο, 678, 717, 
719; (10) 598 ; (11) 432 d, 537, 598, 
682; (12) 405, 572, 582, 641; (14) 
480, 483, 549, 553, 579, 677, 679; 
(15) 558 a, 553 c, 554, 572, 624, 659 ; 
(16) 463, 644, 693; (17) 284 g, 467, 
650, 677; (18) 466, 560; (20) 595, 
659, 689; (21) 242 e, 416 b, 488 f, 
459, 507 ἃ, 522, 645, 689, 72T. 

Cuap. IV. (1) 538, 572, 689; 
(2) 242; (3) 689; (4) 445 b, 466, 
500, 569; (5) 418, 436, 677; (6) 
534; (7) 633; (8) 476 d, 496, 641, 
671, 721; (9) 440, 480; (10) 581; 
(11) 467; (18) 405, 523 f, 563, 701; 





4 CITATIONS FROM 


(14) 455, 563; (15) 414, 454 ἃ, 568; 
(16) 457, 536, 595, 685; (17) 408 ; 
(18) 650; (19) 414, 718, 719. 

Cnap. V. (1) 506 Ὁ; (2) 408, 
523 i, 571, 641; (3) 788 f; (4) 440, 
469, 586, 227; (5) 240 e, 419; (6) 
446, 472 f, 497; (7) 423, 476 ὁ, 559; 
(8) 418, 467, 542, 635, 694, 711; 
(9) 259, 468, 485, 507 d, 525 e, 695; 
(10) 394, 412, 414, 426, 466, 585, 
719; (12) 405, 537, 540, 612; (13) 
668 b; (14) 573, 643; (15) 419; 
(16) 401, 408, 484, 523 g, 601; (17) 
691. 

παρ. VI. (1) 419, 506 f, 639, 
676, 719; (2) 405, 419, 452, 622, 
719; (3) 553, 649; (4) 523 k, 538, 
579, 719 ; (5) 394, 420; (6) 405, 524, 
671, 719; (7) 549, 668; (8) 636, 685, 
697; (9) 478, 524, 579, 599, 665, 
697; (10) 426, 592, 674; (11) 567. 

Cuap. VII. (1) 444 a, 508; (2) 
386 c; (3) 211, 280 Ὁ, 414, 431 b, 
626, 636, 719; (4) 458, 528, 537, 
698; (5) 317 c, 416 a, 686; (6) 557, 
694, 720; (7) 538, 642, 686 ; (8) 419, 
536; (9) 476 d, 538, 568, 708; (11) 
509 6; (12) 408; (13) 678, 690, 693; 
(14) 395; (16) 495; (17) 569; (18) 
433, 524; (19) 685; (20) 475. 





Crap. VIII. (1) 467, 525, 550, 
598, 711; (3) 530; (4) 489, 506 ο; 
(5) 692; (6) 466, 523 b; (7) 573; (8) 
416 a; (9) 522, 692, 722; (10) 680, 
689, 689 k; (11) 467, 695, 718; (12) 
452, 461, 540, 610; 690; (13) 485, 
523 b; (14) 541; (15) 525, 671; (16) 
432 a, 518, 580, 563; (17) 455, 568; 
(18) 344, 418, 467, 506 c; (20) 571; 
(21) 474; (23) 455, 609; (24) 541; 
(26) 530, 540, 603; (27) 402, 466, 
580; (29) 579, 583. 

Cuap. IX. (1) 523 h, 586; (2) 
481, 592; (5) 466, 694; (6) 453, 578; 
(7) 253, 315 ὁ, 478, 579, 586, 692; 
(9) 482; (10) 315 ¢; (11) 480; (12) 
690; (13) 420, 459, 571, 713; (14) 
466, 550, 554; (15) 442; (16) 716; 
(19) 684; (21) 253, 624, 719; (22) 
512; (23) 460, 538; (24) 467; (25) 
433, 551; (26) 456; (28) 563; (29) 
261 e, 456, 537, 544, 603, 689, 699; 
(30) 523 c, 534; (31) 693. 

Cuap. X. (1) 443 ο, 497, 497 Ὁ, 
527, 587; (4) 405, 499, 518; (5) 
648; (6) 506 a, 577, 676; (9) 694; 
(10) 529 a, 529 b, 550, 598; (12) 
443 c, 586, 716; (13) 567, 609; (14) 
594, 689; (15) 476 e, 695; (16) 643; 
(17) 483; (18) 573. 


BOOK Il. 


Cuap. I. (1) 526, 666; (3) 227, 


438, 645, 693; (4) 612, 615, 685; | 
(5) 540, 611; (6) 482, 518; (7) 716, | 
(10) 298 a, 484, 571, 595, 718; (11) | 


5; (4) 506 e, 671; (5) 518; (6) 
). 


67 
242; (10) 564, 577; (11) 433 ὁ, 459, 


690; (15) 569, 645, 709; (16) 538, 
540, 547, 571; (17) 420, 671; (20) 


THE ANABASIS. 5 


634, 713; (13) 556; (14) 412; (15) 
406, 481, 533; (17) 442, 695; (18) 
450, 484, 633, 663; (19) 545; (20) 
458; (21) 592, 595; (23) 472 f, 547, 
636, 696; (24) 641; (25) 663; (26) 
483, 571; (27) 506 b. 

CHap. ΤΥ. (1) 533; (3) 533, 649, 
664; (4) 533, 547; (5) 671, 678; (6) 
320 a, 458; (7) 505; (8) 523 ε; (9) 
450; (10) 695, 699; (12) 440, 533, 
679; (13) 459; (14) 414, 445 c; (15) 
548; (16) 497, 540; (19) 572, 642; 
(20) 642; (24) 533, 676, 679; (26) 
567. 

CHap. V. (2) 598; (8) 225 d, 





472 f; (4) 472 b, 657; (5) 485, 694; 
(7) 455, 641; (9) 502, 523 e; (10) 
414; (12) 558, 716; (14) 622; (15) 
456, 547, 566, 636; (16) 624; (18) 
421, 582; (19) 455; (20) 719; (21) 
558; (22) 444; (23) 481; (32) 468, 
548; (37) 528; (39) 484, 550; (41) 
544; (42) 452. 

Cuap. VI. (1) 481, 587; (2) 592; 
(6) 671; (8) 682; (9) 467, 559, 663, 
667 ; (10) 477; (13) 466; (18) 507 a, 
695; (19) 457; (20) 437 a, 446; (22) 
451, 507 a, 668; (23) 253, 573, 699; 
(26) 698; (29) 481, 523 Κι; (80) 505, 
690, 697. 


BOOK III. 


ὕπαρ. I. (1) 690; (2) 526, 646; 
(3) 482 a, 501, 577, 690, 707; (4) 
453; (6) 211, 477, 554; (7) 544, 
550; (9) 659; (11) 416 a, 573; (12) 
693; (13) 531, 713; (14) 680; (15) 
563; (16) 419; (17) 562; (18) 664, 
682, 687; (19) 413; (20) 459; (21) 
538, 572; (23) 438 Ὁ, 489, 533; (24) 
533, 628 ; (27) 478, 484, 514; (29) 
313, 432 e, 450, 713; (31) 587; (32) 
641; (35) 458, 633, 657; (386) 450; 
(37) 408; (38) 577, 621; (40) 433; 
(42) 711; (43) 460; (45) 560; (47) 
662. 

Cuap. II. (1) 577, 667; (2) 564, 
703, 788 e; (4) 442, 484, 540, 550, 
690, 708; (5) 442, 562, 685; (6) 
638; (7) 425; (8) 612, 694; (10) 
676; (11) 473, 661, 716; (12) 692; 


419, 558; (29) 460; (32) 709; (87) 
418, 665 ; (38) 432 b, 594; (39) 432 e, 
443, 657. 

Cuap. III. (1) 675; (4) 645; 
(5) 679; (8) 682; (9) 556; (11) 483; 
(16) 414, 482, 514; (19) 580; (20) 
394, 454, 587. 

Cuap. IV. (1) 315 c, 567, 624; 
(2) 706; (5) 464; (6) 419; (7) 528 ο, 
529; (10) 583; (12) 575; (13) 692; 
(15) 632; (17) 453; (19) 572; (21) 
240 f, 692; (23) 467, 593; (25) 609, 
671, 695; (26) 595; (28) 540; (30) 
467; (34) 460; (35) 464; (86) 571; 
(37) 469; (38) 609; (41) 541; (46) 
506 b; (47) 691; (49) 689. 

Cuap. V. (1) 527; 577; (2) 527; 
(3) 627; (5) 540; (7) 671; (8) 240 f; 
(9) 509 b; (10) 522; (11) 405, 713; 


| 523 a; (12) 445 a; (13) 533; (14) 
| 
| 


(13) 412, 580; (14) 409; (15) 661; | (48) 643, 645, 657; (14) 474; (15) 
(17) 425; (18) 534; (19) 467, 472 b, | 460; (16) 421, 432 g, 689; (17) 553; 
663; (20) 472 ἴ; (25) 657, 709; (28) | (18) 820 a, 420, 474. 


430; (12) 568; (13) 320 a, 451, 478, 

677; (14) 454 d; (15) 393; (16) 497, | 394, 719; (21) 469, 528 oul 

507 f; (19) 531, 676; (20) 708; (21) | Cuar. 11. (1) 697, 705; (2) 641; 

680 ; (22) 502, 714; (23) 643. | (4) 643, 645, 689; (5) 571; (6) 491, 
Cuap. Il. (1) 4321; (2) 537; (8) | 571, 645; (10) 679; (11) 282 ς, 530, 








CITATIONS FROM 


BOOK IV. 


παρ. I. (3) 683; (5) 450, 533, 
556; (6) 407; (9) 432g; (10) 548; 
(11) 523 f; (13) 675; (14) 483, 518, 
710; (20) 574, 592; (21) 483; (22) 
491, 540; (23) 594; (27) 503, 659; 
(28) 431 b. 

Cuap. II. (2) 485; (3) 450, 674; 
(4) 703; (6) 524; (7) 523 f; (9) 419; 
(10) 523 f, 636; (11) 702; (12) 501; 
(13) 485; (15) 458; (16) 506 ο, 689; 
(17) 506 a, 523 f, 689, 702; (19) 557; 
(20) 279 e; (23) 507 d; (28) 213 d. 

παρ. Ill. (1) 523 a, 582; (2) 
509 a, 550; (5) 722; (8) 234 f; 695; 
(9) 553; (10) 494; (11) 548; (18) 
444 b, 455, 523 k; (28) 420, 689; 
(32) 571, 577. 

Cuap. IV. (2) 218, 489, 551; 
(4) 526; (7) 489; (13) 506 e; (14) 
509 b, 529, 698; (15) 686; (17) 603 ; 
(18) 603, 679. 





Cuar. V. (4) 507 a; (5) 472d; 
(7) 320 a, 474, 643; (10) 507 f; (1) 
474, 476 e; (16) 509 a, 669; (17) 
580, 582; (22) 423; (24) 482; (29) 
474; (31) 375 a; (36) 469, 485. 

Cuap. VI. (2) 463, 705; (9) 526; 
(10) 708; (11) 510, 677; (12) 510, 
689, 690; (13) 622; (14) 505; (21) 
690; (22) 690; (24) 523 ἔ; (25) 643 ; 
(26) 523 f. 

Cuap. VIL. (1) 569; (3) 604, 612; 
(4) 527, 689; (5) 567; (6) 689; (7) 
637; (8) 692; (9) 225 f; (10) 609; 
(11) 541; (12) 426; (16) 220 f, 556; 
(17) 554; (20) 444 d, 550, 701; (24) 
401, 689; (25) 551, 569; (27) 533. 

Cuap. VIII. (1) 469; (2) 225 f; 
(4) 418, 699; (5) 592, 676; (6) 524; 
(8) 690 ; (10) 518; (11) 653 ; (18) 627; 
(14) 713; (18) 499; (20) 423; (22) 
394, 689; (25) 550; (27) 479, 507 f. 


BOOK V. 


Cuap. I. (1) 506 Ὁ; (2) 574; (8) 
514, 551, 694; (9) 689; (13) 522; 
(15) 575. 

Cuap. II. (5) 509 e; (14) 559; 
(15) 567; (20) 582; (24) 548; (26) 
573; (29) 522. 

Cuap. ΠῚ. (1) 283; (2) 240. 3, 
894, 509 a; (3) 575, 706; (11) 395, 
699; (13) 437 a. 

Cuap. IV. (1) 689; (9) 556, 661; 
(10) 644; (11) 530, 695; (15) 407; 
(16) 557; (22) 507 ἃ; (24) 592; (26) 
925 f; (29) 523 i; (84) 560, 583, 
635, 695. 

Cuap. V. (1) 432 g; (8) 394; (4) 
242; (5) 242; (8) 612, 716; (11) 417; 








(12) 585; (15) 548; (20) 691; (21) 
509 b; (22) 585; (25) 702. 

Cuap. VI. (1) 621; (7) 523 e; (9) 
507 f; (12) 577; (16) 703; (17) 583; 
(20) 569; (21) 624; (27) 506 c; (29) 
455 ; (30)631 ; (32) 668 ; (37) 442, 644. 

Cuap. VII. (5) 533, 592; (7) 
533; (8) 621; (9) 445 ¢; (10) 281, 
453, 564; (12) 414, 706; (17) 418; 
(20) 699; (21) 677; (26) 317 b; (28) 
480; (29) 612; (34) 694. 

Cuar. VIII. (8) 259, 432 a, 554, 
675; (4) 282 ο; (5) 662; (6) 476 ἃ; 
(7) 536 ; (8) 560; (11) 548, 564; (12) 
501, 515; (13) 676; (22) 259; (24) 
523 a; (25) 482 ὁ. 


THE ANABASIS. 


BOOK VI. 


παρ. I. (8) 695; (5) 567, 592, 
609, 695; (6) 679; (8) 234 e, 481; 
(10) 477; (14) 482; (18) 506 b; (20) 
483 ; (21) 454 ε; (22) 452; (23) 509 b; 
(25) 648; (28) 677; (29) 633, 691; 
(30) 571; (81) 815 a, 504, 574, 658, 
677, 707. 

Cuap. II. (1) 218, 689; (2) 815; 
(8) 599 ; (10) 415, 706 ; (12) 464; (14) 
538; (15) 261 a, 523 b; (18) 709. 

Cuap. III. (1) 464, 528; (2) 240f; 
(6) 477, 583; (11) 719; (14) 557; 
(15) 550; (16) 716; .(19) 550; (25) 
483. 


BOOK 


Cuap. I. (6) 713; (8) 628, 717; 
(11) 719; (18) 506 b; (21) 459, 667; 
(22) 282 c; (28) 523 Ὁ; (25) 481; 
(27) 676; (29) 498; (80) 427, 482, 
689; (33) 378 ἃ; (34) 643; (36) 601, 
719; (39) 659. 

Cuap. II. (1) 689;. (2) 716; (3) 
$15 a; (5) 450; (6) 553; (8) 553; 
(9) 509 c; (12) 718; (13) 469; (16) 
433; (17) 433; (18) 225 ἢ 461; (20) 
507 f; (24) 659; (25) 577; (26) 452; 
(29) 419; (32) 466, 506 c. 

Cuap. III. (3) 540; (18) 643; (16) 
450, 540; (20) 284 c, 444d; (22) 556; 
(26) 460; (27) 460; (29) 450; (82) 
218; (33) 478; (35) 541; (36) 641; 
(39) 524; (43) 571; (48) 554, 567. 

Cnap. IV. (4) 689 f; (5) 428, 
714; (16) 527; (18) 689; (19) 523 c. 

Cuap. V. (2) 454; (5) 482 ἃ; (7) 








661; (8) 482 c; (9) 539. 


CHAP. IV. (1) 462; (4) 529; (8) 
605 ; (9) 240. 3, 460, 722; (11) 2846: 
(13) 284 c, 523 h, 581; (14) 666; (18) 
716; (19) 523 c, 686; (22) 680, 689; 
(23) 577; (24) 507 f. 

Cuap. V. (5) 550; (6) 485; (10) 
817 Ὁ, 432 h; (24) 523 Ὁ; (30) 705. 

Cuap. VI. (1) 433; (4) 674; (5) 
537; (7) 530; (11) 692; (13) 526; 
(15) 631, 699; (16) 451, 576; (17) 
472 f, 707; (22) 557; (23) 691; (24 
657 ; (29) 494; (82) 434, 696; (33) 
434; (34) 476 ἃ; (38) 529. 


VII. 


CHap. VI. (8)607; (4) 453, 518; 
(9) 480; (11) 537, 577; (15) 649; 
(16) 454, 636; (19) 713; (21) 632; 
(22) 480; (23) 636; (24) 253; (27) 
551, 693; (28) 696; (29) 466, 713; 
(30) 679; (32) 456, 461; (38) 697; 
(36) 550, 596; (37) 402; (38) 480, 
659; (41) 579, 582; (44). 455. 

Cuar. VII. (8) 693; (7) 533, 
694; (8) 717; (9) 695; (10) 806; (11) 
631; (15) 710; (22) 480; (28) 575; 
(27) 679; (28) 488; (29) 588; (30) 
697 ; (31) 406, 659; (32) 691, 788 e; 
(33) 444 a; (41) 717; (42) 414; (44) 
702; (58) 701; (55) 305 ο, 646; (57) 
225 i. 

Crap. VIII. (1) 450; (4) 557; 
(6) 431 a; (8) 522; (11) 507 d, 510; 
(12) 218; (14) 281; (16) 534, 551; 


(19) 507 £; (26) 242. 





INDEX OF PARALLEL SECTIONS 


IN CROSBY’S, GOODWIN’S, AND HADLEY’S GRAMMARS, 


PREPARED TO ACCOMPANY THE NOTES TO CROSBY’S ANABASIS. 


By JAMES M. WHITON, Pu. D., 
PRINCIPAL OF WILLISTON SEMINARY. 


[The Revised Edition of Crosby’s Grammar is 
which the parallels are but partial, references ar 





here referred to. 


: In some instances in 
e omitted. Some sections of Crosby, 


which are occupied with grammatical discussion, lack parallels in Goodwin and Hadley.] 
ABBREVIATIONS. —f. p-, fine print; jin., last part; s., subsequent part ; *, Good- 


win’s Greek Moods and Tenses. 


Goodwin. 


130, 2 
69 N.; 130, 1 


Crosby. 
46a 
46d 


Introd. 
Δι 
13 
33 N. 2 
79, 2N. 
12, 2, % 
56 N. 
52 n. 3 


101, 2N. 2 





Hadley. 
409, 6 
216; 305 
854 
882 
884 
885 
726 
888 

2 

68 

78; 79 
118 
234 
174 
175 ¢ 
180 
186 
198 
199 
201 b 
521 
210 
255 
256 
258d 
256 
242 
220 
220; 221 
712&a 
310 
312 
318; 319 
321 
314 
315 
311 R. a 
348 
356 





Crosby. 


297 f 
300 ὁ 
305 a, b,c 
306 b, ὃ 
315 Ὁ, Ὁ 
317 a 
317 ¢ 
319 b 
375 a 
388 ὁ 
393 a 
393 b 
393 ὁ 
393 d 
394 b 
395 
396 
401 
402 
405 
406 a 
406 b 
407 
408 
409 
412 
413 
414 
415 
416 
417 a 
418 
419 
420 
421 
422 
423 
424 
425 


Goodwin. 


174&182 Nn. 
174 

171, 3 

175 

175 n. 1 
169, 1; 176 


172; 180, 1 
167, 6 

168 

137 N. 2 
168 

168 

168 ; 182, 2 


170, 2; 171 
171 


Hadley. 


363 R. 8 
392 R. ἃ 
375; 376 
402 

401 ἢ 
885 

393 R. 8 
394 R. 8 
468 

616 

499; 500 


579; 589 
581 

581 

585 

585 i 

579 c; 582 
570 

575; 584b 
558 a 

559 ὁ 

500 b 

559 

559 

589 

571 

572 a 

574 

574 

574b 





INDEX OF PARALLEL SECTIONS. | INDEX OF PARALLEL SECTIONS. 


Goodwin. Hadley. Crosby. Goodwin. Hadley. Ϊ Crosby. Goodwin. Hadley. Crosby. Goodwin. Hadley. 

171 574 477 159 N. ὃ 546 524a,b 141¢;142,4 538 a, 6 573 a, Ὁ 777 

171 N. 574 b, 8. 478 159 ν. 2 547 ¢ ' 526 141N. 3 492 ἢ 573¢ j 977 

171 574; 582 | 478 a 160, 2 552 ἃ ] 527 141N.3, fin. 509 Ὁ 575 a 684a 

173 566;577;592 479 160, 2 552 527 a 639 576 a IN. 379 

171 ; 179, 2 574;590, f.p. 480 a 166 556 528 ᾿ 496 576 Ὁ 413; 694 α 

178 ἃ Ν. 578; 584e | 480 b 165 555 , 530 a 527 a 577 684a; 686; 
179 590; 591 | 481 5 549 . 530 e : 527 ἃ 577 Ὁ 5 Ν. 416; 684 8 

171 N. I { 482 550 | 531 ¢ 538 577 ¢ 495, f. p. 





172N.1;> 576a; 582 | 483a,b,d 552 531d 528 578 a 687 ; 688 
110 484 543 533 530 579 2 639 a 
167 5603562; 563) 454 g 500 a, f. p. : 534 535 581 ; 689 b; 686 
169 572 488 519 b 534, 4 530 ¢ 582 

141 Ν. 4 509 8 489 518 | 536 a ) 667 583 

167,5;169,3 567; 572 ἃ [49] ὁ 518 b | 536 ἃ 2 669 ς 584 

167, 1 563 492 ὁ ; 521 536 6 . 932 585 

169, 1 572 ¢ 493 523 1 537 670; 671 586 

167,3;180 565; 587a, Ὁ] 494 517 i 538 f, g 2 4Nn.3 538, f. ». 591 

180 584 d 496 135N. 1, 2, 3; 511 if 539 668 592 

107, ὃ 567 138 Nn. 1, 2 | 540 b 934 

182, 2 589 496 6 512 540 ¢ .2 538b 592 ἃ 

167 N. 561 497 511 h β 540 d-g 1: 669, b,c | 593 

186 602 498 ve 675 b ᾿ 541 ἢ 674 594 

184,1;186  595a; 602 | 499 514; 523 542 678 597 

186 603 500 513 544 : 679 598 b 

184, 1 595 ἃ 501 5l4c,d 544 ἃ 508 (Ὁ), 7. ». | 601 

184, 3 597 501 8 514 Ὁ 548 683 605 

184, 2 595 b 502 522 550 a, b 681 607 a 

184, 1 595 a 504 498 ) 551 a 508 c 609 a 200κ.1]1 

184, 1- 595 505 498, f. p. 551 ¢ ‘ 503; 510 609 b,c *10N.6&7 6998 
186 N. 1 602, 1 505 b 679 a; 680 551 f 810&a;811&al 611 411 ν᾿ 6 

184; 185 595 506 a,b 139;141N.4 509d Ι 553 821 612 *10 nN. 4 

184; 185 595 Ὁ, ὁ 506 ὁ 141 Ν. 4 496 i 553 a 664a&b 616 ο, ἃ 206 

184; 185 595 Ὁ, ὁ 507 ¢ 139;141N.4 496 ' δδ4 ἃ 808 617d *20N.1 

188, 4 508 a 142,4N.4 536 | 554 aN. 810 a 618 ¢, ἃ 

184, 4 ¢ 509 f - 488 R.c | 554¢ 153N. 4; 154 809 a 619 & Ὁ 

184 5lle ῖ. 660 d it 556 a 153n.5 816 619 a 


183, 3 512 ὁ 665 a : 556 c 151N.4, fin. 814; 856a [620 Ὁ 
184, 3 Ν. 5 513 ἃ 660 ὁ 557 813 620 ὁ 


184, 3 κ. 4 514 662 559 812 621 

188 518 a, ἃ 525 8 ι 561 ἃ 818 x. ἃ 622 a, b 212, 2, 4 
188 κ. 2 518 e 525 a, ¥ 562 818 R. ἃ 624.a,c 215; 216 
188 518 f ’ 525 b Ὶ 568 681;682;825b| 624 "Ὁ 217 

184, ὅ 520 526 564 . 282 682; 825b | 626 917 N. 4 
188, 4 Ν. 521 526 | 566 627 257 

188, 2 522 a 529 | 567 6 628c 254 

189 522 b 527 6 567 g 508 Ὁ; 829a/681a 221 

190N.; 61N.2 612 a; 205 | 522g 530 a 568 497 68:1 222 

158 544 522 i 500 a, fin. 569 5l4e; 515 |63lce 228 

171 R. 544¢ 523 ἃ 531-533 569 a 515 Exc. 631d . 224 

158 N. 2 544 a 523 b 535 Ὁ 570 516 632 299N.1&2 
171 N. 8 554 523 ¢ 142,1,2N.2 531, 1. ». 571b,c,d 134N.1 504¢,8. 633.a *55, 2 
Sa 726 523 6 142,4N.1 537 571 f 134N.2 4940; 763 |633b %55,1 

163 545 523 f 538 6 508 a 633 ς, ἃ 226, 8 Ν. 
195 κ. 495 523 i 532 a 508 ¢ 634 225 745;747-749 














4 


Crosby. 


635 
636 
637 Ὁ, ὁ 
638 
641 a, Ὁ, ἃ 
642 
642 a 
643 a 
643 e 
643 h 
644 
645 
646 a 
646 b 
646 d 
648 
650 a 
65la 
653 a 
657 b 
657 j 
657 
658, 1 
658 a 
658 ὁ 
659 e 
659 σα 
659 h 
660 
662 a 
662 b 
663 
663 f 
663 g 
664 
665 b 
666 
666 b 


667 b, ὁ 


667 d, f 
667 e 
667 h 
668 b 
670 

671 

971 ὁ 
671 ἃ 
671 6 
674 a, b,c 
674 f 
675 

675 9 


INDEX OF PARALLEL SECTIONS. 


Goodwin. 
226 

226, 2 
226, 2, fin. 
251 

232; 233 
*65 N. 1 
*65N. 3,a,b 
242, 1 

248 

202, 4 
247& Nn. 1 
247&N. 1 
*70, Ἂν. 1 
*70, 2%. 2 


*112, 2N.6 
276,1; 279,2 


260, 2n. 1 
246 

377 «. 1 
*42,2n.1 
258 

258 

261, 2, f. p. 
260 -- 265 
268 N. 
134, 2 

260 


138 κ. 8 





Hadley. 


751 

752 

722 Ὁ 

721 
757;761;771 


729 a; 734 Ὁ 
726 

799 a 

802 

801 

783; 808 


770; 814 ἃ 5. 
772 

771 

770 

788; 789 
795 f 

790; 792 
793 

791 a, Ὁ 
794 





Crosby. 
677 
677 f 
677 g 
678 


679 a 
679 B 
679 b 
679 

680 a, b 


680 ὁ 


682 

685 

685 a 
686 

686 a 
686 b 
686 ὁ 
686 ἃ, 6 
686 i 
686 n 
687 

688 — 698 
699 f, g 
699 h 
701, 1 
701, 2j 
703 ἃ 
704 

706 

708 e 
709, 2 
711 a, b 
7lle 
713 a, b, 
713 ὁ 
718 ἃ 
181 


Goodwin. 


279; 280 
279, 2 
280 n. 1 
148 ν, ὃ: 
276, 1, 2 
*108 nN. 5 
*17 nN. 2 
"12 nu. 7 
279 N. 
277 N. 2 
*113 Nn. 10, 
a, Ὁ. υ: 
{ 280 ν. 4 


Hadley. 
796 — 802 


492f; 493 a 
832 

833 

834; 835 
837; 838 
839 

665 a; 842 


omitted 
187; 193 


492f, g;493f 
863 Ὁ; 8708 
870d 

875 

621 

843 

858 b 

838 

847 


713 i, j, k 


.|717 a 


717 Ὁ 
717 ¢ 
717g 
721 b 
722 a 
722d 
778 

781 ἃ 
786 Ὁ 
787 

788 ὁ 
788 6 
788 f 

















OLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


wi 
0026054841 

















᾿ ; 
τὰ = 


ras 
at 


᾿ "ὦ μ᾿ Ψ 
τον ἔμ F hile ah τὸ 
᾿ ΓῚ 


ΟΝ τὰ ΕῚ ea x! 
te Wt hg 


σα ies a 
hee Bey +", 


page Ca ee ae 
peat ce ΥΥΝ ς ἢ 


ΕῚ 
Pe ree ΤΩ 
ἔς ΣΎΝ 


ΟΝ a 

ty hn A ae 

BA YR are 
* wee 


bare 
ey ἐμῶν 
yt ΑΜΜΩΝ 


pats 
~ 

ee ee 

Fee a 


BF ge i 
γε Lear ae | 
i ath ον nL 
Pe ee en ae et | 


[a oe 
Lye? none a 
4 ζω vee 


nee 

ee νοὶ 

ον OO ων 
αν ἊΝ ian Νὰ 


ee em 
be, ae a 
ἃ τ μὸν 


ΕΣ 


= a 


eae 


ΩΣ 


+. “3 a restau 
oe tad ay γον απ ἢ 


ih. Ὰ nar 
Ὁ ᾿ 


‘ 
tye 


a 0 aly ἀνα, τ΄ 
μ itty sr MO ory 


- ΠΣ | 
φ Ἷ \ A ae “0νμ͵. τ P te eel ne 
Savin ᾿ : [Ἢ ‘ eee OT 1 = es lags ᾿ 
ἘΠῊΝ ota’) we ᾿ oY So οἱ ΨΚ ΝῊ» » Mae 








